Products and Projects Status Report
_______________________________________________________________________________
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Dwight Alexander, Phone:408-594-1051, Email:dwight.alexander@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Handbook, Seventh Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: The 2012 NESC(R) Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen
Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users insight into
what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was
developed for use at many levels in the electric and communication
industries, including those involved in system design, construction,
maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The
Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has interpreted the rules in
the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 90 years. This
allows users to understand how questions they may have were dealt with in
the past. The Seventh Edition includes provisions for loading on warm island
utility installations located between 25 degrees North and 25 degrees South
latitudes and revised minimum approach distance requirements based upon
recent research.
Abstract: Available August 1st 2011. The 2012 NESC(R) Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to
the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use
at many levels in the electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction,
maintenance, inspection, standards development and worker training. The Handbook also discusses how the NESC Committee has
interpreted the rules in the Code and responded to change proposals during the past 90 years. This allows users to understand how
questions they may have were dealt with in the past. The Seventh Edition includes provisions for loading on warm island utility
installations located between 25 degrees North and 25 degrees South latitudes and revised minimum approach distance requirements
based upon recent research. Pre-order your NESC Handbook today.
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply
stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station
equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules;
underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Wireless Standards Dictionary Application
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 23, 2010
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: In the new IEEE Wireless Standards Dictionary application, the
first IEEE Standard application, professional experts and students alike
will gain an in-depth understanding and appreciation for the breadth of
coverage of IEEE wireless standards terms and definitions—not found in any
other single source. There are over 3,200 terms and definitions with
complete source citations on this application. You will be able to search
for definitions by Standard Number or Alphabetically. The search function
automatically identifies terms when you start typing into the search field.
Wireless technology, like many other technical fields, has its own set of
jargon and acronyms. Many times, these acronyms are used simply to reduce
the effort required to describe concepts. the goal of this application is to
provide meaning for the acro¬nyms and jargon used in the wireless industry
with a par¬ticular emphasis on commercial systems. Technology areas that
are addressed in the application include: ad hoc networks, broadband
wireless access (BWA), coexistence, integrity/confidentiality, interference,
low-rate wireless personal area networks (LR-WPAN), media independent
handover, mobile broadband wireless access, mobility, quality of service
(QoS), RF/microwave exposure assessment, SAR measurements, vehicular
mobility, wireless access, wireless communications, wireless local area
networks (WLANs), wireless metropolitan area networks (WMANs), wireless
networks security, wireless personal area networks (WPANs), as well as
wireless regional area networks (WRANs). You can get this application
by going to the www.apple.com, or click on the link below.
http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/ieee-standards-wireless-
dictionary/id410304754?mt=8
Abstract: In the new IEEE Wireless Standards Dictionary application, the first IEEE Standard application, professional experts and
students alike will gain an in-depth understanding and appreciation for the breadth of coverage of IEEE wireless standards terms
and definitions—not found in any other single source. There are over 3,200 terms and definitions with complete source citations
on this application. You will be able to search for definitions by Standard Number or Alphabetically. The search function
automatically identifies terms when you start typing into the search field. You can get this application by going to the
www.apple.com, or copying and pasting the link below to your browser. http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/ieee-standards-wireless-
dictionary/id410304754?mt=8
Key Words: Wireless dictionary, terms, itunes, low-rate PAN,
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Nuclear Power Engineering Active Standards – VuSpec CD-ROM
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 2009
**This IEEE VuSpec is loaded with nearly 90 Active IEEE and ANSI Standards
on Nuclear Engineering, Radiation Detection and Homeland Security
Project Scope: This IEEE VuSpec is loaded with nearly 90 Active IEEE and ANSI
Standards on Nuclear Engineering, Radiation Detection, and Homeland
Security-A virtual library on a CD. It contains a glossary of about 1,3444
terms, indexes, internet resources, and full PDF/HTML search features
capabilities. No installation required.
Abstract: This IEEE VuSpec is loaded with nearly 90 Active IEEE and ANSI Standards on Nuclear Engineering, Radiation Detection, and
Homeland Security-A virtual library on a CD. It contains a glossary of about 1,3444 terms, indexes, internet resources, and full
PDF/HTML search features capabilities. No installation required.
Key Words: Nuclear Engineering
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Essentials Collection
(VuSpec)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2009
**The CDROM collection also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus
features such as: navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary;
index of keywords guiding you to the right standard; and full-text search
modes.
Project Scope: The Software & System Engineering Essentials VuSpec integrates
an abundant spectrum of features and content that is ideal for students,
intro professionals, and practitioners. In addition to the PDF standards,
this collection includes the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering
Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK).
Abstract: The Software & System Engineering Essentials VuSpec integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content that is ideal
for students, intro professionals, and practitioners. In addition to the PDF standards, this collection includes the landmark
IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK).
Key Words: Software & Systems , terminology, computer, applications, glossary,
definitions, dictionary, acquisition, architectural design, assessment,
audit, management, management, implementation, management,
infrastructure, integration, life cycle model
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Preprint Proposals for the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical
Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 09, 2009
Project Scope: This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise
the 2007 Edition of the NESC together with the recommendation of the
subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addresses by the change
proposal (CP).
Abstract: This Preprint provides the full text of each proposal to revise the 2007 Edition of the NESC together with the
recommendation of the subcommittee that has cognizance of the rule addresses by the change proposal (CP).
Key Words: Preprint proposals, National Electrical Safety Code, NESC , C2,
communications, safety; communication lines; construction of electric
supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply stations; electric utility
stations; high-voltage safety
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Instrument Transformers (IEEE C57.13 Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 2009
**Includes the following: C57.13-2008, C57.13.1-2006, C57.13.3-2005,
C57.13.5-2003 & C57.13.6-2005
Project Scope: Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are
covered, taking into consideration certain safety features, for current and
inductively coupled voltage transformers of types generally used in the
measurement of electricity and the control of equipment associated with the
generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. The aim
is to provide a basis for performance and interchangeability of equipment
covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment. Safety
precautions are also addressed. Accuracy classes for metering service are
provided. The test code covers measurement and calculation of ratio and
phase angle, demagnetization, impedance and excitation measurements,
polarity determination, resistance measurements, short-time characteristics,
temperature rise tests, dielectric tests, and measurement of open-circuit
voltage of current transformers.
Abstract: Electrical, dimensional, and mechanical characteristics are covered, taking into consideration certain safety features,
for current and inductively coupled voltage transformers of types generally used in the measurement of electricity and the
control of equipment associated with the generation, transmission, and distribution of alternating current. The aim is to provide
a basis for performance and interchangeability of equipment covered and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment.
Safety precautions are also addressed. Accuracy classes for metering service are provided. The test code covers measurement and
calculation of ratio and phase angle, demagnetization, impedance and excitation measurements, polarity determination, resistance
measurements, short-time characteristics, temperature rise tests, dielectric tests, and measurement of open-circuit voltage of
current transformers.
Key Words: C57.13-2008, C57.13.1-2006, C57.13.3-2005, C57.13.5-2003, C57.13.6-
2005, accuracy, current transformer, instrument transformer, primary
winding, rated secondary voltage, routine tests, secondary winding, type
tests, voltage transformer
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2009
Project Scope: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application,
design, construction and operation of protective, regulating, monitoring,
reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes
items used in the operation of relays and relaying systems in the
transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy
and their effect on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power
Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical
environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic
interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures,
applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay
systems. This indispensable collection of standards is ideal for electrical
and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power,
transmission and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system
researchers and technicians.
Project Purpose: The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying
Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical environment, including
relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of
instrument transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance
criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems.
Abstract: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application, design, construction and operation of protective,
regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes items used in the operation of
relays and relaying systems in the transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy and their effect
on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical
environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers,
testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. This indispensable
collection of standards is ideal for electrical and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power, transmission
and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system researchers and technicians.
Key Words: Power Systems Relaying Collection, VuSpec, protective relaying,
relay, system, electric, power, apparatus, power system transients, power
distribution testing
Title: IEEE Electric Machinery Collection: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 09, 2009
**Exclusive VuSpec bonus features include a point-and-click browser
interface providing a full-text search, a glossary of terms and an index of
keywords to guide you to the correct standard.
Project Scope: Electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers
with the specifications they need to know on-the-job, while providing tests
and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This VuSpec collection
contains 26 Active IEEE standards, Guides and Recommended practices used
worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion
into other forms... More of electric or mechanical energy. Specific topics
include: Synchronous machines / Induction machines / DC and Permanent Magnet
machines / / Motor generator sets -Rotating frequency changers / Electric
couplings, brakes and dynamometers / Magneto-hydrodynamic energy conversion
ducts / Insulation, magnetic, conductor, and super conductor materials as
used in electrical machinery / Linear Electric Machinery / Power Electronic
controls for electric machinery / Effects of power electronic controls on
electric machine components.
Abstract: Electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers with the specifications they need to know on-the-job,
while providing tests and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This VuSpec collection contains 26 Active IEEE
standards, Guides and Recommended practices used worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion into
other forms... More of electric or mechanical energy. Specific topics include: Synchronous machines / Induction machines / DC and
Permanent Magnet machines / / Motor generator sets -Rotating frequency changers / Electric couplings, brakes and dynamometers /
Magneto-hydrodynamic energy conversion ducts / Insulation, magnetic, conductor, and super conductor materials as used in
electrical machinery / Linear Electric Machinery / Power Electronic controls for electric machinery / Effects of power electronic
controls on electric machine components.
Key Words: IEEE Electric Machinery Collection, VuSpec, Synchronous machines,
Induction machines, DC and Permanent Magnet machines, Motor generator sets,
Rotating frequency changers, Electric couplings, brakes and dynamometers,
Magneto-hydrodynamic, Insulation
Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2009
**The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec
are suited for the electrical environment, including relay withstand
capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument
transformers, testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and
definitions of relays and relay systems.
Project Scope: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application,
design, construction and operation of protective, regulating, monitoring,
reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes
items used in the operation of relays and relaying systems in the
transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy
and their effect on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power
Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical
environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic
interference, performance of instrument transformers, testing procedures,
applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay
systems. This indispensable collection of standards is ideal for electrical
and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power,
transmission and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system
researchers and technicians.
Abstract: Power System Relaying Standards concentrate on the application, design, construction and operation of protective,
regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check, synchronizing and auxiliary relays. This includes items used in the operation of
relays and relaying systems in the transmission, generation, distribution and utilization of electrical energy and their effect
on system operation. The standards included in IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection: VuSpec are suited for the electrical
environment, including relay withstand capabilities to electromagnetic interference, performance of instrument transformers,
testing procedures, applications, performance criteria, and definitions of relays and relay systems. This indispensable
collection of standards is ideal for electrical and electronics, power, high-voltage, insulation, electrical-power, transmission
and distribution, and industrial engineers; and power system researchers and technicians.
Key Words: Power Systems Relaying Collection, VuSpec, protective relaying,
relay, system, electric, power, apparatus, power system transients, power
distribution testing
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Health Informatics Collection: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 2009
Project Scope: Enabling safe, high-quality health care delivery, IEEE Health
Informatics Medical Devices Communication Standards provide the
interconnection and interoperation of medical devices with computerized
healthcare information systems in a way that is suitable for a clinical
environment. This family of standards provides real-time plug-and-play
interoperability and facilitates the efficient exchange of vital signs and
medical device data acquired at the point-of-care.Grouped into three
categories, these standards support: Semantic interoperability, which
focuses on terminologies, data models, and data sets for specific device
modalities, such as, ventilators, patient vital signs monitors, and infusion
pumps / Application interoperability, which identifies a set of general
services that can be used by all systems to discover, configure, and
exchange data across a connection, and Lower layer transport technologies.
Health informatics and medical devices communication standards help advance
the development and application of healthcare by securing the creation and
transmission of electronic healthcare information.
Abstract: Enabling safe, high-quality health care delivery, IEEE Health Informatics Medical Devices Communication Standards provide
the interconnection and interoperation of medical devices with computerized healthcare information systems in a way that is
suitable for a clinical environment. This family of standards provides real-time plug-and-play interoperability and facilitates
the efficient exchange of vital signs and medical device data acquired at the point-of-care.Grouped into three categories, these
standards support: Semantic interoperability, which focuses on terminologies, data models, and data sets for specific device
modalities, such as, ventilators, patient vital signs monitors, and infusion pumps / Application interoperability, which
identifies a set of general services that can be used by all systems to discover, configure, and exchange data across a
connection, and Lower layer transport technologies. Health informatics and medical devices communication standards help advance
the development and application of healthcare by securing the creation and transmission of electronic healthcare information.
Key Words: data transport, IT, medical, PoC, radio frequency, RF, shared
network infrastructure, Wi-Fi, fidelity, medical telemetry system, wireless
wide area network, WLAN, WMAN, WMTS, WPAN, WWAN, personal health devices,
thermometer, glucose meter, equipment
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Power Distribution & Regulating Transformers Standards Collection 2008
CD-ROM
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2008
Project Scope: Includes active IEEE Power Distribution & Regulating
Transformers Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF format.
Abstract: Includes active IEEE Power Distribution & Regulating Transformers Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF
format.
Key Words: power distribution, regulating transformers
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Nuclear Power Engineering Collection: VuSpec (Including Historical
Standards)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2008
Project Scope: Includes Over 45 Active or Classic IEEE Standards, Guides, and
Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) •
New VuSpecTM Series Interface Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with
Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features Search on Abstracts,
Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary Look
Up Over 500 Terms and their Official Definitions Derived from the Standards
in the Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Links Convenient Internet Links
are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering Society and ESRC to Stay
Informed; Visit the NPEC committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a
Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and
Tomorrow. • New! Fill-in Online Checklists Use the new interactive PDF
version of IEEE Std 1023(TM)-2004 to fill in the Screening and Design Review
Checklists from your workstation. Requirements: Microsoft® Windows® 2000,
XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 6.0 or newer.
600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or
faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Internet access required only when viewing
optional online resources. LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS
LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY.
Abstract: Includes Over 45 Active or Classic IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen
or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful
Search Features Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary Look Up Over 500 Terms
and their Official Definitions Derived from the Standards in the Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Links Convenient Internet
Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering Society and ESRC to Stay Informed; Visit the NPEC committee Web Pages to Get
Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and Tomorrow. • New! Fill-in Online
Checklists Use the new interactive PDF version of IEEE Std 1023(TM)-2004 to fill in the Screening and Design Review Checklists
from your workstation. Requirements: Microsoft® Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 6.0
or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Internet
access required only when viewing optional online resources. LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE
USER ONLY.
Key Words: nuclear science, designing, installing electric pipe heating
control, Nuclear Power , Generating Stations, turbine, Class 1E power
systems, Preamplifiers, Amplifiers, Ionizing Radiation generators,
Containment Structures , gamma rays, Nuclear
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection (VuSpec )
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2008
**For Bulk Discount inquiries, please email IEEE Customer Service at
customer-service@ieee.org. Discount not available to Resellers or
Distributors.
Project Scope: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on CD-
ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of
features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning
strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the
landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK).
This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features:
Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms;
index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes.
More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization
a winning application for improving your entire software operation from
initial planning to final audit.
Abstract: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on CD-ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant
spectrum of features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning strategies. In addition to the PDF
standards collection, you'll get the landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). This CD-ROM
also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features: Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400
terms; index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes. More than just a collection of standards,
VuSpec offers your IT organization a winning application for improving your entire software operation from initial planning to
final audit.
Key Words: terminology, computer, applications, glossary, definitions,
dictionary, acquisition, agreement, architectural design, assessment, audit,
configuration management, decision management, development, disposal,
enabling system, implementation, information man
Title: IEEE 400 - Shielded Power Cable Systems - Set on CD-ROM
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 2008
Abstract: This CD-ROM set includes: 400-2001, 400.1-2007, 400.2-2004 & 400.3-2006
Key Words: 400-2001, 400.1-2007, 400.2-2004 & 400.3-2006, alternating-polarity
dc-biased ac voltage, dissipation factor testing, field test, high-voltage
dc testing
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE 1394-2008 Set (CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 06, 2008
**This CD-ROM contains: IEEE 1394-2008, IEEE 1394.1-2004 & IEEE 1394.3-2003
(High-Performance Serial Bus)
Project Scope: IEEE 1394-2008 incorporates the contents of IEEE 1394-1995 as
revised by IEEE 1394a-2000, IEEE 1394b-2002, and IEEE 1394c-2006. In
addition, over 100 errata have been corrected and several new features have
been added as per Annex Q.12. IEEE 1394.1-2004: The model, definition, and
behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that can
be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses, are specified. IEEE
1394.3-2003: This standard defines a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT)
protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement Serial Bus Protocol 2
(SBP-2). The facilities specified include device and service discovery,
self-configurable (plug and pla y) binding, and connection management.
Abstract: IEEE 1394-2008 incorporates the contents of IEEE 1394-1995 as revised by IEEE 1394a-2000, IEEE 1394b-2002, and IEEE 1394c-
2006. In addition, over 100 errata have been corrected and several new features have been added as per Annex Q.12. IEEE 1394.1-
2004: The model, definition, and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that can be used to
interconnect two separately enumerable buses, are specified. IEEE 1394.3-2003: This standard defines a peer-to-peer data
transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2). The facilities specified
include device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and pla y) binding, and connection management.
Key Words: 1394-2008, asynchronous, bus, computers, high-speed serial bus,
interconnect, isochronous, optical fiber, POF, UTP computers, CSR
architecture, connect, peer-to-peer, SBP-2, transport protocol, 1394.3,
1394.1
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec: All Area Networks (All IEEE 802)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2007
Key Words: Organizationally Unique Identifier, OUI, 48-bit universal LAN MAC
address, token bus, token ring, protocol identifiers, LAN, MAN, WAN, service
access points, 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet;
attachment unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power
via the MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive
optical network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information
exchange; Link Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent
interface; media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical
coding sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over
Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG, data processing, information
interchange, telecommunications, network interconnection, local area
networks, metropolitan area networks, data transmission, physical layer,
access, user network accesses, AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP,
confidentiality, countermeasures, data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way
Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE 802.1X, key management, key mixing,
Michael, RC4, replay protection, robust security network, RSN, security,
security association, TKIP, WEP
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Electric Machinery Standards (PDF on CD-ROM Edition)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Hydroelectric Power Standards (PDF on CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2007
Abstract: This economical CD-ROM presents the basic collection of IEEE Standards sponsored by the Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee
of the IEEE Power Engineering Society's Energy Development & Power Generation Committee. It also includes a brief Foreword by the
IEEE Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee describing the intent and application of the standards collection, as well as a
Bibliography of recommended reference papers. Format: PDF and text files on CD-ROM for all computers (e.g., Windows, Mac, UNIX).
Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers
only media.
Key Words: design, hydro, hydroelectric, power, water power
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE): IEEE 1609 Standards
Series (CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 14, 2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Hydroelectric Power (VuSpec Edition; CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2007
Abstract: This value-packed VuSpec CD-ROM represents the most complete resource available for professional electrical engineers,
manufacturers, consulting firms, government institutions, utilities, and owners of existing or new hydroelectric power
facilities. It includes the complete collection of IEEE Standards sponsored by the Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee of the IEEE
Power Engineering Society's Energy Development & Power Generation Committee, as well as two related standards and four essential
archived standards. It also includes a hyperlinked Foreword by the IEEE Hydroelectric Power Subcommittee describing the intent
and application of the standards collection, as well as a Bibliography of over 85 recommended reference papers, with eight (8) of
the most essential papers included (a $280 value). You'll discover numerous referenced works written about machine design,
control features, plant layouts, and unique applications such as underground powerhouses and pumped storage projects. Format:
HTML and PDF files on VuSpec CD-ROM designed for Microsoft Windows 2000, XP, or newer; individual PDF and HTML files are also
viewable on all computers (e.g., Windows, MacOS, UNIX). Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All
sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE): IEEE 1609 Standards
Series
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 2007
**Includes the following standards in PDF file format: IEEE Std 1609.1-
2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments
(WAVE)-Resource Manager; IEEE Std 1609.2-2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for
Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Security Services for
Applications and Management Messages; IEEE Std 1609.3-2007, IEEE Trial-Use
Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Networking
Services; IEEE Std 1609.4-2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access
in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)-Multi-channel Operation
Project Scope: A WAVE system is a radio communications system intended to
provide seamless, interoperable services to transportation. These services
include those recognized by the US National Intelligent Transportation
Systems (ITS) Architecture and many others contemplated by the automotive
and transportation infrastructure industries. These services include
vehicle-to-roadside as well as vehicle-to-vehicle communications. WAVE
Networking Services provides data delivery services between WAVE devices,
and management services to all layers. The overall WAVE architecture
includes IEEE Std 1609.1T, IEEE Std 1609.2T, IEEE Std 1609.3T, IEEE Std
1609.4T, and IEEE P802.11pT. The IEEE 1609 Family of Standards for Wireless
Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) defines the architecture,
communications model, management structure, security mechanisms, and
physical access for wireless communications in the vehicular environment.
The primary architectural components defined by these standards are the On
Board Unit (OBU), Road Side Unit (RSU) and WAVE interface. These standards
also define how applications that utilize WAVE will function in the WAVE
environment, based on the management activities defined in IEEE Std 1609.1,
the security protocols defined in IEEE Std 1609.2, and the network-layer
protocol defined in IEEE Std 1609.3. Lastly, they provide extensions to the
physical channel access defined in IEEE Std 802.11 to support IEEE Std
1609.4. This family of standards should be used by transportation,
automotive, and traffic engineers involved with the design, specification,
implementation, and testing of WAVE devices. Network engineers, hardware
engineers, and application designers supporting the U.S. Vehicle
Infrastructure Integration (VII) Initiative will use these standards as they
define the system architecture and as the basis for the interface design of
the OBU and RSU devices. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration application
designers will use the standards to provide the basis
Abstract: A WAVE system is a radio communications system intended to provide seamless, interoperable services to transportation.
These services include those recognized by the US National Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Architecture and many others
contemplated by the automotive and transportation infrastructure industries. These services include vehicle-to-roadside as well
as vehicle-to-vehicle communications. WAVE Networking Services provides data delivery services between WAVE devices, and
management services to all layers. The overall WAVE architecture includes IEEE Std 1609.1T, IEEE Std 1609.2T, IEEE Std 1609.3T,
IEEE Std 1609.4T, and IEEE P802.11pT. The IEEE 1609 Family of Standards for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)
defines the architecture, communications model, management structure, security mechanisms, and physical access for wireless
communications in the vehicular environment. The primary architectural components defined by these standards are the On Board
Unit (OBU), Road Side Unit (RSU) and WAVE interface. These standards also define how applications that utilize WAVE will
function in the WAVE environment, based on the management activities defined in IEEE Std 1609.1, the security protocols defined
in IEEE Std 1609.2, and the network-layer protocol defined in IEEE Std 1609.3. Lastly, they provide extensions to the physical
channel access defined in IEEE Std 802.11 to support IEEE Std 1609.4. This family of standards should be used by transportation,
automotive, and traffic engineers involved with the design, specification, implementation, and testing of WAVE devices. Network
engineers, hardware engineers, and application designers supporting the U.S. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration (VII) Initiative
will use these standards as they define the system architecture and as the basis for the interface design of the OBU and RSU
devices. Vehicle Infrastructure Integration application designers will use the standards to provide the basis
Key Words: OBU, onboard unit, Provider Service Identifier, PSID, roadside unit,
RSU, WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments, WSM; DSRC, resource
manager
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards VuSpec Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2007
**Title Page / Overview of IEEE EMC Standards / History of EMC Regulatory
Bodies / Disclaimer / About VuSpec / License Agreement / IEEE EMC Standards:
/ IEEE Std 139-1988, Revision of IEEE Std 139-1952, IEEE Recommended
Practice for the Measurement of Radio Frequency Emission from Industrial,
Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Equipment Installed on User's Premises / IEEE
Std 187-2003 IEEE Standard for Measurement Methods of Emissions from FM and
Television Broadcast Receivers in the Frequency Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz /
IEEE Std 211-1997, Revision of IEEE Std 211-1990, IEEE Standard Definitions
of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation/ IEEE Std 213-1987, Revision of
supersedes ANSI/IEEE Std 213-1961 and IEEE Std 214-196,1 IEEE Standard
Procedure for Measuring Conducted Emissions in the Range of 300 kHz to 25
MHz from Television and FM Broadcast Receivers to Power Lines/ IEEE Std 299-
2006, Revision of IEEE Std 299-1997, IEEE Standard Method for Measuring the
Effectiveness of Electromagnetic Shielding Enclosures/ IEEE Std 377-1980,
IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Spurious Emission from Land-
Mobile Communication Transmitters/ IEEE Std 430-1986, Revision of ANSI /
IEEE Std 430-1976, IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio
Noise from Overhead Power Lines and Substations/ IEEE Std 469-1988, Revision
of IEEE Std 469-1977, IEEE Recommended Practice for Voice-Frequency
Electrical-Noise Tests of Distribution Transformers/ IEEE Std 475-2000,
Revision of IEEE Std 475-1983, IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field
Disturbance Sensors 300 MHz to 40 GHz / IEEE Std 644-1994, Revision of IEEE
Std 644-1987, IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency
Electric and Magnetic Fields From AC Power Lines / IEEE Std 776-1992,
Revision of IEEE Std 776-1987, IEEE Recommended Practice for Inductive
Coordination of Electric Supply and Communication Lines / IEEE Std 1140-
1994, IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Electric and Magnetic
Field
Project Scope: This value-packed VuSpec CD-ROM represents the most complete
resource available for professional engineers looking for best practices and
techniques covering the compatibility of the electromagnetic effects of
systems with both themselves and their intended operating environments. It
includes standards, measurement techniques, test procedures,
instrumentation, equipment and systems characteristics, interference control
techniques and components, educational tutorials, computational analysis,
and spectrum management. This unique CD-ROM for Windows computers includes
an exclusive hyperlinked Overview from world-renowned EMC expert, Donald
Heirman. You will be guided to the right standard available today and will
discover what future standards are being developed and why. Major details
involved in developing IEEE EMC Standards from the first one on record in
1950 to the ones that have launched new technologies are presented. Single-
user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final.
30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media.
Abstract: This value-packed VuSpec CD-ROM represents the most complete resource available for professional engineers looking for
best practices and techniques covering the compatibility of the electromagnetic effects of systems with both themselves and their
intended operating environments. It includes standards, measurement techniques, test procedures, instrumentation, equipment and
systems characteristics, interference control techniques and components, educational tutorials, computational analysis, and
spectrum management. This unique CD-ROM for Windows computers includes an exclusive hyperlinked Overview from world-renowned EMC
expert, Donald Heirman. You will be guided to the right standard available today and will discover what future standards are
being developed and why. Major details involved in developing IEEE EMC Standards from the first one on record in 1950 to the ones
that have launched new technologies are presented. Single-user licensing restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales
final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media.
Key Words: above deck; absorber; absorber performance; absorbing clamp;
absorption (radio-wave propagation); absorption loss; ac electric field
strength meter; accessibility; accessible test location; accreditation;
accuracy; accuracy of measurement; action level
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Edition & VuSpec Set (NESC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2007
**For Bulk Discount inquiries, please email IEEE Customer Service at
customer-service@ieee.org. Discount not available to Resellers or
Distributors.
Project Scope: 2007 NESC bundled with 2007 NESC Special Edition VuSpec CD-ROM:
2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of
persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or
maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and
2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also
includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of
electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is
applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar
systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the
control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction,
definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic
documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National
Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC VuSpec CD-ROM: You get the complete 2007
NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC
in the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive
hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety
Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and
navigational features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through
hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are
linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to
any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the
2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet
or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the text Change
it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login
required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its
definition.
Abstract: 2007 NESC bundled with 2007 NESC Special Edition VuSpec CD-ROM: 2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for
safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in
electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules
for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is
applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment
or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list
of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
2007 NESC VuSpec CD-ROM: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in
the Classic Adobe PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE
Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are
available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked
together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded
changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with
the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also
includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition.
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply
stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Power Cable Ampacity Software with IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) VuSpec (CD-
ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2007
**Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated
through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables rated through 500 kV. -
Includes calculations of the temperature rise and load capability of cable
systems. - Software for Microsoft Windows 95, 98, NT 4, 2000, or XP. -
Installation Instructions - Software includes search features, electronic
index, and navigation controls; convenient time-saving PDF search also
available. - Includes the 3,176-page 90 MB complete original PDF of IEEE
Std 835-1994 (R2006)
Project Scope: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can
transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the number of bundled
wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the
ability of the cable, in varying conditions, to carry amps (current) before
it fails or overheats. Why flip through over 3,000 pages when you don't
have to. Searchable PDF and convenient software help you perform your cable
ampacity work with ease. This standard shall be used in conjunction with
the following references: AEIC CS4-93, Specifications for Impregnated-
Paper-Insulated Low and Medium Pressure Self-Contained Liquid-Filled Cable.
AEIC G 1-68, Guide for Application of AEIC Maximum Insulation Temperatures
at the Conductor for Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Cables. ICEA P-45-482
(1979), Short Circuit Performance of Metallic Shielding and Sheaths. IEC
287 (1982), Calculation of the Continuous Current Rating of Cables (100%
load factor). IEEE Std 738-1993, IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current
Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors (ANSI). NEMA WCSO-1988/ICEA P-S3-
426, Ampacities, 15-69 kV 1/c Power Cable Including Effect of Shield Losses
(Solid Dielectrics).
Abstract: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the
number of bundled wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the ability of the cable, in varying
conditions, to carry amps (current) before it fails or overheats. Why flip through over 3,000 pages when you don't have to.
Searchable PDF and convenient software help you perform your cable ampacity work with ease. This standard shall be used in
conjunction with the following references: AEIC CS4-93, Specifications for Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Low and Medium Pressure
Self-Contained Liquid-Filled Cable. AEIC G 1-68, Guide for Application of AEIC Maximum Insulation Temperatures at the Conductor
for Impregnated-Paper-Insulated Cables. ICEA P-45-482 (1979), Short Circuit Performance of Metallic Shielding and Sheaths. IEC
287 (1982), Calculation of the Continuous Current Rating of Cables (100% load factor). IEEE Std 738-1993, IEEE Standard for
Calculating the Current Temperature of Bare Overhead Conductors (ANSI). NEMA WCSO-1988/ICEA P-S3-426, Ampacities, 15-69 kV 1/c
Power Cable Including Effect of Shield Losses (Solid Dielectrics).
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Safety & Security Standards Series, Volume II: Computers &
Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Safety & Security Standards Series, Volume I: Critical
Infrastructure
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec: The IEEE Color Books Industrial Power Pack
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE VuSpec: 2007 Electronic Design Automation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006
Abstract: If you are an electronic design automation engineer, architect, verification engineer, or you are responsible for managing
a design team or conducting research, then this IEEE Standards VuSpec CD is for you. And, because of its value-driven price and
wide range of easy-to-use features, the new 2007 IEEE Design Automation VuSpec also is a must have item for embedded software
developers, analysts, marketing & sales professionals, and students who want to get up to speed on the full library or
international EDA Standards. VuSpec starts automatically and runs inside your familiar web browser with Adobe Acrobat. VuSpec
is your very own EDA web portal on a portable CD you can use anywhere. Semiconductors, wired or wireless communication
systems, electronics, medical test equipment, and the entire EDA software industry itself rely on these recognized standards
covering Logic, Design, Simulation, RTL & Formal Verification, IP/Cores, ALF, ASIC, IC, PSL, Verilog, and VHDL. VuSpec even
covers new methods and best practices for the functional verification language 'e' as well as SystemC and SystemVerilog. IEEE
VuSpec searches through all these standards, leading you where you need to be, instantly! Also includes an easy point-and-
click navigator, glossary of over 600 official EDA terms with citations back to their referenced standards, bonus links, and a
convenient index of nearly 300 keywords to guide you to the proper source.
Key Words: 93/217/RVD, 93/218/RVD, ABV, Accellera Property Specification
Language, Accellera PSL, Air Force Rome Laboratory, Air Force Wright
Patterson Laboratory, ALF, ALF libraries, ALF-based ASIC, Application-
specific, Army, Asia-Pacific, ASIC, ASIC Council, ASIC macrocell, ASIC
Modeling Specification, Assertion-based, Axis System, behavioral, BIT,
block, Block-diagrams, BOOLEAN, British Ministry of Defense, Brunel
University, CAD, Cadence, Cadence Design Systems, cell, Cisco, Concurrency,
COTS, Customer Service, Cygwin, DASC, Datatype, DCL, Defense, Department of
Defense, DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE HANDBOOK, derate, Design Automation, DIDs,
DoD, DPCS, DPI, DSM, E-based IP, EDA, Eiffel, electrical, Electronic Design
Automation, Esterel, European CAD Standardization Initiative, European
ESPRIT Project 8370 ESIP, F30602-93-C-0209, F33615-96-C-1908, FDIS
93/212/FDIS Report, FDIS 93/213/FDIS Report, Feedback Form, File-
manipulation, FireFox, Floorplanners, Fluidic, format, functional,
Functional Verification Language, Gate Ensemble to Verilog-XL, gate-level,
GDA Technologies, Government, Hardware simulation, HDL, HILO-2, I/O, IBM,
IBM Corporation, IC, IEC 62142, IEC/IEEE 61691-1-1, IEC/PAS 62050, IEEE,
IEEE 1076, IEEE 1076.4 TAG, IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual,
IEEE Standard VHDL Mathematical Packages, IEEE Standard VHDL Synthesis
Packages, IEEE Std 1076, IEEE Std 1076.1-1999, IEEE Std 1076.2-1996, IEEE
Std 1076.3-1997, IEEE Std 1076.6-1999, IEEE Std 1076.6-2004, IEEE Std 1076-
1993, IEEE Std 1076-2002, IEEE Std 1164-1993, IEEE Std 1364-1995, IEEE Std
1364-2001, IEEE Std 1364-2005, IEEE Std 1603-2003, IEEE VHDL93, IEEE VuSpec,
Infrastructure, integrated circuit, Intel, Internet Explorer,
Interoperability, Interval Temporal Logic, Java, JEITA, language, Language
Reference Manual, layout, library, LICENSE AGREEMENT, Lockheed Martin, LRM,
LSI Logic VHDL behavioral, LTL, Machine-readable, Macrocell,
Maintainability, MATH_COMPLEX, MATH_REAL, Mentor Graphics Memory Table
Model, Metalogical, Methodology, Microelectronics, MIL-HDBK-454, Mixed-
language, modeling, Modula, Multi-language, Nonsynthesizable VHDL, OMF,
OMI, OMI-compliant, Open Model Forum, Open Model Interface, Open SystemC
Initiative, Open Verilog International, Orthogonality, OSCI, OVI, OVI/VI,
Pascal, PATHPULSE, PDEF, PDF, Perl, Personal VGUI, physical, Physical Design
Exchange Format, PLI, PLI/VPI, power, Power Calculation System, Programming
Language Interface, Prototyping, PSL, PS-TSC, Rambus, Rapid Prototyping of
Application-Specific Signal Processors, RASSP, Rational Rose, RFPs, ROMs,
RTC, RTL, SDF, SDF 1497, Self-extensibility, SI2, Signal, signal integrity,
SIGNED, Silicon Integration Initiative, Simulation, Simulator/model
interoperability, SKEW, Specifications, SPEF, SPF, SSIG, ST
Microelectronics, Standard Delay Format, Standard Parasitic Exchange Format,
Standard Parasitic Format, Standardized ASIC, Standards, STARC, Synopsys,
Synthesis, Synthesizability, Synthesizable, Synthesizable register-transfer,
Synthesizable RTL, SystemC, System-on-chip, SystemVerilog, SystemVerilog
3.1a, SystemVerilog®, technology, Testbench, Testbench language, Texas
Instruments, Time-to-market, timing, Trademark, Tutorial/help, UML, Unified
Hardware Design, UNSIGNED, US Army Industrial Engineering Activity, US Army
Materiel Command’s Engineering Design Handbook Program, User-definable, V&V,
Vendor-independent API, Verification Language, Verilog, Verilog 1364,
Verilog compiler/simulator, Verilog HDL, Verilog language, Verilog PLI,
Verilog Procedural Interface, Verilog®, Verilog® Hardware Description
Language, Verilog® HDL-based RTL, Verisity, Veritime, Versatile Graphical
User Interface, VGUI, VGUI tool, Vgui.exe tool, Vgui.ini, VGUI-2,
Vguimspc.exe, Vguitut.htm, VHDL, VHDL DID, VHDL language, VHDL library, VHDL
Register Transfer Level, VHDL register-transfer, VHDL RTL, VHDL Synthesis
Interoperability Working Group, VHDL tool, VHDL®, VHDL-AMS, VHPI, VHSIC,
VHSIC Hardware Description Language, VITAL, VITAL ASIC, VITAL_Memory, VLSI,
VPI, VSIA, VuSpec, VuSpec Series, Waveform, Waveform file formats, WAVES,
Well-structured language, Workgroups, Working, XML, XML-based file format,
Y2K, Year 2000 Test Methods, Yoav Hollander
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: C2-2007 National Electric Safety Code - PDF Single User Professional
Edition : VuSpec (NESC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2006
Project Scope: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML
format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format.
With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources
including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so
much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to
assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced
material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward
and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View
color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage,
print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or
color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no
installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in
a term and see its definition.
Abstract: Choose to view the 2007 NESC in our new Flash interface or a point-and-click HTML format. Also, includes the official
2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format (unlocked). With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources
including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational
features are available to assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules
are linked together enabling you to move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View
color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not
satisfied with the size or color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login
required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition.
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply
stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: C2-2007 National Electric Safety Code - PDF Single User Standard
Edition: VuSpec (NESC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006
Project Scope: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML
format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe PDF format.
With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources
including the IEEE Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so
much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to
assist you! No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced
material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to move forward
and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View
color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC, copy and paste an important passage,
print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or
color of the text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately,
no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC Glossary, just
key in a term and see its definition.
Abstract: You get the complete 2007 NESC in a new point-and-click HTML format as well as the official 2007 NESC in the Classic Adobe
PDF format. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources including the IEEE Electrical Safety
Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more. New search, linking, and navigational features are available to assist you!
No more thumbing through hundreds of pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Rules are linked together enabling you to
move forward and back as you like. Jump to any table in feet or meters with ease. View color-coded changes from the 2002 NESC,
copy and paste an important passage, print pages on your inkjet or laser printer. Not satisfied with the size or color of the
text Change it. VuSpec is customizable. Starts immediately, no installation or login required. Also includes the NESC
Glossary, just key in a term and see its definition.
Key Words: communications industry safety, construction of communication lines,
construction of electric supply lines, electrical safety, electric supply
stations, electric utility stations, high-voltage safety, operation of
communications systems
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives 1914-1972 - Single
User - Limited Edition: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2006
Project Scope: Single-User License Edition. Containing all editions of the
National Electrical Safety Code from 1914 to 1972, NESC®: The Archives
(1914-1972) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements
for power, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered for the
first time as a Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1914-
1972) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each
edition. Features: 12 NESC Volumes digitally enhanced and converted into
PDF format, Powered by the improved VuSpec Series 1.2 browser-based user
interface, Convenient searchable bookmarks, Integrated navigational links to
online resources for real-time and relevant information, DVD jewel case for
increased portability. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Microsoft Windows PC with
Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0 service pack 5, ME, 2000, XP or newer. Microsoft
Internet Explorer 4.0 or Netscape 6.0 or newer. Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or
newer. Use of this product is subject to the single-user software license
agreement on this CD-ROM.
Abstract: Single-User License Edition. Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code from 1914 to 1972, NESC®: The
Archives (1914-1972) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, telephone, cable TV, and railroad
signal systems. Offered for the first time as a Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) embodies the
expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Features: 12 NESC Volumes digitally enhanced and converted
into PDF format, Powered by the improved VuSpec Series 1.2 browser-based user interface, Convenient searchable bookmarks,
Integrated navigational links to online resources for real-time and relevant information, DVD jewel case for increased
portability. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Microsoft Windows PC with Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0 service pack 5, ME, 2000, XP or newer.
Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or Netscape 6.0 or newer. Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or newer. Use of this product is subject to
the single-user software license agreement on this CD-ROM.
Key Words: IEEE C2 , NESC , VuSpec
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Local, Metropolitan, and Wireless Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 2005
**Supercedes 2004 version, SE95082.
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Electronic Design Automation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Medical Device Communications: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: Summary: 9 Active Standards— A complete collection of IEEE Medical Device Communications standards. Portable
VuSpec CD-ROM— Goes with you anywhere, with or without optional internet access. Works on the plane, train, office, or home.
Includes rugged storage case for easy travel. Internet-Enabled Product— Includes optional product extensions. With internet
access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to extended content. Starts Immediately— No installation, annual fee, or login required.
Starts automatically in your favorite web browser. Powerful New VuSpec Interface with Search, Linking, and Navigation Features—
Search by keyword in one standard, across multiple standards, or across the entire VuSpecTM interface. Click on links and
navigate with ease. New Medical Device/Health Informatics Glossary of Terms— Over 300 words, abbreviations, acronyms, and
their definitions derived from the official standards. Remarks: Featuring the IEEE 1073™ and ISO/IEEE 11073 families of
standards
Key Words: Main Menu with links to free software Title Page with product
links Foreword from the Chair General Information About IEEE Standards,
About VuSpec™, and Product Feedback Form Single-User License Agreement
Summary pages allowing you to search on the table of contents, introduction,
abstract, and keywords for each standard IEEE Std 1073-1996 Overview and
Framework IEEE Std 1073.3.1-1994 Transport Profile-Connection Mode IEEE
Std 1073.3.1a™-2000 Amend. 1: Corrections/Clarifications IEEE Std
1073.4.1™, (2000 Edition) Phys. Layer Interface-Cable Connected ISO/IEEE
11073-10101:2004(E) Health informatics-Point-of-care medical device
communication-Part 10101: Nomenclature ISO/IEEE 11073-10201:2004(E) Part
10201: Domain information model ISO/IEEE 11073-20101:2004(E) Part 20101:
App. profiles-Base std ISO/IEEE 11073-30200:2004(E) Part 30200: Transp-
Cable connected ISO/IEEE 11073-30300:2004(E) Part 30300: Transp-nfrared
wireless
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Power Transmission and Distribution Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Power Distribution and Regulating Transformers Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Wireless Dictionary
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2005
Technical Contact: Jennifer Longman, Phone:732-562-6355, Email:j.longman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Purpose: Part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Series, this is a quick-
access, pocket guide of commonly used wireless terms.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Incident and Traffic Management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2005
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Nuclear Power Engineering and Technology Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2005
Abstract: Summary: • Includes Over 100 Standards! You get a complete collection of active IEEE Standards, Guides, and
Recommended Practices, as well as essential Withdrawn Standards in full text search-ready PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in
print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface Starts automatically in your Web Browser with Free Adobe® Reader® • Powerful Search
Features Search on abstracts, keywords, an entire standard, or across multiple standards • Glossary Look Up Over 1,300 terms and
their official definitions derived from the Standards in the Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index Locate the standard you
need fast, from a List of Keywords that automatically finds matching topics as you type a search word! • Links Convenient
Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering and Nuclear Plasma Society to Stay Informed; Visit the NPEC
Committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your Industry. Requirements:
Microsoft® Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 6.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or
equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Internet access required only when viewing
optional online resources. LICENSING: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: Intelligent Transportation Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 2005
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Defense Standards: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 2005
Abstract: This CD contains all active and withdrawn standards adopted by the U.S. Department of Defense, as indicated online in the
DOD ASSIST database (http://assist.daps.dla.mil/online/start/). Multiple revisions of the same standard may exist, indicated by
the standard year in the designation. The U.S. Department of Defense ASSIST database is the official source of DoD specifications
and standards. ASSIST-Online includes more than documents. Users also have direct access to related DoD databases including DSP
standardization projects (SD-4), standardization points-of-contact (SD-1), Data Item Descriptions (DIDs), MilSpec Reform
management data, and HAZMAT/ODC data. Using powerful search and hyperlink features in ASSIST-Online, users may transparently
locate and view diverse standardization data across each of these integrated systems. IEEE Standards are NOT included online in
ASSIST. This CD was designed to give a single user, access to all of the IEEE Standards with full search capabilities.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE VuSpec™: IEEE Energy Standards CD
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 2005
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Local, Metropolitan and Wireless Area Networks: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: The ultimate in convenience. All IEEE 802(R) LAN, MAN, and
Wireless standards available at your fingertips. Also includes 2 exclusive
bonus consolidated standards in PDF: 802.3 2005 Consolidation, and 802.11
2005 Consolidation Nearly 50 Active Standards—A complete collection of
the enormously popular IEEE 802® standards. Powerful New VuSpec Interface
with Search, Link, HTML, PDF, and Navigation Features—Search by keyword in
one standard, across multiple standards, or across the entire VuSpecTM
interface. Click on links and navigate with ease. New Local, Metropolitan,
and Wireless Area Networks Glossary of Terms—Over 1,750 words,
abbreviations, acronyms, and their definitions derived from the official
standards. Portable VuSpec CD-ROM—Goes with you anywhere, with or without
optional internet access. Works on the plane, train, office, or home.
Includes rugged storage case for easy travel. Internet-Enabled Product—
Includes optional product extensions. With internet access, you get
exclusive hyperlinks to extended content. Starts Immediately—No
installation, annual fee, or login required. Starts automatically in your
favorite web browser. Information and Diagrams—The 802® Family of
Standards; History; The Standards Process; Committee Organization; Get
Involved! Access to Information; What's Next...
Abstract: The ultimate in convenience. All IEEE 802(R) LAN, MAN, and Wireless standards available at your fingertips. Also includes
2 exclusive bonus consolidated standards in PDF: 802.3 2005 Consolidation, and 802.11 2005 Consolidation Nearly 50 Active
Standards—A complete collection of the enormously popular IEEE 802® standards. Powerful New VuSpec Interface with Search,
Link, HTML, PDF, and Navigation Features—Search by keyword in one standard, across multiple standards, or across the entire
VuSpecTM interface. Click on links and navigate with ease. New Local, Metropolitan, and Wireless Area Networks Glossary of
Terms—Over 1,750 words, abbreviations, acronyms, and their definitions derived from the official standards. Portable VuSpec CD-
ROM—Goes with you anywhere, with or without optional internet access. Works on the plane, train, office, or home. Includes rugged
storage case for easy travel. Internet-Enabled Product— Includes optional product extensions. With internet access, you get
exclusive hyperlinks to extended content. Starts Immediately—No installation, annual fee, or login required. Starts
automatically in your favorite web browser. Information and Diagrams—The 802® Family of Standards; History; The Standards
Process; Committee Organization; Get Involved! Access to Information; What's Next...
Key Words: 802.11, 802.3, 802, wireless, ethernet, LAN/MAN, network
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives (1914-1972) Limited
Edition VuSpec CD-ROM -- Single-User
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Electric Machinery (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Wireless LAN: 2004 Value Pack (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2003
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Low-Voltage Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec
Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE High-Voltage Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec
Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Surge Protective Devices Standards Collection (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 24, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Handbook to IEEE Standard 45: A Guide to Electrical Installations on
Shipboard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2004
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE 802.11, 802.15 and 802.16 Wireless Communication Standards and
Study Guide Set
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2004
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Stationary Batteries (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC): The Archives (1914-1972) Limited
Edition VuSpec CD-ROM -- Multi-User
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 28, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: ***Multi-User License Edition*** Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code from 1914 to 1972,
NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, telephone, cable TV,
and railroad signal systems. Offered for the first time as a Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1914-1972)
embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition. Features: o 12 NESC Volumes digitally
enhanced and converted into PDF format o Powered by the improved VuSpec Series 1.2 browser-based user interface o Convenient
searchable bookmarks o Integrated navigational links to online resources for real-time and relevant information o DVD jewel case
for increased portability SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: Microsoft Windows PC with Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0 service pack 5, ME, 2000, XP
or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or Netscape 6.0 or newer. Adobe Acrobat Reader 4.0 or newer. Use of this product is
subject to the multi-user software license agreement on this CD-ROM.
Key Words: IEEE C2 , NESC , Vu Spec
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2004
Project Scope: Revision of IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001 Abstract: This recommended
practice provides recommendations for the design and coordinated deployment
of fixed broadband wireless access systems in order to control interference
and facilitate coexistence. It analyzes appropriate coexistence scenarios
and provides guidance for system design, deployment, coordination, and
frequency usage. It generally addresses licensed spectrum between 2 GHz and
66 GHz, with a detailed emphasis on 3.5 GHz, 10.5 GHz, and 23.5 – 43.5 GHz.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001 Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for the design and
coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access systems in order to control interference and facilitate coexistence. It
analyzes appropriate coexistence scenarios and provides guidance for system design, deployment, coordination, and frequency
usage. It generally addresses licensed spectrum between 2 GHz and 66 GHz, with a detailed emphasis on 3.5 GHz, 10.5 GHz, and 23.5
– 43.5 GHz. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no
charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: coexistence , fixed broadband wireless access (FBWA) , interference
, local multipoint distribution service (LMDS) , millimeter waves ,
multichannel multipoint distribution service (MMDS) , microwaves ,
multipoint (MP) , point-to-multipoint (PMP) , radio
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). Featuring the NESC+2007 Preprint
Proposals for 2007 Edition of the National Safety Code: VuSpec (C2-2007)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2004
Project Scope: Utilities, Consultants, Designers, Engineers, and Non-Engineers
alike will welcome this exciting new easy-to-use VuSpec(TM) edition of the
official NESC® featuring a preview of the 2007 NESC®. FEATURES: » The
Complete Current Edition of the NESC® and the Complete 2007 NESC® Preprint
Change Proposals in a New Easy-to-Use HTML Format. » Internet-Enabled CD-
ROM Goes With You Anywhere: Works with or without optional internet access.
With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to essential resources
for electrical engineers including the Electrical Safety Resource Center,
the NESC® Zone, and so much more. Notice to Customers: The 10%
discount hyperlinks on this product to non-IEEE referenced standards,
available for a limited time only, have expired. This product still works
completely and users still have 100% of the 2002 NESC and preprint
change proposals for the 2007 NESC. . » Starts Immediately! No installation
or login required. » Powerful New Search, Linking, and Navigation Features!
No more thumbing through pages for cross-referenced material. Just click!
Includes time-saving links to the proposed changes for the 2007 NESC®. »
Single-User Edition: This product is licensed for one user only.
Abstract: Utilities, Consultants, Designers, Engineers, and Non-Engineers alike will welcome this exciting new easy-to-use
VuSpec(TM) edition of the official NESC® featuring a preview of the 2007 NESC®. FEATURES: » The Complete Current Edition of the
NESC® and the Complete 2007 NESC® Preprint Change Proposals in a New Easy-to-Use HTML Format. » Internet-Enabled CD-ROM Goes
With You Anywhere: Works with or without optional internet access. With internet access, you get exclusive hyperlinks to
essential resources for electrical engineers including the Electrical Safety Resource Center, the NESC® Zone, and so much more.
Notice to Customers: The 10% discount hyperlinks on this product to non-IEEE referenced standards, available for a limited
time only, have expired. This product still works completely and users still have 100% of the 2002 NESC and preprint change
proposals for the 2007 NESC. . » Starts Immediately! No installation or login required. » Powerful New Search, Linking, and
Navigation Features! No more thumbing through pages for cross-referenced material. Just click! Includes time-saving links to the
proposed changes for the 2007 NESC®. » Single-User Edition: This product is licensed for one user only.
Key Words: NESC Preprint Proposals, NESC Change Proposals, C2-2002, C2-2007 ,
Vu Spec
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Power Systems Relaying Collection, Special Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 17, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Collection, Special Condition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Power Substation-- Special Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Collection: Power Switchgear, Circuit Breakers and Fuses-
- Special Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Collection Set: Power Substations and Power Switchgear,
Circuit Breakers and Fuses-- Special Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC) Handbook
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2001
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE 100, The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms, Seventh
Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Handbook to IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Eighth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®
Interpretations 1997-1999 (PDF ONLY)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: An IEEE Guide—How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth™ Spec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2000
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Implementing the IEEE Software Engineering Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 2000
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume One: Customer
and Terminology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Two: Processes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Three: Products
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards, 1999 Edition—Volume Four: Resources
and Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: ISO/IEC 15068-2 : 1999 (1387.2-1995), Information technology—Portable
Operating System Interface (POSIX®) system administration—Part 2: Software
administration
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines a
software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that
software and information.
Key Words: data processing , open systems , operating system , packaging ,
portable application , POSIX , software , system administration ,
utilities , ISO/IEC 15068 , ISO/IEC 15068-2
Title: VHDL Tutorial
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE 802.11 Handbook—A Designer's Companion
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1999
Publication type: Standards Press
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Preprint- 1999 Proposals
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs.
Title: Test Technology Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 1997
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards 1997 Operations Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Electric Machinery Collection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 1997
Publication type: Collection
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Network Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 1997
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Collection of NESC® Interpretations (1943 through 1997)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs.
Key Words: NESC
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Style Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 25, 1996
**Published and distributed in October 1996. Revision of IEEE Standards
Style Manual, August 1992.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Preferred editorial style for the preparation of proposed IEEE Standards is established. Many of the frequently asked
questions about writing drafts are answered. The optional and required contents of drafts are described, and instructions on
submitting drafts for IEEE Standards Board approval and publication are provided. This manual is not intended to be a guide to
the procedural development of standards.
Key Words: style
Title: PASC WWW Interpretations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 1996
**These interpretations can be found online at the following address:
http://stdsbbs.ieee.org/products/interp/index.html#available
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Electrical and Electronics Graphic & Letter Symbols and
Reference Designations Collection - 1996 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 1996
Publication type: Collection
Title: Fast Ethernet: Dawn of a New Network
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**By Howard W. Johnson. Product number is SP1095.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: Fast Ethernet is the newest and fastest addition to the IEEE Ethernet family of local area network (LAN) standards. An
extension to Ethernet, Fast Ethernet provides interoperable service at both 10 Mb/s and 100 Mb/s. With the growing popularity of
Fast Ethernet, users need a resource that specifically addresses Fast Ethernet product architectures and products and where the
technology is headed--Fast Ethernet: Dawn of a New Network is that resource. A Prentice-Hall publication, this book goes beyond
an overview of Fast Ethernet, it equips you with the information you need to query vendors about their products so you can avoid
costly installation mistakes. It helps you with your strategic planning by providing details about future developments of the
technology. What's more, the point-by-point network comparisons will show you which networks fit which applications.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1996
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Electromagnetic Compatibility Collection - 1996 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 29, 1996
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: Interest in electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) design and measurement has been rapidly increasing over the past several
years. Meeting mandatory and voluntary EMC requirements has become an important consideration in planning of new products and in
the early stages of product design. IEEE EMC standards give designers and manufacturers, procuring agencies and regulating
agencies guidance in selection and development of appropriate requirements. Containing 32 industry recognized EMC standards, this
collection addresses measurement techniques, methods of test-site characterization and specifications for instrumentation.
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: NESC® Handbook, Fourth Edition A Discussion of the National Electrical
Safety Code®
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1996
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: A Discussion of the Grounding Rules, General Rules, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 3rd (1920) through 1997 Editions of
the National Electrical Safety Code, American National Standard C2.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Network Systems Tutorial for IEEE Std 802.3: Repeater Functions and
System Design Topology Considerations for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Local Area Networks (LANs)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Prepared by The IEEE 802.3 System Topology Technical Advisory Group of the
LAN/MAN Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society. Product number is
SP100.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: An indispensable resource for system installers and subsystem component developers, IEEE's Network Systems Tutorial for
IEEE Std 802.3 provides essential background material required to understand the basic functioning of the CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection) packet network. With an exclusive focus on the ISO/IEC (International Organization of
Standardization and the International Electrotechnical Commission) 8802-3 10 Mb/s CSMA/CD network, this informative tutorial
addresses two vital parameters that determine the constraints on network timing-network acquisition time and maximum framelength.
It explains the role of the repeater and its significance in the definition of maximum network size. Moreover, it includes a
propagation budget table together with an example of all elements that delay the propagation of a transmitted signal in a CSMA/CD
network.
Key Words: 802.3 tutorial
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Companion - 1995
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 1995
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Circuit Breakers, Switchgear, Substations, and Fuses
Standards Collection (C37) - 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 11, 1995
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This all-inclusive volume is the single source of IEEE and ANSI switchgear and substation standards covering circuit
breakers, switchgear assemblies, switches, fuses, reclosures and sectionalizers and related substation aspects of equipment. The
99 standards contained in this thorough collection provide for the safe and reliable application of electrical systems'
switchgear and substation operation and maintenance.
Key Words: C37 collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Surge Protection Collection - 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1995
Publication type: Collection
Technical Contact: John Sheppard
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: This collection offers a complete volume of 21 IEEE standards for surge protective devices. These industry accepted
standards cover product testing, product classification and application guides. It is the single source of standards related to
the implementation and testing of surge protective devices. What's more, it contains extensive information on neutral grounding.
Key Words: surge protection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
Collection(C57) - 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 1995
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: The 1995 edition of this popular collection contains 64 of the most current IEEE and ANSI standards on power distribution
and regulating transformers. These ensure safe and reliable electric power service to consumers worldwide. Topics covered include
Class 1E transformers, oil-immersed transformers, overhead-type distribution transformers, underground type three-phase
distribution transformers and sealed dry-type transformers.
Key Words: C57 collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Protective Relaying Systems Collection - 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1995
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This edition contains 21 of the latest standards and guides for protective relaying systems. Topics covered include
relays and relay systems with electric apparatus, protective relaying for utility-consumer interconnections, ground protection,
network transformers, field testing and more.
Key Words: protective, relaying systems
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Tentative Interim Amendments 93-1,93-2, and Errata to the National
Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Power Capacitor Standards Collection - 1994 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The continuing growth of electrical power systems has increased the need for and use of power capacitors in transmission
and distribution systems. This compilation of two bibliographies and five of the most current guides and standards provides a
valuable reference tool for those involved in the design, manufacturer, testing and application of power capacitors.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Pole Line Hardware Collection - 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 1995
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: Covering requirements for ground rods, lag screws, crossarm braces and cable racks, this collection contains 14 of the
most current standards used in overhead and underground line construction today.
Key Words: pole line, hardware
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Roadway Lighting Equipment Collection (C136) - 1994
Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 1994
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This collection is comprised of 17 essential standards for roadway lighting used throughout industry today. They cover
specifications for performance and interchangeability of roadway lighting system equipment, specifically luminaries,
photoelectric controls, support brackets and poles.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Title: Open Systems Handbook: A Guide to Building Open Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1994
**By James Isaak, Kevin Lewis, Kate Thompson, and Richard Straub The
product number is SP117
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: This publication focuses on the information and processes needed to make strategic decisions about open systems, while
providing a thorough overview of open systems and the work being done to achieve them. What's more, this handbook provides expert
guidance on how to apply IT standards and specifications for application portability and interoperability. This publication takes
an objective, standards-oriented perspective, concentrating on functionality to obtain business objectives rather than product
approaches. Moreover, it offers the most current status of international accepted industry IT standards and specifications for
open systems and contains a detailed glossary of OS and standards-related terminology.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Transmission Line Construction Collection - 1994 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 22, 1994
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: Containing 5 of the most current IEEE standards guides for assembly and installation of transmission line structures used
throughout the power industry today, this collection addresses the different phases of line construction from the installation of
foundations through the stringing of overhead conductors.
Key Words: transmission line, construction
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: High-Performance I/O Bus Architecture: A Handbook for IEEE Futurebus+
Profile B
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1994
**Product number (book alone) is SP109. Also available with IEEE Stds 892.2
and 896.2a - SP1093.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: This handbook is a design guide for developers of the IEEE Futurebus+ modules as specified by the following IEEE
Futurebus+ standards: •IEEE Std 896.1-1991 •IEEE Std 896.2-1991 •IEEE Std 896.3-1993 The purpose of this handbook is to provide
a reference to many of the concepts, rules, and guidelines that are necessary to understand and to follow so that
interoperability of Futurebus+ systems and modules is ensured. Included are engineering details about system architecture,
hardware interface, and board layout. Module designers, system intergrators, and original equipment manufacturers should find
this handbook useful.
Key Words: 896.2, 896.2a, futurebus+, high-performance, I/O Architecture,
Profile B
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Fifth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1993-
1995 Interpretations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 21, 1994
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Key Words: electric supply station, overhead electric supply, communication
lines, underground electric supply, clearances to electric supply, strength
requirement for electric supply, communication structures
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Stationary Battery Collection - 1993 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 1993
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: Because stationary batteries play such a vital role of providing reliable backup and emergency power, their design,
installation and maintenance must be reliable and sound. The best way to make sound design decisions and to maximize service
expected from an installed battery system is to comply with the most current standards used throughout industry today, IEEE
stationary battery standards. Containing 10 standards, this collection includes the complete set of lead-acid and nickel-cadmium
battery standards used in the planning, design and maintenance of today's battery installations.
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Fourth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®
Interpretations, 1991-1993
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1993
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Key Words: electric supply stations, overhead electric supply lines, overhead
communication lines, underground electric supply lines, underground
communication lines, clearances to electric supply, clearances to
communication lines, strength
Title: Sourcebook on Lead-Acid Batteries
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Product number is SP75.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: This highly useful sourcebook contains a wealth of information on lead-acid batteries in one complete volume, including:
Leading-edge IEEE transactions papers, informative IEEE conference papers and detailed abstracts of IEEE Lead-Acid Stationary
Battery standards.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Electricity Metering Collection (C12) - 1993 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 1993
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: IEEE's electricity metering standards provide today's utilities, manufacturers and regulatory bodies worldwide with
specific on-the-job information needed to install, measure and test electricity meters. This collection contains 14 current
standards on watt-hour meters, demand meters, demand registers, pulse devices, instrument transformers, auxiliary devices and
much more.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Engineering in Safety, Maintenance and Operation of Lines
Collection (ESMOL) - 1993 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 1993
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This edition contains 9 standards and guides for engineering in safety, maintenance and operation of lines. Topics
addressed include energized power lines, transmission line conductors, in-service maintenance and electrical testing of live-line
tools and the protective grounding of power lines.
Key Words: ESMOL, safety, maintenance
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Atlas Training Manual: A Handbook to IEEE C/Atlas Std 716
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: The ATLAS Training Manual provides a detailed perspective on IEEE Std 716-1989 (C/ATLAS). This training manual is only
specific to IEEE Std 716-1989, not to IEEE Std 716-1995. It conveys a simplified building block approach to the standard, so that
the knowledgeable user and novice alike can confidently implement the language's various test applications.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Petroleum and Chemical Applications Collection - 1992
Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 1992
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This collection offers a complete volume of 10 standards and recommended practices for the petroleum and chemical
industry. Topics covered include induction and auxiliary motors, electric submersible and insulated cables and safety practices.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Science Collection - 1991 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 1991
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This volume is a collection of 24 IEEE and ANSI standards on nuclear science. These standards cover test procedures,
specifications, calibration and utilization for nuclear instruments and detectors used in industrial and laboratory applications.
Key Words: nuclear science
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Power Collection - 1990 edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 1990
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: This collection contains 61 IEEE and ANSI standards used throughout the nuclear industry. Topics covered include criteria
and requirements for the electrical systems of nuclear power generating stations, methods and procedures of reliability
engineering, recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe heating control, recommended practices for the
application of software configuration plans to nuclear power generating stations and much more.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Nuclear Power Archive Collection - 1990 Editon
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 1990
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: In the nuclear industry archival documents have a unique significance. They are often referred to in day-to-day
activities, primarily because each nuclear power generating station owner has committed to a specific issue of a document in its
license application. To meet this industry need, IEEE developed the Nuclear Power Archive Standards Collection. This volume
contains 51 archive or historical nuclear power standards still referred to in the nuclear industry today. The standards included
in this collection are not available as single documents.
Key Words: nuclear power, archive
Title: A Practical Introduction to the New Logic Symbols - Second Edition by
Ian Kampel
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Product number is SP1094.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: This publication offers guidance on the preparation of logic diagrams and their interpretation.
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substations & Relays Standards Collection: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1993
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org
.odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the
templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std
1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design
Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation
(based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format;
Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219-
1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering
Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management
Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005)
Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on
IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400
standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards!
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE 802.3 Systems Networking Guide: How to Optimize Your Network Using
the ISO/IEC 8802-3 Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 28, 1995
Publication type: Standards Press
Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability
(Std_logic_1164)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: CE Mark: The New European Legislation for Products: Featuring EMC, Low
Voltage & Machinery Directives
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This is a subscription product that includes the CE Mark Book, 6
newsletters & one supplement book (Sept/Oct).
Publication type: Standards Press
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: VHDL Interactive Tutorial: A CD-ROM Learning Tool for IEEE Std 1076 VHDL
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This product is available for use in Microsoft Windows® (3.1 and '95),
Macintosh®, Sun® OS and Sun Solaris® environments.
Publication type: Standards Press
Abstract: Aiding in the comprehension and use of IEEE VHDL, this unigue product offers a comprehensive & reliable tutorial on VHDL -
not available anywhere else. An enhancement to IEEE Std 1076-1993, the interactive tutorial is organized into four modules
designed to incrementally add to the user's understanding of VHDL and it's applications. This hands-on tutorial shows clear
links between the many levels and layers of VHDL and provides actual examples of VHDL implementation, making it an indispensible
tool for VHDL product development and users.
Key Words: VHDL, interactive, tutorial, CD ROM
Title: Electric Metering Collection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Substations Collection-1998 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Switchgear Collection-1998 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers Collection, 1998
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 1998
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: On-Line IEEE Standards (OLIS)—IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic
Power Distribution for Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Medical Devices Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Power Electronics Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Insulation Coordination Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Antennas and Propagation Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Electron Devices Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Magnetics Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Static Power Converters Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Circuits and Systems Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Cement Industry Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Electricity Metering Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Power Dielectrics and Insulation Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Electrical Insulation Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Aerospace Electronics Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Instrumentation and Measurement Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Pole Line Hardware Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Title: Roadway Lighting Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Publication type: Electronic Product
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Full Set of IEEE Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Lan/Man Security Package
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Token Ring Access Package
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: Token-Passing Bus Access
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: NEC Set 1996
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: NEC 1996
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Title: IEC Multilingual Dictionary of Electricity, Electronics and
Telecommunications 1992 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This volume is the North American version of Volume 2 which is distributed
in the United States and Canada by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Terms and definitions in English with equivalent terms in French, Russian, German, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Polish and
Swedish. International reference that defines over 15,000 terms.
Key Words: IEC, multilingual, dictionary
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Switchgear Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Surge Protective Devices Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Electro-Magnetic Compatibility Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Transmission and Distribution Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Substations Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Protective Relaying Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Energy Development/Power Generation Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Insulated Conductors Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Electric Machinery Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Portable Applications (POSIX) Standards Subscriptions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Design Automation Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Communications Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. IMPORTANT
NOTE: To expedite service, a signed license agreement must be returned to the IEEE prior to access being granted. To expedite
your order, complete and return a signed license agreement in conjunction with your order. You can retrieve this license
agreement at: http://standards.ieee.org/catalog/olis/licenses/ip.pdf.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Bus Architecture Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: LAN/MAN Plus Drafts Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Software Engineering Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Power Cable Ampacity Software with IEEE Std 835-1994 (R2006) on CD-
Rom
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 16, 2007
**Includes the 3,176 page 90 MB complete original PDF of IEEE Std 835-1994
(R2006)
Abstract: Many factors influence the amount of current a given cable can transfer. For example, insulation, temperature, and the
number of bundled wires. These tables help you determine the cable's ampacity, or simply, the ability of the cable, in varying
conditions, to carry amps (current) before it fails or overheaats.
Key Words: ampacity, cable, conductors, dielectric, extruded, insulation,
laminar, power, software
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: All-Inclusive Telecommunications Standards Online Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org. Exclusive
option to Enterprise subscribers! The IEEE's All Inclusive standards package, an internet-based subscription delivered via IEEE
Standards Online, provides access worldwide to the most current IEEE standards. IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual
subscriptions grant internet-based access to IEEE standards, including new, draft or revised standards that become available
during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Standards are available for download in PDF format.
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Color Book Set
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 25, 2007
Publication type: Collection
Technical Contact: Markus Plessel, Phone:732-562-3989, Email:m.plessel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: INCLUDES THE ENTIRE COLOR BOOK STANDARDS SERIES: IEEE Red Book
(IEEE STD 141-1993), IEEE Green Book (IEEE STD 142-1991), IEEE Gray Book
(IEEE STD 241-1990), IEEE Buff Book (IEEE STD 242-2001), IEEE Brown Book
(IEEE STD 399-1997), IEEE Orange Book (IEEE STD 446-1995), IEEE Gold Book
(IEEE STD 493-2007), IEEE Violet Book (IEEE Std 551-2006), IEEE White Book
(IEEE STD 602-2007), IEEE Bronze Book (IEEE STD 739-1995), IEEE Yellow Book
(IEEE STD 902-1998), IEEE Blue Book (IEEE STD 1015-2006), IEEE Emerald Book
(IEEE STD 1100-2005). Replaces the previous set - STDPT95566.
Abstract: INCLUDES THE ENTIRE COLOR BOOK STANDARDS SERIES: IEEE Red Book (IEEE STD 141-1993), IEEE Green Book (IEEE STD 142-1991),
IEEE Gray Book (IEEE STD 241-1990), IEEE Buff Book (IEEE STD 242-2001), IEEE Brown Book (IEEE STD 399-1997), IEEE Orange Book
(IEEE STD 446-1995), IEEE Gold Book (IEEE STD 493-2007), IEEE Violet Book (IEEE Std 551-2006), IEEE White Book (IEEE STD 602-
2007), IEEE Bronze Book (IEEE STD 739-1995), IEEE Yellow Book (IEEE STD 902-1998), IEEE Blue Book (IEEE STD 1015-2006), IEEE
Emerald Book (IEEE STD 1100-2005). Replaces the previous set - STDPT95566.
Key Words: Color Book, Color Books, IEEE Red Book, IEEE STD 141-1993, IEEE
Green Book, IEEE STD 142-1991, IEEE Gray Book, IEEE STD 241-1990, IEEE
Buff Book, IEEE STD 242-2001, IEEE Brown Book, IEEE STD 399-1997, IEEE
Orange Book, IEEE STD 446-1995, IEEE Gold Book,
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: 2007 Stationary Batteries VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2006
**Replaces SE135 Includes 19 active and 3 withdrawn IEEE standards in the
Stationary Batteries family
Project Scope: A complete reference with standards, essential papers, and
convenient tools wrapped inside an easy-to-use interface that runs inside
your web browser. You need this product CD if you are designing,
manufacturing, sizing, selecting, installing, maintaining, testing, or
operating storage batteries used in stationary and portable applications,
including generating stations, substations, energy storage, industrial
control, emergency/standby generator sets, emergency lighting,
telecommunications, portable computing, and uninterruptible power supplies.
Covers rechargeable lead-acid, nickel-cadmium, lithium-ion, and other types
of batteries.
Abstract: A complete reference with standards, essential papers, and convenient tools wrapped inside an easy-to-use interface that
runs inside your web browser. You need this product CD if you are designing, manufacturing, sizing, selecting, installing,
maintaining, testing, or operating storage batteries used in stationary and portable applications, including generating stations,
substations, energy storage, industrial control, emergency/standby generator sets, emergency lighting, telecommunications,
portable computing, and uninterruptible power supplies.Covers rechargeable lead-acid, nickel-cadmium, lithium-ion, and other
types of batteries. Includes 19 active and 3 withdrawn IEEE standards in the Stationary Batteries family (also includes
photovoltaics, portable computers, and cell phones). SINGLE-USER LICENSE. System Requirements: Microsoft Windows 2000, XP, or
newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or newer. Adobe Reader 6.0 or newer. 600 MHz Pentium III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X
CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Optional Internet access and Adobe Shockwave Player.
Key Words: abuse, ac/dc, acceptance, acceptance test, active authentication,
active charger, adapter, ampacity, amphere-hours (Ah) charge efficiency,
applications, array-to-load ratio, Assessment of Lead-Acid Battery State,
authentication, autonomy, available capacity, BattCon, batteries for
photovoltaic, Batteries for Stationary Standby, battery conditioning,
battery duty cycle, battery monitoring equipment, battery/battery pack,
Building Codes, burr, c/x charge/discharge rate, calculated photovoltaic
(PV) array amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (A:L), Calculation of
Capacity, capacity test, Carosella, cause-and-effect (Fishbone) diagram,
cell, cell core, cell leakage, Cellular Phones, charge amphere-hours (Ah) to
load Ah ratio (C:L), charge controller, charger, Charging, charging
algorithm, Class 1E, commissioning, communication materials, communications
interfaces, conception, connection resistance measurements, containment,
continuous-float operations, counterfeit batteries, Coup de Fouet, critical,
cycle, cycle life, Cycling, cycling, dc/dc, deficit charge, depth of
discharge, Design, design analysis, discharge, discharge rate,
documentation, dryout, electrochemical, electrochemical electrodes
electrochemistry, electrochemistry, electrolyte, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), emergency, end-of-discharge voltage (EODV), energy capacity,
Environmental Regulations, equalizing voltage, equipment, equipment
applicability, establishing specifications, failure mode, failure mode and
effects analysis (FMEA), fault, Feder, Feedback Form, fiber-plate nickel-
cadmium, Float, float charge, float operation, float service, float-service,
Floyd, full float (constant potential) operation:, full-float, gelled
electrolyte, generating equipment, Generating Stations, grid-connected,
hazard, high-rate charge, host (host device), hour rate, immobilized
electrolyte, immobilized-electrolyte, incompatible batteries, inspection,
installation, instrument, instrumentation, INTELEC, intended use, internal
ohmic value, inverter, Lead-Acid, lead-acid batteries, Li-ion, lithium-ion,
Livium, low-voltage disconnect (LVD), low-voltage reconnect (LVR),
Maintenance, management standards, manufacturer/supplier, may, McCluer,
McDowall, measurements, measuring, midpoint voltage, monitoring equipment,
Monitoring Float Charging Current, monitoring techniques, Ni-Cd, nickel-
cadmium, nickel-cadmium batteries, Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Photovoltaic, Nuclear Power Generating Stations, O&M requirements,
observations, ohmic value, open circuit voltage (cell or battery pack)
(VOC), Operating Issues, operation, operational procedures, opportunity
charging, overcharge, overcurrent, overdischarge, overvoltage, oxygen
recombination, packaging technologies, parameters for lead-acid batteries,
passive authentication, passive charger, Pb-acid secondary batteries, Pb-
acid, Pb-acid secondary batteries, performance, performance test, period,
Photovoltaic, Plante, polarisation, polarization, Portable Computing,
positive temperature coefficient resistor (PTC), precautions, premature
capacity loss, procedures, process control, product life, product lifetime,
Protection, PV, Qualification, Rate Adjustment Method, Rate-Adjusted Method,
rated capacity, rated capacity (C), rated capacity (nickel-cadmium cell),
reasonable and foreseeable misuse, Rechargeable, rechargeable Li-Ion,
Reference Electrode Measurements, regulated lead-acid batteries, regulation
reconnect voltage (Vrr), regulation voltage, Regulations, reliability of
rechargeable Li-Ion, Replacement, requirements, requirements/codes,
resistance, Safety, Safety Codes, schedules, Selection, Selection Criteria,
self discharge, self-discharge rate, semiportable equipment, service test,
shall, shelf life, should, Sizing, Sokolski, solar insolation,
solar/photovoltaic applications, standard test conditions (STC), standby
operation (battery), Stationary Cycling Applications, Stationary Ni-Cd
Batteries, Stationary Reserve Battery Plants, Storage, string, Substations,
subsystem, subsystem interface, subsystems, sulfation, excessive or “hard”,
sustaining charge, system, Telecommunications, telephone applications,
temperature-compensated charging, termination voltage, Terrestrial,
terrestrial photovoltaic, test-discharge, Testing, Testing Standards,
thermal runaway, undervoltage, Uniformity, Uninterruptible Power Supply
Systems, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply), Use of Battery Monitoring
Equipment, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries, valve-regulated, valve-
regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery, vented cell, vented lead-
acid (VLA) cell, Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications,
Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications, ventilation,
Ventilation Requirements for VRLA Batteries, vision system, Voltage, VRLA
batteries, VuSpec interface abuse, ac/dc, acceptance, acceptance test,
active authentication, active charger, adapter, ampacity, amphere-hours (Ah)
charge efficiency, applications, array-to-load ratio, Assessment of Lead-
Acid Battery State, authentication, autonomy, available capacity, BattCon,
batteries for photovoltaic, Batteries for Stationary Standby, battery
conditioning, battery duty cycle, battery monitoring equipment,
battery/battery pack, Building Codes, burr, c/x charge/discharge rate,
calculated photovoltaic (PV) array amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio
(A:L), Calculation of Capacity, capacity test, Carosella, cause-and-effect
(Fishbone) diagram, cell, cell core, cell leakage, Cellular Phones, charge
amphere-hours (Ah) to load Ah ratio (C:L), charge controller, charger,
Charging, charging algorithm, Class 1E, commissioning, communication
materials, communications interfaces, conception, connection resistance
measurements, containment, continuous-float operations, counterfeit
batteries, Coup de Fouet, critical, cycle, cycle life, Cycling, cycling,
dc/dc, deficit charge, depth of discharge, Design, design analysis,
discharge, discharge rate, documentation, dryout, electrochemical,
electrochemical electrodes electrochemistry, electrochemistry,
electrolyte, electrostatic discharge (ESD), emergency, end-of-discharge
voltage (EODV), energy capacity, Environmental Regulations, equalizing
voltage, equipment, equipment applicability, establishing specifications,
failure mode, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), fault, Feder,
Feedback Form, fiber-plate nickel-cadmium, Float, float charge, float
operation, float service, float-service, Floyd, full float (constant
potential) operation:, full-float, gelled electrolyte, generating equipment,
Generating Stations, grid-connected, hazard, high-rate charge, host (host
device), hour rate, immobilized electrolyte, immobilized-electrolyte,
incompatible batteries, inspection, installation, instrument,
instrumentation, INTELEC, intended use, internal ohmic value, inverter,
Lead-Acid, lead-acid batteries, Li-ion, lithium-ion, Livium, low-voltage
disconnect (LVD), low-voltage reconnect (LVR), Maintenance, management
standards, manufacturer/supplier, may, McCluer, McDowall, measurements,
measuring, midpoint voltage, monitoring equipment, Monitoring Float Charging
Current, monitoring techniques, Ni-Cd, nickel-cadmium, nickel-cadmium
batteries, Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic, Nuclear Power
Generating Stations, O&M requirements, observations, ohmic value, open
circuit voltage (cell or battery pack) (VOC), Operating Issues, operation,
operational procedures, opportunity charging, overcharge, overcurrent,
overdischarge, overvoltage, oxygen recombination, packaging technologies,
parameters for lead-acid batteries, passive authentication, passive charger,
Pb-acid secondary batteries, Pb-acid, Pb-acid secondary batteries,
performance, performance test, period, Photovoltaic, Plante, polarisation,
polarization, Portable Computing, positive temperature coefficient resistor
(PTC), precautions, premature capacity loss, procedures, process control,
product life, product lifetime, Protection, PV, Qualification, Rate
Adjustment Method, Rate-Adjusted Method, rated capacity, rated capacity (C),
rated capacity (nickel-cadmium cell), reasonable and foreseeable misuse,
Rechargeable, rechargeable Li-Ion, Reference Electrode Measurements,
regulated lead-acid batteries, regulation reconnect voltage (Vrr),
regulation voltage, Regulations, reliability of rechargeable Li-Ion,
Replacement, requirements, requirements/codes, resistance, Safety, Safety
Codes, schedules, Selection, Selection Criteria, self discharge, self-
discharge rate, semiportable equipment, service test, shall, shelf life,
should, Sizing, Sokolski, solar insolation, solar/photovoltaic applications,
standard test conditions (STC), standby operation (battery), Stationary
Cycling Applications, Stationary Ni-Cd Batteries, Stationary Reserve Battery
Plants, Storage, string, Substations, subsystem, subsystem interface,
subsystems, sulfation, excessive or “hard”, sustaining charge, system,
Telecommunications, telephone applications, temperature-compensated
charging, termination voltage, Terrestrial, terrestrial photovoltaic, test-
discharge, Testing, Testing Standards, thermal runaway, undervoltage,
Uniformity, Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems, UPS (Uninterruptible Power
Supply), Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid
Batteries, valve-regulated, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented
battery, vented cell, vented lead-acid (VLA) cell, Vented Lead-Acid
Batteries for Stationary Applications, Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Stationary Applications, ventilation, Ventilation Requirements for VRLA
Batteries, vision system, Voltage, VRLA batteries, VuSpec interface
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with
IEEE 802.15.4
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2003
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Wireless Media: A Guide to the IEEE 802.15.3 Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2004
Project Scope: Wireless Multimedia covers three main areas: Applications:
Typical applications that would benefit from using 802.15.3 devices for
wireless connectivity, including specific examples of how the unique
properties of 802.15.3 compliant devices enable new applications.
Implementation: Summary of the 802.15.3 standard, highlighting special areas
that are key to a successful implementation. Examples are included for
implementers who are developing compliant devices. -Justification:
Discussion and reasoning that went into developing the standard, including
background information that details what types of implementations were
anticipated when the standard was developed and key details for those
deciding what architectures are ideal for developing 802.15.3 products.
Title: Implementation Guide to 1512's
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2004
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Preprint Proposal for Revision of the 2002 Edition of the National
Electrical Safety Code®
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: NESC(R) PreprintAvailable on Sept. 1, 2004
Key Words: C2-2002, NESC Preprint Proposals, NESC Change Proposals, C2-2007
Preprint
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electric Safety Code (NESC) CD Plus Pack Featuring the NESC +
Preprint Proposals for the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety
Code (VuSpec Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2004
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer's Companion, Second Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2005
Title: 802.3 Ethernet & the First Mile
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2006
Abstract: On September 7, 2004, the Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) standard, formally known as IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004, was
published to the world. The publication of the standard marked the culmination of four years of effort by industry leaders and
innovators to address the broadband subscriber access network market and its challenges. More importantly, the publication of EFM
introduced a suite of native Ethernet broadband technology, which as a set marked yet another successful extension of Ethernet
into a new market and definitively answered the ques¬tion of “what broadband technology best suites my needs” with a set of
Ethernet technologies that mirrored their sister traditional Ethernet technologies in price, simplicity and profitability. The
IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 document is an outstanding resource for someone who wants to build equipment that is compatible with the
EFM standard. Ethernet in the First Mile: Access for Everyone brings the standard to life. The authors explain the basic
principles behind the standard, presenting the trade-offs that led to the standardization of the specific technologies, and
providing a guide to help readers navigate through the formal prose. The authors of this book led the 802.3ah project and now
present the evolution of the standard along with thier perspective on the various technologies. This book starts by
introducing the Ethernet standards committee, its long and successful history, its language and nomenclature, along with its
structure and decision making process. The authors then re-enact the business and technol¬ogy evolution that set the stage for a
successful launch of EFM by introducing readers to the preceding and competing technologies that failed to capture the hearts of
the consumer and the backing of the industry leaders. Next the EFM standard is introduced by giving an overview of its
massive scope and various technology tracks, after which each chapter explains the technical, economic and marketing aspects of
the choices made in the EFM Task Force and written into the IEEE Std 802.3ah-2004 document. The technology discussion is
complimented with a practical introduction and discussion of interoperability and testing: things that providers, consumers,
builders and suppliers of EFM should be acutely aware of. Finally, a few chapters are devoted to the business cases and
considerations associated with deploying EFM. Insights are presented of the leading proponents who helped define the standard
along with the parameters and issues that will guide readers to the EFM technology that is best suited to address their needs.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: How to Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: IEEE Guide
for Surge Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication
Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2005
Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors,
to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: WirelessMAN: Inside the IEEE 802.16 Standard for Wirelss Metropolitan
Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2006
Abstract: The objective of this book is to provide a detailed overview of the IEEE 802.16 standard for fixed broadband wireless and
to include detailed descriptions of the 802.16 Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) operation, with emphasis on
the design and the technology behind the standards. This book explains why certain design choices were made and how the recent
technological developments, realworld experience and the lessons learned from previous projects were used throughout the 802.16
standards development process to make critical trade-offs. In addition, the chronological development of 802.16 MAC and PHY
amendments to the standards and the rationale behind those projects are explained. This book also provides a summary of ongoing
projects, related standards, and possible future extensions to IEEE 802.16. The optional and mandatory parts of the 802.16
Standards are clearly indentified and explained thoughout the book wherever applicable.
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code VuSpec CD-ROM
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply
stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station
equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules;
underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety.
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code Handbook
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006
Project Scope: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC
Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and
explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen
L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007,
detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substations & Relays Standards 2010 Collection
VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 2010
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: At about $11 per standard, this new powerful collection contains
over 130 IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power
Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Power Systems Relay.
You can search by titles, keywords, abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML
tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. Made up of 64
Switchgear standards, 34 Substation standards, 35 Relaying standards, this
powerful new and improved IEEE VuSpec contains an Interface with integrated
Search, Links, and Navigation Features and an online glossary of nearly
1,400 terms derived from the official standards. It also Includes related
bonus material, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference
standards, and exclusive linked abstracts, keywords, and extended standard
descriptions. This VuSpec is a portable CD-ROM for Microsoft Windows
(limited PDF-only access for MacOS, Linux, UNIX, and others)
Abstract: At about $11 per standard, this new powerful collection contains over 130 IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended
Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Power Systems Relay. You can search by titles, keywords,
abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. Made up of 64 Switchgear standards,
34 Substation standards, 35 Relaying standards, this powerful new and improved IEEE VuSpec contains an Interface with integrated
Search, Links, and Navigation Features and an online glossary of nearly 1,400 terms derived from the official standards. It also
Includes related bonus material, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference standards, and exclusive linked
abstracts, keywords, and extended standard descriptions.
Key Words: swichgear, substation, fuses, power system relay, circuit breakers
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Health Informatics/Medical Device Communications Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Nuclear Engineering Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Industrial and Commercial Facilities Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society
Title: Vehicular Technology Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Power Transformers (Distribution and Regulating) Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Power System Relay Standards (PDF on CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2007
Abstract: These standard cover all types of relays, including protective, regulating, monitoring, reclosing, synch-check,
syncronizing and auxiliary. Specific topics include: -Applications -Design -Construction -Operation -Transmission
-Generation -Distribution -Utilization
Key Words: power, relays
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Power Substation Standards (PDF on CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2007
Abstract: These standards cover all types of substations, including switching stations, transformer stations, and generating station
switchyards. Specific topics include: - Automatic/supervisory control systems; - Data acquired within substations; -
Single line wiring diagrams; - Insulation coordination; - Gas-insulated and open bus designs; - Structural arrangements;
- D.C. stations; - Environmental and Safety Concerns; - Clearances; - Substation Grounding; - Substation Capacitor
Banks; - Substation Seismic Design.
Key Words: power, substations
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay Standards, VuSpec Edition
(formerly known as ANSI C37) VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2007
Abstract: New for 2007-2008. Imagine having immediate access to, and easily searching through, all 140 standards. For the first time
on VuSpec CD, IEEE offers you this complete collection of all Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay standards. Search by
titles, keywords, abstracts, extended descriptions, HTML tags, or on the full text of the standards themselves. - Over 140
IEEE Standards. A Complete Collection of all IEEE Power Switchgear, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, Substation, and Relay Standards.
Includes 70 Switchgear standards, 35 Substation standards, 30 Relaying standards, and a handful of key referenced standards from
other areas. -Powerful New and Improved IEEE VuSpec Interface with integrated Search, Links, and Navigation Features -New
Power Switchgear, Substation, and Relay Online Glossary of nearly 1,400 terms derived from the official standards. -Portable
VuSpec CD-ROM for Microsoft Windows (limited PDF-only access for MacOS, Linux, UNIX, and others) -Includes related bonus
material on disc, including select historic ANSI/NEMA standards, key reference standards, and exclusive linked abstracts,
keywords, and extended standard descriptions. -Ships in your own CD Storage case.
Key Words: assemblies, C37, circuit, circuits, circuit breakers, fuses, power,
relay systems, relaying, relays, substations, switchgear, vuspec
Sponsor: IEEE Signal Processing Society
Title: IEEE VuSpec: Surge Protective Devices (VuSpec CD)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2007
Key Words: limitations, ratings, tests, backup protection, breaker-failure
relaying, bus protection, electric service, non-utility generation,
protective relays, transformer protection, utility-consumer interconnection,
silicon-carbide, surge arresters, AC, Power Circuits, discharge current,
discharge voltage, duty-cycle voltage rating, lightning protection, maximum
continuous operating voltage, MCOV, metal-oxide surge arrester, MOSA, surge
arrester, valve arrester, harmonics, noise, power system disturbance, surge-
protective device (SPD), swell, voltage sag, voltage surge
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
Title: IEEE Electro-Magnetic Compatibility Standards (PDF on CD-Rom)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2007
Abstract: Contains nearly forty (40) essential active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices listed below for
Electromagnetic Compatibility. PDF file format on CD-ROM provides easy full text searching on a single standard or on all
standards at the same time. Format: PDF on CD-ROM for all computers (e.g., Windows, Mac, UNIX). Single-user licensing
restrictions apply. No updates. No returns. All sales final. 30-day limited warranty, exchange only, covers only media.
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
Title: IEEE Electromagnitc Compatibility Standards (VuSpec Edition;CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2007
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Testing, Instrumentation & Measurement, and Metric Practice Standards
Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: 1584-2000 & 1584A-2004 ArcFlash Set (CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: - For 1584-2002: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc flash
hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment.
- For 1584A-2004: Amendment to 1584-2002. This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in
determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or
near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses 5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and
an equation error in the spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I.
Key Words: 1584 , IEEE 1584, arc fault currents, arc flash hazard, arc-flash
hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in
enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash
protection boundary, incident energy
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: The IEEE Color Books - Complete Standards Series :VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Supersedes previous set CD-ROM product (STDVU118)
Project Scope: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series VuSpec CD-ROM
incorporates the 13 volumes that comprise the IEEE Color Books standards
series: IEEE Std 141-1993 (R1999), IEEE Red Book / IEEE Std 142-2007, IEEE
Green Book / IEEE Std 241-1990 (R1997), IEEE Gray Book / IEEE Std 242-2001,
IEEE Buff Book / IEEE Std 399-1997, IEEE Brown Book / IEEE Std 446-1995
(R2000), IEEE Orange Book / IEEE Std 551-2006, IEEE Violet Book / IEEE Std
493-1997, IEEE Gold Book IEEE / Std 602-2007, IEEE White Book / IEEE Std
739-1995, IEEE Bronze Book / IEEE Std 902-1998, IEEE Yellow Book / IEEE Std
1015-2006, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006/Cor1-2007, IEEE Blue Book /
IEEE Std 1100-1999, IEEE Emerald Book --- REMARKS: Supersedes previous set
CD-ROM product (STDVU118)
Abstract: The IEEE Color Books: Complete Standards Series VuSpec CD-ROM incorporates the 13 volumes that comprise the IEEE Color
Books standards series: IEEE Std 141-1993 (R1999), IEEE Red Book / IEEE Std 142-2007, IEEE Green Book / IEEE Std 241-1990
(R1997), IEEE Gray Book / IEEE Std 242-2001, IEEE Buff Book / IEEE Std 399-1997, IEEE Brown Book / IEEE Std 446-1995 (R2000),
IEEE Orange Book / IEEE Std 551-2006, IEEE Violet Book / IEEE Std 493-1997, IEEE Gold Book IEEE / Std 602-2007, IEEE White Book
/ IEEE Std 739-1995, IEEE Bronze Book / IEEE Std 902-1998, IEEE Yellow Book / IEEE Std 1015-2006, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1015-
2006/Cor1-2007, IEEE Blue Book / IEEE Std 1100-1999, IEEE Emerald Book ---
Key Words: Color Books, 141-1993 Red Book, 142-2007 Green Book, 241-1990 Gray
Book, 242-2001 Buff Book, 399-1997 Brown Book, 446 -1995 Orange Book, 551-
2006 Violet Book, 493-1997 Gold Book, 602-2007 White Book, 739-1995 Bronze
Book, 902-1998 Yellow Book,1015-2006
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Substations Collection:VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2010
Publication type: Collection
Key Words: design, substations, rigid, bus, structure, Power generation
protection, circuit breakers, availability, converter, HVDC,
maintainability, transmission, RAM, reliability, grounding, personal safety,
protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating,
withstand rating, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile
substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch
voltage, transferred voltage.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Power Substations Standards Online Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 03, 2010
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: Online ordering not available. Please contact IEEE for a custom quote for your organization at standards-subscriptions-
sales@ieee.org IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscriptions grant internet-based access to IEEE standards, including new,
draft or revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Online subscribers can opt
to sign up for email notifciation to learn when new and drafts standards are added to their package. Standards are available for
download in PDF format. The standards available in this online subscription package can be viewed at
http://www.ieee.org/web/publications/subscriptions/prod/standards_overview.html
Key Words: design, substations, rigid, bus, structure, Power generation
protection, circuit breakers, availability, converter, HVDC,
maintainability, transmission, RAM, reliability, grounding, personal safety,
protective grounding, safety, temporary grounding, ultimate rating,
withstand rating, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile
substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch
voltage, transferred voltage.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Systems and Software Engineering with Applications, & Standards Set
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2010
**This set consists of Systems and Software Engineering with Applications
Handbook, IEEE Std 982.1-2005 and IEEE Std 1633-2
Publication type: Collection
Project Scope: Handbook Description: This book takes into consideration an
integrated approach of people, organizations, processes, hardware and
software when designing systems. In this book the reader will learn how to
quantitatively analyze the performance, reliability, maintainability and
availability of software in relation to the total system and to use
standards as part of the solution. Furthermore, the reader will learn how
to evaluate and mitigate the risk of deploying software-based systems and
how to apply many models dealing with the optimization of systems. The book
has numerous quantitative examples to help understand interpret model
results. This book can be used as a first year graduate course in
systems/software engineering; an on-the-job reference for systems and
software engineers; and a reference for quantitative models in systems and
software engineering. 982.1-2005 Abstract: A Standard Dictionary of
Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability for assessing and
predicting the reliability, maintainability, and availability of any
software system; in particular, it applies to mission critical software
systems. 1633-2008 Abstract: The methods for assessing and predicting
the reliability of software, based on a lifecycle approach to software
reliability engineering, are prescribed in this recommended practice. It
provides information necessary for the application of software reliability
(SR) measurement to a project, lays a foundation for building consistent
methods, and establishes the basic principle for collecting the data needed
to assess and predict the reliability of software. The recommended practice
prescribes how any user can participate in SR assessments and predictions.
Abstract: This package contains a book called "Systems and Software Engineering with Applications", along with standards that were
referenced within the book. This book takes into consideration an integrated approach of people, organizations, processes,
hardware and software when designing systems. The standards included are, IEEE Std 982.1-2000 IEEE Standard Dictionary of
Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability, and IEEE Std 1633-2008 Methods for Assessing and Predicting the Reliability of
Software.
Key Words: 982.1-2005, 1633-2008, software reliability, availability,
dependability, maintainability
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Arc Flash Hazard Standards Online Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 19, 2010
Publication type: Collection
Project Scope: This subscription includes standards that provides techniques
for designers and facility operators to apply indetermining the arc-flash
hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed
during their work on or near electrical equipment
Abstract: This subscription includes standards provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply indetermining the
arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical
equipment.
Key Words: Arc Flash, Arc Flash, Arc-Flash, Arc Flash Hazard Calculations, 1584
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) Online Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 19, 2010
Publication type: Collection
Technical Contact: Esaleta Corbin, Phone:732-562-3821, Email:e.corbin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscription grants
internet-based access to IEEE NESC, including new, or revised standards that
become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Online
subscribers can opt to sign up for email notification to learn when new and
drafts standards are added to their package. This subscription covers basic
provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the
installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in
electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply
and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction,
maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and
equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated
by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial
establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. It also
consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of
referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007
Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
Abstract: This IEEE Standard Online's pre-paid annual subscription grants internet-based access to IEEE NESC, including new, or
revised standards that become available during the subscription year, at no additional cost. Online subscribers can opt to sign
up for email notification to learn when new and drafts standards are added to their package. This subscription covers basic
provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and
equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes
work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The
standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial
establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. It also consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding
rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical
Safety Code.
Key Words: National Electrical Safety Code, NESC, C2
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Foundations for Smart Grid Standards Subscription
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2010
**Web ordering not available. For pricing and service information send a
detail email to onlinesupport@ieee.org.
Technical Contact: Markus Plessel, Phone:732-562-3989, Email:m.plessel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: IEEE standards guide smart grid technology and innovation. IEEE standards are used around the globe to help grow business
opportunities, maximize research efforts, generate public trust, build order in the marketplace and enhance safety. With an
unparalleled collection of standards in diverse technology fields—including over 20 IEEE standards named in the NIST Framework
and Roadmap for Smart Grid Interoperability Standards—IEEE can help you lead the way in smart grid technology with key
foundational research. IEEE Foundations for Smart Grid increases the bottom line...- Get substantial savings over purchasing
individual standards; - Boost your research team’s knowledge with instant information access; - Find essential standards and all
related standards in seconds; - Get instant updates and automatic e-mail alerts regarding new standards and drafts.
Key Words: Smart Grid
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Modeling and Simulation [M&S] High Level Architecture [HLA] (IEEE 1516-
2010 Series)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 2010
Publication type: Collection
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: : The High Level Architecture (HLA)--Framework and Rules is the
capstone document fora family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA,
its components, and the rules that outline the responsibilities of HLA
federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation. Simulations
are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of
the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is
anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different
modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the
HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need
to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an
impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has
been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation.
Abstract: : The High Level Architecture (HLA)--Framework and Rules is the capstone document fora family of related HLA standards.
It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline the responsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a
consistent implementation. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional
needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different
modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture are
interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As such,
the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation.
Key Words: 1516-2010, 1516.1-2010, 1516.2-2010, 1516.3-2003, 1516.4-2007,
architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation execution,
federation object model, framework, high level architecture, instance
attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model
template, rules runtime infrastructure
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Circuits & Fuses - 2010 Standards Collection:
VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2010
Publication type: Collection
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This new powerful collection contains over 64 Active IEEE
Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit
Breaker in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpec(tm)
Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe
Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords,
An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over
450 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a
Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need
Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links
are also Built In.
Project Purpose: This new powerful collection contains over 64 Active IEEE
Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power Switchgear, Circuit
Breaker in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpec(tm)
Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe
Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords,
An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over
450 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a
Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need
Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links
are also Built In.
Abstract: This new powerful collection contains over 64 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices on Power
Switchgear, Circuit Breaker in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpec(tm) Series Interface: Starts
Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An
Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up Over 450 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official
Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords •
Links: Convenient Internet Links are also Built In.
Key Words: switchgear, switch, switches, dielectric test, calibration, circuit
breakers, circuit, voltage, TRV, frequency, short-circuit, mechanical
endurance, short-line fault, switching, high-voltage, generators, testing,
inductive load switching, overvoltages, low-voltage, shunt reactor
switching, small inductive currents, inductive load switching,
overvoltages, shunt reactor switching, small inductive currents,
asymmetrical current, effects analysis (FMEA), failure modes, effects, and
criticality analysis (FMECA), auxiliary, fuses, ac, transformer, load
current-carrying, metering, outdoor, protection, stationary, cable
connections, short-time withstand, control wiring, dc switchgear, dc
traction power switchgear, substation, , metal-clad (MC) switchgear, metal-
enclosed (ME), metal-enclosed interrupter (MEI) switchgear, ground and test
(G&T) devices, locking/interlocking, terminal, benchboard, bus, solar,
temperature, power, current, distribution-class, distribution, current-
limiting, single pole air, , time-current-characteristics, TCC, "dry vault,
fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser, submersible, standard
operating duty
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Power Transmission and Distribution Standards Collection: Vuspec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 06, 2010
Publication type: Collection
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Includes over 57 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended
Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM
Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe
Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords,
An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Over 500 Terms and Their
Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec
Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-
Sorted Keywords • Convenient Internet Links are Built In
Abstract: This new and updated Power Transmission and Distribution Standards collection includes over 57 Active IEEE Standards,
Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts
Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An
Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a
Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Convenient
Internet Links are Built In
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee C2/National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®): The Archives (1973-2007)
Limited Edition VuSpec CD-ROM - Single User
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 08, 2010
Publication type: Collection
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code®
in effect from 1973 to 2007, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) is an
invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power,
communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered
together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec™
CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) embodies the expertise and hard work
of the engineers who revised each edition.
Abstract: SINGLE-USER EDITION: THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED FOR ONE USER ONLY. Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety
Code® in effect from 1973 to 2007, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements
for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited
Edition user-friendly VuSpec CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives (1973-2007) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who
revised each edition.
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electric supply stations, electric
utility stations; electrical safety; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station
equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules;
underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety, C2-
1973; C2-1977; C2-1981; C2-1984, C2-1987, C2-1990, C2-1993, C2-1997, C2-
2002, C2-2007
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Software Developers Toolkit: Templates, Examples, and Official
Standards Terms on CD-ROM
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Project Scope: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards
available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open
document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with
navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples.
Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of
Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements
Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software
Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User
Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std
1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical
writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp
format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on
IEEE Std 1219-1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software
Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering
Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std
1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE
Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management
Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software
Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety
Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and
Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards
terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards!
Abstract: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org
.odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the
templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std
1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design
Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation
(based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format;
Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219-
1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering
Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management
Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005)
Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on
IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400
standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards!
Key Words: VuSpec, software, SWEBOK, verification, validation, life cycle
process, life cycle reuse
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R)) Handbook, 2011 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 19, 2010
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: The NEC has changed and staying up-to-code is essential! Make
sure you're informed with the single most valuable tool for NEC users -- the
2011 NEC Handbook from NFPA. This is your hands-on source for the practical
solutions and Code rationale you need to comply with the new NEC, avoid
violations, and keep installations on time and on budget. The 2011 NEC
Handbook is loaded with one-of-a-kind features: • Full 2011 NEC text --
no other electrical reference has it! • Expert commentary with coverage
of changes in the 2011 NEC's requirements, including new rules focused on
workplace safety • First-time commentary for new articles addressing
green technologies, alternate energy, high-voltage installations, and other
emerging issues • 500+ full-color photos and illustrations such as
schematics, floor plans, and cross-sectional graphics not in the Code •
For the first time, vertical rules alert you to Code additions, and change
dots signal deletions -- exactly like in the NEC. • Commentary is
shaded in blue so it's easily distinguished from mandatory provisions.
Abstract: The NEC has changed and staying up-to-code is essential! Make sure you're informed with the single most valuable tool for
NEC users -- the 2011 NEC Handbook from NFPA. This is your hands-on source for the practical solutions and Code rationale you
need to comply with the new NEC, avoid violations, and keep installations on time and on budget. The 2011 NEC Handbook is loaded
with one-of-a-kind features: • Full 2011 NEC text -- no other electrical reference has it! • Expert commentary with coverage of
changes in the 2011 NEC's requirements, including new rules focused on workplace safety • First-time commentary for new articles
addressing green technologies, alternate energy, high-voltage installations, and other emerging issues • 500+ full-color photos
and illustrations such as schematics, floor plans, and cross-sectional graphics not in the Code • For the first time, vertical
rules alert you to Code additions, and change dots signal deletions -- exactly like in the NEC. • Commentary is shaded in blue so
it's easily distinguished from mandatory provisions.
Key Words: NEC, 70E, NESC,
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R)) Softbound, 2011 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 31, 2010
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Adopted in all 50 states, NFPA 70®: National Electrical Code has
saved untold lives with comprehensive requirements for electrical wiring and
equipment. When the Code advances to incorporate new technologies, you can’t
afford to fall behind! You need the 2011 NEC to safeguard people and
property, and avoid violations. Major changes in the 2011 NEC meet
consumer demand for alternate energy, green technologies, and IT equipment:
• New Article 694 has first-time requirements for small wind electric
systems. • Revised Article 625 includes updates on safe battery
charging for plug-in hybrid vehicles that reduce the risk of explosion.
• Revised Article 705 covers interconnecting generators, windmills, and
solar and fuel cells with other power supplies. • New Article 840
addresses the increased demand for broadband communications systems with
requirements for wireless, routers, and wireless disconnects.
Abstract: Adopted in all 50 states, NFPA 70®: National Electrical Code has saved untold lives with comprehensive requirements for
electrical wiring and equipment. When the Code advances to incorporate new technologies, you can’t afford to fall behind! You
need the 2011 NEC to safeguard people and property, and avoid violations. Major changes in the 2011 NEC meet consumer demand
for alternate energy, green technologies, and IT equipment: • New Article 694 has first-time requirements for small wind
electric systems. • Revised Article 625 includes updates on safe battery charging for plug-in hybrid vehicles that reduce the
risk of explosion. • Revised Article 705 covers interconnecting generators, windmills, and solar and fuel cells with other
power supplies. • New Article 840 addresses the increased demand for broadband communications systems with requirements for
wireless, routers, and wireless disconnects.
Key Words: NEC, 70E, NESC, NFPA
Title: 1999 National Electric Code(R) (NEC) Handbook
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Project Scope: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NECs.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NECs.
Title: IEEE Standards Dictionary: Glossary of Terms & Definitions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2008
Abstract: In the newly updated IEEE Standards Dictionary, professional experts and students alike will gain an in-depth
understanding and appreciation for the breadth of coverage of IEEE standards terms and definitions—not found in any other single
source.
Key Words: Dictionary, Standards Terms, Electrical, Electronic, IEEE 100,
Vocabulary, Terminology, Definitions
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE 802.11 Wireless LAN Standards Series and Designer's Companion Set
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009
Project Scope: The IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer’s Companion, Second Edition
is for the system network architects, hardware engineers and software
engineers at the heart of this second stage in the evolution of 802.11
wireless LANs and for those designers that will take 802.11 to the next
stage.
Abstract: The IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer’s Companion, Second Edition is for the system network architects, hardware engineers
and software engineers at the heart of this second stage in the evolution of 802.11 wireless LANs and for those designers that
will take 802.11 to the next stage.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code and Handbook and VuSpec Set
(NESC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2007
Project Scope: Includes the following: 2007 NESC: This IEEE product is part of
the family on NESCs. / The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls
together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively
implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers
NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a
historical perspective of the Code. / 2007 VuSpec NESC CD-ROM
Abstract: Includes the following: 2007 NESC: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. / The NESC Handbook is a powerful
tool that pulls together facts, figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L.
Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective
of the Code. / 2007 VuSpec NESC CD-ROM
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection VuSpec CD-ROM
and Road Map to Software Engineering Book Set
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 27, 2008
Project Scope: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection –
VuSpec CD-ROM: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards Collection on
CD-ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of
features and content to help IT departments make the most of their planning
strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the
landmark IEEE Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK).
This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features:
Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms;
index of keywords guides you to the right standard; full-text search modes.
More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization
a winning application for improving your entire software operation from
initial planning to final audit. / The Road Map to Software Engineering: A
Standards-Based Guide (Paperback): Organizes relevant IEEE software and
systems standards using two frameworks: the SWEBOK Guide's topical knowledge
areas and the widely used IEEE/EIA 12207 standard. This useful guide is
endorsed and recommended by the Software and Systems Engineering Standards
Committee of the IEEE Computer Society for both practitioners and students.
Abstract: IEEE Software & Systems Engineering Standards Collection – VuSpec CD-ROM: IEEE Software & System Engineering Standards
Collection on CD-ROM (VuSpec Professional Edition) integrates an abundant spectrum of features and content to help IT departments
make the most of their planning strategies. In addition to the PDF standards collection, you'll get the landmark IEEE Guide to
the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK). This CD-ROM also includes exclusive VuSpec interface bonus features:
Navigator for easy browsing; point-and-click glossary of over 1,400 terms; index of keywords guides you to the right standard;
full-text search modes. More than just a collection of standards, VuSpec offers your IT organization a winning application for
improving your entire software operation from initial planning to final audit. / The Road Map to Software Engineering: A
Standards-Based Guide (Paperback): Organizes relevant IEEE software and systems standards using two frameworks: the SWEBOK
Guide's topical knowledge areas and the widely used IEEE/EIA 12207 standard. This useful guide is endorsed and recommended by the
Software and Systems Engineering Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society for both practitioners and students.
Key Words: architectural design, configuration management, enabling system,
infrastructure, life cycle, process reference model, quality management,
stakeholder requirements, life cycle process standard, software integration
activity, reuse library interoperability
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition and Handbook Set
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: This set is sold as Hardcover and Softcover and includes the
National Electrical Code (NEC) (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition and Handbook Set
This is not available as in PDF format
Abstract: This set is sold as Hardcover and Softcover and includes the National Electrical Code (NEC) (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition and
Handbook Set This is not available as in PDF format
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Edition & Handbook Set
(NESC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2007
Project Scope: Publication Date: 1 August 2006 2007 NESC: This standard
covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising
from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and
equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground
electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the
construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and
communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems
and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an
industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons.
This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules,
list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of
the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC
Handbook: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC
Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts, figures, and
explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen
L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC various requirements up to 2007,
detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code.
Abstract: Publication Date: 1 August 2006 2007 NESC: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from
hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and
2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction,
maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems
and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the
control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and
bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2007 NESC
Handbook: This IEEE product is part of the family on NESCs. The NESC Handbook is a powerful tool that pulls together facts,
figures, and explanations that help you effectively implement the Code. Authored by Allen L. Clapp, the NESC Handbook covers NESC
various requirements up to 2007, detailing important work rules and a historical perspective of the Code.
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply
stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems; operation of ele
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: National Electrical Code & Handbook Set (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (NEC
2008)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2008
Project Scope: SUMMARY (for NEC 2008): Revisions in the 2008 NFPA 70: National
Electrical Code boost public safety, emergency preparedness, Code usability,
and worker protection. SUMMARY (for NEC 2008 Handbook The 2008 NEC Handbook
brings comprehensive information about electrical safety to electrical
contractors, engineers, electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and
architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool.
Abstract: SUMMARY (for NEC 2008): Revisions in the 2008 NFPA 70: National Electrical Code boost public safety, emergency
preparedness, Code usability, and worker protection. SUMMARY (for NEC 2008 Handbook The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive
information about electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers, electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and
architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool.
Key Words: NEC, National Electric Code Handbook, electrical safety
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Systems and Software Engineering with Applications, & Standards Set
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2010
Project Scope: This package contains a book called "Systems and Software
Engineering with Applications", along with standards that were referenced
within the book. This book takes into consideration an integrated approach
of people, organizations, processes, hardware and software when designing
systems. The standards included are, IEEE Std 982.1-2000 IEEE Standard
Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability, and IEEE
Std 1633-2008 Methods for Assessing and Predicting the Reliability of
Software.
Abstract: This package contains a book called "Systems and Software Engineering with Applications", along with standards that were
referenced within the book. This book takes into consideration an integrated approach of people, organizations, processes,
hardware and software when designing systems. The standards included are, IEEE Std 982.1-2000 IEEE Standard Dictionary of
Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability, and IEEE Std 1633-2008 Methods for Assessing and Predicting the Reliability of
Software.
Key Words: 982.1-2005, 1633-2008, software reliability, availability,
dependability, maintainability
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: An IEEE Guide: How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: "... may be the best single resource for Bluetooth
Technologists. There is no quicker way to answer your nagging questions
about the Bluetooth spec. . . it’s a valuable work that comes highly
recommended for all levels of computer networking users.” Ian C. Gifford,
Director of Standards, Tyco Electronics Unlike other books on
the market that provide an overview of the Bluetooth technology, How to Find
What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec goes further. It tells you how to
actually read the 1600+ page, two volume specification that is comprised of
multiple sections—in an easy-to-read style—and provides insight into the
order or sequence in which you should read the spec’s sections. How to
Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec is specifically designed to
streamline the process of finding information about the Bluetooth
technology. The book provides helpful hints about the spec so you have a
fuller understanding of the technology and how it impacts you. Based on what
you will be doing with the Bluetooth spec or your role in implementing the
spec, it helps answer the question, “What do I really have to read and
understand ”
Abstract: "... may be the best single resource for Bluetooth Technologists. There is no quicker way to answer your nagging questions
about the Bluetooth spec. . . it’s a valuable work that comes highly recommended for all levels of computer networking users.”
Ian C. Gifford, Director of Standards, Tyco Electronics Unlike other books on the market that provide an overview of
the Bluetooth technology, How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec goes further. It tells you how to actually read the
1600+ page, two volume specification that is comprised of multiple sections—in an easy-to-read style—and provides insight into
the order or sequence in which you should read the spec’s sections. How to Find What You Need in the Bluetooth Spec is
specifically designed to streamline the process of finding information about the Bluetooth technology. The book provides helpful
hints about the spec so you have a fuller understanding of the technology and how it impacts you. Based on what you will be doing
with the Bluetooth spec or your role in implementing the spec, it helps answer the question, “What do I really have to read and
understand ”
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Advanced Power Quality Analysis - IEEE Emerald Book Self-Study Course +
Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: Self-study course for the IEEE Emerald Book. Includes study
guide, workbook and final exam.
Abstract: Self-study course for the IEEE Emerald Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam.
Key Words: IEEE Std 1100 ,
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Guide to the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: Covers such topics as: the need for the standards, issues
related to information sharing, table top exercises, and how to incorporate
the standards into existing communication systems. It also includes
implementation guidelines and case studies on the equipment, software and
policy changes agencies have made to enhance interaction among 1512 standard
users. This guide is freely available at:
http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/scc32/imwg/guide.pdf
Abstract: Covers such topics as: the need for the standards, issues related to information sharing, table top exercises, and how
to incorporate the standards into existing communication systems. It also includes implementation guidelines and case studies on
the equipment, software and policy changes agencies have made to enhance interaction among 1512 standard users. This guide is
freely available at: http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/scc32/imwg/guide.pdf
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: How To Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: Surge
Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the
proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses
and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is
written for electricians, electronics technicians and engineers, electrical
inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background,
and the need to understand lightning protection. This Guide is available
in PDF only. A two-year license is available that allows the reproduction
and distribution in print and electronic formats for $950.00. For a license
agreement, contact:
http://standards.ieee.org/standardspress/contact_staff.html
Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors,
to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is written for electricians,
electronics technicians and engineers, electrical inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background, and
the need to understand lightning protection. This Guide is available in PDF only. A two-year license is available that allows
the reproduction and distribution in print and electronic formats for $950.00. For a license agreement, contact:
http://standards.ieee.org/standardspress/contact_staff.html
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: National Electrical Code Handbook (NFPA 70), 2005 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: Use the only comprehensive "road map" to the 2005 NEC®!
Designing, installing, or inspecting today's complex electrical systems and
equipment requires a thorough understanding of 2005 NEC requirements and
their intent. When you need Code direction, the 2005 NEC Handbook is the
most valuable source of facts and commentary combined! Based on the
questions from the field, the NEC Handbook provides you with: - Color-coded
solutions, examples, and answers to frequently asked questions about NEC
use. Commentary is written by electrical professionals closely involved with
Code development. - The complete 2005 NEC text and visuals. You won't need
to flip back to your Code to apply requirements. - Over 500 illustrations
and photos including full-color graphics. Handbook users say the graphics
are especially useful for discussing installation requirements with building
owners, subcontractors, and inspectors. Now featuring first-time
commentary on all-new articles and recently added provisions! From cover to
cover, the Handbook features revised commentary that brings you up-to-speed
with the 2005 benchmark in electrical safety. For example, it explains the
new NEC article governing control panels, and enhances your understanding of
the changing provisions for GFCI and AFCI protection.
Abstract: Use the only comprehensive "road map" to the 2005 NEC®! Designing, installing, or inspecting today's complex electrical
systems and equipment requires a thorough understanding of 2005 NEC requirements and their intent. When you need Code direction,
the 2005 NEC Handbook is the most valuable source of facts and commentary combined! Based on the questions from the field, the
NEC Handbook provides you with: - Color-coded solutions, examples, and answers to frequently asked questions about NEC use.
Commentary is written by electrical professionals closely involved with Code development. - The complete 2005 NEC text and
visuals. You won't need to flip back to your Code to apply requirements. - Over 500 illustrations and photos including full-
color graphics. Handbook users say the graphics are especially useful for discussing installation requirements with building
owners, subcontractors, and inspectors. Now featuring first-time commentary on all-new articles and recently added provisions!
From cover to cover, the Handbook features revised commentary that brings you up-to-speed with the 2005 benchmark in electrical
safety. For example, it explains the new NEC article governing control panels, and enhances your understanding of the changing
provisions for GFCI and AFCI protection.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: NEC 2005 Pocket Guide to Electrical Installations Volume 1: Residential
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: Save hours of reference time making homes electrically fire
safe! Take this NEC Pocket Guide along. Electrical distribution equipment
is among the leading causes of home fires. Do more to safeguard
installations in single- and multiple-family dwellings by keeping the most-
referenced 2005 NEC rules at your fingertips! NFPA's updated Pocket Guide
to Residential Installations organizes Code requirements exactly the way
they're encountered during a typical installation. You'll quickly access the
latest provisions for: * General installations * Branch circuits,
feeder, and service calculations * Overcurrent protection *
Grounding * Switches * Plus scores of other applications You'll
also find tips on constructing more efficient installations. Compact size is
3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches.
Abstract: Save hours of reference time making homes electrically fire safe! Take this NEC Pocket Guide along. Electrical
distribution equipment is among the leading causes of home fires. Do more to safeguard installations in single- and multiple-
family dwellings by keeping the most-referenced 2005 NEC rules at your fingertips! NFPA's updated Pocket Guide to Residential
Installations organizes Code requirements exactly the way they're encountered during a typical installation. You'll quickly
access the latest provisions for: * General installations * Branch circuits, feeder, and service calculations *
Overcurrent protection * Grounding * Switches * Plus scores of other applications You'll also find tips on
constructing more efficient installations. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: NEC 2005 Pocket Guide to Electrical Installations Volume 2: Commercial
and Industrial
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: Reduce the risk of errors on electrical jobs in commercial
occupancies. Check this updated NEC® Pocket Guide on every job! Work
faster, more efficiently, and make sure you're in compliance with the 2005
NEC. NEC Pocket Guide to Commercial and Industrial Installations reflects
major Code updates and new provisions impacting industrial occupancies.
Whether you're working in offices or industrial plants, you can check your
work against key portions of the 2005 NEC, such as requirements for the
correct installation of: * Services * Boxes and enclosures *
Cables * Generators * Transformers * Emergency systems In
addition to the latest Code rules, the Pocket Guide is loaded with reference
tables you'll turn to every day. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches.
Abstract: Reduce the risk of errors on electrical jobs in commercial occupancies. Check this updated NEC® Pocket Guide on every
job! Work faster, more efficiently, and make sure you're in compliance with the 2005 NEC. NEC Pocket Guide to Commercial and
Industrial Installations reflects major Code updates and new provisions impacting industrial occupancies. Whether you're working
in offices or industrial plants, you can check your work against key portions of the 2005 NEC, such as requirements for the
correct installation of: * Services * Boxes and enclosures * Cables * Generators * Transformers *
Emergency systems In addition to the latest Code rules, the Pocket Guide is loaded with reference tables you'll turn to every
day. Compact size is 3 1/4 x 5 3/4-inches.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: NFPA 70E Handbook for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2004 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to
ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the full Standard
text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and
photos that spell out rules and eliminate confusion.
Abstract: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the
full Standard text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and photos that spell out rules and eliminate
confusion.
Key Words: NFPA 70E , NEC
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: NFPA 70E Handbook for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2004 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2003
Project Scope: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to
ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the full Standard
text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and
photos that spell out rules and eliminate confusion.
Abstract: The NFPA 70E Handbook contains extra facts that you need to ensure safe work practices at your site. In addition to the
full Standard text, it includes commentary, examples, plus scores of illustrations and photos that spell out rules and eliminate
confusion.
Key Words: NFPA 70E , NEC
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: National Electrical Code Handbook (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (NEC 2008)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2008
Project Scope: The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive information about
electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers, electricians, safety
officials, inspectors, and architects. Boost productivity with this time-
and money-saving tool. Also available :National Electrical Code (NFPA 70),
2008 Edition (STDPT95716) & NEC/NEC Handbook Set (STDPT95717)
Abstract: The 2008 NEC Handbook brings comprehensive information about electrical safety to electrical contractors, engineers,
electricians, safety officials, inspectors, and architects. Boost productivity with this time- and money-saving tool. Also
available :National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), 2008 Edition (STDPT95716) & NEC/NEC Handbook Set (STDPT95717)
Key Words: NEC, National Electric Code Handbook, electrical safety,
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Tutorial on Hardware and Software Reliability, Maintainability and
Availability
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2008
Project Scope: Computer systems, whether hardware or software, are subject to
failure. Precisely, what is a failure. It is defined as: The inability of a
system or system component to perform a required function within specified
limits. A failure may be produced when a fault is encountered and a loss of
the expected service to the user results [IEEE/AIAA P1633]. This brings us
to the question of what is a fault. A fault is defect in the hardware or
computer code that can be the cause of one or more failures. Software- based
systems have become the dominant player in the computer systems world. Since
it is imperative that computer systems operate reliably, considering the
criticality of software, particularly in safety critical systems, the IEEE
and AIAA commissioned the development of the Recommended Practice on
Software Reliability. This tutorial serves as a companion document with the
purpose of elaborating on key software reliability process practices in more
detail than can be specified in the Recommended Practice. However, since
other subjects like maintainability and availability are also covered, the
tutorial can be used as a stand-alone document. While the focus of the
Recommended Practice is software reliability, software and hardware do not
operate in a vacuum. Therefore, both software and hardware are addressed in
this tutorial in an integrated fashion. The narrative of the tutorial is
augmented with illustrative solved problems. The recommended practice [IEEE
P1633] is a composite of models and tools and describes the "what and how"
of software reliability engineering. It is important for an organization to
have a disciplined process if it is to produce high reliability software.
This process uses a life cycle approach to software reliability that takes
into account the risk to reliability due to requirements changes. A
requirements change may induce ambiguity and uncertainty in the development
process that cause errors in implementing the changes.
Abstract: Computer systems, whether hardware or software, are subject to failure. Precisely, what is a failure. It is defined as:
The inability of a system or system component to perform a required function within specified limits. A failure may be produced
when a fault is encountered and a loss of the expected service to the user results [IEEE/AIAA P1633]. This brings us to the
question of what is a fault. A fault is defect in the hardware or computer code that can be the cause of one or more failures.
Software- based systems have become the dominant player in the computer systems world. Since it is imperative that computer
systems operate reliably, considering the criticality of software, particularly in safety critical systems, the IEEE and AIAA
commissioned the development of the Recommended Practice on Software Reliability. This tutorial serves as a companion document
with the purpose of elaborating on key software reliability process practices in more detail than can be specified in the
Recommended Practice. However, since other subjects like maintainability and availability are also covered, the tutorial can be
used as a stand-alone document. While the focus of the Recommended Practice is software reliability, software and hardware do not
operate in a vacuum. Therefore, both software and hardware are addressed in this tutorial in an integrated fashion. The narrative
of the tutorial is augmented with illustrative solved problems. The recommended practice [IEEE P1633] is a composite of models
and tools and describes the "what and how" of software reliability engineering. It is important for an organization to have a
disciplined process if it is to produce high reliability software. This process uses a life cycle approach to software
reliability that takes into account the risk to reliability due to requirements changes. A requirements change may induce
ambiguity and uncertainty in the development process that cause errors in implementing the changes.
Key Words: Software, Hardware, Reliability, computer systems, parallel systems,
computer system maintenance and availability, software reliability models
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: National Electrical Safety Code Handbook 2007 (C2-2007 NESC) - David J.
Marne
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 26, 2009
Project Scope: A Hands-on Guide to the 2007 NESC that Clarifies Code Rules for
You to Achieve Full Compliance! McGraw-Hill's National Electrical Safety
Code 2007 Handbook delivers a rule-by-rule annotation of the NESC that
clarifies the often confusing Code text and allows you to perform your work
confidently and safely. Designed for use with the Code itself, this expert
resource guides readers through safety rules for the installation,
operation, and maintenance of electrical supply stations and equipment, and
also for overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines.
Abstract: A Hands-on Guide to the 2007 NESC that Clarifies Code Rules for You to Achieve Full Compliance! McGraw-Hill's National
Electrical Safety Code 2007 Handbook delivers a rule-by-rule annotation of the NESC that clarifies the often confusing Code text
and allows you to perform your work confidently and safely. Designed for use with the Code itself, this expert resource guides
readers through safety rules for the installation, operation, and maintenance of electrical supply stations and equipment, and
also for overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines.
Key Words: National Electrical Safety Code 2007 Handbook, C2-2007, NESC-20007,
code rules, electrical safety, overhead lines,
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Power Quality in Electrical Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2009
Project Scope: This book Identifies and Solves Key Electric-Power-Quality
Problems and Ensure Reliable Power Delivery to All Customers. "Power Quality
in Electrical Systems" equips you with the latest engineering techniques for
providing power quality to all customers, and includes vital information on
manufacturing, data processing, and healthcare facilities. Based on an IEEE
Professional Education course, the book is a practice-oriented engineering
tutorial for solving key electric-power-quality problems. This skills-
building resource is designed to improve job performance by taking you step-
by-step through voltage distortion…harmonic current sources…power
capacitors…corrections for power-quality problems …switched-mode power
supplies…uninterruptible power supplies…standby power systems…power-quality
measurements…and more. Filled with 100 detailed illustrations, Power Quality
in Electrical Systems enables you to (a) Spot and correct key electric-
power-quality problems (b) Achieve full compliance with IEEE standards (c)
Examine switched-mode power supplies, rectifiers, and other loads that
produce interference (d) Catch up on the latest standby power systems (e)
Get vital information on power quality for manufacturing, data processing,
and healthcare facilities (f) Explore power-quality case studies with
problems and worked solutions
Abstract: This book Identifies and Solves Key Electric-Power-Quality Problems and Ensure Reliable Power Delivery to All Customers.
"Power Quality in Electrical Systems" equips you with the latest engineering techniques for providing power quality to all
customers, and includes vital information on manufacturing, data processing, and healthcare facilities. Based on an IEEE
Professional Education course, the book is a practice-oriented engineering tutorial for solving key electric-power-quality
problems. This skills-building resource is designed to improve job performance by taking you step-by-step through voltage
distortion…harmonic current sources…power capacitors…corrections for power-quality problems …switched-mode power
supplies…uninterruptible power supplies…standby power systems…power-quality measurements…and more. Filled with 100 detailed
illustrations, Power Quality in Electrical Systems enables you to (a) Spot and correct key electric-power-quality problems (b)
Achieve full compliance with IEEE standards (c) Examine switched-mode power supplies, rectifiers, and other loads that produce
interference (d) Catch up on the latest standby power systems (e) Get vital information on power quality for manufacturing, data
processing, and healthcare facilities (f) Explore power-quality case studies with problems and worked solutions
Key Words: Power Quality in Electrical Systems, data processing, healthcare
facilities, voltage distortion, harmonic current sources, power capacitors,
Standby power systems
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2009
Project Scope: The "Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems" offers you a
comprehensive safety regimen, based on the fundamental characteristics of
low-voltage electrical systems. Fully explaining the grounding and bonding
of low-voltage systems as they relate to article 250 of the National
Electrical Code®, this essential safety tool provides an analytical approach
to accident control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in
use. The occurrence of accidents in low-voltage (under 1kV) systems is much
higher statistically than in higher voltage systems, driving an increasing
number of academic and training courses in grounding and other safety
techniques in low voltage. This book, designed for working electricians,
electrical engineers, and students, takes the fundamentals of low-voltage
system behavior and maps that theory to a series of practical safety steps
that can be taken in working with these systems. Detailing and explicating
the grounding and bonding of low voltage systems, and tying them to the
application of article 250 of the National Electrical Code, the book
provides an analytical approach to hazard control to replace the haphazard
rules of thumb currently in use. Current IEEE and IEC standards are
referenced throughout.
Abstract: The "Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems" offers you a comprehensive safety regimen, based on the fundamental
characteristics of low-voltage electrical systems. Fully explaining the grounding and bonding of low-voltage systems as they
relate to article 250 of the National Electrical Code®, this essential safety tool provides an analytical approach to accident
control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in use. The occurrence of accidents in low-voltage (under 1kV) systems
is much higher statistically than in higher voltage systems, driving an increasing number of academic and training courses in
grounding and other safety techniques in low voltage. This book, designed for working electricians, electrical engineers, and
students, takes the fundamentals of low-voltage system behavior and maps that theory to a series of practical safety steps that
can be taken in working with these systems. Detailing and explicating the grounding and bonding of low voltage systems, and tying
them to the application of article 250 of the National Electrical Code, the book provides an analytical approach to hazard
control to replace the haphazard rules of thumb currently in use. Current IEEE and IEC standards are referenced throughout.
Key Words: Electrical Safety of Low-Voltage Systems, National Electrical Code
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: CE Marking for Telecommunications: A Handbook to the Telecommunication
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009
Project Scope: This publication provides clear insight into the requirements of
the European Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive (TTE Directive)
and its affect on the US exporter and manufacturer. The reader will gain
insights into the certification process, approval procedure, CE Marking,
trade factors, liability issues as well as numerous useful addresses for
future reference as you follow the steps to ready your product for export.
Plus, it explores the history, scope, and relation with other directives
including Low Voltage and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and the
complete TTE directive.
Abstract: This publication provides clear insight into the requirements of the European Telecommunications Terminal Equipment
Directive (TTE Directive) and its affect on the US exporter and manufacturer. The reader will gain insights into the
certification process, approval procedure, CE Marking, trade factors, liability issues as well as numerous useful addresses for
future reference as you follow the steps to ready your product for export. Plus, it explores the history, scope, and relation
with other directives including Low Voltage and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and the complete TTE directive.
Key Words: CE Marking, Electromagnetic Compatibility, TTE directive, low
voltage, telecommunications, equipment
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Fault Calculations in Industrial/Commercial Power Systems - IEEE Red
Book Self-Study Course
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009
Project Scope: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide,
workbook and final exam
Abstract: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam
Key Words: 141-1993, Red Book
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Advanced Power Quality Analysis - IEEE Emerald Book Self-Study Course
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2009
Project Scope: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide,
workbook and final exam
Abstract: Self-study course for the IEEE Red Book. Includes study guide, workbook and final exam
Key Words: 1100-2005, Emerald Book
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: How To Protect Your House and Its Contents From Lightning: Surge
Protection of Equipment Connected to AC Power and Communication Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2006
Project Scope: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the
proper specification and application of surge protectors, to protect houses
and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is
written for electricians, electronics technicians and engineers, electrical
inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background,
and the need to understand lightning protection.
Abstract: This guide is intended to provide useful information about the proper specification and application of surge protectors,
to protect houses and their contents from lightning and other electrical surges. The guide is written for electricians,
electronics technicians and engineers, electrical inspectors, building designers, and others with some technical background, and
the need to understand lightning protection.
Key Words: Lightning, AC power, communication circuits, surge protectors
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Power Switchgear, Substations & Relays Standards Collection: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 29, 2008
**For Bulk Discount inquiries, please email IEEE Customer Service at
customer-service@ieee.org. Discount not available to Resellers or
Distributors.
Project Scope: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards
available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org .odt open
document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with
navigator and search tool guides you through the templates and examples.
Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of
Operations (based on IEEE Std 1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements
Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software
Design Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User
Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation (based on IEEE Std
1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical
writers: HTML Help (.chm) format; Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp
format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on
IEEE Std 1219-1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software
Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering
Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std
1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management Plan (based on IEEE
Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management
Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005) Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software
Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety
Plan (based on IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and
Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400 standards
terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards!
Abstract: Over a dozen templates based on official IEEE Standards available in Microsoft Word .doc format and also in OpenOffice.org
.odt open document format for your convenience. Easy VuSpec Flash interface with navigator and search tool guides you through the
templates and examples. Requirements Templates: 1) CONOPS: Software System Definition; Concept of Operations (based on IEEE Std
1362-1998) 2) SRS: Software Requirements Specification (based on IEEE Std 830-1998) Design Template: 3) SDD: Software Design
Description (based on IEEE Std 1016-1998) Construction and End User Support Templates: 4) USER: Software User Documentation
(based on IEEE Std 1063-2001) Includes bonus example templates with style sheets for technical writers: HTML Help (.chm) format;
Oracle Help for Java format; JavaHelp format. Maintenance Template: 5) SMP: Software Maintenance Plan (based on IEEE Std 1219-
1998) Configuration Management Template: 6) SCMP: Software Configuration Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 828-2005) Engineering
Management Templates: 7) SAP: Software Acquisition Plan (based IEEE Std 1062-1998 R2002) 8) SPMP: Software Project Management
Plan (based on IEEE Std 1058-1998) Process Template: 9) SEMP: Systems Engineering Management Plan (based on IEEE Std 1220-2005)
Quality Templates: 10) SQAP: Software Quality Assurance Plan (based on IEEE Std 730-2002) 11) SSP: Software Safety Plan (based on
IEEE Std 1228-1994 R2002) 12) SVVP: Software Verification and Validation Plan (based on IEEE Std 1012-2004) Plus, over 1,400
standards terms with definitions directly from the official IEEE/ISO/IEC Standards!
Key Words: C37 Collection, Switchgear, Substations, Relays, Circuit Breaker,
Fuse
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE 1547 - Electric Power Systems - Set on CD-ROM
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 2008
Project Scope: This CD-ROM set includes: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 & 1547.3-2007
Abstract: This CD-ROM set includes: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 & 1547.3-2007
Key Words: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 & 1547.3-2007, certification codes
commissioning, dc injection design, field, installation, production tests
communications diesel generators distributed generation, power resources
electric distribution systems dispersed generation
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service: An Engineering
Perspective
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2009
Project Scope: This book is part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Networks
Series. This book describes Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service
enhancements. Those enhancements enable the support of real-time
applications such as voice and video. The scope of the book includes: -
Overview of QoS mechanisms and architectures. - WLAN QoS mechanisms and
relationship to QoS general architectures. - Performance analysis and case
studies. WLAN QoS planning and engineering are challenging tasks to both
network operators and end users. This book is an attempt to satisfy the need
for better understanding of WLAN QoS features as well as the related
engineering challenges. The reader will be able to understand WLAN QoS
mechanisms and features in a simple and clear way beyond that obtained by
just reading standard documents. The reader of the book should be able to
understand: - WLAN QoS basic operation. How WLAN QoS is related to other QoS
architectures especially IP QoS, and the related interworking issues. - How
to tackle WLAN QoS main issues including admission control, scheduling, and
buffer management. How to engineer a WLAN-based network to support QoS-based
applications.
Abstract: This book is part of the IEEE Standards Wireless Networks Series. This book describes Wireless Local Area Networks Quality
of Service enhancements. Those enhancements enable the support of real-time applications such as voice and video. The scope of
the book includes: - Overview of QoS mechanisms and architectures. - WLAN QoS mechanisms and relationship to QoS general
architectures. - Performance analysis and case studies. WLAN QoS planning and engineering are challenging tasks to both network
operators and end users. This book is an attempt to satisfy the need for better understanding of WLAN QoS features as well as the
related engineering challenges. The reader will be able to understand WLAN QoS mechanisms and features in a simple and clear way
beyond that obtained by just reading standard documents. The reader of the book should be able to understand: - WLAN QoS basic
operation. How WLAN QoS is related to other QoS architectures especially IP QoS, and the related interworking issues. - How to
tackle WLAN QoS main issues including admission control, scheduling, and buffer management. How to engineer a WLAN-based network
to support QoS-based applications.
Key Words: Wireless Local Area Networks Quality of Service, WLAN QoS , QoS-
based applications
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Power Transmission and Distribution Standards: VuSpec
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2005
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Summary: • Includes Over 45 Active IEEE Standards, Guides,
and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-screen or in
print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web
Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software • Powerful Search Features: Search
on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards •
Glossary: Look Up Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the
Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find
the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links:
Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE Power Engineering
Society to Stay Informed; Visit the T&D Committee Web Pages to Get
Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press Releases that Affect Your
Industry Today and Tomorrow Remarks: CD - HTML/PDF/FLASH Single-User
Edition: This product is licensed for one user only. Microsoft® Windows®
2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe® Reader® 4.0
or newer. 600 MHz Pentium® III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM
drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Optional Internet access
(required to view online resources).
Abstract: Summary: • Includes Over 45 Active IEEE Standards, Guides, and Recommended Practices in PDF Format (for viewing on-
screen or in print) • New VuSpecTM Series Interface: Starts Automatically in Your Web Browser with Free Adobe Reader Software
• Powerful Search Features: Search on Abstracts, Keywords, An Entire Standard, or Across Multiple Standards • Glossary: Look Up
Over 500 Terms and Their Definitions Derived from the Official Standards in a Convenient New VuSpec Glossary Tool • Index: Find
the Standard You Need Fast, From a List of Pre-Sorted Keywords • Links: Convenient Internet Links are Built In; Visit the IEEE
Power Engineering Society to Stay Informed; Visit the T&D Committee Web Pages to Get Involved; Find a Conference; or Scan Press
Releases that Affect Your Industry Today and Tomorrow Remarks: CD - HTML/PDF/FLASH Single-User Edition: This product is
licensed for one user only. Microsoft®Windows® 2000, XP, or newer. Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0. Adobe Reader 4.0 or newer.
600 MHz Pentium III or equivalent with 128 MB RAM. 8X CD-ROM drive or faster. 1024 x 768 color display. Optional Internet access
(required to view online resources).
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE 1547-2011 Series CD-ROM
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2011
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: The 1547 series of interconnection standards is a benchmark
milestone demonstrating the open consensus process for standards
development. The 1547 standard focuses on the technical specifications
for, and testing of, the interconnection itself. It provides requirements
relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and
maintenance of the interconnection. It includes general requirements,
response to abnormal conditions, power quality, islanding, and test
specifications and requirements for design, production, installation
evaluation, commissioning, and periodic tests. The stated requirements are
universally needed for interconnection of distributed resources (DR),
including synchronous machines, induction machines, or power
inverters/converters and will be sufficient for most installations. The
1547.1 standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that
shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection functions and
equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE 1547 ™. The
1547.2 standard provides technical background and application details to
support the understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003. The guide facilitates the
use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing various forms of distributed
resource (DR) technologies and their associated interconnection issues. It
provides background and rationale of the technical requirements of IEEE Std
1547-2003. It also provides tips, techniques, and rules of thumb, and it
addresses topics related to DR project implementation to enhance the user's
understanding of how IEEE Std 1547-2003 may relate to those topics. The
1547.3 standard is intended to facilitate the interoperability of
distributed resources (DR) and help DR project stakeholders implement
monitoring, information exchange, and control (MIC) to support the technical
and business operations of DR and transactions
Abstract: The 1547 series of interconnection standards is a benchmark milestone demonstrating the open consensus process for
standards development. This CD-ROM includes: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005 1547.2-2008 and 1547.3-2007. The 1547 standard focuses on the
technical specifications for, and testing of, the interconnection itself. It provides requirements relevant to the performance,
operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection. It includes general requirements, response to
abnormal conditions, power quality, islanding, and test specifications and requirements for design, production, installation
evaluation, commissioning, and periodic tests. The stated requirements are universally needed for interconnection of distributed
resources (DR), including synchronous machines, induction machines, or power inverters/converters and will be sufficient for most
installations. The 1547.1 standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to
demonstrate that the interconnection functions and equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE 1547 ™. The
1547.2 standard provides technical background and application details to support the understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003. The
guide facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies and
their associated interconnection issues. It provides background and rationale of the technical requirements of IEEE Std 1547-
2003. It also provides tips, techniques, and rules of thumb, and it addresses topics related to DR project implementation to
enhance the user's understanding of how IEEE Std 1547-2003 may relate to those topics. The 1547.3 standard is intended to
facilitate the interoperability of distributed resources (DR) and help DR project stakeholders implement monitoring, information
exchange, and control (MIC) to support the technical and business operations of DR and transactions
Key Words: 1547-2003, 1547.1-2005, 1547.2-2008 & 1547.3-2007, certification
codes commissioning, dc injection design, field, installation, production
tests communications diesel generators distributed generation, power
resources electric distribution systems dispersed generation, storage energy
storage faults flicker fuel cells generators grid harmonics IEEE induction
machines inverters interconnection requirements and specifications islanding
microturbines monitoring and control paralleling power converters, networks,
quality photovoltaic power systems point of common coupling public utility
commissions reclosing coordination regulations rule making, federal,
national, regional, state standards synchronous machines testing utilities
wind energy systems
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: 2012 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) and Handbook Set
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: 2012 NESC: This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding
of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or
maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and
(2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It
also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of
electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is
applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar
systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the
control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction,
definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic
documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National
Electrical Safety Code. 2012 NESC Handbook: The 2012 NESC®
Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion
to the Code. It gives users insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules
and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in
the electric and communication industries, including those involved in
system design, construction, maintenance, inspection, standards development
and worker training.
Abstract: PRE-ORDER NOW! Available 1 August 2011. 2012 NESC: This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from
hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and
(2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction,
maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems
and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the
control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and
bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. 2012 NESC
Handbook: The 2012 NESC® Handbook, Seventh Edition, edited by Allen Clapp, is an essential companion to the Code. It gives users
insight into what lies behind the NESC's rules and how to apply them. The Handbook was developed for use at many levels in the
electric and communication industries, including those involved in system design, construction, maintenance, inspection,
standards development and worker training.
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply
stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station
equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules;
underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety.
Title: National Electrical Code(r) (NEC(r)) Softbound and Handbook Set, 2011
Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 01, 2010
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: • 2011 NEC Softbound, the bestselling format for electrical
contractors and installers. Hundreds of revisions in the 2011 NEC include
groundbreaking changes that broaden the Code's scope to cover alternate
energy sources, green technologies, IT systems, and high voltage
installations. The portable NEC Softbound puts the latest requirements
within reach 24/7 -- in the office and on the job site. (Softbound) • 2011
NEC Handbook. Loaded with one-of-a-kind features, this is your reliable
source for practical solutions and Code rationale. Only the NEC Handbook has
the full 2011 NEC text, expert commentary on NEC use including new
applications, and real-world examples from the field. 500+ full-color
visuals include schematics, floor plans, flow charts, and photos that depict
application of requirements. (Hardbound)
Abstract: This Set consists of 2011 NEC Softbound and 2011 NEC Handbook • 2011 NEC Softbound, the bestselling format for electrical
contractors and installers. Hundreds of revisions in the 2011 NEC include groundbreaking changes that broaden the Code's scope to
cover alternate energy sources, green technologies, IT systems, and high voltage installations. The portable NEC Softbound puts
the latest requirements within reach 24/7 -- in the office and on the job site. (Softbound) • 2011 NEC Handbook. Loaded with one-
of-a-kind features, this is your reliable source for practical solutions and Code rationale. Only the NEC Handbook has the full
2011 NEC text, expert commentary on NEC use including new applications, and real-world examples from the field. 500+ full-color
visuals include schematics, floor plans, flow charts, and photos that depict application of requirements. (Hardbound)
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with
IEEE 802.15.4, Third Edition
Status: New Standard Project
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Esaleta Corbin, Phone:732-562-3821, Email:e.corbin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: IEEE 802.15.4 was developed to address low-cost and low-power
design to enable applications in the fields of industrial, agricultural,
vehicular, residential, and medical sensors and actuators. This book offers
the reader an insider's view of the standard. Features include an overview
of the standard, the motivation and vision behind it, background on the
technology, technical features and components, application scenarios, and
material not covered in the standard related to the network layer
functionality for applications. The book also focuses on implementation and
system design considerations, including an analysis of system-level, real-
world issues that will be important for prospective implementers to
consider.
Project Purpose: The Third Edition of Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks:
Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 now includes detailed
information from the revised IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard, including
amendment IEEE 802.15.4b.
Abstract: The Third Edition of Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE 802.15.4 now includes
detailed information from the revised IEEE 802.15.4-2006 standard, including amendment IEEE 802.15.4b. Presented in a concise
and easy to read format by experts intimately involved in the development and writing of the standard, this guide is a valuable
resource to the standard for those interested in the field of "simple" wireless connectivity. IEEE 802.15.4 was developed to
address low-cost and low-power design to enable applications in the fields of industrial, agricultural, vehicular, residential,
and medical sensors and actuators. This book offers the reader an insider's view of the standard. Features include an overview of
the standard, the motivation and vision behind it, background on the technology, technical features and components, application
scenarios, and material not covered in the standard related to the network layer functionality for applications. The book also
focuses on implementation and system design considerations, including an analysis of system-level, real-world issues that will be
important for prospective implementers to consider. Low-Rate Personal Area Networks: Enabling Wireless Sensors with IEEE
802.15.4 is a MUST READ for anyone who wants to fully understand the inner-workings and possibilities of the IEEE 802.15.4
standard.
Key Words: Software, Hardware, Reliability, computer systems, parallel systems
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Operations Manual
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1996
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Sixth Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1994-
1996 Interpretations
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code® as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2
Key Words: electric supply, supply stations, overhead electric, electric
supply, communication lines, supply lines, undergroun electric, underground
lines, clearances, strength requirement
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Operations Manual - 1995
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1995
Status: Superseded
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Electric Machinery Collection - 1995 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: IEEE electric machinery standards provide manufacturers and designers with the specifications they need to know on-the-
job, while providing tests and diagnosis for various types of electric machines. This collection contains 24 current standards
and recommended practices used worldwide pertinent to the generation of electric energy and its conversion into other forms of
electric or mechanical energy.
Key Words: electric machinery
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Board Bylaws - 1994
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Operations Manual - 1994
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Style Manual - 1994
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Key Words: stye
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code® Preprint 1997 Proposals
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection - 1994 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Abstract: With the rising costs associated with software development and maintenance today, reduced costs and increased efficiency
have become two key factors for programmers and engineers developing software solutions. The best way to maximize software
development investments is to comply with the most current software engineering standards mandated by industry today, IEEE
software engineering standards. Now, all the widely used IEEE software engineering standards are included in the 1994 edition of
the Software Engineering Standards Collection. This edition contains 26 of the most up-to-date standards, covering software
terminology, software design descriptions, user documentation and software maintenance.
Title: Electric Machinery Collection
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: Supplement to IEEE Standards Collection Circuit Breakers, Switchgear,
Substations, and Fuses C37 1993 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Software Engineering Collection 1993 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Collection C37 1993 Edition-Circuit Breakers, Switchgear,
Substations, and Fuses
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: Style Manual
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Board ByLaws - 1992
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Third Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®,1991-
1993 Interpretations
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Key Words: electric, supply, stations, overhead, communication, lines,
underground, clearances
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Electrical and Electronics Graphic and Letter Symbols and
Reference Designation Collection — 1992 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Key Words: graphic, letter, symbol
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Electromagnetic Compatability Collection -1992 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Key Words: electromagnetic, compatibility
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standard Board Operations Manual - 1992
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Manual
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Second Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®
Interpretations, 1991-1993
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Key Words: electric supply, overhead, communication lines, underground,
clearances, strength, requirements
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: First Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code®, 1991-
1993 Interpretations
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Vince Condello, Phone:201-836-3214
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Style Manual - 1991
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Stationary Battery Standards Collection, Summer 1991 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: C62 Complete 1990 Edition: Guides and Standards for Surge Protection
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Manual - 1990
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: 1990 Annual Activities Report
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Protective Relaying Systems - Complete1989
Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Safety, Maintenance, and Operation of
Lines (ESMOL): Fall 1990 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Second Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code
Interpretations, 1988-1990 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Software Engineering Standards Collection, Spring 1991 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: Abstracts/Index
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: 1989 Annual Activities Report
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Posix International Style Guide
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: First Interim Collection of the National Electrical Safety Code
Interpretations, 1988-1990 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
**Available only by purchasing National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC®)
Interpretations Collection, 1943-1997 Inclusive 1200 pages, Product number
SH94550
Abstract: This edition includes official interpretations of the National Electrical Safety Code as made by the Interpretations
Subcommittee of the National Electrical Safety Code Committee, ASC C2.
Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1984-1987 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1981-1984 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1978-1980 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations, 1961-1977 Inclusive
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE-IPCEA Power Cable Ampacities
Status: Superseded
**Revised as IEEE Std 835
Publication type: Special Publication
Title: Logic Symbols and Diagrams
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: Electrical and Electronics Graphic Symbols and Reference Designations
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: National Electric Safety Code Interpretations 1988-1990, Inclusive
Status: Superseded
**A companion to NESC Interpretations 1961-1977, 1978-1980, 1981-1984, and
1984-1987 inclusive
Publication type: Special Publication
Key Words: elec supply stations, overhd elec supply, communications lines,
undergd elec supply, clearances , strength requiremts
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Stationary Battery Standards Collection, Fall 1990 Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: CAMAC Instrumentation and Interface Standards
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code Preprint 1993 Proposals
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: NESC Handbook: Discussion of the National Electrical Safety Code—Second
Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Standards Press
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Guides and Standards for Protective Relaying Systems, Spring 1991
Edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Collection
Title: NESC Interpretation - 5th edition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: -
Title: NESC Archives 1973-2000
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006
Abstract: Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2000, NESC®: The Archives (1973-
2000) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad
signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec™ CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives
(1973-2000) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition.
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electric supply stations, electric
utility stations; electrical safety; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station
equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules;
underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety
Designation: 1-2000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice - General Principles for Temperature Limits in
the Rating of Electrical Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical
Insulation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2001
**Supersedes 1-1986 (R1992).
Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:410-245-8473, Email:papayne@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: Change title to a recommended practice, revise table 1, add a
table to part IV, coordinate the revisions of IEEE 1, 98, and 99 for
consistency, review terms and definitions for harmonization with IEC85 and
IEC 505-1, revise Foreward.
Project Purpose: To make the title consistent with the text. To include all
temperature indexes for materials and temperature classes for insulation
systems. To harmonize with IEC 85 and 505-1.
Abstract: " This recommended practice is intended to serve in the preparation of standards that areprincipally concerned with the
thermal endurance of EIM and simple combinations of suchmaterials, with the establishment of limiting temperatures of EIS, and
with the provision of generalprinciples for thermal classification of EIS. "
Key Words: IEEE 1
Designation: 1-1986
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of
Electric Equipment and for the Evaluation of Electrical Insulation
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1-2000.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986
Designation: 100
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Title: IEEE Standards Reference InfoBase on CD-Rom
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 23, 1997
**An enhanced version of the IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and
Electronics Terms.
Publication type: Electronic Product
Designation: 100-1996
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Title: The IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms Sixth
Edition
Status: Superseded
**This standard is one of a number of information technology dictionaries
being developed by standards organizations accredited by the American
National Standards Institute. This dictionary was developed under the
sponsorship of voluntary standards organizations, using a consensus-based
process.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Terms defined in the approved IEEE standards issued by all IEEE
standards-generating bodies and accredited standards committees. Additional
technical terms already present in the current edition of the dictionary.
Acronyms and abbreviations deemed useful to IEEE members. Abstracts of IEEE
standards.
Project Purpose: To collect the definitions, acronyms, and abbreviations from
IEEE standards and combine them into one authoritative document.
Designation: 100-1992
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Title: The New IEEE Standards Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1993
Abstract: Over 30,000 terms and definitions that have been standardized by IEEE are included. Over 10,000 new and revised terms have
been added since 1988. New edition includes abstracts of IEEE standards. Includes extensive acronym and abbreviation section.
Key Words: dictionary, electrical, electronics, terms, Terminology
Designation: 100-1988
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Title: Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms - Fourth Edition
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 1988
Designation: 1000-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Backplane Interface: STEbus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Includes ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core
Specifications for Microcomputers. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-
2001.
Technical Contact: Tim Elsmore
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Methods are established for performance
testing, calibration, and use of sodium iodide detector systems for the measurement of gamma-ray emission rates of radionuclides,
assay for radioactivity, and the determination of gamma-ray energies. Both energy calibration and efficiency calibration are
covered. Three techniques are considered: total spectrum counting, which employs a system that counts all events above a low-
energy threshold; single-channel analyzer counting, which employs a system with a counting window that establishes upper and
lower energy boundaries; and multichannel analyzer counting, which employs a system utilizing multiple counting windows.
Key Words: ste, bus, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses
Designation: 1001-1988
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Title: IEEE Guide for Interfacing Dispersed Storage and Generation Facilities
with Electric Utility Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1989
Abstract: The purpose of this IEEE guide is to alert electric utilities, manufacturers of dispersed storage and generation (DSG)
equipment, consultants, contractors and DSG owners, and operators to the engineering concerns inherent in operating dispersed
generators in parallel with utility systems; to describe proper interface construction techniques and operating procedures for
those generators; to emphasize safety aspects involved; and to call attention to possible DSG impact on utility customers.
Key Words: DSG, dispersed storage and generation, dispersed generators,
utility systems, interface construction, safety
Designation: 1002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Project Scope: The taxonomy will contain a scheme to organize, classify, and
relate standards guidelines and recommended practices used in software
engineering. The taxonomy will provide recommendations reflecting current
state-of-the-art in the application of engineering principles to
classification, evolution, and evaluation of Software Engineering Standards.
Project Purpose: To make changes to harmonize the standard with existing
Software Engineering Standards and update information in appendices on how
to apply standard.
Designation: 1002-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Taxonomy for Software Engineering Standards
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1987
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The form and content of a software engineering
standards taxonomy is described. Applicability is not restricted by software application, size, complexity, critically, or
hardware environment. The taxonomy applies to standards (from the related disciplines of engineering management, systems
engineering, computer hardware engineering, computer science, and information science) with which a software engineer would be
reasonably acquainted and is application independent. The various types of software engineering standards, their functional and
external relationships, and the role of various functions participating in the software life cycle are described. The taxonomy
can be used in planning the development or evaluation of standards for an organization and could serve as a basis for classifying
a set of standards or for organizing a standards manual. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to
access this publication online.
Key Words: taxonomy, software, engineering
Designation: 1003.0-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Guide to the POSIX(R) Open System Environment (OSE)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: May 02, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 19, 1995
Abstract: This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons
evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of
enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system
interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these
interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress.
Gaps are identified where POSIX® Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards.
Finally, the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains. You will receive an email from
Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: POSIX, architecture, open, LAN, networks, open system environment,
profiles, OSE, application portability, application interoperability
Designation: 1003.0 Int'l
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Technical Report—Guide to POSIX®
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 1003.1-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R))
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 01, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 1003.1-2004
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 2009
Project Scope: IEEE Std 1003.1-200x defines a standard operating system
interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or "shell"),
and common utility programs to support applications portability at the
source code level. It is intended to be used by both applications
developers and system implementors. IEEE Std 1003.1-200x comprises four
major components (each in an associated volume): 1. General terms,
concepts, and interfaces common to all volumes of IEEE Std 1003.1-
200x, including utility conventions and C-language header
definitions, are included in the Base Definitions volume of IEEE
Std 1003.1-200x. 2. Definitions for system service functions and
subroutines, language-specific system services for the C
programming language, function issues, including portability, error
handling, and error recovery, are included in the System Interfaces
volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 3. Definitions for a standard source
code-level interface to command interpretation services (a "shell")
and common utility programs for application programs are included
in the Shell and Utilities volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. 4.
Extended rationale that did not fit well into the rest of the
document structure, containing historical information concerning
the contents of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x and why features were included
or discarded by the standard developers, is included in the
Rationale (Informative) volume of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x. The following
areas are outside of the scope of IEEE Std 1003.1-200x: * Graphics
interfaces * Database management system interfaces * Record
I/O considerations * Object or binary code portability *
System configuration and resource availability IEEE Std 1003.1-200x
describes the external characteristics and facilities that are of
importance to applications developers, rather than the internal
construction techniques employed to achieve these capabilities. Special
emphasis is placed on those functions and facilities that are needed in a
wide variety of commercial applications. The facilities provided in IEEE
Std 1003.1-200x are drawn from the following base documents: *
IEEE Std 1003.1™, 2004 Edition (POSIX-1) (incorporating IEEE Stds
1003.1™-2001, 1003.1™-2001/Cor 1-2002 and 1003.1™-2001/Cor 2-2004)
* Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 1 *
Open Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 2 * Open
Group Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 3 * Open Group
Technical Standard, 2006, Extended API Set Part 4 * ISO/IEC
9899:1999, Programming Languages - C.
Project Purpose: The basic goal was to promote portability of application
programs across UNIX system environments by developing a clear, consistent,
and unambiguous standard for the interface specification of a portable
operating system based on the UNIX system documentation. POSIX.1-2008
codifies the common,existing definition of the UNIX system.
Abstract: This standard is simultaneously ISO/IEC 9945, IEEE Std 1003.1, and forms the core of the Single Unix Specification,
Version 3. This 2004 edition includes IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002 and IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 2-2004 incorporated into IEEE
Std 1003.1-2001 (the base document). The two Corrigenda address problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001.
These changes are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the base documents that were incorporated
into the IEEE Std 1003.1-2001, which is the single common revision to IEEE Std 1003.1-1996, IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, ISO/IEC 9945-
1:1996, ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993, and the Base Specifications of The Open Group Single UNIX® Specification, Version 2.
Key Words: 1003.1-2008, application program interface (API), argument,
asynchronous, basic regular expression (BRE), batch job, batch system,built-
in utility, byte, child, command language interpreter, CPU, extended regular
expression (ERE), FIFO, file access control mechanism, input/output (I/O),
job control, network, portable operating system interface (POSIX®), parent,
shell, stream, string, synchronous, system, thread, X/Open System Interface
(XSI)
Designation: 1003.1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for IEEE Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R))
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.1-2008.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 14, 2002
Project Scope: 1003.1-1990 and its supplements + 1003.2-1992 plus its
supplements + SUSv2 XSH5 + XCU5 + XBD5 + Portability Considerations from
1003.1/1003.2 plus additional rationale and notes from 1003.1 and 1003.2 +
amendments to 1003.1/.2 - legacy features - obsolescent features + XNS5.2 &
resolutions passed by OGTGnet concerning the included sections of XNS +
issues raised by IEEE/ISO Interps against .1/.2 and resolutions passed by
OGTGbase concerning the included sections of SUSv2 + harmonization of
options vs. feature groups + resolution of XCU text marked OF,OP,PI and UN
(on a case by case basis). See the long scope for further detailed
information.
Project Purpose: Provide a single standard addressing the needs of users of all
the documents being revised and supported by as much of the overall industry
as possible. Address problems discovered during the lifetimes of the
current documents. The current standards are approaching ten years or more
in age; and this is the promised revision, whose scope is being expanded by
including accepted practice based on the contents of the Single UNIX
Specification.
Abstract: 2002. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of theoriginal Base documents.
Key Words: "application program interface (API), argument, asynchronous, basic
regular expression (BRE), batch job, batch system, built-in utility, byte,
child, command language interpreter, CPU, extended regular expression (ERE),
FIFO, file access control mechanism"
Designation: 1003.1-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))
-- Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Sold as ISO/IEC 9945-1. Revision of 1003.1-1988.
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1991
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1.
Key Words: POSIX, System Application, Portable Operating , C Language
Designation: 1003.1-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard Portable Operating System Interface for Computer
Environments
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Aug 22, 1988, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 1989
Abstract: The results of deliberations by the Technical Committee on Operating Systems and Application Environments of the IEEE
Computer Society concerning various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 are presented. The intent is to give
the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: Interpretations, portable, operating, systems, interface, computer,
environments
Designation: 1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for IEEE Std 1003.1-2001/Cor 1 2002 Standard for Information
Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Technical
Corrigendum Number 1
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.1-2008. This corrigendum was made available as
ISO/IEC 9945:2002/Cor 1: 2003 (E) Information Technology-Portable Operating
System Interfase (Posix)- Technical Corrigendum 1
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: This technical corrigendum addresses issues raised in defect
reports and interpretation requests submitted up to the date of approval
of this PAR by NESCOM, that meet all of the following criteria: a.
They are in the scope of the approved standard. b. They contain no new
APIs (functions/utilities); however they may add enumeration symbols,
non-function #defines, and reserve additional namespaces. c. They address
contradictions between different parts of the standard, or add
consistency between the standard and overriding standards, or address
security-related problems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the technical corrigenda is to address problems
discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. These are mainly
due to resolving integration issues raised by the merger of the Base
documents that went into IEEE Std 1003.1-2001. This will benefit the body
of users of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001.
Abstract: Remarks: This product is only available a PDF, and is not available for sale by resellers.
Key Words: IEEE 1003.1 , IEEE 1003.1-2001 , IEEE 1003.1-2001/Cor 1 , IEEE
1003.1/Cor 1 Tentative Publication Date: 30 May 2003
Designation: 1003.1-2001/Cor 2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) - Technical Corrigendum Number 2
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.1-2008.
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: This technical corrigendum will address issues raised in defect
reports and interpretation requests submitted up to the date of approval of
this PAR by NESCOM, that meet all of the following criteria: (a). They are
in the scope of the approved standard. (b). They contain no new APIs
(functions/utilities); however they may add enumeration symbols, non-
function #defines, and reserve additional namespaces. (c). They address
contradictions between different parts of the standard, or add consistency
between the standard and overriding standards, or address security-related
problems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the technical corrigendum is to address
problems discovered since the approval of IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 and IEEE Std
1003.1-2001/Cor 1-2002. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues
raised by the merger of the Base documents that went into IEEE Std 1003.1-
2001. This will benefit the body of users of IEEE Std 1003.1 and will be the
second such technical corrigendum.
Abstract: Technical Corrigendum 2 addresses problems discovered since the approval of the 2003 edition of The Open Group Base
Specifications, Issue 6, IEEE Std 1003.1, and ISO/IEC 9945. These are mainly due to resolving integration issues raised by the
merger of the original Base documents.
Key Words: application program interface (API) , argument , asynchronous ,
basic regular expression (BRE) , batch job , batch system , built-in utility
, byte , child , command language interpreter , CPU , extended regular
expression (ERE) , FIFO , file access cont
Designation: P1003.1-2008/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) - Corrigendum 1
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This corrigendum corrects technical and other non-editorial
errors made during the preparation of 1003.1-2008 latest version, which
covers Portable Operating System Interfaces. This corrigendum includes
the corrections made in the errata.
Project Purpose: This corrigendum corrects technical and other non-editorial
errors made during the preparation of 1003.1-2008, latest version, which
covers Portable Operating System Interfaces.
Designation: 1003.1.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.1e
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.1/2003.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std
2003.1-1992 (October 1994 Edition)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 11, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX)—Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) and IEEE Std 2003.1-1992, IEEE Standard for Information
Technology—Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX—Part 1: System Interfaces. The results of its deliberations are
presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these
standards.
Key Words: computer, computer environment, interfaces, interpretations,
portable operating, system interface, POSIX, shell, utilities
Designation: 1003.1/2003.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std
2003.1-1992 (March 1994 Edition)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1994
**1003.1/2003.1/INT, March 1994 Edition
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1 -1990, IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX)- Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) and IEEE Std 2003.1 -1992, IEEE Standard for Information
Technology- Test Methods for Measuring Conformance to POSIX- Part 1: System Interfaces. The results of its deliberations are
presented in this document. The intent is to give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of these
standards.
Key Words: POSIX, testing, test methods
Designation: 1003.1/I-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Standard Portable Operating
System Interface for Computer Environments (IEEE Std 1003.1-1988)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 08, 1992
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The results of deliberations by the Technical Committee on Operating Systems and Application Environments of the IEEE
Computer Society concerning various problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.1 -1988 are presented. The intent is to give
the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: Interpretations, portable, operating, systems, interface, computer,
environments
Designation: 1003.10-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology POSIX(R)-Based Supercomputing
Application Environment Profile
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996
Abstract: This standard is related to the POSIX® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It
specifies the set of standards and the requirements needed for portability of supercomputing applications, users, and system
administrators. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: AEP, application portability, batch, portable application, profile,
queue, resource, supercomputer, supercomputing, user portability
Designation: 1003.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Operating Systems
Title: POSIX based Transaction Processing Applications Environment Profile
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Elliot Brebner, Phone:612/473-1772
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 1003.12
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.1g
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.13-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application
Environment Profile (AEP) - POSIX Realtime and Embedded Application Support
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 10, 2004
**Supersedes 1003.13-1999.
Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: The project will define Application Environment Profiles for
embedded and realtime applications utilizing POSIX interfaces. At least
three separate profile definitions are expected: a large one for full-
function realtime systems, a small one for embedded control systems, and one
or more profiles of intermediate size. It will also update the existing
profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience; for example,
the minimal realtime system profile PSE51 may be simplified, and PSE53 made
slightly larger. Interpretation requests regarding 1003.13-1998 received up
to the time of the first 1003.13 revision ballot will be considered as input
to this work. The Ada bindings to POSIX (the IEEE 1003.5-series standards)
plus P1003.26 (should it be approved before the first 1003.13 Revision
ballot), will also be profiled. Note: The above scope is identical to the
original 1003.13 scope, except that the original "an intermediate realtime
system definitions" becomes "and one or more intermediate realtime system
definitions", and the word "embedded" is added. In fact, 1003.13-1998 has
four profiles, and is being cited for embedded applications in addition to
the traditional realtime applications. The scope of P1003.13a and P1003.13b
have also been included above, edited to reflect the revision of 1003.1, and
P1003.26 has been added. The 1003.5-series standards are already profiled
in 1003.13-1998, and are now explicitly mentioned. Scope from Previous PARs
- Original 1003.13-1998 scope (PAR approved 9 December 1997): "The project
will define Application Environment Profiles for realtime applications
utilizing POSIX interfaces. At least three separate profiles are expected:
one for full function, realtime systems, one for embedded control systems,
and an intermediate realtime systems definition."; Scope of Proposed Project
[P1003.13a, January 1994]: "This work will extend the POSIX P1003.13
interfaces to include the interfaces of P1003.4d (formerly P1003.4b) and
"P1003.4d" (nickname, real name to be supplied when assigned)."; Scope of
Proposed Project [P1003.13b, 19 July 2000]: "This work will amend the four
1003.13 profiles in two ways. Primarily, this work will fold the 1003.1a,
1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q services into the profiles. It will also
update the profiles to reflect lessons learned through recent experience;
for example, the minimal realtime system profile may be simplified.
Interpretation requests received up to the time of the first ballot draft
will be considered as input to this work."
Project Purpose: With approval of P1003.1 (the 1003.1 Revision) expected in
2001, the basis upon which the existing (1003.13-1998) and planned
(P1003.13a, P1003.13b) profiles depended has changed, and all old and new
APIs being profiled are to be found in what will likely become IEEE Std
1003.1-2001. There is substantial embedded/realtime-kernel industry
experience with various non-standard variants of all the proposed profiles
and their underlying interfaces. Multiple RTOS and RT/Embedded Linux
vendors are now claiming compliance (if not conformance) to various 1003.13-
1998 profiles. The purpose of 1003.13, and now of the 1003.13 Revision, is
to unify this area. Note: The above purpose is semantically identical to
the original purpose, except that the original list of IEEE 1003-series
standards to be profiled has been replaced by their sole successor, 1003.1-
2001, and the 1003.5-series standards (Ada bindings to POSIX) and P1003.26
(Device Control) have been added. These changes also have the effect of
including the purpose of both P1003.13a and P1003.13b.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1003.13-2003, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyStandardized Application Environment Profile (AEP)POSIX(R)
Realtime and Embedded Application Support"
Key Words: "AEP, application portability, data processing environment,
embedded, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX
profiles, realtime, realtime application environments"
Designation: 1003.13-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application
Environment Profile - POSIX(R) Realtime Application Support
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.13-2003.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: The project will define Application Environment Profiles for
realtime application utilizing the POSIX interfaces. At least three
separate profiles are expected: one for full function, realtime systems, one
for embedded control systems, and an intermediate realtime system
definition.
Project Purpose: With the completion of balloting of P1003.4 system interfaces
for realtime and other applications, it is critical to define a coherent
grouping of the options to allow realtime users to specify target sets for
acquisition.
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standardized profiles for open systems. It defines environment profiles for
portable realtime applications.
Designation: 1003.13a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Standardized Application
Environment Profile - POSIX(R) Embedded Realtime Application Support
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Diane Schleicher, Phone:303-766-4702, Email:dbschleicher@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Provide additional POSIX profiles that address the embedded
realtime Ada application environment. The new profiles will address
functionality, options defined in POSIX 5b and 5q, implementation defined
features, and undefined behavior.
Project Purpose: To provide embedded realtime Ada application programs with
smaller subsets of POSIX features. The new profiles will define a set of
functions and options so the operating system and application programs can
meet timing and sizing requirements.
Designation: 1003.13b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology-Standardized Application Environment
Profile-POSIX Realtime Application Support (AEP)-Amendment of Extended
Profiles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: This work will amend the four 1003.13 profiles in two ways.
Primarily, this work will fold the 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q
services into the profiles.] It will also update the profiles to reflect
lessons learned through recent experience; for example, the minimal realtime
system profile may be simplified. Interpretation requests received up to
the time of the first ballot draft will be considered as input to this
work.
Project Purpose: The 1003.1a, 1003.1d, 1003.1j, and 1003.1q standards were not
approved at the time 1003.13 was in progress. However, 1003.1d and 1003.1j
are now approved, and 1003.1a and 1003.1q are expected to be approved in the
very near future. Therefore, it is time to fold their services into the
1003.13 profiles. In addition, recent implementation experience has
indicated ways in which the original four profiles can be streamlined.
Designation: 1003.14
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Standardized Profile -
POSIX Multiprocessor Application Environment Profile
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Eric Burge, Phone:612/683-5459
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The standard will define an Application Environment Profile for
multiprocessor application environments. The profile will be based on the
relevant P1003.x standards required for applications within POSIX
environments on multiprocessor computer systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to (a) develop an IEEE
standard AEP for multiprocessor application environments, (b) cooperate with
other P1003 working groups to include required extensions to support
applications portability across multiprocessors, and (c) submit additional
PARs when needed to cover extensions to POSIX for multiprocessor
applications environments.
Designation: 1003.15
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interfaces (POSIX®) - Batch Environment Amendments
Status: Changed Designation
**Formerly P1003.17. Changed Designation to 1003.2d.
Project Scope: This standard will define utilities, library routines, system
administration interfaces, and application level protocol to provide a
network queuing and batch system in a POSIX environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to extend POSIX to provide a
network queuing and batch system. These extensions include the following:
1. Utilities for the submission and management of the requests. 2. System
administration interface for the creation, management, and authorization of
the network queuing and batch processing system. 3. Library routines for
application access to utilities and the queue and request database. 4.
Application level protocol. 5. Portability of applications, user and system
administrators.
Designation: 1003.15a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.2d
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.17
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System Interfaces
(POSIX)—Part 1: Directory Services Application Programming Interface
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to 1224.2.
Project Scope: 1. The standard will define an application programming interface
to a directory service, including but not necessarily limited to X.500
functionality. The standard will provide language-independent specification
and C-Language binding. 2. The standard will specify related name space(s),
with naming rules and schema, that are supported by POSIX systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a standard interface
supporting the development of applications that use directory services. The
interface will support access to X.500 services and perhaps other directory
services.
Designation: 1003.18
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Standardized Profile--
POSIX Interactive Systems Application Environment Profile
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Eric Burge, Phone:612/683-5459
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Designation: 1003.1a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) - [C
Language] Amendment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:john.meyer@unisys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: This standard will provide a vehicle for moving forward some now
stable work. The proposed amendments to 1003.1 will add interfaces for
application portability, particularly in the areas of •Symbolic Links • File
tree walkin • UID and GID manipulation •Environment Manipulation •Add
interfaces and definitions previously published in 1003.2, but that more
properly belong in 1003.1 •Removal of definitions that more properly belong
in 1003.2 •Removal of support for "common usage" C language, and requiring
ISO 9899 C instead. The standard will also include any technical corrigenda
resolved during the interpretation process on 1003.1-1990, identified by
October 31, 1995.
Project Purpose: To add several well established interfaces to the 1003.1-1990
standard.
Designation: 1003.1b-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interfaces (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) -
Amendment 1: Realtime Extension [C language]
Status: Superseded
**Approval included redesignation (formerly P1003.4). Available as ISO/IEC
9945-1.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994
Abstract: This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines
a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines
interfaces appropriate for realtime applications.
Key Words: POSIX, real time, extensions, LAN, API, data processing, information
interchange, open systems, realtime, computer interface, System
configuration computer , Portable application, Operating system, C
programming language, Application portability
Designation: 1003.1c-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX(R)) - System Application Program Interface (API) Amendment 2: Threads
Extension (C Language)
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996. (Formerly 1003.4a.)
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1.
Designation: 1003.1d-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--
Amendment 4: Additional Realtime Extensions [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**formerly 1003.4b. Superseded by 1003.1-2001.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000
Project Scope: This work activity will extend the system interfaces defined by
1003.1 (as amended by 1003.1b, 1003.1c, and 1003.1i) to include the
following additional facilities required by realtime applications: an
efficient process creation mechanism, additional realtime scheduling
policies, interfaces for execution time monitoring, interfaces for
interacting with special devices, interfaces for improving I/O performance,
and timeouts for blocking functions. This standard will not change the base
standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in such a way
as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer
conform.
Project Purpose: A strong need exists to extend the POSIX interfaces to provide
more complete realtime functions. The existing interfaces of POSIX when
including the 1003.1b and 1003.1c extensions, provide the base functions to
support the portability of applications with realtime requirements.
Examples of needed extensions are additional realtime scheduling policies
such as deadline, an interface to allow the solution of the priority
inversion problem of existing synchronization mechanisms, possible
additional synchronization mechanisms, and address the issue of portability
at the device driver interface.
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user inter-faces to open systems. It defines
the applications interface to system services for spawning a process, timeouts for blocking services, sporadic server scheduling,
execution time clocks andtimers, and advisory information for file management. This standard is stated in terms of its Cbinding.
Key Words: "API, application portability, C (programming language), data
processing, open systems, operating system, portable application, POSIX,
realtime"
Designation: 1003.1e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--Amendment n:
Protection, Audit and Control Interfaces [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Project Scope: Changes and additions to P1003.1 for security related functional
requirements and system interfaces in the areas of accountability, extended
discretionary access control, mandatory access control, security information
labeling, and fine-grained capabilities.
Project Purpose: Providing P1003.1 developers with the option of using
interfaces to implement portable applications with security features, and to
determine how to apply security policies relating to accountability,
discretionary access control, mandatory access control and capabilities
(privilege) to existing P1003.1 interfaces.
Designation: 1003.1f
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System
Interfaces (POSIX(R))--Part 1: Network-Transparent File Access
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**formerly P1003.8
Technical Contact: Jason Zions, Phone:970-204-9900, Email:jazz@softway.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Project Scope: The Standard will: •Extend (or modify), as necessary, the syntax
and semantics of IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 and other relevant 1003 Standards into
a networked environment, consonant with current and future mechanisms which
provide a corresponding network service, and •Define administrative
interfaces uniquely required to support such extension (or modification).
Project Purpose: The Standard is to both extend and circumscribe IEEE Std
1003.1-1988 and other interfaces in such a way as to enable portable
applications to be written without regard to the location of files they
manipulate, whether local or remote. In addition, certain aspects of system
administration would pertain solely to managing and controlling the
mechanisms which would support network-transparent file access; interfaces
are needed to permit management and control functions to be performed
portably.
Designation: 1003.1g-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--Amendment 6:
Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.1-2001.
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: To define a programatic interface for network process-to-process
communication.
Project Purpose: To provide a programatic interface that allows a portable
application to communicate with another entity in a network such that the
application may be independent of the underlying protocols. Furthermore,
access to protocol-specific features will be made available in a protocol-
independent framework.
Designation: 1003.1h
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX®) Part 1: System API Extensions - Services for Reliable,
Available, and Serviceable Systems [C Language]
Status: Changed Designation
**Changed designation to P1003.25
Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for fault management. This work
will produce APIs which do not rewrite or replace existing POSIX API
specifications. The Fault Management extensions to the POSIX specification
will comprise APIs for fault detection, fault localization, re-configuration
for component isolation, fault recovery, error-logging, notification, and
dumps. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which
are necessary to support fault recovery. The intent is to provide for the
collection and distribution of error information to analyse the errors at
the application program level and ultimately provide the means for the
application to diagnose and specify corrective actions the scope of this
effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support
functionality which are in common practice. This standard will not change
the base standard which it amends
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces
to allow portable access to underlying fault management services by
application programs. These underlying services may support detection,
logging and notification of abnormal conditions during system operation;
classification and analysis of abnormal conditions for fault diagnosis and
corrective actions for system reconfiguration, reinitialization, and
recovery.
Designation: 1003.1i-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) -
Amendment: Technical Corrigenda to Realtime Extension [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-1.
Designation: 1003.1j-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--
Amendment 5: Advanced Realtime Extensions [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.1-2001.
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide 'C'
language bindings for additional realtime functions for Typed Memory,
Absolute Nanosleep, Barrier Synchronization, Reader/Writer Lock, Monotonic
Clock, and Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change the base
standard which it amends.
Project Purpose: To amend P1003.1 with 'C' binding interfaces to support source
portability of applications with realtime and specialized hardware control
requirements.
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
the applications interface to system services for synchronization, memory management, time management, and thread management.
This standard is stated interms of its C language binding.
Key Words: "API, application portability, C(programming language), data
processing, information interchange, open systems, operating system,
portable application, POSIX, programming language, realtime, system
configuration computer interface"
Designation: 1003.1k
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard For Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System API Supplement - Removable Media
Support
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles DeBaun, Phone:708/840-3522, Email:debaun@cdsun4.fnal.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This standard will refine the behavior as open(), close(),
read(), and write() as they pertain to removable serial media. Adds new
API's appropriate to serial media including positioning and statusing. This
work may expand the list of errors to include those pertaining explicitly to
removable media. This work is based upon existing common practice.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this work is to standardize the set of API's to
position serial removable media and the current behavior of the commonly
used I/O functions.
Designation: 1003.1m
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)
Amendment x: Checkpoint/Restart Interface [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: This standard will define optional APIs for Checkpointing a
process or processes and subsequently restarting that process or processes.
The Checkpoint/Restart extensions to the Posix specifications will be
comprised of optional APIs for checkpoint setup, checkpoint create,
checkpoint restart, and checkpoint remove. These underlying services may
support corrective actions for system and application recovery for long
running process or processes. A process or set of processes can checkpoint
system memory state and execution context to a normal file. This saved
information can be used to recover to an earlier state the application
process or processes memory state and execution context. This standard will
not change the base standard which it amends in such a way as to cause
implementations or strictly conforming applications to no longer conform.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces
to allow protable access to underlying recovery services by application
programs. These APIs will benefit users of long running applications which
run days or weeks which would otherwise be impossible to restart in the
event of a system failure or realtime users doing data collection in a time
constrained environment.
Designation: 1003.1n
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) -
Amendment n: Technical Corrigenda to Threads Extension [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: This work will make technical corrections to the IEEE Std
1003.1-1990, as amended by IEEE Stds. 1003.1b-1993, 1003.1c-1995 and
1003.1i-1995.
Project Purpose: This work will correct the interfaces to remedy clashes
detected when 1003.1c was merged and 1003.i is merged into 1003.1b-1993, as
well as some items discovered by early implementors of 1003.1b-1993 and
1003.1c-1995.
Designation: 1003.1p
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)
Amendment x: Resource Limit Interfaces [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:john.meyer@unisys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Insert interfaces to control usage of the following system
resources, CPU time, Bytes of memory, number of processes, bytes for a
single file, bytes in various file types (e.g. coredump and temporary),
maximum number of CPUs, maximum total IOs, and number of open files for
application programs.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 1003.1-1990 in
the area of resource limits.
Designation: 1003.1q-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Portable Operating Systems
Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API)--
Amendment 7: Tracing [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1003.1-2001.
Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 22, 2001
Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for Trace management. The APIs
are for the handling of event data to satisfy both Realtime and Fault
Tolerance software applications. The scope of this effort will be limited
by selecting only those APIs which support functions which are in common
practice. This standard will not change the base standard which it amends.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces
to allow portable access to underlying trace managment, services by
application programs. These underlying services provide access to stream of
event data, where the events can be generated by software and/or hardware,
application and/or kernel.
Abstract: This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. The purpose
of this project is to specify a set of interfaces to allow portable access to underlying trace management services by application
programs. These underlying services provide access to streams of event data, where the events can be generated by software and/or
hardware, either from the application or the operating system. This standard is stated in terms of its C language binding.
Key Words: "API, application portability, data processing, open systems,
operating system, portable application, POSIX, tracing, instrumented
operating system, instrumented application, trace control, trace analysis,
real time, serviceability"
Designation: 1003.1r
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface -
Amendment xx: Protocol Independent Interfaces (PII) [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Petr Janecek, Phone:+44-181-893-3694, Email:petr@janecek.demon.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: Removal of technical differences between the approved IEEE
1003.1g standard and the specification of the current industry practice as
defined in Networking Services (XNS) Issue 5; X/Open CAE Specification C523;
ISBN 1-85912-165-9
Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.1g so that it is aligned with current
industry practice as reflected in the definition of the Single UNIX
published by X/Open.
Designation: 1003.1s
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) -
Amendment s: Synchronized Clock (C Language)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide a 'C'
language binding for a Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change
the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in
such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications
to no longer conform.
Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.1-1996 with 'C' binding interfaces to
support source portability of applications with requirements for a
synchronized clock.
Designation: 1003.2-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System
Interfaces (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities
Status: Superseded
**Available as ISO/IEC 9945-2.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1993
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑPortable Operating System
Interface (POSIX)ÑPart 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to
give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: shell, utility, API, portability, data, processing, open systems,
operating system, portable application, POSIX, user
Designation: 1003.2 Int-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 Interpretations, December Edition, IEEE Standards
Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX)—Part 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to
give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: computer, computer environments, interpretations, portable operating
systems interface, POSIX, shell, utilities
Designation: 1003.2.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.2c
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.2/INT-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.2-1992
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 02, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑPortable Operating System
Interface (POSIX)ÑPart 2: Shell and Utilities. The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to
give the POSIX community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: computer, computer environments, interpretations, portable operating
system interface, POSIX, shell, utilities
Designation: 1003.20
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.5b
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.21
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX(R)) Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (Language
Independent)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: A language-independent application program interface
specification for interprocess communications in a real-time distributed
systems computing domain. The interface is specifically oriented to
distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess
communication. Among the functional areas to be supported for this service
include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast,
multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error
management, protocol management, directory services interface. Real-time
distributed systems require predictable performance. In support of this the
interface will also include support for the use of priorities, synchronous
and asynchronous interactions, and the use of timeouts.
Project Purpose: Real-time distributed Systems require predictable performance
and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards.
The working group will develop an interface to meet these, and related
needs.
Designation: 1003.22
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Guide to the POSIX(R) Open Systems Environment--A Security Framework
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Project Scope: A framework structuring security within Distributed Systems
based upon ECMA-Security in Open Systems - A Security Framework, TR/46.
Project Purpose: To provide a focus for the definition and placement of
security services around which implementations and API standards activities
may coordinate. To specify the types of APIs required to support the
security services defined in the framework. To identify existing
implementations and their relative maturity as potential base specifications
for API standards and to identify those areas with no existing, or immature,
industry practice which require development effort. To provide a tool to
help integrators of secure systems to understand and structure security
services within a distributed system. To provide a supplement to the
definition of security currently included within P1003.0. It is expected
that this guide will eventually be incorporated within, or referenced by,
later issues of P1003.0.
Designation: 1003.23-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Guide for Developing User Open System Environment (OSE) Profiles
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: To describe a process for developing user Open Environment (OSE)
profiles, as opposed to standardized profiles. The guide shall include a
framework for documenting user requirements, related information technology
services, a transition plan, conformance testing and consideration planning
considerations, and examples of user organization OSE profiles.
Project Purpose: To provide process guidelines for user organizations to
develop and use OSE profiles which support their operational requirements.
Benefits include: Provide a starting point for developing user OSE profile;
assist development of transition plans; encourage effective use of standards
and standardized profiles.
Abstract: This guide presents an overview of User Organization Open System Environment (OSE) Profiles and their application. It is
intended to assist users, planners, and implementers in developing User Organization OSE Profiles that address the operational
requirements of the organization; related information technology services; and the standards, standards options, and interim
solutions that will meet those requirements. The guide also includes conformance testing and transition planning considerations
as well as examples of user organization OSE profiles.
Key Words: "application portability,application interoperability,open system
environment,User Organization OSE Profile"
Designation: 1003.24
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (C Language)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: B Craig Myers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: A C-language binding application program interface for
interprocess is specifically oriented to distributed systems, although it
will be applicable to local interprocess communication. The functional
areas to be supported for this service include the following: endpoint
management, buffer management, unicast, multicast, broadcast, and labeled
message data transfer, event and error management, protocol management,
connection management, and a lightweight directory services interface.
Project Purpose: Real-time distributed systems require predictable performance
and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards.
The WG will develop an interface to meet the unique needs of communications
in real-time systems.
Designation: 1003.25
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) - Event Logging [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This work is undertaken to provide a portable API for the
purpose of event logging. This interface is to provide for the registration
of events to be logged, logging of an event, event notification and event
extraction from the current system log or an archived system log. This work
may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which are necessary to
fault rcovery. The scope of this effort will be limited by selecting only
those APIs which support functionality in common practice.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide an interface for
event logging that can better support the development of reliable systems.
The underlying event logging service is to support detection and logging of
error conditions for fault diagnosis.
Designation: 1003.25
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) Services for Reliable, Available, and Serviceable Systems
[C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Revised PAR for P1003.1h - now a stand-alone document.
Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will define APIs for Fault Management. This work
will produce APIs which do not rewrite or replace existing POSIX
specifications. The Fault Management extension to the POSIX specifications
will comprise APIs for fault detection, fault localization, reconfiguration
for component isolation, fault recovery, error logging, notification, and
dumps. This work may expand the list of error numbers and conditions which
are necessary to support fault recovery. The intent is to provide for the
collection and distribution of error information to analyze the errors at
the application program level and ultimately provide the means for the
application to diagnose and specify corrective actions. The scope of this
effort will be limited by selecting only those APIs which support
functionality which are in common practice. Change: This standard will
not change the base standard which it amends (including any existing
amendments) in such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming
applications to no longer conform.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to specify a set of interfaces
to allow portable access to underlying fault management services by
application programs. These underlying services may support detection,
logging and notification of abnormal conditions during system operation;
classification and analysis of abnormal conditions for fault diagnosis and
corrective actions for system reconfiguration, reinitialization, and
recovery.
Designation: 1003.26-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) - Part 26: Device Control Application Program Interface
(API) [C Language]
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2004
Technical Contact: Joseph M Gwinn, Phone:978-440-3330, Email:gwinn@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: This work will define an application program interface to device
drivers. The interface will be modeled on the traditional ioctl() function,
but will have enhancements designed to address issues such as "type safety"
and reentrancy.
Project Purpose: Realtime systems often contain numerous special devices, many
of which are accessed through device drivers. The purpose of this project
is to define an interface to these device drivers. This will benefit both
users and writers of device drivers by providing a uniform model of
communication between application software and device drivers.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1003.26-2003, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))Part 26:
Device Control Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]"
Key Words: API, application portability, C (programming language), data
processing, information interchange, open systems, operating system,
portable application, POSIX, programming language, realtime, device drivers
Designation: P1003.27
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Information technology - POSIX(R) C++ Language Interfaces - Binding for
System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This standard develops a binding to the APIs described in IEEE
Standard 1003.1, POSIX, expressed in terms of the ISO C++ language and
extends parts of the ISO C++ language standard library (ISO 14882) in
their relationship with POSIX APIs. This standard is limited to the
functionality described in the base standard in terms of the C language,
and does not cover any of the Shell and utilities section. This standard
may include interfaces and additional requirements on the POSIX C binding
to assist with conflict resolution between the POSIX C binding and the
ISO C++ language. Where there are existing ISO C++ interfaces that
overlap with this scope the intent is for this standard to extend those
interfaces rather than to provide alternatives. C++ binding will be
provided only where they offer additional benefits to C++ programs over
the C binding. This standard will produce a "thin" binding; the intent
is to not re-specify the underlying behavior of the interfaces, but solely
to specify these interfaces in a different source language.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a method to allow portable C++
applications to make use of the POSIX standard interfaces
Designation: 1003.2a-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System
Interfaces (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities, User Portability
Extension
Status: Superseded
**Available as ISO/IEC 9945-2.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1993
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 9945-2.
Key Words: API, application, portability, data, processing, open systems,
operating system, portable application, POSIX, shell, utilities, user
Designation: 1003.2b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Amendment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**revision of 1003.2
Technical Contact: Donald Cragun, Phone:650-786-5310, Email:don.cragun@eng.sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Project Scope: Amend IEEE 1003.2-1992, as supplemented by IEEE Std 1003.2a-1992
to produce a common standard with ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993. Resolve some
international comments on ISO/IEC DIS 9945-2 and 9945-2/DAM 1 (P1003.2 and
P1003.2a). Resolve issues resulting from requests for interpretations of
the original IEEE 1003.2 and 1003.2a documents. Improve the clarity,
accuracy and precision of the language in the original 1003.2 and 1003.2a
documents correcting deficiencies found in implementing systgems, test
suites, or applications bvased on the doecuments. Incorporate interfaces
associated with new facilities produced by the P1003.1a project, such as
symbolic links. Assume responsibility for definition fo file interchange
and archiving formats from P1003.1. This would involve movement of the
current section 10 in IEEE Std 1003.1-1996 and the proposed new format from
P1003.1a to the clause in P1003.2 that describes the "par" utility.
Project Purpose: The process for resolving comments at the international level
and the inevitable interpretation difficulties that surface only after a
standard is approved and being implemented require thatn an amendment be
scheduled to accommodate them. The majority of the work is anticipated to
be corrective and clarifying in nature, avoiding widespread adoption of new
facilities proposed to the P1003.2 working group at this time.
Designation: 1003.2c
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities--Amendment n: Protection and Control
Utilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly 1003.6.2.
Technical Contact: Lynne M Ambuel, Phone:(410) 290-6041, Email:ambuel@docmaster.ncsc.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Project Scope: Changes and additions to P1003.2 for security related utilities
in the areas of extended discretionary access control, mandatory access
control, security information labeling, and fine-grained capabilities.
Project Purpose: Providing P1003.2 developers with the option of using
utilities to implement portable shell applications with security features,
and to determine how to apply security policies relating to accountability,
discretionary access control, mandatory access control and capabilities
(privilege) to existing P1003.2 utilities.
Designation: 1003.2d-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R))--Part 2: Shell and Utilities--Amendment 1: Batch
Environment
Status: Superseded
**Formerly 1003.15a. Superseded by 1003.1-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1995
Abstract: RSuperseded by 1003.1-2001. This amendment is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces
to open systems. It is a supplement to IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, which defines the applications interface to a shell command language
and a set of utility programs for complex data manipulation. This supplement defines the user interface to a distributed batch
queuing environment and includes application environments.
Key Words: batch, batch extensions, distributed batch, queuing
Designation: 1003.2e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard For Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 2: Shell and Utilities - Removable Serial Media
Support
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles DeBaun, Phone:708/840-3522, Email:debaun@cdsun4.fnal.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: Insert the definition of the mt utility into POSIX.2. This
utility includes functionality to control and position serial media and to
determine the status of the device.
Project Purpose: urpose of this work is to extend the POSIX.2 document by
standardizing the mt utility.
Designation: 1003.3-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX(R)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available as ISO/IEC Std 13210:1994.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard defines the general
requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards. This standard is aimed primarily at working groups
developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX test methods.
Key Words: measuring, test, methods, assertion, base assertion, assertion test,
extended assertion, test method, test result code, POSIX Conformance Test
Suite, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Document,
Conditional feature
Designation: 1003.3.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX—System Interfaces
Status: Changed Designation
**changed to P2003.1
Designation: 1003.3.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology—Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX®—Shell and Utilities Interfaces
Status: Changed Designation
**Redesignated 2003.2.
Designation: 1003.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to 1003.1b
Designation: 1003.4a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to 1003.1c
Designation: 1003.4b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to 1003.1d
Designation: 1003.5-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Ada Language
Interfaces--PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Superseded
**This standard supersedes 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998
Designation: 1003.5-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Ada Language
Interfaces--PART 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 07, 1993
Project Scope: To provide an ISO Ada language binding to ISO 9945-1:1990 (IEEE
Std. 1003.1-1990).
Abstract: It defines the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions to the application
program interface (API). This standard supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ISO
8652:1987 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) (POSIX). Terminology and general requirements, process primitives,
the process environment, files and directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, language-
specific services for Ada, and system databases are covered. It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be
provided by the Ada compilation system. The emphasis in POSIX is on application programs, so the interfaces in this document are
not sufficient to implement an Ada compilation system or a POSIX shell, nor is this standard meant to be sufficient for real-time
applications.
Key Words: Ada, API, operating system, portable application, POSIX, POSIX
language bindings, Open systems, Computer language bindings, Application
portability
Designation: 1003.5 Int-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Std 1003.5-1992/INT, October 1995 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1995
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX Ada Language
Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this
document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: ada, computer environments, computer languages, interfaces,
interpretations, portable operating system interface, POSIX
Designation: 1003.5/INT-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992 March 1994
Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 24, 1994
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, IEEE Standard for Information Technology—POSIX Ada Language
Interfaces—Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this
document. The intent is to give the POSIX Ada community reasonable ways of interpreting unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: ada, computer environments, computer languages, interfaces,
interpretations , portable operating system interface, POSIX
Designation: 1003.5a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology -- POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces
-- Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly 1003.5
Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james.lonjers@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1003.5b-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--POSIX(R) Ada Language
Interfaces--Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)--
Amendment 1: Realtime Extensions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly 1003.20. Includes IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. Superseded by 1003.5,
1999 Edition. Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1997
Project Scope: To provide an Ada binding to the realtime POSIX standards.
Project Purpose: To provide capabilities so that a realtime application
program, written in the Ada programming language can employ POSIX realtime
extensions, and can operate identically on all conforming POSIX/Ada/Realtime
environments.
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface
(API). This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652: 1987 (Ada)
and ISO/IEC 9945-1: 1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990) (POSIX), as amended by IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993, IEEE Std 1003.1c-1995, and IEEE Std
1003.1I-1995. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and directories, input and
output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, language-specific services for Ada, system databases, synchronization,
memory management, execution scheduling, clocks and timers, and message passing are covered. It also specifies behavior to
support the binding that must be provided by the Ada compilation system. You will receive an email from Customer Service with
the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: realtime extensions, ADA, API, application portability, computer
language bindings, open systems, operating systems, portable application,
POSIX, POSIX language bindings, realtime, thread
Designation: 1003.5c-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - POSIX Ada Language Interfaces
- Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Adopted by ISO/IEC and redesignated as ISO/IEC 14519:2001(E) This standard
supersedes 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998. Administratively
withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Helmut Roth, Email:rothh@ncr.disa.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999
Project Scope: This document is part of the POSIX series of standards for
applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines the Ada
language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual
descriptions of the applications program interface (API). This standard
supports application portability at the source code level through the
binding between ISO 8652:1995 (Ada) and ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std
1003.1-1990 (POSIX), as amended by IEEE Draft Std 1003.1g. This standard
covers the Detailed Network Interface (DNI) for the X/Open Transport
Interface (XTI) and BSD sockets.
Project Purpose: No standard currently specifies an Ada language binding for
POSIX.1g, although there is significant demand for one. This project will
provide such a standard.
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX ®series of standards or applications and user inter-faces to open systems.It defines
the Ada language bindings as package specifications and accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface
(API).This standard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding between ISO 8652:1995 (Ada)and
ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1996)(POSIX)as amended by IEEE P1003.1g/D6.6.Terminology and general requirements,process
primitives,the process environment,files and directories,input and output primaries,device-and class- specific unctions,language-
specific services or Ada,system databases,synchronization,memory management,execution scheduling,clocks and timers,message
passing,task management,the XTI and socket detailed network inter-faces,event management,network support functions,and protocol-
specific mappings are covered It also specifies behavior to support the binding that must be proviced by the Ada.
Designation: 1003.5d
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces -
Binding for Protocol Independent Interfaces - Sockets
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james.lonjers@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: This document will develop an ADA language binding to the
sockets portion of the POSIX.1g-199x standard.
Project Purpose: No standard currently specifies an ADA language for POSIX.1g,
although there is significant demand for one. This project will provide
such a standard for sockets.
Designation: 1003.5f
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface Part nn: Real-Time Distributed Systems Communication (Ada
Language)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: An Ada language binding application program interface
specification for interprocess communications in a real-time distributed
systems computing domain. The interface is specifically oriented to
distributed systems, although it will be applicable to local interprocess
communication. Among the functional areas to be supported for this service
include the following: endpoint management, buffer management, unicast,
multicast, broadcast, and labeled message data transfer, event and error
management, protocol management, directory services interface. Real-time
distributed systems require predictable performance. In support of this the
interface will also include support for the use of priorities, synchronous
and asynchronour interactionsk and the use of timeouts.
Project Purpose: Real-Time distributed systems require predictable performance
and functionality beyond what is currently specified in POSIX standards.
The WG will develop an interface to meet these, and related, needs.
Designation: 1003.5g
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) - Ada Language Interrfaces - Part 1: Application
Program Interface (API) - Amendment g: Realtime Extension
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Diane Schleicher, Phone:303-766-4702, Email:dbschleicher@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Provide Ada interfaces to support embedded realtime application
programs. The interface will include interfaces defined in existing C
Amendment PARs. Additional interfaces shall address program loading,
semaphores as event notification, and succeed/fail services. 1003.5g will
also identify new options for the existing 1003.5b interfaces and new
interfaces added by this amendment.
Project Purpose: To provide embedded realtime application programs with
advanced features currently not defined in 1003.5b. The defined
functionality will address security, performance, fault tolerance, and size
constrains to allow the embedded realtime application to achieve
deterministic results.
Designation: 1003.5h
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX) Ada Language Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System
Application Program Interface (API) - Amendment h: Synchronized Clock
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: B Craig Meyers, Phone:412-268-6523, Email:bcm@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: This work will extend the POSIX interfaces to provide an Ada
language binding for a Synchronized Clock. This standard will not change
the base standard which it amends (including any existing amendments) in
such a way as to cause implementations or strictly conforming applications
to no longer conform.
Project Purpose: To amend IEEE 1003.5b-1996 with Ada binding interfaces to
support source portability of applications with requirements for a
synchronized clock.
Designation: 1003.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Security Interface Standards for POSIX®
Status: Changed Designation
**Redesignated 1003.1e and 1003.2c.
Key Words: POSIX, security, interface, networks, LAN
Designation: 1003.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1387.1
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.7.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1387.4
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.7.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1387.2
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.7.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1387.3
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Number changed to 1003.1f
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1003.9-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard for InformationTechnology - POSIX(R) FORTRAN 77 Language
Interfaces - Part 1: Binding for System Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1993
Project Scope: To provide an ISO FORTAN language binding to ISO 9945-1:1990
(IEEE Std. 1003.1-1990), using the common subset between FORTRAN 77 and
Fortran 90, plus the use of longer (Fortran 90) identifier names.
Abstract: This standard provides a standardized interface for accessing the system services of ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 (IEEE Std 1003.1-
1990, also know as POSIX.1), and support routines to access constructs not directly accessible with FORTRAN 77. This standard
supports application portability at the source level through the binding between ANSI X3.9-1978 and POSIX.1, and a standardized
definition of language-specific services. The goal is to provide standardized interfaces to the POSIX.1 system services via a
FORTRAN 77 language interface. Terminology and general requirements, process primitives, the process environment, files and
directories, input and output primitives, device- and class-specific functions, the FORTRAN 77 language library, and system
databases are covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: interfaces, POSIX, System interfaces, FORTRAN 77, Application
portability, interoperability
Designation: 10038-1993
Title: ISO/IEC 10038-1993: Information technology-Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access
control (MAC) bridges
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1D-1990, 802.1i-1992, and 802.5m-1993.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) below the level of the MAC Service, which
is transparent to logical link control (LLC) and higher layer protocols, is defined. Transparent Bridging between Fibre
Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) LANs and between FDDI LANs and IEEE 802 LANs is included. The operation and management of the
connecting Bridges is specified. A Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol ensures a loop-free topology and provides redundancy.
The Bridging method is not particular to any MAC Type; criteria for additional MAC-specific Bridging methods are defined.
Source-Routing Transparent (SRT) Bridges are defined in an annex, and the protocols for the operation of source routing in an SRT
Bridge are specified.
Key Words: "data processing,information interchange,local area
networks,metropolitan area networks,fibre distributed data interface - FDDI
-,mode of data transmission ,network interconnection ,models,source
routing,Source-Routing Transparent - SRT - Bridge"
Designation: 1004-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Planar Transmission Lines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. It has been recognized that a standard
was needed for planar transmission lines, which are an important transmission medium in hybrid and monolithic circuits. The
purpose of this standard is to provide a uniform basis of understanding, communication, and definition to benefit those engaged
in the use and design of planar transmission lines. The standard provides definitions of the planar transmission line
configurations and also their physical and electrical characteristics.
Key Words: planar transmission, hybrid circuits, monolithic circuits
Designation: 1005-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Floating Gate
Semiconductor Arrays
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991
Abstract: This standard describes the underlying physics and the operation of floating gate memory arrays, specifically, UV erasable
EPROM, byte rewritable E2PROMs, and block rewritable “flash” EEPROMs. In addition, reliability hazards are covered with focus on
retention, endurance, and disturb. There are also clauses on the issues of testing floating gate arrays and their hardness to
ionizing radiation.
Key Words: array, Nonvolatile memory, Floating gate
Designation: 1005-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Floating
Gate Memory Arrays
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: May 25, 1999
Project Scope: Modify the present FGA standard to include floating gate "flash"
EEPROM's that use Fowler-Nordheim tunneling and/or hot electron injection
programming techniques. Hot electron injection EPROM's are included for
completeness.
Project Purpose: Flash EEPROM technology is not currently included in the
standard, but is a rapidly growing technology in terms of use. This
amendment defines terms used in this technology, explains its operation and
limitation. It is intended to assist users in selecting, specifying, using
and testing Floating Gate Memory Arrays.
Abstract: This standard describes the underlying physics and the operation of floating gate memory arrays, specifically, UV erasable
EPROM, byte rewritable E 2 PROMs, and block rewritableflash EEPROMs. In addition, reliability hazards are covered with focus on
retention, endurance,and disturb. There are also clauses on the issues of testing floating gate arrays and their hardness to
ionizing radiation.
Key Words: "disturb,endurance,E2EPROM,EEPROM,EPROM,floating gate
memories,nonvolatile memory,radiation
hardness,reliability,retention,testing"
Designation: 1006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1007
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: Standard for Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission
Characteristics of Digital Telecommunications Circuits and Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bernard E Worne, Phone:919-460-4546, Email:worneb@ttc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: The preparation of a standard providing the specifications for
measuring the performance of digital systems and equipment operating at all
levels of the digital hierarchy between DSO (64 kbit/s) and STS3 (155.520
Mbit/s).
Project Purpose: The proposed standard is to establish the functional and
performance requirements for equipment to measure the characteristics of
digital telecommunications systems including all digital equipment and
transmission media between the two.
Designation: 1007-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission
Characteristics of Pulse-Code Modulation (PCM) Telecommunications Circuits
and Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1992
Abstract: Test equipment requirements and methods for testing the transmission characteristics of PCM telecommunications equipment,
circuits, and systems are set forth. The requirements are intended for certification, installation, pre-service, out-of-service
operational, and in-service operational tests of the PCM transmission facilities. The PCM equipment that may be tested includes
primary multiplex equipment containing analog-digital conversion devices, digital multiplex equipment, digital links, and digital
sections. This standard is limited to testing at the analog interfaces of the primary multiplex equipment and the digital
interfaces at DS1, DS1C, DS2, and DS3 levels of the North American digital hierarchy. Synchronous multiplex equipment and
equipment offering other than 64 kb/s coded voiceband channels are not covered in this standard, nor is signaling parameter
measurement.
Key Words: "analog-digital devices,digital multiplex equipment,digital
links,digital sections,multiplex equipment,PCM telecommunications
equipment,transmission characteristics"
Designation: 1008-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Unit Testing
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Abstract: An integrated approach to systematic and documented unit testing is defined. It uses unit design and unit implementation
information, in addition to unit requirements, to determine the completeness of the testing. The testing process described
composed of a hierarchy of phases, activities, and tasks and defines a minimum set of tasks for each activity. The standard can
be applied to the unit testing of any digital computer software or firmware and to the testing of both newly developed and
modified units. The software engineering concepts and testing assumption on which this standard approach is based and guidance
and resource information to assist with the implementation and usage of the standard unit testing approach are provided in
appendixes.
Key Words: unit, Software testing
Designation: 1009
Sponsor: IEEE Signal Processing Society
Title: Perf Eval Spch Recognizers/Guidelines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Janet Baker, Phone:(617) 965-5200
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1983
Designation: 101-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Thermal Life Test Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: Statistical analyses of data from thermally accelerated aging tests are described. The basis and use of statistical
calculations are explained. Data analysis, estimation of the relationship between life and temperature, and the comparison
between two sets of data are covered.
Key Words: statistical, analysis, thermal, life, test
Designation: 1010-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2006
Technical Contact: John Yale, Phone:509-661-4051, Email:john.yale@chelanpud.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006
Project Scope: This guide describes the control and monitoring requirements for
equipment and systems associated with conventional and pumped-storage
hydroelectric plants. It includes typical methods of local and remote
control, details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, and
requirements for centralized and off-site control. Where specific values are
given for control parameters, they should be considered as typical. This
document does not address civil and structural details of hydroelectric
power plants unless required for the understanding of certain control and
monitoring functions. Also excluded is a detailed discussion of protective
relaying systems, high-voltage switchyards, and navigational and flood
control facilities associated with a hydroelectric plant. Hydroelectric
applications of variable frequency operation and high-voltage generation are
not covered in this guide due to the specialized nature of these
applications.
Project Purpose: This guide serves as a reference document for practicing
engineers in the hydroelectric industry. It documents prevailing industry
practices in hydroelectric power plant control system logic, control system
configurations, and control modes. Implementation of the concepts described
in this guide is covered in companion IEEE guides for control of
hydroelectric power plants listed in Clause 2.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1010-1987 This guide is to serve as a reference document for practicing engineers in the
hydroelectric industry. It documents prevailing industry practices in hydroelectric power plant control system logic, control
system configurations, and control modes. It describes the control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems
associated with conventional and pumped-storage hydroelectric plants. It includes typical methods of local and remote control,
details of the control interfaces for plant equipment, requirements for centralized and off-site control.
Key Words: automation, control systems, hydroelectric, unit controls
Designation: 1010-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Superseded
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
Technical Contact: Donald R McCabe, Phone:303-741-7476
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 08, 1988
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1010-2006 Abstract: The control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated
with conventional and pumped-storage hydroelectric plants are described. Typical methods of local and remote control, details of
the control interfaces for plant equipment, requirements for centralized and off-site control, and trends in control systems are
included. The various categories that affect the levels of control for a plant, namely, location, mode, and supervision, are
described. Block diagrams and descriptions of the control and monitoring requirements for major plant systems and equipment are
given. Control sequencing of generating and pumped storage units, centralized control, and off-site control are covered. The
information is directed toward practicing engineers in the field of power plant design who have a basic knowledge of
hydroelectric facilities.
Key Words: plants, Power generation control, Hydroelectric power generation
Designation: 1011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1012-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Roger U Fujii, Phone:310 831 0611 X2420, Email:roger.fujii@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project does not change from the
original scope of the standard. Software V&V is an technical discipline of
the systems engineering process. IEEE Std 1012-1986 was a product standard
defining the contents of the Software V&V Plan. IEEE Std 1012-1998 was a
process standard defining the verification and validation processes in terms
of specific activities and tasks. This proposed project will retain the
standard as a process standard and will revise and update the definition of
the activities and tasks to be consistent with industry usage. The updates
are contained to selected sections and the project is scheduled to complete
its work in a year with balloting in early 2004.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct duplication detected during its
usage over the past 5 years, make all references consistent with revised
standards (IEEE and ISO), and incorporate user changes detected during
operational use of the standard.
Abstract: Software verification and validation (V&V) processes determine whether the development products of a given activity
conform to the requirements of that activity and whether the software satisfies its intended use and user needs. Software V&V
life cycle process requirements are specified for different software integrity levels. The scope of V&V processes encompasses
software-based systems, computer software, hardware, and interfaces. This standard applies to software being developed,
maintained, or reused [legacy, commercial off-the shelf (COTS), non-developmental items]. The term software also includes
firmware, microcode, and documentation. Software V&V processes include analysis, evaluation, review, inspection, assessment,
and testing of software products.
Key Words: I V & V, software integrity level, software life cycle, V & V,
validation, verification
Designation: P1012
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for System and Software Verification and Validation
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Roger U Fujii, Phone:310 831 0611 X2420, Email:roger.fujii@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines the verification and validation processes
that are applied to system, software, and hardware development throughout
the system life cycle including acquisition, supply, development,
operations, maintenance, and retirement. This standard applies to system,
software, and hardware being acquired, developed, maintained, or reused.
Software includes firmware, microcode, and documentation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to: o Establish a common
framework of V&V processes, activities, and tasks in support of all system,
software, and hardware life cycle processes o Define the V&V tasks,
required inputs, and required outputs in each life cycle process o
Identify the minimum V&V tasks corresponding to a four-level system/software
integrity scheme o Define the content of the System and Software
Verification and Validation Plan
Designation: 1012-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: Expand the scope of the standard to include the use of software
integrity levels as applied to software V&V, minimum V&V activities and
tasks associated with each integrity level, V&V of reusable software,
definition of independent V&V and V&V metrics.
Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document, incorporate
essons learned during field experience of users, and clarify definition of
V&V processes.
Key Words: "software integrity,software life cycle processes,verification and
validation"
Designation: 1012-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation Plans
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 1987
Abstract: Uniform and minimum requirements for the format and content of software verification and validation (V&V) tasks and
their required inputs and outputs that are to be included in SVVPs are provided for both critical and noncritical software. For
critical software, specific minimum verification and validation (V&V) tasks and their required inputs and outputs that are to
be included in SVVPs are defined. Optional V&V tasks to be used to tailor SVVPs as appropriate for the particular V&V
effort are suggested. An overview of V&V is given, and life-cycle V&V, software V&V reporting, and V&V
administrative procedures are covered.
Key Words: validation, Software verification
Designation: 1012a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Verification and Validation - Content Map to
IEEE 12207.1
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software V&V
plans as defined in 1012 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE
12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions
relating to content of the two documents and trace contenct between submect
documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Abstract: The relationship between the two sets of requirements on plans for verification and validation of software, found in IEEE
Std 1012-1998 and IEEE/EIA 12207.1-1997, is explained so that users may produce documents that comply with both standards.
Key Words: "life cycle data plans, qualification test, verification and
validation"
Designation: 1013-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stand-Alone
Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 2007
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes a method for sizing both
vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries in stand-alone PV systems.
Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration
of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this
recommended practice. Sizing batteries for hybrid and grid-connected PV
systems is beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Recommended
practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with
standalone PV installations are also beyond the scope of this recommended
practice. Sizing examples are given for various representative system
applications. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, which
include consideration of the interrelationship between battery size, PV
array size, and weather, are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system designers
in sizing lead-acid batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial
stand-alone PV systems.
Abstract: A method for determining the energy-capacity requirements (sizing) of both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries
used in terrestrial stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems is described. Sizing batteries for hybrid or grid-connected PV systems
is beyond the scope of this document. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types
other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems
associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document.
Key Words: battery capacity, battery requirements, lead-acid batteries,
photovoltaic (PV), photovoltaic power systems, sizing, sizing lead-acid
batteries, solar, stand-alone
Designation: 1013-2000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for
Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes a method for sizing both
vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with photovoltaic (PV)
systems. Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and
considerations of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope
of this document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical
systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this
document. Sizing examples are given for various representative system
applications. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, which include
consideration of the interrelationship between battery size, PV array size,
and weather, are beyond the scope of this document.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system signers in
sizing lead-acid batteries for residential, commercial, and industrial PV
systems.
Abstract: A method for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used in terrestrial photovoltaic (PV)systems is
described.Installation,maintenance,safety,testing procedures,and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond
the scope of this document.Recom- mended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations
are also beyond the scope of this document.
Key Words: "photovoltaic power systems,sizing lead-acid battery"
Designation: 1013-1990
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for
Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1013-2000.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Superseded by 1013-2000. Methods for sizing both vented and valve-regulated lead-acid batteries used with terrestrial
photovoltaic (PV) systems are described. The purpose of this document is to assist system designers in sizing batteries for
residential, commercial, and industrial PV systems. Iterative techniques to optimize battery costs, installation, maintenance,
safety, testing procedures and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid, are beyond the scope of this document.
Recommended practices for the remainder of the electrical systems associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of
this document.
Key Words: Battery sizing, lead, acid, batteries, photovoltaics, Acid-Lead
Batteries, Bond Determination, Battery reserve, Photovoltaic power systems,
Lead-acid batteries
Designation: 1014-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus: VMEbus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1988
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987
Abstract: A high-performance backplane bus for use in microcomputer systems that employ single or multiple microprocessors is
specified. It is based on the VMEbus specification, released by the VME Manufacturers' Group in August of 1982. The bus includes
four subbuses: data transfer bus, priority interrupt bus, arbitration bus, and utility bus. The data transfer bus supports 8-,
16-, and 32-bit transfers over a non-multiplexed 32-bit data and address highway. The transfer protocols are asynchronous and
fully handshaken. The priority interrupt bus provides real-time interrupt services to the system. The allocation of bus
mastership is performed by the arbitration bus, which allows to implement round robin and prioritized arbitration algorithms. The
utility bus provides the system with power-up and power-down synchronization. The mechanical specifications of boards,
backplanes, subracks, and enclosures are based on IEC 297 specification, also know as the Euroboard form factor.
Key Words: versatile, backplane, bus, VME, Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer
interfaces, Data buses
Designation: 1014
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for 32/64-bit Versatile Backplane Bus VMEbus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kim Clohessy, Phone:602/222-9519, Email:kim@oti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991
Designation: 1014.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a Futurebus+(R)/VME64 Bridge
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. The logical protocol layer for bridging between a Futurebus+ system and
a VME64 system in a tightly coupled fashion is defined. Transferring of both data and events is specified. The physical layer is
not defined in this standard. Implementors are free to define and use the Bridge in the manner that best fits the application for
optimum performance, functionality, and cost trade-offs. The Bridge provides for software transparency such that, at the
application level, software is not aware of accesses that reach across a Bridge into the modules of another bus.
Key Words: Bus Bridge, Futurebus+, VMEbus, VME64
Designation: 1015-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection
Title: Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006
Technical Contact: Donald H McCullough, Phone:803 725 6250, Email:donald.mccullough@srnl.doe.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides information for selecting the
proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended
practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker,
ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance
requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special applications,
e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information
for applying circuit breakers at different locations in the power system and
for protecting specific components. Guidelines are given for coordinating
combinations of line-side and loadside devices. Acceptance testing and
maintenance guidelines are provided so that reliable operation can be
verified and maintained. This recommended practice does not cover the
selection and application of circuit breakers such as marine circuit
breakers and definite purpose circuit breakers.
Project Purpose: Std 1015 provides information for selecting the proper circuit
breaker for a particular application. This project is intended to update
information provided based on updates of codes and standards and on product
revisions. It will also add information included in the project scope in
item 6.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1015-1997. Also included in the revised Color Book Set Information is provided for selecting the
proper circuit breaker for a particular application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of
circuit breaker, ratings, trip functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit
breakers for special applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying
circuit breakers at different locations in the power system, and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are also given
for coordinating combinations of line-side and load-side devices.
Key Words: circuit breakers, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case,
insulatedcase circuit breakers, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage
power circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protection
device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection,
power circuit breaker, rating, testing, Blue Book
Designation: 1015-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used
in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Blue Book
Technical Contact: Keith R Cooper, Phone:724-733-2395, Email:cmbengrg@nb.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Feb 10, 1997, ANSI APP: Jun 18, 1997
Project Scope: To develop a publication that represents standard practice in
the US for applying low voltage molded case and power circuit breakers uses
for industrial and commercial power systems. This guide does not cover
circuit breakers such as ground fault interrupters, marine, definite
putpose, supplementary and DC circuit breakers.
Project Purpose: To assist engineers in the proper application and selection of
low voltage molded case and power circuit breakers used in industrial and
commercial power systems. This guide will help the application engineer
specify the circuit breaker type, ratings, trip functions, accessories,
acceptance testing and maintenance, applying circuit breakers at different
locations, and protecting specific components.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1015-2006 Information is provided for selecting the proper circuit breaker for a particular
application. This recommended practice helps the application engineer specify the type of circuit breaker, ratings, trip
functions, accessories, acceptance tests, and maintenance requirements. It also discusses circuit breakers for special
applications, e.g., instantaneous only and switches. In addition, it provides information for applying circuit breakers at
different locations in the power system, and for protecting specific components. Guidelines are also given for coordinating
combinations of line-side and load-side devices.
Key Words: circuit breaker, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case,
insulated-case circuit breaker, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage
protection, low-voltage protective device, molded case, molded-case circuit
breaker, overcurrent protection, power circuit breaker, rating, testing
Designation: 1015-2006/Cor 1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Applying Low Voltage Circuit Breakers Used
in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems - Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 22, 2007
Technical Contact: Donald H McCullough, Phone:803 725 6250, Email:donald.mccullough@srnl.doe.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007
Project Scope: To implement technical omission/errors to 1015-2006.
Project Purpose: To insert table 1 in annex 7a and to fix technical errors.
Abstract: To correct technical omission/errors to IEEE Std 1015™-2006
Key Words: circuit breakers, circuit breaker evaluation, insulated case,
insulated-case circuit breakers, low-voltage circuit breaker, low-voltage
power circuit breaker, low-voltage protection, low-voltage protection
device, molded case, molded-case circuit breaker, overcurrent protection,
power circuit breaker, rating, testing
Designation: 1016-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Systems Design--Software
Design Descriptions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 1016-1998
Technical Contact: Richard F Hilliard, Phone:978-857-5037, Email:r.hilliard@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Aug 31, 2009
Project Scope: This standard describes software designs and establishes the
information content and organization of a software design description (SDD).
An SDD is a representation of a software design to be used for recording
design information and communicating that design information to key design
stakeholders. This standard is intended for use in design situations in
which an explicit SDD is to be prepared. These situations include
traditional software construction activities, when design leads to code, and
“reverse engineering” situations when a design description is recovered from
an existing implementation. This standard can be applied to
commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on digital computers.
Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of
the software. This standard can be applied to the description of high-level
and detailed designs. This standard does not prescribe specific
methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance.
This standard does not require the use of any particular design languages,
but establishes requirements on the selection of design languages for use in
an SDD. This standard can be applied to the preparation of SDDs captured
as paper documents, automated databases, software development tools, or
other media.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies requirements on the information
content and organization of SDDs. The standard specifies requirements for
the selection of design languages to be used for SDD, and requirements for
documenting design viewpoints to be used in organizing an SDD.
Abstract: This standard describes software designs and establishes the information content and organization of a software design
description (SDD). An SDD is a representation of a software design to be used for recording design information and communicating
that design information to key design stakeholders. This standard is intended for use in design situations in which an explicit
software design description is to be prepared. These situations include traditional software construction activities, when design
leads to code, and reverse engineering situations when a design description is recovered from an existing implementation. This
standard can be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on digital computers. Applicability is not
restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software. This standard can be applied to the description of high-level
and detailed designs. This standard does not prescribe specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality
assurance. This standard does not require the use of any particular design languages, but establishes requirements on the
selection of design languages for use in an SDD. This standard can be applied to the preparation of SDDs captured as paper
documents, automated databases, software development tools or other media.
Key Words: 1016-2009, design concern, design subject, design view, design
viewpoint, diagram, software design, software design description
Designation: 1016-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1016-2009.
Technical Contact: Richard F Hilliard, Phone:978-857-5037, Email:r.hilliard@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1998
Project Scope: This is a Recommended Practice for describing software designs.
It produces the necessary information content and recommended organization
for a Software Design Description. A software design description is a
representation of a software system that is used as medium for communicating
software design information. The practice may be applied to commercial,
scientific or military software which runs on any digital computer.
Applicability is not restricted by the size of the the software. This
practice is not limited to specific methodologies for design, configuration
management, or quality assurance. It is assumed that the quality of design
information and changes to the design description will be managed by other
project activities. Finally, this document does not support and is not
limited to any particular description techniques. It may be applied to
proper documents, automated databases, design description languages, or
other means of description. In addition it will also establish a
correlation between the content of software design descriptions as defined
in 1016 and the content of such documents as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide
for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data
by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content
of the two documents and trace content between subject documentation
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards. This will help users to
produce results consistent with the international standard for software life
cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The necessary information content and
recommendations for an organization for Software Design Descriptions (SDDs) are described. An SDD is a representation of a
software system that is used as a medium for communicating software design information. This recommended practice is applicable
to paper documents, automated databases, design description languages, or other means of description.
Key Words: "software design,software design description,software life cycle
process"
Designation: 1016-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Design Descriptions
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1987
Abstract: The necessary information content and recommended organization for a software design description are specified. A software
design description is a representation of a software system that is used as a medium for communicating software design
information. The recommendations, which may be applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on any digital
computer, are not limited to specific methodologies for design, configuration management, or quality assurance, or to any
particular descriptive technique. Applicability is not restricted by the size, complexity, or criticality of the software.
Key Words: software, design, descriptions, Software development
Designation: 1016
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology-Systems Design-Software Design
Descriptions
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: 1. Raise Std 1016 from a Recommended Practice to a full
Standard; 2. Harmonize with chapter 3 of the Software Engineering Body of
Knowledge (SWEBOK); 3. Eliminate any conflicts with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0-
1996; 4. Harmonize with IEEE Std 1320.1-1998 (IDEF0) and IEEE Std 1320.2-
1998 (IDEF1X); 5. Address Component-Based Design
Project Purpose: The standard is intended for those in technical and managerial
positions who prepare and use Software Design Descriptions. It will guide a
designer in the selection, organization, and presentation of design
information. It will help standards developers ensure that a design
description is complete, concise, and well organized. The revision is
intended to upgrade the recommended practice to a full standard, harmonize
the standard with current versions of IEEE standards as well as the Software
Engineering Body of Knowledge. The intent is also to address open issues
with the existing standard.
Designation: 1016.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide to Software Design Descriptions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The application of design methods and
design documentation recommended in IEEE Std 1016-1987 is described. Several common design methods are used to illustrate the
application of IEEE Std 1016-1987, thus making the concepts of that standard more concrete. The information in this guide may be
applied to commercial, scientific, or military software that runs on any computer. Applicability is not restricted by the size,
complexity, or criticality of the software.
Key Words: Software design process, Design view, Design method, Design entity
Designation: 1016.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide to Software Design Descriptions
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to 1016.1
Key Words: LAN, software, design, descriptions, networks
Designation: 1017-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump
Cable
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005
Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005
Project Scope: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for
acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. This procedure
applies to cable systems rated 3 kV and 5 kV (phase to phase).
Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible
pump cable technology.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1991 Procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical
submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3 kV and 5 kV (phase
to phase) and is intended only for this special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures and guidelines
for evaluation of the test results.
Key Words: conductors, cable ampacity, cable testing, field testing,
submersible pump cable
Designation: P1017
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump Cable
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2010
Project Scope: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for
acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. This procedure
applies to cable systems rated up to 8 kV (phase to phase).
Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for field testing of electric submersible
pump cable.
Abstract: Procedures and test-voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable
systems are presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V and is intended only for this
special-purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures an guidelines for evaluation of the test results.
Designation: 1017-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump
Cable
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985
Abstract: This document presents procedures and test voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of ESP cable systems. It
applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V. It is intended to apply only to this special purpose cable.
Key Words: pump, submersible, cable, field, test
Designation: 1017-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Field Testing Electric Submersible Pump
Cable
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1985.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Revision of IEEE Std 1017-1985
Procedures and test-voltage values for acceptance and maintenance testing of electrical submersible pump (ESP) cable systems are
presented. This recommended practice applies to cable systems rated 3000 V and 5000 V and is intended only for this special-
purpose cable. The intent is to provide uniform test procedures an guidelines for evaluation of the test results. You will
receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: conductors, Cable ampacity
Designation: 1018-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable
- Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005
Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three-
conductor new round-and-flat-type oil-well cables used in supplying three-
phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The three major cables
by components are copper conductors, ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM)
insulation, nitrile jacket and galvanized armor.
Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible
pump cable technology.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1018-1991 Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of
electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene– propylene rubber insulation, nitrile
jacket, ethylene–propylene diene monomer (EPDM) jacket or lead sheath, and armor. These cables are for voltages not exceeding 3
kV or 5 kV (phase to phase) and conductor temperatures not exceeding 140 ºC (284 ºF) for nitrile or a maximum of 204 ºC (400 ºF)
for EPDM jacket or lead sheath cable. Conductors, insulation, barrier (optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for
testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered.
Key Words: ampacity ratings, assembly, cable construction, cable testing, field
testing, submersible pump cable
Designation: P1018
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable--
Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three-
conductor new round-and-flat-type oil-well cables used in supplying three-
phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The four major cables
components are copper conductors, ethylene-propylene diene monomer (EPDM)
insulation, nitrile jacket and galvanized armor.
Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for specifying electric submersible pump
cable with Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation.
Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (EST)
cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and armor, and is
rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 284 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors,
insulation, barrier(optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are
covered.
Designation: 1018-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump
Cable-Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1985
Abstract: This recommended practice establishes requirements for a three-conductor round-type oil-well cable used in supplying
three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. Cables meeting the requirements of the recommended practice shall be
rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 257 F (125 C). Use of cable above rated
temperature can cause premature deterioration of the insulation. Voltage ratings are nominal phase-to-phase ratings.
Key Words: submersiblle, pump, cable, ethylene, rubber
Designation: 1018-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable
- Ethylene-Propylene Rubber Insulation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 1018-1985.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992
Abstract: In this standard minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric
submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket, and
armor, and is rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 284°F. Conductors,
insulation, barrier (optional), assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are
covered.
Key Words: dc hi-pot test methods, Test voltages, Test equipment
Designation: 1019-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable
- Polypropylene Insulation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2005
Technical Contact: Marcus O Durham, Phone:918 496 8709, Email:mod@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three-
conductor round and flat type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase
ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The major cable components
are copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, polymeric jacket and
galvanized armor.
Project Purpose: Perform 5 year review and updates for advances in submersible
pump cable technology.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1019-1991 Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of
electric submersible pump cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with polypropylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket,
and armor. These cables are for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV (phase to phase) and conductor temperatures not exceeding 96
ºC (205 ºF) for nitrile or a maximum of –10 ºC (14 ºF). Conductors, insulation, assembly and jacket, armor, requirements for
testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity are covered.
Key Words: ampacity ratings, assembly cable construction, cable testing, field
testing, submersible pump cable, testing
Designation: P1019
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable--
Polypropylene Insulation
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes requirements for three-
conductor round and flat type oil well cable used in supplying three-phase
ac electric power to submersible pump motors. The major cable components
are copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, polymeric jacket and
galvanized armor.
Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for specifying ESP cable with Polypropylene
Insulation.
Abstract: Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application of electric submersible pump (ESP)
cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation, nitrile jacket and armor. The
recommendations apply to cables rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 205
degrees Fahrenheit or below 14 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, assembly, jacket, armor, requirements for testing by
the manufacturer, and cable ampacity ratings are covered.
Designation: 1019-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable
- Polypropylene Insulation
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1985
Abstract: This recommended practice establishes requirements for a three-conductor round-type oil well cable used in supplying
three-phase ac electric power to submersible pump motors. Cables meeting the requirements of the recommended practice should be
rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV and for ambient temperatures not exceeding 167 F (75 C). Use of cable above rated
temperature can cause premature deterioration of the insulation. The cable defined herein is not recommended for installation
below a temperature of 14 F (-10 C). Voltage ratings are nominal phase-to-phase ratings.
Key Words: submersible, pump, cable, polypropolyne, insulation
Designation: 1019-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Electric Submersible Pump Cable
- Polypropylene Insulation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 1019-1985.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1019-2004 Minimum requirements for the construction, manufacturing, purchasing, and application
of electric submersible pump (ESP) cable are presented. The cable is round or flat, with ethylene-propylene rubber insulation,
nitrile jacket and armor. The recommendations apply to cables rated for voltages not exceeding 3 kV or 5 kV and for ambient
temperatures not exceeding 205 degrees Fahrenheit or below 14 degrees Fahrenheit. Conductors, insulation, assembly, jacket,
armor, requirements for testing by the manufacturer, and cable ampacity ratings are covered. You will receive an email from
Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: testing, Cable construction, Ampacity ratings
Designation: 101A-1974
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Title: Calculation of Regression Line
Status: Superseded
**incorporated into IEEE 101-1987
Key Words: 101A
Designation: 1020-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Guide for Control of Small Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 28, 1988
Technical Contact: Edward T Voelker, Phone:781-401-2455, Email:edward_voelker@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: May 17, 1989
Abstract: Descriptive material intended to assist in the planning for design, development, and operation of small hydroelectric
power plant control systems is presented. The controlled electrical and mechanical systems and equipment as well as the control
systems are covered. The aim, which is basically tutorial, is to provide a working knowledge of the terminology used in this
field and an understanding of the principles of operation of hydroelectric generating units. The control requirements are
addressed from an electrical standpoint. For completeness, salient civil features of small hydroelectric projects, are mentioned
and equipment protection and operation are discussed.
Key Words: Power generation control, Hydroelectric power generation
Designation: P1020
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Control of Small (100 kVA to 5 MVA) Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring
requirements for equipment and systems associated with small (100 kVA to 5
MVA) hydroelectric power plants .
Project Purpose: The document will not contain a purpose clause.
Designation: 1020
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Control of Small (100 kVA to 5 MVA) Hydroelectric
Power Plants
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring
requirements for equipment and systems associated with small hydroelectric
power plants (100 kVA to 5 MVA).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to address significant
technology changes impacting small hydro plant control issues that have
occurred since this guide was originally prepared and to harmonize
guidelines contained in this document with two subsequent companion
documents,IEEE P1010(D7,June 2002) and IEEE 1249-1996.
Abstract: This guide describes the electrical control and monitoring requirements for equipment and systems associated with small
hydroelectric power plants (100 kVA to 5 MVA).
Designation: 1021-1988
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interconnection of Small Wind
Energy Conversion Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987
Abstract: Withdrawn standard. Guidelines and operating procedures necessary to connect and operate a small wind energy conversion
system (SWECS) user, owner, or installer with interface in parallel with an electric utility system are provided for the user,
owner, or installer of the SWECS. The interface between the wind system and the utility and the factors relating to equipment
protection, power quality, and the safety of operating personnel and the general public are addressed. Installation approval
procedures are covered.
Key Words: wind, energy, conversion, interconnedtion, utility
Designation: 1022
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Acousto-Optic Devices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Dr. David L Hecht, Phone:415-494-4218
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1983
Key Words: acousto, optic, acoustic, devices
Designation: 1023-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors
Engineering to Systems, Equipment, and Facilities of Nuclear Power
Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Hamilton Fish, Phone:315-685-9106, Email:emcinc@att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005
Project Scope: This project upgrades the existing guide to a recommended
practice for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to the significant
human interfaces of systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power
generating stations and other nuclear facilities. This document provides
recommended practices for applying human factors engineering (HFE) to the
significant human interfaces of systems, equipment, and facilities in
nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear facilities.
Project Purpose: This project revised the existing document to: Reflect current
industry practices; Align the document for compatibility with related IEEE
standards; Add technical guidance or references; and, Amend document type in
accordance with IEEE guidelines. This document provides guidance to
management and engineering personnel for the development of integrated
programs for applying human factors engineering to the design, operation,
and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear
facilities.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1023-1988 This document provides recommended practices for applying human factors engineering (HFE)
to systems and equipment that have significant human interfaces in nuclear power generating stations and other nuclear
facilities.
Key Words: control room design, ergonomics, human engineering, human error,
human factors, nuclear power, nuclear facilities, task analysis,
validation, verification
Designation: 1023-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering to Systems,
Equipment and Facilities of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 09, 1989
Abstract: Superseded. Guidance is provided to management and engineers who wish to develop an integrated program for the
application of human factors engineering (HFE) in the design, operation, and maintenance of nuclear power generating stations.
The standard covers the program organization and applicability, the plant design aspects to consider, the HFE methodologies that
may be used, and a typical program plan for the application of HFE. It is applicable to new facilities or modifications to
existing facilities.
Key Words: Nuclear power generation, Human factors
Designation: 1024
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Specifying Distribution Composite Insulators (suspension
type)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Kuffel, Phone:416-207-6539, Email:john.kuffel@kinectrics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: The specification covers the requirements for dead-end
suspension composite insulators used on overhead distribution lines
operating at nominal voltages up to and including 69kV. The dead-end
insulator horizontally supports the line conductor. The suspension
insulator vertically supports the line conductor. Both are subjected to
tensile and torsional loads. The specification deals with composite
insulators havine a core with metal end fittings and a housing and sheds.
The core has resin impregnated glass fibers. The housing and sheds consist
of elastomers. The metal end fittings are aluminum, steel, or iron.
Project Purpose: This revision is being done in view of the technical advances
and service experience in the area of non-ceramic distribution suspension
insulators.
Designation: 1024-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Distribution Composite
Insulators (Suspension Type)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 26, 1989
Abstract: The IEEE recommended practice covers distribution suspension type composite insulators made from a core, weathersheds, and
metal end fittings that are used in the distribution of electric energy. The recommendation contains several design tests that
are unique to composite insulators. Section 8.1 makes reference to tests on the materials used in the construction of the
insulators and Section 8.2 contains a test for mechanical load carrying capability under power arc.
Key Words: insulators, polymeric, distribution
Designation: 1025-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011
Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Concrete Pole Structures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Administratively withdrawn as overage by ANSI on 6/18/2010.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Good practice that will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed concrete pole structures for
overhead transmission lines is presented. Construction aspects after foundation installation and up to the conductor stringing
operation are covered. Some aspects of construction related to other materials use in concrete pole structures are covered, but
the treatment is not complete. The guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership,
design, and construction of transmission structures
Key Words: installation, poles, assembly and erection, concrete pole
structures, transmission structures
Designation: 1026-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Methods for Determination of
Compatibility of Materials With Conductive Polymeric Insulation Shields and
Jackets
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 1996
Project Scope: To establish a guide for the evaluation of accessories,
components or materials and their effectgs on the semi-conducting system of
a cable.
Project Purpose: To provide guidance in the form of evaluation procedures for
normally known materials such as tapes, sealing compounds, cleaners, etc.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. A test method is provided to qualify various essentially non-volatile,
highly viscous fluids or solid materials at 90 degree C, for use with high-voltage cable shields and jackets. A suggested
alternative test method for more fluid and more volatile materials is also provided. You will receive an email from Customer
Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: compatibility, semiconducting, cable jacket, cable shield, heat
shrinkable, tubing, high voltage jacket, high voltage shield, hot
resistivity, resistivity measure, immersion testing, polymeric insulation,
thermoplastic cable, polyethylene cable, TPE, volume resistance, resistance
, conductive jacket, cross-linked , polyethylene (XLPE) cable, extruded
insulation shield
Designation: 1027-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Draft Trial-Use Standard Method for Measuring the Magnetic Field
Intensity Around a Telephone Receiver
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983
Abstract: A practical method for determining the magnetic-field characteristics of a telephone receiver by means of objective
measurements in a test connection is described. The method was developed in response to a need to specify the magnetic field at
selected locations around a telephone receiver, required for satisfactory coupling of hearing aids. However, the method is
sufficiently general to allow complete mapping of the magnetic field. It is also useful for other applications where knowledge of
the magnetic field intensity is required.
Key Words: magnetic, field, telephone, receiver, intensity
Designation: 1027-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measurement of the Magnetic Field in the
Vicinity of a Telephone Receiver
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 1027-1984. Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-
2010.
History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: The methodology for measuring the magnetic field strength in the vicinity of a telephone receiver is described.
Key Words: magnetic field, telephone receiver
Designation: 1028-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Reviews and Audits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 1028-1997
Technical Contact: J. Dennis Lawrence, Phone:+1 541 344 4800, Email:d.lawrence@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Jun 16, 2008
Project Scope: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for
systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the following
attributes: -- Team participation -- Documented results of the
review -- Documented procedures for conducting the review Reviews
that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be non-
systematic reviews. The standard is not intended to discourage or
prohibit the use of non-systematic reviews. The definitions,
requirements, and procedures for the following five types of reviews are
included within this standard: a) Management reviews b)
Technical reviews c) Inspections d) Walk-throughs e) Audits
This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that
need is defined by other software engineering standards or by local
procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and
procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development
products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard shall
specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations
from this standard. This standard may be used with other software
engineering standards that determine the products to be reviewed, the
timing of reviews, and the necessity of reviews. This standard is closely
aligned with IEEE Std 1012™-2004 [B6], but it can also be used with IEEE
Std 1074™-2006 [B11], IEEE Std 730™-2002 [B2], IEEE Std 12207™-2008
[B15], and other standards. A useful model is to consider IEEE Std 1028-2008
as a subroutine to the other standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6]
were used to carry out the verification and validation process, the
procedure in IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6] could be followed until such time as
instructions to carry out a specific review are encountered. At that point,
IEEE Std 1028-2008 would be “called” to carry out the review, using the
specific review type described herein. Once the review has been
completed, IEEE Std 1012-2004 [B6] would be “returned to” for disposition of
the results of the review and any additional action required by IEEE Std
1012-2004 [B6]. This standard may also be used as a stand-alone
definition of software review and audit procedures. In this case, local
management must determine the events that precede and follow the actual
software reviews and audits. In this model, requirements and
quality attributes for the software product are “parameter inputs” to the
review and are imposed by the “caller.” When the review is finished, the
review outputs are “returned” to the “caller” for action. Review outputs
typically include anomaly lists and action item lists; the resolution of
the anomalies and action items are the responsibility of the “caller.”
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews
and audits applicable to software acquisition, supply, development,
operation, and maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a
review. Other standards or local management define the context within which
a review is performed, and the use made of the results of the review.
Software reviews can be used in support of the objectives of project
management, system engineering (for example, functional allocation between
hardware and software), verification and validation, configuration
management, quality assurance and auditing. Different types of reviews
reflect differences in the goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are
described by their defined procedures, scope, and objectives.
Abstract: This standard provides minimum acceptable requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes the
following attributes: a) Team participation; b) Documented results of the review; and c) Documented procedures for conducting the
review. Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are considered to be nonsystematic reviews. The standard is
not intended to discourage or prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The definitions, requirements, and procedures for the
following five types of reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews; b) Technical reviews; c) Inspections;
d) Walk-throughs; and e) Audits. This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific reviews; that need is defined by
other software engineering standards or by local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and procedures
that are applicable to the reviews of software development products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard
shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended deviations from this standard.
Key Words: 1028-2008, audit, inspection, review, walk-through
Designation: 1028-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Reviews
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1028-2008.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2003
Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements for the methods to be
used during the evaluation of software products of the software development
life-cycle. The review process ensures that: 1) Progress according to plan
is assessed, based on an evaluation of product development status. 2)
Recommendations are provided for changing project direction or to identify
the need for alternative planning. 3) Recommendations are provided for
maintaining global control of the project through adequate allocation of
resources. 4) Evidence of compliance of products and processes to
standards, guidelines, specifications, and procedures is provided. 5)
Evidence is provided that specific software elements conform to its
specifications. 6) Evidence is provided that development (or maintenance)
of the software elements is being done according to plans, standards, and
guidelines applicable for the project. 7) Evidence is provided that changes
to the software elements are properly implemented, and affect only those
systems areas identified by the change specification. 8) Results of reviews
are communicated to developers, managers, and responsible personnel in order
to provide a history and provide information for work. The revision of 1028
will specify for the software review processes: the scope, the goals, the
measures for determining how well the process goals were achieved, any roles
unique to the process, the products to which the process is applied, the
conditions(s) that must be satisfied before the process can begin, the
standard steps to be followed in performing the process, the condition(s)
that must be satisfied before the process is considered complete, the
minimum set of results resulting from process completion, the measurement
procedure, the associated metrics, and the measurement data to be collected,
and the evidence needed to determine at a later date that the process was
followed.
Project Purpose: Software is employed in most equipment and business systems.
To achieve the expectations of the users of the software, it is essential to
have disciplined methods for evaluating of software products as they pass
along the software development life-cycle.
Abstract: This standard is concerned only with the reviews; it does not define procedures for determining the necessity of a review,
nor does it specify the disposition of the results of the review. Review types include management reviews, technical reviews,
inspections, walk-throughs, and audits.
Designation: 1028-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard Software Reviews and Audits
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 29, 1989
Abstract: Definitions and uniform procedures for review and audit applicable to both critical and noncritical software are provided.
The processes include management review, technical review, software inspection, walkthrough, and audit. The processes defined are
applicable throughout the software life cycle.
Key Words: reviews, audits, Software quality, Software development management
Designation: 1028
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Reviews
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: J. Dennis Lawrence, Phone:+1 541 344 4800, Email:d.lawrence@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from the 1997 version of the
document and is as follows: This standard provides minimum acceptable
requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes
the following attributes: a) Team participation b) Documented
results of the review c) Documented procedures for conducting the
review Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are
considered to be nonsystematic reviews. This standard is not intended to
discourage or prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The
definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of
reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews
b) Technical reviews c) Inspections d) Walk-throughs e)
Audits This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific
reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by
local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and
procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development
products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard
shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended
deviations from this standard. It is intended that this standard be
used with other software engineering standards that determine the products
to be reviewed, the timing of reviews, and the necessity for reviews. This
standard is closely aligned with IEEE Std 1012, 1 but can also be used with
IEEE Std 1074, IEEE Std 730, ISO/IEC 12207:1995, and other standards. Use
with other standards is described in Annex A. A useful model is to consider
IEEE Std 1028 as a subroutine to the other standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012
were used to carry out the verification and validation process, the
procedure in IEEE Std 1012 could be followed until such time as instructions
to carry out a specific review are encountered. At that point, IEEE Std 1028
would be “called” to carry out the review, using the specific review type
described herein. Once the review has been completed, IEEE Std 1012 would be
returned to for disposition of the results of the review and any additional
action required by IEEE Std 1012. In this model, requirements and
quality attributes for the software product are “parameter inputs” to the
review and are imposed by the “caller.” When the review is finished, the
review outputs are “returned” to the “caller” for action. Review outputs
typically include anomaly lists and action item lists; the resolution of the
anomalies and action items are the responsibility of the “caller.”
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews
applicable to software acquisition, supply, development, operation, and
maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a review. Other
standards or local management define the context within which a review is
performed, and the use made of the results of the review. Software reviews
can be used in support of the objectives of project management, system
engineering (for example, functional allocation between hardware and
software), verification and validation, configuration management, and
quality assurance. Different types of reviews reflect differences in the
goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are described by their
defined procedures, scope, and objectives.
Designation: 1028
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Reviews and Audits
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from the 1997 version of the
document and is as follows: This standard provides minimum acceptable
requirements for systematic software reviews, where “systematic” includes
the following attributes: a) Team participation b) Documented
results of the review c) Documented procedures for conducting the
review Reviews that do not meet the requirements of this standard are
considered to be nonsystematic reviews. This standard is not intended to
discourage or prohibit the use of nonsystematic reviews. The
definitions, requirements, and procedures for the following five types of
reviews are included within this standard: a) Management reviews
b) Technical reviews c) Inspections d) Walk-throughs e)
Audits This standard does not establish the need to conduct specific
reviews; that need is defined by other software engineering standards or by
local procedures. This standard provides definitions, requirements, and
procedures that are applicable to the reviews of software development
products throughout the software life cycle. Users of this standard
shall specify where and when this standard applies and any intended
deviations from this standard. It is intended that this standard be
used with other software engineering standards that determine the products
to be reviewed, the timing of reviews, and the necessity for reviews. This
standard is closely aligned with IEEE Std 1012, 1 but can also be used with
IEEE Std 1074, IEEE Std 730, ISO/IEC 12207:1995, and other standards. Use
with other standards is described in Annex A. A useful model is to consider
IEEE Std 1028 as a subroutine to the other standards. Thus, if IEEE Std 1012
were used to carry out the verification and validation process, the
procedure in IEEE Std 1012 could be followed until such time as instructions
to carry out a specific review are encountered. At that point, IEEE Std 1028
would be “called” to carry out the review, using the specific review type
described herein. Once the review has been completed, IEEE Std 1012 would be
returned to for disposition of the results of the review and any additional
action required by IEEE Std 1012. In this model, requirements and
quality attributes for the software product are “parameter inputs” to the
review and are imposed by the “caller.” When the review is finished, the
review outputs are “returned” to the “caller” for action. Review outputs
typically include anomaly lists and action item lists; the resolution of the
anomalies and action items are the responsibility of the “caller.”
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define systematic reviews
applicable to software acquisition, supply, development, operation, and
maintenance. This standard describes how to carry out a review. Other
standards or local management define the context within which a review is
performed, and the use made of the results of the review. Software reviews
can be used in support of the objectives of project management, system
engineering (for example, functional allocation between hardware and
software), verification and validation, configuration management, and
quality assurance. Different types of reviews reflect differences in the
goals of each review type. Systematic reviews are described by their
defined procedures, scope, and objectives.
Designation: 1029
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Digital Automatic Test Program Generator (DATPG) Output Format
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Michael Z Lowenstein, Phone:970-858-1399, Email:mzl@harmonicslimited.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984
Key Words: DATPG, output, format
Designation: 1029.1-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Waveform and Vector Exchange (WAVES)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 22, 1992
Abstract: Superseded. This specification is an application of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). This standard covers
the dataset structure, header file, WAVES files, external files, execution model, and waveform semantics, and defines three
standard packages to support WAVES datasets.
Key Words: VHDL, WAVES standard packages, WAVES datasets
Designation: 1029.1-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard For VHDL Waveform and Vector Exchange (Waves) to Support
Design and Test Verification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: The scope of the project will be to bring WAVES into alignment
with the VHDL 1076-1993 standard. The additional task of improving the
WAVES language interface between WAVES and VHDL will be addressed.
Project Purpose: Waves is an application of VHDL, alignment to the VHDL-1993
standard is necessary. Current users of WAVES have identified defiiciencies
in the WAVES VHDL /INTERFACE, the project intends to address and correct
them.
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn in January 2004 - Not available to Resellers (Revision of IEEE Std 1029.1-1991) This standard
is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the development of electronic systems. Because it is both machine-readable
and human-readable, it supports the veriÞcation and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design and test
veriÞcation data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware systems. This standard provides the syntactic
and semantic framework for the unambiguous expression and aggregation of digital test data and timing information necessary to
completely describe a test or set of tests for a digital system. WAVES digital test data (stimulus and expected responses) is
described at the logic level. Voltage and current values are not described by WAVES and are beyond the scope of this standard.
Key Words: "CAD, design automation, design verification, digital design, test
vector, VHDL"
Designation: 1029.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Program Generation Information
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert G Hillman, Phone:(315) 330-2813, Email:hillmanr@rl.af.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Designation: 1029.3
Title: Standard for the Representation of Unit Under Test (UUT) Design Data for
Test Generation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert G Hillman, Phone:(315) 330-2813, Email:hillmanr@rl.af.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: 103
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1030-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems:
Part 1 - Steady State Performance
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. This guide provides general guidance on the steady-state performance
requirements of high-voltage dirrect-current (HVDC) systems. It concerns the steady-state performance of two terminal HVDC
systems utilizing 12-pulse converter units consisting of three-phase bridge (double way) connections.
Key Words: 1030.1
Designation: 1030.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part
1 - Steady-State Performance
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision project for IEEE Std 1030-1987.
Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This guide provides general guidance on the steady-state
performance requirements of high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) systems. It
concerns the steady-state performance of two terminal HVDC systems utilizing
12-puolse converter units consisting of three-phase bridge (double way)
connections. Excluded are multi-terminal HVDC transmission systems. Both
converters are assumed to use thyristor valves as the main semiconductor
valves and to have power flow capability in both directions. No
considerations is given to diode valves.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise and bring up
to date the previous ANSI/IEEE standard 1030 - 1987. The proposed document
is a guide for the Specification of HVDC systems and as such remains a
valuable reference for those involved in the specification of HVDC system
projects, both new and upgrades or extensions of existing installations.
Designation: 1030.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Specification of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems: Part II-
Faults & Switching
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: This guide will describe the aspects of HVDC system performance
under transient conditions during faults and switching and which are
considered important for specification of HVDC system performance.
Project Purpose: To provide guidance to those who prepare specifications for
HVDC systems.
Designation: 1030.3
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Specification of HVDC Performance: Part III Dynamic
Performance
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lewis Vaughan, Phone:514 652 8457, Email:i.vaughan@ieee.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Project Scope: This is the third and concluding part of a Guide series on
specifying the performance of HVDC systems - DYNAMIC PERFORMANCE. The other
parts of this series are STEADY-STATE and FAULTS AND SWITCHING.
Project Purpose: To provide guidance in specifying the performance requirements
for HVDC systems. This technology is relatively new and will benefit from
clarification and organization of the important specification aspects of
dynamic performance of these important electric power transport systems.
Designation: 1031-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Approved Draft Guide for the Functional Specification of
Transmission Static Var Compensators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 17, 2011
Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: May 16, 2011
Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional
requirements for transmission static Var compensators (SVCs) using
conventional thyristor technology. Many sections will be useful for
compensator systems using gate turn-off (GTO) thyristor technology [STATic
synchronous COMpensator (STATCOM)] or other semiconductor devices, or SVCs
associated with high-voltage dc (HVDC) converter stations, or industrial and
distribution applications. Although this guide may not directly serve for
SVCs primarily associated with industrial drives nor with the correction of
load disturbance or phase unbalance, many sections will be useful also for
these applications. General terms and conditions forming the commercial
part of a specification for a particular project are outside the scope of
this document.
Project Purpose: This document presents technical sections that may be used as
the basis of a functional SVC specification. The wording deliberately uses
"should" rather than "shall" because this document is a guide, not a
specification. The user of this guide might wish to make this adjustment
when converting sections into a specification. The guide describes: *newer
developments in SVC component equipment and particularly control systems
*updated information on latest practices for SVC applications
*clarification on topics which led to misunderstanding in the previous
version *an informative Annex to allow users to modify or develop specific
clauses to meet a particular application
Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission static var compensator. The document is
intended to serve as a base specification with an informative annex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses
to meet a particular application.
Key Words: filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system, TCR,
thyristor valves,TSC, TSR
Designation: 1031-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var
Compensators
Status: Superseded
**This guide supersedes 1031-1991.
Technical Contact: Michael H Baker, Phone:+44 1785 257111, Email:michael.baker@tde.alstom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission staticvar compensator. The document is
intended to serve as a base specification with an informativeannex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses
to meet a particular application.
Key Words: "filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system,
TCR, thyristor valves, TSC, TSR"
Designation: 1031-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for a Detailed Functional Specification and Application of
Static VAR Compensators
Status: Superseded
**This guide was superseded by 1031-2000.
Technical Contact: Philip R Nannery, Phone:201-934-9796, Email:pnannery@oru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by 1031-2000. Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable
utilization of shunt power capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated
2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations
are covered.
Key Words: static, VAR, compensators, procurement, substations, SVC
Designation: 1031
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static Var
Compensators
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional
requirements for static Var compensators in transmission substations, but
not those primarily associated with DC converter stations, nor with the
correction of disturbing load or phase unbalance. The scope will include
harmonics and loss analysis.<br> The scope of the document has
not changed.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to:<br> 1. Update in
accordance with present practices<br> 2. Expand information
needed to prepare a specification<br> 3. To provide an
informative annex to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses to
meet a particular application.<br> The purpose has changed since
the last published document (please see Item #21, below).
Abstract: Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power
capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and
assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered.
Designation: 1031
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Functional Specification of Transmission Static
Var Compensators
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This guide assists users in specifying the functional
requirements for transmission static Var compensators (SVCs) using
conventional thyristor technology. It will not serve for SVCs primarily
associated with DC converters nor with the correction of load disturbances
or phase unbalance. Nevertheless many sections will be useful for
compensator systems using gate turn-off (GTO) thyristor technology [static
compensator (STATCOM)] or other semiconductor devices, or SVCs associated
with high-voltage dc (HVDC) converter stations, or industrial and
distribution applications. General terms and conditions forming the
commercial part of a specification for a particular project are outside the
scope of this document.
Project Purpose: This document presents technical sections that may be used as
the basis of a functional SVC specification. The wording deliberately uses
"should" rather than "shall" because this document is a guide, not a
specification. The user of this guide might wish to make this adjustment
when converting sections into a specification. The guide describes: *newer
developments in SVC component equipment and particularly control systems
*updated information on latest practices for SVC applications
*clarification on topics which led to misunderstanding in the previous
version *an informative Annex to allow users to modify or develop specific
clauses to meet a particular application
Abstract: This guide documents an approach to preparing a specification for a transmission static var compensator. The document is
intended to serve as a base specification with an informative annex provided to allow users to modify or develop specific clauses
to meet a particular application.
Key Words: filters, harmonics, static var compensators, static var system, TCR,
thyristor valves, TSC, TSR
Designation: 1032
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide to Establish Criteria for Work Clearances
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Project Scope: To document criteria for use in establishing safe working
clearances for all operating voltages. With increased use of compacted
lines, and with decreasing tower clearances at EHV, it is essential that the
safe work clearances be established.
Key Words: work, clearances, criteria
Designation: 1033-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Application of IEEE Std 828 to Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93.
History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 24, 1985
Abstract: This document provides the recommended practice for application of ANSI/IEEE Std 828-1983, IEEE Standard for Software
Configuration Management Plans, to nuclear power generating stations.
Key Words: nuclear, generation, stations, IEEE 828
Designation: 1034
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Fire&Smoke Test Proc/Elec Cables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1984
Key Words: fire, smoke, cables, test
Designation: 1035-1989
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice: Test Procedure for Utility-Interconnected
Static Power Converters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1989
Abstract: A test procedure that applies to single- and three-phase units rated from 1 kW to 500 kW and may also be applied in
principle to larger units is given. The objective is the measurement of electrical parameters at the ac terminals of the power
converter. The procedure may serve as a basis for factory or acceptance testing. It focuses on equipment that lends itself to
mass production and is readily interconnected to an electric utility, rather than on equipment subject to site-specific design
and testing. Test results may be used in evaluating or comparing different types of static power converters. Only equipment with
the primary function of delivering electric energy to circuits interconnected with the electric utility is covered by this
procedure.
Key Words: utility, test, code, power, conditioning
Designation: 1036-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 17, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1036-1992
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This guide applies to the use of 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power
capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of such capacitors.
Included are guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of
equipment for the improved safety and reliability in the utilization of
shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to be basic and
supplemental to specific recommendations of the manufacturer. The guide
covers applications that range from simple capacitor unit utilization to
complex capacitor bank situations.
Abstract: This guide applies to the use of 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power capacitor units rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of
such capacitors. Included are guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable
utilization of shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to be basic and supplemental to specific
recommendations of the manufacturer. The guide covers applications that range from simple capacitor unit utilization to complex
capacitor bank situations.
Key Words: capacitor, capacitor banks, externally fused, fuseless, internally
fused, power factor correction, shunt power capacitors
Designation: 1036
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Antone Bonner, Phone:(414) 835-1520, Email:abonner@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings
of equipment used in 50 Hz and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 vac
and above.
Project Purpose: Use of existing standard has indicated some areas of the text
where supplemental information would be valuable to the reader. Closer
harmonization with other existing standards which cover similar topics and
consideration of fuseless and internally fused capacitor technology is also
needed.
Designation: 1036-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993
Abstract: Guidelines for the application protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power
capacitors are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and
assemblies of capacitors. Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank situations are covered.
Key Words: Voltage control, Shunt power capacitor, Power factor correction
Designation: 1036
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: J. Antone Bonner, Phone:(414) 835-1520, Email:abonner@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this document is as follows:<br> This
guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power capacitors rated 2400
Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors. Included are guidelines for the
application, protection, and ratings of equipment for the safe and reliable
utilization of shunt power capacitors. The guide is general and intended to
be basic and supplemental to specific recommendations of the manufacturer.
The guide covers applications that range from simple unit utilization to
complex bank situations.
Project Purpose: Guidelines for the application, protection, and ratings of
equipment for the safe and reliable utilization of shunt power capacitors
are provided. This guide applies to the use of 50 and 60 Hz shunt power
capacitors rated 2400 Vac and above, and assemblies of capacitors.
Applications that range from simple unit utilization to complex bank
situations are covered.
Designation: 1037-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: IEEE Standard Terms and Definitions for Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW)
Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993
Abstract: Terms and their definitions for surface acoustic wave devices are provided. The terms and definitions are given in the
following categories: wave-ralated terms, transducer-related terms, and device-related terms.
Key Words: definitions, SAW, transducers, WAVES, Surface acoustic wave
Designation: 104
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1040
Title: Graphic Symbols for Fiber Optics Devices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984
Key Words: symbols, graphic, fiber, optics, devices
Designation: 1041
Title: Application Guide for Surge Protection of Electric Generating Plants
Status: Changed Designation
**Number changed to C62.23
Designation: 1042-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Guide to Software Configuration Management
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The application of configuration
management (CM) disciplines to the management of software engineering projects is described. For those planning software
configuration management (SCM) activities, this guide provides insight into the various factors that must be considered. For
users implementing SCM disciplines, suggestions and detailed examples of plans are provided. An interpretation is given of how
ANSI/IEEE Std 828-1983, IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans, can be used for planning the management of
different kinds of computer program development and maintenance activities.
Key Words: configuration, Software safety, Software maintenance, Software
development management
Designation: 1043-1996
Sponsor: Voltage Endurance
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Form-Wound
Bars and Coils
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 1043-1989.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: The voltage endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large rotating machines is covered.
Key Words: electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, voltage
endurance testing
Designation: 1043-1989
Sponsor: Voltage Endurance
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Form-Wound
Bars and Coils
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: Superseded by 1043-1996. The voltage endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large rotating machines is
covered.
Key Words: coils, bars, voltage-endurance testing
Designation: 1044-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1044-1993
Technical Contact: David Zubrow, Phone:412-268-5243, Email:dz@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009
Project Scope: This standard provides for the core set of attributes for
classification of failures and defects. It is recognized that there are
other attributes of failures or defects that are of unique value to specific
applications or business requirements. This standard is applicable to any
software (including operating systems, database management systems,
applications, testware, firmware, and embedded software) and to any phase of
the project, product, or system life cycle by which the software is
developed, operated, and sustained. Classification attributes are
unaffected by the choice of life cycle model, and that choice is outside the
scope of this standard. Some tailoring of classification attribute values
based on the chosen life cycle is expected and consistent with the intent of
this standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a common vocabulary
with which different people and organizations can communicate effectively
about software anomalies and to establish a common set of attributes that
support industry techniques for analyzing software defect and failure
data.The purpose of this standard is to define a common vocabulary with
which different people and organizations can communicate effectively
about software anomalies and to establish a common set of attributes that
support industry techniques for analyzing software defect and failure data.
Abstract: This standard provides a uniform approach to the classification of software anomalies, regardless of when they originate
or when they are encountered within the project, product, or system lifecycle. Classification data can be used for a variety of
purposes, including defect causal analysis, project management, and software process improvement (e.g., to reduce the likelihood
of defect insertion and/or increase the likelihood of early defect detection).
Key Words: 1044-2009, anomaly, bug, classification, defect, error, failure,
fault, problem
Designation: 1044-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1044-2009.
Technical Contact: David Zubrow, Phone:412-268-5243, Email:dz@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1994
Abstract: A uniform approach to the classification of anomalies found in software and its documentation is provided. The processing
of anomalies discovered during any software life cycle phase are described, and comprehensive lists of software anomaly
classifications and related data items that are helpful to identify and track anomalies are provided. This standard is not
intended to define procedural or format requirements for using the classification scheme. It does identify some classification
measures and does not attempt to define all the data supporting the analysis of an anomaly.
Key Words: software, anomalies, faults, failure, Supporting data item,
Classification process, Category, Anomaly
Designation: 1044
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard Classification for Software Anomalies
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David Card, Phone:321-779-8203, Email:eicjss@bellsouth.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard is applicable to any software, including critical
computer software, commercial applications, system software, support
software, testware, and firmware during any phase of a system’s life cycle.
This standard defines the minimum requirements for classifying anomalies, as
well as providing additional classifications for projects requiring greater
detail. The mandatory classifications are the minimum requirements necessary
to establish a standard terminology for anomalies within or between projects
and organizations. To accomplish the classification task, this standard
documents the following subjects: a) Definitions of terms not
provided in IEEE Std 610.12-1990 b) A basic process (sequence of
steps) for classifying and establishing categories of anomalies relating to
software products and providing related data and information c) A
standard set of categories and classifications, either mandatory or optional
d) A list of supporting data items This standard identifies
those essential (mandatory) categories needed to establish a common
definition. The categories provide a common terminology and concepts to
communicate among projects, software development environments, and
personnel. It is assumed that all applicable classifications within a
mandatory category shall be used for compliance to this standard. This
standard also provides categories for additional detail that are not
necessarily essential to all projects. These additional categories are
identified as optional. This standard is not intended to define procedural
or format requirements for using the classification scheme. This standard
identifies some classification measures and does not attempt to define all
the data supporting the analysis of an anomaly. The
classifications are layered with greater detail in each subsequent layer.
For instance, in table 1b the Project phase category has two levels of
classifications, and in table 3c the Type category has three levels of
classifications. Each project using this classification scheme may choose
the level of classification appropriate to that project. Only the first
level of classifications is mandatory for each mandatory category.
The classifications in this standard are not exhaustive. Some projects will
have requirements that are unique. It is assumed that in those situations
the project members will create project-specific categories and/or
classifications in addition to the classifications stated in this standard.
Anomaly reports generated using the classifications stated in this standard
facilitate the generation of statistics, trend analysis, process control,
and causal analysis.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to update the standard to
include current topics such as Orthogonal Defect Classification, Defect
Causal Analysis, and the Capability maturity Model - Integrated. The
project will also evaluate the need for changes to the corresponding
guidebook IEEE 1044.1, 1995. There was no purpose included in the published
standard.
Designation: 1044
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard Classification for Software Anomalies
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David Zubrow, Phone:412-268-5243, Email:dz@sei.cmu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This standard provides for the core set of attributes for
classification of failures and defects. It is recognized that there are
other attributes of failures or defects that are of unique value to specific
applications or business requirements. This standard is applicable to any
software (including operating systems, database management systems,
applications, testware, firmware, and embedded software) and to any phase of
the project, product, or system lifecycle by which the software is
developed, operated, and sustained. Classification attributes are unaffected
by the choice of lifecycle model, and that choice is outside the scope of
this standard. Some tailoring of classification attribute values based on
the chosen lifecycle is expected and consistent with the intent of this
standard. As depicted in Figure 1 and Figure 2, problems may
be precursors to failure recognition. These are the conditions by which a
user recognizes the software performing in an undesirable manner.
Similarly, actions taken in response to a failure and fault may be
documented as a change request. Classification of problems and change
requests is outside of the scope of this standard.
Understanding the scope of this standard depends upon understanding the
definitions in section 3, so it is advisable to read them before proceeding.
Scope understanding is also dependent upon understanding the relationship
between several conceptual entities, which are depicted graphically in the
diagrams below and described textually in Table 1. Although
Software Change Request (SCR) and Software Release are not addressed within
this standard, they are included in the diagrams to help clarify scope. As
examples, these could have been shown in a number of different
configurations. The one used here is the relatively simple case in which a
Defect may be associated with a single Corrective SCR and each SCR may be
associated with, at the most, a single Release.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a common vocabulary
with which different people and organizations can communicate effectively
about software anomalies and to establish a common set of attributes that
support industry techniques for analyzing software defect and failure data.
Designation: 1044.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide to Classification for Software Anomalies
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn This guide provides supporting information to assist users applying the IEEE Std 1044-1993,
IEEE Standard Classification for Software Anomalies to decide whether to conform completely or just extract ideas from that
standard. This guide will enable users of IEEE Std 1044-1993 to implement and customize IEEE Std 1044-1993 for their organization
in an effective and efficient manner.
Key Words: anomaly, category, classification, software, supporting data item,
anomalies
Designation: 1045
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Productivity Measurement
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter C Baxter, Phone:540-372-4500, Email:pbaxter@distributive.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003
Project Scope: Scope from the original IEEE 1045 PAR: This standard provides
definitions for software productivity metrics and gives directions for
selecting and applying them. For the new/proposed standard, the scope is:
This project will follow the scope of the existing standard, particularly
the definitions and techniques for determining software productivity. As in
the current standard, this project will provide adopters with a standard
method for quantifying the productivity of software organizations, including
the use of productivity for (new) software development, software reuse, and
software maintenance. The scope of this project does not require a specific
software measurement process (though one is referenced) or a particlar
software life-cycle model. This project will adopt the measurement
terminology and measurement information model of ISO/IEC 15939, using this
terminology to describe software productivity measures. Finally, this
project will provide an informative annex that demonstrates the use of the
ISO/IEC 15939 measurement process, activities and tasks for determining
software productivity.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to update the terminology,
definitions, process details and application guidance (of software
productivity metrics) such that it is consistent with ISO/IEC Standard for
Lifecycle process (ISO/IEC 12207), ISO/IEC Software Measurement Process
(ISO/IEC 15939). Further, this project will ensure that this standard
addresses the measurement approach shared by SEI Capability Maturity Model
Integrated (CMMI) and Practical Software and Systemes Measurement Guidebook.
Specifically, the updates (to this standard) will include use of ISO/IEC
measurement terminology, measurement process model and measurement
information model.
Designation: 1045-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Productivity Metrics
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993
Abstract: Adminstratively withdrawn.This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A consistent way to
measure the elements that go into computing software productivity is defined. Software productivity metrics terminology are given
to ensure an understanding of measurement data for both source code and document production. Although this standard prescribes
measurements to characterize the software process, it does not establish software productivity norms, nor does it recommend
productivity measurements as a method to evaluate software projects or software developers. This standard does not measure the
quality of software. This standard does not claim to improve productivity, only to measure it. The goal of this standard is for a
better understanding of the software process, which may lend insight to improving it.
Key Words: attribute, primitive, source, staff-hour, statement, Source
statement, Productivity ratio
Designation: 1046-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Application Guide for Distributed Digital Control and Monitoring
for Power Plants
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: D. J Damsker, Phone:(212) 753-0034
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Alternate approaches to applying a digital control system, for both new
construction and existing plant modernization projects, are described, and their advantages and disadvantages are compared.
Criteria to be used to judge the suitability of commercially available systems for use in the power generation industry are
provided. Terminology is defined, and the objectives of distributed control and monitoring systems are described. The following
system application issues are addressed: integrated versus segregated systems functional and geographic distribution,
hierarchical architecture and automation, control and protection functions, input/output systems, environmental considerations,
and documentation. The data communications structure and the functions that support it are considered. Data acquisition and
monitoring (the man/machine interfaces) are discussed. Reliability, availability, and fault tolerance of distributed control and
monitoring systems are addressed.
Key Words: generation, stations, monitoring, Power plant, Distributed
monitoring, Distributed control, Digital
Designation: 1047
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: MeasResistanceSemi-Conducting Jackets
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984
Key Words: resistance, semiconducting, jackets, measure
Designation: 1048-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 26, 2003
**Supersedes 1048-1990.
Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003
Project Scope: Revise guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for
persons engaged in de-energized line maintenance and to compile state-of-
the-art information on protective grounding practices.
Project Purpose: The guide does not have the sizing of grounds or the treatment
of vehicles adjacent to utility power lines.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1048-2003, IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines"
Key Words: "de-energized overhead line maintenace, protective ground set
sizing, protective grounding, protective grounding practices, safety,
testing and maintenance protective grounds"
Designation: P1048
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Clayton C King, Phone:573-682-83821, Email:centralia@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: The scope remains unchanged from IEEE 1048-2003 and is as
follows: This document provides guidelines for grounding methods to
protect workers and the public from voltages that might develop in a jobsite
during de-energized maintenance of overhead transmission and distribution
lines.
Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide guidance for protective
grounding in jobsites during de-energized maintenance of power lines. The
primary purpose of protective grounding is to limit the voltage differences
between any two accessible points at the worksite to an acceptable value.
As an IEEE guide, the purpose of this document is to suggest approaches for
protective grounding. This guide does not have mandatory requirements.
Following the suggestions in this guide helps to mitigate risks, and users
should take all reasonable steps necessary to minimize risks during de-
energized maintenance of power lines.
Designation: 1048-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1048-2003.
History: BD APP: Apr 17, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 21, 1990
Project Scope: To prepare guidelines for safe protective grounding methods for
persons engaged in de-energized line maintenance and to compile state-of-
the-art information on protective ground practices.
Abstract: Superseded by 1048-2003. Guidelines are provided for safe protective grounding methods for persons engaged in de-
energized overhead transmission and distribution line maintenance. This guide compiles state-of-the-art information on protective
grounding practices employed by power utilities in North America.
Key Words: Transmission lines, Protective grounding, Power lines, Grounding
practices, Distribution lines
Designation: 1049
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Application of Safety Classifications to
Instrumentation, Control and Electric Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1984, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1984
Key Words: safety, classiification, instrument, control
Designation: 105
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1050-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in
Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2005
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 2005
Project Scope: This revision will update the existing standard to incorporate
the latest design technology as well as reformat the document for increased
user-friendliness.
Project Purpose: Advances in control systems technology have raised new
technical issues as well as requiring older technical issues to be
clarified. Enhancing the document in a manner which mimics how designers of
control systems perform their design will greatly increae the value of the
Guide.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1050-1996 Instrumentation and control (I&C) equipment grounding methods to achieve both a
suitable level of protection for personnel and equipment, and suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references in
generating stations are identified.
Key Words: control, generating stations, grounding, I&C, instrumentation
Designation: 1050-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 1050-1989.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Apr 04, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996
Abstract: Superseded by 1050-2005 Information about grounding methods for generating station instrumentation and control (I &
C) equipment is provided. The identification of I & C equipment methods to achieve both a suitable level of protection for
personnel and equipment is included, as well as suitable noise immunity for signal ground references in generating stations. Both
ideal thoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented.
Key Words: control equipment, generating stations, grounding, instrumentation
Designation: 1050-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Instrumentation and Control Equipment Grounding in
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**ANSI approval extended to 3/97.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Feb 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1989
Abstract: Superseded by 1050-1996. Guidance for the design of grounding systems for instrumentation and control equipment specific
to large central generating stations is provided. The goal is to achieve both a suitable level of protection for personnel and
equipment and suitable electric noise immunity for signal ground references. Requirements for the grounding of systems associated
with the interconnection of the station to adjacent substations are considered, since these are a large source of electrical
noise. Both ideal theoretical methods and accepted practices in the electric utility industry are presented. Applications
relating to advanced energy storage and conversion technologies (photovoltaics, fuel cells, etc.) are not considered. .
Key Words: grounding, control, instrument, equipment, generating
Designation: 1051-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Parameters to Characterize Digital Loop
Performance
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 1/4/93.
History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1988
Abstract: The purpose of this recommended practice is to suggest a set of transmission performance parameters to be used in the
development of standards for low bit-rate digital channels between the user's location and an appropriate test point at the
serving office. This recommended practice suggests a set of performance parameters for digital loop transmission between the user
location and the serving office. In the case of ISDN the user location is defined as the T-reference point, or the U-reference
point. In the case of non-ISDN, the user location is defined as the point in the transmission circuit analogous to the ISDN-
defined T or U reference point. This recommended practice is limited to user information bit rates of 200 kb/s or lower.
Key Words: parameters, characterize, digital, loop, performance
Designation: 1057-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2008
**Revision of IEEE 1057-1994
Technical Contact: William B. Boyer, Phone:505-899-3044, Email:wbboyernm@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008
Project Scope: This standard defines specifications and describes test methods
for measuring the performance of electronic digitizing waveform recorders,
waveform analyzers, and digitizing oscilloscopes with digital outputs. The
standard is directed toward, but not restricted to, general-purpose waveform
recorders and analyzers. Special applications can require additional
manufacturer information and verification tests not covered in this
standard. IEEE Std 1057™ has many similarities to IEEE Std 1241™-2000
[B24],1 which applies to analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). However, IEEE
Std 1057 shall be used for waveform recorders, and IEEE Std 1241-2000
shall be used for ADCs.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this standard is to ensure that
manufactures and users of waveform recorders have a well-defined set of
specifications and test methods so they can understand, describe, and
compare the performance of these recorders using a common language.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1057-1994. This standard defines specifications and describes test methods for measuring the
performance of electronic digitizing waveform recorders, waveform analyzers, and digitizing oscilloscopes with digital outputs.
The standard is directed toward, but not restricted to, general-purpose waveform recorders and analyzers. Special applications
can require additional manufacturer information and verification tests not covered in this standard. IEEE 1057 has many
similarities to IEEE 1241 Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog to Digital Converters (ADCs) . However, IEEE Std.
1057 shall be used for waveform recorders and IEEE Std. 1241 shall be used for ADCs.
Key Words: 1057-2007, effective number of bits, frequency response, noise, sine
fitting, step pulse response, total harmonic distortion, transitions levels,
waveform recorders
Designation: 1057-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1057-2007.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1057-2007. Terminology and test methods for describing the performance of waveform recorders are
provided.
Key Words: waveform recorders, error sources, digitizing oscillo Scopes, Test
methods, Terminology, Performance
Designation: 1057
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William B. Boyer, Phone:505-899-3044, Email:wbboyernm@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: We are revising and updating Std. 1057. The revision will
incorporate work from the following: comments already received and those to
be received from a widespread solicitation of people using the standard,
appropriate material developed by the committee in writing a draft 1057
User's Guide, making 1057 consistent with ongoing work on the ADC standard
1241 and the Pulse terms and methods standard.
Project Purpose: The existing standard is due to expire soon. The field of
waveform recorders is still a thriving one, and a standard is needed to
define and measure performance. There have been many technology advances in
the past five years in terms of recorder performance and test methods. Thus
the existing standard should be updated. The standard is meant to be of use
to both manufacturers and users of digitizing waveform recorders to provide
standardized, well-defined terms and test methods for evaluating the
equipment.
Designation: 1057-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Digitizing Waveform Recorders
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988
Key Words: digital, waveform, recorders
Designation: 1058-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans
Status: Superseded
**Revision project for IEEE Std 1058.1-1987. Will be bound together in 1
volume with 1058a supplement (app 9/16/98). Superseded by 16326-2009.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: To prescribe the format and contents of software management
plans. A software management plan is the controlling document for managing
a software project; it provides the technical and managerial activities
necessary to satisfy the requirements for the software project.
Project Purpose: To provide a uniform scheme to prepare and present a software
project management plan. Revision to reflect experience of the past 5 years
of use.
Abstract: The format and contents of software project management plans, applicable to any type or size of software project, are
described. The elements that should appear in all software project management plans are identified.
Key Words: "management plans,software project management plans"
Designation: 1058.1-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Project Management Plans
Status: Superseded
**Being revised as 1058.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1988
Abstract: Replaced by 1058-1998. The format and content of software project management plans are prescribed. By software project
plan is meant the controlling document that defines the technical and managerial processes necessary to satisfy the project
requirements. The requirements are applicable to all types of software projects and to software products of any size, complexity,
or criticality at any point in the life cycle. All forms of product delivery media, including firmware, embedded systems code,
programmable logic arrays, and software-in-silicon are included.
Key Words: project, plans, Software development management
Designation: 1058.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Software Project Management Plans
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Key Words: software, project, management, plans
Designation: 1058a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Supplement to Standard for Software Project Management Plans
Status: Superseded
**1058a will be published as part of 1058-1998. This supplement and the
base std. will be bound together in one volume. Supereseded by 16326-
2009.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software
project management plans as defined in 1058 and the content of such plans as
defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate
the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content
between subject documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Designation: 1059-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Software Verification and Validation Plans
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Std 1012 Implement guide.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Guidance in preparing Software Verification and Validation Plans (SVVPs) that comply with IEEE Std 1012-1986 are provided.
IEEE Std 1012-1986 specifies the required content for an SVVP. This guide recommends approaches to Verification and Validation (V
& V) planning. This guide does not present requirements beyond those stated in IEEE Std 1012-1986.
Key Words: software, verification, validation, V & V tasks, Master schedule,
Life cycle phases, Baseline change assessment
Designation: 106
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1060
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
pw
Technical Contact: John Sheppard
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 1061-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: Methodology for establishing quality requirements and
identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating software quality
metrics.
Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document; incorporate
lessons learned since publication from workshops, teaching classes based on
the document, and field experience of users, and clarify relationships with
related international standards.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A methodology for establishing quality
requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating the process and product software quality metrics is
defined. The methodology spans the entire software life cycle.
Key Words: "direct metric,metrics framework,quality factor,quality
subfactor,software quality metric"
Designation: 1061-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a Software Quality Metrics Methodology
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1993
Abstract: A methodology for establishing quality requirements and identifying, implementing, analyzing, and validating the process
and product of software quality metrics is defined. The methodology spans the entire software life cycle. Although this standard
includes examples of metrics, this standard does not prescribe specific metrics.
Key Words: methodology, Subfactor, Software quality metric, Metrics framework,
Factor, Direct metric
Designation: 1062-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Joe Jarzombek, Phone:703 235-5126, Email:joe.jarzombek@dhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Superseded by 1062-1998 A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in a
software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be applied to software that runs on any computer system
regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software
and fully developed software. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication
online.
Key Words: software, certification, Supplier, Software acquisition process,
Software acquisition life cycle, Modified-off-the-shelf software, Acquirer
Designation: P1062
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Joe Jarzombek, Phone:703 235-5126, Email:joe.jarzombek@dhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes a set of useful quality
considerations that can be selected and applied during one or more steps in
a software acquisition process. The recommended practices can be applied to
software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size,
complexity, or criticality of the software. The software supply chain may
include integration of commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS), custom, or open
source software. Each organization or individual using this recommended
practice will need to identify the specific quality and activities that need
to be included within their acquisition process. Security will be included
as a quality attribute considered during the acquisition process.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is designed to help organizations
and individuals incorporate quality, including security, considerations
during the definition, evaluation, selection, and acceptance of supplier
software for operational use. It will also help determine how supplier
software should be evaluated, tested, and accepted for delivery to end
users. This recommended practice is intended to satisfy the following
objectives: • Promote consistency within organizations in acquiring
software from software suppliers. • Provide useful practices on including
quality (including security) considerations during acquisition planning.
• Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying supplier
capabilities to meet user requirements. • Provide useful practices on
evaluating and qualifying supplier software. • Assist individuals or
organizations judging the quality of supplier software for referral to end
users.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A set of useful quality practices that can be
selected and applied during one or more steps in a software acquisition process is described. This recommended practice can be
applied to software that runs on any computer system regardless of the size, complexity, or criticality of the software, but is
more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully developed software.
Designation: 1062-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: " A set of useful quality practices that can be selected and applied during one or moresteps in a software acquisition
process is described. This recommended practice can be applied tosoftware that runs on any computer system regardless of the
size, complexity, or criticality of thesoftware, but is more suited for use on modified-off-the-shelf software and fully
developed soft-ware. "
Key Words: "acquirer,modified-off-the-shelf software,software acquisition life
cycle,software acquisition process, supplier"
Designation: 1062a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: Recommended Practice for Software Acquisition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This supl will be incorporated into the base std.
Technical Contact: Joe Jarzombek, Phone:703 235-5126, Email:joe.jarzombek@dhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of software
acquisition plans as defined in 1062 and the content of such plans as
defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate
the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content
between subject documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Designation: 1063-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2001
**Supersedes 1063-1987 (R1993).
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This standard provides minimum requirements for the structure,
information content, and format of user documentation, to include both paper
and electronic documentation used in the work environment by users of
systems containing software. The standard is limited to the software
documentation product and will not include the processes of developing or
managing software user documentation. The standard includes printed user
manuals, online help, and user reference documentation. It does not apply
to specialized course materials intended primarily for use in formal
training programs.
Project Purpose: A timely revision of Std 1063 will update the existing
standard, which addresses paper documentation only, to provide requirements
for the structure, information content and format of electronic
documentation as well. The revised standard will address the interests of
software acquirers, producers, and users in standards for consistent,
complete, accurate, and usable documentation.
Abstract: Minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of user docu-mentation, including both printed and
electronic documents used in the work environment by usersof systems containing software, are provided in this standard.
Key Words: online help,software user documentation,user manual
Designation: 1063-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1063-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 03, 1989
Abstract: Superseded by 1063-2001. Minimum requirements for the structure and information content of user documentation are
provided. They apply primarily to technical substance rather than to style. Editorial and stylistic considerations are addressed
only when they impact structure and content. Only traditional documentation, either printed on paper or stored in some other
medium in the format of a printed document and used in a manner analogous to the way a printed document is used, is addressed.
Key Words: documentation, user
Designation: 1064-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Guide for Multifactor Stress Functional Testing of Electrical
Insulation Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997.
History: BD APP: Jun 12, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1991
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A guide for developing test procedures
for the functional testing of insulation systems used in long-life electrical equipment exposed to more than one factor of
influence in service is presented. Included are descriptions of technical problems and practical possibilities that may be
helpful either for guidance or as a check list. A sequence of action is recommended, and details of the procedures required for
the specification of such tests are provided. The emphasis is on realistically modeling service aging in functional tests and
making the tests as simple and practical as possible. Mechanisms of interaction between the factors influencing aging are
reviewed.
Key Words: stress, interaction, Multifactor testing
Designation: 1065
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Digital Bus for NIM Instruments
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Key Words: digital, bus, NIM, instruments
Designation: 1066
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: NIM Modular Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Key Words: NIM, modular, bus
Designation: 1067-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance and Testing of
Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV AC and 750 kV DC
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2005
Technical Contact: Lawrence Schweitzer, Phone:804-448-8809, Email:lschweitzer@myrgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 06, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides recommendations for the in-service visual
inspection, use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive
clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use during linework
on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ±750 kV dc. Testing pertains only
to nondestructive electrical tests that can be performed periodically to
check if there is any reduction in the conductivity of the clothing.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present, in one document,
sufficient details of presently used methods and techniques to provide
for inspection, care, maintenance, and field testing. This guide also
presents a new method of testing conductive clothing. This guide is
intended to direct attention to appropriate standards and regulations
relating to the care or testing of conductive clothing. It is not
intended that this guide should replace present proven company procedures,
nor imply that these recommendations are superior to existing practices
and therefore should be universally adopted as company standards. This
compilation of many accepted practices is presented specifically in the form
of a guide to be used by those utilities that are seeking guidance in
establishing methods and procedures for the use, care, maintenance, and
testing of conductive clothing.
Abstract: This guide provides recommendations for the in-service visual inspection, use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing
of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use during linework on voltages up to 765 kV ac and
±750 kV dc. Testing pertains only to nondestructive electrical tests that can be performed periodically to check if there is
any reduction in the conductivity of the clothing.
Key Words: energized, conductivity, clothing, maintenance, power lines
Designation: P1067
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of
Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages Up to 765 kV ac and +/-750 kV dc
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lawrence Schweitzer, Phone:804-448-8809, Email:lschweitzer@myrgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This guide provides recommendations for the in-service visual
inspection, use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive
clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use during linework
on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ±750 kV dc. Testing pertains only
to nondestructive electrical tests that can be performed periodically to
check if there is any reduction in the conductivity of the clothing.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present, in one document,
sufficient details of presently used methods and techniques to provide
for inspection, care, maintenance, and field testing. This guide also
presents a new method of testing conductive clothing. This guide is
intended to direct attention to appropriate standards and regulations
relating to the care or testing of conductive clothing. It is not
intended that this guide should replace present proven company procedures,
nor imply that these recommendations are superior to existing practices
and therefore should be universally adopted as company standards. This
compilation of many accepted practices is presented specifically in the form
of a guide to be used by those utilities that are seeking guidance in
establishing methods and procedures for the use, care, maintenance, and
testing of conductive clothing.
Abstract: General recommendations for the in-service care, maintenance, and testing of the conductive clothing worn by workers to
perform work in high-voltage fields are presented.
Key Words: clothing, conductivity, energized, maintenance, power lines
Designation: 1067-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of
Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý 750 kV dc
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 1067-1990.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Dec 03, 1996
Abstract: Superseded by 1067-2005 Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing
of conductive clothing, including suits, gloves, socks, and boots for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ý750kV dc.
Key Words: conductive clothing, evaluation, NDE, nondestructive test
Designation: 1067-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Use, Care, Maintenance, and Testing of
Conductive Clothing for Use on Voltages up to 765 kV AC
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Recommendations are provided for the in-service use, care, maintenance, and electrical testing of conductive clothing,
including suits, gloves, socks, and boots, for use on voltages up to 765 kV ac and ± 750 kV dc.
Key Words: maintenance, care, testing, conductive, suits, conductive clothing,
nondestructive test
Designation: 1068-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the
Petroleum, Chemical, and Process Industries
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 17, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1068-1996
Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 24, 2010
Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of
alternating current (ac) electric motors and includes guidelines for both
the user and the repair facility. It is not intended to replace specific
instructions contained in the manufacturer’s instruction book or in any
contractual agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given
machine. For the purpose of this document, the term “motor” is used in lieu
of, and shall equate to, the terms wound rotor, generator, and machine.
This standard covers reconditioning, repair, and rewind of horizontal and
vertical induction motors and of synchronous motors. It applies to all
voltages 15 kV and less, and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 hp). This
standard applies only to the repair of motors, and in cases involving
modifications to the basic design, care must be taken so as not to
negatively affect the safety and reliability of the motor. Excluded from
the scope of this standard are the following: - Specific requirements,
certification, and inspection required for explosion proof, dust ignition
proof, flameproof, and like motors having a listing issued by a Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL), for example, Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Factory Mutual (FM),and Canadian Standards
Association (CSA). For motors in this category, the user shall verify if the
repair facility shall be certified by such an agency. - Any specific or
additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled
generators,submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. -
Direct current (dc) motors.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used and referenced by users
of motors that need repair as well as by owners and operators of
establishments that offer motor repair services. It has been developed
primarily for the needs of the petroleum and chemical industry but can be
adapted to other applications or industries. The use of this standard by
users and repair facilities is expected to result in higher quality, cost-
effective, timely repairs. It also provides a means of evaluating repairs
and facilities.
Abstract: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document that can be utilized and referenced by owners of ac motors and
generators (machines) that need refurbishment, repair, and/or rewinding, as well as service or repair facilities. It has been
developed for the petroleum, chemical, and process industries, and it may be adapted to other areas of interest. The use of this
standard is expected to result in higher quality and more cost effective, and timely repairs. A means of evaluating work
performed and repair or service facilities is also provided.
Key Words: 1068-2009, ac generator, ac machine, ac motor, induction, refurbish,
repair, repair facility, rewind, service facility, synchronous
Designation: 1068-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the
Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 1068-1990. Superseded by 1068-2009.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: General recommendations are provided for owners users of motors that need repair as well as owners and operators of
establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher quality,
more cost-effective, and timely repairs. Guidelines are also provided for evaluating repairs and facilities.
Key Words: motors, repair of horizontal motors, repair of vertical motors,
rewinding of horizontal motors, rewinding of vertical motors
Designation: 1068-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the
Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: General recommendations are provided for users of motors that need repair as well as owners and operators of
establishments that offer motor repair services. The use of this recommended practice is expected to result in higher quality,
more cost-effective, and timely repairs. Guidelines are also provided for evaluating repairs and facilities.
Key Words: repair, rewinding, Vertical motors, Horizontal motors
Designation: 1068
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for the Repair and Rewinding of Motors for the
Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Joseph K Armintor, Phone:281-364-5303, Email:jkarmintor@ra.rockwell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers general recommendation for the
repair of electric motors, both for users and for owners of repair
facilities. It is not intended to support manufacturers instructions or
contractual agreements, and applies to NEMA fram 140 and above, with voltage
ratings 15 KV and less, verfical and horizontal. The scope statement
remains the same from the previous PAR.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to provide
operators and repair shops the ability to achieve higher quality, more cost
effective repairs and timely repairs. This revision will address
improvements in rewind materials, testing instrumentation, and repair
techniques.
Designation: 1068
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of Electric Motors in the
Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of
electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair
facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in
the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between
a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. This standard covers
reconditioning, repair and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction
motors and synchronous machines. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less
and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 Hp). This standard applies only to the
repair of motors and in those cases involving modifications to the basic
design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and
reliability of the machine. Excluded from the scope of this standard are
the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection
required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof and like
machines having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory (NRTL). For example: Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory
Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), etc. - Any specific
or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled machines,
submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - DC machines
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document
that can be utilized and referenced by owners of motors that need repair as
well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair
services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the Petroleum and
Chemical Industry but can be adapted to other applications. The use of
this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in
higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides a
means of evaluating repairs and facilities.
Designation: 1068
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the
Petroleum, Chemical and Process Industries
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This document covers general recommendations for the repair of
electric motors and includes guidelines for both the user and the repair
facility. It is not intended to replace specific instructions contained in
the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual agreement between
a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine. This standard covers
reconditioning, repair and rewind of horizontal and vertical induction
motors and synchronous machines. It applies to all voltages 15 kV and less
and all ratings above 0.75 kW (1 Hp). This standard applies only to the
repair of motors and in those cases involving modifications to the basic
design, care must be taken so as not to negatively affect the safety and
reliability of the machine. Excluded from the scope of this standard are
the following: - Specific requirements, certification, and inspection
required for explosion proof, dust ignition proof, flameproof and like
machines having a listing issued by a Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory (NRTL). For example: Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory
Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), etc. - Any specific
or additional requirements for hermetic motors, hydrogen-cooled machines,
submersible motors, or Class 1E nuclear service motors. - DC machines
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be a basic or primary document
that can be utilized and referenced by owners of motors that need repair as
well as by owners and operators of establishments that offer motor repair
services. It has been developed primarily for the needs of the Petroleum and
Chemical Industry but can be adapted to other applications. The use of
this standard by users and repair facilities is expected to result in
higher-quality, more cost-effective, and timely repairs. It also provides a
means of evaluating repairs and facilities.
Designation: P1068-2009/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for the Repair and Rewinding of AC Electric Motors in the
Petroleum, Chemical, and Process Industries - Corrigendum 1
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: Clause 8.5.4, change the last sentence: change "...the stresses
noted in Table 7." to "...the stresses noted in Table 9." (ie: the
reference to Table 7 is incorrect. The reference needs to be Table 9)
Designation: 1069-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precipitator and Baghouse Hopper Heating
Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Recommendations on hopper heating system performance and equipment
requirements necessary to provide an economical and effective hopper heating system are presented. System characteristics are
described, and heat transfer analysis is covered. Heating module design considerations are presented. Control, monitoring, and
alarm systems are discussed. Insulation, installation, operation, and maintenance are addressed.
Key Words: flue gas, Precipitators, Hopper heating systems, Fly ash removal ,
Baghouse hoppers
Designation: 107-1964
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1979
Title: Standard for Rating and Testing Magnetic Amplifiers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1070-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular
Restoration Structure Components
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006
Project Scope: This guide will provide the industry with a generic
specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular
restoration structure components.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the industry with a
generic specification that can be used by companies for acquisition of
transmission modular restoration structure components. This particular
design would then be compatible with the modular restoration structures
presently in use within the utility industry and allow the highly successful
plan of transmission mutual aid to be greatly enhanced. The testing
prescribed in this standard provides a high level of confidence between
manufacturers and/or suppliers and is intended to promote competitive
acquisition practices within the industry. This guide is not intended to
be an application guide for complete assembled emergency restoration
structures. However, the application and capabilities of emergency
restoration structures that utilize the components described in this guide
have been well documented by Goodreid and Magwood [B6],1 Rutty, et al.
[B11], Aristizabal and Cortez [B2], Lopez Tagle, et al. [B8], Pohlman, et
al. [B9] and [B10], Agrawal and Erickson [B1], and Schweiner, et al. [B11].
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1070-1995. A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission modular
restoration structure components used by electric utilities is provided.
Key Words: box sections, column sections, end plates, foundations, gimbals, guy
plates, transmission mutual aid
Designation: 1070-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular
Restoration Structure Components
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988
Abstract: Superseded by 1070-1995. A generic specification, including design and testing, is provided for transmission modular
restoration structure components being widely used today by many electric utilities, both publicly and privately owned. It can be
used by electric utilities for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure components, to ensure that the
particular design is compatible with structures presently in use within the industry. This would enhance transmission mutual aid.
Testing is prescribed to provide a high confidence level between manufacturers and/or suppliers and to promote competitive
acquisition practices within the industry.
Key Words: restoration, transmission, modular, structure, components
Designation: 1070-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Testing of Transmission Modular
Restoration Structure Components
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 1070-1988. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-
2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1996
Project Scope: Provide the industry with a generic specification, including
design and testing, for transmission modular restoration structure
components being widely used today by many electric utilities.
Project Purpose: To make available to the industry a general specification that
can be used for acquisition of transmission modular restoration structure
components. These components would be compatible with those presently in
use in the industry enhancing the transmission mutual aid to a great degree.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. A generic specification, including design and testing, for transmission
modular restoration structure components used by electric utilities is provided.
Key Words: box sections, column sections, end plates, foundations, gimbals, guy
plates, transmission mutual, mutual aid
Designation: 1071
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Telecommunications Dictionary
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William B Wilkens, Phone:603-267-6524
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 1072
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: IN-Vivo Bioassay Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Key Words: in-vivo, bioassay
Designation: 1073-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Overview and Framework
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: May 13, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
Abstract: An overall definition of the IEEE 1073 family of standards is provided, describing the interconnection and interoperation
of medical devices with computerized healthcare information systems in a manner suitable for the clinical environment.
Key Words: acute care, bedside environment, computerized healthcare
information, healthcare information systems, medical devices, medical device
system, MDS, patient care information systems, patient data management
system, virtual medical device, VMD
Designation: 1073.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) - Overview and Framework
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991
Project Scope: The scope of the MDDL standards is to define 1073-specific
information format and representation methods. This document defines the
overall framework of the MDDL standards, as well as information formats and
representation methods used in common across the P1073 family of standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the MDDL standards is to define the semantics
and syntax of information interchanged between application entities in a
1073-based system. This document provides application developers with
information sufficient to use the overall set of MDDL specifications to
model their applications.
Designation: 1073.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) - Common Definitions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991
Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the common set of
definitions used among a variety of Virtual Medical Device object classes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to provide a common
"library" of definitions in order to facilitate common language usage,
particularly the "nomenclature" and the general "terminology" and to reduce
the overhead of defining and evolving specialized medical device classes.
Designation: 1073.1.1.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Part 10101: Nomenclature
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a nomenclature for
communications of information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary
emphasis is placed on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs
information. The nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented
information model that is for medical device communications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and
concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This
document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical
device data communication applications.
Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEEE 11073-1010-2004. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC)
medical device communication (MCD), this standard provides the nomenclature that supports both the domain information model and
service model components of the standards family, as well as the semantic content exchanged with medical devices. The
nomenclature is specialized for patient vital signs information representation and medical device informatics, with major areas
including concepts for electrocardiograph (ECG), haemodynamics, respiration, blood gas, urine, fluid-related metrics, and
neurology, as well as specialized units of measurement, general device events, alarms, and body sites. The standard defines both
the architecture and major components of the nomenclature, along with extensive definitions for each conceptual area.
Key Words: codes, information model, medical device communication,
nomenclature, ontology, patient, point-of-care, POC, semantics, service
model terminology
Designation: 1073.1.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Medical Device Data Language
(MDDL) - Nomenclature
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: To define a nomenclature for object oriented data communications
for medical device communications. This project defines terms, attributes,
and objects for medical devices.
Project Purpose: To define the unique terms and concepts required for medical
device data communications. This document will serve as the data dictionary
for present and future uses of medical device data communications. This
document references and augments a European pre-standard.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. The scope of this standard is
nomenclature for IEEE 1073 upper layer profiles. The purpose of this standard is to define semantics, symbols and codes for
nomenclature used in IEEE 1073 protocol data units (PDUs).
Key Words: IEEE 1073 , IEEE 1073.1.1.1 , P1073.1.1.1 , 11073-10101
Designation: 1073.1.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) - Virtual Medical Device, Generalized
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991
Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the set of definitions that
model a medical device generalization, or "Virtual Medical Device", which is
used as a basis for future refinement of more specialized medical device
classes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to provide a set of
object-oriented definitions that serve as a basis for common communications
among a variety of medical devices, as well as a "toolkit" for defining
additional medical device specializations.
Designation: 1073.1.2.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Health Informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Part 10201: Domain information model
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a general object-oriented
information model that may be used to structure information and identify
services used in point-of-care medical device communications. The scope is
primarily focused on acute care medical devices and the communication of
patient vital signs information.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a general object-
oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication
with specific medical devices.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC),
this standard provides an abstract object-oriented domain information model that specifies the structure of exchanged
information, as well as the events and services that are supported by each object. All elements are specified using abstract
syntax (ASN.1) and may be applied to many different implementation technologies, transfer syntaxes, and application service
models. Core subjects include medical, alert, system, patient, control, archival, communication, and extended services. Model
extensibility is supported, and a conformance model and statement template is provided.
Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, ASN.1, information model, medical
device communications, medi-cal information bus, MIB, point-of-care, POC,
object-oriented, patient, remote control
Designation: 1073.1.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) - Virtual Medical Device, Specialized
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 25, 1991
Project Scope: The scope of this subset of MDDL is the set of definitions that
are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this subset of MDDL is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes.
Designation: 1073.1.3.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Infusion device
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
patient-connected infusion devices or "pumps". It specializes definitions
provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format
standards, application profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between patient-connected infusion devices and
other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-
and-play interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations- Infusion Device
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Infusion Devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Infusion Devices.
Designation: 1073.1.3.10
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Cardiac output
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
devices that measure cardiac output. It specializes definitions provided by
other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards,
application profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between devices that measure cardiac output and
other medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-
and-play interoperability.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications.
Designation: 1073.1.3.10
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Cardiac Output
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that
are normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This
standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Cardiac Output.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Cardiac Output. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.11
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Airway gas analyzer
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
capnometers. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between capnometers and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.11
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Capnometer
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
capnometers. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between capnometers and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications.
Designation: 1073.1.3.11
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Capnometer
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Capnometers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Capnometers. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.12
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Hemodynamic calculator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
hemodynamic calculators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE
1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between hemodynamic calculators and other
medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-
play interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.12
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Hemodynamic Calculator
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of defintiions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Hemodynamic Calculators.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Hemodynamic
Calculators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers
and hospital software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.13
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Pulmonary calculator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
pulmonary calculators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE
1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between pulmonary calculators and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.13
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Pulmonary Calculator
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Pulmonary Calculators.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Pulmonary
Calculators. The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers
and hospital software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.14
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Respirator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
respirators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between respirators and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.14
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Respirator
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Respirators.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Respirators. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.15
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Weighing scale
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
weighing scales. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between weighing scales and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.15
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Scale
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Scales.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Scales. The users of
the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software
application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Vital signs monitor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
patient vital signs monitors. It specializes definitions provided by other
IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application
profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between patient vital signs monitors and other
medical devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-
play interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Vital Signs Monitor
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the virtual Device abstraction. This standard
defines the virtual Medical Device abstraction for Vital Signs Monitors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Vital Signs Monitors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Ventilator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
medical ventilators. It will specialize definitions provided by other IEEE
1073 standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between patient ventilators and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Ventilator
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. This
standard defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Ventilators.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
dedfinition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Ventilators.
Designation: 1073.1.3.4
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Pulse oximeter
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
pulse oximeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between pulse oximeters and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications.
Designation: 1073.1.3.4
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) Medical Device Specializations - Pulse Oximeter
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical Device abstraction. This
standard defines the Virtual Medical abstraction for pulse oximeters.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major device classes in a way that maximizes the utility of
the specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. The project will define the base object for pulse oximeters. The
development of base objects allows for standard applications to be developed
for healthcare.
Designation: 1073.1.3.5
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Defibrillator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
defibrillators. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications.
Designation: 1073.1.3.5
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Defibrillator
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Defibtillators.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for defibrillators. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturersand hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.6
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - ECG monitoring
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
electrocardiograms or ECG's. It specializes definitions provided by other
IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application
profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.6
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - ECG
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
electrocardiograms or ECG's. It specializes definitions provided by other
IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format standards, application
profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between defibrillators and other medical devices
and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications.
Designation: 1073.1.3.6
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, ECG
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for ECG's.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical deviceclasses in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for ECG's. The users of
the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital software
application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.7
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Blood pressure
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
devices that provide blood pressure information. It specializes definitions
provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data format
standards, application profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between devices that provide blood pressure
information and other medical devices and information systems in a manner
that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications.
Designation: 1073.1.3.7
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Blood Pressure
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for blood pressure.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for blood pressure. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.8
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Temperature
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
devices that provide patient temperature information. It specializes
definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including general data
format standards, application profile standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between devices that provide patient temperature
information and other medical devices and information systems in a manner
that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications.
Designation: 1073.1.3.8
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Temperature
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstractions for temperature.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for temperature. The
users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.3.9
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Airway meter
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
airway flowmeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between airway flowmeters and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Designation: 1073.1.3.9
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Airway flowmeter
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
airway flowmeters. It specializes definitions provided by other IEEE 1073
standards, including general data format standards, application profile
standards, and transport standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between airway flowmeters and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications.
Designation: 1073.1.3.9
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, MDDL, Medical Device
Specializations, Airway Flowmeter
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kenneth J Fuchs, Phone:978-907-7686, Email:ken.fuchs@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this MDDL subset is the set of definitions that are
normative specializations of the Virtual Medical abstraction. This standard
defines the Virtual Medical Device abstraction for Airway Flowmeters.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this MDDL subset is to facilitate normative
definition among major medical device classes in a way that maximizes the
specializations used, and minimizes the interactions with other device
classes. This project will define the base object for Airway Flowmeters.
The users of the standard will be medical device manufacturers and hospital
software application vendors.
Designation: 1073.1.4
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) Kernel Data Format
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the format of medical device data
language (MDDL) protocol data units (PDU's).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify mappings between
MDDL and the medical device application profile (MDAP) standards.
Designation: 1073.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Application Profiles,
Framework and Overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 1073.2.0
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Application Profiles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This project is limited to service and protocol definitions that
are identified in IEEE 1073.2, "Framework and Overview" and are used by
related medical device application profile standards, e.g. P1073.2n.
Project Purpose: The definitions augment and in some cases optimize related
industry standards, chiefly ISO Systems Management standards, particularly
with respect to cost-performance improvements for real-time medical data
communication.
Designation: 1073.2.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Applications Profile -
Connection Mode
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 1073.2.1.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Standard for Health Informatics - Point-of-care
medical device communication - Part 20101: Application profiles - Base
Standard
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: This standard will define the base message syntax and data
encoding for medical device application profiles. The definitions will
augment and in some cases optimize related industry standards, chiefly ISO
Systems Management standards, particularly with respect to cost-performance
improvements for real-time medical data communication. It is limited to
upper-layer (i.e., ISO OSI Application, Presentation, and Session) services
and protocols used for medical device communication. As a base standards,
it neither defines application-specific content of messages nor specific
application profiles.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide the basis for translating
abstract message definitions, defined in the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards,
into an encoded data stream that can be communicated between systems. It
also provides a common ("base") set of definitions that are used by
application profiles to accomplish plug-and-play interoperability between
medical devices and with patient care information systems.
Abstract: ISO/IEEE Dual Logo The scope of this standard is upper-layer (i.e. ISO OSI Application, Presentation, and Session)
services and protocols for information exchange under ISO/IEEE 11073 Standards for Medical Device Communications (MDC). This
standard is the Base Standard of the IEEE 1073.2™, Medical Device Application Profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through CEN and ISO.
Key Words: abstract syntex, alarm, alert, communication, control, information
model, medical device, object-oriented, point-of-care, POC, services
Designation: 1073.2.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Application Profile-Basic
Capabilities
Status: Changed Designation
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This document specifies the base standards, and any restrictions
imposed on those standards, to be used in the Applcation, Presentation, and
Session layers in connection-oriented medical device communications. The
information contained in this document corresponds to an International
Organization for Standardization (ISO) application (A-type) international
standardized profile (ISP).
Project Purpose: This document specifies the Application Protocol Data Units
(APDU) and the use of application, presentation, and session layer service
elements and protocols for use between P1073 medical dedvice applications
entities over a connection-oriented transport service. This document adds
the following capabilities to those described in 1073.2.1: Set Attribute,
create object, delete object.
Designation: 1073.2.2.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Polling Mode
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical
devices that communicate using a polling-type of protocol. This standard
builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (IEEE
P1073.2.1), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific data
formatted in accordance with the IEEE 1073.1.x set of standards. It does
not define application-specific message content.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play
interoperability for those typically simple medical devices that use
polling-type protocols, where a managing system queries the device for all
information that is communicated. The profile is much simpler than others,
enabling implementations that require less processor and memory resources
within the medical device.
Designation: 1073.2.2.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Baseline
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical
devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data
updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are
available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base
MDAP standard (IEEE P1073.2.1), and defines the method for retrieving
application-specific data formatted in accordance with the IEEE 1073.1.x set
of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical device
specializations defined in the IEEE 1073.1.3.x standards, and thus its name
"baseline". It does not define application-specific message content.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play
interoperability for those medical devices that use event-driven type
protocols. The key benefit of this class of protocol is that the
communication bandwidth utilized is only that which is needed. A managing
system does not need to unnecessarily "poll" the device for information when
it may not be available, thus resulting in more efficient implementations.
This profile also defines a more robust service model providing for more
complete support of the data model and services defined in the IEEE 1073.1.x
standards.
Designation: 1073.2.2.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Asynchronous mode
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical
devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data
updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are
available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base
MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving
application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-
1xxxx set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical
device specializations and is titled "asynchronous" because it enables
devices to send information either periodically or episodically as needed
and without a manager system first issuing a request. It does not define
application-specific message content.
Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for medical
device communication, this document is needed to provide a set of generic
capabilities that may be used by agent and manager systems to exchange
information defined in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx standards.
Designation: 1073.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications Transport File - Common
Subset
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 1073.3.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Transport Profile -
Comnection Mode
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a transport profile for
medical device communications, especially in acute care settings.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate one amendment
and add additional changes based on initial implementations of the 1994
version of this standard.
Designation: 1073.3.1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications--
Transport Profile--Connection Mode
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 1073.3.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile -
Connection Mode
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1995
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. A local area network (LAN) for the interconnection of computers and
medical devices is defined by the specifications and guidelines set forth in this standard. The functions, features, and
protocols of the intra-room communications subnet of a bedside communications network known as the Medical Information Bus (MIB)
are defined. This communications subnet is the functional equivalent for the MIB of the Transport, Network, Data Link, and
Physical layers of the Organization for International Standards (ISO) Reference Model for Open Systems Interconnection (OSI).
This standard defines the services and protocols for the MIB Transport, Network, and Data Link layers.
Key Words: BCC, Data Link layer, DCC, frame, flow control, HDLC, high-level
data link, MIB, Network layer, subnetwork, transport layer, Physical layer,
high-level data link control , device communications control, bedside
medical device, bedside communications control, Medical Information Bus
Designation: 1073.3.1a-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-1/Amd. 1, Standard for Medical Device Communications--
Transport Profile--Connection Mode--Amendment 1: Corrections and
Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 1073.3.1a-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile -
Connection Mode Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to address corrections and
implementation issues that have arisen since the original standard was
issued.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to correct and clarify issues
with IEEE 1073.3.1-1994 that have arisen in implementation.
Abstract: IEEE Std 1073.3.1a-2000 (Amendment to IEEE Std 1073.3.1-1994) This amendment sets forth a number of clarifications and
corrections to IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications--Transport Profile-- Connection Mode.
Key Words: "bedside communications controller (BCC), bedside medical device,
Data Link layer,device communications controller (DCC), flow control, frame,
high-level data link control (HDLC),Medical Information Bus (MIB),"
Designation: 1073.3.2-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile -
IrDA Based - Cable Connected
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: To define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device
communications.
Project Purpose: To provide connection-oriented communications services and
protocols consistent with IrDA specifications and adapted as appropriate for
IEEE 1073 applications.
Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEC 11073-30200:2004 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device
Communications. A connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device communications in legacy
devices is established. Communications services and protocols consis-tent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association
are defined. These communication services and protocols are optimized for use in patient-connected bedside medical devices.
Key Words: "bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical
device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP"
Designation: 1073.3.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-3-2, Standard for Medical Device Communications--
Transport Profile--IrDA Based--Cable Connected
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Designation: 1073.3.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA
Based - Cable Connected - Amendment 1: Medical-Device Specific Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: Define and specify a medical-device specific connector for
applications that use the IEEE 1073.3.2 standard.
Project Purpose: Certain users and manufacturers require communication cables
that provide a unique connector specifically defined for use in medical
applications, such that there is no risk of making an inappropriate
connection. High reliability and ruggedness are also key requirements for
these use cases. This project will define a standard option for such
connectors.
Designation: 1073.3.3-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEEE Standard for Health Informatics - Point-of-Care
Medical Device Communication - Part 30300: Transport profile - Infrared
Wireless
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport
profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as
a companion standard to IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected
physical layer. The proposed standard will also support use cases consistent
with industry practice for handheld PDAs and network access points that
support IrDA-infrared communication.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide connection-
oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA
specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This will
extend and complement IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected
physical layer. The use of IrDA-infrared is appropriate for mobile and
portable 'point-of-care' clinical lab instruments (e.g. glucose meters) and
other medical devices that require intermittent 'point-and-shoot'
connectivity to a data repository, typically via a hospital network. The
proposed standard will utilize the work embodied in the Connectivity
Industry Consortium's "Device and Access Point Interface" specification,
which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for 'point-
of-care' medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA TinyTP)
running over two physical layers, cable-connected and infrared.
Abstract: ISO/IEEE Dual logo This standard establishes a connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for
medical device communications that use short-range infrared wireless. This standard defines communications services and
protocols consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association, and are optimized for ‘point-of-care’ applications at
or near the patient. KEYWORDS: . KEYWORDS: acceptance and performance testing, generators, induction, machines, motors,
polyphase
Key Words: access point, bedside, device interfaces, infrared, Infrared Data
Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device
communications, medical information bus, MIB, patient, Simple Network Time
Protocol, SNTP, point-of-care, POC, point-of-care testing, POCT, wireless
Designation: 1073.3.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Transport Profile - IrDA-
based - Infrared Wireless
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Paul Schluter, Phone:414-362-3610, Email:paul.schluter@med.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport
profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as
a companion standard to IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected
physical layer. The proposed standard will also support use cases consistent
with industry practice for handheld PDAs and network access points that
support IrDA-infrared communication.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide connection-
oriented communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA
specifications, using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This will
extend and complement IEEE Std 1073.3.2, which specifies a cable-connected
physical layer. The use of IrDA-infrared is appropriate for mobile and
portable 'point-of-care' clinical lab instruments (e.g. glucose meters) and
other medical devices that require intermittent 'point-and-shoot'
connectivity to a data repository, typically via a hospital network. The
proposed standard will utilize the work embodied in the Connectivity
Industry Consortium's "Device and Access Point Interface" specification,
which is part of an overall effort to standardize communication for 'point-
of-care' medical devices using a single transport protocol (IrDA TinyTP)
running over two physical layers, cable-connected and infrared.
Key Words: P1073 , 1073 , P11073 , 11073 , P1073.3.3 , 1073.3.3
Designation: 1073.4.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications, Physical Layer Interface -
Cable Connected
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allen Farquhar, Phone:858-271-7070, Email:farquhar@san.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define physical layer
requirements for medical device communications, especially in acute care
settings.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate one amendment
and add additional changes based on initial implementations of the 1994
version of this standard.
Designation: 1073.4.1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-4-1, Standard for Medical Device Communications--Physical
Layer Interface--Cable Connected
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 1073.4.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer
Interface - Cable Connected
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. A physical interface for the interconnection of computers and medical
devices in the 1073 family of standards is defined. This interface is intended to be highly robust in an environment where
devices are frequently connected to and disconnected from the network. The physical and electrical characteristics of the
connector and signals necessary to exchange digital information between cable-connected medical devices and host computer systems
are specified.
Key Words: BCC, DCC, device communication, ESD, HDLC, Manchester biphase ,
Physical layer, special function signals, high-speed frame encoding, high-
level data link control , electromagnetic noise, cable-connected medical
device, bedside medical device, bedside communications control, Manchester
biphase encoding, Electrostatic discharge , Data Link layer
Designation: 1073.4.1a-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Medical Device Communications - Physical Layer
Interface - Cable Connected - Amendment I: Corrections and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to address corrections and
implementation issues that have arisen since the original standard was
issued
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to correct and clarify issues
with IEEE 1073.4.1-1994 that have arisen in implementation.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. A physical interface for the
interconnection of computers and medical devices in the IEEE 1073 family of standards is defined. This interface is intended to
be highly robust in an environment where devices are frequently connected to and disconnected from the network. The physical and
electrical characteristics of the connector and signals necessary to exchange digital information between cable-connected medical
devices and host computer systems are specified.
Designation: 1073.5
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Medical Device Communications - Internetworking
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Kennelly, Phone:603-284-6287, Email:bobk@catharsismedical.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This document specifies the standards for internetworking
between a 1073 Bedside Communication Controller and other networks.
Examples include bridges, routers, relays, and gateways.
Project Purpose: This standard will allow data exchange between Bedside 1073
networks and other information systems.
Designation: 1073.6.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application gateway - HL7, Observation reporting interface
(ORI)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003
Project Scope: This project will specifies how medical devices that use IEEE
1073 protocols and systems that use Health Level 7 (HL7) protocols may
interoperate to communicate vital signs observations and general medical
device information. This is an Application Gateway standard, meaning that
there will be no particular transport requirements specified beyond those
which already identified for use by the IEEE 1073 set of standards and
within HL7, though some informative examples will be included in annexes.
The HL7 Observation Reporting Interface (ORI) standard will specify how IEEE
1073 data model components or objects and nomenclature terms shall be
expressed using HL7 protocols, using both HL7 Encoding Rules and XML
formats. It will use related conventions for the communication of medical
device data (e.g., the point-of-care test device ORI standard), and will
specify multiple versions of HL7 as necessary, including version 2.x and
version 3, along with usage constraints and guidelines for each.
Project Purpose: Though most point-of-care medical devices, especially patient-
connected acute care instruments, provide information that can be
communicated to an external system and ultimately used by many different
clinical applications, such as charting or electronic patient records, there
is no standard protocol for formatting and exchanging this information, and
thus interoperability requires protocol converters and data translators.
The IEEE 1073 standards provide a common means of communicating point-of-
care medical device information without requiring additional tools to achive
interoperability. This works especially well for device to device
communication that requires real-time plug-and-play data exchange. Many
clinical applications, though, use HL7 protocols for data exchange, and
often only need a small portion of the data set that can be automatically
captured from medical devices. Again, though, there is little
standardization in how HL7 may be used to convey information sourced from
medical devices, and specifically there is no single means for converting
IEEE 1073-based data into HL7-based information streams. Standardizing an
observation reporting interface between these two environments will reduce
the cost and complexity of deploying systems that automatically capture
point-of-care medical device data into HL7-based clinical applications, and
thus will allow this capability to be more generally used in clinical
environments, ultimately resulting in increased patient safety and quality
of care.
Designation: 10738-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC TR 10738:1993 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5b-1993 Edition] Information
technology - Local and Metropolitan area networks - Token ring access method
and physical layer specifications - Recommended practice for use of
unshielded twisted pair cable (UTP) for token ring data transmission at 4
Mbit/s
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1073 family on Medical Device Communications. The recommended practice for
using unshielded twisted pair cables (UTP) for transmitting data at 4 Mb/s is described. Signal characteristics, unshielded
twisted pair transmission characteristics, medium interface connection, cable routing, bit error rate, safety, and reliability
are covered.
Key Words: token ring access method, token ring data transmission, token ring
networks, unshielded twisted pair cable
Designation: 1074-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Developing a Software Project Life Cycle Process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 2006
Technical Contact: Keith R Middleton, Phone:509-375-2686, Email:keith.middleton@pnl.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides a process for creating a software project
life cycle process (SPLCP). It is primarily directed at the process
architect for a given software project. It is the function of the process
architect to develop the SPLCP. This methodology begins with the
selection of an appropriate software project life cycle model (SPLCM)for use
on the specific project. It continues through the definition of the software
project life cycle (SPLC),using the selected SPLCM, the activities provided
in Annex A, and the portion of the software life cycle that is relevant to
the project. The methodology concludes with the augmentation of the software
life cycle with organizational process assets (OPAs) to create the SPLCP.
The activities that are provided in Annex A cover the entire life cycle of a
software system, from concept exploration through the eventual retirement of
the software system. This standard does not address nonsoftware activities,
such as contracting, purchasing, or hardware development. It also does not
mandate the use of a specific SPLCM, nor does it provide a selection of, or
a tutorial on, SPLCMs. This standard presumes that the process architect is
already familiar with a variety of SPLCMs, with the criteria for choosing
among them and with the criteria for determining the attributes and
constraints of the desired end system and the development environment that
affects this selection. Finally, this standard does not prescribe how to
perform the software activities in Annex A.
Project Purpose: This standard defines the process by which an SPLCP is
developed. It is useful to any organization that is responsible for managing
and performing software projects. It can be used where software is the total
system or where software is part of a larger system.
Abstract: Revision to IEEE Std 1074-1997 This project will develop a revised 1074 Standard for Developing a Software Project Life
Cycle Process. The scope of the revision will be consistent with the scope of the original document (and IEEE guidance for the
revision effort). The standard provides a process for creating a software project life cycle process.
Key Words: software project life cycle, software project life cycle model,
software project life cycle process
Designation: 1074-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: This standard provides the set of Activities that constitute the
Processes for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand-
alone or part of a system. (Non-software activities, such as hardware
development and purchasing, are outside the scope of this standard). This
standard also provides associated Input and Output information. The
proposed revision will differ from the original as follows: (1) The word
process will be downplayed, or order to better focus attention on the
Activities. Collections of Activities will now be called Activity Groups.
(2) All Planning Activities will now be collected into a single Activity
Group called Project Planning Activities. (3) The Verification and
Validation Process will be replaced by a new Activity Group entitled
"Evaluation Activities", which will include specific V&V Activities such as
reviews, audits, testing.
Project Purpose: To better enable software organizations to develop and/or
maintain software on time and within budget. It is envisioned that the
primary user of the revised standard will be the Process Architect for a
software project. This is the individual whose function is to select a
Software Life Cycle Model (SLCM) for the project, create the project
Software Life Cycle (SLC), and ensure that this SLC is properly followed
throughout the lifetime of the project. The revised standard will benefit
the Process Architect by clearly defining his or her role, and the steps
necessary to fulfill that role.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1074-2006 A process for creating a software life cycle process is provided. Although this
standardis directed primarily at the process architect, it is useful to any organization that is responsible formanaging and
performing software projects.
Key Words: "software life cycle,software life cycle model, software life cycle
process"
Designation: 1074-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 1074-1991.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Superseded by 1074-1997 The set of Activities that constitute the Processes that are mandatory for the development and
maintenance of software, whether stand- alone or part of a system, is provided. Non-software Activities, such as hardware
development and purchasing, are outside of the scope of this standard. Also provided is associated Input and Output Information.
Key Words: activities, mapping, processes, software life cycle , life cycle
model, life cycle process
Designation: 1074-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: Superceded by 1074-1995. The set of activities that constitute the processes that are mandatory for the development and
maintenance of software, whether stand-alone or part of a system, is provided. Non-software activities, such as hardware
development and purchasing, are outside of the scope of this standard. Also provided is associated input and output information.
Key Words: software, life, cycle, process
Designation: 1074
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Napier, Phone:253-265-6024, Email:j.napier@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop a revised 1074 Standard for Developing
Life Cycle Processes. The scope of the revision will be consistent with the
scope of the original document (and IEEE guidance with the revision effort).
The standard provides a process for creating a software life cycle process.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to revise the existing
1074-1997 standard to be consistent with other IEEE standards, improve
standard usability and incorporate industry best practices for software life
cycle development that have evolved since the original standard was
published.
Designation: 1074.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Developing Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Selected topics covered in IEEE Std 1074-1995, IEEE Standard for
Developing Software Life Cycle Processes, are addressed in this guide. The guide provides assistance with Software Life Cycle
Model (SLCM) selection, Activity mapping, and management of a software Life Cycle (SLC).
Key Words: software life cycle, processes, cycle model, activities, mapping,
developing software
Designation: 1075
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1076-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 26, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 1076-2002
Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 2009
Project Scope: This standard revises and enhances the VHDL language reference
manual (LRM) by including a standard C language interface specification;
specifications from previously separate, but related, standards IEEE Std
1164 -1993,1 IEEE Std 1076.2 -1996, and IEEE Std 1076.3-1997; and general
language enhancements in the areas of design and verification of electronic
systems.
Project Purpose: The VHDL language was defined for use in the design and
documentation of electronics systems. It is revised to incorporate
capabilities that improve the language's usefulness for its intended purpose
as well as extend it to address design verification methodologies that have
developed in industry. These new design and verification capabilities are
required to ensure VHDL remains relevant and valuable for use in electronic
systems design and verification. Incorporation of previously separate, but
related standards, simplifies the maintenance of the specifications.
Abstract: VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the
creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development,
verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance,
modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the
advanced users of the language.
Key Words: 1076-2008, computer languages, electronic systems, hardware,
hardware design, VHDL
Designation: P1076
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jim W Lewis, Phone:503-590-4787, Email:jim@synthworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines the syntax and semantics of the VHSIC
Hardware Description Language (VHDL). The acronym, VHSIC (Very High Speed
Integrated Circuits), in the language's name comes from the U.S. government
program that funded early work on the standard.
Project Purpose: VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of
the creation of electronic systems. Since it is both machine and human
readable, it supports the design, development, verification, synthesis, and
testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and
the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. This document
is intended for the implementers of tools supporting the language and the
advanced users of the language.
Designation: 1076-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 1076-1993. Superseded by 1076-2008.
Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 2002
Project Scope: Develop a standard computer language and environment for use in
the design and description of electronic systems from the abstract to
logical gate modeling levels.
Project Purpose: To provide a syntax, vocabulary and semantics for describing
electronic systems. The data is required to support the design, production
and maintenance of electronic systems throughout their life cycle.
Abstract: Replaced by 61691-1-1 Dual-logo document. Revision of the IEEE Std 1076, 2000 Edition Abstract: VHSIC Hardware
Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic
systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and
testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of
hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language.
Key Words: "computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design,
VHDL"
Designation: 1076-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076-2002.
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: Add mutual exclusion semantics to the shared variable feature in
VHDL.
Project Purpose: To address a language feature area that received a significant
share of negative ballots and positive ballots with comments on the
implementation during the successful VHDL 1076-1993 balloting. The working
group was formed to attempt to reach concensus on a better implementation of
the language feature.
Abstract: " VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is defined. VHDL is a formal notationintended for use in all phases of the
creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine read-able and human readable, it supports the development,
verification, synthesis, and testing of hard-ware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance,
modification, andprocurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are the implementors of tools supporting the lan-guage and the
advanced users of the language. "
Key Words: "IEEE Std 1076, 2000 Edition.pdf"
Designation: 1076-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076-2002.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994
Abstract: Aiding in the comprehension and use of IEEE VHDL, this unique product offers a comprehensive & reliable tutorial on
VHDL - not available anywhere else. An enhancement to IEEE Std 1076-1993, the interactive tutorial is organized into four modules
designed to incrementally add to the user's understanding of VHDL and it's applications. This hands-on tutorial shows clear links
between the many levels and layers of VHDL and provides actual examples of VHDL implementation, making it an indispensible tool
for VHDL product development and users.
Key Words: token ring, access method, data transmission, token ring networks,
unshielded twisted pair cable, VHDL, Hardware design, Electronic systems,
Computer languages
Designation: 1076-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Oct 23, 1989
Abstract: Superseded by 1076-2002. IEEE standard VHDL language reference manual.
Key Words: Author: IEEE
Designation: 1076.1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: (Withdrawn)IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007
Project Scope: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1™language, a hardware
description language for the description andthe simulation of analog,
digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as
VHDL-AMS, is built on the IEEE 1076™(VHDL) language and extends it to
provide capabilities of writing andsimulating analog and mixed-signal
models.
Project Purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and
simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language.
The revision corrects editorial errors and clarifies aspects of the
language definition in the 1076.1-1999 standard, and updates the 1076.1-
1999 standard to reflect changes in the VHDL 1076-2002 specification.
Abstract: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of
analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on IEEE Std 1076-1993 (VHDL)
and extends it with additions and changes to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models.
Key Words: analog design, computer, computer languages, hardware design, mixed-
signal design,VHDL
Designation: P1076.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Ernst Christen, Phone:503 520 2720, Email:christen@analogy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1(TM) language, a hardware
description language for the description and the simulation of analog,
digital, and mixed-signal systems. Informally called VHDL-AMS, (VHSIC
Hardware Description Language for Analog and Mixed-Signal, where VHSIC
stands for Very High Speed Integrated Circuits), the language is built on
the IEEE 1076(TM)(VHDL) language and extends it to provide capabilities of
writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal models.
Project Purpose: To support the design and verification of complex electronic
systems containing a mixture of analog and digital devices, the IEEE
1076.1(TM) language provides, as an extension of the IEEE VHDL 1076
language, a comprehensive set of capabilities for the description and
simulation of mixed-signal and mixed-technology systems. The revision adds
selected new features to the language definition of the 1076.1-2007
standard, and updates the 1076.1-2007 standard to reflect changes in the
VHDL 1076-2008 specification.
Designation: 1076.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: The IEEE 1076 language has been primarily designed for the
description and the simulation of digital hardware systems. As such, it
provides only limited capabilities when used in analog modeling. VHDL
1076.1 aims to enhance VHDL 1076 such that it can support the description
and simulation of circuits and systems that exhibit continuous behavior over
time and over amplitude.
Project Purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal description and
simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL 1076 language.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1076.1-2007. This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for
the description and the simulation of analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS,
is bu
Key Words: IEEE Std 1076.1-1999
Designation: 1076.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: Original scope: The IEEE 1076 language has been primarily
designed for the description and the simulation of digital hardware systems.
As such, it provides only limited capabilities when used in analog modeling.
VHDL 1076.1 aims to enhance VHDL 1076 such that it can support the
description and simulation of circuits and systems that exhibit continuous
behavior over time and over amplitude. The revision will correct
editorial errors and clarify aspects of the language definition in the
original document, and will update the document to reflect changes in the
VHDL 1076 specification.
Project Purpose: Original purpose: To provide a comprehensive mixed-signal
description and simulation capabilities as an extension to the IEEE VHDL
1076 language. The document is to be revised to track changes in
the language that it extends.
Designation: 1076.1.1-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions -- Packages
for Multiple Energy Domain Support
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2011
**Supersedes 1076.1.1-2004.
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages,
compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1(TM),along with recommendations for
conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models
of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition
of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple
energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.) The packages are
intended for use primarily in the modeling of multiple energy domain
systems. The range of operation of the packages is not defined in this
standard, but is intended to be valid across a wide range of disciplines and
applications.
Project Purpose: The definitions of IEEE Std 1076.1 allow users to build
simulation models of physical components and subsystems that may belong to
multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Such models
are built upon sets of properties that are specific to each energy domain
and encapsulated in socalled natures. IEEE Std 1076.1 provides a mechanism
to define natures, but intentionally does not predefine any standard set of
natures as it is expected that this would be done in a subsequent IEEE
standard project. The definition of a standard set of natures is crucial to
make possible the reuse and exchange of models written in VHDL 1076.1 within
and among vendors.
Abstract: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1, along with recommendations
for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and subsystems. The
packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple energy domains
(electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.).
Key Words: IEEE 1076.1.1, interchange, modeling, model interchange, model
portability, multidisciplinary, multidisciplinary modeling, packages,
portability, standard packages, standard VHDL packages, VHDL, VHDL-AMS
Designation: 1076.1.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions---Packages for
Multiple Energy Domain Support
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076.1.1-2011.
Technical Contact: H. Alan Mantooth, Phone:479-575-4838, Email:mantooth@uark.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 16, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages,
compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1(TM)-1999,along with recommendations for
conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models
of physical components and subsystems. The packages include the definition
of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple
energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.) The packages are
intended for use primarily in the modeling of multiple energy domain
systems. The range of operation of the packages is not defined in this
standard, but is intended to be valid across a wide range of disciplines and
applications.
Project Purpose: The definitions of IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 allow users to build
simulation models of physical components and subsystems that may belong to
multiple energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.). Such models
are built upon sets of properties that are specific to each energy domain
and encapsulated in socalled natures. IEEE Std 1076.1-1999 provides a
mechanism to define natures, but intentionally does not predefine any
standard set of natures as it is expected that this would be done in a
subsequent IEEE standard project. The definition of a standard set of
natures is crucial to make possible the reuse and exchange of models written
in VHDL 1076.1 within and among vendors.
Abstract: This standard defines a collection of VHDL 1076.1 packages, compatible with IEEE Std 1076.1TM-1999, along with
recommendations for conforming use, in order to facilitate the interchange of simulation models of physical components and
subsystems. The packages include the definition of standard types, subtypes, natures, and constants for modeling in multiple
energy domains (electrical, fluidic, mechanical, etc.).
Key Words: interchange, modeling, model interchange, model portability,
multidisciplinary, multidisciplinary modeling, packages, portability,
standard packages, standard VHDL packages, VHDL, VHDL-AMS
Designation: 1076.2-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Mathematical Packages
Status: Superseded
**This standard includes a 3.5" DOS diskette. Superseded by 1076-2008.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 1997
Project Scope: Development of a set of standard math packages for VHDL.
Examples are trigometric, hyperbolic, random number generators, etc.
Project Purpose: Many modeling activities need computation of standard
mathematical functions. IEEE Standard 1076 does not have defined as a part
of the language any standard set of mathematical routines. This will
correct this problem by defining a Standard mathematical set of Packages to
be used with the language.
Abstract: The MATH_REAL package declaration, the MATH_COMPLEX package declaration, and the semantics of the standard mathematical
definition and conventional meaning of the functions that are part of this standard are provided. Ways for users to implement
this standard are given in an informative annex. Samples of the MATH_REAL and MATH_COMPLEX package bodies are provided in an
informative annex on diskette as guidelines for implementors to verify their implementation of this standard. Implementors may
choose to implement the package bodies in the most efficient manner available to them.
Key Words: IEEE, math_complex, math_real, vhdl, vhdl model interoperability
Designation: 1076.3-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Synthesis Packages
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076-2008.
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: Definition of a set of standard packages based on IEEE Std 1076
to describe hardware that can be synthesized using commercially available
synthesis programs.
Project Purpose: Only some parts of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language
(VHDL) are able to be synthesized currently. There are also no current
standards describing how to create these needed portable descriptions in
VHDL that can be synthesized. This standard will define a set of packages
to allow this portability of synthesizable descriptions.
Key Words: interpretations, metalogical values, numeric VHDL vector types,
signed, synthesis, unsigned
Designation: 1076.4-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VITAL Application-Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC)
Modeling Specification
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076.4-2000.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: To provide a standard method for modeling ASICs in VHDL. This
method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent
simulation suitable for large chip-level designs typical of those which are
based on ASICs.
Project Purpose: Current industry methods for designing complex chip-level
designs rely on proprietary solutions which are based on specific commercial
tools. This standard provides an effective means of performing those
designs in a standard, non-proprietary manner that is independent of
specific tools. This promotes cost effective design flows and promotes
healthy levels of competition in the electronic design industry. This
standard builds on the work of IEEE 1076 VHDL, which is a standard hardware
description language designed to allow such tool independent electronic
design.
Abstract: Superseded by 1076.4-2000. The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined. It
creates a methodology that promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for ASIC (Application-
Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access
this publication online.
Key Words: ASIC, computer languages, constraints, delay calculation, HDL,
modeling, SDF, timing, verilog, VHDL
Designation: 1076.4-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit)
Modeling Specification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supersedes 1076.4-1995. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009.
Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001
Project Scope: To provide a standard method of modeling ASICs in VHDL. This
method is aimed at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent
simulation suitable for large chip-level designs typical of those which are
based on ASICs.
Project Purpose: Current industry methods for designing complex chip-level
designs rely on proprietary solutions which are based on specific commercial
tools. This standard provides an effective means of performing those
designs in a standard, non-proprietary manner that is independent of
specific tools. This promotes cost effective design flows and promotes
healthy levels of competition in the electronic design industry. This
standard builds on the work of IEEE 1076 VHDL which is a standard hardware
description language designed to allow such tool independent electronic
design.
Abstract: IEC 61691-5: 2004 Dual-logo document replaces IEEE Std 1076.4-2000 (Revision of IEEE Std 1076.4-1995).
Abstract: The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC Libraries) ASIC Modeling Specification is defined in this standard. This
modeling specification defines a methodology which promotes the development of highly accurate, efficient simulation models for
ASIC (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) components in VHDL.
Key Words: "ASIC,computer,computer languages,constraints,delay
calculation,HDL,modeling,SDF,timing,Verilog,VHDL,"
Designation: 1076.4-2000/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit)
Modeling Specification---Corrigendum 1: Corrections to Code
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076-2008.
Technical Contact: Ajayharsh Varikat, Phone:+91-9810404071, Email:ajay@cadence.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This corrigendum will correct minor technical errors identified
in the last revision of the standard.
Project Purpose: Some implementers of the standard have identified minor
technical errors and have addressed them in their implementations. Without
corrections to the standard, conforming implementations may exhibit
differing behavior.
Designation: 1076.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard VHDL Language Utility Library
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gabe Moretti, Phone:941-497-9880, Email:gabe@eda.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Project Scope: Development of a set of utility packages written in the IEEE
1076 standard to aid in the development of models and to aid portability of
models across vendors.
Project Purpose: Vhdl is a broad harware description language that is
technology independent. Consequently, in order to obtain transportability
of models across segments of the industry, utility libraries reflecting
current design practices must be developed. This project will develop this
general utitility library.
Designation: 1076.6-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level Synthesis
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076.6-2004.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 2000
Project Scope: To develop a standard syntax and semantics for VHDL RTL
synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) which
is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that subset
for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current
existing standards IEEE 1076, 1164 and 1076.3.
Project Purpose: To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by
all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a
similar manner to which simulation tools use the current IEEE 1076 standard.
This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-defined designs
whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis
implementation by making their designs compliant with this developed
standard.
Abstract: Replaced by 1076.6-2004 (SH/SS95242) Abstract: A standard syntax and semantics for VHDL register transfer level (RTL)
synthesis is defined. The subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) that is suitable for RTL synthesis is defined, along with the semantics of
that subset for the synthesis domain.
Key Words: "pragma,register transfer level (RTL),synthesis,VHDL"
Designation: 1076.6-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for VHDL Register Transfer Level (RTL) Synthesis
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supersedes 1076.6-1999. Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: J Bhasker, Phone:610-439-6831, Email:jbhasker@esilicon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 2004
Project Scope: The standard describes a standard syntax and semantics for VHDL
RTL synthesis. It defines the subset of IEEE 1076 (VHDL) that is suitable
for RTL synthesis and defines the semantics of that subset for the synthesis
domain. The intent of this revision is to include a maximum subset of VHDL
that can be used to describe synthesizable RTL logic. This includes
considering new features introduced by IEEE Std 1076-1993, IEEE Std 1076-
2002, new semantics based on algorithmic styles rather than template-driven,
and a set of synthesis attributes that can be used to annotate an RTL
description.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define a syntax and
semantics that can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to
achieve uniformity of results in a similar manner to which simulation tools
use the IEEE 1076 standard. The original standard defined a syntax and
semantics that was common amongst all synthesis tools at the time that it
was created. The new standard expands the original purpose by including a
maximal subset of VHDL that can be synthesized.
Key Words: hardware description language, logic synthesis, register transfer
level (RTL), very highspeed integrated circuit hardware description
language (VHDL)
Designation: 1076/INT-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations: IEEE Std 1076-1987, IEEE Standard VHDL
Language Reference Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 21, 1992
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: John Willis
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: A series of analyses of various problems regarding the interpretation of the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL)
was carried out by VHDL experts on the VHDL Analysis and Standardization Group, the working group that developed the original
IEEE Std 1076-1987. The results of these deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the VHDL community
reasonable ways of interpreting the unclear portions of the standard.
Key Words: interpretations, LRM, VHDL, VHSIC, Hardware, language
Designation: 1076a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Supplement to the VHDL Standard Language Reference Manual for Shared
Variables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1076b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual -- Simulation Run-Time
Application Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing VHDL
1076-2002 standard by adding a simulation run-time application interface
(VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). The existing standard will be
unchanged. The VHPI is in addition to the existing standard.
Project Purpose: The VHPI will enhance the market for VHDL-related simulation
tools by defining a standard interface between VHDL simulators and
additional modeling, analysis and debugging tools. By reducing the costs of
supporting all VHDL simulators, it reduces the barrier of entry for
symbiotic tools and increases VHDL users' design and verification
productivity.
Designation: 1076c-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual - Procedural Language
Application Interface
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by IEEE 1076-2008.
Technical Contact: Jim W Lewis, Phone:503-590-4787, Email:jim@synthworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE
1076-2002 (VHDL) standard by adding a simulation runtime application
interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI).
Project Purpose: The VHPI will enhance the market for VHDL-related simulation
tools by defining a standard interface between VHDL simulators and
additional modeling, analysis and debugging tools.
Abstract: The scope of the proposed project is to amend the existing IEEE 1076-2002 (VHDL) standard by adding a simulation runtime
application interface (VHDL Programming Interface or VHPI). Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1076-2002
Key Words: computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design,
VHDL
Designation: 1077
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Design Management
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985
Key Words: design, management
Designation: 1078
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Info Model Descrpt'n Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steven J Piatz
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985
Key Words: language, information, model, description
Designation: 1079
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Circuit and Physical Design Description Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 3/10/88 StB meeting
Designation: 108-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: Trial-Use Recommended Guide for Specification of Electronic Voltmeters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Abstract: No Abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
Key Words: electronic volmeters, specification
Designation: 1081
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Appli of 730 to NPGS
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John R Matras, Phone:402-331-9131, Email:j_r_matras@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985
Key Words: nuclear, generation, 730
Designation: 1082-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: Guide for Incorporating Human Action Reliability Analysis for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: James P Bongarra, Phone:301-415-1046, Email:jxb@nrc.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998
Abstract: A structured framework for the incorporation of human/system interactions into probabilistic risk assessments is provided.
Key Words: reliability, analysis, human, action
Designation: 1083
Sponsor: Production and Application of Light
Title: Recommended Practice for Illuminating Industrial Operation Control
Centers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kao Chen, Phone:619-451-9854, Email:chenkao@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1985
Designation: 1083-2
Title: Digital recorders for measurements in high-voltage impulse tests - Part
2 Evaluation of software used for the determination of the parameters of
impulse waveforms
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**TPAR approved 10 December 1996
Designation: 1084-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Mathematics of Computing Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Being revised as 610.1 - expect to complete in 1992.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986
Abstract: This dictionary defines terms in the field of Mathematics of Computing. Topics covered include Boolean algebra, number
systems, computer arithmetic, complemenation, shifts, arithmetic errors, error detection and correction, number conversions,
numeric codes, mathematical notation, and basic mathematics
Key Words: mathematics, computing, terminology
Designation: 10857-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 10857:1994, Information Technology -- Microprocessor Systems --
Futurebus+(R) - Logical Protocol specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1994
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 896.1-1991 and 896.1a-1993.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+ architecture with performance and
cost scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this
specification is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along
with compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is
provided by either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus
allocation rules are provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based)
configurations. Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible
transmission methods: a) a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broadcall, and transfer intervention
(the minimum requirement for all Futurebus+ systems), and b) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol
supporting only block transfers and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance.
Futurebus+ takes its name from its goal of being capable of the highest possible transfer rate consistent with the technology
available at the time modules are designed, while ensuring compatibility with all modules designed to this standard both before
and after. The plus sign (+) refers to the extensible nature of the specification, and the hooks provided to allow further
evolution to meet unanticipated needs of specific application architectures. It is intended that this International Standard be
used as a key component of an approved IEEE Futurebus+ profile.
Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus +, logical protocol, multiprocessor
systems
Designation: 1086
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Renumbered as 610.11.
Status: Changed Designation
Key Words: computer, terminology, theory, application
Designation: 10861-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 10861:1994, Information Technology--High-performance synchronous
32-bit bus: MULTIBUS II
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1994
**Incorporates IEEE Std 1296-1987.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: The operation, functions, and attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high-
performance backplane bus intended for use in multiple processor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed
address/data, with error detection, and uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state-of-the-art
operation and to allow the implementation of cost-effective, high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message,
and geographic address spaces are defined. Error detection and retry are provided for messages. The message-passing design allows
a VLSI implementation, so that virtually all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance—32 to 40 Mbyte/s.
An overview of PSB, signal descriptions, the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered.
Key Words: high performance synchronous, synchronous 32 bit bus, multibus ,
multibus II, system bus architectures
Designation: 1087
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Renumbered as 610.10.
Status: Changed Designation
Key Words: computer, hardware, terminology
Designation: 1088
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Renumbered as 610.9.
Status: Changed Designation
Key Words: computing, terminology, environment
Designation: 1089
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 109
Title: Signal Generators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: G.U Sorger
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 20, 1972
Designation: 109-1955
Title: Signal Generators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**To be w/drawn (AIEE451). New PAR filed in 1972 but no action taken. Not
on list of withdrawn standards, not on stds listing.
Key Words: signal, generators
Designation: 1092
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Error Rates Digital TV Lumin'ce Sign'l
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985
Key Words: error, rates, digital, TV, luminescence
Designation: 1094-1991
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Design and Operation of
Windfarm Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997.
History: BD APP: Jan 02, 1991, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Design information and procedures for the interconnection of multiple wind turbines (a windfarm generating station) with
an electrical utility are presented. Issues relating to the interface with the utility and the electrical system between the
utility and the individual wind turbines (an intraplant electrical system) are addressed. Recommended practices for monitoring
systems, protection systems, and safe operations for personnel and equipment are provided. The aim is to facilitate sound and
economic engineering design and safe operations of a windfarm generating station.
Key Words: windfarm, interface, station, interconnection, operational,
procedure, protection, windturbine, systems protection, Wind-turbine
generators, Systems monitoring, Operational procedure, Intraplant electrical
system
Designation: 1095-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Vertical Generators and Generator/Motors
for Hydroelectric Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 1990
Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1990
Project Scope: The procedures for installation, described in this Guide, apply
to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 kVA
and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines
having vertical shafts. All references made in this Guide to "generators"
apply equally to "generator/motors".
Abstract: This standard describes installation procedures for synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5000 kVA and above,
to be coupled to hydraulic turbines having vertical shafts.
Key Words: Turbogenerators, Synchronous motors
Designation: 1095
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for the Installation of Vertical Hydraulic-Turbine Driven
Generators/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David J Parker, Phone:941-351-3927, Email:genpowerdp@ibm.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to provide guidance to
the practicing engineer on the installation of vertical hydraulic-turbine-
driven generators and reversible generator/motors for pumped storage
systems. This scope continues to be current and pertinent.
Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the
original work on the document in 1989. It is proposed to make revisions to
the standard to reflect new developments and options in power plant
equipment and to bring the standard into the most current format.
Designation: P1095
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Installation of Vertical Generators and
Generator/Motors for Hydroelectric Applications
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lucas Kunz, Phone:+1 717 792 7683, Email:lucas.kunz@vs-hydro.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: The procedures for installation, described in this guide, apply
to all types of synchronous generators and generator/motors rated 5 MVA and
above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having
vertical shaft.
Project Purpose: Large hydraulic turbine-driven generators are shipped as
components and completely assembled and installed at the site. The
installation, therefore, becomes a continuation of the manufacturing
process, and many of the operations involved are those that are normally
performed in the factory on smaller generators. Close tolerances must be
maintained in the fit and alignment of the various parts. The use of proper
installation procedures is essential to achieve satisfactory operation of
the unit.
Abstract: The procedures for installation, described in this guide, apply to all types of synchronous generators and
generator/motors rated 5 MVA and above to be coupled to hydraulic turbines or hydraulic pump/turbines having vertical shaft.
Key Words: assembly, coupling, erection, generator, generator/motor,
hydroelectric, installation, runout, shaft, tolerance, vertical
Designation: 1096-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a Multiplexed High-Performance Bus Structure: VSB
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Shlomo Pri-Tal, Phone:602-438-3168
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 19, 1989
Abstract: Specifications for the subsystem bus of the IEC 821 BUS,
referred to as the VSB, are set forth. VSB is a local subsystem extension bus that allows a processor board to access additional
memory and I/O over a local bus, removing traffic from the global bus and improving the total throughput of the system. The
objectives are: to improve the performance of multiprocessor systems by allowing the design of local subsystems; to specify the
electrical characteristics required to design boards that will reliably transfer data over the VSB; to specify the mechanical
requirements to be compatible with VSB systems; to specify protocols that precisely define the interaction between the VSB and
devices interfaced to it; and to provide terminology and definitions that describe VSB protocols.
Key Words: multiplexed, high, bus, VSB, performance, Multimicroprocessing,
Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses
Designation: 1097
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: A standard for the Classification and Dilineation of Responsibility for
Carrier/User Protective Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: O Wanaselja, Phone:603-524-2622
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 1985
Designation: 1099
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Standard for Grounding Communications and Signaling Systems, Facilities
and Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: O Wanaselja, Phone:603-524-2622
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1985
Designation: 11-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2000
**This standard supersedes 11-1980 (R1992).
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: To revise and update the standard and to consider inclusion of
inverter driven AC induction motors in this standard. To reconcile with
other existing international standards, e.g. IEC 349.
Project Purpose: To bring this standard up to date by addressing specific
issues submitted as comments during the reaffirmaton ballot.
Abstract: This standard applies to rotating electric machinery which forms part of the propulsion and major auxiliary equipment on
internally and externally powered electrically propelled rail and road vehicles and similar large transport and haulage vehicles
and their trailers where specified in the contract.
Designation: 11-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Rotating Electric Machinery for Rail and Road Vehicles
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 11-1962. This standard was superseded by 11-2000.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Mar 26, 1982
Designation: 110
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1100-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic
Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 2006
Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-787-0202, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This document presents recommended design, installation, and
maintenance practices for electrical power and grounding (including both
safety and noise control) and protection of electronic loads such as
industrial controllers, computers, and other information technology
equipment (ITE) used in commercial and industrial applications.
Project Purpose: The main objective is to provide a consensus of recommended
practices in an area where conflicting information and confusion, stemming
primarily from different viewpoints of the same problem, have dominated.
Practices herein address electronic equipment electrical performance and
protection issues while maintaining a safe installation, as specified in the
National Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R)) (NFPA 70, 2005 Edition) [B1]1 and
recognized testing laboratories' standards. This recommended practice is not
intended to replace or to take precedence over any codes or standards
adopted by the jurisdiction where the installation resides.
Abstract: The IEEE Emerald Book(TM) presents a collection of consensus best practices for thepowering and grounding of electronic
equipment used in commercial and industrial applications.The main objective is to provide consensus recommended practices in an
area where conflictinginformation and conflicting design philosophies have dominated. The recommended practicesdescribed are
intended to enhance equipment performance while maintaining a safe installation. Adescription of the nature and origin of power
disturbances is provided, followed by theory on thevarious parameters that impact power quality. Information on quantifying and
resolving power andgrounding related concerns using measurement and diagnostic instrumentation and standardizedinvestigative
procedures are included. Recommended power protection equipment and wiring andgrounding system design practices are presented.
Information on telecommunications systempower protection as well as grounding, industrial system grounding, and noise control is
included.Finally a selection of case studies are presented to support the recommended practices presentedthroughout the book.
Key Words: commercial applications, electrical power, electronic equipment,
grounding, industrialapplications, power conditioning, power disturbance,
power monitor, power quality
Designation: 1100
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Gruzs, Phone:614-841-2733, Email:tom.gruzs@liebert.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Designation: 1100-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic
Equipment
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: Recommends design, installation and maintenance practices for
electrical power, grounding (including both safety and noise control) and
protection of electronic loads such as industrial controllers, computers,
and other information technology equipment used in commercial and industrial
applications.
Project Purpose: To revise and update the first edition of Standard 1100,
including the addition of information specificaloly for distributed
(networked) information technology equipment and telecommunications
equipment.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1100-2005 Abstract: Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical
powerand grounding (including both power- related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive elec-tronic processing equipment
used in commercial and industrial applications are presented. Themain objective is to provide a consensus of recommended
practices in an area where conflict-ing information and confusion, stemming primarily from different viewpoints of the
sameproblem, have dominated. Practices herein address electronic equipment performance issueswhile maintaining a safe
installation. A brief description is given of the nature of power qualityproblems, possible solutions, and the resources
available for assistance in dealing with prob-lems. Fundamental concepts are reviewed. Instrumentation and procedures for
conducting asurvey of the power distribution system are described. Site surveys and site power analysesare considered. Case
histories are given to illustrate typical problems.
Key Words: "commercial applications, electrical power, grounding, industrial
applications, sen-sitive equipment"
Designation: 1100-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive
Electronic Equipment
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Emerald Book
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1100-1999. Recommended design, installation, and maintenance practices for electrical power and
grounding (including both power- related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive electronic processing equipment used in
commercial and industrial applications are presented.
Key Words: grounding, Sensitive equipment, Industrial applications, Electrical
power, Commercial applications
Designation: 1101-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microprocessors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn standard. The standard covers three areas: the basic dimensions of subracks, this range of modular subracks
conforming to IEC 297-3-1984, for mounting in equipment according to IEC 297-1-1986, and ANSI/EIA RS-310, together with the basic
dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes; the dimensions of plug-in units and
connectors, this standard gives the dimensions of associated plug-in units and connectors standardized by IEC 603-2-1980,
together with applicable detail dimensions of the subrack; and the environmental requirements of subracks, this standard states
environmental requirements of subracks and their associated plug-in units. The purpose of the standard is the specification of
dimensions that will ensure the mechanical interchangeability and environmental requirements of subracks and of plug-in units.
Key Words: microprocessors, mechanical, core, specifications
Designation: 1101.1-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers
Using IEC 60603-2 Connectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 1998
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: To correct printing errors causing dimensional relationships to
be misunderstood.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to correct printing erros
which make IEEE 1101.1 incompatible with IEC 297-4 in certain areas of
dimensional relationships.
Abstract: The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 60297-3 (1984-01) and IEC 60297-4 (1995-03) for
mounting in equipment according to IEC 60297-1 (1986-09) and ANSI/EIA 310-D-1992, together with the basic dimensions of a
compatible range of plug-in units, printed boards, and backplanes, are covered. The dimensions and tolerances necessary to ensure
mechanical function compatibility are provided. This standard offers total system integration guidelines with attendant
advantages, such as reduction in design and development time, manufacturing cost savings, and distinct marketing advantages.
Key Words: "compatibility, mechanical interchangeability, plug-in units,
subracks"
Designation: 1101.1-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers
Using IEC 603-2 Connectors
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by 1101.1-1998 (SH/SS94691) The basic dimensions of a range of modular subracks conforming to IEC 60297-3
(1984-01) and IEC 60297-4 (1995-03) for mounting in equipment according to IEC 60297-1 (1986-09) andANSI/EIA 310-D-1992, together
with the basic dimensions of a compatible range of plug-in units,printed boards, and backplanes, are covered. The dimensions and
tolerances necessary to ensuremechanical function compatibility are provided. This standard offers total system integration
guide-lines with attendant advantages, such as reduction in design and development time, manufacturingcost savings, and distinct
marketing advantages. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: dimensions, Subracks, Plug-in units, Mechanical interchangeability
Designation: 1101.10-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for Additional Mechanical Specifications for
Microcomputers Using the IEEE 1101.1-1998 Equipment Practice
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Eike G Waltz, Phone:831-688-6651, Email:eikewaltz@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 23, 1997
Project Scope: This generic standard may be applied in all fields of
electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to
the 19" Equipment Practice based on IEEE 1101.1, IEC 297-3, and IEC 297-4.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify dimensions which
will ensure mechanically interchangeability of Subracks and Plug-in Units
based on IEEE 1101.1, IEC 297-3, and IEC 297-4.
Abstract: A generic standard that may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to
conform to the 482.6 mm (19 in) equipment practice based on IEEE Std 1101.1-1991, IEC 297-3 (1984), and IEC 297-4 (1995).
Dimensions are provided that will ensure mechanical interchangeability of subracks and plug-in units.
Key Words: dimensions, mechanical interchangeability, plug-in units, subracks
Designation: 1101.11-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Rear Plug-in Units Specifications for
Microcomputers Using IEEE 1101.1 and IEEE 1101.10 Equipment Practice
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1998
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: May 21, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999
Project Scope: This generic standard may be applied in all fields of
electronics when equipment and installations are required to conform to the
19 inch Equipment Practice based on IEEE 1101.1, 1101.10, IEC 297-3 and IEC
297-4
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify dimensions which
will ensure mechanical interchangeability of rear mounted Plug-In units
(Transition Modules) in sub racks based on IEEE 1101.1, P1101.10, IEC 297-3
and IEC 297-4.
Abstract: Additional dimensions that will ensure mechanical interchangeability of subracks and plug-in units based on IEEE P1101.1
(D1.0, 1997), IEEE Std 1101.10-1996, and the environmental requirements of IEC 61587-1 (May 1998-Draft) and IEC 61587-3 (May
1998-Draft) are specified.
Key Words: "backplane, compatibility, connector, inline configuration,
inspection dimension, plug-in unit, printed board, shroud, subrack"
Designation: 1101.2-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Conduction-Cooled
Eurocards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1993
Abstract: Mechanical characteristics of conduction-cooled versions of Eurocard-based circuit card assemblies are described. This
specification is applicable to, but not limited to, the VMEbus standard, an internal interconnect (backplane) bus intended for
connecting processing elements to their immediate fundamental resources. The aim is to ensure mechanical interchangeability of
conduction-cooled circuit card assemblies in a format suitable for military and rugged applications and to ensure their
compatibility with commercial, double-height 16 mm, Eurocard chassis. Reaffirmed 2001
Key Words: dimensions, Mechanical interchangeability, Eurocard-based,
Conduction-cooled, Circuit card assemblies, Card slot requirements
Designation: 1101.3-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Mechanical Standard for Conduction-Cooled and Air-Cooled 10 SU
Modules
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Kim Clohessy, Phone:602/222-9519, Email:kim@oti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The mechanical design requirements for
conduction-cooled and air-cooled modules of the 10SU by 6.375 in (161.9 mm) format are established. The specification of
dimensions and tolerances is intended to ensure the mechanical intermateability of modules within associated subracks. The basic
dimension, frames, PWBs, materials, assembly, and chassis interface of single-sided and double-sided modules are covered.
Key Words: Printed wiring board (PWB), Heatsink, Direct air impingement,
Convection, Conduction
Designation: 1101.4-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form Factor
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Joseph Toy, Phone:(812) 854-5933
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The mechanical design requirements for
a military module, format E form factor are established. The specificaitons of dimensions and tolerances are intended to ensure
the mechanical intermateability of military modules within associated subracks. Mechanical characteristics for military
applications are also included.
Key Words: backplane, Printed wiring board (PWB), Module interface plane, 396-
pin connector, 250-pin connector
Designation: 1101.4a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 1101.4, IEEE Standard for Military Module, Format E Form
Factor, - Errata and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Supplement IEEE Std. 1101.4-1993 to correct various errors and
omissions such as incorrect dimensions and missing data, to wit: Refine the
extractor pawl interface dimensions and add force requirements. Change
Military standards to commercial standards wherever possible; re-dimension
wedge-clamp locations;\add requirement for perpendicularity of frame to
connector; correct mis-aligned figure (2a). Modify title to be consistent
with titles of other 1101. standards in this series.
Project Purpose: To supplement and revise IEEe Std. 1101.4-1993 to correct
mistakes and clarify ambiguities that are limiting users of this standard
from correctly implementing the design and construction of the SEM-E circuit
cards described in this document. To make this standard consistent with the
other standards in this series, i.e. 1101.5, 1101.6, 1101.8, 1101.9.
Designation: 1101.4b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Conduction Cooled Modules, Format E
Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.4-1993, to add new connector,
DESC 14933-93002, and the appropriate interface dimensions to the
specification.
Project Purpose: Several companies and programs desire to use this 372 pin
version of the connector currently specified in 1101.4, to support
requirements for added structural integrity, and the capability of adding
covers to the module. The mechanical standards working groups have decided
to add all connectors to extension documents to avoid making the main
document unweildy to use, and to make it easier to specify a particular form
factor/connector combination.
Designation: 1101.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard For Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E Form
Factor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing air-flow-through module
interface standards based on the conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E (1101.4)
modules.
Project Purpose: To develop an air-flow-through version of the IEEE 896.5 MIL-
SEM-E (1101.4) module. Conduction cooled MIL-SEM-E modules are not capable
of dissipating heat loads of 70 watts or more. Air flow through cooling can
attain this level of cooling with higher reliability than conduction cooled
formats while utilizing the same air mass flow and temperature. This
standard will specify air-flow-through type modules based on the conduction
cooled MIL-SEM-E (1101.4) modules.
Designation: 1101.5.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 396 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5, detailing the application of
the 396 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.5.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard - Exteension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5, detailing the application of
the 372 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard.
Project Purpose: For eas-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will no
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.5.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 360 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.5 detailing the application of
bristle brush type connectors to the 1101.5 mechanical interface standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.5 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard For Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form
Factor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing air-flow-through module
interface standards based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules.
Project Purpose: To develop an air-flow-through version of the IEEE 896.5 10SU
(1101.3) module. Connduction cooled 10SU modules are not capable of
dissipating heat loads of 70 watts or more. Air flow through cooling can
attain far above this level of cooling with higher reliability than
conduction cooled formats while utilizing the same air mass flow and
temperature. This standard will specify air-flow-through type modules based
on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules.
Designation: 1101.6.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Air-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
10SU Form Factor - 556 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harry A Andreas, Phone:310-647-0385, Email:haandreas@west.raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.6, detailing the application of the
556 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.6 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.6 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.7-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Space Applications Module, Extended Height Format E
Form Factor
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995
Project Scope: This standard establishes the design requirements for a module
designated for use in spacecraft, boosters, and other highly rugged,
conductively cooled environments. The requirements herein serve to specify
the mechanical design of the module.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is the specification of
dimensions and tolerances that will ensure the mechanical intermatability of
space and highly ruggedized modules within associated subracks. Modules
aspect ratios and materials/processes of current standards do not cover
needs. This lack has resulted in emergence of a defacto mechanical standard
for space modules, currently being produced by multiple companies. The
working group will define parameters to better accommodate high dynamic
mechanical stresses, limited thermal dissipation, and use of space
qualifiable materials and processes. The defacto space applications
standard defined by the Advanced Spaceborne Computer Module will be
encompassed.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. The design requirements for a module designated for use in spacecraft,
boosters, and other highly rugged, conductively cooled environments are established in this standard. The requirements herein
serve to specify the mechanical design of the module. Dimensions and tolerances for racks, modules, printed wiring boards,
backplanes, and other connector-related dimensions that are specific to the use of 300-pin and 396-pin connectors are given.
These dimensions and tolerances are designed to ensure mechanical function and interoperability. You will receive an email from
Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: module, space applications, SEM Format E extended height, Mechanical
interchangeability
Designation: 1101.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, 10SU Form
Factor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing liquid-flow-through module
interface standards based on the conduction cooled 10SU (1101.3) modules,
including the liquid quick-disconnects, insertion levers, and other
dimensional details.
Project Purpose: Liquid-flow-through cooling is an emerging technology that
provides the cooling needed for new electronic assemblies that have higher
power densities due to more compact packaging. There are currently no
standards covering liquid-flow-through cooled electronic modules. This
document will provide common interfaces for 10Su size electronic modules.
Designation: 1101.8.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
10SU Form Factor - 556 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.8, detailing the application of the
556 pin EIA E700 connector to the base 1101.8 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.8 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules, Format E
Form Factor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create a new standard detailing liquid-flow-through module
interface standards based on the conduction cooled Format E (1101.4)
modules, including the liquid quick-disconnects, insertion levers, and other
dimensional details.
Project Purpose: Liquid-flow-through cooling is an emerging technology that
provides the cooling needed for new electronic assemblies that have higher
power densities due to more compact packaging. There are currently no
standards covering liquid-flow-through cooled electronic modules. This
document will provide common interfaces for Format E size electronic
modules.
Designation: 1101.9.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 396 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.9, detailing the application of the
396 pin EIA E700 connector to the 1101.9 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.9.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 372 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to 1101.9, detailing the application of the
372 pin DESC connector to the 1101.9 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.9.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 360 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.9, detailing the application of
bristle brush type connectors to the 1101.9 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1101.9.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Mechanical Standard - Extension for Liquid-Flow-Through Cooled Modules,
Format E Form Factor - 428 Pin Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew J Brough, Phone:812/854-6435, Email:brough@avoca.nwscc.sealb.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Create an extension to IEEE 1101.9, detailing the application of
box/post connectors per DESC 14933-89065 to the 1101.9 standard.
Project Purpose: For ease-of-use reasons, the base 1101.9 standard will not
include specific connectors within the body of the document. All connectors
will be documented in extensions.
Designation: 1102
Title: Fiber Optic Xmsn Loss Budget
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985
Key Words: fiiber, optic, transmission, loss, budget
Designation: 1103
Title: Meth of Optical Xmsn System Measurements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985
Key Words: 1103
Designation: 1104
Title: Meth of Fiber Dispersion Meas&Defs
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985
Key Words: 1104
Designation: 1105
Title: Optical Pwr Meas in Optical Fiber
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Sheppard
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985
Key Words: 1105
Designation: 1106-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 2005
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides installation design,
installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that
can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium
batteries. It also provides guidance for determining when these batteries
should be replaced. (Scope unchanged from previous version.)
Project Purpose: The document should be revised to reflect the latest thinking
on maintenance of these batteries, and to resolve issues regarding the
capacity calculation method.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for installation design and for installation, maintenance, and testing
procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used in stationary standby
applications.
Key Words: battery tests, capacity test methods, stationary applications,
vented nickel-cadmium batteries
Designation: 1106-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and
Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides installation design,
installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and test schedules that
can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium
batteries used for continuous-float applications. It also provides guidance
for determining when these batteries should be replaced. These recommended
practices are applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific
applications, such as alternative energy, emergency lighting units, and
semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond
the scope of this document. Sizing, qualification, other battery types, and
battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: This document provides recommendations for installation,
periodic maintenance, testing methods and replacement criteria for nickel-
cadmium batteries. The practices and procedures described are frequently
not available in sufficient detail from the manufacturers.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1105-2005 Abstract: Installation design, installation, maintenance and testing procedures, and
test schedules that can be used to optimize the life and performance of vented nickel-cadmium batteries used for continuous-float
operations are provided. Guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced is also provided. This recommended
practice is applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as alternative energy, emergency
lighting units, and semiportable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended
practice. Sizing, qualification, other battery types, and battery application are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
Key Words: flooded cell, stationary battery, vented nickel-cadmium battery,
state of charge determination, continuous-float operation
Designation: 1106-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Nickel-Cadmium Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1106-1995. Maintenance procedures, capacity test schedules, and capacity testing procedures that
can be used to optimize the life and performance of nickel- cadmium batteries designed for continuous-float applications are
provided. Guidance for determining when these batteries should be replaced is also given. Sizing, installation, qualification,
other battery types, and application are not considered.
Key Words: 1106
Designation: 1107-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation
Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Random-Wound Stator Coils
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: R. J Flaherty, Phone:410 820 7027
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jul 08, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 18, 1997
Abstract: A test procedure for comparing expected life, at rated temperature, of two or more sealed insulation systems is outlined.
The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using random-wound stator coils. It is the intent of this
procedure to evaluate insulation systems for use with air cooling under severe environmental conditions where the insulation is
exposed to conducting contaminants. It does not cover special requirements such as those for machines enclosed in gas
atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, or to submersion in liquids. You will receive an email from Customer Service with
the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: stator coils, aging temperature, condensation chamber, environmental
conditions, exposure time, humidity exposure, insulation system, mechanical
stress, moisture exposure, motorette, prooftesting, random wound machine,
machine insulation, screening tests, sealed insulation, service life
expectancy, thermal exposure, voltage exposure, water immersion
Designation: 11073-00000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication--
Framework and overview
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: 11073-00000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Framework and overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this family of standards is to provide for open
systems communications in healthcare applications, primarily between
patient-connected medical devices and patient care information systems,
optimized for the acute care setting. The scope of this document is to
provide the overall definition of the family of standards. It does so by
defining a conceptual model, an information model, and a communication model
for medical device communications, as well as by specifying constraints for
conformance to the set of standards.
Project Purpose: This family of medical device communications standards allows
hospitals and other healthcare providers to achieve plug-and-play
interoperability between medical instrumentation and computerized healthcare
information systems, especially in a manner that is compatible with the
acute care environment. The purpose of this document is to define the
overall architecture for communications between medical devices and host
computers and to provide a framework for the overall family of standards.
This document defines certain logical and functional entities, and as such
no particular implementation is implied by this standard. This revision
addresses harmonization efforts with related CEN TC251 WGIV and ISO TC215
WG2 standards, and provides a more accurate overview and framework of the
family of standards.
Designation: 11073-00000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Framework and overview
Status: Superseded
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this family of standards is to provide for open
systems communications in healthcare applications, primarily between
patient-connected medical devices and patient care information systems,
optimized for the acute care setting. The scope of this document is to
provide the overall definition of the family of standards. It does so by
defining a conceptual model, an information model, and a communication model
for medical device communications, as well as by specifying constraints for
conformance to the set of standards.
Project Purpose: This family of medical device communications standards allows
hospitals and other healthcare providers to achieve plug-and-play
interoperability between medical instrumentation and computerized healthcare
information systems, especially in a manner that is compatible with the
acute care environment. The purpose of this document is to define the
overall architecture for communications between medical devices and host
computers and to provide a framework for the overall family of standards.
This document defines certain logical and functional entities, and as such
no particular implementation is implied by this standard. This revision
addresses harmonization efforts with related CEN TC251 WGIV and ISO TC215
WG2 standards, and provides a more accurate overview and framework of the
family of standards.
Designation: 11073-00101-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics--PoC medical device communication Part 00101: Guide--
Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Joseph Morrissey, Phone:+1 954 723 5008, Email:ejm037@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2009
Project Scope: This guide provides guidance for using radio frequency (RF)
wireless communication technologies for ISO/IEEE 11073 point-of-care
(PoC) medical devices that exchange vital signs and other medical device
information using shared information technology (IT) infrastructure. Use
cases specific to these technologies are evaluated, and key functional
and performance criteria are identified, including quality of service
(QoS) management, privacy and security, coexistence with other RF wireless
technologies, environmental requirements such as electromagnetic
interference and compatibility (EMI/EMC), and power management.
Guidelines are provided for each of these areas. Technologies include, but
are not limited to, the IEEE 802.11™ and IEEE 802.15™ technologies. Use
case environments include traditional clinical settings as well as
personal (home and mobile) healthcare. The intent of guide is to be global
with respect to wireless spectrum and equipment, although working group
participation and expertise have favored detail of scenarios from the
United States. Importantly, this guide will not be periodically updated,
but instead will act as a source of information for follow-on ISO/IEEE 11073
RF wireless transport standards that will supersede it. These ISO/IEEE
11073 RF wireless transport standards will detail the use of specific
wireless networked technology for the purpose of transporting medical data.
Periodic updates will be performed on the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards only.
Key Words: 11073-00101-2008, data transport, health informatics, information
technology, IT, medical device, PoC, point-of-care, radio frequency, RF,
shared network infrastructure, Wi-Fi, wireless fidelity, wireless local
area network, wireless medical telemetry system, wireless metropolitan area
network, wireless personal area network, wireless wide area network,
WLAN, WMAN, WMTS, WPAN, WWAN
Designation: 11073-00101
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless
technology
Status: Superseded
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.0.1.1.
Technical Contact: Joseph Morrissey, Phone:+1 954 723 5008, Email:ejm037@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003
Project Scope: This project provides guidance on the usage of radio-frequency
(RF) wireless communication technologies for IEEE 1073 point-of-care medical
devices that exchange vital signs and other medical device information using
shared information technology (IT) infrastructures. Use cases specific to
these technologies are evaluated and key functional and performance criteria
are identified, including quality of service (QoS) management, privacy and
security, co-existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental
requirements (EMI/EMC), and power management. Guidelines are provided for
each of these areas. Technologies include but not be limited to IEEE
802.11 and 802.15. Use case environments include traditional clinical
settings, as well as homecare and mobile.
Project Purpose: The development and use of RF wireless technologies is
increasing at a very rapid rate; however, there are many issues that need to
be properly understood and managed in order to ensure that the medical
device systems which use them can operate in a safe and effective manner.
This is especially the case when devices from different manufacturers and
with widely varying quality of service requirements are expected to provide
reliable and consistent services using a shared IT infrastructure (e.g., a
single 802.11b wireless LAN), such as real-time waveform delivery and alarm
notifications. Additional problems arise when different communication
systems use technologies which have difficulty co-existing, and thus result
in a degradation in the quality of service that can be provided. By
analysing the use cases that include IEEE 1073 devices using RF wireless
communications interfaces, and by providing guidelines for the management of
the performance requirements and issues that are identified, reliability and
safety can be significantly improved.
Designation: P11073-00103
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device
Communication - Overview
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this guideline describes the landscape of transport-
independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth
devices. These profiles define data exchange, data representation, and
terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and
compute engines (e.g. health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones,
personal computers). The guideline provides a definition of personal
telehealth devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring,
and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or mobile
applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are
also presented.
Project Purpose: This guideline sets a context for other personal telehealth
standards in the ISO/IEEE 11073 framework of standards and describes the
need for interoperability in personal telehealth environments.
Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices
and enabling people to manage their own health independently.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this guide describes the landscape
of transport-independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth devices. These profiles define data
exchange, data representation, and terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g.
health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones, personal computers). The guide provides a definition of personal telehealth
devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring, and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or
mobile applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are also presented.
Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices
Designation: 11073-00103
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Technical
Report - Overview
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this guideline describes the landscape of transport-
independent applications and information profiles for personal telehealth
devices. These profiles define data exchange, data representation, and
terminology for communication between personal telehealth devices and
compute engines (e.g. health appliances, set top boxes, cell phones,
personal computers). The guideline provides a definition of personal
telehealth devices as devices used for life activity, wellness monitoring,
and/or health monitoring in domestic home, communal home, and/or mobile
applications. Use cases relevant to these scenarios and environments are
also presented.
Project Purpose: This guideline sets a context for other personal telehealth
standards in the ISO/IEEE 11073 framework of standards and describes the
need for interoperability in personal telehealth environments.
Interoperability is key to growing the potential market for these devices
and enabling people to manage their own health independently.
Designation: 11073-00201
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical
device communication - Recommended practice - Profile template
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.0.2.1
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This document presents a set of recommended practices for
creating communication profiles that leverage new or existing technology for
application within an ISO/IEEE 11073 communicaton framework. A template is
defined that specifies the component elements that need to be contained in a
profile, as well as instructions for how it should be completed and
documented, including the definition and completion of related protocol
implementation configuration statements (PICS) needed by referenced
standards.
Project Purpose: As various organizations and system developers define
communication profiles (or "stacks") for point-of-care medical devices, they
require guidance for how ISO/IEEE 11073 component standards, as well as
other non-ISO/IEEE 11073 standards may be combined and configured to achieve
the primary design goal for the family of standards, namely real-time plug-
and-play interoperability. Though there is information about protocol
implementation conformance statements ("PICS") throughout the standards,
there is no general guidance or "template" provided for how to create a
complete profile. This document provides recommended practices for how to
create these profiles using the specified template in such a manner as to
properly use existing standards as well as to provide specifications that
may become future standards within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family.
Designation: 11073-10101-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics -- Point-of-care medical device communication -- Part
10101: Nomenclature
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a nomenclature for
communications of information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary
emphasis is placed on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs
information. The nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented
information model that is for medical device communications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and
concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This
document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical
device data communication applications.
Abstract: Replaces the IEEE Std 1073.1.1.1-2004. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care(POC)
medical device communication (MCD), this standard provides the nomenclature that supports both the domain information model and
service model components of the standards family, as well as the semantic content exchanged with medical devices. The
nomenclature is specialized for patient vital signs information representation and medical device informatics, with major areas
including concepts for electrocardiograph (ECG), haemodynamics, respiration, blood gas, urine, fluid-related metrics, and
neurology, as well as specialized unit of measurement, general device events, alarms, and body sites. The standard defines both
the architecture and major components of the nomenclature, along with extensive definitions for each conceptual area.
Key Words: codes, information model, medical device communication,
nomenclature, ontology, patient, point-of-care, POC, semantics, service
model terminology
Designation: P11073-10101
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/ 11073-10101:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care
medical device communication - Nomenclature
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard defines a nomenclature for communications of
information from point-of-care medical devices. Primary emphasis is placed
on acute care medical devices and patient vital signs information. The
nomenclature also supports concepts in an object oriented information model
that is for medical device communications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the unique terms and
concepts required for point-of-care medical device data communication. This
document will serve as the data dictionary for present and future medical
device data communication applications.
Designation: 11073-10101
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Nomenclature
Status: Superseded
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.1.1.1.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is nomenclature architecture for
point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC). It consists of three
parts: the body of the standard, which defines the overall architecture of
the organization and relationships among nomenclature components; normative
Annex A and Annex B, which provide specifications of semantics and syntaxes,
respectively; and informative Annex C, the bibliography. This standard is
intended for use within the context of IEEE Std 1073,1 which sets out the
relationship between this and other documents in the POC MDC series.
Project Purpose: [from published standard's PAR] The purpose of this standard
is to define the unique terms and concepts required for point-of-care
medical device data communication. This document will serve as the data
dictionary for present and future medical device data communication
applications.
Designation: P11073-10102
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Nomenclature - Annotated ECG
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.1.1.2.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard extends the base IEEE 1073.1.1.1 Nomenclature to
provide support for ECG annotation terminology. It may be used either in
conjunction with other IEEE 1073 standards (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain
information model) or independently. Major subject areas addressed by the
nomenclature include ECG beat annotations, wave component annotations,
rhythm annotations, and noise annotations.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a single, comprehensive and coherent
terminology for ECG annotation semantics, making it suitable for any medical
device data exchange that requires inclusion of ECG annotations. This
consolidates numerous other standard and non-standard terminologies that are
in current use, resulting in the harmonization of how ECG annotation
information is identified, and thus, interoperability and information
exchange at the application level.
Designation: P11073-10103
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Nomenclature - Implantable device, cardiac
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard extends the base nomenclature provided in ISO/IEEE
11073-10101 to support terminology for implantable cardiac devices. Devices
within the scope of this nomenclature are implantable pacemakers,
defibrillators, devices for cardiac resynchronization therapy, or cardiac
monitors. This nomenclature defines the discrete terms necessary to convey
a clinically relevant summary of the information obtained during a device
interrogation. The nomenclature extensions may be used in conjunction with
other IEEE 11073 standard components (e.g., ISO/IEEE 11073-10201 Domain
Information Model) or with other standards, such as Health Level Seven
International (HL7).
Project Purpose: This standard addresses the need for an openly defined,
independent standard for representing information collected from industry
wide implantable cardiac devices. A broader intent is to enable a standards
based exchange of implantable cardiac device information between vendor’s
proprietary interrogation systems and clinic electronic medical record
systems.
Designation: 11073-10103
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Nomenclature - Implantable device, cardiac
Status: Superseded
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.1.3.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project extends the base nomenclature provided in IEEE
1073.1.1.1 to support terminology for implantable cardiac devices (IDC)
(e.g., pacemakers). Its primary focus is semantics included in IDC program
configuration reports, namely between the IDC programmer and other
enterprise-based applications, not between the programmer and the actual
implanted device. The nomencalture extensions may be used in conjunction
with other IEEE 1073 standard components (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.2.1 Domain
Information Model) or with other standards, such as HL7.
Project Purpose: This project enables and standardizes the reporting of IDC
configuration information to enterprise-based applications (e.g., clinical
orders system). Currently no such standardization exists, typically
resulting in the reports being managed as paper documents, and not
electronically.
Designation: 11073-10104
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Nomenclature - Virtual attributes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.1.4.
Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This project focuses on the extension of the ISO/IEEE 11073-
10101 Nomenclature related to semantics for “virtual attributes”, which is
an unpopulated partition defined in the base Nomenclature Standard. The
primary application of these semantics are for external control of medical
devices based on the provisions made within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of
standards.
Project Purpose: Though a Virtual Attribute partition was allocated in the base
nomenclature standasrd, no specific semantics were defined. This standard
extends the base Nomenclature by filling in the Virtual Attribute Partition
to support relevant applications, including those within the scope of the
IEEE P1073.1.3.x set of device specialization standards or as identified
during development of this standard, for example to harmonize with other
related standards, particularly HL7.
Designation: 11073-10201-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-10201:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical
device communication - Domain information model
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a general object-oriented
information model that may be used to structure information and identify
services used in point-of-care medical device communications. The scope is
primarily focused on acute care medical devices and the communication of
patient vital signs information.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a general object-
oriented information model that may be used to standardize communication
with specific medical devices.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-of-care (POC) medical device communication (MDC),
this standard provides an abstract object-oriented domain information model that specifies the structure of exchanged
information, as well as the events and services that are supported by each object. All elements are specified using abstract
syntax (ASN.1) and may be applied to many different implementation technologies, transfer syntaxes, and application service
models. Core subjects include medical, alert, system, system, patient, control, archival, communication, and extended services.
Model extensibility is supported, and a conformance model and statement template is provided.
Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, ASN.1, information model, medical
device communications, medi-cal information bus, MIB, point-of-care, POC,
object-oriented, patient, remote control
Designation: P11073-10201
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Domain information model
Status: Revision Project
**This project was originally designated P1073.1.2.1.
Technical Contact: Kai Hassing, Phone:+49 7031 14 1064, Email:kai.hassing@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards,
this standard addresses the definition and structuring of information that
is communicated or referred to in communication between application
entities. This standard provides a common representation of all application
entities present in the application processes within the various devices
independent of the syntax. The definition of association control and lower
layer communication is outside the scope of this standard.
Project Purpose: [from the PAR of the currently published standard] The purpose
of this project is to provide a general object-oriented information model
that may be used to standardize communication with specific medical devices.
Designation: P11073-10202
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Domain information model (DIM) - XML schema format
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This standard translates the present Medical Device Data
Language (MDDL) - Domain Information Model (DIM), ISO/IEEE 11073-10201, to
XML schema format.
Project Purpose: This document enables or facilitates automated processing by
implementors using electronic forms of the DIM.
Designation: 11073-10300
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specializations - Framework and overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.3.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the specification of the manner by
which device specializations can be defined using the generalized mechanisms
defined in IEEE 1073 and related standards for establishing plug-and-play
interoperable communications with point-of-care medical devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a general set of
heuristics for how specific device specializations can be defined using the
more general mechanisms that are defined in other 1073 and related
standards, and to provide a framework for device specialization standards.
The end result will be consistency across device specializations, and ease
of use by those using the standards.
Designation: 11073-10316
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Device specialization - Dialysis device
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.1.3.16.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this project is medical device communication for
dialysis medical devices, including renal intensive care devices. It will
specialize definitions provided by other IEEE 1073 standards, including
general data format standards, application profile standards, and transport
standards. The project will define data model and semantics specifically
related to dialysis devices, as well as, specifications leveraged from other
1073 device specializations, including infusion device, pulse-oximeter,
blood pressure, temperature, and weighing scale.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to establish a normative
definition of communication between dialysis devices and other medical
devices and information systems in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. By providing standardized communication for these
devices, information from these systems will be more readily acquired and
integrated into the healthcare enterprise information infrastructure,
ultimately reducing the cost of implementing such systems and increasing the
availability of this class of data.
Designation: 11073-10400
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication -
Device Specialization - Common Framework
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative framework of
communication between personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g.
cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes)
in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages
appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073
terminology, information model, application profile, and transport
standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and
behaviors in a telehealth environment restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard establishes a common
core of communications functionality shared by one or more of the personal
telehealth device specializations, including common ways of receiving
information and managing the devices, and allows vendor extensibility to
access non-standardized features.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: 11073-10404-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10404:
Device specialization — Pulse oximeter
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010
**This document is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10404-2008.
Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and
compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health
appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play (PnP)
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards
including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of
specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments
restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability.
This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for
personal telehealth pulse oximeters.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximetry devices and compute engines (e.g., cell
phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play (PnP)
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information
models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and
behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard
defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters.
Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices, pulse
oximeter
Designation: 11073-10404-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device
Specialization - Pulse Oximeter
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 10, 2009
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2009
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and compute
engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core
of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of communication between personal telehealth pulse oximetry devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones,
personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth
environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of
communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters.
Key Words: 11073-10404-2008 Personal Health Devices, Medical Device
Communication, Pulse Oximeter
Designation: P11073-10404
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication -
Device Specialization - Pulse Oximeter
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth pulse oximeter devices and compute
engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common
core of communication functionality for personal telehealth pulse oximeters.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: P11073-10406
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device
communication - Device specialization - Basic Electrocardiograph(ECG) (1 to
3-lead ECG)
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between personal basic electrocardiograph (ECG) devices
and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health
appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards
including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information
models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors
in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in
favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of
communication functionality for personal telehealth basic ECG (1 to 3-lead
ECG) devices. Monitoring ECG devices are distinguished from diagnostic ECG
equipment with respect to: including support for wearable ECG devices;
limiting the number of leads supported by the equipment to three; not
requiring the capability of annotating or analyzing the detected electrical
activity to determine known cardiac phenomena. This standard is consistent
with the base framework and allows multi-function implementations by
following multiple device specializations (e.g., ECG and respiration rate).
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to
growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be
better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of the communication between personal basic electrocardiograph (ECG) devices and managers (e.g. cell phones,
personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information
models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in
base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal
telehealth basic ECG (1 to 3-lead ECG) devices. Monitoring ECG devices are distinguished from diagnostic ECG equipment with
respect to: including support for wearable ECG devices; limiting the number of leads supported by the equipment to three; not
requiring the capability of annotating or analyzing the detected electrical activity to determine known cardiac phenomena. This
standard is consistent with the base framework and allows multi-function implementations by following multiple device
specializations (e.g., ECG and respiration rate).
Key Words: Basic ECG (1 to 3-lead ECG), medical device communication, personal
health devices
Designation: 11073-10406
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication -
Device Specialization - Heart Rate Monitor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth heart rate monitor devices and
compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health
appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards
including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of
specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments
restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability.
This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for
personal telehealth heart rate monitors. In this context,
heart rate monitor is being used broadly to cover heart rate monitors that
infer heart rate by monitoring a heart’s electrical activity as well as
those that infer from pulse measurements.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: 11073-10406
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication -
Device specialization - Basic Electrocardiograph(ECG) (1 to 3-lead ECG)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between personal basic electrocardiograph (ECG) devices
and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health
appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards
including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information
models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors
in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in
favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of
communication functionality for personal telehealth basic ECG (1 to 3-lead
ECG) devices. In this context, these monitoring ECG devices are being used
broadly to cover ECG devices that measure electrical activity of the heart
over time. Monitoring ECG devices are distinguished from
diagnostic ECG equipment with respect to: - including support for
wearable ECG devices - limiting the number of leads supported by the
equipment to three, - not requiring the capability of annotating or
analyzing the detected electrical activity to determine known cardiac
phenomena In addition, determination of heart rate and
respiration rate based on derived ECG characteristics are within scope, but
they are optional physiological measurements.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to
growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be
better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: 11073-10407-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics — Personal health device communication —
Part 10407: Device specialization — Blood pressure monitor
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010
**This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10407-2008.
Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and
compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health
appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards
including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific
term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting
optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard
defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth
blood pressure monitors.
Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10407-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device
communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure
monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in
a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of
specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of
interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure
monitors
Key Words: blood pressure monitor, medical device communication, personal
health devices
Designation: 11073-10407-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device
Specialization - Blood Pressure Monitor
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 10, 2009
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: May 05, 2009
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and
compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health
appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards
including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific
term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting
optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard
defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth
blood pressure monitors.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of communication between personal telehealth blood pressure monitor devices and compute engines (e.g. cell
phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth
environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of
communication functionality for personal telehealth blood pressure monitors.
Key Words: 11073-10407-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device
Communication, Blood Pressure Monitor
Designation: 11073-10408-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics — Personal health device communication —
Part 10408: Device specialization — Thermometer
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010
**This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10408-2008.
Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute
engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core
of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometers.
Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10408-2008 Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device
communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices
and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that
enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073
terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term
codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability.
This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometer devices.
Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices, thermometer
Designation: 11073-10408-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10408:
Device specialization -- Thermometer
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute
engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core
of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometers.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability
is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to
enabling people to be better informed participants in the management of
their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of communication between personal telehealth thermometer devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones,
personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-andplay interoperability.
It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth
environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core
of communication functionality for personal telehealth thermometer devices.
Key Words: 11073-10408-2008, medical device communication, personal health
devices, thermometer
Designation: P11073-10413
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication -
Device specialization - Respiration rate monitor
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between devices (agents) that monitor respiration rate and
managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601 information models. It specifies
the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth
environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of
interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication
functionality for personal health devices that monitor respiration rate. In
this context, these monitoring devices that adhere to this standard are such
that: - respiration rate may not be their primary measurement -
respiration rate measurements could be acquired through widely varying
means, including, but not restricted to: -- expansion and contraction of a
chest belt -- trans-thoracic impedance -- ECG based methods -- Doppler,
ultrasound or other external means -- airway-based methods This standard
supports the expression and communication of respiration waveforms. This
standard also supports both standalone and embedded implementation. The
standard specifies how a device that supports multiple respiration
acquisition modalities reports the source of the information.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to
growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be
better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: 11073-10415-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics--Personal health device communication--Part
10415: Device specialization--Weighing scale
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010
**This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10415-2008.
Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute
engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core
of communication functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales.
Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10415-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device
communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale
devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner
that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073
terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term
codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability.
This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales.
Key Words: medical device communication, personal health devices, weighing
scale
Designation: 11073-10415-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Device
Specialization - Weighing Scale
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute
engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core
of communcation functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of communication between personal telehealth weighing scale devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones,
personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth
environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of
communication functionality for personal telehealth weighing scales.
Key Words: 11073-10415-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device
Communication, Weighing Scale
Designation: 11073-10417-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE Health informatics — Personal health device communication —
Part 10417: Device specialization — Glucose meter
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010
**This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10417-2009.
Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute
engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core
of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters.
Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10417-2009. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device
communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter
devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner
that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073
terminology, information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term
codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability.
This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters.
Key Words: glucose meter, medical device communication, personal health devices
Designation: 11073-10417-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10417:
Device specialization- Glucose meter
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute
engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core
of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability
is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling
people to be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute engines (e.g., cell phones,
personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-andplay interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth
environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of
communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters.
Key Words: 11073-10417-2008, glucose meter, medical device communication,
personal health devices
Designation: P11073-10417
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics--Personal health device communication
Part 10417: Device specialization- Glucose meter
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
communication between personal telehealth glucose meter devices and compute
engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core
of communication functionality for personal telehealth glucose meters.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability
is the key to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling
people to be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: P11073-10418
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device
communication - Device specialization - International normalized ratio (INR)
monitor
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative
definition of communication between personal telehealth International
Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones,
personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner
that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in
other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information
profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It
specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in
telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor
of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality
of INR devices. In the context of personal health devices, INR monitoring
refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to
assess the level of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the
International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin Time of normal
blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the
therapeutic level of anti-coagulant used in the treatment of a variety of
conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport
shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not
specify the measurement method.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth
International Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health
appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE
11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It
specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality of INR devices. In the context of
personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to assess the level
of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin Time of normal
blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant used in the
treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the
ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not specify the measurement method.
Designation: P11073-10418
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE Draft International Standard for Health informatics - Personal
health device communication - Device specialization - International
normalized ratio (INR) monitor
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative
definition of communication between personal telehealth International
Normalized Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones,
personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner
that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in
other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing terminology, information
profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It
specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in
telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor
of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of functionality
of personal physical activity monitors. In the context of
personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the
Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to assess the level of anti-coagulant
therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared
to the Prothrombin Time of normal blood plasma. Applications of the INR
monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant
used in the treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard
provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to the
ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does not specify the measurement method.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: This standard establishes a normative definition of communication between personal telehealth International Normalized
Ratio (INR) devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a
manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards including existing
terminology, information profiles, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term
codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability.
This standard defines a common core of functionality of personal International Normalized Ratio (INR) physical activity monitors.
In the context of personal health devices, INR monitoring refers to the measurement of the Prothrombin Time (PT) that is used to
assess the level of anti-coagulant therapy and its presentation as the International Normalized Ratio compared to the Prothrombin
Time of normal blood plasma. Applications of the INR monitor include the management of the therapeutic level of anti-coagulant
used in the treatment of a variety of conditions. This standard provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according
to the IEEE Std 11073-16 20601 ISO/IEEE 11073-20601-201011073-20601a-2010 standard, and does not specify the measurement method.
Key Words: International Normalized Ratio (INR) monitor, medical device
communication, personal health 20 devices
Designation: P11073-10419
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication -
Device specialization - Insulin pump
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative
definition of communication between personal telehealth insulin pump devices
(agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health
appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073 standards
including existing terminology, information profiles, application profile
standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term
codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting
optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard
defines a common core of functionality of personal telehealth insulin pump
devices. In the context of personal health devices, an insulin pump
is a medical device used for the administration of insulin in the treatment
of diabetes mellitus, also known as continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion
(CSII) therapy. This standard provides the data modeling and its
transport shim layer according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, and does
not specify the measurement method.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: 11073-10420-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Health informatics -- Personal health device communication Part
10420: Device specialization -- Body composition analyzer
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 03, 2010
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 2011
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between personal body composition analyzing devices and
managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology and IEEE Std 11073-20601(TM)-20081 information models. It
specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in
telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor
of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication
functionality for personal telehealth body composition analyzer devices. In
this context, body composition analyzer devices are being used broadly to
cover body composition analyzer devices that measure body impedances, and
compute the various body components including body fat from the impedance.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to
growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be
better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of the communication between personal body composition analyzing devices and managers (e.g., cell phones,
personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and IEEE 11073-20601(TM) information
models. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in
base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal
telehealth body composition analyzer devices. In this context, body composition analyzer devices are being used broadly to cover
body composition analyzer devices that measure body impedances, and compute the various body components including body fat from
the impedance.
Key Words: body composition analyzer, medical device communication, personal
health devices
Designation: 11073-10421-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10421:
Device specialization--Peak expiratory flow monitor (peak flow)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 19, 2010
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 2011
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative
definition of communication between personal telehealth peak flow monitoring
devices (agents) and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables
plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE
11073 standards including existing terminology, information profiles,
application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use
of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments
restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability.
This standard defines a common core of functionality of a peak-flow
monitoring device. The use case is restricted to personal respiratory
monitoring and therefore does not include hospital-based spirometry.
Continuous and high-acuity monitoring (e.g., for emergency response) are
outside the scope of the use case. In the context of personal health
devices, a peak flow meter is a device is used to measure the respiratory
function of those managing respiratory conditions such as asthma and chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease. The ability to identify declining respiratory
status prior to the need for acute intervention improves the quality of life
for the individual while reducing the overall costs of care. Respiratory
status data are collected by a personal respiratory monitoring device and
forwarded to a central data repository for review and action by a health
care provider. The data are episodic in nature and are forwarded at
designated intervals or when the person is symptomatic. This standard
provides the data modeling and its transport shim layer according to IEEE
Std 11073-20601(TM)-2008 and does not specify the measurement method.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices (agents) and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal
computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is
key to growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people
to be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, a normative definition of
communication is established in this standard between personal telehealth peak expiratory flow monitor devices and compute
engines (e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-
play interoperability. Appropriate portions of existing standards are leveraged, including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology,
information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. The use of specific term codes, formats, and
behaviors is specified in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. A
common core of communication functionality is defined for personal telehealth peak expiratory flow monitor devices.
Key Words: forced expiratory volume, medical device communication, peak
expiratory flow, peak expiratory flow monitor, peak flow, personal health
devices
Designation: P11073-10422
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication -
Device specialization - Urine analyzer
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between personal telehealth urine analyzer devices and
managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances,
set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology, information models, application profile standards, and
transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats,
and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base
frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core
of communication functionality for personal telehealth urine analyzers. In
this context, urine analyzers are defined as devices that analyze a urine
sample and measure the amount of chemical substances in urine and some
properties of urine.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to
growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be
better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: 11073-10441-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication - Part 10441:
Device Specialization - Cardiovascular Fitness and Activity Monitor
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2009
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between personal cardiovascular fitness and activity
monitoring devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-
and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing
standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It
specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in
telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor
of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication
functionality for personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity
monitor devices. In this context, cardiovascular fitness and activity
monitor devices are being used broadly to cover cardiovascular fitness and
activity monitor devices that measure physical actions and the body's
various physiological responses to that activity.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to
growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be
better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of communication between personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity monitor devices and
compute engines (e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-
and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology,
information models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes,
formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This
standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity
monitor devices.
Key Words: 11073-10441-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device
Communication, Cardiovascular Fitness, Activity Monitor
Designation: P11073-10441
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health Informatics - Personal Health Device Communication -
Part 10441: Device Specialization - Cardiovascular Fitness and Activity
Monitor
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between personal cardiovascular fitness and activity
monitoring devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-
and-play interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing
standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It
specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in
telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor
of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication
functionality for personal telehealth cardiovascular fitness and activity
monitor devices. In this context, cardiovascular fitness and activity
monitor devices are being used broadly to cover cardiovascular fitness and
activity monitor devices that measure physical actions and the body's
various physiological responses to that activity.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to
growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be
better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: 11073-10442-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics - Personal health device communication Part 10442:
Device specialization - Strength fitness equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between personal strength fitness devices and managers
(e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set
top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards, including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific
term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting
optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This
standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal
telehealth strength fitness devices. In this context, strength fitness
devices are being used broadly to cover strength fitness devices that
measure musculo-skeletal strength-conditioning activities.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key
to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people
to be better-informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of the communication between personal strength fitness devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal
computes, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages
appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of
specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of
interoperability. This standard defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth strength fitness
devices. In this context, strength fitness devices are being used broadly to cover strength fitness devices that measure
musculo-skeletal strength conditioning activities.
Key Words: 11073-10442-2008, medical device communication, personal health
devices, strength fitness equipment
Designation: 11073-10443
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Personal health device communication -
Device specialization - Physical activity monitor
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to establish a normative
definition of communication between “wearable” personal telehealth physical
activity monitor devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-
and-play interoperability. It leverages work done in other ISO/IEEE 11073
standards including existing terminology, information profiles, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific
term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting
optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard
defines a common core of functionality of personal physical activity
monitors. In this context of wearable devices, physical activity monitoring
is being used broadly to cover the continuous sensing, modeling and near
real-time transmission of kinematic data (typically acceleration, speed,
position, and orientation) of a point in space. Applications of the physical
activity monitor include: fall detection, physical reeducation, early
disease detection (Parkinson), sports, games, behavior modeling… This
standard provides the kinematic data modeling and its transport shim layer
according to the ISO/IEEE11073-20601 standard, but does not provide the
algorithms for the above mentioned – event and behavior monitoring/modeling
– as these calculations are highly specific to each application and are
typically carried out in managers, based on the data transmitted by the
physical activity monitor.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g. cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to
growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be
better informed participants in the management of their health.
Designation: 11073-10471-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics — Personal health device communication — Part 10471:
Device specialization — Independant living activity hub
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010
**This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-10471-2008.
Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between independent living activity hubs and managers
(e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set
top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific
term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting
ambiguity in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard
defines a common core of communication functionality for independent living
activity hubs. In this context, independent living activity hubs are defined
as devices that communicate with simple situation monitors (binary sensors),
normalize information received from the simple environmental monitors, and
provide this normalized information to one or more managers. This
information can be examined (for example) to determine when a person’s
activities/behaviors have deviated significantly from what is normal for
them such that relevant parties can be notified. Independent living activity
hubs will normalize information from the following simple situation monitors
(binary sensors) for the initial release of the proposed standard: fall
sensor, motion sensor, door sensor, bed/chair occupancy sensor, light switch
sensor, smoke sensor, (ambient) temperature threshold sensor, personal
emergency response system (PERS), and enuresis sensor (bed-wetting).
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of communication between personal telehealth independent living activity hub devices and compute engines
(e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information
models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and
behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard
defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth independent living activity hubs.
Key Words: independent living activity hub, medical device communication,
personal health devices
Designation: 11073-10471-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part 10471:
Device specialization--Independent living activity hub
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 06, 2009
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between independent living activity hubs and managers
(e.g., cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, and set
top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It
leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE
11073 terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific
term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting
ambiguity in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard
defines a common core of communication functionality for independent living
activity hubs. In this context, independent living activity hubs are defined
as devices that communicate with simple situation monitors (binary
sensors), normalize information received from the simple environmental
monitors, and provide this normalized information to one or more managers.
This information can be examined (for example) to determine when a person's
activities/behaviors have deviated significantly from what is normal for
them such that relevant parties can be notified. Independent living
activity hubs will normalize information from the following simple situation
monitors (binary sensors) for the initial release of the proposed standard:
fall sensor, motion sensor, door sensor, bed/chair occupancy sensor, light
switch sensor, smoke sensor, (ambient) temperature threshold sensor,
personal emergency response system (PERS), and enuresis sensor (bed-
wetting).
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, and set top boxes). Interoperability is the key
to growing the potential market for these devices and to enabling people to
be better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of communication between personal telehealth independent living activity hub devices and compute engines
(e.g. cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plugand- play
interoperability. It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information
models, application profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and
behaviors in telehealth environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard
defines a common core of communication functionality for personal telehealth independent living activity hubs.
Key Words: 11073-10471-2008, independent living activity hub, medical device
communication, personal health devices
Designation: 11073-10472-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics--Personal health device communication--Part 10472:
Device specialization--Medication monitor
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010
**New standard
Technical Contact: Douglas Bogia, Phone:503-456-5031, Email:douglas.p.bogia@intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard establishes a normative definition of
the communication between medication monitoring devices and managers (e.g.,
cell phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes)
in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability. It leverages
appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073
terminology and information models. It specifies the use of specific term
codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth environments restricting
ambiguity in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard
defines a common core of communication functionality for medication
monitors. In this context, medication monitors are defined as devices that
have the ability to determine and communicate (to a manager) measures of a
user’s adherence to a medication regime.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for controlling information exchange to and from
personal health devices and managers (e.g., cell phones, personal computers,
personal health appliances, set top boxes). Interoperability is key to
growing the potential market for these devices and enabling people to be
better informed participants in the management of their health.
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard establishes a
normative definition of communication between personal telehealth medication monitor devices and compute engines (e.g., cell
phones, personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes) in a manner that enables plug-and-play interoperability.
It leverages appropriate portions of existing standards including ISO/IEEE 11073 terminology, information models, application
profile standards, and transport standards. It specifies the use of specific term codes, formats, and behaviors in telehealth
environments restricting optionality in base frameworks in favor of interoperability. This standard defines a common core of
communication functionality for personal telehealth medication monitor devices.
Key Words: 11073-10472-2010, device communication, medication monitor, personal
health devices
Designation: 11073-20000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Framework and overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This project provides a general description of the IEEE 1073
application profile standards (IEEE 1073.2.x), including the role they play
in supporting use cases where point-of-care medical devices are used to
communicate vital signs and other device information. The framework of
application profile substandards is provided, giving guidance as to how new
components can be added to the set and showing users how they may be
combined to provid general services needed for specific applications.
Profile capabilities include abstract to transfer syntax standards and
general services required to establish logical connections between systems,
OSI service and presentation layer capabilities, and services needed to
perform communication tasks. Additionally the relationship between these
standards and other IEEE 1073 groups (e.g., 1073.1.x) are presented,
detailing how they can be combined to provide a complete ISO OSI 7-layer
communications stack.
Project Purpose: Application profiles supply a key component in the IEEE 1073
set of standards, providing the generic services needed to encode and decode
information that is transferred between systems, to establish logical
associations between systems, to dynamically configure optional
capabilities, and to effect exchange of vital signs and medical device data.
By providing non-device specific application services, technology can be
reused across different device types, as well as more easily extended and
maintained. Service profiles may also be created for target applications,
using the specific technologies or the minimum set of capabilities required
to support the intended use cases. This framework and overview standard
supports those who need to either create a profile of application services
for a specific device or system interface or need to add new capabilities to
support additional use cases.
Designation: 11073-20101-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-20101:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical
device communication - Application profile - Base standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004
**First edition 2004-12-15
Technical Contact: Elliot Sloane, Phone:610-519-6432, Email:ebsloane@villanova.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is upper layer [i.e., the
International Organization for Standardization's (ISO's) open systems
interconnection (OSI) application, presentation layer, and session layer]
services and protocols for information exchange under the ISO/IEEE 11073
standards for medical device communications (MDC). This standard is the
base standard of the ISO/IEEE 11073-20000 medical device application
profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through the Committee for European
Normalization (CEN) and the ISO.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define MDC upper layer
application, i.e., ISO A-type profiles for interchange of data, which are
defined by the medical device data language (MDDL) format, or ISO F-type
profiles (ISO/IEEE 11073-10000 series).
Abstract: The scope of this standard is upper layer [i.e., the International Organization for Standardization (ISO's) open systems
interconnection (OSI) application, presentation layer, and session layer] services and protocols for information exchange under
the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards for medical device communications (MDC). This standard is the base standard of the ISO/IEEE 11073-
20000 medical device application profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through the Committee for European Normalization (CEN) and the
ISO.
Key Words: abstract syntax, alarm, alert, communication, control, information
model, medical device, object-oriented, point-of-care, POC, services
Designation: P11073-20101
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/ 11073-20101:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care
medical device communication - Application profile - Base standard
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is upper layer [i.e., the
International Organization for Standardization's (ISO's) open systems
interconnection (OSI) application, presentation layer, and session layer]
services and protocols for information exchange under the ISO/IEEE 11073
standards for medical device communications (MDC). This standard is the
base standard of the ISO/IEEE 11073-20000 medical device application
profiles (MDAP), as harmonized through the Committee for European
Normalization (CEN) and the ISO.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define MDC upper layer
application, i.e., ISO A-type profiles for interchange of data, which are
defined by the medical device data language (MDDL) format, or ISO F-type
profiles (ISO/IEEE 11073-10000 series).
Designation: 11073-20102
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profiles - MIB elements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.2.1.2.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this project is the definition of MIB ("Management
Information Base") Element objects as used in the IEEE 1073 family of
standards for point-of-care medical device communication. Prototypical MIB
Element object definitions are contained in the IEEE P1073.1.2.1 Domain
Information Model standard. References to MIB Element definitions in
specific IEEE 1073 transport standards (e.g., P1073.3.3) shall also be
included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide in one document
location the definitions for non-transport specific MIB Element objects
used in point-of-care medical device communication, as well as references to
MIB Element definitions that may be contained in specific IEEE 1073
transport or internetworking standards.
Designation: 11073-20103
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Clinical context management (CCoM)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.1.3.
Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This project is an extension to Standard IEEE 1073.2.1.1, MDAP
Base Standard. The scope is the synchronization of medical device
operational contextual information, particularly security-related, in RF
wireless contexts; patient identification; and clinical patient care
logistical, particularly Admit, Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) information.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate safe and
effective application of IEEE 802-based profiles in the context of medical
device communication in the scope of the IEEE 1073 in which synchronization
of medical device, patient, and clinical logistical information is required
among heterogeneous real-time medical data processors.
Designation: 11073-20200
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Association control function
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.0.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines a profile for utilizing ISO Open Systems
Interconnection (OSI) service for an Association Control Service Element
(ACSE) in point-of-care medical device communication within the framework of
the ISO/IEEE 11073 standards. This service provides for the establishment,
release and aborting of an association between a medical device agent and
another system acting as a manager. Service establishment includes dynamic
negotiation of presentation layer functions such as message encoding and
abstract syntax, as well as application layer services to be used.
Project Purpose: Association control services provide a core element of the ISO
OSI protocols and support the dynamic configuration of presentation and
application layer services. For medical device communication, all
application profile operational modes must share a common association
control service that provides the means for selecting required and optional
components. Therefore, this document is referenced by the other application
profile mode standards within the ISO/IEEE 11073 family.
Designation: 11073-20201
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics-- Point-of care medical device communication--
Application profile-- Polling mode
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: P11073-20201
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Polling mode
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.1.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical
devices that communicate using a polling-type of protocol. This standard
builds upon the definitions provided in the Base MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE
11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving application-specific
data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx set of standards.
It does not define application-specific message content.
Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for medical
device communication, this document is needed to provide a set of generic
capabilities that may be used by agent and manager systems to exchange
information defined in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-1xxxx standards.
Designation: 11073-20202
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics-- Point-of-care medical device communication--
Application profile-- Baseline
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: P11073-20202
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Baseline asynchronous mode
Status: Modified New Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.2.2.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for medical
devices that communicate using an event-driven type of protocol, where data
updates are communicated automatically by the device when they are
available. This standard builds upon the definitions provided in the Base
MDAP standard (ISO/IEEE 11073-20101), and defines the method for retrieving
application-specific data formatted in accordance with the ISO/IEEE 11073-
1xxxx set of standards. It is intended for use by the majority of medical
device specializations and is titled "asynchronous" because it enables
devices to send information either periodically or episodically as needed
and without a manager system first issuing a request. It does not define
application-specific message content.
Project Purpose: As part of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for point-
of-care medical device communication, this standard provides a set of
generic services that support asynchronous event-driven communication
between agent and manager systems, including association control function
extensions for dynamic negotiation of profile configuration options, full
support for objects defined in the Domain Information Model (11073-10201),
and optional packages that may be layered on top of this "baseline" set of
services.
Designation: P11073-20301
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application Profile - Optional package, remote control
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.3.1.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard extends the capabilities of the IEEE 1073 family
standards to provide an optional service for remote control of medical
devices. It builds upon the capabilities provided by other application
profile standards, namely IEEE 1073.2.2.2 Application Profile - Baseline, to
enable the discovery, configuration, invocation, and monitoring of remote
control services. It also leverages objects defined in the IEEE 1073.1.2.1
Domain Information Model and terminology defined in the IEEE 1073.1.1.1
Nomenclature standard. Both open and closed loop applications are
supported. "Remote" includes both device-external but physicall local
control, as well as control of geographically distant devices. Specific
device control semantics (e.g., for a ventilator) are not included in this
standard.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to provide plug-and-play
interoperability for applications that require remote control of medical
devices. It supports a single, consistent service model that supports
reliable control applications, including both open and closed loop.
Designation: 11073-20302
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application profile - Optional package, symmetric
communication
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.2.3.2.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard defines the service and dynamic models for
communicating medical devices and systems, both agents and managers, which
function both as clients and as servers of information. The standard builds
upon services defined in other 1073 Application Profile standards, such as
the Baseline Application Profile standard (IEEE P1073.2.2.2), and defines
the methods by which agent devices may both publish the data and services
that they provide, as well as discover and acquire information provided by
managers. Likewise, it defines the methods by which manager systems can not
only discover the data and services provided by an agent device, but also
publish and supply data and services that are provided by the manager
system. It is intended for use by any of the medical device specializations
defined in the IEEE 1073.1.3.x standards that can benefit from dynamically
acquiring information from the device or system to which they are connected.
Project Purpose: This standard extends the plug-and-play interoperability for
medical devices defined in other 1073 standards, such that devices which can
benefit from data and services provided by external communicating systems,
have a standardized manner in which to discover and acquire that
information. Potential applications include devices that acquire patient
information such as ID, height, weight, sex, and age, and then use this
information to customize their operation (e.g., pharmacokinetic drug dosing
models used by infusion devices, or modes used by ventilators). Another
would be devices that acquire drug dosing and pharmacy order information, or
adverse drug event database data, ensuring that the right drug is being
delivered to the right patient in accordance with the prescribed dosage. By
standardizing this type of communications interface, device developers and
system applications providers can reap the benefits afforded by greatly
enhanced interoperability, ultimately benefiting and enhancing the quality
of patient care.
Designation: P11073-20401
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health Informatics - Point-of-Care Medical Device Communication -
Application Profile - Common Networking Infrastructure
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Internet
Protocol (IP) family of protocols for use in medical device communication.
The scope is enumerating the specific mechanisms necessary for real-time
plug-and-play interoperability in the medical device environment. The
specific mechanisms cover areas such as obtaining IP addresses, service
advertisement & discovery, timely message delivery, network access control,
network availability, quality of service, time services, network management
services, security and authentication. Also included is any appropriate
Ethernet (layer 2) switching and VLAN functionality.
Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocol and
service profiles consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Internet Protocol
(IP) family of protocols for common use by medical devices in networked
operating contexts. The ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time
plug-and-play interoperability will be extended to include a broad selection
of networking technologies.
Designation: 11073-20601-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Health informatics--Personal health device communication--
Part 20601: Application profile--Optimized exchange protocol
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 01, 2010
**This is an ISO adoption of IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008.
Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this standard defines a common framework for making an
abstract model of personal health data available in transportindependent
transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems
and to provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform
communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage
requirements and leverages commonly used methods and tools wherever
possible.
Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008. Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device
communication, this standard defines a common framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in
transport-independent transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems and to provide presentation
capabilities and services needed to perform communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements
and leverages commonly used methods and tools wherever possible.
Key Words: 11073-20601, medical device communication, personal health devices
Designation: 11073-20601-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Health informatics – Personal health device communication – Part 20601:
Application profile – Optimized exchange protocol
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2008
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 06, 2009
Project Scope: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for
device communication, this project defines a common framework for making an
abstract model of personal health data available in transport independent
transfer syntax required to establish logical connections between systems,
provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform
communication tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage
requirements and leverages commonly-used methods and tools wherever
possible.
Project Purpose: This document addresses a need for an openly defined,
independent standard for converting the information profile into an
interoperable transmission format so the information can be exchanged to and
from personal telehealth devices and compute engines (e.g. cell phones,
personal computers, personal health appliances, set top boxes).
Abstract: Within the context of the ISO/IEEE 11073 family of standards for device communication, this standard defines a common
framework for making an abstract model of personal health data available in transport independent transfer syntax required to
establish logical connections between systems, provide presentation capabilities and services needed to perform communication
tasks. The protocol is optimized to personal health usage requirements and leverages commonly-used methods and tools wherever
possible
Key Words: 11073-20601-2008, Personal Health Devices, Medical Device
Communication
Designation: 11073-20601a-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Health informatics--Personal health device communication Part
20601: Application profile--Optimized Exchange Protocol Amendment 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 24, 2011
**Amendment to IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Abstract: Issues found within IEEE Std 11073-20601-2008 while implementing the standard and/or testing and certifying products are
addressed in this amendment.
Key Words: 11073, medical device communication, personal health devices
Designation: 11073-30200-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: ISO/IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical
device communication - Part 30200: Transport profile - Cable connected –
Amendment 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: To define an IrDA-based transport profile for medical device
communications.
Project Purpose: To provide connection-oriented communications services and
protocols consistent with IrDA specifications and adapted as appropriate for
IEEE 1073 applications.
Abstract: This standard replaces IEEE Std 1073.3.2-2000-ISO/IEEE Dual Logo A connection-oriented transport profile and physical
layer suitable for medical device communications in legacy devices is established. Communications services and protocols
consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association are defined. These communication services and protocols are
optimized for use in patient-connected badside medical devices. KEYWORDS: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy
device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP
Key Words: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical
device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP
Designation: P11073-30200a
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical
device communication - Part 30200: Transport profile - Cable connected –
Amendment 1
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: The amendment extends this standard to include IEEE 802.3
100BASE-T and includes analysis of compatability of cable connections
between 11073-30200 and IEEE 802.3.
Project Purpose: The proposed changes update 11073-30200 to include provision
for updates to IEEE 802.3.
Abstract: This amendment extends the ISO/IEEE 11073-30200:2004 standard to include IEEE Std 802.3-2008 100BASE-T and includes
analysis of the compatibility of cable connections between ISO/IEEE 11073-30200:2004 and IEEE Std 802.3-2008.
Key Words: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical
device, medical device communications, MIB, patient, SNTP, IEEE Std 802.3-
2008
Designation: 11073-30300-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: ISO/IEEE 11073-30300:2004, Health informatics - Point-of-care medical
device communication - Transport profile - Infrared
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2004
**First edition 2004-12-15
Technical Contact: Elliot Sloane, Phone:610-519-6432, Email:ebsloane@villanova.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define an IrDA-based transport
profile for medical device communication that uses short-range infrared, as
a companion standard to ISO/IEEE 11073-30200, which specifies a
cableconnected physical layer. This standard also supports use cases
consistent with industry practice for handheld personal digital assistants
(PDAs) and network APs that support IrDA-infrared communication.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide connection-oriented
communication services and protocols consistent with IrDA specifications,
using short-range infrared as the physical layer. This standard extends and
complements ISO/IEEE 11073-30200, which specifies a cable-connected physical
layer. The use of IrDAinfrared is appropriate for mobile and portable
point-of-care (POC) clinical lab instruments (e.g., glucose meters) and
other medical devices that require intermittent point-and-shoot connectivity
to a data repository. This standard utilizes the work embodied in the
Connectivity Industry Consortium (CIC) and NCCLS POCT1 device and AP
interface specification (Appendix A), which is part of an overall effort to
standardize communication for POC medical devices using a single transport
protocol (IrDA Tiny Transport Protocol [TinyTP]) running over two physical
layers: cable-connected and infrared.
Abstract: This standard establishes a connection-oriented transport profile and physical layer suitable for medical device
communications that use short-range infrared wireless. This standard defines communications services and protocols that are
consistent with specifications of the Infrared Data Association (IrDA) and are optimized for point-of-care (POC) applications
at or near the patient.
Key Words: access point, bedside, device interfaces, infrared, Infrared Data
Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device
communications, medical information bus, MIB, patient, Simple Network
Time Protocol, SNTP, point-of-care, POC, point-of-care testing, POCT,
wireless
Designation: 11073-30400-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Health informatics--Point-of-care medical device communication Part
30400: Interface profile--Cabled Ethernet
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2010
**New standard
Technical Contact: Mark Schnell, Phone:+1 919 392 2931, Email:mschnell@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Apr 26, 2010
Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Ethernet family
(IEEE Std 802.3-2008) of protocols for use in medical device communication.
The scope is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family
specifications and to calling out any specific special needs or requirements
of the ISO/IEEE 11073 environment, with a particular focus on easing
interoperability and controlling costs.
Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocols
consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Ethernet family of protocols for
common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. By providing
this standard, the ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and-
play interoperability will be extended to a broad set of network interfaces.
Abstract: The application of the Ethernet family (IEEE Std 802.3-2008) of protocols for use in medical device communication is
addressed in this document. The scope is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family specifications and calling out
any specific special needs or requirements of the ISO/IEEE 11073 environment, with a particular focus on easing interoperability
and controlling costs.
Key Words: 11073, Ethernet, medical device, medical device communications
(MDCs), management information base (MIB)
Designation: 11073-30400
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Transport profile - Inter-LAN
Status: Superseded
**This project was originally designated P1073.3.4.
Technical Contact: Mark Schnell, Phone:+1 919 392 2931, Email:mschnell@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This project focuses on the application of primarily Internet
Protocol (IP) and Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) technologies for use in medical
device communication. While the scope is primarily Transport-to-Physical
Layer methods, significant upper-layer methods such as obtaining IP
addresses, discovering servers/services, [near]real-time message delivery,
and virtual network management will be included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a comprehensive set
of protocols and services consistent with the IEEE 1073, IEEE 802, and
Internet Protocol architectures for common use by medical devices in LAN and
embedded LAN operating contexts, including bridging with related methods
such as RF Wireless. By providing this standard, the design goal of
ISO/IEEE 11073 standards to provide real-time plug-and-play interoperability
shall be signficantly enhanced when LAN technologies are being utilized.
Designation: 11073-30400
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Transport profile - Cabled Ethernet
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This document focuses on the application of the Ethernet family
(IEEE 802.3) of protocols for use in medical device communication. The scope
is limited to referencing the appropriate Ethernet family specifications and
calling out any specific special needs or requirements of the 11073
environment, with a particular focus on easing interoperability and
controlling costs.
Project Purpose: This standard defines a comprehensive set of protocols
consistent with the ISO/IEEE 11073 and Ethernet family of protocols for
common use by medical devices in networked operating contexts. By providing
this standard, the ISO/IEEE 11073 design goal to provide real-time plug-and-
play interoperability will be extended to a broad set of network interfaces.
Designation: 11073-30500
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Framework and overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated as IEEE P1073.3.5.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This project is an extension of, and linked to, project number
1073.0.1.1 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication
- Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology). The
scope of this standard is to outline more specifically the different follow-
on transport standards associated with wireless data transport from IEEE-
1073 point-of-care (POC) medical devices using personal area (WPAN), local
area (WLAN), wide area (WWAN), and other networks. The document will outline
unique concerns and requirements relating to the use of various RF wireless
technologies operating on such networks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the healthcare
enterprise, medical device manufacturers, the telecommunications industry,
and government regulatory agencies a set of recommendations and performance
benchmarks associated with the transport of medical device data using
various personal area, local area, and wide area networks.
Designation: P11073-30503
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Local area network (wLAN)
Status: New Standard Project
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.3.5.3.
Technical Contact: Jan Wittenber, Phone:978-659-3593, Email:jan.wittenber@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This project is a subset of project number 1073.3.5 (Health
informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication – RF Wireless
Profile – Framework and Overview. The scope of this standard is medical
device data communication profiles based on IEEE 802.11 Standards,
particularly IEEE 802.11b/g with sufficient Quality of Service and Security
attributes for mobile medical device applications across emergency,
critical, acute, and sub-acute care areas of hospitals. As a result,
multiple subsets of IEEE 802.11, particularly IEEE 802.e (QoS) and IEEE
802.11i (Security); IEEE 802.3 (“Ethernet”), and widely-used Internet
protocols, such as DHCP, TCP/ and UDP/IP; will be integrated.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate safe and
effective application of IEEE 802.11-based profiles in the context of
medical device communication in the scope of the IEEE 1073.
Designation: 11073-30505
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Transport profile - RF wireless - Wide area (Mobile Phone)
Network (wWAN)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was originally designated IEEE P1073.3.5.5.
Technical Contact: Todd H Cooper, Phone:858-435-0729, Email:t.cooper@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This project is an extension of, and linked to, project number
1073.0.1.1 (Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device communication
- Technical report - Guidelines for the use of RF wireless technology) and a
further extension of project number 1073.3.5 (Health Informatics - Framework
and Overview Structure for Wireless Medical Data Transport using Personal
Area, Local Area, Wide Area, and other Wireless Networks). The scope of this
standard is to identify recommended protocols as well as to evaluate
expected performance for the transport of medical data between IEEE-1073
point-of-care (POC) and / or body worn sensors along wireless wide area
networks (WWAN) via gateway devices (e.g., mobile phones, PDAs) to an end
server or attending healthcare professional in a home-based or mobile health
scenario. Recommendations are made with the goal of developing common
protocols for plug-and-play compatability between medical devices and WWAN
gateway equipment. Point-of-care (POC) or body worn sensor data is
envisioned to range from non-critical physiologic parameters used for
general health maintenance to critical parameters such as real time
waveforms and alarms / alerts. The standard also attempts to characterize
general expected performance of wireless data transport between point-of-
care (POC) or body worn sensor devices and the WWAN gateway given existing
technology options, as well as over the WWAN to the end server or attending
healthcare professional. Acceptable performance may depend upon the
individual case, nature the medical data, and expected quality of service
(i.e., data throughput, latency, fidelity, privacy and security, co-
existence with other RF wireless technologies, environmental requirements,
EMI/EMC, power management).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the healthcare
enterprise, medical device manufacturers, the telecommunications industry,
and government regulatory agencies a set of recommended technology
specifications and performance benchmarks associated with the transport of
medical device sensor data across WWAN via a mobile phone or other
appropriate gateway device.
Designation: 11073-60101
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/IEEE 11073TM Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Health informatics - Point-of-care medical device
communication - Application gateway - HL7 (ver 2.x), Observation reporting
interface (ORI)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Melvin Reynolds, Phone:44-1989-763-120, Email:melvinr@ams-consulting.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project will specifies how medical devices that use IEEE
1073 protocols and systems that use Health Level 7 (HL7) protocols may
interoperate to communicate vital signs observations and general medical
device information. This is an Application Gateway standard, meaning that
there will be no particular transport requirements specified beyond those
which already identified for use by the IEEE 1073 set of standards and
within HL7, though some informative examples will be included in annexes.
The HL7 Observation Reporting Interface (ORI) standard will specify how IEEE
1073 data model components or objects and nomenclature terms shall be
expressed using HL7 protocols, using both HL7 Encoding Rules and XML
formats. It will use related conventions for the communication of medical
device data (e.g., the point-of-care test device ORI standard), and will
specify multiple 2.x versions of HL7 as necessary, along with usage
constraints and guidelines for each. HL7 version 3 usage is out of scope
for this project.
Project Purpose: This project increases the interoperability of HL7 based
systems that exchange medical device data acquired at the point-of-care. As
a result, system integration costs may be significantly reduced and the
usage of automatically acquired data increased, potentially resulting in
increased patient safety, increased quality of health care, and reduced
health care costs.
Designation: 1108
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Operations
Title: Elec Power Load Management Terms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: PA Bhagchandani, Phone:804-271-2877
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1985
Key Words: 1108
Designation: 1109-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Interconnection of User-Owned Substations to Electric
Utilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: David L Harris, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:david.harris@waukeshaelectric.spx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. This standard provides a checklist and selected guidance, for persons
not normally practicing in this specialized field, of major technical design areas that should be considered when interconnecting
user-owned and utility-owned facilities at substations. Only medium- and high-voltage purchased-power interconnections are
addressed. This guide does not discuss the considerable implications of interactive power systems design and operation, nor does
it present criteria or directions for the design of substations.
Key Words: utility-owned facilities at substations, user-owned facilities at
substations, substations, Non-utility generation, Medium-voltage purchased-
power, Interconnections, High-voltage purchased-power
Designation: 111-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Band (Greater Than 1 Decade) Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2001
Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 2000
Project Scope: This standard pertains to electronics wide-band transformers
transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at
least one decade in the frequency spectrum. It is not intended to apply to
transformers optimized to operate within a narrow band of frequencies.
Transformers used in or in conjunction with wire line communication
facilities serving power stations are excluded due to the special protection
requirements involved.
Project Purpose: Update Standard 111 to include material on hybrid
transformers.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Electronics wide-band transformers transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies
covering typically at least one decade in the frequency spectrum are covered in this standard.
Key Words: "Balance test,balun,communication transformer,data
transformer,harmonic distortion,impedance,insertion loss,matching
transformers,return loss,transformer,video transformer,wideband"
Designation: 111
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Wide Band (Greater Than 1 Decade) Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of IEEE Std 111-1984.
Technical Contact: Matthew Wilkowski, Phone:908-575-7550, Email:wilkowski@enpirion.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: This standard pertains to electronics wide band transformers
transmitting power within a wide band of frequencies covering typically at
least one decade in the frequency spectrum. It is not intended to apply to
transformers optimized to operate within a narrow band of frequencies.
Transformers used in or in conjunction with wire line communications
facilities serving electric power stations are excluded due to the special
protection requirements involved. Provision is made for including data for
use in design of feedback amplifiers and control networks or other circuits
in which the knowledge of the transformer amplitude and phase-frequency
response is needed by the system designer. These transformers are required
to transform voltage within specified tolerances of amplitude and phase when
operating between specified impedances. Guides to application and test
procedures are included. The Appendices contain certain precautions and
recommended practices. This standard also pertians to hybrid transformers,
primarily used in the telecommunication industry. The hybrid transformer is
a wideband transformer used in a manner which makes it part of a
capacitance, resistance, and or inductance network and it must have
characteristics which permit it to match the network for proper overall
performance.
Project Purpose: To update Std 111 and to include material on hybrid
transformers.
Key Words: wide band, transformer
Designation: 111-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Band Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Transferred from Magnetic Society to Power Electronics Society; ANSI
withdrawn 6/29/92
History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985
Designation: 1110-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices and Applications
in Power System Stability Analyses
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 12, 2003
Technical Contact: Paul L Dandeno, Phone:416-978-3126, Email:pd@power.ele.utoronto.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 2003
Project Scope: Review all 7 chapters of the existing Standard and determine
which chapters, if any, need updating or significant additions. Correct,
where applicable, existing typographical errors. Suggest, when necessary,
new figures, illustrations, or references.
Project Purpose: The modeling of synchronous machines for stability studies and
analyses is subject to continuing review and possible improvements. Both
parameter identification for dynamic analysis and accounting for generator
saturation must be included. Emphasis will be placed on discussing various
aspects of Synchronous Generator/Power System interactions.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1110-1991. Reaffirmed September 2007. Categorizes three direct-axis and four quadrature-axis
models, along with the basic transient reactance model. Discusses some of the assumptions made in using various models and
presents the fundamental equations and concepts involved in generator/system interfacing. Covers, generally, the various
attributes of power system stability, recognizing two basic approaches. The first is categorized under large disturbance
nonlinear analysis; the second approach considers small disturbances, where the corresponding dynamic equations are linearized.
Applications of a range of generator models are discussed and treated. The manner in which generator saturation is treated in
stability studies, both in the initialization process as well as during large or small disturbance stability analysis procedures
is addressed. Saturation functions that are derived, whether from test data or by the methods, of finite elements are developed.
Different saturation algorithms for calculating values of excitation and internal power angle depending upon generator terminal
conditions are compared. The question of parameter determination is covered. Two approaches in accounting for generator field and
excitation system base quantities are identified. Conversion factors are given for transferring field parameters from one base to
another for correct generator/excitation system interface modeling, Suggestions for modeling of negative field currents and other
field circuit discontinuities are included.
Key Words: "modeling practices, saturation practices, stability data
determination and application"
Designation: 1110-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Synchronous Generator Modeling Practices in Stability
Analyses
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1110-2002.
Technical Contact: Paul L Dandeno, Phone:416-978-3126, Email:pd@power.ele.utoronto.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by 1110-2002. Three direct-axis and four quadrature-axis models are categorized, along with the basic
transient reactance model. Some of the assumptions made in using various models, including the basic model, are discussed, and
the fundamental equations and concepts involved in generator/system interfacing are presented. The various attributes of power
system stability are covered in a general way, with two basic approaches being recognized. The first is categorized under large-
disturbance nonlinear analysis. The second approach considers small disturbances, where the corresponding dynamic equations are
linearized. Applications of a range of generator models are discussed and treated. The manner in which generator saturation is
treated in stability studies, both in the initialization process, as well as during large or small disturbance stability analysis
procedures is addressed. Saturation functions that are derived either from test data or by the methods of finite elements are
developed. Different saturation algorithms for calculating values of excitation and internal power angle, depending upon
generator terminal conditions, are compared. The question of parameter determination is thoroughly covered. Two approaches in
accounting for generator field and excitation system base quantities are identified. Conversion factors are given for
transferring field parameters from one base to another for correct generator/excitation system interface modeling. Suggestions
for modeling of negative field currents and other field circuit discontinuities are included.
Key Words: models, application, analyses, Synchronous generator stability,
Stability data determination , Saturation practices, Modeling practices
Designation: 1111
Title: Optical Switching
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986
Key Words: 1111
Designation: 1113
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1114
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide for Application of Risk Criteria to Nuclear Power Plants
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Arnold Roby, Phone:(203) 665-3157
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985
Designation: 1115-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 11, 2000
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: Scope of original document remains unchanged. Supporting text
will be revised to reflect changes in battery technology.
Project Purpose: Newer nickel-cadmium battery technology has given rise to some
changes that affect many existing and potential users of this battery
chemistry. While the basic sizing method will remain unchanged, the
supporting text should be updated to accommodate these changes.
Abstract: The sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries used in full float operation for stationary applications is covered in this
recommended practice.
Key Words: "nickel-cadmium batteries, stationary applications"
Designation: 1115-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1115-2000.
Technical Contact: Bradford M Radimer, Phone:201 430 6702
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by 1115-2000. Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a nickel-cadmium battery to supply that load
are described. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than
nickel-cadmium batteries are not included. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also not included.
Key Words: Stationary applications, Nickel-cadmium batteries
Designation: 1115a-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Stationary Applications Amendment 1: Additional Discussion on Sizing Margins
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 20, 2007
Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007
Project Scope: This amendment provides additional guidance on sizing margins
that may be applied when nickel-cadmium batteries are used in stationary
applications involving an element of charge-discharge cycling.
Project Purpose: Nickel-cadmium batteries are often used in stationary
applications where the ac power supply may be unreliable, resulting in an
increased frequency of charge-discharge cycling. The extent to which
available battery capacity may be affected depends on the frequency and
depth of cycling, charging regime and the specific cell design. The guidance
in this amendment assists system designers in correctly sizing batteries for
such applications.
Abstract: This amendment provides additional guidance on sizing margins that may be applied when nickel-cadmium batteries are used
in stationary applications involving an element of charge-discharge cycling. Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1115-2000
Key Words: nickel-cadmium batteries, stationary applications
Designation: 1116
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1117
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Chopper Controlled DC Machines/Test Proc
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nabeel A Demerdash, Phone:414 288 6820
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986
Designation: 1118.1-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Title: Standard for Microcontroller System Serial Control Bus Physical Layer
Type C
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bob Goldschmidt, Phone:617 275-0300
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990
Abstract: This standard specifies the numerical characteristics of the 8×8 inverse discrete cosine transform (IDCT) for use in
visual telephony and similar applications where the 8×8 IDCT results are used in a reconstruction loop. The specifications ensure
the compatibility between different implementations of the IDCT.
Key Words: 8×8 inverse discrete cosine transform, IDCT, visual telephony,
reconstruction loop
Designation: 1119-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Guide for Fence Safety Clearances in Electric-Supply Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 10, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**W/D by Std Bd 12/10/96 - 97 Edition of NESC includes provisions that SS
the guidance offered in 1119.
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1988, ANSI APP: May 18, 1989
Abstract: A method for providing fence safety clearances for electric-supply stations is presented. The purpose is to provide design
guidance for the location of fences with respect to live parts within a station. The guide applies to electric-supply stations
with voltage between phases up to and including 765 000 V.
Key Words: Substations, Power generation protection
Designation: 112-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and
Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 2004
**Supersedes 112-1996.
Technical Contact: Franklin H Grooms, Phone:513-931-1243, Email:fhgrooms@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: Revise Sections 6.5 through 6.9 to include current industry
practice and experience. Change other sections including Sections 7, 8 and
9 as necessary to support these revisions and to make the test procedure
easier to understand and easier to use. Make the resulting procedures
harmonize with international standards where feasible.
Project Purpose: The existing standard has not kept pace in its entirety with
the needs of the industry and newly available technological advances such as
described in other standards will be considered for use. The project will
assure that this standard maintains its prominent position in the industry.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 112 -1996 This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally
applicable and acceptable tests of polyphase induction motors and generators. Many of the tests described may be applied to both
motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition the test procedure into clauses and subclauses that
separately apply to motors or to generators.
Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, generators, induction, machines,
motors, polyphase
Designation: P112
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard for Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and
Generators
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting
the more generally applicable and acceptable tests of polyphase induction
motors and generators. Many of the tests described may be applied to both
motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition the
test procedure into clauses and subclauses that separately apply to motors
or to generators. Whenever the term motor is used, it is to be understood
that it may be replaced by the term generator , if applicable. Likewise,
whenever machine is used, it may be replaced by either motor or
generator, if applicable. Since polyphase power systems are almost
universally three-phase systems, the equations in this standard have been
written specifically for three phases. When the test is performed on other
than three-phase power, the equations shall be modified appropriately.
Project Purpose: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally
applicable and acceptable tests are covered to determine the performance and
characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Additional
tests, not specified herein, may be required to satisfy specific research or
application needs. These procedures shall not be interpreted as requiring
the performing of any specific test in a given transaction.
Designation: 112-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and
Generators
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 112-1991. Superseded by 112-2004.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1997
Project Scope: Revisions of Section 6.4 Determination of Efficiency Test
Method B - Input-Output With Loss Segregation - Instrumentation Accuracy
Requirements - Testing Sequence Required - Temperature correction Procedure
- Additional Explanation of Terms
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 112-1991 has been adopted by DOE for use in enforcing
the US Energy Policy Act of 1992 (HR 2451) requiring manufacturers to be
certified through an independent testing or certification program. NIST has
developed such a program called NVLAP (National Voluntary Laboratory
Accredidation Program). The revision will clarify the procedures under Std
112 to conform to NVLAP requirements and harmonize with CSA Std C3 90.
Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the
performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements, performance testing,
temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
Key Words: generators, motors, tests
Designation: 112-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and
Generators
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 112-1984.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by 112-1996 and 112-2004. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable
and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical
measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
Key Words: generators, motors, tests
Designation: 112-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and
Generators
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1985
Abstract: Superseded by 112-1991. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable
tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical measurements,
performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
Key Words: polyphase, induction, motors, generators
Designation: 1120-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Guide for the Planning, Design, Installation, and Repair of
Submarine Power Cable Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2005
Technical Contact: Neal K Parker, Phone:425-462-3756, Email:n.k.parker@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides a list of factors to consider when planning,
designing, permitting, installing, commissioning and repairing submarine
power cable systems. While many factors are common to both power and
communication cable, this guide focuses on power cables.
Project Purpose: The existing guide is an outline of factors to be consider,
with few explanatory notes. It assumes the user is knowledgeable on the
topic of submarine cable systems. This guide is being revised so it will
have value to a broader audience, including the inexperienced engineer.
This is accomplished by expanding the breadth of topics covered and by
adding explanations.
Abstract: This guide presents a list of factors to consider when planning, designing, installing, and repairing a submarine power
cable.
Key Words: Submarine cable, underwater cable
Designation: 1120-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Guide to the Factors to Be Considered in the Planning, Design, and
Installation of Submarine Power and Communications Cables
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: Replaced by 1120-2004 (SH/SS95271). IEEE Std 1120-1990, IEEE Guide to the Factors to Be Considered in the Planning,
Design, and Installation of Submarine Power and Communications Cables, provides a checklist of factors to be considered in the
planning, design, and installation of power and communications cables in a submarine environment. It does not attempt to provide
complete cable design criteria.
Key Words: Submarine power cable, Submarine communications cable
Designation: 1121
Title: Switching Power Supplies
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986
Key Words: 1121
Designation: 1122-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High-Voltage
Impulse Tests
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 18, 1998
Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2008
Project Scope: To describe the necessary tests to be performed on digital
recorders to ensure they meet the requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std.4
Project Purpose: To simplify the existing standard and to bring it into
alignment with the new proposals in the revision of ANSI/IEEE Std. 4
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and
acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors and generators. Electrical
measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
Key Words: 1122-1998_body.f5
Designation: 1122-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Recorders for Measurements in High-Voltage
Impulse Tests
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988
Abstract: Digital recorders and digital oscilloscopes used for measurements during tests with high-impulse voltages and high-impulse
currents are considered. Terms specifically related to the digital recorders used for monitoring high-voltage and high-current
impulse tests are defined. The performance characteristics for such recorders, necessary to ensure their compliance with the
requirements for high-voltage and for high-current impulse tests, are specified. The tests and procedures that are necessary to
show that these performance characteristics are within those specified limits are indicated.
Key Words: Oscilloscopes, Measurement-system data handling, Impulse testing
Designation: 1123
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Guide for the Measurement of HVDC Ground Electrode Parameters
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986
Designation: 1124-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Guide for Analysis and Definition of DC Side Harmonic Performance
of HVDC Transmision Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 05, 2003
Technical Contact: F. S Prabhakara, Phone:518-783-4744, Email:prabu.prabhakara@us.abb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003
Project Scope: This guide is expected to provide definitions, methodology for
analysis of dc system harmonics and its effects, and cd filter performance
requirements.
Project Purpose: Provides necessary information and guidelines which are not
readily available from a single source to Electric Utilities, Communication
Companies and HVDC equipment suppliers.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1124-2003, IEEE Guide for the Analysis and Definition of DC-Side Harmonic Performance of HVDC Transmission
Systems"
Key Words: "equivalent disturbing current, filters, harmonic currents, harmonic
voltages, HVDC transmission systems, induction, inductive coordination,
interference, mitigation methods, mutual impedance, noise, telephone
circuits"
Designation: 1124
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: DC Side Harmonic/HVDC Xmsn Sys
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: F. S Prabhakara, Phone:518-783-4744, Email:prabu.prabhakara@us.abb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1986
Abstract: Project scope: This guide is expected to provide definitions, methodology for analysis of dc system harmonics and its
effects, and cd filter performance requirements. Project purpose: Provides necessary information and guidelines which are
not readily available from a single source to Electric Utilities, Communication Companies and HVDC equipment suppliers.
Key Words: 1124
Designation: 1125-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for Moisture Measurement and Control in SF6 Gas-Insulated
Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Steinar Dale, Phone:(919) 515-6000
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1994
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 Guidelines for moisture level measurement, moisture data interpretation, and moisture control in gas-
insulated transmission class equipment (GIE) are provided.
Key Words: circuit breakers, gas-insulated equipment (GIE), gas-insulated
substations (GIS), moisture measurment, SF6
Designation: P1125
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Moisture Measurement and Control in SF6 Gas-Insulated
Equipment
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: This document establishes guidelines for moisture level
measurement, moisture data interpretation, and moisture-control in gas-
insulated transmission class equipment
Project Purpose: The purpose of these guidelines is to provide guidance and
promote understanding among users of Gas Insulated Equipment (GIE). More
specifically, the objective is to communicate general knowledge and
sufficient understanding so as to ensure successful operation of the
equipment.
Designation: 1126
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: HVDC Transmission Systems Control & Protection Guide
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Karl N Mortensen, Phone:763-445-5966, Email:kmortensen@grenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986
Designation: 1126
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Control and Protection of HVDC Transmission Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Karl N Mortensen, Phone:763-445-5966, Email:kmortensen@grenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: Functional performance of the control and protection of HVDC
transmission systems.
Project Purpose: To provide a guide for specification and control and
protection of HVDC transmission systems.
Designation: 1127-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power
Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Apr 29, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: This guide identifies significant community acceptance and
environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and
design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply
substations, and documents ways to address these concerns to obtain
community acceptance and environmental compatibillity. On-site generation
and telecommunication facilities are not considered.
Project Purpose: Approvals for new substations or even expansions of existing
facilities can be subjected to extensive review for community acceptance and
environmental compatibility. A variety of permits are often required by the
governing bodies before construction of a substation may begin. Concerns
are being voiced by governmental agencies and community groups in areas not
considered necessary heretofore in the permitting process. In some
instances, land acquired for substations years in advance of construction is
deemed impossible to build on under present expectations and requirements.
Abstract: Significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design
phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations are identified, and ways to address these
concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibility are documented. On-site generation and telecommunication
facilities are not considered.
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: P1127
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power
Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This guide identifies significant community acceptance and
environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and
design phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply
substations, and documents ways to address these concerns to obtain
community acceptance and environmental compatibillity. On-site generation
and telecommunication facilities are not considered.
Project Purpose: This guide provides guidance on community acceptance and
environmental compatibility for new substations or substation expansions.
Designation: 1127-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Safe and
Reliable Substations for Environmental Acceptance
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 07, 1990, ANSI APP: May 17, 1991
Abstract: Significant community acceptance and environmental compatibility items to be considered during the planning and design
phases, the construction period, and the operation of electric supply substations are identified, and ways to address these
concerns to obtain community acceptance and environmental compatibility are documented. On-site generation and telecommunication
facilities are not considered.
Key Words: A-weighted sound level, commercial zoning, hazardous material,
industrial zoning, noise, residential zoning, wetlands
Designation: P1127a
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Construction, and Operation of Electric Power
Substations for Community Acceptance and Environmental Compatibility -
Amendment to remove references to Substation Slide Library
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: Delete Section 4.2.2 Slide Library A slide library of
several hundred slides of aesthetic design choices is available from the
IEEE. It is a compililation of landscaping, decorative walls and
enclosures, plantings, and site location choices that have been used by
various utliities worldwide to ensure community acceptance and
environtmental compatability. It is assembled and maintained by Working
Group G1 of the Environmental Subcommittee of the IEEE/PES Substations
Committee. Warious formats (slides, VHS videotape, and CD-ROM) are being
investigated as a vehicle for making this library available at a resonable
cost to many users. Contact the IEEE for the latest format.
Project Purpose: The slide library is not being maintained and is not available
for distribution.
Designation: 1128-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Radio-Frequency (RF) Absorber Evaluation
in the Range of 30 MHz to 5 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 1998
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jan 13, 1998
Project Scope: To develop recommended practices for RF absorbers testing in the
radiated emission frequesncy range, 30-1000 Mhz, and provide realistic and
repeatable figures of merit for the RF absorption characteristics of typical
anechoic chamber lining applied to a metallic wall.
Abstract: Realistic and repeatable criteria, as well as recommended test methods, for characteriz-ing the absorption properties of
typical anechoic chamber linings applied to a metallic surface are described. Parameters and test procedures are described for
the evaluation of RF absorbers to be used for radiated emissions and radiated susceptibility testing of electronic products, in
the ab-sorber manufacturer and/or absorber user environment, over the frequency range of 30 MHz to 5GHz.
Key Words: "anechoic chamber, radiated emissions, RF absorber, semianechoic
chamber"
Designation: 1129-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring and Instrumentation of Turbine
Generators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE A basic philosophy and guidelines are
established for the design and implementation of monitoring systems for cylindrical-rotor, synchronous turbine generators.
Monitoring systems are used to display the status of the generator and auxiliary systems while these systems are operating on
line. The basic information needed to choose monitoring schemes best suited for each application is provided. This standard does
not specify actual equipment or instrumentation, but it does indicate some critical areas where it is important to provide
monitoring capability
Key Words: cylindrical-rotor, Synchronous turbine generators
Designation: 113-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Direct-Current Machines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 113-1973.
Technical Contact: Nabeel A Demerdash, Phone:414 288 6820
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1987
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. Recommendations are made for conducting and reporting generally
acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics of conventional DC machines. Two categories of tests are provided:
tests of dc motors and generators designed for essentially ripple-free operation, and tests of DC motors designed for use with
rectifier power supplies. Electrical measurements and power sources for all test procedures are described. Preliminary tests,
performance tests, temperature tests, and miscellaneous tests are covered.
Key Words: test, dc, machines
Designation: 1130
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1131-1987
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: IEEE Standard Cryostat End-Cap Dimensions for Germanium Semiconductor
Gamma-Ray Spectrometers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard establishes fixed
dimensions for end-caps in the interests of interchangeability of cryostats from various manufacturers. Seven standard diameters
and five minimum lengths are specified for the cylindrical surface separating the environment from the vacuum enclosure around
the Ge crystal.
Key Words: cryostat, Ge cristal, end-cap, dimensions
Designation: 1132
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: A Standard for a Versatile Serial Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ad Willemse, Phone:011-31-40-785-714
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986
Designation: 1133-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Application Guide for Evaluating Nonceramic Materials for High-
Voltage Outdoor Applications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989
Abstract: This standard is based on the knowledge and experience of manufacturers, researchers, and end users of nonceramic
insulating products that are electrically stressed in outdoor environments. The standard discusses the characteristics of
nonceramic materials that are needed for long-term reliability in these applications. The standard makes recommendations for
principles of evaluation and tests used in the screening and selection of materials. The judicious use of this standard will
significantly improve the probability of success in the applications selected.
Key Words: 1133
Designation: 1134
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1135
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Requirements for Primary Standards for the Fiber Optics Industry
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: 1136
Title: Unguided Light Optical Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987
Designation: 1137-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Guide for the Implementation of Inductive Coordination Mitigation
Techniques and Application
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: This Guide offers users assistance in controlling or modifying
the inductive environment and the susceptibility of affected wire-line
telecommunications facilities in order to operate within acceptable levels
of steady-state or surge-induced voltage of the environmental interface
(probe wire) defined by IEEE Srd 776. The methodology, application, and
evaluation of results for mitigative techniques or devices in general are
addressed for all Specific Type A and Specific Type B coordination methods
also defined by IEEE Std 776.
Abstract: Provides guidance for controlling or modifying the inductive environment and the susceptibility of affected wire line
telecommunications facilities in order to operate within the acceptable levels of steady-state or surge induced voltages of the
environmental interface (probe wire) defined by IEEE Std 776-1987. Procedures for determining the source of the problem are
given. Mitigation theory and philosophy are discussed, and mitigation devices are described. The application of typical
mitigation apparatus and techniques and installation, maintenance, and inspection of mitigation apparatus are addressed. Advice
for determining the best engineering solution is offered, and general safety considerations are discussed.
Key Words: Susceptibility, Power, Noise, Mutual, Mitigation, Influence,
Inductive, Impedance, ICEP, Harmonic, Coupling, Coordination
Designation: 1137-1991/Cor 1-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Guide for the Implementation of Inductive Coordination Mitigation
Techniques and Applications--Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2009
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jan 19, 2010
Project Purpose: This Corrigendum corrects the Recommended value in Table 3
Longitudinal Balance Performance Thresholds. This Corrigendum also corrects
the last sentence in the third paragraph of Clause 8.5.
Abstract: This Corrigendum corrects the Recommended value in Table 3 Longitudinal Balance Performance Thresholds. This Corrigendum
also corrects the last sentence in the third paragraph of Clause 8.5.
Key Words: 1137-1991 Cor1-2009, coordination, coupling, harmonic, ICEP,
impedance, inductive, influence, mitigation, mutual, noise, power,
susceptibility
Designation: 1138-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Standard for Testing and Performance for Optical Ground Wire (OPGW)
for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 1138-1994
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 16, 2010
Project Scope: This standard covers the performance, test requirements,
procedures, and acceptance criteria for a transmission line overhead ground
wire (a.k.a. shield wire, static wire, earth wire, skywire) with optical
fibers commonly known as optical ground wire (OPGW). An OPGW cable has the
dual performance functions of a ground wire with telecommunications
capabilities. This standard includes functional requirements, such as
electrical, mechanical, optical fiber, environmental and packaging, and test
requirements related to design, installation, in-service, and maintenance,
including routine tests. This standard is not intended to supersede any
established safety rules, codes, regulations, or practices associated with
the use of OPGW cables. It is the responsibility of the user of this
standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to
determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
Project Purpose: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and
electrical performance, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for
overhead ground wire (OPGW) designed to be located primarily on overhead
power utility facilities. The standard provides performance and testing
requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the
mechanical and electrical capabilities of the cable and cable components
properly maintain mechanical integrity, optical fiber integrity, and optical
transmission.
Abstract: This standard covers the performance, test requirements, procedures, and acceptance criteria for a transmission line
overhead ground wire (a.k.a. shield wire, static wire, earth wire, skywire) with optical fibers commonly known as optical ground
wire (OPGW). An OPGW cable has the dual performance functions of a ground wire with telecommunications capabilities. This
standard includes functional requirements such as electrical, mechanical, optical fiber, environmental and packaging, and test
requirements related to design, installation, in-service, maintenance, including routine tests. This standard is not intended to
supersede any established safety rules, codes, regulations, or practices associated with the use of OPGW cables. It is the
responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the
applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
Key Words: 1138-2009, fiber optic ground wire, laboratory tests, OPGW, optical
ground wire, type tests
Designation: 1138-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Construction of Composite Fiber Optic Groundwire (OPGW)
for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1138-2009.
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 26, 1994
Abstract: The construction, mechanical and electrical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, and test
requirements for a composite overhead ground wire with optical fibers, commonly known as OPGW are discussed. You will receive an
email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: fiber optic cable, multimode fiber, optical cable, optical ground
wire, single-mode fiber, Stranded metallic wires, Rated breaking strength
Designation: 1138
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Fiber Optic Overhead Ground Wire (OPGW) for Use on Electric
Utility Power Lines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical
performance, acceptance criteria, and test requirements for optical overhead
groundwire (OPGW) designed to be located primarily on overhead power utility
facilities.
Project Purpose: The standard provides performance and testing requirements
that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the mechanical and
electrical capabilities of the cable and cable components properly maintain
mechanical integrity, optical fiber integrity, and optical transmission.
Designation: P1138-2009/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Testing and Performance for Optical Ground Wire (OPGW) for
Use on Electric Utility Power Lines - Corrigendum 1: Stress Strain
Temperature Correction
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: Correcting an error in the temperature associated with the
Stress Strain clause.
Designation: 1139-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental
Frequency and Time Metrology--Random Instabilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 1139-1999
Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 2009
Project Scope: This standard covers the fundamental metrology for describing
random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology.
Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities;
spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase fluctuations; and
time-domain deviations of frequency fluctuations. In addition,
recommendations are made for the reporting of measurements of frequency,
amplitude, and phase instabilities, especially in regard to the recording of
experimental parameters,experimental conditions, and calculation techniques.
The annexes cover basic concepts and definitions, time prediction, and
confidence limits when estimating deviations and spectral densities from a
finite data set. The annexes also cover translation between the frequency
domain and time domain instability measures, examples on how to calculate
the time-domain measures of frequency fluctuations, and an extensive
bibliography of the relevant literature. Systematic instabilities, such as
environmental effects and aging, are discussed in IEEE Std 1193™-2003.
Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology are covered in this standard.
Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase
fluctuations; and time-domain deviations of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of
measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters,
experimental conditions, and calculation techniques.
Key Words: 1139-2008, AM noise, amplitude instability, FM noise, frequency
domain, frequency instability, frequency metrology, frequency modulation,
noise, phase instability, phase modulation, phase noise, PM noise, time
domain, time metrology
Designation: 1139-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control
Title: Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental Frequency
and Time Metrology - Random Instabilities
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Project Scope: Affects all documents dealing with the reporting or
specification of time and frequency measurements and instrumentation.
Project Purpose: Revision of 1139-1988.
Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology is covered in this standard.
Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase
fluctuations; and time-domain variances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of
measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters,
experimental conditions, and calculation techniques.
Key Words: 1139body.fm
Designation: 1139-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental
Frequency and Time Metrology-Random Instabilities
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1139-2008.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology is covered in this standard.
Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase
fluctuations; and time-domain variances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of
measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters,
experimental conditions, and calculation techniques.
Designation: 1139-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Physical Quantities for Fundamental
Frequency and Time Metrology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 20, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 23, 1989
Abstract: Methods of describing random instabilities of importance to frequency and time metrology is covered in this standard.
Quantities covered include frequency, amplitude, and phase instabilities; spectral densities of frequency, amplitude, and phase
fluctuations; and time-domain variances of frequency fluctuations. In addition, recommendations are made for the reporting of
measurements of frequency, amplitude and phase instabilities, especially as regards the recording of experimental parameters,
experimental conditions, and calculation techniques.
Key Words: metrology, frequency metrology, time metrology, random instabilities
Designation: 114-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 23, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 114-2001
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting
the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the
performance characteristics of single-phase induction motors. It is not
intended that this standard shall cover all possible tests used in
production or tests of a research nature. The standard shall not be
interpreted as requiring the making of any or all of the tests described
herein in any given transaction.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to satisfy the following objectives:
a) Promote consistency between electric motor manufacturers regarding the
performance evaluation of single-phase induction motors. b) Provide useful
practices on evaluating performance during the design of electric motors.
c) Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying manufacturer
capabilities to meet user requirements. d) Provide useful practices for
evaluating and qualifying manufactured electric motors. e) Assist
individuals or organizations judging the quality of single-phase induction
motors delivered to end users.
Abstract: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable test to determine the performance
characteristics of single-phase induction motors are covered in this standard.
Key Words: efficiency, IEEE 114, motor test procedure, single-phase induction
motors, speed-torque
Designation: 114
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines
Title: Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ahmed Elantably, Phone:317-915-2721, Email:aelantaby@atd.gmeds.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: To review the procedure for testing single-phase induction
motors to include all changes in measurement technology and manufacturing
developments in the revised testing procedure.
Project Purpose: Guide to test procedures for single-phase induction motors.
Designation: 114-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Electric Machines
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Kenneth L Stricklett, Phone:301-975-3955, Email:stricklett@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Project Scope: This standard covers instructions for conducting and reporting
the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the
performance characteristics of single-phase induction motors, including non-
excited synchronous motors. It is not intended that this standard shall
cover all possible tests used in production or tests of a research nature.
The standard shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all
of the tests described herein in any given transaction.
Project Purpose: The proposed standard is intended to satisfy the following
objectives: 1) Promote consistency between electric motor manufacturers
regarding the performance evaluation of single-phase induction motors. 2)
Provide useful practices on evaluating performance during the design of
electric motors. 3) Provide useful practices on evaluating and qualifying
manufacturer capabilities to meet user requirements. 4) Provide useful
practices for evaluating and qualifying manufactured electric motors. 5)
Assist individuals or organizations judging the quality of single-phase
induction motors delivered to end users.
Abstract: " Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable andacceptable tests to determine the
performance characteristics of single phase induction motors.Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests, and
miscellaneous tests arecovered. "
Key Words: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more
generally applicble and acceptable tests to determine the performance
characteristics of single pahse induction motors
Designation: 114-1982
Sponsor: Industrial Drives
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Single-Phase Induction Motors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
Technical Contact: Ahmed Elantably, Phone:317-915-2721, Email:aelantaby@atd.gmeds.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1983
Abstract: Instructions are given for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to determine the
performance characteristics of single phase induction motors. Electrical measurements, performance testing, temperature tests,
and miscellaneous tests are covered.
Key Words: induction motors, single-phase, test procedure, measurements,
performance testing
Designation: 1140-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Electric and Magnetic
Fields from Video Display Terminals (VDTs) from 5 Hz to 400 kHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 1994
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994
Abstract: Procedures for the measurement of electric and magnetic fields in close proximity to video display terminals (VDTs) in the
frequency range of 5 Hz to 400 kHz are provided. Existing international measurement technologies and practices are adapted to
achieve a consistent and harmonious VDT measurement standard for testing in a laboratory controlled environment.
Key Words: magnetic field, electric field, video display terminal (VDT)
Designation: 1140.1
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
Title: Standard Measurement Techniques for ELF and VLF Magnetic Fields and
Electrical Fields from Desktop Computer Displays and Associated Desktop
Devices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles Abernathy, Phone:508/493-5641
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Project Scope: To define standard techniques of measurement of magnetic and
electric field strengths from the circuits of desktop computer displays and
associated desktop devices. Measurement techniques will focus on primary
frequencies and harmonics as well as computer display horizontal frequencies
and their harmonies.
Designation: 1141
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: FORTH: A Computer Language Standard
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Guy Kelley, Phone:619-268-3100
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987
Key Words: FORTH, language
Designation: 1142-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for the Selection, Testing, Application, and Installation of
Cables having Radial-Moisture Barriers and/or Longitudinal Water Blocking
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 26, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1142-1995
Technical Contact: Joseph Snow, Phone:9798494096x252, Email:joe.snow@snowbuilding.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 21, 2010
Project Scope: This guide provides cable manufacturers and users with extensive
information on the design, testing, application, and installation of low,
medium, and high-voltage power cables, as well as communication, control and
instrument cables that make use of metal-plastic laminates as radial-
moisture barriers. This guide addresses additional means of protecting
cables from the entrance of moisture through the use of polymeric super
absorbent materials for longitudinal water blocking of stranded conductors
and other spaces within cables. The alternate use of extruded metal sheaths
or bare, longitudinally applied, metallic tapes with sealed seams will
likewise be addressed.
Project Purpose: While metallic sheaths, such as lead and aluminum, have been
effective in past years as barriers to moisture, their relative cost,
environmental concerns along with installation difficulties have led to the
search for alternatives. Alternatively, thin metal-plastic foils are finding
application as moisture barriers in low, medium, high, and extra-high
voltage power cables. Aluminum, copper, or lead substrates are coated with
polymeric coatings on one or both sides and adhesively bonded to the cable
jacket or over sheath. The tapes are usually applied longitudinally, with an
overlap, or seam, that is adhesively sealed over the core of the cable and
under the jacket. In addition, other measures have been taken to block the
longitudinal movement of moisture through the conductor and the shield
interfaces so that water-impervious cables are now available. This guide
will provide information on the use of such coated metals in cable
constructions as well as the use of other materials for longitudinal water
blocking. Cable users should find this information of value in the
selection, specification, installation, and testing of cables having radial-
moisture barriers and/or longitudinal water-blocking systems. There is an
extensive amount of information in this guide that refers to IEC Standards,
British Standards and CIGRE study group recommendations. These
organizations, and others, have developed recommendations, standards and
specifications that are pertinent to cables with radial-moisture barriers
and longitudinal water blocking. Inclusion of a discussion of these
documents presents the user of the guide with a more complete picture of the
degree to which cables with radial and longitudinal moisture protection have
developed. The technology has matured greatly since this guide was first
published and inclusion of all pertinent information not only serves to
better inform the user of the guide but also documents how extensive and
prevalent the technology has become globally.
Abstract: Detailed information relating to the design, testing, application and installation of various types of electrical cables
in order to prevent the deleterious effect of moisture and chemical ingress and resultant failures in service is provided in this
guide. This includes single and multi-conductor cables over a complete range of voltage ratings. Testing criteria and
installation methods covered along with many technical references.
Key Words: 1142-2009, laminate sheaths, longitudinal water blocking, moisture
impervious, powders, radialmoisture barriers, sealed overlap, water-
swellable tapes, yarns
Designation: 1142
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Selection, Testing, Application and Installation of Cables
Utilizing Radial and/or Longitudinal Moisture Barriers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Joseph Snow, Phone:9798494096x252, Email:joe.snow@snowbuilding.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003
Project Scope: The original scope of IEEE 1142-1995 was basically limited to
moisture protection guidelines for 5 - 35 kV power cable through the use of
metal/plastic laminates as radial barriers. A major revision is now planned
to include updated moisture protection technology along with a much broader
range of cable types and voltage ratings. Radial barriers that combine
moisture protection with shielding functions will also be included. Obsolete
technology will be deleted in the update.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the original guide was to provide cable users
with the then current technology on use of metal/plastic laminates as
moisture barriers for medium voltage (5 - 46 kV) cable to prevent moisture
ingress and subsequent failures due to insulation degradation. While this
purpose is still retained, the expanded scope and updates will provide a
broader group of cable users with pertinent information on protecting cables
of other types and voltage ranges from moisture and other environmental
hazards along with dual electrical shielding applications.
Designation: 1142-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design, Testing, and Application of Moisture-
Impervious, Solid Dielectric, 5-35 kV Power Cable Using Metal-Plastic
Laminates
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001. Revised by 1142-2009.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1996
Abstract: The user of underground cables is provided with information on the design, testing, and application of moisture-
impervious, medium-voltage, solid dielectric power cable using metal-plastic laminates as moisture barriers. Information is also
provided on selection of jacketing materials and installation practices. Other types of moisture barriers, such as extruded metal
sheaths and bare metallic tapes with sealed seams, are beyond the scope of this guide. You will receive an email from Customer
Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: cable jackets, metal-plastic laminates, moisture-impervious cable,
on-core moisture barrier, pulling tension calculations, semiconducting
jackets, sidewall bearing pressure (SWBP) test, under-jacket moisture
barrier, water blocking, water-swellable powders, water-swellable tapes
Designation: 1143-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 1995
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995
Abstract: A concise overview of shielding options for various types of interference and recommendations on shielding practices,
including suggestions on terminating and grounding methods, are provided.
Key Words: grounding methods, interference, low voltage cables, shielding
practice, terminating methods
Designation: P1143
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide on Shielding Practice for Low Voltage Cables
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This function of this guide on shielding practice for low
voltage cables is to inform and familiarize the reader with shielding
practice. Overviews of shielding practice, systems and test methods are
provided. These tests may not be standardized; however, they are included to
inform the reader and provide an overview as to what has been done to
characterize shielding. This guide provides the following: a review of
shielding techniques to control electrostatic and electromagnetic
interference for varying types of low voltage cable used for power, control
and instrumentation services, including signal and communications cable; an
overview of the functional characteristics of various types of shielding;
suggested tests or techniques for measuring shielding effectiveness;
recommendations on shielding practices, including suggestions on terminating
and grounding methods.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this guide is to show how shielding can
minimize the effects of electrostatic and electromagnetic interference. A
secondary purpose is to provide recommendations on shielding practice for
various applications including suggestions on terminating and grounding
methods.
Designation: 1144-1996
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for
Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes methods for sizing
nickel/cadmium batteries used with terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems.
Installation, maintenance, safety, testing procedures, and consideration of
battery types other than nickel/cadmium are beyond the scope of this
document. Recommended practices for the remainder of the electric systems
associated with PV installations are also beyond the scope of this document.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist system designers
in siziing nickel/cadmium batteries for residential, commercial, and
industrial PV systems.
Abstract: A method for sizing nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic
(PV) systems is described. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication
online.
Key Words: battery sizing, nickel-cadmium batteries, terrestrial photovoltaic
(PV) systems
Designation: 1145-1990
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Nickel-
Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1145-1999.
History: BD APP: Oct 01, 1990
Abstract: Safety precautions, installation design considerations, and procedures for receiving, storing, commissioning, and
maintaining pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems are provided. Disposal and
recycling recommendations are also discussed. This recommended practice applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems,
regardless of size or application, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems.
Key Words: Batteries, Installation, Photovoltaic power systems, Nickel-cadmium
battery, Battery maintenance, Battery installation
Designation: 1145-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Installation and Maintenance of
Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice provides safety precautions,
installation design considerations, and procedures for commissioning,
maintenance, and storage of pocket and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage
batteries for photovoltaic (PV) power systems. Disposal and recycling
recommendations are also discussed. While this document gives general
recommended practices, battery manufacturers can provide specific
instructions for battery installation and maintenance.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist nickel-cadmium
battery users to properly store, install, and maintain nickel-cadmium
batteries used in residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic (PV)
systems.
Abstract: Jan 2005 - Administratively Withdrawn Safety precautions; installation design considerations; and procedures for
receiving, storing, commissioning, and maintaining pocket- and fiber-plate nickel-cadmium storage batteries for photovoltaic (PV)
power systems are provided. Disposal and recycling recommendations are also discussed. This recommended practice applies to all
PV power systems, regardless of size or application, that contain nickel-cadmium battery storage subsystems.
Key Words: "battery installation,battery maintenance,nickel-cadmium
battery,photovoltaic (PV) power systems"
Designation: 1146
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Grounding of Batteries & Battery Subsystems in PV Systems/Recommended
Practice
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: A Levins, Phone:516-271-6200
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Designation: 1147-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for the Rehabilitation of Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006
Technical Contact: Steven R Brockschink, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:brockschink@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2006
Project Scope: This guide describes alternatives that hydroelectric power plant
owners should consider when undertaking a rehabilitation of the facilities.
It is useful in ensuring that potential improvements are not overlooked in
the owner's process.
Project Purpose: This guide is directed to the practicing engineer in the field
of hydroelectric power for the purpose of providing guidance in the
decision-making processes and design for rehabilitation of hydroelectric
power plants.
Abstract: This guide is intended for the hydroelectric power industry to assist hydroelectric power plant owners, operators, and
designers in the economic (feasibility) and technical evaluation (electrical aspects) of existing hydroelectric installations for
rehabilitation. It addresses conventional hydropower. Portions of this guide are relevant to pumped storage but the unique
features of pumped storage are not covered. Feasibility study results may indicate redevelopment of the site. Redevelopment will
not be treated in detail in this guide. This guide covers all generating equipment up to and including the main transformer and
typical auxiliary equipment.
Key Words: cable and raceway, compressed air, control, crane, drainage,
excitation, fire protection, generator, governor, grounding heating,
hydroelectric, lighting, lubrication, machine shop,plant security,
protection, rehabilitation, telephone, transformer, turbine, UPS,
ventilating and air conditioning, water
Designation: 1147-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Guide for the Rehabilitation of Hydroelectric Power Plants
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Steven R Brockschink, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:brockschink@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1147-2005 This Guide is directed to the practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power
plant design for the purpose of providing guidance in the decision-making processes and design for rehabilitation of
hydroelectric power plants. It covers general assessment considerations, rehabilitation of waterways, and rehabilitation of
equipment. An extensive bibliography is included.
Key Words: rehabilitation, Hydroelectric power plant
Designation: 1148
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Cathodic Protection of Power Plant Equipment and Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: Prepare a guide that will provide information, identify
equipment and structure, and discuss various conditions under whihc cathodic
protection can be utilized to minimize corrosion. Various cathodic
protection systems will also be discussed in reference to their
applicability for power plant equipment.
Project Purpose: To provide guidelines for corrosion protection of power plant
equipment and structures by means of cathodic protection. Corrosion
protection is critical to the longevity of buried facilities.
Designation: 1148
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Cathodic Protection of Power Plant Equipment & Structures/Recommended
Practice
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Designation: 1149
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard Testability Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gordon Robinson, Phone:510-623-5139, Email:gordon_robinson@3mts.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987
Key Words: testability, bus
Designation: 1149.1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 23, 2001
**Supersedes 1149.1-1990, 1149.1a-1993, and 1149.1b-1994.
Technical Contact: Chris J Clark, Phone:603-868-7116, Email:cjclark@intellitech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Corrections, clarifications and enhancements of IEEE Std 1149.1a
and Std. 1149.1b. Combine these two standards into one document.
Project Purpose: As technology has changed, the original 1149.1 standard does
not address the new needs of the end users. The purpose of this PAR is to
address these new needs in the IEEE 1149.1 standard. The intended users are
silicon vendors, silicon designers, board and system electronic
manufacturers and test equiment manufacturers. The benefits are additional
capabilities and ease-of-use of 1149.1 for the current technology of mix-
signal devices, differential logic and programmable devices.
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. Supersedes IEEE Std 1149.1-1990. Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the
test, maintenance, and support of assembled printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interface
through which instructions and test data are communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register,
such that the component is able to respond to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed
circuit boards.
Key Words: "boundary scan, boundary-scan architecture, Boundary-Scan
Description Language, boundary-scan register, BSDL, circuit boards,
circuitry, integrated circuit, printed circuit boards, TAP, test, test
access port, VHDL, VHSIC Hardware Description Language, JTAG"
Designation: P1149.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: This standard defines test logic that can be included in an
integrated circuit to provide standardized approaches to - testing
the interconnections between integrated circuits once they have been
assembled onto a printed circuit board or other substrate; - testing the
integrated circuit itself; and - observing or modifying circuit activity
during the component's normal operation. The test logic consists of a
boundary-scan register and other building blocks and is accessed through
a Test Access Port (TAP).
Project Purpose: 1.2.1 An overview of the operation of IEEE Std 1149.1
This subclause provides a general overview of the operation of a component
compatible with this standard and provides a background to the detailed
discussion in later subclauses. The circuitry defined by this standard
allows test instructions and associated test data to be fed into a
component and, subsequently, allows the results of execution of such
instructions to be read out. All information (instructions, test data,
and test results) is communicated in a serial format. The sequence of
operations would be controlled by a bus master, which could be either an
automatic test equipment (ATE) or a component that interfaces to a
higher-level test bus as a part of a complete system maintenance
architecture. Control is achieved through signals applied to the Test Mode
Select (TMS) and Test Clock (TCK) inputs of the various components
connected to the bus master. Starting from an initial state in which the
test circuitry defined by this standard is inactive, a typical sequence of
operations would be as follows. The first steps would be, in general,
to load serially into the component the instruction binary code for the
particular operation to be performed. The test logic defined by this
standard is designed such that the serial movement of instruction
information is not apparent to those circuit blocks whose operation is
controlled by the instruction. The instruction applied to these blocks
changes only on completion of the shifting (instruction load) process.
Once the instruction has been loaded, the selected test circuitry is
configured to respond. In some cases, however, it is necessary to load
data into the selected test circuitry before a meaningful response can be
made. Such data is loaded into the component serially in a manner analogous
to the process used previously to load the instruction. Note that the
movement of test data has no effect on the instruction present in the test
circuitry. After execution of the test instruction, based where necessary
on supplied data, the results of the test can be examined by shifting
data out of the component to or through the bus master. Note that in
cases where the same test operation is to be repeated but with different
data, new test data can be shifted into the component while the test
results are shifted out. There is no need for the instruction to be
reloaded. Operation of the test circuitry may proceed by loading and
executing several further instructions in a manner similar to that
described and would conclude by returning the test circuitry and, where
required, on-chip system circuitry to its initial state. 1.2.2 The use
of IEEE Std 1149.1 to test an assembled product This subclause outlines
the use of the boundary-scan circuitry defined by this standard during the
process of testing an assembled product such as a printed circuit board.
The test problem for any product constructed from a collection of components
can be decomposed into three goals: a) To confirm that each component
performs its required function; b) To confirm that the components are
interconnected in the correct manner; and c) To confirm that the
components in the product interact correctly and that the product performs
its intended function. This approach can be applied to a board
constructed from integrated circuits, to a system constructed from
printed circuit boards, or to a complex integrated circuit constructed from
a set of simpler functional modules. To simplify the discussion, this
description henceforth will concentrate on the case of an assembled
printed circuit board constructed from a collection of digital integrated
circuits. At the board level, goal a) and goal b) typically are achieved
by using in-circuit test techniques; for goal c), a functional test is
required. However, in-circuit test techniques have significant limitations
when viewed against evolving surface-mount interconnection technology,
for example, the difficulty of making reliable contact to miniaturized
features of the printed circuit board using a bed-of-nails fixture. How,
then, might the above three test goals be achieved if test access becomes
limited to the normal circuit connections, plus a relatively small number
of special-purpose test connections? Considering goal a), it is clear
that the vendor of an integrated circuit used in the board-level design will
have an established test methodology for that component. The components
could be tested on a proprietary ATE system or by using a self-test
procedure embedded in the design. Information on the test methodology
adopted is typically not available to the component purchaser. Even where
self-test modes of operation are known to exist, they may not be
documented and therefore are not available to the component user.
Alternative sources of test data for the board test engineer may be the
component test libraries supplied with in-circuit test systems or the
test programs developed by component users for incoming inspection of
delivered devices. Wherever the test data for a component originates, the
next step is to use it once the component has been assembled onto the
printed circuit board. If access is limited to the normal connections of the
assembled circuit, this task may be far from simple. This is particularly
true if the surrounding components are complex or if the board designer
has tied some of the components’ connections to fixed logic levels or has
left component pins unconnected. Normally, it will not be possible to
test the component in the same way that it was tested in isolation unless
an in-circuit test is achievable. To ensure that built-in test facilities
can be used or that preexisting test patterns can be applied, a framework
is needed that can be used to convey test data to or from the boundaries of
individual components so that they can be tested as if they were
freestanding. This framework will also allow access to and control of
builtin test facilities of components. Boundary scan coupled with a test
access bus provides such a framework. The objective of this standard is
to define a boundary-scan architecture that can be adopted as a standard
feature of integrated circuit designs, thus allowing the required test
framework to be created on assembled printed circuit boards and other
products. 1.2.3 What is boundary scan? The boundary-scan technique
involves the inclusion of a shift-register stage (contained in a boundary-
scan register cell) adjacent to each component pin so that signals at
component boundaries can be controlled and observed using scan testing
principles. Figure 1-1 illustrates an example implementation for a
boundary-scan register cell that could be used for an input or output
connection to an integrated circuit. Dependent on the control signals
applied to the multiplexers, data can be either loaded into the scan
register from the Signal-in port (e.g., the input pin) or driven from the
register through the Signal-out port of the cell (e.g., into the core of the
component design). As will be discussed in detail in Clause 11, the
second flip-flop (controlled by input Clock B) is provided to ensure that
the signals driven out of the cell in the latter case are held while new
data is shifted into the cell using input Clock A. This flip-flop is not
required in all cases but is included in Figure 1-1 to simplify the
discussion. The boundary-scan register cells for the pins of a component
are interconnected to form a shift-register chain around the border of
the design, and this path is provided with serial input and output
connections and appropriate clock and control signals. Within a product
assembled from several integrated circuits the boundary-scan registers
for the individual components could be connected in series to form a single
path through the complete design, as illustrated in Figure 1-2.
Alternatively, a board design could contain several independent boundary-
scan paths. If all the components used to construct a circuit have a
boundary-scan register, the resulting serial path through the complete
design can be used in two ways: a) To allow the interconnections between
the various components to be tested, test data can be shifted into all
the boundary-scan register cells associated with component output pins and
loaded in parallel through the component interconnections into those
cells associated with input pins; and b) To allow the components on the
board to be tested, the boundary-scan register can be used as a means of
isolating on-chip system logic from stimuli received from surrounding
components while an internal self-test is performed. Alternatively, if
the boundary-scan register is suitably designed, it can permit a limited
slow-speed static test of the on-chip system logic since it allows delivery
of test data to the component and examination of the test results.
These tests allow the first two goals discussed earlier to be achieved
through the use of the boundary-scan register. In effect, tests applied
using the register can detect many of the faults that in-circuit testers
currently address, but without the need for extensive bed-of-nails
access. The third goal—to functionally test the operation of the complete
product—remains and can be achieved either by using a functional (through
the pins) ATE system or by using a system-level self-test, for example.
Note also that by parallel loading the cells at both the inputs and outputs
of a component and shifting out the results, the boundary-scan register
provides a means of “sampling” the data flowing through a component
without interfering with the behavior of the component or the assembled
board. This mode of operation is valuable for design debugging and fault
diagnosis since it permits examination of connections not normally
accessible to the test system. 1.2.4 The use of IEEE Std 1149.1 to
achieve other test goals In addition to its application in testing
printed circuit assemblies and other products containing multiple
components, the test logic defined by this standard can be used to provide
access to a wide range of design-for-test features built into the components
themselves. Such features might include internal scan paths, selftest
functions [e.g., using built-in logic block observer (BILBO) elements], or
other support functions. Design-for-test features such as these can be
accessed and controlled using the data path between the serial test data
pins of the TAP defined by this standard. Instructions that cause internal
reconfiguration of the component's system logic such that the test
operation is enabled may be shifted into the component through the TAP.
Designation: 1149.1-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 1149. Superseded by 1149.1-2001.
Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 17, 1990
Abstract: Circuitry that may be built into an integrated circuit to assist in the test, maintenance, and support of assembled
printed circuit boards is defined. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are
communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, such that the component is able to respond
to a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards.
Key Words: testability, bus, architecture, Test ports, Printed circuit boards,
Circuitry, Circuit boards, Boundary-scan register
Designation: P1149.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Test Access Port Interface for Connection to Test Data
Registers
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines an interface that provides for connection
of test data registers to an IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (TAP) and its
associated TAP Controller and Instruction Register.
Project Purpose: This standard enables development of interoperable, re-usable
elements of the 1149.1 test architecture, particularly those that relate to
the interfacing of test data registers. This approach promotes the use of
design methodologies wherein such elements can be sourced by different
parties.
Designation: 1149.1a-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture
(1149.1)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1149.1-2001.
Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993
Abstract: A test access port and boundary-scan architecture for digital integrated circuits and for the digital portions of mixed
analog/digital integrated circuits are discussed. These facilities seek to provide a solution to the problem of testing assembled
printed circuit boards and other products based on highly complex digital integrated circuits and high-density, surface-mounting
assembly techniques. The facilities also provide a means of accessing and controlling design-for-test features built into the
digital integrated circuits themselves. The circuitry includes a standard interface through which instructions and test data are
communicated. A set of test features is defined, including a boundary-scan register, so that the component is able to respond to
a minimum set of instructions designed to assist with testing of assembled printed circuit boards. (This publication includes
IEEE 1149.1a-1993.)
Key Words: boundary-scan, register, circuit, boards, circuitry, printed, test,
ports
Designation: 1149.1b-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Supplement to Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan
Architecture (1149.1)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1149.1-2001.
Technical Contact: Najmi Jarwala, Phone:609-639-3175, Email:najmi.jarwala@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 1995
Abstract: Superseded by 1149.1-2001 A language to describe components that conform to IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 is described in this
supplement. The language is based on the VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL). General characteristics, the overall
structure of a boundary-scan description language (BSDL) description, special cases, and example packages are included. You will
receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: boundary scan architure, description language, BSDL, test access
port, VHDL, VHSIC Harware Description
Designation: 1149.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Shared Input/Output Scan Test Architecture
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision project for Std 1149.
Technical Contact: Bulent Dervisoglu, Phone:415-390-2958, Email:bulent@sgi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define a scan-based test
architecture for integrated circuit components that allows re-use of
functional memory elements as part of an I/O-Scan register and also allows
the use of a combinational decoder and/or the IEEE 1148.1 Tap Controller as
the access mechanism to the components test features. Test features shall
be defined to enable coding of intercomponent connections as well as the
testing of the component itself.
Project Purpose: This project addresses a need seen by many integrated circuit
component designers and manufacturers who are unable to provide dedicated
circuitry to support test features but wish to use shared logic to do so.
Use of shared I/O cells enables component designers to meet their
performance and test overhead objectives. Thus, by allowing designers to
meet their test objectives without sacrificing performance this standard
will extend the use of established scan/boundary-scan techniques for testing
components and component assemblies. Furthermore, by providing solutions to
address shortcomings of existing techniques and standards, this standard
will extend the use of common test techniques and methods.
Key Words: testability, bus, serial, digital, interface
Designation: 1149.4-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Mixed-Signal Test Bus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 18, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1149.4-1999
Technical Contact: Bambang Suparjo, Phone:503-685-7084, Email:bambang_suparjo@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines a mixed-signal test bus architecture that
provides the means of control and access to both analog and digital test
signals such that the testability structure for digital circuits described
in IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 has been extended effectively to provide similar
facilities for mixed-signal circuits. In addition to testing of
interconnections in the conventional sense of IEEE Std 1149.1-2001, the
mixed-signal test bus defined by this standard also provides the means for
parametric testing and, optionally, the means to access internal test
structures. The standard does not mandate implementation details of the test
circuitry, although examples of conformant implementations are given for
illustration. Further, the standard develops extensions to Boundary-Scan
Description Language (BSDL) as a means of describing key aspects of the
implementation of this standard within a particular component. At present,
the extensions to BSDL defined by this standard specifically omit the
description of any and all analog parameters defined by the standard.
Project Purpose: Where structures defined by this standard are incorporated
into mixed-signal circuits, the testability problems posed by such circuits
are mitigated by way of improving the controllability and observability of
mixed-signal designs and supporting mixed-signal built-in test structures in
order to reduce both test development time and testing costs and to improve
test quality. In particular, these standardized test features allow mixed-
signal (analog and/or digital) electronic components, printed circuit
assemblies, and electronic systems to be accessible to external or built-in
test equipment for interconnect test, parametric test, and internal test. A
further purpose of this standard is to define the descriptive elements of
BSDL and specified extensions sufficient to support the development of
automated test algorithms used for testing interconnections between devices
that adhere to this standard and, where practical, between such devices
intermixed with devices that incorporate IEEE Std 1149.1 or IEEE Std 1149.6
as well. The descriptive elements defined by this standard also largely
support the automated construction of analog tests for external components
attached to or between components that implement this standard with the
caveat that such tests may subsequently require modification to account for
undocumented analog features within the conformant components.
Abstract: The testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 has been extended to provide similar
facilities for mixed-signal circuits. The architecture is described, together with the means of control of and access to, both
analog and digital test data. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of the standard) are included for
illustration. Also, extensions to the standard BSDL are defined that allow description of key component-specific aspects of such
testability features.
Key Words: analog test, board testing, boundary scan, BSDL, design for
testability, IEEE 1149.4, in-circuit test, mixed-signal test
Designation: 1149.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Mixed-Signal Test Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Adam Osseiran, Phone:+41-21-8031194, Email:a.osseiran@ecu.edu.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The Project defines standardized test features to allow mixed-
signal (analog or digital) electronic components, Printed Circuit Assemblies
or electronic systems to be accessible to external or built-in test
equipment for interconnect test, parametric test and internal test.
Project Purpose: To define and describe the signals, functions, and
characteristics of the testability bus and to describe how the bus shall be
implemented to improve the controllability and observability of mixed-signal
designs and to support mixed-signal built-in-test structures in order to
reduce test development time, testing costs, and improve test quality.
Designation: 1149.4-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Mixed-Signal Test Bus
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1149.4-2010.
Technical Contact: Adam Cron, Phone:610-530-0780, Email:a.cron@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 18, 1999
Project Scope: Interface system between mixed-signal electronic components,
assemblies, and systems, and external or built-in-test equipment to provide
those components, assemblies, and systems with testability attributes.
Project Purpose: To define and describe the signals, functions, and
characteristics of the testability bus and to describe how the bus shall be
implemented to improve the controllability and observability of mixed-signal
designs and to support mixed-signal built-in test structures in order to
reduce test development time, testing costs, and improve test quality.
Abstract: " The testability structure for digital circuits described in IEEE Std 1149.1-1990 has beenextended to provide similar
facilities for mixed-signal circuits. The architecture is described, togetherwith the means of control of and access to both
analog and digital test data. Sample implementationand application details (which are not part of the standard) are included for
illustration. "
Key Words: IEEE Std 1149.4-1999.pdf
Designation: 1149.5-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Module Test and Maintenance Bus (MTM-Bus) Protocol
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Patrick McHugh, Phone:888-694-2641, Email:patrick.f.mchugh@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Aug 14, 1995, ANSI APP: May 07, 1996
Abstract: This Standard specifies a serial, backplane, test and maintenance bus (MTM-Bus) that can be used to integrate modules
from different design teams or vendors into testable and maintainable subsystems. Physical, link, and command layers are
specified. Standard interface protocol and commands can be used to provide the basic test and maintenance features needed for a
module as well as access to on-module assets (memory, peripherials, etc.) and IEEE Std 1149.1 boundary-scan. Standard commands
and functions support fault isolation to individual modules and test of backplane interconnect between modules. You will receive
an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: backplane bus, boundary scan, built in self test, maintenance, MTM
bus, subsystem, system diagnostics, system test
Designation: 1149.6-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Boundary-Scan Testing of Advanced Digital Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2003
Technical Contact: William Eklow, Phone:408-527-0512, Email:beklow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003
Project Scope: This project will define an extension to IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001
to standardize the boundary scan structures and methods required to ensure
simple, robust, and minimally intrusive boundary scan testing of advanced
digital networks not adequately addressed by existing standards, especially
those networks that are AC-coupled, differential, or both, in parallel with
IEEE Std. 1149.1 testing of conventional digital networks and in conjunction
with IEEE Std. 1149.4 testing of conventional analog networks. This
project will be complementary to IEEE 1149.4, specifically targeting
parallel testing of advanced digital networks while IEEE1149.4 focuses on
serial testing of more traditional analog networks. This project will also
specify any software or BSDL extensions to IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001 which are
required to support this new I/O test structure.
Project Purpose: Existing boundary scan test standards (IEEE Std. 1149.1-2001,
IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999) do not fully address some of the increasingly common,
newer digital network topologies, such as AC-coupled differential
interconnections on very high speed (1+ GBps) digital data paths. IEEE Std.
1149.1 structures and methods are intended to test static (that is, DC-
coupled), single ended networks. It is unable to test dynamic (that is, AC-
coupled) digital networks, since AC-coupling blocks static signals.
Differential networks are also inadequately tested by the current IEEE Std.
1149.1-2001, which requires either the insertion of boundary cells between
the differential driver or receiver and the chip pads (this often creates an
unacceptable performance degradation), or insertion of single boundary cells
before the differential driver and after the differential receiver (this
reduces controllability and observability to the point that many board
assembly defects cannot be detected). IEEE Std. 1149.4-1999 structures and
methods are intended for testing analog networks, and in most cases are not
able to test these newer digital networks as well. Specifically, IEEE Std.
1149.4-1999 provides the opportunity to inject dynamic (time varying) or
analog signals for test, but these structures intended for analog testing
are often too intrusive (too high an impact on performance and pin count)
for high speed chip designs, and require additional resources and test
application time not otherwise required for testing digital circuits.
Finally, very high-speed logic imposes new restrictions on test structures
that were not considered in IEEE Std. 1149.1. This project will define
standard, robust, and minimally intrusive test structures and methods that
provide greater detection and diagnostic capability than existing structures
and methods for these classes of digital networks. The project will address
the physical interface between components, the protocol for sending test
data between components and the boundary scan interface. The project will
also address any software and BSDL changes that are required to support this
proposed standard.
Abstract: his standard augments IEEE Std 1149.1 to improve the ability for testing differential and/or ac-coupled interconnections
between integrated circuits on circuit boards and systems.
Key Words: "AC-coupled signaling,Boundary-Scan,circuit boards,differential
signaling,integratedcircuits,interconnect test,printed circuit boards,test"
Designation: P1149.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Boundary-Scan Testing of Advanced Digital Networks
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard defines extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1 to
standardize the Boundary-Scan structures and methods required to ensure
simple, robust, and minimally intrusive Boundary-Scan testing of advanced
digital networks. Such networks are not adequately addressed by existing
standards, especially for those networks that are AC-coupled, differential,
or both. Testing enabled by this standard will operate in parallel with IEEE
Std 1149.1 testing of conventional digital networks and in conjunction with
IEEE Std 1149.4 testing of conventional analog networks. This standard also
specifies software and Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) extensions
to IEEE Std 1149.1, which are required to support new I/O test structures.
Project Purpose: Existing boundary-scan test standards (IEEE Std. 1149.1, IEEE
Std. 1149.4) do not fully address some of the increasingly common, newer
digital network topologies, such as AC-coupled, differential
interconnections on very high speed (1+ Gbps) digital data paths. IEEE Std.
1149.1 structures and methods are intended to test static (that is, DC-
coupled), single-ended networks. It is unable to test dynamic (that is, AC-
coupled) digital networks, since AC-coupling blocks static signals.
Differential networks are also inadequately tested by IEEE Std. 1149.1,
which requires either the insertion of boundary cells between the
differential driver or receiver and the chip pads (this often creates an
unacceptable performance degradation), or insertion of single boundary cells
before the differential driver and after the differential receiver (this
reduces controllability and observability to the point that many board
assembly defects cannot be detected). IEEE Std. 1149.4 structures and
methods are intended for testing analog networks, and in most cases are not
able to test these newer digital networks as well. Specifically, IEEE Std.
1149.4 provides the opportunity to inject dynamic (time-varying) or analog
signals for test, but these structures intended for analog testing are often
too intrusive (too high an impact on performance and pin count) for high
speed chip designs, and require additional resources and test application
time not otherwise required for testing digital circuits. Finally, very high
speed logic imposes new restrictions on test structures that were not
considered in IEEE Std. 1149.1.
Designation: 1149.7-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Reduced-Pin and Enhanced-Functionality Test Access
Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 10, 2010
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Rob Oshana, Phone:512-228-6667, Email:Robert.Oshana@freescale.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Dec 14, 2009, ANSI APP: May 26, 2010
Project Scope: The standard will define a link between IEEE 1149.1 interfaces
in Debug and Test Systems (DTS) and IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) interfaces in Target
Systems (TS). The link defined by this standard introduces an additional
layer between these legacy interfaces. This layer may be viewed as an
adapter that provides new functionality and features while preserving all
elements of the original IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) interfaces. The standard will
define the link behavior (including timing characteristics of signals),
protocols, and functionality of the adapters deployed within the DTS and TS.
The standard will not modify or create inconsistencies with IEEE 1149.1
(JTAG). The standard will define a superset of the IEEE 1149.1 specification
and achieve compliance with IEEE Std 1149.1TM-2001.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to define a debug and test
interface that meets an expanding set of challenges facing Debug and Test
Systems (many of which have emerged since the inception of the original IEEE
Std 1149.1) while preserving the hardware and software investments of the
many industries currently using IEEE Std 1149.1-2001.
Abstract: This specification describes circuitry that may be added to an integrated circuit to provide access to on-chip test access
ports (TAPs) specified by IEEE Std 1149.1-2001. The circuitry uses IEEE 1149.1-2001 as its foundation, providing complete
backward compatibility, while aggressively adding features to support test and applications debug. It defines six classes of
1149.7 test access ports (TAP.7s), T0 - T5, with each class providing incremental capability, building upon that of the lower-
level classes. Class T0 provides the behavior specified by 1149.1 from start-up when there are multiple on-chip TAPs. Class T1
adds common debug functions and features to minimize power consumption. Class T2 adds operating modes that maximize scan
performance. It also provides an optional hot-connection capability to prevent system corruption when a connection is made to a
powered system
Key Words: 1149.7-2009, 1149.1, 1149.7, 2-pin, 2-wire, 4-pin, 4-wire, Advanced
Protocol, Advanced Protocol Unit, APU, Background Data Transfer, background
data transport, BDX, boundary scan, BSDL, BSDL.1, BSDL.7, BYPASS, Capture-
IR, CDX, Chip-Level TAP Controller, CID, Class T0, Class T1, Class T2, Class
T3, Class T4, Class T5, CLTAPC, compact JTAG, compliant behavior, compliant
operation, control level, controller address, Controller ID, Controller
Identification Number, CP, Custom Data Transfer, custom data transport, Data
Register, debug interface, debug logic, debug and test interface, DOT1,
DOT7, DTI, DTS, DTT, Debug Test System, debug test target, Escape, EOT, EPU,
extended operation, Extended Protocol, EXTEST, HSDL, HSDL.7, IDCODE,
Instruction Register, JScan, JScan0, JScan1, JScan2, JScan3, JTAG, MScan,
MTCP, Multi-TAP Control Path, narrow Star Scan Topology, nTRST, nTRST_PD,
optimized scan, OScan, OScan0, OScan1, OScan2, OScan3, OScan4, OScan5,
OScan6, OScan7, 1149.1, 1149.7, Pause-DR, Pause-IR, PC0, PC1, RSU, Reset and
selection unit, RTI, Run-Test/Idle, scan, scan DR, scan format, scan IR,
Scan Packet, scan path, scan performance, scan protocol, scan topology,
series, Series Branch, Series Scan, Series Scan Topology, Series-Equivalent
Scan, Series Topology, Shift-DR, Shift-IR, SiP, Star Scan, Star Scan
Topology, Star Topology, Star-2, Star-2 Branch, Star-2 Scan, Star-2, Scan
Topology, Star-4, Star-4 Branch, Star-4 Scan, Star-4 Scan Topology, SP,
SScan, SScan0, SScan1, SScan2, SScan3, stall, SSD, Scan Selection Directive,
Standard Protocol, star scan, STL, System Test Logic, TAP, TAP controller,
TAP controller address, TAP selection, TAP.1, TAP.7, TAP.7, TAPC, TCA, TCKC,
TDI, TDIC, TDOC, TDOE, Test Access Port, test and debug, Test-Logic-Reset,
TLR, TMSC, Transport Packet, T0, T0 TAP.7, T1, T1 TAP.7, T2, T2 TAP.7, T3,
T3 TAP.7, T4, T4 TAP.7, T4(N), T4(N) TAP.7, T4(W), T4(W) TAP.7, T5, T5
TAP.7, T5(N), T5(N) TAP.7, T5(W), T5(W) TAP.7, TP, Update-DR, Update-IR,
ZBS, zero bit scan
Designation: P1149.8.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Boundary-Scan-Based Stimulus of Interconnections to Passive
and/or Active Components
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This standard specifies extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1 that
define the boundary-scan structures and methods required to facilitate
boundary-scan-based stimulus of interconnections to passive and/or active
components. Such networks are not adequately addressed by existing
standards, including those networks that are AC-coupled or differential. The
selective AC stimulus generation enabled by this standard, when combined
with non-contact signal sensing, will allow testing of the connections
between devices adhering to this standard and circuit elements such as
series components, sockets, connectors, and integrated circuits that do not
implement IEEE Std 1149.1. This standard also specifies Boundary-Scan
Description Language (BSDL) extensions to IEEE Std 1149.1 required to
describe and support the new structures and methods.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to codify testability
circuitry added to an integrated circuit incremental to the testability
provisions specified by IEEE Std 1149.1. This will enable selective AC
stimulus generation that, when combined with non-contact signal sensing,
allows testing signal paths between devices adhering to this standard and
passive and/or active components.
Designation: 115-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Part
I—Acceptance and Performance Testing Part II—Test Procedures and Parameter
Determination for Dynamic Analysis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 115-1995
Technical Contact: Haran C Karmaker, Phone:705-748-7734, Email:h.karmaker@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 25, 2010
Project Scope: This guide contains instructions for conducting generally
applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics
of synchronous machines. Although the tests described are applicable in
general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger than
fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency
changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous
generators and synchronous motors. The tests described may be applied to
motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition this
guide into clauses applying to motors and clauses applying to generators. It
is not intended that this guide shall cover all possible tests or tests of a
research nature, but only general methods that may be used to obtain
performance data. The schedule of factory and field tests, which may be
required on new equipment, is normally specified by applicable standards or
by contract specifications. This guide should not be interpreted as
requiring any specific test in a given transaction or implying any guarantee
about specific performance indices or operating conditions. The term
specified conditions for tests as used in this guide will be considered as
rated conditions unless otherwise agreed upon. Rated conditions apply
usually to the quantities listed on the machine nameplate.
Abstract: Instructions for conducting generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics of
synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous
generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers,
the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors.
Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, dynamic analysis, parameter
determination, synchronous machines
Designation: 115-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: (Superseded) IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines Part
I--Acceptance and Performance Testing Part II-Test Procedures and Parameter
Determination for Dynamic Analysis
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Stds 115-1983 and 115A-1987. Superseded by 115-2009.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: This guide coniains instructions for conducting the more
generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance
characteristics of synchronous machines. Although the tests described are
applicable in general to synchronous generators, synchronous motors (larger
than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous
frequency changers, the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous
generators and synchronous motors. The tests described may be applied to
motors and generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition this
guide into clauses applying to motors and clauses applying to generators. It
is not intended that this guide shall cover all possible tests, or tests of
a research nature, but only those more general methods which may be used to
obtain performance data. The schedule of factory and field tests which may
be required on new equipment is normally specified by applicable standards
or by contract specifications. This guide should not be interpreted as
requiring the making of any specific test in a given transaction or implying
a guarantee to meet specific performance indices or operating conditions.
The term specified conditions for tests as used in this guide will be
considered as rated conditions unless otherwise agreed upon. Rated
conditions apply usually to the following quantities listed on the machine
nameplate. These include MVA, terminal voltage (or kilovolts), armature
current, and power factor.
Abstract: Instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics
of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous
generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers,
the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors.
Key Words: acceptance and performance testing, dynamic analysis, parameter
determination, synchronous machines
Designation: 115-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 115-1965.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1991
Abstract: Instructions for conducting the more generally applicable and accepted tests to determine the performance characteristics
of synchronous machines are contained in this guide. Although the tests described are applicable in general to synchronous
generators, synchronous motors (larger than fractional horsepower), synchronous condensers, and synchronous frequency changers,
the descriptions make reference primarily to synchronous generators and synchronous motors.
Key Words: synchronous, machines, motor, Synchronous machines, Rotating-machine
testing
Designation: 115
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard for Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Haran C Karmaker, Phone:705-748-7734, Email:h.karmaker@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to: a) New test results
published in IEEE (see attached) requires revision of section 7.3.6. b)
In view of increased interest in vibration tests, a new section on vibration
test procedures should be added.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to: a) Section 7.3.6 needs
revision. b) A new section on vibration tests needs to be added.
c) The 1995 draft needs to be updated to reflect state of the art.
Designation: 1150-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Integrating Power Plant Computer-Aided
Engineering (CAE) Applications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1995
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. Abstract: A data model, called the plant information network, that
standardizes categories of generating plant data and data relationships is presented. Guidelines are provided for using the model
to integrate computer-aided engineering (CAE) applications across the spectrum of plant work activities during the complete cycle
of the plant from site selection through decommissioning. Instructions are given to aid the engineering, construction, and
operating groups of the utility in specifying integrated CAE applications. The information engineering concepts that are the
basis for integrated CAE development are covered.
Key Words: plant information networks, cae, applications, computer, aided, data
engineering, models, plant data, networks, Data models, Computer-aided
engineering, CAE applications
Designation: 1151
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Modula II A Modular High Level Programming Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas Pittman, Phone:408-455-0422
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Key Words: Modula II, modular, high level, programming, language
Designation: 1152
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Object Oriented Programming Language & Environment/Standard for
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: P Deutsch, Phone:415-859-1000
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Key Words: object, oriiented, programming, language, standard
Designation: 1153
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: A Standard for a Page Description Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: 1154-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Programmed Inquiry, Learning, or Teaching (PILOT)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: John Starkweather, Phone:415-476-7464
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Abstract: Language and coding standards for the PILOT programming language are described. PILOT (Programmed Inquiry, Learning, Or
Teaching) is a language for the development of conversational interactive sequences often used for the computer-based
instruction. The intent is to improve code portability ant to minimize the development of dialects of this language,thereby
improving the sharing of courseware among teaching institutions. PILOT syntax, core statements, and the core language are
defined. Variables and language extensions are covered.
Key Words: learning, teaching, Self-evaluation testing, Programmed inquiry,
PILOT programming language, Computer-based instruction, Computer-assisted
instruction
Designation: 1155
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Title: Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Frederick Bode, Phone:619-297-1024, Email:fbode@vxinl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: Review any reported interoperability issues from lessons learned
in implementation of IEEE 1155-1992. Review IEEE 1155-1992 and its
relationship to the American National Standard for VME64.
Project Purpose: To improve IEEE 1155-1992 product interoperability to users,
and to provide complete and clear specifications to IEEE 1155-1992 product
designers.
Designation: 1155
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Title: Standard for VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI) Upgrade for Serial
Bus (VITA 41.3) Integration and other Enhancements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes the electrical and mechanical
specifications of the IEEE-1155 VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI)
Standard that supports an integrated legacy parallel bus and serial bus
architecture adopted from VME International Trade Association (VITA)
Standard 41.3, and LAN eXtensions for Instrumentation (LXI) Consortium. It
also addresses the definition of: (a) a c-size pluggable virtual power
module; (b) the direct coupling option of the instrument module to the IEEE-
P1505 Receiver Fixture Interface (RFI); (c) enhanced cooling structure; (d)
advanced VME Controller/Switch Fabric modules; (e) VME64 connector
compliance implementation; ((f) improved noise and ripple isolation for
system power source requirements; (g) cooling air flow measurement;(h) LXI
protocol/control line implementation; and (i) IEEE-1149 Test Bus
implementation. The specification also details: instrument module
footprints, connector mechanics and electrical I/O between the backplane and
instrument module, cooling/EMI requirements; VXI mainframe mechanical
structure, cooling and environmental requirements; and the VXI backplane
mechanical and electrical requirements.
Project Purpose: The IEEE-1155 VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI)
Standard advances the VXI standard to support interchangeable use of legacy
parallel bus and new higher speed serial bus (LXI) controlled
instrumentation modules in a common mainframe/backplane structure. This
permits implementers to continue utilizing current VXI technology, while
inserting advanced higher speed serial bus VXI instrumentation under LXI
control, as they become available, in same instrument slots. The standard
also redefines a common power source specification for the industry which is
pluggable into the mainframe, along-side of the instrument modules in a
designated slot, and may be virtually applied for either system or unit-
under-test (UUT) use. The VXI spec also defines an extended instrument
module that can be directly coupled to the RFI system, which serves the test
system implementer by eliminating cabling interconnections, enhancing signal
integrity, and providing added real estate for instrument/switching/other
circuitry. Under rigid mechanical and electrical definitions and
requirements for the instrument module, mainframe, and backplane, suppliers
of these components are assured interoperability between automated test
systems (ATS) and their respective relationship with each other.
Designation: 1155-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for VMEbus Extensions for Instrumentation: VXIbus
Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No
longer actively maintained.
**25-March-2004: Approved as a Stabilized Standard.
Technical Contact: Marlyn Miner, Phone:503-627-7977, Email:marlyn.g.miner@tek.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: A technically sound modular instrument standard base on IEEE Std 1014-1987, IEEE Standard for a Versatile Backplane Bus:
VMEbus, which is open to all manufacturers and is compatible with present industry standards, is defined. The VXIbus
specification details the technical requirements of VXIbus compatible components, such as mainframes, backplanes, power supplies,
and modules.
Key Words: high, speed, backplane, instrumentation, VMEbus, VXIbus, Common
modular instrument architecture
Designation: 1156
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Connectors & Mechanical Packaging for High Reliability Bus Standard for
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Key Words: connectors, mechanical, packaging, reliability, bus
Designation: 1156.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Microcomputer Environmental Specifications for Computer
Modules
Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No
longer actively maintained.
Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993
Abstract: Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions is provided. The information is intended to be used
in those cases in which a generic or detail specification for a certain module has been prepared. The intent is to achieve
uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all modules that may make up larger systems and are purported to have a
rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial environments to which
modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal, mechanical, electrical, and atmospheric
stresses.
Key Words: Performance level qualification, Environmental withstand conditions
Designation: 1156.2-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Computer Systems
Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No
longer actively maintained.
Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: This specification is designed for use in conjunction with other
documents such as IEEE 1101.n (Mechanical Specification for Micro Connectors
and Eurocard Form Factors), IEEE 896.n (Futurebus+), IEEE 1596 (Scalable
Coherent Interface), IEEE 1014 (VME Bus), and IEEE 1296 (Multi Bus II).
This standard is intended to be used as a core specification. It contains
minimum environmental withstand conditions applicable to computer systems
and all of their associated components. It has been created to provide
geberal environmental withstand conditions for one or more of the above
listed computer buses or interconnect standards, and electronic equipment in
general. While this document was specifically created for use with IEEE
Computer Society bus standards, nothing herein is intended to restrict its
use for other applications, where applicable. A supplier and user may agree
to more or less restrictive environmental specifications than those listed
below. However, if their specifications are less restrictive than those
listed herein, neither supplier nor user may claim conformance to this
document.
Project Purpose: There is currently no standard set of environmental
specifications that computer "crates" can be built to by vendors or ordered
to by customers. The lack of such a general standard increases the cost to
build, buy and sell computer systems and reduce the reliability of the final
parts.
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2003. This standard is designed for use in conjunction with other documents such as the IEEE 1101 group of
standards, the IEEE 896 group of standards, the IEEE 1596 group of standards, the IEEE 1014 group of standards, and ISO/IEC
10861: 1994. This standard is one of the IEEE P1156.x series for environmental specifications. It is intended to be used as a
core specification. It contains minimum environmental withstand conditions applicable to computer systems and all of their
associated components. It has been created to provide general environmental withstand conditions for one or more of the above
listed computer busses or interconnect standards, and electronic equipment in general.
Key Words: environmental, computer systems, atmospheric stress, computer
systems, conducted immunity, corrision, drop heights, earthquote ,
electrical stress, electromagnetic, EMI, electrostatic , ESD, environmental,
fire resistance, flammability, humidity, mechanical stress, performance
level, level qualification, shock, sinusoidal vibration, thermal shock,
thermal testing, vibration
Designation: 1156.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Power Supply Specifications for Computer Systems.
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Larry Gilbert, Phone:408-748-1555, Email:lgpwr@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: This activity will create generic power supply specifications to
support IEEE bus standards and projects.
Project Purpose: There are currently no generic power supply specifications for
use with computer bus standards which are thorough and complete. Existing
bus specifications only provide a brief incomplete set of specifications for
the power supply and often none at all. The lack of such a general standard
increases the cost to build, buy and sell computer power supplies and
reduces the reliabilitiy of the final products.
Designation: 1156.4-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Specifications for Spaceborne Computer
Modules
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will be designed for use in conjunction with
P896.10 (Spaceborne Futurebus+ Profile Specifications) for specification of
environmental withstand conditions applicable to spaceborne computer
modules/circuit boards and all of the components attached to the modules.
Project Purpose: Environmental conditions for computer modules intended for use
in space vehicles are not currently covered by existing standards. The
space vehicle environment is characterized by thermal, mechanical, and
electrical conditions not shared by office, industrial, shipboard, and
aircraft environments. This environmental standard will promote development
of cost-effective, high-reliability computer modules for space.
Abstract: Fundamental information on minimum environmental withstand conditions for space electronics is provided. The intent is to
achieve uniformity and reproducibility in the test conditions for all spaceborne computer modules that may make up larger systems
and are purported to have a rated environmental performance level. The specifications pertain to both the natural and artificial
environments to which spaceborne computer modules may be exposed. These conditions include, but are not limited to, thermal,
mechanical, electrical, and radiation stresses.
Key Words: bus architecture, spaceborne computers, spaceborne modules,
spaceborne systems
Designation: 1157
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Overview and Framework
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Project Scope: This document defines the conceptual framework for
standardization of healthcare data interchange in terms of a healthcare
information model, healthcare data interchange formates, and standardized
profiles for ISO/OSI communication protocols. This document also defines a
document architecture for the Framework. The scope of the Framework is
standardization of healthcare data interchange in the open systems
environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide the overall
framework and architectural model for modular development of a consistent
set of robust and flexible communications standards for the interchange of
healthcare data between heterogeneous healthcare systems.
Designation: 1157.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Information Model Methods
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Common Healthcare Objects
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.1.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Registration
Admission/Discharge/Transfer
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.1.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Date Interchange - Laboratory
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.1.4
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Radiology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Interchange Format Methods
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.2.1
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - EDI/EDIFACT Interchange
Formats
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.2.2
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - ODA/ODIF/SGML Interchange
Formats
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.2.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - CMIS/CMIP Interchange Formats
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.3
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Communication Profile Methods
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.4
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Standard for Healthcare Data Interchange - Semantics and Knowledge
Representation of the Medical Record
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1157.5
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Recommendation for Healthcare Data Interchange - User Needs
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack J Harrington, Phone:978-659-3517, Email:jack_harrington@hsgmed.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1158-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determination of Power Losses in High-
Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC) Converter Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A set of standard procedures for
determining and verifying the total losses of a high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) converter station is recommended. The
procedures are applicable to all parts of the converter station and cover standby, partial load, and full load losses and methods
of calculation and measurement. All line commutated converter stations used for power exchange in utility systems are covered.
Loss determination procedures for synchronous compensators or static var compensators are not included. You will receive an
email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: HVDC, Power losses, HVDC converter stations
Designation: 1159-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 1159-1995
Technical Contact: Randy Collins, Phone:864-656-5920, Email:randy.collins@ces.clemson.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Aug 31, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice encompasses the monitoring of
electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power systems.
It includes consistent descriptions of conducted electromagnetic phenomena
occurring on power systems. This recommended practice presents definitions
of nominal conditions and deviations from these nominal conditions that may
originate within the source of supply or load equipment or may originate
from interactions between the source and the load. Also, this recommended
practice discusses measurement techniques, application techniques, and the
interpretation of monitoring results.
Project Purpose: The use of equipment that causes and is susceptible to various
electromagnetic phenomena has heightened the interest in power quality. An
increase in operational problems has led to a variety of attempts to
describe the phenomena. Because different segments of the technical
community have used different terminologies to describe these
electromagnetic events, this recommended practice provides users with a
consistent set of terms and definitions for describing these events. An
understanding of how power quality events impact the power system and end-
use equipment is required in order to make monitoring useful. Proper
measuring techniques are required to safely obtain useful, accurate data.
Appropriate location of monitors, systematic studies, and interpretation of
results will enhance the value of power quality monitoring. The purpose of
this recommended practice is to assist users as well as equipment and
software manufacturers and vendors by describing techniques for defining,
measuring, quantifying, and interpreting electromagnetic disturbances on the
power system.
Abstract: This Recommended Practice encompasses the monitoring of electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power
systems. It includes consistent descriptions of conducted electromagnetic phenomena occurring on power systems. The document
describes nominal conditions and deviations from these nominal conditions that may originate within the source of supply or load
equipment, or from interactions between the source and the load. Also, this document discusses power quality monitoring devices,
application techniques, and interpretation of monitoring results.
Key Words: 1159-2009, assessment, compatibility, dip, distortion,
electromagnetic phenomena, harmonics, imbalance, instruments, monitoring,
power quality, rms variation, sag, swell, transient, unbalance
Designation: 1159-1995
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power Quality
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1159-2009.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1996
Abstract: This Recommended Practice encompasses the monitoring of electrical characteristics of single-phase and polyphase ac power
systems
Key Words: "data interpretation,electric power quality,electromagnetic
phenomena,monitoring,power quality definitions"
Designation: 1159.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality
Title: Recommended Practice for Power Quality Measurements in A.C. Power Supply
Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles Perry, Phone:865-218-8034, Email:chperry@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Scope: "Methods for measurement and interpretation of results
for power quality parameters in a.c. power supply systems." This
recommended practice will establish the data acquisition attributes
necessary to characterize the electromagnetic phenomena listed in Table 2 of
IEEE Std.1159-1995 (R2001). This recommended will include definitions,
instrumentation categories and technical requirements that are related to
the type of disturbance to be recorded. The disturbances will be
characterized by converting suitably sampled voltage and current data set
into specific power quality categories and with specific attributes within
each category.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a single recommended
practice for acquiring and interpreting the attributes of power quality
disturbances. There are two components to this work. One objective of this
recommended is to describe the technical measurement requirements for each
type of disturbance in Std 1159-1995 (R2001) to avoid confusion and
interpretation of levels or limits specified in other IEEE standards. The
second objective is to provide methods for interpreting these measurements
into a quantifiable set of descriptors. The draft international power
quality measurement standard IEC 61000-4-30 covers some of these issues, but
is limited in scope. This project will use the IEC 61000-4-30 draft
standard as a core, and expand upon it by adding the work already done by
the P1159.1 Task Force and the P1159.2 Task Force. IEEE Std 1159-1995
(R2001) defines disturbances in 24 categories of typical characteristics of
power system electromagnetic phenomena. Each category is discussed in
several other standards in terms of emission limits, severity levels,
planning levels or immunity levels. Measurement requirements are not
currently covered by standards. Therefore, levels or limits may be
subjected to interpretation. This adds confusion in the rationale for which
standards were drafted. Furthermore, equipment which operates on the ac
power system does not respond solely to the phenomena listed in 1159-1995
(R2001). Studies have shown that attributes not commonly quantified by
measuring equipment may have a significant impact on the equipment's ability
to operate during power quality variations. This standard will provide a
set of attributes that are important to equipment connected to the ac power
system and provide recommended methods of arriving at these attributes from
the measurement devices.
Designation: 1159.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality
Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization of a Power Quality Event
Given an Adequately Sampled Set of Digital Data Points
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Larry Morgan, Phone:704-875-2444, Email:larrymorgan1@yahoo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice for converting
a suitably sampled voltage and current data set into specific power quality
categories and describe specific attributes within each category. The
standard will utilize appropriate definitions, categories and sample rates
currently being developed by other task forces under SCC22 and Standard
1159-1995.
Project Purpose: Emphasis is being placed on compatibility contracts for power
quality between that delivered by power suppliers and that needed by
equipment manufacturers. Technical digital definitions for events such as
sags (dips) and other non-harmonic events are to be developed. The
translation from sets of digital data to statistically comparable events
would be used for purposes of comparing power suppliers, comparing
susceptibility qualities of equipment, and evaluating performance against
specifications or contracts. This work extends existing and proposed
phenomena definitions to more completely characterize their effects on
typical equipment.
Designation: 1159.3-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Transfer of Power Quality Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 12, 2004
Technical Contact: John Csomay, Phone:804-771-3664, Email:j.csomay@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice will develop a criteria for the
transfer of power quality data between instruments and computers. This data
includes raw, processed, simulated, proposed, specified and calculated data.
The transfer criteria will include the data as well as appropriate data
characterization parameters, such as sampling rate, resolution, calibration
status, instrument identification, and other pertinent or desired
characteristics or data. The recommended practice will provide criteria
guidelines for transferring power quality data.
Project Purpose: The power quality industry lacks an adequate open and accepted
data format standard for the transfer of power quality data between
instruments and computers. This lack of a transfer standard significantly
inhibits the analysis process of power quality assessments using multi-
vendor and multi-device data. The analysis functions of signature patterns,
history, and multiple measurement points are almost non-existent because of
the lack of the ability to transfer data from multiple sources to a common
analysis computer. Acceptance of an industry standard power quality data
transfer format will significantly add to the value of all power quality
data and open new opportunities for the resolution, planning and
understanding of power quality activities. This will serve to satisfy the
validation, trending, overlay, spectrum analysis, and other needs of client
activities.
Abstract: This recommended practice defines a file format suitable for exchanging power quality related measurement and simulation
data in a vendor independent manner. The format is designed to represent all power quality phenomena identified in IEEE Std 1159
TM -1995, IEEE Recommended Practice on Monitoring Electric Power Quality, other power related measurement data, and is extensible
to other data types as well. The recommended file format utilizes a highly compressed storage scheme to minimize disk space and
transmission times. The utilization of globally unique identifiers (GUID) to represent each element in the file permits the
format to be extensible without the need for a central registration authority.
Key Words: "data interchange, file format, measurement, monitoring, power
quality, power quality data interchange format (PQDIF)"
Designation: 115A-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Obtaining Synchronous Machine Parameters by
Standstill Frequency Response Testing
Status: Superseded
**incorporated into 115-1995
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986
Abstract: Superseded; incorporated into 115-1995. The application of standstill frequency response testing methods for obtaining
direct- and quadrature-axis stability parameters is described. Measurable parameters at standstill are discussed, and the test
method is described. This standard is a supplement to ANSI/IEEE Std 115-1983, IEEE Guide: Test Procedures for Synchronous
Machines.
Key Words: 115A
Designation: 116-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Carbon Brushes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 116-1958. ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 1984
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. A procedure for determining certain operating characteristics of
carbon, carbon-graphite, electrographite, graphite, and metal-graphite brushes under prescribed test conditions is provided. The
procedure applies to all types of rotating AC and DC motors and similar apparatus. The operating characteristics covered are
voltage drop, coefficient of friction, wear ratio as affected by low humidity, and commutating ability.
Key Words: brushes, carbon, test
Designation: 1160-1993
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for High-Purity Germanium Crystals for
Radiation Detectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 25, 1993
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: This standard applies to the measurement of bulk properties of high-purity germanium as they relate to fabrication and
performance of germanium detectors for gamma rays and x rays. Such germanium is monocrystalline and has a net concentration of
fewer than 1011 electrically active impurity center per cm3, usually on the order of 1010 cm-3.
Key Words: Radiation detectors, High-purity germanium (HPGe)
Designation: 1161
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Evaluating the Energy Usage of Forced-Cooling
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987
Key Words: 1161
Designation: 1163
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Interface for IEEE Std 1076-1987 to Computer Aided Design as
Manufacturing (CAD/CAM) Tools
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: CAD/CAM, interface, design, manufacturing, tools
Designation: 1164
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability
(Std_logic_1164)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: To develop a standard VHDL package for the purpose of revising a
VHDL model interconnect standard. PAR 1164 will be restricted solely to the
restandardization and possible enhancement of a VHDL package entitled
STD_LOGIC_1164.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means by which
VHDL models written by a variety of developers and in a variety of
environments can interoperate, and to provide a basis for other standards.
Designation: 1164-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability
(Std_logic_1164)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1076-2008.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 1993
Abstract: This standard is embodied in the Std_logic_1164 package declaration and the semantics of the Std_logic_1164 body. An annex
is provided to suggest ways in which one might use this package.
Key Words: standard logic, multivalue, logic system, VHDL model
interoperability
Designation: 1165
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Recommended Practice for the Interrelationships Between IEEE 1076 VHDL &
EIA RS44 EDIF
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: P.H Stanford
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: VHDL, RS44, EDIF, 1076, Interrelation
Designation: 1167
Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Variable Attenuator
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 1168
Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Wavelength Measurement Set
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 1169
Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Fiber Profile Measurement Set
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: 1169
Designation: P117
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard Test Procedure for Thermal Evaluation of Systems of Insulating
Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Nancy Frost, Phone:+1 518 344 7124, Email:nancy.frost@vonroll.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This is a standard test procedure for the thermal evaluation and
qualification of electrical insulation systems for Random-Wound AC Electric
Machinery, where thermal degradation is the dominating aging factor. This
procedure compares the relative thermal performance of a candidate
Electrical Insulation System (EIS) to that of a reference Electrical
Insulation System. This standard covers insulation systems for such
machinery with input voltage of up to 1000 Volts at 50/60 Hertz.
This standard provides a statistical method for establishing a relative
life-temperature relationship for an insulation system. To have any
significance, the reference insulation system must be supported with
adequate field service data. This procedure is intended to
evaluate insulation systems for use in air-cooled, random-wound AC electric
machinery with “usual service conditions”. This procedure, on its own, does
not cover insulation systems such as exposure to conducting contaminates,
radiation, inverter applications, or operation in oils, refrigerants, or
other media that potentially degrade insulating materials. For evaluation
of sealed insulation systems, refer to the informative annex at the end of
this document.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard procedure is to classify
insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test,
rather than by chemical composition. This test procedure has been prepared
to outline useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for
random- wound stators of rotating electric machines. The motorette procedure
described is used for the evaluation of electrical insulation systems.
Designation: 117-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating
Materials for Random-Wound AC Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 117-1956. (aka ANSI C50.32-1976) See 275 for form-
wound; see also 304. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: May 24, 1973, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1976
Project Scope: No Scope presented.
Project Purpose: The chief purpose of this test procedure is to classify
insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test,
rather than by chemical composition. The intention is, Þrst to classify
according to the recognized thermal classiÞcation A, B, F, H, and above H
categories as referenced in the Appendix. The motorette procedure is
intended to be used as an Industry Standard for insulation systems in that
data obtained in accordance with this standard can be correlated between
testing laboratories. A wide variety of synthetic electrical insulation
materials is available for application in electric machinery and apparatus.
As there is a growing tendency either to rely solely on these materials as
electrical insulation, or to employ them with the old familiar materials in
novel combinations, there is a corresponding increase in the problems
associated with the selection and evaluation of insulations. Consequently a
complete insulation system must be evaluated rather than testing only
individual insulating materials. Many of the specifications regulating
the use of insulation materials were written before the advent of the newer
synthetics and were based upon experience gained with the old materials over
a long period of time. Difficulties arise, therefore, when an effort is made
to classify these new materials or combinations for insulation purposes
under IEEE Std 1-1969 General Principles for Temperature Limits in the
Rating of Electric Machinery and supplementary documents IEEE Std 98-1972,
Guide for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal Evaluation and
Establishment of Temperature Indices of Solid Electric Insulating Materials,
and IEEE Std 99-1970. Guide for the Preparation of Test Procedures for
the Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment. A
wide range of properties is available in current synthetic materials, so
that it is not feasible to classify them on the basis of their chemical
composition alone. Secondly, it is not desirable to wait and acquire the
knowledge required to classify them solely on the basis of experience. In
the third place, composite systems of insulation, in which materials of
different temperature classes are used in different parts of the structure,
may give satisfactory service at temperatures higher than normally permitted
for the lowest temperature component; and, conversely, compatibility or
other problems may arise whereby the highest temperature component is
rendered unsuitable for use at its classified temperature.This test
procedure has been prepared to outline useful methods for the evaluation of
systems of insulation for randomwound stators of rotating electric machines.
It is expected that the several insulating materials, or components, making
up any insulation system to be tested will Þrst be screened in accordance
with speciÞc test procedures for each type of material. Normally
materials that have given acceptable performance in these separate screening
tests would be included in the system evaluation tests outlined in this
procedure. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for
use in "usual service conditions" with air cooling. It has also been a
useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines
are enclosed in gas atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, to metal
dusts, or submersion in liquids. However, these special requirements are
beyond the scope of this test procedure.
Abstract: Useful methods for the evaluation of systems of insulation for random-wound stators of rotating electric machines are
given. The chief purpose is to classify insulation systems in accordance with their temperature limits by test, rather than by
chemical composition. The procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air
cooling. It has also been a useful tool for evaluating systems for special requirements where machines are enclosed in gas
atmospheres, subjected to strong chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in liquids, although these special requirements are beyond
the scope of this test procedure.
Key Words: insulating, materials, random, ac, machinery, C50.32
Designation: 1170
Title: Optical Test Instruments Optical Time Domain Reflectometer
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 1171
Title: Optical Test Instruments Chromatic Dispersion Test Set
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 1172
Title: Optical Test Instruments Light Source and Power Meter
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: 1172
Designation: 1173
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard Set of Functional Components of Simulation Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Oryal Tanir, Phone:514-468-5524
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 1174-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard Serial Interface for Programmable Instrumentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 14, 2001
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: This project defines a serial, full-duplex, asynchronous, 9-pin
DTE communications prot that follows EIA 574 and related standards.
Portions of several standards will be referenced along with specific
extensions applying to programmable instruments. The resulting draft will
apply to polint-to-point instrument systems composed of a measurement,
stimulus or interconnect device and an instrumentation controller. It may
also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system
environment. The document will cover mechanical, electrical and functional
requirements of the interface.
Project Purpose: Adapt IEEE Std 488.2 syntax, commands and protocols for use
with programmable instrumentation using point-to-point serial interfacing
instead of or in addition to IEEE Std 488.1. Retain a high level of
commonality of programmable interfacing with devices using IEEE Std 488.2
and IEEE Std. 488.1 as the physical layer. Utilize applicable existing
communication protocols where possible.
Abstract: This project defines a serial, full-duplex, asynchronous, 9-pin DTE communications port that follows EIA 574 and related
standards. Portions of several standards will be referenced along with specific extensions applying to programmable instruments.
The resulting draft will apply to point-to-point instrument systems composed of a measurement, stimulus or interconnect device
and an instrumentation controller. It may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment.
The document will cover mechanical, electrical and functional requirements of the interface.
Key Words: 1174-2000.pdf
Designation: 1174
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Title: Standard for Point-to-Point Serial Interface for Programmable
Instruments
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert S Cram, Phone:503-627-1796, Email:bob.cram@tek.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1175
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Trial Use Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool
Interconnections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert M Poston
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1175-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Reference Model for Computing System Tool Interconnections
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This IEEE Standards product is part of
the family on Software Engineering. Reference models for tool-to-organization interconnections, tool-to-platform
interconnections, and information transfer among tools are provided. The purpose is to establish agreements for information
transfer among tools in the contexts of human organization, a computer system platform, and a software development application.
To make the transfer of semantic information among tools easier, asemantic transfer language (STL) is also provided.
Interconnections that must be considered when buying, building, testing, or using computing system tools for specifying
behavioral descriptions or requirements of system and software products are described.
Key Words: tools, engineering, computing, system, Tool-to-platform
interconnection, Tool-to-organization interconnection, Semantic transfer
language (STL), Reference model, Information transfer
Designation: 1175.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for CASE Tool Interconnections - Classification and
Description
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 09, 2003
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 07, 2003
Project Scope: Introduce and characterize the problem of interconnecting CASE
tools with their environment. Distinguish four interrelated contexts for
interconnection. Partition interconnection concerns into issues of
protocol, syntax, and semantics. Establish an integrating framework for the
other parts of the standard; descre their scope of application and their
interrelations. This is a significant expansion of Part 1 of 1175.
Project Purpose: The material collected into this standard spans many aspects
of CASE tool interconnection and serves a variety of software engineering
and administrative personnel in the software industry. This overview
describes the requirements and problems of CASE tool interconnection and
points the reader to the appropriate parts of the standard. The other parts
of the standard provide assistance in specifying the protocol, syntax, and
semantics issues to be addressed for effectively integrating CASE tools into
an organization's processes.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. This guide describes the scope of application and interrelationships for the members of the
IEEE 1175 family of standards.It points the reader to the appropriate member standard that addresses issues involved in
effectively integrating computing system tools into a productive engineering environment.
Key Words: "CASE tool integration, CASE tool interconnections, CASE tool
interfaces, CASE tool organization issues, CASE tool platform issues"
Designation: 1175.2-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for CASE Tool Interconnection -
Characterization of Interconnections
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006
Project Scope: Identify a standard set of attributes that characterize the
contexts in which a CASE tool operates. These contexts are organizations,
users, platforms, and other tools. The attributes in each context summarize
the major factors affecting interconnection of the tool with that context.
These are multi-dimensional attributes whose "values" are project-specific,
organization-specific, professional, military and/or international standards
for these attributes are identified. This is an expansion of Section 2 of
the original 1175-1995 standard.
Project Purpose: The attributes of CASE tool context are needed by software
developers and process support personnel. They are a checklist of
interconnecton concerns which must be addressed when selecting, adopting,
and using CASE tools. Analysis of a particular tool for these attributes
can identify potential discrepancies in its operational interconnections
that reduce or eliminate the value of the tool's use in an organization's
processes. By cataloguing and characterizing groups of tool implementation
factors to be addressed, this recommended practice assists its user's in
organizing and using a large number of other industry standards to
facilitate the design and realization of large, integrated, multi-vendor
software engineering environments.
Abstract: Interconnections that need to be understood and evaluated when buying, building, testing, or using Computer-Aided Software
Engineering (CASE) tools are described in this recommended practice. This recommended practice is intended to help people
interconnect tools by identifying and characterizing various contexts for tool interconnection. Each context serves to define a
group of interconnections pertinent to various functional perspectives. Each group contains interconnections that have a common
kind of endpoint in the environment. This recommended practice considers four contexts: an organizational context for a tool, the
individual user context for a tool, the platform context for a tool, and a peer context for a tool. Within a context, subsets of
interconnections are characterized by a collection of common features applicable to a given functional perspective. The purpose
of this recommended practice is to establish sets of interconnection features with which each perspective on a CASE tool's
interconnections can be characterized.
Key Words: Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, tool
communications, tool interconnections
Designation: 1175.3-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Reference Model for
Specifying Software Behavior
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 08, 2004
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: Identify a common set of modeling concepts found in commercial
CASE tools for describing the oeprational behavior of software product.
Establish a uniform, integrated model and a textual syntaxc for expressing
the common properties (attributes and realtionships) of those concepts as
they have been used to model software behavior. This is a minor revision of
Part 3 of the original standard. It is still useful within its defined
scope.
Project Purpose: This minor revision of Part 3 of standard 1175 is being
included in the revised standard for backward compatibility. The new 1175.4
has a much larger domain of applicability and a more rigorous basis for
interpretation. Nevertheless, the previous meta-model is still appropriate
for interconnecting CASE tools that have modeling concepts limited to
conventional tool models of simple software behavior.
Abstract: Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools are used to describe the behavior of software using a variety of
different design notations. These may be graphical or textual in nature, or may be a combination. This standard provides a
reference model of fundamental software concepts that form the building blocks for a number of these commonly used notations.
This standard also includes a textual language, the Semantic Transfer Language (STL), for representing software application
behavior descriptions. A software behavior description consists of a collection of sentences that conform to the formal syntax of
the STL and that are to be interpreted in terms of the software concepts defined in this standard. The STL syntax is designed to
be computer-parsable, while at the same time remaining easy for users to read and write. This reference model and transfer syntax
may be used for directly recording, storing, and analyzing a software behavior description, as well as for transferring elements
of a software behavior description between CASE tools.
Key Words: "Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools, Semantic Transfer
Language (STL), software behavior concept, transfer syntax"
Designation: 1175.4-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections--Reference Model for
Specifying System Behavior
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2009
**New standard
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2009
Project Scope: Most inter-tool data transfer standards deal with protocol and
syntax of the transfer, with a shared semantic basis assumed. This
standard provides an explicitly defined metamodel (and meta-metamodel) for
specifying system and software behavior. It defines a semantic basis of
observables that allows each tool, whatever its own internal ontology, to
communicate facts about the behavior of a subject system as precisely as
the tool’s metamodel allows. Conventional tool model elements are reduced
into simpler, directly observable fact statements about system behavior.
This metamodel is much expanded over the original metamodel for software
behavior in Part 3 of IEEE Std 1175™-1991.
Project Purpose: This reference model provides a common interpretation basis by
which tools may express and communicate the observable features of
system/software behavior to users and to other tools. Tools incorporating
this metamodel in their import/export facilities enable engineers to
interconnect best-in-class analysis and specification tools for
integrated problem solving. Another feature of this metamodel is that it
provides a specification that is directly testable. Finally, the provision
of an explicit meta-metamodel enables tool builders to extend the
reference metamodel for particular purposes.
Abstract: The reference model that provides a common interpretation basis by which tools can express and communicate the observable
features of system/software behavior to users and to other tools is presented in this standard. This standard specifies a
conceptual metamodel for understanding and describing the causal behavior for a system. The purpose of this conceptual metamodel
is to express causal behavior and compositions of causal behavior in a model that integrates all observable operational features
of a system into one behavior specification. This conceptual metamodel is useful for analyzing systems, for constructing
particular system behavior models, and for using those models in the specification, design, and evaluation of engineered systems.
It provides the necessary semantic elements for describing general hardware/software systems, including hardware-only, software-
only, or mixed system components, and it allows these different types of components to be treated in a consistent manner,
providing a basis for representing a wide variety of systems.
Key Words: 1175.4-2008, behavior model, behavior specification, Computer-Aided
Software Engineering (CASE) tools, engineering model, model-based testing,
modeling principles, requirements, software specification, specification-
based testing, system, system testing
Designation: P1175.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Computer-Aided Software Engineering (CASE) Tool
Interconnections -- Reference Data Metamodel for System Behavior
Specifications
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This standard defines a data metamodel for system behavior
specifications. The data metamodel provides explicit definitions of typed
data elements, information representations, and relationships with which
behavior models for subject systems can be instantiated. These elements,
representations, and relations serve to reify the conceptual metamodel for
system behavior specification described in IEEE Std 1175.4.
Project Purpose: While the conceptual metamodel in IEEE Std 1175.4 provides a
basis for thinking and talking about the behavior of a system in terms of
black-box observables and relationships, the data metamodel provides a basis
for capturing, storing, and transferring such descriptions in a data model
representation. The data metamodel standardizes the forms
of terms and expressions to be used in recording the observable
characteristics of a system’s behavior. It also standardizes the
relationships by which those terms and expressions are combined to record
facts about a system’s behavior. Populating the terms,
expressions, and relations of the data metamodel with fact instances for a
particular system creates a behavior model for that system. Such a behavior
model can be manipulated and analyzed in various ways. It can be checked for
completeness and self-consistency. It can be used to infer expected system
responses in specified circumstances. It can also be used to determine valid
scenarios of system usage. The data metamodel definition
can also be used for designing behavior specification repositories,
designing transfer interfaces between repositories, designing transfer
interfaces between a repository and a system and software engineering tool,
and designing user interfaces based on behavior specification repositories.
Designation: 1175.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for CASE Tool Interconnections - Syntax for Transferring
Behavior Specifications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Carl A Singer, Phone:973-246-4641, Email:csinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: Describing a particular system's operational behavior in terms
of the reference meta-model in 1175.4 provides a highly structured set of
data elements to be exchanged with users or other tools. The purpose of the
transfer syntax is to specify a lossless, textual, human-readable form of
such data. Existing communication mechanisms are assumed, and standard
syntactic constructs are re-used. Two syntax forms are specified, one that
is optimized for tool transfer and for efficient text entry, and one that is
optimized for human readability and transfer.
Project Purpose: The major contribution of 1175.5 here is to provide textual
syntax forms that can be read and written by human users as well as by other
CASE tools. The syntax also allows the exchange of meta-model information
to enable tool builders to use extensions to the reference meta-model for
particular purposes.
Designation: 1176
Title: Fibre Optic Sensor Types & Classifications According to Operating Modes
& Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Michael E Griffin, Phone:612-733-6004
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1988
Key Words: fiber, optic, sensor, types, classifications
Designation: 1177-1993
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines
Status: Superseded
**Sold together with std 960-1989.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990
Abstract: 1177-1993 Abstract: Standard software routines for use with the system in IEEE Std 960-1993 are defined. 960-1993
Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while
allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the
specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data
or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors.
Key Words: fastbus, routines
Designation: 1178-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for the Scheme Programming Language
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Christopher T Haynes, Phone:812-855-3376, Email:chaynes@indiana.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1990, ANSI APP: Jun 17, 1991
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. The form and meaning of programs written in the Scheme programming language, in particular, their syntax,
the semantic rules for interpreting them, and the representation of data to be input or output by them, are specified. The
fundamental ideas of the language and the notational conventions used for describing and writing programs in the language are
presented. The syntax and semantics of expressions, programs, and definitions are specified. Scheme's built-in procedures, which
include all of the language's data manipulation and input/output primitives, are described, and a formal syntax for Scheme
written in extended Backus-Naur form is provided. Formal denotational semantics for Scheme and some issues in the implementation
of Scheme's arithmetic are covered in the appendixes.
Key Words: scheme, lisp, Scheme programming language
Designation: 1179
Sponsor: Waveguide Flanges
Title: Standard for Improved Waveguide Flanges
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mario A Maury, Phone:(714) 987-4715
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988
Designation: 118-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Resistance Measurement
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 118-1949. 11-Apr-2003: Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1977, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. Methods of measuring electrical resistance that are commonly used to
determine the characteristics of electric machinery and equipment are presented. The methods are limited to those using direct-
current or commercial power frequencies of 60 Hz or below, and to those measurements required to determine performance
characteristics. The choice of method in any given case depends on the degree of accuracy required and the nature of the circuit
to be measured; a guide for selecting the appropriate method is given.
Key Words: resistance, measurement
Designation: 1180-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for the Implementations of 8x8 Inverse
Discrete Cosine Transform
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Reddeppa N Pothuri, Phone:732-420-6277, Email:naidu@att.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1990, ANSI APP: May 31, 1991
Project Scope: A standard is described to specify the numerical characteristics
of the 8x8 Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform (IDCT) for use in visual
telephony and similar applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are used in a
reconstruction loop. The specifications ensure the compatibility between
different implementations of the IDCT.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The numerical characteristics of the
8x8 inverse discrete cosine transform (IDCT) for use in visual telephony and similar applications where the 8x8 IDCT results are
used in a reconstruction loop are specified. The specifications ensure the compatibility between different implementations of the
IDCT.
Key Words: implementations, discrete, cosine, transform, inverse, HYBRID
CODING, mismatch error, IDCT accuracy, Inverse discrete cosine transf,
Discrete cosine transform (DCT
Designation: 11802-5-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 11802-5:1997 (E) [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1H, 1997 Edition],
Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between
systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--Technical reports and
guidelines--Part 5: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet V2.0 in
Local Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 1997
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE
802.1D) media access control (MAC) Bridges, in order to facilitate interoperability in bridged local area networks (LANs)
comprising CSMA/CD networks interconnected with other types of LAN using MAC Bridges, where the CSMA/CD networks contain a
mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet V2.0 end stations, are specified. Additionally, guidelines are provided for the
development of nonstandard 802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior
to be expected from a Bridge, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities. Reaffirmed 2001
Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, collection detection, data
processing, ethernet, FDDI, fibre distributed data interface, information
interchange, LAN protocols, LAN, local area networks, media access control
bridges, MAC, network interconnection, selective translation, selective
translation table
Designation: 1181-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Latchup Test Methods for CMOS and BiCMOS
Integrated- Circuit Process Characterization
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Recommendations are provided for the
layout and test methods required to characterize properly latchup behavior in CMOS and BiCMOS integrated circuit processes or
other processes that have similar lateral PNPN topographical layout characteristics. The aim is to allow the characterization of
an integrated circuit process architecture so that different approaches can be scientifically compared. This allows the
evaluation of the process capabilities on a worst-case recommended structure and test method independent of an actual integrated
circuit product topographical latchup layout practices. Test structures and test philosophy are covered.
Key Words: latchup, test, methods, process, characterization, Integrated-
circuit testing, Bipolar--CMOS integrated circuits
Designation: 1182
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Guide to Terms and Definitions of Ferroelectric Frequency Control Based
Sensors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dr. Jeffrey S Schoenwald, Phone:805-373-4236
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Key Words: ultrasonics, ferroelectric, frequency, control, sensors
Designation: 1183
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: Medical Device Software Development/Maintenance Standard
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Alan Figler, Phone:206-402-2242, Email:alf1725@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 1988
Key Words: medical, decice, software, development, maintenance
Designation: 1184-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006
Technical Contact: Bansi Patel, Phone:619-692-6204, Email:bansi.patel@eaton.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 2006
Project Scope: This guide discusses various battery systems so that the user
can make informed decisions on selection, installation design, installation,
maintenance, and testing of stationary standby batteries used in
uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems. This guide describes how the UPS
battery charging and converter components can relate to the selection of the
battery systems. Design requirements of the UPS components are beyond the
scope of this document. Battery back-up systems for dc-output rectifiers are
also beyond the scope of this document. While this document applies to all
UPS systems, it may be impractical to implement some of its guidance and
recommendations with small, self-contained systems, such as products
intended to back up individual personal computers. This guide divides the
available technologies into the following three main categories: ⎯
Vented lead-acid batteries (VLA) ⎯ Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA)
⎯ Ni-Cd batteries (Ni-Cd) For each category, the technology and the
design of the battery are described in order to facilitate user selection.
The specific advantages for particular applications are also listed.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist those involved with battery
systems for uninterruptible power supply systems. Proper design,
installation, and maintenance will enable the user to manage the battery
system for optimum operation and results.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE 1184-1984 Various battery systems are discussed so that the user can make informed decisions on
selection, installation design, installation, maintenance, and testing of stationary standby batteries used in uninterruptible
power supply (UPS) systems. This guide describes how the UPS battery charging and converter components can relate to the
selection of the battery systems. Design requirements of the UPS components are beyond the scope of this document. Battery back-
up systems for dc-output rectifiers are also beyond the scope of this document.
Key Words: battery system, Ni-Cd batteries (Ni-Cd), uninterruptible power
supply, UPS, valve-regulated leadacid (VRLA), vented lead-acid batteries
(VLA)
Designation: 1184-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for the Selection and Sizing of Batteries for Uninterruptible
Power Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 19, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1994
Abstract: Superseded The characteristics of the various battery energy systems available are described so that users can select
the system best suited to their requirements. This guide also describes how the rectifier and the inverter components of the
uninterruptible power system (UPS) can relate to the selection of the battery system.
Key Words: flooded cell, hydrogen evolution, lead-acid battery, nickel-cadmium
battery, Planté plate, UPS, VRLA, vented cell, valve-regulated lead-acid
cell, uninterruptible power system
Designation: 1184
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bansi Patel, Phone:619-692-6204, Email:bansi.patel@eaton.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: This Guide discusses various battery systems so the user can
make informed decisions on selection, installation, design, installtion,
maintenance, and testing. This Guide describes how the UPS battery charging
and converter components can relate to the selection of the battery system.
Requirements of UPS are beyond the scope of this document. This guide
divides the available technologies into the following 3 main categories:
vented lead acid batteries, valve-regulated lead acid batteries, nickel-
cadmium batteries.
Project Purpose: This Guide is intended to asist users of battery systems for
uninterruptible power supplies (UPS). Proper design, installation and
maintenance will enable the user to manage the battery system for optimum
results.
Designation: 1185-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cable Installation in Generating Stations
and Industrial Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2011
**Supersedes 1185-1994.
Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Oct 20, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for wire and cable
installation practices in generating stations and industrial facilities.
This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and
cable in commercial, governmental, and public facilities when similar wire
or cable types and raceways are used.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating
stations and industrial facilities so that potential wire or cable damage
may be avoided during the installation and testing process.
Abstract: Guidance for the proper installation of cable in generating stations and industrial facilities is provided.
Key Words: American wire gauge (AWG), bend radius, cable, cable jamming, cable
testing, cable tray, duct bank, ducts, English units, IEEE 1185,
installation, jam ratio, kcmil, metric units, outside diameter or overall
diameter (OD), pull back, pullby, pulling bend radius, pull tension,
sidewall pressure, sleeve, training bend radius, trench, wire
Designation: 1185-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1185-2010.
Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994
Abstract: Installation methods to improve cable installation practices in generating stations are provided. These include cable
lubrication methods, conduit-cable pulling charts, pull rope selection criteria, pulling attachment methods, and alternative
methods to traditional cable pulling tension monitoring. This guide supplements IEEE Std 422-1986 and IEEE Std 690-1984, which
provide specific cable installation limits. This guide may also be of benefit to cable pulling crews in commercial and industrial
facilities when similar cable types and raceways are used.
Key Words: installation, generating, station, cables, cable pullback, cable
pullby, cable pulling tension limiting, , Pull rope selection criteria, Pull
rope attachment methods, Conduit-cable pulling charts, Cable lubrication
techniques
Designation: 1185
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Installation Methods for Generating Station Cables
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002
Project Scope: The guide provides methods to improve cable installation
practices in generating stations, and is intended to supplement and enhance
the cable installation information provided in IEEE Std. 422 (withdrawn) and
IEEE Std. 690 (under revision process).
Project Purpose: Revision to IEEE 1185 is needed to revise the metric tables to
show trade size metric conduit adapted by NEC-2000 code, and to revise
related information accordingly. Additionally, coordination of information
between IEEE 422 (a withdrawn std), and IEEE 690 needs to be performed to
minimize differing interpretations of cable installation information.
Designation: 1185
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Recommended Practice for Recommeded Practices for Cable Installation at
Generating Stations and Industrial Facilities
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The scope as approved in the PAR dated 10/31/04 reads: "The
guide provides methods to improve cable installation practices in generating
stations and is intended to supplement and enhance the cable installation
information provided in IEEE Std. 422 (withdrawn) and IEEE std 690 (under
revision)." The new revised scope will read "This recommended
practice provides guidance for acceptable wire and cable installation
practices in generating stations and industrial facilities. This document
may also be of benefit for the proper installation of wire and cable in
commercial, governmental and public facilities when similar wire or cable
types and raceways are used." A revision to the scope was
necessitated by the inclusion of cable installation information from IEEE
690 and IEEE 422, and the change from a guide to a recommended practice.
Project Purpose: "The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating
stations and industrial facilities so that potential wire or cable damage
can be minimized during the installation process. It is also the
purpose of this revision to consolidate wire and cable installation
information into one document."
Designation: 1185
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Recommended Practices for Cable Installation at Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for wire and cable
installation practices in generating stations and related power production
facilities. This document may also be of benefit for the proper installation
of wire and cable in industrial, commercial, governmental, and public
facilities when similar wire or cables types and raceways are used.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
guidance for the proper installation of wire and cable in generating
stations and related power production facilities so that potential wire or
cable damage can be minimized during the installation process.
Designation: 1186
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Recommended Practices for the Evaluation of Installed Cable Systems for
Class IE Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kenneth Hancock, Phone:609-720-2618, Email:kennethhancock2@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988
Project Scope: Insulated electrical cable systems for Class 1E circuits
installed in raceway, including tray, conduit and duct, in Nuclear Power
Generating Stations.
Project Purpose: This document will describe recommended practices for
evaluating in their existing configuration, i.e. without removal, the
adequacy of installed cables to perform their intended function.
Key Words: evaluation, cable, system, nuclear, power
Designation: 1187-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve-
Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2002
**Supersedes 1187-1996. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Edward L Davis, Phone:503 264 1788, Email:edward-davis@ccm.jf.intel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: This document provides recommended design practices and
procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation,
preasembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA)
batteries in stationary applications.
Project Purpose: As part of its 5-year life cycle, the Recommended Practice
should be updated to be consistent with similar Recommended Practices. The
general understanding of VRLA batteries has improved since the original
release of this document, and this will be reflected in the update.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides guidance for the installation and installation designof valve-regulated lead acid
(VRLA) batteries. This recommended practice is intended for all float-service stationary installations. However, specific
applications, such as emergency lighting units and semi-portable equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond
the scope ofthis recommended practice. Alternate energy applications are not covered.
Key Words: "acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery
installation design, battery maintenance, battery terminal voltage, battery
testing, connection resistance measurements, float voltage, internal ohmic
measurements, standby power application"
Designation: P1187
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve-
Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Michael Jump, Phone:707-575-9736, Email:michael.jump@cbre.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides recommended design practices
and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation,
instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated
lead-acid (VRLA) batteries. Required safety practices are also included.
This recommended practice is applicable to float-service stationary
installations. This recommended practice contains several informative
annexes. These provide additional tutorial information relating to topics
introduced in the body of the document. Battery sizing, maintenance,
capacity testing, charging equipment, battery protection, and monitoring are
beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Alternative energy
applications are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The
portions of this recommended practice that specifically relate to personnel
safety are mandatory instructions and are designated by the word shall; all
other portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word
should.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend proper
installation and design procedures for users of VRLA batteries, including
but not limited to, engineers, installers and integrators.
Designation: 1187-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of
Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1187-2002. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
Abstract: Superseded by 1187-2002. Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation,
instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) storage batteries are provided.
Recommended safety practices are also included. This recommended practice applies to all VRLA battery stationary installations.
You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: acceptance test, alarms, assembly, initial charge, installation
design criteria, internal ohmic measurements, mounting, parallel-battery
strings, protective equipment, resistance measurements, seismic protection,
thermal runaway
Designation: 1188-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2006
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: William P Cantor, Phone:717-227-0815, Email:bill.cantor@tpiengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice is limited to maintenance, test
schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and
performance of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary
applications. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should
be replaced. The maintenance and testing programs described in this
recommended practice represent "the best program" based on the information
reviewed at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate
these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions,
manufacturer's recommendations, resources, and needs in developing a
maintenance program for a given application. These maintenance and testing
recommendations were developed without consideration of economics,
availability of testing equipment and personnel, or relative importance of
the application. Development of a maintenance and testing program for a
specific application requires consideration of all issues, not just the
technical issues considered in this document. Stationary cycling
applications, such as those found in alternative energy applications, are
also beyond the scope of this recommended practice. This recommended
practice does not include any other component of the dc system nor
surveillance and testing of the dc system, even though the battery is part
of that system. Sizing, installation, qualification, selection criteria, and
other battery types and applications are also beyond the scope of this
recommended practice.
Project Purpose: There is significantly more data available on methods for
maintaining and testing VRLA batteries. Changes also have been made on how
VRLA batteries are manufactured and more is known concerning the failure
mechanisms of these batteries. The document should be revised to
reflect these changes.
Abstract: This recommended practice is limited to maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize
the life and performance of valve regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications. It also provides guidance to
determine when batteries should be replaced
Key Words: expected service life, low voltage cells, high voltage cells, value
regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries, Valve Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Cell
Designation: 1188-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Valve- Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1188-2005 Maintenance, test schedules and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life
and performance of valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries for stationary applications are covered. Guidance to determine when
batteries should be replaced is also provided.
Key Words: maintenance, testing, replacement, valve-regulated, batteries
Designation: P1188a
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve-
Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications - Amendment
1: Updated VRLA Maintenance Considerations
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: William P Cantor, Phone:717-227-0815, Email:bill.cantor@tpiengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The amendment will not include a separate Scope clause and the
existing scope of IEEE 1188 will not change. The scope of the amendment is
to remove the glossary annex and to export terms under the definition
clause. The amendment will also introduce a new annex to cover capacity loss
in VLRA batteries and will include some minor word changes to provide
clarification to the user of the standard.
Project Purpose: This document will not include a separate Purpose clause. The
purpose of the amendment is to bring the standard up to date based on
comments received during the reaffirmation ballot.
Designation: 1189-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries
for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 23, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 1189-1996
Technical Contact: Jóse A Marrero, Phone:205-992-5527, Email:jamarrer@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 2008
Project Scope: This guide describes methods for selecting the appropriate type
of valve-regulated, immobilizedelectrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery
for any of a variety of stationary float applications. Installation,
maintenance, sizing, and consideration of battery types, other than valve-
regulated lead-acid batteries, are beyond the scope of this guide. Design
of the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are also beyond
the scope of this guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to ensure that the reader is
aware of all significant issues that should be considered when selecting
VRLA batteries, so that the user might make an informed decision.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1187-1996. This guide describes methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated,
immobilized-electrolyte, recombinant lead-acid battery for any of a variety of stationary float applications. The purpose of this
document is to ensure that the reader is aware of all significant issues that should be considered when selecting VRLA batteries,
so that the user might make an informed decision.
Key Words: 1189-2007, absorbed glass mat, battery selection, gelled
electrolyte, immobilized electrolyte, oxygen recombination, stationary
applications, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) batteries
Designation: 1189-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries
for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Sep2007: withdrawn by ANSI as
overage.
History: BD APP: Jul 31, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1189-2007. Methods for selecting the appropriate type of valve-regulated, immobilized-electrolyte,
recombinant lead-acid battery for any of a variety of potential stationary float applications are described.
Key Words: selecting, valve-regulated, batteries, stationary, applications,
VRLA, absorbed electrolyte, dryout, electrolysis, failure mechanisms, float
voltage, gelled electrolyte, grid corrosion , hydrogen evolution, oxygen
recombination, safety, thermal runaway
Designation: 119-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for General Principles of Temperature
Measurement as Applied to Electrical Apparatus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Feb 22, 1973
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. The purpose of this document is to provide guidelines for the
application of temperature measurement techniques in measuring the operating temperature and temperature rise of electrical
machines, instruments, and apparatus in common use. The guidelines are limited to measurement of temperatures below 500 C;
however, some measurement techniques described herein are capable of measuring temperatures above 500 C, and these may be used at
the higher temperatures after the validity and safety of the technique for the temperature involved have been confirmed.
Key Words: temperature, measurement, apparatus
Designation: 1190
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Guide for Calibration of Line Impedance Stabilization Networks (LISN)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert J Egan, Email:b_egan@nac.enet.dec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988
Key Words: calibration, line, impedance, stabilization, networks
Designation: 1192
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for a Microcomputer Database Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: M Reinhart, Phone:212-406-7026
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 20, 1988
Key Words: database, manipulation, language, microcomputer
Designation: 1193-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control
Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard
Frequency Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 12, 2004
**Supersedes 1193-1994.
Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003
Project Scope: This project is a revision of the existing guide for
measurements of environmental sensitivities of standard frequency
generators. It includes effects and metrology of acceleration; temperature,
humidity, and pressure; electrical and magnetic fields; ionizing and
particle radiation; and aging, warm-up time and retrace.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to update effects and metrology of
environmental conditions of relevance to frequency generators. The intended
audience are manufacturers and users of time and frequency technology.
Benefits include information on environmental effects, guide in the
measurements of these effects, and aid with the specifications of
generators.
Abstract: Standard frequency generators that include all atomic frequency standards and precision quartz crystal oscillators are
addressed.
Key Words: "atomic clock, atomic frequency standard, environmental
sensitivities, frequency standard, oscillator, quartz crystal oscillator,
standard frequency generator"
Designation: P1193
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control
Title: Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard
Frequency Generators
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Eva Ferre-Pikal, Phone:307-766-5213, Email:evafp@uwyo.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: Standard frequency generators include atomic frequency
standards, quartz oscillators, dielectric resonator oscillators (DROs),
yttrium-iron-garnet (YIG) oscillators, cavity oscillators, sapphire
oscillators, and thin film resonator (TFR) based oscillators. Excluded are
oscillators with a frequency stability worse than approximately 10-4, as
well as all other active and passive electronic equipment such as receivers,
amplifiers, filters. There are three distinctly different areas of
concern for environmental testing and specifications listed as follows:
a) Fitness for specific user needs and actual environments (tests attempt to
mimic the anticipated environments) b) Characterization of the unit
(tests attempt to provide “pure” coefficients for the various environments)
c) Reliability and survival (tests attempt to stress the unit by either
going to extremes of operating ranges or by repeated application of stimuli,
e.g. cycling) This document puts emphasis on b) above. It provides
guidance and a conceptual framework rather than a prescription of procedures
that must be followed. It emphasizes proper methodology and practice; it
cautions against pitfalls. It also is concerned with economic issues, i.e.
the potential resource requirements and their minimization in test and
measurement. In summary, this IEEE guide is not a specification document,
but rather a resource document for deriving specification statements.
Project Purpose: This document describes the nature of the environmental
effects, as well as of the test methods to evaluate, quantify, and report
(i.e., in specifications) the sensitivity of the frequency of standard
frequency generators under environmental influences such as magnetic fields,
atmospheric pressure, humidity, shock, vibration, acceleration, temperature,
ionizing radiation, and intermittent operation. Its primary purpose is to
aid in writing specifications and to verify specified performance through
measurement. In addition, this document will help to assure consistency and
repeatability of environmental sensitivity measurements, and the portability
of results on particular frequency sources between the various segments of
the time and frequency community.
Abstract: Project scope: This project is a revision of the existing guide for measurements of environmental sensitivities of
standard frequency generators. It includes effects and metrology of acceleration; temperature, humidity, and pressure; electrical
and magnetic fields; ionizing and particle radiation; and aging, warm-up time and retrace. Project purpose: The purpose is
to update effects and metrology of environmental conditions of relevance to frequency generators. The intended audience are
manufacturers and users of time and frequency technology. Benefits include information on environmental effects, guide in the
measurements of these effects, and aid with the specifications of generators.
Key Words: 1193 , atomic clock , atomic frequency standards , environmental
sensitivities , frequency standard , oscillator , quartz crystal oscillator
, standard frequency generator
Designation: 1193-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control
Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Environmental Sensitivities of Standard
Frequency Generators
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1193-2003.
History: BD APP: Jul 25, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994
Abstract: Standard frequency generators that include all atomic frequency standards and precision quartz crystal oscillators are
addressed. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: test, standard frequency generators, quartz crystal oscillator,
oscillator, frequency standard, environmental sensitivities, atomic
frequency standard, atomic clock
Designation: 1194-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Backplane Electrical Performance
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Number changed to 1194 from 1194.0
Technical Contact: Rick Henderson, Phone:408-721-4282
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Apr 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The proper treatment of the electrical
elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection between different modules in a computer system is
covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and
decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane performance, such as driver and receiver
characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the impedance of the bus traces treated as
transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are examined.
Key Words: Transmission lines, Medium-performance backplanes, Measurement
techniques, Low-performance backplanes, High-performance backplanes, Bus,
Backplane bus
Designation: 1194.1-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Backplane Transceiver
Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Rick Henderson, Phone:408-721-4282
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991
Abstract: The proper treatment of the electrical elements of the backplane that provides a physical and electrical connection
between different modules in a computer system is covered. Techniques for measuring impedance, capacitance, and crosstalk are
provided; and crosstalk, ground bounce, and decoupling are discussed. Relationships among the key elements controlling backplane
performance, such as driver and receiver characteristics, the distance of the driver and receiver from the backplane, the
impedance of the bus traces treated as transmission lines, lumped elements such as connectors and vias, and the termination are
examined. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: backplane bus, BTL, digital interface, digital circuit, interface
circuit, driver, receiver, transceiver, transmission line, Digital interface
circuit, Backplane transceiver logic
Designation: 1194.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Electrical Characteristics of Small Computer Expandibility
Module Transceiver Logic
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: 1195
Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology
Title: Std for Gaseous Corrosivity Classification of Operating or Storage Sites
for Electrical or Electronic Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rudolf Schubert, Phone:908/758-3185, Email:rudy@troy.cc.bellcore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989
Key Words: gaseous, corrosivity, classification, electrical, equipment
Designation: 1196
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: 1196-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for a Simple 32-Bit Backplane Bus: NuBus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A simple, high-performance (37.5
Mbyte/s) backplane bus that provides the functions required by multiprocessor systems is defined. NuBus is a synchronous (10
MHz), multiplexed, multimaster bus that provides a fair arbitration mechanism. The logical, electrical, and physical interface
standard for circuit boards that allows them to connect to and communicate over a backplane, as well as the backplane environment
that must be provided to these boards, is described and specified. The protocol specification covers signal determinacy, bus
cycles, transactions, block transfers, attention cycles, arbitration, address space, and utility functions. The physical
specification covers timing, dc and ac specifications for signals, backplane (signal) characteristics, voltage and mechanical
specifications for triple-height modules. Compliance requirements are stated. Concepts required for a general understanding of
the NuBus specification, covering bus lines and bus operation, are included. This document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987,
IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers.
Key Words: simple, 32-bit, backplane, bus, nubus 90, Protocols,
Multimicroprocessing, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses, transport
Designation: 1197
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Diagnosis & Classification of Cable, Joint,& Termination
Troubles on Extruded Dielectric Cables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: R. W Allen, Phone:508-845-1335, Email:rallen_pdc@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Apr 28, 1988
Key Words: diagnosis, classification, extruded, dielectric, cables
Designation: 1198
Sponsor: Dielectric Modes
Title: Mode Nomenclature of Dielectric Resonators & Waveguides
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jerry Fiedziuszko, Phone:415-852-6868
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989
Designation: 1199
Title: Analog Hardware Descriptive Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joel Schoen, Phone:617/271-2230
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989
Designation: 120-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Master Test Guide for Electrical Measurements in Power Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 1989
**Revision of IEEE Std 120-1955 and ASME PTC 19.6-1955.
History: BD APP: May 22, 1989, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 1989
Project Scope: The methods given here relate to measurements, as made with
either analog or digital indicating or integrating instruments, of power,
energy, voltage and current, in direct-current or alternating-current
rotating machines, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance
heating equipment, mercury arc, thermionic, or solid state rectifiers and
inverters. Measurements made with supplementary instruments and devices
were also included. This guide does not deal with measurements of
resistance or temperature which are often included in determining the
performance characteristics of electric machinery. Instruments for these
latter measurements will be found in the specific publications dealing with
the particular measurement.
Abstract: Instructions are given for measuring electrical quantities that are commonly needed to determine the performance
characteristics of electric machinery and equipment. Methods are given for measuring voltage, current, power, energy, power
factor, frequency, impedance, and magnetic quantities, with either analog or digital indicating or integrating instruments, in DC
or AC rotating machines, transformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment, mercury arc, thermionic, or
solid-state rectifiers and inverters. Ancillary instruments and equipment are discussed. Computer-based techniques and the use of
optical fibers in instrumentation are considered.
Key Words: measurements, power circuits, master test guide, electrical ,
Voltage measurement, Rotating-machine testing, Reactive power, Power
transformer testing, Power system measurements, Power measurement, Magnetic
measurements, Impedance measurement, Frequency measurement, Energy
measurement, DC machines, Current measurement, AC machines
Designation: 120-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972
Title: Elec Msmts/Power Circuits
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by IEEE 120-1989
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 120-1989 The methods given here include measurements, as made with either indicating or integrating
instruments, of power, voltage and current in direct current and alternating-current single-phase and polyphase rotating
machinery, trasformers, induction apparatus, arc and resistance heating equipment and mercury rectifiers. It also includes
measurements made with supplementary instruments and devices. This code does not include such measurements as resistance and
temperature which are often included in determining the performance characteristics of electric machinery. Instruments for these
latter measurements will be found in the specific codes dealing with the particular measurement; such as AIEE Master Test Code
for Temperature Measurement, No. 551.
Key Words: measurements, power, circuits
Designation: 1200
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Quality Criteria for Software for Analysis of Gamma Spectra for
Germanium Detectors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989
Designation: 1201.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Uniform Application Program
Interface - Graphical User Interfaces
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Scott E Preece, Phone:217-384-8589, Email:preece@urbana.mcd.mot.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1201.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Recommended Practice for User Interfaces--User Portability/Driveability
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lin Brown, Phone:415-336-5391, Email:lin@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1202-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Flame-Propagation Testing of Wire & Cable
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2006
Technical Contact: John E Merando Jr, Phone:+1 240 379 1453, Email:jmerando@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides a protocol for exposing cable samples to
a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/h) flaming ignition source for a 20-min test
duration. The test determines the flame propagation tendency of
singleconductor and multi-conductor cables intended for use in cable trays.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a test protocol
and performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of
cables in a vertical cable tray.
Abstract: Revision of Std. 1202-1991 This standard provides a protocol for exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW flaming
ignition source for a 20 minute test duration. The test determines the flame propagation tendency of single conductor and multi-
conductor cables intended for use in cable trays.
Key Words: 20 kW, 20 min, 70 000 Btu/h, after burn, cable, char, charring,
flame propagation, test protocol, vertical cable tray, wire
Designation: 1202
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in Industrial
and Commercial Occupancies
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: Minor revisions to include information now available that was
not known when the standard was originally written.
Project Purpose: Update the standard to reflect current industry practices.
Designation: 1202-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard for Flame Testing of Cables for Use in Cable Tray in
Industrial and Commercial Occupancies
Status: Superseded
**Sponsorship of P1202 transferred from IAS/PSE to PE/IC in 2002.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Revised by IEEE Std 1202-2006 A test protocol and the performance criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of
cables in a vertical cable tray are established. It applies to single insulated and multiconductor cables. The test consists of
exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flaming ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility,
test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered. A test protocol and the performance criteria to
determine the flame propagation tendency of cables in a vertical cable tray are established. It applies to single insulated and
multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing cable samples to a theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flaming ignition source
for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test procedure, and evaluation of results are covered.
Key Words: cable tray, flame test facility, cable testing, Flame testing of
cables, Cable flame testing
Designation: 1202.1
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Standard for Measuring the Release Rates of Smoke and Heat of Wire &
Cable for Use in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1202.2
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Standard for Measuring the Release Rate of Corrosive Gases of Wire &
Cable for Use in Industrial and Commercial Occupancies.
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Daly, Phone:201-327-2524, Email:jim.daly@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1203
Sponsor: Mining Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Atmospheric Monitoring System for Underground
Mining
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: H.Kenneth Sacks, Phone:412-386-6617, Email:hes3@cdc.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 1989
Designation: 1204-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for Planning DC Links Terminating at AC Locations Having Low
Short-Circuit Capacities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Abstract: " Guidance on the planning and design of dc links terminating at ac system locations hav-ing low short-circuit capacities
relative to the dc power infeed is provided in this guide. This guide islimited to the aspects of interactions between ac and dc
systems that result from the fact that the acsystem is OweakO compared to the power of the dc link (i.e., ac system appears as a
high impedanceat the ac/dc interface bus). This guide contains two parts"
Key Words: "ac/dc interaction,fault recovery,frequency instability,harmonic
transfer,instability,low short-circuit ratio - SCR -
,power,resonance,subsynchronous torsional interaction,temporary overvoltage
- TOV -,voltage instability"
Designation: 1205-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on
Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2000
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: This document provides the guidelines for assessing, monitoring,
and mitigating aging degradation effects on class 1E equipment used in
nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to supplement existing IEEE
nuclear standards in assessing aging degradation effects. The methods
described herein can be used to identify the performance capability of Class
1E equipment beyond its qualified life. The purpose of this revision is to
incorporate feedback received from the industry to make the guide more
useful and applicable to electrical equipment in nuclear generating stations
and, as part of this effort, bring the approaches discussed in the guide
into closer conformance with the present industry philosophy.
Abstract: The guidelines are provided for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating degradation of Class 1E equipment used in nuclear
power generating stations due to aging. The methods described can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E
equipment beyond its qualified life. A discussion of stressors and aging mechanisms is included. If aging considerations have
been satisfactorily addressed through other means (e.g., equipment qualification), then use of this guide may not be warranted.
For some equipment, only partial application of this guide may be warranted.
Key Words: "activation energy, aging, aging assessment, aging effects, aging
management, aging mechanisms, Arrhenius, condition monitoring, degradation,
environmental monitoring, license renewal, radiation model, residual life,
stressor, thermal model"
Designation: P1205
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on
Electrical Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other
Nuclear Facilities
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Rebecca Steinman, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:rls@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for assessing, monitoring, and
mitigating aging effects on electrical equipment used in nuclear power
generating stations and other nuclear facilities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide guidance in
assessing and monitoring aging effects and in developing and implementing
aging management programs for electrical equipment used in nuclear power
generating stations and other nuclear facilities.
Designation: 1205-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring and Mitigating Aging Effects on
Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1205-2000.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 21, 1993
Abstract: The guidelines are provided for assessing, monitoring, and mitigating degradation of Class 1E equipment used in nuclear
power generating stations due to aging. The methods described can be used to identify the performance capability of Class 1E
equipment beyond its qualified life. A discussion of stressors and aging mechanisms is included. If aging considerations have
been satisfactorily addressed through other means (e.g., equipment qualification), then use of this guide may not be warranted.
For some equipment, only partial application of this guide may be warranted.
Key Words: degradation, 1E , failure, maintenance, Life management, Life cycle
assessment, Condition assessment, Class 1E equipment, Aging effects
Designation: 1205-2000/Cor 1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Assessing, Monitoring, and Mitigating Aging Effects on
Class 1E Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations - Corrigendum
1: Thermal Aging Model Corrections
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 10, 2006
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of the corrigendum is to correct three typographical
errors of a minor technical nature (two in Clause 6.6.3 and one in Annex D,
Clause D.1.7) related to performing thermal aging analysis.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the corrigendum is to correct three
typographical errors (identified by user feedback) related to the
performance of thermal aging analysis.
Abstract: Errors identified in IEEE Std 1205-2000 are addressed in this corrigendum.
Key Words: Arrhenius weighted temperature, Boltzman constant
Designation: 1206-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of
Telephone Handsets and Headsets
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 269-2002.
History: BD APP: Mar 23, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994
Abstract: Superseded by 269-2002. Practical methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of telephone handset or headset
by means of using a test connection to obtain objective measurements are provided. The obtained test results may be used as a
means of evaluating or specifying the transmission performance of a handset or headset on a standardized basis.
Key Words: telephone handset, telephone headset, transmission perform,
Transmission performance
Designation: 1207-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric
Generating Units
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2011
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011
Project Scope: This guide complements IEEE standard 125 by providing
application details and the impact of plant and system features upon
hydroelectric governing performance.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance for the
design and application of hydroelectric turbine governing systems. There is
a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the
importance in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic
stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective governing
system application for a better understanding among users. Present standards
do not adequately address this need.
Designation: 1207-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for
Hydroelectric Generating Units
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2004
Technical Contact: David L Kornegay, Phone:715-359-0209x19, Email:d.kornegay@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: This guide will be a complement to IEEE standard 125 by
providing application details and the impact of plant and system features
upon hydroelectric governing performance.
Project Purpose: There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility
industry of the importance in the effective application of governing systems
for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective
governing system application for a better understanding among users.
Present standards do no adequately address this need. This standard will
provide the guidance for the design and application of hydroelectric turbine
governing systems.
Abstract: This guide is intended to complement IEEE Std 125-1988TM, providing application details and addressing the impact of plant
and system features upon hydroelectric unit governing performance. It provides guidance for the design and application of
hydroelectric turbine governing systems. There is a heightened awareness within the electric utility industry of the importance
in the effective application of governing systems for dynamic stability. The need exists to provide guidance in the effective
governing system application for a better understanding among users.
Key Words: control, governor, governing system, hydroelectric, speed, stability
Designation: 1207
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for the Application of Turbine Governing Systems for Hydroelectric
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David L Kornegay, Phone:715-359-0209x19, Email:d.kornegay@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Designation: 1209-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993
Abstract: Adminstratively withdrawn 1999. The evaluation and selection of CASE tools supporting software engineering processes,
including project management processes, predevelopment processes, development processes, postdevelopment processes, and integral
processes, are addressed. The evaluation and selection processes recommended are based upon the perspective of a CASE tool user.
Therefore, the evaluation and selection criteria address only program characteristics visible to the user, such as program inputs
and outputs, program function, user interfaces, and documented external program interfaces.
Key Words: criteria, User needs, CASE tool selection, CASE tool evaluation
Designation: 121
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1210-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling
Lubricants With Wire and Cable
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005
Technical Contact: John M Fee, Phone:651-430-2270, Email:jfee@polywater.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project will detail test methods and
acceptable results for evaluating compatibility of cable pulling lubricants
with cable coverings. This revision will be updated to include newer cable
jackets included in ICEA/NEMA standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise IEEE Std 1210-1996.
Evaluation of pulling lubricants had been done on a non-standard basis.
Standardization helps cable users as well as manufacturers by providing
accepted evaluation methods and critrea. This revision will update to
include newer cable jacket materials in ICEA/NEMA specifications.
Abstract: Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants (compounds) with cable jacket or
other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable pulling lubricants are used to lower the friction on cable as
it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important because lubricants should not
negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatibility of lubricants with a variety of common cable coverings is
considered.
Key Words: cable, cable covering, cable jacket, cable pulling, compatibility,
compound, dielectric withstand, immersion testing, lubricants, physical
properties, volume resistance measurement, wire
Designation: 1210-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Tests for Determining Compatibility of Cable-Pulling
Lubricants With Wire and Cable
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: May 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This standard applies to cable lubricants (compounds) and the
testing and analysis of their interaction with wire and cable. Cable
lubricants are used to lower the tension on cables when they are installed
(pulled) into conduits, ducts, or directionally bored holes. These
lubricants and/or their residues are in direct contact with the cable
exterior covering and may remain so for the life of the cable. Cable
lubricants should be compatible with the cable. They should not interfere
with the function of any component of the cable system which they contact.
Project Purpose: This document will describe standard criteria for testing the
interaction of cable pulling compounds (lubricants) with electrical cable
jacket or other cable exterior covering. These tests and criteria will be
used to determine if the compound is acceptable for use on specific cable
types.
Abstract: Superseded by 1210-2004 Criteria and test methods for determining the compatibility of cable-pulling lubricants
(compounds) with cable jacket or other exterior cable covering are described in this standard. Cable-pulling lubricants are used
to lower the tension on cable as it is pulled into conduit, duct, or directionally bored holes. Compatibility is important
because lubricants should not negatively interact with the cables they lubricate. Compatiblity of lubricants with a variety of
common cable coverings is considered.
Key Words: cable, cable covering, cable jacket, cable pulling, compatibility,
compound, dielectric withstand, immersion testing, lubricants, physical
properties, volume resistence, wire
Designation: 1211
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Standard Definitions, Symbols and Characterization of Ferroelectric Thin
Films, Memory Cells and Device Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dr. Gene H Haertling, Phone:(803) 656-0180
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Designation: 1212-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Control and Status Register (CSR) Architecture for
Microcomputer Buses
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into ISO/IEC 13213:1994. Superseded by 1212-2001.
Technical Contact: David V James
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 14, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1212-2001 A common bus architecture (which includes functional components—modules, nodes, and
units—and their address space, transaction set, CSRs, and configuration information) suitable for both parallel and serial buses
is provided in this standard. Bus bridges are enabled by the architecture, but their details are beyond its scope. Configuration
information is self-administered by vendors and organizations based upon IEEE Registration Authority company_id.
Key Words: CSR, architecture, bus, standard, interoperability, microprocessors,
node, registers, sets
Designation: 1212-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for
Microcomputer Buses
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Brian D Batchelder, Phone:360-212-4107, Email:batchelder@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard, a revision of ISO/IEC 13213:1994;
its scope reflects accumulated experience with the CSR architecture since it
was first promulgated as a standard in 1991. In the intervening years, two
bus standards, Scaleable Coherent Interface (SCI), IEEE Std 1596-199x, and
Serial Bus, IEEE Std 1394-1995, have been the source of most practical
implementation experience. The revised scope of the CSR architecture is
given below: a) The overall architectural framework partitions the total
available address space into equal spaces available to individual nodes. A
node's address space is in turn partitioned into regions which have
different usage models, e.g., memory space, private space for vendor uses,
configuration ROM and an I/O space (units space) where transactions may have
side effects; b) A minimal transaction set (read, write and lock requests
and their associated completion responses) required for compliant bus
standards. Bus bridges compliant with this architecture, whether in a
homogeneous or heterogeneous environment, are also expected to transport
this transaction set; c) Fundamental control and status registers (CSRs)
are defined to provide a common infrastructure for all compliant buses. In
some cases the details of the registers are entirely bus-dependent but the
function is common to all compliant buses; d) Message request and response
CSRs are specified to enable directed delivery or broadcast of messages to
multiple nodes. The message format permits organizations or vendors to
define the meaning of the data payload without the need for a centralized
registry of all possible formats; and e) Configuration ROM provides self-
descriptive data structures that permit nodes to uniformly characterize the
device services available. This is critical for buses that permit live
insertion and removal of nodes; each newly inserted node contains sufficient
information for it to be uniquely identified and for the requisite device
drivers to be loaded. Although the original CSR architecture anticipated
widespread development of bridges between heterogeneous bus standards and a
diversity of addressing modes, both fixed and variable, no such
implementations have been made. As a consequence, the most significant
changes in scope between the earlier CSR architecture and this standard are
the adoption of a single, fixed addressing model and the removal of tutorial
material pertaining to the design of bridges.
Project Purpose: The cardinal purpose of any revised standard is to correct or
resolve ambiguities or deficiencies in the prior standard that have been
revealed by applications (or attempted applications) of the earlier
standard. This standard also preserves the following objectives of the
original standard: a) Scalability. The CSR architecture is intended to be
applicable to a wide range of bus standards and furthermore to a wide range
of device capabilities implemented by particular products; b)
Extensibility. The architecture supports contemporary processor and bus
designs and, to the extent that one can anticipate the future, should be a
useful framework for similar new designs. In particular, the addressing
model is well suited to 32-bit and 64-bit processors. The CSR architecture
creates no obstacles for the designers of adapters that bridge between
common system memory and I/O buses; c) Open systems interoperability. The
configuration ROM data structures, as well as the fundamental CSRs, provide
tools which vendors may use to guarantee that their devices will work with
each other. The segregation of one unit architecture from another tends to
restrict possible adverse affects by one module, node or unit upon another;
d) Manageability. The CSR architecture permits the design of systems that
require little or no administration and are simple to support. Automatic
configuration based upon configuration ROM is a key feature; indeed, it is
essential when the applicable bus standard supports live insertion and
removal of devices; and e) Parallelism. Although not directly addressed by
this standard, the architecture contains no features that might preclude its
use in a multiprocessor configuration. The above is a smaller set of
objectives than described in ISO/IEC 13213:1994. The working group
responsible for the development of this revised standard believes that its
usefulness has been enhanced by restricting some of the unrealized goals of
the earlier work.
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 A common bus architecture (which includes functional components--modules,
nodes,and units--and their address space, transaction set, CSRs, and configuration information) suitablefor both parallel and
serial buses is provided in this standard. Bus bridges are enabled by the archi-tecture, but their details are beyond its scope.
Configuration information is self- administered byvendors and organizations based upon IEEE Registration Authority company_id.
Key Words: "address
space,architecture,bus,computer,CSR,interconnect,microprocessor,register,tra
nsaction set"
Designation: 1212.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for Communicating Among Processors and Peripherals Using
Shared Memory (Direct Memory Access - DMA)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1993
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 Primitive yet high-performance means are defined for passing messages across the
bus between the Processor and some form of intelligence in the I/O Unit's Function. This message-passing scheme makes minimal
demands on the instruction set and hardware required. In addition, several simple conventions are defined for the structure of
the messages passed. The intent is to provide a standard architectural framework that supports the detailed definition of
application-dependent I/O Unit and Function interface standards. The algorithms and definitions themselves are useful in the
design of integrated circuits for I/O.
Key Words: Processor, Memory, I/O, Direct memory access, DMA
Designation: 1214-1992
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Multichannel Analyzer (MCA) Histogram Data Interchange
Format for Nuclear Spectroscopy
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 1993
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1993
Abstract: A standard format for data interchange used to transfer pulse height data on magnetic media between laboratories is
provided. The terms used in file records are defined. The contents consist only of ASCII characters and can be transmitted over
networks and other direct links. Example programs to read data in FORTRAN, BASIC and C are provided.
Key Words: data transfer, multichannel pulse height data, histogram data
interchange, interchange, multichannel analyzer, nuclear spectroscopy
Designation: 1215-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Separable Insulated Connectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2002
Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Project Scope: This guide provides general information on the application and
operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be basic, and
supplement the manufacturer's specific recommendations and established
utility practices.
Project Purpose: This guide covers the application of separable connectors,
rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems.
Included are design considerations and guidelines for the construction,
installation, and operation of 200 A loadbreak connectors and for 200 and
600 A deadbreak (non-loadbreak) connectors.
Abstract: This guide provides general information on the application and operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be
basic, and supplement the manufacturer’s specific recommenda-tions and established utility practices.
Key Words: "connectors, power distribution, switchgear"
Designation: P1215
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Application of Separable Insulated Connectors
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Harry Hayes, Phone:314-554-3233, Email:hhayes@ameren.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This guide provides general information on the application and
operation of separable connectors. It is intended to be basic, and
supplement the manufacturer's specific recommendations and established
utility practices.
Project Purpose: This guide covers the application of separable connectors,
rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems.
Included are design considerations and guidelines for the construction,
installation, and operation of 200 A loadbreak connectors and for 200 and
600 A deadbreak (non-loadbreak) connectors.
Designation: 1216-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for 200 A,
Single-Phase Underground Residential Distribution (URD)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2001
Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: This Application Guide provides information on what a basic
faulted circuit indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for
selecting FCIs. The application of FCIs to single-phase, 200 amp URD
circuits is described.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the first industry
document providing application and use guidelines for faulted circuit
indicators in the electric power industry.
Abstract: This application guide provides information on what a basic faulted circuit indicator (FCI) is designed to do, and
describes methods for selecting FCIs. The application of FCIs to single-phase, 200 A, underground residential distribution (URD)
circuits is described.
Key Words: "overcurrent protection, power distribution"
Designation: 1217-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Guide for Preservative Treatment of Wood Distribution and
Transmission Line Structures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 22, 2001
Technical Contact: Robert Lash, Phone:202 720 2301, Email:bob.lash@wdc.usda.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: A practical guide to utility engineers for specifying
preservative treatments for wood structures used on distribution and
transmission lines.
Project Purpose: To consolidate many treatment methods for wood into one
document.
Abstract: This guide discusses the preservative treatment of both distribution and transmission wood poles. The guide includes
definitions, descriptions of equipment, methods of treatment, information about preservatives, and preparation and specifications
for treatment.
Key Words: "overhead distribution lines, overhead transmission lines,
preservative treatment, wood distribution structures, wood transmission
structures"
Designation: 1218
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Maintenance of Wood Transmission and Distribution Line
Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nelson G Bingel, Phone:770-632-6703, Email:nbingel@osmose.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: 1218
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Maintenance of Wood Transmission and Distribution Line
Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nelson G Bingel, Phone:770-632-6703, Email:nbingel@osmose.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: A practical guide to utility engineers for inspection, repair,
and replacement of wood transmission and distribution line structures.
Project Purpose: To provide a guide to engineers that is not now covered by
similar documents.
Designation: 1219-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Maintenance
Status: Superseded
**Being revised as P14764.
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To address issues and problems of software maintenance and
required actions and procedures which can help organizations meet the
growing demands of maintaining existing systems. Tools and techniques that
may be used to improve the control of software maintenance activities are
discusses. Managing the maintenance process and maintenance specific
definitions will be included in the standard. In addition it will establish
a correlation between the content of software maintenance plan as derfined
in 1219 and the content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for
Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by
adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions relating to content of
the two documents and trace content between subject documentation. 5/9/97
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards. This will help users to
produce results consistent with the international standard for software life
cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207.
Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEC 14746: 2006 The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described.
Key Words: "life cycle,maintenance,software,software maintenance"
Designation: 1219-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Maintenance
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1219-1998 The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described.
Key Words: maintenance, software
Designation: 122-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional Performance Characteristics of
Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1986
Abstract: Superseded by 122-1991. Minimum functional and performance characteristics related to speed/load-control systems for
steam turbine-generator units that may be interconnected on a power system are recommended. The recommendations apply to the
following types of steam turbines, rated at 500 kW and larger, intended to drive electric generators at constant speed without
initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam pressure control, or either: (1) condensing or noncondensing turbines without
initial steam-pressure control, exhaust steam-pressure control, or either, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative
feedwater heaters, or both; (2) condensing or noncondensing turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam-pressure control,
including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (3) automatic extraction and/or induction and
mixed-pressure turbines. Emergency governors, other overspeed control devices, and, in general, devices that are not responsive
to speed are not covered.
Key Words: control systems, steam turbine-generator units, performance
Designation: 122-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Functional and Performance Characteristics
of Control Systems for Steam Turbine-Generator Units
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 122-1985. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: Martin H Ewer, Phone:(215) 887-3039
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Minimum functional and performance characteristics related to speed/load-control systems for steam turbine-generator units
that may be interconnected on a power system are recommended. The recommendations apply to the following types of steam turbines,
rated at 500 kW and larger, intended to drive electric generators at constant speed without initial steam-pressure control,
exhaust steam-pressure control, or either: (1) condensing or noncondensing turbines without initial steam-pressure control,
exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative feedwater heaters, or both; (2) condensing or
noncondensing turbines with initial and/or exhaust steam-pressure control, including turbines used with reheat, regenerative
feedwater heaters, or both; (3) automatic extraction and/or induction and mixed-pressure turbines. Emergency governors, other
overspeed control devices, and, in general, devices that are not responsive to speed, are not covered.
Key Words: induction turbines, condensing turbines, mixed-pressure,
noncondensing , steam turbine, generator units, Noncondensing turbines,
Mixed-pressure turbines, Automatic induction turbines, Automatic extraction
turbines
Designation: 1220-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering
Process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2005
Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:terry.doran@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: (First para of existing 1.1, Scope): "This standard deÞnes the
interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle
to transform customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system
solution. This document is intended to guide the development of systems
(which include humans, computers, and software) for commercial, government,
military, and space applications. The information applies to an enterprise
within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and
establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle
sustainment." The scope of the revision is to be unchanged.
Project Purpose: (Existing 1.2, Purpose): "The purpose of this document is to
provide a standard for managing a system from initial concept through
development, operations, and disposal. The inclusion of computers and
associated software in today's products has made the need to engineer each
of those products as a total system more acute. The human, physical, and
software components should all be addressed to optimize overall system
performance." The purpose of the revision project is to harmonize the
standard with the new ISO/IEC 15288, System Life Cycle Processes.
Abstract: The interdisciplinary tasks that are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform stakeholder needs,
requirements, and constraints into a system solution are defined. This standard is intended to guide the development of systems
for commercial, government, military, and space applications. The information applies to a project within an enterprise that is
responsible for developing a product design and establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle
sustainment.
Key Words: acquire, analysis, architecture, building block, design, development
, component, hardware, interface, life cycle processes, software, supplier,
synthesis, system life cycle, system engineering, technical management,
validation, verification
Designation: 1220-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering
Process
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: This standard defines the tasks which are required throughout
the system's life-cycle to transform customer requirements into a system
solution. This includes the definition of technical performance measures,
the integration of engineering specialties toward the establishment of a
system architecture, and the definition of supporting life-cycle processes
which balance cost, performance, schedule and risk objectives. The standard
is intended for systems for commercial, government, military and space
applications.
Project Purpose: To clarify the use of terminology in the document.
Incorporate lessons learned during the trial use period from both teaching
classes based on the document and field experience of users, and clarify
relationships with other standards within the IEEE Software Engineering
collection.
Abstract: Superseded by 1220-2005 The interdisciplinary tasks, which are required throughout a systemÕs life cycle to trans-form
customer needs, requirements, and constraints into a system solution, are defined. In addition,the requirements for the systems
engineering process and its application throughout the productlife cycle are specified. The focus of this standard is on
engineering activities necessary to guideproduct development while ensuring that the product is properly designed to make it
affordable toproduce, own, operate, maintain, and eventually to dispose of, without undue risk to health or theenvironment.
Key Words: 1220-1998_body.fm
Designation: 1220-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Trial Use Standard for Application and Management of the Systems
Engineering Process
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994
Abstract: lEEE Trial-Use Standard for Application and Management of the Systems Engineering Process
Key Words: enterprise, SEDS, SEMS, SEMP, system engineering plan, master
schedule, systems engineering process
Designation: 12207-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Systems and software engineering -- Software life cycle processes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2008
**Revision of IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Jan 31, 2008, ANSI APP: Jun 17, 2008
Project Scope: This International Standard establishes a common framework for
software life cycle processes, with welldefined terminology, that can be
referenced by the software industry. It contains processes, activities, and
tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a software product or
service and during the supply, development, operation, maintenance and
disposal of software products. Software includes the software portion of
firmware. This International Standard applies to the acquisition of
systems and software products and services, to the supply, development,
operation, maintenance, and disposal of software products and the software
portion of a system, whether performed internally or externally to an
organization. Those aspects of system definition needed to provide the
context for software products and services are included. This
International Standard also provides a process that can be employed for
defining, controlling, and improving software life cycle processes.
The processes, activities and tasks of this International Standard—either
alone or in conjunction with ISO/IEC 15288—may also be applied during the
acquisition of a system that contains software.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to provide a
defined set of processes to facilitate communication among acquirers,
suppliers and other stakeholders in the life cycle of a software product.
This International Standard is written for acquirers of systems and software
products and services and for suppliers, developers, operators,
maintainers, managers, quality assurance managers, and users of software
products. This International Standard is intended for use in a two-party
situation and may be equally applied where the two parties are from the
same organization. The situation may range from an informal agreement up to
a legally binding contract. The International Standard may be used by a
single party through a self-imposed set of processes. This clause does
not prevent the use of ISO/IEC 12207 by suppliers or developers of off-the-
shelf software. This International Standard is written for acquirers
of systems and software products and services and for suppliers, developers,
operators, maintainers, managers, quality assurance managers, and users of
software products. This International Standard is intended for use in a
two-party situation and may be equally applied where the two parties are
from the same organization. The situation may range from an informal
agreement up to a legally binding contract. The International Standard may
be used by a single party through a self-imposed set of processes. This
clause does not prevent the use of ISO/IEC 12207 by suppliers or developers
of off-the-shelf software.
Abstract: Supersedes Std. 12207.0 and also makes 12207.2 obsolete. This International Standard was jointly developed by ISO/IEC and
IEEE. This International Standard establishes a common framework for software life cycle processes, with well-defined
terminology, that can be referenced by the software industry. It applies to the acquisition of systems and software products and
services, to the supply, development, operation, maintenance, and disposal of software products and the software portion of a
system, whether performed internally or externally to an organization. Those aspects of system definition needed to provide the
context for software products and services are included. Software includes the software portion of firmware. This revision
integrates ISO/IEC 12207:1995 with its two amendments and was coordinated with the parallel revision of ISO/IEC 15288:2002
(System life cycle processes) to align structure, terms, and corresponding organizational and project processes. This standard
may be used stand alone or jointly with ISO/IEC 15288, and supplies a process reference model that supports process capability
assessment in accordance with ISO/IEC 15504-2 (Process assessment). An annex provides support for IEEE users and describes
relationships of this International Standard to IEEE standards.
Key Words: 12207-2008, acquisition, agreement, assessment, audit, configuration
management, development, maintenance, disposal, operation, process
reference model, process improvement, quality assurance, retirement,
supply, validation, verification
Designation: 12207-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 12207, International Standard - Information Technology -
Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
**This project was formerly known as 1448. The complete title is IEEE/EIA
12207-1996. Superseded by 12207-2008.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1998
Project Scope: ISO/IEC 12207 is an organized set processes, tasks and
activities for acquiring and supplying of software covering the life cycle
from conceptualization of ideas through retirement. It provides a common
framework for reducing the proliferation of standards, procedures, methods,
tools, and environments for developing and managing software. it also will
provide a basis for international trade for software development,
maintenance, and operation.
Project Purpose: This international standard establishes a common framework for
software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be
referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks that
are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains software,
a stand-alone software product, and software service and during the supply,
development, operation, and maintenance of software products. Software
includes the software portion of firmware.
Abstract: This IEThe 12207 Set contains: IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996 - Abstract: ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing
and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the
two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 contains concepts and guidelines to foster better understanding and application of the
standard. Thus this standard provides industry a basis for software practices that would be usable for both national and
international business.
Key Words: acquisition process, audit, configuration management, development
process, maintenance process, operation process, quality assurance, supply
process, tailoring process, validation, verification IEEE/EIA 12207.1-
1997- Abstract: ISO/IEC 12207 provides a
Designation: 12207
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering -- Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 12207 as IEEE 12207.0. ISO/IEC
JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. This project will
permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the result. The
scope of the document is substantively unchanged from the previous version:
"This International Standard establishes a common framework for
software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can be
referenced by the software industry. It contains processes, activities, and
tasks that are to be applied during the acquisition of a software product or
service and during the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of
software products. Software includes the software portion of
firmware."
Project Purpose: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 12207 as IEEE 12207.0-1996.
ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. The purpose
of this project is to permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and
adopt the result.
Designation: 12207-2007-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Systems and Software Engineering -- Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**International Standard jointly developed by ISO/IEC/IEEE
Designation: 12207.0-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
**This project was originally known as P1448 and includes 1448a. Superseded
by 12207-2008.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework
for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can
be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks
that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains
software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during
the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products.
Software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain
the in sum country foreward including compliance methodology, software life
cycle prodess objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts
of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite
of standards consisting of three parts: ISO 12207, 12207.1, and 12207.2.
Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related
methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand,
and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective
responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The supplement will
add: (1) enhance compliance approach to fit a variety of situations. (2)
provide clarification to the intent of ISO 12207, (3) provide additions to
meet the conventions of the Software Engineering Standards for process
standards.
Abstract: Superseded by 12207:2008(E) (IEEE Std 12207-2008). This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software
Engineering. ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the
clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the
Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 contains
concepts and guidelines to foster better understanding and application of the standard. Thus this standard provides industry a
basis for software practices that would be usable for both national and international business.
Key Words: 12207, managing software, industry practices
Designation: 12207.1-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life
Cycle Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 27, 1998
**This project was formerly known as P1448.1
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework
for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can
be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks
that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains
software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during
the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products.
Software includes software portion of firmware. The standard will provide an
integrated set of data descriptions for recording or capturing the results
of the software life cycle processes of ISO 12207. The proposed standard
will relate the needs of the developer who produces the life cycle data to
the presentation needs of the various parties who use the data. It will
provide direction to which IEEE standards provide guidance on presentation
and organization of the life cycle data.
Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related
methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand,
and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective
responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The proposed
standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207.
Improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment. Provide
an integrated content view of data produced by life cycle processes.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for
developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) as formulated by a joint
project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.1 provides guidance for recording life cycle data resulting from the life cycle
processes of IEEE/EIA 12207.0.
Key Words: update:2376
Designation: 12207.2-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Implementation Considerations
Status: Superseded
**This project was formerly known as P1448.2
Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: The base document ISO/IEC 12207, establishes a common framework
for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can
be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks
that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains
software, a stand-alone software product, and software service and during
the supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products.
Software includes software portion of firmware. The proposed standard will
provide guidance for software reuse, software process management indicators,
categories for problem reporting, guidance on software/system architecture,
development strategies, tailoring and build planning, and software product
evaluations, alternate means of compliance for joint reviews, configuration
management and acquirer-supplier interaction.
Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related
methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand,
and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective
responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The proposed
standard will increase harmonization between IEEE standards and ISO 12207.
Improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the industrial environment by
providing more options as to its use. Improve the implementation of ISO
12207.
Abstract: Superseded by 12207:2008(E) (IEEE Std 12207-2008). This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software
Engineering. ISO/IEC 12207 provides a common framework for developing and managing software. IEEE/EIA 12207.0 consists of the
clarifications, additions, and changes accepted by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the
Electronic Industries Association (EIA) as formulated by a joint project of the two organizations. IEEE/EIA 12207.2 provides
implementation consideration guidance for the normative clauses of IEEE/EIA 12207.0. The guidance is based on software industry
experience with the life cycle processes presented in IEEE/EIA 12207.0.
Key Words: 12207.2-1997, acquisition, agreement, assessment, audit,
configuration management, development, maintenance, disposal, operation,
process reference model, process improvement, quality assurance, retirement,
supply, validation, verification
Designation: 1221-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Guide for Fire Hazard Assessment of Electrical Insulating Materials
in Electrical Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Fire hazards from electrical distribution and utilization systems installed in industrial, residential, and public
buildings/areas are covered. A method for practical fire hazard assessment for electrical equipment containing insulating
materials, based on relevant fire or failure scenarios drawn from service experience and engineering analysis, is established.
The relationship between small-scale material tests and large- scale fire hazard tests is discussed. Written for the electrical
engineer responsible for the safety of electrical systems and equipment, this guide provides guidelines for design of insulation
systems and selection of insulating materials and aids in the use of codes, regulations, standards, product listings, and testing
to improve safety.
Key Words: 1221-1993
Designation: 1222-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Standard for Testing and Performance for All-Dielectric Self-
Supporting (ADSS) Fiber Optic Cable for Use on Electric Utility Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 1222-2004.
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical,
and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test
requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all-
dielectric, nonmetallic, self-supporting fiber optic (ADSS) cable. The ADSS
cable is designed to be located primarily on overhead utility facilities.
Project Purpose: The standard provides both construction and performance
requirements for maintenance of the proper optical fiber integrity and
optical transmission capabilities of ADSS cable. This standard may involve
hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This standard does not
purport to address all of the safety issues associated with its use. It is
the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate
safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory
limitations prior to use.
Abstract: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance
criteria, test requirements, and environmental considerations for an all-dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable designed to
be located on overhead electric power utility and telecommunications facilities. This does not include cables used for
underground installations.
Key Words: ADSS, all-dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable, IEEE 1222,
overhead utility
Designation: 1222
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989
Designation: 1222-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1222-2011.
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical
and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test
requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all-
dielectric self-supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on
overhead or underground electric utility facilities.
Project Purpose: The standard provides both construction and performance
requirements that insure within the guidelines of this standard that the
dielectric capabilities of the cable components and maintenance of optical
fiber integrity and optical transmissions are proper.
Abstract: SUMMARY: This standard covers construction, mechanical, electrical, and optical performance, installation guidelines,
acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories for an all-dielectric, non-metallic, self-
supporting fiber optic (ADSS) cable. The ADSS cable is designed to be located primarily on overhead utility facilities. This
standard provides both construction and performance requirements that insure within the guidelines of the standard that the
dielectric capabilities of the cable components and maintenance of optical fiber integrity and optical transmissions are proper.
Key Words: IEEE Std 1222-2003 , 1222 , You will receive an email from Customer
Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Designation: 1222
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for All-Dielectric Self-Supporting Fiber Optic Cable
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, electrical
and optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test
requirements, and environmental considerations for an all-dielectric self-
supporting fiber optic cable designed to be located on overhead electric
power utility and telecommunications facilities. This does not include
cables used for underground installations.
Project Purpose: The standard is being revised to reflect many advances in both
the industry and technology and to transfer hardware requirements to
standard P1591.2.
Designation: 1223
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Guide for the Use of Digital Signal Processing in Analyzing the Records
of High Voltage Tests
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Terence R McComb, Phone:(613) 993-2660, Email:terry.mccomb@nrc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989
Designation: 1224-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Open Systems Interconnection
(OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation--Application Program Interfaces (API)
[Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A general-purpose application program
interface (API) for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of potentially complex Open Systems Interconnection
(OSI) information objects is defined in terms that are independent of any particular programming language. The API provides tools
for manipulating objects defined using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), shielding the application programmer from much of
the complexity of ASN.1 It is designed to be used in conjunction with, but is otherwise independent of, application-specific APIs
for OSI.
Key Words: API, ASN.1, OSI, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object
management, Language independent, Application portability, Abstract syntax
notation
Designation: 1224.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic
Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Application program interfaces (APIs) to X.400-based electronic messaging services are defined in terms that are
independent of any particular programming language. A general-purpose API that makes the functionality of a message transfer
system (MTS) accessible to a message store (MS) or user agent (UA), or the functionality of a simple MS accessible to a UA, is
provided. An X.400 gateway API divides a message transfer agent (MTA) into two software components, a messaging system gateway
and an X.400 gateway service. This standard, and the language bindings derived from it, are intended to be used in conjunction
with IEEE Std 1224-1993, which provides a general-purpose API for the creation, examination, modification, and deletion of OSI
information objects.
Key Words: X.400, Open systems interconnection, Open systems, Object
management, OSI, Language independent, Electronic messaging, Application
portability, API
Designation: 1224.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Directory Services--
Application Programming Interface (API) [Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly P1003.17
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: A application program interface (API) to OSI directory services is defined in terms that are independent of any particular
programming language. The interface, which supports applications portability at the source-code level, is intended to be used by
both applications developers and directory service implementors.
Key Words: Portable application, POSIX, Open systems, Directory, Application
portability, ASN.1, API
Designation: 1224.2 Int-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Std 1224.2-1993/1327.2/INT, October 1995 Edition
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Directory Services -
Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent] and IEEE Std 1327.2-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology -
Directory Services C Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interface (API). The results of its deliberations are
presented in this documents. The intent is to give the directory services community resonable ways of interpreting unclear
portions of these standards.
Key Words: directory services, interpretations, X 500, X.500
Designation: 1224/1224.1/1327-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standards Interpretations for Std 1224-1993, Std 1327.1-1993, Std
1224.1-1993
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Portable Applications Standards Committee of the IEEE Computer Society carried out a series of analyses of various
problems encountered by users of IEEE Std 1224-1993, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑOpen Systems Interconnection (OSI)
Abstract Data ManipulationÑApplication Program Interface (API); IEEE Std 1327-1993, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑOpen
Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language InterfacesÑBinding for Application Program Interface (API);
and IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information TechnologyÑX.400-Based Electronic MessagingÑApplication Program Interface
(API). The results of its deliberations are presented in this document. The intent is to give the 1224 community reasonable ways
of interpreting unclear portions of these standards.
Key Words: computer, computer environments, interfaces, interpretations, OM,
API, OSI, X.400
Designation: 1226-1993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for A Broad-Based Environment for Test
(ABBET) Overview and Architecture
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993
Abstract: Superseded. The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) is defined, and mandatory requirements for
implementations ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET and their interrelationships are described. Guidelines and
requirements governing the elements of the ABBET set of standards and guides are established, and common terms to be used
throughout the set are defined.
Key Words: ABBET, ABBET layer, base document, component standard, reference
document, broad based, environment for test
Designation: 1226-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for a Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM)),
Overview and Architecture
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: ABBET will provide standards for an integrated environment,
realizing the capabilities of test related standards including, at a
minimum, active standards sponsored by the IEEE Standards Coordinating
Committee 20. The ABBET family of standards consists of a base standard and
a series (P1226.1, etc.) of componet standards and guides. This PAR is for
the base standard which represents an overview of ABBET and its
architecture. The architecture describes the elements of ABBET and their
inter-relationships. The ABBET base standard also establishes guidelines
and requirements to govern the elements of the ABBET component standards and
guides.
Project Purpose: To define a standard, broad based, environment which uses
other standards relating to design, test, and maintenance activities.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. The overall concept of A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) TM is
defined, andmandatory requirements for implementation of ABBET are specified. The elements of ABBET andtheir interrelationships
are described. Guidelines and requirements governing the elements of theABBET set of standards and guides are established, and
common terms to be used throughout theset are defined.
Key Words: "ABBET,product test,diagnostis,software framework"
Designation: 1226.1-1993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for Common Ada Packages for A Broad-
Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Ada packages that specify general
purpose test support data types and services for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to
support the specification, implementation, and use of the other IEEE ABBET component standards. ABBET uses the features of Ada to
specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design data, test requirements/strategies, and test results
management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control programs.
Key Words: Ada, ABBET, CAtlas, broad based environment
Designation: 1226.10
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Tuntime Services for a Broad Based
Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: To define the software interface for runtime services in ABBET.
This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET).
Project Purpose: To provide a standard software interface for communications
and control of Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) runtime services. There is no
current standard to provide this capability.
Designation: 1226.11
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard Test Resource Information for a Broad-Based Environment for
Test (ABBET)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: To define the test resource information. This is a component
standard of IEEE 1226 (ABBET).
Project Purpose: The purpose is to defgine the test resource information that
describes test system and the interface to that information in an ABBET
environment. There is no current standard which provides this capability.
Designation: 1226.12
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Formal Representation and Exchange of Test Requirements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will provide the methodology and formats for the
formal representation of test requirements and will define a common format
by which such representation can be exchanged.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally
represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical
requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process
evaluation, and test ptogram generation.
Designation: 1226.13
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Parametric Data Log Format
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary L Hardenburg, Phone:619-675-5802, Email:gary.hardenburg@gdesystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will define the file and record formats for
parametric test data acquired during a test operation. This standard
supports and is part of the IEEE 1226 family of standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to log
parametric data so that the data can be exchanged for the purpose of
analysis and historical trend reporting.
Designation: 1226.2-1993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Trial-Use Standard for Ada-Based ATLAS-Level Test
Procedure Interface for A Broad-Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993
Abstract: Ada packages that specify data types and services for the Ada-based ATLAS-level test procedure interface for a broad-based
environment for test (ABBET) are defined. They are to be used to support the development of Ada- based, UUT-directed, signal-
oriented test programs. IEEE ABBET uses the features of Ada to specify a comprehensive environment for integrating product design
data, test requirements/strategies, and test results management in the implementation of automated test systems and test control
programs.
Key Words: C/ATLAS, Ada, ABBET
Designation: 1226.3-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Interface for Resource Management for a Broad
Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Mar 26, 1998
Project Scope: To define the software interface to access Test Equipment
Configuration information. This is a component standard of IEEE Standard
1226 9ABBET).
Project Purpose: To define the interfaces to services which obtain descriptive
and control information about an automatic test system and to define the
interfaces to services that perform virtual and real resource management.
There is no current standard to provide this capability.
Abstract: The services needed to access and manage descriptive information about resources in an automatic test system (ATS) are
covered. This information includes data about the automatic test equipment (ATE) instruments, switching, and the test subject
adapter. This standard is a com-ponent of the ABBET set of standards.
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: 1226.4
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Instrument Drivers for a Broad Based
Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: To define the software interface for control of instrument
resources in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226
(ABBET).
Project Purpose: To enhance instrument interoperability by providing standard
software interfaces to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) Test Instrumentation
Services. There is no current standard to provide this capability.
Designation: 1226.5
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface to Communication Buses for a Broad Based
Environment For Test (ABBET(TM))
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: To define the software interface to test resource communication
buses within an ABBET system. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard
1226 (ABBET).
Project Purpose: To enhance the reusability and portability of test resource
control software by providing standard software interfaces to test resource
communication buses. There is no current standard to provide this
capability.
Designation: 1226.6-1996
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE ABBET(TM) Guide for the Understanding of the "A Broad Based
Environment for Test (ABBET)(TM)" Standard
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Apr 15, 1996
Abstract: As a part of the family of IEEE ABBET™ standards, this guide facilitates an understanding of the relationships of IEEE
ABBET 1226-1993 and its component standards, as well as the relationship of an ABBET implementation with the design, production,
support, and operational environments with which it may be used.
Key Words: ABBET, ABBET layers, base document, component standard, information
sharing, product life cycle, software reuse, systems architecture
Designation: 1226.7
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Trial Use Standard Product Description Interface for a Broad Based
Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: Develop an implementation independent description of standard
interfaces to product description data required for development of test.
The product description data will include test models of the product
physical, circuit, logic, and functional design including BIT and BITE. The
test models will support design verification, manufacturing test and
diagnostics. This is a component standard of the IEEE Standard 1226
(ABBET). The development of standard interfaces to machine processable
product description information will support analysis of completed design,
manufacturing, and maintenance test issues during the product design. The
standard interfaces will support application of design information across
manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnosis.
Project Purpose: The development of standard interfaces to machine processable
product description information will support analysis of completed design,
manufacturing, and maintenance test issues during the product design. The
standard interfaces will support application of design information across
manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnosis.
Designation: 1226.8
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Trial Use Standard Test Strategy and Requirements Interface for a Broad
Based Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: Develop an implementation independent description of standard
interfaces to information used to support products in the following process
areas (1) assessment of product testability, (2) test equipment requirements
analysis, and (3) test program generation. The interfaces will include: (1)
product test requirements, (2) diagnostic performance assessment, (3) test
strategies, (4) diagnostic flow generation, (5) automatic test generation,
(6) artificial intelligence and expert system interfaces. This is a
component standard of the IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET).
Project Purpose: The development of standard interfaces which are machine
processable is intended to support (1) the development of automated test and
diagnostics, (2) analysis of design, (3) application of design information
across manufacturing and maintenance phase test and diagnostics, and (4) the
standard graphical display of information for test developer and user.
Designation: 1226.9
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Resource Classes for a Broad Based
Environment for Test (ABBET(TM))
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: To define the software interface for control of resource classes
in ABBET. This is a Component Standard of IEEE Standard 1226 (ABBET).
Project Purpose: To enhance instrument interchangeability by providing standard
software interfaces to Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) test resources
services. There is no current standard to provide this capability.
Designation: 1227-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Guide for the Measurement of DC Electric-Field Strength and Ion
Related Quantities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Guidance is provided for measuring the electric-field strength, ion-current density, conductivity, monopolar space-charge
density, and net space-charge density in the vicinity of HVDC power lines, in converter substations, and in apparatus designed to
simulate the HVDC power-line environment.
Key Words: Ion Related, Measurements, DC Electric-Field, Power lines, Net
space-charge density, Monopolar space-charge density, Ion-current density,
Electric-field strength, Conductivity
Designation: 1228-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Safety Plans
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The minimum acceptable requirements for the
content of a software safety plan are established. This standard applies to the software safety plan used for the development,
procurement, maintenance, and retirement of safety-critical software. This standard requires that the plan be prepared within the
context of the system safety program. Only the safety aspects of the software are included. This standard does not contain
special provisions required for software used in distributed systems or in parallel processors.
Key Words: Software safety program, Software safety plan, Safety-critical
software, Safety requirements
Designation: 1228
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Planning Software in Safety Related Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Patricia Trellue, Phone:505-845-9734, Email:patrell@sandia.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Revise the existing Std 1228.
Project Purpose: Change title; Changes to existing technology that have
occurred since 1994 that affect the standard. In particular, the increasing
use of commercial off-the-shelf software in safety applications will be
considered. New development paradigms that have attained commercial and
governmental use in safety applications.
Designation: 1229
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Definitions for Electrical Heat Tracing
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989
Designation: 123
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1230
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Measurement of Radio Noise from the Testing of High Voltage
Hardware and Insulators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert G Olsen, Phone:509-335-4950, Email:olsen@eecs.wsu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989
Designation: 1232-2010
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to
All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1232-2002
Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: The AI-ESTATE standard defines formal specifications for
supporting system diagnosis. These specifications support the exchange and
processing of diagnostic information and the control of diagnostic
processes. Diagnostic processes include, but are not limited to, testability
analysis, diagnosability assessment, diagnostic reasoning, maintenance
support, and diagnostic maturation.
Project Purpose: The AI-ESTATE standard provides formal models of diagnostic
information to ensure unambiguous access to an understanding of the
information supporting system testing and diagnosis. The standard defines
formal information models and software services specific to several
different types of diagnostic reasoners. The purpose is to provide
semantically sound definitions of diagnostic knowledge and to specify
software exchange and service interfaces that are consistent with the state
of the practice in modern test and diagnostic systems (e.g., the use of
eXtensible Markup Language [XML] and web services).
Abstract: Data interchange and standard software services for test and diagnostic environments are defined by Artificial
Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AIESTATE). The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfaces
for functional elements of an intelligent diagnostic reasoner and representations of diagnostic knowledge and data for use by
such diagnostic reasoners. Formal information models are defined to form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of
persistent diagnostic information between two reasoners and also to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. The
services to control a diagnostic reasoned are defined by this standard.
Key Words: AI-ESTATE, Bayesian Network, diagnosis, diagnostic inference,
diagnostic model, diagnostic services, D-matrix, fault tree, IEEE 1232,
knowledge exchange, system test
Designation: 1232-2002
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and
Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI- ESTATE)
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 1232-1995, 1232.1-1997, and 1232.2-1998. Superseded by 1232-
2010.
Technical Contact: John W Sheppard, Phone:410-266-2099, Email:jsheppar@arinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002
Project Scope: The standard defines formal specifications for supporting system
diagnosis. These specifications support the exchange and processing of
diagnostic information, and the control of diagnostic processes. Diagnostic
processes include, but are not limited to, testability analysis,
diagnosability assessment, diagnostic reasoning, maintenance support and
diagnostic maturation.
Project Purpose: This standard provides formal models of diagnostic information
to ensure unambiguous access to and understanding of the information
supportiing system test and diagnosis. The standard unifies and expands upon
the specifications published in IEEE Std 1232-1995, IEEE Std 1232.1-1997,
and IEEE Std 1232.2-1998.
Abstract: Superseded by IEC/IEEE 62243-2005 (SH/SS95359) AI-ESTATE is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard
services forthe test and diagnostic environment. The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfaces between functional
elements of an intelligent diagnostic reasoner and representations of diagnostic knowledge and data for use by such diagnostic
reasoners. Formal information models are defined to form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic
information between two reasoners, and also to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. This standard thendefines
the services to manipulate diagnostic information and to control a diagnostic reasoner.
Key Words: "AI-ESTATE, diagnosis, diagnostic inference, diagnostic model,
diagnostic services, dynamic context, fault tree, knowledge exchange, system
test"
Designation: 1232-1995
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence and Expert System Tie to
Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE): Overview and Architecture
Status: Superseded
**Adopted as a full-use standard by StdsBd on16 Sept 97. Superseded by
1232-2002.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995
Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY IEEE STD 1232-2002 This document is the base standard for the AI-ESTATE set of standards. The overall
concept of AIESTATE, which is a set of specifications for data interchange and for standard services for the test and diagnostic
environment, is defined; mandatory requirements for implementing AI-ESTATE are specified; the elements of AI-ESTATE and their
interrelationships are described; guidelines and requirements to govern the documents in the AI-ESTATE set of standards are
established; and the terminology used throughout the set is defined. The purpose of the AI-ESTATE set of standards is to
standardize interfaces between functional elements of an intelligent test environment and representations of knowledge and data
for the functional elements of the intelligent test environment. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL
needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: AI-ESTATE, artificial , intelligence, diagnosis, system test, unit
under test, UUT
Designation: 1232.1-1997
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to
All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Data and Knowledge Specification
Status: Superseded
**Elevated from Trial-Use to Full-Use on 9/16/99. Superseded by 1232-2002.
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: The scope of this component standard is to define the form of
the data and knowledge needed to support AI-ESTATE.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this component standard is to provide the
formal specifications of the data and knowledge necessary to perform system
test and diagnosis, and to insure the portability of data and knowledge
between AI-ESTATE compliant systems.
Abstract: Formal models for information used in system diagnosis are defined. As part of the AI-ESTATE set of standards, this
standard includes several models that form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent diagnostic information
between two reasoners, and also provides a formal typing system for the services defined in the AI-ESTATE service specification.
Key Words: AI-ESTATE, artificial intelligence, diagnosis, enhanced diagnostic
inference model, fault tree model
Designation: 1232.2-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to
All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE): Service Specification
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1232-2002.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: The scope of this component standard is to define the services
needed to support AI-ESTATE.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this component standard is to provide the
formal specifications of the services, transactions, and protocols necessary
to insure the interoperability of AI-ESTATE compoiant systems.
Abstract: Formal software interfaces to system diagnosis tools and applications are defined. As part of the AI-ESTATE set of
standards, this standard defines services to manipulate information models as defined in IEEE Std 1232.1-1997 and to control a
diagnostic reasoner. This standard includes a new information model to manipulate dynamic information obtained during the process
of system diagnosis. Service bindings to ANSI C and ANSI Ada are also provided.
Key Words: "AI-ESTATE,artificial intelligence,diagnosis,dynamic context
model,system test"
Designation: P1232.3
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Guide for the Use of Artificial Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to
All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE)
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: The AI-ESTATE User's Guide provides guidance to developers of
IEEE Std 1232-conformant diagnostic applications that utilize the models,
services, or exchange formats specified by IEEE Std 1232.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1232 (AI-ESTATE) addresses the complex domain of
system test and diagnosis and specifies formal semantic models for
information exchange and services to be provided by diagnostic reasoners in
this domain. The formality of the semantic models necessitates an in-depth
understanding of the associated concepts to ensure interoperability and
interchangeability requirements can be satisfied. The AI-ESTATE User's Guide
provides this understanding by describing the history, motivation, and key
concepts from AI-ESTATE to help developers extract maximum benefit from the
standard. In addition, examples of instantiated models, exchange files, and
service scenarios are provided.
Designation: 1232a
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Artificial Intelligence
Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: IEEE Std 1232-2002 (AI-ESTATE) provides formal models of
diagnostic information to ensure unambiguous access to an understanding of
the information supporting system test and diagnosis. This document corrects
and augments several portions of these information models and amends the AI-
ESTATE exchange mechanism to include XML.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is two-fold. First, this project
will correct errors and deficiencies identified following the publication of
IEEE Std 1232-2002. Second, the target user community has been migrating
towards using XML as a practical information exchange mechanism. Therefore,
this project will incorporate XML Schema into IEEE Std 1232-2002 to improve
utilization by the target user community.
Designation: 1233-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Apr 17, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1997
Project Scope: This guide will be used for developing a system requirements
specification. A System is a set of interconnected elements constituted to
achieve defined objectives by performing specified functions. Development
includes the thought process involved in the collection, analysis, and
organization of the requirements. This quide addresses conditions for
incorporating coperational concepts and confiquration design requirements
into the system specifications. It will also describe the necessary content
and qualities of a good system specification and present several prototype
outlines.
Project Purpose: This document will serve as a guide for defining functional,
performance and interface requirements for a system. This guide will
recommend methods for specifying the requirements and capabilities for
systems. System specifications developed using this guide will: 1)
Facilitate a contracting agent to specify requirements for a system to
potential designers/developers. 2) Provide templates for writing/auditing
system specifications, and 3) Provide a general overview of a system which
may be required by trainers, support personnel, or other users. Once
completed, this guide will provide a foundation on which an IEEE tutorial on
Developing System Specification can be built.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Guidance for the development of the set of
requirements, System Requirements Specification (SyRS), that will satisfy an expressed need is provided. Developing a SyRS
includes the identification, organization, presentation, and modification of the requirements. Also addressed are the conditions
for incorporating operational concepts, design constaints, and design confiquration requirements into the specification. This
guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qualities of individual requirements and the set of all requirements.
Key Words: SyRS, requirement, system
Designation: 1233-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Guidance for the development of the set of requirements, System Requirements Specification (SyRS), that will satisfy an
expressed need is provided. Developing an SyRS includes the identification, organization, presentation, and modification of the
requirements. Also addressed are the conditions for incorporating operational concepts, design constraints, and design
configuration requirements into the specification. This guide also covers the necessary characteristics and qualities of
individual requirements and the set of all requirements.
Key Words: "requirement,SyRS, system,system requirements specification"
Designation: 1233-1996/Cor a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Guide for Developing System Requirements Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Sep 29, 1999
Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of systems
requirements specification as defined in 1233 and the content of such plans
as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate
the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content
between subject documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Designation: 1234-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Fault Locating Techniques on Shielded Power Cable Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 17, 2007
Technical Contact: Wolfgang B Haverkamp, Phone:+49 8093 604326, Email:w.b.haverkamp@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007
Project Scope: This document will be a guide for cable fault locating
techniques on shielded power cable systems. This guide will be applicable
to all insulated, shielded power cable systems.
Project Purpose: Extruded dielectric cables, their joints and terminations
require special attention to cable fault locating. The arbitrary use of
high voltages and energies during AC, DC, and surge testing of service aged
cables overstresses insulation defects which will become faults after the
cables are returned to service. The guide will provide information to
identify and locate cable faults with minimum risk of further damaging the
cable system. The techniques will maintain cable integrity, reduce customer
outage time, consider customer equipment sensitivity along with personnel
and equipment safety.
Abstract: Test and measurements, which are performed on shielded power cables to identify the location of a fault, are described.
Whenever possible, the limitations of a particular test and measurement to locate a fault are provided and recommendations are
made reg
Key Words: arc reflection, cable fault locating, cable testing, grounding,
safety, sectionalizing, thumping, time domain reflectometry (TDR)
Designation: 1234
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Fault Locating on Shielded Power Cables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Shantanu Nandi, Phone:630-576-6910, Email:s.nandi@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1235-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for the Properties of Identifiable Jackets for Underground
Power Cables and Ducts
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 10, 2000
History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: Identification markings of underground power cables and ducts.
Included are various methods of identifying underground power cables and
ducts and the visual, chemical and mechanical prop[erties of the
identification materials and/or methods, and their impact on the properties
of the overall jacket or conduit and installation practices
Project Purpose: To establish a guide for identification markings of jacketed
underground power cables and ducts.
Abstract: Identification markings of jacketed underground power cables and ducts are established in this guide.Included are various
methods of identifying underground power cables and ducts,and the visual,chemical,and mechanical properties of the identification
materials and/or methods,and their impact on the properties of the overall jacket or duct as well as their impact on installation
practices.
Key Words: "duct,identification,jacket,power cables,raised ridge,red stripe"
Designation: 1235
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard Test Methods for Identifying (URD) Underground Residential
Distribution Cable Jackets and/or Conduits
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: S. R Szaniszlo, Phone:(514) 640-3706, Email:steveszan@ca.inter.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 15, 1990
Designation: 1236
Title: Recommended Practice for Performance Measurement Criteria of Fiber Optic
Transmission Systems for Voice, Video and Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Pryma, Phone:(708) 677-2600
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1237
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Standard for Information Technology Application Porgram Interface for
Remote Procedure Call
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jim D Isaak, Phone:603-465-3131, Email:ieee2003@jimisaak.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 1238.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology, OSI Application Program
Interfaces--File Transfer, Access, and Management [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 07, 1995
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. A C language Application Program Interface (API) to the OSI File
Transfer, Access, and Management (FTAM) protocol is defined. The functions of the API implement high-level file transfer and file
management operations using the service of an FTAM initiator and service provider that underlie the API. The API uses the
services of the OSI Abstract Data Manipulation API (IEEE Std 122-1993) to facilitate passing of data between the API and the
user.
Key Words: API, application layer, application portabil, C language, file
transfer, FTAM, OM, open systems interconnection, OSI, OSI Abstract Data
Designation: 124
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1240-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of the Reliability of HVDC Converter
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 13, 2001
Technical Contact: Farshad John Hormozi, Phone:818-771-6775, Email:john.hormozi@ladwp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Aug 08, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001
Project Scope: Reliability of HVDC Converter Stations, including stations that
are "back-to-back" for connection of AC systems, and DC transmission
terminals.
Project Purpose: The proposed Guide will give uwers reliability design
evaluation criteria, and methods for assessing the reliability of the
stations. The benefit will be assessment of the relative reliability of
alternate equipment and station designs, and the determination of the
appropriate balance of cost and reliability for a particular application.
The intended users are electric power engineers in electric utilities,
engineering services firms, design/construction contractors, independent
power developers, and equipment manufacturing companies.
Abstract: Reaffirmed June 2006 This guide is intended to serve high-voltage direct current (HVDC) converter station reliability by
suggesting significant objectives, design, operation, monitoring, and specification details. This guide includes the CIGRÉ
performance protocol and reliability-related mathematical concepts.
Key Words: "availability, converter, HVDC, maintainability, transmission, RAM,
reliability"
Designation: 1241-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital
Converters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 14, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1241-2000
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011
Project Scope: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide
common terminology and test methods for the testing and evaluation of
analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs
whose output values have discrete values at discrete times, i.e., they are
quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be
nominally uniform (the input-output transfer curve is approximately a
straight line) as discussed further in 1.3, and the sampling is assumed to
be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test methods in
this standard can be used for ADCs that are designed for nonuniform
quantization.
Project Purpose: This standard identifies ADC error sources and provides test
methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The
information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of
ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing
devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the
procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by
the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors,
e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. The reader should note that
this standard has many similarities to IEEE Std 1057. Many of the tests and
terms are nearly the same, since ADCs are a necessary part of digitizing
waveform recorders.
Abstract: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide common terminology and test methods for the testing and
evaluation of analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs whose output values have discrete
values at discrete times, i.e., they are quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be nominally uniform
(the input-output transfer curve is approximately a straight line) as discussed further in 1.3, Analog-to-digital converter
background, and the sampling is assumed to be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test methods in this standard
can be used for ADCs that are designed for non-uniform quantization.
Key Words: ADC, analog-to-digital converter, code transition level, coherent
sampling, DNL, ENOB, histogram, INL, LSB, missing codes, noise power ratio,
noncoherent sampling, quantization error, quantization noise, SAR, SFDR,
sine fitting
Designation: 1241-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital
Converters
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1241-2010.
Technical Contact: T Michael Souders, Phone:(301) 975-2406, Email:souders@eeel.nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990, BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: Analog to Digital converters, with or without sample and hold
circuitry. 21-Sep-2000 Disapproved because the Sponsor must conduct a
recirculation ballot to address substantive changes made to the document
subsequent to balloting. The Sponsor is urged to complete coordination with
IEC and editorial staff prior to conducting the recirculation ballot. The
Sponsor shall also re-examine whether the document was written in accordance
with the title and scope of the approved PAR (particularly 'standard' versus
'guide'). Gary Engmann will be the RevCom mentor to the Sponsor.
Project Purpose: To provide standard terminology for specifying the performance
of A/D converters, and to provide test methods for measuring the
performance. The standard will be for general purpose applications and will
not focus on highly specialized applications such as video recording.
Abstract: IEEE Std 1241-2000 identifies analog-to-digital converter (ADC) error sources and provides test methods with which to
perform the required error measurements. The information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users of ADCs in
that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing devices, as well as providing a template for writing
specifications for the procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by the tests described in this
standard can be used to correct ADC errors, e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. This standard also presents terminology
and definitions to aid the user in defining and testing ADCs.
Key Words: ADC, A/D converter, analog-to-digital, digitizer, terminology, test
methods
Designation: 1241
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Analog-to-Digital
Converters
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: The material presented in this standard is intended to provide
common terminology and test methods for the testing and evaluation of
analog-to-digital converters (ADCs). This standard considers only those ADCs
whose output values have discrete values at discrete times, i.e. they are
quantized and sampled. In general, this quantization is assumed to be
nominally uniform (the input-output transfer curve is approximately a
straight line) as discussed further in clause 1.3, and the sampling is
assumed to be at a nominally uniform rate. Some but not all of the test
methods in this standard can be used for ADCs that are designed for non-
uniform quantization. The scope is the same as the first paragraph of the
scope from IEEE Std 1241-2000. The second and third paragraphs of the
existing scope have been moved to the "purpose".
Project Purpose: This standard identifies ADC error sources and provides test
methods with which to perform the required error measurements. The
information in this standard is useful both to manufacturers and to users
of ADCs in that it provides a basis for evaluating and comparing existing
devices, as well as providing a template for writing specifications for the
procurement of new ones. In some applications, the information provided by
the tests described in this standard can be used to correct ADC errors,
e.g., correction for gain and offset errors. The reader should note that
this standard has many similarities to IEEE Std 1057-1994. Many of the
tests and terms are nearly the same, since ADCs are a necessary part of
digitizing waveform recorders. IEEE Std 1241-2000 did not have a "purpose"
clause. This information is the same as paragraphs two and three of the
scope clause of IEEE Std 1241-2000. Note: IEEE 1057 is presently under
revision and the new edition will be referenced if approved prior to
approval of this document.
Designation: 1242-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Specifying and Selecting Power, Control, and Special-
Purpose Cable for Petroleum and Chemical Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1999
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: The scope of this project has been expanded to no only cover
power and control cables (per original PAR) but many types of special
purpose cables used in the petroleum and chemical industry. This Guide
provides the user information on cable standards, specifications,
applications, installations, testing and areas of interest on cable
pertaining to the petrochemical industry. Special purpose cables such as
Type PLTC, Tyhpe ITC Fiber Optic, voice and data, coaxial and others are
addressed. Figures showing constructgion of the most commonly used cable
types are also included.
Project Purpose: No specific guide currently exists for specifying and
selecting power, control and spcial purpose cables for use in petroleum and
chemical plants. This guide provides application guidelines for the type
installations found in petroleum and chemical plants as they relate to
electrical mechanical, physical, thermal and environmental properties of the
cable. In doing so, it addresses those areas of concern including chemical
atmospheres, contamination, corrosion, environmental effects, and fire
retardant considerations. It is intended to help eliminate premature cable
failure due to improper specifications, selection and application of cable
in this industry.
Abstract: " Information on the specification and selection of power, control, and special-purposecable, as typically used in
petroleum, chemical, and similar plants, is provided in this guide. Mate-rials, design, testing, and applications are addressed.
More recent developments, such as strandfilling, low-smoke, zero-halogen materials, and chemical-moisture barriers have been
included. "
Key Words: 1242-1999_body.f5
Designation: P1242
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for Specifying and Selecting Power, Control, and Special-Purpose
Cable for Petroleum and Chemical Plants
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Donald A Voltz, Phone:713-215-8834, Email:don.voltz@mustangeng.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: This guide provides information on the specification and
selection of power, control, and special-purpose cable, as typically used in
petroleum, chemical, and similar plants. It addresses materials, design,
testing, installations, and applications. More recent developments such as
fire-rated circuit integrity cables have been included. This guide is not
intended to be a design document, although many of the problems associated
with the specification and selection of power, control, and special-purpose
cable for petroleum and chemical plant applications can be avoided by
considering the information presented in this guide. It is recognized that
there may be other types of cable used in the petroleum and chemical
industries, especially considering the global marketplace. This guide should
not be interpreted as precluding the use of such cables.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the user with cable
designs, applications, and test procedures that are common to the petroleum,
chemical, or similar type of industry. It is intended as an informational
tool for the new as well as the more seasoned engineer. In this capacity, it
contains an extensive single-point refer¬ence and cross-reference list of
standards as they apply to the wire and cable industry, including U.S. and
Canadian standards. It provides application guidelines for the type of
installations found in petroleum and chemical plants as they relate to
electrical, mechanical, physical, thermal, and environmental properties of
the cable. The use of this guide should help to eliminate premature cable
failure due to improper specification, selection, and application of cable
in petroleum and chemical plants.
Designation: 1243-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 16, 1997
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: For this guide, a transmission line is any overhead line with a
phase-to-phase voltage exceeding 69 kV and an average conductor height of
more than 10 m. The transmission line is usually shielded by one or more
overhead ground wires (OHGWs), at least for a short distance from a
substation. While reference is primarily made to ac transmission
characteristics, the guide is also relevant for high-voltage direct-current
(HVDC) overhead lines. The guide is written for the transmission-line
designer. When given the problem of designing or redesigning a transmission
line, the designer should consider certain limiting factors such as the
voltage level, the beginning and ending points for the transmission line,
and the desired ampacity of the line. Sometimes the exact route, and the
type of conductor and structure have already been determined. Usually the
designer may choose structural details, the geometry of the structure, the
structure height, the exact placement of the OHGWs, the amount and type of
insulation, the type of grounding, and other design features of a line. This
guide is written to show the designer which choices will improve or degrade
lightning performance. Sections of the guide discuss the effect of routing,
structure type, insulation, shielding, and grounding. An additional section
discusses several special methods, which may be used to improve lightning
performance. Finally, in Annex B, a listing and description of the FLASH
program is presented. The line designer should be aware that lightning
performance is not of primary importance in the economics of line designing.
Other factors, such as line length, right-of-way costs, construction costs,
material costs, and losses affect the economics of a line design much more
than lightning performance. The designer should always balance the costs of
higher insulation levels, improved grounding, better shielding, or line
relocation against the benefits of improved reliability.
Project Purpose: This guide contains simple mathematical equations, tables, and
graphs that provide the information needed to design an overhead power
transmission line with minimum lightning interruptions. Versions 1.6 and 1.7
of the FLASH program are provided on the diskette included with this guide.
Annex B includes a description of the program. The FLASH program uses the
models in the design guide along with a description of transmission line
features to estimate the lightning outage rate that may be expected. These
simplified models may also be adapted to assess the benefits of novel
methods for improving lightning performance.
Abstract: The effects of routing, structure type, insulation, shielding, and grounding on transmission lines are discussed. The way
these transmission-line choices will improve or degrade lightning performance is also provided. An additional section discusses
several special methods that may be used to improve lightning performance. Finally, a listing and description of the FLASH
program is presented.
Key Words: grounding, lightning protection, overhead electric power
transmission, shielding
Designation: 1243
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kurt Bell, Phone:208-685-6343, Email:kbell@powereng.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to review existing guide for
accuracy, new lightning data source, revise FLASH Program, incorporate new
techniques for grounding assessment, add estimating line arrester energy
discharge,add new techniques to improve lightning performance.
Project Purpose: This guide is being revised because of new lightning
assessment techniques, the need to revise the FLASH program, and present new
sources of lightning data.
Designation: P1243
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Transmission Lines
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This Guide covers all factors affecting the lightning flashover
rate of overhead transmission lines with a phase-to-phase voltage exceeding
38 kV, and an average conductor height exceeding 10 m. These factors
include, but are not limited to, lightning activity and stroke
characteristics, the stroke attachment process, soil characteristics,
insulation strength, line surge arresters, traveling wave analysis, corona,
pre-discharge, overhead shield wires, shielding from nearby objects, induced
voltages from nearby strokes, and reducing the impact of a flashover. Tower
and pole electrical characteristics and grounding methods are addressed.
Both AC and DC transmission lines are addressed. The scope excludes medium-
voltage distribution lines and low-voltage secondary circuits. Lightning
effects on substations, underground cables, and utilization facilities are
also excluded. This guide does not explain or evaluate theoretical methods,
but to provide guidance for their practical use in line design.
Project Purpose: This Guide assists engineers with understanding lightning
impacts on electric power transmission lines and with applying methods to
reduce the number of lightning-caused flashovers. It complements the open-
source IEEE Flash computer program that estimates lightning flashover rates
on transmission lines.
Designation: 1244
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Guide for Storage System Design
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: This project will produce a clear, abstract, model exposing the
design features required for storage systems to provide transparent, secure
information access in highly distributed, heterogeneous computing
environments. The model produced will describe design alternatives and
rationales applicable within the spectrum of valid storage system
architectures. Emphasis in the model will be placed on net-attached
storage, object-oriented design, open source software, minimal licensing
alternatives, and maximum scalability.
Project Purpose: The work under this project will serve to revise the popular
IEEE Mass Storage System Reference Model version 5 of 1994, and use it as a
basis for related IEEE Recommended Practices and Standards. Information is
being generated at rates in step with the rapidly improving technologies of
processors, and while storage media and hardware are improving rapidly as
well, storage system software and architecture lag dangerously behind. At
the same time demands for access to information in highly distributed and
heterogeneous environments are growing. Traditional approaches are not
sufficient to meet these needs, and revolutionary or rapid evolutionary
changes are needed in storage system design and software. This Model will
guide implementers toward interoperability in meeting such demands by
suggesting best use of current and emerging technologies. This Model will
inspire commercial designs of storage systems and system components from a
broad spectrum of implementers, resulting in a high level of
interoperability throughout the world.
Designation: 1244.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Object Identifier for Storage Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: P1244.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: The MMS standards published by the IEEE define the architecture,
data model, and interfaces that are required in any MMS implementation.
These standards are not intended as a tutorial or textbook, nor do they
provide a cookbook for implementation of an MMS. The standards are organized
to be of use to several audiences: a) Those interested in an
introduction to the MMS and its capabilities will find this standard, IEEE
Std 1244.1-2000, to be a reasonable, though technical, introduction to
the system. b) Those interested in implementing applications that utilize
the MMS will find this standard, IEEE Std 1244.1-2000, and IEEE Std
1244.3-2000 1 to be helpful. c) Those interested in implementing
devices such as robotic libraries or drives will find IEEE Std 1244.1-
2000, IEEE P1244.2/D041900, IEEE Std 1244.4-2000, and IEEE Std 1244.5-2000,
to be essential. d) Those interested in implementing the entire MMS
will find all standards in the IEEE MMS suite of standards to be required
reading. A suite of IEEE 1244 standards describes the MMS. This modular
approach to standardizing an MMS per-mits a granularity of conformance not
possible otherwise, and allows a degree of independent evolution for the
components of an IEEE MMS. Nevertheless, the overall architecture of the
IEEE MMS is described in IEEE 1244.1-2000, and fundamental information
(including the data model) that is common to all related standards is
communicated through that standard. Reference to the MMS Architecture is
crucial in under¬standing the MMS, its associated standards, and the
components of an MMS implementation. The set of standards that comprise the
IEEE MMS suite are listed in Table 1. Table 1— The IEEE MMS suite of
standards Standard Description Acronym Document System
Architecture IEEE Std 1244.1-2000 IEEE Standard for Media Management
System (MMS) Architecture MMS available Native Protocols IEEE
P1244.2/ D041900 Draft Standard for Session Security, Authentication,
Initialization Protocol ; SSAIP available IEEE Std 1244.3-2000 IEEE
Standard for Media Management Protocol MMP available IEEE Std 1244.4-
2000 IEEE Standard for Drive Management Protocol DMP available IEEE Std
1244.5-2000 IEEE Standard for Library Management Protocol LMP available
Interoperability Protocols P1244.6 Draft Standard for Media Manager
Interchange Protocol MMIP — P1244.7 Draft Standard for Media Manager
Control Interface Protocol MMCIP — Programming and Command Line
Interfaces P1244.8 Draft Standard for C Language Procedural
Interface — — P1244.9 Draft Stan dard for User Mount Commands — —
P1244.10 Draft Standard for Standard Administrative and Operational
Commands — — Data Transfer Protocol P1244.11 Draft Standard for
Media Data Mover — — Readers should be aware that these standards
are primarily reference documents, and as such, may be organized in a manner
that is not conducive to sequential reading. (Feel free, for example, to
skim or skip ahead of the Definitions clause, Clause 3 in this standard, as
you read.) The authors of the IEEE 1244 standards expect that
additional publications that document aspects of the MMS will appear over
time. It is intended that the IEEE MMS suite of standards be considered the
definitive reference to the standard, and that these additional publications
exist to explain, clarify, and amplify the IEEE standards, aspects of
implementation, or of management of MMS sites. It is expected that
vendors will implement proprietary products that add value to systems that
are based on the IEEE MMS. These proprietary products must not change the
required aspects of the standard as addressed in the IEEE standards. These
products may significantly improve the functionality and usability of a
standards-based system. Over time, such proprietary extensions may be
proposed as additions to the IEEE standard. Until such time as an extension
is transformed into an approved IEEE standard, it must not be referred to as
a standard.
Project Purpose: This standard describes the motivations for an overall
architecture of the MMS. Although the architecture may suggest a
particular design or implementation, it is not the IEEE’s intent to favor a
specific implementation of the MMS. Indeed, it should be possible to
implement the MMS in a number of ways, ranging from a lightweight
implementation in a scripting language such as Perl, or a full
implementation written in a traditional programming language such as C,
C++, or Java. The MMS is a software system for managing physical media.
The system has the following properties: a) It is media neutral to
allow the management of computer tapes, disk media, disks, optical disks,
CD-ROMs, as well as non-computer media such as videotapes or reels of film.
b) It is scalable to be comfortable in environments as small as a
single individual’s office or home and as large as a multinational
corporation, educational or scientific institution, or government archives.
c) It is platform neutral and operating system independent to work
with existing computer systems from multiple vendors with varying degrees
of media-handling sophistication. d) It is distributed to allow
access to media and the devices that store and perform data transfer
operations on the media by more than one system. A single MMS may manage
devices that are connected to many host computer systems, including
devices that are physically connected to multiple hosts. Connectivity
between elements of the MMS requires the availability of standard TCP/IP.
e) It provides a reasonable degree of security and protection for
access to the media by ensuring that specific media may be mounted only
by those applications that have authority to access that media. All
parties are authenticated, and network communication is digitally signed so
that it is extremely difficult to forge. f) It is content neutral,
and does not have any inherent understanding of the content of the media;
indeed, with some media, such as videotape or film, the MMS many not even
have access to the content of the media. g) It is application
independent to provide appropriate media management functions for diverse
applications ranging from backup and hierarchical storage management, to
broadcast television automation. Media belonging to multiple applications
may be managed by a single MMS; these applications may be multiple
instances of the same program, or of different applications. h) It is
designed to be modular to allow independent groups to work on
components of the MMS independently; the modularity is provided by
strong, flexible interfaces that can evolve over time. i) It is
language neutral to permit programmers to write applications that
interact with the MMS in almost any programming language, and, indeed, to
allow the MMS itself to be written in almost any programming language.
j) It allows multiple implementations to interoperate seamlessly.
The key to the architecture of MMS is to clearly define the basic
functionality that the MMS must provide, and to declare specific points
in the functionality to provide defined interfaces that allow independent
components to interoperate.
Designation: 1244.1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Architecture
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: To specify the architecture of a distributed, platform-
independent, system to manage removable media, including both disk and tape,
using robotic and manual methods. The general scheme for managing media,
the expected components of the software system, and the data model to be
supported by the software system for manageing this media are described by
this standard. Details of components of the Media Management System are
specified by companion standards.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard architecture for media management and
enabling components. This architecture and companion components are part of
a comprehensive revision of the Mass Storage Systems Reference Model
(MSSRM), needed to achieve scalability and meaningful implementability.
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 The architecture of a distributed, platform-independent system that manages
removable media, including both disk and tape, using robotic and manual methods are specified. The generals chema for managing
media, the components of the software system, and the supporting data model used by the software system for managing this media
are described by this standard. Details of major components of the system are specified by companion standards.
Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library,
content neutral, data model, device manager, distributed, drive manager,
fully scalable, heterogeneous environment, information access,
interoperability, language neutral, library management, Mass Storage Systems
Reference Model (MSSRM)"
Designation: 1244.10
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Managment System (MMS) Standard Administrative and
Operational Commands
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To specify a set of MMS Standard Administrative and Operational
Commands for the Media Management System. The standard defines a command-
line, minimally interactive interface for basic interaction with the MMS;
these commands could be used to construct interactive interfaces using
scripting-based systems such as web CGI scripting or tcl/tk.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System which is constructed using a defined set of standard
administrative and operational commands which permit extensibility and
interoperability.
Designation: 1244.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Data Mover for Storage Systems (MOVER)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To provide the definition, architecture, and software interfaces
of a server called a "Mover", which transfers data between two endpoints
within a distributed storage system.
Project Purpose: To provide standard storage system data Mover architecture and
software interfaces for use by the IEEE Media Management System (although
MOVER is not an MMS component) and other storage systems. To enable
industry to reference and use a standard storage system data mover.
Designation: 1244.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Physical Volume Library for Storage Systems (SSS.PVL)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: P1244.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Session Security,
Authentication, Initialization Protocol (SSAIP)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: The IEEE Session Security, Authentication, and Initialization
Protocol (SSAIP) is used by the IEEE Media Manager (MM) when a Media
Management System (MMS) Client or an MMS Module wishes to connect to the MM.
The SSAIP provides identification, and if desired authentication, of the
client, which is a requirement to obtain access to the services of the MM in
compliance with the MMS security model. The SSAIP also establishes
parameters of the communications between the MMS Client and the MMS Module
thereafter, such as language and language type. This standard
describes the syntax and semantics of the protocol messages that pass
between the MMS client or MMS module and the MM. Since this protocol is only
used in the context of the MMS, this standard cannot be understood without a
thorough understanding of its architecture as described in IEEE Std 1244.1-
2000. In addition, the protocols that are implemented on top of the SSAIP
protocol are described in IEEE Std 1244.3-2000, IEEE Std 1244.4-2000, IEEE
Std 1244.5-2000, IEEE P1244.6, and IEEE P1244.7. The actual security
features of the SSAIP rely upon SSL3, X.509, and assume the default (but not
mandated) use of SHA within the X.509 certificates. The SSAIP provides for
the optional use of SSL, to achieve privacy of communications, when such
privacy is desired or necessary. The SSAIP allows for various levels of
authentication of the parties involved in the communication, ranging from
none, to the use of passwords, to the use of X.509 certificates. This means
it is possible with this proposal to have no privacy and no authentication,
privacy without any authentication, highly assured authentication and no
privacy, etc. Note that the assurance of using X.509 certificates and SHA or
similar signatures for authentication remains secure, i.e., the
authentication cannot be compromised, without the use of SSL. Not using SSL
simply means that the communication may not remain private. Also note that
the use of passwords together with SSL is secure,the only weakness in this
approach is the setting up of the passwords in the first place, a process
which is outside the scope of this standard. Some typical
applications, where security considerations may be found to differ, may be
as follows: a) Home office: Isolated machine or machines using
automated backup to a very small CD-RW or 8 mm library, requiring no privacy
and no authentication. A vendor of such a facility can still be MMS-
standards compliant. b) Typical in-house business: With checked
authentication of the client (to safeguard against careless accidents), but
no server authentication and no privacy (U.S. law comes close to
guaranteeing lack of privacy in the work situation). c) DOD classified
site: High-assurance authentication of the client is required in order to
enforce “need to know,” but little or no authentication of the server is
needed, nor is privacy needed, because the network is physically protected.
d) Business-to-business over the public Internet: Privacy is needed, as well
as highly assured authentication of the client to the server, and the server
to the client.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the protocol
messages that pass between the Media Management System (MMS) Client or MMS
Module and the Media-Manager (MM), so that any IEEE 1244 compliant MM and
any IEEE 1244 compliant MMS Client or MMS Module may communicate as
described in this standard. This protocol determines all relevant behavior
and state of the MMS Client or MMS Module and MM, from the time the MMS
Client or MMS Module decides to initiate a communication session with the MM
until this session is either successfully established or the attempt to
establish such a communication session has failed as determined by this
protocol.
Designation: 1244.2-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Session Security,
Authentication, Initialization Protocol (SSAIP)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: BD APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: Specify the protocol used to identify, authenticate and
establish an initial connection between the software components of the IEEE
Media Management System. Details of components of the Media Management
System are specified by companion standards.
Project Purpose: The Session Security, Authentication, and Initialization
protocol enables the IEEE Media Management System to be a secure,
distributed system. The protocol allows for future revision of other
protocols within the system, and interoperability of an MMS with multiple
versions of the different components of the system.
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The syntax and semantics of the protocol messages that pass between the MMS
clientor MMS module and the MM are described. Since this protocol is only used in the context of theMMS, this standard cannot be
understood without a thorough understanding of its architecture asdescribed in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000.
Key Words: "application independent, architecture, authentication, automated
tape library, X.509 security, session, session initiation, SHA-1, software,
SSL, storage, storage management, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model
(MSSRM)"
Designation: 1244.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Physical Volume Repository for Storage Systems (SSS.PVR)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992
Designation: P1244.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Management Protocol
(MMP)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: The IEEE Media Management Protocol (MMP) is used when an MMS
application requests the services of the MM, including the following: a)
Access to media b) Device management functions c) Routine
operational functions d) MMS administration This protocol specifies
the syntax and the semantics associated with various commands and protocol
messages that pass between an MMS application and the MM. In addition, this
standard defines certain aspects of the operation of the MM itself in
response to various events that occur in the MMS, for example, the
initiation and termination of various components of the MMS. Since
this protocol is only used in the context of the MMS, this standard cannot
be understood without a thorough understanding of its architecture and the
underlying Data Model as described in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000. This
standard does not dictate or favor any particular implementation scheme for
the MM. It is a standard for those interested in implementing applications
that utilize the services of the MM. For example, the protocol requires that
the MM employ a persistent store to keep track of various pieces of
information. However, this specification does not imply any particular
structure of the store. An MM implementation shall record errors and
conditions that occur during the operation of the MMS. To achieve this, the
Data Model defines a specific table, called the MESSAGE table. An MM
implementation could provide additional logging capabilities that are beyond
those defined by this standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the syntax and
semantics of a language, the MMP. This language conveys commands between an
MMS application and the MM after an application has successfully negotiated
a connection through the Session Security, Authentication, and
Initialization Protocol (SSAIP), IEEE Std 1244.2-2000. This allows any IEEE
Std 1244.3-2000 compliant MM and any IEEE Std 1244.3-2000 compliant MMS
application to communicate as described in this standard. This
standard describes all relevant behavior and states of the MMS and the MM
from the time the MMS application successfully establishes a session with
the MM, until the session is severed. In addition, this standard
specifies the behavior of the MM itself in response to certain MMP commands
and events that occur during the existence of the MM, including but not
limited to booting the MM and the uncommanded exit of an MMS client.
Designation: 1244.3-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Management
Protocol (MMP)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2001
Project Scope: Specify the Media Management Protocol which is used by client
and administrative applications in the Media Management System to allocate,
de-allocate, mount and dismount, volumes and to adminster the system. The
MMP includes levels of privilige so that, for example, a client application
cannot perform administrative funcetions, or an operator console program
cannot perform higher-level management functions.
Project Purpose: The Media Management Protocol is the interface to the MMS for
application and administrative client programs.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1244 family on Storage Systems. All relevant behavior and states of the Media
Management System (MMS)and the Media Manager (MM)from the time the MMS application successfully establishes a session with the
MM,until the session is severed is described.This standard specifies the behavior of the MM itself in response to certain MMP
commands and events that occur during the existence of the MM, including but not limited to booting the MM and the un-commanded
exit of a MMS client.
Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library,
content neutral, data model device manager, drive manager, library manager,
media management, media neutral, storage management, system architecture,
Mass Storage Systems Reference Model (MSSRM)"
Designation: 1244.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Data Mover for Storage Systems (SSS.MVR)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David E Skinner, Phone:303-272-6064, Email:dave.skinner@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 03, 1992
Designation: P1244.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Drive Management Protocol
(DMP)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This standard describes the syntax and semantics of the protocol
messages that pass between the Library Manager (LM) and the Media Manager
(MM). Since the LM exists only in the context of a larger Media Management
System (MMS), this standard cannot be understood without a thorough
understanding of the architecture of the MMS as described in IEEE Std
1244.1-2000. In addition, certain elements common to all of the modules in
the MMS are described in IEEE Std 1244.1-2000 and IEEE Std 1244.2-2000, and
the MM itself, a system which operates as a peer process with the LM, is
described in IEEE Std 1244.3-2000.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies the protocol syntax and semantics of
messages that pass between the LM and the MM of an IEEE MMS. The language
that the MM module uses to communicate with the LM and the corresponding
language that the LM uses to communicate with the MM are collectively called
the Library Management Protocol (LMP). This protocol determines and/or
describes all relevant behavior and the state of the MM and the LM. The
standardized protocol and semantics of the LMP allow any conforming MM and
LM to operate together as components of a single MMS.
Designation: 1244.4-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Drive Management
Protocol (DMP)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: Specify the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) used between two
software components of the Media Management System (MMS): the central
management core and a program that manages a drive which is used to access
removable media.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System component which defines the drive management application-
layer protocol in terms of a language.
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 Version 1.0 of the Drive Management Protocol (DMP) is specified.
Key Words: "data model, drive manager, information access, language neutral,
media neutral, storage management, system architecture, Mass Storage Systems
Reference Model (MSSRM), Media Management System (MMS)"
Designation: 1244.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Storage System Management Interfaces and Managed Object
Definitions (SSS.MGT)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1244 family on Storage Systems. The protocol syntax and semantics of messages
that pass between the Library Manager(LM) and the Media Manager (MM)of an IEEE Media Management System (MMS)are specified. This
standard specifies version 1.0 of the Library Management Protocol (LMP).
Designation: P1244.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Library Management Protocol
(LMP)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: Specify the Library Management Protocol (LMP), the interface
between two software components of the MMS: the central management core and
a program that manages an automated library or a vault.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Managment System component which defines the library management application-
layer protocol in terms of a language.
Designation: 1244.5-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Library Management
Protocol (LMP)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: Specify the Library Management Protocol (LMP), the interface
between two software components of the MMS: the central management core and
a program that manages an automated library or a vault.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Managment System component which defines the library management application-
layer protocol in terms of a language.
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The protocol syntax and semantics of messages that pass between the Library
Manager(LM) and the Media Manager (MM) of an IEEE Media Management System (MMS) are specified.This standard specifies version 1.0
of the Library Management Protocol (LMP).
Key Words: "application independent, architecture, automated tape library, data
model, drive manager, language neutral, library management, library manager,
media management, system architecture, Mass Storage Systems Reference Model
(MSSRM)"
Designation: 1244.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standards for Information Technology for Virtual Storage Services
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Baird, Phone:408/447-2407, Email:bbaird@nsa.hp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1244.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Manager Interchange
Protocol (MMIP)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Specify the Media Manager Interchange Protocol (MMIP), defining
a protocol to allow interchange of information between autonomous Media
managers.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System component which defines the media management interchange
application-layer protocol in terms of a language.
Designation: 1244.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) Media Manager Control
Interface Protocol (MMCIP)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Specify the Media Manager Control Interface Protocol (MMCIP),
defining a protocol which permits interfacing the data management component
of the MMS with existing library management systems.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System component which defines the media manager control
interface application-layer protocol in terms of a language.
Designation: 1244.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) C Language Procedural
Interface Authentication, and Initialization Protocol (SSAIP)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Specify the C Language Procedural Interface, defines a set of
standard programming interfaces which facilitate construction of components
of the MMS, particularly client, administrative, and operational
applications, library managers, and drive managers. Although the definition
will be for the C programming language, the interface will be developed with
a view of implementation in languages such as C++ or Java.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System which is constructed using a defined set of programming
interfaces.
Designation: 1244.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Media Management System (MMS) User Mount Commands
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To specify a set of standard commands allowing users to mount,
unmount, acquire, and release media. These commands are specified as a part
of a command line interface for systems that offer such interfaces, such as
the UNIX shell or NT command line interface. Commands may be embedded in
scripts to produce more complex or custom functions, or to allow an
application program that is not written for MMS to be adaped for use with
MMS.
Project Purpose: To enable industry to reference and use a standard Media
Management System which is constructed using a defined set user commands
which permit extensibility and interoperability.
Designation: 1245
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Permanent, Non-grounding, Power Connection Systems Used in
Substations.
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Designation: 1246-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in
Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2003
**Supersedes 1246-1997.
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: This guide covers the design, performance, use, testing, and
installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the
connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. This
guide does not address series-capacitor compensated systems.
Project Purpose: This guide suggests good practices, technical information, and
safety criteria to assist in the selection and application of temporary
protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in
permanent and mobile substations.
Abstract: The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the
connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations, are covered in this guide.
Key Words: grounding, personal safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary
grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating
Designation: P1246
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in
Substations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This guide covers the design, performance, use, testing, and
installation of temporary protective grounding (TPG) systems, including the
connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations. This guide
does not address series-capacitor compensated systems.
Project Purpose: This guide suggests good practices, technical information, and
safety criteria to assist in the selection and application of temporary
protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in
permanent and mobile substations.
Abstract: The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary protective grounding systems, including the
connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations, are covered in this guide.
Key Words: grounding, personnel safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary
grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating
Designation: 1246-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Systems Used in
Substations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1246-2002.
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Aug 01, 1996, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Abstract: Superseded by 1246-2002. NOT AVAILABLE TO RESELLERS The design, performance, use, testing, and installation of temporary
protective grounding systems, including the connection points, as used in permanent and mobile substations are covered. You will
receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: grounding, personnel safety, protective grounding, safety, temporary
grounding, ultimate rating, withstand rating
Designation: 1247-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated
Above 1000 Volts
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2006
**NOTE: IEEE PC37.73 (D.9, 1997) is currently under development.
Requirements specified by this document will become effective when it is
approved as a standard.
Technical Contact: Marcel Fortin, Phone:450-922-0925, Email:fortin.marcel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard applies to switching devices, interrupters, and
interrupter switches (as defined in IEEE Std C37.100-1992) for alternating
current, rated above 1000 volts and used indoors, outdoors, or in enclosures
for which a switching rating is to be assigned.While this standard covers
the basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and
in enclosures, other standards such as IEEE Std C37.20.2-1993, IEEE Std
C37.20.3-1987, IEEE Std C37.20.4-1996, IEEE Std C37.71-1984, and IEEE
PC37.73 (D.9, 1997) also contain requirements for switches used in
enclosures. This standard does not apply to load-break separable insulated
connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386-1995 [B7]. This standard also
does not apply to circuit-breakers, circuit-switchers, or reclosers.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a basic standard
for switching devices, interrupters, and interrupter switches. This broad
definition of a switch, encompasses devices that meet the strict definition
of an interrupter switch in IEEE Std C37.100-1992, and also encompass
devices that utilize insulating media other than air. Technical errors have
been identified in some of the testing code. The intent of this revision is
to produce a technically correct standard, but not to change any of the
approach philosophy.
Abstract: The basic requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures are covered. This standard does
not apply to load-break separable insulated connectors.
Key Words: enclosed switch, indoor switch, interrupter switch, outdoor switch,
switching ability, switching current, switching rating
Designation: 1247-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for Interrupter Switches for Alternating Current, Rated
Above 1,000 Volts
Status: Superseded
**Project was known as C37.39.
History: BD APP: Jul 22, 1998
Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. The basic
requirements of interrupter switches used indoors, outdoors, and in enclosures are covered. This standard does not apply to load-
break separable insulated connectors.
Key Words: "enclosed switch,indoor switch,interrupter switch,outdoor
switch,switching ability,switching current,switching rating"
Designation: 1248-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for the Commissioning of Electrical Systems in Hydroelectric
Power Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 1998
Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Abstract: Inspection procedures and tests for use following the completion of the installation of components and systems through to
commercial operation are provided. This guide is directed to the plant owners, designers, and contractors involved in the
commissioning of electrical systems of hydroelectric plants.
Key Words: "commissioning, hydroelectric power plant"
Designation: 1249-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Computer-Based Control for Hydroelectric Power Plant
Automation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 1997
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Abstract: The application, design concepts, and implementation of computer-based control systems for hydroelectric power plant
automation is addressed. Functional capabilities, performance requirements, interface requirements, hardware considerations, and
operator training are discussed. Recommendations for system testing and acceptance are provided, and case studies of actual
computer-based control applications are presented.
Key Words: computer-based automation, closed-loop control, data acquisition,
hydroelectric, power plant, network bus configurations, system architecture,
system performance, alarm processing, automatic generation control,
automatic voltage control
Designation: P1249
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Computer Based Controls for Hydroelectric Power Plant
Automation
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The original scope of the guide was to provide guidance to the
practicing engineer in the field of hydroelectric power plants by describing
the application, design concepts and implementation of computer-based
control systems for hydroelectric power plant automation. It also addresses
functional capabilities, performance requirements, interface requirements,
tradeoffs, hardware considerations and includes typical application
examples.
Project Purpose: The guide has not been revised since completion of the
original work on the document in 1996. It is proposed to make revisions to
the guide to reflect the advances in technology and to provide actual
computer implementation in hydroelectric power plants. The guide will be
amended with the latest case studies, software functions, HMI and
communications solutions.
Designation: 1249/IEC 62270
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Computer Based Controls for Hydroelectric Power Plant
Automation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**This project is a revision of IEEE Std 1249-1996 and IEC 62270:2004 under
the IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Maintenance procedure.
Technical Contact: Douglas B Seely, Phone:503-297-1631, Email:doug.seely@stantec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Designation: 125-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications
for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric
Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 26, 2007
Technical Contact: David Apps, Phone:604-528-2554, Email:david.apps@bchydro.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 2007
Project Scope: This document recommends performance characteristics and
equipment for electric-hydraulic governors for all types of hydraulic
turbines intended to drive electric generators of all sizes. This
recommended practice is applicable to new governors and rehabilitation of
existing governors.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to assist users with the
preparation of procurement specifications for electric-hydraulic speed
governors.
Abstract: This recommended practice is intended to assist users with the preparation of procurement specifications for electric-
hydraulic speed governors. Remarks: Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 125-1988
Key Words: control, digital, governor, hydraulic, hydroelectric, speed,
stability
Designation: 125-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications
for Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric
Generators
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: This recommended practice is intended to assist users with the preparation of procurement specifications for electric-
hydraulic speed governors. Remarks: Superseded by IEEE Std 125-2007
Key Words: hydraulic, govern, turbine
Designation: 125
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for Preparation of Equipment Specifications for
Speed-Governing of Hydraulic Turbines Intended to Drive Electric Generators
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The Standard will recommend minimum performance characteristics
and equipment for mechanical-hydraulic and electric-hydraulic governors for
all types of hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators.
Project Purpose: The original purpose of the standard was to recommend minimum
performance characteristics and equipment relating to governors for
controlling hydraulic turbines intended to drive electric generators and to
aid in preparation of procurement specifications. This scope continues to
be current and pertinent. The Standard will assist users to prepare
procurement specifications for mechanical-hydraulic and electric-hydraulic
governors.
Designation: 1250-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Identifying and Improving Voltage Quality in Power
Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1250-1995
Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: The reader of this guide will find discussions of ways to
identify and improve voltage quality in power systems, as well as references
to publications in this area. More specifically, this guide includes: a)
Voltage quality levels from benchmarking studies b) Factors that affect
power system performance c) Mitigation measures that improve power system
performance d) References to current relevant in-depth IEEE standards and
other documents.This guide only addresses subjects in depth where no other
power quality reference does so. It is a"gateway" document for power quality
that points the way to other documents in this field.
Project Purpose: The primary purpose in writing this guide is to assist power
delivery system designers and operators in delivering power with voltage
quality that is compatible with electrical end-use equipment. Another
purpose is to point utility system customers toward power quality solutions
that may exist in the power utilization system and equipment.
Abstract: The use of some electrical equipment attached to typical power systems creates voltage quality concerns. There is an
increasing awareness that some equipment is not designed to withstand the surges, faults, distortion, and reclosing duty present
on typical utility distribution systems. Traditional concerns about steady-state voltage levels and light flicker due to voltage
fluctuation also remain. These concerns are addressed by this guide by documenting typical levels of these aspects of voltage
quality and indicating how to improve them. Other documents that treat these subjects in more detail are referenced.
Key Words: benchmarking, disturbance analyzers, faults, harmonic distortion,
IEEE 1250, lightflicker, momentary voltage disturbances, noise, performance,
power conditioners, susceptible equipment, surge protection, surges, voltage
fluctuation, voltage quality
Designation: 1250-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Service to Equipment Sensitive to Momentary Voltage
Disturbances
Status: Superseded
**Administratively withdrawn on 15 Jan 2001. Reaffirmed in June 2002.
Superseded by 1250-2011.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002
Abstract: Computers, computer-like products, and equipment using solid-state power conversion have created entirely new areas of
power quality considerations. There is an increasing awareness that much of this new user equipment is not designed to withstand
the surges, faults, and reclosing duty present on typical distribution systems. Momentary voltage disturbances occuring in ac
power distribution and utilization systems, their potential effects on this new, sensitive, user equipment, and guidance toward
mitigation of these effects are described. Harmonic distortion limits are also discussed.
Key Words: surge protection, power conditioners, momentary voltage
disturbances, harmonic distortion, faults, disturbance analyzers, Surges,
Sensitive equipment, Noise
Designation: 1251
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Collection of Data on Personal Injuries in Generating Stations
and Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Greg P Rahman, Phone:415-768-4493, Email:grahman@bechtel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: 1252
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for a Frame-based Knowledge Representation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Glenn O Veach, Phone:412/642-6900
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: P1254
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Soil Thermal Stability
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This guide covers two approaches for evaluating the impact of
soil moisture migration under cable heating. With knowledge of conditions
that lead to thermal instability, operating conditions of the cable can be
adjusted or a thermally stable backfill can be used to prevent the
occurrence of thermal instability. The first approach uses the ‘extended
thermal needle test’. The thermal stability test is essentially an extended
time thermal resistivity test using a thermal probe and instrumentation
identical to that used to measure the thermal resistivity of a soil. The
test procedures which can be performed in the field on an in-situ sample or
in the laboratory on a small-scale compacted sample are explained in detail.
The test results can be used to predict the time to onset of thermal
instability of an operating underground power cable at a given heat
generation rate. A second approach uses a ‘two-zone model’. This concept
considers a dry envelope surrounding the cable and soils at ambient moisture
content beyond the critical boundary. Test procedures for determining the
‘critical temperature rise’ are generally outlined in this guide. A
migration test cell is utilized to define the regions of the two zone
method.
Project Purpose: The successful operation of all underground cable systems
require that the system dissipate heat so that the maximum temperature limit
of the cable conductor is not exceeded. In order for the cable system to
successfully dissipate this heat, the thermal properties of the surrounding
soil or backfill material must be known and remain thermally stable during
the operation of the cable. This guide has been prepared to assist planners
and engineers in achieving that goal.
Designation: 1254
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Measurement and Use of Soil Thermal Stability Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Fred Kimsey
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: 1254
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Measurement and Use of Soil Thermal Stability Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mack A. Martin, Phone:(404) 683-0070, Email:mamjr@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the understanding of moisture migration
in soil during thermal property measurements. Provide guidelines for the
measurement and use of soil thermal stability data.
Project Purpose: To provide cable engineers with guidelines for measurement and
application of thermal stability data
Designation: 1255-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for Evaluation of Torque Pulsations During Starting of
Synchronous Motors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2000
Technical Contact: Thomas A Lipo, Phone:608/262-0287, Email:lipo@engr.wisc.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Aug 07, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2001
Project Scope: To assist in providing a uniform method for calculating and
measuuring torque pulsations which occur during starting of synchronous
motors. Synchronous motors as discussed in this guide specifically refer to
salient-pole type motors with wound main field circuits with either a
continuous or interrupted amortisseur cage/ In modern installations, direct
current is applied to the main field by means of slip rings from a static
exciter or by a rotating brushless excitation system to establish
synchronous operation.
Project Purpose: Define electromagnetic torque pulsations which occur during
starting of synchronous motors; Recommends a standard equivalent circuit
that can be used to analytically describe the behavior of the synchronous
motor during starting; provide the definitions and information necessary to
properly determine the circuit parameters in the equivalent circuit; supply
equations derived from the circuit which can be used to calculate the
magnitude of the torque pulsation which would occur during starting; present
a uniform technique for the on-line measurement of torque pulsations during
starting based on equations derived from the equivalent circuit.
Abstract: A uniform method for calculating and measuring torque pulsations that occur during start-ing of synchronous motors is
provided. Synchronous motors, as discussed in this guide, applies to all types of excited synchronous motors, including laminated
or solid, salient or nonsalient ma-chines, as well as nonexcited synchronous-reluctance motors.
Key Words: Author: IEEE
Designation: 1255
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Evaluation of Torque Pulsations During Starting of Synchronous
Motors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen B Kuznetsov, Phone:724-657-2072, Email:stephen@powersuper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991
Designation: 1256
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for an Open Basic Input/Output System (OBIOS) Software
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: L Castelli, Phone:011-39-2-26162329
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991
Designation: 1258
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Trial Use Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Silicone -
Immersed Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Frank J Gryszkiewicz, Phone:617-926-4900x213, Email:frankg@doble.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This guide is intended to apply to silicone-immersed
transformers in which the silicone fluid was the fluid supplied when the
transformer was originally manyfactured. This guide also addresses the
following: 1.) The theory of combustible gas generation in a silicone-filled
transformer. 2.) Recommended procedures for sampling and analysis. 3.)
Recommended actions based on the interpretation of results. 4.) A
bibliography of related literature.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to write a guide to assist the
transformer operator in evaluating Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA) data
obtained for silicone-filled transformers. Other techniques such as fixed
instruments and gas space analysis may well have utility for silicone filled
units;\however, due to a lack of data at this time, this guide will focus
only on dissolved gas analysis.
Designation: 126-1959
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983
Title: IEEE Recommended Specification for Speed Governing of Internal
Combustion Engine-Generator Units
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Charles A Lennon Jr, Phone:702-293-8817, Email:clennon@ibr8gw80.usbr.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Key Words: speed, govern, internal, engine, generator
Designation: 1260-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide on the Prediction, Measurement, and Analysis of AM Broadcast
Reradiation by Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1996
History: BD APP: Feb 14, 1996, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007
Abstract: A set of procedures to be followed to cope with reradiation of AM broadcast signals from power lines and other large
metallic structures is provided. Reradiation may be described as electromagnetic waves radiated from a structure that has
parasitically picked up a signal from the environment. A simplified prediction technique called a survey is described to
determine which structures could possibly cause a problem. Guidelines for measurements and data analysis are included.
Key Words: AM broadcast, interference prediction, measurement, power lines,
reradiation
Designation: 1262-1995
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Photovoltaic (PV) Modules
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. Recommended procedures and specifications for qualification tests that
are structured to evaluate terrestrial flat-plate photovoltaic non-concentrating modules intended for power generation
applications are established. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication
online.
Key Words: amorphous silicon devices, bypass diode thermal test, crystalline
devices, damp heat test, dry hipot test, dynamic load test, electrical
isolation test, electrical performance test, ground-continuity test, hail-
impact test, hot-spot endurance test, humidity-freeze cycle test, mechanical
loading test, outdoor exposure test, photovoltaic (PV) module, power
generation, qualification test report, static load test, surface-cut
susceptibility test, thermal-cycle test, twist test, ultraviolet
conditioning test, visual inspection, wet hipot test, wet insulation-
resistance test
Designation: 1264-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Guide for Animal Deterrents for Electric Power Supply Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Methods and designs to mitigate interruptions and equipment damage resulting from animal intrusions into electric power
supply substations thereby improving reliability and minimizing the associated revenue loss are addressed.
Key Words: barrier, flashover, mitigation, phase-to-phase, Phase-to-phase
fault, Phase-to-ground fault
Designation: 1264
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Animal Deterrents for Electric Power Supply Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Updating to incorporate industry changes and improvements, since
the guide was originally issued.
Project Purpose: To identify methods for deterring animals from entering, and
if inside, damaging substation facilities.
Designation: 1265
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Bar Coding for Distribution Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Redesignated C57.12.35
Technical Contact: Ron D Jordan, Phone:619 654 8240
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard sets forth bar code label requirements for
overhead, padmounted, and underground type distribution transformers.
Included herein are requirements for data content, symbology, label layout,
print quality, and label life expectancy. This standard assumes the
existence of central transformer data bases within utility companies so that
bar code labels need only carry basic transformer identificaiton data.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote standardization and
uniform use of bar code labels on distribution transformers when specified
by the user. Longer term, it is hoped that the bar codes provided as a
result of this standard will serve as an integral part of electrical utility
material and information management systems.
Designation: 1266
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Trial-Use Guide for Evaluation and Development of Substation Life
Extension Programs
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary Klein, Phone:(816) 822-3068, Email:gklein@burnsmcd.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: Investigate the methods and techniques of a systematic approach
to life extension of substation facilities.
Project Purpose: Develop a guide which will provide prudent technical and
economical criteria for development and implementation of substation life
extension programs.
Designation: 1267-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Development of Specification for Turnkey Substation
Projects
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999
Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-674-1488, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to investigate the methods,
practices, and requirements of both users and suppliers, and to promogate a
systematic and coordinated approach for development of specifications for
turnkey substation projects.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to develop, for producers and
users, methods and procedures for formulating complete specifications for
turnkey substations or projects.
Abstract: " The technical requirements to engineer, design, specify, fabricate, manufacture, furnish,install, test, commission, and
provide as-built documents for air-insulated substations are covered.This guide investigates the methods, practices, and
requirements of both users and suppliers in or-der to promogate a systematic and coordinated approach for development of
specifications for turn-key substation projects. "
Designation: P1267
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Development of Specification for Turnkey Substation Projects
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-674-1488, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to provide methodology, requirements
and practices for both the users and suppliers for a systematic and
coordinated approach for development of specification for turnkey substation
projects.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is help users and suppliers in
specifying requirements and guidance for formulating complete specifications
for turnkey substations or projects.
Designation: 1268-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in the Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 2005
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005
Project Scope: This guide contains information on general topics and items
pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment. The guide
recognizes that mobile substations vary widely regarding the particular
devices and equipment used. It is beyond the scope of this guide to provide
a specific step-by-step set of instructions for individual units. This guide
covers installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to establish general transport,
setup, and installation guidelines for the safe use of mobile substation
equipment. This guide has been developed with the intent to identify
specific areas of concern and offer design assistance in those areas.
Abstract: Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV is provided in this guide.
Key Words: grounding, installation, lightning stroke protection, mobile
substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection, touch
voltage, transferred voltage
Designation: P1268
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Safety in the Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This guide contains information on general topics and items
pertaining to safety when installing substation equipment. The guide
recognizes that mobile substations vary widely regarding the particular
devices and equipment used. It is beyond the scope of this guide to provide
a specific step-by-step set of instructions for individual units. This guide
covers installation of mobile substation equipment up to 245 kV.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to establish general transport,
setup and installation guidelines when using mobile substation equipment,
with special regards to safety. This guide has been developed with the
intent to identify specific areas of concern and offer design assistance in
those areas.
Designation: 1268-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Safe Installation of Mobile Substation Equipment
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1268-2005 Abstract: Information pertaining to the installation of mobile substation equipment up
to 230 kV is provided.
Key Words: grounding, installation, lighting, lightning stroke protection,
mobile substation equipment, shielding, step voltage, surge protection,
touch voltage, transferred voltage
Designation: 127-1963
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: Standard for Aerospace Equipment Voltage and Frequency Ratings
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Designation: 1275-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Core
Requirements and Practices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 23, 1994
Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the
time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Open Firmware provides the following: a mechanism for loading and
executing programs (such as operating systems) from disks, tapes, network interfaces, and other devices; an ISA-independent
method for identifying devices plugged in to expansion buses and for providing firmware and diagnostics drivers for these
devices; an extensible and programmable command language based on the Forth programming language; methods for managing user-
configurable options stored in nonvolatile memory; a call back interface allowing other programs to make use of Open Firmware
services; and debugging tools for hardware, firmware, firmware drivers, and system software. You will receive an email from
Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: ROM, Plug-in device, Initialization, Forth, Firmware, FCode, Debug,
Configuration, Boot
Designation: 1275.1-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware:
Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) Supplement for IEEE 1754
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the
time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilities include testing and initializing the
hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging
facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be
supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This
standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the instruction set architecture (ISA) defined by IEEE Std 1754-
1994: IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture.
Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, Forth, initialization,
plug-in device, ROM
Designation: 1275.2-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus
Supplement for IEEE 1496 (SBus)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a computer between the time it is turned on and the
time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's responsibilites include testing and initializing the
hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the operating system, and providing interactive debugging
facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be
supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This
standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus architecture defined by IEEE Std 1496-1993, IEEE Standard
for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus.
Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, Forth, initialization,
plug-in device, ROM
Designation: 1275.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware--IEEE P1014
(VME) Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William Mitch Bradley, Phone:415/916-6984, Email:williamm.bradley@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This document will specify the application of IEEE 1275-1994
Boot Firmware to systems conforming to the 32-bit IEEE standard named IEEE
1014-1987 VME Bus, including VME-specific requirements and practices for
address formats, interrupts, probing and related properties and methods.
Extensions to the 32-bit IEEE standard, introduced in the newer VME64 bus
standard ANSI/VITA-1 1995, which specifies a maximum address space of 64
bits, are outside the scope of this document.
Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE Std
1275-1994 must be supplemented by system specific requirements to form a
complete specification for the firmware for a particular system. This
standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the bus
architecture defined by ANSI/IEEE 1014-1987, VME Standard.
Designation: 1275.4-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware: Bus
Supplement for IEEE 896 (Futurebus+(R))
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to IEEE Std 1275-1994. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-
2001.
Technical Contact: Martin D Walsh, Phone:408/922-9582, Email:martin.walsh@fmi.fujitsu.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1996
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Firmware is the read-only-memory (ROM)-based software that controls a
computer between the time it is turned on and the time the primary operating system takes control of the machine. Firmware's
responsibilities include testing and initializing the hardware, determining the hardware configuration, loading (or booting) the
operating system, and providing interactive debugging facilities in case of faulty hardware or software. The core requirements
and practices specified by IEEE Std 1275-1994 must be supplemented by system-specific requirements to form a complete
specification for the firmware for a particular system. This standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the
bus architecture defined by the IEEE Futurebus+® standards: ISO/IEC 10857: 1994[ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition],
Information technology-Microprocessor systems-Futurebus -Logical protocol specifications; and IEEE Std 896.2-1991: IEEE Standard
for Futurebus -Physical Layer and Profile Specification.
Key Words: boot, configuration, debug, FCode, firmware, forth, initialization,
plug in device, ROM
Designation: 1275.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware, Supplement
for 680X0 ISA
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William Mitch Bradley, Phone:415/916-6984, Email:williamm.bradley@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Project Scope: This document will specify the application of Std 1275 Boot
Firmware to the 680x0 Instruction Set Architecture, including 680x0-specific
requirements and practices for debugging, client program interface, and data
formats.
Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by Std 1275.0
must be augmented by system-specific requirements to form a complete
specification for the firmware for a particular system. This proposed
standard establishes such additional requirements pertaining to the 680x0
Intruction Set Architecture.
Designation: 1275.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware, 64 Bit
Extensions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David Kahn, Phone:415/786 6203, Email:david.kahn@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Project Scope: This document will specify user and device interface extensions
suitable for use by bindings to 64 bit processors and bindings to 64 bit
buses.
Project Purpose: The core requirements and practices specified by IEEE-1275-
1994 do not include user interface and device interface definitions for
native 64 bit-wide device and memory access. 64 bit bindings and
implementations need a standardized set of interfaces (including allocating
a fixed set of FCode numbers) for dealings with native 64 bit access. This
proposed standard establishes such additional requirements.
Designation: 1275a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to IEEE Std 1275-1994, IEEE Standard For Boot (Initialization
Configuration) Firmware: Core Requirements and Practices - Errata,
Clarifications and Corrections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David Kahn, Phone:415/786 6203, Email:david.kahn@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This supplement will correct errors in and specify
clarifications to IEEE 1275-1994. The project will not include extensions
or recommended practice to IEEE 1275-1994.
Project Purpose: IEEE 1275-1994 has several errors and inconsistencies as
published. This project will publish corrections to those errors and clear
up the inconsistencies and publish clarifications to items in the standard
that are not well understood by the community or are considered vague and
open to differing interpretation by the community.
Designation: 1276-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of High-Temperature Insulation Materials
in Liquid-Immersed Power Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 06, 1998
**Upgraded from Trial-Use to Full-Use on 30 March 2000.
Technical Contact: Michael A Franchek, Phone:802-751-3539, Email:mfranchek@weidmann-systems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006
Project Scope: Prepare a trial use guide for General Requirements for Liquid-
Immersed Power Transformers utilizing High Temperature Solid Insulating
Materials.
Project Purpose: To define consensus of existing practices developed from the
use of high temperature insulating materials in as yet unstandardized
liquid-filled power transformers.
Abstract: Technical information is provided related to liquid-immersed power transformers insulated with high-temperature
materials.Guidelines for applying existing qualified high- temperature materials to certain insulation systems,recommendations
for loading high- temperature liquid-immersed power transformers,and technical information on insulation-system temperature
ratings and test procedures for qualifying new high-temperature materials are included.
Key Words: "high-temperature insulation material,hyprid insulation
system,liquid-immersed power transformer,loading guide"
Designation: 1277-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements and Test Code for Dry-Type and Oil-
Immersed Smoothing Reactors for DC Power Transmission
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 29, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1277-2000
Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition and specification
of the requirements and test code for dry-type and oil-immersed smoothing
reactors for high-voltage direct current (HVDC) power transmission. This
standard only applies to smoothing reactors for dc transmission. It does not
apply to other smoothing reactors such as reactors for power converters for
variable speed drives, etc.
Abstract: The electrical, mechanical, and physical requirements of oil-immersed and dry-type aircore smoothing reactors for high-
voltage direct current (HVDC) applications are specified. Test code is defined and appropriate technical background information
is presented or identified.
Key Words: construction, dry-type air-core, HVDC, oil-immersed, rating,
smoothing reactors, test code application
Designation: 1277-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard General Requirements and Test Code for Dry-Type and Oil-
Immersed Smoothing Reactors for DC Power Transmission
Status: Superseded
**March 2002: Upgraded from Trial Use. Superseded by 1277-2010.
Technical Contact: Richard F Dudley, Phone:416-298-8108, Email:richardd@ca.trenchgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard applies only to oil-immersed and dry-type
smoothing reactors for dc transmission. It does not apply to other smoothing
reactors such as reactors for power converters for variable speed drives,
etc.
Abstract: The electrical, mechanical, and physical requirements of oil-immersed and dry-type air core smoothing reactors for high-
voltage direct current (HVDC) applications are specified. Test code is defined and appropriate technical background information
is presented or identified.
Key Words: 1277-2000, construction, dry-type air core, HVDC, oil-immersed,
rating, smoothing reactors, test code application
Designation: 1278-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Protocols for Distributed
Interactive Simulation Applications--Entity Information and Interaction
Status: Superseded
**Revision was redesignated 1278.1.
Technical Contact: Frank R Hill, Phone:404-464-4511, Email:fhill@sdslink.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1993
Abstract: Superseded. Revision was redesignated 1278.1. Data messages, called protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged
between simulation applications are defined. These PDUs provide information concerning simulated entity states and the types of
entity interactions that take place in a distributed interactive simulation (DIS). The messages defined are for interactions that
are primarily within visual range. Future versions of this standard will contain additional PDUs required to exchange information
about interactions and functions not currently supported.
Key Words: articulated, parts, attached, parts, dead, reckoning, entity,
coordinate, Euler, angles, field, guise, PDUs, right-hand, rule, simulation,
application, simulation, entity
Designation: 1278.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application
Protocols
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision a redesignation of IEEE Std 1278-1993.
Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network between simulation applications are
defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families, which include Entity
Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, and Radio Communications.
Key Words: data messages, protocol data units, PDU, DIS, simulation network
Designation: P1278.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application Protocols
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This standard is part of a set of standards and recommended
practices for Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) applications. Each
standard and recommended practice in the set describes one or more of the
elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of
standards and recommended practices defines an interoperable simulation
environment. This particular standard addresses the application protocols.
Project Purpose: This standard defines the data messages, known as Protocol
Date Units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network among simulation
applications. The messages are organized within specified domains called
protocol families. The protocol families included in this standard include
Entity Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management,
Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications, Entity Management,
Minefield, Synthetic Environment, Simulation Management with Reliability,
Information Operations, Live Entity Information/Interaction, and Non-Real
Time. Future versions of this standard may contain additional protocol
families or PDUs to exchange information about interactions and functions
not currently supported.
Designation: 1278.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Application
Protocols
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ralph J Weber, Phone:256-885-7133, Email:rweber@csc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for DIS
applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of
the elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of
standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment. This
particular standard addresses the application protocols.
Project Purpose: This standard defines the data messages, known as PDUs, which
are exchanged on a network between simulation applications. The messages
defined are for interactions that take place within specified domains called
protocol families. Current protocol families include Entity
Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management,
Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications, Simulation
Management, Synthetic Environment, Entity Management, Minefield, Live Entity
Information/Interaction and Non-Real Time. Future versions of this standard
will contain additional PDUs and protocol families to exchange information
about interactions and functions not currently supported.
Abstract: Data messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network among simulation applications are
defined. These PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families, which include Entity
Information/Interaction, Warfare, Logistics, Simulation Management, Distributed Emission Regeneration, Radio Communications,
Entity Management, Minefield, Synthetic Environment, Simulation Management with Reliability, Information Operations, Live Entity
Information/Interaction, and Non-Real Time.
Key Words: data messages, Distributed Interactive Simulation, protocol data
units (PDUs), Simulation network
Designation: 1278.1a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation Application
Protocols
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: J. Joseph Brann, Phone:407-658-8323, Email:joebrann@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard addresses DIS application protocols to support:
Newtonian Collisions, IFF/ATC/NAVAIDS, Underwater Acoustics, Entity
Management, Environment, Intercom Communications, Simulation Management with
Reliability, and Non Real Time.
Project Purpose: The current DIS application protocols do not support the
functions and interactions as detailed in section 6. In this supplement the
current standard will be extended to define protocols for the above areas
which are critical to the overall growth of DIS.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1278 family on Computer Simulation/Distributed Interactive Simulation. Data
messages, known as protocol data units (PDUs), that are exchanged on a network between simulation applications are defined. These
PDUs are for interactions that take place within specified domains called protocol families , which include Entity Information /
Interaction , Warfare , Logistics , Simulation Management , Distributed Emission Regeneration , and Radio Communications .
Key Words: "data messages, Distributed Interactive Simulation, protocol data
units (PDUs), Simulation network"
Designation: 1278.2-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation - Communication
Services and Profiles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Christina L Bouwens, Phone:407-243-3742, Email:christina.bouwens@saic.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 1996
Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for DIS
applications. Each standard in the proposed set describes one or more of
the several elements that constitute the DIS environment. As a whole, the
set of standards will define an interoperable simulated battle environment.
This particular standard addresses the communications services to be used to
support distributed interactive simulation appplications. This standard
defines the requirements for the communication services to be used to
support DIS applications. This standard also provides two communication
profiles which adhere to the service requirements.
Project Purpose: Communication requirements for interactive simulations are not
currently covered by standards. In fulfilling this need, the working group
will also define and recommend an overall action plan to clarify and improve
industry understanding for distributed interactive communication
requirements.
Abstract: Communication services to support information exchange between simulation applications participating in the Distributed
Interactive Simulation (DIS) environment are defined. These communication services describe a connectionless information transfer
that supports real-time, as well as non-real-time, exchange. Several communication profiles specifying communication services are
provided.
Key Words: communication , DIS, simulation network, protocol data units, PDU,
multicast
Designation: P1278.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) - Communication
Services and Profiles
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: James M. McCall, Phone:(480) 988-6561 x231, Email:james.mccall@mesa.afmc.af.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: This standard establishes the requirements for the
communications services to be used in a Distributed Interactive Simulation
application. This standard supports IEEE Std 1278.1-1995 and IEEE Std
1278.1a-1998. This standard may be used with later versions of IEEE Std
1278.1.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish requirements for
communication subsystems that support DIS applications. This standard
provides service requirements and associated profiles that can be
individually selected to meet specific DIS system operational requirements.
Designation: 1278.3-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Interactive Simulation -
Exercise Management and Feedback
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: William V Tucker, Phone:256-461-3120, Email:william.v.tucker@boeing.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 30, 1997
Project Scope: This standard is part of a proposed set of standards for
Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) applications. Each standard in the
proposed set describes one or more of the several elements that constitute
the DIS environment. As a whole, the set of standards will define an
interoperable simulated battle environment. This particular standard
addresses the exercise control and feedback stations connected into DIS
networks.
Project Purpose: Exercise management and feedback stations are not currently
covered by standards. In fulfilling this need, the working group will
define the functions that must be implemented in Exercise Management and
Feedback Stations. These functions will allow the exercise manager to
control exercise participants and to provide feedback of exercise results to
participants; both groups distributed geographically.
Abstract: Guidelines are established for exercise management and feedback in Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS) exercises.
Guidance is provided to sponsors, providers, and supporters of DIS compliant systems and exercises as well as to developers of
DIS exercise management and feedback stations. The activities of the organizations involved in a DIS exercise and the top-level
processes used to accomplish those activities are addressed. The functional requirements of the exercise management and feedback
process are also addressed. This standard is one of a series of standards developed for DIS to assure interoperability between
dissimilar simulations for currently installed and future simulations developed by different organizations.
Key Words: automated simulation, computer-generated force (CGF), dead-reckoning
algorithms, simulation management, simulator networking, validation,
verification, warfare simulation, wargames
Designation: 1278.4-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Interactive
Simulation—Verification, Validation, andAccreditation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Dec2002: Upgraded from trial-use to full-use.
Technical Contact: Simone Youngblood, Phone:703-824-3436, Email:simone.youngblood@jhuapl.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: This document has been developed to assist the DIS technician to
plan and conduct the Validation and Verification process. This document
presents the data flow and connectivity of all proposed Validation and
Verification process model steps and provides rationale and justification of
each step.
Project Purpose: The DIS Validation and Verification process morrors the
difficulties of designing, assembling, and testing a collection of models
and simulations. Because a variety of applications ca be supported by the
use of DIS, the Validation and Verification process must be clearly and
completely defined in terms that will ensure a solid understanding by its
various users and designers.
Abstract: Guidelines are established for the verification, validation, and accreditation (VV&A) of distributed interactive
simulation (DIS) exercises. “How-to” procedures for planning and conducting DIS exercise VV&A are provided. Intended for use in
conjunction with IEEE Std 1278.3-1996, this recommended practice presents data flow and connectivity for all proposed
verification and validation activities and provides rationale and justification for each step. VV&A guidance is provided to
exercise users/sponsors and developers.
Key Words: accreditation; certification; Distributed Interactive Simulation;
simulation; validation; verification; warfare simulation; wargames
Designation: 1278.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Distributed Interactive Simulation: Fidelity Description
Requirements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Greg Passmore
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Provide a taxonomy of fidelity characteristics with a consistent
and uniform language to describe fidelity at 6 levels: resource, fidelity
domain, capability, implementation, characteristic, and descriptor.
Project Purpose: Created to address the problem of how to measure, compare, and
test for fidelity of interconnected simulations, both individually and
collectively.
Designation: 1279
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms
Title: Standard for Information Technology -- CD-ROM Architectural Profile
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mike Rubenfeld, Phone:301/975-3064
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: 128-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Guide for Aircraft Electric Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Material comprising this report is directed primarily at the attainment
of improved applicatin technique - the attainment of the highest possible quality of performance from a combination of particular
devices to perform a given function. The performance qualities exhibited by a composite system composed of numerous devices will
be influenced by the character of devices which are interconnected or correlated. The extent to which such composite systems may
be benefited by proper application techniques is great.
Key Words: aircraft, systems, electric
Designation: 1280
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms
Title: Standard for Information Technology--Data Access Language for Full-Text
Information Systems: Structured Full-Text Query Language (SFQL)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Neil R Shapiro, Phone:518/393-1526, Email:n.shapiro@earth.execpc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1281
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Optical Disk & Multimedia Platforms
Title: Standard for Information Technology -- Use of ISO 9660: 1988 System Use
Fields
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Larry Kluger, Phone:415-336-4708
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: 1282
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Interchange of ISO 9945-1:1990
Filesystems via the ISO 9660:1988 File Structure
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Larry Kluger, Phone:415-336-4708
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1991
Designation: 1283-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operation on
Conductors, Connectors, and Accessories
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005
Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360.907.4168, Email:JLR.Eng.LLC@q.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: Prepare an IEEE guide describing the effects of high temperature
operation on conductors, connectors, and conductor hardware. The guide will
no only identify what constitutes elevated temperature operation and its
effects on the above overhead line components, but will also suggest some
mitigation techniques for consideration.
Project Purpose: Provide guidance to utilities when investigating the impacts
of elevated temperature operation on their transmission facilities. Such
guidance can assist in avoiding or mitigating described adverse thermal
effects.
Abstract: The purpose of this guide is to provide general recommendations for consideration when designing new overhead transmission
lines that will be operated at high temperatures. It may also evaluate existing transmission lines for operation at higher
temperatures. Although this guide is intended for overhead transmission lines, most of the discussion will also be applicable to
distribution lines.
Key Words: conductors, conductor hardware, connectors, creep, high-temperature
operation
Designation: 1283
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operations on
Coonductors, Connectors and Accesssories
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360.907.4168, Email:JLR.Eng.LLC@q.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: P1283
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Determining the Effects of High Temperature Operation on
Conductors, Connectors, and Accessories
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: Scope of the IEEE Guide is to describe the effects and impacts
of high temperature operation on conductors, connectors, and conductor
hardware. The guide will identify operating metrics which constitute
elevated temperature operation based on present industry practices and its
effects on overhead line components, plus also suggest potential mitigation
options to manage or avoid identified adverse impacts.
Project Purpose: Purpose of the IEEE Guide is to provide guidance to the
industry as to thermal operating levels which are considered high
temperature operation based on present industry practices and characterize
the associated adverse effects to the overhead transmission line.
Identifying adverse effects and suggesting potential mitigation options will
assist in the proper management or avoidance of the described adverse
thermal impacts.
Designation: 1284-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral
Interface for Personal Computers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 24, 2000
**Supersedes 1284-1994.
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this revision effort is the same as the original
scope for Std1284-1994 with the potential addition of an informational annex
to document the register model of common PC implementation of IEEE Std 1284-
1994.
Project Purpose: Std 1284-1994 has over 4 years of implementation experience
and is currently found on virtually all new PCs and printers. This
implementation experience has raised several issues including 1) conflicting
text and timing diagrams, 2) unclear text, 3) errors in component values, 4)
lack of clear signalling methods for certain boundary conditions. The
purpose of this revision effort is to incorporate this learning into the
next revision of IEEE STd 1284.
Abstract: A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel communications between hosts and printers
or other peripherals is defined. A functional subset of the signaling method may be implemented on personal computers (PCs) or
equivalent parallel port hardware with new software. New electrical interfaces, cabling, and interface hardware that provides
improved performance while retaining backward compatibility with this subset is detailed.
Key Words: "bidirectional parallel communications, computers, interfaces, PCs,
personal computers, printers"
Designation: 1284-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Signaling Method for a Bidirectional Parallel Peripheral
Interface for Personal Computers
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1284-2000.
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1284, 2000 Edition A signaling method for asynchronous, fully interlocked, bidirectional parallel
communications between hosts and printers or other peripherals is defined. A format for a peripheral identification string and a
method of returning this string to the host outside of the bidirectional data stream is also specified.
Key Words: bidirectional parallel, computers, interfaces, PCs, personal
computers, printers
Designation: 1284.1-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Transport Independent
Printer/System Interface (TIP/SI)
Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No
longer actively maintained.
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jul 29, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard protocol for the control of
printers. This protocol will be independent of the underlying datastream or
page description language used to create the printed page. This protocol
will be usable by all classes of printers. This project is limited to
management and control of printers and will not include management or
control of printing systems or subsystems.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for
controlling printers. Each vendor builds some control into the underlying
page description language or datastream. Without an independent, openly
defined protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically
determine the type of printer being addressed. This protocol will provide a
minimun implementation subset which will allow automatic identification and
configuration of printers and vendor extensibility to provide for growth and
product differentiation.
Abstract: A protocol and methodology for software developers, computer vendors, and printer manufacturers to facilitate the orderly
exchange of information between printers and host computers are defined in this standard. A minimum set of functions that permit
meaningful data exchange is provided. Thus a foundation is established upon which compatible applications, computers, and
printers can be developed, without compromising an individual organization's desire for design innovation.
Key Words: computers, printer communications, printers, printer command sets
Designation: 1284.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Test, Measurement and Conformance to IEEE Std 1284
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mike Moldovan, Phone:818-865-6600, Email:mmoldovan@g3nova.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop all necessary and sufficient test,
measurement, and certification procedures for timing, electrical, and
mechanical characteristics defined in IEEE Std 1284. This standard will not
alter, change or redefine the timing, electrical or mechanical
characteristics of IEEE Std 1284.
Project Purpose: While IEEE Std 1284 specifies all the required mechanical,
electrical and timing characteristics necessary to be in compliance, it does
not provide all the necessary procedures and methods to test and certify
compliance. In order for manufacturers and independent test houses to be
able to state compliance with the standard, a set of consistent and
sufficient test procedures are needed.
Designation: 1284.3-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Interface and Protocol Extensions to IEEE Std 1284
Compliant Peripherals and Host Adapters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Larry Stein, Phone:858-292-2742, Email:lstein@fapo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: This standard, IEEE 1284.3, defines system extensions consistent
with the implementation and functionality of IEEE Std 1284. These functions
include: Multi-port expansion architectures Multiplexor Daisy Chain
Application and Device Driver Programming Interface architecture that can be
supported across various operating systems. Data link layer services for
supporting IEEE Std 1284 parallel ports.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1284 (hereafter referred to as Std 1284) specifies
all the required mechanical, electrical, and timing characteristics for a
high-speed, bi-directional parallel port for printers and other peripherals.
While these parameters define the physical environment and protocol
requirements for an operational Std 1284 port, there is a need to
standardize a number of extensions and operating system interfaces to help
facilitate operation across various system platforms and operating
environments.
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn February 2006 System extensions consistent with the implementation and functionality of IEEE
Std 1284-2000 are covered. Multiport expansion architectures, daisy chains, an application and devicedriver programming interface
architecture, and data link layer services are explored.
Key Words: "dasiy chain, data link layer services, device driver programmnig
interface architecture, IEEE 1284, multiport expansion architecture, port
sharing"
Designation: 1284.4-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Data Delivery and Logical Channels for IEEE Std 1284
Interfaces
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Larry Stein, Phone:858-292-2742, Email:lstein@fapo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: The packet protocol described by this standard allows a device
to carry on multiple, concurrent exchanges of data and/or control
information with another device across a single point-to-point link. the
protocol is not a device control language. The protocol provides basic
transportlevel flow control and multiplexing services. The multiplexed
information exchanges are independent and blocking of one has no effect on
any other. The protocol shall operate over IEEE 1284-1994 interfaces and
may operate over other point-to-point interfaces.
Project Purpose: Define and describe an updated PC parallel interface by adding
multiple modews of operation which provide for higher speed, bi-directional
communication between devices. The IEEE 1284-1994 stgandard does not
provide anything beyond a physical protocol. The 1284.4 standard specifies
a point-to-point protocol with one or more layers above the physical
interface and below the application. These layers take on the functions and
characteristics of the transport and session layers of the OSI model.
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn February 2006 A device to carry on multiple, concurrent exchanges of data and/or control
informationwith another device across a single point-to-point link allowed by the packet protocol is describedin this standard.
The protocol is not a device control language. The protocol provides basictransport-level flow control and multiplexing services.
The multiplexed information exchanges areindependent, and blocking of one has no effect on any other. The protocol shall operate
over inter-faces such as described in IEEE Std 1284-2000.
Key Words: update:1960
Designation: 1285-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Scalable Storage Interface
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 22, 2006
Technical Contact: Martin Freeman, Phone:650-269-6341, Email:martin.freeman@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines a scalable interface for use with memory-
mapped storage units and other devices. The term "storage unit" can
encompass rotating, non-rotating, volatile and non-volatile storage. Issues
of concurrency, latency, bandwidth, extensibility, and negotiation will be
addressed. The interface is intended for use with either a single storage
unit or with many coordinated storage units.
Project Purpose: This standard provides an efficient physical-layer independent
interface architecture for storage units that attach directly to memory
access buses. In this interface model, storage units have an attachment to
main memory, rather than an attachment to an I/O channel. This simplifies
the storage unit design and supports scheduling of data transfers spanning
large numbers of units.
Abstract: This document specifies a scalable interface between mass-storage devices and controlling hard-ware/software. The
interface has been optimized for low-latency interconnects, assuming that the proces-sor/controller and the storage device can
often be co-located on the same printed-circuit board. The interface can also be used with longer-distance bus-like
interconnects, including (but not limited to) IEEE Std 1394-1995 Serial Bus and IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface.
Key Words: storage interface, mass-storage, controller
Designation: 1285
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Scalable Storage Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Martin Freeman, Phone:650-269-6341, Email:martin.freeman@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1286-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: IEEE Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Grounding and Testing Devices
Used in Enclosures
Status: Superseded
**Number changed to C37.20.6 at 9/16/97 St.Bd. meeting. Superseded by
C37.20.6-1997
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: This document will cover the description, design and testing of
these devices, which can be inserted in place of drawnout circuit breakers
for the purpose of grounding and testing in medium voltage applications.
Project Purpose: Ground and test devices are not presently covered by
standards.
Abstract: Drawout type grounding and testing (G&T) devices for use in medium-voltage metal-clad switchgear rated above 4.76 kV
through 38 kV are covered. The description, design, and testing of these accessory devices that are inserted in place of drawout
circuit breakers for the purpose of grounding and testing are also covered.
Key Words: electrical operation, grounding and testing (G&T) devices,
locking/interlocking, manual operation, one or two terminal sets, selector
switch, test port
Designation: 1288
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Software Function
Point Determination from Requirements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: W. W. Geoff Cozens, Phone:+44-1932-560-474, Email:g.cozens@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1289-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering in the
Design of Computer-Based Monitoring and Control Displays for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Robert Waters, Phone:941-697-9435, Email:watersworks@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides system design considerations, identifies
information display and control techniques for use with computer-based
displays, and provides human factor engineering guidance for the use of
these techniques in nuclear power generating stations.
Abstract: System design considerations, information display and control techniques for use with computer-based displays, and human
factors engineering guidance for the use of these tech-niques in nuclear power generating stations are provided.
Key Words: "displays,human factors engineering,nuclear power generating
stations"
Designation: P1289
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide for the Application of Human Factors Engineering in the Design of
Computer- Based Monitoring and Control Displays for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This document establishes guidelines defining suitable Computer-
based Monitor and Control Display formats. The guide also establishes basic
practical guidance for the design and implementation details for creating
such displays intended to be used on Video Display Units (VDUs) and other
electronic displays to monitor and control the operations of Nuclear Power
Generating Stations and other Nuclear facilities.
Project Purpose: This document is to provide guidance to design teams
responsible for designing or reviewing displays to be implemented on a
Graphical User Interface (GUI) for the monitoring and control of nuclear
power generating stations and other nuclear facilities.
Designation: 129
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1290-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Motor Operated Valve (MOV) Motor Application, Protection,
Control, and Testing in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 1996
Technical Contact: Bruce A Lord, Phone:(207) 622-4868
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This guide applies to motors used to drive valve operators in
nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: This guide presents guidelines to evaluate the adequacy of
motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor
application; and to provide methods for protection, control, and testing of
motors used for valve operation.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 22, 2005 Motors used to drive valve operators in nuclear power generating stations are discussed.
Guidelines to evaluate the adequacy of motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor application;
and to provide methods for protection, control, and testing of motors used for valve operation are presented.
Key Words: generating stations, motor application, motor control, motor
protection, motors, motor testing, nuclear power generating stations, valve
operation, valve operators, valves
Designation: P1290
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide for Motor Operated Valve (MOV) Motor Application, Protection,
Control, and Testing in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This guide applies to motors used to drive valve operators in
nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: This guide presents guidelines to evaluate the adequacy of
motors used to drive valve operators; to provide recommendations for motor
application; and to provide methods for protection, control, and testing of
motors used for valve operation.
Designation: 1291-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Measurement in Power Switchgear
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 1993
History: BD APP: Dec 01, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Project Scope: Provide a guide for the measurement of partial discharges on all
types of power system switchgear rated 1000 volts and above. The guide will
include specific methods of test circuit/specimen calibration to ensure
accurate,repeatable measurements may be made for the wide range of apparatus
size, insulation types and apparatus capacitance.
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2005 This guide defines methods of measuring partial discharges that may occur in energized power switchgear
apparatus in flaws, voids, and interfaces of non-self restoring insulation that may then result in dielectric failure of the
switchgear. Guidance on instrumentation and calibration technique is also given.
Key Words: corona, switchgear, Partial discharge, Dielectric tests, Calibration
Designation: 1293-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear,
Single-Axis, Non-Gyroscopic Accelerometers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**P1293 is revision combining IEEE Stds 337 and 530.
Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003
Abstract: The specification and test requirements for a linear, single-axis, nongyroscopic accelerometer for use in internal
navigation, guidance, and leveling systems are defined. A standard specification guide and a compilation of recommended test
procedures for such accelerometers are provide. Informative annexes are given on the various types of such accelerometers (force
or pendulous torque rebalance with analog or digital output, vibrating beam, and micromechanical) and error effects, on
filtering, noise, and transient anaysis techniques, and on calibration and modeling techniques (multipoint tumble analysis,
vibration and shock test analyses, and geophysical effects in inertial instrument testing). IEEE 1293 is revision combining
IEEE Stds 337 and 530.
Key Words: accelerometer, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, pendulous
accelerometer, vibrating beam accelerometer, micromechanical accelerometer,
power spectal density, vibration and shock, geophysical effects,
specification, testing, IEEE 1293
Designation: 1293-1998/Cor 1-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for
Linear,Single-Axis, Nongyroscopic Accelerometers Corrigendum 1: Changes to
Annex K and Annex L
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 25, 2008
Technical Contact: Robert Martinez, Phone:+1 617 258 2564, Email:rmartinez@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009
Abstract: Corrigendum to IEEE Std 1293-1998. Specification and test requirements for linear, single-axis, nongyroscopic
accelerometers for use as a sensor in attitude control systems, linear displacement measuring systems, and linear rate
measuring systems are defined. The specification format guide and test procedure standard applies to force-rebalance
accelerometers (pendulous or translational proof mass), vibrating beam accelerometers (VBAs), and micromechanical
accelerometers that range from lesser accuracy to high accuracy devices.
Key Words: 1293-1998/Cor 1-2008, accelerometers, force-rebalance mode, inertial
instrument, inertial sensor, MEMS, MEMS gyro, micro-electro-mechanical
system, nongyroscopic accelerometers, open loop mode, ratiometric output,
VBA
Designation: 1294
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: See 1390.2
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1295-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X Window System--Modular
Toolkit Environment (MTE)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly 1295.1
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Graphical user interface (GUI) applications and
user interfaces to open systems are covered. This standard defines the application interface to a group of widgets built upon the
X Window System X Toolkit Intrinsics. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this
publication online.
Key Words: API, application portability, data processing, graphical user
interface, open systems, operating system, portable application, X Window
System
Designation: 1295.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Standard for Information Technology -- X Window System -- Open Toolkit
Environment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David A Bealby, Phone:415/336-5585, Email:david.bealby@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1296
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Military Form Factor Annex for IEEE 1296-1987
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 27, 1991
Designation: 1296-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Synchronous 32-Bit Bus: MULTIBUS II
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available as ISO/IEC 10861.
Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 08, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The operation, functions, and
attributes of a parallel system bus (PSB), called MULTIBUS II, are defined. A high- performance backplane bus intended for use in
multiple-microprocessor systems, the PSB incorporates synchronous, 32-bit multiplexed address/data, with error detection, and
uses a 10 MHz bus clock. This design is intended to provide reliable state- of-the-art operation and to allow the implementation
of cost-effective high-performance VLSI for the bus interface. Memory, I/O, message, and geographic address spaces are defined.
Error detection and retry is provided for messages. The message-passing design allows a VLSI implementation, so that virtually
all modules on the bus will utilize the bus at its highest performance—32 to 40 Mbyte/s. An overview of PSB, signal descriptions,
the PSB protocol, electrical characteristics, and mechanical specifications are covered. This document also contains IEEE Std
1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers.
Key Words: high, performance, 32, bit, bus
Designation: 1296.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for 20 MHz and Live Insertion Extensions to Multibus II
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack L Blevins, Phone:217-586-4047, Email:71562.427@compuserve.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1297
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Software Reuse Process
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rebecca L Joos, Email:joos@cig.mot.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Designation: 1298-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Software Quality Management System Part 1: Requirements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Adopted from Standards Australia - Std AS 3563.1-1991.
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Requirements for a software developer's
quality management system are established. Each of the elements of a quality management system to be designed, developed, and
maintained by the developer are identified, with the objective of ensuring that the software will meet the requirements of a
contract, purchase order, or other agreement (collectively referred to as a contract).
Key Words: software development, software quality management
Designation: 1299-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated,
Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Also known as Std C62.22.1.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Abstract: This guide suggests surge arrester installation methods at distribution cable terminal poles in order to minimize the
total impressed transient voltage on medium-voltage distribution cables. Grounding electrode techniques, pole ground values, and
system ground grid values are not addressed or considered in this document.
Key Words: cable,lead length,margin of protection,surge arresters
Designation: P1299
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Connection of Surge Arresters to Protect Insulated,
Shielded Electric Power Cable Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John P DuPont, Phone:262-691-8303, Email:jdupont@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: This project will review and correct minor errors that were
pointed out in the balloting process. This project will review new and more
detailed lightning protection information of cable systems. That data will
be discussed and studied. The technical information of the guide will be
updated to properly reflect that new information.
Project Purpose: The original purpose of this document was to provide
information as to how to best protect a medium voltage underground cable
system from over voltages. The next revision will update that information to
provide new information on over voltage protection.
Designation: 130
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1300-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Cable Connections for Gas-Insulated Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Aug 01, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Abstract: The coordination of design, material supply, installation, and test procedures required for the connection of a gas-
insulated substation (GIS) is described. Preferred dimensions for mechanical and electrical interchangeability for voltage
classes of 69kV and above are established.
Key Words: cable connection, gas insulated, substation, GIS
Designation: P1300
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Cable Connections for Gas Insulated Substations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Milan Uzelac, Phone:708-388-5010, Email:muzelac@gwelec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This guide establishes typical dimensions for connections of a
gas insulated substation (GIS) to extruded, self contained fluid filled and
high pressure fluid filled (pipe type) cables in single and three phase
arrangements for voltages 72.5 kV and above. The guide applies to
both fluid filled and dry type cable terminations with insulating barrier
separating SF6 gas in GIS housing from the termination fluid. It also
determines the arrangement for dielectric tests of the termination with
simulated GIS enclosure. Responsibilities in grounding connections,
installation and field tests are also defined.
Project Purpose: Connection of a GIS to cables typically requires the
coordination of design, material, installation and test procedures of
several parties. This guide provides detailed directions for such
coordination. The guide establishes limits of supply between cable
termination and switchgear manufacturers and assures interchangeability of
the terminations and GIS enclosures.
Abstract: This guide establishes typical dimensions for connections of a gas-insulated substation (GIS) to extruded, self contained
fluid filled and high pressure fluid filled (pipe type) cables in single and three phase arrangements for voltages 72.5 kV to 550
kV.
Key Words: Gas-Insulated Substations, GIS, Terminations, Cable Connections
Designation: 1301-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers -
Coordination Document
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1992
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 The metric mechanical coordination of microcomputer components, including the
cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0,
and 0.5 mm is addressed. This generic standard may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are
required to conform to a metric modular order. This choice of coordination dimensions for the mechanical structure for heights,
widths, and depths lies within a homogeneous, metric, modular, three-dimensional grid as specified in IEC 917. The intent is to
provide a single metric equipment practice for worldwide use.
Key Words: "The metric mechanical coordination of microcomputer components,
including the cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-
dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm
is addressed. This generic standard may be applied in all fields of
electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a
metric modular order. This choice of coordination dimensions for the
mechanical structure for heights, widths, and depths lies within a homo"
Designation: 1301.1-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers -
Convection-Cooled with 2 mm Connectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1992
Abstract: 1301.1-1991 Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers - Convention-Cooled 2 mm Conn (PDF)
Key Words: "Requirements are presented for subracks, plug-in units, printed
boards, and backplanes to be used in conjunction with IEEE Std 1301-1991 and
with a 2 mm connector as defined in EIA IS-64 (1991). The general
arrangement, dimensions, and environmental requi"
Designation: 1301.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for the Implementation of a Metric Equipment
Practice (IEEE Std 1301-1991)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 Recommendations provide guidance in the implementation of the generic standard,
IEEE Std 1301-1991, and the connector-related standards, such as IEEE Std 1301.1-1991 and IEEE Std 1301.3-1992. This recommended
practice may be applied in all fields of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric
modular order. The IEEE 1301 metric equipment practices are in accordance with IEC 917 (1988) and IEC 917-0 (1989), including
cabinet, rack, subracks, printed boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0,
and 0.5 mm.
Key Words: backplane, cabinet, interchangeability, metric, rack, subrack,
Printed board, Plug-in unit, Microcomputer component dimensions
Designation: 1301.3-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers -
Convection-Cooled with 2.5 mm Connectors
Status: Approved publication of the IEEE. Deemed a stabilized standard. No
longer actively maintained.
Technical Contact: Elwood T Parsons, Phone:717-545-6796, Email:etparsons@tycoelectronics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 16, 1993
Project Scope: To generate a detailed standard in accordance with IEE 1301 for
a 2.5mm Connector which meets IEC 48D (sec) 189
Abstract: Recommendations provide guidance in the implementation of the generic standard, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and the connector-
related standards, such as IEEE Std 1301.1-1991 and IEEE Std 1301.3-1992. This recommended practice may be applied in all fields
of electronics where equipment and installations are required to conform to a metric modular order. The IEEE 1301 metric
equipment practices are in accordance with IEC 917 (1988) and IEC 917-0 (1989), including cabinet, rack, subracks, printed
boards, and common connector-dependent dimensions for connector pitches of 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, 1.0, and 0.5 mm.
Key Words: backplane, cabinets, interchangeability, metric microcomputer,
Subrack, Rack, Printed board, Plug-in unit, Microcomputer component
dimensions, Metric, Connector
Designation: 1301.4-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for a Metric Equipment Practice for Microcomputers -
Coordination Document for Mezzanine Cards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Joseph P Trainor, Phone:508-875-5042, Email:j.trainor@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Abstract: This standard establishes the metric modular order and coordination dimensions for mezzanine cards for use on host
modules.
Key Words: front panel, host module, metric, mezzanine, module
Designation: 1302-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for the Electromagnetic Characterization of Conductive
Gaskets in the Frequency Range of DC to 18 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 09, 2009
Technical Contact: Johan Catrysse, Phone:+32-59-569034, Email:johan.catrysse@khbo.be
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Nov 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 2009
Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to provide manufacturers of gaskets
and designers of electronic systems appropriate methods for the
characterization of gaskets. This document will guide the user in the
selection of the appropriate test method in order to determine the level of
shielding provided in the intended application.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance on the
strengths and weaknesses of each of the recommended methods, and provide
in-depth documentation for each method. Therefore, it identifies
limitations and sources of errors of the commonly accepted techniques for
measuring gaskets, and provides a basis for comparing the various accepted
techniques. It encompasses measurements of the as-installed behavior of
gaskets as well as manufacturing-related quality control measurements.
Special attention is also given to test methods for small samples of gaskets
(also above 1 GHz), correlation between different methods, and to identify
possible measuring methods for near-field characterization of gaskets [as
used on printed circuit board (PCB) board applications].
Abstract: The scope of the proposed project is to provide manufacturers of gaskets and designers of electronic systems appropriate
methods for the characterization of gaskets. It will guide the user in the selection of the appropriate test method in order to
determine the level of shielding provided in the intended application.
Key Words: 1302-2008, aperture transmission, electromagnetic shielding, EMI
gaskets, measurement techniques, reverberation chamber, shielding
effectiveness, stirred mode, transfer impedance
Designation: 1302-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for the Electromagnetic Characterization of Conductive
Gaskets in the Frequency Range DC to 18GHz
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1302-2008.
History: BD APP: May 20, 1998
Abstract: Information to assist users of gaskets in evaluating gasket measurement techniques to determine which reveal the
properties critical to the intended application, to highlight limitations and sources of error of the competing measurement
techniques, and to provide a basis for com-paring the techniques is provided. Emphasis is placed on those measurement techniques
that have been adopted through incorporation into standards, both commercial and military, or that have been used extensively.
Key Words: "aperture transmission, electromagnetic interference (EMI) gaskets,
electromagnetic shielding, measurement techniques, reverberation chamber,
stirred mode, transfer impedance"
Designation: 1303-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 04, 1994
Technical Contact: Philip R Nannery, Phone:201-934-9796, Email:pnannery@oru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 14, 1994
Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs) before they are placed in-service,
for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program are
identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC.
Key Words: Mvar, SVC, var, Static var compensator
Designation: P1303
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Hubert Bilodeau, Phone:514-840-3000x3161, Email:bilodeau.hubert@hydro.qc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document is a guide for field testing and commissioning of
static var compensators (SVCs). As such, the document establishes general
guidelines and criteria for field testing to verify the specified
performance of SVC systems. Many clauses will be useful for compensator
systems using gate turn-off (GTO)thyristor technology[static compensator
(STATCOM)] or other semiconductor devices such as insulated gate commutated
transistor (IGCT). This guide does not - Cover factory and simulator tests
of SVC system components (but it assumes that such tests have been performed
beforehand). - Discuss the division of responsibility between user and
supplier, since this division is usually defined in the contract between
buyer and supplier. Most often, however, the practice is for the equipment,
subsystem, and commissioning tests to be performed by the supplier, and the
acceptance tests to be performed by the buyer or user.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to help users of SVCs carry out a
field test program prior to placing an SVC into service. The major elements
of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a
specific plan that is suited to his or her own SVC. Such a test program
should cover the following: - Equipment tests within the SVC system -
Tests of the various subsystems that comprise the SVC system -
Commissioning tests of the complete SVC system - Acceptance testing of the
complete SVC system It should be recognized that there are many ways in
which a particular SVC may be commissioned, and also that it is not the
purpose of this guide to endorse a specific procedure to the exclusion of
other methods. Depending on the purpose of the SVC design (transmission
type or smaller size used for other purposes) some tests may not be
required. In particular, some control system tests may be included in the
factory tests. Also, acceptance tests may be integrated into any of the
categories listed above.
Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs), before they are placed in-
service, for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program
are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC. Keywords: Mvar, static
var compensator, SVC, var, field tests.
Designation: 1303
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Static Var Compensator Field Tests
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Christopher Horwill, Phone:+44 1785 274456, Email:chris.horwill@areva-td.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This document is a guide for field testing and commissioning of
static var compensators (SVCs). As such, the document establishes general
guidelines and criteria for field testing to verify the specified
performance of SVC systems. This guide does not - Cover factory and
simulator tests of SVC system components (but it assumes that such tests
have been performed beforehand). - Discuss the division of
responsibility between user and supplier, since this division is usually
defined in the contract between buyer and supplier. Most often, however, the
practice is for the equipment, subsystem, and commissioning tests to be
performed by the supplier, and the acceptance tests to be performed by the
buyer or user.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to help users of SVCs carry out a
field test program prior to placing an SVC into service. The major elements
of a commissioning program are identified so that the user can formulate a
specific plan that is suited to his or her own SVC. Such a test program
should cover the following: - Equipment tests within the SVC system
- Tests of the various subsystems that comprise the SVC system -
Commissioning tests of the complete SVC system - Acceptance testing of
the complete SVC system It should be recognized that there are many
ways in which a particular SVC may be commissioned, and also that it is not
the purpose of this guide to endorse a specific procedure to the exclusion
of other methods. Depending on the purpose of the SVC design
(transmission type or smaller size used for other purposes) some tests may
not be required. In particular, some control system tests may be included in
the factory tests. Also, acceptance tests may be integrated into any of the
categories listed above.
Abstract: General guidelines and criteria for the field testing of static var compensators (SVCs), before they are placed in-
service, for the purpose of verifying their specified performance are described. The major elements of a commissioning program
are identified so that the user can formulate a specific plan that is most suited for his or her own SVC.
Key Words: Mvar, static var compensator, SVC, var, field tests.
Designation: 1304
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard for Current Measuring Systems Which Use Optical Techniques for
Power Systems Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harold Kirkham, Phone:818-354-9699, Email:harold.kirkham@jpl.nasa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Project Scope: To describe devices, to specify performance characteristics and
requirements, to describe tests and calibration techniques.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for current measuring systems which use
optical techniques to cover the above scope. These systems are not
presently covered by any other standard.
Designation: 1305
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition of Terms for Artificial Neural
Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss artificial neural
networks including hardware, software and algorithms related to artificial
neural networks.
Project Purpose: The subject of artificial neural networks is treated in a wide
variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At
the present time, there is no widely accedpted guide or standard for the use
of technical terms relating to artificial neural networks. It is the
purpose of this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of terms
recommended for use and to outline algorithm specifications.
Designation: 1306
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Guide for the Evaluation of the Speed and Accuracy of Implementations of
Feed-Forward Artificial Neural Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alf Jones, Phone:(407) 367-3182, Email:alf@cse.fau.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Artificial neural network implementations which implement
supervised learning through minimization of an error function based on the
sum of the squares of residual errors.
Project Purpose: Since 1986, a large number of implementations of the feed-
forward back-error propagation neural network algorithm have been described
with widely varying claims of speed and accuracy. At present, buyers and
users of software and/or hardware for the purpose of executing such
algorithms have no common set of bench-marks to facilitate the verification
of vendor claims. The working group proposes to assemble guidelines and
sources for test data.
Designation: 1307-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard for Fall Protection for Utility Work
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 2004
**Supersedes 1307-1996.
Technical Contact: Gernot K Brandt, Phone:425-255-0866, Email:ger2@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: This document provides requirements, guidelines and
recommendations for a fall protection progra, for substation, general
structures and equipment, communication, (including Community Antenna
Television-CATV), and transmission and distribution structures.
Project Purpose: To document usage of fall protection, encourage further
develo0pment in equipment, work methods, and training related to all
protection programs within the utility industry.
Abstract: Supersedes 1307-1996 Project scope: This document provides requirements, guidelines and recommendations for a fall
protection program, for substation, general structures and equipment, communication, (including Community Antenna Television-
CATV), and transmission and distribution structures. Project purpose: To document usage of fall protection, encourage further
develo0pment in equipment, work methods, and training related to all protection programs within the utility industry.
Key Words: IEEE Std 1307-2004 , 1307 ,
Designation: 1307-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Trial Use Guide for Fall Protection for the Utility Industry
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1307-2004.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996
Abstract: General recommendations for fall protection and worker protection are provided. Sufficient details of the methods,
equipment, and training requirements necessary to provide safe and adequate procedures for personnel working at elevated
worksites are presented.
Key Words: carabiner, engineered system, fall arrester, fall arrest system,
fall prevention system, fall protection program, total fall distance, work
positioning system, worker certification
Designation: 1308-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Instrumentation: Specifications for
Magnetic Flux Density and Electric Field Strength Meters - 10 Hz to 3 kHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jul 10, 1995
Abstract: Specifications that should be provided to characterize instrumentation used to measure the steady state rms value of
magnetic and electric fields with sinusoidal frequency content in the range 10 Hz to 3 kHz in residential and occupational
settings as well as in transportation systems are identified. The instrumentation, recommended calibration methods, and sources
of measurement uncertainty are also described.
Key Words: calibration, measurements, quasi-static fields, specifications,
measurement uncertainty, magnetic flux density, electric field strength
meters
Designation: 1309-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and
Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2005
Technical Contact: John G Kraemer, Phone:319-295-4681, Email:jgkraeme@rockwellcollins.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 07, 2005
Project Scope: Revision of Std 1309 to include new field probes and sensors
that fall within the original scope of Std 1309 and provide minor
clarifications on technical points that have been found difficult to
interpret or understand. Original Scope: The scope of this standard includes
the calibration of electromagnetic field sensors [1] and probes [2],
excluding antennas per se, for the frequency range from 9 kHz to 40 GHz. [1]
ANSI/IEEE std. - 1988 Dictionary of Electronical and Electronics Terms, 4th
ed. p. 877 (def. 5) [2] IEC Multilingual dictionary of electricity, IEEE &
Hiley, 1983, P. 303 (def. 2)
Project Purpose: Standard is being revised to include current technologies and
to provide minor clarifications on technical points that have been found
difficult to interpret or understand. Original Purpose: The manufacturers of
electromagnetic field sensors and probes currently calibrate them in
accordance with the company standards rather than consensus standards. The
result is that calibrations are not consistent. A standard calibration
method would produce more uniform results. The calibration shall be readily
traceable to NIST.
Abstract: Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic (EM) field sensors and probes are provided. Data recording and
reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified.
Key Words: calibration, electromagnetic, field probe, field sensor, measurement
instrumentation uncertainty, electric field measurement.
Designation: P1309
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Probes,
Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Zhong Chen, Phone:5125316452, Email:zhong.chen@ets-lindgren.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard includes calibration methods for electromagnetic
field sensors and probes, excluding antennas per se, for the frequency range
from 9 kHz to 40 GHz. The standard defines the characteristics, use and
measurement uncertainties for electromagnetic field sensors and field
probes. Areas described include: anisotropy effects, temperature effects,
probe linearity effects, modulation effects, source and conductor proximity
(near-field) effects, response in multi-frequency fields, partial- vs. full-
immersion of probe/meter, non-purity and harmonic field effects caused by
amplifiers. Specific instructions are provided for proper calibration of
probes for different applications.
Project Purpose: This standard provides consensus calibration methods for
electromagnetic field sensors and probes. Calibration organizations and
other users need uniform calibration methods to obtain consistent results.
The calibration methods of this standard will produce results readily
traceable to a national measurement institute.
Designation: 1309-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Calibration of Electromagnetic Field Sensors and
Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9 kHz to 40 GHz
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Consensus calibration methods for electromagnetic field sensors and field probes are provided. Data recording and
reporting requirements are given, and a method for determining uncertainty is specified.
Key Words: calibration, electromagnetic, field probe, field sensor, probe
antenna
Designation: P1309a
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment 1 to IEEE Standard Method for the Calibration of
Electromagnetic Field Sensors and Field Probes, Excluding Antennas, from 9
kHz to 40GHz: Probe characteristics, use and measurement uncertainty: Probe
Use
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Nigel J Carter, Phone:44-125-239-2500, Email:njcarter@qinetiq.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This project will produce an amendment defining characteristics,
use, and measurement uncertainties for electromagnetic field sensors and
field probes, beyond the details about calibration setups and uncertainties
already contained in IEEE Std 1309. Specific instructions will be provided
for proper calibration of probes for different fields of use.
Project Purpose: This project will deal with probe use, characteristics and
related measurement uncertainties. Areas to be described in the amendment
include but may not be limited to: anisotropy effects, temperature effects,
probe linearity effects, modulation effects, source and conductor proximity
(near-field) effects, response in multifrequency fields, partial- vs. full-
immersion of probe/meter, non-purity and harmonic field effects caused by
amplifiers.
Designation: 131
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1310-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound Stator
Bars and Coils for Large Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jul 03, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This procedure is intended for bars/coils for rotating machines
rated 11 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected to many transitions
from no-load to full-load current during normal operations, and where rapid
load variations are typical. Only the thermal cyclic degradation within the
groundwall insulation and/or the conductor package and delamination of the
groundwall insulation from the conductor are addressed by this test. The
procedure is applicable to the following machines: — Indirectly cooled
combustion turbine generators — Indirectly cooled pumped storage or
peaking load hydrogenerators — Indirectly cooled synchronous condensers
No pass/fail criteria are presented; rather, the test results on a variety
of stator bars and coils are compared. Pass/fail criteria may be
established by users of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: A test method to determine the relative ability of high-
voltage form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to
resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine
load cycling is described. The test procedure is primarily intended for
machines where the stator windings are indirectly cooled by air. This
procedure provides a recommended practice for performance of thermal cycle
testing of form-wound stator bars and coils without the use of simulated
core. Since thermal cycling tests will result in aging of the insulation of
the bar or coil, prototype or spare bars or coils obtained from a normal
production run must be used in the test. Thermal cycle testing of bars
and coils confined in a simulated core, that would simulate the effects of
the core, would require different parameters and therefore is not covered by
this procedure.
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 A test method to determine the relative ablility of high-voltage, form-wound stator bars and coils of
large rotating machines to resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine load cycling is
described.
Key Words: delamination, form wound stator bars, form wound stator coils,
similiar design bar, slot section, virgin bar, virgin coil, thermal cycle
testing, similiar design coil
Designation: P1310
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound
Stator Bars and Coils for Large Rotating Machines
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This procedure is intended for form-wound bars/coils for
rotating machines rated 10 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected
to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal
operations, and where rapid load variations are typical. Only the thermal
cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor
package and delamination of the groundwall insulation from the conductor are
addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to indirectly-cooled
machine types such as: -- combustion turbine generators -- pumped storage
or peaking duty hydrogenerators -- synchronous condensers - cyclic duty
water pump motors Various pass/fail criteria are presented and the ones
that apply in a specific circumstance must be agreed between the user and
the manufacturer prior to commencement of testing. Whether a particular bar
or coil has passed or failed is best determined by comparing the test
results from a number of stator bars or coils.
Project Purpose: A test method to determine the relative ability of high-
voltage form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to
resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine
load cycling is described. The test procedure is primarily intended for
machines where the stator windings are indirectly cooled by air. This
procedure provides a recommended practice for performing thermal cycle
testing of form-wound stator bars and coils without the use of a simulated
core. To ensure the results of the thermal cycling test accurately represent
the insulation deterioration expected in service, the bars or coils used in
the test should represent in every way the characteristics of the production
lot. Thermal cycle testing of bars and coils confined in a simulated core
would require different parameters and therefore is not covered by this
procedure.
Abstract: This procedure is intended for form-wound bars/coils for rotating machines rated 10 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are
subjected to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal operations, and where rapid load variations are
typical. Only the thermal cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor package and delamination of
the groundwall insulation from the conductor are addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to indirectly-cooled machine
types such as: combustion turbine generators, pumped storage or peaking duty hydrogenerators, synchronous condensers, cyclic duty
water pump motors. Various pass fail criteria are presented and the ones that apply in a specific circumstance must be agreed
between user and manufacturer prior to commencement of testing.
Key Words: thermal cycling, delamination, cyclic duty, peaking duty, groundwall
degradation, indirectly cooled machines, stator winding
Designation: 1310
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Cycle Testing of Form-Wound Stator Bars
and Coils for Large Rotating Machines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This procedure is intended for form-wound bars/coils for
rotating machines rated 10 kV or more at 50 Hz or 60 Hz that are subjected
to many transitions from no-load to full-load current during normal
operations, and where rapid load variations are typical. Only the thermal
cyclic degradation within the groundwall insulation and/or the conductor
package and delamination of the groundwall insulation from the conductor are
addressed by this test. The procedure is applicable to
indirectly-cooled machine types such as: — combustion turbine
generators — pumped storage or peaking duty hydrogenerators
— synchronous condensers - cyclic duty water pump motors No
pass/fail criteria are presented; rather, the test results on a variety of
stator bars and coils are compared. Pass/fail criteria may be established by
users of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: A test method to determine the relative ability of high-
voltage form-wound stator bars and coils of large rotating machines to
resist deterioration due to rapid heating and cooling resulting from machine
load cycling is described. The test procedure is primarily intended for
machines where the stator windings are indirectly cooled by air. This
procedure provides a recommended practice for performing thermal cycle
testing of form-wound stator bars and coils without the use of a simulated
core. To maximize the probability that the results of the thermal cycling
test accurately represent the insulation deterioration expected in service,
the bars or coils used in the test must represent in every way the
characteristics of the production lot. Thermal cycle testing of bars
and coils confined in a simulated core would require different parameters
and therefore is not covered by this procedure.
Designation: 1312
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Title: Standard for Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current
Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard will provide preferred voltage ratings above 230
kV nominal for alternating-current (ac) systems and equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide guidance in the development and
design of alternating-current electrical systems and equipment.
Designation: 1312-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Preferred Voltage Ratings for Alternating-Current
Electrical Systems and Equipment Operating at Voltages Above 230 kV Nominal
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 28, 2007. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**Reaffirmation and redesignation of ANSI C92.2-1987.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Perferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating-current (ac) systems and equipment are provided, along with
definitions of various types of system voltages.
Key Words: alternating current electrical systems, system voltage, voltage
ratings
Designation: 1313-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Technical Council
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard for Power Systems - Insulation Coordination
Status: Superseded
**was revised as 1313.1
History: ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Equipment for three-phase alternating-current (ac) systems having a system voltage above 1 kV nominal is discussed.
Except for some definitions, this standard includes only phase-to-ground insulation. The object of this standard is to guide the
preparation of specifications for insulation of the various items of equipment in a given installation.
Key Words: atmospheric correction, correction factor, basic lightning impulse,
BIL, impulse insulation level, basic switching, BSL, crest valve, ground
fault factor, insulation coordination, overvoltage, phase to ground,
insulation configuration, phase to phase
Designation: 1313.1-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Insulation Coordination - Definitions, Principles and
Rules
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 1313-1993. Superseded by C62.82.1-2010.
Technical Contact: Iuda Morar, Phone:503-813-6937, Email:iuda.morar@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jul 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This standard applies to three-phase ac systems above 1 kV. It
specifies the procedure for selection of the withstand voltages for
equipment phase-to-earth and phase-to-insulation systems. It also identifies
a list of standard insulation levels. This standard recommends that the
selected insulation level should be based on the voltage stress to which the
equipment is being exposed. Insulation coordination studies usually identify
overvoltages in per unit of the crest nominal or maximum system voltage to
ground. Although the principles of this standard also apply to transmission
line insultation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those
identified as standard insulation levels.
Project Purpose: The existing insulation coordination standard became obsolete
and utility industry needs an updated standard. This standard updates the
old standard by introducing new concepts which were developed in the last
decade.
Abstract: The procedure for selection of the withstand voltages for equipment phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulation systems
is specified. A list of standard insulation levels, based on the voltage stress to which the equipment is being exposed, is also
identified. This standard applies to three-phase ac systems above 1 kV.
Key Words: atmospheric correction, correction factor, basic lightning impulse,
BIL, impulse insulation level, basic switching, BSL, crest valve, ground
fault factor, insulation coordination, overvoltage, phase to ground,
insulation configuration, phase to phase, protective margin, protective
ratio, standard withstand voltages, voltage stress
Designation: 1313.2-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/High Voltage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Insulation Coordination
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 1999
Technical Contact: Iuda Morar, Phone:503-813-6937, Email:iuda.morar@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 29, 2000
Project Scope: The insulation coordination standard and guide apply to three-
phase ac systems above 1 kV and are divided into two parts. IEEE Std
1313.1-1996 (Part 1) specifies the procedure for selection of the withstand
voltages [basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL) and basic switching
impulse insulation level (BSL)] for equipment phase-ground and phase-phase
insulation systems. It also identifies a list of standard insulation levels.
Although he principles of this standard also apply to transmission line
insulation systems, the insulation levels may be different from those
identified as standard insulation levels. This guide (Part 2) is an
application guide with practical examples, intended to provide guidance in
the determination of the withstand voltages and to suggest calculation
methods and procedures. The insulation coordination examples for selected
equipment are designed to explain the principles of Part 1. The guide is
intended for air-insulated ac systems; caution should be exercised in the
case of gas-insulated systems (GIS).
Project Purpose: It should be recognized that absolute protection of station
equipment is theoretically impossible. Even if arresters are located at the
terminals of all apparatuses, equipment failures can occur. The
probabilistic method, that is, designing for a mean time between failures
(MTBF) criterion, is proposed here not only to permit a realistic basis of
design, but perhaps more importantly, to form a consistent measure of design
based on reliability.
Abstract: The calculation method for selection of phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase insulationwithstand votlages for equipment is
presented. This guide gives methods for insulation coordinationof different air-insulated systems like transmission lines and
substations. The methods of analysisare illustrated by practical examples.
Key Words: "atmospheric correction factor,backflash,basic lightning impulse
level - BIL -,basic switching impulse insulation level - BSL -
,clearances,crest value,ground fault factor,insulation
coordination,insulation design,overvoltage,phase-to-ground insulation
configuration,phase-to-phase insulation configuration,protective
margin,protective radio,shielding failures,standard withstand
voltages,voltage stress"
Designation: 1314
Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society
Title: Standard Test Method for Measuring Astigmatic Length of Semiconductor
Lasers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1315
Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society
Title: Standard Test Method for Generating Far-Field Spacial Mode Distributors
of Semiconductor Lasers, and Related Parameter Extraction Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1316
Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society
Title: Standard Test Method for Generating the Characteristic Optical Output
Power as a Function of Input Drive Current for Semiconductor Lasers, and
Related Parameter Extraction Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1317
Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society
Title: Standard Method for Measuring Feedback Noise in Semiconductor Lasers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1318-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Wrought Steel Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage
Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 068:1991
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Adoption of a CELENEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993
Designation: 1319-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Cast Aluminum Alloy Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage
Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 052:1990 & Amendment A1:1990
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993
Designation: 132-1953
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: Test Code for D-C Aircarft Rotating Machines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Key Words: aircraft, rotating, machines, dc, test
Designation: 1320
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard IDEF Interface Definition Language (IDL) - User Guide and
Glossary
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Daniel R Sudnick, Phone:908/949-8032, Email:sudnick@att.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Project Scope: This project will address the standardization of key words and
phrases specified in the Users Manuals of both IDEFo and IDEF1x.
Standardization of key terms and phrases will serve as the basis for common
IDEF (ICAM Definition Language) model data exchange among different software
tool applications.
Project Purpose: This project will define the formalism required to provide
neutral data exchange between different IDEF sofware tools. The IDL is
being developed and applied by the IDEF Users Group Modeling Tools and
Exhange Formation Working Group and jointly by the National Center for
Manufacturing Science Project Group on IDEF repositiories. Key interet and
funding support has been provided by General Motors Corporation.
Designation: 1320.1-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Functional Modeling Language - Syntax and Semantics
for IDEF0
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project will define the standard syntax and semantics of
IDEFO language and usage conventions. The IDEFO language deals with
constructs, semantics and syntax of the language. It is used to produce a
function model which is a structured representation of the functions of a
system or environment, and the information and objects which interrelate
those functions.
Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAÂ program, and commercial development of
similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEFO in the 1980s. This
standard will facilitate model interchange and improve the consistency of
all IDEFO models.
Abstract: IDEF0 function modeling is designed to represent the decisions, actions, and activities of an existing or prospective
organization or system. IDEF0 graphics and accompanying texts are presented in an organized and systematic way to gain
understanding, support analysis, provide logic for potential changes, specify requirements, and support system-level design and
integration activities. IDEF0 may be used to model a wide variety of systems, composed of people, machines, materials, computers,
and information of all varieties and structured by the relationships among them, both automated and non-automated. For new
systems, IDEF0 may be used first to define requirements and to specify functions to be carried out by the future system. As the
basis of this architecture, IDEF0 may then be used to design an implementation that meets these requirements and performs these
functions. For existing systems, IDEF0 can be used to analyze the functions that the system performs and to record the means by
which these are done.
Key Words: "enterprise,functional modeling language,IDEF0,language,modeling
language"
Designation: 1320.1.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standards User's Manual for the Integrated Computer Aided Manufacturing
(ICAM) Function Modeling Method - IDEF0
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Howard A McQueary, Phone:206-234-2167
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 1320.2-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language - Syntax and Semantics
for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project will define the standard syntax and semanticws of
IDEF1X97. IDEF1X97 will consist of two modeling languages, a key-style data
modeling language which is downward compatible with the IS Government's
standard for data modeling (FIPS PUB 184), and an identity-style language
suitable for object-oreiented modeling. Key-style models are data models
providing a structured representation of the data, the relationships among
the data, and the business rules. Identity-style models are object models
providing a structured representation of the objects, the static and dynamic
relationships among them, and the business rules.
Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAM program and commercial development of
similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEF 1X in the 1980s. A
US Government Standard (FIPS PUB 184) published in 1993 formally defined
the language. Continued evolution of the language and techniques will
enable their use in significant information system development efforts, and
ensure a common definition among all users, government and commercial.
Abstract: IEEE Std 1320.1-1998, IEEE Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language Syntax and Semantics for IDEF1X97 (IDEFobject)
Key Words: "conceptual schema,data model,IDEF1X,IDEF1X97,identity
style,information model,key style,object model"
Designation: 1320.2.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language - User Guide for IDEF1X97
(IDEFobject)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas A Bruce, Phone:510-848-8916, Email:tabruce@pacbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard user guide for IDEF1X97.
IDEF1X97 will consist of two modeling languages, a key-style data modeling
language which is downward compatible with the IS Government's standard for
data modeling (FIPS PUB 184), and an identity-style language suitable for
object-oreiented modeling. Key-style models are data models providing a
structured representation of the data, the relationships among the data, and
the business rules. Identity-style models are object models providing a
structured representation of the objects, the static and dynamic
relationships among them, and the business rules.
Project Purpose: The US Air Force ICAM program and commercial development of
similar techniques, yielded the first versions of IDEF 1X in the 1980s. A
US Government Standard (FIPS PUB 184) published in 1993 formally defined
the language. Continued evolution of the language and techniques will
enable their use in significant information system development efforts, and
ensure a common definition among all users, government and commercial.
Designation: 1320.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Conceptual Modeling Language, Syntax and Semantics for
IDEFIX 97 (IDEF object) - Extensions and Example
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas A Bruce, Phone:510-848-8916, Email:tabruce@pacbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: The scope includes additional olanguage features deferred from
the first release of the standard, and additional informative material on
the use of the language.
Project Purpose: Produce supplemental information regarding the definition and
use of IEEE Standard 1320.2. Additional formally defined language features,
deferred from the first release of the standard will enhance its power,
giving language users even more powerful analysis and design capabilities.
Designation: 1321-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Wrought Aluminum Enclosures for Gas-Filled High-Voltage
Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50 064:1989
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993
Designation: 13210-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 13210:1999, Information Technology -- Requirements and
guidelines for test methods specifications and test method implementations
for measuring conformance to POSIX(R) standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: 13210-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 13210: 1994, Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX(R)
Status: Superseded
**Incorporates IEEE Std 1003.3-1991.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: The general requirements and test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX standards are defined. This document is aimed
primarily at working groups developing test methods for POSIX standards, developers of POSIX test methods, and users of POSIX
test methods.
Key Words: assertion, assertion test, base assertion, conditional feature,
extended assertion, POSIX, POSIX conformance test suite, test method, test
result code
Designation: 13213-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 13213:1994, Information technology--Microprocessor systems--
Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 1994
**Incorporates IEEE Std 1212-1991.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: The document structure and notation are described, and the objectives and scope of the CSR Architecture are outlined.
Transition set requirements, node addressing, node architectures, unit architectures, and CSR definitions are set forth. The ROM
specification and bus standard requirements are covered.
Key Words: CSR architecture, bus architecture, bus standard, interoperability,
microprocessors, node addressing, registers, transaction sets
Designation: 1322-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Welded Composite Enclosures of Cast and Wrought Aluminum
Alloys for Gas-Filled High-Voltage Switchgear & Controlgear CENELEC EN 50
069:1991
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Adoption of a CENELEC Standard. This standard was never adopted by IEEE.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1993
Designation: 1323
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Reuse of Software Process
Artifacts - Source Sode Reuse
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nenad Marovac, Phone:619-594-4345, Email:nenad@sdsu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: 1324
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: Number changed to 260.3
Status: Changed Designation
Designation: 1325-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Reporting Field Failure Data for Power
Circuit Breakers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: A format is presented that provides a concise and meaningful method for recording pertinent information on power circuit
breaker field failures. It is recommended that this format be utilized in record keeping and directing corrective action to
improve field reliability of power circuit breakers.
Key Words: power circuit breakers
Designation: 1326-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation
- Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for measuring conformance
to IEEE Std 1224-1993, which defines a general purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Programming Interface
(API) in terms that are independent of any particular programming language, are provided.
Key Words: API, OSI, Test methods, Language independent, Abstract data
manipulation
Designation: 1326.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging Application Program
Interfaces (API) [Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The test methods that may be used to
test conformance to IEEE Std 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology-- Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) X.400-
Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent], are defined.
Key Words: X.400, Test methods, Open systems interconnection, OSI, Language
independent, Electronic messaging, Application portability, API
Designation: 1326.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to Directory Services--Application Program Interface (API)
[Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for IEEE Std 1224.2-1993,
language-independent specification of the applications interface to directory services are defined.
Key Words: Portable application, OSI, Directory, Application portability, API
Designation: 1327-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C
Language Interfaces - Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A C programming language binding for
the general-purpose OSI Abstract Data Manipulation (OM) Application Program Interface (API) in IEEE Std 1224- 1993 is defined.
This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support
application portability at the source-code level. The API defined in this standard contains two major parts: an interface for
accessing the services defined in the programming language independent specification, and an interface for language-specific
services.
Key Words: API, ASN.1, C language, OSI, Open systems interconnection, Open
systems, Object management, Language binding, Application program interface,
Application portability, Abstract syntax notation
Designation: 1327.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400 Based Electronic
Messaging C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interfaces
(API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A C language binding to IEEE Std
1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API)
[Language Independent] is defined. This standard is intended for use by application developers, system implementors, test method
writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level.
Key Words: X.400, Language binding, C language, Application program interface,
API
Designation: 1327.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Directory Services C Language
Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. Abstract: A C programming language binding for the Application Program
Interface (API) to directory services in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 is defined. This standard is intended for use by application
developers, system implementors, test method writers, and users to support application portability at the source-code level. The
interface is designed for operational, rather than for management, interactions with a directory such as knowledge management or
schema management. Security features are not generally visible in the interface in order to permit flexibility in security
policies.
Key Words: Portable application, Open systems, Directory, C language,
Application portability, API
Designation: 1328-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation
C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1993
Abstract: Test methods that may be used to test conformance to IEEE Std 1327- 1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) Abstract Data Manipulation C Language Interfaces--Binding for Application Program Interface (API),
are defined.
Key Words: C language, Test methods, Language binding
Designation: 1328.1-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to X.400 Based Electronic Messaging C Language Interfaces--
Binding for Application Program Interfaces (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. This standard defines test methods that may be used to test conformance
to IEEE Std 1327.1-1993, which is a C language binding for IEEE STD 1224.1-1993, IEEE Standard for Information Technology--X.400-
Based Electronic Messaging--Application Program Interface (API) [Language Independent].
Key Words: Test methods, Language binding, C language, Application program
interface, API
Designation: 1328.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to Directory Services C Language Interfaces--Binding for
Application Program Interface (API)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Test methods for the C language binding
defined in IEEE Std 1327.2-1993 for the applications interface to directory services defined in IEEE Std 1224.2-1993 are
specified.
Key Words: Test methods, Portable application, Open systems, Directory, C
language, Application portability, API
Designation: 1329-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of
Speakerphones
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1329-1999
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011
Project Scope: This standard provides techniques for objective measurement of
electroacoustic and voice-switching characteristics of speakerphones that
connect directly or indirectly to an analog or digital telephone network.
Due to the various characteristics of speakerphones and the environments in
which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are
applicable to all speakerphones. Application of the test procedures to
atypical speakerphones should be determined on an individual basis.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical methods
for making laboratory measurements of the transmission and voice-switching
characteristics of speakerphones so that their performance may be evaluated
on a standardized basis.
Abstract: This standard provides techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice-switching characteristics of
speakerphones that connect directly or indirectly to an analog or digital telephone network. Due to the various characteristics
of speakerphones and the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to
all speakerphones. Application of the test procedures to atypical speakerphones should be determined on an individual basis.
Key Words: full duplex, half duplex, handsfree, speakerphone, voice switching
Designation: 1329
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Hands-Free
Telephone Sets
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: 1329-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree
Telephone Sets
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1329-2010.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and
voice switching characteristics of analog and digital handsfree telephone
sets.
Project Purpose: Practical methods for makin laboratory measurements of the
transmission and voice switching characteristics of hands-free telephone
sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis.
Abstract: Techniques for objective measurement of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital
handsfree telephones (HFTs) are provided. Due to the various characteristics of HFTs and the environments in which they operate,
not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures to a typical HFTs
should be determined on an individual basis.
Key Words: Analog handsfree telephone, digital handsfree telephone,
electroacoustic transmission characteristics, handsfree telephone, voice
switching characteristics, voice transmission characteristics
Designation: 1329
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Handsfree
Telephone Sets
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques for objective measurement
of electroacoustic and voice switching characteristics of analog and digital
handsfree telephones (HFTs). Due to the various characteristics of HFTs and
the environments in which they operate, not all of the test procedures in
this standard are applicable to all HFTs. Application of the test procedures
to atypical HFTs should be determined on an individual
basis.<br><br> Although not specifically within the scope
of this standard, the methods described are generally applicable to a wide
variety of other communication equipment, including cordless, wireless,
mobile and IP network communications devices. Performance requirements are
not part of this standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical and
repeatable methods for making laboratory measurements of the transmission
and voice switching characteristics of HFTs so that their performance may be
evaluated on a standardized basis.
Designation: 133
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1331
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Standard for Low Energy Analog Signal Inputs to Protective Relays
Status: Changed Designation
**This PAR has changed designation to PC37.92
Project Scope: To specify the requirements for low energy analog signals that
will be utilized as inputs to protective relays. Some of the requirements
to be specified are signal level, frequency bandwidth, and dynamic range.
Project Purpose: Devices that develop low energy analog signals are not
currently covered by standards. The working group will also define classes
of devices that provide low energy analog signals.
Designation: 1332-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Reliability Program for the Development and Production of
Electronic Systems and Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project will develop for electronic products and systems a
standard set of reliability-program objectives which can be used to express
reliability requirements when a customer is contracting with a producer for
electronic products.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a standard set of
objectives which provide an effective structure for the life-cycle
activities needed in order to design, manufacture and utilize reliable
products and systems. These objectives provide a flexible structuring of
the relationship between customers selected specific reliability tasks for
producers to perform without regard to an integrated set of objectives the
tasks were to achieve.
Abstract: Guidance for providing products that satisfy the customer is given. This standard guides suppliers in planning a program
that suits their design philosophy, the product concept, and the resources at their disposal, so that every activity adds value.
This standard encourages suppliers and customers to cooperatively integrate their reliability processes. Requirements are written
to properly establish the contractual or obligatory relationship between the supplier and customer in a product program.
Key Words: "electronics, electronic equipment, electronic systems, MIL-STD 785,
reliability, reliability program, reliability program standard"
Designation: 1332
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Standard Reliability Program for the Development and Production of
Electronic Systems and Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Project Scope: Reliability requirements and tasks for the development and
production of military and commerical systems and equipment.
Project Purpose: Existing military standards do not encompass reliability
programs for the development and production of commercial electronics
equipment. Therefore, there is a need for a national standard which
outlines general reliability requirements and specific reliability
accounting, engineering, and management tasks required for the development
and production of reliable electronic systems and equipment.
Designation: P1332
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Reliability Program for the Development and Production of Electronic
Products
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This document provides a standard set of reliability program
objectives for use between customers and producers, or within product
development teams, to express reliability program requirements early in the
development phase of electronic products and systems
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to establish a standard set of
objectives which provide an effective structure for the life-cycle
activities needed to design, manufacture and utilize reliable electronic
products and systems across the supply chain.
Designation: 1333-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation of Cable Using the Guided Boring Method
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. The method and equipment involved in proper and economical installation
of insulated conductors and/or conduits using the guided boring method are covered. The method addresses installations of
insulated cable, cable preinstalled in conduit (CIC), and conduit alone.
Key Words: boring, cable, cable preinstalled , conduit, guided boring,
insulated cable, CIC, cable preinstalled in conduit
Designation: 134-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: Trial-Use Test Code for Direct-Current Carbon-Pile Voltage Regulators
for Aircraft
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Key Words: regulator, voltage, carbon, dc
Designation: 1341
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Recomended Practices for Multimedia Extensions to Bus Architectures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Designation: 1342
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standards Developers' Guide for Bus Architecture Modeling
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Designation: 1343
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Testing the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems in the
Field
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: The scope is to develop an omnibus Guide to covedr all field
test methods for shielded power cable systems. It is proposed that the IEEE
400 designation be given to the general document that introduces all
presently available test methods. Present IEEE 400 would be re-numbered as
400.1 with others to be similarly numbered (such as 400.2 for Very Low
Frequency Testing, etc.).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to cover all presently used field
test methods into one document that introduces each procedure. Brief
statements of the advantages and disadvantages of each method will allow the
reader to obtain an overview of the tests. Uniform procedures and
guidelines for the evaluation of each method will enable users to compare
results of one or more tests with field performance. Test methods that are
sufficiently developed to have a complete Guide will become a portion of the
400 designation - such as the case with dc testing (now IEEE 400) that would
become 400.1. Other methods that are sufficiently advanced so that a
companion Guide can be developed will become a portion of the total package
as they are approved. Very Low Frequency Testing (0.1 Hz) could become
IEEE 400.2, Resonant 400.3, etc.
Designation: 1344-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: Standard for Synchrophasors for Power Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std C37.118-2005 Abstract: The synchronizing input and the data output for phasor measurements made by
substation computer systems is discussed. Processes involved in computing phasors from sampled data, data-to-phasor conversions,
and formats for timing imputs and phasor data output from a Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) are also addressed.
Key Words: anti-aliasing, digital computer based measurement, GPS, Global
Positioning System, Nyquist rate, phase lock, phasor, satellites,
synchronism, synchronized phasor, time input
Designation: 1346-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Evaluating Electric Power System
Compatibility With Electronic Process Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
History: BD APP: May 05, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: The group will develop a recommended practice for evaluating
technical and economic compatibility. The scope of the compatibility is
industrial and commercial electronic process equipment, facility electrical
network, and electric utility feed to the facility.
Project Purpose: Develop a standardized methodology for evaluating
compatibility that provides a common basis of comparison for equipment
manufacturers, utilities, consultants, etc.
Abstract: A standard methodology for the technical and financial analysis of voltage sag compatibility between process equipment and
electric power systems is recommended. The methodology presented is intended to be used as a planning tool to quantify the
voltage sag environment and process sensitivity. It shows how technical and financial alternatives can be evaluated. Performance
limits for utility systems, power distribution systems, or electronic process equipment are not included.
Key Words: "power quality,power quality monitoring,sensitive equipment,voltage
loss,voltage sags"
Designation: 1347
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Guide for the Understanding of the Artificial Intelligence and Expert
System Tie to Automatic Test Equipment (AI-ESTATE)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James E Cottrell, Phone:301-460-5445
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Designation: 1348-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Adoption of Computer-Aided Software
Engineering (CASE) Tools
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. Difficulties that may be encountered, and how they can be avoided, by
organizations intending to adopt CASE tools are addressed. An overview of the adoption process, including analysis of the
organization's needs and readiness for automation, use of a pilot project, and definition of activities necessary to interate the
new technology into the organization's standard software engineering proctice, is provided.
Key Words: CASE, CASE adoption, pilot project, technology transfer, tool,
software
Designation: 1349-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2
Hazardous (Classified) Locations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 17, 2002
Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:paddeneng@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993, BD APP: Dec 20, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: AC Electric Motors in sizes from fractional horsepower up will
be considered; primary emphasis will be on the use of general purpose
enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and
arcing/sparking of rotor bars and enclosure joints.
Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain generalized caution notes
but do not include definitive recommendations for application of general
purpose motors in Class I Division 2 areas. This guide will document
industry experience and established practices for the application of general
purpose motors in Class I Division 2 areas.
Abstract: This guide was developed to assist individuals, organizations, and suppliers with the application of motors in Class I,
Division 2 locations, where flammable gases and vapors may occasionally be present. Three-phase and single-phase ac synchronous
and induction electric motors, fractional through very large sizes, are covered in this guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of
general-purpose enclosures and precautions against excessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and enclosure
joints. Results of motor surface temperature tests and calculations performed by Working Group Member companies are documented in
the guide. Guidance is included for maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 locations. Existing
codes and standards contain cautionary notes for general-purpose motor applications in Class I, Division 2 areas. Industry
experience and established practices are documented for the application of general-purpose motors in Class I, Division 2
locations and guidance is given for applying motors in these locations. This guide is not a specification and is not intended for
use as a specification for purchasing motors installed in Division 2 locations.
Key Words: "autoignition temperature, Class I, Division 2, classified
locations, enclosure sparking, hazardous locations, induction motor, motor,
motor enclosure, motor temperature, multisection motor, paint test, rotor,
rotor sparking, rotor temperature"
Designation: P1349
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division
2 and Class I, Zone 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:paddeneng@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: Three-phase and single-phase AC synchronous and induction
electric motors in ratings 0.18 kW (1/4 hp) and larger are covered in this
Guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of open or nonexplosionproof or
nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2
locations as covered in NFPA 70-2011. Surface temperature test methods and
sine wave and non-sine wave applications are covered. Precautions against
excessive surface temperatures and sparking are included. To mitigate hot
surface temperatures and sparking, this document provides guidance for
selecting, operating, and maintaining motors in Class I, Division 2 and
Class I, Zone 2 locations.This Guide does not cover AC wound rotor motors
and DC electric motors. Motors installed in locations other than Class I,
Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 as covered in NFPA 70-2011 are not covered in
this Guide. This document is not a specification and is not intended to be
used as a specification for purchasing motors. The voltage breaks in this
document are 1000 V and less, and over 1000 V.
Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for open
or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2
and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2011. This Guide
documents industry experience and established practices and provides
guidance for applying motors in these locations.
Abstract: This guide was developed to assist individuals, organizations, and suppliers with the application of motors in Class I,
Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations, where flammable gases and vapors may occasionally be present. Three-phase and single-
phase ac synchronous and induction electric motors, fractional through very large sizes, for sine wave and non-sine wave
applications are covered in this guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of general-purpose enclosures and precautions against
excessive surface temperatures and sparking. Surface temperature test methods and results of motor surface temperature tests and
calculations performed by Working Group Member companies are documented in the guide. Guidance is included for selecting,
operating, and maintaining motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 locations. Existing codes and standards contain
cautionary notes for general-purpose motor applications in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 areas. Industry experience and
established practices are documented for the application of general-purpose motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2
locations and guidance is given for applying motors in these locations. This guide is not a specification and is not intended for
use as a specification for purchasing motors installed in Division 2 and Zone 2 locations.
Key Words: autoignition temperature, Class I, Division 2, Class I, Zone 2,
classified locations, enclosure sparking, hazardous locations, induction
motor, motor, motor enclosure, motor temperature, multisection motor, paint
test, label test, rotor, rotor sparking, rotor temperature, synchronous
motor, T Code, temperature code, adjustable speed drive
Designation: 1349
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 and
Class I, Zone 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Lorraine K Padden, Phone:281-579-6550, Email:paddeneng@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: Three-phase and single-phase AC synchronous and induction
electric motors in fractional ratings 0.18 kW (1/4 hp) and larger are
covered in this Guide. Primary emphasis is on the use of open or
nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2
and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. Precautions
against excessive surface temperatures and sparking of rotor bars and
enclosure joints are also covered. This document also provides guidance for
maintaining the life-cycle integrity of motors in Class I, Division 2 and
Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. This Guide does not
cover AC wound rotor motors and DC electric motors. Motors installed in
locations other than Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 as covered in
NFPA 70-2005 are not covered in this Guide. This document is not a
specification and is not intended to be used as a specification for
purchasing motors. The voltage breaks in this document are 1000 V and
less, and over 1000 V.
Project Purpose: Existing codes and standards contain cautionary notes for open
or nonexplosionproof or nonflameproof enclosed motors in Class I, Division 2
and Class I, Zone 2 locations as covered in NFPA 70-2005. This Guide
documents industry experience and established practices and provides
guidance for applying motors in these locations.
Designation: 135-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Aircraft, Missile, and Space Equipment
Electrical Insulation Tests
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Abstract: This Recommended Practice will be limited to the consideration of test procedures applicable to insulation in flight and
support equipment or to manufactured components or subassemblies of such equipment. Test procedures will also be recommended for
inspection of equipment insulation to determine its flight worthiness after service, repair, and/or periods of storage.
Key Words: aircraft, missile, space, insulation, equipment
Designation: 1350
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for Protection of Distribution Transformers with Emphasis on
Secondary (Low-Voltage) Side Surges
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Georges H Vaillancourt, Phone:450-446-0605, Email:tc42sec@sympatico.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Designation: 1351-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--ACSE and Presentation Layer
Services--Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Independent]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1995
Abstract: A language-independent Application Program Interface (API) to the ACSE application service element of the OSI application
layer and the connection-oriented services of the presentation layer are defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable
implementations of application-specific OSI service elements and non-OSI applications.
Key Words: ACSE, API, application layer, application portability, language
independent, open systems, open system interconnection, OSI, presentation
layer
Designation: 1353-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--ASCE and Presentation Layer
Services--Application Program Interface (API) [C Language Binding]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 06, 1995
Abstract: A C language binding to IEEE Std 1351-1994, a language-independent standard defining an Application Program Interface
(API) to the ACSE application service element from the OSI application layer and the connection-oriented services of the
presentation layer is defined. The purpose of this API is to support portable implementations of application-specific OSI service
elements and non-OSI applications.
Key Words: ASCE, API, application layer, application portability, C binding,
language binding, open systems interconnection, OSI, presentation layer
Designation: 1355
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Heterogeneous Interconnect (HIC), (Low Cost, Low Latency,
Scaleable, Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul Walker, Phone:44 1908 566 253, Email:paul@walker.demon.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: 1: To correct known errors, particularly in the initialization
and disconnection/reconnection sequence of the DS (Data/Strobe encoding)
logical layer of the standard. 2: To correct minor inconsistencies,
particularly where drawings are inconsistent with accompanying text. 3: To
permit the use of modern LVDS circuits (IEEE 1596.3-19996, ANSI/TIA/EIA-644-
1995) as well as the PECL (Pseudo Emitter Coupled Logic) circuits for the
DS-DE (Data/Strobe Differential Electrical transmission) signal layer of the
standard. 4: Apart from the corrections and the addition of LVDS, to make
no further additions to the standard.
Project Purpose: The IEEE 1355 standard was originally developed for
heterogeneous, high-performance, scalable, modular parallel systems to be
constructed with low implementation cost. These characteristics, together
with the opportunity that IEEE 1355 gives to build networks with redundant
interconnections, led to the standard's use where fault-tolerance is
required. Such applications may include satellites in space, IP switches and
routers, experimental data acquisition, industrial robotics, networks in the
home, and automotive networks. The current standard comes very close to
meeting the requirements for fault-tolerance of these applications, but the
error in the initialization sequence means that practical implementations
must deviate from the standard. The needs of these applications for low
power has also resulted in the use of LVDS components, which are almost (but
not quite) compatible with the standard. The changes proposed to the
standard will bring the standard into line with the requirements of these
new applications, and offer a consistent basis for their implementation.
Designation: 1355-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low-
Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Project Scope: Physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and
logical protocols for point to point serial scaleable interconnect,
operating at speeds of 10-200 Mbit/sec and at 1 Gbit/sec in copper and optic
technologies (as developed in Open Microprocessor systems
Initiative/heterogeneous InterConnect Project (OMI/HIC).
Project Purpose: To enable high-performance, scaleable, modular, parallel
systems to be constructed with low system integration cost; to support
communications system fabric; to provide a transparent implementation of a
range of high level protocols (communications, e.g. Asynchronous Transfer
Mode (ATM), message passing, shared memory transactions e.g. SCI,
Futurebus+, etc.; to support links between heterogeneous systems.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular,
parallel systems with low system integration cost is discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables, electrical
properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mb/s and at 1
Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described.
Key Words: flow control, encoding schemes, OMI, HIC, packet routing,
parallelism, point to point, serial scalable, scalable, protocols, routing
fabric, serial links, serialization, silicon integration, switch chip,
transaction layer, wormhole routing, heterogeneous, low latency
Designation: 1355-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC), (Low-Cost, Low-
Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ISO/IEC version of IEEE Std 1355.
Technical Contact: Paul Walker, Phone:44 1908 566 253, Email:paul@walker.demon.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995
Abstract: Enabling the construction of high-performance, scalable, modular, parallel systems with low system integration cost is
discussed. Complementary use of physical connectors and cables, electrical properties, and logical protocols for point-to-point
serial scalable interconnect, operating at speeds of 10-200 Mb/s and at 1 Gb/s in copper and optic technologies, is described.
Key Words: "flow control,encoding schemes,OMI/HIC,packet
routing,parallelism,point-to-point serial scalable
interconnect,protocols,routing fabric,serial links,serialization,silicon
integration,switch chip,transaction layer,wormhole routing"
Designation: 1355.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard Protocols for IEEE Std 1355 on Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 1355.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for SpaceWire - Links, Nodes, Routers and Networks Optizimized
for Space Craft
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Josep Rosello-Guasch, Phone:31-71-565-4058, Email:jrosello@estec.esa.nl
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: SpaceWire is based on two existing commercial standards, IEEE
1355-1995 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-644 which have been combined and adapted for use
on-board spacecraft. As with IEEE 1355-1995 and most other communications
protocols, SpaceWire can be described and defined at a number of different
levels: - The Physical Level, defining cables, connectors and cable
assemblies; - The Signal Level, defining electrical characteristics, coding,
signal timing and EMC specifications; - The Character Level, defining how
data and control characters are encoded; - The Exchange Level, defining the
way in which a SpaceWire link operates including link initialisation, normal
operation, error detection and error recovery; - The Packet Level, defining
the way in which data is encapsulated in packets for transfer across a
SpaceWire network; - The Network Level, defining the structure and operation
of a SpaceWire networ
Project Purpose: The overall purpose of the SpaceWire standard is to provide a
unified high-speed data-handling infrastructure for spacecraft, connecting
together sensors, processing elements, mass-memory units, downlink telemetry
sub-systems and Electronic Ground Support Equipment (EGSE). Particular
aspects of this purpose are: · to facilitate the construction of high-
performance on-board data-handling systems, · to help reduce system
integration costs, · to promote compatibility between data-handling
equipment and sub-systems, · to encourage re-use of data-handling
equipment across several different missions.
Designation: 1356
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard Profile for a Multiprotocol Plug-in Modules Supporting
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Edmund H Baulsir, Phone:203/531-1872, Email:dsicons@optonline.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Project Scope: Develop a physical layer module definition and packaging
standard utilizing the P1357 Logical Layer specification and IEEE 1301.
Project Purpose: To define the standards required to realize a multiprotocol
communications platform.
Designation: 1357
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Logical Interconnection of Multi-protocol Plug-in Modules
Supporting Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Edmund H Baulsir, Phone:203/531-1872, Email:dsicons@optonline.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Project Scope: Develop and define a logical layer for information transfer
among a variety of functional components within a multi-protocol
environment. Internal architecture will be capable of supporting protocols
such as ATM, HIC, Fiber Channel, Scalable Coherent, Interface (SCI), and
Futurebus + Cache Coherent transaction set.
Project Purpose: Define a standard method for transferring multiprotocol data
and events between and among a variety of plug-in modules within a
multiprotocol platform. It is an express goal that the platform support the
quality of service requirements of P1341 Multimedia and P896.7 Profile C.
Designation: 1358
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Signal Processing Applications -
Processor Graph Method Software Design Methodology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen Seidman, Phone:205-844-6305
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: 1359
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide for Maintenance and Related Practices for Class 1E Equipment Used
in Nuclear Powe Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Carl Weary, Phone:214-812-7138, Email:cweary1@tuelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: 136-1959
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: Trial-Use Test Procedure and Presentation of Aircraft Generator and
Regulator Characteristics
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Key Words: aircraft, generator, regulator, characteristics
Designation: 1361-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid
Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003
Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology,
battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to
evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on
lead-acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to
help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system
parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters
related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of
appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the
battery test setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on
how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone
PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not
include PV hybrid systems.
Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid
battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that
affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will
aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test
plan for evaluating the selected battery.
Abstract: This guide is applicable to all stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems where PV is the only charging source. Stand-alone
photovoltaic (PV) system parameters and operating conditions are discussed in relation to battery characteristics and expected
system performance. Charging parameters for PV systems are suggested to help in the selection of a battery for a specific
application. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery selection and system parameters is provided, including discussions
on how to interpret test results. Test results only provide information on initial battery performance. No cycle-life predictions
are made.
Key Words: "lead-acid battery test procedure, lead-acid battery tutorial,
photovoltaic (PV) battery characteristics, PV battery selection, PV systems,
PV battery test procedure"
Designation: P1361
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid
Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Peter McNutt, Phone:303-384-6767, Email:peter_mcnutt@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology,
battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to
evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead-
acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to help
the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system
parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters
related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of
appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the
battery's operating setpoints and performance is provided, including
discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to
all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide
does not include PV hybrid systems.
Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid
battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that
affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will
aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test
plan for evaluating the selected battery.
Designation: 1361
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for the Selection, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries for
Stand Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Project Scope: This guide is a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, and
how battery operating characteristics and PV systems performance are
interrelated. The guide provides the PV system designer with information on
applicable lead-acid battery type designs. Electrical, physical, mechanical
and environmental characteristics are discussed. PV system parameters and
operating conditions are discussed in relation to battery characteristics
and expected system performance. Parameters to optimize the system are
suggested to help in the selection of a battery selection and system
parameters is provided, included discussion on how to interpret test
results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is
the only charging source. This guide does not include hybrid systems.
Project Purpose: This guide provides guidance to the PV system designer in
understanding lead acid battery performance characteristics in relation to
operational parameters that affect overall PV system design and battery
performance. This document will aid in battery selection and evaluation
based on the system requirements and provide a test plan for evaluating the
selected battery and its performance using a predetermined set of PV system
parameters. Guidance is also provided as to how these test results may be
interpreted.
Abstract: Project scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology, battery charging characteristics, and a
laboratory test procedure to evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on lead-acid battery designs and
environmental characteristics is provided to help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system parameters
and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of
appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the battery test setpoints and performance is provided,
including discussions on how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone PV systems where PV is the
only charging source. This guide does not include PV hybrid systems. Project purpose: This document provides guidance in
understanding lead-acid battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that affect overall PV system
design and battery performance. This document will aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test
plan for evaluating the selected battery.
Key Words: IEEE 1361
Designation: 1361
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Selection, Charging, Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid
Batteries Used in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Peter McNutt, Phone:303-384-6767, Email:peter_mcnutt@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This guide contains a tutorial on lead-acid battery technology,
battery charging characteristics, and a laboratory test procedure to
evaluate charge parameters and battery performance. The information on
lead-acid battery designs and environmental characteristics is provided to
help the PV system designer make appropriate battery decisions. PV system
parameters and operating conditions are discussed. Charging parameters
related to PV systems are also suggested to help in the selection of
appropriate test setpoints. Finally, a performance test to verify the
battery test setpoints and performance is provided, including discussions on
how to interpret test results. This guide is applicable to all stand-alone
PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not
include PV hybrid systems.
Project Purpose: This document provides guidance in understanding lead-acid
battery charging requirements in relation to the operational parameters that
affect overall PV system design and battery performance. This document will
aid in battery selection, evaluation, PV system design, and provide a test
plan for evaluating the selected battery.
Designation: 1362-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of
Operations (ConOps) Document
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 1998
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: To prescribe the format and contents of concept of operation
document.
Project Purpose: To provide a uniform scheme for preparing and presenting a
concept of operations document. A concept of operations (CONOPS) document
describes the mission of the system and its operational and support
environments. The CONOPS describes the functions and characteristics of the
computer system within the overall system. The CONOPS represent a consensus
among development, support and user organizations on the operational concept
of the system being developed. The CONOPS provides the basis for the system
requirements document.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. The format and contents of a concept of
operations (ConOps) document are described. A ConOps is a user-oriented document that describes system characteristics for a
proposed system from the usersÕ viewpoint. The ConOps document is used to communicate overall quantitative and qualitative system
characteristics to the user, buyer, developer, and other organizational elements (for example, training, facilities, staffing,
and maintenance). It is used to describe the user organization(s), mission(s), and organizational objectives from an integrated
systems point of view.
Key Words: "buyer,characteristics,concept of operation,concepts of operations
document,ConOps,developer,operational requirements,scenario,software-
intensive system,software system,system,user,user requirements,viewpoint"
Designation: 1362a-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: Guide for Information Technology - System Definition - Concept of
Operations Document: Content Map for IEEE 12207.1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To establish a correlation between the content of concept of
operations documents as defined in 1362 and the content of such plans as
defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate
the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and trace content
between subject documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Designation: 1363-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2000
Technical Contact: Ari Singer, Phone:781-418-2515, Email:asinger@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2000
Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques,
including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-
key encryption, and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on
those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public
keys and private keys.
Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it
the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key techniques
offer fundamentaltechnology addressing this need. Many alternative public-
key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However,
there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a full range of
common public-key techniques covereing key agreement, public-key encryption,
digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as
discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. The purpose
is to provide a reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from
which applications may select.
Abstract: This standard specifies common public-key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret value
(key) derivation, public-key encryption, and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. It also
specifies related cryptographic parameters, public keys, and private keys. The purpose of this standard is to provide a reference
for specifications on a variety of techniques from which applications may select.
Key Words: "digital signature, encryption, key agreement, public-key
cryptography"
Designation: P1363
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard Specifications for Public Key Cryptography
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This document will provide the specifications of common public-
key cryptographic techniques, including mathematical primitives for secret
value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital signatures, and
identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. It also
includes specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys and
private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not
restricted.
Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it
the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography
offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public-
key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However,
there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a wide range of
common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption,
digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as
discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. It is not
the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key
techniques, or particular attributes of public-key techniques such as key
sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a
variety of techniques from which applications may select. This document
merges the basic techniques specified in IEEE Std 1363-2000 with the
additional techniques specified in IEEE Std 1363a-2004.
Designation: 1363.1-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Specification for Public Key Cryptographic Techniques
Based on Hard Problems over Lattices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2009
Project Scope: This standard provides specifications of common public key
cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over lattices
supplemental to those considered in IEEE Std 1363™-2000 [B47]1 and IEEE Std
1363a™-2004 [B48], including mathematical primitives for secret value (key)
derivation, public key encryption, identification and digital signatures,
and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of
related cryptographic parameters, public keys, and private keys are also
presented. Class of computer and communications systems is not
restricted.
Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it
the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public key cryptography
offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public
key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. IEEE Std
1363-2000 [B47] and IEEE Std 1363a-2004 [B48] have produced a comprehensive
reference defining a range of common public key techniques covering key
agreement, public key encryption, and digital signatures from several
families,namely the discrete logarithm, integer factorization, and elliptic
curve families. This standard specifies cryptographic techniques based on
hard problems over lattices. These techniques may offer tradeoffs in
operating characteristics when compared with the methods already specified
in IEEE 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. This standard also provides a
second-generation framework for the description of cryptographic techniques,
as compared to the initial framework provided in IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE
Std 1363a-2004. It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any
particular set of public key techniques or security requirements (including
key sizes) for this or any family. Rather, the purpose of this standard is
to provide the following: a) A reference for specification of a variety
of techniques from which applications may select b) The relevant number-
theoretic background c) Extensive discussion of security and
implementation considerations so that a solution provider can choose
appropriate security requirements for itself
Abstract: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques based on hard problems over lattices supplemental to those
considered in IEEE 1363 and IEEE P1363a, including mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key
encryption, identification and digital signatures, and cryptographic schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related
cryptographic parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted.
Key Words: 1363.1-2008, encryption, lattice-based cryptography, public key
cryptography
Designation: 1363.2-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Specification for Password-Based Public-Key Cryptographic
Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2009
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2009
Project Scope: This standard covers specifications of common public-key
cryptographic techniques for performing password-based authentication and
key establishment, supplemental to the techniques described in IEEE Std
1363™-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a™-2004.1 It includes specifications of
primitives and schemes designed to utilize passwords and other low-grade
secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions, including
schemes for password-authenticated key agreement and password-authenticated
key retrieval.
Project Purpose: Ensuring privacy and authenticity in personal electronic
transactions is a process that necessarily involves human beings.
Memorized secrets are an important factor in human authentication. Many
common cryptographic methods for authentication require large, random
high-grade secret keys; yet, the secrets that human beings can
conveniently memorize and reliably reproduce tend to be low-grade secrets.
Passwords are widely used low-grade secrets that are typically not-so-
random and relatively small, and introduce risks of brute-force attack
when inappropriately used as cryptographic keys.
Abstract: This standard covers specifications of public-key cryptographic techniques for password-based authentication and key
establishment, supplemental to the techniques described in IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. It is intended as a
companion standard to IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004. It includes specifications of primitives and schemes designed
to utilize passwords and other low-grade secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions, including schemes for password-
authenticated key agreement and password-authenticated key retrieval.
Key Words: 1363.2-2008, authentication, key agreement, password, public-key
cryptography
Designation: 1363.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard Specification for Password-Based Public-Key Cryptographic
Techniques
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques for
performing password-based authentication and key exchange, supplemental to
the techniques considered in IEEE P1363 and IEEE P1363a. Specifications of
primitives, schemes, and protocols designed to safely utilize passwords and
other low-grade secrets as a basis for securing electronic transactions.
Class of computer and communications systems is not restricted.
Project Purpose: Ensuring privacy and authenticity in personal electronic
transactions is a process that necessarily involves human beings. Memorized
secrets are an important factor in human authentication. Many common
cryptographic methods for authentication require large, random high-grade
secret keys, yet, the secrets that human beings can conveniently memorize
and reliably reproduce tend to be low-grade secrets. Passwords are widely
used low-grade secrets that are typically not-so-random and relatively
small, and introduce risks of brute-force attack when inappropriately used
as cryptographic keys. P1363.2 will specify public-key cryptographic
techniques specifically designed to securely perform password-based
authentication and key exchange. These techniques provide a way to
authenticate people and distribute high-quality cryptographic keys for
people, while preventing off-line brute-force attacks associated with
passwords. A resulting high quality key may be more confidently used in
combination with other cryptographic methods, such as symmetric encryption
methods and public-key encryption, identification, and digital signature
methods. P1363.2 will provide a reference for a variety of such password-
based techniques within a suitable framework. It is not the purpose of this
project to mandate any particular set of password-based techniques or
security requirements (including key sizes). Rather, the purpose is to
provide: (1) a reference for specification of a variety of techniques from
which applications may select, (2) the appropriate theoretic background, and
(3) extensive discussion of security and implementation considerations so
that a solution provider can choose appropriate security requirements.
Designation: P1363.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Identity-Based Cryptographic Techniques using Pairings
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This document specifies identity-based cryptographic schemes
based on the bilinear mappings over elliptic curves known as pairings.
Specific techniques include algorithms to compute the pairings, and
specification of recommended elliptic curves and curve parameters over which
the pairings are defined. Class of computer and communications systems is
not restricted.
Project Purpose: The proliferation of electronic communication and the internet
brings with it the need for privacy and data protection. Public Key
Cryptography offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many
alternative public-key techniques have been proposed, each with its own
benefits. IEEE Std 1363-2000 and IEEE Std 1363a-2004 have produced a
comprehensive reference defining a range of common public-key techniques
covering key agreement, public-key encryption and digital signatures from
several families, namely the discrete logarithm, integer factorization, and
elliptic curve families. IEEE P1363.3 will specify Identity-Based
Cryptographic techniques based on Pairings. These offer advantages over
classic public key techniques specified in IEEE 1363. Examples are the lack
of a requirement to exchange or look up public keys of a recipient and the
simplified use of short-lived keys. The Class of computer and
communications systems is not restricted.
Designation: 1363a-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography - Amendment 1:
Additional Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2004
Technical Contact: William Whyte, Phone:+1 978 844 5208, Email:wwhyte@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 2004
Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques
supplemental to those considered in IEEE Std 1363-2000, including
mathematical primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key
encryption, digital signatures, and identification, and cryptographic
schemes based on those primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic
parameters, public keys and private keys. Class of computer and
communications systems is not restricted.
Project Purpose: The transition from paper to electronic media brings with it
the need for electronic privacy and authenticity. Public-key cryptography
offers fundamental technology addressing this need. Many alternative public-
key techniques have been proposed, each with its own benefits. However,
there has been no single, comprehensive reference defining a full range of
common public-key techniques covering key agreement, public-key encryption,
digital signatures, and identification from several families, such as
discrete logarithms, integer factorization, and elliptic curves. It is not
the purpose of this project to mandate any particular set of public-key
techniques, or particular attributes of public-key techniques such as key
sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a reference for specifications of a
variety of techniques from which applications may select. When the IEEE
P1363a project began, work was in progress in the IEEE P1363 project on
specifying many of the basic techniques in a standard way. Additional
techniques remained to be specified, which could eventually be added to the
IEEE P1363 work. However, many of those additional techniques required
further development before being standardized, whereas the basic techniques
in IEEE Std 1363-2000 were relatively more established. To facilitate the
completion of the work on the basic techniques while also providing a forum
for discussing additional techniques, the IEEE P1363 working group sought to
have separate projects for the two efforts, which would result in separate,
companion standards for some period of time. It is the working group's
intention that the standards will be merged during future revisions.
Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 1363-2000 This standard specifies additional public-key cryptographic techniques beyond those in
IEEE Std 1363-2000. It is intended to be merged with IEEE Std 1363-2000 during future revisions.
Key Words: digital signature, encryption, key agreement, public-key
cryptography
Designation: 1363a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard Specifications for Public-Key Cryptography: Additional
Techniques
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ari Singer, Phone:781-418-2515, Email:asinger@ntru.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: Specifications of common public-key cryptographic techniques
supplemental to those considered in IEEE P1363, including mathematical
primitives for secret value (key) derivation, public-key encryption, digital
signatures, and identification, and cryptographic schemes based on those
primitives. Specifications of related cryptographic parameters, public keys
and private keys.
Project Purpose: It is not the purpose of this project to mandate any
particular set of public-key techniques, or particular attributes of public-
key techniques such as key sizes. Rather, the purpose is to provide a
reference for specifications of a variety of techniques from which
applicatons may select. Worl is in progress in the IEEE 1363 project on
specifying many of the basic techniques in a standard way. Additional
techniques remain to be specified, which could eventually be added to the
IEEE 1363 work. However, many of those additional techniques require
further development before being standardized, whereas the basic techniques
in IEEE 1363 are relatively more established. To facilitate the completion
of the work on the basic techniques while also providing a forum for
discussing additional techniques, the IEEE 1363 working group seeks to have
separate projects for the 2 efforts, which would result in separate,
companion standards for some period of time. It is the working group's
intention that the standards would be merged during future revisions.
Designation: 1364-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Verilog Hardware Description Language
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006
Project Scope: Verilog is a hardware description language (HDL) that was
standardized as IEEE Std 1364™-1995 and first revised as IEEE Std 1364-2001.
This revision corrects and clarifies features ambiguously described in the
1995 and 2001 editions. It also resolves incompatibilities and
inconsistencies of IEEE 1364-2001 with IEEE Std 1800™-2005. The intent of
this standard is to serve as a complete specification of the Verilog HDL.
This standard contains the following: — The formal syntax and semantics of
all Verilog HDL constructs — The formal syntax and semantics of standard
delay format (SDF) constructs — Simulation system tasks and functions, such
as text output display commands — Compiler directives, such as text
substitution macros and simulation time scaling — The programming language
interface (PLI) binding mechanism — The formal syntax and semantics of the
Verilog procedural interface (VPI) — Informative usage examples —
Informative delay model for SDF — The VPI header file
Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document, IEEE Std 1364-2001, was
to provide an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware Description
Language. The reason for the document's revision is to incorporate
corrections that have been identified by the working group since 1364-1995
and 1364-2001 were published by the IEEE.
Abstract: The Verilog hardware description language (HDL) is defined in this standard. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for
use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine-readable and human-readable, it supports the
development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the
maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementers of tools
supporting the language and advanced users of the language.
Key Words: computer, computer languages, digital systems, electronic systems,
hardware, hardware description languages, hardware design, HDL, PLI,
programming language interface, Verilog, Verilog HDL, Verilog P
Designation: 1364-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard Verilog Hardware Description Language
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 1364-1995.
Technical Contact: Maqsoodul Mannan, Phone:408-432-1001, Email:mannan@dsmtech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: Verilog is a Hardware Description Language which was
standardized as IEEE 1364-1995. It is currently used by integrated circuit
designers to specify their designs at the switch, gate and RTL levels. The
proposed project will revise Verilog 1364 to include new constructs which
improve the utility of the language both at the detailed physical level and
at high levels of abstraction to meet industry needs for improved design
technology.
Project Purpose: To provide an industry standard based on the Verilog Hardware
Description Language.
Abstract: Supersedes 1364-1995.
Key Words: "computer,computer languages,digital systems,electronic
systems,hardware,hard-ware description languages,hardware
design,HDL,PLI,programming language interface,VerilogHDL,Verilog PLI,Verilog
®"
Designation: 1364-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard Hardware Description Language Based on the Verilog(R)
Hardware Description Language
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1364-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Abstract: The Verilog Hardware Description Language (HDL) is defined. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all
phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the
development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the
maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools
supporting the language and advanced users of the language.
Key Words: computer, computer languages, electronic systems, digital systems,
hardware design, hardware description language, HDL, programming language,
language interface, PLI, verilog HDL, verilog PLI
Designation: 1364
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Verilog Hardware Description Language
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael T McNamara, Phone:650-934-6888, Email:mac@verisity.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: Verilog is a Hardware Description Language which was
standardized as IEEE-1364-1995, and revised as 1364-2001. It is currently
used by integrated circuit designers to specify their designs at the switch,
gate, RTL and system levels. The proposed project will revise Verilog 1364
to clarify features ambiguously described in the 1364-1995 and 1364-2001
revisions, as well as to extend the language by adding new constructs which
improve the utility of the language both at the detailed physical level and
at high levels of abstraction to meet industry needs for improved design and
verification technology.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a standard that
complements IEEE 1076-IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual from the
register transfer level downward, by providing an industry standard based on
the Verilog Hardware Description Language, as well as incorporating
enhancements that have been developed by the industry since the 1364-1995
and 1364-2001 were published by the IEEE.
Designation: 1364.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: (Replaced)IEEE Standard for Verilog Register Transfer Level Synthesis
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**IEC dual logo adoption IEC/IEEE 62142:2005. Administratively withdrawn 9-
January-2010.
Technical Contact: J Bhasker, Phone:610-439-6831, Email:jbhasker@esilicon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL
synthesis. This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL)
which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of that
subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the
current existing standard IEEE 1364.
Project Purpose: To define syntax and semantics which can be used in common by
all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a
similar manner to which simulation tools currently use the IEEE 1364
standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-defined
designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular
synthesis implementation by making their design compliant with this
developed standard.
Abstract: Superseded by IEC/IEEE 62142-2005 (SH/SS95358) To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL synthesis. This
standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the semantics of
that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standard IEEE 1364. To define syntax
and semantics which can be used in common by all compliant RTL synthesis tools to achieve uniformity of results in a similar
manner to which simulation tools currently use the IEEE 1364 standard. This will allow users of synthesis tools to produce well-
defined designs whose functional characteristics are independent of any particular synthesis implementation by making their
design compliant with this developed standard. Standard syntax and semantics for Verilog ® HDL-based RTL synthesis are
described inthis standard.
Key Words: "hardware description language,HDL,RTL,synthesis,Verilog ®"
Designation: 1365
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Design and Installation of Electrical Systems
for Floating Offshore Production Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Designation: 1366-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2004
**Supersedes 1366-1998.
Technical Contact: Cheryl A Warren, Phone:518-433-5081, Email:cheryl.warren@us.ngrid.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: This guide identifies distribution reliability indices and
factors that affect their calculation. It includes indices, which are useful
today, as well as ones that may be useful in the future. The indices are
intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and
defined regions.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is twofold. First, it is to present
a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the
development of distribution service reliability indices, to identify factors
which affect the indices, and to aid in consistent reporting practices among
utilities. Secondly, it is to provide guidance for new personnel in the
reliability area and to provide tools for internal as well as external
comparisons. In the past, other groups have defined reliability indices for
transmission, generation, and distribution but some of the definitions
already in use are not specific enough to be wholly adopted for
distribution. Users of this guide should recognize that not all utilities
would have the data available to calculate all the indices.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1366, 2001 Edition SUMMARY Distribution reliability indices and factors that affect their
calculations are defined in this guide. The indices are intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and
defined regions.
Key Words: circuits, distribution reliability indices, distribution systems,
electric power, reliability indices
Designation: P1366
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Cheryl A Warren, Phone:518-433-5081, Email:cheryl.warren@us.ngrid.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: This guide identifies distribution reliability indices and
factors that affect their calculation. It includes indices, which are useful
today, as well as ones that may be useful in the future. The indices are
intended to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and
defined regions.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is twofold. First, it is to present
a set of terms and definitions which can be used to foster uniformity in the
development of distribution service reliability indices, to identify factors
which affect the indices, and to aid in consistent reporting practices among
utilities. Secondly, it is to provide guidance for new personnel in the
reliability area and to provide tools for internal as well as external
comparisons. In the past, other groups have defined reliability indices for
transmission, generation, and distribution but some of the definitions
already in use are not specific enough to be wholly adopted for
distribution. Users of this guide should recognize that not all utilities
would have the data available to calculate all the indices.
Designation: 1366-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Distribution Reliability Indices
Status: Superseded
**Mar-01: Upgraded from Trial-Use. Superseded by 1366-2003.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1998
Project Scope: To identify a set of terms and definitions which can be used to
calculate power distribution reliability indices and factors.
Project Purpose: To present a set of terms and definitions which can be used to
foster uniformity in the development of distribution service reliability
indices and factors.
Abstract: Superseded by 1366-2003. Useful distribution reliability indices, and factors that affect their calculation, are identi-
fied. This guide includes indices that are useful today as well as ones that may be useful in thefuture. The indices are intended
to apply to distribution systems, substations, circuits, and definedregions.
Key Words: "circuits,distribution reliability indices,distribution
systems,electric power,reliability indices"
Designation: 1367
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for AC High Voltage Circuit Switchers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Randall L Dotson, Phone:863-834-6494, Email:randall.dotson@lakelandelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1368-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Aeolian Vibration Field Measurements of Overhead
Conductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007
Technical Contact: Thomas J Alderton, Phone:850-863-8969, Email:talderton@cox.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: May 24, 2007
Project Scope: This guide provides current practices related to field
measurements of aeolian vibration of overhead conductors.
Project Purpose: The measurement of aeolian vibration of overhead conductors is
currently being carried out by use of a variety of devices and methods. The
only IEEE document published on this subject was written in 1966 by the IEEE
Transmission and Distribution Committee [B15] and is considered to be in
need of review. In consultation with CIGRE and CEA, we will endeavor to
produce a document that will allow the average utility engineer and the
industry in general to improve their understanding of this important
evaluation procedure.
Abstract: Current practices related to field measurements of aeolian vibration of overhead conductors are covered in this guide.
Key Words: aeolian vibration, bending amplitude, overhead conductors, vibration
measurement, vibration recorders
Designation: 1368
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Vibration Field Measurements of Overhead Conductors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dale A Douglass, Phone:518-346-8086, Email:da.douglass@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1369
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for a Utility Industry Crytographic Protocol
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 137-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Test Procedure for AC 400 Hz Aircraft Induction Motors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Key Words: aircraft, induction, motor
Designation: 1371
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Distributed Coherent Memory
Architecture
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thanos Mentzelopoulos, Phone:214 964 2641, Email:thanos@onramp.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1372
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology--Portable Operating System Interface
(POSIX(R))--Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [Language
Independent]
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly P1003.1
Technical Contact: John Jay Meyer, Phone:612/635-7348, Email:john.meyer@unisys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1373
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for Field Test Methods and Procedures for Grid-
Connected Photovoltaic Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen M Chalmers, Phone:602-955-7124, Email:chalmers@powermark.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1374-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Guide for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power System Safety
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Apr 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: This guideline will address the design, equipment applicability
and hardware installation of electrically safe stand-alone and grid
connected photovoltaic (PV) power design.
Project Purpose: Photovoltaic power system designers and installers have a wide
range of utility-grade, industrial, commercial, and special purpose cables,
over-current devices, disconnects, power conditionners, modules, and other
optional equipment to choose from in the design and installation of
electrically safe systems. The selection and application of the available
equipment is not generally covered in existing standards. This guide will
suggest good engineering safety practices for PV system design, equipment
selection, and hardware installation.
Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. The design,
equipment applicability, and hardware installation of electrically safe, stand- alone, and grid-connected PV power systems
operating at less than 50 kW output are addressed. Storage batteries and other generating equipment are discussed briefly.
Key Words: "ampacity, cable types, PV system"
Designation: 1375-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Kurt W Uhlir, Phone:630-910-6998, Email:uhlirk@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: Develop guidance for protection of stationary battery systems up
to the first battery disconnecting switch or device.
Project Purpose: Philosophy of battery protection as well as dc interruptions
or ratings of fuses and circuit breakers are not addressed by current
standards. The sub-committee will assist industry by providing guidance in
these areas.
Abstract: Guidance in the protection of stationary battery systems is provided. For the purposes of this guide, stationary battery
systems include the battery and dc components to and including the Þrst protective device downstream of the battery terminals.
This guide does not set requirements; rather, it presents a number of options to the dc system designer of the different types of
stationary battery system protection available.
Designation: 1375-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Protection of Stationary Battery Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Harold E Epstein, Phone:978-777-9494, Email:ieneng@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993, BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Abstract: " Guidance in the protection of stationary battery systems is provided. For the purposes ofthis guide, stationary battery
systems include the battery and dc components to and including theÞrst protective device downstream of the battery terminals.
This guide does not set requirements;rather, it presents a number of options to the dc system designer of the different types of
stationarybattery system protection available. "
Key Words: "circuit breaker,current limiting,equipment
grounding,fuse,grounding,lead-acid batteries,nickel-cadmium
batteries,overvoltage protection,short-circuit current,stationary
battery,system grounding,temperature compensation,undervoltage protection"
Designation: P1375
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Kurt W Uhlir, Phone:630-910-6998, Email:uhlirk@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: This document provides guidance for the protection of stationary
battery systems. For the purposes of this guide, stationary battery systems
include the battery and dc components to and including the first protective
device downstream of the battery terminals. The recommendations provided are
not intended to set requirements; rather, they present options to the
designer of the battery system concerning the types of protection available.
This guide discusses the forms of passive and active protection of both
grounded and ungrounded stationary battery systems. The characteristics,
sizing, application, and ratings of protective devices used in dc circuits
and the short-circuit characteristics of batteries and battery chargers are
covered. Further discussions are presented regarding dc system time
constants, how they are determined, and how they relate to the selection of
protective devices. General principles of coordination of
protective devices for selective tripping are discussed. The user of this
guide is referred to IEEE Std 242for in-depth guidance concerning
coordination of protective devices.
Project Purpose: This document provides design considerations for the
protection of stationary battery systems in a wide variety of industry
applications including generating stations, substations, telecommunications,
industrial and commercial installations, uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
systems, and renewable energy systems.
Designation: 1376
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard Protocol for Electric Utility Intercontrol Center Data
Communications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Terrence L Saxton, Phone:612-473-3250, Email:tsaxton@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: Define a data communications protocol for the exchange of data
between electric utility control centers. This protocol will operate over a
full 7-layer ISO Open Systems Interconnnect (OSI)-compliant protocol stack
to exchange real-time and historical power system monitoring and control
data, scheduling data, energy accounting data, and operator messages.
Specifically, this protocol will operate over the Manufacturing Messaging
Specification (MMS) Application Service element (ASE) and Association
Control Service element (ASCE) in layer 7.
Project Purpose: Multiple, non-standard protocols exist today for exhanging
data between control centers, ranging from EMS vendor proprietary protocols
to unique protocols defined by groups of utilities for sharing data. A
single standard protocol would facilitate both interoperability of different
vendor's systems and even greater opportunities for sharing data between
utilities. The working group will develop a service description, protocol
specification, and PICS for a new standard protocol. An Application Profile
requiring connection-oriented transport service and an interchange format
and representation profile (i.e., an A-Profile and F-Profile, respectively,
corresponding to the ISO taxonomy) will also be developed.
Designation: P1377
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol
Application Layer (End Device Data Tables)
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This Standard defines a Table structure for utility application
data to be passed between an End Device and any other device. It neither
defines device design criteria nor specifies the language or protocol used
to transport that data. The Tables defined in this standard represent data
structure that shall be used to transport the data, not necessarily the data
storage format used inside the End Device.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
interoperable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The
purpose of this standard is to define the framework and data structures for
transporting Utility End Device data to and from End Devices and for use by
enterprise systems. This standard is intended to accommodate the concept
of an advanced metering infrastructure such as that identified by the Office
of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability of the U.S. Department of
Energy; the Smart Metering Initiative of the Ontario Ministry of Energy
(Canada) and the stated requirements of Measurement Canada for the approval
of a metering device for use in Canada. This standard is to provide a
uniform, structured and adaptive data model, such that Utility End Devices
and ancillary devices (e.g. home appliances and communication technology)
can operate in a “plug and play” and multi-source enterprise AMI
environment. This standard extends the definitions provided by IEEE 1377-
1997 standard to include provisions for enterprise level asset management,
data management, and uniform data exchange capability, through the use of
common and managed XML/TDL and XML/EDL End Device Class models
Abstract: This standard provides common structures for encoding data in communication between End Devices (meters, home appliances,
IEEE 1703 Nodes) and Utility enterprise collection and control systems using binary codes and XML content. The standard addresses
the AMI and SmartGrid requirements as identified by the Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy Reliability of the U.S.
Department of Energy; the Smart Metering Initiative of the Ontario Ministry of Energy (Canada) and of Measurement Canada. The
standard exposes sets of tables that are grouped together into sections that pertain to a particular feature-set and related
function such as Time-of-use, Load Profile, Security, Power Quality and more. Each standard Table Set (Data Model) can be
expanded or restricted by the Manufacturer of the IEEE 1377 Device or home appliance using XML/TDL descriptive registered syntax
(XML-based Table Definition Language) and enterprise data-value management using EDL (Exchange Data Language) in a manner that is
machine readable. Published jointly with NEMA and Measurement Canada, this standard provides Tables in support of Gas, Water and
Electric sensors and related appliances. It also provides Tables for network configuration and management by referencing its
companion standard IEEE 1703. IEEE 1377 is co-published as ANSI C12.19 and MC12.19.
Key Words: IEEE 1377, ANSI C12.19, End Device, Utility Tables
Designation: 1377
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Industry End Device Tables - Revision 1
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: To develop compatible additions to IEEE 1377-1997 such that the
existing standard will satisfy new needs of end device technologies and
satisfy needs of existing technologies previously unable to comply with the
original standard; IEEE 1377-1997.
Project Purpose: Increase compatibility with ANSI C12 work. Support new
functionality. Correct technical and editorial errors.
Designation: 1377
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol
Application Layer Standard (End Device Data Tables)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard shall provide the application layer data format
for the utility data to be passed between an End Device and a computer. The
data format shall be based upon the data description provided by the Utility
Industry including the Water, Gas, and the Electric Utilities. Also, this
standard shall include the read/write command structure for interfacing this
application layer to a lower communication layer of various communications
technologies such as optical port, telephone, and wide area network. It
does not define device design criteria nor specify the lower layers of
communication protocol used to transport the End Device Table data. This
IEEE P1377 standard is congruent with MC12.19 and ANSI C12.19 standards.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The
purpose of this standard is to define data structures for transporting
Utility End Device data to and from End Devices in a uniform and structured
manner such that Utility End Devices and ancillary devices can operate in a
“plug and play” and multi-source environment.
Designation: 1377-1997
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer
communications protocol and the functional data structures which it
transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility
distribution and customer applications.
Project Purpose: Current technologies are based upon vendor architectures which
inhibit development of an open system. In fulfilling the need of an opern
system, the working group will design a standard efficient for simple as
well as complex devices and capable of evolving with new functionality.
Abstract: " Functionally related utility application data elements, grouped into a single data structurefor transport are described.
Data may be utilized peer-to-peer or upstream to readers or billing sys-tems by being carried by one lower layered protocol to
another stack of lower layered protocol. Thedata structure does not change from end device to the user of the data. "
Key Words: "decade of tables,end device,function-limiting control (FLC)
table,time-of-use (TOU) table"
Designation: 1377/C12.19-1997
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer
communications protocol and the functional data structures which it
transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility
distribution and customer applications.
Project Purpose: Current technologies are based upon vendor architectures which
inhibit development of an open system. In fulfilling the need of an open
system, the working group will design a standard efficient for simple as
well as complex devices and capable of evolving with new functionality.
Abstract: To develop a standard for utility end device application layer communications protocol and the functional data structures
which it transports. It is to allow operation of end devices for utility distribution and customer applications.
Designation: 1378-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Guide for Commissioning High-Voltage Direct-Current (HVDC)
Converter Stations and Associated Transmission Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jul 10, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Abstract: General guidelines for commissioning high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) convert stations and associated transmission
systems are provided. These quidelines apply to HVDC systems utilizing 6-pulse or 12-pulse thyristor-valve converter units
operated as a two-terminal HVDC transmission system or an HVDC back-to-back system.
Key Words: high-voltage direct current , HVDC, HVDC transmission systems, off-
site tests, on-site tests, precommissioning, commissioning
Designation: 1379-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Remote
Terminal Units and Intelligent Electronic Devices in a Substation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 16, 2001
**Supersedes 1379-1997.
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001
Project Scope: This project will make the Trial Use document a full Recommended
Practice. The present standard was published in March 1998 as a Trial Use
Recommended Practice. However, the protocols listed in the document were
actually selected by the Task Force in 1995. It has already shown to be a
valuable standard and is being widely used in the industry.
Project Purpose: The protocols listed in the existing Trial Use Recommended
Practice IEEE 1379 have proven to be very useful and should be retained as
an industry recommended practice. The intent is to re-validate the existing
document and delete the words "Trial Use".
Abstract: A uniform set of guidelines for communications and interoperations of remote terminal units (RTUs)and intelligent
electronic devices (IEDs)in an electric utility substation is provided.A mechanism for adding data elements and message
structures to this recommended practice is described.
Key Words: "IED,master station,RTU,slave,supervisory control and data
acquisition (SCADA)systems"
Designation: 1379-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Data Communications Between Intelligent
Electronic Devices and Remote Terminal Units in a Substation
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1379-2000.
Technical Contact: Kenneth Jackson, Phone:716 385 2281 (H)
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: A common documented protocol and defined data objects to permit
uniform interface among intelligent electronic devices and remote terminal
units in a substation.
Project Purpose: No common communications protocol has been widely adopted for
interchanging data among Remote Terminal units (RTUs) and other intelligent
electronic devices (IED) in substations. To create the Recommended
Practice, the Task Force will examine in detail many existing protocols and
profiles, with the goal of adopting (as is) or selecting 1 or more from
elements of several others, in order to best meet the evaluation criteria.
The evaluation criteria will be determined by consensus among participating
utility engineers (users), RTU vendors, IED vendors, and consultants in the
field of substations. The recommended practice will also include a basic set
of data objects for the application layer of the adopted protocol. A method
to allow adding future data objects will be defined and included. The
recommended practice will be designated "trial use" because it is intended
as a near-term solution which will be incorporated in a larger standards-
making effort for utility enterprise-wide communication.
Abstract: A uniform set of guidelines for communications and interoperations of Intelligent ElectronicDevices (IEDs) and Remote
Terminal Units (RTUs) in an electric utility substation is provided. A mechanismfor adding data elements and message structures
to this recommended practice is described. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this
publication online.
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: 138-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Electrical Power/Energy Systems Panel
Title: Trial-Use Test Procedure for Aircraft Alternating-Current Generators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Key Words: aircraft, generator, ac
Designation: 1380
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Spectrum Characteristics of
Digitally Modulated Television Signals
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 1381
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Power of Digitally Modulated
Television Signals
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1382
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring Transmission System Performance of
Digitally Modulated Television Signals
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas E Hankinson, Phone:215/878-9700
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1385
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of Radio Disturbances in the Range
of 800 MHz to 40 GHz Capable of Interfacing with PCS (Personl Communication
Service) Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dheena Moongilan, Phone:732-834-1806, Email:moongilan@lucent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 1386-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a Common Mezzanine Card Family: CMC
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Provide the parent document for a family of mezzanine cards to
be used on single slot VME boards, Multibus boards and desktop computers and
other computer applications. Also provide the common mechanical definition
and common referenced environmental specification for this family of
mezzanine cards. These mezzanine cards will be used to provide modular
front panel I/O, rear connector I/O and/or general function expansion for
host computers.
Project Purpose: Several of the popular RISC and CISC microprocessors are using
the same logial and electrical layer for their high speed local bus. These
same RISC and CISC processors are being incorporated onto single slot VME
boards, Multibus boards, desktop computers and other types of computer
system. There is a large market need for modular I/O and modular local
function expansion via low profile mezzanine cards. This proposed standard
will be the parent document for a series of mezzanine cards, plus will
define the base line mechanics for these mezzanine cards that can be used on
VME, Multibus, desktop computers and other computer based applications with
a similar need. The mechanical definition will be based on IEEE 1301.4 and
the other hard metric mechanical standards. A suggested set of
environmental standards will be referenced for the environmental layer.
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 The mechanics of a common mezzanine card (CMC) family are defined in this
standard.Mezzanine cards, designed to this standard, can be used interchangeably on VME, VME64 andVME64x boards, CompactPCI ¤
boards, Multibus ¤ I and II boards, desktop computers, portablecomputers, servers, and other similar types of applications.
Mezzanine cards can provide modularfront panel I/O, backplane I/O or general function expansion or a combination for host
computers.Single, wide mezzanine cards are 75 mm wide by 150 mm deep by 8.2 mm high.
Key Words: "backplane I/O, bezel, board, card, CompactPCI, face plate, front
panel I/O, host computer, I/O, local bus, metric, mezzanine, module, modular
I/O, Multibus, PCI, VME, VME64, VME64x, VMEbus"
Designation: 1386.1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Physical and Environmental Layers for PCI Mezzanine Cards:
PMC
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Define a family of high speed low profile modular mezzanine
cards for VMEbus, Futurebus+(R) desktop computers, and other computer
systems with the logical and electrical layers based on PCI Special Interest
Group's PCI Specification, Rev 2. The proposed Common Mezzanine Card (CMC)
Family standard will be referenced for the mechanical layer. The
environmental layer will be specified by the working group.
Project Purpose: PCI (peripheral component interface) is a newly defined high
speed local bus being used by several CISC and RISC microprocessors. PCI
specification defines a 4.2 inch by 12.3 inch board that plugs into a
motherboard in a perpendicular fashion. These perpendicular boards are not
usable in many computer applications because they use too much vertical
space. This proposed standard will define the mechanics of a low profile
modular horizontal mezzanine card family that uses the logical and
electrical layers of the PCI specification for the local bus. I/O can be
via the front panel and/or through the connector to the host computer for
rear panel I/O. The proposed CMC family mechanics will be used for the
mechanical layer.
Abstract: " This standard, in conjunction with IEEE Std 1386-2001, IEEE Standard for a CommonMezzanine Card (CMC) Family, defines
the physical and environmental layers of a PCI mezzaninecard (PMC) family to be usable on (but not limited to) single slot VME,
VME64 and VME64x boards,CompactPCI boards, Multibus I and Multibus II boards, desktop computers, portable computers,servers, and
similar types of applications. The electrical and logical layers are based on the PCIspecification from the PCI Special Interest
Group. The PCI mezzanine cards allow for a variety ofoptional function expansions for the host system. I/O functionality from the
PMC may be eitherthrough the mezzanine front panel, or via the backplane by routing the I/O signals through themezzanine
connector to the host. "
Key Words: "backplane I/O, bezel, board, card, CompactPCI, face plate, front
panel I/O, metric, host computer, I/O, local bus, mezzanine, module, modular
I/O, PCI, Multibus I, Multibus II, VME, VME64, VME64x, VMEbus"
Designation: 1386.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard Physical and Environmental Layers for SBus Mezzanine Cards: SMC
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Designation: 1387.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 1: Overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly 1003.7
Technical Contact: Martin J Kirk, Phone:+44-1189508311x2257, Email:m.kirk@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: Provide a common set of systems administration interfaces and
managed object class definitions consistent with other P1003 standards. The
interfaces provide access to administrative functionality. The managed
object classes provide a foundation for the definition and implementation of
such functionality, especially in a heterogeneous, distributed environment.
The systems administration functionality addressed may inlcude (but is not
limited to) backup and restore, accounting, filesystem managment, and device
management.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed standard is to provide systems
administration interfaces and supporting managed object definitions to
address the following objectives: administrator portability, applications
portability and distributed administration.
Key Words: interface, administration, computer, operating, environment
Designation: 1387.2-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology- Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 2: Software Administration
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly 1003.7.2. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996
Project Scope: Provide utility program interfaces, service interfaces, managed
object definitions, and a standard software packaging layout. Interfaces
allow administrators to maintain software products. The managed-object
classes provide a common base for the definition and implementation of
software administration applications, especially in a distributed
environment. The base document for the work is a specification from HP,
with reference material drawn from DEC, USL, SNI, ICL, IBM, and SCO.
Project Purpose: Software Administration is concerned with the maintenance of
software on distributed systems. This maintenance includes, but is not
limited to, the creation of distribution media, the loading and installation
of software, subsequent verification and listing of installed siftware and
possible eventual removal of that software from systems.
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines a
software packaging layout, a set of information maintained about software, and a set of utility programs to manipulate that
software and information. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: data processing, open systems, operating system, packaging, portable
application, POSIX, software, system , administration, utilities
Designation: 1387.3-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 3: User and Group Account
Administration
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly 1003.7.3.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: User administration includes, but is not limited to, tasks such
as the creation and maintenance of user accounts and groups in both single
systems and heterogeneous destributed environments. P1003.7 is committed in
this standard to provide the distributed management for a system conformant
with IEEE P1003.1 and P1003.2.
Project Purpose: Although P1003.1 describes a user database, a group database,
and the concept of a user's home directory, utilities to manage these
entities are not described by any current POSIX standard. This standard
will address the management of these entities as described in IEEE P1003.1
and P1003.2 as well as the management of optional extensions such as an
account password.
Abstract: System Administration Interface/User and Group Administration for Computer Operating System Environments, is part of the
POSIX®series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. The purpose of this standard is to provide a
common set of utility programs, for the administration of theUser and Group Account entities described in the ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996
(IEEE Std1003.1-1996) and ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993 (IEEE Std 1003.2-1992) standards.
Key Words: "open systems,operating systems,portable
application,POSIX,user,group,system administration"
Designation: 1387.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) System Administration - Part 4: Print Administration
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly 1003.7.1
Technical Contact: Martin J Kirk, Phone:+44-1189508311x2257, Email:m.kirk@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: Provide utility interfaces, service interfaces and managed
object definitions for printing services, usage and management. It includes
(but is not limited to) interfaces and managed objects for both computer
users and system administrators. Base documents for the work will be the
MIT Palladium printing system, the USL "lp" printer interfaces, and the BSD
"lpr" printer interfaces.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common set of
utility programs, service interfaces and managed object definitions that
ensure the ability to print and to manage printing systems.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering.
Designation: 1388
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly C57.132
Designation: 1388
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David S Lyon, Phone:414/524-4414
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Designation: 1388-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 07, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: Specify what information is required and in what format, when
supplying transformer test reports through an electronic, computer readable
medium.
Project Purpose: Purchasers of transformers are requesting the associated
certified test reports in many different formats. It would be in the best
interest of all concerned to standardize on the required information and
format in an electronic medium because errors could be introduced when a
supplier of this informnation must go from one format to another; the terms
used in describing data in the test report can be misleading; and a standard
format will make the development of test report data generating and data
analyzing software easier, more efficient, more accurate and more widely
available.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std C57.12.37-2006 A basis for the electronic reporting of transformer test data on liquid immersed
distribu-tion transformers as defined in the ANSI C57.12.2X standards series is provided. The specific setof test data to be
reported and the format in which it is to be reported is detailed along with an ex-tended set of data as an option for the user.
Key Words: "distribution transformers, electronic reporting, test data"
Designation: 1388
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for the Electronic Reporting of Transformer Test Data
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jerry W Smith, Phone:601-934-0739, Email:jwsmith@power-eng-svc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: Specify what information is required and in what format, when
supplying transformer test reports through an electronic, computer readable
medium.
Project Purpose: Purchasers of transformers are requesting the associated
certified test reports in many different formats. It would be in the best
interest of all concerned to standardize on the required information and
format in an electronic medium because errors could be introduced when a
supplier of this informnation must go from one format to another; the terms
used in describing data in the test report can be misleading; and a standard
format will make the development of test report data generating and data
analyzing software easier, more efficient, more accurate and more widely
available.
Designation: 1389
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for the Management of Test and Maintenance Information
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter Lord, Phone:513-445-4735, Email:peter.lord@daytonoh.ncr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Designation: 139-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Measurement of Radio Frequency
Emission from Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) Equipment Installed
on User's Premises
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 1988
**Revision of IEEE Std 139-1952.
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1988
Project Scope: This document describes equipment inspection and radio frequency
(rf) electromagnetic field measurement procedures for evaluation of rf
industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment installed in the user's
facility. The term, “ISM equipment,” as used here, includes equipment that
generates rf energy for purposes other than radio communications, to cause
physical, chemical, or biological changes; for example, industrial heaters
(dielectric and induction), medical diathermy, ultrasonic equipment, rf
plasma devices, and rf stabilized welders. These procedures are designed to
help ensure that the equipment does not interfere with radio communications,
navigation, and other essential radio services. The engineer responsible for
the measurements should take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the
maximum emission from the ISM equipment under test (EUT) has been measured.
Radio frequency field-strength measurements of installed ISM equipment may
be required if any of the following conditions exist: 1) The emission from
the EUT was not measured by the manufacturer. 2) Because of its size or
special operating conditions, the EUT could not be tested before
installation. 3) Installed ISM equipment is suspected of causing
interference. 4) ISM equipment has been modified in a way that could affect
its rf emissions. 5) As the equipment ages, there is a question about its
continued compliance. 6) There is a question about the safety to nearby
personnel because of the emissions from the equipment. Measurements should
be made under the direction of an engineer skilled in making and
interpreting rf field-strength measurements. These measurements are made
after the equipment is installed and ready for use at its place of use, and
after it has been inspected as described in 2.2. The measurement report
should generally be kept on file for at least three years after new
measurements are made or after the equipment is no longer in use. There are
significant differences between the “open field” or anechoic chamber
measurements common in electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and
electromagnetic interference (EMI) work and the on-site measurements of
installed ISM equipment. Some of these differences are described below. 1)
The measurement conditions are usually more difficult because of crowded
measurement locations, reflections from surrounding walls and equipment,
and signals from other sources. 2 2) It is reasonable to take advantage of
the shielding provided by walls and other equipment located between the ISM
Equipment Under Test (EUT) and the location at which field-strength
information is required. While the effect of a single wall may be small, the
total effect of other equipment and building structures may be significant.
In any case, it is not necessary to make measurements in a way which
eliminates the benefits of this shielding. Some equipment is designed to be
operated in a shielded enclosure, either because of its own sensitivity to
outside interference, or because of its emission characteristics. When
measuring the emission from this equipment, take advantage of the
attenuation of the enclosure by making the measurements outside the
enclosure, with the equipment in its normal operating position. 3) Since
the measurement equipment is disconnected, moved, and reconnected many times
during a set of measurements, its calibration should be checked frequently.
4) ISM equipment may often be grouped for field-strength measurements,
taking one set of measurements for the entire group. 5) Electromagnetic-
emission measurements of installed ISM equipment are usually significantly
less accurate than laboratory (open field or test chamber) measurements
because of lack of control of the measurement environment. The engineer
responsible for the measurements should ensure, to the extent practical,
that significant inaccuracies do not creep into the measurements from
controllable factors. The overall accuracy of the measurements should be
taken into account when reporting the results. 6) On-site measurements of
installed ISM equipment are usually unique to the particular site because of
effects of local shielding. However, they may apply to the same piece of
equipment or to identical equipment installed at other sites that provide
equivalent shielding and grounding. 7) The emission measured from the ISM
equipment is a function of the environment surrounding the equipment. In
most industrial locations, the environment is likely to change. Therefore,
when measuring emission, 1) make sure the environment is typical of its
usual operating condition, and, 2) determine, to the extent possible, if
probable environment changes will increase emission. If so, the user should
be warned. When measuring emission because of suspected electromagnetic
interference, the conditions existing at the time of the suspected
interference should be duplicated as closely as possible.
Abstract: This document describes equipment inspection and radio frequency (rf) electromagnetic field measurement procedures for
evaluation of rf industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment installed in the user's facility. The term, “ISM equipment,”
as used here, includes equipment that generates rf energy for purposes other than radio communications, to cause physical,
chemical, or biological changes; for example, industrial heaters (dielectric and induction), medical diathermy, ultrasonic
equipment, rf plasma devices, and rf stabilized welders. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the equipment does not
interfere with radio communications, navigation, and other essential radio services. The engineer responsible for the
measurements should take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the maximum emission from the ISM equipment under test (EUT)
has been measured. Radio frequency field-strength measurements of installed ISM equipment may be required if any of the following
conditions exist:1) The emission from the EUT was not measured by the manufacturer. 2) Because of its size or special operating
conditions, the EUT could not be tested before installation. 3) Installed ISM equipment is suspected of causing interference. 4)
ISM equipment has been modified in a way that could affect its rf emissions. 5) As the equipment ages, there is a question about
its continued compliance. Etc.
Key Words: EUT, ISM equipment, radio frequency electromagnetic field
measurement, rf energy, field-strength measurement
Designation: 1390
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched Telephone Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture
operated over the telephone network. The utility telemetry architecture is
capable of supporting many different applications. Telemetry calls may be
initiated from either the utility/service provider or the telemetry
interface unit on the end user's premises. The utility telemetry
architecture is supported by multiple access technologies and incorporates
off-hook and on-hook data communications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a generic
architecture under which the telecommunications interfaces and functionality
of the Utility Telemetry Service will be defined. This architecture will
provide to utilities a facility that is readily available, has short set-up
times, and allows for automatic meter reading using the capabilities of the
switched telephone network. This architecture can be used for a multitude
of different transport applications. Revisions will provide consistency
with recent technical developments.
Designation: 1390-1995
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Architecture for Switched
Telephone Network
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This standard describes a utility telemetry service architecture
operated over the telephone network. The architecture described is a basic transport architecture capable of supporting many
different applications. The text is described in terms of a utility meter reading application, but any enhanced service provider
(ESP) communication can be transported. Telemetry calls may be initiated by either the utility/service provider (outbound) or the
telemetry interface unit (TIU)/CPE (inbound) on the end user's premise.
Key Words: automatic meter, meter reading, telemetry, energy management,
enhanced service, service provider, meter reading, telephone network,
utility communication
Designation: 1390.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Transport Profile Protocols for
Switched Telephone Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This standard covers communications protocols that are used for
data transport between the Utility Controller and the Telemetry Interface
Unit.
Project Purpose: Existing Telco wireline based technology for Utility Telemetry
are limited to sequential subscriber line access. A telco central office
switch feature is being developed to allow parallel access. This standard
will support this feature.
Designation: 1390.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Utility Telemetry Service Transport Profile Protocols for
Switched Telephone Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul Aubin, Phone:450-375-0556, Email:paubin@nertec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers communications protocols that are used for
data transport between the Utility Controller and the Telemetry Interface
Unit.
Project Purpose: Existing Telco wireline based technology for Utility Telemetry
are limited to sequential subscriber line access. A telco central office
switch feature is being developed to allow parallel access. This standard
will support this feature.
Designation: 1390.2-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: IEEE Standard for Utility Telemetry Service - Telemetry Interface Unit
(TIU) to Telephone Network
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Jul 02, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: Define a standard for the communications interface between the
telephone network and the device at the customer premise. The device at the
customer premise is identified as a Telemetry Interface Unit (TIU) and may
provide an interface between the network and devices at the customer premise
such as utility meters, alarm devices, control switches and other devices to
be determined.
Project Purpose: No standard currently exists which provides a definition of
On-and Off-Hook methods of using the telephone network for telemetry
services of this nature.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006.
Key Words: "automatic meter reading, energy management, enhanced service
provider, meter reading, telemetry interface unit, telephone network,
utility communication"
Designation: 1390.3-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Meter Reading via Telephone - Network to
Utility Controller
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999
Project Scope: Produce a standard interface between the utility controller and
the switched telephone network.
Project Purpose: This document will provide a standardized device interface to
promote a multivendor environment.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006.
Key Words: "automatic meter reading, energy management, enhanced service
provider, meter reading, telemetry, telephone network, utility
communication"
Designation: 1391
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Interfaces for Knowledge-Based System
Interoperability in Sensor-Based Processing Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Glenn Wright, Phone:908-291-7600, Email:glenn@gmal.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Designation: 1392
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Virtual
Reality
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard Blade, Phone:719/471-4476, Email:r.blade@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss virtual reality
including hardware, software and algorithms related to virtual reality.
Project Purpose: The subject of virtual reality is treated in a wide variety of
textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present
time, there is no widely accepted guide or standard for the use of terms
relating to virtual reality. It is the purpose of this project to provide a
comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used by the authors of
future publications in this field.
Designation: 1393-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Spaceborne Fiber Optic Data Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Fred J Orlando, Phone:407/951-3983, Email:f.orlando@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Feb 04, 1999, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1999
Project Scope: This standard establishes the design requirements for a fibre
optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and media. The application
target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aerospcae
sensors, processing resources, bulk storage resources and communications
resources onboard aerospace platforms. The standard is for subsystem
interconnection, as opposed to intra-backplane connection.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is the specification of a highly
reliable and fault tolerant fiber optic network, that is compatible with
harsh thermal, mechanical, and radiation environments of aerospace
applications requiring small size and low power dissipation. Current
standards do not cover data rate needs above 200 Mbps. This standard will
specify a node-to-node operating data range of 200 Mbps through 1 Gbps. The
standard will define physical and logical protocol, and sub-network
management functions which allow mixing high-speed synchronous ans
asynchronous distributed access for deterministic communications.
Abstract: The design requirements for a fiber-optic serial interconnect protocol, topology, and me-dia is established. The
application target for this standard is the interconnection of multiple aerospace sensors, processing resources, bulk storage
resources, and communications resourcesonboard aerospace platforms. This standard is for subsystem interconnection, as opposed to
intra-backplane connection.
Key Words: "data link layer, fiber optic, fiber-optic bus, fiber-optic network,
intranet, management layer, network, physical layer, space, space
environment"
Designation: 1394-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Serial Bus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 21, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 1394-1995.
Technical Contact: Les A Baxter, Phone:732-212-1400, Email:les@baxter-enterprises.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This standard describes a high-speed, low-cost serial bus
suitable for use as a peripheral bus, a backup to parallel backplane buses,
or a local area network. Highlights of the serial bus include the following:
a)Bus transactions that include both block and single quadlet reads and
writes, as well as an “isochronous” mode that provides a low-overhead
guaranteed bandwidth service. b)A fair bus access mechanism that
guarantees all nodes equal access. The backplane environment adds a priority
mechanism, but one that ensures that nodes using the fair protocol are still
guaranteed at least partial access. c)Automatic assignment of node
addresses—no need for address switches. d)A physical layer (PHY)
supporting both long-haul and short-haul cable media and backplane buses.
e)Variable speed data transmission based on ISDN-compatible1 bit rates from
24.576 Mbit/s for transistor-transistor logic (TTL) backplanes to 49.152
Mbit/s for backplane transceiver logic (BTL) backplanes. For the cable
medium, data transmission rates of 98.304 Mbit/s (known as S100), S200,
S400, S800, S1600, and S3200 are supported. f)A short-haul cable medium
that allows up to 16 physical connections (cable hops), each up to 4.5 m,
giving a total cable distance of 72 m between any two devices. Bus
management recognizes smaller configurations to optimize performance. g)A
long-haul cable medium that permits connections up to 100 m in length over
unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable and glass optical fiber (GOF) and up to
50 m over plastic optical fiber (POF). h)Consistency with ISO/IEC
13213:1994 (IEEE Std 1212™, 1994 Edition).
Project Purpose: This standard incorporates the contents of IEEE Std 1394™-1995
as revised by IEEE Std 1394a™-2000, IEEE Std 1394b™-2002, and IEEE Std
1394c™-2006. In addition, over 100 errata have been corrected, and several
new features have been added per Q.12.
Abstract: This standard provides specifications for a high-speed serial bus that supports both asynchronous and isochronous
communication and integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses. It is intended to provide a low-cost
interconnect between cards on the same backplane, cards on other backplanes, and external peripherals. Interfaces to longer
distance transmission media [such as unshielded twisted pair (UTP), optical fiber, and plastic optical fiber (POF)] allow the
interconnection to be extended throughout a local network. This standard follows the command and status register (CSR)
architecture of IEEE Std 1212-2001.
Key Words: 1394-2008, asynchronous, bus, computers, high-speed serial bus,
interconnect, isochronous, optical fiber, plastic optical fiber, POF,
unshielded twisted pair, UTP, firewire (TM)
Designation: 1394-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by IEEE 1394-2008.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 1996
Abstract: A high-speed serial bus that interates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel buses, as well as such
nonbus interconnects as the IEEE Std 1596-1992, Scalable Coherent Interface, is specified. It is intended to provide a low-cost
interconnect between cards on the same backplane, cards on other backplanes, and external peripherals. This standard follows the
IEEE Std 1212-1991 Command and Status Register (CSR) architecture.
Key Words: firewire, fire wire, computers, high speed, serial bus,
interconnect, parallel buses, parallel bus
Designation: 1394
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:pjohansson@acm.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This Revision will Incorporate 1394a-2000 and 1394b-2000 into
base standard. The 1394 High Speed Serial bus will be revised to keep with
current technology and developments in the High Speed Serial Bus
marketplace.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to merge the existing extensions to create one
comprehensive document includeing potential developments from the large 1394
user community.
Designation: 1394.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2005
Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:pjohansson@acm.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 2005
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to extend the already
defined asynchronous and isochronous services of High Performance Serial Bus
beyond the local bus by means of a device, the bridge, which consists of two
nodes, each connected to a separate bus and interconnected with each other
by implementation-dependent means. The project is intended to standardize
the model, definition and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges,
which are devices that may be used to interconnect two separately enumerable
buses. This project extends IEEE Std 1394-1995, as amended by IEEE Std
1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002, and is based upon those documents as
well as upon IEEE Std 1212-2001, Control and Status Registers (CSR)
Architecture for microcomputer buses. NOTE---The set of IEEE 1394 standards
specifies the interfaces, functions, and operations necessary to ensure
interoperability between conforming implementations. These standards are
functional descriptions. An implementation may employ any design whose
behavior is compliant with the pertinent standards.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1394-1995, High Performance Serial Bus, as amended by
IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002, is a cost-effective desktop
interconnect for both computer peripherals and consumer electronics.
However, the use of High Performance Serial Bus in other environments, e.g.,
an interconnect to carry high-speed digital video data between rooms of a
house, is hampered by the incomplete architectural and protocol
specifications for bridges in the existing standards. This project proposes
to adequately specify bridge requirements in order to enable a larger
consumer and computer market for High Performance Serial Bus products.
Abstract: The model, definition, and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus bridges, which are devices that can be used to
interconnect two separately enumerable buses, are specified.
Key Words: bridge, bus, computer, high-speed serial bus, interconnect You will
receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this
publication online.
Designation: 1394.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Bridges
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Peter Johansson, Phone:510-527-3926, Email:pjohansson@acm.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to extend the already
defined asynchronous and isochronous services of High Performance Serial Bus
beyond the local bus by means of a device, the bridge, which consists of two
nodes, each connected to a separate bus and interconnected with each other
by implementation-dependent means. The project is intended to standardize a
model for, the definition of and behaviors of High Performance Serial Bus
bridges which may be used to interconnect two separately enumerable buses.
This project extends IEEE Std 1394-1995, as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000,
and is based upon those documents as well as upon draft standard IEEE P1212,
Control and Status Registers (CSR) Architecture for microcomputer buses.
NOTE-The set of IEEE 1394 standards specifies the interfaces, functions, and
operations necessary to ensure interoperability between conforming
implementations. These standards are functional descriptions. Conforming
implementations may employ any design that does not violate
interoperability.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1394-1995, High Performance Serial Bus, as amended by
IEEE Std 1394a-2000, is a cost-effective desktop interconnect for both
computer peripherals and consumer electronics. However, the use of High
Performance Serial Bus in other environments, e.g., an interconnect to carry
high-speed digital video data between rooms of a house, is hampered by the
incomplete architectural and protocol specifications for bridges in the
existing standards. This project proposes to adequately specify bridge
requirements in order to enable a larger consumer and computer market for
High Performance Serial Bus products.
Designation: 1394.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Serial Express: A Scalable Gigabit Extension to the IEEE
Standard Serial Bus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Renumbered to 2100
Technical Contact: Bill Van Loo, Phone:415-786-6870, Email:bvanloo@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Designation: 1394.3-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Peer-to-Peer Data
Transport Protocol (PPDT)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 14, 2004
Technical Contact: Gregory A LeClair, Phone:408-576-4145, Email:gleclair@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a
peer-to-peer data transport protocol between Serial Bus devices that
implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities
specified include, but are not limited to device and service discovery,
self-configurable (plug and play) binding of software device drivers to PPDT
devices and service connection management.
Project Purpose: This standard creates a layer of protocol services based upon
SBP-2 suited to a peer-to-peer environment which includes printers,
facsimile devices, scanners (or multifunction devices that present some
combination of these capabilities) when a computer is present but it is also
intended to address the peer-to-peer needs of devices to communicate with
each other in the absence of a host computer.
Abstract: This standard defines a peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement Serial Bus
Protocol 2 (SBP-2). The facilities specified include device and service discovery, self-configurable (plug and play) binding, and
connection management.
Key Words: "computers,CSR architecture,connect,peer-to-peer,SBP-2,transport
protocol"
Designation: 1394.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus Peer to Peer Data Transfer
Protocol
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Gregory A LeClair, Phone:408-576-4145, Email:gleclair@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a
peer-to-peer data transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that
implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities
specified include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Device and
service discovery - PPDT devices may use uniform discovery procedures to
locate other PPDT devices on the same bus. These procedures are extensible
to an interconnected net of buses, when specified by IEEE P1394.1, Draft
Standard for Serial Bus to Serial Bus Bridges. Once other PPDT devices are
identified, facilities are provided to permit client applications to
discover services; (b) Self-configurable (plug and play) binding of device
drivers to PPDT devices in a dynamic environment where users are free to
insert and remove devices at will; and (c) Connection management - A PPDT
device (either an SBP-2 initiator or target) may establish and manage uni-
or bi-directional connections for data transfer with other PPDT devices.
The connections may be blocking or nonblocking, dependent upon application
requirements, and operate independently of each other. Although the
original impetus for the development of this standard came from participants
knowledgeable about printers and printing, the work evolved and became
relevant to any application that requires efficient, peer-to-peer transport
of data between devices.
Project Purpose: Experience with SBP-2 has demonstrated its high efficiency for
the confirmed transport of large quantities of data between two devices.
For historical reasons, SBP-2 is tailored to an environment where one
device is the initiator (client) and the other the target (server); this is
not necessarily the most natural approach when client applications and their
associated servers may be located within the initiator, target or both.
This standard creates a new layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 but
that provides building blocks more suited to a peer-to-peer environment.
Because SBP-2 is already widely implemented in operating systems, this
standard leverages that effort in order to enhance the value of Serial Bus
to devices in a wider range of operational circumstances. These include
printers, facsimile devices, scanners (or multifunction devices that present
some combination of these functions) when a computer is present, but, it is
also intended to address the peer-to-peer needs of devices to communicate
with each other in the absence of a computer.
Abstract: Superseded by AE371 Project scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is the definition of a peer-to-peer data
transport (PPDT) protocol between Serial Bus devices that implement ANSI NCITS 325-1998, Serial Bus Protocol 2. The facilities
specified include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) Device and service discovery - PPDT devices may use uniform
discovery procedures to locate other PPDT devices on the same bus. These procedures are extensible to an interconnected net of
buses, when specified by IEEE P1394.1, Draft Standard for Serial Bus to Serial Bus Bridges. Once other PPDT devices are
identified, facilities are provided to permit client applications to discover services; (b) Self-configurable (plug and play)
binding of device drivers to PPDT devices in a dynamic environment where users are free to insert and remove devices at will; and
(c) Connection management - A PPDT device (either an SBP-2 initiator or target) may establish and manage uni- or bi-directional
connections for data transfer with other PPDT devices. The connections may be blocking or nonblocking, dependent upon application
requirements, and operate independently of each other. Although the original impetus for the development of this standard came
from participants knowledgeable about printers and printing, the work evolved and became relevant to any application that
requires efficient, peer-to-peer transport of data between devices. Project purpose: Experience with SBP-2 has demonstrated its
high efficiency for the confirmed transport of large quantities of data between two devices. For historical reasons, SBP-2 is
tailored to an environment where one device is the initiator (client) and the other the target (server); this is not necessarily
the most natural approach when client applications and their associated servers may be located within the initiator, target or
both. This standard creates a new layer of protocol services based upon SBP-2 but that provides building bl
Key Words: 1394.2 , 1394.3 ,
Designation: 1394a-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus (Amendment)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1394-2008.
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to provide a
supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 that defines or clarifies features and
mechanisms that facilitate management of Serial Bus resources, at
reconfiguration or during normal operation, and that defines alternate
cables and connectors that may be needed for specialized applications. The
following are included in this supplement: a) Cables and connectors for a
4-pin variant (from the 6-pin already standardized); b) Standardization of
the PHY/link interface, previously published as informative annex to IEEE
Std 1394-1995; c) Performance enhancements to the PHY layer that are
interoperable with the existing standard, e.g., a method to shorten the
arbitration delay when the last observed Serial Bus activity is an
acknowledge packet; d) A redefintion of the isochronous data pakcet,
transaction code A16, to permit its use in either the asynchronous or
isochronous periods; e) More stringent requirements on the power to be
supplied by a cable power source and a clarification of electrical isolation
requirements; and f) Significant corrigenda and clarifications to the
existing standard that do not clearly fall within any of the topics
described above. The preceding are arranged in no particular order.
Project Purpose: Experience with Serial Bus has revealed some areas in which
additional features or improvements may result in better performance or
usability. This supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995 reflects their
consideration by a variety of users and their refinement into generally
useful facilities or features.
Abstract: Amended information for a high-speed Serial Bus that integrates well with most IEEE stan-dard 32-bit and 64-bit parallel
buses is specified. This amendment is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals,
as described in IEEE Std 1394-1995. This amendment to IEEE Std 1394-1995 follows the ISO/IEC 13213:1994 Command and Status
Register (CSR) Architecture.
Key Words: "bus, computers, high-speed Serial Bus, interconnect"
Designation: 1394b-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus (High Speed Supplement)]
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1394-2008.
Technical Contact: David R Wooten, Phone:858-613-5502, Email:david.wooten@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: This project will amend the existing 1394-1995 and 1394a-2000
standards to include: a) cables and connectors for gigabit signaling and
long distance (up to 100 meters); b) detection of physical loops in the bus
topology and their subsequent resolution by selective disabling of PHY
port(s); c) circuit design that permits the transmission either data/strobe
encoded signals or 8B10B encoded signals; d) extension of the PHY/link
interface for higher data rates over either an 8-bit parallel or bit-serial
bus; f) protocols to encode bus arbitration signals as symbols; f) a method
to encapsulate lower speed transmissions within packets transmitted at the
buses maximum operating speed; g) protocols for signal speed negotiation
between peer devices at the time the connection is detected; h) port
initialization protocols suitable for use over AC coupled connections; and
i) various informative annexes that describe testing and compliance
procedures for gigabit connections.
Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling a feasible and
attractive extension to the original Serial Bus standard. In particular, the
needs of mass storage and home network backbones require higher speeds and
longer distances than are specified by IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE
Std 1394a-2000.
Abstract: Supplemental information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit
parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals.
This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212 ™-2001 Command and Status Register (CSR) architecture.
Key Words: "bus, Computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect"
Designation: 1394b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for High Performance Serial Bus (High Speed Supplement)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David R Wooten, Phone:858-613-5502, Email:david.wooten@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: The project scope is to write a supplement to IEEE Std 1394-1995
(and the 1394A supplement when that is completed) that defines a new set of
higher speed transfers; in particular 8x, 16x and 32x the 1394-1995 base
rate of 98.304 Mbit/sec; and allow the distance between nodes to be
increased from 4.5 M to 50-100M. These new modes shall be electrically
backwards compatible with the 1394-1995 protocols, but may require a new
connector to support higher speeds. When operating over longer distances,
the new modes may require alternate media (e.g., optical fiber) and the new
media may require alternative physical connectors.
Project Purpose: The computer industry would like to guarantee a long life for
1394-based products, and there will be requirements for higher speed devices
with full backwards compatibility in the near future. Speeds of 800, 1600,
ad 3200 Mbit/sec were viewed as adequate for the next ten years. There is
also a desire to use 1394 as a home LAN protocol which will necessitate the
increase in distance between nodes.
Designation: 1394c-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus - Amendment 3
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1394-2008.
Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to amend the base
IEEE 1394 document set (i.e., IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std
1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002) to specify alternate physical
layer(s) (PHYs) that provide greater than S100 data rate over Category 5
(CAT-5) or better cable. This PHY is capable of negotiating with a peer
device to select the appropriate next higher protocol layer.
Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling over
unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cables a feasible and attractive extension to
IEEE Std 1394. This extension will allow S800 (and possibly higher) video
and audio networks to be built with a CAT-5 (or better) UTP cable plant
instead of optical fiber. A negotiation method will be defined to allow peer
devices to select the appropriate connection supported at both ends.
Abstract: Supplemental Information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit
parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals.
This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212-2001 command and status register (CSR) architecture. Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std
1394-1995 including IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002
Key Words: bus, computers, high-speed serial bus, interconnect
Designation: 1394c
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for a High Performance Serial Bus Amendment to enhance the
physical layer for higher data rates over CAT5 or better rated UTP cable
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael D Johas Teener, Phone:831-247-9666, Email:mike@teener.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard whose scope is to amend the IEEE
1394 base standard (IEEE Std 1394-1995 as amended by IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and
IEEE Std 1394b-2002) to specify alternate physical layer(s) that provide
greater than S100 data rate over CAT5 or better cable. This physical layer
is capable of negotiating with a peer device to select the appropriate next
higher protocol layer.
Project Purpose: Technology advances have made gigabit signaling over
unshielded twisted-pair cables a feasible and attractive extension to IEEE
1394. This will allow S800 (and possibly higher) video and audio networks to
be built with a CAT5 (or better) unshielded twisted pair cable plant instead
of optical fiber. A negotiation method will be defined to allow peer devices
to select the appropriate connection supported at both ends.
Abstract: Supplemental Information for a high-speed serial bus that integrates well with most IEEE standard 32-bit and 64-bit
parallel buses is specified. It is intended to extend the usefulness of a low-cost interconnect between external peripherals.
This standard follows the IEEE Std 1212-2001 command and status register (CSR) architecture. Remarks: Amendment to IEEE Std 1394-
1995 including IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002
Key Words: 1394c-2006, asynchronous, bus, computers, high-speed serial bus,
interconnect, isochronous, optical fiber, POF, UTP
Designation: P1394d
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a High-Performance Serial Bus - Amendment: IEEE 1394
Single-mode Fiber Fiber Physical Medium (PMD) Specification
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Les A Baxter, Phone:732-212-1400, Email:les@baxter-enterprises.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: This document specifies an IEEE 1394 single-mode fiber PMD
sublayer that supports baseband operation over single-mode optical fiber.
Project Purpose: To allow IEEE 1394 devices to take advantage of the extended
distance capabilities of singlemode fiber.
Designation: 1395
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: PAR withdrawn - work being incorporated into P1396.
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 1396
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Communication Bus (TELECOM Bus): Reference Models
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary A Nelson, Phone:708 304 0000, Email:gnelson@zynrgy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1992
Project Scope: To provide a guide to the configurations and uses targeted for
the TELECOM Bus family of standards.
Project Purpose: To provide a firm background and overview to the environments
for which TELECOM Bus systems are envisioned.
Key Words: communication, bus, hybrid, switching, applications
Designation: 13961-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 13961:2000 (IEEE Std 1596-1992) Information Technology --
Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 22, 2001
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 1397
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard Reference and Topology Model for Automatic Metering and Related
Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Stephens, Phone:803/638-3601 x4241
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1994
Designation: 1398
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard Method of Data Communication Between a Utility and a Customer
End-Device Using a Radio Frequency (RF) Networks Medium
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Surratt, Phone:704-382-8088
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Designation: 1399
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard Method of Data Communication Between a Utility and a Customer
End-Device Using a Power Line Carrier (PL) Nerwork Medium
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Surratt, Phone:704-382-8088
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Designation: 140-1950
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio-
Frequency Heating Equipment
Status: Superseded
Abstract: Superseded. IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio-Frequency Heating Equipment, describes
procedures that may be applied in the design and construction of radio-frequency heating equipment used for heating in industrial
and other purposes, excluding applications in the field of telecommunication and information technology. These procedures are
intended to reduce the amount of radio-frequency energy leaks, which can interfere with other equipment and broadcast services;
they may also be used as remedial measures when harmful interference occurs.
Key Words: radio-frequency energy leak, radio-frequency heating equipment
Designation: 140-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Minimization of Interference from Radio-
Frequency Heating Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 140-1950.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Procedures that may be applied in the
design and construction of radio-frequency heating equipment used for heating in industrial settings and for other purposes are
described. These procedures are intended to reduce the levels of radio-frequency energy leaks, which can interfere with other
equipment and broadcast services. They may also be used as remedial measures when harmful interference occurs. Applications in
the field of telecommunication and information technology are excluded.
Key Words: electromagnetic, interference, ISM equipment, radio-frequency,
heating equipment, energy, minimize, Electromagnetic interference,
Electromagnetic heating
Designation: 1402-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Guide for Electric Power Substation Physical and Electronic
Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 04, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Michael J Bio, Phone:205-967-0854, Email:mike@bio-direct.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: This Guide identifies and discusses security issues related to
human intervention during the construction, operation, (except for natural
disasters) and maintenance of electric power supply substations. It also
documents methods and designs to mitigate intrusions.
Project Purpose: Access to electric supply substations by unauthorized
personnel is an increasing problem for the electric industry. These
intrusions may result in loss, damage, and mis-operation of equipment and
facilities. This Guide will present various methods of and techniques
presently being used to mitigate human intrusions as identified in an
industry survey.
Abstract: Security issues related to human intrusion upon electric power supply substations are identified and discussed. Various
methods and techniques presently being used to mitigate human intrusions are also presented in this guide.
Key Words: IEEE Std 1402-2000.pdf
Designation: 1402
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Electric Power Substation Physical and Electronic Security
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Roland E Youngberg, Phone:563-333-8139, Email:reyoungberg@midamerican.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This guide identifies and discusses security issues related to
human intervention during the construction, operation (except for natural
disasters), and maintenance of electric power supply substations. It also
documents methods and designs to mitigate intrusions.
Project Purpose: Access to electric supply substations by unauthorized
personnel is an increasing problem for the electric industry. These
intrusions may result in loss, damage, and misoperations of equipment and
facilities and may create potential safety and environmental liabilities.
This guide presents various methods and techniques presently being used to
mitigate human intrusions, as identified in an industry survey. In 1994, an
IEEE Substation Security Guide Survey was sent to utilities internationally:
the responses from this survey are presented in Clause 7 of this Guide.
Refer to IEEE Std 1264-1993 R2004 for methods being used to counteract
nonhuman intrusions.
Designation: P1402
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Physical Security of Electric Power Substations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Hassein Bashirian, Phone:404-608-5641, Email:hbashiri@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum requirements and practices for
the physical security of electric power substations. It is designed to
address a number of threats, including unauthorized access to substation
facilities, theft of material, and vandalism. It describes the requirements
for positive access control, monitoring of facilities, and delay/deter
features which shall be employed to mitigate these threats. This standard
also establishes requirements for different levels of physical security for
electric power substations. The standard does not establish requirements
based on voltage levels, size or any depiction of criticality of the
substation. The user will make these decisions based on threat assessment
and criticality assignment by the substation owner. Overt attacks against
the substation for the purpose of destroying its capability to operate, such
as explosives, projectiles, vehicles, etc. are beyond the scope of this
standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to define sound engineering
practices for substation physical protection that could be applied to
mitigate the risks associated with the fact that substations are typically
unmanned, and thus susceptible to unauthorized access, theft and vandalism.
Designation: 1403
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Gas Insulated Substations vs. Air Insulated Substations
Comparisons
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Daniel Charbonnet, Phone:617-424-3145
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Designation: 1403
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) 4kV and Higher vs Air
Insulated Substations (AIS) Comparisons
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Arun Arora, Phone:303-674-1488, Email:arun.arora@ptd.siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: The project deals with the selection of the equipment technology
(GIS or AIS) to employ in a substation. This project will develop a
checklist of technical and economic factors for considering in decision
making on the type of substation to install.
Project Purpose: There is presently no independent standard for selection of
GIS (or AIS) substation. Frequently, the first cost of major equipment is
considered in initial concept design. This guide will provide factors to
consider when developing the conceptual design of a substation that could
lead to use GIS as a vaiable alternative to AIS.
Designation: 1404-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Guide for Microwave Communications System Development: Design,
Procurement, Construction, Maintenance and Operation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Apr 13, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: A guideline which addresses all elements of the requirements for
microwave system design, procurement, construction, maintenance and
subsequent operations.
Project Purpose: To provide prospective users of microwave systems a generic
guide that addresses, step by step, the development of and continued
operations of any microwave system.
Abstract: The needs and requirements specific to the design, procurement, construction, maintenance, and operation of a microwave
system are addressed. Steps for a variety of applications have been included in this guide; however, users should select only
those steps that apply to their particular system(s) and their procurement policies.
Key Words: "communications infrastructure,digital microwave,loop
system,microwave spurs,ring system,star system,teleconferencing,terrestrial
microwave system"
Designation: 1405
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear for Internal Arcing Faults
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Wactor, Phone:713-948-4918, Email:mwactor@powl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Designation: 1406-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of Gas-In-Fluid Analysis for Electric Power Cable
Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**21-Sep-2000 Elevated from trial-use to full-use.
History: BD APP: Apr 30, 1998
Project Scope: Guidelines for gas-in-fluids analysis for diagnostic purposes on
cable system condition, and as an operation and maintenance tool to
determine when corrective action may be reqyuired.
Project Purpose: Cable system operators are finding it increasingly important
to determine potential problems that may be due to overstressed, overheated,
mechanically-damaged, or improperly operated cables. Directly monitoring the
cable itself is not possible without de-energizing the system and removing a
sample for laboratory evaluation Periodic gas-in-fluid analysis can allow
the utility to reliably determine cable condition and undertake proper
corrective action.
Abstract: The application of the analysis of gases dissolved in the fluids of fluid-filled cable systems is discussed with respect
to the procedures for sampling, obtaining the dissolved gas data, and analyzing the results.
Key Words: "aging,cable diagnostics,fluid-filled cable,gas analysis,remaining
life,transmission cable"
Designation: 1407-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage (5 kV-35 kV)
Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 1407-1998
Technical Contact: John R Densley, Phone:905-569-3654, Email:j.densley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008
Project Scope: This guide provides information on the equipment, cable
specimens, test conditions, and measurements to perform accelerated aging
tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks, whether the test be
a time-to-failure test or a test in which samples are aged for fixed times
followed by a diagnostic test such as a step ACBD test. The guide
identifies the critical test parameters and describes techniques for their
measurement and control. The implementation of the techniques will
facilitate a comparison of data obtained by different laboratories.
Abstract: This guide provides information on the equipment, cable specimens, test conditions, and measurements to perform
accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks, whether the test be a time to failure test or a test
in which samples are aged for fixed times followed by a diagnostic test such as a step ac breakdown test. The guide identifies
the critical test parameters and describes techniques for their measurement and control. The implementation of the techniques
will facilitate a comparison of data obtained by different laboratories.
Key Words: 1407-2007, accelerated-aging tests, cable core test, conductor
resistance, cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE), ethylene propylene rubber
(EPR), total harmonic distortion, tree- retardant XLPE (TRXLPE), water-
filled tanks
Designation: 1407-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage Extruded
Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks
Status: Superseded
**21-Sep-2000 Elevated from trial-use to full-use. Superseded by 1407-2007.
History: BD APP: Oct 14, 1998
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1407-2007. Accelerated aging tests on extruded medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks are
addressed. Information on the equipment, cable samples, test conditions, and measurements to perform the aging tests is provided.
Techniques on how to analyze the test data are also inlcuded.The implementation of this guide will allow a better description of
the test data obtained by different laboratories.
Key Words: "accelerated cable life test (ACLT), accelerated aging test,cross-
linked polyethylene (XLPE),ethylene propylene rubber (EPR),medium-voltage
cable,tank structure,temperature measurement and profile,test
conditions,water-filled tanks"
Designation: 1407
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Accelerated Aging Tests for Medium-Voltage (1kV-35 KV)
Extruded Electric Power Cables Using Water-Filled Tanks
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John R Densley, Phone:905-569-3654, Email:j.densley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of the original document included the identification
of critical test parameters for performing accelerated aging tests on
medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks to facilitate a comparison of
data obtained from different labs. Each test parameter is to be revisited
with a recommended/commonly used practice provided to narrow the focus of
available test parameters.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the original document was to provide broad
background information on the critical test parameters for performing
accelerated aging tests on medium-voltage cables using water-filled tanks.
Revisons are necessary to distinguish between cable materials and cable
design testing and to narrow the focus of available options for the critical
test parameters.
Designation: P1409
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power Quality
Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: David Mueller, Phone:865-470-9222, Email:dmueller@electrotek.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This guide introduces and defines the emerging technology of
custom power. This technology involves devices and circuit configurations of
power electronic equipment used in utility power distribution systems rated
1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of mitigating problems associated with
power quality. This guide also includes definitions, general need
guidelines, performance objectives, electrical environments, input/output
criteria, performance measurements, case studies, bibliography, and
engineering trade-offs. The document addresses power assessment techniques
as specified by IEEE Std 1250-2011, which defines power quality terms and
phenomena, and IEEE Std 1159-2009 which provides a recommended practice for
measuring power quality.
Project Purpose: This document provides guidelines and performance expectations
for the application of power electronic-based equipment on utility
distribution systems to improve power quality and control in these
distribution systems. It can be a resource to utilities as they enter into
the marketplace, providing detailed information about custom power devices
as options to solving power quality problems.
Designation: 1409
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power Quality
Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ambra Sannino, Phone:+46317723832, Email:ambra.sannino@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide which introduces and defines
the emerging technology of custom power. This technology involves devices
and circuit configurations of power electronic equipment used in utility
power distribution systems rated 1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of
mitigating problems associated with power quality. This guide will include
definitions, general need guidelines, performance objectives, electrical
environments, input/output criteria, performance measurements, case studies,
bibliography, and engineering tradeoffs. The proposed document will address
power assessment techniques as specified by IEEE Std 1250-1005, which
defines power quality terms and phenomena, and IEEE Std 1159-1995 which
provides a recommended practice for measuring power quality.
Project Purpose: To provide guidelines and performance expectations for the
application of power electronic-based equipment on utility distribution
systems to improve power quality and control in these distribution systems.
It will be a resource to utilities as they enter into the competitive
marketplace, providing detailed information about custom power devices as
options to solving power quality problems.
Designation: 1409
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Application of Power Electronics for Power
Quality Improvement on Distribution Systems Rated 1 kV Through 38 kV
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William A (Bill) Moncrief, Phone:678-736-9609, Email:bmoncrief@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007
Project Scope: This guide introduces and defines the emerging
technology of custom power. This technology involves devices and circuit
configurations of power electronic equipment used in utility power
distribution systems rated 1 kV through 38 kV for the purposes of
mitigating problems associated with power quality. This guide also
includes definitions, general need guidelines, performance objectives,
electrical environments, input/output criteria, performance measurements,
case studies, bibliography, and engineering trade-offs. The proposed
document addresses power assessment techniques as specified by IEEE Std
1250-1005, which defines power quality terms and phenomena, and IEEE Std
1159-1995 which provides a recommended practice for measuring power
quality.
Project Purpose: This document provides guidelines and performance expectations
for the application of power electronic-based equipment on utility
distribution systems to improve power quality and control in
these distribution systems. It can be a resource to utilities as they
enter into the marketplace, providing detailed information about
custom power devices as options to solving power quality problems.
Abstract: This guide provides guidelines and performance expectations for the application of power electronic-based equipment on
distribution systems of power providers to improve power quality. It is a resource to electric utility providers as they enter
into the competitive marketplace. It provides detailed information about custom power devices as options to solve power quality
problems.
Key Words: backup stored energy system device, custom power, distribution
static compensator, distribution series capacitors, distribution static var
compensator, dynamic voltage restorer, flicker, harmonics, power
conditioning, power quality, static voltage regulator, transfer switch,
voltage fluctuations, voltage sags
Designation: 141-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial
Plants
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 29, 1994
**IEEE Red Book. Revision of IEEE Std 141-1986.
Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. A thorough analysis of basic electrical-systems
considerations is presented. Guidance is provided in design, construction, and continuity of an overall system to achieve safety
of life and preservation of property; reliability; simplicity of operation; voltage regulation in the utilization of equipment
within the tolerance limits under all load conditions; care and maintenance; and flexibility to permit development and
expansion. Recommendations are made regarding system planning; voltage considerations; surge voltage protection; system
protective devices; fault calculations; grounding; power switching, transformation, and motor-control apparatus; instruments and
meters; cable systems; busways; electrical energy conservation; and cost estimation.
Key Words: red book, electric power, distribution, energy management,
grounding, power cables, power transformers, switches, wiring,
Switches/switchgear, Power system measurements, Power distribution,
Industrial power system protection, Industrial power system planning,
Industrial power system economics
Designation: 141
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial
Plants
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Provide update of 1993 edition. No new chapters are
anticipated. Revise existing material to include latest technologies.
Project Purpose: Maintain current status of the Red Book as a publication
reflecting current technology.
Designation: 141
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial
Plants
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William J Moylan, Phone:313-565-5242, Email:w.j.moylan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This publication provides a recommended practice for the
electrical design of industrial facilities; and distribution, control, and
monitoring of electrical energy in industrial facilities.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to be the reference
source for the current and updated practices for electrical design of
industrial facilities and power distribution in plants in order to increase
electrical system reliability. It is likely to be of greatest value to the
power-oriented engineer with limited industrial experience. It can also be
an aid to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of the
industrial facilities.
Designation: 141-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial
Plants (IEEE Red Book)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1986
Abstract: A thorough analysis of basic electrical-systems considerations is presented. Guidance is provided in design, construction,
and continuity of an overall system to achieve safety of life and preservation of property; reliability; simplicity of operation;
voltage regulation in the utilization of equipment within the tolerance limits under all load conditions; care and maintenance;
and flexibility to permit development and expansion. Recommendations are made regarding system planning; voltage considerations;
surge voltage protection; system protective devices; fault calculations; grounding; power switching, transformation, and motor-
control apparatus; instruments and meters; cable systems; busways; electrical energy conservation; and cost estimation.
Designation: 1410-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power
Overhead Distribution Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 21, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1410-2004
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning-
caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to
existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection
of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below.
Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-2009.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for
reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines.
Abstract: Factors that contribute to lightning-caused faults on the line insulation of overhead distribution lines and suggested
improvements to existing and new constructions are identified in this guide.
Key Words: direct-stroke protection, distribution, flashover, ground
conductivity, IEEE 1410, induced over-voltage, insulation, lightning,
overhead line, surge impedance
Designation: 1410-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power
Overhead Distribution Lines
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 1410-1997.
Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning-
caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to
existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection
of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below.
Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1991.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for
reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 1410-2004, IEEE Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead Distribution Lines"
Key Words: "distribution networks, IEEE guide, IEEE standards, lightning
protection, overhead power distribution lines, power overhead lines, power
system lightning protection, power system protection, protection performance
improvement"
Designation: 1410-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead
Distribution Lines
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1410-2004.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: Identify factors which contribute to lightning-caused faults on
overhead distribution lines. Suggest improvements to existing and new
constructions.
Project Purpose: Present alternatives for reducing lightning-caused flashovers
on overhead distribution lines.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 1410-2004 This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning-caused faults on overhead
distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of
distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below. Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std
C62.22-1991. 1
Key Words: This scope will identify factors that contribute to lightning-caused
faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to existing
and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection of
distribution-line insulation for system volta
Designation: 1410
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Improving the Lightning Performance of Electric Power Overhead
Distribution Lines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John S McDaniel, Phone:315.428.6097, Email:john.mcdaniel@us.ngrid.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This guide will identify factors that contribute to lightning-
caused faults on overhead distribution lines and suggest improvements to
existing and new constructions. This guide is limited to the protection
of distribution-line insulation for system voltages 69 kV and below.
Equipment protection considerations are covered in IEEE Std C62.22-1997.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present alternatives for
reducing lightning-caused flashovers on overhead distribution lines.
Designation: 14102-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:2008 Information Technology-
-Guideline for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2010
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011
Project Scope: This International Standard gives guidelines for the evaluation
and selection of CASE tools, covering a partial or full portion of the
software engineering life cycle. It establishes processes and activities to
be applied for the evaluation of CASE tools and selecting the most
appropriate CASE tools from several candidates. These processes are generic,
and organizations must tailor them to meet organizational needs. The CASE
tool evaluation and selection processes should be viewed in the larger
context of the organization's technology adoption process. This
International Standard provides the following: a) guidance on identifying
organizational requirements for CASE tools; b) guidance on mapping those
requirements to CASE tool characteristics to be evaluated; c) a process for
selecting the most appropriate CASE tool from several tools, based on
measurements of the defined characteristics. Primary users of this
International Standard are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to
support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers can also
use this International Standard to describe characteristics of their CASE
tools. This International Standard is not intended to apply to: a)
software engineering frameworks whose purpose is to provide mechanisms for
data, control and presentation integration; b) general purpose tools (e.g.
word processors, spreadsheets) which can be used in software engineering
activities, nor CASE tools of very narrow scope or specific purpose (e.g. a
compiler); c) planning for the implementation of CASE tools within an
organization (even though it is recognised that this is an important
subject). NOTE A user of this International Standard can make the best
possible selection of a CASE tool and yet have no guarantee of a successful
implementation. ISO/IEC TR 14471 Adoption of CASE Tools addresses this
subject. This International Standard contains a set of processes,
activities, and tasks designed to be tailored. The tailoring process is the
selection of applicable processes, activities and tasks. Compliance with
this International Standard is defined as the performance of the processes,
activities, and tasks selected from this International Standard for the
evaluation and selection project. Any organization imposing this
International Standard as a condition of trade is responsible for specifying
the minimum set of required processes, activities, and tasks which
constitute compliance for a given application of this International
Standard.
Abstract: This standard adopts ISO/IEC 14102:2008 and defines both a set of processes and a structured set of computer-aided
software engineering (CASE) tool characteristics for use in the technical evaluation and the ultimate selection of a CASE tool.
It follows the software product evaluation model defined in ISO/IEC 14598-5:1998.
Key Words: computer-aided software engineering (CASE), CASE tools, information
technology, life cycle processes, tool evaluation, tool selection
Designation: 14102
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:2008 Information Technology - Guideline for
the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009
Project Scope: This International Standard deals with the evaluation and
selection of CASE tools, covering a partial or full portion of the
software engineering life cycle. It establishes processes and activities to
be applied for the evaluation of CASE tools and selecting the most
appropriate CASE tools from several candidates. These processes are generic,
and organisations must tailor them to meet organisational needs. The CASE
tool evaluation and selection processes should be viewed in the larger
context of the organisation’s technology adoption process. This
International Standard provides: a) Guidance on identifying
organisational requirements for CASE tools. b) Guidance on mapping those
requirements to CASE tool characteristics to be evaluated. c) A process
for selecting the most appropriate CASE tool from several tools, based on
measurements of the defined characteristics. Primary users of this
International Standard are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to
support their software life cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers may also
use this International Standard to describe characteristics of their CASE
tools. This International Standard is not intended to apply to: d)
Software engineering frameworks whose purpose is to provide mechanisms for
data, control and presentation integration. e) General purpose tools
(e.g., word processors, spreadsheets) which may be used in software
engineering activities, nor CASE tools of very narrow scope or specific
purpose (e.g., a compiler). f) Planning for the implementation of CASE
tools within an organisation (even though it is recognised that this is
an important subject). NOTE A user of this International Standard may
make the best possible selection of a CASE tool and have no guarantee of
a successful implementation. ISO/IEC TR14471 Adoption of CASE Tools
addresses this subject. This International Standard contains a set of
processes, activities, and tasks designed to be tailored. The tailoring
process is the selection of applicable processes, activities and tasks.
Compliance with this International Standard is defined as the performance of
the processes, activities, and tasks selected from this International
Standard for the evaluation and selection project. Any organisation imposing
this International Standard as a condition of trade is responsible for
specifying the minimum set of required processes, activities, and tasks
which constitute compliance for a given application of this International
Standard.
Project Purpose: None - ISO/IEC standards do not have a purpose clause
Designation: 1413-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: IEEE Standard Framework for Reliability Prediction of Hardware
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1413-1998
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 2010
Project Scope: This standard provides the framework for performing and
reporting reliability predictions. It applies to hardware products including
electronic, electrical, and mechanical devices and assemblies.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to identify the required
elements for an understandable and useful reliability prediction. A
reliability prediction made according to this standard shall have sufficient
information concerning inputs, assumptions, and uncertainty so the risk
associated with using the prediction results can be understood.
Abstract: The framework for the reliability prediction for electronic hardware is covered in this standard. This standard identifies
required elements for an understandable and credible reliability prediction with information to evaluate the effective use of the
prediction results. A reliability prediction generated according to this standard shall have sufficient information concerning
inputs, assumptions, data sources, methodology(ies), and uncertainties so that the risk associated with using the prediction
results can be considered. This document does not provide instructions for how to perform reliability prediction and does not
judge methodologies.
Key Words: 1413-2010, assessment of reliability prediction, reliability,
reliability prediction
Designation: 1413-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: (Superseded) IEEE Standard Methodology for Reliability Predictions and
Assessment for Electronic Systems Equipment
Status: Superseded
**Reference: Mil-HDBK-217. Superseded by 1413-2010.
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 1999
Project Scope: A standardized medium for developing reliability predictions of
electronic systems and equipment.
Project Purpose: To provide an approach for developing reliability predictions
for electronic systems and equipment which will emphasize the physics-of-
failure approach which (1) has models based on science/engineering first
principles (2) has information on materials, architectures and operating
stresses (3) considers all stresses, including steady state temperature,
temperature rate of change and spatial temperature gradients as applicable
to each root cause of failure mechanism.
Abstract: The framework for the reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment, including hardware and software
predictions at all levels, is covered.
Key Words: Mil-HDBK-217
Designation: 1413
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Standard Methodology for Reliability Prediction and Assessment for
Electronic Systems and Equipment
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: [original] This standard covers the framework for the
reliability prediction process for electronic systems and equipment,
including hardware and software predictions at all levels. [Revised]
This standard covers the framework for the reliability prediction process
for electronic systems and equipment at all levels.
Project Purpose: [Original] To provide an approach for developing reliability
predictions for electronic systems and equipment which will emphasize the
physical-of-failure approach which (1) has models based on science /
engineering first principles (2) has information on materials, architectures
and operating stresses (3) considers all stresses, including steady state
temperature, temperature rate of change and spatial temperature gradients as
applicable to each root cause of failure mechanism. There are
underlying assumptions associated with all reliability predictions. These
assumptions and level and depth of information used in the prediction
process determine the level of risk in using a reliability prediction. This
standard identifies required attributes for an understandable, credible
reliability prediction. A prediction made according to IEEE Standard 1413
includes sufficient information including inputs, assumptions, uncertainties
and outputs, that the risks associated with using the prediction are
understood.
Designation: 1413.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Using Reliability Predictions Based on IEEE
1413
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 2003
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: Processes and methodologies for conducting reliability
predictions for electronic systems and equipment.
Project Purpose: To assist in the selection and use of reliability prediction
methodologies satisfying IEEE 1413.
Abstract: framework for reliability prediction procedures for electronic equipment at all levels is provided in this guide .
Key Words: "baseline,classic reliability,constant failure
rate,estimation,failure,goal,item,operat-ing environment,reliability
prediction,requirement,system life cycle"
Designation: P1413.1
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Guide for Developing and Assessing Reliability Predictions Based on IEEE
Standard 1413
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this document is to provide guidance for conducting
and assessing reliability predictions (techniques and methods) for
electronic products and systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist in the selection,
performance, and comparison of reliability prediction processes and
methodologies, in accordance with IEEE standard 1413.
Designation: 1414
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for Common Requirements of IEEE Power Switchgear Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 14143.1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 Information Technology - Software
Measurement - Functional Size Measurement - Part 1: Definition of Concepts
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2000
Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 14143 defines the fundamental concepts of
Functional Size Measurement (FSM) and describes the general principles for
applying an FSM method. This part of ISO/IEC 14143 does not provide
detailed rules on how to 1) measure Functional Size of software using a
particular method, 2) use the results obtained from a particular method, 3)
select a particular method. The definition of FSM in this part of ISO/IEC
14143 is applicable when determining if a method for sizing software is a
Functional Size Measurement Method. It does not prevent the development of
various methods, but rather provides a basis for assessing whether a
particular method conforms to FSM. This part of ISO/IEC 14143 is intended
for use by those persons associated with the acquisition, development, use,
support, maintenance and audit of software.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the adoption is to harmonize IEEE practices for
functional size measurement with relevant international standards. The
purpose of the standad is to provide criteria for conforming functional
measurement methods.
Abstract: Implementation notes that relate to the IEEE interpretation of ISO/IEC 14143-1:1998 are described.
Key Words: function point,Functional Size Method,measurement,metrics
Designation: 1415-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Induction Machinery Maintenance Testing and Failure
Analysis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2007
Technical Contact: Lawrence A Wall, Phone:205-992-6354, Email:lawall@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This guide provides maintenance testing and failure analysis
guidance for form-wound, squirrel cage, induction machinery rated up to 15
kV. The guide addresses the following machine systems: — Stator (winding
and wore) — Rotor (winding and core) — Vibration and noise —
Bearings and shafts — Structure, frame — Ventilation — Accessories
Project Purpose: This document is intended for the following purposes: — To
provide guidance concerning the appropriateness of various maintenance tests
and interpreting the results of those tests with respect to failure analysis
and to routine predictive maintenance activities — To provide a
methodology by which the most probable cause of any particular machine
failure may be determined — To encourage the establishment of routine
and uniform data collection so valuable facts of the failure are not
destroyed — To facilitate cooperative efforts by users and manufacturers
during failure analysis
Abstract: This guide describes field test methods that assure that current transformers are connected properly, are of marked ratio
and polarity, and after having been in service for a period of time.
Key Words: failure analysis, induction machinery, induction motor, maintenance
tests, maintenance testing, root cause analysis
Designation: 1415
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Induction Machinery Maintenance Testing and Failure Analysis
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Lawrence A Wall, Phone:205-992-6354, Email:lawall@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995
Project Scope: Document to provide maintenance testing and failure analysis for
formwound, squirrel cage, induction machines rated up to 15 kV. The Guide
shall address the following systems: stator (winding and core), rotor
(winding and core), vibration and noise, bearings and shaft, structure,
ventilation, accessories.
Project Purpose: Analysis of induction machine failures are not covered by the
available standards. The document will provide guidance into performing
failure analysis. As part of the failure analysis, certain maintenance
tests are suggested. The working group will provide guidance into the
appropriateness of the maintenance tests and into the interpreting of the
test results. The guidance concerning maintenance testing will be, in
general, appropriate to normal maintenance testing (predictive maintenance
testing).
Designation: 1416-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Interface of New Gas-Insulated
Equipment in Existing Gas-Insulated Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Jean-Marie Delcoustal, Phone:+33-4-7268-3439, Email:jean-marie.delcoustal@tde.aistom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of the project is the interfaces between existing Gas
Insulated Substations (GIS) equipment and gas insulated equipment that is
added at a later date, and may be of a different design. The project
includes the interfaces at Gas Insulated Transmission Line (GITL) equipment,
and Gas Insulated Substations (GIS) equipment.
Project Purpose: Interface practice is not currently covered by a consensus
document. This document will recommend practices, for both users and
suppliers, for identification of, and solution to, interface problems.
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 Recommendations for the connection of a gas-insulated substation to another gas-insu- lated substation of
a different make are given.
Key Words: "gas-insulated substation - GIS -,gas-insulated transmission line -
GIL -,interface"
Designation: 1417-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: ANSI/AAMI EC13-1992 - Cardiac Monitors, Heart Rate Meters, and Alarms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum safety and performance
requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) heart rate and waveform monitors
that are intended for use under the operating conditions specified in this
standard.
Designation: P1418
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: ANSI/AAMI PAC49-1993 - Pacemaker Emergency Intervention System
Status: Adoption in Progress
Project Scope: This standard covers labeling and performance requirements for a
pacemaker emergency intervention system (EIS). The EIS is intended for use
in hospitals and clinic emergency rooms to permit conversion of conforming
implanted bradycardia cardiac pacemakers to a standard high output mode when
the pacemaker is perceived by the examiner to be operating in a nonstandard
way or in a wy not understood by the examiner.
Designation: P1419
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: ANSI/AAMI DF39-1993 - Automatic External Defibrillators and Remote-
Control Defibrillators
Status: Adoption in Progress
Project Scope: This standard covers minimum labeling, performance, and safety
requirements for automatic or semi-automatic (advisory) external
defibrillators (AED), remote control defibrillators (RCD), and self-adhesive
combination electrodes.
Designation: 142-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial
Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 2007
Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:saunderslf@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 04, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this document is to provide concensus of the
expertize on the subject of grounding of industrial and commercial power
systems, equipemnt, lightning protection, connection to earth and computer
system grounding.
Project Purpose: As grounding systems technology advances, this recommended
practice must be revised and updated to reflect these changes.
Abstract: The scope of this document is to provide consensus of the expertise on the subject of grounding of industrial and
commercial power systems, equipment, lightning protection, connection to earth and computer system grounding. Remarks: Revision
of IEEE Std 142-1997
Key Words: connection to earth, electronic equipment grounding,
equipmentgrounding, lightning protection, static protection, system
grounding, Green Book
Designation: 142
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power
Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revison project for Green Book.
Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:saunderslf@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 142-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial
Power Systems
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Green Book. Revision of IEEE Std 142-1982.
Technical Contact: Lynn F Saunders, Phone:248-753-1861, Email:saunderslf@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 142-2007 (Green Book). This IEEE Standars product is part of the Color Books family. The problems
of system grounding, that is, connection to ground of neutral, of the corner of the delta, or of the midtap of one phase, are
covered.
Key Words: system, static, lightning protection, protection grounding,
connection to earth, earth, sensitive, electronic equipment, green book,
System grounding, Static and lightning protection, Sensitive electronic
equipment, Equipment grounding
Designation: 142-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial
Power Systems (IEEE Green Book)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1983
Abstract: The problems of system grounding, that is, connection to ground of neutral, of the corner of the delta, or of the midtap
of one phase, are covered. The advantages and disadvantages of grounded versus ungrounded systems are discussed. Information is
given on how to ground the system, where the system should be grounded, and how to select equipment for the grounding of the
neutral circuits. Connecting the frames and enclosures of electric apparatus, such as motors, switchgear, transformers, buses,
cables conduits, building frames, and portable equipment, to a ground system is addressed. The fundamentals of making the
interconnection or ground-conductor system between electric equipment and the ground rods, water pipes, etc. are outlined. The
problems of static electricity—how it is generated, what processes may produce it, how it is measured, and what should be done to
prevent its generation or to drain the static charges to earth to prevent sparking—are treated. Methods of protecting structures
against the effects of lightning are also covered. Obtaining a low-resistance connection to the earth, use of ground rods,
connections to water pipes, etc. is discussed. A separate chapter on sensitive electronic equipment is included.
Key Words: grounding, industrial, commercial, power, systems
Designation: 1420.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model
for Reuse Library Interoperability: Basic Interoperability Data Model (BIDM)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly known as P1420.2. Dev in coop with the Reuse Library
Interoperability Group (RIG). Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Nov 13, 2002
Abstract: The minimal set of information about assets that reuse libraries should be able to exchange to support interoperability is
provided.
Key Words: reuse library, software, interoperability, BIDM, software reuse
Designation: 1420.1a-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: Supplement to IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Software Reuse-
Data Model for Reuse Library Interoperability: Asset Certification Framework
[Developed in cooperation with the Reuse Library Interoperability Group
(RIG)]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly known as 1420.1. Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008.
Technical Contact: Ed Comer, Phone:407-984-3370, Email:erc@sps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Definition of guidelines for the consistent structure, labeling,
and description of asset evaluation and certification techniques for
software.
Abstract: A consistent structure for describing a reuse library's asset certification policy in terms of an Asset Certification
Framework is defined, along with a standard interoperability data model for interchange of asset certification information.
Key Words: certification, data model, interoperability, quality factors, reuse
libraries, software
Designation: 1420.1b-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data model
for Reuse Library Interoperability: Intellectual Property Rights Framework
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008.
Technical Contact: Scott Wells, Phone:423-974-5803
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: Draft a standard supplement to the BIDM (1420.1) so that
reusable software components may be labeled with information regarding the
legal restrictions commonly asserted in the US, such as copyright, patents,
licensing and export restrictions. The committee will not deal with
international issues, enforcing the legal restrictions, or advocating
changes in property rights law. The committee will consider mechanisms for
asserting and enforcing legal restrictions for the purpose of describing
such mechanisms, but will not develop such mechanisms).
Project Purpose: There is a lack of standards for exchanging intellectual
property rights information regarding reusable software components. This
inhibits interoperability and causes uncertainty about liability risks.
This project will provide a standard supplement to the BIDM (1420.1) for
labeling intellectual property rights and licensing restrictions that
addresses the concerns of academic, commercial and government ruuse
libraries.
Abstract: This extension to the Basic Interoperability Data Model (IEEE Std 1420.1-1995)incorporates intellectual property rights
issues into software asset descriptions for reuse library interoperability.
Key Words: "data model,intellectual property rights,interoperability,reuse
libraries,rights management,software"
Designation: 1420.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for
Reuse Library Interoperability: Bindings to HTML and SGML
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Timothy Niesen, Phone:508 858 1138, Email:tmn@swl.msd.ray.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: To draft a standard specifying the binding of the BIDM (1420.1)
and its supplements, such as the Asset Certification Framework extension
(P1420.1a), to the interchange formats associated with the WWW, SGML, and
HTML. The committee does not plan to consider bindings to other interchange
formats or protocols and does not plan to consider other data models.
Project Purpose: The BIDM standard (1420.1) does not currently explain how the
BIDM model would be realized in terms of existing interchange protocols.
This effort will provide bindings of the BIDM (1420.1) to the HTML and SGML
languages that would be utilized by reuse libraries to achieve
interoperability using the BIDM.
Designation: 1420.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Reuse - Data Model for
Reuse Library Interoperability: Model Extensions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kay Hohn, Phone:304-284-9006, Email:hohnk@source.asset.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: The committee will draft a proposed standard meta-model that
would not replace the BIDM (1420.1), but rather explain how the BIDM and its
extensions, like ACF (1420.1a) and intellectual property labeling (proposed
1420.1b) can be derived from it.
Project Purpose: The existing meta-model does not cover all the modeling
features needed for libraries to extend the model for purposes of specific
communities. The proposed standard will define explicitly the meta-model
implied by the BIDM, provide a style sheet for graphical representations of
BIDM, and provide guidance on how compatible extensions to the BIDM can be
made.
Designation: 1420.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Reuse Processes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Project renumbered to 1517 - 12/97
Technical Contact: Carma L McClure, Phone:312-337-1147, Email:73733.2037@compuserv.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: The project would develop an additional part of IEEE/EIA 12207
to describe software reuse processes and how they would relate to
traditional software life cycle processes described in Part 0 of 12207.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed effort is to develop an additional
part of the IEEE/EIA 12207 specifying software reuse processes and how they
would be incorporated into the life cycle process framework already provided
by 12207. The primary purpose would be to facilitate communication between
acquirer and supplier, particularly regarding questions on the scope of the
contract and questions regarding who bears the expense and gains the
benefits of reuse efforts.
Designation: 1421
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Performance of
Implementations of Training-Related Algorithms for Multilayer Perceptron
Artificial Neural Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert W Green, Phone:(508) 9998260, Email:r.green@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Artificial neural network implementations of training-related
algorithms for multilayer perceptron artificial neural networks.
Project Purpose: A large number of implementations of training procedures for
multilayer perceptrons artificial neural networks have been described with
widely varying claims of performance. At present, buyers and users have no
common set of guidelines for evaluation of vendor claims. The working group
proposes to fulfill this need by assembling a set of such guidelines.
Designation: 1422
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for
Evolutionary Computation Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: V. Rao Vemuri, Phone:(510) 424-4051, Email:r.vemuri@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss evolutionary systems
including hardware, software, and algorithms related to evolutionary
systems: genetic and evolutionary algorithms, artificial life and associated
topics.
Project Purpose: The subject of evolutionary systems is treated in a wide
variety of textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At
the present time, there is no widely accepted guide or standard for the use
of technical terms relating to evolutionary systems. It is the purpose of
this project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be
used by the authors of future publications i the field.
Designation: 1423
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology - Definition of Terms for Fuzzy
Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Terminology used to describe and discuss fuzzy systems including
hardware, software, and algorithms related to fuzzy systems.
Project Purpose: The subject of fuzzy systems is treated in a wide variety of
textbooks, technical papers, manuals and other publications. At the present
time, there is no widely or accepted guide or standard for the use of
technical terms relating to fuzzy systems. It is the purpose of this
project to provide a comprehensive glossary of recommended terms to be used
by the authors of future publications in this field.
Designation: 1424
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition, Specification and Analysis of
Systems Using Artificial Networks, Fuzzy Systems, Evolutionary Systems
and/or Virtual Reality
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project applies to, and provides the basis for, the
definition, specification, performance analysis and application of systems
using artificial neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary systems and/or
virtual reality. Systems covered by this standard typically combine a suite
of tools to implement an intelligent system.
Project Purpose: Many successful applications of intelligent systems combine
artificial neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary systems and/or
virtual reality. Guidelines and cautions for the effective combination of
these tools into an application are needed to guide the development and
evaluation of intelligent systems. It is the purpose of this project to
provide a broad outline of such guidelines for the definition,
specification, performance analysis and application of computationally
intelligent systems. It is anticipated that this project will provide the
framework for relating a number of specific standards currently under
development or planned.
Designation: 1425-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of the Remaining Life of Impregnated
Paper-Insulated Transmission Cable Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 29, 2002
Technical Contact: S. Michael Foty, Phone:416-345-6460, Email:michael.medeiros@hydroone.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Project Scope: To prepare a guide for the evaluation of the remaining life of
impregnated paper insulated transmission cable systems.
Project Purpose: Many cable ciircuits are now approaching the end of their
theoretical life. There are currently no guidelines for evaluating the
remaining life of cables. The guide will provide technical background,
brief discussions and advice, with frequent reference to the literature, to
those needing to evaluate the remaining life of impregnated paper insulateed
transmission cables.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. This guide provides technical information regarding factors that can affect the life of an
impregnated paper-insulated transmission cable system, and it reviews available methods to evaluate the remaining life of such
systems and preventive maintenance to extend their service life
Key Words: "extra high voltage (EHV) cable, high-pressure fluid-filled (HPFF)
cable, hight-pressure gas-filled (HPGF) cable, impregnated paper-insulated
transmission cable systems, self-contained liquid-filled (SCLF) cable,
thermal-mechanical bending"
Designation: 14252-1996
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: ISO/IEC 14252: [IEEE Std 1003.0-1995] Guide to the POSIX(R) Open Systems
Environment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**This is an exact duplicate of IEEE Std 1003.0-1995 and the IEEE will not
carry this publication. If you need to purchase the ISO/IEC publication,
please contact ANSI @ 212.642.4900 or ISO @ 41.22.919.0111 directly.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This guide presents an overview of open system concepts and their applications. Information is provided to persons
evaluating systems based on the existence of, and interrelationships among, application software standards, with the objective of
enabling application portability and system interoperability. A framework is presented that identifies key information system
interfaces involved in application portability and system interoperability and describes the services offered across these
interfaces. Standards or standards activities associated with the services are identified where they exist or are in progress.
Gaps are identified where POSIX® Open System Environment services are not currently being addressed by formal standards. Finally,
the concept of a profile is discussed with examples from several application domains.
Key Words: application portability, application interoperability, open system
environments, profiles, POSIX®
Designation: 1426-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society
Title: ANSI/AAMI EC11-1991 - Diagnostic Electrocardiographic Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Gideon Kantor, Phone:301 946 1043, Email:g.kantor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This standard establishes minimum safety and performance
requirements for electrocardiographic (ECG) systems with direct working
devices which are intended for use, under the operating conditions specified
in this standard, in the analysis of rhythm and of detailed morphology of
complex cardiac complexes.
Designation: 1427-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Recommended Electrical Clearances and Insulation Levels
in Air Insulated Electrical Power Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007
Technical Contact: Kenneth D White, Phone:770-619-0427, Email:kenneth.white@gatrans.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007
Project Scope: This guide, covering three-phase ac systems from 1 kV to 800 kV,
provides recommended electrical operating and safety clearances and
insulation levels in air-insulated electric supply substations; addresses
insulation coordination procedures; provides design procedures for the
selection and coordination of the insulation levels within the station as
they relate to substation clearances; and addresses how reduced clearances
in high-voltage ac substations will allow for compact bus arrangements and
substation voltage uprating applications. This guide addresses insulation
coordination procedures, including the choice of insulation levels and
arrester specification, in limited detail and only as relevant to clearance
requirements. Detailed and expanded coverage of insulation coordination
procedures is provided in other ANSI and IEEE guides and standards (see
Clause 2). This guide focuses on open-air bus assemblies and
configurations and excludes apparatus clearances (i.e., bushing clearances
for transformers, and breakers). Detailed coverage of apparatus clearances
is provided in other applicable guides and standards.
Project Purpose: Proper electrical clearances are necessary for the design,
construction, and operation of electric supply substations. This document
develops guidelines for the application of recommended electrical clearances
and insulation levels in air-insulated substations. The recommended
clearances incorporate both design/operating clearances and safety
clearances.
Abstract: This guide, covering three-phase ac systems from 1 kV to 800 kV, provides recommended electrical operating and safety
clearances and insulation levels in air-insulated electric supply substations; addresses insulation coordination procedures;
provides design procedures for the selection and coordination of the insulation levels within the station as they relate to
substation clearances; and addresses how reduced clearances in high-voltage ac substations will allow for compact bus
arrangements and substation voltage uprating applications.
Key Words: basic lightning impulse insulation level (BIL), basic switching
impulse insulation level (BSL), clearances, insulation coordination,
insulation levels, substation
Designation: 1428-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation Methods for Fiber Optic Cables in Electric
Power Generating Stations and in Industrial Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 18, 2005
Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005
Project Scope: Fiber Optic Cable intended to operate in electrical power
generating stations and in other industrial facilities.
Project Purpose: The selection and installation of fiber optic cable for use in
electric power generating stations or other industrial facilities, is not
currently addressed wsithin IEEE documents. This guide will provide
assistance in these areas by identifying limitations, precautions, cable
construction considerations, and installation criteria, unique to or
associated with fiber optic cables.
Abstract: This guide is intended for cables designed for use in power generating stations and industrial facilities, in both the
outside plant environment and indoor applications - the latter with adequate consideration for requirements of the National
Electrical Code(R) (NEC(R).)
Key Words: cable construction, electric power generating stations, fiber-optic
cables, index of refraction, local area network connections, multimode
fibers, numerical aperture, optical cable designs, optical performance,
reflectometer, singlemode fibers, telecommunication
Designation: 1429
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Cleanrooms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Brian A Rener, Phone:847-328-3555, Email:rener@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: Recommended engineering principles and practices for electrical
systems in facilities with Cleanrooms.
Project Purpose: Cleanroom electrical systems are not currently covered by
standards or recommended practices. This document will provide recommended
analysis and design practices for electrical systems in facilities that
support Cleanrooms.
Designation: 1430-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Information Technology Software Reuse-Concept of
Operations for Interoperating Reuse Libraries [Developed in cooperation with
the Reuse Library Interoperability Group (RIG)]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: The scope of the guide will be the system-level concepts which
form the context for a network of interoperating reuse libraries, including
the identification of properties required of standards, policies and
technology required for the context. It does not address the structure or
organization of governing bodies, and identification of particular standards
or detailed policies.
Project Purpose: Providing a foundation for identifying the standards,
policies, and infrastructure necessary to support large numbers of
interoperating reuse libraries. This will provide guidance in the selection
or creation of appropriate standards.
Abstract: This document describes the concepts necessary and appropriate for Networks of Interoperating Reuse Libraries (NIRLs). The
purpose is to provide a context for standardization efforts toward the goal of supporting and enhancing interoperability.
Key Words: reuse libraries, software, interoperability, networks
Designation: 1431-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis
Vibratory Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004
Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis Coriolis
vibratory gyro (CVG) for use as a sensor in attitude control systems,
angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems
are defined. A stadard specification format guide for the preparation of a
single-axis CVG is provided. A complilation of recommended procedures for
testing a CVG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also
provided. Informative annexes cover CVG design features and theoretical
principles of operation.
Project Purpose: This standard is provided as a guide for the preparation of
Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) specification and test procedures. The CVG is
a device which measures inertial angular rate through the Coriolis force
produced from a vibrating mass in a non-inertial reference frame. This gyro
type encompasses low cost Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems (MEMS) devices on
silicon or quartz chips and also inertial navigation grade vibrating shell
gyros.
Abstract: Specification and test requirements for a single-axis Coriolis vibratory gyro (CVG) for use as a sensor in attitude
control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard specification
format guide for the preparation of a single-axis CVG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for testing a CVG,
derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided. Informative annexes cover CVG design features and
theoretical principles of operation.
Key Words: Keywords: Coriolis vibratory gyro, force-rebalance mode, gyro,
gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, MEMS, MEMS gyro, micro-
electro-mechanical system, open loop mode, ratiometric output, whole angle
mode
Designation: 1431
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis
Vibratory Gyros
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This standard defines the requirements and test procedures for
Coriolis Vibratory Gyros (CVG's). The CVG is a device which measures
inertial angular rate through the coriolis force produced from a vibrating
mass in a non-inertial reference frame. A characteristic attribute of all
such gyros is the presence of a sustained mechanical oscillation providing
the linear momentum required to produce Coriolis force. Each gyro consists
of a resonator, a drive mechanism, and a pickoff. the resonator can be a
fork, cylinder, plate, beam, string, ring, sphere, etc., any structure which
has characteristic eigermodes of vibration. These vibratory modes may be
sustained in a solid, liquid or gas. CVG drive and pickoff mechanisms can
employ peizoelectric, piezoresistive, capacitive or other means.
Project Purpose: This standard is provided as a guide for the preparation of
Coriolis vibratory gyro specifications and test procedures. An IEEE
standard covering Coriolis vibratory gyros is not currently available. Such
a standard is expected to be important since CVG's will be the smallest,
lowest cost, and most widely applied of the commercial gyro technologies.
Designation: 1431-2004/Cor 1-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Coriolis
Vibratory Gyros - Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2008
Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 2009
Project Scope: Correction of labeling errors on several figures.
Project Purpose: Establish consistent use of symbols and terminology.
Abstract: Corrigendum to IEEE Std 1672-2006. http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/errata/1431_Cor1-2008.pdf
Designation: 1432
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Recommended Practice for the Specification of Motion Tracking Systems
Used in Virtual Reality Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Herschell Murry, Phone:(802) 655-3159, Email:h_murry@polhemus.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will address the definition, specification and
documentation of motion tracker systems used in virtual reality systems.
Project Purpose: The virtual reality community has requested a set of
guidelines to help in the interpretation of system capabilities. Guidelines
for the definition, specification and analysis of motion tracking systems
will be outlined.
Designation: 1433
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality
Title: A Standard Glossary of Power Quality Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Philip P Barker, Phone:518-374-4699, Email:pbarker@nycap.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: To develop a common set of definitions describing the various
types of power quality disturbances and phenomena which occur.
Project Purpose: To develop common definitions to the varied interpretations of
power quality phenomena as proposed by several IEEE working groups
including: P1159, P1250, P1100, P519A, C62.
Designation: 1434-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide to the Measurement of Partial Discharges in Rotating
Machinery
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2000
Technical Contact: William McDermid, Phone:204-474-3787, Email:wmmcdermid@hydro.mb.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Apr 26, 2000, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This guide discusses both on-line and off-line partial discharge
(PD) measurements on complete windings of any type, as well as measurements
on individual form-wound coils and bars. Measurements selected from those
that are outlined may be appropriate for application during the manufacture,
installation, operation, and maintenance of windings of ac rotating
machinery.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to identify test methods that may
be useful in the measurement of PD activity involving the electrical
insulation systems of ac rotating machinery for quality control and to
detect winding aging.
Abstract: " A review of the nature of partial discharge in machine windings, how it can be measuredunder both off-line and on-line
conditions, how it can be measured for individual form-wound coilsor bars, and the significance and limitations of the measured
values are covered. "
Key Words: "electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils, partial
discharge, rotating machine windings"
Designation: P1434
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for the Measurement of Partial Discharges in AC Electric Machinery
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: William McDermid, Phone:204-474-3787, Email:wmmcdermid@hydro.mb.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: This guide discusses both on-line and off-line partial discharge
(PD) measurements on complete windings of any type, as well as measurements
on individual form-wound coils and bars. Measurements selected from those
that are outlined may be appropriate for application during the manufacture,
installation, operation, and maintenance of windings of ac electric
machinery.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to identify test methods that may
be useful in the measurement of PD activity involving the electrical
insulation systems of ac electric machinery for quality control and to
detect winding aging.
Designation: 1435
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Synchronous Optical Network
(SONET) Technology to Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Communucations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Bruce C Abernethy, Phone:214-373-7873, Email:babernethy@bwrcorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The application of SONET communications standards network
architectural options, capabilities, network management and associated
equipment features to ITS voice, data and video communications network
requirements.
Project Purpose: The use of SONET technology in ITS communication networks is
not covered by recommended practices. In fulfilling this need, the working
group will define the recommended methods and associated, published
standards by which SONET technology can be reliably applied to ITS
communications requirements and assuring interoperability between network
elements. The project will improve and clarify the understanding of this
important technology with the objective of eliminating improper network
configurations, errors in interface specifications and data load and network
sizing errors.
Designation: 1436
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Ground Based Transportation Collision Avoidance Radar
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Martin Grace, Phone:408-778-2000, Email:mgrace@anritsu.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this project is a standard for the transmission,
reception, and processing of collision avoidance radar signals. The
standard will include conformance and performance requirements; methods for
measuring system parameters and performance; and a SAE compatible interface
with the vehicular ITS system.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a standard that will
set forth the performance requirements for collision avoidance radars and
promote compatibility among manufacturer's radar systems. The project will
also provide specific methods of measuring collision avoidance parameters
and performance to increase the comparability among systems and to ensure
accurate testing.
Designation: 1437
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard For the Integration of Plant Condition Monitoring Elements in
Hydroelectric Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alan Roehl, Phone:503-808-4334, Email:alan.k.roehl@usace.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: Condition monitoring systems used in hydroelectric facilities.
The items monitored may include generators, motors, excitation systems,
governors, turbines, pumps, water passage, transformers, switchgear,
auxiliary equipment and environment.
Project Purpose: The standard will define the information organization,
hardware, and communications requirements for compatibility of individual
monitoring elements. Use of the standard will allow users to connect
individual monitoring elements in an integrated condition monitoring system
with minimal effort.
Designation: 1438
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide For the Application of Plant Condition Monitoring For
Hydroelectric Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jim H Gurney, Phone:604-699-7466, Email:jim.gurney@bctc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: Condition monitoring systems used in hydroelectric facilities.
The items monitored may include generator/motor, turbine/pump, excitation
system, governor, transformers, switchgear, water passage, auxiliary
equipment and environment.
Project Purpose: Condition monitoring of hydroelectric facilities is not
currently covered by standards. The document will guide owners, operators,
manufacturers and consultants on the issues involved in justifying,
spedifying, installing and using integrated condition monitoring systems for
the various components of hydroelectric facilities.
Designation: 1439
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Guide for the Specification of Software Interfaces for Artificial Nueral
Networks (ANN) Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mary L Padgett, Phone:334-821-2472, Email:m.padgett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop guidelines for specification of
software interfaces for artificial neural network systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this proposed project is to develop guidelines
for software interfaces for artificial neural network systems. This has
been requested by government agendies interested in image compression and
restoration of ANN codes images using pulse-coupled neural networks (PCNN),
and other ANN.
Designation: 1440
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Virtual Intelligence
Title: Guide For Definition and Specification of Fuzzy Systems in Applications
and Their Interfaces With Other Elements of Computational Intelligence (CI)
of the System
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rhonda Lea Freeman, Phone:407-275-8755, Email:rfreeman@ist.ucf.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Guidelines for the definition and specification of fuzzy systems
for applications will be developed. These will include syggestions for
interfacing fuzzy systems with other computational intelligence elements of
the system; neural networks, evolutionary systems and virtual reality.
Project Purpose: Many new products use fuzzy systems and other types of
computational intelligence. Guidelines for the definition and specification
of such systems will help in the evaluation of their performance and in
accurately marketing products. Such guidelines have been requested by
industry and government users and producers, particularly those interested
in interfaces with neural networks evolutionary systems and virtual reality.
Designation: 1441-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Inspection of Overhead Transmission Line Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:fferracane@ameren.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 2005
Project Scope: This guide covers the inspection procedures and practices for
right-of-way issues, foundations, structures, and wire installation for
overhead lines.
Project Purpose: The objective of this guide is to provide a convenient tool to
facilitate thorough and consistent administrative and quality control
techniques for the transmission line owner. The guidelines and procedures
presented in this document are intended to not only document the standards
expected of the construction inspectors, but also to help ensure that the
project is constructed in compliance with the drawings and specifications.
The owner's specification is the inspector's primary source of direction
when specific guidance is required. In the absence of specific owner's
directions, this guide may be used.
Abstract: This guide covers various approaches to good inspection practices for the construction of overhead transmission lines.
Inspection responsibilities and reporting as well as inspection of various overhead transmission line components are discussed.
The guide is intended to be used as a reference for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of overhead
transmission lines.
Key Words: construction, inspection, transmission lines
Designation: 1442
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Field Testing and Monitoring of In-Service Non-Ceramic
Insulators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Cartwright, Phone:(561) 845-4857
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: Characterization of service environments, data collection,
measurements and analysis of in-service non-ceramic insulators.
Project Purpose: Provide technical assistance to organizations interested in
monitoring and collecting data from in-service non-ceramic insulators.
Define aging, factors that influence aging, methods of monitoring, analysis
of data, consequences of aging on insulator performance and recommended
practices. Promote collection of comparable data from diverse environments.
Promote collection of in-service data that can be compared with laboratory
collected data.
Designation: 1443
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: Standard for Microwave Network Parameters
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: The project will develop definitions of network parameters,
including scattering, impedance, and related parameters. The standard will
define these parameters, possibly in more than one form to accommodate
current usage. It will also compare and contrast the parameters in their
various forms, interrelate them, and state conditions of proper use. The
project will focus on the parameters of microwave (transmission-line or
waveguide based) circuit theory but will harmonize the results with low-
frequency circuit theory. Definitions of characteristic impedance will be
considered.
Project Purpose: Current definitions of network parameters, particularly
scattering parameters, vary greatly, especially when the reference impedence
is complex. Many computer-aided design tools use a definitio that differs
significantly from that used by measurement instruments; the implications
can be dramatic. In both cases, the reults may be incompatible with basic
mathematical formulas familiar to engineers. The current IEEE definitions
(The New IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms, Fifth
Ed.) are inconsistent with other international standards.
Designation: 1445-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard for Digital Test Interchange Format (DTIF)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: This standard will define the test program set data embodied in
a number of ASCII files for stimulus, response, and diagnostics of digital
systems for use on digital Automatic Test Systems.
Project Purpose: This standard will develop a definition of digital test
information for digital test systems to cover UUT Model, stimulus/response,
fault dictionary, probe data, and other forms of data. Any existing defacto
standards will be given precedence.
Abstract: The information content and the data formats for the interchange of digital test program data between digital automated
test program generators (DATPGs) and automatic test equipment (ATE) for board-level printed circuit assemblies are deÞned. This
information can be broadly grouped into data that deÞnes the following: UUT Model, Stimulus and Response, Fault Dictionary, and
Probe.
Key Words: "automatic test equipment (ATE), digital automated test program
generator (DATPG), digital test interchange format (DTIF), Fault Dictionary
data"
Designation: 1446
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Ada-Based Test Program Development (AdaTPD)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Richard Weger, Phone:410-667-6295, Email:jr.weger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Combine and update IEEE Trial Use Std 1226.1-1993 and 1226.2-
1993 into one new full use standard. This wil incorporate revisions of the
reference standards (ANSI/ISO/IEC 8652:1995 for Ada and IEEE Std 716-1995
for C/ATLAS) and feedback from trial use experience.
Project Purpose: To support development of Ada-based test programs that are
independent of any specific test system. The goal of this standard is to
reduce life cycle costs by reducing test program set development and
maintenance time, and supporting test program reusability and
transportability.
Designation: 14471-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 14471:2007 Information Technology
-- Software Engineering -- Guidelines for the Adoption of CASE Tools
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 09, 2010
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 2011
Project Scope: Since CASE adoption is a subject of the broader technology
transition problem, this Technical Report addresses the adoption practices
appropriate for a wide range of computing organisations. This Technical
Report neither dictates nor advocates particular development standards,
software processes, design methods, methodologies, techniques, programming
languages, or life-cycle paradigms. This Technical Report will: -
identify critical success factors (CSF); - propose a set of adoption
processes; - guide successful adoption in consideration of organisational
and cultural environment. The following groups are targeted as potential
audiences: - CASE users; - information systems managers; - chief
information officers (CIO); - CASE suppliers; - software engineering
consultants; - those involved in the acquisition of CASE tools and
technology. Therefore this Technical Report addresses aspects of CASE
tools adoption. It is best used with ISO/IEC 14102 for CASE tool evaluation
and selection. It is complementary to related ISO/IEC documents which deal
with the general aspects of these topics.
Abstract: This guide adopts ISO/IEC TR 14471:2007. Since computer-aided software engineering (CASE) adoption is a subject of the
broader technology transition problem, this guide addresses the adoption practices appropriate for a wide range of computing
organizations. ISO/IEC TR 14471:2007 neither dictates nor advocates particular development standards, software processes, design
methods, methodologies, techniques, programming languages, or life-cycle paradigms.
Key Words: computer-aided software engineering (CASE), CASE tools, information
technology, pilot project processes, process, tool adoption, tool
evaluation, tool selection
Designation: 14471
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Adoption of Guide ISO/IEC TR14471 Information technology - Software
engineering - Guidelines for the adoption of CASE tools
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009
Project Scope: Since CASE adoption is a subject of the broader technology
transition problem, this Technical Report addresses the adoption practices
appropriate for a wide range of computing organisations. This Technical
Report neither dictates nor advocates particular development standards,
software processes, design methods, methodologies, techniques, programming
languages, or life-cycle paradigms. This Technical Report will:
- identify critical success factors (CSF); - propose a set of
adoption processes; - guide successful adoption in consideration of
organisational and cultural environment. The following groups are
targeted as potential audiences: - CASE users; -
information systems managers; - chief information officers (CIO);
- CASE suppliers; - software engineering consultants; -
those involved in the acquisition of CASE tools and technology.
Therefore this Technical Report addresses aspects of CASE tools adoption. It
is best used with ISO/IEC 14102 for CASE tool evaluation and selection. It
is complementary to related ISO/IEC documents which deal with the general
aspects of these topics.
Project Purpose: None - ISO/IEC standards do not have a purpose clause.
Designation: 1448
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Status: Superseded
**See 12207.0-1996
Designation: 1448.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes - Life
Cycle Data
Status: Superseded
**Number changed to 12207.1
Project Scope: The proposed standard will provide an integrated set of data
descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life
cycle processes of ISO 12207. The proposed standard will relate the needs
of the developer who produces the life cycle data to the presentation needs
of the various parties who use the data. It will provide direction to which
IEEE standards provide guidance on presentation and organization of the life
cycle data.
Project Purpose: The proposed standard will increase harmonization between
IEEE standards and ISO 12207; improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the
industrial environment; and provide an integrated content view of data
produced by life cycle processes.
Designation: 1448.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Implementation Considerations
Status: Superseded
**Number changed to 12207.2
Project Scope: The proposed standard will provide guidance for software reuse,
software process management indicators categories for problem reporting,
guidance on software/system architecture, development strategies, tailoring
and build planning, and software product evaluations, alternate means of
compliance for joint reviews, configuration management and acquirer-supplier
interaction.
Project Purpose: The proposed standard will increase harmonization between IEEE
standards and ISO 12207; improve useability of ISO/IEC 12207 in the
industrial environment by providing more options as to its use; improve the
implementation of ISO 12207.
Designation: 1448a-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
**Number changed to 12207.0
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: The base document (ISO/IEC 12207) establishes a common framework
for software life cycle processes, with well-defined terminology, that can
be referenced by the software industry. It contains activities, and tasks
that are to be applied during the acquisition of a system that contains
software, a standalone software product, and software service and during the
supply, development, operation, and maintenance of software products.
software includes software portion of firmware. The supplement will contain
the in sum country foreword including compliance methodology, software life
cycle process objectives, software life cycle data objectives, key concepts
of understanding 12207, and errata. The project will contribute to a suite
of standards consisting of 3 parts: 1) 1448 which will include ISO 12207,
Software life processes plus the supplement 1448a, which provides the in sum
country foreward which includes the IEEE compliance methodology (supported
by software life cycle process objectives and software life cycle data
objectives), key concepts of understanding 12207, and errata. 2) 1448.1,
Life Cycle Data, which will provide an integrated set of data content
descriptions for recording or capturing the results of the software life
cycle processes of ISO 12207 along with guidance on which existing IEEE
standards which provide additional detail. 3) 1448.2, Implementation
Considerations, which provide clarifications to 12207 to allow flexibility
with prevalent business practices. It will also provide guidance on
development strategies and build planning, software reuse, joint management
reviews, management indicators, and system architecture.
Project Purpose: The base document provides a consistent framework and related
methods for the supplier and acquirer of software to establish, understand
and communicate between the acquirer and the supplier their respective
responsibilities and the requirements for the software. The supplement will
add: 1) Enhance compliance approach to fit a variety of situations. 2)
Provide clarification to the intent of ISO 12207. 3) Provide additions to
meet the conventions of the Software Engineering Standards for process
standards.
Designation: 1449
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Recommended Practice for Engineering Considerations Related to Lightning
Protection: Device Placement, Grounding, Bonding and Physical System
Geometry
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Lawrence Danello, Phone:850-224-4451, Email:omnicom@polaris.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: This standard will address engineering practices and procedures
for the location of protectors, grounding and bonding practices and site
geometry considerations. This standard will not include the physics of
atmospheric lightning.
Project Purpose: This standard shall provide an organized and prioritized set
of practices and procedures to assist design engineers, procurement
specialists and end users in developing systems, selecting devices and
installing lightning protection systems based on a standard reference that
has proven research and engineered testing to support each recommendation.
The systems designed using this Practice and Procedure can be predictably
modeled.
Designation: 145-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 145-1983. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Project Scope: It is assumed in this standard that an antenna is a passive
linear reciprocal device. Thus, where a definition implies the use of an
antenna in a transmitting situation, its use in a receiving situation is
also implicit, unless specifically stated otherwise. When an antenna or
group of antennas is combined with circuit elements that are active,
nonlinear, or nonreciprocal, the combination is regarded as a system that
includes an antenna. Examples of such cases are an adaptive antenna system
and a signal-processing antenna system; the complete conical-scanning,
monopulse, and compound interferometer systems also fall in this category.
For terms that are quantitative, it is understood that frequency must be
specified. For those in which phase or polarization is a significant part of
the definition, a coherent source of power is implied. Whenever a term is
commonly used in other fields but has specialized significance in the field
of antennas, this is noted in the title. When applying terms pertaining
to radiation characteristics, such as gain, polarization, beamwidth, etc.,
to multiple-beam antennas, each port shall be considered to be that of a
separate antenna with a single main beam. For polarization diversity systems
that may include active devices, these terms apply to each polarization
state for which the antenna is adjusted. Throughout this standard, where
phasors are used, or are implied, the time convention shall be taken to be
exp(jwt).
Abstract: Definitions of terms in the field of antennas are provided.
Key Words: antennas, definitions, propagation, terminology
Designation: 145
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: This project will update the antenna terms and definitions used
in the current standard. The current standard was originally completed in
1983. Many new terms and concepts for antennas, especially active antennas,
are not included. This working group will review the complete entire
standard and update existing terms and include new terms that are in use but
not in the standard.
Project Purpose: This project will update the antenna terms and definitions
used in the current standard.
Designation: P145
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard establishes definitions for antennas and for
systems which incorporate an antenna as a component of the system.
Project Purpose: Many individuals and organizations are involved in the design,
manufacture, measurement and use of antennas for many different
applications. This standard is intended to provide a set of standard
definitions for the community so that when terminology is used all will
understand its meaning.
Designation: 145-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Antennas
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1983
Abstract: Superseded by 145-1993. Definitions of terms in the field of antennas are provided.
Key Words: definitions, antennas, terms
Designation: 1450-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test
Vector Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Gregory A Maston, Phone:303-748-2584, Email:g.a.maston@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: This project is to define a standard language that a)
facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test information from
computer Aided-Engineering (CAE) environments to Automated Test Equipment
(ATE) environments; b) specifies pattern, format, and timing information
sufficient to define the application of test vectors to a Device Under Test
(DUT); c) supports the large bulk test information generated from structured
test and integral test techniques for very large scale and ultra large scale
integrated circuit designs in a format optimized for transportation and
application in Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; d) supports
device testing for integrated circuit, very large scale and ultra large
scale integrated circuit test environments, but not restrictged from
application to other digital test environments.
Project Purpose: This standard will serve as a catalyst for the development of
a set of standard third party interface tools to both test and design
aspects of IC device generation.
Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test gen-eration tools and test equipment. A
test description language is defined that
Key Words: "automatic test pattern generator (ATPG), built-in self-test (BIST),
computer-aided engineering (CAE), cyclize,device under test (DUT), digital
test vectors, event, functional vectors, pattern, scan vectors, signal,
structural vectors, timed event, wavefor"
Designation: 1450
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vectors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gregory A Maston, Phone:303-748-2584, Email:g.a.maston@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: This is a revision to 1450, to incorporate a series of
clarifications that have been developed as questions about the original
standard arose. The clarifications to be added are present under
http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/1450/dot0/1450_clarifications.pdf. There
are no changes to the original scope, which is: This project is to define
a standard language that: a) Facilitates the transfer of large volumes
of digital test information from Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE)
environments to Automated Test Equipment (ATE) environments; b)
Specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define
the application of test vectors to a Device Under Test (DUT); c)
Supports the large volume of test information generated from structured
test such as scan/Automatic Test Pattern Generation (ATPG), integral test
techniques such as Built-In Self Test (BIST), and functional test
specification for Integrated Circuit designs and their Assemblies, in a
format optimized for transportation and application in Automated Test
Equipment (ATE) environments.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to add clarifications defined
during the initial lifecycle of this standard. There are no changes to the
original purpose of this project, which is: Existing CAE tools have
unique and differing software output interfaces which are not portable
into the unique and proprietary IC ATE input interfaces. Third party
support environments have not kept pace with the test requirements of
VLSIC device and test data generated from structured test (such as ATPG)
or integral test techniques such as BIST. Definition of a standard to
support representation of this data in an efficient optimal format is
beneficial to three parties: the CAE vendors who must create this data,
the IC vendors who must support and manipulate this data, and the ATE
vendors who must accept this data. With a common standard between CAE
and IC ATE environments, the generation, movement, and processing of this
test data is greatly facilitated. This standard also allows for immediate
access to test equipment supporting this standard, which benefits both
ATE vendors and IC vendors reviewing this equipment. This standard
will finally serve as a catalyst for the development of a set of standard
third party interface tools to both test and design aspects of IC device
generation.
Designation: 1450.1-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: (Replaced) IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface
Language (STIL) (IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Semiconductor Design Environments
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2005
Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 2005
Project Scope: Define structures in STIL to support usage as semiconductor
simulation stimulus; including: 1) mapping signal names to equivalent design
references, 2) interface between Scan and BIST, and the logic simulation, 3)
data types to represent unresolved states in a pattern, 4) parallel or
asynchronous pattern execution on different design blocks, and 5)
expression-based conditional execution of pattern constructs. Define
structures in STIL to support the definition of test patterns for sub-blocks
of a design (i.e., embedded cores) such that these tests can be incorporated
into a complete higher-level device test. Define structures in STIL to
relate fail information from device testing environments back to original
stimulus and design data elements.
Project Purpose: Enhance the STIL language definition to support the usage of
STIL in the design environment. This includes extending the execution
concept to support STIL as a stimulus language, to allow STIL to be used as
an intermediate form of data, and to allow STIL to capture design
information needed to port simulation data to device test environments. In
addition, define extensions to support the definition of sub element tests,
and to define the mechanisms to integrate those tests into a complete device
test. This effort is to be done in conjunction with IEEE P1500 which is
defining standards for the definition and integration of embedded cores.
Finally, define the constructs necessary to correlate test failure
information back to the design environment, to allow debug and diagnosis
operations to be performed based on failure information in STIL format.
Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment.
Extensions to the test interface language (contained in this standard) are defined that (1) facilitate the use of the language in
the design environment and (2) facilitate the use of the language for large designs encompassing subdesigns with reusable
patterns.
Key Words: advanced scan architecture, core, environment, fail feedback,
lockstep, parallel patterns, parameterized data, pattern tilling, pragma,
signal variable, system on chip (SoC), test protocol
Designation: 1450.2-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL)
(IEEE Std 1450-1999) for DC Level Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 18, 2003
Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a
device under test. Examples of the DC conditions for device power supplies
are: device power supply setup, power sequencing to the device, power supply
limiting/clamping. Examples of the DC conditions for commonly used signal
references are: VIL, VIH, VOL, VOH, IOL, IOH, VREF, VClampLow, VClampHi.
Define structures in STIL such that the DC conditions may be specified
either globally, by pattern burst, by pattern, or by vector. Define
structures in STIL to allow specification of alternate DC levels. Examples
of commonly used alternate levels are: VIHH, VIPP, VILL. Define structures
in STIL such that the DC levels and alternate levels can be selected within
a period, much the same as timed format events.
Project Purpose: This effort will define constructs in STIL to specify the DC
conditions necessary to execute the digital vectors on Automated Test
Equipment (ATE). This will complement the IEEE Std. 1450-1999 definition
which defines structures for specification of timing and format information,
but does not define the DC conditions under which this information should be
applied.
Abstract: Define structures in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a device under test. Examples of the DC conditions for
device power supplies are: device power supply setup, power sequencing to the device, power supply limit
Key Words: "automated test equipment (ATE), comparator, DC levels, device power
supply (DPS), device under test (DUT), driver, driver termination, dynamic
load, functional test, parametric measurement unit (PMU), power sequence,
slew rate, voltage clamp"
Designation: P1450.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for
DC Level Specification
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: This standard defines the following: a) Defines structures
in STIL for specifying the DC conditions for a DUT. Examples of the DC
conditions for device power supplies are DPS setup, power sequencing to the
device, and power supply limiting/clamping. Examples of the DC
conditions for commonly used signal references are VIL, VIH, VOL, VOH, IOL,
IOH, VREF, VClampLow, and VClampHi. b) Defines structures in STIL such
that the DC conditions may be specified either globally, by pattern burst,
by pattern, or by vector. c) Defines structures in STIL to allow
specification of alternate DC levels. Examples of commonly used alternate
levels are VIHH, VIPP, and VILL. d) Defines structures in STIL such that
the DC levels and alternate levels can be selected within a period, much the
same as timed format events.
Project Purpose: This standard defines constructs in STIL to specify the DC
conditions necessary to execute digital vectors on Automated Test Equipment
(ATE). This standard complements the STIL standard, which defines structures
for specification of timing and format information, but does not define the
DC conditions under which this information should be applied.
Designation: 1450.3-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL)
(IEEE Std. 1450-1999) for Tester Target Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 07, 2007
Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007
Project Scope: — Define structures in STIL for the specification of resource
mapping of ATE hardware architectures. An example of resource mapping is
the assignment of tester resources to waveform characters that are used
in STIL vectors. — Define structures in STIL for including ATE-specific
instructions in-line with the STIL data. — Define structures in STIL that
allow for “incremental processing” whereby, a set of STIL files may be
targeted to multiple ATE systems by allowing separately identified ATE data
to coexist. — Define structures in STIL for defining tester rules checks
to ensure that the set of generated STIL files conform to the selected
resources on one or more ATE systems. — Define structures in STIL for the
specification of the resources required for the execution of a set of
STIL files on a given ATE system.
Project Purpose: Transferring “tester independent” test program/pattern data as
represented in STIL to a specific ATE system is a desired capability. It
is required to be able to completely and unambiguously specify how the STIL
program/patterns are mapped onto a specific tester’s resources. Because of
the various different use models for the creation and consumption of test
data, it is necessary to enable certain operations (such as rules checking)
very early in the process. Likewise it is desirable to allow other
operations (such as resource allocation) to be done very late in the
process. The STIL language extensions enable the user/creator a standard
way of specifying and controlling the application of test program/pattern
data to specific ATE systems to the extent necessary for each use model
scenario.
Abstract: The STIL environment supports transferring tester-independent test programs to a specific ATE system. Although native STIL
data are tester independent, the actual process of mapping the test program onto tester resources may be critical, and it is
necessary to be able to completely and unambiguously specify how the STIL programs and patterns are mapped onto the tester
resources. TRC (which stands for either tester resource constraints or tester rules checking, depending on the usage) is an
extension to the STIL language to facilitate this operation.
Key Words: Tester rules checking (TRC), tester resource reporting, tester
resource targeting, tester resource loading
Designation: 1450.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Stnadard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE
Std. 1450-1999) for Test Flow Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specification of the order of
execution of test program components. Define structures in STIL such that
test flows are specificed in a structured manner to facilitate automated
modification or maintenance. Define structures in STIL for specifying a
common interface between the flow environment and test program components.
Define structures in STIL for defining flow related variables and expression
processing that is managed by the flow. Create in STIL examples of a test
program components for the purpose of illustrating the key features of the
interface. An example of a typical set of test program components shall be
developed to model and demonstrate the flow methodology and common Flow-Test
interface being proposed with this supplement. A set of test program
components is to be developed by a separate workign group (P1450.5). Define
structures in STIL that provide for a hierarchy of flow and test component
modules. Examples of the need for hierarchy in STIL is in support of sub-
flows and binning.
Project Purpose: Provide additional STIL syntax to describe a test flow in
terms sufficient to define a test program flow capable of running on an ATE
system.
Designation: 1450.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE
Std. 1450-1999) for Test Flow Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dave Dowding, Phone:970-635-6928, Email:dave_dowding@agilent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: Define structures in STIL for specification of the order of
execution of test program components. Define structures in STIL such
that test flows are specified in a structured manner to facilitate automated
modification or maintenance. Define structures in STIL for specifying
a common interface between the flow environment and test program components.
Define structures in STIL for defining flow related variables and expression
processing that is managed by the flow. Create in STIL examples of a
test program components for the purpose of illustrating the key features of
the interface. An example of a typical set of test program components shall
be developed to model and demonstrate the flow methodology and common Flow-
Test interface being proposed with this supplement. A set of test program
components is to be developed by a separate working group (P1450.5).
Define structures in STIL that provide for a hierarchy of flow and test
component modules. Examples of the need for hierarchy in STIL is in support
of sub-flows and binning.
Project Purpose: STIL is the standard for the interchange of digital test data
from the test generation environment (where a great deal of design
information is used to generate device tests) to the test and manufacturing
environment. The STIL standard initially addressed the essential digital
test description information (i.e.. signals, timing, vectors and parameter
specifications). Other aspects needed for testing devices were to follow in
extension activities such as this standard to address test flow extensions
to STIL. This extension will provide the constructs to describe the test
program flow and sequencing data needed to compose a test program to run on
an Automatic Test Equipment platform.
Designation: 1450.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Extensions to Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) (IEEE
Std. 1450-1999) for Semiconductor Test Method Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony Taylor, Phone:650-962-8992, Email:t.taylor@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: Define the set of test methods common enough across the
semiconductor industry to be standardized and define the parameters for each
of the test methods. Define the structures in STIL for specification of the
test method and the parameters to the test method. Examples of test method
parameters are: debug options, characterization options, test algorithm
options, throughput optimizing options, and data logging options. Define in
device terms the operation that is to be performed by each test method.
Note1 - It may be necessary to describe a sequence of operations that are to
be done by the test method and to completely explain the expected algorithm.
Note2 - This definiton of test methods is to be part of the STIL
documentation. Provide examples of how user defined test methods can be
created using the defined STIL structures.
Project Purpose: Whereas the test flow extensions to STIL (P1450.4) define the
structure for creating the test flow, this standard is to define a set of
test methods that are to fit within the STIL framework to address the most
commonly needed test functions for digital integrated circuits.
Designation: 1450.6-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector
Data---Core Test Language (CTL)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Rohit Kapur, Phone:650-584-1487, Email:rkapur@synopsys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Nov 17, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: Unless the logic inside embedded cores can be merged with the
surrounding user-defined logic (UDL), the SoC test requires reuse of test
data and test structures specific to individual cores (designs) when
integrated into larger systems. This standard defines language constructs
sufficient to represent the context of a core and of the integration of that
core into a system, to facilitate reuse of test data previously developed
for that core. The SoC test also requires that the core be embedded in the
SoC to allow for efficient testing of the logic external to the core. To
that effect, this standard defines constructs that represent the test
structures internal to the core for reuse in the creation of the tests for
the logic outside the core. This provides constructs that will allow for
the wrapping operation of an unwrapped core and the necessary wrapper
specific information for a wrapped core. In particular, CTL shall support
IEEE Std 1500-2005 for the information needs for wrapped and unwrapped
cores. Semantic rules will be defined for the language to facilitate
interoperability between the different entities (the core provider, the
system integrator, and the automation tools) involved in the creation of an
SoC. This standard is limited to SoC testing with multiple and/or
hierarchical cores through digital interfaces.All constructs defined in the
CTL shall be consistent with IEEE Std 1450-1999 and extensions (STIL) to
support the complete description of the test for cores integrated into SoC
environments. Although the preferred syntax for the bulk of the test data is
STIL, this language provides constructs for linking other test data
representations to incorporate legacy cores. The constructs in the language
shall support a vast variety of cores and different test methodologies with
particular support for the IEEE 1500 standard for embedded core testing.
These constructs shall facilitate the transportation of test information
from the core provider to the system integrator and support test automation
by providing a consistent and uniform definition of the constructs such that
the information provided by a core provider is understood in the same way by
the system integrator and the tools developed by EDA.
Project Purpose: To develop a language which will provide a sufficient
description of a core to support reuse of test data developed for that core
after integration into SoC environments, and to enable the creation of test
patterns for the logic in the SoC external to the core.
Abstract: The Core Test Language (CTL) is a language created for a System-on-Chip flow (or SoC flow), where a design created by one
group is reused as a sub-design of a design created by another group. In an SoC flow, the smaller design embedded in the larger
design is commonly called a core and the larger design is commonly called the SoC. The core is a design provided by a core
provider, and the task of incorporating the sub-design into the SoC is called Core System Integration.
Key Words: Core Test Language (CTL), Standard Test Interface Language (STIL),
System-on-Chip (SoC), wrapped core, unwrapped core
Designation: 1450.6.1-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Describing On-Chip Scan Compression
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 2009
**New standard
Technical Contact: Bruce D. Cory, Phone:408-486-2783, Email:bcory@nvidia.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 09, 2009
Project Scope: This standard defines how the necessary information is passed
from scan insertion to pattern generation and from pattern generation to
diagnosis such that different tool vendors could be used for each step
independent of on-chip scan compression logic used.
Abstract: This standard defines how the necessary information is passed from scan insertion to pattern generation and from pattern
generation to diagnosis such that different tool vendors could be used for each step independent of on-chip scan compression
logic used.
Key Words: 1450.6.1-2009, chip design, design automation, on-chip scan
compression, pattern generation, scan insertion
Designation: P1450.6.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Memory Modeling in Core Test Language (CTL)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Rohit Kapur, Phone:650-584-1487, Email:rkapur@synopsys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007
Project Scope: System on Chip (SoC) test requires reuse of test data and test
structures developed for individual cores (designs) when integrated into
larger integrated circuits. This activity defines language constructs
sufficient to represent the context of a memory-core and of the
integration of that memory-core into an SoC, to facilitate development
and reuse of test and repair mechanisms for memories. This activity also
defines constructs that represent the test structures internal to the
memory-core for reuse in the creation of the tests for the logic outside
the memory-core. Semantic rules are defined for the language to
facilitate interoperability between different entities (the memory-core
provider, the system integrator, and the automation tool developer)
involved in the creation of an SoC. The capabilities are an extension of
IEEE 1450.6-2005. As a result of this extension, CTL's limitations of
handling memories are addressed.
Project Purpose: To develop an extension to the CTL language that provides a
sufficient description of a memory-core to support the development and
reuse of test and repair mechanisms for that memory after integration
into SoC environment and enable creation of test patterns for the logic
on the SoC external to the memory.
Designation: 1451.0-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators
- Common Functions, Communication Protocols, and Transducer Electronic Data
Sheet (TEDS) Formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2007
Technical Contact: Kang Lee, Phone:301-975-6604, Email:kang.lee@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007
Project Scope: This project develops a set of common functionality for the
family of IEEE 1451 smart transducer interface standards. This
functionality is independent of the physical communications media. It
includes the basic functions required to control and manage smart
transducers, common communications protocols, and media-independent TEDS
formats. It defines a set of implementation-independent APIs. This project
does not specify signal conditioning and conversion, physical media, or how
the TEDS data are used in applications.
Project Purpose: There are currently three approved and three proposed smart
transducer interface standards in the IEEE 1451 family of standards. They
all share certain characteristics, but no common set of functions,
communications protocols, and TEDS formats provides interoperability among
these standards. This standard will provide that commonality and will
simplify the creation of future standards for different physical layers
that are interoperable within the family.
Abstract: This standard provides a common basis for members of the IEEE 1451 family of standards to be interoperable. It defines
the functions that are to be performed by a transducer interface module (TIM) and the common characteristics for all devices
that implement the TIM. It specifies the formats for Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS). It defines a set of commands
to facilitate the setup and control of the TIM as well as reading and writing the data used by the system. Application
programming interfaces (APIs) are defined to facilitate communications with the TIM and with applications.
Key Words: actuator, application programming interface, communication protocol,
networkcapable application processor, sensor, smart transducer,
transducer electronic data sheet, transducer interface module
Designation: 1451.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators
- Network Capable Application Processor Information Model
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2000
Technical Contact: Kang Lee, Phone:301-975-6604, Email:kang.lee@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: This project will establish a standard interface for connecting
network capable processors to control networks through the development of a
common control network information or object model for smart sensors and
actuators. The object model includes transducer block, function block,
plysical block, and network block and their underlying structures. This
project will not define individual device algorithms or specifics of what is
implemented using the model.
Project Purpose: Many control network implementations are currently available,
each with its own strength and weakness for a specific application class. A
common network-independent application model mapping to any sinsor/actuator
protocol will reduce effort for interfacing smart sensors and actuators to
control netowsrks. It will establish interoperability between
sensors/actuators and networks, thus enabling plug and play capability. A
standard object model will simplify the support of multiple sensor/actuator
control network protocols.
Abstract: This standard defines an object model with a network-neutral interface for connecting processors to communication
networks, sensors, and actuators. The object model containing blocks, services, and components specifies interactions with
sensors and actuators and forms the basis for implementing application code executing in the processor.
Key Words: actuators, communication network, object model, sensors
Designation: P1451.1
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators -
Network Capable Application Processor (NCAP) Information Model
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jay Warrior, Phone:650-485-2086, Email:jay_warrior@agilent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: The project stays within the scope of the original standard,
IEEE 1451.1-1999, namely to create a network neutral, common object model
for the components of a networked smart transducer together with the
interfaces to these components. The project updates the standard, as a
consequence of technology and implementation experience, in the following
areas: 1) Removes functionality unused in most current implementations. 2)
Revises the transducer block abstract class (section 9.5) interface
specifications to be compatible with the Application Program Interface(API)s
in the IEEE 1451.0 standard. 3) Introduces the concept of interfaces to
support multiple inheritances and use the concept to simplify the component,
service, and data class hierarchy. 4) Revises the conformance requirements
to enable simpler, minimally conformant systems. 5) Provide in an advisory
addendum a reference mapping of 1451.1 to java, including an on-the wire
protocol specification compatible with internet technologies.
Project Purpose: Since its introduction, IEEE 1451.1 has provided a basis for
implementations of a light-weight, network neutral application model
targeted at reducing the effort in interfacing smart sensors and actuators
to a network. The purpose of this project is to reflect changes in
underlying networking technologies, focusing on the recognized gap between
embedded systems and the enterprise. In addition, the project will seek to
simplify the specification by omitting unused functionality as reflected in
implementation experience and industry needs; and to interface with the IEEE
1451.0 standard, which was developed subsequent to the original IEEE Std
1451.1-1999.
Designation: 1451.2-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators
- Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer
Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 25, 1998
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard digital interface for
connecting transducers (defined here as sensors and actuators) to
microprocessors. It will define a transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS)
and its data formats. It will define an electrical interface, read and
write logic functions to access the TEDS and transducers. This interface
will be usable by a wide variety of sensors and actuators. This project
will not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS
data are used in application.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent digital
communication interface standard between transducers and microprocessors.
Each vendor builds its own interface. Without an independent, openly
defined interface, transducer interfacing and integration are time consuming
and all vendors' duplicated efforts are economically unproductive. This
interface will provide a minimum implementation subset which will allow
self-identification and configuration of sensors and actuators and vendor
extensibility to provide growth and product differentiation.
Abstract: A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is deÞned. A TEDS and its data formats are described. An
electrical interface, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS and a wide variety of transducers are deÞned. This
standard does not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications.
Key Words: "communication protocol,digital interface,microprocessor,NCAP,sensor
interface,smart actuator,smart sensor,smart sensor interface,smart
transducer,smart transducer interface,STIM,TEDS,1451"
Designation: P1451.2
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators -
Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and Transducer
Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Darold Wobschall
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines serial interfaces between a transducer
interface module (TIM) and a network module called network capable
application processor (NCAP). It also defines a physical transducer
electronic data sheet (PHY TEDS) which enables this standard to be in
compliance with the IEEE 1451.0 standard. This standard does not specify
signal conditioning or conversion.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for serial
interfaces between the IEEE 1451 TIM and NCAP. This standard provides means
for transducer devices and equipment interoperability.
Designation: 1451.2
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and
Actuators - Transducer to Microprocessor Communication Protocols and
Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James Joseph Wiczer, Phone:847-353-8200, Email:jwiczer@sensorsynergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of the revision is to include alternate physical
layers to utilize existing, widely available, low-cost data transfer methods
in order to reduce complexity and cost. The TEDS will be assessed for
inclusion of new features, including additional control functions to improve
communications between STIM (Smart Transducer Interface Module) and NCAP
(Network Capable Application Processor) and the creation of a stand-alone
mode in which supported NCAP network protocols would be specified. This
project will not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how the
TEDS data are used in application.
Project Purpose: There is currently a great need for open standards to provide
economically viable digital communication interfaces between transducers and
microprocessors. The purpose of this revision is to make IEEE-1451.2-1997
more widely usable to a larger set of cost sensitive applications. Without a
cost effective, easy-to-implement, independent, openly defined transducer
interface standard, the development of remote sensing applications for
safety, security, industrial automation, and other remote monitoring/ remote
control applications will continue to be hindered.
Abstract: IEEE P1451.2 defines a wired point-to-point interface standard for sensors, specifically connectors and communication
protocols for SPI, I2C, UART and RS-232-C interfaces together with the corresponding TEDS. This specification focuses on the
Communication Modules that connect the TIM and NCAP using the IEEE Std 1451.0-2007 basic standard with brevity as a goal. The
purpose of this revision is to make IEEE-1451.2-1997 more usable to a wider set of applications.
Key Words: IEEE-1451, 1451, I236 C, NCAP, PHY, RS-232, Serial, Smart Actuator,
Smart Sensor, Smart Transducer, SPI, TEDS, TIM, UART,
Designation: 1451.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators -
Connection Schemes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stan P Woods, Phone:650-485-5067, Email:stan_woods@agilent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: The project will define connection schemes for use with the
existing IEEE 1451.2 standard. The intent is to specify connection schemes
between Smart Transducer Interface Modules (STIMs) and Network Capabile
Application Processors (NCAPS0. The solutions will be compatible with the
current electrical interface specified in IEEE 1451.2. The project will
examine use models for the standard, appropriate physical environments,
cable lengths and connector types to determine the solution.
Project Purpose: This project enhances the existing IEEE 1451.2 specification
by adding connection schemes between STIMs and NCAPs. Standardizing the
physical connections between STIMs and NCAPs simplifies the connectivity
issue and will greatly benefit the adopters of IEEE 1451.2
Designation: 1451.3-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators
- Digital Communication and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) Formats
for Distributed Multidrop Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 02, 2010. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Larry A Malchodi, Phone:206-655-5695, Email:larry.a.malchodi@boeing.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard thqt defines a digital
interface for connecting multiple physically separated transducers. It will
leverage off the IEEE P1451.1 and IEEE P1451.2 standards. The standard will
define the TEDS format, the electrical interface, channel identification
protocols, hot swap protocols, time synchronization protocols, and the read
and write logic functions used to access the TEDS and transducer data. The
standard will nto specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how an
application uses the TEDS data.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent standard for
interfacing multiple physically separated transducers that allos time
synchronization of data. Without such a standard, custom transducer
interface solutions are required which are time-consuming and costly. The
standard will provide a minimum implementation that allows multidrop, hot
swapping, self-identification and configuration of transducers that may not
be located in the same enclosure, but are confined to a relatively small
space.
Abstract: A digital interface for connecting multiple physically separated transducers to a single processor over a single pair of
wires. The interface can support both asynchronous and isochronous data transfers. Several Transducer Electronic Data Sheets
(TEDS) and their data formats are described. An electrical interface, channel identification protocols, time synchronization
protocols, read and write logic functions to access the TEDS, and transducers with a wide variety of attributes are defined. This
standard does not specify signal conditioning, signal conversion, or how an application uses the TEDS data.
Key Words: "1451, communication protocol, digital interface, event sensor,
microprocessor, NCAP, plug and play, sensor interface, smart actuator, smart
sensor, smart sensor interface, smart transducer interface, TBIM, TEDS"
Designation: 1451.4-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and
Actuators--Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data
Sheet (TEDS) Formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 06, 2004
Technical Contact: Torben Licht, Phone:+45-208-00564, Email:trlicht@bksv.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997, BD APP: May 14, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 2004
Project Scope: This project will establish a standard that allows analog
transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451 object. The
standard will define the protocol and interface. It will also define the
format of the transducer TEDS. The transducer TEDS will be based on the IEEE
1451.2 TEDS. The standard will not specify the transducer design, signal
conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS.
Project Purpose: A standard is needed that allows analog transducers to
communicate digital information for the purposes of self-identification and
configuration. Due to the lack of a standard, some transducer manufacturers
have introduced various solutions but have seen limited acceptance. An
independent and openly defined standard will reduce risk for potential
users, transducer and system manufacturers, and system integrators. This
will accelerate the emergence and acceptance of this technology.
Abstract: This standard defines the protocol and interface that allows analog transducers to communicate digital information with an
IEEE 1451 object. It also defines the format of the Transducer TEDS. The Transducer TEDS is based on the IEEE 1451.2(TM) TEDS.
The standard does not specify the transducer design, signal conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS.
Key Words: Keywords: appended TEDS, basic TEDS, device configuration file,
family code, IEEE 1451.4 interface, IEEE 1451.4 transducer, mixed-mode
Interface (MMI), mixed-mode transducer (MMXDCR), network capable application
processor (NCAP), plug-and-play, smart transducer, TEDS, template, template
ID, transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS), template description language,
transparent protocol, template description language, tbom schema, transducer
block
Designation: 1451.4-2004/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators--
Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet
(TEDS) Formats - Corrigendum 1
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Torben Licht, Phone:+45-208-00564, Email:trlicht@bksv.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol and interface that allows
analog transducers to communicate digital information with an IEEE 1451
object. It also defines the format of the transducer TEDS (Transducer
Electronic Data Sheet). The transducer TEDS is based on the IEEE 1451.2 ™
TEDS. The standard does not specify the transducer design, signal
conditioning, or the specific use of the TEDS.
Project Purpose: An independent and openly defined standard for MMI (mixed-mode
interface) and TEDS serves the following purposes: — Provide
interoperability, which enables plug-and-play capability — Simplify the
implementation of mixed-mode smart transducer systems — Accelerate the
emergence and acceptance of the MMI and TEDS.
Designation: P1451.4a
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and
Actuators--Mixed-Mode Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data
Sheet (TEDS) Formats - Amendment
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed changes include: 1) the correction of
errors, both editorial and technical of the existing standard, 2) the
creation of new parameters in the transducer electronic data sheets (TEDS),
TEDS templates, and hooks that can make it easier for other industrial users
to apply and use this standard, 3) the provision for interface with the IEEE
1451 standard to enable users to access IEEE 1451.4 transducers via a
network, and 4) consideration of provision for global transducer
identification.
Project Purpose: The amendments reflect the need of industry and correct errors
in the existing standard.
Designation: 1451.5-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuator
-- Wireless Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet
(TEDS) Formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 05, 2007
Technical Contact: Steven C Chen, Phone:301-670-6779x509, Email:schens@3eti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007
Project Scope: This project establishes a standard for wireless communication
methods and data format for transducers (sensors and actuators). The
standard defines a TEDS based on the IEEE 1451 concept and protocols to
access TEDS and transducer data. It adopts necessary wireless interfaces and
protocols to facilitate the use of technically differentiated, existing
wireless technology solutions. It does not specify transducer design,
signal conditioning, wireless system physical design or use, or use of TEDS.
Project Purpose: Many companies are developing various wireless communication
interfaces and protocols for sensors. An openly defined wireless
transducer communication standard, which may accommodate various existing
wireless technologies, will reduce risk for users, transducer manufacturers,
and system integrators. It will enhance the acceptance of the wireless
technology for transducers connectivity.
Abstract: This standard defines a wireless interface for sensors. It specifies radio-specific protocols for this wireless interface.
It defines communication modules that connect the wireless transducer interface module (WTIM) and the network capable
applications processor (NCAP) using the radio-specific protocols. It also defines the transducer electronic data sheets (TEDS)
for the radio-specific protocols.
Key Words: network-capable applications processor, sensor, Transducer
Electronic Data Sheet, wireless communication protocol, wireless sensor,
wireless transducer interface module
Designation: P1451.5-2007/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuator
- Wireless Communication Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet
(TEDS) Formats - Corrigendum 1
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: The corrigendum is changing the normative references and making
some minor corrections.
Project Purpose: The corrigendum is changing the normative references and
making some minor corrections.
Designation: 1451.6
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for A Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - A
High-speed CANopen-based Transducer Network Interface for Intrinsically Safe
and Non-intrinsically Safe Applications.
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**CANopen permission obtained for use of CiA DS 404
Technical Contact: Cyrilla Jane Menon, Phone:+1 248 676 9291, Email:menon@can-cia.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: This project establishes a CANopen-based network for multi-
channel transducer modules. The standard defines the mapping of IEEE 1451
Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) to the CANopen dictionary entries as
well as communication messages, process data, configuration parameter, and
diagnosis information. It adopts the CANopen device profile for measuring
devices and closed-loop controllers. This project defines an intrinsically
safe (IS) CAN physical layer.
Project Purpose: There are many implementations of CANopen network interfaces
based on the CiA DS 404 device profile. In order to make use of the IEEE
1451 Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) concept and to achieve data
compatibility from a single-sensor to a high-performance closed-loop
controller, it is necessary to harmonize the TEDS parameters. The proposed
project allows development of lean gateways and cascaded transducer networks
based on a combined specification of IEEE 1451 and CANopen.
Designation: 1451.7-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators--
Transducers to Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Systems Communication
Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet Formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 2010
**New standard
Technical Contact: Curtis Rozeboom, Phone:309-292-0567, Email:curt.rozeboom@qed.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines data formats to facilitate communications
between radio frequency identification (RFID) systems and smart RFID tags
with integral transducers (sensors and actuators). The standard defines new
transducer electronic data sheet (TEDS) formats based on the IEEE 1451
family of standards. This standard also defines a command structure and
specifies the communication methods with which the command structure is
designed to be compatible.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for
interfacing transducers and RFID tags, and for reporting transducer data
within the RFID infrastructure. This standard will reduce the cost and time
required to integrate transducer and RFID systems, as well as provide a
means for device and equipment interoperability.
Abstract: Data formats designed to facilitate communications between radio frequency identification (RFID) systems and smart RFID
tags with integral transducers (sensors and actuators) are introduced in this standard. New transducer electronic data sheet
(TEDS) formats for smart RFID tags, based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards, are defined. Also, a comprehensive command set
for smart RFID tags is defined.
Key Words: network capable application processor (NCAP), radio frequency
identification (RFID) tag, sensor command, sensor integration, sensor
interface, sensor standard, smart RFID tags, transducer electronic data
sheet (TEDS), transducer interface module (TIM)
Designation: 1451.7
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for a Smart Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators -
Transducers to Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Systems Communication
Protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet Formats
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Curtis Rozeboom, Phone:309-292-0567, Email:curt.rozeboom@qed.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This standard defines communication methods and data formats for
transducers (sensors and actuators) communicating with RFID tags that follow
the ISO/IEC 24753 standard. The standard also defines Transducer Electronic
Data Sheet (TEDS) formats based on the IEEE 1451 family of standards and
protocols for accessing TEDS and transducer data. It adopts necessary
interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically
differentiated, existing technology solutions. It doesn’t specify transducer
design or signal conditioning.
Project Purpose: There is currently no openly defined independent interface
standard between transducers and RFID tags. Each vendor builds its own
interface. Without such standard, transducer interfacing and integration to
RFID tags and systems are time-consuming and all vendors’ duplicated efforts
are economically unproductive. The purpose of this standard is to provide
interfaces and methods for interfacing transducers to RFID tags and
reporting transducer data within the RFID infrastructure. It also provides
means for device and equipment interoperability.
Designation: 14515-1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000, Information Technology -- Portable Operating
System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Test methods for measuring conformance to
POSIX -- Part 1: System interfaces
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: 14515-1:2000 /Amd.1-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000 /Amd.1: 2003, Information Technology -- Portable
Operating System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Test methods for measuring
conformance to POSIX -- Part 1: System interfaces -- Amendment 1: Realtime
extension (C Language)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 04, 2003
**This publication is a revision of IEEE Std 2003.1-1992 (ISO approved
November 2000)
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: A definition of the requirements placed upon providers of a POSIX Conformance Test Suite for the POSIX.2 standard (ISO/IEC
9945-2:1993, IEEE/ANSI Std. 1003.2-1992) is provided. These requirements consist of a list of assertions defining those aspects
of POSIX.2 that are to be tested and the associated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This standard is
primarily aimed at test suite providers but it also defines to POSIX.2 implementors those aspects of the standard that will be
verified by a conformance test suite. KEYWORDS: conformance, POSIX, Shell and Utilities, test methods
Designation: 14515-2:2003
Title: Information technology--Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)--
Test methods for measuring conformance to POSIX--Part 2:Shell and utilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 Define methodology for the provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data
Terminal Equipment with 802.3 interfaces. The amount of power will be limited by cabling physics and regulatory considerations.
Compatibility with existing equipment will be considered.
Key Words: 802.3af, Link Section, midspan, MPS, PD, PI, POE, power, Power over
Ethernet, PSE
Designation: 14519-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 14519:2001, Information Technology -- POSIX(R) Ada Language
Interfaces -- Binding for system application program interface (API)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Adoption of IEEE Std 1003.5-1992, 1003.5b-1996, and 1003.5c-1998.
Designation: 14519-1999
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: ISO/IEC 14519 : 1999 (IEEE Std 1003.5b), Information technology--
POSIX(R) Ada Language Interfaces--Binding for System Application Program
Interface (API)--Realtime Extensions
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and userinterfaces to open systems. It defines the
Ada language bindings as package specificationsand accompanying textual descriptions of the application program interface (API).
Thisstandard supports application portability at the source code level through the binding be-tween ISO 8652
Designation: P1453
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice -- Adoption of IEC 61000-4-15:2010,
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)---Testing and measurement techniques---
Flickermeter---Functional and design specifications
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Kenneth Sedziol, Phone:513-287-3275, Email:ksedziol@cinergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This part of IEC 61000 gives a functional and design
specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the
correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation
waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be
constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the
basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. The
flickermeter specifications in this part of IEC 61000 relate only to
measurements of 120 V and 230 V, 50 Hz and 60 Hz inputs. Characteristics of
some incandescent lamps for other voltages are sufficiently similar to the
values in Table 1 and Table 2, that the use of a correction factor can be
applied for those other voltages. Some of these correction factors are
provided in the Annex B. Detailed specifications for voltages and
frequencies other than those given above, remain under consideration. The
object of this part of IEC 61000 is to provide basic information for the
design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring
apparatus. It does not give tolerance limit values of flicker severity.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide basic
information for the design of an analog or digital flicker measuring
apparatus. This recommended practice also sets tolerable limit values for
flicker severity. Specifically, this recommended practice adopts the IEC
standard 61000-4-15 for a functional design specification for flicker
measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception
level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is
presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given
for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flicker
meters complying with this recommended practice. This recommended practice
replaces all related flicker standards in IEEE 141 and in IEEE 519.
Abstract: This standard adopts IEC 61000-4-15:2010, which gives a functional and design specification for flicker measuring
apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information
is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the
basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. The object of IEC 61000-4-15:2010 is to provide basic
information for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring apparatus. It does not give
tolerance limit values of flicker severity.
Key Words: flicker, voltage fluctuation
Designation: 1453
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Fluctuations
and Associated Light Flicker on AC Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: Voltage fluctuations on electric power systems sometimes give
rise to noticeable illumination changes from lighting equipment. This
phenomenon is often referred to as flicker, lamp flicker, and sometimes
voltage flicker. This recommended practice provides specifications for
measurement of this phenomena. It does not make any flicker emission
specifications for certification of individual products manufactured for use
on these systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide basic
information for the design of an analog or digital flicker measuring
apparatus. This recommended practice also sets tolerable limit values for
flicker severity. Specifically, this recommended practice adopts the IEC
standard 61000-4-15 for a functional design specification for flicker
measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception
level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is
presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given
for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flicker
meters complying with this recommended practice. This recommended
practice replaces all related flicker standards in IEEE 141 and in IEEE 519.
Designation: 1453
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage Flicker on AC
Power Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: Develop a recommended practice for measuring voltage flicker on
AC power systems including a recommended measurement protocol. Recommend
limits for voltage flicker using the measurement protocol.
Project Purpose: The IEEE does not have a standard for measuring or limiting
voltage flicker on AC power systems. Two recommended practices, IEEE 519-
1992 and IEEE 144-1993 suggest similar limits for flicker. No standard
measurement protocol exists within IEEE. Further, the suggested limits and
measurements are very subjective. Better methods are needed to measure and
specify voltage quality with regard to flicker.
Designation: 1453
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Adoption of IEC 61000-4-15:2010,
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC--Testing and measurement technique--
Flickermeter—Functional and design specifications
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This section of IEC 61000-4 gives a functional and design
specification for flicker measuring apparatus intended to indicate the
correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation
waveforms. Information is presented to enable such an instrument to be
constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the
basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. This
section is based partly on work by the "Disturbances" Working Group of the
International Union for Electroheat (UIE), partly on work of the IEEE, and
partly on work within IEC itself. The flickermeter specifications in this
section relate only to measurements of 230 V, 50 Hz inputs and 120 V, 60 Hz
inputs; specifications for other voltages and other frequencies are under
consideration. The object of this section is to provide basic information
for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker
measuring apparatus. It does not give tolerance limit values of flicker
severity.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide basic
information for the design of an analog or digital flicker measuring
apparatus. This recommended practice also sets tolerable limit values for
flicker severity. Specifically, this recommended practice adopts the IEC
standard 61000-4-15 for a functional design specification for flicker
measuring apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception
level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information is
presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given
for the evaluation of flicker severity on the basis of the output of flicker
meters complying with this recommended practice. This recommended practice
replaces all related flicker standards in IEEE 141 and in IEEE 519.
Abstract: This standard adopts IEC 61000-4-15:2010, which gives a functional and design specification for flicker measuring
apparatus intended to indicate the correct flicker perception level for all practical voltage fluctuation waveforms. Information
is presented to enable such an instrument to be constructed. A method is given for the evaluation of flicker severity on the
basis of the output of flickermeters complying with this standard. The object of IEC 61000-4-15:2010 is to provide basic
information for the design and the instrumentation of an analogue or digital flicker measuring apparatus. It does not give
tolerance limit values of flicker severity.
Key Words: flicker, voltage fluctuation
Designation: 1453-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement and Limits of Voltage
Fluctuations and Associated Light Flicker on AC Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a recommended practice
for measuring voltage fluctuations on AC power systems including a
measurement protocol. Recommend limits for the voltage fluctuations using
the recommended protocol.
Project Purpose: The only requested revision is in the title to change voltage
flicker to voltage fluctuations to more accurately reflect and coordinate
with other standard definitions of the phenomena.
Abstract: Adoption of IEC 61000-4-15 Voltage fluctuations on electric power systems sometimes give rise to noticeable illumination
changes from lighting equipment. This phenomenon is often referred to as flicker, lamp flicker, and sometimes voltage flicker.
This recommended practice provides specifications for measurement of this phenomenon and recommends acceptable levels for 120 V,
60 Hz and 230 V, 50 Hz AC electric power systems. It does not make any flicker emission specifications for certification of
individual products manufactured for use on these systems.
Key Words: flicker, illumination, lamp flicker, voltage flicker, voltage
fluctuations
Designation: P1453.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Adoption of IEC/TR 61000-3-7:2008, Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)-
Limits-Assessment of emission limits for the connection of fluctuating
installations to MV, HV and EHV power systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This part of IEC 61000 provides guidance on principles which can
be used as the basis for determining the requirements for the connection of
fluctuating installations to MV, HV and EHV public power systems (LV
installations are covered in other IEC documents). For the purposes of this
report, a fluctuating installation means an installation (which may be a
load or a generator) that produces voltage flicker and / or rapid voltage
changes. The primary objective is to provide guidance to system operators or
owners on engineering practices which will facilitate the provision of
adequate service quality for all connected customers. In addressing
installations, this document is not intended to replace equipment standards
for emission limits. This report addresses the allocation of the
capacity of the system to absorb disturbances. It does not address how to
mitigate disturbances, nor does it address how the capacity of the system
can be increased. Since the guidelines outlined in this report are
necessarily based on certain simplifying assumptions, there is no guarantee
that this approach will always provide the optimum solution for all flicker
situations. The recommended approach should be used with flexibility and
engineering judgment as far as engineering is concerned, when applying the
given assessment procedures in full or in part. The system operator or
owner is responsible for specifying requirements for the connection of
fluctuating installations to the system. The fluctuating installation is to
be understood as the customer's complete installation (i.e. including
fluctuating and non fluctuating parts). Problems related to voltage
fluctuations fall into two basic categories: * Flicker effect from light
sources as a result of voltage fluctuations; * Rapid voltage changes even
within the normal operational voltage tolerances are considered as a
disturbing phenomenon. The report gives guidance for the coordination of
the flicker emissions between different voltage levels in order to meet the
compatibility levels at the point of utilisation. This report primarily
focuses on controlling or limiting flicker, but a clause is included to
address the limitation of rapid voltage changes. NOTE The boundaries
between the various voltage levels may be different for different countries
(see IEV 601-01-28) [16]. This report uses the following terms for system
voltage: − low voltage (LV) refers to Un ≤ 1 kV; −
medium voltage (MV) refers to 1 kV < Un ≤ 35 kV; − high
voltage (HV) refers to 35 kV < Un ≤ 230 kV; − extra high
voltage (EHV) refers to 230 kV < Un. In the context of this report, the
function of the system is more important than its nominal voltage. For
example, a HV system used for distribution may be given a "planning level"
which is situated between those of MV and HV systems.
Designation: 14536-1995
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: ISO/IEC 14536:1995 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.5-1995] Information technology -
Microprocessor systems - Futurebus+(R), Profile M (Military)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 896.5-1993 and 896.5a-1994.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This International Standard provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+® architecture. This high-
performance bus-based system architecture provides a wide range of performance and cost scalability over time for multiple
generations of single- and muliple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857:1994
[ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1,1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to
these profiles that products will claim conformance.
Key Words: bus architecture, error logging, fault logging, futurebus+, live
insertion, military profiles, multiprocessor , node management, open
architecture, serial bus, software debug
Designation: 1454
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Recommended Practice for the Selection and Installation of Fiber Optic
Cable in Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Urban, Suburban, and Rural
Environments as Well as Transportation Operations Centers and Associated
Campuses
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Robert Barrett, Phone:818-393-2702, Email:r.barrett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: Guidelines for the selection, installation approach, splicing,
connectorization of fiber optic cable, and test for urban, suburban, and
rural communications requirements as well as operations centers and campuses
are to be included.
Project Purpose: Fiber optic cable is being deployed on a national basis to
meet multimedia communications requirements for Intelligent Transportation
systems. There is no known recommended practice that may be utilized to
assure that cable is being selected, installed, interconnected and tested to
assure performance, communications link reliability and interforce
compatibility. Differences in installation requirements for outdoor and
indoor are to be included with recommended guidelines. Aerial direct busy
and in-conduit installation guidelines will be included. Pre-shipment, pre-
installation and post installation test guidelines in conjunction with
EIA/TIA 455 test standards options will be included. The Guidelines will
provide jurisdictions and agencies which are planning to install fiber as a
means for defining requirements.
Designation: 1455-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for Message Sets for Vehicle/Roadside Communications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 19, 1999
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000
Project Scope: Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the
publication of a standard for exchanging DSRC information, providing for bi-
directional message transmission and device control, in a manner which is
compatible with but independent of the ASTM efforts to specify DSRC Layers 1
and 2. This will entail specifying the transponder resources, the
transponder resource manager, the application message sets, and the sighals
and services such as the Electronic Toll and Traffic Mgmt User's Group, the
ATA, the CVO community, the vendor community, and other standards bodies to
synthesize existing messaging requirements into a single, open industry
standard which supports non-interfereing and interoperable DSRC
implementations by the various user agencies.
Project Purpose: The ETTM field is rapidly emerging with multiple technologies
and incompatible products. In addition, the emergence of the ASTM standard
for Layers 1 and 2 has created the potential for significant interference
between RF compatible systems. The lack of standard message sets, lower
layer protocols, and transponder resource definitions threatens to postpone
the deployment of this critical technology to the marketplace. The effort
behind this PAR will consolidate and publish a standard to support
Commercial Vehicle Operation and ETTM. The open nature of the developed
interface will ensure that it is extensible to other DSRC areas, e.g. CVO
credential information exchange, pre-clearance screening, fleet management
and private messaging.
Abstract: Reaffirmed June 2006 Those characteristics of a dedicated short-range communications (DSRC) system that are independent
of the Physical and Data Link Layers (ISO model Layers 1 and 2) are specified. The required and optional features of the roadside
equipment (RSE) and the onboard equipment (OBE) are specified. In addition, the Applications Layer (ISO model Layer 7) services
and protocols, the RSE resource manager, the corresponding OBE command interpreter, and the application-spe-cific messages are
all specified. Standard supports and guidelines are provided for implementing secure DSRC systems.
Key Words: "access control,application layer,automatic vehicle
identification,AVI,beacon,Commercial Vehicle Operations,CVO,data
authentication,data privacy,data security,dedicated short-range
communications,DSRC,electronic toll collection,ETC,Layer 7,Mailbox,reader,r"
Designation: P1456
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: IRPA/INIRC 1990 - International Radiation Protection Association,
International Non-Ionizing Radiation Committee Interim Guidelines on limits
of exposure to 50/60 Hz electric and magnetic fields. Health Physics 58
(1): 113-122
Status: Adoption in Progress
Project Scope: These guidelines present a set of exposure limits for 50/60 Hz
in terms of electric or magnetic fields, both for the general public and
occupational personnel as a function of exposure time from a few minutes up
to 24 hours. In addition, there are recommended protective measures
including education, warning signs, compliance programs and special measures
against hazardous RFI (e.g. pacemakers).
Project Purpose: The document presents recommended exposure limits and other
protective measures to prevent potential bodily harm that may result from
human exposures to electric or magnetic fields at 50 or 60 Hz. The
guidelines do not apply to deliberate exposure or patients undergoing
medical kiagnosis or treatment.
Designation: 1457
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard Glossary of Electric Machinery Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: E.P Smith, Phone:518-393-3132
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: To create a glossary of terms used in electric machinery. The
terms defined in this glossary will eventually be included in the IEEE
dictionary.
Project Purpose: There are many terms used in electric machinery, but they do
not exist in the IEEE dictionary. This glossary being prepared under the
proposed standard will define these terms so that they may be included in
the future edition of the IEEE dictionary. Precise definitions of these
terms will benefit all workers in the field of electric machinery.
Designation: 14575-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 14575:2000 (IEEE Std 1355-1995) Information Technology --
Microprocessor systems -- Heterogeneous InterConnect (HIC) (Low-Cost, Low-
Latency Scalable Serial Interconnect for Parallel System Construction)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 22, 2001
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The scalable coherent interface (SCI) provides computer-bus-like services but, instead of a bus, uses a collection of fast
point-to-point unidirectional links to provide the far higher throughput needed for high-performance multiprocessor systems. SCI
supports distributed, shared memory with optional cache coherence for tightly coupled systems, and message-passing for loosely
coupled systems. Initial SCI links are defined at 1 Gbyte/s (16-bit parallel) and 1 Gb/s (serial). For applications requiring
modular packaging, an interchangeable module is specified along with connector and power. The packets and protocols that
implement transactions are defined and their formal specification is provided in the form of computer programs. In addition to
the usual read-and-write transactions, SCI supports efficient multiprocessor lock transactions. The distributed cache-coherence
protocols are efficient and can recover from an arbitrary number of transmission failures. SCI protocols ensure forward progress
despite multiprocessor conflicts (no deadlocks or starvation).
Key Words: low control, encoding schemes, OMI/HIC, packet routing, parallelism,
point-to-point serial scalable interconnect, protocols, routing fabric,
serial links, serialization, silicon integration, switch chip,
transaction layer, wormhole routing
Designation: 1458-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Selection, Field Testing, and Life
Expectancy of Molded Case Circuit Breakers for Industrial Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 24, 2005
Technical Contact: Gary Donner, Phone:310-522-6251, Email:gldonner@shellopus.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996, BD APP: Jan 24, 2005
Project Scope: To provide the user with a recommended procedure that is safe
and easily understood, for the selection, application, and determination of
the remaining life in molded case circuit breakers.
Project Purpose: Project is necessary because there is widespread
misunderstanding on this subject. Because of these misunderstandings, users
are unintentionally installing and applying molded case circuit breakers in
situations that are potentially dangerous. The proposed recommended practice
will provide suggested recommended practices to safely apply and test molded
case circuit breakers.
Abstract: A recommended procedure for the selection, application, and determination of the remaining life in molder case circuit
breaker is provided.
Key Words: available fault values, circuit breaker testing, molded case circuit
breakers, molded case circuit breakers basics, molded case circuit breakers
life, safety
Designation: 1459-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric Power
Quantities Under Sinusoidal, Nonsinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced
Conditions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 19, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1459-2000
Technical Contact: Alexander E Emanuel, Phone:508-831-5239, Email:aemanuel@ece.wpi.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010
Project Scope: This document provides definitions of electric power to quantify
the flow of electrical energy in singlephase and three-phase circuits under
sinusoidal, nonsinusoidal, balanced, and unbalanced conditions.
Project Purpose: This document provides organizations with criteria for
designing and using metering instrumentation.
Abstract: This document provides definitions of electric power to quantify the flow of electrical energy in single-phase and three-
phase circuits under sinusoidal, non-sinusoidal, balanced, and unbalanced conditions.
Key Words: 1459-2010, active power, apparent power, nonactive power, power
factor, reactive power, total harmonic distortion
Designation: 1459-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for the Measurement of Electric Power
Quantities under Sinusoidal, Non-Sinusoidal, Balanced, or Unbalanced
Conditions
Status: Superseded
**12-Sep-02: Updated to Full Use from Trial Use. Superseded by 1459-2010.
Technical Contact: Eddy So, Phone:613-990-5806, Email:eddy.so@nrc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This is a standard for definitions used for measurement of
electric power quantities under sinusoidal, nonsinusoidal, balanced, or
unbalanced conditions. It lists the mathematical expressions that were used
in the past, as well as new expressions, and explains the features of the
new definitions.
Project Purpose: This standard is meant to provide organizations with criteria
for designing and using metering instrumentation.
Abstract: This is a standard for definitions used for measurement of electric power quantities under sinusoidal, non-sinusoidal,
balanced, or unbalanced conditions. It lists the mathematical expressions that were used in the past, as well as new expressions,
and explains the features of the new definitions.
Key Words: "active power, apparent power, nonactive power, power factor,
reactive power, total harmonic distortion"
Designation: 146-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Fundamental Waveguide Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1983
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. NO Abstract
Key Words: waveguide, terms, definitions
Designation: 1460-1996
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Guide for the Measurement of Quasi-Static Magnetic and Electric
Fields
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: This project describes measurement goals associated with
characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields, e.g. power
frequency and other extremely low frequency fields, and available methods
for accomplishing them. The guide should be used in conjunction with IEEE
Std 1308-1994 (IEEE Recommended Practice for Instrumentation: Specifications
for Magnetic Flux Density Meters - 10 Hz to 3 kHz), which defines
terminology and describes instrumentation, calibration methods, and sources
of measurement uncertainty.
Project Purpose: The guide compliments IEEE Std 1308-1994 which offers no
guidance on performing field measurements. It is intended that the guide
fill part of the information gap. The intended users are individuals and
groups interested in developing protocols for characterizing quasi-static
magnetic and electric fields in different measurement environments.
Abstract: A listing of possible measurement goals related to characterizing quasi-static magnetic and electric fields and possible
methods for their accomplishment is provided.
Key Words: measurement protocols, power frequency, power frequency harmonic
fields, quasi-static magnetic fields, quasi-static electric fields
Designation: 1461
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society
Title: Recommended Practice for Power Electronics Module Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dennis M Darcy, Phone:(617) 661-0540, Email:dmdarcy@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop the guidelines for the standardization
of the power electronics modules as well as passive support circuitry, so
that power modules can be interfaced more readily. The guideline will
specify the way of interconnecting circuit components including power
modules, busbars, control circuitry, and passive components. The results
will enable modular architectures for redundant, scaleable and low-cost
systems by using standard building block elements.
Project Purpose: Power electronics circuits are being packaged within modules
at higher power densities with control electronics integration to a greater
degree. Presently, power electronics modules are designed without
compatibility between different manufacturers' products. The installation
of a power electronics system becomes more and more difficult and costly.
This porject is to establish the guidelines for power module manufacturers
and the user community so that power module interfaces can be made readily
and the unnecessary re-engineering cost can be avoided.
Designation: 1462-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: 1462-1998 IEEE Adoption of ISO/IEC 14102:1995 Information Technology -
Guideline for the Evaluation and Selection of CASE Tools
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard defines a process for evaluating and selecting a
Computer Aided Software Engineering 9CASE) tool for a software development
or maintenance activity. The standard addresses the evaluation and
selection of tools supporting software engineering processes including:
project management processes, development processes, and integral processes.
Project Purpose: The primary users of ISO/IEC 14402 are organizations that
intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life cycle processes.
CASE tool suppliers may also use 14402 to describe the characteristics of
their CASE tools.
Abstract: Project scope: This standard defines a process for evaluating and selecting a Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE)
tool for a software development or maintenance activity. The standard addresses the evaluation and selection of tools supporting
software engineering processes including: project management processes, development processes, and integral processes. Project
purpose: The primary users of ISO/IEC 14402 are organizations that intend to adopt CASE tools to support their software life
cycle processes. CASE tool suppliers may also use 14402 to describe the characteristics of their CASE tools.
Key Words: CASE tools,computer-aided software engineering,computer
applications,computersoftware,software engineering
Designation: 1463
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Title: Standard for Global Positioning System Receiver Test Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stewart P Teasley, Phone:(714) 221-3433, Email:stewart.teasley@nb.rockwell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This project is intended to develop a GPS TEst Standards
document containing a group of performance tests applicable to several user
classes of commercial GPS receivers. The document is limited to GPS
performance tests and is not intended in any way to define the entire
requirement set for any user class. Velocity tests as well as environmental
and other requirments beyond GPS performance are not included. The user
classes selected for inclusion in the standard are marine, land and
handheld, while some of the tests appropriate for such applications as
aviation, military, and survey are excluded.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to produce and publish a GPS
Test Standards Document jointly with the Institute of Navigation. The
standard was originally developed to respond to a stated need for common
test procedures and data analysis techniques that could be applied to all
GPS receivers. The standard defines the methodology required to test and
measure these performance parameters and to present the data in a common
format. It is anticipated that the standad will be adopted on a voluntary
basis by receiver manufacturers and thus lead to uniform methods of
specifying GPS performance.
Designation: 1464
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society
Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for Insulated Gate Bipolar
Transistor (IGBT) Circuit Simulator Model Validation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allen R Hefner, Phone:(301) 975-2071, Email:hefner@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: This project is to develop comprehensive test procedures for
validation of Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) models that are used
in circuit simulators. The models are to be validated as to the IGBT
external terminal behavior only.
Project Purpose: Presently, there are no recognized procedures for
comprehensive evaluation of the performance of the IGBT models that are used
in various circuit simulators. The inability to determine and specify the
performance of circuit simulator models is preventing the effective
utilization of circuit simulation tools. This project will provide circuit
simulator users and model developers a comprehensive way of validating IGBT
models.
Designation: 1465-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard - Adoption of International Standard ISO/IEC 12119:1994(E)
- Information Technology - Software Packages - Quality Requirements and
Testing
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: IEEE Std 1465-1998 is an adoption of ISO/IEC 12119: 1994(E).
IEEE Std 1465-1998 may be employed to a) Specify quality requirements for
software, and provide instructions on how to test against these
requirements. b) Manage and improve the organizationOs quality processes
and personnel. c) Establish management and engineering environments based
on the quality requirements and methods in ISO/IEC 12119: 1994(E). d)
Foster improved understanding between customers and vendors, and among other
parties involved in the software product life cycle. e) Facilitate world
trade in software.
Project Purpose: The intended users of ISO/IEC 12119 are Suppliers of software
packages; certification bodies which may wish to establish a third-party
certification scheme; testing laboratories which will have to follow the
instructions for testing when testing for a certificate or mark of
conformity; accreditation bodies for accrediting certification bodies and
testing laboratories; auditors of testing laboratories; buyers software
packages; users who may profit from better products.
Abstract: Quality requirements for software packages and instructions on how to test a softwarepackage against these requirements
are established. The requirements apply to software packagesas they are offered and delivered, not to the production process
(including activities and intermediate products, such as specifications).
Key Words: quality requirements,software,software engineering,software
package,testing
Designation: 1466
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for the Safe Use of Electromagtnetic Energy
Sources, Equipment and Systems Operating Between 3 kHz and 300 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard A Tell, Phone:+1 509 684 9999, Email:rtell@radhaz.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: Preparation of a guidance document for development of RF safety
programs. This standard would provide useful guidance to those implementing
ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 (IEEE C95.1-1991).
Project Purpose: Presently, there exists no recommended approaches for
developing safety programs by organizations wishing to implement the use of
ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992. Users would include industrial companies, federal,
state and local government agencies. These organizations do not have any
documentation of recommended ways for developing and implementing safety
programs that are directed to the issue of radio frequency fields. This
document would fill this gap in practical guidance.
Designation: 1467
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Guide for Reliability Growth Management and Assessment of Systems with
Nonhomogeneous Poisson Failure and Failure-Mode Processes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**To update and replace US MIL-HDBK-189.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop guidance for managing and assessing
the reliability of complex systems (i.e. systems which have failure and
failure-mode processes that can reasonably be modeled as non-homogeneous
Poisson processes). The guidance will address the planning aspects of
reliability ghrowth programs and assessment methodology for measuring
reliability growth.
Project Purpose: To update and replace US MIL-HDBK-189 entitled Reliability
Growth Management, with a non-government guide. This guide will contain
current acquisition philosophy and terminology, as well as updated
information and methodologies for planning and assessing reliability growth
of complex developmental systems.
Designation: 1468
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-Based Reliability Test
Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not Specified)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard for customer-specified
reliability testing requirements utilizing performance-based methods.
Performance-based reliability requirements to not specify a statistical test
design or underlying modeling assumptions which are considered to be "how
to" and thus should be developed by the producers. Performance-based
reliability test requirements have 4 elements: quantitative reliability
requirements, allowable uncertainties (statistical risk), usage conditions,
and failure definitions. This project is limited to providing procedures
for a performance-based approach to specifying reliability testing
requirements and specifying the information required from the producer's
test design to enable the customer to evaluate it. This project will not
include specifying "how to" methodology. This standard will be supplemented
by two concurrently-proposed standards development projects, P1469-Guide for
Producers to Develop Statisical Test Designs for Customer-Specified
Reliability Test Requirements, and P1470-Guide for Customer Evaluation of
Production-Developed Statistical Reliability Test Designs.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide performance-based
methods which address reliability testing without imposing a statistical
test design on the producer, but specify the information required from the
producer's test design to enable the customer to evaluate the producer's
proposal. It would be beneficial to both the commercial and military
reliability communities to develop such a standard.
Designation: 1469
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Guide for Producers to Develop Statistical Test Designs for Customer-
Specified Reliability Test Requirements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for producers developing
statistical test designs for customer-specified performance-based
reliability testing requirements. With performance-based reliability test
requirements, customers do not specify a statistical test design or
underlying modeling assumptions, but instead specify the following 4
elements: quantitative reliability requirements, allowable uncertainties
(statistical risk), usage conditions, and failure definitions. This project
will provide the models and associated statistical procedures needed by
producers to develop statistical test designs. This guide will complement
the standards development projects Standard for Customer-Specified
Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not
Specified) and Guide for Customer Evaluation of Producer-Developed
Statistical Reliability Test Designs.
Project Purpose: To provide producers with the models and associated
statistical procedures for developing statistical test designs from
requirements developed with the Standard for Customer-Specified Performance-
Based Reliability Test Requirmeents (Statistical Test Design Not Specified).
It would be beneficial to the reliability community to develop such a guide.
Designation: 147-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Waveguide Components
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1981
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. Definitions of components for waveguide use are presented. The
components are considered to be linear, passive, and reciprocal unless otherwise specified in the definitions. The definitions
included were drawn from Institute of Radio Engineers and International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) documents. Some
definitions are included unchanged, some have been modified or deleted, and several new definitions have been added. Not all
possible component varieties are included.
Designation: 1470
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Guide for Customer Evaluation of Producer-Developed Statistical
Reliability Test Designs
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jane G Krolewski, Phone:410-278-4657, Email:hock@arl.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop guidance for customers evaluating a
producer's statistical reliability test design. This guide will complement
the standard development projects P1468-Standard for Customer-Specified
Performance-Based Reliability Test Requirements (Statistical Test Design Not
Specified) and P1469-Guide for Producers to Develop Statistical Test Designs
for Customer-Specified Reliability Test Requirements. This guide will
provide the statistical procedures and assessment methodology needed to
evaluate statistical reliability test designs.
Project Purpose: To provide customers with the statistical procedures and
assessment methodology needed to evaluate the producer's statistical
reliability test design.
Designation: 1471-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Architectural Description for Software-
Intensive Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2000
Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate the expression and
communication of architectures and thereby lay a foundation for quality and
cost gains through standardization of elements and practices for
architectural description. Despite significant efforts to improve
engineering practices and technologies, software-intensive systems continue
to present formidable risks and difficulties in their design, construction,
deployment and evolution. Recent attempts to address these difficulties
have focused on the earliest period of design decision-making and
evaluation, increasingly referred to as the "architectural level" of system
development. The phrases "architectural level" and "architecture" are
widely, if imprecisely, used. Their use reflects acceptance of an
architectural metaphor in the analysis and development of software-intensive
systems. A key premise of this metaphor is that important decisions may be
made early in system development in a manner similar to the early decision-
making found in the civil architecture profession. Many innovations are
resulting from this attention to the architectural level, among them
architectural description languages and associated tools and environments,
architectural frameworks, models and patterns, and techniques for
architectural analysis, evaluation and architecture-based reuse. While
these efforts differ considerably in important aspects, sufficient
commonality exists to warrant the development of a recommended practice to
codify their common elements. These innovations are occurring, and
maturing, rapidly within many research and application communities, and they
reflect differing interests, influences, insights, and intentions. There is
a general consensus on the importance of the "architectural level of systems
development," and that that level consists of early decision-making about
overall design structure, goals, requirements, and development strategies.
However, there has not yet emerged any reliable consensus on a precise
definition of a system's "architecture," how it should be described, what
uses such descriptions may serve, or where and when it should be defined.
The boundaries and relationships between architectural trends and practices
and other practices, and between architectural technology and other
technology, are not yet widely recognized. In such situations, progress
often depends on mediating influences. Potential adopters of architectural
practices and technology need a frame of reference within which to address
implementation and adoption decisions. Technology developers need a frame
of reference within which to communicate the motivating concepts of their
technology, and to accumulate and appreciate feedback from early adoption.
To these ends, this standard is intended to reflect generally accepted
trends in practices for architectural description and to provide a technical
framework for further evolution in this area. Furthermore, it establishes a
conceptual framework of concepts and terms of reference within which future
developments in system architectural technology can be deployed. This
standard codifies those elements on which there is consensus; specifically
the use of multiple views, reusable specifications for models within views,
and the relation of architecture to system context.
Project Purpose: An architectural description is used to communicate between
client and developer to aid clarification of requirements and their impact
on system design. The architectural description is developed in an
evolutionary process from the expression of a system concept as a high level
abstraction to one of a more detailed and tangible expression that is widely
accepted as being an expression of design. An architectural description is
used capture style and protocol standards that can be used to facilitate
certain common attributes that promote system-to-system consistency.
Abstract: This recommended practice addresses the activities of the creation, analysis, and sustainment of architectures of
software-intensive systems, and the recording of such architectures in terms of architectural descriptions. A conceptual
framework for architectural description is established. The content of an architectural description is defined. Annexes provide
the rationale for key concepts and terminology, the relationships to other standards, and examples of usage.
Key Words: "architectural description,architecture,software-intensive
system,stakeholder con-cerns,system stakeholder,view,viewpoint"
Designation: 1471.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for application of Architectural Description IEEE 1471
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Basil Anton Sherlund, Phone:248-544-3720, Email:sherlund@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will provide guidance for the implementation and
application of the conventions that will be described in the IEEE Std 1471.
Project Purpose: This guide will provide instruction for knowing, when
Architecture is complete, find owners (stakeholders) the Architecture,
defining who (audiences) are for the Architecture, selecting of an architect
including knowledge and skills, and describing the technical and management
duties of the individual.
Designation: 1472
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining Safe Distances From Radio-frequency
Transmitting Antennas When Using Electric Blasting Caps During Explosive
Operations
Status: Superseded
**Changed designation to C95.4
Technical Contact: George A Koban, Phone:540-653-4296, Email:kobanga@nswc.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This project provides recommended practices for the prediction
and practical determination of safe distances from radio and radar
transmitting antennas when using electric initiators to remotely detonate an
explosive charge. Specifically, this document includes mathematical
formulas, tables, and charts that allow the user to determine safe distances
from RF transmitters with spectrum bands from 0.5 Mhz to 300 GHz, including
VHF, UHF television antennas, FM, AM radio transmitting antennas, radar
navigation beacons, and portable communication devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide recommendations for
the prevention of the inadvertent detonation of electric initiators by
radio-frequency electric and magnetic fields generated from transmitting
antennas with spectrum bands from 0.5Mhz to 300 GHz.
Designation: 1473-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Communications Protocol Aboard Passenger Trains
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2011
**Supersedes 1473-1999.
Technical Contact: Robert Anderson, Phone:816-350-1956, Email:bobanderson@rssdenver.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol for intercar and intracar
serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains. It
sets forth the minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can
simultaneously handle monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems.
While the network itself is not vital, it is intended to be capable of
carrying vital messages. This standard will be structured with respect to
the OSI seven-layer model.
Project Purpose: A standard protocol will permit systems provided by a variety
of suppliers performing different on-board functions to share a common
communications facility. Car wiring and weight will be reduced while systems
integration, reliability, and maintainability will be improved.
Abstract: Communications protocols to be used for inter-unit and intra-unit serial data communications between subsystems aboard
passenger trains are defined by this standard. Minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle
monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems are set forth. While the network is not vital, it is intended to be capable
of carrying vital messages.
Key Words: communications networks, communications protocol, commuter rail
transit, IEEE 1473, light-rail transit, rail transit, train bus, vehicle bus
Designation: 1473-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Communications Protocol Aboard Trains
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1473-2010.
Technical Contact: Robert Anderson, Phone:816-350-1956, Email:bobanderson@rssdenver.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999
Project Scope: This standard defines the protocol for Inter-car and Intra-car
serial data communications between subsystems aboard passenger trains. It
sets forth the minimum acceptable parameters for a network that can
simultaneously handle monitoring and controls traffic from multiple systems.
While the network itself is not vital, it is intended to be capable of
carrying vital messages. The standard will be structured with respect to the
OSI seven layer model.
Project Purpose: To permit systems provided by a variety of suppliers
performing different onboard functions to share a common communications
facility. Car wiring and weight will be reduced while systems integration,
reliabiity and maintability will be improved. TCRP project G-4 has estimated
an expected value of $56.2 million/year savings.
Abstract: Communications protocols to be used for intercar and intracar serial data communica-tions between subsystems aboard
passenger trains are defined by this standard. Minimum accept-able parameters for a network that can simultaneously handle
monitoring and control traffic from multiple systems are set forth. While the network is not vital, it is intended to be capable
of carrying vital messages.
Key Words: communications networks,communications protocol,commuter rail
transit,light rail transit,rail transit,train bus,vehicle bus
Designation: 1474
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society
Title: Standard for Communications Based Train Control
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: David B Rutherford, Phone:716/292-1440, Email:daver@rsepc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: Standards for communications based train control (CBTC)
individual functional requirements and information flow requirements among
functions, independent of implementation architecture. Standards for CBTC
functional implementation and information data formats to the extent that
viable CBTC implementation architectures are not compromised.
Project Purpose: Wide cross section of representatives of rail transit
operating authorities. Suppliers and consultants have agreed by ballot that
significant interest exists in standardizing all aspects of CBTC to extent
practicable. Sponsoring committee estimates cost impact of CBTC
standardization at $195 mil/yr.
Designation: 1474.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard for Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) Performance
and Functional Requirements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005
Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2005
Project Scope: Original Scope: This standard establishes a set of performance
and functional requirements necessary for enhancing performance,
availability, operations, and train protection using a CBTC System.---
Revision: There is no change to the words of the scope. The revisions allow
for driverless train operation, including automatic people movers.
Project Purpose: Original Purpose: There are currently no independent
standards defining the performance and functional requirements to be
satisfied by CBTC systems. This standard will enhance performance,
availability, operations, and train protection, and will facilitate new CBTC
applications. ---Revision: There is no change to the purpose.
Abstract: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional requirements necessary for enhancing performance,
availability, operations, and train protection using a CBTC system.
Key Words: automation, communications, signaling, train control
Designation: 1474.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Communication Based Train Control Performance
Requirements and Functional Requirements
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000
Project Scope: This standard establishes a set of performance and functional
requirements for enhancing performance, availability, operations, and train
protection using a communications based train control (CBTC) system.
Project Purpose: There are currently no independent standards defining the
performance and functional requirements to be satisfied by communications
based train control (CBTC) systems. A standard will enhance performance,
availability, operations and t4rain protection as well as facilitate new
CBTC applications.
Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY 1474.1-2004 Abstract: Performance and functional requirements for a communications-based train control
(CBTC) system are established in this standard. A CBTC system is a continuous, automatic train control system utilizing high-
resolution train location determination, independent of track circuits; continuous, high-capacity, bidirectional train-to-wayside
data communications; and trainborne and wayside processors capable of implementing automatic train protection (ATP) functions, as
well as optional automatic train operation (ATO) and automatic train supervision (ATS) functions. In addition to CBTC functional
requirements, this standard also defines headway criteria, system safety criteria, and system availability criteria for a CBTC
system.
Key Words: "communications, signaling, train control"
Designation: 1474.2-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for User Interface Requirements in Communications-Based
Train Control (CBTC) Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2003
Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003
Project Scope: This standard establishes user interface requirements in
communications-based train control (CBTC) systems.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide for consistent user interfaces that
take advantage of the characteristics of communications-based train control
(CBTC) systems to enhance service effectiveness of a rail transit system.
Abstract: This standard will provide for consistent user interfaces that take advantage of the characteristics of communications-
based train control (CBTC) systems to enhance service effectiveness of a rail transit system.
Key Words: "automatic train control (ATC),automatic train operation
(ATO),automatic train protec-tion (ATP),automatic train supervision
(ATS),communications-based train control (CBTC),graphi-cal user interface
(GUI)"
Designation: 1474.3-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC)
System Design and Functional Allocations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008, ANSI APP: Sep 23, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a preferred system design
and functional allocation for CBTC systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to define a
preferred CBTC system design/system architecture to achieve the CBTC
performance and functional requirements of IEEE Std 1474.1TM-2004,1 and to
allocate functions to the major CBTC subsystems.
Abstract: This recommended practice establishes a preferred system design and functional allocation for CBTC systems.
Key Words: 1474.3-2008, automation, communication, signaling, train control,
function
Designation: P1474.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Functional Testing of a
Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC) System
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Alan F Rumsey, Phone:212-266-8527, Email:alan.rumsey@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a preferred approach for
functional testing a CBTC system.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to define a
preferred sequence and extent of off-site and on-site functional testing for
CBTC systems with the objective of maximizing test efficiency and
effectiveness.
Abstract: This recommended practice establishes a preferred approach for functional testing of a communications-based train control
(CBTC) system, based on the CBTC system design and functional allocations as defined in IEEE Std 1474.3.
Key Words: automation, communication, signaling, train control, testing
Designation: 1475-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard for the Functioning of and Interfaces Among Propulsion,
Friction Brake, and Train-borne Master Control on Rail Rapid Transit
Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 1999
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: This project will develop standards for the interface
functionality among propulsion, friction brake and train-borne master
constrol. The standards will encompass performance parameters, communication
methods and the means for measurement and verification of performance. Third
party systems performing functions traditionally carried out in one of the
above systems will also be covered.
Project Purpose: There presently are numerous functional protocols for
interfaces among train-borne master control, propulsion, friction brake,
spin-slide control, etc. This has led to a lack of standardization,
compatibility and interchangeability with attendant higher first cost and
recurrent integration problems. Standards used by car-builders and system
suppliers are expected to lower costs, reduce vehicle introduction problems,
improve reliability and facilitate upgrades. Standards will ensure
prioritization of safety functionality as well. Cost savings/year could
approach 15MM when implemented.
Abstract: " The interfaces between and among functional systems on rail rapid transit vehicles isprescribed. The systems themselves
are treated as ""black boxes;"" requirements for the input sig-nals and the output response are given. For each category of
interface, three types are listed in in-creasing technical sophistication. "
Key Words: "friction brake,interfacaes,master control, propulson,rail
vehicles,rapid transit"
Designation: P1475
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for the Functioning of and Interfaces Among Propulsion,
Friction Brake, and Train-borne Master Control on Rail Rapid Transit
Vehicles
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David R Phelps, Phone:202-496-4885, Email:drperiepa@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard specifies the interface functionality among
propulsion, friction brake and train-borne master control. The standard
encompasses performance parameters, communication methods and the means for
measurement and verification of performance. Third party systems performing
functions traditionally carried out in one of the above systems are also
covered.
Project Purpose: IEEE Standard 1475 contains specifications leading to
standardization, compatibility and interchangeability of functional
protocols for interfaces among train-borne master control, propulsion,
friction brake, spin-slide control, etc., reducing first cost and recurrent
integration problems. This standard, in use by car-builders and system
suppliers, has lowered costs, reduced vehicle introduction problems,
improved reliability and facilitated upgrades. It has further ensured
prioritization of safety functionality.
Designation: 1476-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for Passenger Train Auxiliary Power Systems Interfaces
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 03, 2000
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard prescribes the electrical interface between the
components comprising the auxiliary power systems and their electrical
interface with other train-borne systems. As such this standard treats the
auxiliary power system components (static inverters and converters, low
voltage dc power supplies, back-up battery systems and battery chargers) as
black boxes and address only their interface requirements. It does not
provide standards or recommendations for the following: 1) Rotating
machinery, such as motor alternator sets 2) Motive power systems or
auxiliary power systems required for locomotives 3) Mechanical mounting or
vibration isolation of equipment 4) Car-body wiring, branch circuits,
circuit breakers and protection devices to interconnect the auxiliary power
components with other car-borne equipment.
Project Purpose: Standardize the electrical input and output requirements of
the auxiliary power system components. This will be conducive to the
development of standardized designs rather than custom designs of car-borne
equipment utilizing the suypply voltages of the auxiliary power systems. It
will also aid in more clearly defining the electrical interface
requirementsd between the major component parts comprising the auxiliary
power systems, thus promoting their standardized design. The combined
effect should increase the number of potential suppliers and correspondingly
result in reduced railcar costs.
Abstract: The electrical interfaces among the components comprising the auxiliary power systems and their electrical interface with
other train-borne systems are described. As such, this standard treats the auxiliary power system components (e.g., static
inverters and converters, low-voltage dc power supplies, back-up battery systems, and battery chargers) as black boxes and
addresses only their interface requirements.
Key Words: "auxiliary power systems, battery charger, intermediate-voltage
power supply, low-voltage power supply batteries, nickel-cadmium batteries,
rail-transit vehicles, static inverters and converters"
Designation: 14764-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 14764:2006, Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Maintenance
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006
Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 20, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes an iterative process for managing and
executing software maintenance activities. Use of this standard is not
restricted by size, complexity, criticality, or application of the software
product. This standard uses a process model to discuss and depict each phase
of software maintenance. The criteria established apply to both the planning
of maintenance for software while under development, as well as the planning
and execution of software maintenance activities for existing software
products. Ideally, maintenance planning should begin during the stage of
planning for software development. This International Standard provides
the framework within which generic and specific software maintenance
plans may be executed, evaluated, and tailored to the maintenance scope and
magnitude of given software products. This International Standard
provides the framework, precise terminology, and processes to allow the
consistent application of technology (tools, techniques, and methods) to
software maintenance. This International Standard provides guidance for
the maintenance of software. The basis for the Maintenance Process and
its activities comes from the definitions of ISO/IEC 12207. It defines
the activities and tasks of software maintenance, and provides maintenance
planning requirements. It does not address the operation of software and
the operational functions, e.g., backup, recovery, system administration,
which are normally performed by those who operate the software. This
International Standard is written primarily for maintainers of software and
additionally for those responsible for development and quality assurance.
It may also be used by acquirers and users of systems containing software
who may provide inputs to the maintenance plan.
Project Purpose: This International Standard provides guidance on the
management of (or how to perform) the Maintenance Process. It identifies
how the Maintenance Process can be invoked during acquisition and operation.
This lnternational Standard also emphasizes the following in the Maintenance
Process: the maintainability of software products; the need for maintenance
service models; and the need for a maintenance strategy and plan.
Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1219-1988 The process for managing and executing software maintenance activities is described.
Key Words: life cycle, maintenance, software, software maintenance
Designation: 1477-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004
Project Scope: This standard applies to external and internal audiovisual
communication of passenger information, destination/trip information, and
announcements related to safety and emergencies, as well as
advertisement/community information for rail transit vehicles. It specifies
the physical, logical, and electrical interfaces of the passenger
information system for rail transit vehicle systems and subsystems. This
includes the following equipment: passenger information signs,public address
system, passenger/crew call intercom system, internal display system, and
radio system interface with the public address system.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to establish the minimum
interface requirements for passenger information systems in order to enable
product interchangeability and component commonality.
Abstract: Rail transit vehicle passenger information system interfaces with the vehicle’s carbody, train crew, control system, power
system, and passengers are described in this standard. The physical, logical, and electrical interfaces of the passenger
information system for rail transit vehicle systems and subsystems are specified.
Key Words: "passenger information system,rail transit vehicle,trains"
Designation: P1477
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Passenger Information System for Rail Transit Vehicles
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This standard applies to external and internal audiovisual
communication of passenger information, destination/trip information, and
announcements related to safety and emergencies, as well as
advertisement/community information for rail transit vehicles. It specifies
the physical, logical, and electrical interfaces of the passenger
information system for rail transit vehicle systems and subsystems. This
includes the following equipment: passenger information signs,public address
system, passenger/crew call intercom system, internal display system, and
radio system interface with the public address system.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to establish the minimum
interface requirements for passenger information systems in order to enable
product interchangeability and component commonality.
Designation: 1478-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car
Electronic Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 18, 2001
Technical Contact: Charles P Elms, Phone:703-968-7883, Email:cpelms@leaelliott.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Jan 26, 2001, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2001
Project Scope: This standard specifies baseline environmental conditions under
which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or
survive. Special requirements anticipated for applications that have
environmental conditions outside these baseline conditions are neither
covered nor intended herein. Environmental conditions include: temperature,
humidity, atmospheric pressure, water, corrosive elements, and
vibration/shock. These conditions depend upon equipment location such as
under car, interior, truck mounted, and carbody mounted.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for
contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to
be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in
specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines
that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability.
Abstract: Baseline environmental conditions under which transit rail car electronic equipment shallboth operate and/or survive are
specified in this standard.
Key Words: atmospheric pressure,authority having jurisdiction,corrosive
elements,equipmentunder test,humidity,temperature,water,vibration.
Designation: P1478
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Environmental Conditions for Transit Rail Car Electronic
Equipment
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lowell Goudge, Email:lowell.goudge@sympatico.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies baseline environmental conditions under
which transit rail car electronic equipment shall both operate and/or
survive. Special requirements anticipated for applications that have
environmental conditions outside these baseline conditions are neither
covered nor intended herein. Environmental conditions include: temperature,
humidity, atmospheric pressure, water, corrosive elements, and
vibration/shock. These conditions depend upon equipment location such as
under car, interior, truck mounted, and carbody mounted.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a baseline for
contract specifications, design and manufacture of electronic equipment to
be supplied for transit rail cars to eliminate unnecessary variability in
specifications, allowing manufacturers to provide consistent product lines
that can meet the needs of the industry, save costs and improve reliability.
Designation: 1479
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of Photovoltaic Module Energy
Production
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes a method for determining
the energy production of terrestrial photovoltaic power generation modules
for different operating conditions. The document defines module
characterization procedures, reference days, and performance models used to
calculate energy production.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
method for evaluating photovoltaic module performance in terms of energy
production for different environmental and operating conditions.
Designation: 148
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Arthur Blaisdell
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987
Designation: 148-1959
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971
Title: IEEE Standard for Waveguide and Waveguide Component Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Key Words: waveguide, measurements, component
Designation: 1480
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Application Layer (Open System Interchange Layer 7)
Language Minimal Services and Parameters for the End-to-End Transport of
Table Information in an Automatic Meter Reading Environment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lawrence J Kotewa, Phone:773-269-4008, Email:larryk@cntenergy.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will define the minimal services and parameters
required of any application layer language used for the end-to-end transport
of table information in an automatic meter reading environment, if that
language is to be compliant with all other relevant standards issued by IEEE
SCC31. These communication services and parameters apply only to the
application layer and are independent of system topology.
Project Purpose: Current technologies are based on vendor proprietary languages
and data formats which inhibit the development of an open system and the use
of devices which are interchangeable and interoperable. In fulfilling the
need of an open system, select services and parameters for application layer
languages can be used efficiently by simple as well as complex devices in
the transport of standard data formats. Application layer languages which
comply with this standard will be capable of evolving new functionality.
Designation: 1481-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Integrated Circuit (IC) Open Library Architecture
(OLA)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1481-1999
Technical Contact: Harry J Beatty III, Phone:845-892-4212, Email:jbeatty@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 21, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of this standard focuses on delay and power
calculation for integrated circuit design with support for modeling logical
behavior and signal integrity.
Project Purpose: To improve the IEEE 1481-1999 standard system for integrated
circuit designers to more accurately and more completely analyze
semiconductor designs across EDA applications and for integrated circuit
vendors to express logical behavior, signal integrity, delay, and power
information only once per technology while enabling sufficient EDA
application accuracy.
Abstract: Ways for integrated circuit designers to analyze chip timing and power consistently across a broad set of electric design
automation (EDA) applications are covered in this standard. Methods by which integrated circuit vendors can express timing and
power information once per given technology are also covered. In addition, this standard covers means by which EDA vendors can
meet their application performance and capacity needs.
Key Words: 1481-2009, chip delay, electronic design automation (EDA),
integrated circuit (IC) design, power calculation
Designation: 1481-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Integrated Circuit (IC) Delay and Power Calculation
System
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1481-2009.
Technical Contact: Harry J Beatty III, Phone:845-892-4212, Email:jbeatty@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 14, 2000
Project Scope: Delay and power calculation for integrated circuit design.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard system for integrated circuit designers
to consistently calculate chip delay and power across Electronic Design
Automation (EDA) applications and for integrated circuit vendors to express
delay and power information only once per technology while enabling
sufficient EDA application accuracy.
Abstract: Ways for integrated circuit designers to analyze chip timing and power consistently across a broad set of electric design
automation (EDA) applications are covered in this standard. Methods by which integrated circuit vendors can express timing and
power information once per given technology are also covered. In addition, this standard covers means by which EDA vendors can
meet their application performance and capacity needs.
Key Words: "chip delay, electronic design automation (EDA), integrated circuit
design, power calculation"
Designation: 14817
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Transport information and control systems - Requirements
for an ITS/TICS central data registry and ITS/TICS data dictionaries
(ISO14817:2002)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this PAR is to adopt "Transport information and
control systems - Requirements for an ITS/TICS central data registry and
ITS/TICS data dictionaries, ISO14817:2002" as IEEE/ANSI/ISO Standard 14817-
200x.
Project Purpose: The US TAG for ISO TC204 and IEEE WG P1489/P1488 contributed
significant effort to evolve the IEEE Standard 1489-1999, "IEEE Standard for
Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems," IEEE Standard
1488-2002, "IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent
Transportation Systems," and the "IEEE ITS Data Registry Functional
Operating Procedures, 2000," into a single international standard,
ISO14817:2002. The intent is to adopt the international standard for use in
the US ITS community and as a potential replacement for the IEEE standards.
The experts in ISO TC204 agreed that a single international standard for an
ITS Data Registry would benefit the global ITS community leading to
compatible use of data concepts for developing ITS sysrtems and implementing
and operating ITS data registries. The existance of a number of different
national standards for a sector-specific data registry is not beneficial for
developers and users of ITS systems.
Designation: 1482
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Rail Vehicle Monitoring and Diagnostic Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:lsbtec@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop standards for wsystems which monitor,
collect, process and present operating status and fault information for
transit vehicles and consists. This project is limited to monitoring and
diagnostics functions and interfaces, excludes the data transmission method
(s) and is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other
vehicle systems. This standard will identify functions, parameters,
signals, systems and subsystems which should be monitored. Diagnostic
features or self-correcting options will be described. The result will be
aplicable to new or overhauled rail vehicles, categorized by type.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard specifying
monitoring and diagnostic systems. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul
of old vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine
which information to monitor, how often to sample and how long to preserve
the information, requiring a learning curve in this area for every project.
Users of this standard will include those who specify, purchase, design and
build rail passenger vehicles and their subsystems. All users will benefit
from a simplified process for integrating diagnostic information from
multiple subsystem suppliers.
Designation: 1482
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Rail Vehicle Monitoring and Diagnostic Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard is for systems which monitor, collect and process
and present operating status and fault information for transit vehicles and
consists. This standard is limited to monitoring and diagnostics functions
and interfaces, excludes the data transmission method(s) and is independent
of the hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. This
standard identifies functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems
which should be monitored. Diagnostic features or self-correcting options
are described. It is applicable to new or overhauled rail vehicles,
categorized by type.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard specifying
monitoring and diagnostic systems. Each order of new vehicles or overhaul
of old vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine
which information to monitor, what to capture, how often to sample and how
long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area
for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify,
purchase, design and build rail passenger vehicles and their subsystems.
They will all benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic
information from multiple subsystem suppliers.
Designation: 1482.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Event Recorders
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 1999
Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: This standard covers on-board deviceds/systems with crashworthy
memory which record data to support accidental incident analysis for rail
transit vehciles. this standard is limited to event recorder functions and
interrfaces, exclues the data transmission methods and is independent of the
hardware and/or software employed for other vehicle systems. this standard
identifies functions, parameters, signals, systems and subsystems which
shall be captured. Diagnostic features or self-test options are described
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard defining
event recorders for rail transit vehicles. Each order of new vehicles or
overhaul of old rail transit vehicles requires engineering effort by all
parties to determine which signals to capture, how often to sample and how
long to preserve the information, requiring a learning curve in this area
for every project. Users of this standard will include those who specify,
purchase, design and build rail transit vehicles and their subsystems. They
will all benefit from a simplified process of integrating diagnostic
information from multiple subsystem suppliers.
Abstract: " On-board devices/systems, with crashworthy memory, that record data to support acci-dent/incident analysis for rail
transit vehicles, are covered. The requirements of this standard arelimited to event recorder functions and interfaces. Data
transmission methods are excluded. Theinformation in this standard is independent of the hardware and/or software employed for
other ve-hicle systems. "
Key Words: "crashworthiness,input signal,rail transit vehicle event
recorder,rail vehicles,rapid transit,self-test"
Designation: P1482.1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Event Recorders
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David Gregson, Phone:250-656-6677, Email:dgregson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard covers on-board devices/systems, with crashworthy
memory, that record data to support accident/incident analysis for rail
transit vehicles. The requirements of this standard are limited to event
recorder functions and interrfaces, exclude the data transmission method(s),
and are independent of the hardware and/or software employed for other
vehicle systems. Functions, parameters, signals, systems, and subsystems
that shall be captured are identified. Diagnostic features and self-test
options are described.
Project Purpose: Each order of new vehicles or overhaul of existing rail
transit vehicles requires engineering effort by all parties to determine
which signals to capture, how often to sample and how long to preserve the
information. In addition, there can be varying requirements for
crashworthiness. This standard identifies a common set of requirements for
event recorders for transit systems, including some correlation to Federal
requirements for railroads. Users benefit from a simplified process of
integrating diagnostic information from multiple subsystem suppliers and
from having a common method of crashworthiness certification.
Designation: 1483-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Verification of Vital Functions in Processor-Based
Systems Used in Rail Transit Control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 05, 2000
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000
Project Scope: This document provides a set of standard verficiation tasks for
processor-based equipment used in safety critical applications on rail and
transit systems. The scope of the standard shall encompass and be limited
to processes which verify the level of safety achieved in the implementation
of safety critical functions which are required to be fail-safe. It does
not address quality assurance or validation processes which also affect the
level of overall system safety achieved.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this safety verification process standard is to
provide a well-defined and well-structured set of analysis methods and
documentation which: fulfills the primary purpose of the verification
process, is flexible enough to accomodate all viable design methods, and
satisfies the safety requirements of the end user. This standard (1)
defines a necessary and sufficient set of analyses at the conceptual,
functional, and implementation levels which comprehensively identify and
verify all functions required to be implemented as fail-safe (2) defines
responsibilities for equipment suppliers and end users.
Abstract: A set of standard verification tasks for processor-based equipment used in safety-critical applications on rail and
transit systems is covered. This standard also covers processes that verify the level of safety achieved in the implementation of
safety-critical functions that are required to be fail-safe. Quality assurance or validation processes that affect the overall
level of system safety are not covered.
Key Words: "rail, safety, safety critical, software, transit, verification,
vital"
Designation: 1484
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology for Education - Personal Learning
System (PLS) - Learner Model
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Collett, Phone:44-1234-349261, Email:mike@collett.demon.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a Learner
Model which will characterize a learner (student or knowledge worker) and
his or her knowledge/abilities. This will include elements such as
knowledge, skills, abilities, learning styles, records, and personal
information. This standard will allow these elements to be represented in
multiple levels of granularity, from a coarse overview, down to the smallest
conceivable sub-element. This standard will allow different views of the
Learner Model and will substantially address issues of privacy and security.
Project Purpose: To enable learners of any age, background, location, means, or
school/work situation to create and build a personal Learner Model, based on
a national standard, whihc they can utilize throughout their education and
work life.
Designation: 1484.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Education and Training Systems -
Architecture and Reference Model
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will specify a Reference Model/Architecture for
component-based Computer-Aided Instruction (CAI) systems, specifically
including the needs of Intelligent Learning Environment (ILE) and
Intelligent Tutoring System software applications. The standard shall (1)
define a framework within which to describe CAI system architecture(s), (2)
define a vocabulary, including a graphical notation, for describing the
architectures of component-based CAI systems, (3) define formats, protocols
and methods for information exchange among CAI system components, (4) define
required and optional external (programming) interfaces for CAI system
components, (5) define requirements, norms and conventions for CAI system
component behavior, and (6) specify external services and facilities that
CAI system components should use to establish and support information
exchange. In addition, this project expects to develop documentation and
configuration guidelines for CAI system components.
Project Purpose: Initial work on defining standards for Learner Models (P1484)
indicates that a common architecture for CAI systems should be developed in
parallel. It is clear that Learner Models are expected to function as
components of larger CAI systems. A companion architecture specification is
required that defines how other CAI system components should interact with a
Learner Model. From a broader perspective, standards for CAI system
architecture are needed to stimulate industry development of reusable CAI
software components. At present, CAI system development is hindered by high
production costs that are partly due to a widespread inability to reuse
parts of existing systems (including commercial software packages,
educational or otherwise). Component software engineering (the technique of
building complex software applications from off-the-shelf modules having
standard interfaces) promises to significantly reduce CAI system production
costs by leveraging the power of component reuse. If this approach is to
succeed over the long term, a viable CAI component marketplace must be
encouraged. As has been amply demonstrated by the personal computer
industry, the existence of architecture standards can provide the
cornerstone for such a marketplace. The architecture standards to be
developed in this effort should do for the CAI system industry what the
Object Management Group's Common Object Request Broker Architecture is doing
for the distributed object computing industry. It should establish
guidelines (required and recommended) for implementation of CAI system
components, and define system services that are to be available to all
components. Developers of systems that comply with this architecture can
expect to reap several benefits: (1) compliant CAI applications should be
easier to maintain and upgrade than today's individually hand-crafted
applications; (2) CAI application developers should be able to build new
applications reusing parts of their previously-developed compliant
applications, thus reducing their development costs; (3) compliant
applications should be able to take advantage of distributed object
computing; (4) compliant applications should be able to interoperate with
commercial software products if those products provide external interfaces;
(5) CAI application developers should be able to sell their general-purpose
system components in a component marketplace.
Abstract: Project scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education,
and training systems that describes the high-level system design and the components of these systems. This Standard covers a wide
range of systems, commonly known as learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based training, computer
assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral,
implementation-neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) provides a framework for understanding existing and future
systems, (2) promotes interoperability and portability by identifying abstract, high level system interfaces, and (3)
incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and
learning technology systems. This Standard will facilitate the development of configuration guidelines (e.g., profiles) for
general learning technology systems. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive. Project purpose: In general, the
purpose of developing system architectures is to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems, their
subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a
blueprint for designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems over time, and for the analysis and
comparison of these systems, i.e., an architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared components of
different systems at the right level of generality, an architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and
subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., abstract, high level interoperability interfaces and services
are identified. The architectural framework developed in this standard does not address the specific implementation
Key Words: 1484.1 , IEEE Std 1484.1 , 1484
Designation: 1484.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Learning Technology Systems
Architecture (LTSA)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for
information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems
that describes the high-level system design and the components of these
systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as
learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based
training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, metadata,
etc.. This Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally
neutral, implementation neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1)
Provides a framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2)
Promotes interoperability and portability by identifying critical system
interfaces, and (3) Incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at
least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning
technology systems. The standard will facilitate the development of
configuration guidelines for general learning technology systems and will
identify the objectives of human activities and computer processes and their
involved categories of knowledge. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor
exclusive.
Project Purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is
to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems,
their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more
than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blue print for
designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems
over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an
architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the
shared components of different systems at the right level of generality, an
architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and
subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., critical
interoperability interfaces and services are identified.
Designation: 1484.1-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - Learning Technology Systems
Architecture (LTSA)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009.
Technical Contact: John G Tyler, Phone:703-883-6511, Email:jtyler@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003
Project Scope: This Standard specifies a high level architecture for
information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems
that describes the high-level system design and the components of these
systems. This Standard covers a wide range of systems, commonly known as
learning technology, education and training technology, computer-based
training, computer assisted instruction, intelligent tutoring, etc.. This
Standard is pedagogically neutral, content-neutral, culturally neutral,
implementation-neutral, and platform-neutral. This Standard (1) provides a
framework for understanding existing and future systems, (2) promotes
interoperability and portability by identifying abstract, high level system
interfaces, and (3) incorporates a technical horizon (applicability) of at
least 5-10 years while remaining adaptable to new technologies and learning
technology systems. This Standard will facilitate the development of
configuration guidelines (e.g., profiles) for general learning technology
systems. This Standard is neither prescriptive nor exclusive.
Project Purpose: In general, the purpose of developing system architectures is
to create high-level frameworks for understanding certain kinds of systems,
their subsystems, and their interactions with related systems, i.e., more
than one architecture is possible. An architecture is not a blueprint for
designing a single system, but a framework for designing a range of systems
over time, and for the analysis and comparison of these systems, i.e., an
architecture is used for analysis and communication. By revealing the shared
components of different systems at the right level of generality, an
architecture promotes the design and implementation of components and
subsystems that are reusable, cost-effective and adaptable, i.e., abstract,
high level interoperability interfaces and services are identified. The
architectural framework developed in this standard does not address the
specific implementation details necessary to create learning technology
system components.
Abstract: High-level architecture for information technology-supported learning, education, and training systems that describes the
high-level system design and the components of these systems is speci ed in this standard.
Key Words: "encoding,high-level
architecture,implementation,interaction,learner,Learning Sys-tems Technology
Architecture (LTSA),system component,system notation"
Designation: 1484.10
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Computer Based Training (CBT) -
Interchange Language
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Willaim A McDonald, Phone:206-662-8485, Email:william.a.mcdonald@fsbti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: Define the major media data components of CBT courseware (such
as audio, video, animations, and graphics) b) Reference existing industry
standard data file formats for these components. These data standards would
be incorporated by reference (via standards profiles); c) Define or
recommend text-based interchange format for conveying logic, flow, and
resources, e.g., a programming language; d) Define semantics, range of
implementation-defined variations, interchange syntax, and interchange
encoding.
Project Purpose: Currently, much computer-based training (CBT) courseware
produced is not easily portable from one authoring system to anotyher. The
primary reason for this is that the content (Audio, Graphics, Video,
Composition, and Logic) are often in a format proprietary to the CBT
authoring tools used to create the CBT. The purpose of this standard is, a)
To enable developers of courseware to assure customers that the content of
their courseware is available in a format which can be interchanged with
other current and future authoring tools; b) To enable purchasers of custom
developed courseware to specify that courseware content shall be
interchangeable; c) To enable developers of courseware to acquire authoring
tools that will enable courseware content to be interchangeable; d) To
enable developers of authoring tools to develop tools that will enable
customers to develop courseware that will have content that is
interchangeable; e) To enable the creation of courseware delivery systems
that are independent of the content. This standard will facilitate the easy
interchange and reuse of CBT courseware between CBT authoring tools.
Designation: 1484.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Computer
Managed Instruction (CMI)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jackie Hyde, Phone:206-662-8484, Email:jack.hyde@fsbti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard may cover describing what is in a course; some
aspects of organizing and sequencing individual lessons in a single course;
launching or starting assignable units with course management software (CMI
software); communicating information between software managing a group of
lessons and the lessons themselves; some aspects of describing objectives in
a course and relating them to lessons and groups of lessons.; reporting
student performance information, and relating performance to objectives.
The standard will not cover curriculum design, contents of individual
lessons, behavior of a lesson or structure of a lesson, analysis of student
performance data.
Project Purpose: Today Computer Based Training (CBT) is being written by a
diverse number of parties using very diverse tools or authoring systems.
Many of the CBT lessons being developed can complement and work well with
other lessons developed in different locations with different tools by
different people. There is a need to allow these c9omplementary lessons to
be brought together and used in a single course. However, this cannot be
done without defining a standard set of CMI functions and a matching set of
CBT functions. Additionally, there are reasons for courses to be moved from
one environment to another - need to save money by purchasing a single CMI
system instead of one for each course to be administered; low cost of
administering a single CMI system instead of many. Finally, there is a need
to analyze student performance data accumulated in a lesson. The purpose of
this standard is to allow different lessons to wlrk with different CMI
systems; allow courses to move from one CMI system to another with minimal
effort; allow modification/expansion of a course by any instructor with his
preferred DMI tools; enable easier analysis of student data from different
lessons.
Designation: 1484.11.1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology--Data Model for Content Object
Communication
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 14, 2005
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange
of agreed upon data elements and their values between a learning-related
content object and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning
management. This Standard does not specify the means of communication
between a content object and an RTS nor how any component of a learning
environment shall behave in response to receiving data in the form
specified. This Standard is based on a related data model defined in the
"Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines For Interoperability,"
version 3.4, defined by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC). To
balance the need to support existing implementations with the need to make
technical corrections and support emerging practice, this Standard
selectively includes those data elements from the CMI specification that are
commonly implemented; renames some data elements taken from the CMI
specification to clarify their intended meaning; modifies the data types of
data elements taken from the CMI specification to reflect ISO standard data
types and internationalization requirements; removes some organizational
structures used in the CMI specification to group data elements that are
specific to the AICC community of practice and not generally applicable; and
introduces some data elements not present in the CMI specification to
correct known technical defects in data elements taken from that
specification.
Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the data model for
content object communication defined in the AICC "Computer Managed
Instruction (CMI) Guidelines for Interoperability", version 3.4, has broad
applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of this
standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct
defects in this data model for the data exchanged between learning-related
content and a runtime service used to support learning management.
Abstract: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange of data elements and their values between a content object
and a runtime service (RTS). It is based on a current industry practice called "computer managed instruction" (CMI). The work on
which this Standard is based was developed to support a client/server environment in which a learning technology system,
generically called a learning management system (LMS), delivers digital content, called content objects, to learners. The data
model supports learner data and preferences, interactions, objectives, content-object entry, exit, and status information, time
parameters, and scores.
Key Words: 1484.computer managed instruction (CMI), content object, data model,
interoperability, learning content, learning management system (LMS),
runtime service (RTS)
Designation: P1484.11.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology-Data Model for Content Object
Communication
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:760-468-7067, Email:tyderichards@gmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This Standard describes a data model to support the interchange
of agreed upon data elements and their values between a learning-related
content object and a runtime service (RTS) used to support learning
management. This Standard does not specify the means of communication
between a content object and an RTS nor how any component of a learning
environment shall behave in response to receiving data in the form
specified. This Standard is based on a related data model defined in
"Computer Managed Instruction (CMI) Guidelines For Interoperability,"
version 3.5 [B1], by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC).1 To balance
the need to support existing implementations with the need to make technical
corrections and support emerging practice, this Standard selectively
includes those data elements from the CMI specification that are commonly
implemented, renames some data elements taken from the CMI specification to
clarify their intended meaning, modifies the data types of data elements
taken from the CMI specification to reflect ISO standard data types and
internationalization requirements, removes some organizational structures
used in the CMI specification to group data elements that are specific to
the AICC community of practice and not generally applicable, and introduces
some data elements not present in the CMI specification to correct known
technical deficiencies in data elements taken from that specification.
Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the data model for
content object communication defined in the AICC "Computer Managed
Instruction (CMI) Guidelines for Interoperability," version 3.5 [B1], has
broad applicability to systems used for learning management. The purpose of
this Standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities in, and
correct defects in the AICC data model for the data exchanged between
learning-related content objects and an RTS used to support learning
management.
Designation: 1484.11.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Data Model for Content to Learning
Management System Communication
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard is one Part of a multipart standard that covers a
current industry practice called "CMI -- Computer Managed Instruction". This
CMI specification is based on industry work and existing practice. This Part
of the standard is Part 1: Data Model for Content to Learning Management
System Communication. This Part covers the development of a common data
model for content to Learning Management System communication to support
multiple communication bindings to the data model.
Project Purpose: The CMI specifications have been implemented and adopted in
commercial products (originally in the aviation industry). There is
widespread acknowledgement that these specifications have broad
applicability in the area of learning management systems. The purpose of
this part is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct
defects in existing specifications for a common data model for the data
exchanged between learning-related content and a learning management system.
Designation: 1484.11.1a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - Data Model for Content Object
Communication - Amendment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This Amendment corrects technical errors identified in the five
year reaffirmation ballot of the 1484.11.1-2004 and defines updates for use
in a Web service context.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to correct errors identified
in the reaffirmation ballot, update the standard for use in a Web service
context, and assist those implementing the IEEE 1484.11.1-2004 standard.
Designation: 1484.11.2-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology - ECMAScript Application
Programming Interface for Content to Runtime Services Communication
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 04, 2004
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: This Standard describes an ECMAScript application-programming
interface (API) for content-to-runtime-services communication. This Standard
is based on an API defined in the "CMI Guidelines For Interoperability,"
version 3.4, defined by the Aviation Industry CBT Committee (AICC). It
defines common API services in the ECMAScript language that enable the
communication of information between learning-related content and a runtime
service (RTS) used to support learning management. This Standard does not
address the data structures that may be transmitted, data security, or
communication between an RTS and related management systems.
Project Purpose: There is widespread acknowledgement that the ECMAScript API
for content-to-runtime-services communication defined in the AICC "CMI
Guidelines for Interoperability", version 3.4, has broad applicability to
systems used for learning management. The purpose of this Standard is to
build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct defects in this
ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and
a runtime service used to support learning management.
Abstract: An ECMAScript application programming interface (API) for content-to-runtime-services communication is described in this
standard. It is based on a current industry practice called CMI--computer managed instruction. This API enables the communication
of information between content and a runtime service (RTS) typically provided by a learning management system (LMS) via common
API services using the ECMAScript language. The purpose of this standard is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and
correct defects in existing specifications for an ECMAScript API for exchanging data between learning-related content and an LMS.
Keyword: IEEE Std 1484.11.2-2003 , 1484.11.2 , application programming interface , API , computer managed instruction , content
object , ECMAScript , ECMAScript API , learning content , learning management system , LMS , runtime service , RTS
Key Words: "application programming interface,API,computer managed
instruction,contentobject,ECMAScript,ECMAScript API,learning
content,learning management system,LMS,runt-ime service,RTS."
Designation: 1484.11.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime
Services Communication
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard is one Part of a multipart standard that covers a
current industry practice called "CMI -- Computer Managed Instruction". This
CMI specification is based on industry work and existing practice. This Part
of the standard is Part 2: ECMAScript API for Content to Runtime Services
Communication. This Part covers the development of the ECMAScript API for
Content to Runtime Services Communication. This Part is harmonized with the
existing AICC CMI specification and the ADL SCORM (Sharable Content Object
Reference Model) specification. This API enables the communication of
information between content and Learning Management System (LMS) via common
API services using the ECMAScript language.
Project Purpose: The CMI specifications have been implemented and adopted in
commercial products (originally in the aviation industry). There is
widespread acknowledgement that these specifications have broad
applicability in the area of learning management systems. The purpose of
this Part is to build consensus around, resolve ambiguities, and correct
defects in existing specifications for an ECMAScript API for exchanging data
between learning-related content and a learning management system.
Designation: 1484.11.3-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology Extensible Markup Language (XML)
Schema Binding for Data Model for Content Object Communication
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Kerry Blinco, Phone:+61 419 787 992, Email:kblinco@powerup.com.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: This Standard specifies a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)
Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema binding of the data model defined
in IEEE Std 1484.11.1TM-2004.1 An implementation that conforms to this
Standard shall conform to IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of IEEE
Std 1484.11.1-2004 data-model instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C
XML Schema definition language to specify the encoding of these datamodel
instances (see XML Schema Parts 1 and 2), which allows for interoperability
and the exchange of data-model instances between various systems.
Abstract: This Standard specifies a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) binding of the data model
defined in IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004. The purpose of this Standard is to allow for the creation of IEEE Standard 1484.11.1-2004
data-model instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language as the encoding, which allows for
interoperability and the exchange of data-model instances between various systems.
Key Words: content object, Content Object Communication Data Model, Extensible
Markup Language (XML), IEEE Std 1484.11.1-2004, W3C XML Schema definition
language, XML, XML binding, XML data instance, XML Schema definition
Designation: 1484.12
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Learning
Objects Metadata
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of Learning
Object Metadata, defined as the attributes required to fully/adequately
describe a Learning Object. The Learning Object Metadata standards will
focus on the minimal set of attributes needed to allow these Learnign
Objects to be managed, located, and evaluated. The standrd will suppport
security, privacy, commerce, and evaluation, but only to the extent that
metadata fields will be provided for specifying descriptive tokens related
to these areas, the standard will not concern itself with how these features
are implemented.
Project Purpose: To enable learners or instructors to search, evaluate,
acquire, and utilize Learning Objects; to enable the sharing and exchange of
Learning Objects across any technology supported learning systems; to enable
the development of learning objects in units that can be combined and
decomposed in meaningful ways; to enable computer agents to automatically
and dynamically compose personalized lessons for an individual learner; to
compliment the direct work on standards that are focused on enabling
multiple Learning Objects to work together within an open distributed
learning environment; to enable, where desired, the documentation and
recognition of the completion of existing or new learning and performance
objectives associated with Learning Objects; to enable a strong and growing
economy for Learning Objects that supports and sustains all forms of
distribution; non-profit, not-for-profit and for profit; to enable
education, training and learning organizations, both government, public and
private, to express educational content and performance standards in a
standardized format that is independent of the content itself; to provide
researchers with standrds that support the collection and sharing of
comparable data concerning the applicability and effectiveness of Learning
Objects; to define a standard that is simple yet extensible to multiple
domains and jurisdictions so as to be most easily and broadly adopted and
applied; to support necessary security and authentication for the
distribution and use of Learning Objects.
Designation: 1484.12.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 06, 2002
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 2009
Project Scope: This Standard is a multi-part standard that specifies Learning
Object Metadata. This Part specifies a conceptual data schema that defines
the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object. For this
Standard, a learning object is defined as any entity--digital or non-
digital-- that may be used for learning, education or training. For this
Standard, a metadata instance for a learning object describes relevant
characteristics of the learning object to which it applies. Such
characteristics may be grouped in general, life cycle, meta-metadata,
educational, technical, educational, rights, relation, annotation, and
classification categories. The conceptual data schema specified in this
part permits linguistic diversity of both learning objects and the metadata
instances that describe them. This conceptual data schema specifies the
data elements which compose a metadata instance for a learning object.
This Part is intended to be referenced by other standards that define the
implementation descriptions of the data schema so that a metadata instance
for a learning object can be used by a learning technology system to manage,
locate, evaluate or exchange learning objects. This Part of this Standard
does not define how a learning technology system represents or uses a
metadata instance for a learning object.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this multi-part Standard is to facilitate
search, evaluation, acquisition, and use of learning objects, for instance
by learners or instructors or automated software processes. This multi-part
Standard also facilitates the sharing and exchange of learning objects, by
enabling the development of catalogs and inventories while taking into
account the diversity of cultural and lingual contexts in which the learning
objects and their metadata are reused. By specifying a common conceptual
data schema, this Part of this Standard ensures that bindings of Learning
Object Metadata have a high degree of semantic interoperability. As a
result, transformations between bindings will be straightforward. This
Part of this Standard specifies a base schema, which may be extended as
practice develops. e.g., facilitating automatic, adaptive scheduling of
learning objects by software agents.
Abstract: A conceptual data schema that defines the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object is specified in this
standard.
Key Words: "category,datatype,extended data element,LangString,learning
object,learning objectmetadata (LOM),smallest permitted maximum,value space"
Designation: 1484.12.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Object Metadata
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard specifies a conceptual data schema that defines
the structure of a metadata instance for a learning object. For this
standard, a learning object is defined as any entity, digital or non-
digital, that may be used for learning, education or training. For this
standard, a metadata instance for a learning object describes relevant
characteristics of the learning object to which it applies. Such
characteristics can be regrouped in general, educational, technical and
classification categories. The conceptual data schema specified in this
standard will allow for linguistic diversity of both learning objects and
the metadata instances that describe them. The conceptual data schema
defined in this standard specifies the data elements of which a metadata
instance for a learning object is composed. This standard will be
referenced by other standards that will define the implementation
descriptions of the data schema so that a metadata instance for a learning
object can be used by a learning technology system to manage, locate,
evaluate or exchange learning objects. This standard does not define how a
learning technology system will represent or use a metadata instance for a
learning object.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate search,
evaluation, acquisition, and use of learning objects, for instance by
learners or instructors. The purpose is also to facilitate the sharing and
exchange of learning objects, by enabling the development of catalogs and
inventories while taking into account the diversity of cultural and lingual
contexts in which the learning objects and their metadata will be exploited.
By specifying a common conceptual data schema, bindings of Learning Object
Metadata will have a high degree of semantic interoperability. As a result,
transformations between bindings will be straightforward. The intent of
this standard is to specify a base schema, which can be used to build on as
practice develops, for instance in order to facilitate automatic, adaptive
scheduling of learning objects by software agents.
Designation: 1484.12.1-2002/Cor 1-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata - Corrigendum 1: Corrigenda
for 1484.12.1 LOM (Learning Object Metadata)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 2011
**Corrigendum to IEEE Std 1484.12.1-2002
Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Abstract: This corrigendum clarifies and corrects technical errors, editorial errors, and omissions in IEEE Std 1484.12.1-2002.
Key Words: IEEE 1484.12.1, learning object, learning object metadata (LOM),
metadata, reuse
Designation: 1484.12.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 11404 binding for Learning Object Metadata data
model
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard specifies an ISO/IEC 11404:1996 (Language
Independent Datatypes) binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An
implementation that conforms to 1484.12.2 must conform to 1484.12.1
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide precise data model
semantics, as permitted by the 11404 notation. The 11404 notation may be
useful for bindings to programming languages and other systems.
Designation: 1484.12.3-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Definition
Language Binding for Learning Object Metadata
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2005
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: May 10, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 17, 2005
Project Scope: ORIGINAL Scope: This Standard specifies an eXtensible Markup
Language (XML) binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model
defined in IEEE 1484.12.1-2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata. An
implementation that conforms with this Standard shall conform to IEEE
1484.12.1-2002. ============================================== REVISED
Scope: This Standard defines World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible
Markup Language (XML) structure and constraints on the contents of XML 1.1
documents that can be used to represent learning object metadata (LOM)
instances as defined in IEEE 1484.12.1-2002, Standard for Learning Object
Metadata. This Standard defines the structure and constraints of the XML 1.1
documents in W3C XML Schema definition language. An implementation that
conforms to this Standard shall conform to IEEE 1484.12.1-2002.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of
interoperable LOM instances in XML. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema
definition language as the encoding. This allows for interoperability and
the exchange of LOM XML instances between various systems.
Abstract: This Standard defines a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema definition language
binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1-2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata.
The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of LOM instances in XML. This allows for interoperability and the exchange
of LOM XML instances between various systems. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to define the syntax and
semantics of the XML encodings.
Key Words: 1484.12.1-2002, Extensible Markup Language, learning object
metadata, LOM, LOM XML instance, LOM XML Schema binding, metadata, W3C XML
Schema definition language, XML, XML Schema definition, XSD
Designation: 1484.12.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for XML binding for Learning Object Metadata data model
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard specifies an XML binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1
data model. An implementation that conforms to 1484.12.3 must conform to
1484.12.1.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the XML binding to
enable the exchange of LOM instances between conforming systems that
implement the 1484.12.1 data model.
Abstract: This Standard defines a World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema definition language
binding of the learning object metadata (LOM) data model defined in IEEE 1484.12.1–2002 Standard for Learning Object Metadata.
The purpose of this Standard is to allow the creation of LOM instances in XML. This allows for interoperability and the exchange
of LOM XML instances between various systems. This Standard uses the W3C XML Schema definition language to define the syntax and
semantics of the XML encodings.
Key Words: 1484.12.1–2002, Extensible Markup Language, learning object
metadata, LOM, LOM XML instance, LOM XML Schema binding, metadata, W3C XML
Schema definition language, XML, XML Schema definition, XSD
Designation: P1484.12.3-2005/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Extensible Markup Language (XML) Schema Definition Language
Binding for Learning Object Metadata - Corrigendum 1: Corrigendum to reflect
the Learning Object Metadata corrigendum (P1484.12.1-2002-Cor_1)
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This corrigendum reflects the corrigendum made to the Learning
Object Metadata standard in P1484.12.1-2002-Cor_1.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to make the corresponding corrigendum to
1484.12.3-2005 for the XML schema definition of P1484.12.1-2002.
Designation: P1484.12.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Recommended Practice for Expressing IEEE Learning Object Metadata
Instances Using the Dublin Core Abstract Model
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes how to construct IEEE
Standard for Learning Object Metadata (LOM) (IEEE Std 1484-12.1-2002)
instances using the Dublin Core Abstract Model (DCAM). It describes how to
use the definitions of metadata terms defined by the IEEE Standard for
Resource Description Framework (RDF) Vocabulary for IEEE Learning Object
Metadata (LOM) Data Elements (IEEE Std 1484.12.x-200x) together with DCMI
metadata terms for expressing IEEE LOM conforming instances as DCAM
description sets. This Recommended Practice does not address the issue of
expressing DCAM description sets or DCMI metadata terms using LOM data
elements.
Project Purpose: There is an increasing demand for interoperable definitions of
Dublin Core Metadata Initiative (DCMI) metadata terms and IEEE Learning
Object Metadata (LOM) data elements which allow these to be used together in
metadata instances. This Recommended Practice addresses this requirement by
describing how to use the definitions of metadata terms defined by the IEEE
Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) Vocabulary for IEEE
Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Data Elements (IEEE Std 1484.12.x-200x)
and DCMI metadata terms together in Dublin Core metadata instances. This
represents a partial and short-term solution to the overall issue of
metadata interoperability in learning, education, and training contexts. The
Recommended Practice also aims to inform the longer-term process of trying
to align the abstract models of IEEE LOM and DCAM, as it will provide an
analysis of fundamental incompatibilities between the two models.
Designation: 1484.12.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) binding for Learning
Object Metadata data model
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wayne Hodgins, Phone:415-507-5759, Email:wayne.hodgins@autodesk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002
Project Scope: This standard specifies a W3C RDF (Resource Description
Framework) binding of the IEEE 1484.12.1 data model. An implementation that
conforms to 1484.12.4 must conform to 1484.12.1
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the RDF binding to
enable the exchange of LOM instances between conforming systems that
implement the 1484.12.1 data model.
Designation: P1484.12.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Resource Description Framework (RDF) Vocabulary for IEEE
Learning Object Metadata (LOM) Data Elements
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This Standard defines a Resource Description Framework (RDF)
vocabulary to express the semantics of data elements of the LOMv1.0 base
schema of IEEE Standard for Learning Object Metadata (LOM) (IEEE Std 1484-
12.1-2002). The Standard makes use of modeling primitives from the RDF
Vocabulary Description Language (RDF Schema) and the Dublin Core Abstract
Model (DCAM). The Standard includes the specification of RDF terms,
including properties, classes, vocabularies, syntax encoding schemes and
vocabulary encoding schemes, covering the semantics of data elements defined
in IEEE LOM. The Standard includes the specification of URIs to use to
identify the terms. The Standard does not define new terms for data elements
that can be appropriately expressed using sufficiently stable, existing RDF
vocabularies (notably Dublin Core). This Standard does not address the
construction of conforming IEEE LOM instances using RDF technology.
Project Purpose: There is an increasing demand for definitions of IEEE Learning
Object Metadata (LOM) data element semantics which allow the expression of
IEEE LOM instances in applications using Semantic Web technologies such as
the Resource Description Framework (RDF). For some data elements, this
expression can be achieved using existing, stable RDF vocabularies. The
purpose of this Standard is to define the semantics of data elements not
covered by such vocabularies. This Standard forms an important basis for
making IEEE LOM useful in this larger metadata context.
Designation: 1484.13
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Student
Identifier
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax, semantics, encoding,
registration, resolution, and authentication of unique student identifiers.
A student identifier is a name, e.g., a login name, that is associated with
a student. These identifiers will be simple enough for students (even as
young as grade school) to memorize, and for non-technical organizations
(such as schools) to issue. No other standard system of unique identifiers
meets these requirements.
Project Purpose: To enable students to use identifiers for sign-on and record
keeping. Many students have special needs. To enab le students to easily
obtain and remember their student identifiers. To enable students to
maintain appropriate control over records stored in multiple places and
under the control of multiple organizations. To enable parents, teachers,
schools and other organizations to easily issue unique sudent identifiers to
their students or members. To enable students to manage their own records,
use a records management service, or allow the multiple sources of those
records to manage them. To enable recordkeeping organizations to follow
common methods. To enable schools and vendors to offer learning services
through distributed managmenet systems and distributed student databases.
To enable learning systems to gain quick access to student preferences and
profiles, such as learning style, physical capabilities, cognitive
capabilities, cultural dependencies.
Designation: P1484.13.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Conceptual Model for Resource
Aggregation for Learning, Education, and Training
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009
Project Scope: This Standard defines a conceptual model for interpreting
externalized representations of digital aggregations of resources for
learning, education, and training. The conceptual model defines a set of
concepts and the relationships among them and is expressed as a formal
ontology. Internal compositions and uses of digital resources are not
specified nor are processing methods for resource aggregations.
Project Purpose: Currently, resource aggregations used in learning, education,
and training are defined in a variety of standards and specifications. The
conceptual model defined in this Standard facilitates interoperability by
providing an ontology that can be used to represent a variety of resource
aggregation formats. Interoperability may be achieved by the creation of
crosswalks among the various aggregation standards and specifications. In
addition, this Standard may serve as a common reference for the development
and evolution of standards and specifications for resource aggregations and
may assist the development of profiles that maximize interoperability
between the various aggregation formats.
Designation: 1484.13.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Reference Model for Resource
Aggregation for Learning, Education and Training
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kerry Blinco, Phone:+61 419 787 992, Email:kblinco@powerup.com.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This Standard defines a reference model that includes a
nomenclature and a conceptual model for digital aggregates of resources for
learning, education, and training applications. This Standard facilitates
interoperability by enabling the interpretation of externalized
representations of resource aggregates and their properties. Particular
internal compositions and behaviors of resources are not specified nor are
any particular means or methods for processing resource aggregates.
Project Purpose: Currently, resource aggregates used in learning, education,
and training applications are represented in a variety of formats and are
defined in a variety of specifications. Examining the commonalities and
differences among different representations of resource aggregates reveals
that these formats and specifications sometimes lack a documented
nomenclature and underlying conceptual model. Without a common nomenclature
and conceptual model to inform the interpretation of these formats and
specifications, it is difficult to create applications that can
interoperate. This Standard facilitates interoperability by providing a
nomenclature and conceptual model that can be used to represent a variety of
resource aggregation formats and specifications. Interoperability may be
achieved by facilitating the creation of crosswalks among the various
aggregation formats and specifications and by enabling the development and
evolution of standards and specifications.
Designation: P1484.13.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - Metadata Encoding and
Transmission Standard (METS) Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource
Aggregation
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and
attributes defined in the Metadata Encoding and Transmission Standard (METS)
relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation
defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1.
Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used
with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve
interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE
Std 1484.13.1.
Designation: P1484.13.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - ISO 21000-2:2005
Information Technology -- Multimedia Framework (MPEG-21) -- Part 2: Digital
Item Declaration Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies the how the elements and
attributes defined in ISO 21000-2:2005 Multimedia Framework (MPEG-21) --
Part 2: Digital Item Declaration (MPEG21 DID) relate to the components of
the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1.
Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used
with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve
interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE
Std 1484.13.1.
Designation: P1484.13.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - IMS Content Packaging
Information Model (CP) Version 1.2 - Mapping to the Conceptual Model for
Resource Aggregation
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and
attributes defined in the IMS Content Packaging Information Model (CP)
Version 1.2 relate to the components of the conceptual model for resource
aggregation defined in IEEE Std 1484.13.1.
Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used
with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve
interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE
Std 1484.13.1.
Designation: P1484.13.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - IETF RFC 4287 - Atom
Syndication Format - Mapping to the Conceptual Model for Resource
Aggregation
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies how the elements and
attributes defined in Atom Syndication Format (Atom) relate to the
components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE
Std 1484.13.1.
Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used
with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve
interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE
Std 1484.13.1.
Designation: P1484.13.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Recommended Practice for Learning Technology - Open Archives Initiative
Object Reuse and Exchange Abstract Model (OAI-ORE) - Mapping to the
Conceptual Model for Resource Aggregation
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: 5.2 Scope of Proposed Standard: This Recommended Practice
specifies how the elements and attributes defined in the Open Archives
Initiative Object Reuse and Exchange (OAI-ORE) Abstract Model and expressed
in the OAI-ORE Resource Map Implementation in RDF/XML relate to the
components of the conceptual model for resource aggregation defined in IEEE
Std 1484.13.1.
Project Purpose: The mapping specified in this Recommended Practice may be used
with the mappings of other resource aggregation formats to achieve
interoperability among the formats via the conceptual model defined in IEEE
Std 1484.13.1.
Designation: 1484.14
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Semantics
and Exchange Bindings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tyde Richards, Phone:750-451-0324, Email:trichards@eduworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will define a semantic framework so that semantic
elements defined in one conforming standard can be directly integrated into
another conforming standard. Possible examples of semantic elements are
data elements, abstract data types, and organizational categories. Common
semantic elements will be determined by referencing the requirements of
other LTSC working groups. The standard will also define related, common
conventions for syntax and protocol bindings needed for information
exchange.
Project Purpose: Enable semantic integration across Learnign Technology
standards and encouragere-use of common semantic elements. Enable a common
approach to syntax and protocol bindings across multiple Learning Technology
standards. Enable interoperability between applications by defining common
conventions for the syntax and protocol bindings used to exchange
information. Enable the practical adoption of XML as a data exchange format
by defining common encoding conventions. Enable a migration path between
legacy and emerging data exchange formats on the basis of a common
semantics.
Designation: 1484.14.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Data Extension Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:bruce_e_peoples@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: This Guide describes extension techniques that are commonly used
when standardizing data models and their bindings in learning technology and
related IT applications. In this context, "extension" refers to capabilities
beyond those described in a standard. These techniques are general across
many application areas.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide guidance for
developers of standards and specifications of data models and their bindings
regarding commonly used techniques that support competing technical and
business interests among users, vendors, and industry. These techniques
include interoperability issues that arise when user, vendor, institution,
industry, etc., extensions are incorporated into data models and their
bindings. The interoperability issues focus on the successful interaction
among two or more implementations of a standard and the automation, to the
level desired, of these interactions. Examples include several levels of
interoperability: Scenario #1: An implementation interoperates only among
strictly conforming implementations. Example: The implementation might only
include the features of a standard, but no extensions or proprietary
features are used. Scenario #2: An implementation interoperates with other
implementations from the same vendor, user, or institution. Scenario #3:
An implementation interoperates with a wide variety of user-specific,
vendor-specific, institution-specific, and/or industry-specific extensions.
It is expected that this Guide will be used in connection with the
consensus-building process itself for emerging standards and specifications.
The use of extensions and their later standardization is a common migration
path for new technologies merging into the mainstream.
Designation: 1484.14.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Rule-Based XML Binding Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:bruce_e_peoples@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: This Guide describes techniques for XML coding bindings for data
models in learning technology and related IT applications based on a defined
set of rules. The content of this Guide may be incorporated into standards
and specifications to support rule-based XML bindings.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide common wording for
differing types of XML bindings where rule-based XML binding approaches are
possible. The Guide describes a rule-based approach that can be adopted by
multiple standards and specifications.
Designation: 1484.14.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Guide for Learning Technology - Rule-Based Dotted Name-Value Pair (DNVP)
Binding Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bruce E Peoples, Phone:703-295-2164, Email:bruce_e_peoples@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: This Guide describes techniques for dotted name-value pair
bindings for data models in learning technology and related IT applications
based on a determined set of rules. The content of this Guide may be
incorporated into standards and specifications to support rule-based dotted
name-value pair bindings.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide common wording for
commonly used bindings. The Guide describes a rule-based approach that can
be adopted by many standards and specifications. [Note: The following
summary is provided for the reader who might not be familiar with this kind
of notation.] A name-value pair is common information coding technique, for
example: [Name] [Value] priority: high. A dotted name may be used to
represent more complex naming and information structures, such as: [Name]
[Value] preferences.mail.priority: high
Designation: 1484.15
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Data
Interchange Protocols
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul Siegel, Phone:212-486-4700, Email:siegel@farance.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard will provide a common lightweight protocol for
exchanging data among clients, servers, and peers. The standard addresses
data exchange at a finer granularity than HTTP and is intended to perform
better in a wide range of network infrastructures, qualities of service,
distributed systems, nomadic semantics that can easily be implemented in
networking applications and can easily be bound to APIs
Project Purpose: A good number of protocols exist for exchanging data, such as
FTP, HTTP, CORBA. However, these protocols don't perform well (e.g. HTTP is
not good for fine grain data), they don't have enough semantics (e.g. FTP
cannot get/put address attributes, properties, or metadata), or they are
difficult to interface to (e.g. CORBA cannot be conveniently accessed in
Perl or Tcl). A lightweight protocol that was easily implementable and
addressed the needs of learning technology would have wide acceptance and
integration within many applications because protocols are one of the key
elements to portable, interoperable distributed (distance) learning systems.
Designation: 1484.16
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - HTTP
Bindings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steve Griffin, Phone:919-623-4572, Email:sgriffin@eduprise.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard will provide common bindings to http for learning
technology services. The standard will specify common URL suffixes (e.g.
"cgi-bin" paths), http commands, and/or http Post body contents that will
correspond to common learning technology services available through web
servers. The standard will include the semantic description, syntax and
encodings (in the case of post body contents), and interface definition to
these services, and extension mechanisms to support future growth.
Project Purpose: Web browsers and servers are commonly available, thus, the
desire the leverage existing infrastructure. A common standard would allow
the developers of learning content, management systems, learner profile
systems, metadata systems, and supporting services to access services via a
common web-based interface.
Designation: 1484.17
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Content
Packaging
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Neal Nored, Phone:404-238-5466, Email:nnored@blackboard.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard will describe the packaging of learning content.
Learning content, typically, is a collection of components that are copied,
transmitted, purchased, executed, and used as a single unit. Units may be
combined to make larger units. This standard will describe the format,
coding, encoding, environment, attributes, and interactions of this content.
This standard will not describe protable content, but will describe a
portable method for packaging content.
Project Purpose: The nature of web-based learning, internet delivery,
intellectual proterty rights, and electronic commerce motivate the need for
a single unit of transmission for these learning systems. A single unit
would allow, for example, a simple click of a URL in a browser to activate
learning content. This packaging format would allow the compilation of not
only media components (text, graphics, audio, video), but would support the
common packaging of metadata, attributes, and supporting materials - all
within a single transmission unit. Higher quality would be possible because
the user or system is no longer responsible for piecing the components
together - the common packaging format would eliminate mistakes and would
increase interoperability.
Designation: 1484.18
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Platform And
Media Profiles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Frank Farance, Phone:212-486-4700, Email:frank@farance.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard profile will identify existing standards and
specifications of learning technology platforms and their content. Several
standards profiles will be developed for several operating scenarios, such
as "browser platform", "workstation platform", "web media types". The
standard profile will not specify the technical details, but limitations and
enhancements to these standards and specifications. It is expected that
these profiles will be updated and amended often enough to track current
technology.
Project Purpose: Many systems require compatibility for common suite of
features such as browsers, operating systems, and content. A standard
profile would specify functionality (e.g. Java 1.1, JPEF, GIF-89, C95...)
rather than implementations (e.g. Netscape 4.0, Windows 95, Adobe PDF plug-
in). A specification based on functionality allows consumers and vendors a
wider range of implementations that are conforming. Since many standards
and specifications may be implied by compatibility, a standard profile would
allow consumers and vendors to point to a single document that references
the collection of features.
Designation: 1484.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Learner Model
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Collett, Phone:44-1234-349261, Email:mike@collett.demon.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a
'Learner Model' which will characterize a learner and his or her
knowledge/abilities. This will include elements such as knowledge, skills,
abilities, learning styles, records, and personal information. This
standard will allow these elements to be represented in multiple levels of
granularity, from a coarse overview, down to the smallest conceivable sub-
element. The standard will allow different views of the Learner Model.
Project Purpose: To enable learners of any age, background, location, means, or
school/work situation to create and build a personal Learner Model, based on
a national standard, which they can utilize throughout their education and
work life.
Designation: 1484.20
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Competency
Definitions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:claude@ostyn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard shall specify the mandatory and optional data
elements that constitute a Competency Definition as used in a Learning
Management System, or referenced in a Competency Profile. The proposed
approach is to use a general definition that can be semantically "tightened"
or "loosened" in the data itself, while conserving the same data model
regardless of how strictly a particular organization or institution requires
the data to be formulated.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a universally
acceptable Competency Definition model to allow the creation, exchange and
reuse of Competency Definition in applications such as Learning Management
Systems, Competency or Skill Gap Analysis, Learner and other Competency
profiles, etc. The standard is needed because there are currently many
definitions of the terms "Learning Objective", "Competency" and "Skill", and
very little agreement between how those definitions can be used to define
reusable data models. This standard also addresses the following needs: a.
Enable industry or domain organizations to clearly define and register
competencies. b. Allow curriculum developers, trainers and managers to use a
common data model to build various competency models, hierarchies and maps
c. Enable providers of courses or learning objects to specify prerequisites
by referencing existing competency definitions. d. Enable employers to
search for and select predefined competencies rather than defining them
themselves. e. Enable learners to easily search and find those competencies
required by employers, schools, courses, or learning objects. f. Enable
developers and managers of training, as well as managers of educational
records, to develop databases of persistent, long lived Competency
Definitions and certification records that can be created, exchanged among
systems, and maintained. g. Enable competency definition users to deal with
obsolete or superseded competency definitions in a predictable manner. h.
Enable competency record keepers or users to identify the source of the
Competency Definition, validation information, and other meta information
useful to locate an objective in a repository or collection. i. Enable users
of the Learning Objects Metadata Standard developed by a parallel group to
integrate competency definition references in Learning Object Metadata.
Designation: 1484.20.1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Learning Technology-Data Model for Reusable Competency
Definitions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 25, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:claude@ostyn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2008
Project Scope: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing,
and sharing competency definitions, primarily in the context of online
and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent
formally the key characteristics of a competency, independently of its use
in any particular context. It enables interoperability among learning
systems that deal with competency information by providing a means for
them to refer to common definitions with common meanings. This Standard
enables information about competencies to be encoded and shared. This
Standard does not define whether a competency is a skill, knowledge,
ability, attitude, or learning outcome, but it can be used to capture
information about any of these. Policies regarding reusable competency
definitions (RCDs), such as the best practice to look for an existing
definition to reuse instead of inventing a new one for the same purpose,
are outside of the scope of this Standard.
Project Purpose: This Standard is based on the existing IMS Global Learning
Consortium (IMS) specification entitled IMS Reusable Definition of
Competency or Educational Objective (RDCEO) [B4].1 Implementations that
conform to the IMS specification will conform to this Standard.
Abstract: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing, and sharing competency definitions, primarily in the
context of online and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally the key characteristics of a
competency, independently of its use in any particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that deal
with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to common definitions with common meanings.
Key Words: 1484.2.1-2007, competency, competency definition, reusable
competency definition
Designation: 1484.20.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Learning Technology - Standard for Reusable Competency
Definitions
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Claude Ostyn, Phone:425-869-8586, Email:claude@ostyn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This Standard defines a data model for describing, referencing,
and exchanging competency definitions, primarily in the context of online
and distributed learning. This Standard provides a way to represent formally
the key characteristics of a competency, independent of its use in any
particular context. It enables interoperability among learning systems that
deal with competency information by providing a means for them to refer to
common definitions with common meanings. This standard enables information
about competencies to be encoded and exchanged. It does not define whether a
competency is a skill, knowledge, ability, attitude or learning outcome but
can be used to capture information about any of these.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to publish an IEEE standard
based on the existing IMS Global Learning Consortium specification for
Reusable Definition of Competency or Educational Objective (RDCEO). This
standard is to be defined in such a way that implementations that conform to
the IMS specification will be conformant to this Standard.
Designation: 1484.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Glossary
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will list and define the terms used in the other
standards being developed by the IEEE Computer Society Learning Technology
Standards Committee. The first version of this document will not be a
comprehensive glossary for the field of Learning Technology, but it is
intended that later versions will be. To the extent possible, additional
related terms will be included to round out or support the other terms.
Project Purpose: To enable the editors of IEEE Computer Society Learning
Technology Standards Comm. working groups to use defined and consistent
terminology in drafting their standards. To enable users of LTSC standards
to understand the meaning of terms used in these documents. To enable
others in the field of Learning Technology to understand and use standard
terminology.
Designation: 1484.4-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: IEEE Trial Use Recommended Practice for Digital Rights Expression
Languages (DRELs) Suitable for eLearning Technologies
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 14, 2007
Technical Contact: Magda Mourad, Phone:+1-914-433-7240, Email:magdam@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice identifies digital rights (DR)
requirements for eLearning technologies. These requirements should be
aligned with the most widely known standards-based specifications for
Digital Rights Expression Language (DREL) that are being adopted or
developed by international, regional, national, and private organizations
and consortia.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice facilitates the creation,
management, and delivery of digital content for eLearning by technology
that implements DRELs. This recommended practice should determine what, if
any, extensions are needed so that these DRELs can meet the identified
requirements.
Abstract: This recommended practice facilitates the creation, management and delivery of digital content for eLearning by technology
that implements digital rights expression languages. The recommended practice determines what, if any, extensions are needed so
that these DREL can meet the identified requirements
Key Words: Digital Rights Expression Language, DREL, MPEG-21, Open Digital
Rights Access, Open eBook Forum, ODRL, Rights Expression Language, REL
Designation: 1484.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Task Model
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: Theis standard will specify the syntax and semantics of a 'Task
Model' which will characterize all static aspects of a given project,
including task description, member prerequisites, member roles, schedule,
resources, learning objectives, deliverables, and assessment.
Project Purpose: To enable employers to provide guidance to students regarding
requirements for future employment. To enable students to structure their
learning based on employer requirements. To enable students/workers to
search, evaluate, and apply for desirable projects or jobs. To enable
employers to search, evaluate, recruit, select, and orient desirable
students/workers. To facilitate and reduce the cost of matching students
with intern assignments. To enable teachers to structure tasks in the same
format as intern assignments.
Designation: 1484.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Session
Management
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will specify a specification language and
environment for managing sessions in learning technology systems, e.g.,
computer-aided instruction, intelligent learning environments, intelligent
tutoring systems. The standard will (1) define the specification language,
(2) define the control transfer mechanisms and their encodings, (3) define
the data transfer mechanisms and their encodings, (4) define an encoding
method for storing and transferring session management "programs".
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common mechanism
for exchanging and developing information among the users, proctors, and
developers of courseware for individualized instruction.
Designation: 1484.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Tool/Agent
Communication
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Randy Saunders, Phone:4437783861, Email:r.saunders@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard applies to educational systems consisting of one
or more user tools and one or more instructional agents. The standard is
intended to address ways that currently-existing tools can be made to comply
with the standard as well as ways that newly-developed tools can be
developed to take advantage of the standard.
Project Purpose: To establish a protocol to govern interaction between software
tools and instructional agents.
Designation: 1484.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Systems - Task Ontology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will specify a task ontology for computer-based
intelligent learning support systems such as Intelligent Tutoring Systems
(ITS) and Intelligent/Interactive Learning Environment (ILE).
Project Purpose: This is a companion standard to the Dictionary project and
also gains mutual benefits among other projects such as Reference
Model/Architecture, Standard for Communication between tools and
instructional agents, session management, and Advanced Technology Learning
Systems Authoring Tools projects.
Designation: 1484.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Learning Technology
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Learning Technology - Localisation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Erik Duval, Phone:32-16.32.70.66, Email:erik.duval@cs.kuleuven.ac.be
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard will deal with localisation issues for learning
technologies. This includes facilitating human language translations (for
instance of learning documents or learning object metadata vocabularies), as
well as more technical issues (for instance character sets and encodings).
Explcitly within scope are locale API issues and technical issues that
facilitate support for multicultural communities (for instance descriptions
of icon representations or user interface metaphorsso that these can be
adapted to local needs.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to support the global applicability and
understanding of learning technology, so that its appropriate uptake is
promoted. The final end users, i.e. the learners, will benefit from this
work, as they will be confronted with less inappropriately biased materials.
This is especially relevant in the culturally extremely sensitive area of
education.
Designation: 1485
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for Micro-Electronic MOSFET
Circuit Simulator Model Validation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Britt Brooks, Phone:214-480-3991, Email:brittb@ti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project is to develop comprehensive test procedures for
validation of micro-electronic MOSFET models that are used for curcuit
simulators. The procedures are to validate the models as to their external
terminal behavior only.
Project Purpose: Presently, there are no recognized procedures for
comprehensive evaluation of the performance of the micro-electronic MOSFET
models that are used in various curcuit simulators. The inability to
determine and specify the performance of curcuit simulator models is
preventing the effective utilization of curcuit simulation tools. This
project will provide circuit simulator users and model developers a
comprehensive way of validating micro-electronic MOSFET models.
Designation: 1486
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard for Measurement of Television Video Signals in the 525 Line
Interlaced Format Which Have Been Compressed
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop measuring techniques to quantify the
quality of television video images in the 525 line interlaced format when
these images have been digitized and compressed and then decompressed.
Multiple measurement methods may be required and these may include
subjective as well as objective methods. Measurement methods may cover one
compression and decompression process, or multiple sequential compression
and decompression processes, using the same or different compression
algorithms.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used as a tool for
broadcasters and manufacturers of television equipment and related
industries to be able to determine the image quality of television video
signals which have been digitally compressed. This standard will be used to
assist design, selection, maintenance and operation of compression
equipment.
Designation: 1487
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Engineering of Systems: Concepts and Principles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This standard will define the generally accepted concepts,
principles and performance-based requirements common to all application
environments. It shall cover the full system life cycle: development,
manufacture, verification/test, deployment, distribution, operations,
support, training, and disposal.
Project Purpose: To provide a common framework for systems engineering across
all industry segments, to facilitate establishment of a common systems
engineering language, incorporates lessons learned from other industries,
common process reduces training requirements and builds expertise, reduced
amount of documentation required, access to cutting edge technology in
systems engineering products and services, rfocuses systems engineering
initiatives along a common guideline, and reduces need for unique program
directives for systems engineering.
Designation: 1488-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Message Set Template for Intelligent Transportation
Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**12-Sep-02: Updated to Full Use from Trial Use.
History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: Research, compile and consolidate information leading to the
publication of a standard for a template for message sets for intelligent
transportation systems (ITS). The template will provide an overall syntax
and structure for ITS message sets.
Project Purpose: The global interest in interoperability of communication
systems in the transportation infrastructure, e.g. vehicles, management
centers, and roadside systems has prompted the ITS user community to seek a
standard template for message sets. The users of the standard will be the
developers of message sets for intelligent transportation systems. The
benefit will be the interoperability of systems developed using these
message sets.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the
transportationinfrastructure has spawned the development of message sets for the communications betweenthese subsystems. A format
for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) message sets, includingcommon terms (e.g., object identifier), as well as attributes
necessary to document ITS datamessages, is addressed in this standard.
Key Words: "attribute,data concept,data
element,<QUOTE>dataelement,<QUOTE> data
frames,<QUOTE>dataframe,<QUOTE> intelligent transportation
systems,message,message set,meta-attribute,template,transportation"
Designation: 1489
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: Adopt ISO 14817 as the revise standard supplemented with message
set attributes and data registry functional operating procedures consistent
with US practices. Withdraw IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and IEEE Trial-Use
Standard 1488-2000.] Scope of P1489 PAR Approved 19 September 1996 (IEEE
Std 1489-1999). [Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to
the publication of a standard for data dictionaries for intelligent
transportation systems. Specific issues relative to the development of ITS
data dictionaries will be identified and addressed. These issues may
include, but are not limited to, ownership, registration, maintenance,
coordination among developers of ITS data dictionaries, resolution of
conflicts, and identification of common terms (e.g., time, date, and
location). The standard will provide a format for ITS data dictionaries. The
format is anticipated to include, but not be limited to, identifying
attributes, definitional attributes, relational attributes, and
administrative attributes. See Explanation of revision project in Item 16.
Project Purpose: Incorporate experience gained from the use of and testing the
implementation of ITS Data Registry and the field operational test of
standards for ITS applications will be used to make the change. Adopt ISO
TC204 developed standard that includes basic provisions from IEEE Standard
1489-1999 and IEEE Trial Use Standard 1488-2000. Develop US specific
provisions for supplementing the ISO standard that reflects US usage and
requirements.
Designation: 1489
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: Revise the requirements for the registration of data concepts,
messages, and data frames for use in the ITS domain based on experience
gained from practical experience using the ITS Data Registry functional
operating procedures. The standard serves as the foundation standard for
all ITS functional area data dictionaries. Revise the standard so that it
contains the description of data concepts, in formal terms, to promote a
high degree of "unambiguous data interchange" among ITS components. Provide
for extending the standard for global use through the development of
relationships among data concepts used in the ITS domain.
Project Purpose: Experience gained while using and testing the implementation
of the ITS Data Registry and the field operational test of standards for ITS
applications will be used to make the change. Descriptions of all data
concepts will be examined to minimize or eliminate ambiguities and
inconsistencies identified during the development and harmonization of data
concepts and use during ITS field operational tests. The intended users are
system integrators and public agency officials developing ITS applications
for information interchange under the Federal Highway Administration
Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (TEA-21).
Designation: 1489-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Data Dictionaries for Intelligent Transportation
Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: Develop a standard for functional area data dictionaries for
intelligent transportation systems. Specific issues will be addressed
including documenting and coordinating data elements, ownership and
identifying attributes for unambiguous data transfer.
Project Purpose: Use of digital communications among intelligent transportation
systems, e.g., vehicles, management centers (traffic, transit and emergency)
and roadside equipment, has led to development of functional area data
dictionaries for communications and unambiguous data reuse between the
functional areas. The users of this standard will be the developers of the
functional area data dictionaries.
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The expanding use of digital communications among subsystems of the
transportationinfrastructure has spawned the development of data dictionaries for the communications betweenthese subsystems. A
format for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) data dictionaries, includingcommon terms (e.g., time, date, location), as well
as meta-attributes necessary to document ITSdata concepts is addressed in this standard.
Key Words: "attribute,classificatin scheme,data dictionary,data element,data
element concept,functional-area data dictionary,entity,entity type,generic
property domain,information interchange,intelligent transportation
systems,ISO/IEC 11179,meta-attribute,metadata st"
Designation: 149-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Antennas
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 149-1965.
History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Oct 09, 2003
Abstract: This standard is used throughout government, industry and academia in the area of antenna testing. It provides many of the
procedures currently used by antenna test organization. However, the technology has passed the standard by in the areas and many
areas and equipment are not included. This update will include these.
Designation: 149
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Title: Standard Test Procedures for Antennas
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 1985
Designation: 149
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: Standard Test Procedures for Antennas
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: A David Olver, Phone:44-171-975-5345, Email:a.d.olver@gmw.ac.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This project will update the Standard Test Procedure for
Antennas. This standard was last updated in 1979. Many changes in antenna
testing have occurred since then especially in the area of computer control
and automation. Many new methods, test equipment, and test procedures are
not included in the existing standard. This update will include all of
these. Near field testing will now be included.
Project Purpose: This standard is used throughout government, industry and
academia in the area of antenna testing. It provides many of the procedures
currently used by antenna test organization. However, the technology has
passed the standard by in the areas and many areas and equipment are not
included. This update will include these.
Designation: P1490
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide: Adoption of the Project Management Institute (PMI) Standard:
A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide)-2008 (4th
edition)
Status: Adoption in Progress
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard documents information needed to initiate, plan,
execute, monitor and control, and close a single project, and identifies
those project management processes that have been recognized as good
practice on most projects most of the time. With the third edition,
the PMBOK Guide became an ANSI standard in 2004. It is used internationally
for training and certification of project managers. Footnote:
Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management
Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management
Institute, Inc.
Project Purpose: The increasing acceptance of project management indicates that
the application of appropriate knowledge, processes, skills, tools, and
techniques can have a significant impact on project success. The PMBOK®
Guide identifies that subset of the project management body of knowledge
generally recognized as good practice. “Generally recognized” means the
knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of
the time, and there is consensus about their value and usefulness. “Good
practice” means there is general agreement that the application of these
skills, tools, and techniques can enhance the chances of success over a wide
range of projects. Good practice does not mean the knowledge described
should always be applied uniformly to all projects; the organization and/or
project management team is responsible for determining what is appropriate
for any given project. The PMBOK® Guide also provides and promotes
a common vocabulary within the project management profession for discussing,
writing, and applying project management concepts. Such a standard
vocabulary is an essential element of a professional discipline.
The Project Management Institute (PMI) views this standard as a foundational
project management reference for its professional development programs and
certifications. As a foundational reference, this standard is
neither complete nor all-inclusive. This standard is a guide rather than a
methodology. One can use different methodologies and tools to implement the
framework.
Designation: 1490-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide - Adoption of PMI Standard, A Guide to the Project Management
Body of Knowledge
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1490-2003.
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This document identifies and describes that subset of the
Project Management Body of Knowledge which is generally accepted. Generally
accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to
most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about
their value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the
knowledge and practices described are or should be applied uniformly on all
projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining
what is appropriate for any given project.
Abstract: The subset of the Project Management Body of Knowledge that is generally accepted is identified and described in this
guide. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and
that there is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. It does not mean that the knowledge and practices should
beapplied uniformly to all projects without considering whether they are appropriate.
Key Words: "body of knowledge,project,project management"
Designation: 1490-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide Adoption of PMI Standard - A Guide to the Project Management
Body of Knowledge
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supersedes 1490-1998. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009.
Technical Contact: Susan K Land, Phone:256-876-7004, Email:susan.land@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: The primary purpose of this document is to identify and describe
that subset of the PMBOK that is generally accepted and adopt this as IEEE
Std 1490-2002. Generally accepted means that the knowledge and practices
described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there
is widespread consensus about their value and usefulness. Generally accepted
does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be
applied uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always
responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given project. This
document is also intended to provide a common lexicon within the profession
for talking about project management. Project management is a relatively
young profession, and while there is substantial commonality around what is
done, there is relatively little commonality in the terms used. Footnote:
Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management
Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management
Institute, Inc.
Project Purpose: SESC has previously adopted the 1996 version of PMIBOK to
provide a framework for software engineering project management. PMBOK 2000
added new material to reflect the growth of the knowledge and practices in
the field of project management by capturing those practices, tools,
techniques, and other relevant items that have become generally accepted.
Additionally, clarification text and figures, and corrections, have been
added that make the document more valuable to users. SESC intends to adopt
the current version of PMBOK, replacing the previous version.
Abstract: Supersedes IEEE Std 1490-1998 SUMMARY: IEEE Std 1490-2003 is an adoption, in its entirety, of A Guide to Project
Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide). Project scope: The primary purpose of this document is to identify and describe that
subset of the PMBOK that is generally accepted and adopt this as IEEE Std 1490-2002. Generally accepted means that the knowledge
and practices described are applicable to most projects most of the time, and that there is widespread consensus about their
value and usefulness. Generally accepted does not mean that the knowledge and practices described are or should be applied
uniformly on all projects; the project management team is always responsible for determining what is appropriate for any given
project. This document is also intended to provide a common lexicon within the profession for talking about project management.
Project management is a relatively young profession, and while there is substantial commonality around what is done, there is
relatively little commonality in the terms used. Footnote: Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) and Project Management
Institute (PMI) are registered as trademarks of the Project Management Institute, Inc. Project purpose: SESC has previously
adopted the 1996 version of PMIBOK to provide a framework for software engineering project management. PMBOK 2000 added new
material to reflect the growth of the knowledge and practices in the field of project management by capturing those practices,
tools, techniques, and other relevant items that have become generally accepted. Additionally, clarification text and figures,
and corrections, have been added that make the document more valuable to users. SESC intends to adopt the current version of
PMBOK, replacing the previous version.
Key Words: "body of knowledge, project, project management"
Designation: 1491-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment in
Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2005
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Charles B Cotton, Phone:916-632-8950, Email:cbartcotton@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005
Project Scope: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed
by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the
relative value of such observations. Also discussed are the active
supervisory and diagnostic tasks that this equipment may perform. While this
guide does not give a listing of commercially available systems, it does
provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired parameters
to be monitored.
Project Purpose: The recent competitive realignments of Utility and
telecommunication companies has created a need for unmanned surveillance of
stationary battery systems. This guide will propose levels of battery
surveillance and methods for achieving useful information for maintenance
and replacement purposes. Since communications will play an issue with
remote applications, a description of typical arrangements will provide
additional insight.
Abstract: : Maintaining a fully operational battery system. This guide presents and discusses measurable parameters of lead-acid and
nickel-cadmium batteries as used in stationary battery systems and the utilization of such observations.
Key Words: airflow, ambient temperature, automated battery monitoring, battery
applications, battery current, battery environment, battery monitoring
equipment, battery monitoring techniques, battery temperature, battery
types, battery voltage, communications interfaces, connection resistance,
cycles, grounding, ground fault detection, humidity, ripple current, safety,
software, specific gravity
Designation: P1491
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment
in Stationary Applications
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Charles B Cotton, Phone:916-632-8950, Email:cbartcotton@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006
Project Scope: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed
by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary applications, and the
relative value of such observations. Although this guide does not give a
listing of commercially available systems, it does provide a means for
establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored.
Project Purpose: Today’s mission-critical environment has created a need for
unmanned surveillance systems for stationary batteries. This guide will
propose parameters for battery surveillance to achieve useful information
for maintenance and replacement purposes. Because communications will play
an issue with remote applications, a description of typical arrangements
will provide additional insight.
Abstract: This guide discusses operational parameters that may be observed by battery monitoring equipment used in stationary
applications, and the relative value of such observations. Although this guide does not give a listing of commercially available
systems, it does provide a means for establishing specifications for the desired parameters to be monitored.
Key Words: airflow, ambient temperature, automated battery monitoring, battery
applications, battery applications, battery current, battery environment,
battery monitoring equipment, battery monitoring techniques, battery
temperature, battery types, battery voltage, charge and discharge,
communications interfaces, connection resistance, connection, coup de fouet,
cycles, grounding, ground fault detection, humidity, measurement parameters,
operating environment, ohmic value, reports, ripple current, safety,
sensors, software, specific gravity, temperature, voltage.
Designation: 1492
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Guide for Synthetic Capacitive Current Switching Tests of AC High
Voltage Circuit Breakers
Status: Changed Designation
**See C37.083
Project Scope: Develop a guide to be used when conducting capacitive current
switching. This will cover requirements, test circuits, test parameters,
test procedures, etc. when using synthetic circuits.
Project Purpose: This is a project that was previously authorized. All records
seem to have been lost. This will be an aid to both the user, manufacturer
and testing laboratory in conducting capacitive current switching tests.
Designation: 1493-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of Solvents Used for Cleaning Electrical
Cables and Accessories
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007
Technical Contact: Richard A Hartlein, Phone:404 675 1870, Email:rick.hartlein@neetrac.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007
Project Scope: This guide serves two primary purposes. The first is to outline
many of the issues associated with using a solvent as an electric cable
cleaner. The second is to provide a variety of tests that can be used for
evaluating the performance of solvents intended for cleaning electric cables
or cable accessories used by electric utilities. Tests for assessing the
compatibility of a cleaning solvent with various cable and cable accessory
components and tests for assessing cleaning effectiveness are included
within this guide. Although many materials are used in cable systems, this
guide covers only the basic cable and cable accessory components with a
focus on electric power cables. The guide may be applied to materials
outside the scope of this document at the user’s discretion. The
compatibility tests include suggested or target acceptance criteria to help
assure that the solvent does not harm the component it is intended to clean.
As this document is a guide, these values are not requirements. They are
only provided as guidelines and are based either on industry standard
requirements for materials or on the best judgment and experience of the
working group members who prepared the document. They will be modified by
the P1493 Working Group as additional data become available. The cleaning
effectiveness tests are comparative tests with no specific performance
requirements. Throughout this guide, the terms “solvent” and “cleaner”
are both used to describe the chemical intended for use as a cable cleaner.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent guide or standard
for evaluating chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories.
This protocol will provide the test methods and acceptance criteria for the
critical properties which determine the acceptability of a chemical for use
to clean sensitive electrical cables and accessories.
Abstract: This guide provides test procedures for evaluating the physical characteristics of cable cleaning solvents and their
compatibility with extruded dielectric cable components and cable accessories (joints and terminations). Compatibility is
established by placing component samples in contact with the cleaning solvent for a short period and then measuring the physical
or electrical properties of the component. The measured values are compared with values for samples that have not been in contact
with the cleaner. Suggested performance values are provided. The guide also provides suggested procedures for evaluating the
cleaning effectiveness of cable cleaning solvents. These comparative test procedures do not provide absolute performance values.
Key Words: cable accessories, cleaning effectiveness, compatibility, extruded
dielectric cable
Designation: 1493
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Evaluation of Solvents Used for Cleaning Electrical Cables
and Accessories
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard A Hartlein, Phone:404 675 1870, Email:rick.hartlein@neetrac.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: This projet will develop a protocol for the evaluation of
solvents used to clean electrical cables and accessories. This protocol
will encompass the evaluation categories, test methods and acceptance
criteria for evaluation of chemicals used to clean electrical cables and
accessories.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined independent guide or standard
for evaluating chemicals used to clean electrical cables and accessories.
This protocol will provide the test methods and acceptance criteria for the
critical properties which determine the acceptability of a chemical for use
to clean sensitive electrical cables and accessories.
Designation: 1494
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Guide for National Profiles and Locales
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nobuo Saito, Phone:81-466-47-5111, Email:ns@sfc.keio.ac.jp
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: This project will define what should be included in National
Profiles & Locales and how international users of the 945 series of
standards can develop National profiles for application deployment in their
location. The guide will include topics on how they are developed, how they
interface with ISO 9945-1&2, how they are registered within the
international community. This work is based on the initial work in this
area as represented by WG15 document number 461.
Project Purpose: To produce a guide to developing National Profiles and
National Locales within the PASC process for use with IEEE/ISO 9945-1 and
9945-2. This work has been assigned to JTC1 NP 22.14776 at the
international level. This guide will assist international users of the
standard to develop their National profiles consistent with the style and
intentions of the base standard.
Designation: 1495
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Harmonic Limits for Single-Phase Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Daniel J Ward, Phone:804-775-5302, Email:d.ward@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Current Distortion Limits for Single-Phase Utilization Equipment
Rated Under 600 V and up to 40 A.
Project Purpose: To establish equipment harmonic limits, much like IEC 1000-3-
2, which deals with both three-phase and single-phase limits for devices
under 16 A and with 230 V nominal rating. Existing Std 519 contains site
limits on harmonics, and is primarily three-phase.
Designation: 1496-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a Chip and Module Interconnect Bus: SBus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 14, 1994
Abstract: An input/output expansion bus with a 32- or 64-bit width is described in this standard. The SBus is designed for systems
requiring a small number of expansion ports. SBus Cards may be connected to a standard SBus Connector mounted on the motherboard.
SBus Devices may also be attached to the SBus directly on the system's motherboard. The dimensions of the Sbus Card are 83.8 mm
by 146.7 mm, making the cards appropriate for small computer systems that make extensive use of highly integrated circuits. The
SBus cards are designed to be installed in a plane parallel to the system's motherboard as mezzanine cards. They are designed to
provide connections for devices external to the computer system through an exposed back panel. The form factor is useful in
Futurebus+, VMEbus, desktop computers, and similar applications. The SBus has the capability of transferring data rates up to 168
Mbytes/s, depending on the implementation options selected.
Key Words: Standard for Boot Firmware, high, reliability, I/O bus, SBus Card
Designation: 1497-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Standard Delay Format (SDF) for the Electronic Design
Process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2001
**IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Document
Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: SDF (Standard Delay Format) is an existing OVI standard for the
representation and interpretation of timing data for use at any stage of the
electronic design process. The ASCII data in the SDF file is represented in
a tool and language independent way and includes path delays, timing
constraint values, interconnect delays and high level technology parameters.
Project Purpose: SDF has come to be accepted as a standard by many companies
both in the EDA industry and among their customers, but minor differences
have gradually arisen, primarily due to the rapid adoption and evolution.
IEEE standardization brings with it an opportunity to reduce and eventually
eliminate non-standard implementations and usages of SDF, enhance and
improve it based on new input, and also to broaden usage around the world.
Abstract: IEC 61523-3: 2004 Dual-logo document. Replaces IEEE Std 1497-2001. Abstract: The Standard Delay Format (SDF) is defined
in this standard. SDF is a textual file format for representing the delay and timing information of electronic systems. While
both human and machine readable, in its most common usage it will be machine written and machine read in support of timing
analysis and verification tools, and of other tools requiring delay and timing information. The primary audience for this
standard is the implementors of tools supporting the format, but anyone with a need to understand the format’s contents will find
it useful.
Key Words: "computer,computer languages,delay,delay backannotation,digital
systems,electron-ic systems,hardware,hardware design,SDF,timing,timing
analysis,timing backannotation,timingverification"
Designation: 1498-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: EIA/IEEE Interim Standard for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Software Development: Acquirer-Supplier Agreement (Issued
for Trial Use)
Status: Superseded
**Std available as joint EIA/IEEE J-STD-016-1995. Redesignation per MOU
dated 11/30/95.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Definition of the performance requirements an acquirer and a
supplier are to achieve in the development of a software system where the
term "software development" is used as an inclusive term encompassing new
development, modification, reuse, reengineering, and other activities
resulting in software products.
Project Purpose: Software is employed in most equipment and business systems.
To achieve the expectations of the users of the software, it is essential to
have a consistent framework and related methods for the supplier and
acquirer of software to establish, understand, and communicate between the
acquirer and the supplier their respective responsibilities and the
requirements for the software. the purpose of this standard is to harmonize
commercial and government requirements for software life-cycle processes and
IEEE and ISO software life-cycle processes. This is anticipated to be done
in several phases. This project is phase 1. The proposed standard will
complement IEEE 1074, which defines the architecture of the software life-
ccle processes.
Abstract: This standard defines a set of software development activities and resulting software products. It provides a framework
for software development planning and engineering. It is also intended to merge commercial and Government software development
requirements within the framework of the software life cycle process requirements of the Electronic Industries Association (EIA),
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and International Organization for Standardization (ISO). The term
software development is used as an inclusive term encompassing new development, modification, reuse, re-engineering, maintenance,
and all other processes or activities resulting in software products.
Key Words: EIA, acquirer, supplier, life cycle
Designation: 1499-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard Interface for Hardware Description Models of Electronic
Components
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Paul J Menchini, Phone:919-479-1670, Email:mench@mench.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 16, 1998, ANSI APP: May 25, 1999
Project Scope: Development of a standard simulation and related tool interface
for component models written in VHDL, Verilog, C and other description
languages.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard method for interfacing and managing
complex electronic models to design automation tools. This method is aimed
at providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent tool interfaces
suitable for large designs such as systems on a chip.
Abstract: The standard interface for hardware description models of electronic components is de-fined. The primary audiences of this
standard are model developers and implementers of software supporting this interface.
Key Words: "execution, intellectual property, model integration, model manger,
Open Model Interface (OMI), simulator/model interoperability"
Designation: 15-1928
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Title: A.I.E.E. Standards
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 150
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1500-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011
Title: IEEE Standard Testability Method for Embedded Core-based Integrated
Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Yervant Zorian, Phone:510-360-8035, Email:zorian@viragelogic.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1997, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 2005
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard design-for-testability
method for Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores, i.e., reusable
megacells. This method will be independent of the underlying functionality
of the Integrated Circuit or its individual embedded cores. The method will
create the necessary testability requirements for detection and diagnosis of
such Integrated Circuits, while allowing for ease of interoperability of
cores originated from distinct sources. This method will be usable for all
classes of digital cores including hierarchial ones.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for testability of
Integrated Circuits containing embedded cores from multiple sources.
Typically, each core provider builds some testability hooks into the
underlying core. Without an independent, openly defined design-for-
testability method, core integrators cannot automatically determine the
testability features of the individual cores and integrate them with the
testability of the next level circuit description. The design-for-
testability method will provide a solution that will allow automatic
identification and configuration of testability features in Integrated
Circuits containing embedded cores.
Abstract: This standard defines a mechanism for the test of core designs within a system on chip (SoC). This mechanism constitutes a
hardware architecture and leverages the core test language (CTL) to facilitate communication between core designers and core
integrators.
Key Words: core test, embedded core test, IP test, test reuse
Designation: 1501
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Life Management of Electrical Equipment in Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This application guide will provide recommendations for managing
the operating life of electrical equipment used in power generating
stations. Programs and activities are identified that may optimize
operating life of selected electrical equipment while minimizing the impact
on power station availability, and maintaining a reliable and safe
generating station.
Project Purpose: Life management of electrical equipment and systems is not
currently covered in any detail by standards. The working group will
particularly emphasize an approach of Condition Based Maintenance which
affords the most significant advantages to costs, reliability and
availability.
Designation: 1502-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Radar Cross-Section Test Procedures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 07, 2007
**Formerly known as P360
Technical Contact: Eric K Walton, Phone:614-292-5051, Email:walton.1@osu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 19, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes processes for the
measurement of the electromagnetic scattering from objects. It is written
for the personnel responsible for the operation of test ranges, and not for
the design of such ranges. It recommends procedures for testing and
documenting the quality of the measurement system, for calibrating the
measurement system, for carrying out the radar scattering measurements,
and for delivering the measurement data in a useful format to the end user.
The document defines radar cross section (RCS), describes different types of
test ranges, and reviews methods of characterizing and operating radar
scattering measurement ranges. Issues related to test object support
systems, types of test ranges, instrumentation, signal polarization,
calibration, data analysis, and range uncertainty are also discussed.
Project Purpose: Most radar scattering measurement ranges are built for a
specific localized purpose. Methods of characterizing the ranges and
performing the measurements are developed for the specific needs of each
particular test range. This recommended practice is intended to establish
guidelines so that operators and users of such ranges can provide results
that are useful across the larger community of users.
Abstract: This recommended practice describes the process of the measurement of the radar cross section of objects using a test
range. The term “radar cross section” is defined, and the characteristics of different types of test ranges are given. The
responsibilities of the test range operators are shown to involve test and calibration of the measurement range systems as well
as accurately carrying out the measurements. Techniques are described for each stage of this process.
Key Words: radar cross section (RCS), radar test range
Designation: 15026
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering - Systems and Software
Assurance
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007
Project Scope: This International Standard provides requirements for the life
cycle including development, operation, maintenance, and disposal of systems
and software products that are critically required to exhibit and be shown
to possess properties related to safety, security, dependability, or other
characteristics. It defines an assurance case as the central artefact for
planning, monitoring, achieving and showing the achievement and sustainment
of the properties and for related support of other decision making. The
interaction of the requirements for the assurance case with life cycle
processes implies a normative interpretation of the processes from ISO/IEC
15288 ISO/IEC 12207. Finally, the standard provides requirements, in
addition to those of ISO/IEC 15289, for information artefacts that result
from those processes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to assist users
who wish to apply the provisions of ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207 to
systems required to possess critical properties. It is intended to give
relevant requirements and guidance in addition to those of the two life
cycle standards.
Designation: 15026
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for System and Software Engineering - System and Software
Assurance
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: This Standard provides life cycle processes expectations and
their associated outcomes for systems and software that must satisfy
critical requirements. It specifies activities that must be undertaken, to
ensure that systems and software are acquired, developed, and maintained in
such a way that is likely to satisfy these requirements, and to provide
assurance that the implemented system or software does in fact satisfy these
requirements throughout its life cycle. The following life cycle
processes expectations and their associated outcomes are covered by this
Standard: a) Plan assurance activities, b) Establish and maintain the
assurance case, and c) Monitor and control assurance activities and
products. No assumption is made in this Standard as to the
specific nature of the critical requirements. This Standard applies to
whatever risk dimensions are relevant to the system or software (e.g.
safety, security, prevention of financial loss). This Standard is intended
to occupy a position between domain-specific standards, such as IEC 61508
for the safety of programmable electronic systems, and ISO/IEC 15443, Parts
1-3, Famework for IT Security Assurance, and the system and software life
cycle framework standards, IEEE Std 15288, System Life Cycle Processes, and
IEEE 12207, Software Life Cycle Processes.
Project Purpose: The life cycle process standards for the system and software
life cycles do not adequately address specific process expectations and
outcomes for system and software assurance. This Standard provides a life
cycle approach to system and software assurance, consistent with, and
amplifying the the requirements of IEEE 15288, System Life Cycle Processes
and IEEE 12207, Software Life Cycle Processes, and providing specific
process expectations and outcomes for system and software assurance.
Designation: 15026-1-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard--Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 15026-1:2010 Systems and
Software Engineering--Systems and Software Assurance--Part 1: Concepts and
Vocabulary
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 03, 2011
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 15026 defines terms and establishes an
extensive and organized set of concepts and their relationships, thereby
establishing a basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles
central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides
information to users of the subsequent parts of ISO/IEC 15026, including the
use of each part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of
assurance for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is
not covered in ISO/IEC 15026.
Abstract: This trial-use standard adopts ISO/IEC TR 15026-1:2010, which defines terms and establishes an extensive and organized set
of concepts and their relationships for software and systems assurance, thereby establishing a basis for shared understanding of
the concepts and principles central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides information to users of the
subsequent parts of ISO/IEC 15026, including the use of each part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance
for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not covered in ISO/IEC 15026.
Key Words: argument, assurance case, claim, computers, computer software, data
processing, data security, definitions, IEEE 15026-1, integrity level, life
cycle, process, product design, quality assurance, quality control,
reliability, safety, security, software assurance, software engineering,
software engineering techniques, system, systems assurance, systems
engineering, uncertainty, vocabulary
Designation: 15026-1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Trial-Use Standard for Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 15026-1:2010 --
Systems and Software Engineering -- Systems and Software Assurance -- Part
1: Concepts and Vocabulary
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This Technical Report defines terms and establishes an extensive
and organized set of concepts and their relationships thereby establishing a
basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles central to
ISO/IEC 15026 across its user communities. It provides information to users
of the other parts of this International Standard including the use of each
part and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance for a
service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not covered in
this International Standard.
Project Purpose: ISO/IEC standards do not have a purpose statement
Abstract: This Technical Report defines terms and establishes an extensive and organized set of concepts and their relationships
thereby establishing a basis for shared understanding of the concepts and principles central to ISO/IEC 15026 across its user
communities. It provides information to users of the other parts of this International Standard including the use of each part
and the combined use of multiple parts. Coverage of assurance for a service being operated and managed on an ongoing basis is not
covered in this International Standard.
Designation: P15026-2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and software engineering -- Systems and
software assurance -- Part 2: Assurance case
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This International Standard specifies the minimal requirements
for the structure and contents of an assurance case. An assurance case
includes a top-level claim (or set of claims) for a property of a system or
product, systematic argumentation regarding this claim, and the evidence and
explicit assumptions that underlie this argumentation. Arguing through
multiple levels of subordinate claims, this structured argumentation
connects the top-level claim to the evidence and assumptions. Stakeholders
can evaluate the assurance case to determine the extent of achievement of
the top-level claim by the system or product and whether this achievement is
shown within the allowable uncertainty or risk and any related consequences.
The results regarding the top-level claim and its support along with related
uncertainties and consequences constitute a basis for rationally managing
risk, achieving grounds for appropriate confidence, and aiding in decision
making.
Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this part of ISO/IEC 15026 is to ensure
the existence of minimal types of assurance case content and restrictions on
assurance case structure thereby improving consistency and comparability
among instances of assurance cases and facilitating engineering decisions
and other uses of assurance cases.
Abstract: This International Standard specifies the minimal requirements for the structure and contents of an assurance case. An
assurance case includes a top-level claim (or set of claims) for a property of a system or product, systematic argumentation
regarding this claim, and the evidence and explicit assumptions that underlie this argumentation. Arguing through multiple levels
of subordinate claims, this structured argumentation connects the top-level claim to the evidence and assumptions. Stakeholders
can evaluate the assurance case to determine the extent of achievement of the top-level claim by the system or product and
whether this achievement is shown within the allowable uncertainty or risk and any related consequences. The results regarding
the top-level claim and its support along with related uncertainties and consequences constitute a basis for rationally managing
risk, achieving grounds for appropriate confidence, and aiding in decision making.
Designation: P15026-3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and software engineering -- Systems and
software assurance -- Part 3: System integrity levels
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 15026 uses and elaborates on the concept of
integrity levels with corresponding integrity level requirements that are
required to be met in order to show the achievement of the integrity level.
It places requirements and offers recommendations on the methods for
defining and using integrity levels and their integrity level requirements.
It covers systems, software products, and their elements as well as relevant
external dependences. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 is applicable to systems
and software and is intended for use by: a) Definers of integrity levels
such as industry and professional organizations, standards organizations,
and government agencies. b) Users of integrity levels such as developers and
maintainers, suppliers and acquirers, users, and assessors of systems or
software and for the administrative and technical support of systems and/or
software products. The definitions of integrity levels are specified by
the first and used by the second. One important use is their use by
suppliers and acquirers as part of their agreements, for example to aid in
assuring safety characteristics of a delivered system or product. This
part of ISO/IEC 15026 does not prescribe a specific set of integrity levels
or their integrity level requirements. In addition, it does not prescribe
the way in which integrity level use is integrated with the overall system
(or software) engineering life cycle processes.
Project Purpose: [ISO/IEC standards generally do not include a purpose clause.
This one is no exception.]
Abstract: This part of ISO/IEC 15026 uses and elaborates on the concept of integrity levels with corresponding integrity level
requirements that are required to be met in order to show the achievement of the integrity level. It places requirements and
offers recommendations on the methods for defining and using integrity levels and their integrity level requirements. It covers
systems, software products, and their elements as well as relevant external dependences. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 is applicable
to systems and software and is intended for use by: a) Definers of integrity levels such as industry and professional
organizations, standards organizations, and government agencies. b) Users of integrity levels such as developers and maintainers,
suppliers and acquirers, users, and assessors of systems or software and for the administrative and technical support of systems
and/or software products. The definitions of integrity levels are specified by the first and used by the second. One important
use is their use by suppliers and acquirers as part of their agreements, for example to aid in assuring safety characteristics of
a delivered system or product. This part of ISO/IEC 15026 does not prescribe a specific set of integrity levels or their
integrity level requirements. In addition, it does not prescribe the way in which integrity level use is integrated with the
overall system (or software) engineering life cycle processes.
Designation: 1503
Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter
Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Semiconductor Power Rectifiers
Greater Than 100 kw
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Anthony Siebert, Phone:414 785 3540, Email:tsiebert@amsuper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: This project covers all AC to DC converters with ratings greater
than 100 kw unless the converter is part of another equipment (such as a
drive) for which another IEEE standard exists. APplications for such
converters exist in the following industries: electrochemical, marine,
electric furnace, battery charging.
Project Purpose: Incorporate new device and systems technology along with the
material from the standards listed. Start harmonizing with IEC standards.
Designation: 1504
Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter
Title: Guide for the Specification and Application of Active Harmonic Filters
Greater Than 10 kw
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: This project covers all active filters with ratings greater than
10 kw regardless of the application.
Project Purpose: To facilitate communication between developers, manufacturers
and users. To enable consultants to write clear specifications. To help
engineers to a better understanding of the theory and application of Active
Filters.
Designation: 1505-2010
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Receiver Fixture Interface
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1505-2006
Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the development of a common
receiver fixture interface (RFI) specification that is based upon available
commercial standards integrated under a common open architecture. This
mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial
interest for applications in test, system integration, manufacturing,
monitoring, and other functional requirements that demand large contact
densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to permit interchangeability
of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from
various manufacturers under an open architecture. The standard shall also
define, within this framework, a set(s) of interconnecting connector and
mechanical specifications that support available, accepted, low-cost
commercial technology to reduce dependence on proprietary designs and extend
life-cycle availability. Technical requirements incorporated shall be those
identified by government and industry, including maximum flexibility,
scalability, and range of application.
Abstract: A mechanical and electrical specification for implementing a common interoperable mechanical quick-disconnect interconnect
system for use by industry for interfacing large numbers of electrical signals (digital, analog, RF, power, etc.) is provided.
These large interface panels (receiver and fixture panels) are employed primarily in test systems between stimulus/measurement
assets and a related unit-under-test (UUT), although any application involving high-density contacts requiring a quick disconnect
interface could benefit. The receiver is a receptacle that is mounted to test system mates with multiple fixtures, which serve as
the buffer between the UUT and automatic test equipment (ATE). Fixtures translate standard input/output (I/O) signal routing
offered at the receiver to a wiring interface that directly connects to the UUT. These UUT interfaces can represent cable
connectors, direct plug-in (printed circuit board edge connectors), sensor monitoring, or manual feedback from the test
technician. The primary objectives of this standard are: (a) to establish interface standards that permit interchangeability of
mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an open architecture; and
(b) to develop within this framework a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that supports
available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduced dependence on proprietary designs and extend life-cycle
availability.
Key Words: connector, fixture, framework, interface, interoperability, mass-
interconnect, quick disconnect, receiver, specification
Designation: 1505
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements
Title: Standard for Receiver/Fixture Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: Development of a common Receiver/Fixture Interface Specification
that is based upon available commercial standards integrated under a common
open architecture. This mechanical/electrical interface is intended to
serve government/commercial interests for applications serving test, system
integration, manufacturing, monitoring, and other functional requirements,
that demand large contact densities and quick-disconnect mechanical
operation. A technical forum has been established from the govt. sponsored
CIWG effort under the auspices of the RFI Alliance to promote an open
Receiver/Fixture Interface (RFI) Standard.
Designation: 1505-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard for Receiver Fixture Interface
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David B Droste, Phone:256-895-2311, Email:ddroste@drs-tem.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Aug 07, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 19, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this document is the development of a common
receiver/fixture interface (RFI) specification that is based upon available
commercial standards integrated under a common “open” architecture. This
mechanical/electrical interface is intended to serve government/commercial
interest for applications in test, system integration, manufacturing,
monitoring, and other functional requirements that demand large contact
densities and quick-disconnect mechanical operation. A joint technical forum
has been operational since 1997 under the auspices of the IEEE Std 1505 RFI
Working Group and a recently formed industry/government Common Test
Interface (CTI) Working Group. Readers of this document are encouraged to
comment on details unclear, contradictory, or undefined to the IEEE 1505 RFI
Working Group or the IEEE Standards Association for review and change. These
organizations can be contacted at the locations described in the preface of
this document. As IEEE Std 1505 evolves, additional revisions may be
required and reballoted by the IEEE Standards Association. The RFI Working
Group serves to encourage vendors to produce same product class types that
are intermatable and interchangeable by adhering to performance
specifications of this standard. The document has been developed in
accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
Standards Assocation Policies and Procedures per the IEEE-SA Standards Board
Bylaws [B23],1 the IEEE-SA Standards Board Operations Manual [B24], the
IEEE-SA Standards Companion [B25], and the IEEE Standards Style Manual
[B26]. Additional guidance and reference was utilized from The Authoritative
Dictionary of IEEE Standard Terms [B15] and SI 10™ American National
Standard for Use of the International System of Units (SI): The Modern
Metric System [B35].
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to permit interchangeability
of mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from
various manufacturers under an “open architecture.” To develop within this
framework, a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical
specifications that supports available, accepted, low-cost commercial
technology to reduce dependence on proprietary designs and extends life-
cycle availability. Technical requirements identified by government and
industry include maximum flexibility, scalability, and range of application.
Abstract: A mechanical and electrical specification for implementing a common interoperable mechanical quick-disconnect interconnect
system for use by industry for interfacing large numbers of electrical signals (digital, analog, RF, power, etc.) is provided.
These large interface panels (receiver and fixture panels) are employed primarily in test systems between stimulus/measurement
assets and a related unit-under-test (UUT), although any application involving high-density contacts requiring a quick disconnect
interface could benefit. The receiver is a receptacle that is mounted to test system mates with multiple fixtures, which serve as
the buffer between the UUT and automatic test equipment (ATE). Fixtures translate standard input/output (I/O) signal routing
offered at the receiver to a wiring interface that directly connects to the UUT. These UUT interfaces can represent cable
connectors, direct plug-in (printed circuit board edge connectors), sensor monitoring, or manual feedback from the test
technician. The primary objectives of this standard are: (a) to establish interface standards that permit interchangeability of
mechanical/electrical receiver/fixture/connector product assemblies from various manufacturers under an open architecture; and
(b) to develop within this framework a defined set(s) of interconnecting connector and mechanical specifications that supports
available, accepted, low-cost commercial technology to reduced dependence on proprietary designs and extend life-cycle
availability.
Key Words: connector, fixture, framework, interface, interoperability, mass-
interconnect, quick disconnect, receiver, specification
Designation: 1505.1-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map
Configuration for High-Density, Single-Tier Electronics Test Requirements
Utilizing IEEE Std 1505
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 21, 2008
**New Trial-Use Standard
Technical Contact: David B Droste, Phone:256-895-2311, Email:ddroste@drs-tem.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of a pin
map utilizing the IEEE 1505™ 1 receiver fixture interface (RFI). The pin map
defined within this trial-use standard shall apply to military and aerospace
automatic test equipment (ATE) testing applications.
Project Purpose: Standardization of a common input/output (I/O) will enable the
interoperability of IEEE 1505 compliant interface fixtures [also known as
interface test adapters (ITA), interface devices (IDs), or interconnecting
devices (ICDs)] on multiple ATE systems utilizing the IEEE 1505 RFI.
Abstract: This trial-use standard represents an extension to the IEEE 1505 receiver fixture interface (RFI) standard specification.
Particular emphasis is placed on defining within the IEEE 1505 RFI standard a more specific set of performance requirements that
employ a common scalable: (a) pin map configuration; (b) specific connector modules; (c) respective contacts; (d) recommended
switching implementation; and (e) legacy automatic test equipment (ATE) transitional devices. This is intentionally done to
standardize the footprint and assure mechanical and electrical interoperability between past and future automatic test systems
(ATS).
Key Words: 1505.1-2008, ATE, ATS, fixture, ICD, interface, ITA, mass
termination, receiver, scalable, TPS, UUT
Designation: P1505.1.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map (IEEE Std 1505.1) Using
the IEEE Std 1671.6 Exchange Format
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard expresses the IEEE 1505.1 Common Test Interface
(CTI) Pin Map Description related to the static description of a test
station receiver interface using the IEEE Std. 1671.6 ATML Test Station
format.
Project Purpose: This standard supports sharing information between
applications associated with Automatic Test Systems (ATS) and test
environments across test stations. The IEEE 1505.1 CTI Pin Map
information contains the definition of test station capabilities and
structure including the Connectors Pin outs and logical resources.
Designation: 1505.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for the Common Test Interface Pin Map Configuration for Double-
Tier Test Requirements Utilizing IEEE Std 1505
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of a two-tier pin
map utilizing IEEE 1505 Receiver-Fixture Interface (RFI). This addresses
only the second tier that will supplement single (1st tier) of 1505.1 for
systems that require assets not included in the 1st tier. The pin map
defined within this standard shall apply to mid-size to large military and
Aerospace Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) testing applications.
Project Purpose: To provide a standardized common I/O Pin Map for the second
tier of a two-tier IEEE-1505 Receiver-Fixture Interface to enable the
interoperability of compliant interface fixtures (also known as interface
test adapters, interface devices, or interconnection devices) on multiple
ATE systems.
Designation: 1506
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Test Coverage Metric - Condition
Independence for Control and Logic
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John J Chilenski
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: A coverage metric, with a linear degree of effort, to be used
during the definition, design, and execution of test cases, and analysis of
test results. It is applicable to all types of software. It will apply to
both the flow of control in the software and the evaluation of computing
results which contribute the software decision making.
Project Purpose: It provides an objective measurement criteria for evaluating
the completeness of a software test set by users, developers, regulators,
and testers. it provides a consistent definition for this class of test
metric. It provides insight for organizational software process
improvement.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering.
Designation: 1508
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Solder-Sweated Split Tinned Copper Connectors 5kV-35kV
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Philip Cox, Phone:901-528-4094, Email:pcox@mlgw.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: This standard specifies the requirements for solder-sweated
split-tinned copper connectors commonly used for splicing the conductor
portion of paper insulated lead covered medium voltage (5-35 kV) cables,
although these connectors may be suitable for splicing other types of
electrical conductors. The conductor configuration may be solid, round
compact stranded, and compact sector stranded. This standard includes the
requirements for conductor sizes from #8 American Wire Gauge (AWG) to 3000
circular mils (kcmil).
Project Purpose: After the Edison Electrical Institute no longer published
standard specifications, the responsibilities of the EEI standards were
transferred to the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. The NEMA
Chairman believed that the specification for this type of connector would be
better handled in the Accessories (SC10) Subcommittee of the ICC. He then
contacted Robert Gear, the Chairman of ICC-SC10. Mr. Gear accepted the EEI
TD160 and TD161 for revision and publication by the IEEE. This Standard is
intended for use by manufacturers, sellers, buyers, and users of solder
sweated split tinned connectors. It will provide standardized sizing,
quality assurance, manufacturing processes, and shipping requirements.
Designation: 1509
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Guide to the Use of Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Blair, Phone:44-1383-822131, Email:michael.blair@gecm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: The project will develop a TEDL Users Guide to complement the
recently approved IEEE Std 993 TEDL. The guide will concentrate on
implementation issues and provide step-by-step instructions for creating
test equipment descriptions.
Project Purpose: To assist potential users of TEDL to create test equipment
descriptions and to explain the benefits of TEDL using examples of current
test equipment systems.
Designation: 151-1965
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Audio and Electroacoustics
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1510
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Chip Hierarchical Design System Technical Data (CHDstd)
Design Automation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steve Grout, Phone:919-481-6844, Email:sgrout@cadence.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: The chip Hierarchical Design System Technical Data (CHDstd)
standard is an EDA representation of an EE product or portion of an EE
product implemented as an integrated circuit (IC) chip, including the
hierarchical information for logical and physical design. CHDStd will
include the interface to cell, macro, and chip-core library information;
physical chip internal design, manufacturing properties and design aids; and
interface to packaging (physical chip and higher level chip integration
packaging such as MCM and PCA/PCB. CHDStd will be interoperable with
current EDA chip design and implementation standards.
Project Purpose: Provide an interoperable comprehensive electronic design
automation (EDA) stanbdard for information supporting design, synthesis,
verification, and integration with manufacturing for integrated-circuit
based electrical and electronic (EE) products. Complex ICs require greater
design productivity and a more reliable, integrated, and interoperable EDA
standard than provided by today's EDA standards. This method is aimed at
providing efficient, accurate, and tool independent IC product information
suitable for large complex chip designs such as structured custom
microprocessors.
Designation: 1511-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Power Cable, Joint, and
Termination Failures on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005
Technical Contact: Roy E Jazowski, Phone:386-677-9111-x225, Email:rjazowski@homac.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2004
Project Scope: This guide will discuss the importance of failure analysis on
cable, joints and terminations used in power systems rated 5kV through 46kV.
Users shoudl review the definitions, and technical papers that are listed in
the References and in the Bibliography to gain an understanding of failure
analysis issues. Why a cable, joint, or termination fails is an important
part of understanding trends and planning for improvements in system
reliability.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide an umbrella document
for a series of guides that will cover specific methods that may be used in
the failure analysis of cable, joints and terminations. A separate guide
will be proposed to cover the failure analysis of cable, joints and
terminations. The additional guides would have the same document number with
a decimal extension similar to the C37 and C57 series of standards.
Abstract: This guide will discuss the importance of failure analysis on cable, joints, and terminations used in power systems rated
5kV through 46kV. Users should review the definitions and technical papers that are listed in the References and in the
Bibliography to gain an understanding of failure analysis issues. Why a cable, joint, or termination fails is an important part
of understanding trands and planning for improvements in system reliability.
Key Words: documentation, examination, failures, failure analysis, flow charts,
flow charting
Designation: 1511.1-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Shielded Power Cable Failures
on Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2011
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: This guide covers specific methods of failure mode
classifications and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV through 46
kV.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an introduction to the
concepts of failure analysis, how it can be used, and the value that can be
obtained. The guide covers some of the commonly used methods employed in
failure analysis and how these methods can be applied in determining the
cause of failure for the components used in the construction of an
underground power cable system. Ultimately, the guide will serve as a source
for documenting known failure mechanisms and will provide a format for the
documentation of new failure mechanism once they have been identified.
Abstract: This guide covers specific methods of failure mode classifications and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV
through 46 kV.
Key Words: cable failure, chemical failure mode, distribution material failure
report, electrical failure mode, general aging failure mode, IEEE 1511.1,
thermal failure mode
Designation: 1511.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Investigating and Analyzing Shielded Power Cable Failures on
Systems Rated 5 kV Through 46 kV
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roy E Jazowski, Phone:386-677-9111-x225, Email:rjazowski@homac.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This guide covers specific methods of failure classifications
and analysis for shielded power cables rated 5 kV through 46 kV. This guide
discusses the importance of failure analysis on cables and reviews the
different types of failures historically found in cables over the years.
With the aging workforce in the utility industry, it is important to
pass along the collective knowledge to the next generation regarding cable
failure mechanism as it is imperative to improving system reliability.
Project Purpose: 1.2 This guide deals with failure analysis of shielded power
cable failures. Together with IEEE 1511-2004, the guide provides an
introduction to the concepts of failure analysis, discusses use and
potential value of failure analysis. The guide covers commonly used
methods employed in failure analysis and their application to shielded
cables in underground power cable systems. The guide is based on the
application of flow charting methods to the analysis of a failure. The
guide documents known failure mechanisms and provides a format for the
documentation of new failure mechanisms. This guide is the second in
a series of guides for analysis of cable system failures. IEEE 1511-
2004 addressed the generic aspects, while each subsequent document
addresses failure analysis of a specific component of the underground
cable system. The following guides are planned for the series: *
IEEE 1511-2004: Guide for investigating and analyzing shielded power
cable, joint, and termination failures on systems rated 5 kV through
46 kV * P1511.1 (This document) Guide for investigating and
analyzing shielded power cable failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46
kV. * P1511.2 (Future document) Guide for investigating and
analyzing joint failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. *
P1511.3 (Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing
termination failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV. * P1511.4
(Future document) Guide for investigating and analyzing separable
insulated connector failures on systems rated 5 kV through 46 kV.
Designation: 1512-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Use by
Emergency Management Centers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006
Project Scope: This standard is the Base Standard for a family of related
standards that address the intercommunication needs of emergency management
centers and other types of centers engaged in transportation incident
management. Incident in this standard includes information concerning any
transportation-related event that is received by the emergency management
system, including planned roadway closures and special events, whether or
not the incident actually affects traffic flow and whether or not a response
is required. This standard specifies common incident management message sets
to allow vital data exchange for information and coordination. It provides a
common mechanism for this data exchange within the defined National ITS
Architecture, with latitude for local agencies to determine what level of
cooperation, and hence message exchanges, best meets their requirements.
This standard is independent of communication protocols used in any local
implementation. It also assumes that the mechanics of communication, such as
addressing, are handled by communication management, which is not addressed
in this standard. Other companion standards, herein referred to as companion
volumes, will provide specific content and usage guidance for other types of
centers that could participate in a local incident management system.
Companion volumes dealing with the unique needs of transportation
management, public safety, and hazardous materials centers have been
developed as well. The Base Standard specifies messages, data frames, and
data elements (DEs) for the basic underlying communication involved in real-
time interagency transportation-related incident management. Together, the
Base Standard and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512
Family of Standards.” Clause 6 and Clause 7 present the specified
messages, data frames and data elements in ASN.1 format and in XML formats.
A complete set of listing in ASN.1 and an XML schema are presented in the
annexes.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a framework for the exchange of
messages used in incident management between emergency management centers
and other types of centers, e.g., transportation management centers (TMCs).
A minimum set of messages to be accommodated by compliant systems is
dictated. Within the framework, there is ample flexibility, in that many
messages are in fact composed of lists of optional DEs, so those lists
have the function of “vocabularies” of DEs. That is, the actual DEs
specified in a local implementation can be selected from those lists. In
addition, within some DEs, where there is a list of possible data values
(e.g., possible center types and possible causes for evacuation), there are
provisions for local implementers to add their own values. This provision
provides for both a standardized lexicon for describing events as well as a
local derivative list to be used. Because the dispatching systems of each
resources that it wishes to exchange data about, this standard provides a
flexible set of descriptive elements that can be implemented to provide
differing levels of local, regional, and national interoperation. It remains
the responsibility of participating local agencies to determine what level
of interoperation is suitable for their own needs. In a local
implementation, conformance with this standard may require extant
interagency agreements to exchange particular messages using particular DEs
selected from this standard. Those messages have been structured so that
centers using different legacy systems, and centers with different data
needs, can still use a set of common messages to exchange information with
other centers. Furthermore, this standard shall be implemented in
conjunction with related ITS standards that provide other required
portions of the entire architecture. The related ITS standards include
detailed message formatting with specific center and domain field of use,
center-to-center exchange protocols, and messaging processes, including
message delivery, security, and gateway functions. This standard acts as a
“wrapper,” incorporating such domain-specific knowledge in its own messages
to allow exchange of information in each companion volume for each type
of center.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1512-2000 Includes CD-ROM with ASN and XML files This standard addresses the exchange of vital data
about public safety and emergency management issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident
management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems
Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises the basic volume
of the family of incident management standards, a multi-volume set of documents centered around this Base Standard. Other members
of that family include three other companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation-management-
related data exchange and hazardous-material- and cargo-related data exchange, etc. Collectively, that family of standards shall
be referred to as the 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for
the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents,
planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event
that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the
event actually affects a transportation system and whether or not a response is required.
Key Words: 911, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), ATMS, computer-aided
dispatch (CAD), center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods,
data exchange, emergency management center (EMC), emergency response,
emergency services, emergency management service (EMS), fire, hazardous
materials, hazmat, incidents, incident response, incident management,
incident command, incident management system, intelligent transportation
systems, law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, traffic
incidents, traffic incident management, traffic management, traffic
management center (TMC), transportation system management
Designation: 1512-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for use by
Emergency Management Centers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: This standard will be a base standard for Incident Management
message sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch centers such
that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed
responses(s). This standard will be limited to the common incident
management message sets for use by emergency management centers. This
project shall include the necessary research and compiling, analyzing, and
the consolidation of the results into message sets for Incident Management
communications.
Project Purpose: This standard will produce a set of common message sets
required for Incident Management generated and transmitted between the
emergency management subsystem to all the other subsystems and Incident
Management providers. The result will be consistent standardized
communications among Incident Management centers, fleet and freight
management centers, information service providers, Emergency Management
centers, planning subsystems, Traffic Management centers and Transit
Management centers that will reduce duplication of messages among the
various subsystems and increase effective response time.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1512-2000 This standard will be a base standard for Incident Management message sets which will be
used by all response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce the needed
responses(s). This standard will be limited to the common incident management message sets for use by emergency management
centers. This project shall include the necessary research and compiling, analyzing, and the consolidation of the results into
message sets for Incident Management communications.
Key Words: "Abstract Syntax Notation One, emergency management centers, HAZMAT,
incidents. message sets, National Intelligent Transportation Systems
Architecture, public safety, traffic"
Designation: 1512
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Message Sets for Use by Emergency
Management Centers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003
Project Scope: This standard will be the base standard for Traffic Incident
Management Message Sets which will be used by all response and/or dispatch
centers such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce
the needed response(s). This standard will be limited to common message
sets for use by emergency management centers. Project will incorporate
changes to message sets referred to yet defined in other standards.
Project Purpose: This standard will produce a set of common message sets
required for Traffic Incident Management generated and transmitted between
emergency management subsystem to all other subsystems and Traffic Incident
Management providers. The result will be consistant standardized
communications among Traffic Incident Management centers, fleet and freight
management centers, planning subsystem, etc.
Designation: 1512.1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by
Emergency Management Centers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2006
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Oct 31, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006
Project Scope: This standard is a companion volume for IEEE Std 1512-2006,
referred to here as the “Base Standard.” This standard specifies
messages, data frames, and data elements for communicating information about
traffic and infrastructure management in support of real-time interagency
transportation-related incident management. The Base Standard specifies
messages, data frames, and data elements to describe an incident and form
the message infrastructure for communication involved in real-time
interagency transportationrelated incident management. Refer to the Base
Standard for specification of the scope of the combination of the Base
Standard and companion volumes such as this one. Together, the Base Standard
and companion volumes shall be referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of
Standards.”
Project Purpose: This standard is part of the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.
The purpose of that family of standards as a whole is presented in the Base
Standard and will not be repeated here. The purpose of this standard is to
take the real-world, available-information situation confronting the
incident commander and the several involved agencies, and then support the
exchange of that information among agencies, to make further information
available to the incident commander and involved agencies, to best support
them in managing the event. That calls for messages to communicate whatever
information is available, often quite partial, among the several involved
agencies, to accomplish four decision-support functions, corresponding to
the five kinds of information exchange listed earlier in this clause:
⎯ Function 1: To disseminate information about current and future
traffic flows in the transportation grid, including in particular impacts
of an incident and particular route information, to assist in the real-
time interagency management of a transportation-related incident or
event. ⎯ Function 2: To support the management of traffic to assist
in the real-time interagency management of a transportation-related
incident or event, including establishing reverse links and the use of
priority/preemption technologies. ⎯ Function 3: To support the
management of TMC assets and other assets, as necessary to manage
traffic, to assist in the real-time interagency management of a
transportation-related incident or event. ⎯ Function 4: To
support the cleanup, repair, and replacement of damaged infrastructure,
treating that operation as part of another incident, or as a separate
incident.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1512.1-2003 This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety and emergency
management issues involved in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets
specified are consistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract
Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard comprises the basic volume of the family of incident management
standards, a multi-volume set of documents centered around this Base Standard. Other members of that family include three other
companion volumes, specifying incident management message sets for transportation-management-related data exchange and hazardous-
material- and cargo-related data exchange, etc. Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the 1512 Family of
Standards. The goal of that family of standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management
of transportationrelated events. Those events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special
events, and disasters caused by humans or natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems
or that causes a report to be received by an emergency management system, whether or not the event actually affects a
transportation system and whether or not a response is required.
Key Words: 911, Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1), ATMS, computer-aided
dispatch (CAD), center-to-center, commercial vehicles, dangerous goods,
data exchange, emergency management center (EMC), emergency response,
emergency services, emergency management service (EMS), fire, hazardous
materials, hazmat, incidents, incident response, incident management,
incident command, incident management system, intelligent transportation
systems, law enforcement, message sets, police, public safety, traffic
incidents, traffic incident management, traffic management, traffic
management center (TMC), transportation system management
Designation: 1512.1-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by
Emergency Management Centers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003
Project Scope: This standard will be limited to the development of a
comprehensive set of messsages specific to Traffic Management. This work
will be a functional partition of the Incident Management Base Standard
(P1512) and will be developed as a separate project with a separate time
schedule.
Project Purpose: This standard will produce a standard set of all the message
sets required for Incident Management that is unique to Traffic Management
communications. These message sets will be generated and transmitted
between the emergency management subsystem to all the other subsystems and
Incident Management providers. The result will be consistent standardized
communications among Incident Management centers, fleet and freight
management centers, information service providers, Emergency Management
centers, planning subsystems, Traffic Management centers and Transit
Management centers that will reduce duplication of messages among the
various subsystems and increase effective response times.
Abstract: Revised by IEEE Std 1512.1-2006 The exchange of vital traffic management data and data to support traffic management
decisions, between the Traffic Management Center and other agencies involved in transportation-related events, through common
incident management message sets, is addressed in this standard.
Key Words: "911,ASN.1,ATMS,CAD,center-to-center,commercial vehicles,data
exchange,EMC,emergency services,emergency
response,EMS,Hazmat,incidents,incident response,incidentmanagement,incident
management system,"
Designation: 1512.2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Public Safety Traffic Incident Management Message Sets
for Use By Emergency Management Centers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze and consolidate information leading
to the publication of a standards message set for Incident management
specifically covering information transfer concerning Public Safety,
comprised of Law Enforcement, Fire and Rescue, Emergency Medical Services,
and other related functions and services.
Project Purpose: Create a standard message set to reduce the duplication of
messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help
providers of services to interact more effectively.
Abstract: This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety issues involved in transportation-related events,
through common incident management message sets. Message sets specified are consistent with the National Intelligent
Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or ASN) syntax. This standard
comprises one companion standard of the family of incident management standards centered around a base standard, IEEE Std 1512®-
2000.
Key Words: 911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, center-to-center, commercial vehicles,
dangerous goods, data exchange, EMC, emergency response, emergency services,
EMS, fire, hazardous materials, hazmat, incident command, incident
management, incident management system, incident response, incidents,
intelligent transportation systems (ITS), law enforcement, message sets,
police, public safety, TMC, traffic incident management, traffic incidents,
traffic management, transportation management system
Designation: 1512.3-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets
for Use by Emergency Management Centers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 07, 2006
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 2006
Project Scope: This standard is a companion volume for IEEE Std 1512-2006,
referred to here as the “Base Standard.” This standard specifies
messages, data frames, and data elements for communicating general and cargo
information to other responders in support of real-time interagency
transportation-related incident management. It addresses the unique
disciplines associated with communications dealing with the control and
confinement of hazardous materials during and after an incident. The Base
Standard specifies messages, data frames, and data elements for the basic
underlying communication involved in real-time interagency transportation-
related incident management. Refer to the Base Standard for specification of
the scope of the combination of the Base Standard and companion volumes such
as this one. Together, the Base Standard and companion volumes shall be
referred to as the “IEEE 1512 Family of Standards.” Clause 5 and Clause 6
of this standard present the specified messages, data frames, and data
elements in ASN.1 format and in XML formats.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a framework for the exchange of
messages concerning cargo and content of vehicles and content of buildings
involved in transportation-related events, to support the management of
those events. The clearest examples of the need for these messages are in
cases where the cargo and/or content include hazardous material or hazardous
waste. However, these messages are also often needed where the cargo and/or
content is nonhazardous, as described in 1.1. This standard is part of
the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The purpose of that family of standards
as a whole is presented in the Base Standard and will not be repeated
here.In more detail, the purpose of this standard is to support the
communication necessary to take the realworld, available-information
situation confronting the incident manager, and use off-site databases to
make further information available to that manager, to best support this
individual in managing the event. That calls for messages that support
communications of whatever information is available, often quite partial, to
off-site databases and resources, and (often) then among off-site databases
and resources, to accomplish the following two decision-support functions:
a) To retrieve further information about what the cargo and/or contents are,
based on what are often quite partial cues available on site. That
information is available in off-site databases managed by shippers,
carriers, and fleet and freight management centers. b) To retrieve
information about the characteristics of the cargo and/or contents that is
important for incident management, such as toxicity, flammability, danger
of explosion, size of a potential toxic plume, environmental damage,
recommended set-back distances, and evacuation areas.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1512.3-2002 This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about public safety issues involved
in transportation-related events, through common incident management message sets. The message sets specified are consistent
with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are described using Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1 or
ASN) syntax. This standard comprises one companion volume of the family of incident management standards centered around a base
standard: IEEE Std 1512-2006. Other members of that family include other companion volumes, specifying incident management
message sets for transportation management-related data exchange and hazardous-material and public safety data exchange.
Collectively, that family of standards shall be referred to as the IEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of that family of
standards is to support efficient communication for the real-time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those
events include incidents, emergencies, accidents, planned roadway closures, special events, and disasters caused by humans or
natural events. Those events include any such event that impacts transportation systems or that causes a report to be received by
an emergency management system, whether the event actually affects a transportation system and whether a response is required.
Key Words: 911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, Center-to-Center, Commerical Vehicles,
Dangerous Goods, Data Exchange, EMC, Emergency Response, Emergency Services,
EMS, Fire, Hazardous Materials, Hazmat, Incidents, Incident Response,
Incident Management, Incident Command, Incident Management System,
Intelligent Transportation Systems, Law Enforcement, Message Sets, Police,
Public Safety, Traffic Incidents, Traffic Incident Management, Traffic
Management, TMC, Transportation System Management
Designation: 1512.3-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Hazardous Material Incident Management Message Sets
for Use by Emergency Management Centers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze and consolidate information leading
to the publication of a standards message set for Incident management
specifically covering information transfer concerning Hazardous Materials.
Project Purpose: Create a standard message set to reduce the duplication of
messages among the various subsystems and a common set of message will help
providers of services to interact more effectively.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1512.3-2006 This standard addresses the exchange of vital data about hazardous material and
othercargo and contents of vehicles and buildings involved in transportation-related events, throughcommon incident management
message sets. That data exchange is specifically to supportreal-time interagency transportation-related incident management.
Message sets specified areconsistent with the National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and are describedusing
Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) syntax. This standard comprises one companionvolume of the family of incident management
standards centered around a base standard:IEEE Std 1512-2000, IEEE Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets for Useby
Emergency Management Centers. Other members of that family that are forthcoming includetwo other companion volumes, specifying
incident management message sets for transportationmanagement and public safety. Collectively, this family of standards shall be
referred to as theIEEE 1512 Family of Standards. The goal of these standards is to support efficient communicationfor the real-
time, interagency management of transportation-related events. Those events includeincidents, emergencies, accidents, planned
roadway closures, special events, and disasterscaused by humans or natural events. These events include any such event that
impactstransportation systems, or that causes a report to be received by an emergency managementsystem, whether or not the event
actually affects a transportation system, and whether or not aresponse is required.
Key Words: "911, ASN.1, ATMS, CAD, cargo, center-to-center, commercial
vehicles, dangerous goods, data exchange, EMC, emergency response, emergency
services, EMS, hazardous materials, hazardous waste, hazmat, HM, IM,
incident management, incident response, incidents"
Designation: P1512.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use in
Entities External to Centers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This standard will address Traffic Incident Management Message
Sets which will be exchanged by and between mobile data terminals in
response vehicles including mobile command posts and to their respective
response and/or dispatch centers such that the exchange of information will
be standard and produce the needed response(s). This standard will be
limited to common message sets for use by emergency management including
transportation, fire/rescue, enforcement, HazMat, etc.
Project Purpose: Produce a set of common message sets required for Traffic
Incident Management exchanged between traffic incident responders. This
standard will also address Traffic Incident Management Message sets that are
exchanged between responders and other field assets in response vehicles, to
centers, such that the exchange of information will be standard and produce
the needed response(s).
Designation: 1512a
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Emergency Management Data Dictionary
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: Research, compile, analyze, and consolidate data elements used
in the 1512 family of documents, which cover message sets for highway
incident management. This project will consolidate all such data elements
into a format that is compliant with IEEE Standard 1489, and that is
suitable for submission to the ITS Data Registry.
Project Purpose: Emergency Management, alone among the subsystems in the
National Architectures, lacks a data dictionary. In order to maintain
consistency with the other ITS data dictionaires, IEEE Standard 1489, and
the IEEE-Managed Data Registry process, a data dictionary is required. The
Incidernt Management Working Group will prepare the data dictionary as a
normal associated activity with preparing the rest of teh 1512 family of
standards.
Designation: 1512b
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Amendment for Data Elements Found In Standard for Common
Incident Management Message Sets For Use By Emergency Management Centers,
IEEE 1512-2000
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This IEEE 1512-2000 amendment summarizes "foreign" data
elements. These element definitions have significantly changed from those
in the original 1512 Standard. "Foreign" refers to data elements found in
other standards. "Foreign" data elements are defined with an ASN.1 language
syntax; and published in another ITS Standard. The 1512b effort utilizes the
prior 1512 documentation, to insure harmonization and data exchange with
definitions related to Incident Management. The proposed 1512b standard will
provide new recommended definitions, when a definitional change has
occurred. In addition to the scope of work identified above, additional
revisions and additions to IEEE 1512-2000 will be made to harmonize data
concepts throughout the 1512 Family of Standards due to completion the
companion volumes (P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3, and P1512a).
Project Purpose: This amendment provides either commentary, new ASN.1
definitions, or both as required to implement foreign data elements used by
1512. In some cases, this is simply to restate the elements as they once
existed when the committee included them in 1512. In other cases, as ITS
harmonization or the efforts of the other committee have changed things, and
new (presumably improved) element has been provided reflecting now current
practices of ITS. This amendment also provides commentary and/or new ASN.1
definitions to implement data elements used in common by the companion
volumes (P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3 and P1512a). Guidance relative to the
manner in which each volume within the Family of Standards (1512-2000,
P1512.1, P1512.2, P1512.3, and P1512a) will also be included as necessary to
facilitate future implementation. After the References and Definitions in
Clauses Two and Three, the remainder of this standard (Clause Four) provides
revised definitions and guidance for each data element identified and
changed. Incident Management costs billions in lost productivity and loss of
lives. Message sets for Incident Management ranked sixth out of forty-four
on the United States Government ITS America 1996 Survey of Standards Needs
for an Intelligent Transportation System. It is a major component of
intelligent transportation system. Message sets for Incident Management
include all message sets generated and transmitted between the emergency
management subsystem to all other subsystems and providers. These include
the exchange of information about incidents between different centers
responding to the incidents, Fleet and Freight Management, Information
Service Providers, other Emergency Management Centers, Planning Subsystem,
Traffic Management and Transit Management. Therefore, a standard message set
will reduce the duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a
common set of message will help providers of services to interact more
effectively.
Designation: 1512b
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Amendment for Implementing Foreign Data Elements Found In
Standard for Common Incident Management Message Sets For Use By Emergency
Management Centers, IEEE 1512-2000
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ann R. Lorscheider, Phone:704-347-6601, Email:alorscheider@dot.state.nc.us
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: This IEEE 1512-2000 amendment summarizes "foreign" data
elements. These element definitions have significantly changed from those
in the original IEEE 1512 standard. "Foreign" refers to data elements found
in other standards. "Foreign" data elements are defined with an ASN.1
language syntax; and published in another ITS standard. The 1512b effort
utilizes the prior 1512 documentation, to insure harmonization and data
exchange with definitions related to Incident Management. The proposed
1512b standard will provide new recommended definitions, when a definitional
change has occurred.
Project Purpose: This amendment provides either commentary, new ASN.1
definitions, or both as required to implement foreign data elements used by
1512. In some cases, this is simply to restate the elements as they once
existed when the committee included them in 1512. In other cases, as ITS
harmonization or the efforts of the other committee have changed things, and
new (presumably improved) element has been provided reflecting now current
practices of ITS. After the References and Definitions in Clauses Two and
Three, the remainder of this standard (Clause Four) provides revised
definitions and guidance for each data element identified and changed.
Incident Management costs billions in lost productivity and loss of lives.
Message sets for Incident Management ranked sixth out of forty-four on the
United States Government ITS America 1996 Survey of Standards Needs for an
Intelligent Transportation System. It is a major component of intelligent
transportation system. Message sets for Incident Management include all
message sets generated and transmitted between the emergency management
subsystem to all other subsystems and providers. These include the exchange
of information about incidents between different centers responding to the
incidents, Fleet and Freight Management, Information Service Providers,
other Emergency Management Centers, Planning Subsystem, Traffic Management
and Transit Management. Therefore, a standard message set will reduce the
duplication of messages among the various subsystems and a common set of
message will help providers of services to interact more effectively.
Designation: 1513-2001
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Qualification of Concentrator Photovoltaic
(PV) Receiver Sections and Modules
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Robert D McConnell, Phone:303-384-6419, Email:robert_mcconnell@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes recommended procedures and
specifications for qualification tests that are structured to evaluate
concentrator photovoltaic (PV) receiver sections and modules intended for
power generation applications.
Project Purpose: The qualification tests provided in this document should
assist in evaluating concentrator photovoltaic (PV) receiver sections and
modules design performance, reliability, safety, and susceptability to known
failure mechanisms. Emphasis is placed on testing for potential degradation
of receiver section and module performance resulting from environmental
weathering, mechanical loading, or corrosion. The procedures given in this
rec. practice provide a common approach for conducting module qualification
tests. While acceptable results from these tests should provide reasonable
assurance that the modules produced by the same processes as those that pass
these tests will perform reliably in field after installation, this
recommended practice does not address design, safety, or performance of PV
systems.
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 The minimum tests and inspections required to evaluate photovoltaic
concentrating mod-ules, and a common approach (e.g., between producer and purchaser) in conducting qualificationtests are
provided.
Key Words: "concentrators, modules, photovoltaic (PV), qualification tests,
receivers, recommended practices"
Designation: 1515-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameter
Definitions, Test Conditions, and Test Methods
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2000
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000
Project Scope: Electronic power subsystems is an integral part of any
electronic system. They perform the task of power processing, management,
and distribution. To develop an IEEE Rec. Practice for electronic power
subsystems. It includes parameter definitions, parameter test conditions,
and parameter test methods. It is intended for dc, single-phase, or three-
phase ac electronic subsystems with power level up to 20 KW, voltage level
up to 600 V, and frequency tupto 400 Hz.
Project Purpose: Lack of any standards in electronic subsystems engineering
often leads to confusion. Different manufacturers and subsystem developers
use similar terms to indicate different things. A standard in this regard
will allow manufacturers as well as users to use the same set of
terminology. This will in turn allow industry as well as Department of
Defense system developers to acquire cost and time effective electronic
power subsystems and products with great interchangeability.
Abstract: This recommended practice defines many common parameters for ac-dc and dc-dc electronic power distribution components and
subsystems. This enables electronic system engineers, manufacturers, and researchers to speak with a common language and hence
facilitates effective and efficient communications. Furthermore, implementation of a common specification language will allow
the power electronics industry as well as the user communities, including government system developers, to acquire cost and time-
effective electronic power subsystems with significantly enhanced interchangeability.
Key Words: "electronic power distribution, power supply, specification,
specification language"
Designation: 1516-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture
(HLA)-- Framework and Rules
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1516-2000
Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 2010
Project Scope: This document provides an overview of the High Level
Architecture (HLA), defines a family of related HLA documents, and defines
the principles of HLA in terms of responsibilities that federates
(simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and
federations (sets of federates working together) must uphold.
Project Purpose: This document describes the general principles defining the
HLA and delineates the set of rules that apply to HLA federations and
federates. Each rule is then described, and the rationale for its inclusion
is provided. Many different classes of simulations exist. Each class has
changing application characteristics and needs to be flexibly supported to
allow for interoperability and reuse across classes and to limit the need to
maintain multiple interoperability approaches. The HLA is a common
integrated architecture, which has been developed to provide a flexible
approach for addressing these interoperability and reuse needs. The related
standards need to be considered as a set of products because changes in one
are likely to have an impact on the others.
Abstract: This standard, describing the framework and rules of the High Level Architecture (HLA), is the capstone document for a
family of related HLA standards. It defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline the responsibilities of HLA
federates and federations to ensure a consistent implementation. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one
simulation can solve all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology
advances will allow for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The
standards contained in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is
likely to have an impact on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common
architecture for simulation.
Key Words: architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation
execution, federation object model, framework, High Level Architecture,
instance attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object
model template, rules, runtime infrastructure, simulation object model
Designation: 1516-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level ARchitecture
(HLA) - Framework and Rules
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1516-2010.
Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2001
Project Scope: This document provides an overview of the High Level
Architecture (HLA), defines a family of related HLA documents, and defines
the principles of HLA in terms of responsibilities that federates
(simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and
federations (sets of federates working together must uphold.
Project Purpose: There are many different classes of simulations. Each class
has changing application characteristics and each needs to be flexibly
supported in order to allow for interoperability and reuse across classes
and in order to limit the need to maintain multiple interoperability
approaches. The High Level Architecture (HLA) is an integrated architecture
which has been developed to provide that common architecture. The related
standards need to be considered as a set of products - since changes in one
is very likely to have impact on the others.
Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA)Framework and Rules is the capstone document fora family of related HLA standards. It
defines the HLA, its components, and the rules that outline theresponsibilities of HLA federates and federations to ensure a
consistent implementation.Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the functional
needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that technology advances will allow for new and different
modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the frameworkof the HLA. The standards contained in this architecture
are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the others. As
such, the HLA isan integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation.
Key Words: architecture, class attribute, federate, federation, federation
execution, federation object model, framework, high level architecture,
instance attribute, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object
model template, rules runtime infrastructure
Designation: 1516.1-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture
(HLA)-- Federate Interface Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1516.1-2000
Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This document defines the interface between federates
(simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and the
underlying software services that support interfederate communication in a
distributed simulation domain.
Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to
provide a common architecture for distributed modeling and simulation (M&S).
To facilitate interfederate communications, HLA federates interact with an
underlying software infrastructure. This specification defines the standard
services and interfaces to be used by the federates to support efficient
information exchange when participating in a distributed federation
execution. (A federation execution occurs when sets of federates are brought
together to support an objective.)
Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecture for distributed modeling and
simulation. The HLA defines an integrated approach that provides a common framework for the interconnection of interacting
simulations. This document, the second in a family of three related HLA documents, defines the standard services of and
interfaces to the HLA runtime infrastructure (RTI). These services are used by the interacting simulations to achieve a
coordinated exchange of information when they participate in a distributed federation. The standards contained in this
architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, when changes are made. They each have value
independently.
Key Words: architecture, class attribute, data distribution management,
federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, HLA,
instance attribute, instance attribute ownership, interaction class, object
class, runtime infrastructure, simulation object model, time-constrained,
time-regulating
Designation: 1516.1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture
(HLA) Federate Interface Specification
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1516.1-2010.
Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001
Project Scope: This document defines the interface between federates
(simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) and the
underlying software services that support inter-federate communication in a
distributed simulation domain.
Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to
provide a common architecture for distributed, computer-based modeling and
simulation. To facilitate inter-federate communications, HLA federates
interact with a runtime infrastructure (analogous to a special-purpose
distributed operating system) using a standard application program
interface. This specification dedfines the standard services and interfaces
to be used by the federates in order to support efficient information
exchange when participating in a distributed federation execution. A
federation execution occurs when sets of federates are brought together to
support an objective.
Abstract: The high level architecture (HLA) has been developed to provide a common architecturefor distributed modeling and
simulation. The HLA defines an integrated approach that provides acommon framework for the interconnection of interacting
simulations. This document, the second in a family of three related HLA documents, defines the standard services of and
interfaces to theHLA Runtime Infrastructure (RTI). These services are used by the interacting simulations to achievea coordinated
exchange of information when they participate in a distributed federation. The standards contained in this architecture are
interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, when changes are made. They each have value independently.
Key Words: architecture, class attribute, data distribution management,
federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model, high
level architecture (HLA), instance attribute, instance attribute ownership,
interaction class, object class
Designation: 1516.2-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture
(HLA)-- Object Model Template (OMT) Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1516.2-2000
Technical Contact: Roy Scrudder, Phone:512-835-3857, Email:scrudder@arlut.utexas.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 06, 2010
Project Scope: This document defines the format and syntax for recording
information in High Level Architecture (HLA)object models, to include
objects, attributes, interactions, and parameters. It does not define the
specific data (e.g., vehicles, unit types) that will appear in the object
models.
Project Purpose: The HLA has been developed to provide a common architecture
for modeling and simulation. The HLA requires that federations (sets of
federates) and individual federates (simulations, supporting utilities, or
interfaces to live systems) be described by an object model that identifies
the data exchanged at runtime to achieve federation objectives. This
standard defines the documentation of the object model.
Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA)—Object Model Template (OMT) specification defines the format and syntax (but not
content) of HLA object models. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve all of the
functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that advances in technology will allow for new and
different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained in this
architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact on the
others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for simulation.
Key Words: architecture, class attribute, data distribution management,
federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model,
framework, High Level Architecture, instance attribute, instance attribute
ownership, interaction class, joined federate, object class, object model
template, rules, runtime infrastructure, simulation object model, time-
constrained, time-regulating
Designation: 1516.2-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Standard for Modeling and Simulation (M&S) High Level Architecture (HLA)
- HLA Object Model Template (OMT) Specification
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1516.2-2010.
Technical Contact: Susan F Symington, Phone:703 883 7209, Email:susan@mitre.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2001
Project Scope: This document defines the format and syntax for recording the
information in HLA object models, to include objects, attributes,
interactions, and parameters. It does not define the specific data (e.g.
vehicles, unit types) that will appear in the object models.
Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to
provide a common architec ture for modeling and simulation. The HLA
requires that federations (sets of federates) and individual federates
(simulations, supporting utilities, or interfaces to live systems) be
described by an object model which identifies the data exchanged at runtime
in order to achieve federation objectives. This standard defines that
information.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 1516 family on Computer Simulation/Modeling & Simulation High Level
Architecture. Abstract: The High Level Architecture (HLA) Object Model Template (OMT) specification defines the format and
syntax (but not content) of HLA object models. Simulations are abstractions of the real world, and no one simulation can solve
all of the functional needs for the modeling and simulation community. It is anticipated that advances in technology will allow
for new and different modeling and simulation (M&S) implementations within the framework of the HLA. The standards contained
in this architecture are interrelated and need to be considered as a product set, as a change in one is likely to have an impact
on the others. As such, the HLA is an integrated approach that has been developed to provide a common architecture for
simulation.
Key Words: "architecture, class attribute, data distribution management,
federate, federation, federation execution, federation object model,
framework, high level architecture, instance attribute, instance attribute
ownership, interaction class, joined federate"
Designation: 1516.3-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation
Development and Execution Process (FEDEP)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert R Lutz, Phone:240-228-7599, Email:robert.lutz@jhuapl.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 2003
Project Scope: This document defines the processes and procedures that should
be followed by users of the High Level Architecture (HLA) to develop and
execute federations. It is not intended to replace low-level management and
systems engineering practices native to HLA user organizations, but is
rather intended as a higher-level framework into which such practices can be
integrated and tailored for specific uses.
Project Purpose: The High Level Architecture (HLA) has been developed to
provide a common architecture for modeling and simulation. An HLA
federation is a named set of software applications (federates) that interact
via the services of the HLA Runtime Infrastructure (RTI) in accordance with
a common object model in order to achieve some objective (or set of
objectives). The purpose of this document is to provide the HLA user
community with a recommended practice for how HLA federations are developed
and executed.
Abstract: The processes and procedures that should be followed by users of the High Level Archi-tecture (HLA) to develop and execute
federations are defined in this recommended practice. Thisrecommended practice is not intended to replace low-level management
and systems engineeringpractices native to HLA user organizations, but is rather intended as a higher-level framework intowhich
such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses.
Key Words: federate,federation,Federation Development and Execution Process
(FEDEP),HighLevel Architecture (HLA),Object Model (OM),runtime
infrastructure (RTI), 1730
Designation: 1516.4-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Verification, Validation, and
Accreditation of a Federation - an Overlay to the High Level Architecture
Federation Development and Execution Process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2007
Technical Contact: Simone Youngblood, Phone:703-824-3436, Email:simone.youngblood@jhuapl.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice defines the processes and procedures
that should be followed to implement Verification, Validation, and
Accreditation (VV&A) for federations being developed using the High Level
Architecture (HLA) Federation Development and Execution Process (FEDEP).
This recommended practice is not intended to replace existing VV&A policies,
procedures, and guidance, but rather is intended to focus on the unique
aspects of the VV&A of federations. It provides a higher-level framework
into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses.
The VV&A overlay provides implementation-level guidance to VV&A
practitioners; however, it does not describe the individual techniques that
might be employed to execute the VV&A processes for federations. This
VV&A overlay focuses upon the VV&A processes that apply to federations and
not the VV&A processes associated with individual simulations (federates),
but does consider using the information produced by those processes.
Users, developers, and VV&A personnel working with simulations and
simulation compositions not based upon the HLA and the FEDEP can also
benefit from the guidance in this document since the activities that this
overlay describes can be tailored to support any type of distributed
simulation application.
Project Purpose: The VV&A overlay has been designed to apply across a wide
range of functional applications. The purpose of this overlay is to provide
a more detailed view of the VV&A processes implied by the FEDEP. Currently,
these processes represent the best practices available to the VV&A
community. The VV&A overlay is a tailorable process and is offered as
guidance to all participants in FEDEP activities. This overlay
identifies and describes the recommended VV&A processes that should be
followed to assure the acceptability and utility of federations for
particular intended uses. The overlay also identifies and describes the
information feeding and resulting from those processes as well as the
relationships between the FEDEP and the VV&A processes and their respective
information products. In addition, this overlay defines those terms uniquely
needed to characterize the FEDEP VV&A overlay. This overlay takes special
care to use and build upon existing standards, standard terms and their
definitions whenever possible.
Abstract: This recommended practice defines the processes and procedures that should be followed to implement Verification,
Validation, and Accreditation (VV&A) for federations being developed using the High Level Architecture (HLA) Federation
Development and Execution Process (FEDEP). This recommended practice is not intended to replace existing VV&A policies,
procedures and guidance, but rather is intended to focus on the unique aspects of VV&A of federations. It is a higher-level
framework into which such practices can be integrated and tailored for specific uses. The VV&A overlay provides
implementation-level guidance to VV&A practitioners
Key Words: federate, federation, Federation Development and Execution Process,
FEDEP, High Level Architecture, HLA, Verification, Validation, and
Accreditation, VV&A
Designation: 1517-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--System and Software Life Cycle
Processes--Reuse Processes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 25, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1517-1999
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 2011
Project Scope: This standard draws on IEEE Std 12207(TM)-2008 to describe
system and software reuse processes.1 It describes the relationship of reuse
processes to system life cycle processes described in Clause 6 (System Life
Cycle Processes) of IEEE Std 12207-2008 and software life cycle processes
described in Clause 7 (Software Specific Processes) of IEEE Std 12207-2008.
The standard defines processes and specifies requirements for the processes
but does not specify particular techniques. The scope of the specified
processes is broader than that of IEEE Std 12207-2008 because reuse
activities transcend the life cycle of any particular system. The specified
processes are suitable on an organization-wide basis.
Project Purpose: Most reuse processes are not distinct from the normal life
cycle but instead must be integrated into other life cycle processes. Some
acquirers require reuse because it has the potential to achieve faster time-
to-market, improved quality, and cost avoidance. These considerations compel
a process standard that explains how reuse processes may be incorporated
into the life cycle.
Abstract: A common framework for extending the system and software life cycle processes of IEEE Std 12207(TM)-2008 to include the
systematic practice of reuse is provided. The processes, activities, and tasks to be applied during each life cycle process to
enable a system and/or product to be constructed from reusable assets are specified. The processes, activities, and tasks to
enable the identification, construction, maintenance, and management of assets supplied are also specified.
Key Words: asset, domain engineering, process, reuse, software life cycle,
system life cycle
Designation: 1517-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes
- Reuse Processes
Status: Superseded
**Formerly known as 1420.4. Superseded by 1517-2010.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2000
Project Scope: The project would develop material referencing IEEE/EIA 12207 to
describe software reuse processes and how they would relate to traditional
software life cycle processes described in Part 0 of 12207. The document
will define processes and specify requirements for the processes, but will
not specify particular techniques. The scope of the specified processes
will be broader than that of 12207.0 because reuse activities transcend the
life cycle of any particular system. The specified processes would be
suitable on an organization wide basis.
Project Purpose: Most software reuse processes are not distinct from the normal
life cycle byt instead must be integrated into other life cycle processes.
Some acquirers are requiring software reuse because it has the potential to
achieve faster time to market, improved quality and cost avoidance. These
considerations argue for a process standard that explains how software reuse
processes may be incorporated into the life cycle. The purpose of the
proposed effort is to develop referencing IEEE/EIA 12207 specifying software
reuse processes and how they would be incorporated into the life cycle
process framework already provided by 12207. The primary purpose of the
document would be to facilitate communication between acquirer and supplier
(who may be either internal or external to the organization), oparticularly
regarding questions on the scope of the contract and questions regarding who
bears the expense and gains the benefits of reuse efforts. The document
would be useful within organizations to describe how reuse processes related
to traditional life cycle processes, activities, and tasks.
Abstract: A common framework for extending the software life cycle processes of IEEE/EIA Std12207.0-1996 to include the systematic
practice of software reuse is provided. This standard specifies the processes, activities, and tasks to be applied during each
phase of the software life cycle to enable a software product to be constructed from reusable assets. It also specifies the
processes, activities, and tasks to enable the identification, construction, maintenance, and management of assets supplied.
Key Words: asset,domain engineering,process,software life cycle,software reuse
Designation: 152-1953
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971
Title: Recommended Practice for Volume Measurements of Electric Speech and
Program Waves
Status: Superseded
Designation: 152-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: IEEE Standard for Audio Program Level Measurement
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 152-1953.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: May 21, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The needs and requirements specific to
the design, procurement, construction, mainte-nance, and operation of a microwave system are addressed. Steps for a variety of
applications have been included in this guide; however, users should select only those steps that apply to their par-ticular
system(s) and their procurement policies.
Key Words: peak, meter, indicator, audio program, program level, Standard
volume indicator, Peak-program meter
Designation: 1520
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Standard Programming Interfaces for Networks: Service/signalling control
and switch control and programming interfaces
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: This project is part of an effort aiming to establish an open
architecture in network control and the interface between network control
and management functions. In this approach, a three-tiered model is
adopted, with a separation of control intelligence, the upper tier, from the
control mechanism which is the middle tier. The middle tier resides on top
of the hardware and/or the low level software support. This project shall
establish a "programming interface" between the upper tier and the middle
tier, and a "supporting interface" between the middle tier and the lower
tier. The programming interface specifies in industry standard Interface
Definition Languages [1-9], a set of programming interfaces for distributed
access to switching functionalities by services control entities, including
but not restricted to signalling services entities. The supporting
interface specifies, in the form of a set of messages, the interfaces that a
swtiching unit must implement, in order to provide minimal standard services
supporting the higher level software. The types of switching units to be
considered in this standard shall include ATM switches, IP routers [27] and
circuit switches currently running the SS7 signalling systems. The standard
lends itself to easy programming of QoS (Quality of Service) [10-11, 20-23]
functionality through apropriate interfaces.
Project Purpose: With the rapid advance in the technological frontiers of
computing and communications, there is an opportunity to reconcile the
perspectives of these communities in new, more open network architectures
based on distributed systems principles. These architectures can support
alternative signalling protocols, rapid creation of programmed
communications services, enhanced QoS control, and the joint allocation of
computing and communications resources. E,powered with modern distributed
programming tools, future telecommunication services involving high quality
audio/video and multi-point diversity, can be created, re-configured and
customized dynamically in response to rapid changes in markets, user demand
and competition. The interfaces proposed above permit views of network and
switching hardware states to be exposed for independent and flexible
signalling service creation. By using the object linking and binding
mechanisms provided by distributed object programming environment 1) we can
encapsulate different types of signalling protocols, so that they may be
accessed from the same generic interface. This will benefit network service
developers and application vendors who can realize communication services
not specified in standard signalling protocols, and conduct service quality
negotiations with network elements. The exposed interfaces will also
benefit switch vendors through enhanced external control and management of
switching hardware with minimum software development effort.
Designation: 1520.2
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Standard for Application Programming Interfaces for ATM Networks:
Serivce/Signaling Control and Switch Control and Programming Interfaces
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This project shall establish a programming interface that
specifies in industry standard Interface Definition Languages [1-9], a set
of programming interfaces for distributed access to switching
functionalities by services control entities, including but not restricted
to signalling services entities. This standard is targeted towards ATM
switches and lends itself to easy programming of QoS (Quality of Service)
[10-11, 20-23] functionality through appropriate interfaces.
Project Purpose: Empowered with modern distributed programming tools, future
telecommunication services involving high-quality audio/video and multi-
point diversity, can be created, re-configured and customized dynamically in
response to rapid changes in markets, user demand and competition. The
interfaces proposed above permit views of network and switching hardware
states to be exposed for independent and flexible signalling service
creation. The interfaces will permit enhanced external control and
management of switching hardware.
Designation: 1520.3
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Standard for Application Programming Interfaces for Internet Protocol
Network Elements
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Weiguo Wang, Phone:+65-874-6721, Email:wwang@krdl.org.sg
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This project will define programming interfaces for Internet
Protocol (IP) routers, switches and other network elements (NEs). These NEs
perform various IP processing functions such as forwarding, routing,
switching, address translation and filtering. The programming interfaces
will be defined at virtual network device level and network generic services
level. The programming interface specifies in Interface Definition Language
[1-9], a set of interfaces for distributed access to switching
functionalities by services control entities.
Project Purpose: This standard will permit views of network and
routing/switching hardware states to be exposed, enabling independent and
flexible services creation by many providers writing to this standard
Application Programming Interface. Providing standard interfaces permits
generic views of network states that can be exposed for independent and
flexible service creation.
Designation: 15205-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 15205:2000 (IEEE Std 1496-1993) SBus -- Chip and Module
Interconnect Bus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 30, 2001
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: An input/output expansion bus with a 32-or 64-bit width is described in this standard.The SBus is designed for systems
requiring a small number of expansion ports.SBus Cards may be connected to a standard SBus Connector mounted on the
motherboard.SBus Devices may also be attached to the SBus directly on the system's motherboard.The dimensions of the SBus Card
are 83.8 mm by 146.7 mm,making the cards appropriate for small computer systems that make extensive use of highly integrated
circuits.The SBus Cards are designed to be installed in a plane parallel to the system's motherboard as mezzanine cards. They are
designed to provide connections for devices external to the computer system through an exposed back panel.The form factor is
useful in Futurebus+,VMEbus,desktop computers,and similar applications. The SBus has the capability of transferring data at rates
up to 168 Mbytes/s,depending on the implementation options selected. SBus Cards may either serve as Masters on the bus,providing
all virtual address information as well as the data to be transferred,or they may serve as Slaves on the bus,providing data
transfer according to the require- ments of some other SBus Master.The SBus Master for a data transfer is selected by an
arbitration process managed by the single SBus Controller on the SBus.The SBus Controller provides a virtual to physical ad-
dress translation service.
Designation: 1521-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Measurement of Video Jitter and Wander
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 06, 2004
Technical Contact: Aidan P Moore, Phone:416-490-7779x277, Email:aidan.moore@siliconoptix.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 2010
Project Scope: This standard allows the creation of instrumentation technology
for consistent measurements of video-related time-interval errors (TIEs).
Project Purpose: This standard defines a set of measurements to provide metrics
to quantify the timing perturbations of a video signal’s synchronization
information. The goal of this measurement standard is to provide consistent
and meaningful timing measurements of both digital (discrete-time) and
analog (continuous-time) video that can be correlated to video system
performance. To achieve this goal, this standard makes use of the
traditional engineering concept of analyzing the timing perturbations in
terms of a sinusoidal frequency spectrum, rather than applying statistical
metrics to time-domain measurements. A partitioning (filtering) of that
spectrum is introduced and metrics are assigned for quantifying the timing
perturbations so that performance limits, which are directly related to
limitations of video timing recovery, buffering and synchronization, can be
set and verified.
Abstract: SUMMARY: A set of metrics and methods to enable consistent measurement of the components of timing interval error in
video synchronization signals is provided. By partitioning the spectra into regions of jitter and lower frequency wander
(characterized as frequency offset and drift rate), timing performance can be better quantified for consistent control over
nontraditional networks.
Key Words: 1521-2003, drift rate, frequency offset, jitter, timing interval
error (TIE), wander
Designation: 1522-2004
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Testability and Diagnosability Characteristics and
Metrics
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This standard defines technology independent testability and
diagnosability characteristics and metrics, particularly those based on
relevant standard information models including standard AI-ESTATE (IEEE
1232.1 and P1232.3) information models.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide consistent, unambiguous definitions
of testability and diagnosability characteristics and metrics. This will
provide a common basis for system testability and diagnosability assessment.
Abstract: This standard was developed to provide standard, unambiguous definitions of testability diagnosability metrics and
characteristics. It builds on fundamental definitions derived from elements in formal information models related to test and
diagnosis defined in IEEE Std 1232-2002.
Key Words: aggregation fundamentals, cost-related fundamentals, diagnosability,
diagnos
Designation: 1523-2002
Sponsor: Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application, Maintenance, and Evaluation of Room
Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Silicone Rubber Coatings for Outdoor Ceramic
Insulators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 14, 2003
Technical Contact: Ravi S Gorur, Phone:480-965-4894, Email:ravi.gorur@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: Guide to help utilities in application of RTV silicone rubber
coatings for outdoor ceramic insulators. Guide covers details of these
aspects. Guide to help testing personnel inevaluation of RTV silicone
rubber coatings for outdoor ceramic insulators.
Project Purpose: Lack of knowledge and information on the benefits and
limitations of RTV coatings in the industry was responsible for undertaking
this project. This project will help address many utility concerns about
RTV silicone rubber coatings.
Abstract: Various important aspects that are needed for satisfactory long-term performance of High-Voltage Insulator Coatings (HVIC)
are presented in this guide. Various possible application scenarios, maintenance issues on coated insulators, factors affecting
long-term performance, the question of aging, laboratory accelerated tests, and functional outdoor evaluation are described.
Key Words: "aging, evaluation, hydrophobicity, HVIC"
Designation: 1524
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Guide for the definition of Thermal Duplicate Liquid-Immersed
Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers
Status: Superseded
**This project has been superceded by PC57.145.
Technical Contact: Barry L Beaster, Phone:314-679-4838, Email:blbeaster@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To develop a guide that sets the boundaries for a thermal
duplicate, as specified in Table 17 of C57.12.00, and provides a set of
calculations to permit the thermal performance to be determined.
Project Purpose: C57.12.00-1993 does not clearly define when a temperature test
is required. A temperature rise test may be omitted whenever a test on a
"Thermally duplicate or essentially duplicate unit" is available. The
requirements for meeting the thermally duplicate provisions are not
specified.
Designation: 1525
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Substation Integrated Protection, Control, and Data
Acquisition Communications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:holsteindk@adelphia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: Define standard communication requirements, specify message
delivery time between intelligent electronic devices, and specify Abstract
Syntax Notation (ASN) .1 data structures of information to be exchanged for
substation integrated protection, control, and data acquisition.
Project Purpose: Utilities will use this standard as part of a specification to
develop new substation automation capability, or to modify existing
substation automation capability. Vendors will use this standard to build
open system communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for
substation automation.
Designation: 1526-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing the Performance of Stand-Alone
Photovoltaic Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2004
Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: The test methods and procedures included in this document cover
stand-alone photovoltaic systems. Procedures provided are for conducting
performance testing of individual components and complete systems. The
methodology includes testing the system outdoors in prevailing conditions
and indoors under simulated conditions.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides test methods and procedures
for determining stand-alone photovoltaic system performance and conducting
design verification. Test procedures provided in this document are intended
to assist designers, manufacturers, system integrators, users, and
laboratories in conducting these performance tests.
Abstract: This recommended practice presents tests to determine the performance of stand-alone photovoltaic (PV) systems and for
verifying PV system design. These tests apply only to complete systems with a defined load. Performance testing is conducted
outdoors under prevailing conditions over a period of about one month. These tests are intended to assist designers,
manufacturers, system integrators, system users, and laboratories that will conduct the tests. System safety and component
reliability issues are not addressed in this recommended practice.
Key Words: "design verification, performance testing, stand-alone photovoltaic
(PV) systems"
Designation: 1527-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Flexible Buswork Located in
Seismically Active Areas
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 01, 2006
Technical Contact: Jean-Bernard Dastous, Phone:450-652-8341, Email:dastous.jean-bernard@ireq.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is the engineering and design
of flexible bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power
substations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to give guidance to the
substation engineer who is unfamiliar with seismic considerations in the
engineering and design of connections, and to provide engineers with the
current state of knowledge of the dynamic effects of high voltage
connections and conductors.
Abstract: The engineering and design of flexible bus connections for bus and equipment in electric power substations is described.
This recommended practice gives guidance to the substation engineer who is unfamiliar with seismic considerations in the
engineering and design of connections, and provides engineers with the current state of knowledge of the dynamic effects of high-
voltage connections and conductors.
Key Words: bus, conductor, conductor slack, connections, earthquakes,
electrical equipment, flexible bus, flexible buswork, interconnected
equipment, interconnection, seismic, substations
Designation: P1527
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Recommended Practice for the Design of Buswork Located in Seismically
Active Areas
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This document provides recommended practices for the engineering
and design of flexible and rigid bus connections for bus and equipment in
electric power substations located in seismically active areas.
Project Purpose: This document provides recommended practices to give guidance
to the substation engineer regarding seismic considerations in the
engineering and design of connections, and to provide engineers and
equipment manufacturers with the knowledge of the dynamic effects of
connections on interconnected equipment during seismic events.
Designation: 1528-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless
Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 2003
Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial-
average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of
users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless
communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the
ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same or similar
operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300
MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the
spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in
the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these
devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly
occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset
orientation and spacing relative to the head.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
protocol for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in an
anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to
be operated while held next to the ear. It provides the users with
standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques,
and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid
and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these
are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95.
Abstract: IEEE Std 1528-2003 specifies protocols and test procedures for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR induced
inside a simplified model of the head of users of certain handheld radio transceivers. These transceivers are intended to be used
for personal wireless communications services, operate in the 300 MHz–3 GHz frequency range, and are intended to be operated
while held against the ear. The results obtained by following the protocols specified in this recommended practice represent a
conservative estimate of the peak spatial-average SAR induced in the head of a significant majority of persons, subject to
measurement and other uncertainties that are defined in this standard. The results are representative of those expected during
conditions of normal use of a handheld wireless device. It is not the intent of this recommended practice to provide a result
representative of the absolute maximum SAR value possible under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset
orientation, and spacing relative to the head. The measurement of SAR induced in the external tissues of the head, e.g., the
external ear (pinna), is not addressed in this standard. The following items are described in detail: measurement concepts,
measurement techniques, instruments, calibration techniques, simulated-tissue (phantom) models, including homogeneous anatomical
models of the human head and simple phantoms for validation of the SAR measurement system, and the limitations of these systems
when used for measuring the spatial-peak mass-averaged SAR. Procedures for calibrating electric field (E-field) probes used for
SAR measurements and assessing the SAR measurement and system uncertainties are provided in the annexes. This recommended
practice is intended primarily for use by engineers and other specialists who are familiar with electromagnetic (EM) theory and
measurement techniques. This standard does not recommend specific SAR limit values since these are found i
Key Words: cellular and mobile telephones, dosimetry, handheld wireless
transceivers, measurement uncertainty, miniature electric field E-field
probes, nonionizing radiation, RFmicrowave exposure assessment, RFmicrowave
hazard assessment, SAR measurements, SAR measurement systems
Designation: P1528
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications
Devices: Measurement Techniques
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial-
average SAR in a simplified model of the head of users of handheld radio
transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and intended
to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and
future devices with the same operational characteristics as contemporary
devices that operate in the 300 MHz–6 GHz frequency range and provides a
conservative estimate of the peak spatial-average SAR representative of that
which would be expected to occur in the heads of a significant majority of
persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the
absolute maximum value that could possibly occur under every conceivable
combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation, and spacing
relative to the head.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
protocol for the measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in an
anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to
be operated while held next to the ear. It provides the users with
standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques,
and means for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid
and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included since these
are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95.1 and the International
Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) guidelines.
Abstract: Project scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial- average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a
simplified model of the head of users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless communications services and
intended to be operated while held next to the ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same or similar
operational characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a
conservative estimate of the spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the heads of a
significant majority of persons during normal use of these devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could
possibly occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset orientation and spacing relative to the
head. Project purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a protocol for the measurement of the peak
spatial-average SAR in an anatomical model of the human head of users of wireless handsets intended to be operated while held
next to the ear. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols, measurement and validation techniques, and means
for estimating the overall uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR limit values are not included
since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE Std C95.
Key Words: IEEE std 1528 , 1528
Designation: 1528
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications
Devices: Experimental Techniques
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: To specify protocols for the measurement of the peak spatial-
average specific absorption rate (SAR) in a simplified model of the head of
users of hand-held radio transceivers used for personal wireless
communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the
ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices that operate in the 300
MHz to 3 GHz frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the
spatial peak SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in
the heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these
devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly
occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset
orientation and spacing relative to the head.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
uniform test method that will satisfy the needs of wireless handset
manufacturers that are required to certify that their products meet specific
SAR limits. It provides the users with standardized and accepted protocols,
measurement and validation techniques, and means for estimating the overall
uncertainty in order to produce valid and repeatable data. Specific SAR
limit values are not included since these are found in other documents,
e.g., IEEE Std C95.
Designation: 1528
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Spatial-Peak Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications
Devices: Experimental Techniques
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts and
specify techniques, instruments, calibration techniques, models for
validation, uncertainities and limitations of systems used for measuring the
electric field strength for purposes of determining the spatial-peak
specific absorption rate (SAR) in simulated tissue models, including
anatomical models of the human body. This document will not recommend
specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g. C95.1-
1991.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify experimental
protocols for the measurement of spatial-peak absorption rates (SAR) in the
human body of users of certain hand-held wireless transceivers including
cellular and personal communications services (PCS) telephones. The SARs
will be determined from electric-field strength measurements made
insimulated anatomical tissue models.
Designation: 1528.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications
Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: General Requirements for using the Finite
Difference Time Domain (FDTD) Method for SAR Calculations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the concepts, anatomical
models for compliance assessments, techniques, validation procedures,
uncertainties and limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique
(FDTD) when used for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rate
(SAR) in standardized human anatomical models exposed to wireless
communication devices. Recommendations for standardized anatomical models
and general benchmark data for these models are provided. Specific SAR
limit values (basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in
other documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1-200X.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to specify
numerical techniques and standardized anatomical models used for determining
the spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of users
for wireless communication devices. SAR is determined by applying Finite
Difference Time Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions
produced by wireless devices in anatomically correct models of the human
anatomy. Intended users of this practice will be (but will not be limited
to) wireless communication device manufacturers and wireless service
providers that are required to certify that their products comply with the
applicable SAR limits, and government agencies.
Designation: 1528.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications
Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time
Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Vehicle Mounted Antenna Configurations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the concepts, techniques,
vehicle models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the
finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the
spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical
models exposed to vehicle mounted antennas. Recommended vehicle models and
general benchmark data for these models are provided. Antenna locations,
operating configurations, exposure conditions and positions of persons
exposed to the vehicle mounted antennas are defined. Intended users of this
practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication devices
manufacturers, service providers for wireless communication that are
required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR
limits and government agencies. Specific SAR limit values (basic
restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents,
e.g., IEEE C95.1-200X.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to specify
numerical techniques, anatomical models, and vehicle models used for
determining the spatial peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the human
body when exposed to vehicle-mounted antennas used by wireless communication
devices. SAR is determined by applying Finite Difference Time Domain (FDTD)
techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by wireless devices in
standardized anatomically correct models of the human anatomy.
Designation: 1528.3
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications
Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time
Domain (FDTD) Modeling of Mobile Phones/Personal Wireless Devices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts,
techniques, models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of
the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining
the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human
anatomical models. These models are exposed to personal wireless devices,
e.g. mobile phones. It recommends and provides guidance on modeling of
personal wireless devices and provides benchmark data for simulation of such
models. It defines model contents and provides guidance on meshing and test
positions at the anatomical models. This document will not recommend
specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE
C95.1-1999.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical
techniques, and anatomical models to determine spatial peak specific
absorption rates (SAR) in the human body of persons exposed to personal
wireless devices. SAR will be determined by applying Finite Difference Time
Domain (FDTD) techniques to simulate the field conditions produced by
wireless devices. It will use standardized anatomically correct models of
the human anatomy.
Designation: P1528.4
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications
Devices, 30 MHz - 6 GHz: Requirements for Using the Finite-Element Method
for SAR Calculations, specifically involving Vehicle Mounted Antennas and
Personal Wireless Devices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is to describe the
concepts, techniques, models, validation procedures, uncertainties and
limitations of the Finite-Element Method when used for determining the peak
spatial average specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized models of the
human anatomy exposed to wireless communication devices, in particular
vehicle-mounted antennas and personal wireless devices such as hand-held
mobile phones. Guidance on modeling such devices and benchmark data for
simulation are provided. It defines model contents, guidance on meshing and
test positions at the anatomical models. This document does not recommend
specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE
C95.1-2005.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical
techniques, anatomical models, and other models of the human anatomy and
vehicles to determine the peak spatial average specific absorption rates
(SAR) in the human body of persons exposed to wireless communication
devices, in particular vehicle-mounted antennas and personal wireless
devices, such as hand-held mobile phones. SAR is determined using a Finite-
Element simulation of the electromagnetic field conditions produced by
wireless devices in standardized models of the human anatomy. Intended users
of this practice will be (but will not be limited to) wireless communication
devices manufacturers, service providers for wireless communication that are
required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR
limits, and government agencies.
Designation: 15287-2-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 15287-2:2000 (IEEE Std 1003.13, 1998 Edition) Information
technology--Standardized Application Environment Profile--Part 2: Posix(R)
Realtime Application Support (AEP)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 15288-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Systems and software engineering System life cycle processes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 15288-2004
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Jan 31, 2008, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This International Standard establishes a common framework for
describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set
of processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at
any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these
processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and
performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through
the involvement of all interested parties, with the ultimate goal of
achieving customer satisfaction. This International Standard also
provides processes that support the definition, control and improvement of
the life cycle processes used within an organization or a project.
Organizations and projects can use these life cycle processes when
acquiring and supplying systems. This International Standard concerns
those systems that are man-made and may be configured with one or more of
the following: hardware, software, data, humans, processes (e.g., processes
for providing service to users), procedures (e.g., operator
instructions), facilities, materials and naturally occurring entities.
When a system element is software, the software life cycle processes
documented in ISO/IEC 12207:2008 may be used to implement that system
element. The two standards are harmonized for concurrent use on a single
project or in a single organization. When the system element is hardware,
refer to other International Standards outside the scope of SC7.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to provide a
defined set of processes to facilitate communication among acquirers,
suppliers and other stakeholders in the life cycle of a system. This
International Standard applies to organizations in their roles as both
acquirers and suppliers. It can be used by a single organization in a
self-imposed mode or in a multi-party situation. Parties can be from the
same organization or from different organizations and the situation can
range from an informal agreement to a formal contract. The processes
in this International Standard can be used as a basis for establishing
business environments, e.g., methods, procedures, techniques, tools and
trained personnel. Annex A provides normative direction regarding the
tailoring of these system life cycle processes.
Abstract: Revision of ISO/IEC 15288-2004. This International Standard was jointly developed by ISO/IEC and IEEE. This International
Standard establishes a common process framework for describing the life cycle of man-made systems. It defines a set of processes
and associated terminology for the full life cycle, including conception, development, production, utilization, support and
retirement. This standard also supports the definition, control, assessment, and improvement of these processes. These processes
can be applied concurrently, iteratively, and recursively to a system and its elements throughout the life cycle of a system.
Key Words: 15288-2008, acquisition, agreement, architectural design,
assessment, audit, configuration management, decision management,
development, disposal, enabling system, implementation, information
management, infrastructure, integration, life cycle, life cycle model,
life cycle stages, maintenance, measurement, operation, planning,
process, process improvement, process reference model, process tailoring,
process view, product, project portfolio, quality management,
requirements, retirement, risk management, service, stages, stakeholder
requirements, supply, system, system structure, system-of-interest,
tailoring, transition, validation, verification
Designation: 15288-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems engineering -- System life cycle processes
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 15288-2008.
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 2005
Project Scope: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 15288. Its scope is: This ...
Standard provides a common process framework covering the life cycle of man-
made systems. This life cycle spans the conception of ideas through to the
retirement of a system. It provides the processes for acquiring and
supplying systems. In addition, this framework provides for the assessment
and improvement of the life cycle processes.
Project Purpose: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 15288. The IEEE Software
Engineering Standards Committee has a set of reference processes for
software engineering that is shared with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. Sharing this
material permits both organizations to write compatible standards. Adoption
of 15288 is the first step to expanding the set of reference processes to
encompass systems engineering.
Abstract: Superseded by ISO/IEC/15288:2008(E) (IEEE Std 15288-2008). IEEE adoption of ISO/IEC Std 15288-2002 This standard
establishes a common framework for describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of processes and
associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of
these processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is
accomplished through the involvement of all interested parties with the ultimate goal of achieving customer satisfaction. This
standard is identical with ISO/IEC 15288: 2002 but contains an additional informative annex, Annex E, explaining the relationship
of this standard to other IEEE standards.
Key Words: adoption, ISO/IEC, life cycle processes, systems engineering
Designation: 15288
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems Engineering -- System Life Cycle Processes
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 15288 as IEEE 15288:2005.
ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. This
project will permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and adopt the
result. The scope of the document is unchanged from the previous version:
"This International Standard establishes a common framework for
describing the life cycle of systems created by humans. It defines a set of
processes and associated terminology. These processes can be applied at any
level in the hierarchy of a system’s structure. Selected sets of these
processes can be applied throughout the life cycle for managing and
performing the stages of a system's life cycle. This is accomplished through
the involvement of all interested parties with the ultimate goal of
achieving customer satisfaction."
Project Purpose: IEEE previously adopted ISO/IEC 15288 as IEEE 15288:2005.
ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 is now revising the document that we adopted. The purpose
of this project is to permit IEEE to provide comments to the revision and
adopt the result.
Designation: 15288-2007-2007
Title: Systems and Software Engineering -- System Life Cycle Processes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: P15289
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and Software Engineering - Content of
Life Cycle Information Products (Documentation)
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This International Standard specifies the purpose and content of
all identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The
information item contents are defined according to generic document types
and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which
may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the
information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288:2008 agreement,
enterprise, project, and technical processes; the ISO/IEC 12207:2008,
primary, supporting, and organizational life cycle processes, or the ISO/IEC
20000-1:2005 Service Management processes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users
of ISO/IEC 12207:2008, ISO/IEC 15288:2008, and ISO/IEC 20000-1 and -1:2005
in identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced
during systems and software life cycles.
Abstract: This International Standard was developed to assist users of systems and software life cycle processes to manage
information items (documents). It is based on the life cycle processes specified in ISO/IEC 12207:2008, Systems and software
engineering — Software life cycle processes; ISO/IEC 15288:2008, Systems and software engineering — System life cycle processes;
and the service management processes specified in ISO/IEC 20000-1:2005, Information technology -- Service management -- Part 1:
Specification; and ISO/IEC 20000-2:2005, Information technology -- Service management -- Part 2: Code of practice. The IEEE
Computer Society and ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC7 participated in the joint development of this International Standard. IEEE contributed
IEEE 12207.1-1997 Industry Implementation of International Standard ISO/IEC 12207: 1995 (ISO/IEC 12207) Standard for Information
Technology—Software life cycle processes— Life cycle data as a source for this standard. Information items are essential to
preserving what transpired when using system life cycle processes, and may be identified as deliverable documents. The
information items identified in ISO/IEC 15289 aid in planning, producing, and evaluating the results of the life-cycle processes.
This International Standard identifies the purpose and content of systems and software life cycle information items
(documentation) as required for the various life cycle processes. The information item contents are defined according to generic
document types and the specific purpose of the document. This International Standard may be applied to any of the activities and
tasks of a project, system or software product, or service life cycle. It is not limited by the size, complexity or criticality
of the project. It may be applied to all forms of information items, information item content, and document delivery media.
Information items may be combined or subdivided as needed for project or organizational purposes.
Key Words: software documentation, information items, data management,
information management, document management, description, plan, procedure,
records, report, request, specification
Designation: 15289
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering — Content of systems and
software life cycle process information products (Documentation)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all
identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The
information item contents are defined according to generic document types,
and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which
may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the
information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise,
project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary,
supporting, and organizational life cycle processes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users
of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes,
and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in
identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced
during systems and software life cycles.
Designation: 15289
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering -- Content of systems and
software life cycle process information products (Documentation)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007
Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all
identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The
information item contents are defined according to generic document types,
and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which
may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the
information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise,
project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary, supporting,
and organizational life cycle processes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users
of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes,
and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in
identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced
during systems and software life cycles.
Designation: 15289
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering -- Content of systems and
software life cycle process information products (Documentation)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard identifies the purpose and content of all
identified Systems and Software Life Cycle information items. The
information item contents are defined according to generic document types,
and the specific purpose of the document. The generic document types (which
may be referred to as information item types) are to be used to identify the
information necessary to support the ISO/IEC 15288 agreement, enterprise,
project, and technical processes; and the ISO/IEC 12207 primary,
supporting, and organizational life cycle processes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this International Standard is to guide users
of ISO/IEC 12207 Information technology -- Software life cycle processes,
and ISO/IEC 15288 Systems engineering — System life cycle processes, in
identifying and planning the specific information items to be produced
during systems and software life cycles.
Designation: 1528a-2005
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless
Communications Devices: Measurement Techniques - Amendment 1: CAD File for
Human Head Model (SAM Phantom)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2006
**4 CAD Files are provided with this Amendment.
Technical Contact: Howard Bassen, Phone:301-827-4950, Email:howard.bassen@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of IEEE Std 1528 is to specify protocols for the
measurement of the peak spatial-average SAR in a simplified model of the
head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless
communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the
ear. This amendment addresses ambiguity in the language of certain sections
and provides a compact disk (CD) with a CAD data file of the original
project's human head model, which was not included with the original
standard. There are no amendments or corrigenda to the original standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to remove editorial and
typographical errors, make minor clarifications to the formatting of
equations and text, and provide a compact disk (CD) with a CAD data file of
the original project's human head model. A CAD file was not provided with
IEEE Std 1528 but could be downloaded from several specified Internet sites.
Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 1528-2003. This amendment to IEEE Std 1528 addresses certain text ambiguities in IEEE Std 1528-2003
and provides a CAD data file for the human head model from the original project but which was not included with the original
standard.
Key Words: dosimetry, handheld cellular and mobile telephones, measurement
uncertainty, miniature electric field (E-field) probes, specific absorption
rate (SAR), specific anthropomorphic mannequin (SAM), SAR measurements, SAR
measurement systems
Designation: 1528b
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communications
Devices: Measurement Techniques. Amendment 2: Additional Procedures for SAR
Measurement at 3 - 6 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mark Douglas, Phone:919-472-6334, Email:mark.douglas@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify protocols for the
measurement of the peak spatial average SAR in a simplified model of the
head of users of handheld radio transceivers used for personal wireless
communications services and intended to be operated while held next to the
ear. It applies to contemporary and future devices with the same operational
characteristics as contemporary devices that operate in the 300 MHz–6 GHz
frequency range and provides a conservative estimate of the peak spatial
average SAR representative of that which would be expected to occur in the
heads of a significant majority of persons during normal use of these
devices, but which may not be the absolute maximum value that could possibly
occur under every conceivable combination of head size, head shape, handset
orientation, and spacing relative to the head.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the frequency range
of IEEE 1528 to include the frequency range 3 – 6 GHz. This extension would
bring the total applicable frequency range of IEEE 1528 to be 300 MHz – 6
GHz. Recommendations are needed for the measurement resolution, the probe
geometry, the phantom specifications, the dielectric parameters of tissue
equivalent liquids, and other measurement parameters.
Designation: 1529
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Spatial-Peak Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Body Due to Wireless Communications
Devices: Computational Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kwok Chan, Phone:301-725-1585, Email:kchan@fcc.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts,
techniques, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the
finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the
spatial-peak specific sbsorption rate (SAR) in numerical models, including
human anatomical models exposed to hand-held wireless terminals. This
document will not recommend specific SAR values since these are found in
other documents, e.g. C95.1-1991.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to specify numerical
techniques to determine spatial-peak specific absorption rates (SAR) in the
human body of users of certain hand-held wireless transceivers, including
cellular and personal communications services (PCS) telephones. SAR will be
determined by applying FDTD techniques to simulate the field conditions
produced by hand-held terminals in anatomically correct models of the human
anatomy.
Designation: 1530
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Construction of Calibration
Artifacts for Cable and Connector Shielding Test Fixtures for Frequencies
from 1Hz to 10 Ghz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lothar O Hoeft, Phone:505-298-2065, Email:bud.hoeft@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide recommendations for
constructing cable and connector samples with transfer impedance
characteristics which are readily calculable with this document. The
recommended practice will also facilitate the experimental verification of
these samples using round robin measurements among interested parties.
These calibration samples (shielding artifacts) should then be used to
establish/develop test fixtures and procedures for measuring surface
transfer impedance and other electromagnetic shielding characteristics of
cables and connectors.
Project Purpose: Currently, the measurement of the electromagnetic shielding
properties of cables and connectors may be performed using a variety of test
fixtures and techniques. A shield with known electromagnetic
characteristics is needed to establish the credibility of the test fixture
and/or technique. The purpose of this project is to recommend how to
construct such a sample or shielding artifact. The project will include a
set of standard samples and procedures for designing calibration
standards/artifacts for special situations.
Designation: 1531-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: Guide for Application and Specification of Harmonic Filters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 24, 2003
Technical Contact: Thomas E Grebe, Phone:865-470-9222x133, Email:tgrebe@electrotek.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003
Project Scope: Provide guidelines for the application and specification of
passive shunt harmonic fileters for use on 50 and 60 Hz power systems at 216
volts and above.
Project Purpose: No specific standard exists for harmonic filters, although
standards do exist for virtually all of the components that are used in a
filter. The objective of this document is to define the application and
specification criteria which should be considered in designing, controlling
and protecting a harmonic filter. Existing standards will be referenced,
and additional considerations will be presented as is appropriate. This
document would not address harmonic simulations and modeling. It will focus
on the equipment.
Abstract: Guidelines for specification of components, protection, and control of harmonic filters are provided. This guide applies
to the use of 50 Hz and 60 Hz passive shunt power harmonic filters on low- and medium-voltage electric power systems. This
document is the first guide specifically created for harmonic filters, although standards do presently exist for most of the
components that are used in a filter. Applications including industrial low-voltage facilities, utility medium-voltage systems,
and arc furnace installations are covered.
Key Words: "capacitors, harmonic filters, inductors, notch filters, passive
filters, power filters, power system harmonics, reactors, switched capacitor
filters"
Designation: 1532-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 1532-2000. Superseded by 1532-2002.
Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Project Scope: The project will augment the efforts of 1532 by describing a
Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) extension appropriate for
describing the configuration algorithm for 1532 compliant devices.
Implement errata to body of Standard as necessary.
Project Purpose: This completes the work of 1532 by providing an software
automatable mechanism (BSDL) for accessing the configurable properties of
1532 compliant devices. Implement errata to body of Standard as necessary.
Abstract: The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1 (Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture) has
been adopted by this standard for providing standardized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit
devices. Devices that implement this standard shall first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1 used for testing purposes. A device,
or set of devices implementing this standard may be programmed (written), read back, erased, and verified, singly or
concurrently, with a standardized set of resources. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of this
standard) are included for illustrative purposes.
Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD),erasable programmable
read-onlymemory (EPROM),field programmable gate array (FPGA),flash ram,in-
system (or in-situ)configuration (ISC),programmable device"
Designation: 1532-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1532-2001.
Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: The proposed porject will describe a series of mandatory and
optional boundary-scan instructions and associated data registers that will
define a standard methodology for accessing and configuring programmable
devices that already support IEEE Std 1149.1.
Project Purpose: The objective of the ISC standardization effort is to enhance
user access to 1149.1-based programmable devices. Devices that adhere to
the proposed 1149.1-based ISC standard would form the foundation for the
realization of tremendous savings in software product development and
manufacturing costs related to ISC. These parts would be immediately
integratible into existing systems and tools. In addition, these new tools
could leverage easily on the existing 1149.1-based tool sets and knowledge
base rapidly incorporating the features of ISC parts.
Abstract: The communication protocol described by IEEE Std 1149.1 TM -2001 (Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan
Architecture) has been adopted by this standard for providing standardized programming access and methodology for programmable
integrated circuit devices.Devices that implement this standard will first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1-2001, which isused
for testing purposes. A device, or set of devices, implementing this standard can be pro-grammed (written), read back, erased,
and verified, singly or concurrently, with a standardized setof resources. Sample implementation and application details (which
are not part of this standard)are included for illustrative purposes.
Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD), erasable programmable
read-only memory (EPROM), field programmable gate array (FPGA), flash ram,
in-system (or In-Situ) configuration (ISC), in-system programming (ISP),
programmable device"
Designation: 1532-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supersedes 1532-2001. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009.
Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: This project will develop a revision to IEEE Std 1532 to
incorporate adaptive in system configuration algorithms. These algorithms
allow for optimized access to technologies in which the associated
configuration access times can vary greatly from device to device. In
addition, general corrections to errata within the body of the document will
be applied if any are identified by the end-user community during the
lifetime of this PAR.
Project Purpose: In order to increase the general applicability of the standard
to a broader array of implementation technologies (specifically flash memory
technology), the working group has decided to specify and standardize the
description of adaptive configuration algorithms within the context of 1532.
These changes will allow flash programmable devices that are 1532 compliant
to be more easily developed.
Abstract: Std 1149.1 TM -2001 (Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture)has been adopted by this standard for
providing standardized programming access and methodology for programmable integrated circuit devices. Devices that implement
this standard shall first be compliant with IEEE Std 1149.1-2001 , which is used for testing purposes. A device, or set of
devices, implementing this standard may be programmed (written) , read back, erased, and verified, singly or concurrently, with a
standardized set of resources. Sample implementation and application details (which are not part of this standard) are included
for illustrative purposes.
Key Words: "complex programmable logic device (CPLD),erasable programmable
read-only mem-ory (EPROM),field programmable gate array (FPGA),Flash RAM,in-
system (or in situ)configuration (ISC),programmable device"
Designation: 1532-2002/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for In-System Configuration of Programmable Devices -
Corrigendum 1
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Neil G Jacobson, Phone:408-879-4885, Email:n.g.jacobson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009
Project Scope: Correction of minor technical and editorial errors.
Project Purpose: Clarify issues that have been brought forward by end-user
submitted questions.
Designation: 1534-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series
Capacitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 20, 2009
**Revision of 1534-2002.
Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice specifies thyristor-controlled series
capacitor (TCSC) installations used in series with transmission lines. The
document addresses issues that consider ratings for TCSC thyristor valve
assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control
characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing,
commissioning, operation, and maintenance.
Project Purpose: This document provides assistance and guidance to planning,
substation, commissioning, and operation engineers in the course of
specifying TCSC installations. Users of this document should tailor these
recommendations to their specific project requirements.
Abstract: Recommended practices for specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) installations used in series with
transmission lines are provided. Ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control
characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, training, documentation, operation, and
maintenance are addressed in this standard.
Key Words: 1534-2009, power oscillation damping, series capacitors,
subsynchronous resonance, TCSC, thyristor valves
Designation: 1534-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series
Capacitors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 14, 2008. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 14-Jan-2008.
Technical Contact: Duane R Torgerson, Phone:303-202-3933, Email:torgerson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Oct 29, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop a recommendation for specifying
Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) stations used in series with a
transmission line. The document will address issues that consider ratings
for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as
TCSC control characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing,
commissioning, operation, and maintenance. Excluded from this document are
detailed TCSC modeling considerations.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for specifying
Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) stations. This document will
provide assistance and guidance to planning, substation, commissioning, and
operation engineers in the course of specifying TCSC stations. Users of
this document will find that they should tailor the recommendations provided
when addressing specific project requirements.
Abstract: Recommended practices for specifying Thyristor-Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) installations used in series with
transmission lines are provided. Ratings for TCSC thyristor valve assemblies, capacitors, and reactors as well as TCSC control
characteristics, protective features, cooling systems, testing, commissioning, training, documentation, operation, and
maintenance are addressed.
Key Words: "power oscillation damping, series capacitors, subsynchronous
resonance, TCSC, thyristor valves"
Designation: 1535
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Industrial & Commercial Power Systems
Title: Guide for Commissioning Electrical Systems in Commercial, Institutional,
and Industrial Buildings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: C.A Shrive, Phone:513-241-5640, Email:c.shrive@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for use in commissioning the
electrical power systems in buildings. This guide will provide a basis for
ensuring that building electrical systems are designed, installed, tested,
and made operable in conformance with the design intent.
Project Purpose: The National Institute of building Sciences (NIBS) is
undertaking an effort to develop a set of commissioning standards to address
the total building commissioning process. They are doing this in
conjunction with professional and technical organizations such as IEEE, who
will each develop a standard for a specific system. this project will
develop the standard for electrical power systems. Its intended users are
owners of buildings, architects, and engineers. No such guide presently
exists. NIBS will be developing guides for other than electrical
commissioning processes.
Designation: 1536-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for Rail Transit Vehicle Battery Physical Interface
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2003
Technical Contact: Stanley Kwa, Phone:646-252-3189, Email:stkwa@nyct.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: This standard prescribes the maximum dimensional requirements of
each battery tray for a specific number of cells and battery capacity
rating. The battery hardware requirement and battery compartment are also
prescribed.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to standardize the physical dimensional
requirement of a battery tray. Currently, there are no overall dimensional
standards for a battery tray. The same rating batteries are being produced
in different cell sizes by different manufacturers to suit customer battery
compartment requirements. This standard will provide an optimal battery
compartment allowing interchangeability of batteries supplied by various
manufacturers. Thus, it will facilitate joint multi-agency purchasing.
Abstract: This standard prescribes the maximum dimensional requirements of each battery tray for a specific number of cells and
battery capacity rating. The battery hardware requirement and battery compartment are also prescribed.
Key Words: "battery tray,high discharge rate,low discharge rate,medium
discharge rate,multi-cellunit"
Designation: 1538-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Determination of Maximum Winding Temperature Rise in
Liquid-Filled Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2000
Technical Contact: Donald W Platts, Phone:610-774-4686, Email:donplatts@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: May 03, 2001
Project Scope: Produce a guide for developing mathematical models and test
procedures to determine the steady state maximum (hottest spot) and average
winding temperature rise over ambient for liquid immersed distribution,
power, network, and regulating transformers manufactured in accordance with
IEEE C57.12.00.
Project Purpose: This guide will provide a basis for the transformer
manufacturer and user to concur that a transformer meets the temperature
requirements in C57.12.00. Those requirements state that the maximum winding
temperature rise shall be determined by either direct measurement or
calculations. This guide will describe the requirements for a manufacturer's
test program or mathematical model to demonstrate compliance with those
requirements.
Abstract: " Provides guidance for determining the hottest-spot temperature in distribution and powertransformers built in accordance
with IEEE Std C57.12.00-2000. Describes the important criteriato be evaluated by any thermal model that can accurately predict
the hottest-spot temperature in atransformer. Provides guidance for performing temperature-rise tests with direct measurement
ofthe hottest-spot temperatures, and explains the importance of developing an accurate thermal mod-el to properly locate the
temperature sensors. "
Key Words: "distribution transformer, hottest-spot temperature, power
transformers, temperaturerise test, thermal model"
Designation: 1539
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Testing Transmission Cable Systems with Extruded Insulation,
Part 1, 69 kV through 161 kV
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Torben Aabo, Phone:518-384-1613, Email:t.aabo@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: The guide is intended to help the users of transmission cable
systems assure that the components to be specified for the system are of the
highest standard and that the cable and accessories are compatible. The
guide will address routine testing of cables, sample tests on cables, type
tests on cables, type tests on systems, and electrical tests after
installation.The proposed guide will incorporate applicable information from
AEIC, IEEE and IEC specifications and guides, to make the document
applicable to users of transmission cable in the US and abroad.
Project Purpose: The use of transmission cables with extruded insulation has
been increasing and it appears that the trend will continue up through 500
kV. In order to construct a reliable cable system, the components
incorporated must be compatible and of high quality. Therefore, a guide is
proposed in order to be able to specify a cable systgem with compatible and
quality components.
Designation: 154
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1540-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Life Cycle Processes - Risk Management
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: This standard will describe a process for the management of risk
during software development, operations and maintenance. It will be
consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide acquirers and
developers with a single unifying risk management process that is suitable
for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA 12207. The standard will not provide
detailed risk management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for
risk management in which any of several techniques might be applied. The
standard will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise
management, rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project.
Abstract: Replaced by 16085: 2004 (SH/SS95262) This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. A process
for the management of risk in the life cycle of software is defined. It can be added to the existing set of software life cycle
processes defined by the IEEE/EIA 12207 series of standards, or it can be used independently.
Key Words: "acceptability, integrity, risk, risk analysis, risk management,
risk treatment"
Designation: 1541-2002
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for Prefixes for Binary Multiples
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2003
Technical Contact: James R Frysinger, Phone:931-657-3107, Email:j.frysinger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 2005
Project Scope: This standard will define prefixes that denote multiplication of
a unit by the binary multiplier 2^10 and integral powers thereof. The
prefixes are for use with all units, in all fields where multiplication by a
binary multiplier is found to be appropriate.
Project Purpose: The prefixes kilo, mega, etc., are sometimes used to denote
powers of two, rather than their internationally standardized meaning as
decimal multiples. The binary usage is internationally deprecated. This
proposed standard will be consistent with, and will support, a recently
adopted IEC standard on the subject.
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. Names and letter symbols for prefixes that denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2 10
n ,where n =1,2,3,4,5,or 6 are defined. Although the prefixes may be used with all units in all fields where multiplication by a
binary multiplier is found to be appropriate, their primary use is in the field of information technology.
Key Words: "binary,binary
multiple,computer,exbi,gibi,kibi,mebi,pebi,prefix,tebi"
Designation: 1541
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: Standard for Binary Prefixes
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: We shall clarify the use of unit symbol prefixes to distinguish
between powers of 10 and powers of 2.
Project Purpose: Usage of kilobyte and megabyte varies; in different cases 1
megabyte means 10 to the 6th power bytes and 2 to the 20th power bytes.
This standard will stipulate meaning, reserving k, M, G, etc., as powers to
10 prefixes. This standard will be consistent with, and will support, the
work underway in the International Electrotechnical Commission.
Designation: 1541
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: Standard for Multiples for Binary Prefixes
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001
Project Scope: This standard will define prefixes and letter symbols that
denote multiplication of a unit by the binary multiplier 2^10 and integral
powers thereof. The prefixes and symbols are for use with all units, in all
fields where multiplication by a binary multiplier is found to be
appropriate.
Project Purpose: The prefixes kilo, mega, etc. are sometimes used to denote
powers of two, rather than their internationally standardized meaning as
decimal multiples. The binary usage is internationally deprecated. This
proposed standard will be consistent with, and will support, a recently
adopted IEC standard on the subject.
Designation: 1542-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation, Maintenance, and Operation of Irrigation
Equipment Located Near or Under Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: The guide is based on industry practices and presents guidelines
for installation, maintenance, and operation of irrigation equipment near
or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized
conductors and proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks. The guide
covers a variety of conditions in general terms. Specific recommendations
are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most
commonly found.The guide is based on industry practices and presents
guidelines for installation, maintenance, and operation of irrigation
equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to
energized conductors and proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks. The
guide covers a variety of conditions in general terms. Specific
recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line
parameters most commonly found.
Project Purpose: The guide is intended for designers, installers, and operators
of the irrigation equipment, as well as electric power utilities whose lines
are located near or above the irrigation systems. General information is
provided on installation, maintenance, and operation of irrigation equipment
as it relates to safety due to the presence of electric power lines. The
following parameters are considered: a) Distance to energized conductors
during installation b) Proper grounding to minimize nuisance shocks c)
Distance between irrigation nozzle and power line conductors during
operation of the irrigation system The recommended minimum
conductor-to-nozzle distance is based on the maximum allowable body
leakage current of 5 mA rms and field tests conducted by the Nebraska Public
Power District and the USDA Agricultural Research Service, University of
Nebraska. Because of the great variety of conditions, practices,
electrical system designs, types of irrigation systems, water conductivity,
and ground resistance values, this guide covers these variables only in
general terms. However, specific recommendations are made for the type of
irrigation system and power line parameters that are most representative in
the industry. The IEEE makes no representation or warranty as to the
adequacy or accuracy of the information in this guide or as to economy, or
safety issues associated with the use of this guide. When determining
whether or not, and/or how, to use the information in this guide, all
factors shall be considered with regard to the specific situation(s).
This material is intended to provide a helpful reference for those seeking
information on common industry practices so they may consider the experience
of others in developing or modifying their own practices.
Abstract: The guide is based on industry practices, and guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation of irrigation
equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to minimize
nuisance shocks are presented. A variety of conditions in general terms is covered in this guide. Specific recommendations are
made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found.
Key Words: 1542-2008, farm irrigation systems, irrigation, irrigation systems,
sprinklers
Designation: 1542
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Installation, Maintenance and Operation of Irrigation
Equipment Located Near or Under Power Line
Status: Superseded
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: The proposed Guide is based on industry practices and presents
guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation and of irrigation
equipment near or under overhead power lines as they pertain to minimum
distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to avoid nuisance
shocks. The Guide covers a variety of conditions in general terms.
Specific recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and
power line parameters most commonly found.
Project Purpose: The Guide is intended for installers and operators of the
irrigation equipment as well as electric power utilities. General and
specific information is given for installation, maintenance and operation of
irrigation equipment as it relates to safety due to the presence of electric
power lines.
Abstract: The guide is based on industry practices, and guidelines for installation, maintenance and operation of irrigation
equipment near or under power lines as they pertain to minimum distance to energized conductors and proper grounding to
minimize nuisance shocks are presented. A variety of conditions in general terms is covered in this guide. Specific
recommendations are made for the type of irrigation systems and power line parameters most commonly found.
Key Words: 1542-2007, ground resistance, irrigation equipment, irrigation
systems, leakage current, nuisance shocks, power line, sprinklers, water
conductivity
Designation: 1543
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Message Sets Sets for Back Office Applications/Roadside
(Resource Manager) Communications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Irwin H Morse, Phone:619 679 6165, Email:imorse@sps.globalus.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: Research, compile and consolidate information leading to the
publication of a standard for exchanging information, providing for bi-
directional message transmission and device control between Back Office
Applications and a vehicle to roadside communication (VRC) controller on the
roadside. This will entail specifying the application message sets,
application registration, and application level acknowledgement for the
interface. Work with information sources sucn as the Electronic Toll and
Traffic Management (ETTM) User's Group, the ATA, the CVO community, the
vendor community, and other standards bodies to synthesize existing
requirements into a single, open industry standard that supports
interoperable implementations.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide an interface between the VRC
controller and the back office equipment. The PAR will consolidate and
publish a Standard to support Commercial Vehicle Operation and ETTM.
Designation: 1544
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles for Railcar Basic
Operating Unit Interoperability
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Fred Woolsey, Phone:215-542-0700, Email:fwoolsey@ltk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This standard defines the data elements, content and structure
of messages, and interoperability requirements for data communications
within rail vehicles and between basic operating units within a train for
applications other than Communications-Based Train Control (CBTC).
Project Purpose: This standard provides clearly defined message structures and
content for intra-train communications, providing for interoperability
between disparate systems and equipment. Through consistent use of this
standard, functional entities on rail vehicles will be able to communicate
seamlessly with each other.
Designation: 1544
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles (TCIP) for
Railcar Basic Operating Unit Interoperability - Data Element Definitions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Fred Woolsey, Phone:215-542-0700, Email:fwoolsey@ltk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard defines the data elements for communications
within and between Basic Operating Units, for applications other than
Communications Based Train Control (CBTC).
Project Purpose: This standard provides protocol-independent data elements for
intra-train communications, allowing development of protocol-specific
standards for interoperability between disparate systems and equipment.
Designation: 1544
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Transit Communications Interface Profiles for Rail
Applications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert E McHugh, Phone:82.2.3485.5627, Email:robert.mchugh@dmjmkorea.co.kr
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will address the concepts of data dictionaries as
applied to rail transit. It will provide the interface profiles required to
allow data to be shared and information to be transferred among functional
on-board systems, rail transit departments and other operating entities.
IEEE Standard 1489 for Data Dictionaries and IEEE Standard 1488 for Message
Set Templates will provide guidelines for the data dictionary structures
used in this standard. The basic concepts related to ISO/IEC 8824, Abstract
Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) data definition language and enhanced encoding
ethods are used for describing the layout of messages exchanged between
application programs running in typically dissimilar hardware and software
environments.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide seamless, platform
and protocol independent communication of data and information between and
among applications within a rail transit environment. Through consistent
use (in conformance with this standard) of these common structures and
associated conventions and schemes, data and information can be
unambiguously interchanged among the various rail transit subsystems.
Designation: 1545-1999
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Parametric Data Log Format
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000
Project Scope: This standard will define the file and record formats for
parametric test data acquired during a test operation. This standard
supports and is part of the IEEE 1226 family of standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to log
parametric data so that the data can be exchanged for the purpose of
analysis and historical trend reporting.
Abstract: Jan 2005: Administratively withdrawn. A language and file format for describing parametric test data is defined. Data
types, dataformats, and file formats are included.
Key Words: "data type, file structure, parametric data log, parametric test
data"
Designation: 1546-2000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide for Digital Test Interchange Format (DTIF) Application
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2001
Technical Contact: Mukund U Modi, Phone:732-323-7002, Email:mukund.modi@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: This project will develop an aid in the understanding and use of
DTIF files.
Project Purpose: The application guide will provide information that will be an
aid to users in developing tools such as pre-processors and post-processors
of DTIF data, and other utilities.
Abstract: An aid in the understanding and use of digital test interchange format (DTIF) les is provided in this guide.This
information will be an aid to users in developing tools such as preprocessors and postprocessors of DTIF data and other
utilities.
Key Words: "automatic test equipment (ATE), digital automatic test program
generator, digital test interchange format (DTIF), unit under test (UUT)"
Designation: 1547-2003
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric
Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 28, 2003
Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 05, 2009
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria and requirements for
interconnection of distributed resources (DR) with electric power systems.
Project Purpose: This document provides a uniform standard for interconnection
of distributed resources with electric power systems. It provides
requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety
considerations, and maintenance of the interconnection.
Abstract: This standard is the first in the 1547 series of interconnection standards and is a benchmark milestone demonstrating the
open consensus process for standards development. Traditionally, utility electric power systems (EPS--grid or utility grid) were
not designed to accommodate active generation and storage at the distribution level. As a result, there are major issues and
obstacles to an orderly transition to using and integrating distributed power resources with the grid. The lack of uniform
national interconnection standards and tests for interconnection operation and certification, as well as the lack of uniform
national building, electrical, and safety codes, are understood. IEEE Std 1547 and its development demonstrate a model for
ongoing success in establishing additional interconnection agreements, rules, and standards, on a national, regional, and state
level. IEEE Std 1547 has the potential to be used in federal legislation and rule making and state public utilities commission
(PUC) deliberations, and by over 3000 utilities in formulating technical requirements for interconnection agreements for
distributed generators powering the electric grid. This standard focuses on the technical specifications for, and testing of,
the interconnection itself. It provides requirements relevant to the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and
maintenance of the interconnection. It includes general requirements, response to abnormal conditions, power quality, islanding,
and test specifications and requirements for design, production, installation evaluation, commissioning, and periodic tests. The
stated requirements are universally needed for interconnection of distributed resources (DR), including synchronous machines,
induction machines, or power inverters/converters and will be sufficient for most installations. The criteria and requirements
are applicable to all DR technologies, with aggregate capacity of 10 MVA or less at the point of common cou
Key Words: certification codes commissioning, dc injection design, field,
installation, production tests communications diesel generators distributed
generation, power resources electric distribution systems dispersed
generation, storage energy storage faults flicker fuel cells generators grid
harmonics IEEE induction machines inverters interconnection requirements and
specifications islanding microturbines monitoring and control paralleling
power converters, networks, quality photovoltaic power systems point of
common coupling public utility commissions reclosing coordination
regulations rule making, federal, national, regional, state standards
synchronous machines testing utilities wind energy systems
Designation: 1547.1-2005
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Standard Conformance Test Procedures for Equipment Interconnecting
Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2005
Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning
tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection
functions and equipment of a distributed resource (DR) conform to IEEE
Standard P1547.
Project Purpose: Interconnection equipment that connects distributed resources
(DR) to an electric power system (EPS) must meet the requirements specified
in IEEE Standard P1547. Standardized test procedures are necessary to
establish and verify compliance with those requirements. These test
procedures must provide both repeatable results, independent of test
location, and flexibility to accommodate a variety of DR technologies.
Abstract: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the
interconnection functions and equipment of the distributed resources (DR) conform to IEEE Std 1547(TM)
Key Words: distributed resources, interconnection, test procedures
Designation: 1547.2-2008
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Application Guide for IEEE Std 1547(TM), IEEE Standard for
Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Thomas S Basso, Phone:303-275-3753, Email:thomas_basso@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This guide provides technical background and application details
to support understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003.
Project Purpose: This document facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by
characterizing the various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies
and the associated interconnection issues. Additionally, the background and
rationale of the technical requirements are discussed in terms of the
operation of the DR interconnection with the electric power system (EPS).
Presented in the document are technical descriptions and
schematics,applications guidance, and interconnection examples to enhance
the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003.
Abstract: Technical background and application details to support understanding of IEEE Std 1547-2003 are provided. The guide
facilitates the use of IEEE Std 1547-2003 by characterizing various forms of distributed resource (DR) technologies and their
associated interconnection issues. It provides background and rationale of the technical requirements of IEEE Std 1547-2003. It
also provides tips, techniques, and rules of thumb, and it addresses topics related to DR project implementation to enhance the
user's understanding of how IEEE Std 1547-2003 may relate to those topics. This guide is intended for use by engineers,
engineering consultants, and knowledgeable individuals in the field of DR. The IEEE 1547 series of standards is cited in the
Federal Energy Policy Act of 2005, and this guide is one document in the IEEE 1547 series.
Key Words: 1547.2-2008,diesel generators, dispersed generation, distributed
energy, distributed energy resources, distributed generation, distributed
power, distributed resources, electric distribution systems, electric
power systems, energy storage, Federal, fuel cells, grid, interconnection,
inverter, islanding, microturbines, national, networks, paralleling,
photovoltaic power systems, rulemaking, regional, state, utility, wind
energy systems
Designation: 1547.3-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Guide for Monitoring, Information Exchange, and Control of
Distributed Resources Interconnected with Electric Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 16, 2007
Technical Contact: Frank Goodman, Phone:650-855-2872, Email:fgoodman@epri.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2007
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for monitoring, information
exchange, and control for distributed resources (DR) interconnected with
electric power systems (EPS).
Project Purpose: This document facilitates the interoperability of a one or
more distributed resources interconnected with electric power systems. It
describes functionality, parameters and methodologies for monitoring,
information exchange and control for the interconnected distributed
resources with or associated with electric power systems. Distributed
resources include systems in the areas of fuel cells, photovoltaics, wind
turbines, microturbines, other distributed generators, and, distributed
energy storage systems.
Abstract: This guide is intended to facilitate the interoperability of distributed resources (DR) and help DR project stakeholders
implement monitoring, information exchange, and control (MIC) to support the technical and business operations of DR and
transactions
Key Words: communications; control; data acquisition; diesel generators;
dispersed generation; distributed energy resources; distributed generation;
distributed power; distributed resources; distribution system; electric
power system; electrical network; energy management; energy storage; fuel
cells; grid; IED; information exchange; intelligent electronic devices;
interconnection requirements and specifications; meter; microturbines;
monitoring; photovoltaic power systems; public utility commission
regulations; rulemaking, federal, national, regional, SCADA; standards;
state; substations; supervisory; telemetry; utility grid
Designation: P1547.4
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Design, Operation, and Integration of Distributed
Resource Island Systems with Electric Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Benjamin Kroposki, Phone:303-275-2979, Email:benjamin_kroposki@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This document provides alternative approaches and good practices
for the design, operation, and integration of distributed resource (DR)
island systems with electric power systems (EPS). This includes the ability
to separate from and reconnect to part of the area EPS while providing power
to the islanded local EPSs. This guide includes the distributed resources,
interconnection systems, and participating electric power systems.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to be used by EPS designers, operators,
system integrators, and equipment manufacturers. The document is intended
to provide an introduction, overview and address engineering concerns of DR
island systems. It is relevant to the design, operation, and integration of
DR island systems. Implementation of this guide will expand the benefits of
using DR by targeting improved electric power system reliability and build
upon the interconnection requirements of IEEE 1547.
Abstract: This document provides alternative approaches and good practices for the design, operation, and integration of distributed
resource (DR) island systems with electric power systems (EPS). This includes the ability to separate from and reconnect to part
of the area EPS while providing power to the islanded EPSs. This guide includes the distributed resources, interconnection
systems, and participating electric power systems.
Key Words: circuit island, distributed resources, DR island systems, electric
power systems, intentional island, interconnection, lateral island,
microgrid, secondary island, substation bus island
Designation: P1547.5
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Technical Guidelines for Interconnection of Electric Power
Sources Greater than 10MVA to the Power Transmission Grid
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mallur N Satyanarayan, Phone:612-630-4415, Email:mallur.n.satyanarayan@xcelenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines regarding the technical
requirements, including design, construction, commissioning acceptance
testing and maintenance /performance requirements, for interconnecting
dispatchable electric power sources with a capacity of more than 10 MVA to a
bulk power transmission grid.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide technical
information and guidance to all parties involved in the interconnection of
dispatchable electric power sources to a transmission grid about the various
considerations needed to be evaluated for establishing acceptable parameters
such that the interconnection is technically correct.
Designation: P1547.6
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Interconnecting Distributed
Resources with Electric Power Systems Distribution Secondary Networks
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Joseph L Koepfinger, Phone:412-264-6148, Email:joseph_l_koepfinger@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This standard builds upon IEEE Standard 1547 for the
interconnection of distributed resources (DR) to distribution secondary
network systems. This standard establishes recommended criteria,
requirements and tests, and provides guidance for interconnection of
distribution secondary network system types of area electric power systems
(Area EPS) with distributed resources (DR) providing electric power
generation in local electric power systems (Local EPS).
Project Purpose: This standard focuses on the technical issues associated with
the interconnection of Area EPS distribution secondary networks with a Local
EPS having DR generation. The standard provides recommendations relevant to
the performance, operation, testing, safety considerations, and maintenance
of the interconnection. In this standard consideration is given to the
needs of the Local EPS to be able to provide enhanced service to the DR
owner loads as well as to other loads served by the network. Equally, the
standard addresses the technical concerns and issues of the Area EPS.
Further, this standard identifies communication and control recommendations
and provides guidance on considerations that will have to be addressed for
such DR interconnections.
Abstract: This standard builds upon IEEE Std 1547 for the interconnection of distributed resources (DR) to distribution secondary
network systems. This standard establishes recommended criteria, requirements and tests, and provides guidance for
interconnection of distribution secondary network system types of area electric power systems (area EPS) with distributed
resources (DR) providing electric power generation in local electric power systems (Local EPS).
Key Words: 1547
Designation: P1547.7
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide to Conducting Distribution Impact Studies for Distributed Resource
Interconnection
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert D Saint, Phone:703-907-5863, Email:robert.saint@nreca.coop
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This guide describes criteria, scope, and extent for engineering
studies of the impact on area electric power systems of a distributed
resource or aggregate distributed resource interconnected to an area
electric power distribution system.
Project Purpose: The creation of IEEE Std 1547 “Standard for Interconnecting
Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems” has led to the increased
adoption of distributed resources (DR) throughout distribution systems. This
document describes a methodology for performing engineering studies of the
potential impact of a distributed resource interconnected to an area
electric power distribution system. Study scope and extent are described as
functions of identifiable characteristics of the distributed resource, the
area electric power system, and the interconnection. Criteria are described
for determining the necessity of impact mitigation. Establishment of
this guide allows distributed resource owners, interconnection contractors,
area electric distribution power system owners and operators, and regulatory
bodies to have a described methodology for when distribution system impact
studies are appropriate, what data is required, how they are performed, and
how the study results are evaluated. In the absence of such guidelines, the
necessity and extent of DR interconnection impact studies has been widely
and inconsistently defined and applied.
Designation: P1547.8
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for Establishing Methods and Procedures that
Provide Supplemental Support for Implementation Strategies for Expanded Use
of IEEE Standard 1547
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice applies to the requirements set forth
in IEEE Std 1547 and provides recommended methods that may expand the
usefulness and utilization of IEEE Std 1547 through the identification of
innovative designs, processes, and operational procedures.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the methods and procedures provided in this
recommended practice is to provide more flexibility in determining the
design and processes used in expanding the implementation strategies used
for interconnecting distributed resources with electric power systems.
Further, based on IEEE Std 1547 requirements, the purpose of this
recommended practice is to provide the knowledge base, experience, and
opportunities for greater utilization of the interconnection and its
applications.
Designation: 1549-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Microwave Filter Definitions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 2011
Technical Contact: Michael D Janezic, Phone:303-497-3656, Email:janezic@boulder.nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to provide the standard
definitions for microwave filter terms.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to standardize the definitions
of microwave filter terms.
Abstract: Standardized definition of terms commonly in the field of electrical networks and filters.
Key Words: definitions, filters, IEEE 1549, multiplexers, networks, resonators,
terms
Designation: 1549
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Definition of Terms for Microwave Filters
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard Snyder, Phone:(201) 492-1207, Email:r.snyder@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: Terms and definitions regarding microwave filters, including
types of filters and filter responses.
Project Purpose: This standard will remedy the confusion in definitions
regarding microwave filters. Currently, users generally follow a different
set of definitions than do designers. The harmonized definitions should
alleviate this problem.
Designation: 155-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Signal Flow
Graphs, 1960
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Ming-Ting Sun, Phone:206-616-8690, Email:sun@ee.washington.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jan 14, 1960, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Key Words: "IEEE Std 155-1960 IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms
for Linear Signal Flow Graphs, 1960"
Designation: 1551
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for VHDL Electronic Digital System and Interface Design
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jim Heaton, Phone:+44-161-427-1975, Email:jim.heaton@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: This project will develop standard extensions for the IEEE 1076
VHDL Standard to cover the levels of abstraction and facilities needed for
system specification and interface design. The standard will rely on the
underlying IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard. The standard will be usable by all
classes of the electronics industry. The scope of the standard is limited
to digital design.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for system
and interface design in the IEEE 1076 VHDL Standard design environment.
Each user design team builds some additions to their design environment to
raise the level of abstraction to improve the productivity and accuracy of
designers. Without an independent, openly defined standard, user design
groups cannot fully realise the benefits of these individual efforts through
reuse in subsequent projects, across project groups and across
division/company boundaries.
Designation: 1552
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Structured Architecture for Test Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Stora, Phone:973-299-8321, Email:mjs@sysintech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Provide a standard specifying the application of automatic test
equipment subsystems and interfaces. The standard will facilitate the use
of VME Extension for Instrumentation (VXI), Versatile Modular European
(VME), PCI Extensions for Instrumentation (PXI), Receiver Fixture Interface
(RFI), Expansion Module Interface (EXI), Power Module for Instrumentation
(PMI), M-Module subsystems and other power level test system related
standards within a test system environment.
Project Purpose: Support the integration and reconfiguarion of test systems by
providing a standard reference for integration of existing standards for
test system subsystems. The standard will support system control,
instrumentation, power, switching, signal conditioning, modularity, chassis
multi-frame design and receiver interface subsystems.
Designation: 1553-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Voltage Endurance Testing of Form-Wound Coils and Bars
for Hydrogenerators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 2003
Technical Contact: Greg C Stone, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:gstone@irispower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008
Project Scope: This standard applies to voltage-endurance testing of form-wound
stator winding bars and coils having a mica-based insulation system with
thermo-setting polyester and/or epoxy resins used in hydrogenerators and
pumped storage generators operating in air with a rated line-to-line voltage
between 4 000 to 22 000 V, and a frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the test parameters
for the voltage-endurance test and the number of specimens to be used for
each test. It also defines the acceptance criteria and the procedures for
retesting in the event of a premature failure during the voltage-endurance
test. The details of the test procedure are described in IEEE Std 1043TM-
1996.
Abstract: The test parameters and acceptance criteria for voltage-endurance testing of form-wound bars and coils for use in large
hydrogenerators are covered in this standard.
Key Words: electrical insulation, form-wound bars, form-wound coils,
hydrogenerators, voltage-endurance testing
Designation: 1554-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Inertial Sensor Test Equipment,
Instrumentation, Data Acquisition, and Analysis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Oct 05, 2005
Project Scope: Recommended practices for gyroscope and accelerometer testing
are discussed, ranging from the equipment and instrumentation employed to
the way that tests are carried out and data are acquired and analyzed.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended for people who test
inertial sensors and analyze the results from such testing. The general and
specialized test equipment employed in such testing is described, and
recommendations are made on techniques for acquisition, filtering, storage,
and analysis of the test data in keeping with modern practice.
Abstract: Test equipment, data acquisition equipment, instrumentation, test facilities, and data analysis techniques used in
inertial sensor testing are described in this recommended practice.
Key Words: data acquisition, data analysis techniques, gyro and accelerometer
testing, inertial sensor testing, instrumentation, test equipment
Designation: 1555
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Standard for Maximum Levels of Human Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields,
0 to 3 kHz
Status: Changed Designation
**Changed designation to PC95.6.
Technical Contact: Kent Jaffa, Phone:801-220-4272, Email:kent.jaffa@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Develop levels for human exposure to electromagnetic fields from
0 to 3 kHz. This standard will be based on the results of an evaluation of
the relevant scientific literature and proven effects which are well
established and for which thresholds of reaction are understood. Field
limits will be derived from threshold current densities or internal electric
fields.
Project Purpose: To recommend electric and magnetic field exposure levels to
prevent established harmful effects in humans exposed to such fields at
frequencies between 0 and 3 kHz. Currently there is no voluntary consensus
standard over this frequency range. Guidelines have been published by the
International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection and the
American Conference of Governmental and Industrial Hygienists. This project
compliments the standard developed by SCC28/SC-4 (IEEE C95.1/1999) that
covers the frequency range of 3 kHz to 300 GHz.
Designation: 1556
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for 5.9 GHz Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Radio
Service Security and Privacy
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: Develop a draft standard for security and privacy for use in
Intelligent Transportation Systems applications using DSRC technology based
on the requirements defined by the ASTM 2213-02 (Rev), IEEE 1556 WG, IEEE
Draft P1609.1, .2, .3, and the MXME and MAC Extension being planned for the
revised IEEE P1609.4 standards for the upper layer DSRC applications as well
as the IEEE 802.11a, and IEEE 802 security activities. These applications
for DSRC technology are specific to the 5.9 GHz frequency band allocated for
ITS use by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and are principally
focused on vehicle (mobile)-to-roadside (fixed), roadside (fixed)-to-vehicle
(mobile) and vehicle-to-vehicle uses related to public safety, public
transit, commercial vehicle and cargo safety. These applications may
directly use or build upon security services defined in this standard which
will provide for a secure communications link and enable secure
applications.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to define the essential protective mechanisms
for DSRC applications and communications technology. The main benefit is to
offer confidentiality, integrity, and availability protection for the DSRC
communications link and offer security services which may enable DSRC
applications to offer reliable financial transactions, traveler information,
incident notification, and emergency notification and response. The
provisions of this standard may be applicable to security and privacy of
financial transactions (e.g., toll and fare collection), personal privacy,
public safety, and collision avoidance.
Designation: 1556
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Security & Privacy of Vehicle/Roadside Communication
including Smart Card Communication
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: Research, compile, and consolidate information leading to the
publication of a standard specifying security and privacy requirements for
DSRC messaging. Uni- and bi-directional message transmission and device
control will be specified, including smart card interfaces re: layers 3
through 7. The WG will obtain information and seek participation of
representatives from relevant agencies and industries, including electronic
toll/traffic authorities and related industries, the smart card and CVO
industries, ITS companies, security standards groups, and trade bodies.
Project Purpose: To promote ITS DSRC communication based on good standard which
will further national ITS interoperability under TEA-21. To achieve this
prupose, it is necessary that a WG A) settle security/privacy issues raised
by IEEE P1455 and ASTM Layers 1 and 2 standards, and B) identify all
acceptable security methods to be used in any uni- and/or bi-directional
DSRC message transmission at specific frequencies.
Designation: 1557
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Standard Test Procedures for Cadmium-Zinc-Telluride (CZT) and Other Wide
Bandgap Semiconductor Radiation Detectors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Test procedures and terminology for cadmium-zinc-telluride and
othe r wide bandgap semiconductor radiation detectors for detection and
high-resolution spectrometry of gamma-rays, x-rays, and charged particles
that produce electron-hole pairs in the crystal lattice.
Project Purpose: To establish standard test procedures and terminology so that
they have the same meaning to manufacturers and users.
Designation: 1558-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2005
Technical Contact: Paul E Jamieson, Phone:864-433-6451, Email:pjamieson@wabtec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum requirements for
application software documentation throughout the software development life
cycle for rail equipment and systems including assoicated test and
maintenance equipment.
Project Purpose: Many different requirements for application software
documentation are presently being specified for software used in rail
equipment and systems and for related applications. This has led to a lack
of standardization in the information provided on equipment and systems
incorporating software. This standard, when used by the authority having
jurisdiction, carbuilders and system/subsystem suppliers is intended to
specify documents which improve the understanding of software functionality,
facilitate software corrections and upgrades, improve on-time delivery,
assist the development of quality software, and lower software acquisition
and maintenance costs.
Abstract: This standard provides an outline for the software documentation that shall be developed and delivered for rail equipment
and systems.
Key Words: deliverables, outlines, rail equipment, rail systems, software
documentation
Designation: P1558-2004/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems
- Corrigendum 1: Coordination between IEEE Std 1558TM and recent changes to
other software standards
Status: Revision of Corrigenda
Technical Contact: John Corvin, Phone:864-433-6552, Email:jcorvin@wabtec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: The existing text refers to standards that have subsequently
been revised. The corrigendum will correct the references. There may be
other items of a similar nature.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to clarify obsolete references.
Designation: 1558-2004/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and Systems -
Corrigendum 1
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: The existing text refers to a standard that has subsequently
been revised. The corrigendum will correct the references. There may be
other items of a similar nature.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to clarify obsolete references.
Designation: 1559-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Systems Terminology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Sid Bennett, Phone:312-266-7979, Email:s.bennett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009
Project Scope: This standard provides a source of definitions of terminology
used in the development, manufacture, and test of aided and unaided inertial
systems used for navigation, guidance, orientation, stabilization, and
related applications. This is a companion document to IEEE Std 528™.
Project Purpose: There is no consistent definition of terms that have arisen in
the evolution of aided and unaided inertial navigation and related systems.
This standard is intended to serve as a basic reference for producers and
users of such systems, for preparing industry standards, and for the
interpretation of published technical reports.
Abstract: Terms and definitions relating to aided and unaided inertial systems for navigation, guidance, orientation, stabilization,
and related applications are presented. Usage as understood by the inertial systems community is given preference over general
technical usage of the terms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and its definition in this document is usefulness as
related to inertial systems technology.
Key Words: 1559-2009, inertial systems technology, inertial systems terminology
Designation: 156-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standards on Circuits: Definitions of Terms for Linear Passive
Reciprocal Time Invariant Networks, 1960
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Ming-Ting Sun, Phone:206-616-8690, Email:sun@ee.washington.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jan 14, 1960, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Abstract: Terms that apply to linear, passive, reciprocal, time-invariant networks are defined. The terms apply to mathematical
concepts that represent idealizations of physical phenomena. Thus, the definitions apply to idealized models that are useful in
describing properties of physical networks. The question of whether or not a certain term is applicable to a particular physical
situation is left to the user.
Key Words: linear, reciprocal, time, invariant, Terminology, Passive circuits
Designation: 1560-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio Frequency Power Line
Interference Filter in the Range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2006
Technical Contact: Kermit Phipps, Phone:865-218-8021, Email:kphipps@eprisolutions.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop a standard method of
measurement for evaluating the electromagnetic and radio frequency
supression capability of filters in the frequency range of 100 Hz to 10 GHz.
This will apply to EMI/RFI filters in general i.e. DC, single phase or poly
phase systems rated for 600 Volts and below 1000 Amps. The method of
measurement will describe general considerations, such as method of
standardizing source impedance for nonlinear loads, temperature rise,
attentuation measurement, components, and or derating requirements when
supplying non-sinusoidal load currents and operating in matched or
mismatched impedance enviroments.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide measurements that
evaluate the performance in pratical installation, involve varying load and
source impedance. These factors are not usually considered in design and
performance verification testing of EMI/RFI filters. Both manufacturers and
end-users could benefit from a standard that better defines the ranges and
enviroment, expected effects, and test methods to verify filter attributes.
Abstract: Uniform methods of measurements of radio-frequency power-line interference filter attenuation performance in the range of
100 Hz to 10 GHz are set forth. Nonloaded and loaded attenuation measurements are presented with varying source impedance,
including radiofrequency current injection with linear and nonlinear load impedances. H- and S-parameter measurements are
introduced for modeling results. New methods for placing filter performance criteria on a filter label are also included.
Key Words: attenuation measurements, crest factor, dB, electromagnetic
interference power-line filters, EMI/RFI filters, insertion loss, LISN, no-
load insertion loss, nonlinear load, radio-frequency current injection, S-
parameters
Designation: 1560
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio Frequency Interference
Filter Suppression Capability in the Range of 100 Hz to 40 GHz
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Kermit Phipps, Phone:865-218-8021, Email:kphipps@eprisolutions.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: Develop a standard method of measurement for establishing
Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI) filter suppresion
capability in the frequency range of 100 Hz to 40 GHz. Will apply to
EMI/ RFI filters in general i.e. DC, single phase and or 3 phase systems
rated for 600 volts and below 1000 amps. Method of measurement will
describe general considerations, such as method of standardizing source
impedance for nonlinear loads, temperature rise, attenuation measurement
techniques, components, and/or derating requirements when supplying non-
sinusoidal load currents and operating in matched or mismatched impedance
environments.
Project Purpose: Practical installations involve varying load and source
impedance, not usually considered in design and performance verification
testing of EMI/RFI filters. Both manufacturers and end-users could benefit
from a standard that better defines the ranges and environment, expected
effects, and test methods to verify filter attributes.
Designation: 1561-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Guide for Optimizing the Performance and Life of Lead-Acid
Batteries in Remote Hybrid Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2008
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008
Project Scope: This guide provides rationale and guidance for operating lead-
acid batteries in remote hybrid power systems, taking into consideration
system loads and the capacities of the system’s renewable-energy
generator(s), dispatchable generator(s), and battery(s). It also provides
guidance for selecting an appropriate lead-acid battery technology for
various system operating strategies.
Project Purpose: Using the information provided in this guide, the performance
and life of the lead-acid battery can be optimized for the particular
operational strategy selected for the remote hybrid power system. The
information provided is intended for use by remote hybrid system designers,
system evaluators, owners and operators.
Abstract: This guide is applicable to lead-acid batteries that are used as the energy storage component in remote hybrid power
supplies. The remote hybrid application, with its dual generator option, i.e., both renewable and dispatchable generation, is
advantageous in that the battery can usually be charged at will and under circumstances that may also be advantageous for the
dispatchable generator. The normative references provide guidance to battery safety, installation, and maintenance
considerations. This guide discusses battery selection, sizing, and management issues, e.g., cycling, charging, and the effect of
temperature and charge-discharge rates on performances such as life and capacity. An informative annex discusses the several
lead-acid technologies.
Key Words: 1561-2007, charge control, deficit-charge cycling, oxygen
recombination cycle, remote hybrid power systems, valve-regulated lead-
acid (VRLA) batteries, vented lead-acid batteries
Designation: 1561
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Sizing Hybrid Stand-Alone Energy Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This guide provides methods and procedures for sizing the major
components of hybrid stand-alone energy systems. Such systems generally
consist of one or more renewable power-generation sources, a fossill-fueled
power generator, an energy storage subsystem and a power-conversion
subsystem. The methods include sizing each components in an integrated
system according to design criteria including low cost, maximum performance
and expected operating environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the
major components according to accepted methods to improve the performance,
cost-effectiveness and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems. These
procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system
integrators, users and laboratories with sizing information necessary for
well-integrated systems.
Designation: 1562-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Guide for Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV)
Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 12, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: May 12, 2008
Project Scope: This guide provides information to assist in sizing the array
and battery of a stand-alone photovoltaic system. Systems considered in this
guide consist of PV as the only power source and a battery for energy
storage. These systems also commonly employ controls to protect the battery
from being over- or undercharged, and may employ a power conversion
subsystem (inverter or converter). This guide is applicable to all stand-
alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not
include PV hybrid systems nor grid-connected systems. This guide covers
lead-acid batteries only; nickel-cadmium and other battery types are not
included. This guide does not include the sizing of the system controller,
inverter, wiring, or other system components.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the
PV array and battery according to accepted methods, to improve the
performance, cost-effectiveness, and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems.
The issues of array utilization, battery-charge efficiency, and system
losses are also considered in terms of their effect on system sizing. These
procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system
integrators, users, and laboratories with information necessary for sizing,
modeling, and evaluating the performance of stand-alone PV systems.
Abstract: A method for properly sizing the PV array and battery for stand-alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source is
recommended (in conjunction with IEEE Std 1013(TM)). Load calculations and determination of solar radiation in the sizing of the
system need special attention. Additionally, the critical nature of the load in deciding an acceptable annual availability needs
to be considered.
Key Words: 1562-2007, battery sizing, photovoltaic systems, PV array sizing
Designation: P1562
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for Array and Battery Sizing in Stand-Alone Photovoltaic (PV)
Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Peter McNutt, Phone:303-384-6767, Email:peter_mcnutt@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This guide provides information to assist in sizing the array
and battery of a stand-alone photovoltaic system. Systems considered in this
guide consist of PV as the only power source and a battery for energy
storage. These systems also commonly employ controls to protect the battery
from being over- or undercharged, and may employ a power conversion
subsystem (inverter or converter). This guide is applicable to all stand-
alone PV systems where PV is the only charging source. This guide does not
include PV hybrid systems nor grid-connected systems. This guide covers
lead-acid batteries only; nickel-cadmium and other battery types are not
included. This guide does not include the sizing of the system controller,
inverter, wiring, or other system components.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide procedures to size the
PV array and battery according to accepted methods, to improve the
performance, cost-effectiveness, and lifetimes of stand-alone PV systems.
The issues of array utilization, battery-charge efficiency, and system
losses are also considered in terms of their effect on system sizing. These
procedures are intended to assist designers, manufacturers, system
integrators, users, and laboratories with information necessary for sizing,
modeling, and evaluating the performance of stand-alone PV systems.
Designation: 1563.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Recommended Practice for Portable Tape Driver Architecture
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: To provide a reference model for tape driver architectures that
is portable across multiple operating system environments, fully featured,
and high performance.
Project Purpose: To provide a fully realized architecture that industry can
base their implementations on that will reduce the effort required to
support a new tape device on a given platform and thereby increase the
available choice of drives on any given platform. This will benefit the
application vendor and the end customer.
Designation: 1563.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Common Tape Driver Semantics
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: To define a common set of operations and semantics for access to
tape drives across multiple operating system platforms.
Project Purpose: To ease the task of porting and supporting applications that
use tape storage across multiple operating system environments. This will
enable application vendors to port to more platforms and thereby increase
the end customer's available choices.
Designation: 1563.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Common Format for Data on Tape
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Curtis Anderson, Email:curtisanderson1@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: To define a self-identifying format and record structure for the
storage of data and meta-data on tapes, a structure that contains the key to
understanding the format of the data stream as well the data itself. An
analogue from the networking world would be the Document Type Definition
(DTD) structure used to describe documents in XML (eXtended Markup
Language).
Project Purpose: To enable data written by one application to be accessible by
other applications without those applications having to know how each other
encodes data written to tape.
Designation: P1564
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Voltage Sag Indices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Dennis Hansen, Phone:801-220-4816, Email:dennis.hansen@pacificorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This guide identifies appropriate voltage sag indices and
characteristics as well as the methods for calculating them. Methods are
provided for quantifying the severity of individual events (single-event
characteristics), for quantifying the performance at a specific location
(single-site indices), and for quantifying the performance of the whole
system (system indices). Multiple methods are presented for each. The
methods are appropriate for use in transmission, distribution, and
utilization electric power systems.
Project Purpose: This document identifies and defines different characteristics
and indices. It does not recommend the use of a specific set of indices,
but instead recommends the method for calculating specific indices when such
an index is used. The large variation in customers sensitive to voltage
sags and power providers supplying them makes it impossible to prescribe a
specific set of indices. Instead this document aims at assisting in the
choice of index and ensuring reproducibility of the results after a certain
index has been chosen. The user of this document may decide to calculate
the value for just one index or for a number of different indices, depending
on the application.
Designation: 1564
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Recommended Practice for the Establishment of Voltage Sag Indices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Sheehan, Phone:206 224-2231, Email:msheeh@puget.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This recommended practice identifies useful voltage sag indices
for customers, vendors and the electric utilities. The document will
identify the method of calculating such indices. The indices are intended
to be applied to distribution substations, circuits and defined regions.
Project Purpose: Sag indices are needed to indicate the different performance
levels experienced at the transmission, subtransmission, substation and
distribution circuit levels. In addition, the characteristic exposure that
a typical distribution system encounter needs to be quantified in order to
guide manufacturers in the appropriate design of ride-through alternatives
for user load equipment. The proposed standard should help utilities and
manufactures to compute the advantages/disadvantages of various connections
to the electrical system. Sag indices will be determined using the work of
IEEE 1250-1995, Std 1159-1995, Std 1346-1998, Chapter 9 of IEEE Std 493, and
recent surveys of power quality users and utility systems.
Designation: 1566-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for Performance of Adjustable Speed AC Drives Rated 375 kW
and Larger
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 07, 2006
Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: May 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems
rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical
and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD
system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as
required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear,
and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up
assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such
as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of
vendor supply if specified in the data sheets; the system vendor shall
specify any special requirements for the excluded equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to assist users in defining
the required performance of a drive system in clear terms. It is not
intended to specify a particular technology that must be followed. It is
intended to be used with the data sheets given in Annex A and Annex B.
Abstract: : This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as
used in petrochemical and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD system including, but not
limited to, input transformer or reactor as required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear, and
motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up assistance, training, and spare parts are also included.
Certain items such as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of vendor supply if so specified in the
data sheets; however the system vendor shall specify any special requirements for the equipment thus excluded.
Key Words: adjustable speed, large drives
Designation: P1566
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Performance of Adjustable Speed AC Drives Rated 375 kW and
Larger
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This standard applies to AC adjustable speed drive (ASD) systems
rated over 375 kW and above 750 V output voltage as used in petrochemical
and similar applications. It covers the performance requirements for an ASD
system including, but not limited to, input transformer or reactor as
required, power electronics, control interfaces, cooling system, switchgear,
and motor. Requirements for power quality, engineering analysis, start-up
assistance, training, and spare parts are also included. Certain items such
as the motor, switchgear or transformer may be excluded from the scope of
vendor supply if specified in the data sheets; the system vendor shall
specify any special requirements for the excluded equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to assist users in defining
the required performance of a drive system in clear terms. It is not
intended to specify a particular technology that must be followed. It is
intended to be used with the data sheets given in Annex A and Annex B.
Designation: 1566
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Performance Standard for Adjustable Frequency Drives Rated 500 HP and
Larger
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William Lockley, Phone:403-239-2164, Email:lockley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: Write a performance standard for adjustable frequency drives and
their auxiliaries from 500 HP to the largest ratings. These drives are
normally medium voltage systems. The standard will concentrate on
performance requirements and not specify particular technologies that may
become outdated during the currency of the standard. The project will have
input from both users and vendors of drives.
Project Purpose: Adjustable frequency drives of all ratings are being used in
increasing proportions in various industries. At present there are no good
industry standards for higher power adjustable frequency drives. This means
that much work is repeated by purchasers generating the specifications, and
much work is spent by vendors interpreting requirements. A standardized
document would reduce overall engineering time for both users and vendors
and reduce the level of possible confusion in interpreting requirements.
Designation: 1567
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for Applying Safer Electrical Systems Design Options
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: H Landis Floyd, Phone:302-999-6390, Email:h.l.floyd@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this project includes electric power and control
systems applied in industrial facilities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to identify and document design
options that exceed generally recognized and accepted design practices, and
offer users options to enhance safety of electrical systems.
Designation: 1568-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Sizing of Nickel-Cadmium
Batteries for Rail Passenger Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 19, 2003
Technical Contact: Alexander Sinyak, Phone:215-639-1444, Email:asinyak@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes methods for electrical
sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries for application on rail passenger
vehicles used for battery back-up of low voltage dc auxiliary power systems.
It encompasses various factors that govern the electrical size of the
battery including but not limited to number of cells, rated capacity,
maximum system voltage, minimum system voltage, correction factors, and
margins. It does not describe methods for defining the dc load profile nor
address the physical sizing, installation or maintenance of the batteries.
Nor does it apply to batteries used for motive power or starting internal
combustion engines. Design of the low voltage dc system and sizing of the
low voltage power supply and battery charger(s), and consideration of
battery types other than nickel-cadmium batteries are also beyond the scope
of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides methods for electrical
sizing of nickel-cadmium batteries for use aboard rail passenger vehicles.
Abstract: method for de ning the electrical load supplied by a nickel-cadmium battery and for sizing the battery to supply that
load is described in this recommended practice.
Key Words: "ampere hours,available capacity,constant current load,constant
power load,fully-charged capacity,nickel-cadmium battery,period,rated
capacity,resistive load,state of charge"
Designation: 157
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1570-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for the Interface Between the Rail Subsystem and the
Highway Subsystem at a Highway Rail Intersection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2002
Technical Contact: William Petit, Phone:585-349-2305, Email:bill.petit@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This standard defines the logical and physical interfaces, and
the performance attributes for the data communication interfaces between the
rail subsystem and the highway subsystem at a highway rail intersection.
Project Purpose: Coordination between the rail subsystem and the highway
subsystem is part of creating a National Intelligent Transportation System
covering multiple modes of transportation. Existing standards address analog
interfaces between these subsystems at the highway rail intersection. This
standard will extend that information to include serial digital
communication. Standardizing the interface will allow interoperability
between a wide variety of equipment and enhance safety through a set of
well-defined interface and performance attributes.
Abstract: This standard defines the logical and physical interfaces, and the performance attributes for the data communication
interfaces between the rail subsystem and the highway subsystem at a highway rail intersection.
Key Words: "highway rail grade crossing, highway rail intersection"
Designation: 1571
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Application and General Specification of Active Harmonic
Filter Systems For Low and Medium Voltage Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles A Gougler, Phone:330-854-5337, Email:cgoug@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: This project will develop an application and general
specification for the type and use of active harmonic filter systems.
Active harmonic filter systems are intended for use in low voltage (up to
1000v ac) and medium voltage (up to 15 kV) applications.
Project Purpose: Presently, no standards, specifications, or guidelines exist
for active harmonic filter systems. With the increase of components
available to support this new technology, utilization of active harmonic
filters will also increase.
Designation: 1572-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Line Post Insulators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 10, 2005
Project Scope: An application guide for non-ceramic line posts is being
drafted. The guide will include handling recommendations, interpretation of
manufacturer ratings, contamination considerations, and equivalency with
porcelain.
Project Purpose: Users of non-ceramic line posts have questions regarding the
use of the products which are not answered due to the lack of any official
standard.
Abstract: An application guide for non-ceramic line posts is being drafted. The guide will include handling recommendations,
interpretation of manufacturer ratings, contamination considerations, and equivalency with porcelain. Project purpose: Users of
non-ceramic line posts have questions regarding the use of the products which are not answered due to the lack of any official
standard.
Key Words: composite line post insulators, core, end fittings, grading devices,
transmission and distribution lines, weathersheds
Designation: 1573-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameters,
Interfaces, Elements, and Performance
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2004
Technical Contact: F Dong Tan, Phone:310-814-5250, Email:dong.tan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2004
Project Scope: The Recommended Practice applies to ac-dc and dc-dc electronic
power subsystems. The range of power subsystems includes dc, single phase,
and three-phase inputs, with elements having power levels from a fraction of
a watt to 20 kW. The voltage range is 600 V and below, at a frequency or
frequencies of dc -1 kHz. The recommended practice may be used outside the
range where applicable.
Project Purpose: There are no defined interfaces for power electronic
subsystems. The Recommended Practice is intended for designers, integrators
and manufacturers of power electronics. This document provides interface
definitions and application guidance, including parametric values for power
electronic subsystems consisting of single or multiple elements.
Abstract: A technical basis for implementation of electronic power subsystems is provided in this recommended practice. It is
intended for electronic systems engineers and integrators, electronic power subsystem designers and integrators, as well as power
element manufacturers and suppliers. It addresses system-level issues in element or subsystem integration, adaptation, and
accommodation. It also defines system-level interface parameters, test methods, and test conditions. It provides for a systems
engineering approach to acquisition, adaptation, and integration of electronic power subsystems, facilitates and promotes a
modular approach to element or subsystem integration, and enables effective communication between the end users of power
electronics and their manufacturers or suppliers.
Key Words: "adaptation, commercial or military electronic power distribution,
electronic power subsystem, integrators interaction, logistics, power
electronics, power supply, specification, specification language, system
interface"
Designation: P1573
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Electronic Power Subsystems: Parameters,
Interfaces, Elements, and Performance
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Peter Wilson, Phone:+44 23 8059 4162, Email:prw@ecs.soton.ac.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: The Recommended Practice applies to ac-dc and dc-dc electronic
power subsystems. The range of power subsystems includes dc, single phase,
and three-phase inputs, with elements having power levels from a fraction of
a watt to 20 kW. The voltage range is 600 V and below, at a frequency or
frequencies of dc -1 kHz.
Project Purpose: The Recommended Practice is intended for designers,
integrators and manufacturers of power electronics. This document provides
interface definitions and application guidance, including parametric values
for power electronic subsystems consisting of single or multiple elements.
Designation: 1574
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Human Reliability Analysis for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James P Bongarra, Phone:301-415-1046, Email:jxb@nrc.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide recommended practices
for conducting Human Reliability Analysis to support risk-informed
applications for Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to recommend practices to
implement steps of the Human Reliability Analysis (formerly Human Action
Reliability Analysis) process that focus on the analysis of human
interactions identified in IEEE STD-1082 "IEEE Guide for Incorporating Human
Action Reliability Analysis for Nuclear Power Generating Stations." Also,
this standard will assist analysts by providing recommended approaches for
analyzing risk important human interactions and human recovery actions and
their recovery as associated with nuclear power generating station equipment
and systems. This includes the screening, characterization, quantification,
and documentation of failed human interactions and failed human recovery
actions.
Designation: 1575
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Advanced Microcomputer Power Distribution System
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: The Advanced Microcomputer Power Distribution System Standard
defines a distributed power system using SELV power rails with scalable,
redundant, power delivery capabilities to more than 1000 watts per consuming
module, with a maintenance/control bus and connector system to provide the
high reliability, availability and serviceability needs required for modern
server class computer systems.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide a common system for distributed,
redundant, scalable power systems with a maintenance and control system to
meet changing power, reliability, availability, and serviceability needs of
server class systems with and interchangeable common connector system.
Today's high availability systems have changing power needs over the life of
the system and changing system demands, a common supply system available
from multiple suppliers will provide a solution for this needed growth.
Designation: 1576
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Standard for Lightning Protection System Using the Charge Transfer
System for Industrial and Commercial Installations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Donald W Zipse, Phone:610-358-1462, Email:don.zip@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: The charge transfer system ionization design parameters,
installation methods for the ionizer(s), grounding system parameters and
installation requirements, methods of installation of the connection(s) from
the grounding system to the ionizer(s) and details of the operation theory
as it applies industrial and commercial installation(s).
Project Purpose: This method of preventing lightning strikes is being installed
throughout the world at a rate of approximately 500 systems per year, yet
there are no standards that users could reference to insure the equipment
will function or is being installed correctly. There are several
manufactures of the charge transfer system, yet no unbiased industry
standards exist. Some manufacturers have "so-called" standards.
Designation: 1577
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Object-Oriented Extensions to IEEE Standard VHDL
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: To define new language features and to extend existing language
features of VHDL to allow object-oriented and generic modeling of electronic
systems. Among the approaches to be considered are: expression of abstract
data types, including encapsulated data and applicable operations;
inheritance of data and operations; polymorphism of objects; and genericity
of types.
Project Purpose: Object-oriented and generic modeling offer mechanisms for
abstraction and encapsulation of descriptions of designs and testbenches,
and thus provide significant potential for reuse. These mechanisms are
important for managing the increasing complexity of design descriptions.
The overall goal is to increase the productivity of electronic system design
engineers.
Designation: 1578-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Electrolyte Spill
Containment and Management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 07, 2007
Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice discusses factors relating to
electrolyte spill containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA),
valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve
regulated nickel-cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for
drafting model codes.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to assist code-writing
organizations. It seeks to develop a full understanding of and describe some
electrolyte spill containment and management issues related to stationary
battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction
can influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization.
Abstract: Descriptions of products, methods, and procedures relating to stationary batteries, battery electrolyte spill mechanisms,
electrolyte containment and control methodologies, and fire fighting considerations are provided.
Key Words: 1578-2007, caustic, cell, corrosive, electrolyte release,
electrolyte spill, irritant, lead-acid battery, lithium battery, Ni-Cd
battery, passive neutralization, spill containment, spill control,
stationary battery system, thermal runaway, toxic,VRLA
Designation: 1578
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Battery Spill Containment
Status: Superseded
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to spill containment for
vented lead acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA), and vented nickel-
cadmium (Ni-Cd) stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations in
developing a full understanding of spill containment issues related to
stationary battery systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and
construction can influence requirements for spill containment and
neutralization.
Designation: 1578
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Battery Electrolyte Spill Containment and
Management
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to electrolyte spill
containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead-
acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve regulated nickel-
cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations.
It seeks to develop a full understanding of electrolyte spill containment
and management issues related to stationary battery systems, and the ways in
which battery chemistry and construction can influence requirements for
spill containment and neutralization.
Designation: 1578
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Electrolyte Spill
Containment and Management
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Harold F Taylor, Phone:404-506-7023, Email:hftaylor@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This guide discusses factors relating to electrolyte spill
containment and management for vented lead-acid (VLA), valve-regulated lead-
acid (VRLA), vented nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd), and valve regulated nickel-
cadmium stationary batteries. Suggestions are made for model codes.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist code-writing organizations.
It seeks to develop a full understanding of and describe some electrolyte
spill containment and management issues related to stationary battery
systems, and the ways in which battery chemistry and construction can
influence requirements for spill containment and neutralization.
Designation: 1579
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Parallel 10 Gb/s Signaling (LiteLink)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David V James
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: Define a byte-wide interface to support unidirectional, supply-
voltage independent, point-to-point, 10 Gb/sec data transfers between VLSI
network chips on a motherboard, or between limited numbers of cards on the
backplane.
Project Purpose: To enable cost-effective partitioning of high-bandwidth
network processing tasks between multiple VLSI chips. The intent is not to
support long distance transmissions, where serial (as opposed to parallel)
signaling technologies are appropriate.
Designation: 158-1962
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: Methods of Testing Electron Tubes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1580-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for Use on Shipboard and
Fixed or Floating Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 02, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1580-2001
Technical Contact: Rudy Bright, Phone:713-896-5841, Email:mrbright@amercable.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice contains the requirements for single
or multiconductor cables, with or without metal armor and/or jacket, and
rated 300 V to 35 kV (RMS phase-to-phase), intended to be installed aboard
marine vessels, fixed and floating offshore facilities, and in accordance
with industry installation standards and the regulations of the authorities
having jurisdiction (AHJ). The recommendations define what is considered
good engineering practice with reference to the reliability and durability
of the cable.
Project Purpose: This revision will incorporate the latest developments in
marine cable materials and performance enhancements.
Abstract: Requirements are given for single or multiconductor cables, with or without metal armor and/or jacket, and rated 300 V to
35 kV, intended to be installed aboard marine vessels, fixed and floating offshore facilities, and in accordance with industry
installation standards and the regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ).
Key Words: marine cable, offshore facilities, platforms, shipboard
Designation: 1580-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for Use on Shipboard and
Fixed or Floating Platforms
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Frank H Rocchio, Phone:609-748-0277, Email:rocchio@okonite.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is the design,
construction, and properties to comply with the special needs of cables used
in Marine Shipboard applications. The recommended practice will cover
marine cable constructions and applications for the installation of cable on
Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms. This recommended practice is
needed for cable manufacturer's to comply with the special needs of cables
used in Marine applications involving electric apparatus for lighting,
signaling, communication, power, and propulsion.
Project Purpose: The recommended practice will cover marine cable requirements
and the required properties of various cable materials. It is intended for
marine designers and cable manufacturers. Marine cable where materials and
properties are changing rapidly can be handled in a more timely basis by
covering marine cable in an individual recommended practice.
Abstract: Requirements are given for single or multiconductor cables, with or without metal armorand/or jacket, and rated 300 V to
35 kV, intended to be installed aboard marine vessels, fixed andfloating offshore facilities, and in accordance with industry
installation standards and the regula-tions of the authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ).
Key Words: marine cable,platforms,shipboard
Designation: 1580
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Marine Cable for use on Shipboard and Fixed or
Floating Platforms
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Rudy Bright, Phone:713-896-5841, Email:mrbright@amercable.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this recommended practice is the design,
construction, and properties to comply with the special needs of cables used
in Marine Shipboard applications. This will cover constructions for the
installation of cable on Shipboard and Fixed or Floating Platforms. This
recommended practice is needed for cable manufacturer's to comply with the
special needs of cables used in Marine applications involving electrical
apparatus for lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion. The
scope statement remains the same from the previous PAR.
Project Purpose: This revision of the practice will cover in greater detail the
performance requirements for Marine cable and the specific properties of
various cable materials. If possible, it will be harmonized with the
International Electrochemical Commission (IEC) Marine cable standards.
Designation: P1580.1
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Insulated Bus Pipe for Use on Shipboard and
Fixed or Floating Platforms
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: The scope of this document is to present recommendations for
use and installation methods of insulated bus pipe rated 300V to 35kV
onboard marine vessels and fixed and floating offshore facilities in
accordance with industry installation practices and the regulations of the
authorities having jurisdiction.
Project Purpose: The principal purpose of this recommended practice is to
provide specific directions for the implementation of Insulated Bus Pipe
connections and use.
Designation: 15802-2-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 15802-2:1995: Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Common specifications - Part 2: LAN/MAN management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1995
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1B-1992 and 802.1k-1993. ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1B,
1995 Edition
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn in January 2004 - Not available to Resellers. Please refer to WE94259. (Incorporating
ANSI/IEEE Stds 802.1B-1992 and 802.1k-1993) (Adopted by ISO/IEC and redesignated as ISO/IEC 15802-2: 1995) This IEEE Standards
product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information
between stations attached to ISO/IEC standard local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the
specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. In addition, an
architecture for station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding is defined. Services and protocols that support
station discovery and the dynamic control of event forwarding are defined.
Key Words: event forwarding, local area networks, management, metropolitan area
networks, LAN, MAN
Designation: 15802-3-1998
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition] Information Technology--
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and
metropolitan area networks--Common specifications--Media access control
(MAC) bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 1998
Abstract: Superseded **Revision of 802.1D-1990 edition (aka ISO/IEC 10038). 802.1D incorporates P802.1p and P802.12e. It also
incorporates and supersedes published standards 802.1j and 802.6k. Superseded by 802.1D-2004. The concept of Media Access
Control (MAC) Bridging, introduced in the 1993 edition ofthis standard, has been expanded to define additional capabilities in
Bridged LANs aimed at providing for expedited traffic capabilities, to support the transmission of time-critical information in a
LAN environment; and providing filtering services that support the dynamic use of Group MAC Addresses in a LAN environment.
Designation: 15802-4-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 15802-4:1994, Information Technology -- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks
-- Common specifications -- Part 4: System load protocol
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 16, 1994
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.1E-1990 and 802.1m-1993.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn in January 2004 - Not available to Resellers. Please refer to WE16535. (Incorporates
ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1E-1990 and ANSI/IEEE Std 802.1m-1993) (Adopted by ISO/IEC and redesignated as ISO/IEC 15802-4:1994) This IEEE
Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Services and protocol elements that permit the downloading of memory
images to data processing equipment attached to IEEE 802 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks are defined. The protocol makes
use of the group addressing capabilities inherent in LAN/MAN technologies to permit simultaneous loading of the same memory image
to mulitiple destination systems. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit the operation of the
load protocol to be remotely managed.
Key Words: local area networks, management, metropolitan area networks, system
load protocol, LAN, MAN
Designation: 15802-5-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 15802-5:1998(E), Information Technology -- Telecommunications
and information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area
networks -- Common specifications -- Part 5: Remote Media Access Control
(MAC) bridging (ANSI/IEEE std 802.1G, 1998 Edition)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010.
History: BD APP: Oct 09, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1997
Project Scope: Specification of the requirements placed on MAC (Meduim Access
Control) Bridges which interconnect Local Area Networks using other
transmission media or services.
Project Purpose: 1-Ensure compatabilities of operation with Bridges which
connect Local Area Networks directly. 2-Specify the constraints on the
variation of the quality of the MAC Service offered to communication end
service. 3-Consider management aspects of the Bridges within the framework
by OSI Mgmt.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE
802.1D) media access control (MAC) bridges, including the aspects of operation of remote MAC bridges that are observable on the
interconnected LANs, are specified. A protocol for (optional) use between remote MAC bridges, across the non-LAN communications
equipment that interconnects them, to configure the remote bridges within the bridged LAN in accordance with the spanning tree
algorithm of ISO/IEC 10038: 1993, is also provided.
Key Words: MAC, Sublayer, Interconnection, geographically, LAN
Designation: 1581-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Static Component Interconnection Test Protocol and
Architecture
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 20, 2011
Technical Contact: Heiko Ehrenberg, Phone:512-502-3010, Email:h.ehrenberg@goepel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines a low-cost method for testing the
interconnection of discrete, complex memory Integrated Circuits (ICs) where
additional pins for testing are not available and implementing boundary scan
(IEEE 1149.1) is not feasible. This standard describes the implementation
rules for the test logic and test mode access/exit methods in compliant ICs.
The standard is limited to the behavioral description of the implementation
and will not include the technical design for the test logic or test mode
control circuitry.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for test
technology in memory devices. Each vendor is free in the way of implementing
test hardware functionality in their Integrated Circuits (ICs) to support
connectivity tests. Without an independent standard, testability is reduced
and test coverage may not be complete - making the test technology less
useful for others. This standard will improve interconnect test for
discrete memory devices by specifying implementation rules for test logic
and test mode access/exit methods included in memory ICs as guidance both to
IC vendors implementing the standard, and to test equipment manufacturers
supporting this standard. The standard is aimed at ICs that are otherwise
not provisioned with Design For Testability (DFT) for any reason, targeting
primarily memory devices but also allowing for implementation in other
devices, while supporting the highest fault coverage and pin level
diagnostics of board level connectivity faults on such devices.
Abstract: IEEE Std 1581 defines a low-cost method for testing the interconnection of discrete, complex memory Integrated Circuits
(ICs) where additional pins for testing are not available and implementing Boundary-Scan (IEEE 1149.1) is not feasible. This
standard describes the implementation rules for the test logic and test mode access/exit methods in compliant ICs. The standard
is limited to the behavioral description of the implementation and will not include the technical design for the test logic or
test mode control circuitry.
Key Words: board test, integrated circuit, interconnect test, memory device,
test logic, test mode, transparent test mode
Designation: 1581
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Static Component Interconnection Test Protocol and
Architecture
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Heiko Ehrenberg, Phone:512-502-3010, Email:h.ehrenberg@goepel.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard protocol for testing the
interconnection of low-cost complex memory ICs where additional pins for
testing are not available and implementing boundary scan (IEEE 1149.1) is
not feasible. This protocol will describe the implementation rules for the
SCITT test logic in ICs which is needed for testing and describes test mode
access/exit. The project is limited to the behavioral description of the
implementation and will not include the technical design for the test.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for this
new test technology. Each vendor is free in the way of implementing test
hardware functionality in their ICs. Without an independent standard,
testability is reduced and test coverage may not be complete - making the
test technology less useful for others. This Standard will provide the
specification of the protocol and implementation rules for the highest fault
coverage and diagnosis. This Standard will also provide a specification for
test mode access/exit, provide guidance to both IC vendors, implementing the
standard, and test manufacturers to support this standard. The standard
also allows for implementation in devices other than memories. In contrast
to IEEE 1149.1 standard this standard provides a static test method,
requires less pins and is lower in cost.
Designation: 1582
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Environmental Requirements for Rail Transit Automatic Train
Control Systems Wayside Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harold C Gillen, Phone:412-688-2776, Email:hcgillen@switch.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: This standard establishes baseline environmental requirements
for rail transit automatic train control (ATC) systems wayside equipment.
Environmental requirements include temperature, humidity, vibration and
electromagnetic interference (EMI).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide environmental
requirements that cover the conditions encountered in the application of
automatic train control (ATC) systems wayside equipment in the rail transit
industry. It will provide consistent requirements that can be used uniformly
by the industry.
Designation: 1583
Sponsor: SASB/SCC38-SCC38 - Voting System Engineering
Title: Standard for the Evaluation of Voting Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Herb Deutsch, Phone:8153978144, Email:hdeutsch@essvote.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: Develop a standard for the evaluation of election voting
equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop an evaluation
standard for election voting equipment. The standard will provide technical
specifications for electronic, mechanical, and human factors that can be
used by manufacturers of voting machines or by those purchasing such
machines. The tests and criteria developed will assure equipment:
Confidentiality, Security, Reliability, Accuracy, Usability, Accessibility.
Designation: 1583
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Title: Standard for the Evaluation of Voting Equipment
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: Develop a standard for the evaluation of election voting
equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop an evaluation
standard for election voting equipment. The standard will provide technical
specifications for electronic, mechanical, and human factors that can be
used by manufacturers of voting machines or by those purchasing such
machines. The tests and criteria developed will assure equipment: ·
Confidentiality, · Security, · Reliability, · Accuracy, · Usability, ·
Accessibility.
Designation: 1584-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 23, 2002
Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility
operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the
incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or
near electrical equipment.
Project Purpose: This guide presents methods for the calculation of arc-flash
incident energy and arc-flash boundaries in three-phase ac systems to which
workers may be exposed. It covers the analysis process from field data
collection to final results, presents the equations needed to find incident
energy and the flash-protection boundary, and discusses software solution
alternatives. Applications cover an empirically derived model including
enclosed equipment and open lines for voltages from 208 V to 15 kV, and a
theoretically derived model applicable for any voltage. Included with the
standard are programs with embedded equations, which may be used to
determine incident energy and the arc-flash-protection boundary.1 Single-
phase ac systems and dc systems are not included in this guide.
Abstract: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc flash hazard distance
and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment. Included are 2 Arc
Flash Hazard Calculators and 3 Test Data files An interpretation is available at
http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/1584-2002.html
Key Words: arc fault currents, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis,
arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault
currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy,
personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short-
circuit study, working distances
Designation: P1584
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This guide provides models and an analysis process for
calculating the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during
their work on or near electrical equipment. The models enable determination
of the predicted maximum incident thermal energy and the arc-flash boundary.
The process covers the collection of field data, selection of power system
operating scenarios, data entry, calculation parameters, and analysis of
results. Applications include enclosed electrical equipment and cables for
three-phase ac voltages from 208 V to 15 kV and dc systems from 48 V to 800
V. Calculations for single-phase systems and recommendations for personal
protective equipment (PPE) to mitigate possible arc-flash hazards are not
included in this guide. This edition includes updates based on
experience performing arc-flash hazard calculation studies. It does not
include changes to the models.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to enable qualified electrical
engineers to analyze power systems and quantify the incident energy to which
employees could be exposed during operation and maintenance work.
Contractors and facility owners need this information to provide appropriate
protection for employees in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70E,
Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace.
Designation: 1584
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003
Project Scope: Original scope and revised scope are the same: This guide
provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in
determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which
employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical
equipment. The revision will allow an update to the models based on further
testing and analysis. It will also allow separation of the text of the
standard and the spreadsheet based calculator. Any calculator developed will
be issued as a separate item under this PAR.
Project Purpose: Purpose of original document: This guide presents methods for
the calculation of arc-flash incident energy and arc-flash boundaries in
three-phase ac systems to which workers may be exposed. It covers the
analysis process from field data collection to final results, presents
equations needed to find incident energy and the flash-protection boundary,
and discusses software solution alternatives. Applications cover an
empirically derived model including enclosed equipment and open lines for
voltages from 208 V to 15 kV, and a theoretically derived model applicable
for any voltage. Included with the standard are programs with embedded
equations, which may be used to determine incident energy and the arc-flash-
protection boundary. Single-phase ac systems and dc systems are not included
in this guide. The revision will allow further testing and analysis by the
working group to improve the accuracy of the models, to extend the range of
applications covered, and to determine the pressures generated from arc
flashes. Actual testing conducted will be determined by the amount of
funding contributed. The working group intends to conduct tests to: extend
the test database range of voltages and test box sizes; investigate dc arc
flashes; investigate the pressure from arc flashes; correlate used equipment
experience to the test database. Continuing analysis has shown ways to
improve the R-square of the equations in the model. With additional testing
further improvements are expected. Testing with additional box sizes can
improve understanding of 208 V and medium voltage arcs. Testing with direct
current can allow inclusion of dc equations in the model. Testing for
pressure can allow development of pressure based equations and separate
treatment of the pressure hazard. Testing with used equipment can enable
validation of the model relative to real equipment. Work conducting arc
flash studies has yielded an understanding of ways to reduce the incident
energy hazard and they can be documented in the second edition.
Abstract: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the arc flash hazard
distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical equipment.
Key Words: arc fault currents , arc flash hazard , arc flash hazard
analysis , arc flash hazard marking , arc in enclosures , arc in open air ,
bolted fault currents , electrical hazard , flash protection boundary ,
incident energy , personal protective equipme
Designation: 1584
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This guide provides models and an analysis process for
calculating the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during
their work on or near electrical equipment. The models enable determination
of the predicted maximum incident thermal energy and the arc-flash boundary.
The process covers the collection of field data, selection of power system
operating scenarios, data entry, calculation parameters, and analysis of
results. Applications include enclosed electrical equipment and cables for
three-phase ac voltages from 208 V to 15 kV and dc systems from 48 V to 800
V. Calculations for single-phase systems and recommendations for personnel
protective equipment (PPE) to mitigate possible arc-flash hazards are not
included in this guide
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to enable qualified electrical
engineers to analyze power systems and quantify the incident energy to which
employees could be exposed during operation and maintenance work.
Contractors and facility owners need this information to provide appropriate
protection for employees in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70E,
Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace.
Designation: 1584 and 1584A Set
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: 1584 & 1584A Set Arc Flash (Print plus CD-ROM)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Summary: For 1584-2002: This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining
the arc flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical
equipment. Keywords: 1584 , IEEE 1584, arc fault currents, arc flash hazard, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-
flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary,
incident energy, personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short-circuit study, working distances.
For 1584A-2004: Amendment to 1584-2002 This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in
determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or
near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses 5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and
an equation error in the spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I. Contents: The Set Contains the Following:
- 1584-2002 IEEE Guide for Arc Flash Hazard Calculations: Print version of set: Includes a CD-ROM containing 2 Arc Flash Hazard
Calculators and 3 Test Data files. PDF version of set: PDF file zipped with 2 Arc Flash Hazard Calculators and 3 Test Data
files. - 1584A-2004 IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations--Amendment 1
Key Words: 1584 , IEEE 1584, arc fault currents, arc flash hazard, arc-flash
hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in
enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard, flash
protection boundary, incident energy, person
Designation: P1584.1
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for the Specification of Scope and Deliverable Requirements for an
Arc-flash Hazard Calculation Study in Accordance With IEEE 1584
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009
Project Scope: This document provides guidance for the specification and
performance of an arc-flash hazard calculation study, in accordance with the
process defined in IEEE 1584, Guide for Performing an Arc-Flash Calculations
Study (Arc-Flash Study). It outlines the minimum recommended requirements to
enable the owner or its representative to specify an arc-flash Study,
including scope of work and associated deliverables.
Project Purpose: This document defines the recommended minimum guidelines for
performing a detailed Arc-Flash Calculation Study (Arc-Flash Study) based on
IEEE 1584, IEEE Guide for performing Arc-Flash Calculations. Use of this
document should enable persons such as facility owners, contractors,
operations, safety, and electrical personnel as well as those responsible
for the specification and/or the performance of the study to understand the
minimum scope of work and deliverables required. Additionally, by providing
a detailed list of deliverable items, accurate proposals can be obtained
Designation: 1584a-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations--Amendment 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 2004
Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The guide provides techniques for designers and facility
operators to apply in determining the arc-flash hazard distance and the
incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or
near electrical equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses
5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and an equation error in the
spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I.
Project Purpose: The amendment will correct a number of errors in the text and
spreadsheet based calculator. This will enable users of the Guide to better
understand the Guide text and apply its calculators.
Abstract: Amendment to 1584-2002 This guide provides techniques for designers and facility operators to apply in determining the
arc-flash hazard distance and the incident energy to which employees could be exposed during their work on or near electrical
equipment. The amendment will correct text errors in Clauses 5.2, last paragraph; Clauses 5.6, 5.7, and 7.1; and an equation
error in the spreadsheet based calculator, Data-Normal Sheet, column I. KEYWORDS: arc fault currents, arc-flash hazard, arc-
flash hazard analysis, arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault currents, electrical hazard,
flash protection boundary, incident energy, personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short-circuit
study, working distances
Key Words: arc fault currents, arc-flash hazard, arc-flash hazard analysis,
arc-flash hazard marking, arc in enclosures, arc in open air, bolted fault
currents, electrical hazard, flash protection boundary, incident energy,
personal protective equipment, protective device coordination study, short-
circuit study, working distances
Designation: 1584b-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations - Amendment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Craig M Wellman, Phone:302-731-0798, Email:c.m.wellman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: Amend Clause 4 on the process of performing an arc flash hazard
calculations study. These changes will be based on what people with
extensive experience performing these studies have learned since the Guide
was published in 2002. Also, make minor amendments to other Clauses of the
Guide to correct minor errors and clarify wording.
Project Purpose: 1. When the standard was written, there was little experience
in performing these studies. Now the Working Group members have a lot of
experience applying the standard and could enable more accurate studies by
others by incorporating their knowledge in the Guide. 2. Some of the
existing wording in the Guide has been found to be vague or open to
interpretation. It is the intent that the changes will clarify this unclear
wording and make the standard easier to follow.
Designation: 1585-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Medium Voltage (1- 35kV)
Electronic Series Devices for Compensation of Voltage Fluctuations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 08, 2002
Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This document provides general guidelines for the preparation of
a functional specification for solid state electronic devices used mainly
for compensation of voltage fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to
medium voltage (1 kV-35 kV). This device contains in general :an inverter,
rectifier or dc to dc converter, energy storage device, injection
transformer connected in series with the load and normally open by-pass
switch. In order to interface these devices with the load additional
equipment should be provided including current and potential transformer
bypass and isolation breakers and three -phase low voltage service for
auxiliary power.
Project Purpose: The guide includes technical clauses describing the user's
requirements, including operation methods and environmental conditions. It
specifies basic requirements of solid state electronic devices used for
compensation of voltage fluctuations. Also the guide covers the required
installation and start up services.
Abstract: An approach to prepare a specification for an electronic device connected in series to compensate voltage fluctuations is
presented.This guide intends to provide a base specification to allow users to modify specific parts of the document to meet
their practical needs.
Key Words: "energy storage, injection transformer, inverter, power electronics,
power quality, sensitive loads, series compensation, voltage control"
Designation: 1586
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Human Interactions With Operating Experience
Programs for Nuclear Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bruce Breslau, Phone:301-903-7343, Email:bruce.breslau@eh.doe.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001
Project Scope: This project will establish methodologies for identification,
analysis, dissemination, and utilization of knowledge gained through human
interactions with complex systems and other high hazard industry operational
activities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to recommend practices that
focus on human interactions with complex systems in nuclear facilities and
other high hazards industry. The document This recommended practice enables
improved sharing within the nuclear and power generating industry to improve
system and equipment performance. Proven standardized principles for lessons
learned enhance formulation of industry wide issues and sharing of effective
practices through more common approaches that enhance communication and cost
effectiveness.
Designation: 1587
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide for Principles of Qualitative Risk Management for Nuclear
Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: G.W Hannaman, Phone:858-826-4964, Email:hannamang@ds-s.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001
Project Scope: This project illustrates techniques to support qualitative risk
management of nuclear facilities. The techniques are usable for a wide range
of facilities and are especially applicable to facilities containing nuclear
materials and other hazards. It uses information produced in risk
applications to support continued management. It does not address techniques
for risk assessment addressed in other standards, but addresses use of such
information in site safety management.
Project Purpose: This guide provides techniques for qualitatively integrating
the results of base line risk assessments and safety documentation for
periodic examination of facilities and evaluation of event experience.
Designation: 1588-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for
Networked Measurement and Control Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 24, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 1588-2002
Technical Contact: John C Eidson, Phone:650-485-4263, Email:john-eidson@stanfordalumni.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Sep 10, 2008
Project Scope: This standard defines a protocol enabling precise
synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented
with technologies such as network communication, local computing, and
distributed objects. The protocol is applicable to systems communicating by
local area networks supporting multicast messaging including, but not
limited to, Ethernet. The protocol enables heterogeneous systems that
include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution, and stability to
synchronize to a grandmaster clock. The protocol supports system-wide
synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal network
and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the protocol
allows simple systems to be installed and operated without requiring the
administrative attention of users. The standard includes mappings to User
Datagram Protocol (UDP)/Internet Protocol (IP), DeviceNet, and a layer-2
Ethernet implementation. It includes formal mechanisms for message
extensions, higher sampling rates, correction for asymmetry, a clock type to
reduce error accumulation in large topologies, and specifications on how to
incorporate the resulting additional data into the synchronization protocol.
The standard permits synchronization accuracies better than 1 ns. The
protocol has features to address applications where redundancy and security
are a requirement. The standard defines conformance and management
capability. There is provision to support unicast as well as multicast
messaging. The standard includes an annex on recommended practices. Annexes
defining communication-medium-specific implementation details for
additional network implementations are expected to be provided in future
versions of this standard.
Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly
employing distributed system technologies such as network communication,
local computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be
enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having
local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a
standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that
the benefits will be realized in the multivendor system component market.
Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these
applications. For example, the Network Time Protocol(NTP) targets large
distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements.
The protocol in this standard specifically addresses the needs of
measurement and control and operational systems in the fields of test and
measurement, industrial automation, military systems, manufacturing systems,
power utility systems, and certain telecommunications applications. These
applications need: - Spatially localized systems with options for larger
systems - Microsecond to sub-microsecond accuracy - Administration-
free operation - Applicability for both high-end devices and low-cost,
low-end devices - Provisions for the management of redundant and fault-
tolerant systems Several different application areas such as industrial
automation, telecommunication, semiconductor manufacturing, military
systems, and utility power generation have emerged that require the standard
to be revised.
Abstract: Replaced and Redesignated as IEC 16588-2009. This standard defines a protocol enabling precise synchronization of clocks
in measurement and control systems implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing and distributed
objects. The protocol is applicable to systems communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging including but
not limited to Ethernet. The protocol enables heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision,
resolution, and stability to synchronize to a grandmaster clock. The protocol supports system-wide synchronization accuracy in
the sub-microsecond range with minimal network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the protocol allows
simple systems to be installed and operated without requiring the administrative attention of users. The standard includes
mappings to UDP/IP, DeviceNet and a layer-2 Ethernet implementation. An Interpretation is available at
http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/1588-2008.html
Key Words: 1588-2008, boundary clock, clock, distributed system, master clock,
measurement and control system, real-time clock, synchronized clock,
transparent clock
Designation: 1588-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for
Networked Measurement and Control Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1588-2008.
Technical Contact: John C Eidson, Phone:650-485-4263, Email:john-eidson@stanfordalumni.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This project will define a protocol enabling precise
synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented
with technologies such as network communication, local computing and
distributed objects. The protocol will be applicable to systems
communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging
including but not limited to Ethernet(tm). The protocol will enable
heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision,
resolution and stability to synchronize. The protocol will support system-
wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal
network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the
protocol will allow simple systems to be installed and operated without
requiring the administrative attention of users.
Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly using
distributed system technologies such as network communication, local
computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be
enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having
local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a
standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that
the benefits will be realized in the multi-vendor system component market.
Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these
applications. For example NTP, Network Time Protocol, targets large
distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements.
The protocol proposed in this PAR specifically addresses the needs of
measurement and control systems: · Spatially localized, · Microsecond
to sub-microsecond accuracy, · Administration free, and most importantly,
· Accessible for both high-end devices and low-cost, low-end devices.
Abstract: Replaced by IEC 61588-2004 (SH95292 or SS95292) Dual-logo document Abstract: A protocol to synchronize independent
clocks running on separate nodes of a distributed measurement and control system to a high degree of accuracy and precision is
specified. The protocol is independent of the networking technology, and the system topology is self-configuring.
Key Words: "clocks, distributed system, master clock, measurement and control
systems, real-time clock, synchronized clocks"
Designation: 1588
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked
Measurement and Control Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John C Eidson, Phone:650-485-4263, Email:john-eidson@stanfordalumni.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines a protocol enabling precise
synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented
with technologies such as network communication, local computing and
distributed objects. The protocol will be applicable to systems
communicating by local area networks supporting multicast messaging
including but not limited to Ethernet™. The protocol will enable
heterogeneous systems that include clocks of various inherent precision,
resolution and stability to synchronize. The protocol will support system-
wide synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal
network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the
protocol will allow simple systems to be installed and operated without
requiring the administrative attention of users. The standard includes
mappings to UDP/IP, DeviceNet and a layer-2 Ethernet implementation. It
includes formal mechanisms for message extensions, higher sampling rates,
correction for asymmetry, a clock type to reduce error accumulation in large
topologies, and specifications on how to incorporate the resulting
additional data into the synchronization protocol. The standard permits
synchronization accuracies better than 1 nanosecond. The protocol has
features to address applications where redundancy and security are a
requirement. The standard defines conformance and management capability.
There is provision to support unicast as well as multicast messaging. The
standard includes a section on recommended practices.
Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly using
distributed system technologies such as network communication, local
computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be
enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having
local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a
standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that
the benefits will be realized in the multi-vendor system component market.
Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these
applications. For example, Network Time Protocol (NTP), targets large
distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements.
The protocol in this standard specifically addresses the needs of
measurement and control and operational systems in the fields of test and
measurement, industrial automation, military systems, manufacturing systems,
power utility systems and certain telecommunications applications. These
requirements needs: • Spatially localized but with option for larger
systems, • Microsecond to sub-microsecond accuracy, •
Administration free, • Accessible for both high-end devices and low-
cost, low-end devices • Provisions for management of redundancy and
fault tolerance. A number of different application areas such as
industrial automation, telecommunication, semiconductor manufacturing,
military systems, and utility power generation have emerged that require the
standard to be revised.
Designation: 1589
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Standard for Conformance Tests Procedures for Equipment Interconnecting
Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Changed designation to P1547.1
Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: This standard specifies the type, production, and commissioning
tests that shall be performed to demonstrate that the interconnection
functions and equipment of a distributed resource (DR) conform to IEEE
Standard P1547.
Project Purpose: Interconnection equipment that connects distributed resources
(DR) to an electric power system (EPS) must meet the requirements specified
in IEEE Standard P1547. Standardized test procedures are necessary to
establish and verify compliance with those requirements. These test
procedures must provide both repeatable results, independent of test
location, and flexibility to accommodate a variety of DR technologies.
Designation: 1590-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Protection of Communication
Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations Using Optical Fiber Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 26, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 1590-2003
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice presents engineering design procedures
for the electrical protection of communication facilities serving electric
supply locations using optical fiber systems. Services utilizing wire-line
protection systems are addressed in IEEE Std 487™-2007. Other
telecommunication alternatives such as radio and microwave systems are
excluded from this document.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice presents safe and reliable methods
for the protection of communication facilities serving electric supply
locations using optical fiber systems.
Abstract: The main emphasis of this recommended practice is the engineering design of optical fiber communication facilities
serving, or connected to, electric supply locations. This document includes methods for providing telecommunication facilities
serving electric supply locations using optical fiber cables, and their related electronic systems, extending across the zone of
influence (ZOI).
Key Words: 1590-2009, CFJ, copper-fiber junction, electric power stations,
electric supply locations, fiber optic systems, ground potential rise,
high-voltage environment
Designation: 1590-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Electrical Protection of Optical Fiber
Communication Facilities Serving, or Connected to, Electrical Supply
Locations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1590-2009.
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: May 03, 2004
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice presents engineering design procedures
for the electrical protection of optical fiber communication facilities
serving, or connected to, electric supply locations. Other telecommunication
alternatives, such as radio and cable with metallic members are excluded
from this document.
Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice presents safe and reliable methods
for providing telecommunication facilities serving electrical supply
locations using optical fiber.
Abstract: This Recommended Practice presents engineering design procedures for the electrical protection of optical fiber
communication facilities serving, or connected to, electric supply locations. Other telecommunication alternatives, such as radio
and cable with metallic members are excluded from this document. Project purpose: This Recommended Practice presents safe and
reliable methods for providing telecommunication facilities serving electrical supply locations using optical fiber.
Key Words: electrical power stations, electrical supply locations, ground
potential rise, high-volt-age environment
Designation: 1591
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for Optical Ground Wire
(OPGW)
Status: Superseded
**Project Superceded by P1591.1
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical, and
electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and
acceptance criteria for qualifying hardware for use with optical ground wire
(OPGW).
Project Purpose: The standard is to provide standard manufacturing, testing and
procurement specifications for optical ground wire (OPGW) hardware in order
to simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and
assist usage.
Designation: P1591.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for Optical
Groundwire (OPGW)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical
performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance
criteria for qualifying hardware for use with optical ground wire (OPGW).
Project Purpose: The standard is to provide standard manufacturing, testing,
and procurement specifications for use with optical ground wire (OPGW)
hardware in order to simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure
product quality, and assist usage.
Abstract: Hardware performance, test requirements, procedures, and acceptance criteria for a transmission line overhead ground wire
(a.k.a shield wire, static wire, earth wire, skywire) with optical fibers commonly known as optical ground wire (OPGW) are
covered. Functional requirements, such as electrical, mechanical, optical fiber, environmental and test requirements related to
design, installation, in-service, and maintenance, including routine tests, are covered.
Key Words: fibre optic ground wire, laboratory tests, OPGW, optical ground
wire, type tests
Designation: 1591.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for Optical Groundwire
(OPGW)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical
performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance
criteria for qualifying hardware for use with optical ground wire (OPGW).
Project Purpose: The standard is to provide standard manufacturing, testing,
and procurement specifications for use with optical ground wire (OPGW)
hardware in order to simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure
product quality, and assist usage.
Designation: P1591.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for All-Dielectric
Self-Supporting (ADSS) Fiber Optic Cable
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical
performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance
criteria for qualifying hardware for use with all-dielectric self-supporting
(ADSS) fiber optic cable.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish performance and
testing specifications for hardware used on ADSS systems in order to
standardize testing, simplify procurement specifications, and assure product
quality.
Designation: 1591.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Testing and Performance of Hardware for All-Dielectric
Self-Supporting (ADSS) Fiber Optic Cable
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard covers the construction, mechanical and electrical
performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and acceptance
criteria for qualifying hardware for use with all-dielectric self-supporting
(ADSS) fiber optic cable.
Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover hardware for all-dielectric
self-supporting (ADSS) fiber optic cable. Provision of such a standard will
simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and
assist usage.
Designation: P1591.3
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Qualifying Hardware for Helically-Applied Fiber
Optic Cable Systems (WRAP Cable)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard covers hardware for use with all-dielectric fiber
optic (WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or
other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers mechanical, and
electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and
acceptance criteria for qualification of the hardware.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish performance and
testing specifications for hardware used on Wrap cable systems in order to
standardize testing, simplify procurement specifications, and assure product
quality.
Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to establish performance and testing specifications for hardware used on WRAP CABLE
systems in order to standardize testing, simplify procurement specifications, and assure product quality.
Designation: 1591.3
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Qualifying Hardware for Helically-Applied Fiber Optic Cable
Systems (WRAP Cable)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard covers hardware for use with all-dielectric fiber
optic (WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or
other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers mechanical, and
electrical performance, test requirements, environmental considerations, and
acceptance criteria for qualification of the hardware.
Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover hardware for helically-applied
fiber optic cable systems (WRAP) cable. Provision of such a standard will
simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and
assist usage.
Designation: 15939-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Adoption of ISO/IEC 15939:2007--Systems and Software
Engineering--Measurement Process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2009
**Adoption of ISO/IEC 15939:2007
Technical Contact: Cheryl Jones, Phone:973-724-2644, Email:cheryl.jones5@us.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: May 21, 2009
Project Purpose: This International Standard identifies the activities and
tasks that are necessary to successfully identify, define, select, apply
and improve measurement within an overall project or organizational
measurement structure. It also provides definitions for measurement terms
commonly used within the system and software industries. This
International Standard does not catalogue measures, nor does it provide a
recommended set of measures to apply on projects. It does identify a
process that supports defining a suitable set of measures that address
specific information needs.
Abstract: This International Standard defines a measurement process applicable to system and software engineering and management
disciplines. The process is described through a model that defines the activities of the measurement process that are required to
adequately specify what measurement information is required, how the measures and analysis results are to be applied, and how to
determine if the analysis results are valid. The measurement process is flexible, tailorable, and adaptable to the needs of
different users. This International Standard identifies a process that supports defining a suitable set of measures that address
specific information needs. It identifies the activities and tasks that are necessary to successfully identify, define, select,
apply, and improve measurement within an overall project or organizational measurement structure. It also provides definitions
for commonly used measurement terms. This international standard provides an elaboration of the measurement process from ISO/IEC
15288:2008 and IEEE Std 15288-2008, as well as ISO/IEC 12207:2008 and IEEE Std 12207-2008.
Key Words: 15939-2008, measurement, metric
Designation: 1594-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Standard for Helically Applied Fiber Optic Cable Systems (Wrap
Cable) for Use on Overhead Utility Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 2008
Project Scope: This standard covers an all-dielectric fiber optic (wrap) cable
designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on
overhead power facilities. This covers the mechanical, electrical, and
optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test
requirements, environmental considerations, packaging and shipping
guidelines, and accessories.
Project Purpose: Other existing standards do not cover all-dielectric fiber
optic (wrap) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or
other messenger on overhead power facilities. This standard simplifies
procurement, standardizes testing, assures product quality, and assists
usage.
Abstract: This standard covers an all-dielectric fiber optic (wrap) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or
other messenger on overhead power facilities. This covers the mechanical, electrical, and optical performance, installation
guidelines, acceptance criteria, test requirements, environmental considerations, packaging and shipping guidelines, and
accessories.
Key Words: 1594-2008, all-dielectric, cable, conductor, earth wire, fiber
optic, ground wire, helical, helically, messenger, power lines, wrap,
wrapped
Designation: 1594
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Helically-Applied Fiber Optic Cable Systems (WRAP Cable)
for Use on Overhead Utility Lines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William A Byrd, Phone:803-781-7112, Email:amosbyrd@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard covers an all-dielectric fiber optic (WRAP) cable
designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other messenger on
overhead power facilities. This covers the mechanical, electrical, and
optical performance, installation guidelines, acceptance criteria, test
requirements, environmental considerations, and accessories.
Project Purpose: Present standards do not cover all-dielectric fiber optic
(WRAP) cable designed to be helically wrapped around a conductor or other
messenger on overhead power facilities. Provision of such a standard will
simplify procurement, standardize testing, assure product quality, and
assist usage.
Designation: P1595
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard for Quantifying Greenhouse Gas Emission Credits from Small
Hydro and Wind Power Projects, and for Grid Baseline Conditions
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: The Standard is intended to cover the measurement and
quantification of CO2 reductions for emissions credits for specific
renewable generation projects in the electricity supply industry, namely
Wind Power and Small Hydro. This requires a "cradle to grave" project life-
cycle approach and also the consideration of the Grid Base-line conditions
to assess the reduction in emissions from the grid generation displaced by
the "clean" power and energy from the project. Natural Resources Canada have
agreed to share documents they have developed for Wind Power; Small Hydro
and Grid Base-line conditions in a cooperative effort for the development of
the Standards, courtesy of an agreement reached between IEEE-SA and Natural
Resources Canada. The Natural Resources Canada documents are based on a
"cradle to grave" life cycle approach.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish an
internationally acceptable basis for measuring,evaluating and quantifying
the eligible, real, measurable, verifiable, and unique reduction in CO2
emissions attributable to the specific generation technologies of wind power
and small hydro, for use in emissions trading systems. The
Standard will help provide an answer to the generic question, how can one
country or jurisdiction to a greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions trade be assured
and satisfied that it is getting real and true value for a purchased GHG
emissions credit from another country or jurisdiction.
Designation: 1595
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard for the Quantification of CO2 Emission Credits for Electrical
Industry Processes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jim McConnach, Phone:705-645-5524, Email:jsmcconnach@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001
Project Scope: The Standard is intended to cover the measurement and
quantification of CO2 reductions for emissions credits in the electricity
supply and demand industry, as brought about by technology applications,
innovations and improvements. As such it covers "cradle to grave" project
life-cycles in all aspects of the industry, ie fuel chain and processing,
energy conversion systems (generation); emission control systems (pre and
post combustion); delivery systems (transmission and distribution); and end
uses (demand side management and conservation).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish an
internationally acceptable basis for measuring, evaluating and quantifying
the eligible, real, measurable, verifiable, and unique reduction in CO2
emissions attributable to a specific technology project, for use in
emissions trading systems. The Standard will help provide an answer to the
generic question how can one country or jurisdiction to an emissions trade
be assured and satisfied that it is getting real and true value for a
purchased emissions credit from another country or jurisdiction.
Designation: 1596-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Oct 23, 1992
Abstract: The scalable coherent interface (SCI) provides computer-bus-like services but, instead of a bus, uses a collection of fast
point-to-point unidirectional links to provide the far higher throughput needed for high-performance multiprocessor systems. SCI
supports distributed, shared memory with optional cache coherence for tightly coupled systems, and message-passing for loosely
coupled systems. Initial SCI links are defined at 1 Gbyte/s (16-bit parallel) and 1 Gb/s (serial). For applications requiring
modular packaging, an interchangeable module is specified along with connector and power. The packets and protocols that
implement transactions are defined and their formal specification is provided in the form of computer programs. In addition to
the usual read-and-write transactions, SCI supports efficient multiprocessor lock transactions. The distributed cache-coherence
protocols are efficient and can recover from an arbitrary number of transmission failures. SCI protocols ensure forward progress
despite multiprocessor conflicts (no deadlocks or starvation).
Key Words: scalable, coherent, interface, bus architecture, bus standard, cache
coherence, distributed memory, fiber optic, interconnect, IO system, link,
mesh, multiprocessor, network, packet protocol, ring, shared memory, switch,
transaction set, Seamless distributed computer, I/O system
Designation: P1596
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard will encompass two levels of interface, defining
operation over distances less than 10m. The physical layer will specify
electrical, mechanical, and thermal characteristics of connectors and cards.
The logical level will describe the address space, data transfer protocols,
cache coherence mechanisms, synchronization primitives, control and status
registers, and initialization and error recovery facilities.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to define an interface standard for very high
performance multiprocessor systems that supports a coherent shared-memory
model scalable to systems with up to 64K nodes. This standard is to
facilitate assembly of processor, memory, I/O, and bus adaptor cards from
multiple vendors into massively parallel systems with throughputs ranging
up to more than 10^12 operations per second.
Designation: 1596.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for SCI to VME (IEEE 1596 to IEEE 1014) Bridge Architecture
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bjorn Solberg, Phone:+47-22-627000
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Project Scope: Multiple vendors may produce bridges between 1596 and 1014 and
it is necessary to have a standard architecture to simplify the software
support for these bridges.
Project Purpose: Multiple vendors may produce bridges between 1596 and 1014 and
it is necessary to have a standard architecture to simplify the software
support for these bridges.
Designation: 1596.10
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for SCI/LAMP Multiport Bus Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Khan Kibria, Phone:714-587-0628, Email:kkibria@iss-us.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This standard defines one or more protocols and the
corresponding signals for user-side interfaces to IEEE Std 1596 interface
ICs.
Project Purpose: Standard 1596-1992 defines a very high performance
interconnect that can be integrated into and dirrectly connect processors,
memories, and I/O devices. However, there will be an extended transition
period during which it is necessary to interface 1596 to existing chipsets
and buses, using a separate 1596-interface IC. Standard 1596 defines one
side of that IC, but says nothing about the other side, the user side. This
standard will define protocols and signals for the user side of these 1596
interface chips, whihc will make it possible to use the same basic design
for products that incorporate 1596 interfaces from a variety of suppliers,
and having various cost/performance characteristics.
Designation: 1596.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Cache Optimizations for Large Numbers of
Processors using the Scalable Coherent Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stein Gjessing, Phone:+47-92695558, Email:steing@simula.no
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: Define protocols for reducing the latency of accessing cached
data shared by large numbers of processors. This involves combining
multiple coherent requests into one before they rech a shared memory
controller. These protocols will generate tree-like structures compatible
with the linear structures defined by IEEE-P1596. These protocols also
support efficient distribution of data (when many processors read shared
data) and purging of stale copies (when the previously-shared data is
written). The data distribution protocols will include support for
combinable operations (such as fetch-and-add).
Project Purpose: The IEEE-P1596 draft standard specifies a coherence protocol
that works with large numbers of processors. However, these protocols have
performance limitations when the number of processors actively sharing the
data becomes very large. There is a need to develop compatible extensions
to the SCI coherence protocols that reduce the data-access latencies from
order N or order log (N), where N is the number of processors.
Designation: 1596.3-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Low-Voltage Differential Signals (LVDS) for Scalable
Coherent Interface (SCI)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Stephen Kempainen, Phone:408-721-7269, Email:stephen.kempainen@nsc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: Specify a process-technology independent low voltage (less than
1V swing) to point to signal interface optimized for IEEE 1596 (SCI), using
a defferential driver connected to a terminated receiver through a constant
impedance transmission line.
Project Purpose: The IEEE-1596 (SCI) standard specifies an ECL electrical
interface. Although compatible with current circuit technologies, the power
dissipation and cost of this interface may prevent its use on low-cost
systems.
Abstract: Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI), specified in IEEE Std 1596-1992, provides computer-bus-like services but uses a
collection of fast point-to-point links instead of a physical bus in order to reach far higher speeds. The base specification
defines differential ECL signals, which provide a high transfer rate (16 bits are transferred every 2 ns), but are inconvenient
for some applications. IEEE Std 1596.3-1996, an extension to IEEE Std 1596-1992, defines a lower-voltage differential signal (as
low as 250 mV swing) that is compatible with low-voltage CMOS, BiCMOS, and GaAs circuitry. The power dissipation of the
transceivers is low, since only 2.5 mA is needed to generate this differential voltage across a 100 W termination resistance.
Signal encoding is defined that allows transfer of SCI packets over data paths that are 4-, 8-, 32-, 64-, and 128-bits wide.
Narrow data paths (4 to 8 bits) transferring data every 2 ns can provide sufficient bandwidth for many applications while
reducing the physical size and cost of the interface. The wider paths may be needed for very-high-performance systems.
Key Words: backplane, bus, cable, differential, low power, point to point,
scalable, signal
Designation: 1596.4-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for High-Bandwidth Memory Interface Based on Scalable
Coherent Interface (SCI) Signaling Technology (RamLink)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: Define a high-bandwidth interface that will permit access to the
large internal bandwidth already available in dynamic memory chips. The
goal is to increase the performance and reduce the complexity of memory
systems by using a subset of SCI protocols. Hierarchical memory systems
will be considered, from multi-level caches to main-memory systems. The
interface specification will apply to individual memory chips as well as
their controllers. The interface should be applicable to commodity parts
that will fulfill the requirements of near-future (3-5 years) and subsequent
generations of computor systems.
Project Purpose: The performance of microprocessors doubles every 2-3 years.
The density of main memory components used within these systems also
doubles, but memory-access bandwidth has lagged behind. To meet their
memory-access bandwidth requirements, designers currently build complex
interleaved memory systems, which use 30-40 components. Application of SCI
concepts will break through the performance of high-end workstations as well
as the entry for low-end computers.
Abstract: A high-bandwidth interface optimized for interchanging data between a memory controller and one or more dynamic RAMs is
specified. RamLink is an applicable interface for other RAM-like devices as well. You will receive an email from Customer
Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: high bandwidth, sci, scalable coherent interface, signaling
technology, ramlink, dynamic RAM
Designation: 1596.5-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Shared-Data Formats Optimized for Scalable Coherent
Interface (SCI) Processors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage. Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: David V James
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Formats for interchanging integer, bit-
field, and floating point data between heterogeneous multiprocessors in a Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) system are specified.
The defined data formats can also be used to share data among multiprocessors on other bus standards that support the read,
write, and lock transaction set defined by IEEE Std 1212-1991 CSR Architecture. The intent is to support efficient data transfers
among heterogeneous workstations within a distributed computing environment.
Key Words: data formats, data interchange, floating point, integer, shared
data, Heterogeneous multiprocessors
Designation: 1596.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for the Scalable Coherent Interface for Realtime Applications
(SCI/RT)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ralph Lachenmaier, Phone:215-441-1634, Email:lachenmaier@nade.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 19, 1996
Project Scope: Define modifications to the IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent
Interface that exchange SCI's forward progress guarantees under unknown
computing loads for predictable behavior in a priority-structured known
computing load. Define extensions to SCI that meet the fault tolerance
requirements of typical military or telecom applications. Attempt to make
these changes in such a way that a bridge may easily connect SCI and SCI/RT
subsystems.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 1596-1992 Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI) is a very
high performance computer bus replacement designed for multiprocessor use.
SCI guarantees forward progress under an inknown computing load, but does
not directly relate latency to task priority. Real-time applications
require certain deadlines to be met by the multiprocessor system. To
accomplish this, the application is thoroughly analyzed and its tasks are
assigned various priorities. If access to system resources (including
interconnect latency) is determined by task priority, it is possible to use
scheduling techniques such as Rate Monotonic Scheduling to determine whether
critical tasks might ever miss their deadlines. This project will modify
the SCI protocols so that scheduling techniques can be used to determine
whether critical tasks might ever miss their deadlines.
Designation: 1596.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for a High-Speed Memory Interface (SyncLink)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Wilbur C Vogley, Phone:(713) 274-3894, Email:w-vogley@ti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: To define a protocol based on Ram link, electrical signaling,
and mechanical packaging, optimized for interconnecting DRAM (Dynamic Random
Access Memory) within a memory system.
Project Purpose: We are approaching the point where the capacity of DRAM
packages is not well matched to their applications, i.e. one needs a certain
number of chips to get the band width the system requires. That many chips
provides an unreasonably large amount of memory for low-end but improtant
high volume applications like PCs and workstations. To solve this problem
one must increase the bandwidth of the DRAM package significantly so that
the number of devices is not driven by the bandwidth need, but by system
memory requirements. SyncLink will provide cost-effective high performance
with a small number of DRAM devices by improving bandwidth per I/O pin.
Designation: 1596.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Parallet Links to the Scalable Coherent Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert W Beauchamp, Phone:508-898-7325, Email:bob_beauchamp@dg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will define parallel links for the Scalable
Coherent Interface (Std 1596) and for Serial Express (1394.2) including the
definition of standard cables and connectors, pin assignments for the
connectors, and such signal encodings as may be found necessary or desirable
for: DC-coupled applications, AC-coupled applications, increasing distance,
increasing speed, or reducing error rates.
Project Purpose: The existing Scalable Coherent Interface standard defines
cable connectors, signal levels, and pinouts, but the specified connector
family did not achieve broad acceptance and there is no clear definition of
standard cables. Vendors need specifications that allow them to manufacture
cable systems that will work reliably.
Designation: 1596.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Physical Layer Application Programming Interface for the
Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI PHY-API)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Volker Lindenstruth, Phone:06221 54 4303, Email:lindenstruth@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: This project will define a standard C-language API for the IEEE
Std 1596 for Scalable Coherent Interface. This API will accommodate a broad
range of SCI interface implementations by allowing software to transparently
implement functionality that is not provided by the particular hardware.
The standard SCI API will support packet mode and transparent mode hardware,
specifically without unnecessary overhead in case of transparent hardware.
Automatic address mapping from the local address to an SCI address will be
supported.
Project Purpose: The Scalable Coherent Interface standard defines the protocol
for communication at the hardware level. There is no user-software
interface layer defined. Furthermore there are many different SCI
implementations possible, with different trade-offs between direct hardware
implementation and software emulation of features. A standard SCI API will
allow writing SCI application software without knowing the specifics of the
given physical SCI interface. A standard physical-level SCI API essentially
adds a software layer where needed to give an SCI hardware interface a
standard appearance to user-level software. This makes it very easy to
interchange any SCI hardware in a given system, and will improve software
portability between systems. It can also serve as the foundation for higher
level layers such as MPI, facilitating their portability as well.
Designation: 1596a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Scalable Coherent Interface (SCI)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This standard will encompass two levels of interface, defining
operation over distances less than 10 m. The physical layer will specify
electrical, mechanical, and thermal characteristics of connectors and cards.
The logical level will describe the address space, data transfer protocols,
cache coherence mechanisms, synchronization primitives, control and status
registers, and initialization and error recovery facilities. This Amendment
will ballot the differences between the ISO/IEC edited version and the IEEE
version, and amend the IEEE version of the document to remove any
differences between the two documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to define an interface
standard for very high performance multiprocessor systems that supports a
coherent shared-memory model scalable to systems with up to 64K nodes. This
standard is to facilitate assembly of processor, memory, I/O, and bus
adaptor cards from multiple vendors into massively parallel systems with
throughputs ranging up to more than 10**12 operations per second.This
Amendment will ballot the differences between IEEE and the ISO/IEC edited
version and amend the IEEE version of the document to remove any differences
between the two documents.
Designation: 1597.1-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Validation of Computational Electromagnetics Computer
Modeling and Simulations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 18, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Andy L Drozd, Phone:315-334-1163, Email:a.l.drozd@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2009
Project Scope: This standard defines a method to validate computational
electromagnetics (CEM) computer modeling and simulation (M&S) techniques,
codes, and models. It is applicable to a wide variety of electromagnetic
(EM) applications including but not limited to the fields of electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC), radar cross section (RCS), signal integrity (SI), and
antennas. Validation of a particular solution data set can be achieved by
comparison to the data set obtained by measurements, alternate codes,
canonical, or analytic methods.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a formal mechanism for comparing the
results of various CEM techniques, codes, and models in a repeatable way
against a set of “golden” benchmarks, including standard validation and
canonical problem sets. These data are based on theoretical formulations, or
obtained as a result of performing high-quality measurements and, in certain
cases, based on accurate analyses that have undergone and withstood peer
validation.
Abstract: This standard defines a method to validate computational electromagnetics computer modeling and simulation techniques,
codes, and models. It is applicable to a wide variety of electromagnetic applications including but not limited to the fields of
electromagnetic compatibility, radar cross section, signal integrity, and antennas. Validation of a particular solution data set
can be achieved by comparison to the data set obtained by measurements, alternate codes, canonical, or analytic methods.
Key Words: 1597.1-200, antennas, computational electromagnetics, convergence,
electromagnetic compatibility, electromagnetic interference, modeling and
simulation, numerical techniques, radar cross section, rating scale, signal
integrity, validation
Designation: 1597.1
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Validation of Computational Electromagnetics (CEM) Computer
Modeling and Simulation
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Andy L Drozd, Phone:315-334-1163, Email:a.l.drozd@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Develop a standard for validation of CEM computer modeling and
simulation codes in differing applications. The standard will provide a
basis for analytical and empirical validation of CEM codes and
configurations. Several key areas will be addressed, including: Validation
by use of canonical models. Specification of canonical modeling elements
(primitives) as a function of ensemble parameters (frequency, desired
accuracy or fidelity, physics and numerical solution method, etc.);
Validation by simulation vs. measurement. Included in the validations will
be associated model-based parameter estimation (model- vs. measurement-
driven uncertainty estimates).
Project Purpose: This standard is being proposed to guide the validation of CEM
application models. Concerns persist throughout the EM Community that there
are no well-defined methodologies that can be used to achieve code-to-code
or simulation-to-measurement validations within a consistent level of
accuracy. The proposed standard is to address these concerns and provide a
method for the validation of CEM codes and models.
Designation: 1597.2-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Validation of Computational
Electromagnetics Computer Modeling and Simulations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2011
Technical Contact: Andy L Drozd, Phone:315-334-1163, Email:a.l.drozd@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: May 05, 2011
Project Scope: This recommended practice is a companion document for IEEE Std
1597.1-2008.1 It provides examples and problem sets to be used in the
validation of computational electromagnetics (CEM) computer modeling and
simulation techniques, codes, and models. It is applicable to a wide variety
of electromagnetic (EM) applications including but not limited to the fields
of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), analysis of radar cross section
(RCS), signal integrity (SI), and the analysis of antennas. This document
shows how to validate a particular solution data set by comparing it to the
data set obtained by measurements, alternate codes, canonical, or analytic
methods.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice serves as an aid to CEM modelers and
analysts in the selection and application of appropriate computer modeling
and simulation methodologies, physics, and solution techniques to achieve
accurate results. It also serves to complement measurements and EM design
tasks for a range of progressively complex problems through the use of
modeling problem examples for small-to-large scale canonical, benchmark, and
standard validation problems. Finally, this recommended practice provides a
detailed description of a validation process, i.e., the Feature Selective
Validation (FSV) method, which compares a particular solution data set to a
reference data set.
Abstract: This recommended practice is a companion document for IEEE Std 1597.1-2008. Examples and problem sets to be used in the
validation of computational electromagnetics (CEM) computer modeling and simulation techniques, codes, and models are provided.
It is applicable to a wide variety of electromagnetic (EM) applications including but not limited to the fields of antennas,
signal integrity (SI), radar cross section (RCS), and electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). This document shows how to validate a
particular solution data set by comparing it to themdata set obtained by measurements, alternate codes, canonical, or analytic
methods.
Key Words: 1597.2
Designation: 1597.2
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Computational Electromagnetics (CEM) Computer
Modeling and Simulation Applications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Andy L Drozd, Phone:315-334-1163, Email:a.l.drozd@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Develop a recommended practice for use in CEM computer modeling
and simulation applications. This recommended practice will guide EMC
design of PCBs (Printed Circuit Boards) to large, complex systems. Areas to
be addressed include: general guidelines for development of CEM models;
development of modeling methodologies for small-to-large scale "canonical"
systems platform types or composite models; methodologies for developing and
applying collaborative, multi-disciplinary engineering modeling schemes; and
computation of uncertainty for modeling applications.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is being proposed to aid modelers
and analysts in the selection and application of appropriate M&S
methodologies, physics solution techniques to achieve accurate results and
to complement measurements and EMC design tasks. There are currently no
standards or recommended practices for CEM M&S applications. Only informal
guidelines and recommend rules of thumb have been documented in any form.
Designation: 1598
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Test Requirements Model (TeRM)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Timothy J Wilmering, Phone:314-234-6781, Email:timothy.j.wilmering@boeing.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This standard will specify the information content of test
requirements, which are defined to be constraints on the behavior of a
system under test during test execution. Additionally, this standard will
define a common format by which conformant information may be exchanged.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally
represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical
requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process
evaluation, and testability analysis during product design and development.
This standard, by virtue of defining consistent semantics and a common
exchange format, will facilitate the flow of test requirements information
between these tools.
Designation: 1598
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Test Requirements Model (TeRM)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John W Sheppard, Phone:410-266-2099, Email:jsheppar@arinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This standard will specify the information content of test
requirements, which are defined to be constraints on the behavior of a
system under test during test execution. Additionally, this standard will
define a common format by which conformant information may be exchanged.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a means to formally
represent test requirements such that tools can be developed for technical
requirements analysis, test resource needs evaluation, diagnostic process
evaluation, and testability analysis during product design and development.
This standard, by virtue of defining consistent semantics and a common
exchange format, will facilitate the flow of test requirements information
between these tools.
Designation: 1599-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Defining a Commonly Acceptable Musical
Application Using XML
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 26, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Goffredo Haus, Phone:390258356222, Email:haus@dico.unimi.it
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice will develop an XML application
defining a standard language for symbolic music representation. The
language will be a meta-representation of music information for describing
and processing said music information within a multi-layered environment,
for achieving integration among structural, score, Musical Instrument
Digital Interface (MIDI), and digital sound levels of representation.
Furthermore, the recommended practice should integrate music representation
with already defined and accepted common standards. The recommended practice
will be accepted by any kind of software dealing with music information,
e.g., score editing, optical music recognition (OMR) systems, music
performance, musical databases, and composition and musicological
applications.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for
representing music information that can describe and process all the
different layers that characterize music information. For each layer of
music information, there is one or more accepted standard [e.g., MIDI for
performances, Notation Interchange File Format (NIFF) for notation, and so
on] and/or one or more proprietary formats. None of these can be suitably
applied to other layers. This recommended practice will make easier the
integration, interchange, and translation from one layer to another of music
information across different applications and ven for different users.
Abstract: This project will develop an XML application defining a standard language for symbolic music representation. The language
will be a meta-representation of music information for describing and processing said music information within a multilayered
environment, for achieving integration among structural, score, MIDI, and digital sound levels of representation. Furthermore,
the proposed standard should integrate music representation with already defined and accepted common standards. The standard will
be accepted by any kind of software dealing with music information, e.g. score editing, OMR systems, music performance, musical
databases, and composition and musicological applications.
Key Words: 1599-2008, description, multimedia, music, synchronization, XML
Designation: 1599
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: Recommended Practice for Definition of a Commonly Acceptable Musical
Application Using the XML Language
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Goffredo Haus, Phone:390258356222, Email:haus@dico.unimi.it
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This project will develop an XML application defining a standard
language for symbolic music representation. The language will be a meta-
representation of music information for describing and processing said music
infromation within a multilayered environment, for achieving integration
among structural, score, MIDI, and digital sound levels of representation.
Furthermore, the proposed standard should integrate music representation
with already defined and accepted common standards. The standard will be
accepted by any kind of software dealing with music information, e.g. score
editing, OMR systems, music performance, musical databases, and composition
and musicological applications.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for
representing music information that can describe and process all the
different layers which characterize music information. For each layer of
music infomration, there is one or more accepted standards (e.g. MIDI for
performances, NIFF for notation and so on) and/or one or more proprietary
formats. None of them can be suitably applied to other layers. This
standard will make easier the integration, interchange, and translation from
one layer to another of music information across different applications and
even for different users.
Designation: 16-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical and Electronic Control Apparatus on Rail
Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 25, 2005
Technical Contact: Jim Dietz, Phone:215-641-8876, Email:jdietz@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This standard prescribes design, application, and test
requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail
vehicles.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to provide a set of uniform design,
application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control
apparatus on rail vehicles. These requirements are the minimum necessary to
ensure suitability for use in a rail vehicle environment. Use of this
should lead to enhanced levels of reliability, and lower acquisition and
maintenance costs.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 16-1955 This standard is intended to provide a set of uniform design, application, and test
requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail vehicles.
Key Words: apparatus, control, design, electrical, electrohydraulic,
electronic, electropneumatic, rail, routine test, test, transit, type test
Designation: 16
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: Electric Control Apparatus for Land Transportation Vehicles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rudy A Van Eck, Phone:213-617-3448
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 1986
Designation: P16
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Electrical and Electronic Control Apparatus on Rail
Vehicles
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This standard prescribes design, application, and test
requirements for electrical and electronic control apparatus on rail
vehicles.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to provide a set of uniform design,
application, and test requirements for electrical and electronic control
apparatus on rail vehicles. These requirements are the minimum necessary to
ensure suitability for use in a rail vehicle environment. Use of this
should lead to enhanced levels of reliability, and lower acquisition and
maintenance costs.
Designation: 16-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Control Apparatus for Land Transportation
Vehicles
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Supersedes C48-1931 and AIEE 16A-1951.
History: BD APP: Oct 27, 1955
Designation: 1600.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: Standard Upper Ontology -- High-Level Concepts, Definitions and
Relationships Processable by Computer
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Schoening, Phone:732-532-5812, Email:james.schoening@mail1.monmouth.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This standard will specify an upper ontology that will enable
computers to utilize it for applications such as data interoperability,
information search and retrieval, automated inferencing, and natural
language processing. An ontology is similar to a dictionary or glossary, but
with greater detail and structure that enables computers to process its
content. An ontology consists of a set of concepts, axioms, and
relationships that describe a domain of interest. An upper ontology is
limited to concepts that are meta, generic, abstract and philosophical, and
therefore are general enough to address (at a high level) a broad range of
domain areas. Concepts specific to given domains will not be included;
however, this standard will provide a structure and a set of general
concepts upon which domain ontologies (e.g. medical, financial, engineering,
etc.) could be constructed.
Project Purpose: A. AUTOMATED REASONING: The standard will be suitable for
automated logical inference to support knowledge-based reasoning
applications. B. INTER-OPERABILITY: The standard will provide a basis
for achieving Inter-Operability among various software and database
applications. 1) Application developers can define new data elements in
terms of a common ontology, and thereby gain some degree of interoperability
with other conformant systems. 2) Applications based on domain-specific
ontologies that are compliant with this standard will be able to
interoperate (to some degree) by virtue of the shared common terms and
definitions. 3) The SUO will play the role of a neutral interchange format
whereby owners of existing applications will be able to map existing data
elements just once to a common ontology. This provides a degree of
interoperability with other applications whose representations conform to
SUO. This entails the SUO being able to be mapped to more restricted forms
such as XML, database schema, or object oriented schema. C: APPLICATION
AREAS 1) E-commerce applications from different domains that need to
interoperate at both the data and semantic levels. 2) Educational
applications in which students learn concepts and relationships directly
from, or expressed in terms of, a common ontology. This will also enable a
standard record of learning to be kept. 3) Natural language understanding
tasks in which a knowledge-based reasoning system uses the ontology to
disambiguate among likely interpretations of natural language statements.
Designation: 1601-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Optical AC Current and Voltage Sensing
Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 2010
Technical Contact: Harley Gilleland, Phone:919-676-4855, Email:hargil@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard is intended for use as a basis for performance and
interchangeability of equipment covered, and to assist in the proper
selection of such equipment. This standard covers certain electrical,
dimensional, and mechanical characteristics of optical current and voltage
sensing systems used in the measurement of electricity and the control of
equipment associated with the generation, transmission and distribution of
alternating current.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for current and voltage sensing systems
which use optical techniques to cover the above scope.
Abstract: The performance of optical current and voltage measurement systems used in the generation, transmission, and distribution
of alternating current electricity, and to assist in the proper selection of such equipment is described in this trial-use
standard. This standard covers certain physical characteristics of the sensing systems that use optical techniques to measure
current and voltage. This standard provides the requirements for the performance characteristics and the test of optical current
and voltage sensors of a nominal system voltage of 1 kV and above, the information related to the nature of these sensors, and
the information related to the application and use of these sensors.
Key Words: current sensor, high voltage, IEEE 1601, instrument transformer,
optical sensor
Designation: 1602
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Electronic Affidavits
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joe Ravenis, Phone:858-627-4654, Email:joe.ravenis@cubic.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop the operational requirements,
protocol, and operating procedures for conducting a transaction with a
portable electronic affidavit. The operational requirements will be
independent of the underlying datastream of affidavit language and data
content. The radio frequency communication power, signal interface,
initialization, and transmission protocol will be useable by all classes of
system transceivers.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for
interfacing and performing reads and writes to portable electronic
affidavits. All affidavits in existence are hard copy printed/paper based
documents. The size, shape, format, etc., of the documents are manifold.
Without an independent openly defined set of requirements, protocols,
applications and operating system the information on the documents cannot be
easily transferred. Furthermore, the data stored on the current affidavits
cannot be electronically accessed and executed. This project will provide a
fundamental implementation of an electronic affidavit which will allow
vendors to uniformly design and develop systems that will perform the
automatic authentication of the holder of an electronic affidavit and
perform digital transactions on the data contained therein.
Designation: 1603-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for an Advanced Library Format (ALF) Describing Integrated
Circuit (IC) Technology, Cells, and Blocks
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Roethig, Phone:408-588-5349, Email:wroethig@necelam.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: ALF shall serve as the data specification language of library
elements for design applications used to implement integrated circuits. The
range of abstraction shall include from the register-transfer level (RTL) to
the physical level. The language shall model behavior, timing, power,
signal integrity, physical abstraction and physical implementation rules of
library elements.
Project Purpose: The purpose of ALF is to provide a modeling language and
semantics for functional, physical and electrical performance description of
technology-specific libraries for cell-based and block-based design. Without
a standard, design implementation tools would use multiple proprietary and
tool-specific library descriptions. The semantics would be defined by tool
implementations only, which are subject to change and prone to mis-
interpretation. Also there would be redundancy using multiple descriptions
for similar library aspects. Therefore a standard is proposed to create a
consistent library view suitable as a reference for all design
implementation applications.
Abstract: Superseded by IEC/IEEE 62265-2005 (SH/SS95361) ALF shall serve as the data specification language of library elements for
design applications used to implement integrated circuits. The range of abstraction shall include from the register-transfer
level (RTL) to the physical level. The language shall model behavior, timing, power, signal integrity, physical abstraction and
physical implementation rules of library elements. The purpose of ALF is to provide a modeling language and semantics for
functional, physical and electrical performance description of technology-specific libraries for cell-based and block-based
design. Without a standard, design implementation tools would use multiple proprietary and tool-specific library descriptions.
The semantics would be defined by tool implementations only, which are subject to change and prone to mis- interpretation. Also
there would be redundancy using multiple descriptions for similar library aspects. Therefore a standard is proposed to create a
consistent library view suitable as a reference for all design implementation applications.
Key Words: behavioral, block, cell, derate, EDA, electrical, format,
functional, gate-level, integratedcircuit, language, layout, library,
modeling, physical, power, RTL, signal integrity, technology, timing
Designation: 1604
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Inclusion of VHDL Library Units in the VHDL Library IEEE
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter J Ashenden, Phone:+61883397532, Email:peter@ashenden.com.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001
Project Scope: The standard will specify a process for determining which items
are permitted to reside in the predefined library named STD, defined in IEEE
Standard 1076, and the library named IEEE, referenced in associated
standards (such as 1164). This standard will also specify requirements on
the internal documentation in the source code for such items.
Project Purpose: Users expect that only IEEE-approved items reside in library
IEEE, but some vendors have placed non-standard items in their version of
this library. This standard will prevent the portability and compatibility
problems that arise when the contents of the library IEEE contain non-
standard items.
Designation: 1605
Sponsor: Codes and Standards
Title: Guide for Comparison of Existing Installation Requirements for
Electrical Distribution and Utilization Equipment in North America and
Europe
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Melvin K Sanders, Phone:515-240-6974, Email:sanders.m.k@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: This document will compare the installation practices of
electrical distribution and utilization equipment such as enclosed high
voltage switchgear, low voltage switchgear, transformers, motor control
centers, switchboard, panel boards, motor control centers etc. The
comparison will compare the requirements contained in the existing
installation practices and requirements in North American Standards such as
National Electrical Code (NEC) & Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) and European
installation practices and requirements contained in relevant IEC and EN
documents. The document will not introduce any new requirements not already
in the existing documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to utilize the collective
experience of North America and Europe by providing a comparison of the
installation practices and requirements of electrical distribution and
utilization equipment included in their respective standards.
Designation: 1606
Sponsor: Codes and Standards
Title: Guide for Comparison of Existing Electrical Safety Standards for
Employee Workplace in North America and Europe
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William E Anderson, Phone:513-945-4303, Email:anderson.we@pg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: This document will compare employee workplace safety
requirements included in existing North American & European Standards . The
comparison will address requirements contained in North American Standards (
OSHA, NFPA 70E) & European Standard EN 50110 highlighting similarities and
differences in the these standards. This document will not introduce any
new requirements not already in the existing documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to derive benefit from the
collective experience of North America and Europe by providing a comparison
of the employee workplace safety requirements included in their respective
standards.
Designation: 1607
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Electronic Inductors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This recommended practice pertains to applications, definitions,
testing information and performance characteristics such as loss evaluation,
inductance characteristics and operation limitations regarding inductors.
Project Purpose: The information provided in this document is to be ultilized
as a guide and is based upon commonly used industry practices.
Designation: 16085-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 16085:2006, Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Risk Management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 2007
Project Scope: This project is being performed jointly with ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7.
As a result of balloting in ISO, the statement of scope was modified as
follows: "This standard describes a process for the management of risk
during systems or software acquisition, supply, development, operations, and
maintenance."
Project Purpose: As a result of balloting in ISO, the statement of purpose was
modified as follows: "The purpose of this standard is to provide suppliers,
acquirers, developers, and managers with a single set of process
requirements suitable for the management of a broad variety of risks. This
standard does not provide detailed risk management techniques, but instead
focuses on defining a process for risk management in which any of several
techniques may be applied."
Abstract: Replaces ISO/IEC 16085:2004 A process for the management of risk in the life cycle is defined. It can be added to the
existing set of software life cycle processes defined by the ISO/IEC 12207 or ISO/IEC 15288 series of standards, or it can be
used independently
Key Words: integrity, risk, risk acceptance, risk analysis, risk management,
risk treatment
Designation: 16085
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Software Life Cycle Processes - Risk
Management
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of the original standard is: This standard will
describe a process for the management of risk during software development,
operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207. The
revision is being performed jointly with ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. The scope of the
revision is to resolve the issues raised during the fast-track ballot of
IEEE 1540 (DIS 16085).
Project Purpose: The purpose of the original standard is: The purpose of this
standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk
management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA
12207. The standard will not provide detailed risk management techniques,
but will instead focus on a process for risk management in which any of
several techniques might be applied. the standard will address risk
management from the viewpoint of enterprise management, rather than from the
viewpoint of the particular project. The standard is being revised so that
it may be jointly adopted by IEEE and by ISO/IEC JTC1/ SC7.
Abstract: SUMMARY: A process for the management of risk in the life cycle of software is defined. It can be added to the existing
set of software life cycle processes defined by the IEEE/EIA 12207 series of standards, or it can be used independently.
KEYWORDS: bedside, Infrared Data Association, IrDA, legacy device, medical device, medical device communications, MIB, patient,
SNTP
Key Words: acceptability, integrity, risk, risk analysis, risk management, risk
treatment
Designation: 16085
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering-Life Cycle Processes-Risk
Management
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert N Charette, Phone:540-972-8150, Email:charette@itabhi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: Additions to the previously approved scope are shown in
brackets: "The scope of the original standard is: This standard will
describe a process for the management of risk during [systems and] software
development, operations and maintenance. It will be consistent with IEEE/EIA
12207 [and IEEE Std 15288]. The revision is being performed jointly with
ISO/IEC JTC1/SC7. The scope of the revision is to resolve the issues raised
during the fast-track ballot of IEEE 1540 (DIS 16085)."
Project Purpose: Additions to the previously approved purpose are shown in
brackets: "The purpose of the original standard is: The purpose of this
standard is to provide acquirers and developers with a single unifying risk
management process that is suitable for use in conjunction with IEEE/EIA
12207 [and IEEE Std 15288]. The standard will not provide detailed risk
management techniques, but will instead focus on a process for risk
management in which any of several techniques might be applied. The standard
will address risk management from the viewpoint of enterprise management,
rather than from the viewpoint of the particular project. The standard is
being revised so that it may be jointly adopted by IEEE and by ISO/IEC JTC1/
SC7."
Designation: P1609.0
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)
- Architecture
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes the Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments (WAVE/DSRC) architecture and services necessary for multi-
channel DSRC/WAVE devices to communicate in a mobile vehicular environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the architecture
of the DSRC/WAVE operations currently represented by the family of IEEE 1609
standards and IEEE P802.11p.
Designation: P1609.1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Resource
Manager
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines optional services, operating in the
station management entities at the network layer, that support remote over-
the-air management of Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)
devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide optional over-the-
air management and data message formats at the network layer. The related
local services, that enable WAVE devices utilizing these services, will be
managed over-the-air by other WAVE devices utilizing these services. This
provides cryptographically secure management communications and device
identification for these devices.
Designation: 1609.1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Resource
Manager
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: To create a modified version of the Resource Manager standard
originally defined in IEEE 1455. The 1455 version of Resource Manager has
been adopted and significantly modified by ISO TC204/WG15. This work is
continuing and requires coordination with this IEEE committee. The new IEEE
standard will be a version of, or reference, this ISO standard rather than
an amendment or modification of 1455.
Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a version of the
Resource Manager, but reduction to practice has identified numerous changes
that are required. In addition, it is now intended for use throughout the
world and this also forces significant changes to the existing standard.
These changes are underway in ISO TC204/WG15 This project will bring this
work back into IEEE in order to satisfy the North American needs.
Designation: 1609.1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)- Resource
Manager
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: Old Scope: To create a modified version of the Resource Manager
standard originally defined in IEEE Standard 1455-1999. The IEEE Standard
1455 version of Resource Manager has been adopted and significantly modified
by ISO TC204 WG15. This work is continuing and requires coordination with
the IEEE Committee. The new IEEE Standard will be a version of, or
reference, this ISO standard rather than an amendment or modification of
IEEE Standard 1455-1999. New scope: The scope of this project is to specify
the services and interfaces of the WAVE Resource Manager, including
protective mechanisms for security and privacy, applicable and available to
all users of the DSRC and Wireless Access in Vehicular Environment (WAVE)
mode operations in the 5.9 GHz band authorized by the Federal Communication
Commission for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe the services and
interfaces, including security and privacy protection mechanisms, associated
with the DSRC Resource Manager operating at 5.9GHz band authorized by the
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and to satisfy the Intelligent
Transportation System (ITS) wireless communications requirements.
Designation: 1609.1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Resource
Manager
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify the services and
interfaces of the wireless access in vehicular environments resource manager
(WAVE RM), including protective mechanisms for security and privacy,
applicable and available to all users of dedicated short range communication
(DSRC) and WAVE mode operations in the 5.9 GHz band authorized by the
Federal Communication Commission (FCC) for intelligent transportation
systems (ITS). NOTE—This version of the standard does not specify
explicitly the details of the security interface. Security provisions are in
IEEE Std 1609.2™-2006, IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in
Vehicular Environments—Security Services for Applications and Management
Messages.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable complete
interoperability of applications using WAVE in a manner that simplifies the
onboard vehicle systems, reducing cost and improving performance. Effective
use of the memory pages by applications can also minimize configuration
management issues over the life of a system. This standard is intended to
enable a wide range of applications to be supported by an OBU of the lowest
possible cost. The low cost is enabled by removing the need for the onboard
unit (OBU) to interpret application messages. There is no OBU
software representing applications using resource manager (RM); thus the
processing, memory, and configuration management requirements are
removed from the OBU. Instead of putting such processing requirements
on the OBU, they are placed on the roadside unit (RSU) or an application
processor remote from the RSU. The only processing requirement is
that of interpreting the specific commands and message headers defined
herein, which is application independent. The OBU merely serves as a mobile
mailbox to carry application messages and data from one RSU to another or as
a common interface point to transfer data to other onboard systems.
By allowing memory to be assigned to an application at any time during the
life of the OBU, future applications can be developed and deployed
without onboard hardware or software modification. For applications
using RM as a mobile mailbox, with no onboard use of the data stored in
memory, there are significant security advantages. By having the OBU treat
each application’s messages as a bit-stream to be saved and later retrieved
from memory, such data can be encrypted in a manner that is not known to the
OBU. There is no need for the OBU to support the encryption schemes used by
these applications, and such security schemes can be under the total and
absolute control of each of these applications.
Designation: 1609.1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)
- Resource Manager
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 31, 2008. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify the services and
interfaces of the WAVE RM, including protective mechanisms for security and
privacy, applicable and available to all users of DSRC and WAVE mode
operations in the 5.9 GHz band authorized by the Federal Communication
Commission (FCC) for intelligent transportation systems (ITS). NOTE—This
version of the standard does not specify explicitly the details of the
security interface. Security provisions are in IEEE Std 1609.2™.1, 2
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable complete
interoperability of applications using WAVE in a manner that simplifies the
onboard vehicle systems, reducing cost and improving performance. Effective
use of the memory pages by applications can also minimize configuration
management issues over the life of a system. This standard is intended to
enable a wide range of applications to be supported by an OBU of the lowest
possible cost. The low cost is enabled by removing the need for the OBU to
interpret application messages. There is no OBU software representing
applications using RM; thus the processing, memory, and configuration
management requirements are removed from the OBU. Instead of putting such
processing requirements on the OBU, they are placed on the RSU or an
application processor remote from the RSU. The only processing
requirement is that of interpreting the specific commands and message
headers defined herein, which is application independent. The OBU merely
serves as a mobile mailbox to carry application messages and data from one
RSU to another or as a common interface point to transfer data to other
onboard systems. By allowing memory to be assigned to an application at
any time during the life of the OBU, future applications can be developed
and deployed without onboard hardware or software modification. For
applications using RM as a mobile mailbox, with no onboard use of the data
stored in memory, there are significant security advantages. By having the
OBU treat each application’s messages as a bit-stream to be saved and later
retrieved from memory, such data can be encrypted in a manner that is not
known to the OBU. There is no need for the OBU to support the encryption
schemes used by these applications, and such security schemes can be under
the total and absolute control of each of these applications.
Abstract: This standard specifies a wireless access in vehicular environments (WAVE) dedicated short-range communications (DSRC)
application, known as the WAVE resource manager (RM), designed to allow applications at remote sites to communicate with devices
known as onboard units (OBUs), which are mounted in vehicles, through devices known as roadside units (RSUs), which are mounted
on the roadside. The WAVE RM, acting like an application layer, multiplexes the communications of multiple remote applications,
each communicating with multiple OBUs. The purpose of the communication is to conduct information interchange, needed to
implement the requirements of the remote WAVE DSRC applications.
Key Words: DSRC, WAVE, resource manager
Designation: 1609.11-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)--
Over-the-Air Electronic Payment Data Exchange Protocol for Intelligent
Transportation Systems (ITS)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2011
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010, BD APP: Nov 08, 2010
Project Scope: This standard specifies the application service layer and
profile for Payment and Identity authentication, and Payment Data transfer
for Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) based applications using IEEE
Std 802.11(TM) and IEEE 1609 protocols in Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments. This standard defines a basic level of technical
interoperability for electronic payment equipment, i.e., onboard unit (OBU)
and roadside unit (RSU). It does not provide a full solution for
interoperability, and it does not define other parts of the electronic
payment-system, other services, other technologies, and non-technical
elements of interoperability. This standard is not intended to define
technology and processes to activate and store data into the OBU
(personalization).
Project Purpose: This standard provides an open standard for the relevant
interface in WAVE-based transaction systems, providing a common
interoperable service for device identity and payment authentication, and
payment data transfer. This allows for interoperability between systems of
different vendors and/or operators.
Abstract: This standard specifies the electronic payment service layer and profile for Payment and Identity authentication, and
Payment Data transfer for Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) based applications in Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments. This standard defines a basic level of technical interoperability (vehicle-to-roadside) for electronic payment
equipment, i.e., onboard unit (OBU) and roadside unit (RSU) using WAVE. It does not provide a full solution for interoperability,
and it does not define other parts of the electronic payment system, other services, other technologies and non-technical
elements of payment interoperability. This standard is not intended to define technology and processes to activate and store data
into the OBU (personalization), nor the applications using the payment service.
Key Words: EFC, electronic fee collection, electronic payment service, EPS,
WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments
Designation: 1609.11
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)—
Over-the-Air Electronic Payment Data Exchange Protocol for Intelligent
Transportation Systems (ITS)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies the application service layer and
profile for Payment and Identity authentication, and Payment Data transfer
for Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) based applications in
Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments. This standard defines a basic
level of technical interoperability for electronic payment equipment, i.e.
onboard unit (OBU) and roadside equipment (RSE) using DSRC. It does not
provide a full solution for interoperability, and it does not define other
parts of the electronic payment-system, other services, other technologies
and non-technical elements of interoperability. This standard is not
intended to define technology and processes to activate and store data into
the OBU ("personalization").
Project Purpose: This standard provides an open standard for the relevant
interface in DSRC based transaction systems, providing a common
interoperable service for device identity and payment authentication, and
payment data transfer. This allows for interoperability between systems of
different vendors and/or operators.
Abstract: This standard specifies the electronic payment service layer and profile for Payment and Identity authentication, and
Payment Data transfer for Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) based applications in Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments. This standard defines a basic level of technical interoperability (vehicle-to-roadside) for electronic payment
equipment, i.e. onboard unit (OBU) and roadside unit (RSU) using DSRC. It does not provide a full solution for interoperability,
and it does not define other parts of the electronic payment system, other services, other technologies and non-technical
elements of payment interoperability. This standard is not intended to define technology and processes to activate and store data
into the OBU (personalization), nor the applications using the payment service.
Key Words: EFC, electronic fee collection, electronic payment service, EPS,
WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments
Designation: P1609.12
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environment (WAVE) - Provider
Service Identifier (PSID) Allocation
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard specifies allocations of WAVE PSIDs defined in the
IEEE 1609(TM) series of standards.
Project Purpose: This standard records the WAVE PSID allocation decisions made
by the IEEE 1609(TM) working group.
Designation: P1609.2
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments - Security
Services for Applications and Management Messages
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines secure message formats and processing for
use within the Dedicated Short Range Communication/Wireless Access in
Vehicular Environments (DSRC/WAVE) system, including methods to secure WAVE
management messages and methods to secure application messages. It also
describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security
functions.
Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications
makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect
messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration, and
replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed
in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as
much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that
right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to
unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE
management messages and application messages.
Designation: 1609.2
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC) Application
Layer
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: To create an application layer (L7) standard to be used for 5.9
GHz DSRC. The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards will support several protocol
stacks, including one representing traditional DSRC systems, TCP/IP, and
streaming audio/video. The proposed standard will interface with the lower
layer standards being developed by ASTM.
Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes an application layer
for 915 MHz DSRC, but this will not be suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems.
The existing 1455 will be used as a basis, but requires considerable
revision for this new class of DSRC.
Designation: 1609.2
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for 5.9GHz Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Application
Service Security and Privacy
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats,
and the processing of those secure messages, within the Dedicated Short
Range Communications/Wireless Access in Vehicular Environment (DSRC/WAVE)
system. The standard covers the respective methods for securing WAVE
management messages and application messages, with the exception of
anonymity-preserving vehicle safety messages. It also describes
administrative functions necessary to support the core security function.
Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications
makes it vital that security and privacy services be specified that can be
used to protect messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing,
alteration and replay.
Designation: 1609.2
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments - Security
Services for Applications and Management Messages
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats
and the processing of secure messages within the DSRC/WAVE system; and
describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security
functions. Corrected Scope. The scope of this standard is to define
secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within
the DSRC/WAVE system. The standard covers methods for securing WAVE
management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-
originating safety messages. It also describes administrative functions
necessary to support the core security functions.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define secure message
formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the
DSRC/WAVE system. The standard covers the respective methods for securing
WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of
anonymity-preserving vehicle safety messages. It also describes
administrative functions necessary to support the core security function.
Corrected Purpose. The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications
makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect
messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration and
replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed
in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as
much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that
right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to
unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE
management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-
originating safety messages, to meet these requirements. It is anticipated
that vehicle-originating safety messages will be added in an amendment to
this standard.
Designation: 1609.2
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments - Security
Services for Applications and Management Messages
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats,
and the processing of those secure messages, within the Dedicated Short
Range Communications/Wirelss Access in Vehicular Environments (DSRC/WAVE)
system. The standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages
and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-originating safety
messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support
the core security functions.
Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications
makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect
messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration, and
replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed
in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as
much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that
right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to
unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE
management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-
originating safety messages, to meet these requirements.
Designation: 1609.2-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments -
Security Services for Applications and Management Messages
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 31, 2008. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define secure message formats,
and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system.
The standard covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and
application messages, with the exception of vehicle-originating safety
messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support
the core security functions.
Project Purpose: The safety-critical nature of many DSRC/WAVE applications
makes it vital that services be specified that can be used to protect
messages from attacks such as eavesdropping, spoofing, alteration, and
replay. Additionally, the fact that the wireless technology will be deployed
in personal vehicles, whose owners have a right to privacy, means that in as
much as possible the security services must be designed to respect that
right and not leak personal, identifying, or linkable information to
unauthorized parties. This standard describes security services for WAVE
management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-
originating safety messages, to meet these requirements. It is anticipated
that vehicle-originating safety messages will be added in an amendment to
this standard.
Abstract: Secure message formats, and the processing of those secure messages, within the DSRC/WAVE system are defined. The standard
covers methods for securing WAVE management messages and application messages, with the exception of vehicle-originating safety
messages. It also describes administrative functions necessary to support the core security functions.
Key Words: authentication, Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC),
encryption, vehicular communications, Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments (WAVE)
Designation: 1609.3-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) -
Networking Services
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 2010
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the specification of network and
transport layer protocols and services that support multi-channel wireless
connectivity between IEEE 802.11 Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments
(WAVE) devices.
Project Purpose: WAVE Networking Services represent layers 3 and 4 of the OSI
communications stack. The purpose of this standard is to provide addressing
and data delivery services within a WAVE system, providing multiple higher
layer entities access to WAVE communication services. Upper layer support
includes in-vehicle applications offering safety and convenience to their
users.
Abstract: Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) Networking Services provides services to WAVE devices and systems. Layers
3 and 4 of the open system interconnect (OSI) model and the Internet Protocol (IP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), and
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) elements of the Internet model are represented. Management and data services within WAVE
devices are provided.
Key Words: Provider Service Identifier (PSID), Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments (WAVE), WAVE Short Message (WSM)
Designation: 1609.3-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments
(WAVE) - Networking Services
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define services, operating at
the network and transport layers, in support of wireless connectivity among
vehicle-based devices, and between fixed roadside devices and vehicle-based
devices using the 5.9 GHz DSRC/WAVE mode.
Project Purpose: WAVE networking services represents layers 3 and 4 of the OSI
communications stack. The purpose of this standard is to provide addressing
and routing services within a WAVE system, enabling multiple stacks of upper
layers above WAVE networking services and multiple lower layers beneath WAVE
networking services. Upper layer support includes in-vehicle applications
offering safety and convenience to their users.
Abstract: WAVE Networking Services provides services to WAVE devices and systems. It represents roughly layers 3 and 4 of the OSI
model and the IP, UDP, and TCP elements of the Internet model. The services provided include management and data services
within WAVE devices.
Key Words: OBU, onboard unit, Provider Service Identifier, PSID, roadside unit,
RSU, WAVE, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments, WSM
Designation: 1609.3
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for IP Interface for Dedicated Short Range Communications
(DSRC)
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC will support multiple protocol stacks, one
for the traditional DSRC, one for streaming audio/video, and another for
TCP/IP. There may also be others, the architecture is still being finalized.
The project will evaluate and define the interfaces between these multiple
stacks and the lower layer services of 5.9 GHz DSRC (IEEE 802.11a R/A).
Project Purpose: The existing DSRC upper layers (above L2) are well served by
existing or proposed standards. With the new DSRC, additional higher layer
communication stacks must be supported, including TCP/IP. An architecture
and general interface must be defined to support these multiple stacks and
appropriate standards written.
Designation: 1609.3
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) -
Networking Services
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: Old Scope: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC will support multiple protocol
stacks, one for the traditional DSRC, one for streaming audio/video, and
another for TCP/IP. There may also be others, the architecture is still
being finalized. The project will evalauate and define the interfaces
between thesemultiples tacks and the lower layer services of 5.9GHz DSRC
(IEEE 802.11a (R/A). New Scope: The scope of this standard is to define
services, operating at the network and transport layers, in support of
wireless connectivity among vehicle-based devices, and between fixed
roadside devices and vehicle-based devices using the 5.9 GHz DSRC/WAVE mode.
Project Purpose: Old Purpose: The existing DSRC upper layers (above L2) are
well served by existing or proposed standards. With the new DSRC,
additional higher layer communication stacks must be supported, including
TCP/IP. An architecture and general interface must be defined to support
these multiple stacks and appropriate standards written. New Purpose. The
purpose of this standard is to provide connectivity in support of in-vehicle
application offering safety alerts and convenience to users, while at the
same time offering a level of confidentiality and data security using the
5.9GHz DSRC/WAVE mode
Designation: 1609.3
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) -
Networking Services
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define services, operating at
the network and transport layers, in support of wireless connectivity among
vehicle-based devices, and between fixed roadside devices and vehicle-based
devices using the 5.9 GHz Dedicated Short Range Communications/Wirelss
Access in Vehicular Environments (DSRC/WAVE) mode.
Project Purpose: WAVE networking services represents layers 3 and 4 of the OSI
communications stack. The purpose of this standard is to provide addressing
and routing services within a WAVE system, enabling multiple stacks of upper
layers above WAVE networking services and multiple lower layers beneath WAVE
networking services. Upper layer support includes in-vehicle applications
offering safety and convenience to their users.
Designation: P1609.3-2010/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) -
Networking Services - Corrigendum 1: Corrections to Annex G Packet format
examples
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: Corrections to Annex G Packet format examples.
Designation: 1609.4-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)--
Multi-channel Operation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 07, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1609.4-2006
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the specification of medium access
control (MAC) sublayer functions and services that support multi-channel
wireless connectivity between IEEE 802.11 Wireless Access in Vehicular
Environments (WAVE) devices.
Project Purpose: To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of
upper layer data transfers across multiple channels, without requiring
knowledge of physical layer (PHY) parameters, and describe the multi-channel
operation channel routing and switching for different scenarios.
Abstract: Multi-channel wireless radio operations, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) mode, medium access control
(MAC), and physical layers (PHYs), including the operation of control channel (CCH) and service channel (SCH) interval timers,
parameters for priority access, channel switching and routing, management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel
operations are described in this standard.
Key Words: 1609.4, channel coordination, multi-channel operation, user
priority, Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)
Designation: 1609.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Data Dictionary and Message Sets for Dedicated Short Range
Communications (DSRC)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message Set (DD/MS)
definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to the new set
of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and respond to
changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as well as the
expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in the future.
Project Purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard includes a set of DD/MS
definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the Application Layer and the
Resource Manager application. These other portions of 1455 will be removed
and published under different document numbers necessitating a modification
to 1455. While undertaking this modification, additional changes may be
required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz systems.
Designation: 1609.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) Dedicated Short
Range Communication (DSRC) Media Access (MAC) Extension and MAC Extension
Management Entity (MXME)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 09, 2003
Project Scope: Former project scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message
Set (DD/MS) definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to
the new set of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and
respond to changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as
well as the expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in
the future. Revised Scope: To create a MAC Extension layer standard to be
used for 5.9 GHz DSRC. This standard will enable the management and control
of each radio channel on the basis of the needs of each data packet. This
will also provide channel switching control in accordance with the rules of
operation for the applicable channels in the band. The standard must be
compatible with all other standards for 5.9 GHz DSRC.]
Project Purpose: Former project purpose: The existing IEEE 1455 standard
includes a set of DD/MS definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the
Application Layer and the Resource Manager application. These other portions
of 1455 will be removed and published under different document numbers
necessitating a modification to 1455. While undertaking this modification,
additional changes may be required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz
systems. Revised project purpose: The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards support
multiple radio channels from a common routing in the network layer using
IPv6. There needs to be a means of managing these channels on a packet by
packet basis in addition to channel switching required by the band rules in
effect. This will be a sublayer between the MAC and the LLC. The proposed
standard will provide for radio channel management.
Designation: 1609.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Multi-
Channel Operations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: Initial PAR Scope: To update the Data Dictionary and Message Set
(DD/MS) definitions in the existing 1455 and to make them applicable to the
new set of 5.9 GHz DSRC standards. This project will also review and respond
to changing DD/MS as a result of the IEEE Data Registry project as well as
the expanded range of DSRC applications that will be supported in the
future. Revised Scope: To create a MAC Extension layer standard to be used
for 5.9 GHz DSRC. This standard will enable the management and control of
each radio channel on the basis of the needs of each data packet. This will
also provide channel switching control in accordance with the rules of
operation for the applicable channels in the band. The standard must be
compatible with all other standards for 5.9 GHz DSRC.] New Revised Scope
(2005): The standard describes multi-channel wireless radio operations, that
uses the IEEE 802.11p, WAVE mode, medium access control and physical layers,
including the operation of control channel and service channel interval
timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and routing,
management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel operations.
Project Purpose: Intial PAR Purpose (2001): The existing IEEE 1455 standard
includes a set of DD/MS definitions for 915 MHz DSRC as well as the
Application Layer and the Resource Manager application. These other portions
of 1455 will be removed and published under different document numbers
necessitating a modification to 1455. While undertaking this modification,
additional changes may be required to make them suitable for the new 5.9 GHz
systems. Revised project purpose (2003): The new 5.9 GHz DSRC standards
support multiple radio channels from a common routing in the network layer
using IPv6. There needs to be a means of managing these channels on a packet
by packet basis in addition to channel switching required by the band rules
in effect. This will be a sublayer between the MAC and the LLC. The proposed
standard will provide for radio channel management. New Revised Purpose
(2005): To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of upper
layer across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of physical
layer parameters; and describe the multi-channel operation channel routing
and switching for different scenarios.
Designation: 1609.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) - Multi-
Channel Operation
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: This standard describes multi-channel wireless radio operations,
WAVE mode, medium access control (MAC) and physical layers (PHYs),
including the operation of control channel (CCH) and service channel (SCH)
interval timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and
routing, management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel
operations.
Project Purpose: To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of
upper layer across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of PHY
parameters, and describe the multi-channel operation channel routing and
switching for different scenarios.
Designation: 1609.4-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Trial-Use Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)
- Multi-Channel Operation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 31, 2008. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes multi-channel wireless radio operations,
WAVE mode, medium access control (MAC) and physical layers (PHYs),
including the operation of control channel (CCH) and service channel (SCH)
interval timers, parameters for priority access, channel switching and
routing, management services, and primitives designed for multi-channel
operations.
Project Purpose: To enable effective mechanisms that control the operation of
upper layer across multiple channels, without requiring knowledge of PHY
parameters, and describe the multi-channel 1 operation channel routing and
switching for different scenarios.
Abstract: Multi-channel operation is an extension to the IEEE 802.11 ™ WAVE mode that describes how to support a multi-channel
system with the IEEE 802.11 medium access control (MAC) and physical layers (PHYs) via a control channel (CCH) and multiple
service channels (SCHs). Specifically, the multi-channel operation (channel coordination) provides mechanisms for prioritized
access, channel routing and coordination, and data transmission.
Key Words: channel coordination, multi-channel operation, OBU, RSU, user
priority, WAVE, wireless access in vehicular environments
Designation: P1609.5
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE) -
Communication Manager
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies communication management services for
Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE). This standard defines
communication management services in support of wireless connectivity among
vehicle-based devices, and between fixed roadside devices and vehicle-based
devices for Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to collect in a single
document, the communication management services previously included in
1609.3 and 1609.4 based on experience in use during the trial-use period.
Designation: 161-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: Standard Definitions on Electron Tubes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1610-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for 200 /
600 A, Three-phase Underground Distribution
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2008
Technical Contact: John Banting, Phone:262-691-8308, Email:jbanting@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2008
Project Scope: This application guide provides information on what a FCI is
designed to do and describes methods for selecting FCIs for three-phase, 200
/ 600 amp underground distribution circuits. This application guide will
complement the existing single phase application guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an industry document
that provides information for the application and use of FCIs on three-phase
circuits in the electric power industry.
Abstract: This document specifies an exchange format, using XML, for identifying all of the hardware, software, and documentation
associated with a unit under test (UUT). This UUT may be tested and diagnosed using a test program set (TPS) on an automatic test
system (ATS).
Key Words: 1610-2007, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup
Language (ATML), ATML instance document, automatic test system (ATS), unit
under test (UUT), XML schema
Designation: 1610
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Application of Faulted Circuit Indicators for Three Phase
Electric Power Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Banting, Phone:262-691-8308, Email:jbanting@cooperpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This application guide provides information on what a Faulted
Circuit Indicator (FCI) is designed to do and describes methods for
selecting FCI's for use on three phase circuits. This application guide
will complement the existing single phase application guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an industry document
which provides information for the application and use of FCI's on three
phase circuits in the electric power industry.
Designation: 1611
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for Characterizing Solar Tracker Controllers Used
for Solar Electric Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert D McConnell, Phone:303-384-6419, Email:robert_mcconnell@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop a recommended practice specification
for characterizing the functionalities of the solar tracker controllers used
for solar electric systems, both flat plate and concentrators. This
recommended practice will be usable by solar tracker vendors as well as the
users.
Project Purpose: There is currently no industry-wide defined recommended
practice for solar tracker controllers. Each vendor designs, builds and
specifies the functionality and accuracy without uniform definition.
Therefore, it is difficult to specify the requirements for purchasing, to
compare the products from different vendors, and to verify the quality of
the products. This recommended practice will define the minimum parameters
to be specified when defining a solar tracker, and the method to measure
these parameters.
Designation: 1612
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Wireless Transport of Non-Train-Control Data between Rail
Transit Vehicle and Wayside Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jerry L. Graham, Phone:410-266-4086, Email:jgraham@arinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This standard will define the protocols that constitute a suite
of communication services for use in the transport of non-train-control data
between rail transit vehicle and wayside systems.
Project Purpose: A standard protocol is needed to enable wireless
communications between rail transit vehicle and wayside systems to share
common communications services while reducing development cycle time and
risk. Vehicle wiring and weight can be reduced through the elimination of
redundant transmitters and receivers, with resulting improvements in systems
integration, reliability, and maintainability. In addition, rail vehicle
operation can be more tightly integrated with overall transit system
operation through the availability, both on the vehicle and at the wayside,
of timely information regarding vehicle and off-vehicle system status.
Designation: 1613-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 27, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 1613-2003
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 2009
Project Scope: This document specifies standard service conditions, standard
ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements
for communications networking devices and communications ports in
protective relays installed in electric power substations. It does not cover
such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office
locations. Other than their communications ports, it does not cover such
equipment used in protective relaying applications, for which IEEE Std
C37.90TM-2007 [B8],1,2 IEEE Std C37.90.1TM-2002 [B9], IEEE Std C37.90.2TM-
2004 [B10], and IEEE Std C37.90.3TM-2001 [B11] shall apply.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the environmental
conditions present in electric power substations and to establish a common
reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking
devices to be installed in those substations. It is a freestanding document,
with no normative references to other standards.
Abstract: Service conditions, electrical ratings, thermal ratings, and environmental testing requirements are defined for
communications networking devices to be installed in electric power substations. This standard establishes a common reproducible
basis for designing and evaluating communications networking devices and the communications ports of protective relays for use in
this harsh environment.
Key Words: Service conditions, electrical ratings, thermal ratings, and
environmental testing requirements are defined for communications networking
devices to be installed in electric power substations. This standard
establishes a common reproducible basis for designing and evaluating
communications networking devices and the communications ports of protective
relays for use in this harsh environment.
Designation: P1613
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Facilities
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This document specifies standard service conditions, standard
ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements
for communications networking devices and communications ports in protective
relays installed in electric power facilities. It does not cover such
equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office
locations. Other than their communications ports, it does not cover such
equipment used in protective relaying applications, for which IEEE Std
C37.90TM. IEEE Std C37.90.1TM, IEEE Std C37.90.2TM, and IEEE Std C37.90.3TM
shall apply.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the environmental
conditions present in electric power facilities and to establish a common
reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking
devices to be installed in those locations. It is a freestanding document,
with no normative references to other standards.
Designation: 1613-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1613-2009.
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jul 29, 2003
Project Scope: Original "This project covers communications networking devices
installed in electric power substations. Such devices include modems, auto
dialers, Ethernet hubs and switches, routers, and firewalls. It will not
cover such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as
office locations." The only change being proposed is to add the words: and
Testing to the Title.
Project Purpose: Original -To develop standard service conditions, standard
ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements
for networking devices installed in electric power substations. Revised -
add the words: and Testing to the title.
Abstract: Service conditions, electrical ratings, thermal ratings, and environmental testing requirements are defined for
communications networking devices to be installed in electric power substations. This standard establishes a common reproducible
basis for designing and evaluating communications networking devices for use in this harsh environment.
Key Words: "autodialers, bridges, communications networking device, derating,
dielectric test, environmental requirements, ESD test, Ethernet hubs, fast
transient test, firewalls, humidity, impulse test, insulation test, modems,
RF test, routers, SWC test, switches"
Designation: 1613
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This project covers communications networking devices installed
in electric power substations. Such devices include modems, auto dialers,
Ethernet hubs and switches, routers, and firewalls. It will not cover such
equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office
locations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the standard service
conditions, standard ratings, environmental performance requirements, and
testing requirements for communications networking devices installed in
electric power substations. The requirements will be based on four existing
standards developed by the Power System Relaying Committee(C37.90, C37.90.1,
C37.90.2, & C37.90.3). For this application, the requirements are expected
to be less severe than for relaying.
Abstract: Project scope: Original This project covers communications networking devices installed in electric power substations.
Such devices include modems, auto dialers, Ethernet hubs and switches, routers, and firewalls. It will not cover such equipment
designed for operation in other environments, such as office locations. The only change being proposed is to add the words: and
Testing to the Title. Project purpose: Original -To develop standard service conditions, standard ratings, environmental
performance requirements, and testing requirements for networking devices installed in electric power substations. Revised - add
the words: and Testing to the title.
Key Words: IEEE 1613
Designation: 1613
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: This document specifies standard service conditions, ratings,
environmental performance and testing requirements for communications
networking devices installed in electric power substations. It does not
apply to such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such
as office locations. It does not cover such equipment used in protective
relaying applications, for which IEEE Std C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2 and
C37.90.3 apply.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the environmental
conditions present in electric power substations and to establish a common
reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking
devices to be installed in those substations. It is a free standing
document, with only ---- normative references to other standards.
Designation: 1613
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Lee H Smith, Phone:510-846-8102, Email:lee.smith@dcsystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008
Project Scope: This document specifies standard service conditions, ratings,
environmental performance and testing requirements for communications
networking devices installed in electric power substations. It does not
apply to such equipment designed for operation in other environments, such
as office locations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the environmental
conditions present in electric power substations and to establish a common
reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking
devices to be installed in those substations. It is a free standing
document, with no references to other standards."
Designation: 1613
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This document specifies standard service conditions, standard
ratings, environmental performance requirements, and testing requirements
for communications networking devices and communications ports in protective
relays installed in electric power substations. It does not cover such
equipment designed for operation in other environments, such as office
locations. Other than their communications ports, it does not cover such
equipment used in protective relaying applications, for which IEEE Std
C37.90,IEEE Std C37.90.1, IEEE Std C37.90.2, and IEEE Std C37.90.3 shall
apply.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the environmental
conditions present in electric power substations and to establish a common
reproducible basis for designing and evaluating communications networking
devices to be installed in those substations. It is a freestanding document,
with no normative references to other standards.
Designation: 1613-2003/Cor 1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations - Corrigendum 1
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1613-2009.
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope is to delete one paragraph to bring IEEE 1613 in
conformance with the recently balloted revision to IEEE C37.90, an effort by
the Power Systems Relaying Committee.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct IEEE 1613-2003 per the scope shown.
Abstract: Error identified in IEEE Std 1613-2003 are addressed in this corrigendum.
Key Words: impulse test requirement, impulse voltage tests, insulation tests
Designation: 1613-2003/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations---Corrigendum 1:
Removal of provisions for field impulse tests
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope is to delete one paragraph to bring IEEE 1613 in
conformance with the recently balloted revision to IEEE C37.90, an effort by
the Power Systems Relaying Committee.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to correct IEEE 1613-2003 per the scope shown.
Designation: 1613a-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations Amendment 1:
Adding of one definition, DC power supply requirements (5.1), and Annex E-
History
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2011
**Amendment to IEEE Std 1613-2009
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This amendment clarifies requirements and explains the rationale
for transient test requirements with the addition of one definition, dc
power supply requirements (5.1), and Annex E - History.
Project Purpose: Clarifying requirements, explaining the rationale for the
transient test requirements. This document will not include a separate
Purpose clause.
Abstract: This amendment clarifies requirements and explains the rationale for transient test requirements with the addition of one
definition, dc power supply requirements (5.1), and Annex E - History.
Key Words: auto dialers, bridges, communications networking device,
communications ports, derating, dielectric test, electrostatic discharge
(ESD) test, environmental requirements, Ethernet hubs, fast transient test,
firewalls, humidity, IEEE 1613, impulse test, insulation test, modems, power
apparatus, radio frequency (RF) test, routers, serial device, surge
withstand capability (SWC) test, switches, temperature range, temperature
rise, voltage rating
Designation: 1613a-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices in Electric Power Substations Amendment 1: Add
Requirements for Altitude and Altitude Derating Factors
Status: Superseded
**Amendment to IEEE Std 1613-2003
Technical Contact: Lee H Smith, Phone:510-846-8102, Email:lee.smith@dcsystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 11, 2008
Abstract: This amendment adds requirements to IEEE Std 1613-2003 relating to the altitude of installed communications networking
devices, and the derating factors for dielectric power frequency tests and rated maximum ambient temperatures if the installation
is above a specified altitude.
Key Words: 1613a-2008, altitude, altitude derating factors, altitude
requirements
Designation: 1613a
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Environmental and Testing Requirements for Communications
Networking Devices Installed in Electric Power Substations - Amendment:
Additions of Definitions, DC Power Supply Requirements, History, and Testing
Comments
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: Adding a definition, adding a requirement to dc power supplies,
adding two Informative Annexes
Project Purpose: Clarifying requirements, explaining the rationale for the
transient tests and test methods
Designation: 1615-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Network Communication in Electric Power
Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 08, 2007
Technical Contact: Michael Thesing, Phone:770-414-6685, Email:mike.thesing@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 2007
Project Scope: This document defines a recommended practice for communication
and interoperation of devices connected on an electric power substation
Internet protocol (IP) network. It does not establish a new underlying
communications standard. Instead, the document prescribes a specific set of
existing conventions and definitions.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides direction for implementers
who wish to produce interoperable communications equipment for an
electric power substation network. It also provides criteria for users,
system integrators, and equipment manufacturers who need to establish
requirements for the transfer of operational and non-operational data as
well as configuration management.
Abstract: Recommended practices for communication and interoperation of devices connected on an electric power substation Internet
protocol (IP) network are provided. For the power engineer new to IP networking, this document provides an introduction to the
concepts that need to be mastered as well as specific recommendations to follow when deploying the technologies. For equipment
manufacturers and system integrators, it provides direction and requirements to facilitate interoperable electric utility
information networks.
Key Words: address allocation, communication media, DNP3, electric utility,
Ethernet, fiber-optic, IEC 60870-5, IEC 61850, Intelligent Electronic
Device (IED), Internet protocol (IP), managed switch, network, network
cable, network devices, noise sources, non-operational data, operational
data, security awareness, substation, transmission control protocol (TCP),
time synchronization, wireless network
Designation: 1616-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorder (MVEDR)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 10, 2005
Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2005
Project Scope: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record,
store and export data related to motor vehicle pre-defined events. This
standard defines a protocol for MVEDR output data compatibility and export
protocols of MVEDR data elements. This standard does not prescribe which
specific data elements shall be recorded, or how the data are to be
collected, recorded and stored. It is applicable to event data recorders for
all types of motor vehicles licensed to operate on public raodways, whether
offered as original or aftermarket equipment, whether stand-alone or
integrated within the vehicle.
Project Purpose: Many light-duty motor vehicles, and increasing numbers of
heavy commercial vehicles, are equipped with some form of MVEDR. These
systems, which are designed and produced by individual motor vehicle
manufacturers and component suppliers, are diverse in function, and
propriettary in nature. The continuing implementation of MVEDR systems
provides an opportunity to voluntarily standardize data output and retrieval
protocols to facilitate analysis and promote compatibility of MVEDR data.
Adoption of the standard will therefore make MVEDR data more accessible and
useful to end users.
Abstract: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record, store and export data related to motor vehicle pre-defined
events. This standard defines a protocol for MVEDR output data compatibility and export protocols of MVEDR data elements. This
standard does not prescribe which specific data elements shall be recorded, or how the data are to be collected, recorded and
stored. It is applicable to event data recorders for all types of motor vehicles licensed to operate on public roadways, whether
offered as original or aftermarket equipment, whether stand-alone or integrated within the vehicle.
Key Words: Crash data, event data recorder, motor vehicle
Designation: 1616
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorder (MVEDR)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: This project will develop a minimum workable standard protocol
for utilization of tamper proof crashworthy memory devices/systems called
Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) on-board all types and classes
of highway and roadway vehicles except motorcycles.
Project Purpose: Despite years of productive worldwide research and development
there is currently no defined, independent standard for controlling on-board
Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) in the highway mode of
transportation. Each vehicle OEM and aftermarket vendor builds some control
into these emerging automotive recorders. Without an independent, openly
defined protocol, applications and operating systems cannot automatically
determine the type of data to capture and share. This protocol will provide
a minimum MVEDR implementation subset which will allow uniformity and
enhance the value of the crash data extensibility to provide for growth and
product differentiation.
Designation: 1616a-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) Amendment
1: MVEDR Connector Lockout Apparatus (MVEDRCLA)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 1616-2004
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2010
Project Scope: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record,
store and export data related to pre-defined events in usage history. This
amendment defines a lockout protocol for MVEDR output data accessibility by
securing the vehicle output diagnostic link connector (DLC). This standard
does not prescribe data security within the vehicle electronic control units
(ECUs) or within the intra-vehicle communication and/or diagnostic networks
but instead defines ways and means to permit uniform, but controlled access
of electronic scan tools to the DLC for legitimate vehicle emissions status,
maintenance and/or repair. This standard also defines a means of maintaining
data security on the vehicle via a motor vehicle DLC connector lockout
apparatus (MVEDRCLA). The MVEDRCLA is applicable to vehicles and their
respective event data recorders for all types of motor vehicles licensed to
operate on public highways.
Project Purpose: Change the purpose as follows: Many light-duty vehicles, and
increasing numbers of heavy commercial vehicles, are equipped with some form
of MVEDR. These systems, which are designed and produced by individual motor
vehicle manufacturers and component suppliers, are diverse in function and
proprietary in nature, however, the SAE J1962 [Bxx] (ISO 15031-3:2004 [Bxx])
vehicle DLC has a common design and pinout, and is thus universally used to
access event data recorder information.2 Data access via the DLC can be
accomplished by using scan tools or microcomputers and network interfaces.
This same DLC and network interface is also used for re-calibrating
electronic control units on a vehicle. Such ECU applications can include
restraint controls, engine controls, stability controls, braking controls,
etc. This standard defines a protocol to protect against misuse of
electronic tools which use the DLC to erase, modify or tamper with
electronic controller or odometer readings, or to improperly download data.
Implementation of MVEDRCLA provides an opportunity to voluntarily achieve
DLC security by standardizing a MVEDRCLA which will act to prevent vehicle
tampering, which can include odometer fraud, illegal calibrations leading to
emissions violations and theft of personal data. Adoption of this standard
will therefore make the common MVEDR/DLC data more secure and credible
while still permitting accessibility to legitimate end users. The continuing
implementation of MVEDR systems provides an opportunity to voluntarily
standardize data output and retrieval protocols to facilitate analysis and
promote compatibility of MVEDR data. Adoption of the standard will
therefore make MVEDR data more accessible and useful to end users.
Abstract: This amendment adds information pertaining to motor vehicle event data recorder connector lockout apparatus (MVEDRCLA) by
revision.
Key Words: communication equipment, crash data, crash data recorder (CDR), data
transfer, data transmission, diagnostic link connector (DLC), diagnostic
programs, diagnostic testing, EEPROM, EEPROM data, electronic control unit
(ECU), electronic equipment and components, electronic scan tools, event
data recorder (EDR), information exchange, litigation, nonvolatile memory,
nonvolatile memory data, OBD2 or OBDII, odometer clocking, odometer fraud,
odometer spun, odometer tampering, onboard network data security, power
control module (PCM) and/or electronic control unit (ECU) flashing, road
vehicle components, road vehicle engineering, road vehicles, SAE J1962
connectors, vehicle components, vehicle crash data, vehicle identification
number (VIN) tampering and/or theft
Designation: 1616a
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) -
Amendment 1: Brake and Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Electronic Fault Code
Data Elements
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an amendment for brake
and transmission electronic control units that requires units to store a
full history of electronic fault codes that are time stamped using a
recognized clock synchronized with other on-board motor vehicle event data
recording devices.
Project Purpose: Despite years of productive worldwide research and development
there is currently no defined, independent standard for electronic fault
codes in heavy vehicles used in the highway mode of transportation. Each
vehicle OEM and aftermarket vendor builds some control into brake systems
and Electronic Control Units. Without an independent, openly defined
communications protocol, applications and operating systems cannot
automatically determine the type of data to capture and share. This
communications protocol will provide uniform data elements which will allow
uniformity and enhance the value of the crash data extensibility to provide
for growth and product differentiation.
Designation: 1616a
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Land Transportation
Title: IEEE Standard for Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) -
Amendment 1: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorder Connector Lockout Apparatus
(MVEDRCLA)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas Kowalick, Phone:910-692-5209, Email:tkowalick@nc.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: Motor Vehicle Event Data Recorders (MVEDRs) collect, record,
store and export data related to motor vehicle pre-defined events. This
amendment defines a protocol for MVEDR output data accessibility and
security via the vehicle diagnostic link connector (DLC). This amendment
does not prescribe data security within the vehicle electronic control units
(ECUs) or controlled area networks (CANs), but instead defines ways and
means to permit uniform access of electronic scan tools to the DLC for
vehicle emissions status, maintenance and/or repair. This amendment also
provides a means of maintaining data security on the vehicle CANs via a
motor vehicle event data recorder connector lockout apparatus (MVEDRCLA). It
is applicable to event data recorders for all types of motor vehicles
licensed to operate on public highways, whether offered as original or
aftermarket equipment, whether stand-alone or integrated into the vehicle.
Project Purpose: Many light-duty vehicles, and increasing numbers of heavy
commercial vehicles, are equipped with some form of MVEDR. These systems,
which are designed and produced by individual motor vehicle manufacturers
and component suppliers, are diverse in function, and proprietary in nature,
however, the vehicle diagnostic link connector (DLC) SAE J1962 and ISO/DIS
15031-3 is commonly used to access event data recorder data by attaching a
scan tool connector into the vehicle connector. Using this same DLC also
permits re-engineering of electronic control units (ECUs) and electronic
control modules (ECMs). Thus, this amendment defines a protocol to protect
against misuse of electronic scan tools to erase, modify or tamper motor
vehicle event data and odometer readings. The continuing implementation of
MVEDR systems provides an opportunity to voluntarily standardize output data
security at the DLC by standardizing a motor vehicle event data recorder
connector lockout apparatus (MVEDRCLA) to prevent vehicle tampering,
odometer fraud, and vehicle VIN theft. Adoption of this standard will
therefore make MVEDR data more secure and accessible to end users.
Designation: 1617-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Detection, Mitigation, and Control of Concentric Neutral
Corrosion in Medium-Voltage Underground Cables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: The primary focus of this guide is unjacketed, underground
distribution cable installed direct buried or in conduit. The causes of
corrosion in cable concentric neutral wires and straps and the methods
available to detect this corrosion are described. The purpose of the
concentric neutral and consequences of significant loss of the concentric
neutral are discussed. Recommendations are made for the mitigation and
control of the cable concentric neutral corrosion.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide guidance for the
detection, mitigation, and control of corrosion in medium-voltage cable
concentric neutral wires and straps.
Abstract: The primary focus of this guide is unjacketed, underground distribution cable installed direct buried or in conduit. The
causes of corrosion in cable concentric neutral wire and strap and the methods available to detect this corrosion are described.
The purpose of the concentric neutral and consequences of significant loss of the concentric neutral are discussed.
Recommendations are made for the mitigation and control of the cable concentric neutral corrosion.
Key Words: 1617-2007, cable, cable systems, concentric neutral, corrosion,
insulated conductor, power cable
Designation: 1618
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard for Public Key Infrastructure Certificate Issuing and
Management Components
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: Digital certificates establish credentials for individuals and
other entities in many kinds of network-based transactions where trust is
important. This standard (1) specifies components of systems that issue and
manage digital certificates; (2) uses international standards for such
specifications; (3) permits interoperability of components between systems
implemented in a variety of ways; and (4) applies to widely-varying security
requirements.
Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this standard is to provide
specifications of technology enabling essential interoperability of
certificate issuing and management components used in Public Key
Infrastructure schemes. Further purposes of this standard are to specify a
variety of security levels for these components to accommodate a range of
situations, and to enhance interoperability by couching these specifications
in terms of the International Organization for Standardization Common
Criteria framework.
Designation: 1619-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Cryptographic Protection of Data on Block-Oriented
Storage Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 18, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Matt Ball, Phone:(720) 406-5766, Email:matt.ball@quantum.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies elements of an architecture for
cryptographic protection of data on block-oriented storage devices,
describing the methods, algorithms, and modes of data protection to be used.
Project Purpose: This standard defines specific elements of an architecture for
cryptographically protecting data stored in constant length blocks.
Specification of such a mechanism provides an additional and improved tool
for implementation of secure and interoperable protection of data residing
in storage.
Abstract: This standard specifies cryptographic transform and key archival methods for protection of data in sector-level storage
devices.
Key Words: 1619-2007, data-at-rest security, encryption, key management,
security, storage, XTS
Designation: P1619
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Cryptographic Protection of Data on Block-Oriented Storage
Devices
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard specifies the XTS cryptographic mode of operation
for the AES block cipher and an XML-based key archive format for block-
oriented storage devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to expand the XTS
cryptographic mode while maintaining backwards compatibility with existing
implementations that are compliant with IEEE Std 1619-2007.
Designation: 1619
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Architecture for Encrypted Shared Storage Media
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002
Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture for protection-use-data
in sector-level storage devices, describing the methods, algorithm(s), and
modes of data protection to be used.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard architecture for media
security and enabling components. Present non-standard, insecure encrypted
storage methodologies are augmented, and users will be able to create
higher-assurance, standard, interoperable solutions.
Designation: 1619.1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: IEEE Standard for Authenticated Encryption with Length Expansion for
Storage Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 16, 2008
Technical Contact: Matt Ball, Phone:(720) 406-5766, Email:matt.ball@quantum.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies requirements for cryptographic units
that provide encryption and authentication for data contained within storage
media. Full interchange requires additional format specifications (such as
compression algorithms and physical data format) that are beyond the scope
of this standard.
Project Purpose: This standard is suitable for encryption of data stored on
tape because tape easily accommodates length expanding ciphertext. In
addition, this standard applies to other storage devices if these support
storing extra metadata with each encrypted record. The algorithms of this
standard are designed to ensure the confidentiality and integrity of stored
data within systems requiring a high level of assurance.
Abstract: This standard specifies cryptographic and data authentication procedures for storage devices that support length-
expansion, such as tape drives. Such procedures include the following cryptographic modes of operation for the AES block cipher:
CCM, GCM, CBC-HMAC, and XTS-HMAC.
Key Words: 1619.1-2007, authentication, CBC, CCM, cryptography, data storage,
encryption, GCM, HMAC, security, tape drive, variable-length block, XTS
Designation: 1619.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard Architecture for Encrypted Variable Block Storage Media
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture for protection-use-data
in Variable Block storage devices, describing the methods, algorithm(s),
and modes of data protection to be used.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard architecture for media
security and enabling components. Present non-standard, insecure encrypted
storage methodologies are augmented, and users will be able to create
higher-assurance, standard, interoperable solutions.
Designation: 1619.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Authenticated Encryption with Length Expansion for Storage
Devices
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies requirements for cryptographic modules
that provide encryption and authentication for data contained within storage
media. Furthermore, this standard facilitates interchange between two
compliant solutions through the specification of standard encryption
algorithms. However, full interchange requires additional format
specifications (such as compression algorithms) that are beyond the scope of
this standard.
Project Purpose: This standard is especially suitable for encryption of data
stored on tape because tape easily accommodates length-expanding ciphertext.
In addition, this standard applies to hard disk drives if these support
storing extra metadata with each record. The algorithms of this standard
are suitable for ensuring the confidentiality and integrity of stored data
within systems requiring a high level of assurance. By following this
standard, a vendor creates encryption devices that a consumer can
differentiate from proprietary implementations with generally lower security
and limited interoperability.
Designation: 1619.2-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: IEEE Standard for Wide-Block Encryption for Shared Storage Media
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 08, 2011
Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: May 05, 2011
Project Scope: This standard specifies an architecture for encryption of data
in random access storage devices, oriented toward applications that benefit
from wide encryption-block sizes of 512 bytes and above.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies an architecture for media security and
enabling components. Wide encryption blocks are well suited to environments
where the attacker has repeated access to cryptographic communication or
ciphertext, or is able to perform traffic analysis of data access patterns.
The standard is oriented toward fixed-size encryption blocks without data
expansion, but anticipates an optional data expansion mode to resist attacks
involving data tampering.
Abstract: EME2-AES and XCB-AES wide-block encryption with associated data (EAD) modes of the NIST AES block cipher, providing usage
guidelines and test vectors, are described. A wide-block encryption algorithm behaves as a single block cipher with a large
plaintext input and ciphertext output, but uses a narrow block cipher [in this case Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)]
internally. These encryption modes are oriented toward random access storage devices that do not provide authentication, but need
to reduce the granularity of a potential attack.
Key Words: data-at-rest security, encryption, encryption with associated data
(EAD), encrypt-mix-encrypt-v2 mode of operation (EME2), extended codebook
mode of operation (XCB), IEEE 1619.2, security, storage
Designation: 1619.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Key Management Infrastructure for Cryptographic Protection
of Stored Data
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James Hughes, Phone:202 375 0311, Email:james.hughes@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This standard specifies an architecture for the key management
infrastructure for cryptographic protection of stored data, describing
interfaces, methods and algorithms.
Project Purpose: This standard defines methods for the storage, management, and
distribution of cryptographic keys used for the protection of stored data.
This standard augments existing key management methodologies to address
issues specific to cryptographic protection of stored data. This includes
stored data protected by compliant implementations of other standards in the
IEEE 1619 family.
Designation: 162-1963
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Electronic Digital Computers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985
Abstract: NO Abstract
Key Words: Definitions, Electronic Digital Computers
Designation: 1620-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic
Transistors and Materials
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 05, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 1620-2004
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009
Project Scope: This standard describes a method for characterizing organic
electronic devices, including measurement techniques, methods of reporting
data, and the testing conditions during characterization.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a method for
systematically characterizing organic transistors. These standards are
intended to maximize reproducibility of published results by providing a
framework for testing organic devices, whose unique properties cause
measurement issues not typically encountered with inorganic devices. This
standard stresses disclosure of the procedures used to measure data and
extract parameters so that data quality may be easily assessed. This
standard also sets guidelines for reporting data, so that information is
clear and consistent throughout the research community and industry.
Abstract: This standard describes a method for characterizing organic electronic devices, including measurement techniques, methods
of reporting data, and the testing conditions during characterization
Key Words: 1620-2008, electrical characterization, FET, flexible electronics,
high impedance, nanocomposite, nanotechnology, OFET, organic electronics,
organic transistor, printed electronics, printing, transistor
Designation: 1620-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic
Transistors and Materials
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1620-2008.
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the
characterization of organic transistors and materials. The methods will be
independent of processing routes used to fabricate the transistors. The
characterization methods will be usable for all transistors comprised of
organic semiconductor materials.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for characterizing
organic transistors and materials and means of reporting performance and
other data. This is intended to replace the diverse sets of procedures and
measurements currently being used. However, without openly defined standard
test methods the acceptance and diffusion of organic semiconductor
technology will be severely impeded. These methods will enable the creation
of a testing and reporting standard that will be used by research through
manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will
provide the necessary tools and procedures for validation.
Abstract: This standard describes a method for characterizing organic electronic devices, including measurement techniques, methods
of reporting data, and the testing conditions during characterization.
Key Words: "field-effect transistor, organic electronic technology, organic
materials, organic transis-tors, organic semiconductor technology, polymer
field-effect transistor"
Designation: 1620
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic and Molecular
Transistors and Materials
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the
characterization of organic and molecular transistors and materials. The
methods will be independent of processing routes used to fabricate the
transistors. The characterization methods will be usable for all
transistors comprised of organic and molecular semiconductor materials.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for characterizing
organic and molecular transistors and materials and means of reporting
performance and other data. This is intended to replace the diverse sets of
procedures and measurements currently being used. However, without openly
defined standard test methods the acceptance and diffusion of organic and
molecular semiconductor technology will be severely impeded. These methods
will enable the creation of a testing and reporting standard that will be
used by research through manufacturing as the technology is developed.
Moreover, the standards will provide the necessary tools and procedures for
validation.
Designation: 1620.1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic
Transistor-Based Ring Oscillators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 28, 2006
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard that specifies methods for the
characterization of organic transistor-based ring oscillators. The methods
are applicable to all ring oscillators fabricated from organic semiconductor
materials and are independent of the fabrication process.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a standard
methodology to characterize organic transistor based-ring oscillators and to
allow reporting of their performance and associated data.
Abstract: Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of printed and organic ring
oscillators are covered. Due to the nature of printed and organic circuits, significant measurement errors can be introduced if
the electrical characterization design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. This standard describes the most common sources
of measurement error, particularly for high-impedance electrical measurements commonly required for printed and organic ring
oscillators. This standard also gives recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement
artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring printed and organic ring oscillators.
Key Words: electrical characterization, high-impedance printing, organic
transistor, printed electronics, ring oscillator
Designation: 1620.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Test Methods for the Characterization of Organic Transistor
Based Ring Oscillators
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This is a full-use standard that specifies methods for the
characterization of organic transistor-based ring oscillators. The
methods are applicable to all ring oscillators fabricated from organic
semiconductor materials and are independent of the fabrication process.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to develop a standard
methodology to characterize organic transistor based-ring oscillators and
to allow reporting of their performance and associated data.
Designation: 1620.2
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Methods for the Characterization of Printed and Organic Diode
Bridge Structures for RF Devices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul Brazis, Phone:847-756-1561, Email:paul.brazis@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes standard methods for the
characterization of printed and organic diode bridges for RF devices. The
methods are independent of processing routes used to fabricate the
electronic devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide and suggest
procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods are
described for use as a uniform reporting standard that is intended to be
applicable for characterizing and reporting both research results and
manufacturing data, with its primary use expected to shift as printed
electronics technology matures. The standard recommends the necessary tools
and procedures for validation.
Designation: 1621-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard for User Interface Elements in Power Control of Electronic
Devices Employed in Office/Consumer Environments
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Bruce Nordman, Phone:510-486-7089, Email:bnordman@lbl.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers the user interface for the power status
control of electronic devices that ordinary people commonly interact with in
their work and home lives, including, but not limited to, office equipment
and consumer electronics. Key elements are terms, symbols, and indicators.
This standard does not specify maximum power levels, address safety issues,
or cover internal mechanisms or interfaces for industrial devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to accomplish a similarity of
experience of power controls across all electronic devices so that users
will find them easier to use and be more likely to use power management
features that save energy.
Abstract: This standard covers the user interface for the power status control of electronic devices that ordinary people commonly
interact with in their work and home lives, including, but not limited to, office equipment and consumer electronics. Key
elements are terms, symbols, and indicators.
Key Words: electronic device, power control, power indicator, power state,
sleep state, user interface
Designation: P1622
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: Standard for Voting Systems Electronic Data Interchange
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard specifies electronic data interchange formats used
by components of the voting system for exchange of electronic data.
Project Purpose: This standard defines common data interchange formats to allow
the exchange and interoperability among components of the "Voting System,"
as well as other related systems, such as reporting and auditing systems.
The "Voting System" is composed of a number of components, including the
voter registration system, the candidate filing process, the petition
system, ballot definition, voting, tabulations and reporting systems.
Designation: 1622
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: Standard for Voting Equipment Electronic Data Interchange
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project was transferred to C/SAB in June 2009 upon motion of the SASB
[after disbandment of SCC38].
Technical Contact: Peter M Zelechoski, Phone:402-970-1242, Email:pzelechoski@essvote.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop electronic data interchange formats to
be used by components of the voting system for exchange of electronic data.
Project Purpose: The "Voting System" is composed of a number of components, the
voter registration system, the candidate filing process, the petition
system, ballot definition, voting, tabulations and reporting systems. This
standard will develop standard data interchange formats to allow the
exchange and interoperability of these various systems.
Designation: 1623-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Guide for the Functional Specification of Medium Voltage (1 kV - 35
kV) Electronic Shunt Devices for Dynamic Voltage Compensation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 11, 2005
Technical Contact: George G Karady, Phone:480-965-6569, Email:karady@asu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005
Project Scope: This project provides guidelines for preparation of functional
specification for solid state shunt device used to compensate voltage
fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to medium voltage (1-35kV). The
device contains in general: an inverter, rectifier or DC converter, energy
storage device, coupling transformer connected in parallel. In addition,
additional equipment should be provided to assure proper interface with the
electric network. The additional equipment includes: voltage and current
transformers, disconnect switches, circuit breakers and three phase low
voltage service for auxiliary power.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to provide information to
utilities and other users to prepare a specification when they intend to
purchase a shunt device. The Medium Voltage (1kV-35kV) Electronic Shunt
Devices For Dynamic Voltage Compensation are new devices and utility
engineers are not familiar with their requirements.
Abstract: This document provides general guidelines for the preparation of a functional specification for solid-state electronic
shunt devices used mainly for compensation of voltage fluctuation. The guide covers devices rated to medium voltage (1 kV-35 kV).
This device contains in general: an inverter, rectifier or DC converter, energy storage device, and coupling transformer. The
device typically is connected in parallel with the network using a coupling transformer.
Key Words: coupling transformer, energy storage, inverter, parallel
compensation, power electronics, power quality, sensitive loads, voltage
control
Designation: 1624-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: IEEE Standard for Organizational Reliability Capability
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 05, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009
Project Scope: This document presents a standard that defines the reliability
capability of organizations and identifies the criteria for assessing the
reliability capability of an organization. This standard is intended to be
usable by all organizations that design, manufacture or procure
electrical/electronics components or products. Although the concepts
described in this standard could be applied to both hardware and software
products, the focus of the standard is on hardware products.
Project Purpose: The purpose for assessing the reliability capability of an
organization is to facilitate the improvement of product reliability.
This document does not define an audit process, but rather an assessment
process that is suitable for providing data and results as input into an
audit process. Reliability capability is defined by key practices and
associated metrics. This standard does not seek to create or propose
creation of certifying bodies that assess whether an organization meets
the definitions of reliability capability. This standard could be used
for self-assessment by organizations or for supplier/customer relationship
development between members of supply chain.
Abstract: Organizational reliability capability and the identification of the criteria for assessing the reliability capability of
an organization are defined.
Key Words: 1624-2008, assessment, organizational reliability capability,
reliability capability, reliability management, reliability program,
supply chain
Designation: 1624
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Guide for Organizational Reliability Capability Definition
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for a protocol defining the
self-definition of the reliability of organization-supply chain processes.
This protocol will be useable by all organizations which design,
manufacturer or procure electrical/electronic components or products.
Footnote: This proposed standard does not seek to create or propose creation
of certifying bodies that assess if any company meets the definitions of
reliability capability. It is proposed that this standard be used only for
self assessment by companies or for supplier/customer relationship
development between members of supply chain.
Project Purpose: This is an independent guide for defining the reliability
capability of an organization. The reliability capability will be defined by
key processes and associated metrics. These will be used by organizations
from which reliable products are sought.
Designation: 1624
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Guide for Organizational Reliability Capability
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Pecht, Phone:301-405-5323, Email:pecht@calce.umd.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for defining the reliability
capability of organizations. This guide will be reusable by all
organizations which design, manufacture or procure electrical/electronics
components or products. Although the concepts described in this guide could
be applied to both hardware and software reliability capability, the focus
of the guide is on hardware reliability capability.
Project Purpose: This is an independent guide for defining the criteria for
assessing the reliability capability of an organization. The reliability
capability will be defined by key processes and associated metrics. This
proposed standard does not seek to create or propose creation of certifying
bodies that assess if any company meets the definitions of reliability
capability. This standard can be used for self-assessment by companies or
for supplier/customer relationship development between members of supply
chain.
Designation: 1625-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Multi-Cell Mobile Computing
Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 20, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 1625-2004.
Technical Contact: Jean M Baronas, Phone:408-352-4557, Email:jean.baronas@am.sony.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 2009
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for
multi-cell mobile computing devices. It also provides methods for
quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their
associated management and control systems including considerations for end-
user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for
mobile computing. The battery technologies covered are limited to Li-ion and
Li-ion polymer, but future versions of this standard may include
technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are:
battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell
level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The
following are addressed: qualification process; manufacturing process
control; energy capacity and demand management; levels of management and
control in the battery systems; current and planned lithium-based battery
chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user
notification.
Abstract: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable battery
systems for multi-cell mobile computing devices. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these
batteries and their associated management and control systems including considerations for end-user notification. This standard
covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The battery technologies covered are limited to Li-ion and Li-ion
polymer, but future versions of this standard may include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are:
battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery
status communications. The following are addressed: qualification process; manufacturing process control; energy capacity and
demand management; levels of management and control in the battery systems; and current and planned lithium-based battery
chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification.
Key Words: 1625-2008, battery, battery pack, cell, host device, lithium-ion
(Li-ion), lithium-ion polymer (Li-ion polymer), mobile computing device,
pack, portable computing, rechargeable battery, rechargeable battery packs
Designation: 1625-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Apr 08, 2004
Project Scope: ORIGINAL SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for
qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for
portable computers. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational
performance of these batteries and their associated management and control
systems. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial
mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld
solutions). The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and
lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include
technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included are:
battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell
level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications.
Measurement methods are provided for: Qualification Process and
Requirements; Manufacturing Process Control Requirements; Energy Capacity
and Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery
systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries and packaging
technologies. REVISED SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for
qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for
portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational
performance of these batteries and their associated management and control
systems including considerations for end-user notification. This standard
covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing
applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery
technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but
future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in
general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and
mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge
controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed:
Qualification Process; Manufacturing Process Control; Energy Capacity and
Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems;
Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging
technologies, and considerations for end-user notification.
Project Purpose: ORIGINAL PURPOSE: To reduce the incidence of user problems,
the portable computer and battery industries need standardized criteria for
qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality
and reliability of those batteries. REVISED PURPOSE: To reduce the
frequency of occurrence of user problems, the portable computing and battery
industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification of
rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and reliability
of those batteries.
Designation: 1625-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computing
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1625-2008.
Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Apr 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for
portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational
performance of these batteries and their associated management and control
systems, including considerations for end-user notification. This
standard covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The
battery technologies covered are limited to Li-ion and Li-ion polymer,
but future versions of this standard may include technologies that are
not in general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical
and mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and
discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are
addressed: qualification process, manufacturing process control, energy
capacity and demand management, levels of management and control in the
battery systems, current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries,
packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user notification.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user
experience and operation of batteries in portable computing environments.
The battery industries need standardized criteria for design and
qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality
and reliability of those batteries. This standard, and its accompanying
annexes, provides no guarantee of protection or safety for battery users.
This standard sets forth recommendations for design analyses and certain
testing procedures. The level of assurance for protection and safety
resulting from applying this standard depends on the implementation by the
manufacturer/supplier and the actions of the end user. In the
recommendations for design analyses contained herein, this standard
contemplates reasonable intended use by the end user, but it does not
provide a complete guarantee against hazards to the end user, such as fire,
explosion, and leakage.
Abstract: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable battery
systems for portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their
associated management and control systems, including considerations for end-user notification.
Key Words: "battery, battery pack, cell, host device, lithium-ion (Li-ion),
lithium-ion polymer (Li-ion polymer), notebook computer, pack,"
Designation: 1625
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jeff Layton, Phone:512-728-1192, Email:jeff_layton@dell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality
and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computers. It
also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these
batteries and their associated management and control systems. This standard
covers rechargeable battery systems for commercial mobile computing
applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery
technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but
future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in
general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and
mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level charge and discharge
controls; and battery status communications. Measurement methods are
provided for: Qualification Process and Requirements; Manufacturing Process
Control Requirements; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of
management and control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-
based battery chemistries and packaging technologies.
Project Purpose: To reduce the incidence of user problems, the portable
computer and battery industries need standardized criteria for qualification
of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and
reliability of those batteries.
Abstract: Project scope: ORIGINAL SCOPE: This standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality and reliability of
rechargeable battery systems for portable computers. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of
these batteries and their associated management and control systems. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for
commercial mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery technologies covered are
limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in
general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level
charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. Measurement methods are provided for: Qualification Process and
Requirements; Manufacturing Process Control Requirements; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and control
in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries and packaging technologies. REVISED SCOPE: This
standard establishes criteria for qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for portable computing.
It also provides methods for quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their associated management and
control systems including considerations for end-user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for
commercial mobile computing applications (inclusive of notebook and handheld solutions). The battery technologies covered are
limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in
general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack and cell level
charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed: Qualification Process; Manufactu
Key Words: IEEE Std 1625-2003 , IEEE 1625 , IEEE P1625 ,
Designation: 1625
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Portable Computing
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: David Y. Ling, Phone:650-857-5057, Email:david.ling@hp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for
portable computing. It also provides methods for quantifying the operational
performance of these batteries and their associated management and control
systems including considerations for end user notification. This standard
covers rechargeable battery systems for mobile computing. The battery
technologies covered are limited to lithium ion and lithium ion polymer, but
future versions of this document may include technologies that are not in
general use at present. Also included are: battery pack electrical and
mechanical construction; system, pack, and cell level charge and discharge
controls; and battery status communications. The following are addressed:
Qualification Process; Manufacturing Process Control; Energy Capacity and
Demand Management; Levels of management and control in the battery systems;
Current and planned lithium-based battery chemistries, packaging
technologies, and considerations for end-user notification.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user
experience and operation of batteries in portable computing environments.
The battery industries need standardized criteria for design and
qualification of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality
and reliability of those batteries.
Designation: 1625
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Multi-cell Mobile Computing
Devices
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
qualification, quality and reliability of rechargeable battery systems for
multi-cell mobile computing devices. It also provides methods for
quantifying the operational performance of these batteries and their
associated management and control systems including considerations for end-
user notification. This standard covers rechargeable battery systems for
mobile computing. The battery technologies covered are limited to lithium
ion and lithium ion polymer, but future versions of this document may
include technologies that are not in general use at present. Also included
are: battery pack electrical and mechanical construction; system, pack, and
cell level charge and discharge controls; and battery status communications.
The following are addressed: Qualification Process; Manufacturing Process
Control; Energy Capacity and Demand Management; Levels of management and
control in the battery systems; Current and planned lithium-based battery
chemistries, packaging technologies, and considerations for end-user
notification.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user
experience and operation of batteries in mobile computing environments. The
battery and mobile computing industries need standardized criteria for the
design and qualification of rechargeable battery systems and to verify the
quality and reliability of such cell, batteries and systems.
Designation: 1626
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for dc Overhead Contact System Insulation Requirements for
Transit Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lou DiMichele, Phone:416-393-4402, Email:lou.dimichele@ttc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This standard provides minimum insulation requirements for dc
overhead contact systems for heavy rail, light rail, and trolley bus
systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to develop minimum
requirements for levels of insulation for heavy rail, light rail, and
trolley bus systems. This will control hazards and improve life cycle
costs.
Designation: P1627
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Grounding Practices for dc Electrification Overhead Contact
Systems, Including Application of Lightning Arresters, for Transit Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Nick Rassias, Phone:610-650-7730, Email:nrassias@gfnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this standard covers practices for grounding
overhead contact systems used in dc electrification for rail, light rail,
and trolley bus including the proper application of lightning arresters.
Project Purpose: At the present time there are no uniform practices for
grounding overhead contact systems used in DC traction electrification or
for application of lightning arresters. Such a standard will provide
increased protection to passengers, personnel, and equipment, reduce
maintenance and initial costs and improve system performance.
Designation: 1628-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance of DC Overhead Contact Systems
for Transit Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 25, 2009
Technical Contact: Michael N. Lewis, Phone:973-824-6216, Email:michael.n.lewis@parsons.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides overhead contact system
maintenance practices and procedures including maintenance techniques, site
inspection and test procedures, and maintenance tolerances, for heavy rail,
light rail, and trolley bus systems.
Project Purpose: There are no known Industry-wide guidelines. Guidelines will
result in improved reliability and reduced maintenance costs of Overhead
Contact Systems for transit.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a set of guidelines that can be used by the operators of new start-up systems seeking
guidance in developing manuals, methods, practices and procedures for the safe and effective maintenance of their Overhead
Contact System (OCS), or by the maintenance organizations of existing well-established systems to amplify or refine their
existing practices. This recommended practice provides general recommendations for performing maintenance work on dc OCS for
transit systems. These recommendations are based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations and field
experience by many transit agencies. Included are technical explanations to cover certain testing of tools and equipment; field
maintenance and care of tools and equipment; work methods for the maintenance of the OCS; and recommended safety practices and
procedures for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines.
Designation: P1629
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Performance of dc Overhead Current Collectors
for Transit Vehicles
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jeffrey Sisson, Phone:617-222-5479, Email:jsisson@mbta.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This standard provides minimum acceptable performance
requirements for overhead current collectors used for light rail vehicles,
heavy rail vehicles and trolley bus vehicles. Specific areas to be addressed
include oscillation of collectors, arcing and electrical transients, all
weather operation, the wire/collector interface, and dewirement and
entanglement hazards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to develop performance
requirements for overhead current collectors on transit vehicles to control
hazards, improve performance and reliability, and reduce life cycle cost.
Abstract: This standard defines the general characteristics of pantographs that enable current collection from an overhead contact
system on light rail transit and heavy rail transit systems. The standard contains definitions pertinent to pantographs,
including general definitions, specific pantograph terminology, and pantograph components, pantograph dimensions, and operating
characteristics. The operating requirements that need to be defined by the purchaser of pantographs are stated. In addition,
standard dimensions for the collector head and contact strip, various pantograph mechanical and operational requirements,
environmental conditions, and maintainability and documentation requirements are specified. The standard also includes various
testing methodologies and requirements
Key Words: pantograph, contact strip, collector head, overhead contact system,
gradient, tracking, traction, rail vehicle, light rail, heavy rail,
streetcar, tramcar, transit, railway.
Designation: P1630
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Supporting Structures for Overhead Contact
Systems for Transit Systems
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Steve R Adkins, Phone:412-965-6823, Email:sadkins@gfnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: This standard determines minimum structural requirements for
structural supports used for overhead contact systems for heavy rail, light
rail, and trolley bus systems, including loading, safety factors and
deflection.
Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing
structural requirements for supports used for overhead contact systems. The
purpose of this standard is to improve design efficiency for new and
existing rail transit projects.
Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to provide minimum design requirements for supporting structures types to provide support
of overhead contact systems for electrified transit. This standard is developed to govern the design and fabrication of
supporting structures for OCS. It is provided to define minimum general design and construction parameters for the following
tubular steel pole types: tapered and constant diameter round, tapered and constant diameter multi-sided, sectional and
fluted.
Key Words: Catenary, Design, Fabrication, Overhead Contact Systems, OCS, Pole,
Steel, Structure, Support, Tubular
Designation: 1630
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Supporting Structures for dc Overhead Contact Systems for
Transit Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Steve R Adkins, Phone:412-965-6823, Email:sadkins@gfnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: This standard determines minimum structural requirements for
structural supports used for overhead contact systems for heavy rail, light
rail, and trolley bus systems, including loading, safety factors and
deflection.
Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing
structural requirements for supports used for overhead contact systems.
Such standards will improve design efficiency for new and existing rail
transit projects.
Designation: 1631-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of 8-VSB Digital Television
Transmission Mask Compliance for the USA
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 09, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Greg Best, Phone:816-792-2913, Email:gbconsulting@kc.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a standardized body of
theory, techniques, and procedures for measuring the spectral
characteristics of 8-VSB transmitters used for terrestrial transmission of
digital television (DTV) in the frequency range near their assigned
channels. Essential characteristics are specified and measurement procedures
are given that ensure that all parties will obtain comparable results. The
theory and techniques presented are applicable to all 8-VSB transmitters.
However, the specification and interpretation of these measurements is
primarily focused on DTV transmitters used within the United States of
America.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a standardized body of theory, techniques, and procedures for measuring the spectral
characteristics of 8-VSB transmitters used for terrestrial transmission of digital television (DTV) in the frequency range near
their assigned channels. Essential characteristics are specified and measurement procedures are given that ensure that all
parties will obtain comparable results.
Key Words: 1631-2008, 8-VSB, 8-VSB emissions, 500 kHz sub-band, adjacent
channel, ATSC digital TV standard, average filter attenuation modeling,
band-stop filter, DTV, DTV emissions, FCC emissions compliance, DTV
emissions measurement procedure, DTV emissions measurement theory, digital
signal intermodulation, emission mask, LPTV DTV transmitter, noise-floor
correction, noise bandwidth, pilot frequency offset, simple emission mask,
spectrum analyzer, stringent emission mask
Designation: P1631
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of 8-VSB Digital Television
Transmission Mask Compliance for the USA
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Greg Best, Phone:816-792-2913, Email:gbconsulting@kc.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a standardized body of
theory, techniques, and procedures for measuring the spectral
characteristics of 8-VSB transmitters used for terrestrial transmission of
digital television (DTV)per FCC requirements. Essential characteristics are
specified and measurement procedures are given that ensure that all parties
will obtain comparable results. The theory and techniques presented are
applicable to all 8-VSB transmitters. However, the specification and
interpretation of these measurements is primarily focused on DTV
transmitters used within the United States of America.
Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide manufacturers,
installers, TV station personnel, and other concerned parties with a
standardized body of information for the purpose of determining whether DTV
transmission systems are in compliance with the specifications prescribed in
the FCC rules.
Designation: 1631
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Spectrum Characteristics of
Digitally Modulated Television Signals
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: William T. Hayes, Phone:515-242-3116, Email:wt_hayes@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The proposed standard will create a new document to specify
techniques of measuring frequency spectrum characteristics of digitally
modulated television signals. The techniques will relate to the measure ment
of the frequency spectrum, in and out of channel and include definitions fo
correctly apply and interpret the measurement techniques.
Project Purpose: This project will provide a standard method for measuring the
frequency spectrum characteristics of digitally modulated television
signals. The standard will be used by manufacturers and engineers to insure
compliance with federal regulations and accepted engineering practices.
Designation: 1632
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/RF Techniques
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measuring Power of Digitally Modulated
Television Signals
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William T. Hayes, Phone:515-242-3116, Email:wt_hayes@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The standard specifies the techniques of power measurement for
digitally modulated television signals. The techniques relate to the
measurement of the power and address varying power levels and include
definitions to correctly apply and interpret the measurement techniques.
Project Purpose: This project will provide a standard method for power
measurement of a digitally modulated television signals. The standard will
be used by manufacturers and engineers to insure compliance with federal
regulations and accepted engineering practices.
Designation: 16326-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Systems and Software Engineering--Life Cycle Processes--
Project Management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2009
**Replaces 1058-1998.
Technical Contact: Mark O Henley, Phone:254-867-2423, Email:mark.henley@l-3com.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 2010
Project Scope: There is no separate Scope statement in the final draft
International Standard.
Project Purpose: This International Standard is intended to aid project
managers in managing to successful conclusion those projects concerned with
software-intensive systems and software products. This International
Standard specifies the required content of the project management plan
(PMP). This International Standard also quotes the extracted purpose and
outcome statements from the project processes of ISO/IEC 12207:2008 (IEEE
Std 12207-2008) and ISO/IEC 15288:2008 (IEEE Std 15288-2008), and adds
detailed guidance for managing projects that use these processes for
software products and software-intensive systems.
Abstract: ISO/IEC/IEEE 16326:2009 provides normative content specifications for project management plans covering software projects,
and software-intensive system projects. It also provides detailed discussion and advice on applying a set of project processes
that are common to both the software and system life cycle as covered by ISO/IEC 12207:2008 (IEEE Std 12207-2008) and ISO/IEC
15288:2008 (IEEE Std 15288- 2008), respectively. The discussion and advice are intended to aid in the preparation of the
normative content of project management plans. ISO/IEC/IEEE 16326:2009 is the result of the harmonization of ISO/IEC TR
16326:1999 and IEEE Std 1058-1998.
Key Words: 16326-2009, 1058-1998, management plans, project management plans,
software intensive system project management plans, software project
management plans
Designation: 16326
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Project management
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mark O Henley, Phone:254-867-2423, Email:mark.henley@l-3com.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 1058-1998 (IEEE Standard
for Software Project Management Plans) to become an international standard
by merging it with an existing ISO/IEC Technical Report 16326-1999 (Software
engineering -- Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 12207 to Project
Management). The current ISO/IEC TR 16326 provides guidance to people
responsible for managing the performance of the primary software life cycle
processes of ISO/IEC 12207-1995 (IEEE/EIA 12207.0 - Information technology -
- Software life cycle processes). The process guidance provided by the
current Technical Report will be updated. From IEEE Std 1058 will come
normative provisions for the content of a software project management plan.
To incorporate both process guidance and document requirements, it is within
the scope of the project to develop a one-part standard or a multi-part
standard. Furthermore, depending on the pace of SC7 harmonization
activities, it is permitted to extend the scope of this effort to system-
level project management.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to update the current standard,
extend it to include project execution as well as planning, to promote it to
the status of an International Standard, and to achieve greater
harmonization with: a. Software engineering standards of JTC1/SC7, b.
The relevant standards of ISO TC176, IEEE, and PMI, c. Emerging systems
engineering standards of JTC1/SC7.
Designation: 1633-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice on Software Reliability
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Norman Schneidewind, Phone:831-656-2719, Email:nschneid@nps.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 13, 2008
Project Scope: Software reliability (SR) models have been evaluated and ranked
for their applicability to various situations. Many improvements have been
made in SR modeling and prediction since 1992. This revised recommended
practice reflects those advances in SR since 1992, including modeling and
prediction for distributed and network systems. Situation specific usage
guidance was refined and updated. The methodologies and tools included in
this recommended practice are extended over the software life cycle (SLC).
Project Purpose: The recommended practice promotes a systems approach to SR
prediction. Although there are some distinctive characteristics of
aerospace software, the principles of reliability are generic, and the
results can be beneficial to practitioners in any industry.
Abstract: Draft D12 This recommended practice prescribes the methods for assessing and predicting the reliability of software,
based on a life cycle approach to software reliability engineering. It provides information necessary for the application of
software reliability measurement to a project, lays a foundation for building consistent methods, and establishes the basic
principle for collecting the data needed to assess and predict the reliability of software. The document prescribes how any user
can participate in on going software reliability assessments and predictions.
Key Words: 1633-2008, software reliability
Designation: 1634
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Intelligent Transportation Systems
Title: Standard for Common Data Dictionary for Use in Intelligent
Transportation Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas M Kurihara, Phone:703-516-9650, Email:tkstds@mindspring.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002
Project Scope: This standard is the result of an effort to research, compile,
and consolidate common data dictionary terms for use in intelligent
transportation systems. The standard describes the common data dictionary
terms using meta attributes defined in IEEE Standard 1489-1999 and Abstract
Syntax Notation 1 (ASN.1). The standard will provide the specification for
common data elements such as person, time, date, and location to minimize or
eliminate ambiguities and inconsistencies when there are more than one group
defining similar data element definitions. The common data dictionary terms
are intended to be used with the Intelligent Transportation System (ITS)
Data Registry.
Project Purpose: Experience gained from the use of and testing the
implementation of ITS Data Registry and field operational tests of standards
for ITS applications has indicated that there is a need for a single
definitive data dictionary describing the common data elements. Various
technology specific data dictionaries have been developed and often each one
has standardized on its own the data elements for common variables such as
time. This IEEE standard will attempt to replace these with a single data
element, which can be used by all of ITS data dictionaries.
Designation: P1635
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries
for Stationary Applications
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of
stationary battery systems as applied to: - Vented (flooded) lead acid
(VLA) - Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) - Nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) For
each category, both the technology and the design of the battery are
described in order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental
issues associated with each type of technology. The scope of this document
includes only stationary batteries under conditions of expected use.
Multiple operating modes are identified. The ventilation practices
described in this guide represent “the best practice” based on the
information available at the time this document was developed. The user
should evaluate these practices against their operating experience,
operating conditions, number and size of battery systems, manufacturer’s
recommendations, resources and needs in developing an environment that
maximizes safety and is conducive to optimum operation of the equipment.
These recommendations were developed without consideration of economics,
availability of equipment and personnel, or relative importance of the
application. Design of a ventilation system for a specific battery
installation requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical
issues considered in this document.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide HVAC and battery
system designers and users with information and recommendations concerning
the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery installations.
Abstract: Ventilation of stationary battery installations is critical to maximize battery life while minimizing the hazards
associated with hydrogen production. This guide is applicable to vented lead acid, valve-regulated lead acid, and nickel cadmium
stationary battery installations and was written to serve as a bridge between the electrical designer and the HVAC designer. It
describes battery operating modes and the hazards associated with each. It provides the HVAC designer with the information to
provide a cost effective ventilation solution.
Key Words: Ventilation, Battery, Battery Room, Thermal Management, Hydrogen,
Battery Gassing, Battery Vaults, Battery Cabinets, Natural Ventilation,
Forced Ventilation, Stationary Battery, Ventilation System Maintenance.
Designation: 1635
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of
stationary battery systems as applied to: a) Vented (flooded) lead-
acid b) Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) c) Nickel-cadmium
(Ni-Cd) For each category, both the technology and the design of the
battery are described in order to facilitate user understanding of the
environmental issues associated with each type of technology. The
scope of this document includes only stationary batteries under conditions
of expected use. Multiple operating modes are identified. Specifically not
included in this document are: • Ventilation for spilled
electrolyte, as a spill is considered an accident condition. Temporary
ventilation for fumes associated with spills due to handling of batteries is
addressed in IEEE Std 1578-200A, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrolyte
Spill Containment and Management • Recharging stations for motive
power or automotive batteries. These stations use different charging regimes
from stationary float applications, although the charging gases produced can
be managed in accordance with the guidelines in this document •
Batteries that are embedded in small equipment such as desk-top
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems and emergency lighting systems
• Battery installations in classified (hazardous) environments •
Ventilation for gases or other byproducts given off by battery installations
involved in fires. The latter are not considered conditions of expected
use, and in such circumstances ventilation could be disabled •
Lithium-based batteries • Ventilation of the charger, UPS, or other
equipment associated with the battery system • Battery Room design
for fire or smoke events. The ventilation practices described in
this guide represent “the ventilation practices described in this
guide are recommended” based on the information available at the time this
document was developed. The user should evaluate these practices against
their operating experience, operating conditions, number and size of battery
systems, manufacturer’s recommendations, resources and needs in developing
an environment that is both safe and conducive to optimum operation of the
equipment. These recommendations were developed without consideration of
economics, availability of equipment and personnel, or relative importance
of the application. Design of a ventilation system for a specific battery
installation requires consideration of all issues, not just the technical
issues considered in this document.
Project Purpose: No change to existing purpose.
Designation: 1635
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of
stationary battery systems (flooded lead-acid batteries, VRLA and Ni-Cd).
For each category, both the technology and the design of the battery are
described in order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental
issues associated with each type of technology. Ventilation for electrolyte
spills is not discussed in this guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide HVAC and battery
system designers and users with information and recommendations concerning
the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery installations.
Designation: 1635
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of
stationary battery systems as applied to: a) Vented (flooded) lead-acid b)
Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) c) Nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) For each
category, both the technology and the design of the battery are described in
order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental issues
associated with each type of technology. The scope of this document includes
only stationary batteries under conditions of expected use. Multiple
operating modes are identified. Specifically not included in this document
are: • Ventilation for spilled electrolyte, as a spill is considered an
accident condition. Temporary ventilation for fumes associated with spills
due to handling of batteries is addressed in IEEE Std 1578-2007, IEEE
Recommended Practice for Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management •
Recharging stations for motive power or automotive batteries. These stations
use different charging regimes from stationary float applications, although
the charging gases produced can be managed in accordance with the guidelines
in this document • Batteries that are embedded in small equipment such as
desk-top Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems and emergency lighting
systems • Battery installations in classified (hazardous) environments •
Ventilation for gases or other byproducts given off by battery installations
involved in fires. The latter are not considered conditions of expected use,
and in such circumstances ventilation could be disabled • Lithium-based
batteries • Ventilation of the charger, UPS, or other equipment associated
with the battery system • Battery Room design for fire or smoke events. The
ventilation practices described in this guide are based on the information
available at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate
these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions,
number and size of battery systems, manufacturer’s recommendations,
resources and needs in developing an environment that is both safe and
conducive to optimum operation of the equipment. These recommendations were
developed without consideration of economics, availability of equipment and
personnel, or relative importance of the application. Design of a
ventilation system for a specific battery installation requires
consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in
this document.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide HVAC and battery
system designers and users with information and recommendations concerning
the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery installations.
Designation: 1635
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of Batteries for
Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This guide discusses the ventilation and thermal management of
stationary battery systems as applied to: a) Vented (flooded) lead-acid b)
Valve-regulated lead acid (VRLA) c) Nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) For each
category, both the technology and the design of the battery are described in
order to facilitate user understanding of the environmental issues
associated with each type of technology. The scope of this document includes
only stationary batteries under conditions of expected use. Multiple
operating modes are identified. Specifically not included in this document
are: • Ventilation for spilled electrolyte, as a spill is considered an
accident condition. Temporary ventilation for fumes associated with spills
due to handling of batteries is addressed in IEEE Std 1578-2007, IEEE
Recommended Practice for Electrolyte Spill Containment and Management •
Recharging stations for motive power or automotive batteries. These stations
use different charging regimes from stationary float applications, although
the charging gases produced can be managed in accordance with the guidelines
in this document • Batteries that are embedded in small equipment such as
desk-top Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) systems and emergency lighting
systems • Battery installations in classified (hazardous) environments •
Ventilation for gases or other byproducts given off by battery installations
involved in fires. The latter are not considered conditions of expected use,
and in such circumstances ventilation could be disabled • Lithium-based
batteries • Ventilation of the charger, UPS, or other equipment associated
with the battery system • Battery Room design for fire or smoke events. The
ventilation practices described in this guide are based on the information
available at the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate
these practices against their operating experience, operating conditions,
number and size of battery systems, manufacturer’s recommendations,
resources and needs in developing an environment that is both safe and
conducive to optimum operation of the equipment. These recommendations were
developed without consideration of economics, availability of equipment and
personnel, or relative importance of the application. Design of a
ventilation system for a specific battery installation requires
consideration of all issues, not just the technical issues considered in
this document.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide HVAC and battery
system designers and users with information and recommendations concerning
the ventilation and thermal management of stationary battery installations.
Designation: 1636-2009
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance
Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 14, 2009
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: The scope of the Standard Software Interface for Maintenance
Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is an implementation
independent specification for a software interface to information systems
containing data pertinent to the diagnosis and maintenance of complex
systems consisting of hardware, software, or any combination thereof. These
interfaces will support service definitions for creating application
programming interfaces (API) for the access, exchange, and analysis of
historical diagnostic and maintenance information. The standard will use the
information models of IEEE Std 1232 - Artificial Intelligence Exchange and
Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) as a foundation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the IEEE P1636 Standard Software Interface for
Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is to specify a
software interface for access, exchange, and analysis of product diagnostic
and maintenance information. This will address the pervasive need of
organizations to assess the effectiveness of diagnostics for complex systems
throughout the product lifecycle. The use of formal information models will
facilitate exchanging historical maintenance information between information
systems and analysis tools. The models will facilitate creating open system
software architectures for maturing system diagnostics.
Abstract: This document provides an implementation independent specification for a software interface to information systems
containing data pertinent to the diagnosis and maintenance of complex systems consisting of hardware, software, or any
combination thereof. These interfaces will support service definitions for creating application programming interfaces (API) for
the access, exchange, and analysis of historical diagnostic and maintenance information. This will address the pervasive need of
organizations to assess the effectiveness of diagnostics for complex systems throughout the product lifecycle. The use of formal
information models will facilitate exchanging historical maintenance information between information systems and analysis tools.
The models will facilitate creating open system software architectures for maturing system diagnostics.
Key Words: 1636-2009, AI-ESTATE, Automated Test Markup Language (ATML),
diagnostic maturation, Maintenance Action Information, maintenance data,
Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis
(SIMICA), Test Results and Session Information
Designation: 1636
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection
and Analysis
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of the Standard Software Interface for Maintenance
Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is an implementation
independent specification for a software interface to information systems
containing data pertinent to the diagnosis and maintenance of complex
systems consisting of hardware, software, or any combination thereof. These
interfaces will support service definitions for creating application
programming interfaces (API) for the access, exchange, and analysis of
historical diagnostic and maintenance information. The standard will use the
information models of IEEE Std 1232-2002 - Artificial Intelligence Exchange
and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI-ESTATE) as a foundation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the IEEE P1636 Standard Software Interface for
Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA) is to specify a
software interface for access, exchange, and analysis of product diagnostic
and maintenance information. This will address the pervasive need of
organizations to assess the effectiveness of diagnostics for complex systems
throughout the product lifecycle. The use of formal information models will
facilitate exchanging historical maintenance information between information
systems and analysis tools. The models will facilitate creating open system
software architectures for maturing system diagnostics.
Designation: 1636.1-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance
Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results and
Session Information via the eXtensible Markup Language(XML)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 29, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an
exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging data resulting from executing
tests of a Unit Under Test (UUT) via a test program in an automatic test
environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial-use standard is to promote and
facilitate interoperability between components of an automatic test system
(e.g., between test executive and diagnostic reasoner) where test results
need to be shared. The standard thus facilitates the capture of test results
data in storage devices and databases, facilitating online and offline
analysis. The test results schema becomes a class of information that can be
used within the SIMICA family of standards.
Abstract: This standard is intended to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of an automatic test system (e.g.,
between test executive and diagnostic reasoner) where test results need to be shared. The standard thus facilitates the capture
of test results data in storage devices and databases, facilitating online and offline analysis. The test results schema becomes
a class of information that can be used within the SIMICA family of standards.
Key Words: 1636.1-2007, Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), automatic test
systems, eXtensible Markup Language (XML), Software Interface for
Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA), test results, XML
schema
Designation: P1636.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection
and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results and Session Information via
the eXtensible Markup Language(XML)
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging data resulting from executing tests of
a Unit Under Test (UUT) via a test program in an automatic test environment.
The standard uses the information models of IEEE Std 1636-2009 - Standard
Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection and Analysis
(SIMICA) as a foundation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify a software
interface for access, exchange, and analysis of test result information. The
standard enables the capture of test results data, facilitating data
analysis to assess the effectiveness of test and diagnostic processes
applied to complex systems. The test results information model and XML
schema define the semantics and exchange format for information to be used
among applications implementing the SIMICA family of standards.
Designation: 1636.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection
and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Test Results via the Extensible Markup
Language (XML)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging data resulting from executing tests of
a Unit Under Test (UUT) via a test program in an automatic test environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate
interoperability between components of an automatic test system (e.g.,
between test executive and diagnostic reasoner) where test results need to
be shared. The standard thus facilitates the capture of test results data in
storage devices and databases,facilitating online and offline analysis. The
test results schema becomes a class of information that can be used within
the SIMICA family of standards.
Designation: 1636.2-2010
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance
Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA): Exchanging Maintenance Action
Information via the Extensible Markup Language (XML)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 24, 2010
Technical Contact: Mark Kaufman, Phone:951-273-5725, Email:mark.kaufman@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging maintenance action information (MAI)
associated with the removal, repair, and replacement of system components to
maintain/support an operational system.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote and facilitate
interoperability between components of a test system and applications in a
maintenance environment where MAI needs to be shared. The standard will
facilitate the capture and exchange of unit under test (UUT) specific
maintenance information, facilitating online and offline analysis of the
maintenance process. The maintenance action schema defines a class of
information to be used within the SIMICA family of standards.
Abstract: Interoperability between components of automatic test systems (ATS) is promoted and facilitated. The standard facilitates
the capture of maintenance action information (MAI) associated with the removal, repair, and replacement of a particular system
component (e.g., unit(s) under test) in order to maintain/support that particular operational system. The MAI schema becomes a
class of information that can be used within the SIMICA family of standards. The exchange format utilizes the XML formats.
Key Words: automated test system (ATS), eXtensible markup language (XML),
maintenance action information (MAI), Software Interface for Maintenance
Information Collection and Analysis (SIMICA), XML schema
Designation: P1636.99
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Software Interface for Maintenance Information Collection
and Analysis (SIMICA): Common Information Elements
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: The SIMICA family of standards provides an implementation-
independent software interfaces to information systems containing data
pertinent to the diagnosis and maintenance of complex systems consisting of
hardware, software, or any combination thereof. This standard defines
EXPRESS information models and XML schemas that together define the common
information elements supporting these interfaces.
Project Purpose: This document will not contain a purpose statement.
Designation: 1637-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide to Select Terminations for Shielded Alternating-Current Power
Cable Rated 5 kV - 46 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2010
**New standard
Technical Contact: R.D Fulcomer, Phone:718-828-0220x1432, Email:bfulcomer@plymouthrubber.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010
Project Scope: This guide will discuss the reasons why a termination is
necessary on a shielded power cable. Included is a short tutorial on
termination theory, a general discussion of design and materials and a
selection flow chart.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to guide the reader in
selecting terminations for shielded-power cable 5 kV – 46 kV.
Abstract: A step-by-step process for selecting an appropriate termination that is commensurate with a particular shielded power
cable design is provided in this guide. Over the years, shielded power cables have been developed that employ many different
insulating materials and many different shielding systems, such that, there are numerous issues to consider when selecting a
termination for a particular cable design. Over the same period of time, many different termination methods and designs have been
developed that serve the same purpose, but employ different application methodologies. This guide does not attempt to cover
every cable and termination design, and is generally restricted to single conductor underground residential distribution (URD)
and shielded power cable that have a voltage rating from 5 kV – 46 kV, which includes some industrial cables. By nature, the
terminations referred to in this guide are considered to be “live front,” in that the terminations comprise a transition from a
shielded power cable system to an energized component or bus that is either bare or simply covered.
Key Words: power cable, shielded, termination
Designation: 1639
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for transmission of Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI)
data within Local Area Networks: Distributed MIDI - DMIDI
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Phil Kerr, Phone:+44-141-330-5740, Email:philkerr@elec.gla.ac.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This standard specifies the communication protocol for the
transmission of MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) data for
communication between MIDI capable hardware and software within a local area
network.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies the low-level protocols and high-level
addressing schema for interconnecting MIDI capable devices over local area
networks. The standard seeks to extend the reach of MIDI by enabling it's
transmission over Ethernet and 802.11 networks whilst retaining backwards
compatibility with existing hardware and software.
Designation: 164-1962
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Methods of Testing Bobbin Cores for Electronic Computers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1640
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Wireless Messaging Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This project will provide specifications for interoperable
protocols and other standards to support Wireless Messaging, historically
used in the paging industry, including air protocols, end-to-end application
protocols, and exterior and interior network protocols.
Project Purpose: Millions of wireless messaging devices are deployed around the
world. These devices are connected by various air protocols to wireless
messaging service providers, traditionally referred to as paging services.
Wireless messaging service providers offer connectivity from the public
switched telephone network (PSTN) for numeric display messaging devices,
from dedicated text input devices for alpha text display messaging devices,
and from computers (PCs) for messaging devices with application layer
functionality. By standardizing the various protocols and specifications
for device performance, interoperability across various networks, including
the Internet, PSTN, LANs and private networks for a wide variety of
applications can be assured.
Designation: 1640.2
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for TAP (Telocator(TM) Alphanumeric Protocol) - A Wireless
Messaging Network Exterior Protocol
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide specifications for
interoperable exterior input-output network protocols to support Wireless
Messaging, historically used in the paging industry.
Project Purpose: Tens of thousands of sources for wireless messaging devices
are deployed around the world. These sources are connected by one of
several input-output protocols to the exterior of the networks of wireless
messaging service providers. Wireless messaging service providers offer
connectivity for alpha display messaging devices from text input devices
using modems over the public switched telephone network (PSTN). The
traditional modem protocol for exterior input-output from a messaging
network has been referred to as Telocator alpha protocol (TAP). By
standardizing the modem protocol specifications, interoperability across
various networks can be assured.
Designation: 1640.5
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for TNPP (Telocator(TM) Network Paging Protocol) - A Wireless
Messaging Network Interior Protocol
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Terence E. Sumner, Phone:1-972-463-5709, Email:t.e.sumner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide specifications for
interoperable wireless messaging network interior protocols to support
Wireless Messaging, historically used in the paging industry.
Project Purpose: Millions of wireless messaging devices are deployed around the
world. These devices are connected to wireless messaging service providers.
Inside these networks various protocols are used pass messages from internal
nodes to other internal nodes, where various processing is performed, such
as format conversion, routing, storage, and filtering. In addition, other
data related to messaging is passed inside the network, such as for
accounting and provisioning. The traditional network protocol for interior
data handling has been referred to as Telocator network paging protocol
(TNPP). By standardizing these specifications, interoperability across
various networks can be assured.
Designation: 1641-2010
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Signal and Test Definition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 17, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1641-2004
Technical Contact: Ashley M B Hulme, Phone:+44-1202-872503, Email:ashley.hulme@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard provides the means to define and describe signals
used in testing. It provides a set of common basic signal definitions, built
upon formal mathematical specifications, so that signals can be combined to
form complex signals usable across all test platforms. The standard provides
support for structural textual languages and programming language interfaces
for interoperability.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a common reference for signal
definitions, which may be used throughout the life cycle of a unit under
test (UUT) or test system. Such a reference will in turn facilitate
information transfer, test reuse, and broader application of test
information--accessible through commercially available development tools.
Abstract: This standard provides the means to define and describe signals used in testing. It also provides a set of common basic
signals, built upon formal mathematical specifications so that signals can be combined to form complex signals usable across all
test platforms.
Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, automatic test equipment, IEEE 1641, signal definitions,
test definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT
Designation: 1641-2004
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Signal and Test Definition
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1641-2010.
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to provide the means to define and
describe signals used in testing. The standard provides a set of common
basic signals, mathematically underpinned so that signals can be combined to
form complex signals usable across all test platforms. The provision of
language elements supports test signal descriptions for interoperability.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a common signal
reference for use throughout the life cycle of a unit under test or test
system. This will in turn facilitate information transfer, test reuse and
broader application of test information - accessible through commercially
available development tools.
Abstract: To provide the means to define and describe signals used in testing. The standard provides a set of common basic signals,
mathematically under pinned so that signals can be combined to form complex signals useable across all test platforms. The
provision of language elements supports test signal descriptions for interoperability.
Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, automatic test equipment, signal definitions, test
definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT
Designation: 1641.1-2006
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Guide for the Use of IEEE Std 1641, Standard for Signal and Test
Definition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2007
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006, ANSI APP: May 02, 2007
Project Scope: This guide provides application information and guidance for
users who write, develop, implement, and support test requirements, signal
definitions, and signal responses using IEEE Std 1641™-2004, known as the
signal and test definition (STD) standard.1 Examples of the definition and
use of signal models in different environments are included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to explain how to implement
signal definitions and test requirements in conformance with IEEE Std 1641-
2004. It also provides background information, tutorial support, and
examples of signal definitions and test requirements for users of the STD
standard.
Abstract: Guidance in the use of the signal and test definition (STD) standard is provided. STD provides the means to define and
describe signals used in testing. This guide describes how to implement, apply, and use a set of common basic signals to form
complex signals usable across all test platforms.
Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, ATML, ATS, automatic test equipment, signal definitions,
test definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT
Designation: P1641.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Guide for the Use of IEEE Std 1641, Standard for Signal and Test
Definition
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This guide provides application information and guidance for
users who write, develop, implement, and support test requirements, signal
definitions, and signal responses using IEEE Std 1641™, the signal and test
definition (STD) standard. Examples of the definition and use of signal
models in different environments are included.
Project Purpose: This guide explains how signal definitions and test
requirements may be implemented in conformance with IEEE Std 1641. It also
provides background information, tutorial support, and examples of signal
definitions and test requirements for users of the standard.
Designation: 1641a
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Signal and Test Definition - Amendment 1: Enhancement of
Measurement Capabilities and Technical Corrections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ion A Neag, Phone:703-264-1080, Email:ion@tyx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: The means to define and describe signals used in testing has
been identified in IEEE Std 1641-2004. This amendment corrects and enhances
various definitions within the standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a common signal
reference for use throughout the life cycle of a unit under test or test
system. The purpose of the amendment is to resolve issues discovered during
use and to improve the usability of the standard.
Designation: P1642
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Protecting Public Accessible Computer Systems
from Intentional EMI
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: William Radasky, Phone:805-683-5681, Email:wradasky@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice will establish appropriate EM threat
levels, protection methods, monitoring techniques, and test techniques for
different classes of computer equipment.
Project Purpose: The users will be those that build computer systems that are
to be used by the public but require a high level of security to prevent
interference. The users could also be organizations that purchase these
computer systems. This project will provide these users with required
guidance on threat levels, protection methods, monitoring and testing
techniques.
Designation: 1643
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Protecting Voting Equipment and Systems from
Intentional EMI
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William Radasky, Phone:805-683-5681, Email:wradasky@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice will establish appropriate EM threat
levels, protection methods, monitoring techniques, and test techniques for
voting equipment and systems.
Project Purpose: The users will be those responsible for equipment design,
specification and system integrity of voting equipment and systems. This
project will executed in parallel with a more general effort being proposed
for the IEEE EMC Society and will provide specific guidance for voting
equipment and systems on threat levels, protection methods, monitoring and
testing techniques.
Designation: 1644
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Software Nomenclature - Software Naming
Conventions for Application Software
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Yvette A Tanious, Phone:202-781-1827, Email:taniousya@navsea.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard Software Naming Convention
(SNC) as a recommended practice to be used for developing nomenclature for
software applications. The SNC is independent and will not impact the
coding or the purpose of the software itself and it will not control the
mechanism of the writing or the development of Software codes or programs.
Project Purpose: Currently, there are no defined, independent standards for
naming software applications. Software developers tend to use their own
naming methodology, which lacks uniformity, consistency, and is difficult to
interpret. The consequences are many (i.e. difficult to track and manage
software, lack of sustainability, lack of control, etc.) The purpose of SNC
is to develop a SW product naming convention for any stand alone executable
SW application. The proposed SNC would use a unique reference structure that
links the software name to its related support system, functionality, and
software release date. SNC would improve the tracking, controlling, and
managing of software releases.
Designation: 1645
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for In Service Classification of Damage to Non Ceramic Insulators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Andrew Schwalm, Phone:585-924-2127x219, Email:aschwalm@victorinsulators.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: In cooperation with IEEE Subcommittee on Engineering in Safety,
Maintenance and Operation of Lines (ESMOL), the Task Force will develop a
common vocabulary and inspection criteria for the various changes in
dielectric materials of transmission, distribution and substation non
ceramic insulators that occur with time and exposure. Electronic
presentation of the results on an appropriate web site is a target
deliverable.
Project Purpose: The aim of this project is to develop and promulgate effective
information regarding the types of deterioration and damage that occur on
Non Ceramic Insulators. This information will assist qualified personnel in
determining the relative longevity of insulators that exhibit various types
of deterioration and damage. Presently there is no universal method or
terminology available to the power industry for accurately determining the
extent of damage and deterioration on NCI insulators. The target audience
will be Power Engineers and other qualified personnel responsible for the
safe and continuous operation of, and maintenance on, high voltage power
lines. Benefits are that the Task Force will provide readily available
information (in photographic form) illustrating the common types of
deterioration and or damage found on NCIs and the potential severity of such
damage or deterioration will be described. This is particularly important as
at present there is no known method for readily determining the safety
status or possible hazard presented to workers or the public of an in-
service non ceramic insulator.
Designation: 1646-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard Communication Delivery Time Performance Requirements for
Electric Power Substation Automation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2005
Technical Contact: Dennis K Holstein, Phone:562-430-1538, Email:holsteindk@adelphia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines communication delivery time of information
to be exchanged within and external to substation integrated protection,
control, and data acquisition systems.
Project Purpose: Uitilities will use communication performance requirements as
part of a procurement specification to develop new substation automation
systems, or to modify existing substation automation systems. Vendors will
use communication performance requirements to build open system
communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for substation
automation.
Abstract: A standard defining communication delivery times of information to be exchanged within and external to substation
integrated protection, control, and data acquisition systems is described. Communication capabilities and system capabilities to
deliver data on time are also specified.
Key Words: automatic control, data acquisition, SCADA, supervisory control,
communication, intelligent electronic devices, IED, distributed processing,
communication message delivery performance measures
Designation: P1646
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard Communication Delivery Time Performance Requirements for
Electric Power Substation Automation
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: This standard defines communication delivery times of
information to be exchanged within and external to substation integrated
protection, control, and data acquisition systems.
Project Purpose: Utilities can use communication performance requirements as
part of a procurement specification to develop new substation automation
systems, or to modify existing substation automation systems. Vendors will
use communication performance requirements to build open system
communication interfaces for intelligent electronic devices for substation
automation.
Designation: 1647-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for the Functional Verification Language e
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 03, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 1647-2006
Technical Contact: Yaron Kashai, Phone:+1 408 914 6335, Email:kashai@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006, BD APP: May 09, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of the e functional
verification language. This standard aims to serve as an authoritative
source for the definition of: a) syntax and semantics of e language
constructs b) the e language interaction with standard simulation
languages c) e language libraries This revision extends the standard
to cover novel verification-related features.
Project Purpose: This standard serves the community involved with functional
verification of electronic designs using the e language. It provides an
implementation independent definition of the e language and facilitates the
development of e language based design automation tools. The revision
project extends the standard to include novel verification related features.
The revision project extends the standard to include novel verification
related features.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 1647-2006. The scope of this standard is the definition of the e functional verification language.
This standard aims to serve as an authoritative source for the definition of: a) syntax and semantics of e language constructs.
b) the e language interaction with standard simulation languages. c) e language libraries. This revision extends the standard to
cover novel verification-related features.
Key Words: 1647-2008, assertion, concurrent programming, constraint, dynamic
verification, functional coverage, functional verification, simulation,
temporal logic, test generation
Designation: P1647
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for the Functional Verification Language 'e'
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Andrew Piziali, Phone:214-455-8577, Email:andy@piziali.dv.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008
Project Scope: This standard defines the e functional verification language.
This standard aims to serve as an authoritative source for the definition
of (a) syntax and semantics of e language constructs, (b) the e language
interaction with standard simulation languages and (c) e language
libraries.
Project Purpose: This standard serves the community involved with functional
verification of electronic designs using the e language. It provides
an implementation independent definition of the e language and
facilitates the development of e language based design automation
tools.
Abstract: The e functional verification language is an application-specific programming language, aimed at automating the task of
verifying a hardware or software design with respect to its specification. Verification environments written in e provide a model
of the environment in which the design is expected to function, including the kinds of erroneous conditions the design needs to
withstand. A typical verification environment is capable of generating user-controlled test inputs with statistically interesting
characteristics. Such an environment can check the validity of the design responses. Functional coverage metrics are used to
control the verification effort and gauge the quality of the design. e verification environments can be used throughout the
design cycle, from a high-level architectural model to a fully realized system. A definition of the e language syntax and
semantics and how tool developers and verification engineers should use them are contained in this standard.
Key Words: assertion, concurrent programming, constraint, dynamic verification,
functional coverage, functional verification, simulation, temporal logic,
test generation
Designation: 1647-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for the Functional Verification Language 'e'
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1647-2008.
Technical Contact: Yaron Kashai, Phone:+1 408 914 6335, Email:kashai@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of the e functional
verification language. The e functional verification language is an
application-specific programming language, aimed at automating the task of
verifying electronic designs with respect to their specifications. This
standard aims to serve as an authoritative source for the definition of the
following: a) syntax and semantics of e language constructs b) the e
language interaction with standard simulation languages c) e language
libraries
Project Purpose: Electronic systems are integrated circuits (ICs), boards, or
modules combining multiple ICs together, along with optional embedded
processors and software components. Electronic systems are built to
specifications that anticipate the environment in which such systems are
expected to function and define the expected system functionality.
Functional verification measures how well a system meets its specification.
Even with moderately complex systems this question cannot be answered by
inspection. For all modern electronic systems, a sophisticated verification
process needs to accompany the design process to ensure compliance with
the specification. Many electronic design automation (EDA) tools are used to
carry out the functional verification process. The most prominent functional
verification method, used to verify virtually all system designs, is called
dynamic verification or simulation-based verification . Simulation-based
verification makes use of a functional model of the system being
designed. The functional model is simulated in the context of a mockup of
the anticipated system environment. This mock-up is called the verification
environment. There are many requirements a verification environment needs
to fulfill. — It needs to create input stimulus and feed it into the
system being verified. — It needs to collect the output from the system
being verified, as well as the state of selected internal nodes. — It
needs to check the output matches the expectations, based on the functional
requirements, the state of the system being verified, and the inputs
provided. — It needs to measure functional coverage : the extent to which
functions of the system being verified have been exercised by the
verification environment. — It needs to facilitate error identification,
isolation, and debug. For that purpose, test environments contain
combinational and temporal assertions, as well as various messaging and
logging capabilities. — The verification environment needs to be able
to mimic all possible variations and configurations the system being
verified might face in practice. — The verification environment needs to
be able to throw a wide variety of error conditions at the system being
verified, in order to test error handling and error recovery. — The
verification environment should be easily controllable, to allow steering by
the verification engineers. The verification environment is a primary
component in a simulation-based verification process. The environment
needs to drive the system being verified through enough diverse scenarios to
cover a statistically meaningful portion of the systems state space.
Coverage data collected throughout the process should provide the foundation
to an informed decision about the production readiness of the system being
designed. Sophisticated verification environments are complex software
systems, representing a significant investment. Reuse of verification
components is a primary way of minimizing this investment. Reusability is
typically an artifact of a well thought-out software architecture, but in
the case of e , the language itself facilitates reuse through aspect-
oriented programming (AOP) constructs and the semantics of generation.
The purpose of the e functional verification language is to facilitate the
creation of sophisticated verification environments. e features many
constructs that automate and support common verification environment
tasks. A standard definition of the e language should serve both practicing
verification engineers and EDA tool developers. Engineers using e to build
verification environments and reusable verification components need to
ensure the valuable intellectual property (IP) they create can be
interpreted by others. Tool developers need to agree on consistent syntax
and semantics to ensure interoperability between tools. These goals are best
facilitated by means of an open standard.
Abstract: The e functional verification language is an application-specific programming language, aimed at automating the task of
verifying an electronic design with respect to its specification. Verification environments written in e provide a model of the
environment in which the design is expected to function, including the kinds of erroneous conditions the design needs to
withstand. A typical verification environment is capable of generating user-controlled test inputs with statistically interesting
characteristics. Such an environment can check the validity of the design responses. Functional coverage metrics are used to
control the verification effort and gauge the quality of the design. e verification environments can be used throughout the
design cycle, from a high-level architectural model to a fully realized system. This standard contains a definition of the e
language syntax and semantics, and how tool developers and verification engineers should use them.
Key Words: assertion, concurrent programming, constraint, dynamic verification,
functional coverage, functional verification, simulation, temporal logic,
test generation
Designation: 1648
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Customer-Supplier Relationship in Agile
Software Development
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes key elements of agile
approaches to software development that have a direct impact on the
relationship between a customer and a supplier engaged in such work. Agile
software development anticipates and accommodates evolution of requirements
and related development plans, which affect the relationship between
customer and supplier. This document is intended to:
- provide guidance for managing expectations regarding the goals, objectives
and practices of the agile software development effort; - describe
the nature, activities and outcomes of how the customer and the supplier
work together when using agile approaches; and - help customers and
suppliers account for agile approaches in their agreements and contracts.
This document is not intended to: - be an introduction to or
tutorial on agile software development; and - prescribe specific
techniques for implementing the recommendations.
Project Purpose: A prerequisite to using this Recommended Practice is a basic
understanding of agile software development approaches. The purpose of this
Recommended Practice is to define how both customer and supplier relate when
using agile approaches. This document establishes the recommended set of
activities and outcomes for the application of such approaches, complements
existing literature of agile approaches to software development, and
provides recommendations that customer and supplier need to apply when using
agile approaches.
Designation: 1648
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Establishing and Managing Software Development
Efforts Using Agile Methods
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Scott P Duncan, Phone:(706) 561-8739, Email:scott.duncan@gmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes a process that a software
development client should adopt and use in contracting with and working with
an Agile software developer. It is intended that both the technical and
project management personnel should apply these recommendations to be aware
of and control the three aspects of software development: development status
of specific features, progress through the development cycle, and
expenditure of contract funds.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to provide
software acquirers with a process that is suitable for establishing and
managing an Agile-style software development. This Recommended Practice
focuses on the definition and control of feature development and does not
address aspects of software development independent of the Agile development
methodology.
Designation: 1649
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Recommended Practice on Information Security Risk Assessment in Power
System Operations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Frances M Cleveland, Phone:831-338-3175, Email:fcleve@xanthus-consulting.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is the development of Recommended
Practices, educational material, and other information related to the
assessment of information security risks in power system operations.
Project Purpose: Information security has become increasingly important in
power system operations. Although security measures have been developed in
the broader communications industry and standardization work is currently
underway for security in power system communications protocols, very little
effort has been undertaken on how to assess security risks in power system
operations, and therefore what security measures need to be implemented.
Therefore, the purpose of this Working Group will be to develop methods by
which the information security risks can be assessed by utilities. These
efforts will be closely coordinated with the on-going work on security
standards for power system communications in the IEC TC57 WG15, the on-going
work on recommended practices for security solutions in IEEE SCC36, the IEEE
PES SCC TF on Electronic Security in IEEE PES Standards, and other security
industry efforts.
Designation: 165-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Analog Computers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Key Words: computer, analog, terms, glossary, definitions
Designation: 1650-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Test Methods for Measurement of Electrical Properties of
Carbon Nanotubes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 09, 2006
Technical Contact: Daniel Gamota, Phone:847-576-5084, Email:dgamota@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006
Project Scope: This project will develop standard methods for the electrical
characterization of carbon nanotubes (CNTs). The methods will be
independent of processing routes used to fabricate the CNT's.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for the electrical
characterization of CNT's and the means of reporting performance and other
data. Without openly defined standard test methods the acceptance and
diffusion of CNT technology will be severely impeded. This is intended to
provide and suggest procedures for characterization and reporting of data.
These methods will enable the creation of a suggested reporting standard
that will be used by research through manufacturing as the technology is
developed. Moreover, the standards will recommend the necessary tools and
procedures for validation.
Abstract: Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization of carbon nanotubes are covered.
Due to the nature of carbon nanotubes, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the electrical characterization
design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. This standard describes the most common sources of measurement error,
particularly for high-impedance electrical measurements commonly required for carbon nanotubes. This standard also gives
recommended practices in order to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement artifacts and other sources of error
encountered while measuring carbon nanotubes.
Key Words: Carbon nanotube, electrical characterization, high-impedance
measurement, nanotechnology
Designation: 1650
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Test Methods for Measurement of Electrical Properties of Carbon
Nanotubes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Paul Brazis, Phone:847-756-1561, Email:paul.brazis@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This document provides standard methods for the electrical
characterization of carbon nanotubes (CNTs). The methods are independent of
processing routes used to fabricate the CNT's.
Project Purpose: This document standardizes the electrical characterization of
CNT's and the means of reporting performance and other data. Without openly
defined standard test methods the acceptance and diffusion of CNT technology
will be severely impeded. This document is intended to provide and suggest
procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods enable
the creation of a suggested reporting standard that will be used by research
through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover, the standard
recommends the necessary tools and procedures for validation.
Designation: 16509-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 16509:1999, Information Technology -- Year 2000 Terminology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: 1651-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Reducing Bird-Related Outages
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 22, 2011
Technical Contact: Rajeswari Sundararajan, Phone:765-494-6912, Email:rsundara@purdue.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This guide documents proven methods and designs to reduce bird-
related outages, such as contamination outages, streamer outages, and
electrocution/collision/contact outages on transmission lines, in
substations, and on distribution lines, thereby improving reliability and
minimizing the associated revenue loss.
Project Purpose: Recommended procedures and techniques for reducing bird
related contamination, streamer, electrocution and collision (contact)
outages on transmission lines, in substations and on overhead distribution
lines, including all apparatuses and devices, such as insulators,
transformers, surge arresters, capacitor banks, poles etc. are provided. The
information in this guide was drawn from electric utilities, suppliers,
universities, related industries, and personal observations. Included in
this guide are methods for reducing various bird-related outages that have
been shown to be effective. The information presented is of particular
benefit to utilities that are experiencing various bird related outages,
some not even aware of the problem. It is also of value to those utilities
that are in the process of erecting new lines in areas where birds are
prevalent.
Abstract: Methods, techniques, and designs to mitigate bird-related power interruptions and equipment damage resulting from avian
interactions with electric facilities are covered in this document. This document addresses electrocutions, collisions, nesting
problems, and outages caused by fecal contamination and fecal streamers. The topics include bird impacts to transmission lines,
distribution lines, and substations. Woodpecker issues are also addressed. It is believed that resolving these issues will
improve system reliability and minimize revenue losses.
Key Words: alternate platforms, bird guard, bird spikes, collision,
contaminations, electrocution, flashover, IEEE 1651, mitigation, nesting,
perch guard, phase to ground fault, phase to phase fault, streamer outages
Designation: 1651
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Guidelines for Reducing Bird Related Outages
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Rajeswari Sundararajan, Phone:765-494-6912, Email:rsundara@purdue.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This guide documents proven methods and designs to reduce bird
related outages, such as contamination outages, straemer outages and
electrocution/collision/contact outages on transmission lines, in
substations, and on distribution lines, thereby improving the reliability
and minimizing the associated revenue loss
Project Purpose: Recommended procedures and techniques for reducing bird
related contamination, streamer, electrocution and collision (contact)
outages on transmission lines, in substations and on overhead distribution
lines, including all apparatuses and devices, such as insulators,
transformers, surge arresters, capacitor banks, poles etc. are provided.The
information in this guide was drawn from electric utilities, suppliers,
universities, related industries, and personal observations. Included in
this guide are methods for reducing various bird related outages that have
been shown to be effective. The information presented is of particular
benefit to utilities that are experiencing various bird related outages,
some not even aware of the problem. It is also of value to those utilities
who are in the process of erecting new lines in areas where birds are
prevalent.
Designation: 1652-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for the Application of Free Field Acoustic Reference to
Telephony Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 20, 2009
**New standard
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 23, 2009
Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques and rationale for
referencing acoustic telephony measurements to the free field. It applies
to ear related measurements such as receive, sidetone and overall.
Project Purpose: A common acoustic reference point is needed for comparing
electroacoustic performance of handset, headset, handsfree, and other
kinds of telephone terminals. It is also needed for comparing telephone
terminals with other devices such as loudspeakers, mobile communication
devices, multimedia terminals, and consumer audio equipment. The free field
is the appropriate reference point because the results relate closely to
what is heard by the listener. Therefore, the free field is a more widely
applicable reference point for telephony measurements than the traditional
ERP (ear reference point).
Abstract: This standard provides the techniques and rationale for referencing acoustic telephony measurements to the free field. It
applies to ear related measurements such as receive, sidetone and overall.
Key Words: 1652-2008, DRP, drum reference point, ear reference point, ERP, free
field, receiver, telephone, telephony
Designation: P1653.1
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Traction Power Rectifier Transformers for Substation
Applications up to 1500 Volts dc Nominal Output
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Tristan Kneschke, Phone:+1 215 641 8821, Email:tkneschke@ltk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This standard covers design, manufacturing, and testing unique
to application of power rectifier transformers intended to operate in dc
supplied transportation substation applications up to 1500 volts dc nominal
output.
Project Purpose: At the present time there are no suitable standards governing
all requirements for traction power transformers. This standard will
provide requirements specific to traction power rectifier transformers
supplying power to dc supplied transportation equipment.
Designation: 1653.2-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Uncontrolled Traction Power Rectifiers for Substation
Applications Up to 1500 V DC Nominal Output
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 22, 2010
**New standard
Technical Contact: RW Benjamin Stell, Phone:781-565-5937, Email:bstell@hntb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 02, 2010
Project Scope: This standard covers the design, manufacturing, and testing
unique to the application of uncontrolled semiconductor power rectifiers for
direct current (dc)-supplied transportation substation applications up to
1500 V dc nominal output.
Project Purpose: Currently, there are no suitable standards governing
requirements for traction power rectifiers. This standard provides
requirements specific to traction power rectifiers supplying power to dc-
supplied transportation equipment.
Abstract: Design, manufacturing, and testing unique to the application of uncontrolled semiconductor power rectifiers for dc
supplied transportation substation applications up to 1500 V dc nominal output are covered in this standard.
Key Words: 1653.2-200, commutating reactance, double-way, extra heavy traction,
heavy traction, interphase transformer, light transition load, power
rectifier, rectifier transformer unit, service rating, traction power
substation
Designation: P1653.3
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Rail Transit Traction Power Systems Modeling
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This guide provides a description of the data, techniques and
procedures used in modeling and analysis of rail transit traction power
systems.
Project Purpose: This guide provides methods and terminology for rail transit
traction power system modeling.
Designation: P1653.4
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for dc Traction Power System Field Testing and
Acceptance Criteria for System Applications up to 1500 Volts dc Nominal
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Jay Sender, Phone:619-557-4563, Email:jsender@mtdb.sdmts.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This standard defines field testing and acceptance criteria for
transportation system applications powered by a dc traction power system up
to 1500 volts nominal.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to ensure that the installed equipment will
function as intended by the plans and specifications, thereby providing
reliable service for the anticipated life of the equipment.
Abstract: This standard provides field test and acceptance criteria for transportation system applications powered by a dc traction
power system up to 1500 volts nominal.
Designation: P1653.5
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Controlled Rectifiers for Traction Power
Substation Applications
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers design, manufacturing, and
testing of controlled semiconductor power rectifiers for dc traction power
systems.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides common terminology and
standard design, manufacturing, and testing criteria specific to controlled
rectifiers supplying power to traction power systems for use by
manufacturers, specifiers, and users. Design architectures, calculation
methods and limits, and test methods and acceptance criteria for controlled
rectifiers will be defined to allow for objective evaluation and acceptance
of controlled rectifiers from different vendors.
Designation: P1653.6
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Grounding in Systems Supplying Direct Current
Traction Power
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses the unique requirements for
grounding and bonding, including grounding methods and associated bonding
practices, in dc Traction Power Systems.
Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide system designers, transit
authorities, and manufacturers of dc traction power systems components with
the unique grounding and bonding practices necessary for building and
sustaining transit systems.
Designation: 1654-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for RF Protection of Personnel Working in the Vicinity of
Wireless Communications Antennas Attached to Electric Power Line Structures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 2009
**New standard
Technical Contact: Nestor Kolcio, Phone:614-873-6473, Email:nkolcio@att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 2009
Project Scope: This guide presents information on establishing an effective
safety program to ensure compliance with the applicable regulations for
radio frequency (RF) protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of
wireless communication antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power
line structures. The guide also providesinformation on power-frequency
electric and magnetic field immunity of RF personal monitors (RFPM)and RF
protective clothing.
Project Purpose: Electric utilities are required to meet the requirements
established by applicable regulations [e.g., Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), Federal Communications Commission (FCC)] for
protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication
antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power line structures. This
guide presents information on establishing an effective safety program to
assure compliance with these regulatory requirements, including information
on RF exposure limits, power-frequency electric and magnetic field immunity
of RFPM, and RF protective clothing.
Abstract: This guide presents information on establishing an effective safety program to assure compliance with the applicable
regulations for radio frequency (RF) protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication antennas adjacent
or attached to electrical power line structures. The guide also provides information on power frequency electric and magnetic
field immunity of RF personal monitors and RF protective clothing.
Key Words: 1654-2009, electrical workers, immunity, power frequency, RF
personal monitors, RF protective clothing, RF safety program
Designation: 1654
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide For Establishing A Safety Program For Protection Of Electrical
Workers In The Vicinity Of Wireless Communication Antennas Adjacent Or
Attached To Electrical Power Line Structures
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Nestor Kolcio, Phone:614-873-6473, Email:nkolcio@att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: This Guide presents information on establishing an effective
safety program to assure compliance with the applicable regulations for
radio frequency (RF) protection of electrical workers in the vicinity of
wireless communication antennas adjacent or attached to electrical power
line structures. The Guide also provides information on power frequency
electric and magnetic field immunity of RF personal monitors and RF
protective clothing.
Project Purpose: Electric utilities are required to meet the requirements
established by applicable regulations ( e.g. OSHA, FCC, etc.) for protection
of electrical workers in the vicinity of wireless communication antennas
adjacent or attached to electrical power line structures. This Guide
presents information on establishing an effective safety program to assure
compliance with these regulatory requirements, including information on RF
exposure limits, power frequency electric and magnetic field immunity of RF
personal monitors, and RF protective clothing.
Designation: 1656-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing the Electrical, Mechanical, and Durability
Performance of Wildlife Protective Devices on Overhead Power Distribution
Systems Rated up to 38 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2011
Technical Contact: Shaun Whitey, Phone:+1 602 371 6646, Email:shaun.whitey@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This guide is applicable to wildlife protective products
installed on overhead electrical distribution systems rated up to and
including 38 kV. The guide provides test recommendations regarding these
products that are in direct contact or in the proximity of energized parts
and conductors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to recommend test procedures to
evaluate the electrical, mechanical, and durability performance of wildlife
protective products. The guide provides the end user with test
recommendations to ensure that these products will not compromise the
dielectric performance of the supporting structure, will not cause premature
failure due to normal environmental conditions, and will minimize the
possibility of a momentary or permanent outage to the electrical system in
the event of wildlife interaction.
Abstract: This guide is applicable to wildlife protective products installed on overhead electrical distribution systems rated up to
and including 38 kV. Test recommendations regarding these products that are in direct contact or in the proximity of energized
parts and conductors are provided in this guide.
Key Words: tests for wildlife protective products, wildlife deterrent, wildlife
guard, wildlife protective product
Designation: 1656
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Trial-Use Guide for Testing the Electrical, Mechanical, and
Durability Performance of Wildlife Guards and Deterrents Used on Overhead
Power Distribution Systems Rated up to 38 k.V.
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Shaun Whitey, Phone:+1 602 371 6646, Email:shaun.whitey@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: This guide is applicable to wildlife protective products used on
overhead electrical distribution systems rated up to and including 38 kV.
The guide provides test recommendations regarding these products that are in
direct contact or in the proximity of energized parts and conductors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to recommend test procedures to
evaluate the electrical, mechanical, and durability performance of wildlife
protective products. The guide will provide the end user with test
recommendations to ensure that these products will not compromise the
dielectric performance of the supporting structure, will not cause premature
failure due to normal environmental conditions, and will prevent a momentary
or permanent outage to the electrical system in the event of wildlife
interaction.
Designation: 1657-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Personnel Qualifications for Installation
and Maintenance of Stationary Batteries
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 18, 2009
Technical Contact: Curtis Ashton, Phone:(303) 707-5699, Email:curtis.ashton@qwest.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 16, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice defines the areas of recommended
knowledge for installers and maintainers of stationary batteries and related
systems to the extent that they affect the battery. Design of the dc system
and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are beyond the scope of this
recommended practice. This document covers lead-acid and Nickel-Cadmium
battery technologies.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide an
outline of the necessary items that should be covered by those developing
training programs for stationary battery installation and maintenance
personnel. The order in which the items in this document are covered is at
the discretion of the training developer/provider.
Abstract: This recommended practice defines the areas of recommended knowledge for installers and maintainers of stationary
batteries and related systems to the extent that they affect the battery. Design of the dc system and sizing of the dc battery
charger(s) are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. This document covers lead-acid and nickel-cadmium battery
technologies.
Key Words: sizing, dc battery charger, nickel-cadmium battery, stationary
batteries, installers
Designation: 1657
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for Personnel Qualifications for Installation, Maintenance, and
Operation of Stationary Batteries
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Curtis Ashton, Phone:(303) 707-5699, Email:curtis.ashton@qwest.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: This document defines the areas of recommended knowledge for
installers, maintainers and operators of stationary batteries, and related
systems to the extent that they affect the battery. Design of the dc system
and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are beyond the scope of this guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide an outline of the
necessary items that must be covered by those developing training programs
for stationary battery installation, operations, and maintenance personnel.
The order in which the items in this document are covered is at the
discretion of the training developer/provider.
Designation: 1657
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Personnel Qualifications for Installation,
Maintenance, and Operation of Stationary Batteries
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice defines the areas of recommended
knowledge for installers, maintainers and operators of stationary batteries
and related systems to the extent that they affect the battery. Design of
the dc system and sizing of the dc battery charger(s) are beyond the scope
of this guide. This document covers lead-acid and Nickel-Cadmium battery
technologies.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide an
outline of the necessary items that should be covered by those developing
training programs for stationary battery installation, operations, and
maintenance personnel. The order in which the items in this document are
covered is at the discretion of the training developer/provider.
Designation: P1658
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods of Digital-to-Analog Converter
Devices
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines terminology and test methods to clearly
document prevalent world-wide terms used to describe and test Digital to
Analog Converters (DAC's). It is restricted to monolithic, hybrid, and
module DAC's and does not cover systems encompassing DAC's.
Project Purpose: This standard is written to clear up confusion relating to the
terms and definitions concerning DAC's. Test methods are defined with
expected output and analysis of the data generated from these test methods.
Product specifications are defined in clear terms that will be
understandable by all international users and manufacturers.
Designation: 1658
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods of Digital-to-Analog Converter
Devices
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Steven J Tilden, Phone:520-746-7587, Email:tilden_steve@ti.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: This project will define the terminology and test methods to
clearly document standard world-wide terms used to describe and test Digital
to Analog Converters (DAC's). It will be restricted to monolithic, hybrid
and module DAC's and not cover systems encompassing DAC's.
Project Purpose: This standard is being written to clear up confusion relating
to the terms and definitions of DAC's. Test methods will be defined with
expected output and analysis of the data generated from these test methods.
Product specifications will be defined in clear terms that will be
understandable by all international users and manufacturers.
Designation: P1659
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Connectors Used In Underground Cable Joints and Terminations
for Voltages of 5 - 35 kV
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This Guide defines the test procedure and requirements, which
apply to compression and mechanical connectors used in joints and
terminations for underground primary network systems using copper and
aluminum conductors. This Guide applies to compression and mechanical
connectors for underground cable in primary networks for rated voltages 5 kV
- 35kV (E0 = 5kV to 35kV). This guide is not applicable to connectors for
overhead conductors. 1. The conductor of the cable shall conform to
the requirements of ICEA S97-682 with cross sections of no. 6 and larger for
copper and no. 4 and larger for aluminum. 2. The maximum continuous
operating temperature is less or equal to 90°C. 3. The maximum
emergency temperature is less or equal to 130°C
Project Purpose: Currently primary cable systems operate more often to design
limits, and above. (90°C continuous conductor temperature, long emergency
duration, etc.). Since the load factor in underground systems is increasing
and redundancy is reduced, underground cable systems (including connectors)
are more heavily stressed thermally and mechanically than ever before.
Currently there are no published IEEE standards or guides that address these
requirements. Existing connector standards such as ANSI 119.1; ANSI 119.4
and UL 486 cover overhead line connectors and/or secondary network
applications.
Designation: 1659
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Connectors used in Underground Cable Splices and
Terminations for Voltages of 5 to 35 kV
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Wolfgang B Haverkamp, Phone:+49 8093 604326, Email:w.b.haverkamp@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: This standard will define the test procedure and requirements,
which apply to compression and mechanical connectors used in joints and
terminations for underground primary network systems using copper and
aluminum conductors. This standard applies to compression and mechanical
connectors for underground cable in primary networks for rated voltages 5 kV
- 35kV (E0 = 2.9 KV - 22kV) This guide is not applicable to connectors
for overhead conductors. 1. The conductor of the cable shall conform
to the requirements of ICEA S97-682 with cross sections of no. 6 and larger
for copper and no. 4 and larger for aluminum. 2. The maximum
continuous operating temperature is less or equal to 90°C. 3. The
maximum emergency temperature is less or equal to 130°C
Project Purpose: Currently primary cable systems operate more often to design
limits, and above. (90°C continuous conductor temperature, long emergency
duration, etc.). Since the load factor in underground systems are increasing
and redundancy is reduced, underground cable systems (including connectors)
are more heavily thermally and mechanically stressed than ever before.
There is currently no IEEE standard or guide present, which adresses these
requirements. Existing connector standards like ANSI 119.1; ANSI 119.4 and
UL 486 cover overhead line connectors and/or secondary network applications.
Designation: 166-1977
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Hybrid Computer Linkage
Components
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Abstract: Withdrawn. No abstract.
Key Words: computer, hybrid, terms, linkage, component
Designation: 1660-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Application and Management of Stationary Batteries Used
in Cycling Service
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 21, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Garth P Corey, Phone:505-844-1722, Email:gpcorey@sandia.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2009
Project Scope: This guide provides information on the differences between
stationary standby and stationary cycling applications and appropriate
battery management strategies in cycling operations. While the primary
emphasis is on lead-acid batteries, information is also provided on
alternative and emerging storage technologies. The management of battery
systems in stationary standby service is covered in other IEEE documents and
is beyond the scope of this guide.
Project Purpose: This guide is meant to provide assistance to users of
stationary battery systems in determining appropriate battery management
strategies that may be applied by addressing the primary similarities and
differences in battery design and operation for standby versus cycling
applications.
Abstract: This guide provides information on the differences between stationary standby and stationary cycling applications and
appropriate battery management strategies in cycling operations. While the primary emphasis is on lead-acid batteries,
information is also provided on alternative and emerging storage technologies. The management of battery systems in stationary
standby service is covered in other IEEE documents and is beyond the scope of this guide.
Key Words: 1660-2008, battery cycling, battery maintenance, battery operation,
standby battery, stationary battery
Designation: 1661-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Guide for Test and Evaluation of Lead-Acid Batteries Used in
Photovoltaic (PV) Hybrid Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2008
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2008
Project Scope: This guide contains a field test procedure for lead-acid
batteries used in PV hybrid power systems. Battery charging parameters
are discussed with respect to PV hybrid power systems. The field test
procedure is intended to verify the battery’s operating setpoints and
battery performance. Discussion on how to interpret test results is also
included. This guide is applicable to all PV hybrid power systems where PV
and an engine generator are the only charging sources. This guide does
not include stand-alone PV-only systems.
Project Purpose: This guide provides a field test and evaluation procedure for
lead-acid batteries used in PV hybrid power systems. It is intended to
help system owners, designers, and funding organizations to select, manage,
and verify lead-acid battery performance in PV hybrid power systems.
Abstract: This guide is specifically prepared for a PV/engine generator hybrid power system, but may also be applicable to all
hybrid power systems where there is at least one renewable power source, such as PV, and a dispatchable power source, such as an
engine generator. Taper-charge parameters for PV hybrid systems are suggested to help in preparing the battery for a capacity
test. A test procedure is provided to ensure appropriate data acquisition, battery characterization, and capacity measurements.
Finally, a process to review test results and make appropriate decisions regarding the battery is provided. No cycle-life
predictions are made.
Key Words: 1661-2007, Battery Testing, Lead-Acid Battery Charging, Lead-Acid
Battery Testing, PV Hybrid Battery Test, PV System Testing
Designation: 1662-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Application of Power Electronics in
Electrical Power Systems on Ships
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 20, 2009
**New standard
Technical Contact: Yuri Khersonsky, Phone:714-488-0690, Email:ykhersonsky@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Nov 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 2009
Project Scope: This document summarizes current electrical engineering methods
and practices for applying power electronics in electrical power systems
on ships. It describes analytical methods, preferred parameters, and
performance characteristics from a common frame of reference for reliable
integrated marine electrical power systems.This document summarizes current
electrical engineering methods and practices for applying power electronics
in electrical power systems on ships. It describes analytical methods,
preferred parameters, and performance characteristics from a common frame of
reference for reliable integrated marine electrical power systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for
analysis and specifications parameters of power electronics equipment for
marine electrical power systems. It analyzes the impact of such concepts as
power electronics building blocks or integrated power systems on size, life
cycle cost, weight, fuel efficiency, and risk reduction of implementation.
Abstract: This document summarizes current electrical engineering methods and practices for applying power electronics in Electrical
Power Systems on Ships. It describes analytical methods, preferred parameters and performance characteristics from a common frame
of reference for reliable integrated marine electrical power systems
Key Words: 1662-2008, electric ships, integrated power systems, marine
electrical power systems, power electronics, power electronic building
blocks, propulsion
Designation: 1662
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Guide for the design and application of Power
Electronics in Electrical Power Systems on Marine Ships
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Yuri Khersonsky, Phone:714-488-0690, Email:ykhersonsky@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: This document will summarize current electrical engineering
methods and practices for applying power electronics in Electrical Power
Systems on Marine Ships. It will describe analytical methods,preferred
parameters and performance charachteristics from a common frame of reference
for reliable integrated marine electrical power systems
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for
analysis and specifications parameters of power electronics equipment for
marine electrical power systems. It will analyze impact of such concepts as
Power Electronica Building Blocks or Integrated Power Systems on size, life
cycle cost, weight, fuel efficiency and risk reduction of implementation
Designation: 1663.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for the Application of Medium Voltage Gas-Insulated Substations
1kV to 52kV
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: George Becker, Phone:860-665-6741, Email:beckegw@nu.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: The guideline will describe engineering criteria including
equipment selection, arrangements, ratings, controls, and construction
considerations including installation, testing, and operations & maintenance
factors.
Project Purpose: This guideline will be developed to assist substation
engineers with the application, operations and maintenance of gas-insulated
medium voltage (1kV to 52kV) installations. The technology in the area of
Medium Voltage Gas-Insulated equipment has become competitive with Air-
Insulated equipment for switchgear applications.
Designation: 1665-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for the Rewind of Synchronous Generators, 50 Hz and 60 Hz,
Rated 1 MVA and Above
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2010
**New standard
Technical Contact: William H Bartley, Phone:860-722-5483, Email:william_bartley@hsb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jan 19, 2010
Project Scope: The general parameters for this guide apply to 50 Hz or 60 Hz
synchronous generators driven by reciprocating engines, steam turbines,
combustion turbines, and hydro turbines. The guide generally applies to the
stator and rotor of generators with rated outputs of 1 MVA and above. The
guide does not address machine auxiliaries or the excitation system.
Project Purpose: This guide will provide the generator Owner with insight into
the considerations that are necessary when rewinding or refurbishing a
generator. Particular emphasis is placed on the complete rewind of each of
the components of the stator and rotor.
Abstract: The general parameters for this guide apply to 50 Hz or 60 Hz synchronous generators driven by reciprocating engines,
steam turbines, combustion turbines, and hydro turbines. The guide generally applies to the stator and rotor of generators with
rated outputs of 1 MVA and above. The guide does not address machine auxiliaries or the excitation system.
Key Words: 1665-2009, cylindrical-pole rotor, insulation, rotor rewind,
salient-pole rotor, stator rewind, synchronous generator
Designation: 1666-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard SystemC(R) Language Reference Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2006
Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines SystemC®1 as an ANSI standard C++ class
library for system and hardware design.
Project Purpose: The general purpose of this project is to provide a C++-based
standard for designers and architects who need to address complex systems
that are a hybrid between hardware and software. The specific purpose of
this standard is to provide a precise and complete definition of the SystemC
class library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with
reference to this standard alone. This standard is not intended to serve as
a users’ guide or to provide an introduction to SystemC, but does contain
useful information for end users.
Abstract: SystemC(R) is defined in this standard. SystemC(R) is an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design
for use by designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. This
standard provides a precise and complete definition of the SystemC(R) class library so that a SystemC(R) implementation can be
developed with reference to this standard alone. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementers of the SystemC(R)
library, the implementers of tools supporting the class library, and users of the class library. The "IEEE Get Program" grants
public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: C++, computer languages, digital systems, discrete event simulation,
electronic design automation, electronic system level, electronic systems,
embedded software, fixed-point, hardware description language, hardware
design, hardware verification, SystemC, system modeling, system-on-chip,
transaction level
Designation: P1666
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Standard SystemC(R) Language Reference Manual
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines SystemC(R) with Transaction Level Modeling
as an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design.
Project Purpose: The general purpose of this standard is to provide a C++-based
standard for designers and architects who need to address complex systems
that are a hybrid between hardware and software. The specific purpose of
this standard is to provide a precise and complete definition of the SystemC
class library including a Transaction Level Modeling library so that a
SystemC implementation can be developed with reference to this standard
alone. This standard is not intended to serve as a users' guide or to
provide an introduction to SystemC, but does contain useful information for
end users.
Abstract: SystemC(R) is defined in this standard. SystemC is an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design for
use by designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. This
standard provides a precise and complete definition of the SystemC class library so that a SystemC implementation can be
developed with reference to this standard alone. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of the SystemC
class library, the implementors of tools supporting the class library, and users of the class library.
Key Words: C++, computer languages, digital systems, discrete event simulation,
electronic design automation, electronic systems, electronic system level,
embedded software, fixed-point, hardware description language, hardware
design, hardware verification, SystemC, system modeling, system-on-chip,
transaction level
Designation: 1667-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: IEEE Standard for Authentication in Host Attachments of Transient
Storage Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 26, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1667-2006
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 02, 2010
Project Scope: This project defines a standard protocol for secure
authentication and creation of trust between a secure host and directly
attached Transient and other Storage Devices, such as a Universal Serial Bus
(USB) flash drive, portable hard drive, or cellular phone. The protocol has
only an indirect relationship with data integrity/security, and does not
directly address issues of authorization and enforcement. The protocol also
does not address devices that are attached using a network connection.
However, a device that uses a point-to- point wireless connection such as
wireless USB may comply with this protocol.
Project Purpose: Industry has witnessed explosive private and corporate growth
in use of transient and externally attached storage devices. Although these
devices often serve much the same functionality that floppy disks once did,
the necessity of authentication (one and two way) on such devices has become
paramount. Enterprises are now beginning to require authentication of
devices before connection by a host is permitted. No standard way of
accomplishing that authentication exists for these devices. This standard
will act to ensure the security of the enterprise using these devices while
allowing a continued robust market and a convenient method of transporting
information for the user.
Abstract: This project defines a standard protocol for secure authentication and creation of trust between a secure host and a
directly attached Transient and other Storage Devices, such as a USB flash drive, portable hard drive, or cellular phone. The
protocol has only an indirect relationship with data integrity/security, and does not directly address issues of authorization
and enforcement. The protocol also does not address devices that are attached using a network connection. However, a device that
uses a point-to-point wireless connection such as WUSB may comply with this protocol.
Key Words: 1667-2009, authentication, certificates, discovery, probe, removable
storage, security
Designation: P1667
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Discovery, Authentication, and Authorization in Host
Attachments of Storage Devices
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines discovery, authentication, and
authorization protocols between hosts and storage devices over multiple
transports. This standard specifies a new Silo Type Identifier (STID)
allocation process that uses the IEEE Registration Authority.
Project Purpose: "document will not contain a purpose statement"
Designation: 1667-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard Protocol for Authentication in Host Attachments of Transient
Storage Devices
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1667-2009.
Technical Contact: Ariel Sobelman, Phone:650-773-0751, Email:ariel.sobelman@m-systems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 2007
Project Scope: This project defines a standard protocol for secure
authentication of dynamically attached devices, such as USB flash drives.
The protocol has only an indirect relationship with data integrity/security,
and does not directly address that issue.
Project Purpose: This project enables the secure functionality of devices such
as USB flash drives when connected transiently to hosts.
Abstract: This project defines a standard protocol for secure authentication and creation of trust between a secure host and a
directly attached Transient Storage Device (TSD), such as a USB flash drive, portable hard drive, or cellular phone. The protocol
has only an indirect relationship with data integrity/security, and does not directly address issues of authorization and
enforcement. The protocol also does not address devices that are attached using a network connection. However, a device that uses
a point-to-point wireless connection such as WUSB may comply with this protocol.
Key Words: secure authentication, Transient Storage Device
Designation: P1668
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Voltage Sag and Interruption Ride-Through
Testing for End Use Electrical Equipment Less than 1,000 Volts
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This document is a non-industry specific recommended practice
for voltage sag ride-through performance and compliance testing for all
electrical and electronic equipment connected to low voltage power systems
that can experience malfunction or shutdown as a result of reductions in
supply voltage lasting less than one minute. The recommended practice
includes defining minimum voltage sag immunity requirements based on actual
voltage sag data. A section dedicated to the detailed analysis of voltage
sags experienced by end users provides insight into real-world voltage sags.
Testing procedures and test equipment requirements are clearly defined
within this document to reflect this electrical environment including
single-phase, phase-to-phase, three-phase, and unbalanced voltage sags. The
recommended practice also defines certification and test reporting
requirements, including voltage sag ride-through equipment characterization.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to clearly define
test methods and ride-through performance for determining electrical and
electronics equipment sensitivity to voltage sags. Analysis of real world
sags provides the foundation for both the test methods and the criteria,
aligning themselves as closely as possible to the end user’s electrical
environment. The recommended practice will define the characteristics of the
voltage sags depths, durations, phase angle, and vectors required to relate
to real world based voltage sag events. The recommended practice will show
how different voltage sag testing methods can be used to simulate real world
sags. End users will be able to use the recommended practice in their
purchase specifications to ensure the required level of performance. In
addition, end users can use the voltage sag criteria as a performance
benchmark for existing equipment.
Designation: 1668
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Voltage Sag and Interruption Ride-through
Testing for End-use Electrical Equipment Less than 1,000 Volts
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Christopher J Melhorn, Phone:865-218-8013, Email:c.melhorn@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: This project will undertake the development of a standard for
the response of electrical equipment to voltage sags. The standard will
describe a level of performance to be used as a criteria for acceptance of
the product. End users will be able to use the standard in their purchase
specifications to ensure the required level of performance. The project will
apply to any electrical equipment that can experience nuisance shutdowns due
to reductions in supply voltage.
Project Purpose: There is currently no standard in place that effectively
specifies equipment response to voltage sags, with the exception of SEMI
F47, which is exclusively for semiconductor equipment. Customers outside the
semiconductor industry have no way to ensure equipment performance before
purchasing. This standard will provide a minimum performance criteria for
customers to specify during the purchasing process. This standard will also
recommend a technically defensible test method for determining electrical
equipment sensitivity to voltage sags, swells, and interruptions.
Designation: 167-1966
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: Test Procedure for Facsimile
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1670
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) Techniques for
Nanotechnologies including Measurements and Analysis to control CVD
Nanoscale Processes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Harvey Mecham, Phone:801-863-8629, Email:mechamha@uvsc.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: This document establishes a foundation standard for CVD
processes. It addresses measurement schemes or analytical techniques needed
for control of CVD nanoscale processes.
Project Purpose: There are no formal standards for CVD techniques as they apply
to nanoscale processing. Standardization will enable reproducible results.
Designation: 1671-2010
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging
Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 20, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1671-2006
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: ATML defines a standard exchange medium for sharing information
between components of ATSs. This information includes test data, resource
data, diagnostic data, and historic data. The exchange medium is defined
using XML. This standard specifies the framework for the family of ATML
standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of ATML is to support TP, test asset, and UUT
interoperability within an automatic test environment. ATML accomplishes
this through a standard medium for exchanging UUT, test, and diagnostic
information between components of the test system. The purpose of this
standard is to provide an overview of ATML goals, define the ATML family of
standards, and specify common data elements for the ATML family of
standards.
Abstract: This document specifies a framework for the automatic test markup language (ATML) family of standards. ATML allows
automatic test system (ATS) and test information to be exchanged in a common format adhering to the extensible markup language
(XML) standard.
Key Words: ATE description, ATE test results, ATML, ATS, automatic test
equipment, automatic test markup language, automatic test system, interface
test adapter, ITA, SI, synthetic instrumentation, test configuration, unit
under test, UUT description, UUT maintenance, XML instance document, XML
schema
Designation: 1671-2006
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging
Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: ATML defines a standard exchange medium for sharing information
between components of automatic test systems. This information includes test
data, resource data, diagnostic data, and historic data. The exchange medium
is defined using the eXtensible Markup Language (XML). This document
specifies the framework for the family of ATML standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of ATML is to support test program, test asset,
and Unit Under Test (UUT) interoperability within an automatic test
environment. ATML accomplishes this through a standard medium for exchanging
UUT, test, and diagnostic information between components of the test system.
The purpose of this document is to provide an overview of ATML goals as well
as to provide guidance for usage of the ATML family of standards.
Abstract: This document specifies the framework for the family of ATML standards. ATML defines a standard exchange medium for
sharing information between components of an Automatic Test System (ATS), utilizing the eXtensible Markup Language (XML).
Key Words: 1671-2006, Automatic Test Equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup
Language (ATML), ATML instance document, automatic test system (ATS), XML
Schema
Designation: 1671.1-2009
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for
Exchanging Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML: Exchanging
Test Descriptions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2009
**New trial-use standard
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an
exchange format, utilizing eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for exchanging
the test description information defining test performance, test conditions,
diagnostic requirements, and support equipment to locate, align, and verify
the proper operation of a UUT. This is in support of the development of test
program sets (TPSs) that will be used in an automatic test environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial-use standard is to promote and
facilitate interoperability between components of Automatic Test Systems
(ATSs) (e.g., rehosting test requirements between ATS platforms) where UUT
requirement definitions need to be shared. This trial-use standard will also
facilitate the preparation or documentation of test program(s). The
TestDescription schema becomes a class of information that can be used
within the ATML family of standards.
Abstract: This document specifies an exchange format, using the extensible Markup Language (XML), for exchanging the test
description information defining test performance, test conditions, diagnostic requirements, and support equipment to locate,
align, and verify the proper operation of a Unit Under Test (UUT). This is in support of the development of Test Program Sets
(TPSs) that will be used in an automatic test environment.
Key Words: 1671.1-2009, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup
Language (ATML), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) instance document,
automatic test system (ATS), diagnostic requirements, test description, Test
Program Set (TPS), test requirements, Test Requirements Document (TRD), XML
schema
Designation: P1671.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Description
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible
Markup Language (XML), for specifying test performance, test conditions,
diagnostic requirements, and support equipment to locate, align, and verify
the proper operation of a Unit Under Test (UUT). This is in support of the
life cycle of Test Program Sets (TPSs) that will be used in an automatic
test environment.
Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is
intended for IEC standardization
Designation: 1671.2-2008
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for
Exchanging Automatic Test Equipment and Test Information via XML: Exchanging
Instrument Descriptions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2008
**New Trial-Use Standard
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an
exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the static description of an
Instrument. Instances of InstrumentDescription will be utilized in
conjunction with instances of other InstrumentDescription in support of the
execution of test programs in an automatic test environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial-use standard is to promote and
facilitate interoperability between components of automatic test systems
(e.g., between a test executive and a resource allocator) where instrument
descriptions need to be shared. This standard will also facilitate the
description of tester configuration as well as synthetic/virtual/composite
instrumentation. The InstrumentDescription schema becomes a class of
information that can be used within the ATML family of standards.
Abstract: This trial-use standard specifies an exchange format, using eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for identifying
instrumentation that may be integrated in an automatic test system (ATS) that is to be used to test and diagnose a unit under
test (UUT).
Key Words: 1671.2-2008, ATML instance document, ATS, automatic test equipment
(ATE), Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), automatic test system,
instrument, instrumentation, synthetic instrument (SI), XML schema
Designation: P1671.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Instrument
Description
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible
Markup Language (XML), for both the static description of instrument models,
and the specific description of instrument instance information.
Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is
intended for IEC standardization.
Designation: 1671.3-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging
Automatic Test Information via eXtensible Markup Language (XML): Exchanging
Unit Under Test(UUT) Description Information
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an
exchange format, using eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for information
that uniquely describes a category or type of UUT. The format will include
the ability to specify multiple manufacturers for each UUT, as cases may
exist where a single UUT is supplied by a variety of manufacturers. This
information is intended to support all aspects of the test and maintenance
environment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial-use standard is to promote and
facilitate interoperability between components of test and maintenance
support systems by defining a common set of identification information for
UUTs. The UUTDescription schema becomes a class of information that can be
used within the ATML family of standards. This standard will allow a common
UUT description to be transportable across a variety of test and maintenance
environments, including but not limited to, the automotive, semiconductor,
aerospace, and military industries.
Abstract: This document contains downloadable .xsd files from http://standards.ieee.org/downloads/1671.3/ . This document specifies
an exchange format, utilizing XML, for identifying all of the hardware, software and documentation associated with a unit under
test (UUT). This UUT may be tested and diagnosed using a test program set (TPS) on an automatic test system (ATS)
Key Words: 1617.3-2007, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup
Language (ATML), ATML instance document, automatic test system (ATS), unit
under test (UUT), XML schema
Designation: P1671.3
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Unit Under Test (UUT)
Description
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible
Markup Language (XML), for both the static description of unit under test
(UUT), and the specific description of UUT instance information.
Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is
intended for IEC standardization.
Designation: 1671.4-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for Exchanging
Automatic Test Information via eXtensible Markup Language (XML): Exchanging
Test Configuration Information
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an
exchange format, using eXtensible Markup Language (XML), for identifying all
of the hardware, software, and documentation that may be used to test and
diagnose a UUT on an automatic test system (ATS).
Project Purpose: The test configuration provides a framework, which enables
test program set data to be exchanged between compliant systems. The data
supports the acquisition and itemization of test assets required to be in
place prior to testing a UUT on the test system.
Abstract: This document specifies an exchange format, utilizing XML, for identifying the test configuration used to test and
diagnose a unit under test (UUT) on an automatic test system (ATS).
Key Words: 1671.4-2007, automatic test equipment (ATE), Automatic Test Markup
Language (ATML), ATML instance document, automatic test system (ATS), master
configuration control document, master test program set index (MTPSI),
station configuration file, XML schema
Designation: P1671.4
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Configuration
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible
Markup Language (XML), for identifying all of the hardware, software and
documentation that is needed to test and diagnose a unit under test (UUT) on
an Automatic Test System (ATS).
Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is
intended for IEC standardization.
Designation: 1671.5-2008
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for
Exchanging Automatic Test Information via XML:Exchanging Test Adapter
Information
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this trial-use standard is the definition of an
exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test adapter
information by defining the interface between the UUT and the test station,
which includes the description of the test adapter (e.g., physical and
electrical characteristics, capabilities/performance, and
identification/classification).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standardized
format to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of
non-manual test systems, by allowing the exchange of test adapter
information. The test adapter schema becomes a class of information that
can be used within the ATML family of standards. Each instance document
contains the definition of a single test adapter model. The test adapter
schema provides a structure for describing test adapter capabilities and
structure. This standard will allow test adapter information to be
transportable across a variety of automatic test equipment (ATE) within
the automotive, semiconductor, aerospace, and military industries.
Abstract: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test adapter
information by defining the interface between the unit under test (UUT) and the test station, which includes the description of
the test adapter (e.g., physical and electrical characteristics, capabilities/performance, and identification/classification).
Key Words: 1671.5-2008, ATML instance document, automatic test equipment (ATE),
Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), automatic test system (ATS),
interface device (ID), interface test adapter (ITA), test adapter, test
fixture, XML schema
Designation: P1671.5
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Adaptor
Description
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible
Markup Language (XML), for both the static description of a test adaptor by
defining the interface between the unit under test (UUT) and the test
station, and the specific description of test adaptor instance information.
Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is
intended for ISO IEC standardization.
Designation: 1671.6-2008
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) for
Exchanging Automatic Test Information via XML: Exchanging Test Station
Information
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Chris C Gorringe, Phone:+44 1202 872800, Email:chris.gorringe@racalinstrumentsgroup.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange
format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test station information by
defining the description of the test station (e.g., physical and electrical
characteristics, components, capabilities/performance, and
identification/classification).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standardized
format to promote and facilitate interoperability between components of
non-manual test systems, by allowing exchange of test station information.
The Test Station Schema becomes a class of information that can be used
within the ATML family of standards. Each instance document contains the
definition of a single test station model. The Test Station schema
provides a structure for describing test station capabilities and structure.
This standard will allow common test station information to be transportable
across a variety of ATE within the automotive, semiconductor, aerospace
and military industries.
Abstract: The scope of this standard is the definition of an exchange format, utilizing XML, for exchanging the test adapter
information by defining the interface between the unit under test (UUT) and the test station, which includes the description of
the test adapter (e.g., physical and electrical characteristics, capabilities/performance, and identification/classification).
Key Words: 1671.6-2008, ATML instance document, automatic test equipment (ATE),
Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML), automatic test system (ATS), test
station, XML schema
Designation: P1671.6
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Automatic Test Markup Language (ATML) Test Station
Description
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines an exchange format, utilizing eXtensible
Markup Language (XML), for both the static description of a test station,
and the specific description of test station instance information.
Project Purpose: No purpose statement is required since this standard is
intended for IEC standardization.
Designation: 1672-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Ultrawideband Radar Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Ultrawideband Radar Definitions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007
Technical Contact: Stephen L Johnston, Phone:205-881-9020, Email:radarslj@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: May 24, 2007
Project Scope: This document organizes and standardizes the terms and
definitions used in the field of ultrawideband (UWB) radar.
Project Purpose: The definitions presented in this standard represent a
consensus of UWB radar experts at the time of publication. Wherever
possible, the definitions have been adopted from governing bodies such as
the United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) responsible for
regulating commercial use of UWB radio and radar systems. For historical
perspective, alternative definitions used before the establishment of
government standards are also given. UWB radar is a field of radar that
is finding multiple applications in the United States and internationally.
The purpose of this standard is to promote clarity and consistency in the
use of the terminology used in UWB radar applications. Changes to this
standard are anticipated, and industry professionals in this area of
practice are encouraged to communicate directly concerning issues with the
current definitions, suggested changes, and/or the addition of new
definitions.
Abstract: This standard recommends definitions for promoting clarity and consistency in the use of ultrawideband radar terminology.
The definitions represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts. http://standards.ieee.org/findstds/errata/1672-2006_Cor1-
2008.pdf
Key Words: baseband, carrier-free, GPR, Harmuth orthogonal functions, high
resolution radar, impulse radar, nonsinusoidal radar, spread spectrum,
terminology, ultrawideband radar, ultrawideband radar, video pulse
Designation: 1672-2006/Cor 1-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Ultrawideband Radar Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Ultrawideband Radar Definitions - Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2008
**Second printing: 11 December 2008: A correction to Definition 3:18 is
included in this printing
Technical Contact: Stephen L Johnston, Phone:205-881-9020, Email:radarslj@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Nov 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 2009
Project Scope: This document organizes and standardizes the terms and
definitions used in the field of ultrawideband(UWB) radar.
Project Purpose: The definitions presented in this standard represent a
consensus of UWB radar experts at the time of publication. Wherever
possible, the definitions have been adopted from governing bodies such as
the United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) responsible for
regulating commercial use of UWB radio and radar systems. For historical
perspective, alternative definitions used before the establishment of
government standards are also given. UWB radar is a field of radar
that is finding multiple applications in the United States and
internationally. The purpose of this standard is to promote clarity
and consistency in the use of the terminology used in UWB radar
applications. Changes to this standard are anticipated, and industry
professionals in this area of practice are encouraged to communicate
directly concerning issues with the current definitions, suggested changes,
and/or the addition of new definitions.
Abstract: Abstract: The terms and definitions used in the field of ultrawideband radar are organized and standardized in this
document.
Key Words: Keywords: baseband, carrier-free, GPR, Harmuth orthogonal functions,
high resolution radar, impulse radar, nonsinusoidal radar, spread
spectrum, terminology, ultrawideband radar, ultrawideband radar, video
pulse.
Designation: 16721
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Ultrawideband Radar Committee
Title: Standard for Ultrawideband Radar Definitions - Corrigendum 1: Change in
definition of "ultrawideband" to harmonize with IEEE Std 686 and P1672
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stephen L Johnston, Phone:205-881-9020, Email:radarslj@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: The definition of the term Utrawideband will be harmonized with
P686.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization between two IEEE standards. This is
an accomodation to P686 by P1672.
Designation: P1673
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Requirements for Conduit & Cable Seals for Field Connected
Wiring to Equipment in Petroleum and Chemical Industry exposed to pressures
above atmospheric (1.5 kilopascals, 0.22 psi).
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop design, evaluation and
installation requirements for conduit and cable seals used in the field
connected power, control and instrumentation wiring systems to equipment in
the petroleum and chemical industry exposed to pressures above atmospheric
(1.5 kilopascals , 0.22 psi) and at above or below ambient temperatures.
This standard does not cover seals provided by manufacturers as part of
listed equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to develop a set of
requirements to evaluate sealing fittings for field installation in cable
and conduits systems for equipment subjected to pressures higher than 1.5
kilopascals (0.22 psi) containing flammable or combustible process fluids.
It will include recommendations for evaluation and installation of the
product. A failure of seals could allow the migration of flammable process
fluids and gases to unclassified areas containing ignition sources.
Designation: 1673
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Requirements for Conduit & Cable Seals for Field Connected
Wiring To Equipment in Petroleum And Chemical Industry exposed to pressures
above 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S. Babiarz, Phone:315-477-5110, Email:paul.babiarz@crouse-hinds.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop installation and
evaluation requirements for conduit and cable seals used in the field
connected power , control and instrumentation wiring systems to equipment in
the petroleum and chemical industry exposed to pressures above 1.5
kilopascals (0.22 psi) and at above or below ambient temperatures. This
standard does not cover seals provided by manufacturers as part of the
listed equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide consistent
requirements for installation and evaluation of seal fittings for field
installed cable and conduits systems for equipment subjected to pressures
higher than 1.5 kilopascals (0.22 psi) containing flammable or combustible
process fluids. A failure of seals could allow the migration of flammable
process fluids and gases to unclassified areas containing ignition sources.
Designation: 1675-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Standard for Broadband Over Powerline Hardware
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Terrence Burns, Phone:602-371-6443, Email:terrence.burns@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 06, 2009
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to provide testing and
verification standards for the commonly used hardware, primarily
couplers, and enclosures, for broadband over power line (BPL) installations,
and provide standard installation methods to enable compliance with
applicable codes and standards. This standard does not cover
repeater/node hardware, data transmission, protocols, or other aspects of
BPL related to the internal workings of this technology.
Project Purpose: The BPL industry in the United States is in its infancy. For
this technology to become widespread, standards must be put in place that
will enable utilities to quickly develop a BPL program without the
tedious task of investigating every possible hardware solution for safety
and usability. A BPL standard will give both the utilities and the BPL
industry the ability to confidently pursue a BPL installation. In addition,
because of the nature of BPL, non-utility personnel will be working in close
proximity to areas that are commonly considered off-limits to all
personnel except for qualified linemen. The purpose of this standard is
to provide the boundaries of what is strictly the working area for linemen
only in the utility environment, and detail construction practices that
enable adherence to applicable codes and standards.
Abstract: The scope of this standard is to provide testing and verification standards for the commonly used hardware, primarily
couplers and enclosures, for broadband over power line (BPL) installations, and provide standard installation methods to enable
compliance with applicable codes and standards. This standard does not cover repeater/node hardware, data transmission,
protocols, or other aspects of BPL related to the internal workings of this technology.
Key Words: 1675-2008, broadband over power line communications, broadband power
line, coupler, installation, medium voltage
Designation: 1675
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Standard for Broadband over Power Line Hardware
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Terrence Burns, Phone:602-371-6443, Email:terrence.burns@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this standard will be to provide testing and
verification standards for the commonly used hardware, primarily couplers
and enclosures, for Broadband over Power Line (BPL) installations, and
provide standard installation methods to ensure compliance with applicable
codes and standards. This project will not cover repeater/node hardware,
data transmission, protocols, or other aspects of BPL related to the
internal workings of this technology.
Project Purpose: The Broadband over Power Line (BPL) industry in the United
States is in its infancy. For this technology to become widespread,
standards must be put in place that will enable utilities to quickly develop
a BPL program without the tedious task of investigating every possible
hardware solution for safety and useability. A BPL standard will give both
the utilities and the BPL industry the ability to confidently pursue a BPL
installation. In addition, because of the nature of BPL, non-utility
personnel will be working in close proximity to areas that are commonly
considered off-limits to all personnel except for qualified linemen. This
standard will provide the boundries of what is strictly the working area for
linemen only in the utility environment, and detail construction practices
that will provide adherance to applicable codes and standards.
Designation: 1676-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Control Architecture for High Power Electronics (1 MW and
Greater) Used in Electric Power Transmission and Distribution Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 11, 2011
Technical Contact: Narain G Hingorani, Phone:+1 650 941 5240, Email:nhingorani@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to define and characterize control
architecture for high-power electronics from power semiconductor device
levels to the power system level. This guide covers the application of power
electronics in the areas of Power Quality/Custom Power, Flexible AC
Transmission Systems (FACTS), High Voltage DC Transmission (HVDC),
Distributed Generation, Energy Storage applications, etc. with a power range
from hundreds of kW to thousands of MW, but with emphasis on the 1 MW to
hundreds of MW.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to define hierarchical control
architecture, define various parameters/functions that need to be handled
within each level, and those that need to be communicated between the levels
and their required speed range. When the control functions of many different
power electronic systems are investigated and evaluated, a significant
degree of common functionality emerges, irrespective of the target
application. Using the concept of system levels (or layers), it is possible
to define a hierarchical control architecture for high-power electronics-
based systems. The intent of this document is to provide a framework and
guideline specifically for the control system in order to allow multiple
vendors to design and manufacture components, subassemblies, and software,
which can be used in a large variety of power electronic products or
systems. This guideline will also serve as a foundation for
interchangeability among different manufacturers at the layer level with
defined interfaces.
Abstract: Control architecture for high-power electronics from power semiconductor device levels to the power system level is
defined and characterized. Coverage includes the application of power electronics in the areas of Power Quality/Custom Power,
Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS), High Voltage DC Transmission (HVDC), Distributed Generation, Energy Storage
applications, etc. with a power range from hundreds of kW to thousands of MW, but with emphasis on the 1 MW to hundreds of MW.
Key Words: ac-dc converter, control and protection, control architecture,
custom power, DVR, FACTS, HVDC, IEEE 1676, MVA, power electronics, Power
Electronics Building Block (PEBB), SSTS, STATCOM
Designation: 1676
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Control Architecture for High Power Electronics (1 MW and
Greater) used in Electric Power Transmission and Distribution Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Narain G Hingorani, Phone:+1 650 941 5240, Email:nhingorani@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define and characterize control
architecture for high power electronics from power semiconductor device
levels to the power system level. This project covers the application of
power electronics in the areas of Power Quality/Custom Power, Flexible AC
Transmission Systems (FACTS), High Voltage DC Transmission (HVDC),
Distributed Generation, Storage applications, with a power range from
hundreds of kW to thousands of MW, but with emphasis on the 1 MW to hundreds
of MW.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to define hierarchical control
architecture, define various parameters/functions that need to be handled
within each level and those that need to be communicated between the layers
and their required speed levels. When the control functions of many
different power electronic systems are investigated and evaluated, a
significant degree of common functionality emerges, irrespective of the
target application. Using the concept of system levels (or layers), it is
possible to define a hierarchical control architecture for the high power
electronics based systems. In order to exploit commonality, it is
important to consider the division of the control architecture into distinct
layers in high power electronics applications. These layers include: System
control level that determines the overall mission of the system, converter
control level responsible for maintaining overall functions of the power
electronics, converter control level with the many common functions of
converters irrespective of the final applications and the device level
control including the functioning of the power electronics system and its
devices. These levels have different communication speed requirements.
Designation: P1677
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Application and User Guide for Gas-Insulated Transmission
Lines (GIL), Rated 72.5 kV and Above
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Darin Penner, Phone:+1 816 822 3884, Email:dpenner@burnsmcd.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This project will develop a guide for the planning, permitting,
design, equipment specification, installation, commissioning, operation, and
maintenance of gas insulated transmission lines. The guide will address
technical aspects only. Commercial and legal issues associated with gas
insulated transmission lines are not considered. This guide applies to AC
transmission lines rated for maximum operating voltage of 72.5 kV and
higher.
Project Purpose: There is currently no complete guide covering planning,
design, installation, and operation of gas insulated transmission lines.
The guide produced by this project will fill this void and become a useful
reference for electric power engineers considering the installation of gas
insulated lines.
Designation: 1678
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Braced Post Insulator Assemblies for Overhead Transmission
Lines 69 kV and Greater
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tom Grisham, Phone:+1 630 584 1992, Email:griscut@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This guide will cover all types of fixed base and fully
articulated braced insulator assemblies using either ceramic or non-ceramic
insulators.
Project Purpose: The purpose it to provide guidance to transmission line
designers for the proper application of all types of braced insulator
assemblies.
Designation: 1679-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Characterization and Evaluation of
Emerging Energy Storage Technologies in Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 2010
Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Mar 18, 2011
Project Scope: This document covers recommended information for an objective
evaluation of an emerging energy storage technology by a potential user for
any stationary application. Energy storage technologies are those that
provide a means for the reversible storage of electrical energy, i.e., the
device receives electrical energy and is able to discharge electrical energy
at a later time. The storage medium may be electrochemical (e.g.,
batteries), kinetic (e.g., flywheels), electrostatic (e.g., electric double-
layer capacitors [EDLCs]), thermal, or some other medium. Devices recharged
by non-electrical means, such as fuel cells, are beyond the scope of this
document. For the purposes of this document, "emerging" technologies are
defined as those technologies recently, or soon to be, made available for
sale under customary commercial terms (e.g., defined scope-of-supply,
warranted performance). Stationary applications include both standby and
cycling operation. The document provides a common basis for the expression
of performance characteristics and the treatment of life-testing data. A
standard approach for analysis of failure modes is also provided, including
assessment of safety attributes. The intent of this document is to ensure
that characterization information, including test conditions and limits of
applicability, is sufficiently complete to allow valid comparisons to be
made. The document does not specify test methods, minimum requirements, or
pass/fail criteria. This recommended practice does not describe individual
energy storage technologies, nor does it provide guidance on their
suitability for a particular application. This document does not cover
sizing, installation, maintenance, and testing techniques, except insofar
as they may influence the evaluation of a technology for its intended
application.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes a format for the
characterization of emerging energy storage technologies in terms of
performance, service life, and safety attributes. This format provides a
framework for developers to describe their products. The resulting
information assists users in evaluating the possible application of emerging
energy storage technologies.
Abstract: Recommended information for an objective evaluation of an emerging energy storage device or system by a potential user for
any stationary application is covered in this document. Energy storage technologies are those that provide a means for the
reversible storage of electrical energy, i.e., the device receives electrical energy and is able to discharge electrical energy
at a later time. The storage medium may be electrochemical (e.g., batteries), kinetic (e.g., flywheels), electrostatic (e.g.,
electric double-layer capacitors), thermal, or some other medium. Devices recharged by non-electrical means, such as fuel cells,
are beyond the scope of this document. The document provides a common basis for the expression of performance characteristics and
the treatment of life-testing data. A standard approach for analysis of failure modes is also provided, including assessment of
safety attributes. The intent of this document is to ensure that characterization information, including test conditions and
limits of applicability, is sufficiently complete to allow valid comparisons to be made.
Key Words: battery, cycling service, electric double-layer capacitor, energy
storage, flywheel, standby service, stationary application
Designation: 1679
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Characterization and Evaluation of Emerging
Battery Technologies in Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James A McDowall, Phone:203-985-2712, Email:jim.mcdowall@saftbatteries.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This document covers recommended information for an objective
evaluation of an emerging battery technology by a potential user for any
stationary application. For the purposes of this document, emerging battery
technologies are defined as those technologies recently, or soon to be, made
available for sale under customary commercial terms, e.g., defined scope-of-
supply, warranted performance, etc. The document provides a common basis for
the expression of performance characteristics and the treatment of life-
testing data. A standard approach for analysis of failure modes is also
provided, including assessment of safety attributes. The intent of this
document is to ensure that characterization information, including test
conditions and limits of applicability, is sufficiently complete to allow
valid comparisons to be made. The document does not specify test methods,
minimum requirements, or pass/fail criteria. While this document primarily
targets the characterization of emerging battery technologies, the
recommendations are broadly applicable to other energy storage technologies.
This recommended practice does not describe individual battery technologies,
nor does it provide guidance on their suitability for a particular
application. This document does not cover sizing, installation, maintenance
and testing techniques, except insofar as they may influence the evaluation
of a technology for its intended application.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes a format for the
characterization of emerging battery technologies in terms of performance,
service life and safety attributes. This format will provide a framework
for developers to describe their products. The resulting information will
assist users in evaluating the possible application of emerging battery
technologies.
Designation: P1679.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Guide for the Characterization and Evaluation of Lithium-Based Batteries
in Stationary Applications
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Michael Nispel, Phone:610-725-9549, Email:internationalbattery1@verizon.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This document provides guidance for an objective evaluation of
lithium-based energy storage technologies by a potential user for any
stationary application. This document is to be used in conjunction with IEEE
Std 1679, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Characterization and Evaluation
of Emerging Energy Storage Technologies in Stationary Applications. For
the purposes of this document, lithium-based batteries include those
secondary (rechargeable) electrochemistries with lithium ions as the active
species exchanged between the electrodes during charging and discharging.
Examples of secondary lithium-based batteries are lithium-ion, lithium-ion
polymer, lithium-metal polymer and lithium-sulfur batteries. Primary (non-
rechargeable) lithium batteries are beyond the scope of this document.
The outline of IEEE Std 1679 is followed in this document, with tutorial
information specific to lithium-based batteries provided as appropriate.
Examples of tutorial information include technology descriptions, operating
parameters, failure modes, safety information, battery architecture,
qualification and application considerations. This document does not
cover sizing, installation, maintenance and testing techniques, except
insofar as they may influence the evaluation of a lithium-based battery for
its intended application.
Project Purpose: Lithium-based batteries have been used in various, non-
stationary applications for many years. They are now beginning to be used in
stationary applications, and as such there is a need to provide appropriate
information on safety and operating conditions related to these
applications. End-users would benefit from having a guide to assist in
evaluation of this technology for stationary applications. Used with IEEE
Std 1679, this guide describes a format for the characterization of lithium-
based battery technologies in terms of performance, service life and safety
attributes. This format will provide a framework for developers and
manufacturers to describe their products. The resulting information will
assist users, integrators and servicing organizations in evaluating the
possible use of these batteries in stationary applications and to provide
objective criteria for comparative evaluation.
Designation: 167A-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Charts (Revised as 167A.1)
Status: Superseded
**Reprinted. Being revised as 167A.1
Abstract: No abstract
Key Words: 167A, facsimile, test chart
Designation: 167A.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart: Bi-level (Black & White)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of 167A-1987. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: Facsimile test chart for bi-level (black & white).
Project Purpose: Provide a bi-level (black & white) facsimile test chart for
use in determining the performance of facsimile equipment and systems
Abstract: A facsimile test chart for assessing performance of document facsimile systems, including any compatible combination of
facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and image storage, is provided. The chart is composed solely of high-
resolution, high contrast black-and-white patterns. Although the chart is designed for Group 3 and Group 4 facsimile, it is also
expected to be useful in testing other imaging systems. The received image may be recorded or displayed. This standard offers a
means of assessing various technical quality parameters, detecting defects produced in received images, and evaluating the
readability of text when the original is black and white.
Key Words: facsimile, test chart, black , white, bi-level, imaging systems
Designation: 167A.2-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart: High Contrast (Gray Scale)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Project Scope: Facsimile Test Chart for high contrast (gray scale).
Project Purpose: Provide a high contrast (gray scale) facsimile test chart for
use in determining the performance of facsimile equipment and systems.
Abstract: A means of assessing performance of document facsimile systems, including any compatible combination of facsimile
equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and image storage, is provided.
Key Words: facsimile, imaging systems, test charts
Designation: 167A.3-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Facsimile Test Chart - Color
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: Facsimile Test Chart for color.
Project Purpose: Provide a color facsimile test chart for use in determining
the performance of facsimile equipment and systems.
Abstract: A facsimile test chart for assessing performance of document facsimile systems, includ- ing any compatible combination of
facsimile equipment, computers, transmission facilities, and im- age storage, is provided.
Key Words: "facsimile, imaging systems, test charts"
Designation: 168-1956
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Facsimile
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawal 3/2/89. Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Abstract: NO Abstract Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
Key Words: definitions, fascimile
Designation: 1680-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Assessment of Electronic Products
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1680-2006
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 2010
Project Scope: The IEEE 1680™ family of standards defines environmental
performance criteria for electronic products. The scope of this document is
to provide guidelines and implementation procedures for the standards
included in the IEEE 1680 family of standards. Each standard in the IEEE
1680 family of standards shall address criteria for a specific product or
group of products in at least the following eight categories of
environmental performance: reduction or elimination of environmentally
sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, life cycle
extension, energy conservation, end-of-life management, corporate
performance, and packaging.
Project Purpose: This standard provides guidelines and implementation
procedures for this IEEE 1680 family of standards. The standards within the
family will provide clear and consistent performance criteria for the design
of electronic products, thereby providing an opportunity to secure market
recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic
products. This family of standards is intended to provide a tool for
government, institutional, and corporate purchasers. Product manufacturers
may also use this tool to earn recognition in the consumer market,
recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of
purchasers. Applicability will be specified in each individual standard.
Abstract: Guidance and implementation procedures for the IEEE 1680 family of standards is provided, and the methods by which
manufacturers may declare electronic products as conforming with the standards in the IEEE 1680 family of standards and by which
such conformance may be verified are defined. The standards within the family will provide clear and consistent performance
criteria for the design of electronic products, thereby providing an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to
reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This family of standards is intended to provide a tool for government,
institutional, and corporate purchasers. Product manufacturers may also use this tool to earn recognition in the consumer market,
recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers.
Key Words: 1680-2009, computer, computer monitor, electronic product,
electronic product design, environment, environmental leadership,
environmental performance, notebook computer, personal computer
Designation: 1680-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Assessment of Personal Computer
Products, including Laptop Personal Computers, Desktop Personal Computers,
and Personal Computer Monitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 28, 2006
**Superseded by 1680-2009.
Technical Contact: Holly Elwood, Phone:+1 202 564 8854, Email:elwood.holly@epa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 05, 2006
Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance standards for
personal computer products, including desktop computers, notebook
computers, and computer monitors that are marketed to institutions, and
includes key concepts and implementation procedures relating to reduction or
elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection,
design for end of life, life cycle extension, energy conservation, end of
life management, corporate performance and packaging.
Project Purpose: This Standard provides a clear and consistent set of
performance criteria for the design of personal computer products that are
marketed to institutions, and provides an opportunity to secure market
recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic
products. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are
intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and
manufacture of personal computer products that are marketed to institutions;
the delivery of specified services that are associated with the sale of the
product to institutions; and in associated corporate performance
characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the
criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products
demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in
the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the
environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace
improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to
set a higher performance standard for leadership products. This Standard is
intended to serve as a baseline for further environmental standards for
additional electronic products to be developed in the future.
Abstract: IEEE Std 1680-2006 provides a set of environmental performance criteria for notebook computers, desktop computers, and
computer monitors. In addition, it defines the methods by which manufacturers may declare such products as conforming with the
Standard and by which such conformance may be verified. The Standard provides a measure of environmental leadership in product
design, manufacture, service and end-of-life management. It is intended for use by institutional purchasers to select personal
computer products, and by product manufacturers who wish to sell such products. There are three levels of conformance with this
Standard. To achieve the first level, the product shall conform to all of the 23 required environmental criteria. To achieve the
second level, the product shall conform to all of the required criteria plus at least 50% of the 28 optional criteria, and to
achieve the third level the product shall conform to all the required criteria and at least 75% of the optional criteria. It
is intended that this Standard shall be a baseline for further environmental standards for additional electronic products and
shall be updated and revised on a periodic basis to continue to set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Key Words: computer, computer monitor, electronic product, electronic product
design, environment, environmental leadership, environmental performance,
notebook computer, personal computer
Designation: 1680
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Electronic Products
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This Standard defines key concepts and implementation procedures
relating to reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials,
materials selection, design for end of life, life cycle extension, energy
conservation, end of life management, corporate performance and packaging.
Project Purpose: This Standard provides key concepts and implementation
procedures for a family of standards related to the environmental assessment
of electronic products. The standards within the family will provide clear
and consistent performance criteria for the design of electronic products
and provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to
reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. The environmental
performance criteria of this Standards are intended to define a measure of
environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of electronic
products; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the
sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance
characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the
criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products
demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in
the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the
environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace
improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to
set a higher performance standard for leadership products. This Standard
is intended to serve as a baseline for futher environmental standards for
additional electronic products to be developed in the future.
Designation: 1680
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Electronic Products
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Holly Elwood, Phone:+1 202 564 8854, Email:elwood.holly@epa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: The IEEE 1680 family of standards defines environmental
performance criteria for electronic products. The scope of this document is
to provide guidelines and implementation procedures for the standards
included in the IEEE 1680 family of standards. Each Standard in the IEEE
1680 family of standards shall address criteria for a specific product or
group of products in at least the following eight categories of
environmental performance: reduction or elimination of environmentally
sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of life, life cycle
extension, energy conservation, end of life management, corporate
performance and packaging.
Project Purpose: This Standard provides guidelines and implementation
procedures for this IEEE 1680 family of standards. The standards within the
family will provide clear and consistent performance criteria for the design
of electronic products thereby providing an opportunity to secure market
recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic
products. This family of standards is intended to provide a tool for
government, institutional and corporate purchasers. Product manufacturers
may also use this tool to earn recognition in the consumer market,
recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of
purchasers. Applicability will be specified in each individual standard.
The environmental performance criteria of the IEEE 1680 family of standards
are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design
and manufacture of electronic products; the delivery of specified services
that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated
corporate performance characteristics. This family of standards is
defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to
achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental
performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the
time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that
are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria
will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for
leadership products. This Standard is intended to serve as a
baseline for further environmental standards for additional electronic
products to be developed in the future.
Designation: 1680.1-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Environmental Assessment of Personal Computer
Products, Including Notebook Personal Computers, Desktop Personal Computers,
and Personal Computer Displays
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010
**New standard
Technical Contact: Wayne Rifer, Phone:503/644-0294, Email:wrifer@concentric.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Apr 22, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines environmental performance criteria for
personal computer products, including desktop computers, notebook computers,
and computer displays. The environmental performance criteria relate to
reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials
selection, design for end of life, life cycle extension, energy
conservation, end-of-life management, corporate performance, and packaging.
Guidelines and implementation procedures for this standard are included in
the umbrella standard, IEEE Std 1680(TM).
Project Purpose: This standard provides a clear and consistent set of
performance criteria for the design of personal computer products, thereby
providing an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce
the environmental impact of electronic products. This standard is intended
to provide a tool for government, institutional, and corporate purchasers.
Product manufacturers may also use this tool to earn recognition in the
consumer market, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to
all types of purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this
standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in:
the design and manufacture of personal computer products; the delivery of
specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in
associated corporate performance characteristics. This standard is defined
with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve,
but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance
currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their
adoption. As the environmental performance of products that are available in
the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated
and revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Abstract: Guidance and implementation procedures for this and other standards in the IEEE 1680(TM) family of standards are
provided. A clear and consistent set of environmental performance criteria for the design of personal computer products including
notebook computers, desktop computers, and computer displays is provided, thereby providing an opportunity to secure market
recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. This standard is intended to provide a tool
for government, institutional, and corporate purchasers. Product manufacturers may also use this tool to earn recognition in the
consumer market, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. This standard shall be
updated and revised on a periodic basis to continue to set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Key Words: 1680.1-2009, computer, computer display, electronic product,
electronic product design, environment, environmental leadership,
environmental performance, notebook computer, personal computer
Designation: 1680.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Personal Computer Products,
including Laptop Computers, Desktop Personal Computers, and Personal
Computer Monitors
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Wayne Rifer, Phone:503/644-0294, Email:wrifer@concentric.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance standards for
personal computer products, including desktop computers, notebook computers,
and computer monitors, relating to reduction or elimination of
environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection, design for end of
life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation, end of life management,
corporate performance and packaging.
Project Purpose: This Standard provides a clear and consistent set of
performance criteria for the design of personal computer products, and
provides an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to
reduce the environmental impact of electronic products. The environmental
performance criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of
environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of personal
computer products; the delivery of specified services that are associated
with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance
characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the
criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products
demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in
the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the
environmental performance of products that are available in the
marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and
revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Designation: P1680.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Environmental Assessment of Imaging Equipment
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Pamela Brody-Heine, Phone:541-633-7254, Email:pamela@brodyheine.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance standards for
imaging equipment (as defined by the U.S. ENERGY STAR Imaging Equipment
Specification) including copiers, digital duplicators, facsimile machines,
multifunction devices, printers, mailing machines and scanners, relating to
reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials
selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation,
end of life management, corporate performance, packaging, consumables and
indoor air quality.
Project Purpose: 5.4 Purpose: This Standard for imaging equipment is part of
the IEEE 1680 family of standards that provides a clear and consistent set
of performance criteria for the design of electronic products, and provides
an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the
environmental impact of electronic products. This Imaging Equipment Standard
is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate and
consumer purchasers. Product manufacturers may use this tool to earn
recognition in these markets, recognizing that certain criteria may not be
applicable to all types of purchasers. The environmental performance
criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of environmental
leadership in: the design and manufacture of imaging equipment; the delivery
of specified services that are associated with the sale of the product; and
in associated corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is
defined with the intention that the criteria are technically feasible to
achieve, but that only products demonstrating the leading environmental
performance currently available in the marketplace would meet them at the
time of their adoption. As the environmental performance of products that
are available in the marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria
will be updated and revised to set a higher performance standard for
leadership products.
Abstract: This standard establishes a clear and consistent set of environmental performance criteria for the design of imaging
equipment products, providing an opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of
electronic products. This standard is also intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate and consumer
purchasers to identify products that demonstrate environmental leadership. This standard shall be updated and revised on a
periodic basis to continue to set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Key Words: copiers, digital duplicators, electronic product, electronic product
design, environment, environmental leadership, environmental performance,
facsimile machines, imaging equipment, multifunction devices, printers,
mailing machines, scanners
Designation: 1680.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Imaging Equipment
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance standards for
imaging equipment (as defined by the U.S. ENERGY STAR Imaging Equipment
Specification) including copiers, digital duplicators, facsimile machines,
multifunction devices, printers, mailing machines and scanners, relating to
reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials
selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation,
end of life management, corporate performance, and packaging.
Project Purpose: 5.4 Purpose: This Standard for imaging equipment is part
of the EPEAT family of standards that provides a clear and consistent set of
performance criteria for the design of electronic products, and provides an
opportunity to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the
environmental impact of electronic products. This Imaging Equipment
Standard is intended to provide a tool for government, institutional,
corporate and consumer purchasers. Product manufacturers may use this tool
to earn recognition in these markets, recognizing that certain criteria may
not be applicable to all types of purchasers. The environmental
performance criteria of this Standard are intended to define a measure of
environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of imaging
equipment; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the
sale of the product; and in associated corporate performance
characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention that the
criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only products
demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently available in
the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the
environmental performance of products that are available in the marketplace
improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to
set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Designation: P1680.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for the Environmental Assessment of Televisions
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Patricia Dillon, Phone:978-346-9462, Email:patty.dillon@verizon.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance for televisions,
television combination units, and component television units, relating to
reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials
selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation,
end of life management, corporate performance, and packaging. This Standard
applies to products that are primarily marketed as televisions, and does NOT
cover computer displays as defined by IEEE 1680.1.
Project Purpose: This Standard for televisions is part of the IEEE 1680 family
of standards that provides a clear and consistent set of performance
criteria for the design of electronic products, and provides an opportunity
to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact
of electronic products. This Television Standard is intended to provide a
tool for government, institutional, corporate, and consumer purchasers.
Product manufacturers may use this tool to earn recognition in these
markets, recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all
types of purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this
Standard are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in:
the design and manufacture of televisions; the delivery of specified
services that are associated with the sale of the product; and in associated
corporate performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the
intention that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that
only products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently
available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption.
As the environmental performance of products that are available in the
marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and
revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Abstract: This standard establishes a clear and consistent set of environmental performance criteria for the design of televisions,
providing an opportunity for manufacturers to secure market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of
electronic products. This standard is also intended to provide a tool for government, institutional, corporate and consumer
purchasers to identify products that demonstrate environmental leadership. This standard shall be updated and revised on a
periodic basis to continue to set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Key Words: Televisions, electronic product, electronic product design,
environment, environmental leadership, environmental performance
Designation: 1680.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Televisions
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance for televisions,
television combination units, and component television units, relating to
reduction or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials
selection, design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation,
end of life management, corporate performance, and packaging. This Standard
applies to products that are primarily marketed as televisions, and does NOT
cover computer displays as defined by IEEE 1680.1.
Project Purpose: This Standard for televisions is part of the EPEAT family of
standards that provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria
for the design of electronic products, and provides an opportunity to secure
market recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of
electronic products. This Television Standard is intended to provide a tool
for government, institutional, corporate, and consumer purchasers. Product
manufacturers may use this tool to earn recognition in these markets,
recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of
purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard
are intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design
and manufacture of televisions; the delivery of specified services that are
associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate
performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention
that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only
products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently
available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption.
As the environmental performance of products that are available in the
marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and
revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Designation: P1680.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Servers
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines environmental performance criteria for
computer servers as defined in the Energy Star Server specifications,
including managed servers and blade servers, relating to reduction or
elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection,
design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation, end of
life management, corporate performance, and packaging.
Project Purpose: This standard for servers is part of the electronic product
environmental assessment tool (EPEAT) family of standards that provides a
clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design of
electronic products, and provides an opportunity to secure market
recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic
products. This server standard is intended to provide a tool for government,
institutional, corporate and consumer purchasers. Product manufacturers may
use this tool to earn recognition in these markets, recognizing that certain
criteria may not be applicable to all types of purchasers. The
environmental performance criteria of this standard are intended to define a
measure of environmental leadership in: the design and manufacture of
servers; the delivery of specified services that are associated with the
sale of the product; and associated corporate performance characteristics.
This standard is defined with the intention that the criteria are
technically feasible to achieve, but that only products demonstrating the
leading environmental performance currently available in the marketplace
would meet them at the time of their adoption. As the environmental
performance of products that are available in the marketplace improves, it
is intended that the criteria will be updated and revised to set a higher
performance standard for leadership products.
Designation: P1680.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Environmental Assessment of Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Environmental Assessment of Mobile Devices
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This Standard defines environmental performance criteria for
mobile devices, including cell phones and personal digital assistants (PDAs)
and other mobile computing and communication devices, relating to reduction
or elimination of environmentally sensitive materials, materials selection,
design for end of life, lifecycle extension, energy conservation, end of
life management, corporate performance, and packaging.
Project Purpose: This standard for mobile devices is part of the electronic
product environmental assissment tool (EPEAT) family of standards that
provides a clear and consistent set of performance criteria for the design
of electronic products, and provides an opportunity to secure market
recognition for efforts to reduce the environmental impact of electronic
products. This Mobile Devices Standard is intended to provide a tool for
government, institutional, corporate and consumer purchasers. Product
manufacturers may use this tool to earn recognition in these markets,
recognizing that certain criteria may not be applicable to all types of
purchasers. The environmental performance criteria of this Standard are
intended to define a measure of environmental leadership in: the design and
manufacture of mobile devices; the delivery of specified services that are
associated with the sale of the product; and in associated corporate
performance characteristics. This Standard is defined with the intention
that the criteria are technically feasible to achieve, but that only
products demonstrating the leading environmental performance currently
available in the marketplace would meet them at the time of their adoption.
As the environmental performance of products that are available in the
marketplace improves, it is intended that the criteria will be updated and
revised to set a higher performance standard for leadership products.
Designation: 1681
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Application of Active Harmonic Filter Systems for AC Low and
Medium Voltages (208V to 17.5kV)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A (Bill) Moncrief, Phone:678-736-9609, Email:bmoncrief@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides application and general specification for
the use of active harmonic filter systems. Active harmonic filter systems
are intended for use in low voltages (208V and up to 1000V) and medium
voltages (up to 17.5kV).
Project Purpose: Presently, there are no standards, specification or guidelines
for active harmonic filter systems. With the increase of components
availabe to support this new technology, utilization of active harmonic
filters will also increase.
Designation: P1682
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualifying Fiber Optic Cables, Connections, and Optical
Fiber Splices for Use in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Jan S Pirrong, Phone:508-384-7811, Email:jpirrong@cablelan.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements, directions, and methods for
qualifying fiber optic cables, connections, and optical fiber splices for
use in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations. Cables,
connections, optical fibers, and splices within or integral to other devices
(e.g., sensors, instruments, panels, etc.) shall be qualified using the
requirements in the applicable device standard or IEEE Std. 323-2003, as
appropriate. However, this standard's requirements may be applied to the
fiber optic cable, connections and optical fiber splices within these
devices.
Project Purpose: The principal purpose of this standard is to provide specific
directions for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-2003 for qualification of
fiber optic cables, including hybrid cables, connections and optical fiber
splices.
Designation: 1682
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualifying Fiber Optic Cables, Connections, and Optical
Fiber Splices for Use in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jan S Pirrong, Phone:508-384-7811, Email:jpirrong@cablelan.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements, directions, and methods for
qualifying fiber optic cables, connections, and optical fiber splices for
use in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: The principal purpose of this standard is to provide specific
directions for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-2003 for qualification of
fiber optic cables, including hybrid cables, connections and optical fiber
splices.
Designation: 1682
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Draft Trial-Use Standard for Qualifying Fiber Optic Cables,
Connections and Optical Fiber Splices for Use in Safety Systems of Nuclear
Power Generating Plants
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements, directions, and methods for
qualifying fiber optic cables, connections, and optical fiber splices for
use in safety systems of nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: The principal purpose of this standard is to provide specific
directions for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-2003 for qualification of
fiber optic cables, including hybrid cables, connections and optical fiber
splices.
Abstract: This standard provides general requirements, directions and methods for qualifying Class 1E fiber optic cables,
terminations, field splices, connectors and interfaces for service in nuclear facilities including power generating stations,
fuel reprocessing stations and other related installations. Cables, optical fibers, and splices within or integral to other
devices (e.g., sensors, instruments, panels, etc.) shall be qualified using the requirements in the applicable device standard or
IEEE Std. 323-2003, as appropriate. However, the requirements of this standard may be applied to the fiber optic cable and
interfaces within these devices.
Key Words: fiber optic cable, fibers, optical fiber, fiber, safety, nuclear,
Class 1E, connectors, splices
Designation: P1683
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Motor Control Centers Rated Up To and Including 600 Vac or
1000 Vdc with Requirements Intended to Reduce Electrical Hazards While
Performing Defined Operations.
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Ben McClung, Phone:304-984-3877, Email:blmcclung@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This Standard provides functional design and factory
verification test requirements for Motor Control Centers (MCC) intended to
reduce the likelihood of shock and arc-flash injuries. It applies to single
and three phase 50 and 60 Hz and dc motor control centers rated not more
than 600 V ac or 1000 V dc. These requirements are intended to facilitate
performance of defined maintenance tasks on energized equipment [1].The
requirements of this Standard are intended to augment the existing
requirements of the applicable MCC safety standards for motor control
centers, e.g. NEMA ICS 18-2001 “Motor Control Centers” and ANSI/UL 845-2005
“Motor Control Centers” which is a also known as NMX-J-353-ANCE-2006 and CSA
C22.2 No. 254-05 (Base MCC Standards). This Standard also identifies
field practices and interface relationships between the Specifier,
Manufacturer, Installer and User for safety related concerns. The
requirements in this standard compliment safety requirements and procedures
as stipulated by workplace safety standards and site practices and site
procedures, e.g., NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace
(NFPA 70E), site practice on Personal Protective Equipment, etc.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Standard is to: 1. Provide the
functional design requirements for low-voltage motor control centers rated
up to up to 600 Vac or 1000 Vdc with features intended to reduce the
likelihood of exposure to electrical shock, and the likelihood of internal
arcing faults from occurring while qualified persons are performing normal
[2] activities on MCCs. 2. Provide guidance to the User for the
preparation of specifications for MCCs with these features. 3. Provide
high level requirements to the Manufacturers for design and testing of MCCs
with these features. The development of detailed verification testing
requirements is expected to be in the Base MCC Safety Standards. 4.
Provide requirements for the manufacturer's interface relationships to the
specifier, installer, and user." This Standard primarily focuses on
shock and arc flash hazards and provides requirements aimed at reducing the
probability that an incident will occur due to these hazards. As with any
electrical power equipment, steps should be taken to address these (and
other) hazards. Basic examples are: • Recognize that a hazard exists,
e.g., electrical power presenting shock and arc-flash hazards • Warn
that a hazard condition exists, define the hazard, recommend the steps that
should be taken (if possible) to avoid the hazard, what type protection is
needed if the hazard can not be avoided, e.g., follow the steps and
direction as required by NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the
Workplace (NFPA 70E) The prudent step is always to remove the hazard.
In the case of an energized MCC, the hazard is removed by turning the power
off and ‘locking out or tagging out’ the equipment (Re. NFPA 70E 130.1).
But, this de-energizing operation may not be appropriate for certain tasks
such as some troubleshooting. Now, NFPA 70E Article 130 “Working On or Near
Live Parts” recognizes such tasks and, in the case of MCCs, that the MCC’s
enclosure door can be open and qualified persons can be working ‘on or near
live parts (energized conductive components)’. Working on or near
live parts should be a last resort in the workplace; after all other
opportunities for establishing an electrically safe work condition have been
exhausted. Work on live parts at 50V or more should only be performed if the
employer can demonstrate that de-energizing will introduce additional
hazards or is not feasible due to equipment design or operational
limitations. (NFPA 70E 130.1) However, in contrast to the stated
work situations recognized by NFPA 70E, the intent of the present Base MCC
Standards is more restrictive: it is written with the expectation that
qualified persons only perform limited inspection activities ‘near’ but in
no case perform maintenance activities ‘on’ energized parts. This Standard
is to augment the requirements of the Base MCC Standard and its purpose is
to identify specific MCC design features and field practices to reduce the
likelihood of shock or internal arcing faults when qualified persons are
performing normal activities ‘on and near live parts.’ Thus, when
an MCC is manufactured in accordance with the Base MCC Standards and
augmented with design features proposed by this Standard, the MCC will be
better equipped for a broader range of activities to be carried out under
the requirements of NFPA 70E Article 130. It is not the intent of
this Standard to enable users to perform all possible maintenance tasks ‘on
or near live parts,’ but to enable users to perform the types of activities
described in this Standard with less likelihood of incident or injury. It
is the intent of this standard to reduce the likelihood of shock and arc-
flash exposure as well as consequent equipment damage and service
interruptions involving MCCs that are constructed in accordance with the
requirements of the Base MCC Safety Standards, such as UL 845, and this
Standard as compared to MCCs that do not meet or incorporate the features
described herein. The ultimate goal of this Standard is the further
development of MCC design for the continuous improvement of employee safety
when working on energized MCCs. This must be supported by ongoing
improvements in safety training and work practices.
Designation: 1683
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Motor Control Centers Rated up to 1000 volts with
Requirements Intended to Reduce Injuries and Improve Reliability
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ben McClung, Phone:304-984-3877, Email:blmcclung@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides functional design and factory test
requirements for motor control centers rated up to 1000 volts AC 50/60 Hz
intended to reduce the possibility of injuries caused by shock or internal
arcing events to employees performing normal operations on the motor control
center. These requirements are also intended to allow more reliable
operation. Normal operations are considered to include: - operation
of door mounted controls - testing for absence of voltage in unit and
on bus - troubleshooting for failed components or faulted conductors
in or connected to the unit - replacement of any fuses and resetting
of any protective devices which could blow or trip due to an external
failure or overload - disconnection and removal of removable units
- reinsertion and reconnection of removable units - adjustment of
settings in the unit - replacement of indicator lamps. The
requirements of this guide are intended to supplement the existing
requirements of the applicable standards for motor control centers,
including NEMA ICS 18-2001 “Motor Control Centers” and ANSI/UL 845-2005
“Motor Control Centers” (also known as NMX-J-353-ANCE-2006 and CSA C22.2 No.
254-05). Compliance with this standard is optional, and when
required, must be specifically stated as a requirement in the purchase
contract.
Project Purpose: This standard enables equipment suppliers to provide a motor
control center (MCC) designed and factory tested with a specific set of
features. These features are intended to reduce the rate of user employee
shock and arc flash injuries. They are also intended to improve reliability
i.e. increase the mean time between failures compared to equipment meeting
the base NEMA and ANSI/UL standards referenced above. This standard
enables suppliers of MCCs to offer users MCCs meeting an IEEE standard for
increased safety and reliability. Equipment specified to this
standard may be subject to less onerous operating and maintenance
requirements in a future edition of NFPA 70E “Standard for Electrical Safety
Requirements for Employee Workplaces.”
Designation: 1683
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for Specifying Motor Control Centers Rated Up To 600 V AC or 1000
V DC With Features Intended to Reduce Electrial Hazards While Performing
Defined Operations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This Guide provides supplemental approaches for specifying Motor
Control Centers. It applies to single and three phase 50 and 60 Hz ac and dc
Motor Control Centers rated up to and including 600 V ac or 1000 V dc.
Project Purpose: The recommendations in this guide are intended to provide
personnel with an additional degree of protection while performing normal
duties in close proximity to properly designed, installed and maintained
energized equipment. The supplemental approaches in this Guide are
intended to augment the existing requirements of applicable standards for
Motor Control Centers, e.g. NEMA ICS 18 Motor Control Centers and ANSI/UL
845 Motor Control Centers, also known as NMX-J-353-ANCE and CSA C22.2 No.
254-05 (Base MCC Standards) This Guide complements safety requirements
and procedures as stipulated by workplace electrical safety standards and
site practices and procedures.
Designation: 1684
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Security of Digital Computers in Safety Systems of
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This project will define requirements and provide guidance in
addressing security for digital computers and software used in safety
systems of nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: Currently there are no defined security requirements and
implementation guidance for digital computers and software used in safety
systems of nuclear power generating stations. The purpose of this standard
is to provide this guidance.
Designation: 1685-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for IP-XACT, Standard Structure for Packaging,
Integrating, and Reusing IP within Tool Flows
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2010
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 18, 2010
Project Scope: This standard describes an eXtensible Markup Language (XML)
schema1 for meta-data documenting intellectual property (IP) used in the
development, implementation, and verification of electronic systems and an
application programming interface (API) to provide tool access to the meta-
data. This schema provides a standard method to document IP that is
compatible with automated integration techniques.The API provides a standard
method for linking tools into a system development framework, enabling a
more flexible, optimized development environment. Tools compliant with this
standard will be able to interpret,configure, integrate, and manipulate IP
blocks that comply with the IP meta-data description. The standard is based
on version 1.4 IP-XACT of The SPIRIT Consortium. The standard is independent
of any specific design processes. It does not cover those behavioral
characteristics of the IP that are not relevant to integration.
Project Purpose: This standard enables the creation and exchange of IP in a
highly automated design environment.
Abstract: Conformance checks for extensible Markup Language (XML) data designed to describe electronic systems are formulated by
this standard. The meta-data forms that are standardized include: components, systems, bus interfaces and connections,
abstractions of those buses, and details of the components including address maps, register and field descriptions, and file set
descriptions for use in automating design, verification, documentation, and use flows for electronic systems. A set of XML
schemas of the form described by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C®) and a set of semantic consistency rules (SCRs) are
included. A generator interface that is portable across tool environments is provided. The specified combination of methodology-
independent meta-data and the tool-independent mechanism for accessing that data provides for portability of design data, design
methodologies, and environment implementations. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download
individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 1685-2009, abstraction definitions, address space specification, bus
definitions, design environment, EDA, electronic design automation,
electronic system level, ESL, implementation constraints, IP-XACT, register
transfer level, RTL, SCRs, semantic consistency rules, TGI, tight generator
interface, tool and data interoperability, use models, XML design meta-data,
XML schema
Designation: 1685
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: Standard Structure for Packaging, Integrating and Re-using IP within
Tool-flows, (SPIRIT).
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This standard describes a meta-data schema for the description
of Intellectual Property (IP) and an Application Programming Interface
(API) to provide tool access to this schema. This schema provides a
standard method to describe IP that is compatible with automated
integration techniques. The API provides a standard method for linking
tools into an IP framework, enabling a more flexible, optimized development
environment. Tools compliant with this standard will be able to interpret,
configure, integrate and manipulate IP blocks that comply with the proposed
IP meta-data description. The proposed project will create an IEEE
standard based on version 1.5 of the SPIRIT schema and API. The IEEE will
refine the schema and API and clarify how they are used in the context of
hardware design languages such as IEEE 1364 Verilog, IEEE 1666 SystemC, and
IEEE 1076 VHDL.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a well-defined meta-
data schema to define the characteristics of Intellectual Property (IP)
required for the automation of the configuration and integration of IP
blocks; and to define an Application Programming Interface (API) to make
this meta-data directly accessible to automation tools.
Designation: 1686-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard for Substation Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs) Cyber
Security Capabilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 11, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Sam Sciacca, Phone:203-732-1716, Email:sam.sciacca@subnet.com; samuel.sciacca@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 2008
Project Scope: The standard defines the functions and features to be provided
in substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) to accommodate
critical infrastructure protection (CIP) programs. The standard addresses
security regarding the access, operation, configuration, firmware
revision, and data retrieval from an IED. Encryption for the secure
transmission of data both within and external to the substation is not part
of this standard as this is addressed in other efforts.
Project Purpose: The standard defines the functions and features to be provided
in substation IEDs to accommodate CIP programs. Specifically, the
standard states which safeguards, audit mechanisms, and alarm indications
shall be provided by the vendor of the IED with regard to all activities
associated with access, operation, configuration, firmware revision, and
data retrieval from an IED. The standard also allows the user to define a
security program around these features, and alert the user if an IED does
not meet this standard as to the need for other defensive measures
(technical and/or procedural) that may need to be taken. The encryption
for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the
substation is not part of this standard as this is addressed in other
efforts.
Abstract: The functions and features to be provided in substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) to accommodate critical
infrastructure protection programs are defined in this standard. Security regarding the access, operation, configuration,
firmware revision, and data retrieval from an IED is addressed in this standard. Communications for the purpose of power system
protection (teleprotection) is not addressed. Encryption for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the
substation, including supervisory control and data acquisition, is not part of this standard as this is addressed in other
efforts.
Key Words: 1686-2007, CIP, critical infrastructure protection, cyber, IED,
intelligent electronic device, security, substation
Designation: 1686
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Substation Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED) Cyber
Security Standards
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Sam Sciacca, Phone:203-732-1716, Email:sam.sciacca@subnet.com; samuel.sciacca@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 10, 2005
Project Scope: The standard will define the functions and features to be
provided in substation intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) to accommodate
critical infrastructure protection programs. The standard will address
security regarding the access, operation, configuration, firmware revision
and data retrieval from an IED, including the substation RTU. Encryption
for the secure transmission of data both within and external to the
substation will not be part of this standard as this is being addressed in
other efforts.
Project Purpose: The standard will define the functions and features to be
provided in substation intelligent electronic devices(IEDs)to accommodate
critical infrastructure protection programs. Specifically, the standard
will state what safeguards, audit mechanisms and alarm indications shall be
provided by the vendor of the IED with regards to all activities associated
with access, operation, configuration, firmware revision and data retrieval
from an IED, including the substation RTU. The standard will also allow the
user to define a security program around these features, and alert the user
if an IED does not meet this standard as to the need for other defensive
measures (technical and/or procedural) which may need to be taken. The
Encryption for the secure transmission of data both within and external to
the substation will not be part of this standard as this is being addressed
in other efforts.
Designation: P1687
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Access and Control of Instrumentation Embedded within a
Semiconductor Device
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Kenneth Posse, Phone:+1 970 223 2103, Email:kepos@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard develops a methodology for access to embedded
instrumentation without defining the instruments or their features
themselves, via the IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (TAP) and additional
signals that may be required. The elements of the methodology include a
description language for the characteristics of the features and for
communication with the features, and requirements for interfacing to the
features.
Project Purpose: The IEEE 1149.1 standard specifies circuits to be embedded
within a semiconductor device to support board test; namely, the Test Access
Port (TAP), TAP Controller, and a number of internal registers. In practice
the TAP and TAP Controller are being used for other functions well beyond
boundary-scan in an ad-hoc manner across the industry to access a wide
variety of embedded instruments. The purpose of the IJTAG initiative is to
provide an extension to the IEEE 1149.1 standard specifically aimed at using
the TAP to manage the configuration, operation, and collection of data from
this embedded instrumentation circuitry.
Designation: P1688
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Requirements for the Control of Electromagnetic
Interference Characteristics of Replaceable Electronic Modules
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Fred Heather, Phone:+1 301 342 6975, Email:heatherf@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard establishes interface and associated verification
requirements for the control of the electromagnetic interference (emission
and susceptibility) characteristics of replaceable electronic modules
(REMs). Such equipment is used only as an integral part of other subsystems
or systems, and may not be used independently. This standard is best suited
for items that have the following features: removable/replaceable electronic
circuit card modules that plug into an equipment rack or frame, with
electrical interconnections primarily through edge connectors that
interfaces directly with a backplane, and electrical power input derived
from the backplane power sources. This standard should not be directly
applied to equipment that can be used independently as a stand-alone system
or subsystem (separate box intra-connected by a wire harness to other boxes
of a subsystem), or to entire system platforms. It is assumed that the
rack/frame equipment with its full complement of REM's is tested in some
configuration to the equipment electromagnetic interference (EMI) standard
such as MIL-STD-461. This standard is best suited for situations where the
qualification of the REM is more effective than re-qualification of the
rack/frame equipment with the new REM.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide interface and
associated verification requirements for the control of the electromagnetic
interference (emission and susceptibility) characteristics of replaceable
electronic modules (REMs).
Designation: 1688
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Module Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Testing
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Fred Heather, Phone:+1 301 342 6975, Email:heatherf@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of the standard is limited to EMI levels and test
methods for replaceable electronic modules (i.e. cards, electronic
subunits).
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide Electromagnetic
Interference (EMI) levels and test methods for characterizing the EMI of
replaceable electronic modules.
Designation: 1689
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Trial Use Standard for Cyber Security of Serial SCADA Links and IED
Remote Access
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John T Tengdin, Phone:949-361-9595, Email:j.t.tengdin@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This trial use standard defines the general requirements to
protect serial communications between master stations and remote terminal
units from cyber attack, and remote access to maintenance ports in Remote
Terminal Units (RTUs) and other Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs). This
standard defines the requirements to retrofit existing communications in
such a manner as to minimize the changes needed to existing equipment and
software. The test plan defines specific tests and evaluations that should
be performed to ensure that the cyber security mechanisms are working
properly.
Project Purpose: Utilities will use the cyber security requirements as part of
a procurement specification to retrofit existing communications to protect
against cyber attack. Vendors will use the cyber security requirements to
build open system cyber security devices that protect existing asynchronous
serial communications and dial-up communications from cyber attack.
Designation: 169
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1690
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Methods for the Characterization of Carbon Nanotubes Used as
Additives in Bulk Materials
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Krishna Kalyanasundaram, Phone:+1 847 576 9596, Email:krishnak@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides standard methods for the
characterization of carbon nanotubes used as additives in bulk materials.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to provide and suggest
procedures for characterization and reporting of data. These methods will
enable the creation of a suggested reporting standard that will be used by
research through manufacturing as the technology is developed. Moreover,
the standards will recommend the necessary tools and procedures for
validation.
Designation: 1691-1
Title: Design automation—VHDL language reference manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 1691-2
Title: Standard Multivalue Logic System for VHDL Model Interoperability
(Std_logic_1164)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: P1692
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Protection of Communication Installations from
Lightning Effects
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This document presents engineering design guidelines for the
prevention of lightning damage to communications equipment within
structures.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide reliable engineering
methods and practices to minimize damages to communications equipment
located within a structure.
Abstract: The document addresses methods and practices necessary to reduce the risk of damages to communications equipment within
structures arising from lightning surges causing GPR (ground potential rise) and similar potential differences.
Key Words: lightning, protection, communications equipment, towers
Designation: 1693
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Title: Standard for Modular Interconnect Packaging for Scalable Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steve Mann, Phone:+1 978 663 2525x126, Email:smann@bco-inc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines the electrical and mechanical
specifications of a modular interconnect packaging system design for
Automatic Test System (ATS). It specifically describes a building block
approach based upon the integration of three elements: (1) the outer
enclosure and the inner Eurocard standard mechanical chassis that forms the
mechanical structure of the building block with alignment features to mate
with other enclosures [building blocks]; (2) upgraded IEEE-1155 Standard
for VME eXtensions for Instrumentation (VXI), that adds serial bus control
to the backplane, a new pluggable virtual power source, and extends the VXI
module length to directly couple with rear connectors of the IEEE-P1505
Receiver Fixture Interface [RFI] Standard; and (3) the segmentation of the
IEEE-P1505 RFI Receiver Framework to match size of the basic building block
while also meeting the intent of the IEEE-P1505.1 Common Test Interface
(CTI) Pin Map Standard.
Project Purpose: The project establishes an integration standard for Automatic
Test Systems that will permit integrators to quickly assemble systems
under a plug&play architecture. It further defines for the VXI module
suppliers an extended interconnect capability that will support direct plug-
in of the VXI module to the RFI connector eliminating custom wire
requirements. Building block segmentation that supports direct coupled
VXI-RFI interconnectivity at the block level, permits scalability of the
test system without cable integration of the building blocks.
Designation: 1694
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: Standard for Enterprise Strategic Decision Management
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gary DeGregorio, Phone:847-576-4892, Email:gary.degregorio@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: This project defines a standard framework for the enterprise-
level management of strategic decisions. It defines common methods and work
products for 1) decision planning, analysis, traceability and execution, 2)
collaboration within and among enterprises and 3) linkages with other
business processes.
Project Purpose: This project enables common decision management methods to be
used across all parts of an enterprise (or among enterprises), including,
but not limited to, strategy, portfolio management, technology/capability
management, systems/platform engineering and “product” development. -
The term “Product” includes product, platform, software, process, system,
solutions, services etc. What we will be standardizing as part of this
document primarily includes: 1) Common ontology 2) A common decision
management process framework that can be customized for different domains
and industries 3) A high-level information model that defines the minimum
information that is needed to be passed between decisions as well as between
different roles
Designation: P1695
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Trial-Use Guide for Assessing Voltages at Publicly and Privately
Accessible Locations
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This guide addresses the normal and abnormal voltages that exist
at publicly and privately accessible locations as a result of the delivery
and use of electrical energy (often referred to as stray voltage). It
focuses primarily on the presence of power frequency related voltages, and
discusses definitions, causes, impacts, testing techniques, mitigation
strategies, and hazard levels.
Project Purpose: There is presently no industry wide guide or standard that
describes the variety of publicly and privately accessible voltages
resulting from the delivery and use of electrical energy. This guide will
help dispel misinformation surrounding this topic and enhance public safety.
Designation: 1695
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Trial-Use Guide for Assessing Voltages at Publicly and Privately
Accessible Locations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Chuck DeNardo, Phone:+1 414 221 3073, Email:chuck.denardo@we-energies.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This guide addresses the normal and abnormal voltages that exist
at publicly and privately accessible locations as a result of the delivery
and use of electrical energy (often referred to as stray voltage). It
focuses primarily on the presence of power frequency related voltages, and
discusses definitions, causes, impacts, testing techniques, mitigation
strategies, and hazard levels.
Project Purpose: There is presently no industry wide guide or standard that
describes the variety of publicly and privately accessible voltages
resulting from the delivery and use of electrical energy. This guide will
help dispel misinformation surrounding this topic and enhance public safety.
Designation: P1696
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Circuit Probes
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Oct 15, 2010
Project Scope: This standard provides test method(s) and describes transfer
(artifact) standards for characterizing electrical circuit probes and
probes systems. The systems may include waveform acquisition hardware and
software and signal/waveform analysis software. The probe includes the
mechanism by which the circuit is contacted. This method and standard
applies to all individual probes having one signal conductor and one ground
conductor or two signal conductors, and having an input impedance greater
than the impedance of the circuit under test.
Project Purpose: This document provides an unbiased means for accurately
characterizing circuit probe performance.
Designation: 1696
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard for Terminology and Test Methods for Circuit Probes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides test method(s) and describes transfer
(artifact) standards for characterizing electrical circuit probes and probes
systems. The systems may include waveform acquisition hardware and software
and signal/waveform analysis software. The probe will include the mechanism
by which the circuit is contacted. This method and standard will be
applicable to all individual probes having one signal conductor and one
ground conductor or two signal conductors, and having an input impedance
greater than the impedance of the circuit under test.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, industry-accepted method for
characterizing the performance of electrical circuit probes. Each vendor has
its own proprietary methods for characterization, leaving probe customers
and users without a valid means of comparing probe performance and/or
understanding the circuit-loading effect of the probe. This method or these
methods developed will provide an industry-accepted, unbiased means for
characterizing probe performance.
Designation: 1698-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for the Calculation of Braking Distances for Rail Transit
Vehicles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 06, 2009
Technical Contact: David Thurston, Phone:610 358 4396, Email:dthurston@systrausa.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 25, 2010
Project Scope: This guide provides methods and assumptions used in calculating
the braking distances of rail transit vehicles. The methods encompass
automatic train protection and signal system operation, propulsion and brake
system operation, environmental conditions, operator interfaces, tolerances,
and failure modes.
Project Purpose: The design of automatic train protection and signal systems
for rail transit vehicles requires knowledge of braking distance. This
guide provides methods of performing braking distance calculations.
Abstract: The design of automatic train protection and signal systems for fixed guideway (e.g. rail) transit systems requires
knowledge of the braking distance of the vehicles utilized on the systems. Methods and assumptions used in calculating the
braking distances of rail transit vehicles are provided in this guide. The methods encompass automatic train protection and
signal system operation, propulsion and brake system operation, environmental conditions, operator interfaces, tolerances, and
failure modes.
Key Words: 1698-2009, automatic train control (ATC), automatic train operation
(ATO), automatic train protection (ATP), braking, braking distance, fixed-
guideway transit, rail transit, signal systems
Designation: P1699
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for the Rosetta Systems Level Design Language Definition
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: W. Perry Alexander, Phone:785-864-7741, Email:perry.alexander@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This standard presents the Rosetta specification language and
its base collection of domains. The language definition specifies concrete
and abstract syntax, denotational semantics for language constructs, and
required libraries for AST definition and reflection. The domain definition
specifies a collection of base modeling domains required of all Rosetta
implementations. The document includes both formal definitions and
descriptive text.
Project Purpose: As electronic system complexity continues to grow, so does the
need to integrate design information from multiple, heterogeneous design
domains, each with their own vocabulary and semantics. The primary purpose
of the Rosetta Standard is to define language and semantic support for
designing such system. Specifically, this standard defines a language for
developing, composing and analyzing specification models from multiple,
concurrent domains.
Designation: 17
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 170-1964
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Modulation Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P1700
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Information System Security Assurance Architecture (ISSAA)
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture of a systematic
approach for managing the health/state of the security controls of
information systems, including the cost-effective selection, documentation,
implementation, and ongoing assessment of security controls, and for making
and maintaining system security accreditation decisions. The general schema
and description of related components are provided.
Project Purpose: Activities critical to societal infrastructure are highly
dependent on information systems for continuity and survival. This standard
will improve confidence that a system's controls are adequate and effective
in protecting information and that interconnecting systems can be trusted.
Designation: 1700
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard Security Architecture for Certification and Accreditation of
Information Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: This standard specifies the architecture of a systematic
approach to security certification and accreditation of information systems.
The general schema and description of related components are provided.
Project Purpose: Activities critical to societal infrastructure are highly
dependent on information systems for continuity and survival. This standard
will improve confidence that a systemís controls are adequate and effective
in protecting information and that interconnecting systems can be trusted.
Designation: 1701-2011
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: IEEE Standard for Optical Port Communication Protocol to Complement the
Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2011
Technical Contact: Lawrence J Kotewa, Phone:773-269-4008, Email:larryk@cntenergy.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This document is identified by three numbers, MC1218-2009, ANSI
C12.18-2006 and IEEE 1701-200X. The standard details the criteria required
for communications with a Utility End Device by another device via an
optical port. The other device could be a hand held reader, a laptop or
portable computer, a master station system, or some other electronic
communications device. It shall provide the optical port lower layers
communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including
specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. The Standard provides details for a
complete implementation of an OSI 7-layer model in accordance with ISO/IEC
7498-1. The protocol specified in this document was designed to transport
data in Table format. The Table definitions are in ANSI C12.19 (MC1219, IEEE
1377) Utility Industry End Device Data Tables.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose
of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry
End Device Data Tables via an optical port such that multi-source
environment and End Device interchangeability is possible.
Abstract: This standard provides multi-source and "plug and play" environment for the millions of metering devices in the field now
and the future using the ANSI Type 2 optical port interface. It solves the problems associated with single source systems and
with multi-source systems based upon proprietary communications protocols. Electric, water, and gas utilities and corresponding
vendors can realize cost savings which ultimately shall benefit the client consumers of the utilities.
Key Words: ANSI C12.18, ANSI Type II, Optical Port, PSEM
Designation: 1701
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Optical Port Communication Protocol to complement the
Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard (P1701) is congruent with MC12.18 and ANSI C12.18.
This standard details the criteria required for communications with a
Utility End Device by another device via an optical port. The other device
could be a hand held reader, a laptop or portable computer, a master station
system, or some other electronic communications device. It shall provide
the optical port lower layers communication protocol for the Utility
metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. This work
is complementary with the proposed Utility Industry End Device Data Tables.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose
of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry
End Device Data Tables via an optical port such that multi-source
environment and End Device interchangeability is possible.
Designation: 1701
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Optical Port Communication Protocol to
Complement the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This document is identified by three numbers, MC1218-2009, ANSI
C12.18-2006 and IEEE 1701-200X. The standard details the criteria required
for communications with a Utility End Device by another device via an
optical port. The other device could be a hand held reader, a laptop or
portable computer, a master station system, or some other electronic
communications device. It shall provide the optical port lower layers
communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including
specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. The Standard provides details for a
complete implementation of an OSI 7-layer model in accordance with ISO/IEC
7498-1. The protocol specified in this document was designed to transport
data in Table format. The Table definitions are in ANSI C12.19-2008 (MC1219-
2009, IEEE 1377-2009) Utility Industry End Device Data Tables.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose
of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry
End Device Data Tables via an optical port such that multi-source
environment and End Device interchangeability is possible.
Abstract: This standard provides multi-source and "plug and play" environment for the millions of metering devices in the field now
and the future using the ANSI Type optical port interface. It solves the problems associated with single source systems and with
multi-source systems based upon proprietary communications protocols. Electric, Water, and Gas Utilities and corresponding
vendors can realize cost savings which ultimately shall benefit the client consumers of the Utilities.
Key Words: ANSI C12.18, Optical Port, ANSI Type II, PSEM
Designation: 1701
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Optical Port Communication Protocol to Complement the
Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document is identified by three numbers, MC1218-2009, ANSI
C12.18-2006 and IEEE 1701-200X. The standard details the criteria required
for communications with a Utility End Device by another device via an
optical port. The other device could be a hand held reader, a laptop or
portable computer, a master station system, or some other electronic
communications device. It shall provide the optical port lower layers
communication protocol for the Utility metering Industry including
specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. The Standard provides details for a
complete implementation of an OSI 7-layer model in accordance with ISO/IEC
7498-1. The protocol specified in this document was designed to transport
data in Table format. The Table definitions are in ANSI C12.19-2008 (MC1219-
2009, IEEE 1377) Utility Industry End Device Data Tables.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose
of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry
End Device Data Tables via an optical port such that multi-source
environment and End Device interchangeability is possible.
Designation: 1702-2011
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: IEEE Standard for Telephone Modem Communication Protocol to Complement
the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 02, 2011
Technical Contact: Lawrence J Kotewa, Phone:773-269-4008, Email:larryk@cntenergy.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard details the criteria required for communication
between a C12.21 Device and a C12.21 Client via a modem connected to the
switched telephone network. The C12.21 Client could be a laptop or portable
computer, a master station system, or some other electronic communications
device. This standard does not specify the implementation requirements of
the telephone switched network to the modem, nor does it include definitions
for the establishment of the communication channel. This document provides
details for an implementation of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
seven-layer model in accordance with ISO/IEC 7498-1. The protocol specified
in this standard was designed to transport data in Table format. The Table
definitions are in ANSI C12.19 and in Annex D of this document. This
standard specifies the differences between ANSI C12.18-2006 and ANSI C12.19-
1997 and the features and services required to describe a protocol
specification for telephone modem communications.
Project Purpose: The utility industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose
of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry
End Device Data Tables via a telephone modem so that multisource environment
and End Device interchangeability is possible.
Abstract: This standard provides multisource and "plug and play" environment for the millions of metering devices in the field now
and in the future using the telephone modem communication interface. It solves the problems associated with single-source systems
and with multisource systems based upon proprietary communications protocols. Electric, water, and gas utilities and
corresponding vendors can realize cost savings that ultimately shall benefit the client consumers of the utilities.
Key Words: ANSI C12.21, IEEE 1702, MODEM, PSEM
Designation: 1702
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Telephone Modem Communication Protocol to complement the
Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard details the criteria required for communications
between a Utility End Device and a utility host via a modem connected to the
switched telephone network. The utility host could be a laptop or portable
computer, a master station system, another utility End Device, or some other
electronic communications device. This standard does not specify the
implementation requirements of the telephone switched network to the modem,
nor does it include definitions for the establishment of the communication
channel. This document shall provide details for an implementation of
the OSI 7 layer model. The protocol specified in this standard is
designed to transport data in the Utility End Device Table format provided
in IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 standards. (This standard, IEEE
P1702, is congruent with MC12.21 and ANSI C12.21) This document
specifies the differences between ANSI Std C12.18 – 1996, Protocol
Specification for ANSI Type 2 Optical Port and IEEE P1377, Utility Industry
End Device Data Tables and those features and services required to describe
a protocol specification for Telephone Modem Communications. This
standard shall provide the telephone modem lower layers communication
protocol for the Utility metering Industry including specifically Water,
Gas, and Electric. This work is complementary with the proposed Utility
Industry End Device Data Tables, IEEE P1377 or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The
purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility
Industry End Device Data Tables via a telephone modem such that a multi-
source environment and end device interchangeability is possible.
Designation: 1702
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: IEEE Standard for Telephone Modem Communication Protocol to Complement
the Utility Industry End Device Data Tables
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This Standard details the criteria required for communication
between a device and a client conforming to ANSI C12.21 via a modem
connected to the switched telephone network. The C12.21 Client could be a
laptop or portable computer, a master station system or some other
electronic communications device. This Standard does not specify the
implementation requirements of the telephone switched network to the modem,
nor does it include definitions for the establishment of the communication
channel. This document provides details for an implementation of the OSI 7-
layer model in accordance with ISO/IEC 7498-1. The protocol specified in
this Standard was designed to transport data in Table format. The Table
definitions are in ANSI C12.19, and Annex D of this document. This Standard
specifies the differences between ANSI C12.18-2006, Protocol Specification
for ANSI Type 2 Optical Port and ANSI C12.19-1997, Utility Industry End
Device Data Tables, and those features and services required to describe a
protocol specification for Telephone Modem Communications.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The purpose
of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility Industry
End Device Data Tables via a telephone modem such that multi-source
environment and End Device interchangeability is possible.
Abstract: This standard provides multisource and “plug and play” environment for the millions of metering devices in the field now
and in the future using the telephone modem communication interface. It solves the problems associated with single-source systems
and with multisource systems based upon proprietary communications protocols. Electric, water, and gas utilities and
corresponding vendors can realize cost savings that ultimately shall benefit the client consumers of the utilities.
Key Words: ANSI C12.21, IEEE 1702, MODEM, PSEM
Designation: P1703
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN)
Node Communication Protocol to complement the Utility Industry End Device
Data Tables
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This Standard defines interfaces between IEEE 1377 Devices (ANSI
C12.19 Devices) and network protocols. Specific goals identified by
the committee in the creation of this Standard were: 1. Defining a
Datagram that may convey ANSI C12.19 data Tables through any network
This was accomplished by: · Assuming that the data source is ANSI C12.19
data Tables · Defining the Application Layer services (language)
2. Providing a full stack ISO/IEC 7498-1 definition for interfacing a C12.22
Device to a C12.22 Communication Module This was accomplished by:
· Defining the physical interface requirements between the C12.22 Device and
the C12.22 Communication Module · Defining the interface lower layers
ISO/IEC 7498-1; 4 (transport), 3 (network), 2 (data link) and 1 (physical)
3. Providing a full stack definition for point-to-point communication to be
used over local ports such as optical ports, or modems This was
accomplished by defining a Layer 4 (transport) and Layer 2 (data link)
4. Providing support for efficient one-way messaging (blurts) This
was accomplished by: · Defining a compact message format that can be
easily transformed to a standard ANSI C12.22 Datagram · Assuring that all
needed layers defined in this Standard can support one-way messaging
5. Providing network architecture compatible with this protocol (Some
architectural concepts were derived from [HCCS 1: 1987, HCCS 2: 1987, HCCS
3: 1988, DND : 1993, IPPA : 1995, TCPCE : 1997]) This was
accomplished by: · Defining different type of nodes such as C12.22 Relay,
C12.22 Master Relay, C12.22 Host, C12.22 Authentication Host, C12.22
Notification Host, and C12.22 Gateway · Defining the role and
responsibilities of each of these C12.22 Nodes 6. Providing data
structure definitions in support of this protocol This was
accomplished by: · Defining an ANSI C12.19 Decade to be used by C12.22
Nodes · Defining an ANSI C12.19 Decade to be used by C12.22 Relays ·
Defining new procedures in support of this protocol · Defining a new
Table for enhanced security
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field devices (e.g. meters,
communication modules and Utility systems). The purpose of this standard is
to define the network framework and means to transport the Utility End
Device Data Tables via any Local-area / Wide-area network for use by
enterprise systems in a multi-source environment. This standard is
intended to accommodate the concept of an advanced metering infrastructure
such as that identified by the Office of Electricity Delivery and Energy
Reliability of the US Department of Energy; the Smart Metering Initiative of
the Ontario Ministry of Energy (Canada) and the stated requirements of
Measurement Canada for the approval of a metering device for use in Canada.
This standard provides a uniform, managed, adaptive and secured network data
and message delivery system for Utility End Devices and ancillary devices
(e.g. home appliances and communication technology) that can operate in a
“plug and play” and “end-to-end” multi-source enterprise AMI environment, in
a manner that allows independence from the underlying network implementation
(i.e. an End Device can implement this standard by utilizing a transceiver
that is independent of the meter’s metrology logic and for the meter not to
depend on the design of the network that is serviced by that transceiver).
The independence from the underlying native network protects the End Device
from premature obsolescence that may occur as networks may come and go.
This standard extends the definitions provided by IEEE 1377-2009 standard to
include provisions for enterprise level asset management, data management,
and uniform data exchange interfaces, through the use of network and relay
tables and services In addition it is to provide all the necessary support
services needed to deploy, commission, notify, manage and access End Devices
in a manner that preserves privacy, security and the integrity of the
network.
Abstract: This standard provides a set of application layer messaging services that are applicable for the enterprise and End Device
ends of an Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI). The application services include those useful for managing the AMI network
assets defined by this standard. These messages may be transported over a wide range of underlying network transports such as
TCP/IP, UDP, IEEE 802.11, IEEE 802.15.4 IEEE 802.16, PLC and SMS over GSM, over a wide range of physical media. Additionally,
interfaces are defined for a Communication Module and a Local Port (e.g. an IEEE 1701 optical port). The described protocol is
tailored for, but not limited to, the transport of IEEE 1377 Table data. The standard also provides a means by which information
can be sent in a secure manner using AES-128 and the EAX’ mode. This standard was developed jointly with ANSI (published asANSI
C12.22) and Measurement Canada (published as MC12.22).
Key Words: ANSI C12.22, ACSE, End Device, Communication Module, C12.19 Device
Designation: 1703
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) Node
Communication Protocol to complement the Utility Industry End Device Data
Tables
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This document defines interfaces between IEEE P1377 devices and
network protocols (IEEE P1377, MC12.19, and ANSI C12.19 standards are
congruent). This standard shall provide the Local Area Network/Wide Area
Network (LAN/WAN) lower layers communication protocol for the Utility
metering Industry including specifically Water, Gas, and Electric. This work
is complementary with the proposed Utility Industry End Device Data Tables,
IEEE P1377, MC12.19 and ANSI C12.19. Specific goals identified by
this committee were: 1. Defining a Datagram that may convey IEEE P1377
or MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 data Tables through any network. This is
accomplished by: • Assuming that the data source is IEEE P1377 or
MC12.19 or ANSI C12.19 data Tables. • Defining the Application Layer
services (language). • Defining the interface lower layers; layers; 4
(Transport), 3 (Network), 2 (Data Link) and 1 (Physical). 2. Providing
a full stack definition for interfacing an end device to a “Network
Communication Module”. This is accomplished by: • Defining the
physical interface requirements between the end device and the “Network
Communication Module”. • Defining the interface lower layers; 4
(network), 3 (transport), 2 (data link) and 1 (physical). 3. Providing
a full stack definition for point-to-point communication to be used over
local ports such as optical ports, or modems. This is accomplished by
defining a Layer 4 (Transport Layer) and Layer 2 (Data Link Layer). 4.
Providing support for efficient one-way messaging (blurts) (IEEE P1703,
MC.22, and ANSI C12.22 standards are congruent) This is accomplished
by: • Defining a compact message format that can be easily transformed
to a standard IEEE P1703 or MC12.22 or ANSI C12.22 Datagram. • Assuring
that all needed layers defined in this Standard can support one-way
messaging 5. Providing network architecture compatible with this
protocol. (IEEE P1703, MC12.22, and ANSI C12.22 are congruent) This
is accomplished by: • Defining different type of nodes such as IEEE
P1703 Relay, IEEE P1703 Master Relay, IEEE P1703 Host, IEEE P1703
Authentication Host, IEEE P1703 Notification Host, IEEE P1703 Gateway.
• Defining the role and responsibilities of each of these IEEE P1703 Nodes.
6. Providing data structure definitions in support of this protocol.
(IEEE P1377, MC12.19, and ANSI C12.19 standards are congruent) This is
accomplished by: • Defining an IEEE P1377 Decade to be used by IEEE
P1703 Nodes. • Defining an IEEE P1377 Decade to be used by IEEE P1703
Relays. • Defining new procedures in support of this protocol. •
Defining a new table for enhanced security.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The
purpose of this standard is to define the means to transport the Utility End
Device Data Tables via a local Area/Wide Area network interface such that a
multi-source environment and end device interchangeability is possible.
Designation: P1704
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Communications Module
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This document defines the hardware physical interface and
interface signals between IEEE 1703 Devices (such as IEEE 1377 meters or
distribution automation devices) and IEEE 1703 communication modules. The
communication modules are described as being attachable and removable
to/from the IEEE 1703 Devices, and are not intended to be internal to the
metering devices. Included in this standard are the physical dimensions,
electrical connections, communication hardware interface signals, and module
positioning which involves the secure physical mounting, weather elements,
and communications propagation considerations. This standard serves as the
extension of (but not limited to) IEEE 1703, MC1222, and ANSI C12.22
standards in regard to the communications module hardware interfaces,
reference signals, their description and specification.
Project Purpose: Utility end devices such as meters are becoming utilized as
remote metering devices in Automatic Meter Reading systems. The purpose of
this standard is to describe uniform physical characteristics for the
communications devices which will be attaching/detaching to the utility end
devices.
Designation: 1704
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Utility Industry End Device Communications Module
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This document defines the physical interface between IEEE P1377
end devices (such as meters or distribution automation devices) and
communication modules. The communication modules are described as being
attachable and removable to/from the end device. Included in this standard
are the physical dimensions, electrical connections, and module positioning
which involves the secure physical mounting, weather elements, and
communications propagation considerations. This standard serves as the
extension of the proposed standards, IEEE P1703, MC12.22-2006, and ANSI
C12.22-2006 in regard to the communications module description and
specification.
Project Purpose: Utility end devices such as meters are becoming utilized as
remote metering devices in Automatic Meter Reading systems. The purpose of
this standard is to describe uniform physical characteristics for the
communications devices which will be attaching/detaching to the utility end
devices.
Designation: P1705
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Compliance Testing Standard for Utility Industry Metering
Communications Protocol Standards
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for building and testing for
compliance to the following Utility Industry Metering Communications
protocols: 1. The Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol
Application Layer Std (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1377, ANSI
C12.19-2006 and MC12.19-2006) 2. Optical Port Communication Protocol
(Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1701, MC12.18-2006 and ANSI C12.18-
2006) to complement The Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol
Application Layer Std. 3. Telephone Port Communication Protocol (Proposed
congruent standards, IEEE P1702, MC12.21-2006 and ANSI C12.21-2006) to
complement the Utility Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application
Layer Std. 4. Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) Communication
Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1703, MC12.22-2006 and ANSI
C12.22-2006) to complement the Utility Industry Metering Communication
Protocol Application Layer Std.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The
purpose of this standard is to define the means to test Utility End Devices
and ancillary devices for compliance to the communications standards stated
in the scope of this document.
Designation: 1705
Sponsor: SASB/SCC31-
Title: Standard for Compliance Testing Standard for Utility Industry metering
communications protocol standards
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard D Tucker, Phone:704/888-2634, Email:richardaet@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This work shall provide the Utility Metering Industry with one
document for building and testing for compliance to the following Utility
Industry Metering Communications protocols: 1. The Utility Industry Metering
Communication Protocol Application Layer Std (Proposed congruent standards,
IEEE P1377, ANSI C12.19-2006 and MC12.19-2006) 2. Optical Port
Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1701, MC12.18-
2006 and ANSI C12.18-2006) to complement The Utility Industry Metering
Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. 3. Telephone Port
Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards, IEEE P1702, MC12.21-
2006 and ANSI C12.21-2006) to complement the Utility Industry Metering
Communication Protocol Application Layer Std. 4. Local Area Network/Wide
Area Network (LAN/WAN) Communication Protocol (Proposed congruent standards,
IEEE P1703, MC12.22-2006 and ANSI C12.22-2006) to complement the Utility
Industry Metering Communication Protocol Application Layer Std.
Project Purpose: The Utility Industry has need for a standard that provides an
operable "plug and play" environment for field metering devices. The
purpose of this standard is to define the means to test Utility End Devices
and ancillary devices for compliance to the communications standards stated
in the scope of this document.
Designation: P1706
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying
Title: Guide for Power System Protective Relay Applications over Digital
Communication Channels
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mike Meisinger, Phone:773-852-9004, Email:mmeisinger@sandc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This document is a a guide for the application of digital
communication for protective relaying systems and schemes, including
transmitting and receiving equipment, digital channels, application
principals, performance, installation, troubleshooting, testing and
maintenance. Reflected in this guide is the knowledge and experience of
equipment manufacturers and power utility users. This guide is not
intended to supplant specific or general instructions contained in
manufacturers' instruction books or any contractual agreement.
Project Purpose: The primary purpose of this document is to guide the power
system user in applying, installing and operating digital communication
channels for the purpose of protective relaying. The guide is prepared
not only for those considering digital communication relaying for the
first time, but as a reference for the experienced.
Designation: P1707
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for the Investigation of Events at Nuclear
Facilities
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: J.J. Persensky, Phone:301-415-6759, Email:jjp2@nrc.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This document provides common terminology and recommended
practices for initiating and conducting event investigations, analyzing
data, producing results, and identifying corrective actions associated with
facility personnel, processes, equipment and systems at nuclear facilities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the recommended practice is to provide common
terminology and recommend practices for implementing event investigations
and corrective actions at nuclear facilities. This recommended practice
provides considerations for preserving data for analysis while implementing
early actions to manage the event. This recommended practice is intended to
assist analysts in planning the scope, team composition, and timeline for
conducting an investigation. The recommended practice also provides methods
for data gathering and analysis, as well as cause determination. Corrective
actions and extent of condition. can be identified by using this recommended
practice. Organizational aspects needed to support the investigation,
including management oversight, training, record keeping, and roles and
responsibilities are described, along with the recommended attributes of a
report on the investigation.
Designation: P1708
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Wearable Cuffless Blood Pressure Measuring Devices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Yuang-Ting Zhang, Phone:(852) 2609-8459, Email:ytzhang@ee.cuhk.edu.hk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: It is intended to establish a standard for the objective
evaluation of wearable cuffless blood pressure (BP) measurement devices. The
standard is independent of the form of the device or the vehicle the device
is attached to or embedded in. The standard is applicable to all types of
wearable BP measurement devices that have different modes of operation (e.g.
to measure short-term, long-term, snapshot, continuous, beat(s)-to-beat(s)
BP or BP variability). This standard is, however, limited to evaluation of
devices that does not use a cuff during measurement and does not cover
evaluation of all sphygmomanometers that are used with an occluding or
inflatable cuff for the indirect determination of BP on the upper arm or
wrist.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for
wearable cuffless BP measurement devices, which have drawn growing interest
in recent years. Existing standards for evaluating sphygmomanometers are
only intended for devices that are used with an occluding cuff and
therefore, do not cover all aspects needed for the emerging wearable
devices. This standard provides guidelines for manufacturers to qualify and
validate their products, potential purchasers or users to evaluate and
select prospective products, and health care professionals to understand the
manufacturing practices on wearable BP devices.
Designation: 1709-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for 1 kV to 35 kV Medium-Voltage DC Power
Systems on Ships
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 02, 2010
Technical Contact: Yuri Khersonsky, Phone:714-488-0690, Email:ykhersonsky@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011
Project Scope: This recommended practice is based on current electrical
engineering methods and practices for applying 1 kV to 35 kV MVDC power
distribution and DC power delivery systems on ships. Recommendations are
made for analytical methods, preferred interconnection interfaces and
performance characteristics for reliable integration of MVDC electrical
components into the ship electrical power systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for
analysis and specifications parameters for 1 kV to 35 kV MVDC power systems
on ships. It will describe impact of MVDC on all electrical components and
will formulate requirements on proper interfaces, sizing, life cycle cost,
weight, efficiency and risk reduction of MVDC power systems implementation.
It will compliment the IEEE Std 45-2002.
Abstract: Guidelines to specify, procure, design, manufacture and develop manuals, safety procedures, practices and procedures for
effective maintenance of medium-voltage direct current (MVDC) electrical power systems is discussed in this recommended practice.
Recommendations are made for analytical methods, preferred interconnection interfaces and performance characteristics for
reliable integration of MVDC electrical components into the ship MVDC electrical power systems.
Key Words: integrated power systems, marine electrical-power systems, medium-
voltage DC, MVDC power electronics, power-electronic building blocks
Designation: 171-1958
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Information Theory
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1711-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for a Cryptographic Protocol for Cyber Security
of Substation Serial Links
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2011
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010, BD APP: Nov 08, 2010
Project Scope: This trial use standard defines a cryptographic protocol to
provide integrity, and optional confidentiality, for cyber security of
substation serial links. It does not address specific applications or
hardware implementations, and is independent of the underlying
communications protocol.
Project Purpose: The elevated concern of cyber security throughout the power
industry has created a need to protect communications to and from
substations. This trial use standard defines a cryptographic protocol known
as Substation Serial Protection Protocol (SSPP) that can protect the
integrity and optional confidentiality of asynchronous serial communications
typically used by substation equipment. SSPP is primarily intended to
protect serial SCADA communications, but can be applied to other serial
communications - such as the maintenance ports of IEDs. SSPP is largely
independent of the underlying communications link and protocol (e.g. Modbus,
DNP3), and is appropriate for serial communications over leased lines, dial-
up lines, multi-drop links radio, power line carrier, fiber optic, etc.
SSPP is suitable for implementation in new equipment or for deployment in
bump-in-the-wire devices retrofitting protection to existing systems.
Abstract: A cryptographic protocol to provide integrity, and optional confidentiality, for cyber security of serial links is defined
in this trial use standard. Specific applications or hardware implementations are not addressed, and the standard is independent
of the underlying communications protocol.
Key Words: cyber security, encryption, IEEE 1711, integrity, serial link
Designation: 1711
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Draft Trial Use Standard for a Cryptographic Protocol for Cyber
Security of Substation Serial Links
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David E Whitehead, Phone:509-332-1890, Email:david_whitehead@selgs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This trial use standard defines the cryptographic protocol for
cyber security of serial supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)
links and engineering access points that implement the requirements of IEEE
P1689.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this trial use standard is to provide part of a
procurement specification that can be used by utilities to ensure that cyber
security devices built by different solution providers are interoperable.
Solution providers will use cryptographic protocols to build interoperable
open system cyber security devices that protect existing asynchronous serial
communications against cyber attack.
Abstract: This trial use standard defines a cryptographic protocol to provide integrity, and optional confidentiality, for cyber
security of serial links. It does not address specific applications or hardware implementations, and is independent of the
underlying communications protocol.
Key Words: cyber security, serial link, encryption, integrity
Designation: 1712
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) Gas Handling for High Voltage
Equipment
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Gordon Luke van der Zel, Phone:704-595-2232, Email:lvanderz@epri.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This guide describes significant aspects of handling SF6 gas
used in electric power equipment such as gas recovery, reclamation,
recycling in order to keep the gas permanently in a closed cycle and
avoiding any deliberate release in environment.
Project Purpose: To provide state-of-the-art technologies and procedures to
minimize SF6 gas emission to a minimum functional level for the electric
power equipment to preserve the environment. This Guide will include all
the aspects for consideration during commissioning and recommissioning,
topping up, refilling, checking the gas quality at site, sampling and
shipment for off-site gas analysis, recovering and reclaiming during
normal operation and at the end of the life of power equipment while
dismantling. This Guide also presents the state-of-the art tools and
measuring devices including the necessary personnel protective equipment.
The basis for the preparation of this Guide is CIGRE Brochure No. 276 -
Guide for preparation of Customised " Practical SF6 Handling
Instructions", August 2005 edition which was developed by the Study
Committee B3, Task Force B3.02.01.
Designation: 1713
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Electrical Shore-to-Ship Connections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kevin L Peterson, Phone:562-497-2999, Email:kevin.peterson@p2seng.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This standard covers system components necessary for connecting
large commercial ships including the shore power supply, shore connection
boxes, cable connections, ship incoming panel and control system. The
standard also addresses safety considerations, maintenance and inspection.
Project Purpose: Providing medium voltage shore power connections to ships has
initiated many challenges to ports around the world. This standard provides
cohesive international recommended practices that are easy to follow and
provides methods for connecting container ships, bulk carriers and cruise
ships.
Designation: P1714
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Industrial Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Donald G Dunn, Phone:281-452-8809, Email:donald.dunn@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: Recommended practice for typical UPS Systems installed in
industrial facilities including the application, specification, performance,
and testing of the UPS System. UPS systems provide uninterruptible power to
process control, standby and other critical equipment. This recommended
practice includes UPS System configurations and loads, accepted design
practices, control strategies and operating principles, redundancy,
reliability, installation, commissioning/startup verification, and
maintenance considerations. Also included in this recommended practice are
hardware associated considerations for batteries, static switch,
ferroresonant transformers, isolation transformers, panelboards, motor
control centers, and harmonic and EMI filters.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides cohesive, easy to use
guidance for both national and international UPS applications.
Designation: P1715
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Power Measurements Under Low Power Factor Conditions
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Eddy So, Phone:613-990-5806, Email:eddy.so@nrc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: To provide background information and general recommendations
for accurate measurements of power at high voltage under low power factor
conditions; identifies suitable measurement techniques including
instrumentation to meet these recommendations; identifies on-site test
techniques including instrumentation to calibrate power loss measuring
systems and recommendations for maintaining their accuracy specifications,
including obtaining traceability to higher echelon standards.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent guide for providing
background and general recommendations for accurate measurements of power at
high voltage under low power factor conditions. The guide identifies
suitable measurement and on-site test techniques, including instrumentation,
to meet these recommendations and calibration of power loss measuring
systems. The guide also provides recommendations for maintaining the
accuracy specifications of the power loss measuring systems, including
obtaining traceability to higher echelon standards.
Designation: P1716
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Managing Natural Disaster Impact on key electrical systems and
installations in Petroleum and Chemical Facilities
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Ed Thornton, Phone:281-586-2532, Email:ed.thornton@usa.dupont.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This document provides recommendations and guidelines for
managing natural disaster impact on key electrical facilities and systems in
petroleum and chemical facilities in order to minimize economic damage by
pre-assessment risk evaluation of electrical facilities, by
Identification of mitigation techniques and system designs to minimize
impact and by outlining procedures for faster recovery of electrical systems
after a natural disaster.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide guidelines and
recommendations to minimize the economic impact to petroleum and chemical
facilities throughout the globe due to natural disasters. The document
provides information to users on how to pre assess damage potential based
on the defined disasters; protect facilities during natural disasters, and
implement processes to be followed for a speedier recovery effort of key
electrical systems. The document begins with addressing basic human needs
after a natural disaster prior to addressing the financial considerations.
Designation: P1717
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Testing Circuit Integrity Cables Using A
Hydrocarbon Pool Fire Test Protocol
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Arturo J Maldonado, Phone:239-280-3863, Email:amaldonado@cableusa.cc
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This standard provides cable and/or system requirements and
methods for performing circuit integrity tests on energized low voltage
power, control, and instrumentation cables at temperatures simulating a
hydrocarbon pool fire.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the document is to provide circuit integrity
test methodology and performance requirements for cables and/or cable
systems, which may be subjected to a hydrocarbon pool fire. This protocol
may be useful when selecting cables for applications where circuit integrity
is critical to plant shutdown under hydrocarbon fire conditions. It can
also be a useful tool in the development of technology to design cables that
maintain circuit integrity during such a fire.
Abstract: Standardization of Circuit Integrity Cable testing is beneficial to cable manufacturers, distributors, and users. Uniform
procedures, consistent, repeatable results, and measurable test acceptance criteria are required to allow comparisons among
competing products and to allow selection of the correct product for the application.
Key Words: ROSOV, fire-safe, emergency shutdown, safety systems, cable, wire,
circuit integrity, horizontal furnace, 20 minutes, 204 kW/m2, 65,000
Btu/ft2-hr,1121°C (2050°F), hydrocarbons, hydrocarbon pool fire, test
protocol, UL 1709, UL 2196, API 14F, API 14FZ, API 2218, ASTM 1529, IEEE-
P1810, MIL-DTL-25038, MIL-STD-3020, IEC-60331, BS 6387, Rapid Rise.
Designation: P1718
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Temperature Monitoring of Cable Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mohamed Chaaban, Phone:450-652-8359, Email:chaaban.mohamed@ireq.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007
Project Scope: This guide presents an overview of the existing and emerging
temperature monitoring systems related to power cable installations. It
summarizes the features, benefits and limitations of both discrete and
distributed temperature monitoring for cable ratings. This guide also
addresses the various aspects of user-interface and data communication
issues needed to make the system more effective and more user-friendly.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist users in applying off-
line or real time temperature monitoring of power cable systems by
addressing the following major issues: 1. Type of cable system
installation: existing or new. 2. Circuit length, type of terrain and
backfill along the cable route that may favor the use of distributed rather
than discrete temperature measurement or vice versa. 3.
Advantages/disadvantages of using a real time monitoring vs. off-line
monitoring system 4. System complexity, performance, reliability and
maintenance 5. Recommended design, operating criteria and data transfer
6. Influence of adjacent circuits.
Abstract: This guide presents an overview of the existing and emerging temperature monitoring systems related to power cable
installations. It summarizes the features, benefits and limitations of both discrete and distributed temperature monitoring for
cable ratings. This guide also addresses the various aspects of user-interface and data communication issues needed to make the
system more effective and more user-friendly.
Designation: P1719
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Evaluating Stator Cores of AC Synchronous Electric Machines
Rated 1 MVA and Higher
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Glenn Mottershead, Phone:905-855-0242x263, Email:gmtrshd@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This guide describes methods which may be used to evaluate the
condition of stator cores of ac electric machines including generators,
motors, and synchronous condensers. The methods outlined herein are
generally applicable to machines rated 1 MVA (1340 HP) and higher. However,
these methods may be applicable to units of lower rating. This guide
is not intended to provide detailed inspection, testing, and maintenance
procedures
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide assistance to
engineering and maintenance personnel responsible for planning, performing,
and assessing results of stator core evaluations. The results of a
successful evaluation program may be used to: 1) Identify needed
maintenance and repairs. 2) Support strategic decisions relative to core
replacement. 3) Provide guidance for developing purchase specifications.
4) Help to optimize the core life from an asset management perspective.
Designation: 172-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Guidance & Control Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Navigation Aid Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1984
Abstract: No abstract
Key Words: navigation aid, definitions, terms
Designation: P1720
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Antennas
Title: Recommended Practice for Near-Field Antenna Measurements
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Michael H Francis, Phone:303 497 5873, Email:francis@boulder.nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007
Project Scope: This document describes recommended near-field test practices
for the measurement of antenna properties. It provides information on
developments in near-field measurements that have occurred since the
approval of IEEE Std 149-1979 (IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Antennas).
This document recommends near-field measurement practices for the three
principal geometries: cylindrical, planar, and spherical, and also
recommends measurement practices for the calibration of probes used as
reference antennas in near-field measurements.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice document is to
provide practical guidance to those who are planning to do near-field
measurements. This document also specifies capabilities required of a near-
field measurement system.
Designation: P1721
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: Standard for Objective Measurement of Systemic Arterial Blood Pressure
in Humans
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Voicu Groza, Phone:+1 613 562 5800 x 21, Email:groza@site.uottawa.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: The document covers two topics concerning systemic arterial
blood pressure in humans. The first topic is objective measurement and
analysis of systemic arterial pulses. The second topic is objective
measurement of systemic arterial blood pressure. Adaptations, extensions,
and connections to existing standards (IEEE 181-2003, IEEE 1073-2000) are
considered enabling seamless integration of blood pressure measurement (BPM)
with clinical data recording (electronic health monitoring). The standard
considers only objective techniques for BPM assuring that the measurement
process satisfies the current standards for evaluating and expressing the
uncertainty of the measurement results along with traceability, down to the
device that was actually used to transduce the signal.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide an objective
reference for measuring systemic arterial blood pressure in humans in form
of definitions and descriptions of objective techniques and procedures that
are independent of specific devices, apparatus, instruments, or computing
devices that may be used in blood pressure measurements and as prerequisite
to: (1) Capturing, recording, and communication of blood pressure
measurement data (e.g., IEEE 1073.1.3.7 - Point of Care ~ Medical Device
Communication Standard, Device Specialization – Blood Pressure) (2)
Standards for automated apparatus intended for noninvasive blood pressure
monitoring (e.g., ANSI/AAMI SP10, “Manual, electronic, or automated
sphygmomanometers”) (3) Standards for apparatus that employs systemic
arterial pulses techniques (e.g., IEEE P1708 - Standard for Wearable
Cuffless Blood Pressure Measuring Devices)
Designation: 1722-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time Sensitive
Applications in a Bridged Local Area Network
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 2011
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010, BD APP: Feb 10, 2011
Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol, data encapsulations, and
presentation time procedures used to ensure interoperability between audio-
and video-based end stations that use standard networking services provided
by all IEEE 802 networks meeting quality-of-service requirements for time-
sensitive applications by leveraging the concepts of IEC 61883.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate interoperability between
stations that stream time-sensitive audio and/or video across LANs providing
time synchronization and latency/bandwidth services by defining the packet
format protocols and synchronization mechanisms.
Abstract: The protocol, data encapsulations, and presentation time procedures used to ensure interoperability between audio- and
video-based end stations that use standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting quality-of-service
requirements for time-sensitive applications by leveraging concepts of IEC 61883 are specified in this standard.
Key Words: bridged LAN, IEC 61883, IEEE 802.1 AVB protocols, IEEE 802.1AS, IEEE
802.1BA, IEEE 802.1Qat, IEEE 802.1Qav, IEEE 1722, local area network (LAN),
quality of service, timesensitive media streaming, time synchronization
Designation: 1722
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Layer 2 Transport Protocol for Time Sensitive Applications
in Bridged Local Area Networks
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert Boatright, Phone:(801) 568-7566, Email:rboatright@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007
Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol, data encapsulations,
connection management and presentation time procedures used to ensure
interoperability between audio and video based end stations that use
standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting QoS
requirements for time-sensitive applications by leveraging concepts of IEC
618831-7.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate interoperability between
stations that stream time-sensitive audio and/or video across LANs providing
time synchronization and latency/bandwidth services by defining the packet
format and stream setup, control, and teardown protocols.
Designation: P1722.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Standard Device Discovery, Connection Management and
Control Protocol for IEEE 1722 Based Devices
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol, device discovery,
connection management and device control procedures used to ensure
interoperability between audio and video based end stations that use IEEE
1722 based stream on IEEE 802 based networks.
Project Purpose: To facilitate interoperability between stations that stream
time-sensitive audio and/or video across LANs providing time synchronization
and latency/bandwidth services, this standard defines the device discovery,
connection management, stream setup, control, and teardown protocols.
Designation: P1723
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for SOA (Service-Oriented Architecture) Solution Reference
Architecture
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Liang-Jie (LJ) Zhang, Phone:+1 914 784 6132, Email:zhanglj@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007
Project Scope: This document provides a standard protocol for creating service-
oriented solution architecture. This protocol is independent of the
underlying implementation and products used to realize the service-oriented
architecture (SOA) based solutions. This protocol is usable in all classes
of solution scenarios. This standard is limited to design and modeling of
service-oriented solution architecture and does not include design or
modeling of service-oriented implementation and supporting infrastructures.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independent standard for
designing and modeling service-oriented solutions based on service-oriented
architecture (SOA). Each vendor builds some design and architectures into
the underlying programming language or business process flows. Without an
independent, openly defined protocol, applications and other solutions
cannot automatically determine the type of solution being communicated and
integrated. This protocol provides a minimum implementation subset that
allows automatic identification and configuration of service-oriented
solutions and vendor extensibility, which will provide for growth and
product differentiation.
Designation: 1724-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for the Preparation of a Transmission Line Design Criteria
Document
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 27, 2011
Technical Contact: Richard N Collins, Phone:517-788-3971, Email:rncollins@cai-engr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This guide provides a template to assist line design engineers
in gathering information and organizing it into a coherent design criteria
document for use in the design of overhead electric power transmission
lines, generally at voltages of 69 kV and higher. The guide will also be
useful for the design of lower voltage lines.
Project Purpose: This guide assists in application to engineers for the
preparation of a design criteria document used for overhead transmission
lines. A design criteria documents the data and assumptions used; the
sources of the data and assumptions; the conventions, standards, guides, and
design manuals used; and the design method(s) used in the design of the
transmission line. The guide offers a comprehensive table of contents of the
important criteria that should be taken into consideration in the design of
transmission lines. The guide discusses the various criteria. The guide does
not recommend criteria values, as would a design manual, but lists and
discusses the importance of the criteria. The design engineer must determine
the values to use based on the location, ambient conditions, and importance
of the line.
Abstract: A suggested outline for information that should be included in a design criteria for overhead transmission lines is
presented in this guide. This guide is not a design criteria or a design manual, it is a listing of the information that is
required during the design of a transmission line, and provides guidance for line designers in the collection and documentation
of how the line was designed; including the sources of information used in design and the design approach used.
Key Words: design criteria, IEEE 1724, load factors, structure loads
Designation: 1725-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Cellular Telephones
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1725-2006
Publication type: Standards Press
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable lithium-ion (Li-Ion)
and lithium-ion polymer (Li-Ion polymer) batteries for cellular telephone
applications. Also included in the standard are: battery pack electrical and
mechanical construction, packaging technologies, and pack and cell level
charge and discharge controls and overall system considerations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user
experience and operation of cell phone batteries. The battery and cellular
telephone industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification
of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and
reliability of those batteries.
Abstract: Criteria for design analysis for qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable lithium ion and lithium ion
polymer batteries for cellular telephone applications are established. Also included are: battery pack electrical and mechanical
construction, packaging technologies, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls, and overall system considerations.
Key Words: cellular telephones, IEEE 1725, lithium ion batteries
Designation: 1725-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Cellular Telephones
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jason Howard, Phone:770-338-3306, Email:jason.howard@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
qualification, quality, and reliability of rechargeable lithium ion and
lithium ion polymer batteries for cellular telephone applications. Also
included in the standard are: battery pack electrical and mechanical
construction, packaging technologies, and pack and cell level charge and
discharge controls and overall system considerations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to ensure reliable user
experience and operation of cell phone batteries. The battery and cellular
telephone industries need standardized criteria for design and qualification
of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and
reliability of those batteries.
Abstract: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for quality, and establishes criteria for reliability of
rechargeable Li-Ion and Li-Ion Polymer batteries for mobile telephone applications. Also included in the standard are battery
pack electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, pack and cell level charge and discharge controls,
and overall system considerations..
Key Words: ac/dc adapter, ac/dc charger, battery pack, cell, dc/dc adapter,
dc/dc charger, failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA), host device, Li-
Ion polymer battery, mobile telephone battery, rechargeable Li-Ion battery
Designation: P1726
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Functional Specification of Fixed Transmission Series
Capacitor Banks for Transmission System Applications
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mark McVey, Phone:804-257-4637, Email:mark_mcvey@dom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007
Project Scope: This Guide provides general guidelines toward the preparations
of a functional specification of transmission fixed series capacitor banks
(FSC) using overvoltage protection based on three technologies: • metal
oxide varistors • metal oxide varistors with a forced triggered bypass
gaps, and thyristor protected series capacitors. • thyristor protected
series capacitor. This Guide does not apply comprehensively to Thyristor
Controlled Series Capacitors
Project Purpose: This Guide presents technical clauses that may be used as the
basis of a functional FSC specification. No other documents exist to help
the user complete a specification of series capacitor document.
Designation: P1727
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guideline For Working Procedures On Underground Transmission Circuits
With Induced Voltage
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Albert Kong, Phone:(510) 874-2397, Email:axk6@pge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: This guideline establishes induced voltage working procedures
for underground transmission circuits. A transmission circuit when
deenergized will have an induced voltage when in a common duct bank with an
energized circuit. The induced voltage may be a possible safety hazard. The
induced voltage may be determined by modeling the circuits and by
measurement. This guide addresses the working procedures to follow when
performing work where induced voltage is present.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guideline is to establish working
procedures for deenergized underground transmission circuits where induced
voltage is present. The guide will describe working procedures to use under
this condition.
Designation: P1728
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Use of Extruded Shields
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Tim Person, Phone:732-271-2026, Email:persontj@dow.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide provides an overview of the functional requirements
and related properties of extruded conductor shields and insulation shields
used for the distribution of power at voltages between 5 and 46kV and the
transmission of power at voltages of 69kV up to 345kV. This guide does not
address the manufacture of extruded shields and cables.
Project Purpose: This document is intended to provide guidance to the users of
extruded dielectric distribution and transmission power cables on the
selection of extruded conductor shield and insulation shield materials for
their intended application in the context of the overall cable system. This
may be used as a general reference and provides baseline information that
may be considered for the approval of extruded conductor shield and
insulation shield compounds.
Designation: P1729
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution System Analysis
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Thomas E McDermott, Phone:412-650-9719, Email:t.mcdermott@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of the standard includes steady-state, event-based,
probabilistic, stochastic, and dynamic analysis of medium-voltage (up to 35
kV) electric utility power distribution systems. Industrial and commercial
power distribution systems, harmonic analysis, and electromagnetic transient
analysis are all excluded.
Project Purpose: Many commercial software products and academic research
projects continue to use analysis methods appropriate for transmission
systems, but not for distribution systems. Many research papers submitted
for publication still address questions that have been well-settled by
previous work. The purpose of this Recommended Practice is to focus research
attention on areas where legitimate needs exist, and to identify methods
that should not be used in software products.
Designation: 173-1959
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Guidance & Control Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standards on Navigation Aids: Direction Finder Measurements, 1959
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI wdn.
Technical Contact: Bud Wimber, Phone:(818) 719-7920, Email:wimber@littongcs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Apr 10, 1958
Key Words: direction, finder, measurement
Designation: 1730-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Distributed Simulation Engineering and
Execution Process (DSEEP)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 24, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 1516.3-2003
Technical Contact: Robert R Lutz, Phone:240-228-7599, Email:robert.lutz@jhuapl.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Abstract: Recommended practice for Distributed Simulation Engineering and Execution Process (DSEEP) is described. The DSEEP is
intended as a high-level process framework into which the lower-level systems engineering practices native to any distributed
simulation user can be easily integrated. Simulation architectures include Distributed Interactive Simulation (DIS), High Level
Architecture (HLA), and Test and Training Enabling Architecture (TENA).
Key Words: DIS, distributed simulation, engineering methodology, HLA, IEEE
1730, M&S, system process, TENA, 1516.3
Designation: P1730.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Simulation Interoperability Stds Organization/Stds Activities Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Distributed Simulation Engineering and
Execution Process (DSEEP) Multi-Architecture Overlay (DMAO)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert R Lutz, Phone:240-228-7599, Email:robert.lutz@jhuapl.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This document defines the issues that are either unique to or
exacerbated by the use of multiple simulation architectures in the same
simulation environment, along with recommended actions for properly
addressing these issues. The Recommended Practice for Distributed
Simulation Engineering and Execution Process (IEEE 1730) provides the
overarching process framework. The alignment of DSEEP activities with those
additional tasks necessary to address the multi-architecture concerns
collectively define a "how to" guide for developing and executing multi-
architecture simulation environments, based on industry best practices.
Project Purpose: Document will not contain a purpose statement
Designation: 1733-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Layer 3 Transport Protocol for Time-Sensitive
Applications in Local Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 25, 2011
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol, data encapsulations,
connection management and presentation time procedures used to ensure
interoperability between audio and video based end stations that use
standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting
quality of service (QoS) requirements for time-sensitive applications by
leveraging the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) family of protocols and
family of IEEE 802.1 Audio/Video Bridging (AVB) protocols.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate interoperability between
stations that stream time-sensitive audio and/or video across bridged and
routed LANs providing time synchronization and latency/bandwidth services by
defining the packet format and stream setup, control, synchronization and
teardown protocols by leveraging Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) family
of protocols and IEEE 802.1 AVB protocols.
Abstract: Protocol, data encapsulations, connection management, and presentation time procedures used to ensure interoperability
between audio and video-based end stations that use standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting QoS
requirements for time-sensitive applications by leveraging the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) family of protocols and IEEE
802.1 Audio/Video Bridging (AVB) protocols is specified in this standard.
Key Words: bridged LAN, IEEE 802.1AS, IEEE 802.1 AVB protocols, IEEE 802.1Qat,
IEEE 802.1Qav, IEEE 1733, LAN, QoS, RTCP, RTP, time-sensitive media
streaming, time synchronization
Designation: 1733
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Layer 3 Transport Protocol for Time Sensitive Applications
in Local Area Networks
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol, data encapsulations,
connection management and presentation time procedures used to ensure
interoperability between audio and video based end stations that use
standard networking services provided by all IEEE 802 networks meeting
Quality of Service requirements for time-sensitive applications by
leveraging the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) family of protocols and
IEEE 802.1 Audio/Video Bridging (AVB) protocols.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate interoperability between
stations that stream time-sensitive audio and/or video across bridged and
routed LANs providing time synchronization and latency/bandwidth services by
defining the packet format and stream setup, control, synchronization and
teardown protocols by leveraging Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) family
of protocols and IEEE 802.1 AVB protocols.
Designation: P1734
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Quality of Electronic and Software Intellectual
Property used in System and System on Chip (SoC) Designs
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This specification defines a standard XML format for
representing electronic IP quality information, based on an information
model for electronic IP quality measurement. It includes a schema and the
terms that are relevant for measuring electronic IP quality, including
software that executes on the system. The schema and information model can
be focused to represent particular categories of interest to IP users. In
the context of this document, the term "IP" will be used to mean
Intellectual Property electronic design data. Electronic Design Intellectual
Property is a term used in the electronic design community. It refers to a
reusable collection of design specifications which represent the behavior,
properties, and/or representation of the design in various media.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a unified view of
quality measures for IP to facilitate the use and integration of this IP
used in electronic system design. This will enable the continuous
improvement of IP used for system design and verification by providing a
mechanism for qualitative comparison between such IP. The standard IP
quality measures and characteristic exchange format defined can be
incorporated into a variety of EDA tools.
Abstract: This specification defines a standard XML format for representing electronic IP qualityinformation, based on an
information model for electronic IP quality measurement. It includes a schema and the terms that are relevant for measuring
electronic IP quality, including software that executes on the system. The schema and information model can be focused to
represent particular categories of interest to IP users. In the context of this document, the term “IP” shall be used to mean
Intellectual Property electronic design data. Electronic Design Intellectual Property is a term used in the electronic design
community. It refers to a reusable collection of design specifications that represent the behavior, properties, and/or
representation of the design in various media.
Key Words: Electronic Design Automation, EDA, XML Design Meta Data, Quality IP
Metrics, QIP, XML Schema, Semantic Consistency Rules, SRCs, Design
Environment, Use Models, Implementation Constraints, Register Transfer
Logic, RTL, Verification IP, VIP, Analog and Mixes Signal, AMS, Micro-
Electro-Mechanical Systems, MEMS, Electronic System Level, and ESL.
Designation: P1735
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Recommended Practice for Encryption and Management of Electronic Design
Intellectual Property (IP)
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies embeddable and encapsulating markup
syntaxes for design IP encryption and rights management, together with
recommendations for integration with design specification formats described
in other standards. It also recommends use models for interoperable tool and
hardware flows, which will include selecting encryption and encoding
algorithms and encryption key management. The recommendation includes a
description of the trust model assumed in the recommended use models. This
standard does not specifically include any consideration of digitally
encoded entertainment media. In the context of this document, the term “IP”
will be used to mean Intellectual Property electronic design data.
Electronic Design Intellectual Property is a term used in the electronic
design community. It refers to a reusable collection of design
specifications which represent the behavior, properties, and/or
representation of the design in various media. Examples of these collections
include, but are not limited to: · A unit of electronic system design
· A design verification and analysis scheme (e.g., test bench) · A
netlist indicating elements and the interconnection thereof to implement a
function · A set of fabrication instructions · A physical layout
design or chip layout · A design intent specification The term is
partially derived from the common practice for the collection to be
considered the intellectual property of one party. Hardware and software
descriptions are encompassed by this term.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to enable design flows that
provide interoperability between IP sources, tools, integrators, and users
of the IP. There is currently no defined, independent standard for
describing IP encryption markup for design information formats. Each design
format which incorporates IP encryption describes their markup differently
leading to confusing interpretation. Users of those standards also lack a
recommended practice for inter-operable use of IP encryption. This
document provides guidelines and recommended practice for use of IP
protection markup syntax and key management to enable interoperable tool
flows with IP and tools from a wide array of suppliers. It includes
algorithm selection for encryption and encoding. This document specifies a
generic set of embeddable markup syntax suitable for IP protection and
rights management of arbitrary text files. These files represent potential
inputs and outputs of EDA tools that would otherwise expose IP. The generic
syntax of these directives may be suitably modified for a particular file
format if there are syntactic conflicts and variations may be described in
recommended practices.
Designation: 174
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 175
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1754-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for a 32-bit Microprocessor Architecture
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Phillip Huelson, Phone:415-967-6929, Email:huelson@netcom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994
Abstract: A 32-bit microprocessor architecture, available to a wide variety of manufacturers and users, is defined. The standard
includes the definition of the instruction set, register model, data types, instruction op-codes, and coprocessor interface. You
will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: computer, ISA, microprocessor, instruction set architecture
Designation: 176
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Standard on Piezooelectricity
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thrygve R Meeker, Phone:610-437-3310
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Designation: 176-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: IEEE Standard on Piezoelectricity
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 176-1949.
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1987
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. No abstract.
Key Words: 176_1987.bk
Designation: 177
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Standard Definitions and Methods of Measurement for Piezoelectric
Vibrators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thrygve R Meeker, Phone:610-437-3310
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: A modest revision of the (177-1966) standard will include
corrections, improvements, and section additions on bridge, scattering
parameter, and improved Pi-network techniques for more accurate measurements
of the electrical parameters of higher frequency piezoelectric resonators
with higher electromechanical coupling. The revised std should be useful for
measurements on both crystalline (quartz) and ceramic(lead zirconia
titanate) resonators.
Project Purpose: Since the present std (177-1966) was issued, considerable
worldwide work on piezoelectric resonator electrical measurement techniques
has been reported. This work has led to more accurate measurements of the
electrical parameters of piezoelelectric resonators at higher frequencies
and at higher electromechanical coupling, including a more comprehensive
understanding of the dependence of measured crystal parameters on the
measurement fixture and on the measurement conditions. Three of these
measurement tchniques (the bridge technique, the improved Pi-network
technique, and the scattering parameter technique) are so useful that they
should be discussed in the IEEE standard. Including discussion on all three
measurement techniques will considerably increase the value of the standard
to technical workers in the field.
Designation: 177-1966
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: Standard Definitions and Methods of Measurements for Piezoelectric
Vibrators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**aka ANSI C83.17-1970
History: BD APP: May 23, 1966
Abstract: The equivalent electric circuit of a piezoelectric vibrator and its parameters are reviewed. The determination of these
parameters by the transmission method is described. The method is suitable for frequencies up to about 30 MHz for the commonly
encountered ranges of the capacitance ratio r and the figure of merit M, provided that errors due to instrumentation are taken
into account. The equations presented in this standard have been formulated to correct these errors.
Key Words: piezoelectricity, vibrator
Designation: 1775-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Standard for Power Line Communication Equipment--Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) Requirements--Testing and Measurement Methods
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2011
**New standard
Technical Contact: Aron Viner, Phone:+1 617 614 6729, Email:aviner@ambientcorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) criteria and consensus test and measurements procedures for broadband
over power line (BPL) communication equipment and installations. The
standard references existing national and international standards for BPL
equipment and installations. It does not include the specific emission
limits, which are subject to national regulations.
Project Purpose: This standard is a part of a planned IEEE series of BPL
standards that will cover major aspects of BPL communication technology:
safety, EMC, media, coexistence, interoperability, and education. By
providing test and measurement guidance as well as EMC criteria, this EMC
standard will serve as a bridge between national spectrum regulations, power
utility practice, and other interested party concerns. It is also will
clearly identify the basic definitions of the applicable EMC parameters for
BPL equipment and installations as well as measurements conditions and
settings.
Abstract: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) criteria and consensus test and measurements procedures for broadband over power line
(BPL) communication equipment and installations are presented. Existing national and international standards for BPL equipment
and installations are referenced. This standard does not include the specific emission limits, which are subject to national
regulations.
Key Words: BPL, BPL emissions, BPL immunity, broadband over power line
communication, electromagnetic compatibility, EMC, emissions measurements,
IEEE 1775, measurement methods, PLC, power line communication, power line
communication equipment, smart grid, testing methods
Designation: 1776-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Unsealed or Sealed
Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-
Insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 15 000 V and Below
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 13, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines test procedures for comparing
two or more unsealed or sealed insulation systems in accordance with
their expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to
insulation systems for AC electrical machines using form-wound pre-insulated
stator coils rated 15 000 V and below. The intent of this test procedure
is to evaluate unsealed insulation systems for use with air cooling under
usual (normal) service conditions, or sealed insulation systems for use
under severe environmental conditions (where the insulation is exposed to
conducting contaminants). This procedure does not cover special
requirements, such as those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or
machines subjected to strong chemicals, metal dust or submersion in liquid,
etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems
in comparison with known reference systems, of the same type, having a
proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these
tests. The intent of this test procedure is to evaluate unsealed insulation
systems for use with ir cooling under usual (normal) service conditions, or
sealed insulation systems for use under severe environmental conditions
(where the insulation is exposed to conducting contaminants). This
procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those for machines
enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong chemicals, metal
dust or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions
for testing candidate systems in comparison with known reference systems, of
the same type, having a proven record of service experience and interpreting
the results of these tests.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to classify unsealed or
sealed insulation systems for the machinery used inusual (normal) service or
machinery used in severe environmental conditions (and falling within the
scope of this recommended practice) in accordance with their temperature
capabilities by test, rather than by chemical composition. Data from such
tests may be used to establish the temperature classification of new
insulation systems before they are service-proven. In order to provide
data from which a base of reference for temperature classification can be
established, service-proven (reference) unsealed or sealed systems should
also be tested according to this test procedure. This document combines
the procedures given in IEEE Std 275™-1992 (for unsealed systems) with those
of IEEE Std 429™-1994 (for sealed systems).1In order to provide data from
which a base of reference for temperature classification can be established,
service-proven (reference) unsealed or sealed systems should also be tested
according to this test procedure. This document combines the procedures
given in IEEE Std. 275-1992 (unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std. 429-
1994(sealed systems). Both of these recommended practices have been
withdrawn.
Abstract: A test procedure (Combination of IEEE Std 275™-1992 and IEEE Std 429™-1994) for comparing two or more insulation systems
in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for
alternating-current (ac) electrical machines using form-wound pre-insulated stator coils rated 15000 V and below
Key Words: 1776-2008, ac electric machinery, insulation system, stator coils,
thermal evaluation
Designation: 1776
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed and Unsealed
Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-
insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 15000 V and Below
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines test procedures for comparing
two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at
rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac
electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 15000 V
and below. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those
for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong
chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions
for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a
proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these
tests.
Project Purpose: This document combines the procedures given in IEEE Std 275-
1992(unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std 429-1994(sealed systems). The
purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation systems for the
machinery used in normal service and machinery used in severe environmental
conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in
accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by
chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the
temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are
service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for
temperature classification can be established, service-proven systems should
also be tested according to this test procedure.
Designation: 1776
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Unsealed or Sealed
Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-
insulated Stator Coils for Machines Rated 15000 V and Below
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines test procedures for comparing
two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at
rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac
electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 15000 V
and below. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as those
for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to strong
chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes instructions
for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems having a
proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of these
tests.
Project Purpose: This document combines the procedures given in IEEE Std 275-
1992(unsealed systems) with those of IEEE Std 429-1994(sealed systems). The
purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation systems for the
machinery used in normal service and machinery used in severe environmental
conditions (and falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in
accordance with their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by
chemical composition. Data from such tests may be used to establish the
temperature classification of new insulation systems before they are
service-proven. In order to provide data from which a base of reference for
temperature classification can be established, service-proven systems should
also be tested according to this test procedure.
Designation: 1777
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Recommended Practice for Using Wireless Data Communications in Power
System Operations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Frances M Cleveland, Phone:831-338-3175, Email:fcleve@xanthus-consulting.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: These Recommended Practices describe and make recommendations on
the functional, performance, security, and on-site testing issues related to
using wireless data communication technologies in different aspects of power
system operations, including within electric power substations, in
underground vaults, along transmission and distribution circuits, within
generation and distributed generation plants, for customer electrical and
metering equipment, and other electric power environments. These recommended
practices focus on the newer wireless data communication technologies such
as WiFi, Bluetooth, Zigbee, WiMax, and cellular phone systems. The different
types of communication functions include high-speed, high reliability
protective relaying, “real-time” monitoring within electric sites with high
EMI, control within electric sites, non-operational monitoring and control
(e.g. maintenance, archival data, physical plan monitoring, etc.), mobile
functions, temporary functions, and emergency functions. Appendices include
the Questionnaires utilized to collect the user requirements from power
system experts for functions or applications which potentially could use
wireless data communications. These user requirements form the basis for the
wireless issues that are discussed and the recommendations that are made.
Project Purpose: These Recommended Practices provide guidelines to utilities on
potential uses and the key issues related to using wireless technologies in
different aspects and environments of power system operations. Wireless
data communications are becoming widespread in many industries, since they
offer significant benefits over wired communications, including low cost
installations, rapid deployment, easy user access, and mobility. At the same
time, the use of wireless technologies in power system environments presents
a number of security and reliability concerns. These concerns include the
impact of noisy electrical environments on the wireless media, the
reliability of the currently available commercial wireless equipment, the
overloading of the available bandwidth (particularly during emergency
conditions), and the security of communications. Utilities are therefore
wisely skeptical and cautious about introducing wireless communications in
their substations. Nonetheless, the potential advantages and low costs of
wireless technologies cannot be ignored. Therefore, questionnaires (Use
Cases), filled out by power system experts, are used to determine what
functions or applications could potentially benefit from using wireless
technologies in power system operations. These functions/ applications are
then analyzed to determine where wireless technologies could provide viable,
secure, safe, and reliable alternatives to wired solutions, and what
additional development of wireless technologies are needed, particularly
with respect to robustness of equipment, security, and reliability.
Designation: 1778
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Esterel v7 Language Reference Manual
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Gérard Berry, Phone:+33 4 92 02 40 65, Email:gerard.berry@esterel-technologies.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This standard is a Reference Manual for the Esterel v7 Language,
which is dedicated to the specification and implementation of hardware or
software reactive systems. The standard ensures unambiguous definition of
the language syntax and semantics, and, therefore, full interoperability
between Esterel-based software compilation, circuit synthesis, static
analysis, and verification tools.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the Electronic
Design Automation, Semiconductor, Systems Design, and Software communities
with a well-defined and official IEEE definition of the Esterel v7 language.
Esterel v7 is not a minor variant of existing HDLs or software languages
that could be defined with an addendum to existing standards. Esterel v7 is
unique in its way to formally merge the kind of sequencing only found in
software languages, the kind of large-scale synchronous concurrency found in
hardware description languages, specific temporal control primitives that
drive the life and death of activities, and full support for multiclock
designs. For datapath specification, Esterel v7 supports formally defined
arbitrary precision exact arithmetic, bitvectors with conversion from and to
numbers according to predefined or user-defined numerical encodings, and
arrays of arbitrary dimensions and types. Esterel v7 is interoperable
with other standards since it can generate synthesizable HDL code (Verilog,
VHDL, etc.) as well as executable software code (C, C++, SystemC, etc.).
Designation: 178
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P1780
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Inertial
Measurement Units (IMU)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This standard provides guidelines for the preparation of an IMU
specification document and recommended test procedures to verify the IMU
specifications noted therein. A standard format guide for the preparation of
an IMU specification is defined. Recommended test procedures are derived
from those presently used in the inertial community. Informative annexes
cover IMU design features and theoretical principles of operation.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a common meeting ground of terminology
and practice for manufacturers and users. The user is cautioned not to
over-specify -- only those parameters that are required to guarantee proper
IMU performance in the specific application should be controlled. In
general, the specification should contain only those requirements that can
be verified by test or inspection. Part II of this standard can also be
used as a guide in the preparation of a separate IMU test specification. In
general, the intent is for the specification writer to ensure consistency
and traceability between Part II test procedures and Part I requirements for
performance, mechanical, electrical, environmental, and quality assurance.
Designation: 1781
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Application of Extruded Conductor and Insulation Shields
for Shielded Power Cables Rated 5 kV to 500 kV AC
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tim Person, Phone:732-271-2026, Email:persontj@dow.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This guide provides an overview of the functional requirements
and related properties of extruded conductor shields and insulation shields
used for the distribution and transmission of power at voltages from 5 kV to
500 kV ac. This guide does not address the manufacture of extruded shields
and cables.
Project Purpose: This document provides guidance to the users of distribution
and transmission power cables on extruded conductor shield and insulation
shield materials. The information is intended for use as a general
reference for electric power engineers and provides information that may be
considered for the design of power cables.
Designation: P1782
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Collecting, Categorizing and Utilization of Information
Related to Electric Power Distribution Interruption Events
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Cheryl A Warren, Phone:518-433-5081, Email:cheryl.warren@us.ngrid.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: This guide provides information regarding the collection,
utilization and categorization of information related to electric power
distribution interruption events for the purpose of system reliability
comparisons.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to foster uniformity and
consistency of collection of data among utilities in the trending and
benchmarking of electric power distribution reliability to enable meaningful
assessment of the performance of different electric utilities. In addition,
this guide is intended to provide education and guidance to those unfamiliar
with the assessment, trending and benchmarking practices related to electric
power distribution system reliability.
Designation: 1783-2009
Sponsor: Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Test Methods and Procedures to Evaluate the Electrical
Performance of Insulators in Freezing Conditions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 17, 2009
**New Standard
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009
Project Scope: The guide specifies procedures for testing equipment when
external insulation of the test object is subjected to combinations of
contamination, ice, snow, or cold fog. The methods are applicable only to
tests on equipment with a rated voltage above 1 kV.The guide specifies
procedures for testing equipment when external insulation of the test object
is subjected to combinations of contamination, ice, snow, or cold fog. The
methods are applicable only to tests on equipment with a rated voltage above
1 kV.
Project Purpose: The test methods recommended in this guide supplement the
general requirements regarding equipment, objects, and procedures for
standard high-voltage testing. The guide also describes some recommended
methods evaluating the test results.
Abstract: The guide specifies procedures for testing equipment when external insulation of the test object is subjected to
combinations of contamination, ice, snow, or cold fog. The methods are applicable only to tests on equipment with a rated voltage
above 1 kV.
Key Words: 1793-2009, cold fog, contamination, high-voltage testing, ice,
icing, insulators, salt fog, snow
Designation: 1784
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Nanomaterials Characterization and Use in Large Scale
Electronics Manufacturing
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Brent Segal, Phone:7817060227, Email:bsegal@post.harvard.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: To fully benefit from the cost, performance, and flexibility of
new electronics products manufactured on a large-scale, an industry
accustomed to the purchase, use, and engineering of continuum materials must
grow to embrace appropriate new practices at the nano-scale.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable the quick, low-risk
adoption of nanomaterials into large-scale electronics manufacturing. In
addition a best set of common practices will be delineated for use in
semiconductor fabs.
Designation: 1784
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: Large Scale Manufacturing of Nanotechnologies
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to assist in enabling the quick,
low-risk adoption of nanomaterials into large-scale electronics
manufacturing. In addition a best set of common practices will be delineated
for use in semiconductor fabs.
Project Purpose: [Since this document is being developed jointly with IEC,
there will be no purpose clause (in accordance with IEC style).]
Designation: P1785
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Standard for Rectangular Metallic Waveguides and Their Interfaces for
Frequencies of 110 GHz and Above.
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: This standard provides the relevant specifications for hollow
metallic rectangular waveguide operating at frequencies of 110 GHz and
above. The standard is in two parts: 1) specifications for the
waveguide (including aperture dimensions, frequency range, cut-off
frequency, etc); 2) specifications for the waveguide interfaces, e.g.
flanges (including engineering drawings, etc). This standard
considers the tolerances of the waveguide aperture dimensions and the
flanges, and the effect these have on the electrical properties (in terms of
return loss, transmission loss, etc) of the waveguide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the agreed
reference for all organizations using rectangular waveguides at these
frequencies. This will enable efficient trade between customers and
suppliers, and common design criteria and practices for component, systems
and design engineers.
Designation: P1785
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Standard for rectangular waveguides and flanges for rectangular
waveguides for use at millimeter and sub-millimeter wavelengths
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Nick M Ridler, Phone:44 20 8943 7116, Email:nick.ridler@npl.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This standard provides the relevant specifications for hollow
metallic rectangular waveguide operating over the frequency range 110 GHz to
1100 GHz (i.e 1.1 THz). The standard is in two parts: 1)
specifications for the waveguide (including aperture dimensions, frequency
range, cut-off frequency, etc); 2) specifications for the waveguide
flanges (including engineering drawings, etc). This standard
considers the tolerances of the waveguide aperture dimensions and the
flanges, and the effect these have on the electrical properties (in terms of
return loss, transmission loss, etc) of the waveguide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the agreed
reference for all organizations using rectangular waveguides at these
frequencies. This will enable efficient trade between customers and
suppliers, and common design criteria and practices for component, systems
and design engineers.
Designation: P1786
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Draft Human Factors Guide for Applications of Computerized
Operating Procedure Systems at Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other
Nuclear Facilities.
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert Waters, Phone:941-697-9435, Email:watersworks@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This document provides guidance for the application of
Computerized Operating Procedure Systems (COPS). This guidance concerns the
design (i.e., form and function) and use of COPS. In general, this guide
does not provide guidance for the technical content of the operating
procedures being presented except as needed to address unique aspects of
procedure implementation on COPS. Software tools that can be described as
computerized procedures but reside outside the control room (such as might
be used for maintenance or testing) are also beyond the scope of this
document.
Project Purpose: The project is intended to provide application guidance, based
on current industry experience, for the design and use of Computerized
Operating Procedure Systems (COPS) at nuclear power generating stations and
other nuclear facilities. The Guide will identify acceptable practices and
important considerations for applying COPS to facility operations. The
guide is intended to support developers, users, and reviewers of COPS.
Abstract: This document provides guidance for the application of Computerized Operating Procedure Systems (COPS). This guidance
concerns the design (i.e., form and function) and use of COPS. In general, this guide does not concern itself with the technical
content of the operating procedures being presented except as needed to address unique aspects of procedure implementation on
COPS. Software tools that can be described as computerized procedures but are implemented outside the control room (such as might
be used for maintenance or testing) are also beyond the scope of this document.
Key Words: Human Factors, Computerized Procedures, Nuclear Facilities
Designation: P1787
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Standard for High Frequency Characterization for Low Temperature Co-
Fired Ceramic (LTCC)Materials
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Michael D Janezic, Phone:303-497-3656, Email:janezic@boulder.nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This standard develops standard test methods to characterize and
control Low Temperature Co-Fired Ceramic (LTCC) materials systems. The test
methods are independentant of the type of LTCC materials system. The test
methods will be usable by all vendors of LTCC to characterize and measure
LTCC materials systems in frequencies up to 110GHz.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined, independant standard for
controlling test methods used to characterize and control LTCC. Each vendor
of LTCC uses their own methods to characterize LTCC, which vary greatly from
vendor to vendor and ultimately frustrates the OEM's or design specifiers.
Without standard, openly defined test methods, new and existing LTCC
materials systems are limited in use to those who will put forth the effort
to fully characterize the LTCC using their own developed test methods. The
test methods will allow for a level playing field for all new and existing
LTCC materials system vendors, as well as, provide characterization data to
OEM's or design specifiers all from the standard test methods provided by
this standard.
Designation: P1788
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Interval Arithmetic
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Nathalie Revol, Phone:(33) 4 72 72 86 42, Email:nathalie.revol@ens-lyon.fr
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies basic interval arithmetic (IA)
operations selecting and following one of the commonly used mathematical
interval models. This standard supports the IEEE-754/2008 floating point
types of practical use in interval computations. Exception conditions will
be defined and standard handling of these conditions will be specified.
Consistency with the model is tempered with practical considerations
based on input from representatives of vendors and owners of existing
systems. The standard provides a layer between the hardware and the
programming language levels. It does not mandate that any operations be
implemented in hardware. It does not define any realization of the basic
operations as functions in a programming language.
Project Purpose: The standard will improve the availability of reliable
computing in modern hardware and software environments by defining the
basic building blocks needed for performing interval arithmetic. There
are presently many systems for interval arithmetic in use, and lack of a
standard inhibits development, portability, and ability to verify
correctness of codes.
Designation: P1789
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practices of Modulating Current in High Brightness LEDs for
Mitigating Health Risks to Viewers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Bradley Lehman, Phone:(617)373-3052, Email:lehman@ece.neu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to: 1) Define the concept of
modulation frequencies for LEDs and give discussion on their applications to
LED lighting, 2) Describe LED lighting applications in which modulation
frequencies pose possible health risks to users, 3) Discuss the concept of
dimming of LEDs by modulating the frequency of driving currents/voltage 4)
Present recommendations for modulation frequencies for LED lighting and
dimming applications to protect against known adverse health effects.
Project Purpose: Presently, there are no standards or recommendations on safe
modulating frequencies for High Brightness LEDs. Various driving frequencies
are being suggested by vendors, some at very low frequencies and others at
high frequencies. Past work for fluorescent lighting in the late 1980’s and
early 1990’s have shown that modulation at low frequencies for office and
residential lighting can cause health related problems, such as headaches,
eye strain and epileptic seizure. The detrimental effects depend on factors
such as brightness, angle of viewing, wavelength, depth of modulation, among
others. The purpose of this propose standard is to 1) describe some possible
health risks, such as headaches, eye strain and epileptic seizure,
associated with low frequency modulation of High Brightness LEDs in
different applications and 2) provide recommended practices to aid design of
LED driving systems to modulate at safe frequencies for their particular
applications in order to protect against the described health risks.
Designation: 179
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P1791
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Terminology Used for Direct Current Electric
Transit Overhead Contact Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Chris Pagni, Phone:415.567.0871, Email:bakerst@parknorthsf.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice defines terms used for direct current
electric transit overhead contact systems.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides uniform terminology and
definition of terms used for direct current electric transit overhead
contact systems.
Designation: P1792
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Nuclear Power Generating Station Preferred
Power Supply Reliability
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses activities related to
Preferred Power Supply (PPS) reliability, including design considerations,
analytical studies, operational and maintenance considerations, and
interface agreements between a Nuclear Power Generating Station and its
associated Transmission Entities.
Project Purpose: This document provides a recommended practice to enhance the
PPS reliability with respect to Nuclear Power Generating Station
requirements.
Designation: 1792
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practices For Nuclear Power Plant Offsite Power Circuits
Reliability
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses the interface and
coordination between Nuclear Power Generating Stations (NPGS) and
transmission entities for activities related to the reliability of the
preferred power supply (PPS) and to ensure a plant’s design and licensing
bases are maintained. The activities of this recommended practice include
design, maintenance, communication/coordination, analysis, interface
agreements, operational requirements, training and identification of nuclear
plant licensing requirements (NPLR) and nuclear plant interface requirements
(NPIR).
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides guidance to address the
application of NPGS requirements to maintain the reliability of the PPS
system.
Designation: P1793
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Planning and Designing Transition Facilities between Overhead
and Underground Transmission Lines
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Dennis E Johnson, Phone:770-279-3223, Email:dejohnson@powereng.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008
Project Scope: This guide presents factors to be considered in the planning and
design of transition facilities between overhead and underground
transmission lines. These include the system implications of a hybrid
installation as they relate to the transition facility. While this
document focuses on transmission lines only, some of the considerations
listed in this guide are common to both transmission and distribution
installations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to list and describe typical
factors that should be considered in the planning and designing of
transition facilities between overhead and underground transmission lines.
Some of these factors relate to the installation, operation and maintenance
of the transmission system. This guide is intended to be comprehensive, but
may not be all inclusive.
Designation: 1796
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Resilient backplane ring (RBR)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David V James
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: Resilient backplane ring (RBR) is a backplane interconnect based
on the dual-ring resilient topology of resilient packet ring (RPR) and the
802 MAC addressing structure. RBR includes features appropriate for the low-
latency backplane environment: destination-based flow control, low-power
short-haul PHY, backplane-to-backplane links, transport of IEEE-1394
isochronous data, and support of IEEE-1596 memory-update operations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to leverage the benefits of
network-compatible resilient interconnects within low-latency backplane
environment.
Designation: P1797
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Design and Application of Solar Technology in Commercial Power
Generating Stations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: R Ramakumar, Phone:405-744-5157
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 06, 2009
Project Scope: This document will summarize current electrical engineering
methods and practices for applying photovoltaic technology for Solar Power
Generation Stations. It will describe analytical methods, preferred
parameters and performance characteristics from a common frame of reference
for grid connected power systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend a methodology for
analysis and specifications parameters of photovoltaic equipment for grid
connected solar power generation stations. It will analyze impact of such
concepts as solar panels, power tracking controls, switching regulators,
charge current controllers, battery chargers, inverters and storage
batteries on size, life cycle cost, weight, efficiency, power output and
risk reduction of implementation.
Designation: P1798
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Qualification and Type Tests for Partial Discharge (PD)-Free
Electrical Insulation Systems Used in Rotating Electrical Machines Fed from
Voltage Converters
Status: Adoption in Progress
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This Technical Specification defines criteria for assessing the
insulation system of stator/rotor windings which are subjected to pulse
width modulation (PWM) drives. This Technical Specification applies to
stator/rotor windings of single or polyphase AC machines with insulation
systems for converter operation. It describes qualification and type
tests on representative samples or on complete machines which verify fitness
for operation with voltage source converters. This specification does
not apply to – rotating machines which are only started by converters;
– rotating electrical machines with rated voltage 300 V r.m.s.; –
electrical equipment and systems for traction.
Project Purpose: In this technical specification, the necessary normative
references and definitions are given together with a review of the effects
arising from converter operation. Having established the technical
foundation for the evaluation procedure, the conceptual approach is then
described. This is to divide the systems into those which are not expected
to experience partial discharge activity in their service lives (Type I) and
those which are expected to withstand partial discharge activity throughout
their service lives (Type II). The Type I systems are dealt with in
this specification. They are generally used in rotating machines rated at
less than 700 V and tend to have random wound stators. The procedures
described here are directed at – qualification of the insulation
system; – type testing of the complete stators of service machines.
Before undertaking any testing, the manufacturer must decide upon the level
of severity that the system will be required to withstand. The severity is
based on how large the voltage overshoot and how short the impulse rise time
will be at the machine terminals. It is important for the drive system
integrator to characterise what the worst-case overshoot voltage and the
shortest voltage rise time the winding will experience. The motor designer
then makes choices from a table in which the complete ranges of expected
values for these two independent parameters are divided into bands. Testing
is performed at the extreme value of each band. In qualification
testing, the insulation system is used to construct various representative
test objects. These are subjected to the range of tests described in IEC
60034-18-21 or IEC 60034-18-31 with the addition of a high frequency voltage
test and a partial discharge test. For the latter, it is necessary to use
impulse test equipment, as described in IEC 61934. If at the end of the
sequence of testing, the test object is partial discharge free under the
specified test conditions, the insulation system is qualified for the
severity bands that have been selected. The type tests are performed on
complete stators to demonstrate that they are partial discharge free under
impulse voltage conditions for the bands of severity that the manufacturer
has chosen.
Designation: P1799
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Quality Control Testing of External Discharges
on Form-Wound Coils, Roëbel Bars, Vacuum Pressure Impregnated Stator
Insulation and Fully Assembled Stator Windings
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Remi Tremblay, Phone:450-444-2076, Email:tremblay.remi@hydro.qc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This guide provides a procedure to detect external discharges in
form-wound bars and coils and complete stator windings of rotating machines
operating in air with a rated line-to-line voltage greater than 4200 V at
power frequency. The guide is applicable to bars, coils and complete stator
windings. The guide covers two inspection methods; visual blackout test and
the use of corona imaging instruments.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to suggest sample
preparation, test parameters, and procedures for detecting external
discharges in bars, coils and complete stator windings using the above
mentioned methods. It also recommends acceptance criteria and a procedure
for a retest in the event of a test failure.
Designation: 18-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2002
**Supersedes 18-1992.
Technical Contact: Ignacio Ares, Phone:(305) 485-6517, Email:ignacio_ares@fpl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 27, 2002
Project Scope: This standard applies to capacitors rated 216V or higher, 2.5
kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating current
transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50
or 60 Hz.
Project Purpose: To revise std 18 as appropriate to better coincide with other
national and international standards. The main areas that the group will
concentrate on will include the evaluation of several unit ratings covered
by std 18 to coincide with NEMA stds, evaluation of internal discharge
device to coincide with IEC stds, and the evaluation of various portions of
the section covering application and operation of shunt power capacitors to
coordinate with IEEE std. 1036.
Abstract: Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating-current transmission
and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 Hzor 60 Hz, within the guidelines of IEEE Std 1036-1992, are
considered.
Key Words: "capacitors, shunt connection, transmission and distribution
systems"
Designation: P18
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jeffrey H Nelson, Phone:423 751 8275, Email:jeffnelson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This standard applies to power capacitors rated 216V or higher,
2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating current
transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50
or 60 Hz.
Project Purpose: IEEE 18 will not have a purpose statement.
Designation: 18-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 18-1990. Was ANSI C55.1. Superseded by 18-2002.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: May 26, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by 18-2002. Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to
alternating-current transmission and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz are considered. Service
conditions, ratings, manufacturing, and testing are covered. A guide to application and operation of power capacitors is
included.
Key Words: capacitors, shunt, connection, transmission, distribution, systems,
C55.1, shunt power, Transmission and distribution , Shunt connection
Designation: 18-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Nov 07, 1980
Abstract: Capacitors rated 216 V or higher, 2.5 kvar or more, and designed for shunt connection to alternating-current transmission
and distribution systems operating at a nominal frequency of 50 or 60 Hz are considered. Service conditions, ratings,
manufacturing, and testing are covered. A guide to the application and operation of power capacitors is included.
Designation: 180-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Primary Ferroelectric Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 05, 1985
Abstract: Terms applying primarily to ferroelectric materials, including single crystals, polycrystalline ceramics, and
semicrystalline polymers, are defined. Because of the coupling that exists between ferroelectric and ferroelastic behavior in
some crystalline materials, ferroelastic terms are also defined. When particular terms are related to experimental measurements,
the basic measuring techniques are briefly described.
Key Words: ferro, ferroelectric, terms, primary, glossary
Designation: 1800-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for SystemVerilog--Unified Hardware Design, Specification,
and Verification Language
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 1800™-2005 and 1364-2005.
Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006, BD APP: Nov 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 02, 2010
Project Scope: This SystemVerilog standard (IEEE Std 1800) is a Unified
Hardware Design, Specification, and Verification language. IEEE Std 1364TM-
2005 Verilog is a design language. Both standards were approved by the IEEE-
SASB in November 2005. This standard creates new revisions of the IEEE 1364
Verilog and IEEE 1800 SystemVerilog standards, which include errata fixes
and resolutions, enhancements, enhanced assertion language, merger of
Verilog Language Reference Manual (LRM) and SystemVerilog 1800 LRM into a
single LRM, integration with Verilog-AMS, and ensures interoperability with
other languages such as SystemC and VHDL.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide the EDA,
Semiconductor, and System Design communities with a solid and well-defined
IEEE Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification standard
language, while resolving errata and developing enhancements to the current
IEEE 1800 SystemVerilog standard. The language is designed to co-exist, be
interoperable, possibly merge, and enhance those hardware description
languages presently used by designers.
Abstract: This SystemVerilog standard (IEEE Std 1800) is a Unified Hardware Design, Specification, and Verification language. IEEE
Std 1364TM-2005 Verilog is a design language. Both standards were approved by the IEEE-SASB in November 2005. This standard
creates new revisions of the IEEE 1364 Verilog and IEEE 1800 SystemVerilog standards, which include errata fixes and resolutions,
enhancements, enhanced assertion language, merger of Verilog Language Reference Manual (LRM) and SystemVerilog 1800 LRM into a
single LRM, integration with Verilog-AMS, and ensures interoperability with other languages such as SystemC and VHDL.
Key Words: 1800-2009, 1364-2005, assertions, design automation, design
verification, hardware description language, HDL, HDVL, PLI, programming
language interface, SystemVerilog, Verilog, VPI
Designation: P1800
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for System Verilog--Unified Hardware Design, Specification, and
Verification Language
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard provides the definition of the language syntax and
semantics for the 1800 SystemVerilog language, which is a unified hardware
design, specification, and verification language. The standard includes
support for behavioral, register transfer level (RTL), and gate-level
hardware descriptions; testbench, coverage, assertion, object-oriented, and
constrained random constructs; and also provides application programming
interfaces to foreign programming languages.
Project Purpose: This standard develops the 1800 SystemVerilog language in
order to meet the increasing usage of the language in specification, design
and verification of hardware. This revision corrects errors and clarifies
aspects of the language definition in the 1800-2009 standard. This revision
also provides enhanced features that ease design, improve verification, and
enhance cross language interactions.
Designation: 1800-2005
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: IEEE Standard for SystemVerilog: Unified Hardware Design, Specification
and Verification Language
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1800-2009.
Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2006
Project Scope: SystemVerilog is a Unified Hardware Design, Specification and
Verification language that is based on the work done by Accellera, a
consortium of Electronic Design Automation (EDA), semiconductor, and system
companies. The proposed project will create an IEEE standard that is
leveraged from Accellera SystemVerilog 3.1a. The new standard will include
design specification methods, embedded assertions language, test bench
language including coverage and assertions API, and a direct programming
interface. The proposed SystemVerilog standard enables a productivity boost
in design and validation, and covers design, simulation, validation, and
formal assertion based verification flows.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide the EDA,
Semiconductor, and System Design communities with a well-defined and
official IEEE Unified Hardware Design, Specification and Verification
standard language. The language is designed to co-exist and enhance those
hardware description languages presently used by designers while providing
the capabilities lacking in those languages.
Abstract: Draft Version D3a - This standard represents a merger of two previous standards: IEEE 1364-2005 Verilog hardware
description language (HDL) and IEEE 1800-2005 SystemVerilog unified hardware design, specification and verification language. The
2005 SystemVerilog standard defines extensions to the 2005 Verilog standard. These two standards were designed to be used as one
language. Merging the base Verilog language and the SystemVerilog extensions into a single standard enables users to have all
information regarding syntax and semantics in a single document.
Key Words: Assertions, Design Automation, Design Verification, Hardware
Description Language (HDL), Verilog, Programming Language Interface (PLI),
Verilog Programming Interface (VPI), SystemVerilog
Designation: 1801-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Design and Verification of Low Power Integrated
Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 27, 2009
Technical Contact: Stephen A Bailey, Phone:303-775-1655, Email:stephen_bailey@mentor.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Aug 31, 2009
Project Scope: This standard establishes a format used to define the low power
design intent for electronic systems and electronic intellectual
property. The format provides the ability to specify the supply network,
switches, isolation, retention and other aspects relevant to power
management of an electronic system. The standard defines the relationship
between the low power design specification and the logic design
specification captured via other formats (e.g., standard hardware
description languages).
Project Purpose: The standard provides portability of low power design
specifications that can be used with a variety of commercial products
throughout an electronic system design, analysis, verification and
implementation flow.
Abstract: The power supplied to elements in an electronic design affects the way circuits operate. Although this is obvious when
stated, today’s set of high-level design languages have not had a consistent way to concisely represent the regions of a design
with different power provisions, nor the states of those regions or domains. This standard provides an HDL-independent way of
annotating a design with power intent. In addition, the level-shifting and isolation between power domains may be described for a
specific implementation, from high-level constraints to particular configurations. When the logic in a power domain receives
different power supply levels, the logic state of portions of the design may be preserved with various state-retention
strategies. This standard provides mechanisms for the refined and specific description of intent, effect, and implementation of
various retention strategies. Incorporating components into designs is greatly assisted by the encapsulation and specification of
the characteristics of the power environment of the design and the power requirements and capabilities of the components; this
information encapsulation mechanism is also described in this standard. The analysis of the various power modes of a design is
enabled with a combination of the description of the power modes and the collection, generation, and propagation of switching
information.
Key Words: 1801-2009, corruption semantics, interface specification, IP reuse,
isolation, level-shifting, poweraware design, power intent, power
domains, power modes, power states, progressive design refinement,
retention, retention strategies
Designation: P1801
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Standard for Design and Verification of Low Power Integrated Circuits
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard establishes a format used to define the low
power design intent for electronic systems and electronic intellectual
property. The format provides the ability to specify the supply
network, switches, isolation, retention and other aspects relevant to power
management of an electronic system. The standard defines the relationship
between the low power design specification and the logic design
specification captured via other formats (e.g., standard hardware
description languages).
Project Purpose: The standard provides portability of low power design
specifications that can be used with a variety of commercial products
throughout an electronic system design, analysis, verification and
implementation flow.
Designation: P1802
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society/Standards Coordinating Committee
Title: Standard for Coaxial Connector Identification
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: John Bies, Phone:1(256)508-0632, Email:john.bies@us.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: This standard develops a color-coding protocol to be used to
identify various types of coaxial connnectors.
Project Purpose: There is no current standard for identifying coaxial
connectors except through visual inspection. By specifying a color-coding
protocol for the various coaxial connector sizes, it will greatly reduce the
chances of connecting incompatible coaxial connectors together, which can
often lead to damaged equipment and a degradation in equipment performance.
This identification protocol will employ a simple color-coding scheme that
will minimize the implementation cost to the coaxial connector
manufacturers.
Designation: 1802.3-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Conformance Test Methodology-
CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Currently Contains
Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) Cable (Section 4)
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Supplement to IEEE Std 802-1990: Methodology and Implementation for
AUI Cable Conformance Testing. Superseded by 1802.3-2001.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 1802.3-2001 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Methods for
conformance testing to satisfy requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard are defined. The
conformance test suite is intended to detect incorrect implementations of the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard. It
is comprised of two categories of test groups. The first category relates to basic interconnection testing and the second to
capability and behavior testing. The test setups, adapters, and instruments used are described.
Key Words: LAN, local, networks, AUI, compliance, MAC, MAU, PICS, PIXIT, PLS,
Conformance testing
Designation: 1802.3-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Conformance Test Methodology for IEEE Standards for Local and
Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense
Multiple Access With Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 2007. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**Supersedes 1802.3-1991 and 1802.3d-1993. Withdrawn 5-Dec-2007.
Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:540-227-0059, Email:thompson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Project Scope: Editorial merge of existing material.
Project Purpose: To editorially merge the front matter from 1802.3 with the
technical matter from 1802.3d (10BASE-T Conformance Test) whilst removing
obsolete material (AUI Cable Conformance Test).
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn December 2007. This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract:
Methods for the conformance testing of 802.3 Clause 14 (10BASE-T MAU) implementations in order to satisfy conformance
requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 (IEEE Std 802.3)specification are provided. Reaffirmed September 2007
Key Words: "AUI, compliance, conformance testing, MAC, MAU, PICS, PIXIT, PLS"
Designation: 1802.3d-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Conformance Test Methodology-
CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications--Type 10BASE-T
Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) (Section 6)
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE Std 1802.3-1991. Superseded by 1802.3-2001.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Methods for conformance testing to satisfy requirements arising from the ISO/IEC 8802-3 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3] standard are
defined. The conformance test suite is intended to detect incorrect implementations of the ISO/IEC 8802-3 standard, clause 14. It
comprises two categories of test groups. The first category relates to basic interconnection testing and the second to capability
and behavior testing. The test setups, adapters, and instruments used are described.
Key Words: Unshielded twisted pair (UTP), Medium attachment unit (MAU), Local
area networks, Conformance testing, Compliance, Abstract test suite, 10BASE-
T
Designation: P1804
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Fault Accounting and Coverage Reporting to Digital Modules
(FACR)
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: The standard formalizes aspects of fault models as they are
relevant to the generation of test patterns for digital circuits. Its scope
includes (i) fault counting (ii) fault classification, and (iii) fault
coverage reporting across different ATPG (automatic test pattern generation)
tools, for the single stuck-at fault model. With this standard, it will be
incumbent on all ATPG tools (which comply to this standard) to report fault
coverage in a uniform way, thereby facilitating the generation of a uniform
coverage (and hence a test quality) metric for large chips with different
cores and modules, for which test patterns have been independently
generated.
Project Purpose: Digital circuits have various structural representations
either in high level hardware description languages (HDLs) which can then be
synthesised or in netlist forms. Commercial tools for automatic test pattern
generation (ATPG) using algorithmic techniques today operate on a structural
netlist of the design under test (DUT). The test quality signoff process
mandatorily includes a minimal coverage requirement, to be obtained using
these tool generated patterns on the DUT. This motivates the need for
standard processes for (i) counting faults across different fault models,
(ii) classifying these faults, and (iii) reporting the coverage, across
different ATPG tools which are used to generate test patterns for these
digital circuits. Such standard processes will make test qualification based
on ATPG generated patterns and fault coverage metrics easier and independent
of the ATPG tool used. A uniform fault coverage and pattern count based
metric can now be generated for large chips with complex functionality which
is being integrated into system-on-chips (SOCs) with a heterogeneous mix of
modules therein, often consisting of Building Blocks (such as Intellectual
Property (IP) cores - which are often sourced from design teams different
from those designing the chips themselves), test patterns for which can be
generated using different ATPG tools. (As the first step, only the classical
stuck-at 0 and stuck-at 1 fault model will be considered. The fault
accounting, classification and coverage reporting standard will be extended
to cover other fault models subsequently).
Designation: P1805
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for Requirements Capture Language (RCL)
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: This guide applies to all scenarios where:
- IT requirements need to be captured for creating or maintaining a software
based system. - Swift, smooth, complete and clear business
perspective transfer is needed between business groups and IT departments
and / or IT Services companies. - IT requirements need to be
automatically sized after requirements capture is over, using Function
Points sizing technique, thus, enabling agility in sizing and estimation
processes at the start of the lifecycle.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to: -
Define a new language, RCL, for the IT Requirements capture. -
Enable auto sizing of requirements after the capture is over using Function
Point sizing technique. - Show that the "Tree Structure" based
requirements capture is better fit for the purpose of IT requirements
capture as it is closer to how the world is structured around us and hence
the need for a new language. - Standardize the Tree Structure
such that it is Function Point compliant, meaning, it should be possible to
apply Function Point technique on the Tree elements when the requirements
capture is over. - Enable the capture of Functional as well as Non
Functional Requirements within the language structure. - Enable
system dynamics capture as Events and Logic elements within the tree itself.
- Enable swift impact analysis and hence quick and correct decision making.
- Enable versioning of requirements as the capture progresses as a tree
structure itself. - Enable translation of RCL to other standards such
as UML diagrams. - Ensure that the requirements tree structure is
future proofed in a way such that it could be easily enhanced later to
include the capture of requirements within a full enterprise (non IT as well
as IT requirements). In future, the language is intended to be enhanced to
be able to capture right from the business motivation, business
opportunities and threats, decisions, premise view, people hierarchies, IT
systems (current scope), manual processes, events and all other requirements
that may possibly arise within an enterprise.
Designation: P1806
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Placement of Overhead and Underground Switching and
Overcurrent Protection Equipment
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: The purpose of this guide is to provide criteria for placement
of switching and protective device placement for distribution circuits. The
scope covers feeder and branch line equipment. Drivers for device placement,
such as reliability and operational considerations are identified. All types
of switching and overcurrent (OC) equipment are covered including: • Manual
switches • Automated switches • Load break vs. non-load break • Reclosers /
Sectionalizers • Fuses (Overcurrent and Current Limiting) • Distribution
Automation (DA) device control. A section on predictive reliability
calculations for feeders is included to provide a guideline for predicting
reliability of circuits vs. device placement and number or frequency of
devices. Issues such as fault rate, exposure miles, customer density are
discussed and their impact on reliability and device placement addressed.
The impact of Distribution Automation equipment and automated sectionalizing
equipment and the impact on feeder reliability are also addressed. The net
result is to provide means and methodologies for proper placement of
switches and protective devices to achieve the desired performance
characteristics for a distribution circuit.
Project Purpose: This standard develops a guide for where and when switching
and overcurrent devices are placed on the distribution system.
Designation: 1808-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Collecting and Managing Transmission Line Inspection and
Maintenance Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 14, 2011
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This guide provides reference information to assist electric
utilities and their contractors with the development of computer-based means
for collecting and managing transmission line inspection and maintenance
data and associated asset information including transmission line inventory
data. It provides a high-level overview of key principles and considerations
learned through experience that will help ensure common pitfalls are
avoided and enhance the usability of systems. It is not intended to provide
an exhaustive discussion of the many details and specifics that must be
accounted for when designing and developing a system for an individual
utility's application and needs.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the guide is to provide easy-to-use reference
information that will serve as a framework and roadmap for designing
efficient and effective systems that will facilitate and/or enhance the
following: -- Data collection -- Field and office usability -- Data
integrity -- Compatibility with geographic information systems (GIS) and
enterprise solutions -- Data exchange with other systems and users --
System expansion and modification -- Transferability of data (from one
system to another, i.e., due to system upgrade or implementation of a new
system) -- Data analysis -- Reporting -- Security -- Flexibility to
adapt to system and regulatory changes
Abstract: Reference information to assist electric utilities and their contractors with the development of computer-based means for
collecting and managing transmission line inspection and maintenance data and associated asset information is provided. The guide
provides a high level overview of key principles and considerations learned through experience that will help ensure common
pitfalls are avoided and enhance the usability of systems. It is not intended to provide an exhaustive discussion of the many
details and specifics that must be accounted for when designing and developing a system for an individual utility's application
and needs.
Key Words: 1808, asset management, automated, compliance, data, database,
electric, electronic, GIS, inspection, lines, maintenance, regulations,
transmission
Designation: 181-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Draft Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Waveforms
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: May 16, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines terms pertaining to transitions, pulses,
and related signals amd defines procedures for estimating their parameters.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to unambiguously and accurately
define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses, and related signals and the
algorithm for their computation. This helps to communicate requirements
between vendors and users, improves understanding and readability of
instrument performance specifications, and provides a common ground for
parameter and performance comparisons.
Abstract: This standard presents approximately 100 terms, and their definitions, for accurately and precisely describing the
waveforms of pulse signals and the process of measuring pulse signals. Algorithms are provided for computing the values of
defined terms that describe measurable parameters of the waveform, such as transition duration, state level, pulse amplitude, and
waveform aberrations. These analysis algorithms are applicable to two-state waveforms having one or two transitions connecting
these states. Compound waveform analysis is accomplished by decomposing the compound waveform into its constituent two-state
singletransition waveforms.
Key Words: aberration, algorithms, compound waveform, histogram, levels, pulse,
pulse amplitude, pulse definitions, pulse measurement, states, state
boundaries, state levels, transients, transitions, transition duration,
waveforms, waveform analysis, waveform definitions, waveform parameters,
waveform terms
Designation: 181
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard on Pulse Measurement and Analysis by Objective Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Otis M Solomon, Phone:(505) 844-2320, Email:omsolom@sandia.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1982
Abstract: Project scope: Revise and combine IEEE standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 into a single standard which define terms
pertaining to transitions, pulses and related signals and defines procedures for estimating their parameters. Project
purpose: IEEE Standards 181 -1977 and 194 -1977 have been withdrawn. Manufacturers and users of pulse generators, waveform
recorders, and high- speed digital circuits require clear concise terms for effective communication.
Key Words: IEEE 181
Designation: 181-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Waveforms
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 20, 2003, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this revised PAR is limited to revising the title
of P181. See item 18 for additional explanatory notes. The scope of the
previous PAR is: 'Revise and combine IEEE standards 181-1977 and 194-1977
into a single standard which define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses
and related signals and defines procedures for estimating their parameters.'
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revised PAR is to change the title (see
Item 18). The purpose of the previous PAR is: 'IEEE Standards 181-1977 and
194-1977 have been withdrawn. Manufacturers and users of pulse generators,
waveform recorders, and high-speed digital circuits require clear concise
terms for effective communication.'
Abstract: "IEEE Std 181-2003, IEEE Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Waveforms"
Key Words: "aberration, algorithms, compound waveform, histogram, levels,
pulse, pulse amplitude, pulse definitions, pulse measurement, states, state
boundaries, state levels, transients"
Designation: 181
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard on Transitions, Pulses, and Related Signals
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Nick Paulter, Phone:301-975-2405, Email:nicholas.paulter@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Revise and combine IEEE standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 into a
single standard which define terms pertaining to transitions, pulses and
related signals and defines procedures for estimating their parameters.
Project Purpose: IEEE Standards 181-1977 and 194-1977 have been withdrawn.
Manufacturers and users of pulse generators, waveform recorders, and high-
speed digital circuits require clear concise terms for effective
communication.
Designation: 181-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Standard on Pulse Measurement and Analysis by Objective Techniques
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Aug 29, 1979
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard presents approximately 100 terms, and their definitions, for accurately and precisely
describing the waveforms of pulse signals and the process of measuring pulse signals. Algorithms are provided for computing the
values of defined terms that describe measurable parameters of the waveform, such as transition duration, state level, pulse
amplitude, and waveform aberrations. These analysis algorithms are applicable to two-state waveforms having one or two
transitions connecting these states. Compound waveform analysis is accomplished by decomposing the compound waveform into its
constituent two-state single-transition waveforms.
Key Words: pulse measurement, terms, definitions, algorithms, waveforms
Designation: P1810
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for the Installation of Fire-Rated Cables Suitable for Hydrocarbon
Pool Fires for Critical and Emergency Shutdown Systems in Petroleum and
Chemical Industries.
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Arturo J Maldonado, Phone:239-280-3863, Email:amaldonado@cableusa.cc
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This installation guide provides information on the installation
of fire-rated, power, control, and instrumentation cables suitable for
hydrocarbon pool fires, as typically used in petroleum, chemical, and
similar plants, offshore marine platforms, in emergency and safety shutdown
systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the document is to provide a guide for the
installation of fire-rated circuit integrity cables and performance
requirements for these cables and/or cable systems, which may be subjected
to a hydrocarbon pool fire. This guide may be useful when installing cables
for applications where circuit integrity is critical to plant safety
shutdown systems under hydrocarbon pool fire conditions. In addition,
this guide provides installation practices found in petroleum and chemical
plants and marine platforms as they relate to fire rated cables. The use of
this installation guide should help eliminate premature cable failure due to
improper installation in petroleum, chemical plants, and offshore marine
platforms. It addresses materials and installation practices. This
installation guide is not intended to be a design document, although many of
the problems associated with the specification and selection of power,
control, and instrumentation, fire-rated circuit integrity cables for
petroleum and chemical plant applications can be avoided by considering the
information presented in this guide.
Designation: 1810
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Guide for the Selection and Installation of Fire-Rated, Circuit
Integrity Cables for Safety, Critical, and Emergency Shutdown Systems in
Petroleum and Chemical Industries
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: This installation guide provides information on the
specification and selection of fire-rated, power, control, and
instrumentation circuit integrity cables, as typically used in petroleum,
chemical, and similar plants, offshore marine platforms, in emergency and
safety shutdown systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the document is to provide a guide for the
installation of fire-rated circuit integrity cables and performance
requirements for these cables and/or cable systems, which may be subjected
to a hydrocarbon pool fire. This guide may be useful when installing cables
for applications where circuit integrity is critical to plant safety
shutdown systems under hydrocarbon fire conditions. In addition, this guide
provides application guidelines for the type of cable installations found in
petroleum and chemical plants and marine platforms as they relate to
electrical, mechanical, physical, thermal, and environmental properties of
the cable. The use of this installation guide should help to eliminate
premature cable failure due to improper specification, selection, and
application of cable in petroleum, chemical plants, and offshore marine
platforms. This guide addresses materials, testing, applications, and
installation practices. This installation guide is not intended to be a
design document, although many of the problems associated with the
specification and selection fire-rated circuit integrity cables (including
power, control, and instrumentation cables) for petroleum and chemical plant
applications can be avoided by considering the information presented in this
guide.
Designation: P1812
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Testing Permanent Magnet Machines
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This guide contains instructions for conducting tests to
determine the performance characteristics and machine parameters of
permanent magnet machines. The tests described may be applied to motors and
generators, as needed, and no attempt is made to partition this guide into
clauses applying to motors and clauses applying to generators. It is not
intended that this guide shall cover all possible tests, or tests of a
research nature, but only those general methods that may be used to obtain
the performance data and machine parameters. The schedule of factory and
field tests, which may be required on new equipment, is normally specified
by applicable standards or by contract specifications. This guide should not
be interpreted as requiring any specific test in a given transaction or
implying any guarantee as to specific performance indices or operating
conditions. The term specified conditions for tests as used in this guide
will be considered as rated conditions unless otherwise agreed upon. Rated
conditions apply usually to the quantities listed on the machine nameplate.
Project Purpose: Instructions for conducting tests to determine the performance
characteristics and machine parameters of permanent magnet machines are
covered in this guide. Additional tests may be required by the customers and
operators to satisfy specific performance indices.
Designation: P1814
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical System Design Techniques to Improve
Electrical Safety
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice addresses system and equipment design
techniques and equipment selection that will improve electrical safety. The
techniques in this Practice are intended to supplement the minimum
requirements of installation codes and equipment standards. It does not
include communications, programming, or life safety systems such as fire
alarm and security.
Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice provides a "tool kit" of techniques
to enable the system designer to specify equipment features, apply
protective schemes, and make informed system installation design choices.
Designation: 1815-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Power Systems Communications -- Distributed
Network Protocol (DNP3)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 01, 2010
**New standard
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 2011
Project Scope: This document specifies the DNP3 protocol structure, functions,
and application alternatives. In addition to defining the structure and
operation of DNP3, the standard defines three application levels that are
interoperable. The simplest application is for low-cost distribution feeder
devices, and the most complex is for full-featured master stations. The
intermediate application level is for substation and other intermediate
devices. The protocol is suitable for operation on a variety of
communication media consistent with the makeup of most electric power
communication systems. The standard consists of several clauses each
related to an application or function.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to document and make available
the specifications for the DNP3 protocol. While a primary focus of this
protocol is the Electric Utility Industry, other industries that deliver
Energy and Water are also using DNP3. The intent of this DNP3 standard is
to meet the goal established by the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST) for a Smart Grid protocol: ⎯ Provides a protocol
standard from a recognized standard institution ⎯ Provides
interoperability with hundreds of operational systems and thousands of
devices ⎯ Provides cyber security based on IEC/TS 62351-5 ⎯
Provides Device data profiles in a format that can be mapped to IEC 61850
Object Models Vendors may use this standard to implement and test the
protocol in their products and be assured of interoperability. Users may use
the document to specify the features they wish to apply. System Integrators
may use this standard to assist in system integration and testing.
Abstract: The DNP3 protocol structure, functions, and application alternatives and the corresponding conformance test procedures are
specified. In addition to defining the structure and operation of DNP3, three application levels that are interoperable are
defined. The simplest application is for low-cost distribution feeder devices, and the most complex is for full-featured master
stations. The intermediate application level is for substation and other intermediate devices. The protocol is suitable for
operation on a variety of communication media consistent with the makeup of most electric power communication systems.
Key Words: Distributed Network Protocol (DNP3), distribution automation,
distribution feeder, electric power communication systems, master station,
substation automation
Designation: P1815
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Electric Power Systems Communications - Distributed Network
Protocol (DNP3)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lee H Smith, Phone:510-846-8102, Email:lee.smith@dcsystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This document specifies the DNP3 protocol structure, functions,
and application alternatives. In addition to defining the structure and
operation of DNP3, the standard defines three application levels that are
interoperable. The simplest application is for low-cost distribution feeder
devices, and the most complex is for full-featured master stations. The
intermediate application level is for substation and other intermediate
devices. The protocol is suitable for operation on a variety of
communication media consistent with the makeup of most electric power
communication systems. The standard consists of several clauses each
related to an application or function.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to document and make available
the specifications for the DNP3 protocol. While a primary focus of this
protocol is the Electric Utility Industry, other industries that deliver
Energy and Water are also using DNP3. The intent of this DNP3 standard is to
meet the goal established by the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST) for a Smart Grid protocol: - Provides a protocol standard
from a recognized standard institution - Provides interoperability with
hundreds of operational systems and thousands of devices - Provides cyber
security based on IEC/TS 62351-5 - Provides Device data profiles in a
format that can be mapped to IEC 61850 Object Models Vendors may use this
standard to implement and test the protocol in their products and be assured
of interoperability. Users may use the document to specify the features they
wish to apply. System Integrators may use this standard to assist in system
integration and testing.
Designation: P1815.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Exchanging Information Between Networks Implementing IEC
61850 and IEEE Std 1815 (Distributed Network Protocol - DNP3)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Lee H Smith, Phone:510-846-8102, Email:lee.smith@dcsystems.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This document specifies the standard approach for mapping
between IEEE Std 1815 (Distributed Network Protocol (DNP3)) and IEC 61850
(Communications Networks and Systems for Power Utility Automation). Two
primary use cases are addressed; A) Mapping between an IEEE Std 1815 based
master and an IEC 61850 based remote site and B) Mapping between an IEC
61850 based master and an IEEE Std 1815 based remote site. Mapping aspects
included in the standard are: conceptual architecture; general mapping
requirements; the mapping of Common Data Classes, Constructed Attribute
Classes and Abstract Communication Service Interface (ASCI); the
architecture of a gateway used for translation and requirements for
embedding mapping configuration information into IEC 61850 System
Configuration Language (SCL) and DNP3 Device Profile. This specification
addresses a selection of features, data classes and services of the two
standards.
Designation: P1816
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Preparation of Extruded Dielectric, Shielded Cables
Rated 2.5kV through 46kV for the Installation of Cable Accessories
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This document describes best practices for the preparation of
extruded dielectric, shielded cables rated 2.5kV through 46kV for the
installation of cable accessories.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide information on cable
preparation for the installation of cable accessories. It is intended to
supplement manufacturer's installation instructions and to aid in
establishing user practices.
Abstract: This document defines accepted best industry practices for the preparation of extruded dielectric shielded medium voltage
cables rated 2.5 kV through 46 kV for the installation of mating accessories. The information is intended to supplement cable
accessory manufacturer installation instructions. The guide aims to provide a single source covering the proper methods to
prepare cables for termination and jointing to maximize long term, reliable operation of electrical power cable systems.
Key Words: Cable, cable preparation, accessory installation, separable
connectors, system reliability
Designation: P1817
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Consumer-ownable Digital Personal Property
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2010
Project Scope: This standard describes methods, algorithms, protocols, and
governance mechanisms involved in the cryptographic protection of
copyrighted works from public redistribution and in the preservation of
consumer autonomy and privacy.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the DPP standard is to create a supplier- and
platform-independent form for copyrighted works for sale to consumers as the
digital equivalent of tangible personal property; providing significant
barriers to counterfeiting or to ripping and illegal file sharing, while
enabling consumers to privately own, use, and share their purchases without
sacrificing the autonomy and privacy that they associate with personal
property ownership.
Designation: P1818
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Design of Low Voltage Auxiliary Systems for
Electric Power Substations
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This guide will consider the components of both the AC and DC
systems and provide guidelines and recommendation for designing the
appropriate systems for the substation under consideration. This guide
includes the low voltage auxiliary systems from the source(s) to the
distribution point(s). Reliability requirements and load characteristics
are discussed and distribution methods are recommended.
Project Purpose: The low voltage AC and DC auxiliary systems comprise very
important parts of the substation equipment. The design of the AC and DC
auxiliary systems facilitates the safe and reliable operation of the
substation. This guide considers various factors that affect the design of
the AC and DC auxiliary systems such as reliability, load requirements,
system configurations, personal safety and protection of auxiliary systems
equipment.
Designation: P1819
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Risk-Informed Categorization and Treatment of Electrical
and Electronic Equipment at Nuclear Power Generating Stations and Other
Nuclear Facilities
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This Standard identifies and discusses criteria for risk-
informed categorization and treatment of electrical and electronic
components that are designated by the user to be placed into safety
significant categories at nuclear power generating stations and other
nuclear facilities.
Project Purpose: This standard provides methods to categorize electrical and
electronic components using a risk-informed process and provides the
recommended treatment of categorized components commensurate with their
safety significance.
Designation: 182-1961
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standards on Radio Transmitters: Definitions of Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Incorporated in 182A. Archive only. Standard administratively withdrawn
12/6/90.
Abstract: No abstract Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
Key Words: radio, transmitters, terms, glossary
Designation: P1820
Sponsor: Standards Committee
Title: Guide on the Selection of Transmission and Distribution Insulators with
Respect to Cold Weather Conditions
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: The guide specifies procedures for selecting external insulation
that is likely to be subjected to an outdoor environment that includes
combinations of contamination, ice, snow, or cold fog. The selection methods
are applicable to insulators, surge arresters, bushings, and other high
voltage apparatus with a rated voltage above 1 kV
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide methods to
characterize the pollution and icing environment of a location or region and
then to select outdoor high voltage insulator types and dimensions to
achieve a desired reliability level.
Designation: P1821
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Usage of Design Tools for Power Electronic Building Blocks
(PEBB) and PEBB Based Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of this guide is to characterize modeling approaches
and simulation tools for the design and system integration of Power
Electronic Building Blocks (PEBB). This guide is applicable to power
electronics in areas such as Custom Power, Flexible AC Transmission Systems
(FACTS), High Voltage DC Transmission (HVDC), Distributed Generation and
Energy Storage applications. These range in power levels from hundreds of kW
to thousands of MW, but with emphasis on the 1 MW to hundreds of MW.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present several aspects of
modeling and simulation for PEBB block design, utilization and system
integration. One aspect covers multi-physics tools for determining parasitic
components, EMI analysis and thermal specification. Another aspect considers
the performance analysis of the PEBB block as a component of the larger host
network. The guide also addresses emerging approaches of model driven
specification which are of importance in rapidly specifying the PEBB block
size and structure to achieve the desired system level performance.
Designation: P1822
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Digital Microscope Analyzer, Whole Slide Image Scanner and
Digital Microscope
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wenyu Wei, Phone:(732)372-0504, Email:wenyuus@yahoo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines the electrical and mechanical
specifications of the Digital Microscope Analyzer, Whole Slide Image Scanner
and Digital Microscope that are used in clinical laboratory medicine. It
specifically describes application in Cytology, Hematopathology, Pathology,
Telepathology, Toxicology Pathology, molecular biology, and Semiconductor.
Special applications may require additional manufacturer information and
verification tests.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide common terminology
and test methods for describing the performance of Digital Microscope
Analyzer, Whole Slide Image Scanner and Digital Microscope. It is meant for
users and manufacturers of these instrument systems. The main body presents
many performance features, sources of error, and test methods. The tests are
meant to be used by manufacturers to locate and correct sources of error in
the hardware. The information in this standard can also be applied by users
to correct some of the errors by software and architecture processing after
the image has been recorded.
Designation: P1823
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for a Universal Power Adapter for Mobile Devices
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: The Universal Power Adapter for Mobile Devices (UPAMD) standard
defines a power delivery connection between a power adapter and a power
using device in the 10 Watt to 130 Watt range. A communications link between
the power adapter and the mobile power using device is also defined. The
communications may be used to coordinate the power delivery and provide
identification between the power adapter and the power using device. While
intended for portable computing and entertainment devices, this standard may
also be used with other mobile devices in use around the office, home or
vehicle.
Project Purpose: The UPAMD standard creates a common interconnect for power
delivery in the 10W to 130W power range to portable and fixed devices. This
standard supports more universal use and reuse of power adapters replacing
brand specific and model specific power adapters. The UPAMD adapter system
may be usable in portable computing and entertainment systems, security,
household and office equipment within the power range. Universality and
reuse are among the primary driving factors. Communications may support the
adaption of the powered device performance to the power available.
Designation: 1825
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Rechargeable Batteries for Digital Cameras and Camcorders
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jean M Baronas, Phone:408-352-4557, Email:jean.baronas@am.sony.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for design analysis for
quality, and reliability of rechargeable batteries used in digital camera
and camcorder applications. Also included in the standard are battery pack
electrical and mechanical construction, packaging technologies, pack and
cell level charge and discharge controls, and overall system considerations.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to ensure reliable user experience
and operation of digital cameras and camcorders. The battery and camera
industries benefit from standardized criteria for design and qualification
of rechargeable battery systems and for verifying the quality and
reliability of those batteries.
Designation: P1826
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Power Electronics Open System Interfaces in Zonal
Electrical Distribution Systems Rated Above 100 kW
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard identifies Open System Interfaces for High Power
Electronics Equipment used in Zonal Electrical Distribution Systems rated
above 100 kW. Interfaces are grouped into key and non-key interfaces and are
based on technological maturity, accepted practices and allowances for
future technology insertions. This standard defines how Openness of System
should be verified and validated through rigorous assessment mechanism,
interface control management and proactive conformance testing to enable
plug-and-play operability independently of components origin. It also
formulates specific interface requirements for Open Zonal Electrical
Distribution Systems on Ships and Platforms.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide a uniform standard
for High Power Electronics Open System interfaces in Zonal Electrical
Distribution Systems Rated above 100 kW. The stated specifications and
requirements are universally applied to maintain total power system
performance and efficiency under changing mission and loads conditions. They
will be sufficient for most installations including Ships and Platforms.
The document compliments IEEE Standard 1662-2008.
Designation: P1827
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Electrical & Control Design of Hydroelectric Water Conveyance
Facilities
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This guide describes the electrical and control design of water
conveyance facilities associated with hydroelectric projects including
associated penstocks, valves, and gates. The guide includes guidance to plan
and prepare designs; however, it does not include details of installation,
operation or maintenance guidelines and methodologies. This guide is
applicable to design of new facilities and rehabilitation or replacement of
existing facilities.
Project Purpose: This guide provides a description of the terminology as well
as the design practices and principles used in modern electrical and control
design of water conveyance facilities associated with hydroelectric
projects. The practices and principles are not covered by other guides
associated with hydroelectric facilities. This guide is for use by
practicing engineers and provides guidance for facility owners and
operators. The guide does not cover every possible variation that can be
encountered, but it provides a working familiarity with the terminology and
principles involved.
Designation: P1828
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems with Virtual Components
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Thomas E Starai, Phone:703-620-3023, Email:starai@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard is an over-arching standard for virtual world
systems. The over-arching standard provides a reference model and covers
subsequent standards for virtual environments. This standard establishes
terminology for the Virtual World (VW) components and systems. The reference
model covers addresses, interfaces and/or communication protocols between
and among system components. Components include supporting devices, like
servers, reality engines/environments, virtual objects, scripts and avatars.
This standard defines processes, conventions and protocols to promote
interoperability of avatars and objects between and among virtual world
environments and networked resources. This standard is application agnostic
but will provide illustrative use cases.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to promote a common basis for
leverage (software and data reuse) sharing of concepts and work products
among virtual world project development projects and to promote effective
sharing and integration of virtual world resources in operation. Another
purpose of this standard is to establish the means to incorporate the
respective strengths of different virtual environments.
Designation: P1829
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Conducting Corona Tests on Hardware for Overhead Transmission
Lines and Substations
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This guide establishes uniform procedures for the testing of
transmission line and station bus hardware in high voltage laboratories.
Two tests are described, the first is a visual corona test, the second is a
radio intereference voltage (RIV) test. This guide does not address the
permissible radio intereference (RI) limits or specified corona extinction
voltages. They are set either by regulation or by agreement between the
utility and hardware manufacturer.
Project Purpose: A uniform procedure is a prerequisite to assure transmission
line and station bus hardware is either free from visible corona or does not
add any appreciable radio interference to that already being generated by
the transmission line or substation conductors.
Designation: 182A-1964
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Transmitters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Includes IEEE l82.
Key Words: 182A
Designation: 183-1958
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Technical Committee Report: Methods for Testing Radiotelegraph
Transmitters (Below 50 MC)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Abstract: No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
Key Words: radio, telegraph, radiotelegraph, transmitter, test
Designation: P1833
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society/Rail Transportation Standards Committee
Title: Guide for the Design of Direct Current Overhead Contact Systems for
Transit Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Moises Ramos, Phone:(978) 905-4064, Email:mr.moisesramos@gmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This guide applies to the design of overhead contact system
(OCS) used to power heavy rail vehicles, light rail vehicles, streetcars,
and electric trolleybuses (ETB), where traction power is supplied from a
direct current, overhead contact system, with a nominal voltage of 600 Vdc
and above. The guidelines that follow are intended for new systems and
for the expansion of systems where a legacy of design standards does not
exist. This guide is not intended to replace or supersede existing design
standards but rather to formalize the design process.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to develop performance
requirements and design guidelines for overhead contact systems that provide
for the operation of current collectors mounted on transit vehicles, and to
control hazards, improve performance and reliability, and reduce life cycle
cost. It is consistent with passenger safety, system reliability, mode of
operation, type of vehicle to be used, and maintenance.
Designation: P1835
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Draft of Proposed NACE/IEEE Joint Standard for Atmospheric (Above-Grade)
Corrosion Control of Existing Electric Transmission, Distribution, and
Substation Structures by Coating Systems
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Neal Murray, Phone:7045952624, Email:nmurray@epri.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1)
assess structures for atmospheric corrosion; (2) assess the level of risk to
the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation to the existing
coating system; (3) make informed decisions based on those findings as to
whether coating repair is needed and if so, to what extent; and (4) apply
repair coatings to the structure if applicable. This standard applies to the
repair of above-grade atmospheric coatings. For the purposes of this
standard, the atmospheric area to be coated is generally comprised of that
portion of the utility support structure above the transition zone. This
standard is limited to the above-grade and atmospheric portions of utility
support structures. It does not address below-grade coating repair within
and below the transition zone. This standard does not address foundations or
guy anchoring systems. This standard does not cover the coating of aluminum,
weathering steel, concrete, or any material other than steel. Likewise, it
does not cover the coating of non-support structures such as fencing,
buildings, transformers, or other miscellaneous components within the
transmission, distribution, and substation systems. This standard does not
cover new construction, transition zone, below-grade, or water immersion.
These areas of concern are addressed specifically in other NACE/IEEE
standards. This standard does not address mechanical or structural damage,
mechanical or structural repairs, or structural integrity.
Project Purpose: This standard serves as a resource for preparing
specifications to achieve the successful coating of utility structures.
Abstract: This standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1) assess structures for atmospheric corrosion; (2) assess the
level of risk to the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation to the existing coating system; (3) make informed
decisions based on those findings as to whether coating repair is needed and if so, to what extent; and (4) apply repair coatings
to the structure if applicable. This standard applies to the repair of above-grade atmospheric coatings. For the purposes of this
standard, the atmospheric area to be coated is generally comprised of that portion of the utility support structure above the
transition zone. This standard is limited to the above-grade and atmospheric portions of utility support structures. It does not
address below-grade coating repair within and below the transition zone. This standard does not address foundations or guy
anchoring systems. This standard does not cover the coating of aluminum, weathering steel, concrete, or any material other than
steel. Likewise, it does not cover the coating of non-support structures such as fencing, buildings, transformers, or other
miscellaneous components within the transmission, distribution, and substation systems. This standard does not cover new
construction, transition zone, below-grade, or water immersion. These areas of concern are addressed specifically in other
NACE/IEEE standards. This standard does not address mechanical or structural damage, mechanical or structural repairs, or
structural integrity.
Designation: 1835
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Atmospheric (Above-Grade) Corrosion Control of Existing
Electric Transmission, Distribution, and Substation Structures by Coating
Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas E Grebe, Phone:865-470-9222x133, Email:tgrebe@electrotek.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: The standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1)
assess structures for atmospheric corrosion, (2) assess the level of risk to
the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation to the existing
coating system, (3) make informed decisions based on those findings as to
whether coating repair is needed and if so, to what extent, and (4) apply
repair coatings to the structure if applicable. -This standard applies to
the repair of above-grade atmospheric coatings. For the purposes of this
standard, the atmospheric area to be coated is generally comprised of that
portion of the utility support structure above the transition zone. Special
considerations should be given to the application of atmospheric coating
near either the ground line area or where below-grade coatings are present.
The atmospheric and below-grade coating systems should be compatible with
each other as they often overlap. -This standard is limited to the above-
grade and atmospheric portions of utility support structures. It does not
address below-grade coating repair within and below the transition zone. -
This standard does not apply to the following: -The coating of aluminum,
weathering steel, concrete, or any material other than steel. Likewise, it
does not include the coating of non-support structures such as fencing,
buildings, transformers, or other miscellaneous components within the
transmission, distribution, and substation systems. -This standard does not
apply to new construction, transition zone, below-grade, or immersion
service. These areas of concern are addressed specifically in other NACE
standards. -This standard does not apply to mechanical or structural
damage, mechanical or structural repairs, or structural integrity. -This
standard does not apply to foundations or guy anchoring systems.
Project Purpose: This standard assists personnel responsible for maintenance
painting of above-grade electrical support structures for utilities and
large industrial facilities. It will serve as a resource for preparing
specifications to achieve the successful coating of utility structures.
Designation: P1836
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) - Limits for Harmonic
Current Emissions Produced by Equipment Connected to Public Low-Voltage
Systems with Input Current <= 16 A Per Phase
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Larry Conrad, Phone:(317) 838-2022, Email:l.conrad@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This Standard is an adaptation of IEC SC77A - IEC 61000-3-2:
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-2: Limits - Limits for harmonic
current emissions (equipment input current <= 16 A per phase), with
appropriate deviations. Using IEC 61000-3-2 as a seed document, the document
is a unified EMC standard for appropriate applications for use in electrical
systems with 60 Hz, 120/240 V nominal values.
Project Purpose: This standard provides users the procedures for determining
harmonic content on the power line for those systems that use 60 Hz and
120V/240V systems such as those in the United States, Canada and other
regions of the world.
Designation: P1837
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) - Limits for Harmonic
Current Emissions Produced by Equipment Connected to Public Low-Voltage
Systems with Input Current > 16 and <= 75 A per phase
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Andy L Drozd, Phone:315-334-1163, Email:a.l.drozd@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This Standard is an adaptation of IEC SC77A - IEC 61000-3-12:
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-12: Limits - Limits for
harmonic currents produced by equipment connected to public low-voltage
systems with input current > 16 A and <= 75 A per phase, with
appropriate deviations. Using IEC 61000-3-12 as a seed document, the
document is a unified EMC Standard for use in electrical systems with 60 Hz,
120/240 V nominal values.
Project Purpose: This standard provides users the procedures for determining
harmonic content on the power line for those systems that use 60 Hz and
120V/240V systems such as those in the United States, Canada and other
regions of the world.
Designation: P1838
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Test Access Architecture for Three-Dimensional Stacked
Integrated Circuits
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Erik Jan Marinissen, Phone:31-40-274-3227, Email:erik.jan.marinissen@philips.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: The proposed standard is a 'die-centric' standard; it applies to
a die that is intended to be part of a multi-die stack. The proposed
standard defines die-level features, that, when compliant dies are brought
together in a stack, comprise a stack-level architecture that enables
transportation of control and data signals for the test of (1) intra-die
circuitry and (2) inter-die interconnects in both (a) pre-stacking and (b)
post-stacking situations, the latter for both partial and complete stacks in
both pre-packaging, post-packaging, and board-level situations. The primary
focus of inter-die interconnect technology addressed by this standard is
Through-Silicon Vias (TSVs); however, this does not preclude its use with
other interconnect technologies such as wire-bonding. The standard will
consist of two related items. 1. 3D Test Wrapper Hardware On-die hardware
features that enable transportation of test (control and data) signals in
the following configurations. * Pre-stacking: From on-die I/Os to die-
internal DfT/test features, and vice versa. These on-die I/Os might be
functional I/Os; however, if they are not present or not accessible, it
might be necessary to add additional test I/Os. * Post-stacking o 'Turn'
mode: From on-die I/Os to die-internal DfT/test features, and vice versa.
These on-die I/Os might be external I/Os on the die itself, and/or inter-die
interconnections coming from (or going to) an adjacent die in the stack. o
'Elevator' mode: From on-die I/Os, through THIS DIE, to the inter-die
interconnections to an adjacent die, and vice versa. These on-die I/Os might
be external I/Os on the die itself and/or inter-die interconnections coming
from (or going to) another adjacent die in the stack. 2. Description +
Description Language A description of the Test Wrapper features in a
standardized human- and computer-readable language. This description should
allow the usage of the die within a multi-die stack for test and test access
purposes. The proposed standard does not mandate specific defect or fault
models, test generation methods, nor die-internal design-for-test, but
instead focuses on generic test access to and between dies in a multi-die
stack. The proposed standard is based on and works with digital scan-based
test access and should leverage existing test access ports (such as based on
IEEE Std 1149.x) and on-chip design-for-test (such as IEEE Std 1500) and
design-for-debug (IEEE P1687) infrastructure wherever applicable and
appropriate. The proposed standard is 'die-centric', and hence does not aim
at 'stack/product-centric' challenges, solutions, and standards, such as the
inclusion of Boundary Scan features for board-level interconnect testing.
However, the proposed standard should not prohibit the application of such
solutions.
Project Purpose: For 3D-SICs, three parties are involved: Die Maker(s), Stack
Maker(s), and Stack User(s). All circuit features of the stack are included
in the individual die designs. Design and integration of test access
features needs to be done by the Die Maker(s), not only to serve their own
(pre-stacking) test objectives, but also to serve test objectives of Stack
Maker and Stack User. After stacking, test (control and data) signals need
to be able to travel from the stack's external I/Os up and down through the
stack. Hence, the test access features in the various dies of the stack need
to function in a concerted and interoperable fashion. Different dies might
have their own technologies, design set-up, and test and design-for-test
approaches; the standard should not modify those. The standard defines test
access features for a die that enable the transportation of test stimuli and
responses both for testing THIS DIE and its inter-die connections, as well
as for testing OTHER DIES in the stack and their inter-die connections.
Designation: P1839
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Below-Grade Corrosion Control of Transmission,
Distribution, and Substation Structures by Coating Repair Systems
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Neal Murray, Phone:7045952624, Email:nmurray@epri.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1)
identify structures that may be at higher risk for below-grade coating
degradation; (2) excavate and inspect the selected structure; (3) assess the
level of risk to the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation
to the existing coating system; (4) prioritize structures to be repaired
based on those findings as to whether coating repair is needed and if so, to
what extent; and (5) apply repair coatings to the structure, if applicable.
This standard is limited to assessment and repair of coating applied below
grade and in the transition zone portions of carbon steel and galvanized
steel transmission towers, grillage, and substation structures. It does not
address assessment and repair of coatings above the transition zone. This
standard does not address structural damage assessment, structural repairs,
weathering steel, or structural integrity. This standard does not address
concrete foundations or above-grade attachment points including anchor rods,
attachment nuts, and noncoated ground sleeves. This standard does not
address continuous immersion environments. This standard does not provide
guidelines and repair procedures for coating systems for every specific
situation because of the complexity and diverse nature of conditions to
which buried structures may be exposed.
Project Purpose: This standard provides guidelines and repair procedures for
coating systems most commonly applied to below-grade structures and typical
of what inspection and coating repair crews most often find.
Abstract: This standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1) identify structures that may be at higher risk for below-
grade coating degradation; (2) excavate and inspect the selected structure; (3) assess the level of risk to the structure in
terms of corrosion attack and degradation to the existing coating system; (4) prioritize structures to be repaired based on those
findings as to whether coating repair is needed and if so, to what extent; and (5) apply repair coatings to the structure, if
applicable. This standard is limited to assessment and repair of coating applied below grade and in the transition zone portions
of carbon steel and galvanized steel transmission towers, grillage, and substation structures. It does not address assessment and
repair of coatings above the transition zone. This standard does not address structural damage assessment, structural repairs,
weathering steel, or structural integrity. This standard does not address concrete foundations or above-grade attachment points
including anchor rods, attachment nuts, and noncoated ground sleeves. This standard does not address continuous immersion
environments. This standard does not provide guidelines and repair procedures for coating systems for every specific situation
because of the complexity and diverse nature of conditions to which buried structures may be exposed.
Designation: 1839
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Below-Grade Corrosion Control of Transmission,
Distribution, and Substation Structures by Coating Repair Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas E Grebe, Phone:865-470-9222x133, Email:tgrebe@electrotek.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard provides a procedure that shall be used to (1)
identify structures that may be at higher risk for below-grade coating
degradation; (2) excavate and inspect the selected structure; (3) assess the
level of risk to the structure in terms of corrosion attack and degradation
to the existing coating system; (4) prioritize structures to be repaired
based on those findings as to whether coating repair is needed and if so, to
what extent; and (5) apply repair coatings to the structure, if applicable.
This standard applies to the repair of below-grade structures that have up
to 10% degradation of the coated area and are subject to coating repair
or, in some cases, local structural repairs. Structures that have more than
10% coating degradation may be subject to structural repairs in addition
to coating repairs. For the purposes of this standard, this area is composed
of the below-grade portion, the transition zone, and that portion of the
coating exposed up to 600 mm (24 in) above grade. -This standard does not
address structural damage assessment, structural repairs, weathering steel,
or structural integrity. -This standard is limited to assessment and repair
of coating applied below grade and in the transition zone portions of carbon
steel and galvanized steel transmission towers, grillage, and substation
structures. It does not address assessment and repair of coatings above the
transition zone. -This standard does not address concrete foundations or
above-grade attachment points including anchor rods, attachment nuts, and
noncoated ground sleeves. -This standard does not address continuous
immersion environments. -This standard does not provide guidelines and
repair procedures for coating systems for every specific situation because
of the complexity and diverse nature of conditions to which buried
structures may be exposed. -Before any of the guidelines of this standard
are implemented, the inspection, assessment, and repair process shall be
defined and agreed upon in advance by the owner and all parties involved.
Acceptance and rejection criteria, in addition to the methods and standards
used to make determinations, shall be established prior to commencement of
work.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to assist owners, applicators, field
repair technicians, subcontractors, inspectors, and those interested in
corrosion control of below-grade steel structures by coatings by providing
repair procedures for coating systems most commonly applied to below-grade
structures, including in-service carbon steel and galvanized steel
structures coated with polyurethanes, moisture cure urethane (MCU) coal tar,
epoxy, coal tar epoxy, and cold-applied tape systems including petrolatum
and polyethylene.
Designation: 184-1969
Title: Test Procedure for Frequency-Modulated Mobile Communications Receivers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 185-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Standard Methods of Testing Frequency Modulation Broadcast Receivers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1850-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEEE Standard for Property Specification Language (PSL)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 06, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 1850-2005
Technical Contact: Harry Foster, Phone:650-625-9830 x239, Email:harry@jasper-da.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 06, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines the property specification language (PSL),
which formally describes electronic system behavior. This standard specifies
the syntax and semantics for PSL and also clarifies how PSL interfaces with
various standard electronic system design languages.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a well-defined
language for formal specification of electronic system behavior, one that is
compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including IEEE
Std 1076™ (VHDL®),1 IEEE Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEE Std 1800™
(SystemVerilog®), and IEEE Std 1666™ (SystemC®), to facilitate a common
specification and verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language
designs. This standard creates an updated IEEE standard based upon IEEE
Std 1850-2005. The updated standard will refine IEEE standard, addressing
errata, minor technical issues, and proposed extensions specifically related
to property reuse and improved simulation usability.
Abstract: The IEEE Property Specification Language (PSL) is defined in this standard. PSL is a formal notation for specification of
electronic system behavior, compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including IEEE Std 1076™ (VHDL®), IEEE
Std 1354 (Verilog®), IEEE Std 1666™ (SystemC®), and IEEE Std 1800™ (SystemVerilog®), thereby enabling a common specification and
verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language designs. PSL captures design intent in a form suitable for simulation,
formal verification, formal analysis, and hybrid verification tools. PSL enhances communication among architects, designers, and
verification engineers to increase productivity throughout the design and verification process. The primary audiences for this
standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language.
Key Words: 1850-2010, ABV, assertion, assertion-based verification, assumption,
cover, model checking,property, PSL, specification, temporal logic,
verification
Designation: 1850-2005
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: IEEE Standard for Property Specification Language (PSL)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 1850-2010.
Technical Contact: Harry Foster, Phone:650-625-9830 x239, Email:harry@jasper-da.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines the property specification language (PSL),
which formally describes electronic system behavior. This standard specifies
the syntax and semantics for PSL and also clarifies how PSL interfaces with
various standard electronic system design languages.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a well-defined
language for formal specification of electronic system behavior, one that is
compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including
IEEEStd 1076™ (VHDL), IEEE Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEE P1800™
(SystemVerilog®), and IEEE P1666™(SystemC), to facilitate a common
specification and verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language
designs.
Abstract: Replaced by 62531(E):2007. The IEEE Property Specification Language (PSL) is defined in this standard. PSL is a formal
notation for specification of electronic system behavior, compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including
IEEE St
Key Words: ABV, assertion, assertion-based verification, assumption, cover,
model checking,property, PSL, specification, temporal logic, verification
Designation: P1851
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard for Design Criteria of Integrated Sensor-based Test
Applications for Household Appliances
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines the integrated framework of the test
software for household appliances oriented to the data from intelligent
sensors, including system framework, interfaces of Web Services, and data
exchange formats, which can be divided as: (1) The system framework to
integrate the distributed test applications. (2) The description of
appliance test environment and test information, including the metadata of
the whole test application, the metadata of the appliance to be tested, the
metadata of the sensors, and the sensor data. (3) The file format of test
data to be exchanged among distributed test applications. (4) The Web
Services to transform and transfer monitored data.
Project Purpose: This standard defines the file format of test data from
household appliances and the Web Services that enable the exchange of such
test data. Implementation of this standard solves the interoperability and
integration problems for building test applications for household appliances
as well as the problems related to the exchange of test data.
Designation: 186-1948
Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972
Title: IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Amplitude-Modulated Broadcast Receivers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:lsbtec@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1972
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. No abstract
Key Words: amplitude-modulated broadcast receivers
Designation: P1860
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: Standard for Voltage and Reactive Power in 1000kV or Greater (Ultra High
Voltage) AC Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Du Zhigang, Phone:86-10-66598518, Email:zhigang-du@sgcc.com.cn
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard specifies basic requirements of voltage and
reactive power, allowed voltage deviation, as well as technical measures for
voltage and reactive power allocation and adjustment in 1000kV or greater AC
systems. The criteria is applied to 1000kV or greater AC transmission and
transformation systems and power sources connected into it.
Project Purpose: The intent of this standard is to establish criteria for
electric departments in the planning, design, infrastructure, operation and
scientific research of a 1000kV or greater AC system.
Designation: P1861
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: Standard for Acceptance Tests on Sitehand-Over Test of 1000kV or Greater
(Ultra High Voltage) AC Electric Equipment and Commissioning Procedures
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Du Zhigang, Phone:86-10-66598518, Email:zhigang-du@sgcc.com.cn
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard applies to acceptance tests on site of 1000kV or
greater voltage level electric equipment. It establishes criteria and
requirements for test items, conditions, methods and results.The stated
specifications and requirements, both technical and testing, are universally
needed for acceptance tests on site and commissioning of 1000kV or greater
AC electric equipment, including power transformers, reactors, capacitor
voltage transformers, current transformers, gas-insulated switch apparatus,
earthing switches, bushing, arresters, suspension insulators and pillar
insulators, insulating oil, SF6, secondary circuits, overhead power lines,
grounding devices, etc. It will be sufficient for most installations.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies overvoltage suppression measures for
1000kV or greater AC transmission lines and their associated overvoltage
levels. A calculation method for lightning performance of ultra high voltage
(UHV) overhead transmission lines and substations is recommended. According
to the insulation characteristics of 1000kV or greater AC transmission lines
and substations and potential correlation factors; definitions, principles,
rules and an application guide for standard withstand voltages of equipment
and clearance distances are determined. Both operation safety and economic
rationalization are considered.
Designation: P1862
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: Standard for Overvoltage and Insulation Coordination of 1000kV or
Greater (Ultra High Voltage) AC Transmission Projects
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Du Zhigang, Phone:86-10-66598518, Email:zhigang-du@sgcc.com.cn
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard applies to three-phase ultra high voltage (UHV) AC
systems having a voltage of 1000kV or greater. It specifies the overvoltage
and insulation co-ordination of a UHV AC transmission project. It specifies
the procedure for selection of the rated withstand voltages of 1000kV or
greater equipment and transmission line insulation. This document is for
insulation co-ordination purposes only. The requirements for human safety
are not covered by this document.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies overvoltage suppression measures for
1000kV or greater AC transmission lines and their associated overvoltage
levels. A calculation method for lightning performance of UHV overhead
transmission lines and substations is recommended. According to the
insulation characteristics of 1000kV or greater AC transmission lines and
substations and potential correlation factors; definitions, principles,
rules and an application guide for standard withstand voltages of equipment
and clearance distances are determined. Both operation safety and economic
rationalization are considered.
Designation: 187-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Methods of Emissions from FM and Television
Broadcast Receivers in the Frequency Range of 9kHz to 40GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2004
**Supersedes 187-1990 (R1995).
Technical Contact: Edward F Hare, Phone:860 594 0318, Email:ehare@arrl.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004
Project Scope: To add new Advanced Televsion System Committee (ATSC) television
standards to the present standards and clarify areas in conflict with
current US Federal Communication Commission (FCC) requirements. This will
include investigation of new TV recievers already being sold in the USA,
including National Televsion System Committee (NTSC), ATSC and Digital
Satellite System (DSS) and various combinations of these transmission
methods. Finally, to expand the current standard which only applies to
Table Top TV measurement setups, to include Set Top Box (STB) recievers and
Rear Projection TV receivers.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to assure common measurement
procedures for RF emissions in present and new technology products during
the transition of NTSC analog TV to ATSC and DSS digital TV products in the
USA and to ensure FCC accepts this industry need.
Abstract: (Revision of IEEE Std 187-1990) Abstract: Spurious radiation from sound and television broadcast receivers of the
superheterodyne type are possible sources of interference with other radio services. This standard describes the potential
sources of spurious radiation from receivers intended for the reception of sound and television broadcast, and the measurement
methods for them.
Key Words: antenna radiation, conducted emissions, FM sound broadcast
receivers, radiated emissions, spurious emissions, television broadcast
receivers
Designation: 187-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Standard on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of
Spurious Radiation from FM and Television Broadcast Receivers
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 187-1951. Superseded by 187-2003.
History: BD APP: Aug 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Dec 27, 1990
Abstract: Superseded by 187-2003. The potential sources of spurious radiation from frequency modulation (FM) and television
broadcast receivers and sets up methods of measurement are described. Possible sources of spurious radiation and ways to measure
them are set forth. This standard is not intended to apply to equipment other than FM and television broadcast receivers.
Key Words: field strength, meter, frequency modulation, open field measure,
spurious radiaiton, television broadcast, broadcast receivers, FM, radio
receivers, VHF radio receivers, TV receivers, FM receivers, Electromagnetic
measurements, Electromagnetic interference
Designation: 187-1951
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standards on Radio Receivers: Open Field Method of Measurement of
Spurious Radiation from Frequency Modulation and Television Broadcast
Receivers
Status: Superseded
Abstract: Superseded by 187-1990.
Key Words: receivers, broadcast, fm, tv, spurious
Designation: 187
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard Method of Measurement of Emissions from Television Receivers
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David L Traver, Phone:719-538-4624, Email:davidtraver@adelphia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000
Project Scope: To add new Advanced Television System Committee (ATSC)
television standards to the present standards and clarify areas in conflict
with current US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) requirements. This
will include the investigation of new TV receivers already being sold in the
USA, including National Television System Committee (NTSC), ATSC and Digital
Satellite System (DSS), and various combinations of these transmission
methods. Finally, to expand the current standard which only applies to
Table Top TV measurement setups, to include Set Top Box (STB)TV receivers
and Rear Projection TV receivers.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed to assure common measurement
procedures for RF emissions in present and new technology products during
the transition of NTSC analog TV to ATSC and DSS digital TV products in the
USA and to ensure that the FCC accepts this industry need.
Designation: 188
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1888-2011
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: IEEE Standard for Ubiquitous Green Community Control Network Protocol
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 13, 2011
Technical Contact: Dong Liu, Phone:8610-58678188, Email:dliu@biigroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: The standard describes a remote control architecture of digital
community, intelligent building groups, and digital metropolitan networks;
specifies interactive data formats between devices and systems; and gives a
standardized definition of equipment, service services, signals, and
interactive messages in this digital community network. The digital
community remote control network opens application interfaces for public
administration, public services, property management services, and
individual service services, which enables intelligent interconnection,
collaboration service, remote surveillance, and central management to be
feasible. Surveillance networks, consumer electronics, remote service
systems, public administration systems, security linkage systems, and
emergency reaction systems will be integrated into the community network
seamlessly. Based on TCP/IP open systems, the network architecture adopts
active and emerging technologies, supporting diverse access technologies in
the physical layer, supporting IPv4/v6 in the network layer, and integrating
well with the next generation converged networks.
Project Purpose: The standard aims to provide proper remote control and
collaborating management solutions for operators, community administrators,
public service providers, government departments, and individual users, so
as to use and control facilities in community and building groups
effectively, such as sensors, surveillance monitors, HVAC, lighting systems,
fire-fighting systems, consumer electronics, and so on; The public
environment monitor mechanism is set up to ease energy shortage and
environment degradation through remote surveillance, operation, management,
and maintenance, leaving a secure, comfortable, and convenient living
environment. Energy, environment, and security are taken into consideration
to realize reasonable plans and remote control in community networks.
Abstract: The standard describes remote control architecture of digital community, intelligent building groups, and digital
metropolitan networks; specifies interactive data format between devices and systems; and gives a standardized generalization of
equipment, data communication interface, and interactive message in this digital community network. The digital community remote
control network opens interfaces for public administration, public service, property management service, and individual service,
which enables intelligent interconnection, collaboration service, remote surveillance, and central management to be feasible.
Key Words: access interface, actuator, application (APP), communication
protocol, component, data structure, energy management, energy saving,
facility networking, gateway (GW), IEEE 1888, point, registry, remote
control, sensor, SOAP, storage
Designation: 189-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972
Title: IEEE Standard Method of Testing Receivers Employing Ferrite Core Loop
Antennas
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
Technical Contact: Linda Sue Boehmer, Phone:412-653-1082, Email:lsbtec@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1976
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990
Key Words: antennas, ferrite, loop, core
Designation: 1896
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Scalable Memory Interface
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: No changes requested
Project Purpose: No changes requested
Designation: 1896
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Memory Channel Standard
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a flexible, scalable,
secure data interface to transfer data to and from storage. This protocol
will be technology independent, to be supported by current communications
links, and will remove size and distance limitations on data retrieval, with
additional data redundancy and data coherency methods.
Project Purpose: This project will develop a memory transport protocol capable
of supporting data growth and data security requirements in the changing
microprocesor environment. Memory is stored data in many forms and
locations. This Memory Channel protocol shall be independent of link
technology. This protocol shall be capable of transparent, secure, access to
large, local and remote memory systems, employing coherent and redundant
storage methods.
Designation: 19
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 190-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Standard Methods of Testing Monochrome Television Broadcast Receivers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1900.1-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Concepts for Dynamic Spectrum Access:
Terminology Relating to Emerging Wireless Networks, System Functionality,
and Spectrum Management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 03, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: James Hoffmeyer, Phone:303-828-5240, Email:jhoffmeyer@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This standard provides definitions and explanations of key
concepts in the fields of spectrum management, cognitive radio, policy-
defined radio, adaptive radio, software-defined radio, and related
technologies. The document goes beyond simple, short definitions by
providing amplifying text that explains these terms in the context of the
technologies that use them. The document also describes how these
technologies interrelate and create new capabilities while at the same time
providing mechanisms supportive of new spectrum management paradigms such as
dynamic spectrum access.
Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the
fields of spectrum management, policy-defined radio, adaptive radio,
software-defined radio, reconfigurable radio, and networks and related
technologies. Many of the terms used do not have precise definitions or have
multiple definitions. This document facilitates the development of these
technologies by clarifying the terminology and how these technologies relate
to each other.
Abstract: This standard provides definitions and explanations of key concepts in the fields of spectrum management, cognitive radio,
policy defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, and related technologies. The document goes beyond simple, short
definitions by providing amplifying text that explains these terms in the context of the technologies that use them. The document
also describes how these technologies interrelate and create new capabilities while at the same time providing mechanisms
supportive of new spectrum management paradigms such as dynamic spectrum access.
Key Words: 1900.1-2008, cognitive radio, cognitive radio networks, dynamic
spectrum access, policy-based radio, software-controlled radio, software-
defined radio, spectrum management
Designation: 1900.1
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Terms, Definitions and Concepts for Spectrum Management, Policy
Defined Radio, Adaptive Radio and Software Defined Radio
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James Hoffmeyer, Phone:303-828-5240, Email:jhoffmeyer@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: This standard will provide technically precise definitions and
explanations of key concepts in the fields of spectrum management, policy
defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, and related
technologies. The document will go beyond simple, short definitions by
providing amplifying text that explains these technologies from different
perspectives. The document will also describe how these technologies
interrelate and can be use in a wide variety of communication service
environments to achieve new capabilities while at the same time providing
mechanisms supportive of new spectrum management paradigms and spectrum
access.
Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the
fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio,
software defined radio, reconfigurable radio and networks and related
technologies. Many of the terms used do not have precise definitions or have
multiple definitions. This document will facilitate the development of these
technologies by clarifying the terminology and how these technologies relate
to each other.
Designation: 1900.1
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Definitions and Concepts for Dynamic Spectrum Access:
Terminology Relating to Emerging Networks, System Functionality, and
Spectrum Management
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: This standard provides technically precise definitions and
explanations of key concepts in the fields of spectrum management, cognitive
radio, policy defined radio, adaptive radio, software defined radio, and
related technologies. The document goes beyond simple, short definitions by
providing amplifying text that explains these technologies. The document
also describe how these technologies interrelate and create new capabilities
while at the same time providing mechanisms supportive of new spectrum
management paradigms such as dynamic spectrum access.
Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the
fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio,
software defined radio, reconfigurable radio and networks and related
technologies. Many of the terms used do not have precise definitions or have
multiple definitions. This document facilitates the development of these
technologies by clarifying the terminology and how these technologies relate
to each other.
Designation: P1900.1a
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Concepts for Dynamic Spectrum Access:
Terminology Relating to Emerging Wireless Networks, System Functionality,
and Spectrum Management Amendment: Addition of New Terms and Associated
Definitions
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: James Hoffmeyer, Phone:303-828-5240, Email:jhoffmeyer@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This amendment adds new terms and associated definitions to IEEE
1900.1
Project Purpose: Due to the rapidly evolving field of dynamic spectrum access
(DSA) and related technologies, IEEE 1900.1 does not cover all terms in use
as of today. This amendment provides definitions for those missing terms
only.
Designation: 1900.2-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Analysis of In-Band and Adjacent Band
Interference and Coexistence Between Radio Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 29, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Sep 09, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide technical guidelines for
analyzing the potential for coexistence or in contrast interference between
radio systems operating in the same frequency band or between different
frequency bands.
Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the
fields of spectrum management, policy-defined radio, adaptive radio, and
software-defined radio. A primary goal of these initiatives is to improve
spectral efficiency. This recommended practice will provide guidance for the
analysis of coexistence and interference between various radio services.
Abstract: This recommended practice will provide technical guidelines for analyzing the potential for coexistence or in contrast
interference between radio systems operating in the same frequency band or between different frequency bands.
Key Words: 1900.2-2008, adaptive radio, coexistence, cognitive radio, dynamic
spectrum access, interference, policy-defined radio, software-defined
radio, spectrum, spectrum access
Designation: 1900.3
Sponsor: SASB/SCC41-SCC41 - Dynamic Spectrum Access Networks
Title: Standard for Assessing the Spectrum Access Behavior of Radio Systems
Employing Dynamic Spectrum Access Methods
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Douglas Sicker, Phone:303-735-4949, Email:douglas.sicker@colorado.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify techniques for testing
and analysis to be used during compliance and evaluation of radio systems
with dynamic spectrum access (DSA) capability. The standard also specifies
radio system design features that simplify the evaluation challenge.
Project Purpose: While there has been vigorous research on and prototyping of
radio systems with dynamic spectrum access (DSA), the potential for
deployment may be affected by the ability of regulatory agencies and
industry stakeholder to verify that a system conforms to applicable
technical and policy requirements. This standard which focuses on RF system
test to make it feasible to provide such assurance.
Designation: 1900.3
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Conformance Evaluation of Software Defined
Radio (SDR) Software Modules
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Andre Kruetzfeldt, Phone:+1 650 352 4754, Email:andre.kruetzfeldt@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice will provide technical guidelines for
analyzing Software Defined Radio (SDR) software modules to ensure compliance
with regulatory and operational requirements.
Project Purpose: New concepts and technologies are rapidly emerging in the
fields of spectrum management, policy defined radio, adaptive radio and
software defined radio, defined in P1900.1. A primary purpose of this
initiative is to provide recommended practices that will help assure
compliance with requirements for spectrum use by using formal mathematical
concepts and methods. The methods developed in this document will provide
an initial evaluation to be used before hardware testing and will support
the evaluation being developed in P1900.2. This recommended practice will
provide guidance for validity analysis of proposed SDR terminal software
prior to programming and activation of an SDR terminal or SDR components.
Designation: 1900.4-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Architectural Building Blocks Enabling Network-Device
Distributed Decision Making for Optimized Radio Resource Usage in
Heterogeneous Wireless Access Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2009
**New standard
Technical Contact: Soodesh Buljore, Phone:+33169352566, Email:soodesh.buljore@motorola.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: The standard defines the building blocks comprising (i) network
resource managers, (ii) device resource managers, and (iii) the
information to be exchanged between the building blocks, for enabling
coordinated network-device distributed decision making that will aid in
the optimization of radio resource usage, including spectrum access
control, in heterogeneous wireless access networks. The standard is limited
to the architectural and functional definitions at a first stage. The
corresponding protocols definition related to the information exchange
will be addressed at a later stage.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to improve overall composite capacity and
quality of service of wireless systems in a multiple Radio Access
Technologies (RATs) environment, by defining an appropriate system
architecture and protocols that will facilitate the optimization of radio
resource usage, in particular, by exploiting information exchanged
between network and mobile Terminals, whether or not they support multiple
simultaneous links and dynamic spectrum access.
Abstract: The standard defines the building blocks comprising (i) network resource managers, (ii) device resource managers, and
(iii) the information to be exchanged between the building blocks, for enabling coordinated network-device distributed decision
making that will aid in the optimization of radio resource usage, including spectrum access control, in heterogeneous wireless
access networks. The standard is limited to the architectural and functional definitions at a first stage. The corresponding
protocols definition related to the information exchange will be addressed at a later stage.
Key Words: 1900.4-2009, architectural building blocks, dynamic spectrum access,
heterogeneous wireless networks, network-device distributed optimization
of spectrum usage
Designation: P1900.4.1
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Interfaces and Protocols Enabling Distributed Decision
Making for Optimized Radio Resource Usage in Heterogeneous Wireless Networks
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Paul Houzé, Phone:33 1 45 29 44 06, Email:paul.houze@orange-ftgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: This standard uses the IEEE 1900.4 standard as a baseline
standard. It provides detailed description of interfaces and service access
points defined in the IEEE 1900.4 standard enabling distributed decision
making in heterogeneous wireless networks and obtaining context information
for this decision making.
Project Purpose: This standard facilitates innovative, cost-effective, and
multi-vendor production of network side and terminal side components of IEEE
1900.4 system and accelerates commercialization of this system to improve
capacity and quality of service in heterogeneous wireless networks.
Designation: P1900.4a
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Architectural Building Blocks Enabling Network-Device
Distributed Decision Making for Optimized Radio Resource Usage in
Heterogeneous Wireless Access Networks - Amendment: Architecture and
Interfaces for Dynamic Spectrum Access Networks in White Space Frequency
Bands
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Paul Houzé, Phone:33 1 45 29 44 06, Email:paul.houze@orange-ftgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: This standard amends the IEEE 1900.4 standard to enable mobile
wireless access service in white space frequency bands without any
limitation on used radio interface (physical and media access control
layers, carrier frequency, etc) by defining additional components of the
IEEE 1900.4 system.
Project Purpose: This standard facilitates cost-effective and multi-vendor
production of wireless access system, including cognitive base stations and
terminals, capable of operation in white space frequency bands without any
limitation on used radio interface, as well as, accelerates
commercialization of this system to improve spectrum usage.
Designation: P1900.5
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard Policy Language Requirements and System
Architectures for Dynamic Spectrum Access Systems
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines a vendor-independent set of policy-based
control architectures and corresponding policy language requirements for
managing the functionality and behavior of dynamic spectrum access networks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define policy language and
associated architecture requirements for interoperable, vendor-independent
control of Dynamic Spectrum Access functionality and behavior in radio
systems and wireless networks. This standard will also define the
relationship of policy language and architecture to the needs of at least
the following constituencies: the regulator, the operator, the user, and the
network equipment manufacturer.
Abstract: This standard defines a vendor-independent set of policy-based control architectures and corresponding policy language
requirements for managing the functionality and behavior of dynamic spectrum access networks.
Key Words: DSA; DySPAN; Policy Language; Policy Based DSA Radio Systems; DSA
Architecture.
Designation: 1900.5
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard on Policy Language and Policy Architectures for Managing
Cognitive Radio for Dynamic Spectrum Access Applications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Lynn Grande, Phone:508-942-3044, Email:lynn.grande@gdc4s.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This standard defines a set of policy languages, and their
relation to policy architectures, for managing the functionality and
behaviour of cognitive radios for dynamic spectrum access applications in a
vendor-independent fashion.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a policy language
(or a set of policy languages or dialects), and their relation to policy
architectures, for specifying interoperable, vendor-independent control of
Cognitive Radio functionality and behavior for Dynamic Spectrum Access
resources and services. This standard will also define policy language,
architecture, and their relation with each other with respect to the needs
of at least the following constituencies: the regulator, the operator, and
the network equipment manufacturer.
Designation: 1900.6-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Spectrum Sensing Interfaces and Data Structures for
Dynamic Spectrum Access and other Advanced Radio Communication Systems.
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2011
Technical Contact: Klaus Moessner, Phone:+441483683468, Email:k.moessner@surrey.ac.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines the information exchange between spectrum
sensors and their clients in radio communication systems. The logical
interface and supporting data structures used for information exchange are
defined abstractly without constraining the sensing technology, client
design, or data link between the sensor and client.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define spectrum sensing
interfaces and data structures for dynamic spectrum access (DSA) and other
advanced radio communications systems that will facilitate interoperability
between independently developed devices and thus allow for separate
evolution of spectrum sensors and other system functions.
Abstract: The interfaces and data structures required to exchange sensing-related information in order to increase interoperability
between sensors and their clients developed by different manufacturers are defined in this standard. The logical interface and
supporting data structures are defined abstractly without constraining the sensing technology, client design, or data link
between sensor and client. The entities involved and parameters exchanged in this process. It further elaborates on the service
access points, service primitives, as well as generic procedures used to realize this information exchange, are defined by this
standard.
Key Words: cognitive radio, data structure, distributed spectrum sensing,
dynamic spectrum access, IEEE 1900.6, logical interface, sensing
information, spectrum sensor
Designation: P1900.6a
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Spectrum Sensing Interfaces and Data Structures for Dynamic
Spectrum Access and other Advanced Radio Communication Systems Amendment:
Procedures, Protocols and Data Archive Enhanced Interfaces
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Klaus Moessner, Phone:+441483683468, Email:k.moessner@surrey.ac.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This Amendment to the IEEE Std 1900.6TM adds procedures,
protocols and message format specifications for the exchange of sensing
related data, control data and configuration data between spectrum sensors
and their clients. In addition, it adds specifications for the exchange of
sensing related and other relevant data and specifies related interfaces
between the data archive and other data sources.
Project Purpose: This amendment provides specifications to allow integrating
1900.6 based distributed sensing systems into existing and future dynamic
spectrum access radio communication systems. It enables existing legacy
systems to benefit so as to widen the potential adoption of the IEEE 1900.6
interface as an add-on to these systems and to claim standard conformance
for an implementation of the interface. In addition it facilitates sharing
of spectrum sensing data and other relevant data among 1900.6 based entities
and external data archives.
Designation: 1901-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Broadband over Power Line Networks: Medium Access
Control and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 2010
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: The project defines a standard for high-speed (>100 Mbps at
the physical layer) communication devices via electric power lines, so-
called broadband over power line (BPL) devices. This standard uses
transmission frequencies below 100 MHz. It is usable by all classes of BPL
devices, including BPL devices used for the first-mile/last-mile connection
(<1500 m to the premise) to broadband services as well as BPL devices
used in buildings for local area networks (LANs), smart energy applications,
transportation platform (vehicle) applications, and other data distribution
(<100 m between devices). This standard focuses on the balanced and
efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of BPL
devices, defining detailed mechanisms for coexistence and interoperability
between different BPL devices, and assuring that desired bandwidth and
quality of service may be delivered. The standard addresses the necessary
security questions to provide privacy of communications between users and
allow the use of BPL for security-sensitive services. It is limited to the
physical layer and the medium access sublayer of the data link layer, as
defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) Basic Reference Model.
Project Purpose: New modulation techniques offer the possibility to use the
power lines for high-speed communications. This new high-speed medium is
open and locally shared by several BPL devices. Without an independent,
openly defined standard, BPL devices serving different applications will
conflict with one another and provide unacceptable service to all parties.
The standard will provide a minimum implementation subset that allows fair
coexistence of the BPL devices. The full implementation will provide
interoperability among BPL devices, as well as interoperability with other
networking protocols, such as bridging for seamless interconnection via IEEE
Std 802.1X-2010.1 It is also the intent of this effort to progress quickly
toward a robust standard so power line applications may begin to impact the
marketplace. The standard also complies with electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) limits set by national regulators, so as to enable successful
coexistence with wireless and telecommunications systems.
Abstract: A standard for high-speed communication devices via electric power lines, so called broadband over power line (BPL)
devices, is defined. Transmission frequencies below 100 MHz are used. All classes of BPL devices can use this standard, including
BPL devices used for the first-mile/last-mile connection to broadband services as well as BPL devices used in buildings for local
area networks (LANs), Smart Energy applications, transportation platforms (vehicle) applications, and other data distribution.
The balanced and efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of BPL devices is the main focus of this
standard, defining detailed mechanisms for coexistence and interoperability between different BPL devices, and ensuring that
desired bandwidth and quality of service may be delivered. The necessary security questions are addressed to ensure the privacy
of communications between users and to allow the use of BPL for security sensitive services.
Key Words: access devices, adaptive power management, broadband over power
lines (BPLs), coexistence protocol (CXP), convolutional turbo code, cosine
modulated filter banks, fast Fourier transform orthogonal frequency
division multiplexing (FFT OFDM), in-home devices, intersystem protocol
(ISP), low-density parity check code (LDPC), medium access control (MAC),
power line communication (PLC), physical layer (PHY), privacy, quality of
service (QoS), security, sine modulated filter banks, wavelet orthogonal
frequency division multiplexing (OFDM)
Designation: 1901
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Broadband over Power Line Networks: Medium Access Control
and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Jim Mollenkopf, Phone:301-515-7617 x212, Email:jim.mollenkopf@currenttechnologies.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The project will develop a standard for high speed (>100
Mbps at the physical layer) communication devices via alternating current
electric power lines, so called Broadband over Power Line (BPL) devices.
The standard will use trannsmission frequencies below 100 MHz. This
standard will be usable by all classes of BPL devices, including BPL devices
used for the first-mile/last-mile connection (<1500m to the premise) to
broadband services as well as BPL devices used in buildings for LANs and
other data distribution (<100m between devices). This standard will
focus on the balanced and efficient use of the power line communications
channel by all classes of BPL devices, defining detailed mechanisms for
coexistence and interoperability between different BPL devices, and ensuring
that desired bandwidth and quality of service may be delivered. The standard
will address the necessary security questions to ensure the privacy of
communications between users and allow the use of BPL for security sensitive
services. This standard is limited to the physical layer and the medium
access sub-layer of the data link layer, as defined by the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
Basic Reference Model. The effort will begin with an architecture
investigation, and this will form the basis for detailed scope of task
groups that will work within P1901 to develop the components of the final
standard.
Project Purpose: New modulation techniques offer the possibility to use the
power lines for high speed communications. This new high speed media is
open, and locally shared by several BPL devices. Without an independent,
openly defined standard, BPL devices serving different applications will
conflict with one another and provide unacceptable service to all parties.
The standard will provide a minimum implementation subset which allows the
fair coexistence of the BPL devices. The full implementation will provide
the interoperability among the BPL devices, as well as interoperability with
other networking protocols, such as bridging for seamless interconnection
via 802.1. It is also the intent of this effort to quickly progress towards
a robust standard so powerline applications may begin to impact the
marketplace. The standard will also comply with EMC limits set by national
regulators, so as to ensure successful coexsitence with wireless and
telecommunications systems.
Designation: 1901
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Unapproved Draft Standard for Broadband over Power Line Networks:
Medium Access Control and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: The project defines a standard for high speed (>100 Mbps at
the physical layer) communication devices via electric power lines, so
called Broadband over Power Line (BPL) devices. The standard uses
transmission frequencies below 100 MHz. This standard is usable by all
classes of BPL devices, including BPL devices used for the first-mile/last-
mile connection (<1500m to the premise) to broadband services as well as
BPL devices used in buildings for LANs, Smart Energy applications,
transportation platforms (vehicle) applications, and other data distribution
(<100m between devices). This standard focuses on the balanced and
efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of BPL
devices, defining detailed mechanisms for coexistence and interoperability
between different BPL devices, and ensuring that desired bandwidth and
quality of service may be delivered. The standard addresses the necessary
security questions to ensure the privacy of communications between users and
allow the use of BPL for security sensitive services. This standard is
limited to the physical layer and the medium access sub-layer of the data
link layer, as defined by the International Organization for Standardization
(ISO) Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Basic Reference Model.
Project Purpose: New modulation techniques offer the possibility to use the
power lines for high speed communications. This new high speed media is
open, and locally shared by several BPL devices. Without an independent,
openly defined standard, BPL devices serving different applications will
conflict with one another and provide unacceptable service to all parties.
The standard will provide a minimum implementation subset which allows the
fair coexistence of the BPL devices. The full implementation will provide
the interoperability among the BPL devices, as well as interoperability with
other networking protocols, such as bridging for seamless interconnection
via 802.1. It is also the intent of this effort to quickly progress towards
a robust standard so powerline applications may begin to impact the
marketplace. The standard will also comply with EMC limits set by national
regulators, so as to ensure successful coexistence with wireless and
telecommunications systems.
Abstract: Defined is a standard for high speed communication devices via electric power lines, so called Broadband over Power Line
(BPL) devices. The standard uses transmission frequencies below 100 MHz. This standard is usable by all classes of BPL devices,
including BPL devices used for the first-mile/last-mile connection to broadband services as well as BPL devices used in buildings
for LANs, Smart Energy applications, transportation platforms (vehicle) applications, and other data distribution. This standard
focuses on the balanced and efficient use of the power line communications channel by all classes of BPL devices, defining
detailed mechanisms for coexistence and interoperability between different BPL devices, and ensuring that desired bandwidth and
quality of service may be delivered. The standard addresses the necessary security questions to ensure the privacy of
communications between users and allow the use of BPL for security sensitive services.
Key Words: BPL, MAC, PHY, PLC
Designation: P1901.2
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Low Frequency (less than 500 kHz) Narrow Band Power Line
Communications for Smart Grid Applications
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This standard specifies communications for low frequency (less
than 500 kHz) narrowband power line devices via alternating current and
direct current electric power lines. This standard supports indoor and
outdoor communications over low voltage line (line between transformer and
meter, less than 1000 V), through transformer low-voltage to medium-voltage
(1000 V up to 72 kV) and through transformer medium-voltage to low-voltage
power lines in both urban and in long distance (multi- kilometer) rural
communications. The standard uses transmission frequencies less than 500
kHz. Data rates will be scalable to 500 kbps depending on the application
requirements. This standard addresses grid to utility meter, electric
vehicle to charging station, and within home area networking communications
scenarios. Lighting and solar panel power line communications are also
potential uses of this communications standard. This standard focuses on the
balanced and efficient use of the power line communications channel by all
classes of low frequency narrow band (LF NB) devices, defining detailed
mechanisms for coexistence between different LF NB standards developing
organizations (SDO) technologies, assuring that desired bandwidth may be
delivered. This standard assures coexistence with broadband power line (BPL)
devices by minimizing out-of-band emissions in frequencies greater than 500
kHz. The standard addresses the necessary security requirements that assure
communication privacy and allow use for security sensitive services. This
standard defines the physical layer and the medium access sub-layer of the
data link layer, as defined by the International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Basic Reference
Model.
Project Purpose: This standard defines requirements for low frequency narrow
band power line communications. It harmonizes technologies operating in the
same field, data rate and frequency band.
Designation: 1902.1-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Long Wavelength Wireless Network Protocol
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: John Stevens, Email:john@visible-assets.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This standard defines the air interface for radiating
transceiver radio tags using long wavelength signals(kilometric and
hectometric frequencies, <450 kHz). Conforming devices can have very low
power consumption (a few microwatts on average), while operating over medium
ranges (0.5 to 30 meters) and at low data transfer speeds (300–9600 bps).
They are well suited for visibility networks, sensors, effectors and battery
operated displays. This standard fills a gap between non-network-based RFID
standards (e.g., ISO/IEC CD 15961-3, ISO 18000-6C or ISO 18000-7) and
existing high bandwidth network standards such as IEEE 802.11™ and IEEE
802.15.4™.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the air interface
for radio tags optimized for use in visibility networks, where presence,
identity and associated data can be determined from stationary or moving
tagged items, in situ, within relatively arbitrary storage areas. ‘In situ’
in this context means that it is not necessary to either move the tagged
items into closer proximity of a reader nor to move a reader into closer
proximity of tagged items in order to identify the presence of a tag or to
read or modify tag information. In addition to visibility networks,
applications for the radio tags described in this document include sensors,
effectors, battery operated displays and zero configuration peer to peer
networks. This standard will facilitate compatibility and encourage
inter-operability of routers, readers, base stations and radio tags from
multiple manufacturers. It is expected that additional standards under the
IEEE 1902 identifier will provide other physical link options, command sets
and standardization of commands and operations for specific vertical market
applications. This standard specifies operation in the 47CFR15.209
emission regulation environment where field strength levels are below the
threshold of regulation and thus permits operation world wide without
requiring action on the part of regulatory bodies or the acquisition of
special site licenses. This standard specifies: - The functions
and services required by an IEEE 1902.1 compliant device to operate within
ad hoc networks. - The MAC procedures to support the delivery of MAC
service data units (MSDU). - PHY signaling techniques and interface
functions. - Operation of IEEE 1902.1 compliant devices within a wireless
network that may co-exist with multiple other overlapping IEEE 1902.1
networks.
Abstract: This standard defines the air interface for radiating transceiver radio tags using long wavelength signals (kilometric and
hectometric frequencies, <450 kHz). Conforming devices can have very low power consumption (a few microwatts on average),
while operating over medium ranges (0.5 to 30 meters) and at low data transfer speeds (300–9600 bits per s). They are well suited
for visibility networks, sensors, effectors and battery operated displays. This standard fills a gap between non-network-based
RFID standards (e.g., ISO/IEC CD 15961-3, ISO 18000-6C or 7) and existing high bandwidth network standards such as IEEE Std 802.
IEEE 802.15.4
Key Words: 1902.1-2009, battery powered, carrier powered, displays, effectors,
long wavelength, low frequency, RFID, sensors, transceiver, visibility
networks
Designation: 1902.1
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Long Wavelength Wireless Network Protocol
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Stevens, Phone:+1 603 418 8721, Email:john@visible-assets.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006
Project Scope: The project will develop a physical layer and data link layer
protocol standard for long wavelength (< 450Khz), low speed (300-9600
Baud), low power, medium range (50’ to 100’) industrial visibility networks.
It will fill a gap between non-network-based RF-ID standards (e.g., ISO/IEC
CD 15961-3, ISO 18000-6C or 7) and existing high bandwidth network standards
such as IEEE 802.11 a,b,g and IEEE 802.15.4 e.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to produce a protocol standard
for use in applications where bandwidth is not an issue; but low cost, high
tag (client) count, long battery life and use in harsh environments (near
steel and water) are key performance criteria. Example applications include
visibility of medical devices in hospitals, patient and physician visibility
in OR’s, product visibility in retail stores, and livestock visibility. Many
cost-sensitive, power “limited” applications exist (e.g., most industrial
visibility networks) that may not require high bandwidth, yet do require
real-time, peer-to-peer networking with extended battery life. The purpose
of the proposed standard will be to provide a definition for full physical
interoperability for all components (chips, tags, routers, and handhelds)
within a long-wavelength network. Asset tracking systems provide
asset history. Tracking is based on portal or beacon readers that read a
barcode or RF-ID tag as it passes though a location (door or on conveyor). A
"Visibility Network" provides tracking data, but also provides real-time,
interactive asset status. A Visibility Network is a real-time on-demand,
local area network, so real-time sensor alerts are possible (e.g.
temperature, jog, flow), real-time asset location (e.g. asset is on the
shelf now or in use in the operating room), real-time asset status (e.g. the
box is unopened), and real-time pair-wise linking (the patient and the blood
type match) is possible. A Visibility Network may also be interactive in
that it can operate efectors (e.g. open locks; flash LED's for pick and
place; or display information on an LCD display). Thus, asset
tracking provides history (pedigree where asset has been). Visibility
Networks provide asset tracking, but also provide real-time, interactive,
local area network status of an asset (pedigree and where it is now).
Designation: P1903
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for a Next Generation Service Overlay Network
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This standard describes a framework of Internet Protocol(IP)-
based service overlay networks and specifies context-aware, (e.g., such as
required Quality of Service(QoS) level, type of service such as real-time
vs. data, nature of data stream such as I-frame vs. B-frame, and type of
terminal such as TV monitor vs. Personal Digital Assistent) dynamically
adaptive (e.g., using locally derived information to discover, organize, and
maintain traffic flows in the network within a local area network), and
self-organizing networking capabilities (e.g., developing network structures
based on the needs of the customers and the capabilities of existing network
structures), including advanced routing and forwarding schemes, and that are
independent of underlying transport networks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable network operators,
service/content providers, and end-users to provide and consume
collaborative services by the deployment of context-aware, dynamically
adaptive, and self-organizing networking capabilities.
Abstract: This Next Generation Service Overlay Network (NGSON) standard describes a framework of Internet Protocol(IP)-based service
overlay networks and specifies context-aware (e.g., such as required Quality of Service (QoS) level, type of service such as
real-time vs. data, nature of data stream such as Iframe vs. B-frame, and type of terminal such as TV monitor vs. personal
digital assistant), dynamically adaptive (e.g., using locally derived information to discover, organize, and maintain traffic
flows in the network within a local area network), and self-organizing networking capabilities (e.g., developing network
structures based on the needs of the customers and the capabilities of existing network structures), including advanced routing
and forwarding schemes, and that are independent of underlying networks. The NGSON architecture provides advanced service- and
transport-related functions to support contextaware, dynamically adaptive, and self-organizing networks. This standard specifies
a functional architecture for NGSON. The functional architecture consists of a set of functional entities (FEs), their functions,
reference points and information flows to illustrate service interaction and media delivery among FEs and external components.
NGSON may operate with different underlying networks such as IMS, NGN, P2P overlay or Web to transmit NGSON signaling messages
and/or media among its users and services. Specifications of underlying networks are outside scope of this standard.
Key Words: service overlay network, service routing, service composition,
context awareness, dynamic adaptation, self organization, content delivery,
service discovery and negotiation
Designation: P1904.1
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Service Interoperability in Ethernet Passive Optical
Networks
Status: New Standard Project
Publication type: Standards Press
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This standard describes the system-level requirements needed to
ensure service-level, multi-vendor interoperability of Ethernet Passive
Optical Network (EPON) equipment. The specifications complement the existing
IEEE Std. 802.3 and IEEE Std. 802.1 standards which ensure the
interoperability at the Physical layer and Data Link layer. Specifically
included in the proposed work are: - EPON system-level interoperability
specifications covering equipment functionality, traffic engineering, and
service-level QoS/CoS mechanisms; - Management specifications covering:
equipment management, service management, and power utilization.
Project Purpose: To build upon the IEEE 802.3ah (1G-EPON) and IEEE 802.3av
(10G-EPON) Physical layer and Data Link layer standards and create a system-
level and network-level standard, thus allowing full “plug-and-play”
interoperability of the transport, service, and control planes in a multi-
vendor environment.
Designation: P1905.1
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for a Convergent Digital Home Network for Heterogeneous
Technologies
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Paul Houzé, Phone:33 1 45 29 44 06, Email:paul.houze@orange-ftgroup.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The standard defines an abstraction layer for multiple home
networking technologies. The abstraction layer provides a common data and
control Service Access Point to the heterogeneous home networking
technologies described in the following specifications: IEEE P1901, IEEE
802.11, IEEE 802.3 and MoCA 1.1. The standard is extendable to work with
other home networking technologies. The abstraction layer supports dynamic
interface selection for transmission of packets arriving from any interface
(upper protocol layers or underlying network technologies). End-to-end
Quality of Service (QoS) is supported. Also specified are procedures,
protocols and guidelines to provide a simplified user experience to add
devices to the network, to set up encryption keys, to extend the network
coverage, and to provide network management features to address issues
related to neighbor discovery, topology discovery, path selection, QoS
negotiation, and network control and management.
Project Purpose: The abstraction layer common interface allows applications and
upper layer protocols to be agnostic to the underlying home networking
technologies. The purpose of the standard is to facilitate the integration
of P1901 with other home networking technologies. Additionally the purpose
of the standard is to define an abstraction layer that allows: Common
Network Setup among heterogeneous network technologies defined in the PAR
and provide same user experience in the process of adding a device to the
network and the same user experience while setting an encryption key;
Intelligent network interface and path selection for delivery of packets
that provides Improved coverage performance, Improved data rate on poorest
link, Improved network capacity, Improved network reliability and QoS,
support for end-to-end Quality of Service (QoS) for different traffic
classes; Seamless / transparent path switching; Real time mapping of
connection links and paths for each traffic class / stream; Green - energy
management.
Designation: P1906.1
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Nanoscale and Molecular Communication Framework
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Stephen Bush, Phone:518-782-7399, Email:bushsf@research.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This recommended practice contains a conceptual model and a
standard terminology for ad hoc network communication at the nanoscale. This
recommended practice also contains: (1) a definition of nanoscale networking
(2) a conceptual model for ad hoc nanoscale networking (3) common
terminology for nanoscale networking, including: (a) a definition of a
nanoscale channel highlighting the fundamental differences from a macroscale
channel (b) abstract nanoscale channel interfaces with nanoscale systems (c)
performance metrics common to ad hoc nanoscale communication networks (d) a
mapping between nanoscale and traditional communication networks, including
necessary high level components such as a map of major components: coding
and packets, addressing, routing, localization, layering, reliability.
Project Purpose: A common framework greatly aids in developing useful
simulators for nanoscale communication. This includes interconnecting
systems of multiple types of nanoscale simulators. A common abstract model
enables theoretical progress to proceed from different disciplines with a
common language. This framework serves as a recommended practice for
additional nanoscale networking standards as industry becomes more involved.
Designation: 191
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 192-1958
Title: Methods of Calibration of Mechanically Recorded Lateral Frequency
Records
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 193-1971
Title: Method for Measurement of Weighted Peak Flutter of Sound Recording and
Reproducing Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 194
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: Standard Pulse Terms and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Otis M Solomon, Phone:(505) 844-2320, Email:omsolom@sandia.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1982
Abstract: Revision in progress, expected completion in 1992.
Designation: 194-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC10 - Waveform Generation Measurement and Analysis
Title: IEEE Standard Pulse Terms and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Feb 17, 1975
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard provides fundamental
definitions for general use in time domain pulse technology. It defines terms for pulse phenomena and pulse parameters which are
prerequisite to: (1) Efficient communication of technical information; (2) Standards for methods of pulse parameter measurement;
(3) Standards for pulse apparatus; (4) Standards for apparatus which employs pulse techniques.
Key Words: pulse, terms, glossary
Designation: 195
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1953
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Bioinformatics Data Structures - Framework and Overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Vicky Markstein, Phone:650-851-4588, Email:v.markstein@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop a framework for
standards and protocols, incorporating existing standards where appropriate,
to support the bioinformatics sciences with common definition, storage and
exchange of information between them. The project will define efforts in the
area of nomenclature, databases, access protocols, benchmarks, and
validation suites for a variety of bioinformatics data (e.g., genomics,
proteomics, transcriptomes, gene ontology, structural ontology, biological
pathways, pharmacogenomics and more).
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide a framework standard for the
development of new standards where needed, incorporating existing standards
where appropriate and providing a consistent interface for the development
of common solutions for discovery, collection, access, and use of
bioinformatics data.
Designation: 1953.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Sequence Ontology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Suzanna Lewis, Phone:+1 510 486 7508, Email:suzi@fruitfly.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The Sequence Ontology is a well developed current working
procedure in the Bioinformatics community, this work will formalize that
methodology into a standard. The Sequence Ontology (SO) is designed for
three different, but related, purposes. The first of these is to provide a
structured controlled vocabulary for the description of features that may be
describe by their spatial location upon sequences and thus annotate these
sequences; the second is to provide a structured controlled vocabulary for
the description of genes, in terms of their sequence characteristics; the
third is to provide a structured vocabulary for the description of
chromosome and sequence variation within organism. The SO will also provide
associated tools for applying and using the vocabularies to support the
exchange genomic sequence annotation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the SO is to facilitate the exchange and
analysis of primary sequence data, whether these sequences are nucleic acids
or amino acids. The "locatable feature" node provides terms for describing
expressed or control regions on biological sequence, crucial to
understanding the transfer and encoding of genetic information. The
"sequence attribute" node of SO provides terms for describing "genes", for
example, by their cellular location, by the properties of their primary
transcripts and by the attributes of their processed transcripts. The
"sequence variation features" node of the SO provides terms for the
description of sequence variation. This enables organism databases to
capture ploidy, chromosomal rearrangements, and mutational descriptions.
Designation: 1953.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Bioinformatics Standards for Flow Cytometry
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ryan Brinkman, Phone:+1 604 675 8132, Email:rbrinkman@bccrc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard supports the common definition, storage and
exchange of flow cytometry data. Existing standards are incorporated where
appropriate.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide a consistent interface for the
recording of flow cytometry data and analysis providing for the development
of common solutions for the discovery, collection, access and use of flow
cytometry data.
Designation: 196-1951
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Transducers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 197
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 198
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 199
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for an Extendable High Reliability Enhanced PCI Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bob Davis, Phone:408-857-1273, Email:bob@scsi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will develop a Standard for an Extendable High
Reliability Enhanced PCI Bus for transportation, telecommunications, and
process control systems. This bus will define and use PCI-style protocol,
extending it to include packet messages as defined in the SCI(1596-1992) and
Serial Express (P1394.2) projects. This bus will include redundancy and
support hot swap of boards for fault tolerant, high availability operation.
This project will include the physical and electrical implementation of this
bus and define the interface to a high speed serial interconnect such as the
Serial Express bus. For telecommunication applications, an optional Time
Division Multiplexed bus using international signaling rates from the
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy will be defined.
Project Purpose: The transportation, telecommunications, and process control
industries need reliable high availability fault tolerant systems that
support harsh environments and extended temperature ranges, with packet
protocols that support serial interconnections to similar systems at speeds
form 10 megabits/second to >1gigabit/second. There is no currently no
defined standard for such systems that can take advantage of the enormous
industrial support for the PCI system by way of silicon, software, adn
tools. This standard is intended to fill that need.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. Details the set of activities that constitute
the processes that are mandatory for the development and maintenance of software, whether stand-alone or part of a system. The
management and support processes that continue throughout the entire life cycle, as well as all aspects of the software life
cycle from concept exploration through retirement, are covered.
Designation: 2-1929
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Title: A.I.E.E. Standards Report on Standard Definitions and Symbols
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**AIEE-2 (1929) (C42)
Designation: 200
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Title: Reference Designations for Parts and Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 09, 1989
Designation: 200-1975
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Standard Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronics
Parts and Equipments
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Oct 31, 1975, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1975
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn 1997. The formulation and application of reference designations for electrical and electronics
parts and equipment are covered. The reference designations of this standard are intended for uniquely identifying and locating
discrete items on diagrams and in a set, as well as for correlating items in a set, graphic symbols on diagrams, and items in
parts lists, circuit descriptions, and instructions. Three methods are given for forming and applying reference designations: the
unit number method, the location numbering method, and the location coding method. A complete reference designation may
incorporate reference designations formed by the use of any of these methods at any level from basic parts to complete units.
Key Words: reference, designations, parts, equipment, Symbols
Designation: 2000.1-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Standard for Year 2000
Terminology
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: To identify terms and concepts pertinent to the resolution of
the year 2000 issue and to provide definitions of these terms and
descriptions of these concepts.
Project Purpose: To provide a common lexicon with descriptions and definitions
to the information technology industry for use in the development of year
2000 solutions.
Designation: 2000.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Standard for Year 2000
Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: To add definitions into this terminologyt standard.
Specifically, "Date Invariance Range"; and requisite definitions to support
this and revise to resolve outstanding issues.
Project Purpose: Additional definitions can improve the communications between
interested and affected parties related to addressing technology
functionality as operations span from the 20th to the 21st century.
Abstract: This standard revises IEEE Std 2000.1-1998. It provides a detailed set of definitions. Inaddition, it addresses calendar
information that is helpful in understanding the timeline issues surrounding the year 2000 rollover. The definitions section
remains the core of the standard. With this expanded set of definitions, the standard now addresses areas that are relevant to
both engineering and business environments. An increased degree of specificity has been added to the definition of Year 2000
compliance,making it more precise in its meaning and application.
Key Words: "calendar information,date component,remediation techniques,Year
2000 compliant"
Designation: 2000.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 16509: 1999 (IEEE Std 2000.1-1998) Year 2000 Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This standard provides concepts, definitions, remediation techniques, and other support- ing terms fundamental to a
lexicon for Year 2000 terminology. It addresses key topics pertinent to the development of resolutions to the Year 2000 problem.
The core of this standard is the definitions Clause which contains the definition for Year 2000 compliance. Two critical aspects
of this definition are: first, the acknowledgment of the significance of documentation associated with technology, and, second,
the recognition that compliance is a two-way street, i.e., the proper exchange of date data is paramount for technology to remain
compliant.
Designation: 2000.2-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Year 2000 Test
Methods
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2000
Project Scope: Identify best practices for defining a user-specific test plan
for "Y2K" (Year 2000 rollover and related date-specific issues) validation.
A taxonomy of system elements and features which are likely to exhibit Y2K
failures. A user-customizeable template for test plans and test scenarios
for detection of defective (with respect to Y2K) system elements and
features. A user-customizeable methodology and process for determining the
testing impact of various remediation, validation, and reporting methods.
It is not intended that these practices be employable in a mechanical or
rote fashion: significant engineering judgment must be exercised by the user
of this document in applying its recommendations.
Project Purpose: To provide users of computer software, firmware, and hardware
systems with recommended practices for assessing the system elements within
their organization that may be at risk of failure due to Year 2000 rollover
or related date-specific issues.
Abstract: This document provides users of computer hardware, firmware, software, or data systems withrecommended practices for
assessing and demonstrating the system elements within their organization thatmay be at risk of failure due to the Year 2000
problem and related date-specific issues. This recommendedpractice provides the framework for detailed planning and execution of
all steps and tasks involved in testing for Year 2000 compliance. The resulting plan will outline the testing approach and
identify system elementsthat are at risk of failure when crossing into the Year 2000 or using data that includes dates after
2000-01-01.
Key Words: "bridge,date,real-time clock (RTC), remediation,rollover,system
time,test,Year 2000,Y2K"
Designation: P20000-1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard - Adoption of International Standard ISO/IEC 20000-1
Information technology - Service management - Part 1: Service management
system requirements
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 defines the requirements for a
service provider to deliver managed services of an acceptable quality for
its customers. It may be used: a) by businesses that are going out to
tender for their services; b) by businesses that require a consistent
approach by all service providers in a supply chain; c) by service
providers to benchmark their IT service management; d) as the basis for an
independent assessment; e) by an organization which needs to demonstrate
the ability to provide services that meet customer requirements; and f) by
an organization which aims to improve service through the effective
application of processes to monitor and improve service quality. This
part of ISO/IEC 20000 specifies a number of closely related service
management processes. The relationships between the processes depend on
the application within an organization and are generally too complex to
model and therefore relationships between processes are not shown in this
diagram. The list of objectives and controls contained in this part of
ISO/IEC 20000 are not exhaustive, and an organization may consider that
additional objectives and controls are necessary to meet their particular
business needs. The nature of the business relationship between the service
provider and business will determine how the requirements in this part of
ISO/IEC 20000 are implemented in order to meet the overall objective. As
a process based standard this part of ISO/IEC 20000 is not intended for
product assessment. However, organizations developing service management
tools, products and systems may use both this part of ISO/IEC 20000 and the
code of practice to help them develop tools, products and systems that
support best practice service management.
Project Purpose: This Standards contains no purpose clause
Designation: 20000.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 20000-1:2005, Information Technology -- Service
Management -- Part 1: Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:terry.doran@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This is an IEEE adoption of ISO/IEC 20000-1. The scope of
ISO/IEC 20000-1 is: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 defines the requirements for
a service provider to deliver managed services of an acceptable quality for
its customers.
Project Purpose: This standard provides the high level specification of
requirements for delivery of managed services. It supports managed service
acquisition, proposal, consistency, benchmarking or appraisal, and process
improvement.
Designation: 20000.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for ISO/IEC 20000-2:2005, Information Technology -- Service
Management -- Part 2: Code of Practice
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Teresa Doran, Phone:631-266-2191, Email:terry.doran@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 20000-2. The scope of ISO/IEC
20000-2 is: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 represents an industry consensus on
quality standards for IT service management processes. These service
management processes deliver the best possible service to meet a customer’s
business needs within agreed resource levels, i.e. service that is
professional, cost-effective and with risks which are understood and
managed.
Project Purpose: This part of ISO/IEC 20000 describes the best practices for
service management processes in the form of guidance and recommendations
that should be used in conjunction with ISO/IEC 20000-1, Information
Technology — Service Management — Part 1: Specification. ISO/IEC 20000-1
defines the requirements for a service provider to deliver managed services
of an acceptable quality for its customers.
Designation: 2001-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: Recommended Practice for the Internet - Web Site Engineering, Web Site
Management and Web Site Life Cycle
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 03, 2003
**Supersedes 2001-1999. Had been developed by C/Internet Best Practices.
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 21, 2003
Project Scope: Define recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering
for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium
(W3C) and related industry guidelines. (Expanded from previous PAR which
specifically mentioned HTML and XML)
Project Purpose: to address items identified in Annex A (future work) of the
approved standard, and identified during balloting which can be well
defined. Respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that may
result in new material or changes to approved recommendations. (And from
previous PAR:) This is intended to provide guidance to web page developers
in Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet (amongst a limited
domain of organizational participants) web environments on recommended
practices for web page engineering. The objective is to improve the
productivity of Intra/Extranet web operations in terms of locating relevant
information, and efficient development and maintenance practices.
Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEC 23026: 2005 Recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extra-net
environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C ® ) and related industry guidelines,are defined in this recommended
practice. This recommended practice does not address stylisticconsiderations or human-factors considerations in web page design
beyond limitations that reflectgood engineering practice.
Key Words: "Extranet,Internet,Intranet,Web page,Web site,Web site
engineering,Web site lifecycle,Web site management,well-engineered Web
page,World Wide Web"
Designation: 2001-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Internet Practices - Web Page Engineering
- Intranet/Extranet Applications
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 2001-2002.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Nov 16, 1999
Project Scope: Define recommended practices for WWW page engineering for
Intranet and Extranet environments, based on HTML (Hypertext Markup
Language) 3.2 (potentially 4.0) specifications, migration to XML (Extensible
Markup Language), and related industry guidelines.
Project Purpose: This is intended to provide guidance to web page developers in
Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet (amongst a limited domain
of organizational participants) web environments on recommended practices
for web page engineering. issues to be considered include copyright,
proprietary data declarations, indexing and content classification of pages,
use of epoch transparent dates, context (author, responsible organization,
currency,...), multinational sensitivities, browser tolerance, accommodation
of persons with disabilities, and bandwith efficiencies. The objective is
to improve the productivity of Intranet/Extranet web operations in terms of
locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance
practices.
Abstract: Superseded by 2001-2002 This standard defines recommended practices for Web page engineering. It addresses the needs of
Webmasters and managers to effectively develop and manage World Wide Web projects (internally via an intranet or in relation to
specific communities via an extranet). This standard discusses life cycle planning: identifying the audience, the client
environment, objectives, and metrics, and continues with recommendations on server considerations, and specific Web page content.
IEEE Std 2001-1999 defines conformance for both Web pages and tools that generate Web pages. This document is intended to reduce
site-management costs, reduce legal risks, facilitate user satisfaction, and increase the productivity of Web applications for
both maintainers and users.
Key Words: "accessibility,Internet best practices,Internet ease-of-use,risk
reduction,Web management,Web page engineering,World Wide Web"
Designation: 2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Recommended Practice for Internet Practices - Web Page Engineering -
Intranet/Extranet Application
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jim D Isaak, Phone:603-465-3131, Email:ieee2003@jimisaak.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: Define recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering
for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide Web Consortium
(W3C) and related industry guidelines. (Expanded from previous PAR which
specifically mentioned HTML and XML)
Project Purpose: To address items identified in Annex A (future work) of the
approved standard, and identified during balloting which can be well
defined. Respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that may
result in new material or changes to approved recommendations. This is
intended to provide guidance to web page developers in Intranet and Extranet
web environments on recommended practices for web page engineering. The
objective is to improve the productivity of Intra/Extranet web operations in
terms of locating relevant information, and efficient development and
maintenance practices.
Designation: 2001a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Internet - Web Site Engineering, Web Site
Management and Web Site Life Cycle - Amendment 1: Requirements for
International Adoption
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: IEEE Std 2001 has been approved in fast-track balloting as
ISO/IEC 23036. However, balloting comments were received and must be
disposed. Disposition of these comments may require minor modifications to
IEEE Std 2001 so that the two standards will be identical. The scope of
change is restricted to disposing the comments received in the fast-track
ballot.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 2001 has been approved in fast-track balloting as
ISO/IEC 23036. However, balloting comments were received and must be
disposed. Disposition of these comments may require minor modifications to
IEEE Std 2001 so that the two standards will be identical. The purpose of
this amendment project is to make the necessary changes to IEEE Std 2001.
Designation: 2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: Internet Security Practices
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Fred Starkey, Phone:703-494-1341, Email:starkey@digitalaccess.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Define recommended engineering security practices for
organizations that connect to the Internet. This standard will assume
organizations are implementing internal security practices such as those
defined in BSI 7799 (and others to be referenced in this standard). This
work will be based on IETF, W3C and related guidelines, as well as
experience from CERT/CC (Reg. TM of CMU) and other sources of expertise.
This standard will focus on engineering principles that have a multiyear
role, as opposed to rapidly changing technical characteristics. This
standard will not focus on management practices.
Project Purpose: To establish a foundation of engineering practices that can be
applied to maintain security of operations when connected to the Internet.
The audience for this standard is the technical manager responsible for
implementing these security practices. Many of these may also be of value
for operation in Intranet, Extranet and other network environments.
Assurance of secure operations cannot necessarily be expected as a result of
application of this work. This document will also: Reference applicable
management practice standards and guidelines (Risk Assessment...); Provide
reference(s) to resources providing "current" threat alerts and reporting
channels; Identify practices that reduce vulnerabilities resulting from
connection to external networks; Provide a basis for dialogue on trusted
interoperability with partners.
Designation: 2003-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 13210 : 1999 (IEEE Std 2003-1997), Information technology--
Requirements and guidelines for test methods, specifications and test method
implementations for measuring conformance to POSIX(R) standards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 2003-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Requirements and Guidelines
for Test Methods Specifications and Test Method Implementations for
Measuring Conformance to POSIX Standards
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision and redesignation of 1003.3-1991. Administratively withdrawn on
26-Jan-2009.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003
Project Scope: This standard defines broad requirements, and provides
guidelines for test method specifications and implementations for all POSIX
standards. This standard will revise, enhance, and replace the existing
1003.3-1991 standard.
Project Purpose: The revision of the existing standard has three purposes.
First, to apply the lessons learned from industry use of the existing
standard. To redefine, revise and clarify requirements for test method
specifications and implementations. Second, to provide guidelines for
satisfying those requirements. Third, to address test method issues
resulting from the creation of profile standards.
Abstract: This standard defines the requirements and guidelines for test method specifications and test method implementations for
measuring conformance to POSIX standards. Test specification standard developers for other Application Programming Interface
(API) standards are encouraged to use this standard.This document is aimed primarily at developers and users of test method
specifications and implementations.
Key Words: "assertion,assertion test,implementation under
test,option,conformance,document,conformance test procedure,conformance test
software,test method implementation,test method specification,test result
code"
Designation: 2003.1-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX(R)--Part1: System Interfaces
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**formerly 1003.3.1. This document is now known as ISO/IEC 14515-1:2000
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 12, 1993
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn February 2006 This standard provides a definition of the requirements placed upon providers of
POSIX test methods for POSIX.1 (IEEE Std 1003.1-1990; ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990). These requirements consist of a POSIX.1-ordered list
of assertions defining those aspects of POSIX.1 that are to be tested and the associated test methods that are to be used in
performing those tests. This standard is aimed primarily at POSIX.1 test suite providers and POSIX.1 implementors. This standard
specifies those aspects of POSIX.1 that shall be verified by conformance test methods. You will receive an email from Customer
Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: assertion, Test result code, Test method, POSIX, POSIX Conformance
Test Suite, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance Document,
Extended assertion, Conditional feature, Base assertion, Assertion test
Designation: 2003.1b-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Test Methods Specifications for
Measuring Conformance to POSIX(R) - Part 1: System Application Program
Interface (API) -Amendment 1: Realtime Extension [C Language]
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2000
Project Scope: This document will specify the aspects of the POSIX.1b standard
that shall be verified by conformance test methods.
Project Purpose: There is currently no standard that specifies what should be
tested in POSIX.1b. This project will provide a standard for testing
conformance to POSIX.1b.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This standard defines the test method specifications for IEEE Std
1003.1b-1993 (basedon the document corresponding to the merger of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990 and IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993). The test
method specifications consist of assertions to be tested and related test procedures.As an amendment to IEEE Std 1003.1-1990,
this standard is structured to amend those portions ofIEEE Std 2003.1-1992 {4} (the test method specification for IEEE Std
1003.1-1990) that correspondto the amended parts of IEEE Std 1003.1-1990. This standard is aimed primarily at providers of
testmethods for IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993 and at implementors of IEEE Std 1003.1b-1993.
Key Words: assertion, assertion test, C programming language, POSIX, POSIX
Conformance Document, POSIX Conformance Test Procedure, POSIX Conformance
Test Suite, realtime, test method specification, test result code
Designation: 2003.2-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to POSIX(R) - Part II: Shell and Utilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Formerly P1003.3.2. Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009.
History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 1997
Project Scope: This standard defines the test methods to be used to measure
conformance to IEEE 1003.2 (Shell and Utility Application Interface for
Computer Operating System Environments).
Project Purpose: To define test methods and requirements for implementation of
test suites to verify conformance of implementations to the Standard Shell
and Utility Application Interface for Computer Operating System
Environments.
Abstract: A definition of the requirements placed upon providers of aPOSIXConformance Test Suite for thePOSIX.2 standard
(ISO/IEC9945-2:1993,IEEE/ANSIStd. 1003.2-1992) is provided. These requirements consist of a list ofassertions defining those
aspects ofPOSIX.2 that are to be tested and the associ-ated test methods that are to be used in performing those tests. This
standard isprimarily aimed at test suite providers but it also defines toPOSIX.2 implementorsthose aspects of the standard that
will be verified by a conformance test suite.
Key Words: "conformance, POSIX, Shell and Utilities, test methods"
Designation: 2003.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Test Methods for Measuring
Conformance to IEEE 1003.5-1992 (Ada)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James P Lonjers, Phone:612 456 3518, Email:james.lonjers@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Project Scope: This document will specify the aspects to the IEEE Std 1003.5-
1992 standard to be verified by a conformance test suite. The document will
be consistent with an approved IEEE standard for the development of test
methods.
Project Purpose: There is currently no standard which specifies what should be
tested for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. This project will provide a standard for
testing IEEE Std 1003.5-1992. It is intended to be used to develop
conformance test suites for IEEE Std 1003.5-1992.
Designation: 201-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Television
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1981, BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1981
Abstract: No abstract
Key Words: tv, terms, definition
Designation: 201
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Analog Television
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will update a withdrawn standard, and add the word
"analog" to the title to indicate that the terms and definitions relate to
analog television, sometimes called conventional definition television. The
project proposes to include terms in general use by broadcasters and others
involved in the production, distribution, and display of broadcast-quality
television programs, employing the system currently in use in the USA and
some other countries. The system is that developed by the National
Television Systems Committee, and generally referred to as the NTSC system.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used a s a general reference
for engineers and other technical personnel involved in broadcast-quality
television engineering and operations, particularly for newcomers just
learning the technology.
Designation: P2010
Sponsor: IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society/Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Neurofeedback Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes electroencephalography (EEG)
Biofeedback (neurofeedback) systems and software to optimize the quality and
availability of information available to device users.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice describes the minimum standards
sufficient to verify that conforming EEG Biofeedback systems provide quality
biofeedback results and information that is clear.
Designation: 202-1954
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Television: Methods of Measurement of Aspect Ratio and Geometric
Distortion
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P2030
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Smart Grid Interoperability of Energy Technology
and Information Technology Operation with the Electric Power System (EPS),
and End-Use Applications and Loads
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for smart grid
interoperability. This guide provides a knowledge base addressing
terminology, characteristics, functional performance and evaluation
criteria, and the application of engineering principles for smart grid
interoperability of the electric power system with end use applications and
loads. The guide discusses alternate approaches to good practices for the
smart grid.
Project Purpose: This standard provides guidelines in understanding and
defining smart grid interoperability of the electric power system with end-
use applications and loads. Integration of energy technology and information
and communications technology is necessary to achieve seamless operation for
electric generation, delivery, and end-use benefits to permit two way power
flow with communication and control. Interconnection and intra-facing
frameworks and strategies with design definitions are addressed in this
standard, providing guidance in expanding the current knowledge base. This
expanded knowledge base is needed as a key element in grid architectural
designs and operation to promote a more reliable and flexible electric power
system.
Abstract: Now get special pricing on IEEE P2030 Draft, the Industry’s first draft guidelines for Smart Grid interoperability cross-
discipline. Only $99 until July 13 (regularly priced at $270). Order today and get the one draft on smart grid technology for one
low price. This document provides guidelines for smart grid interoperability. This guide provides a knowledge base
addressing terminology, characteristics, functional performance and evaluation criteria, and the application of engineering
principles for smart grid interoperability of the electric power system with end use applications and loads. The guide discusses
alternate approaches to good practices for the smart grid.
Designation: P2030.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC40-
Title: Guide for Electric-Sourced Transportation Infrastructure
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 2009
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines that can be used by utilities,
manufacturers, transportation providers, infrastructure developers and end
users of electric-sourced vehicles and related support infrastructure in
addressing applications for road-based personal and mass transportation.
This guide provides a knowledge base addressing terminology, methods,
equipment, and planning requirements for such transportation and its impacts
on commercial and industrial systems including, for example, generation,
transmission, and distribution systems of electrical power. This guide
provides a roadmap for users to plan for short, medium, and long-term
systems.
Project Purpose: This guideline provides methods that can be utilized by
utilities, manufacturers, transportation providers, infrastructure
developers and end users of electric-sourced vehicles and related
infrastructure to develop and support systems that allow increased
utilization of electric sourced transportation. The transition to
alternative-fuel vehicles, including those that use electricity, is
inevitable. Servicing of the limited number of electric vehicles operating
today can be absorbed by current generation and distribution capacity. The
existence of a few hundred thousand of these vehicles, however, is just the
first step in a long-term trend. Preparing for rapid growth in electric
vehicle use is necessary since new and upgraded supporting infrastructure,
whether charging stations, generating capacity or enhanced transmission
systems, requires time for deployment. To reduce the amount of new
generation required and better utilize the existing generation, energy
efficiency methods for electric sourced transportation based on an end-to-
end systems approach are outlined in this document. Standards that exist and
research that is being performed are pointed out in this document. Where new
standards are needed, they are pointed out in this document. This document
supports utilities in planning for the most economic method of production to
support increasing transportation loads. This document allows manufacturers
to understand the standardization requirements and bring products to
fruition as the supporting systems and methods are developed and
standardized. This document allows end users to understand technologies that
can be implemented for their transportation energy needs. A phased
implementation is suggested in this document and is based on economic
considerations for technologies available today and technologies being
developed. While regional political and regulatory issues may alter these
methods, this document does not consider the wide range of regional
differences available. It is incumbent on the user of the guide to
understand the financial differences that these factors may have on their
specific planning requirements. This document does not consider non-road
forms of transportation.
Designation: P2030.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Guide for the Interoperability of Energy Storage Systems Integrated with
the Electric Power Infrastructure
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for discrete and hybrid energy
storage systems that are integrated with the electric power infrastructure,
including end-use applications and loads. This guide builds upon IEEE
Standard 2030 Guide for Smart Grid Interoperability of Energy Technology and
Information Technology Operation With The Electric Power System (EPS), and
End-Use Applications and Loads.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide guidance in understanding and
defining technical characteristics of energy storage systems, and how
discrete or hybrid systems may be integrated with and used compatibly as
part of the electric power infrastructure. Further, the standard fills the
need for guidance relevant to a knowledge base addressing terminology,
functional performance, evaluation criteria, operations, testing, and the
application of engineering principles for energy storage systems integrated
with the electric power infrastructure.
Designation: P2030.3
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Standard for Test Procedures for Electric Energy Storage Equipment and
Systems for Electric Power Systems Applications
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Yiming Hou, Phone:+ 86 10 6659 7914, Email:ym2978@epri.sgcc.com.cn
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard establishes test procedures for electric energy
storage equipment and systems for electric power systems (EPS) applications.
It is recognized that an electric energy storage equipment or systems can be
a single device providing all required functions or an assembly of
components, each having limited functions. Components having limited
functions shall be tested for those functions in accordance with this
standard. Conformance may be established through combination of type,
production, and commissioning tests. Additionally, requirements on
installation evaluation and periodic tests are included in this standard.
Project Purpose: Storage equipment and systems that connect to an electric
power system (EPS) need to meet the requirements specified in related IEEE
standards. Standardized test procedures are necessary to establish and
verify compliance with those requirements. These test procedures need to
provide both repeatable results, at independent test locations, and have
flexibility to accommodate the variety of storage technologies and
applications.
Designation: 205
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard for Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Defilippis
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 205-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: IEEE Standard on Television: Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: Revise IEEE Std 205 to specify its application to composite NTSC
signals only, define voltage levels associated with IRE units, redraw the
roll-off characteristic for IRE filter response, revise circuit examples to
substitute solid-state components for vacuum tybes, update text to S.I.
units and abbreviations, and revise procedures for use with modern
oscilloscopes.
Project Purpose: Std 205 is long overdue for updating due to its dated language
and methods. Nevertheless, it is a fundamental document in the definition
of ITU-R System M waveform levels as used in most of North and South
American, Japan, Rep. of Korea, Taiwan and the Phillipines.
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn January 2007 A method of measuring the amplitude levels of an SMPTE 170M-1994; NTSC color
ormonochrome television video signal is described. It is concerned with luminance measurements atvarious points in transmission
systems where the signals are at video frequencies. The methodsdescribed are limited to the use of waveform monitors, software
video processing for amplitudeassessment, or suitable oscilloscopes, and are primarily directed to specifying means of
measuringtelevision signal levels for operating purposes.
Key Words: "chrominance, filter, luminance, luminance measurement filter, NTSC,
SMPTE 170M,video, waveform monitor"
Designation: 205-1958
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1972
Title: IEEE Standards on Television: Measurement of Luminance Signal Levels
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. A method of measuring the amplitude levels of an SMPTE 170M-1994; NTSC
color or monochrome television video signal is described. It is concerned with luminance measurements at various points in
transmission systems where the signals are at video frequencies. The methods described are limited to the use of waveform
monitors, software video processing for amplitude assessment, or suitable oscilloscopes, and are primarily directed to specifying
means of measuring television signal levels for operating purposes.
Key Words: measure, luminance, signal, levels
Designation: 206
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard on Measurement of Differential Gain and Differential Phase
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000
Project Scope: This project will review and up-date the current scope of
applications of the IEEE Std. 206 1960/1978. The primary application
(scope) of the current Standard is intended to be in the field routine
operational and maintenance tests of pure composite analog systems only,
where rapid interpretation and communication of test results is necessary or
desirable. The basic techniques described in the current standard are also
applicable to laboratory measurements, proof-of-performance tests, and
detailed maintenance procedures. The scope of the proposed project includes
these measurements but will be revised to widened the scope to include
hybrid systems (combining analog and digital signal processing) where the
current scope does not apply.
Project Purpose: The primary application of the current Standard is intended to
be in the field routine operational and maintenance tests of pure composite
analog systems only, where rapid interpretation and communication of test
results is necessary or desirable. When measuring performance of hybrid
systems (combining analog and digital signal processing), the method
described in this document must not be used as significant errors are
introduced in Differential Gain and Phase measurements. IEEE STD 746-1984
Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television Video Circuits and
international recommendation ITU-R BT.1204 also define methods to measure
Differential Gain and Differential Phase in hybrid digital/analog systems.
The purpose of this project is to revise Std 206-1960/1978 to include
specific Differential Gain and Phase measurement methods similar, if not
identical, to those included in these standards.
Designation: 206
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard Methods of Measuring Differential Phase and Gain in Video
Transmission Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Defilippis
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Designation: 206-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978
Title: IEEE Standards on Television: Measurement of Differential Gain and
Differential Phase
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1959, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 1961
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. The primary application of this standard is intended to be in the field of routine operational and
maintenance tests, where rapid interpretation and communication of test results is necessary or desirable. The basic techniques
described here are also applicable to laboratory measurements, proof-of-performance test, and detailed maintenance procedures.
Key Words: measure, tv, differential, gain, phase
Designation: 2063
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for System and Software Life Cycle Processes--Requirements
Engineering
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul R Croll, Phone:540-644-6224, Email:pcroll@csc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is requirements engineering for
systems and software, encompassing the activities associated with
requirements definition, analysis, and management. The product descriptions
that form the basis of IEEE 830-1998, Recommended Practice for Software
Requirements Specifications and IEEE 1233-1998, IEEE Guide for Developing
System Requirements Specifications, will be retained, with appropriate
updating to reflect current practice, in informative annexes. This standard
will be consistent with IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996, Software Life Cycle Processes
and IEEE 15288-2005, System Life Cycle Processes.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to replace two existing product
standards, IEEE 830-1998, Recommended Practice for Software Requirements
Specifications and IEEE 1233-1998, IEEE Guide for Developing System
Requirements Specifications, with a new process-based standard that
elaborates the process objectives and expected outcomes for the engineering
of systems and software requirements, as specified in the life cycle
framework standards, IEEE/EIA 12207.0-1996, Software Life Cycle Processes
and IEEE 15288-2005, System Life Cycle Processes. It is expected that this
standard will be used in support of process definition under 12207 and
15288.
Designation: 208-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard on Video Techniques: Measurement of Resolution of Camera
Systems, 1993 Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 24, 1995
**Revision of IEEE Std 208-1960.
Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: The methods for measuring the resolution of camera systems are described. The primary application is for users and
manufacturers to quantify the limit where fine detail contained in the original image is no longer reproduced by the camera
system. The techniques described may also be used for laboratory measurements and for proof-of-performance specifications for a
camera.
Key Words: camera systems, video, resolution, video techniques
Designation: 208-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978
Title: IEEE Standards on Video Techniques: Measurement of Resolution of Camera
Systems, 1961
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**(R78) C16.34 . ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Sep 08, 1960
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 208-1995 The methods for measuring the resolution of camera systems are described. The primary
application is for users and manufacturers to quantify the limit where fine detail contained in the original image is no longer
reproduced by the camera system. The techniques described may also be used for laboratory measurements and for proof-of-
performance specifications for a camera.
Key Words: measure, video, differential, gain, phase
Designation: 21-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE General Requirements and Test Procedure for Outdoor Apparatus
Bushings
Status: Superseded
**Redesignated IEEE Std C57.19.00
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Jul 23, 1976
Abstract: This standard applies to outdoor power class apparatus bushings which have basic impulse insulation levels of 100 kV and
above for use as components of oil-filled transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers.
Key Words: outdoor power class apparatus, basic impulse insulation levels of
100 kV ,transformers, oil-filled reactors, and oil circuit breakers.
Designation: 210
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 2100
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Serial Express: A Scalable Gigabit Extension to the IEEE
Standard Serial Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Formerly known as 1394.2
Technical Contact: Bill Van Loo, Phone:415-786-6870, Email:bvanloo@sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: To define a point-to-point interconnect that transports IEEE Std
1394-1995 IEEE Std for High Performance Serial Bus at higher bandwidths (in
excess of 1 Gigabit/second) over longer distances (at least 25 meters).
Project Purpose: The existing IEEE Std 1394 Serial Bus standard is a cost-
effective desktop interconnect but has bandwidth and cable-length
restrictions. Although this is sufficient for attaching multimedia devices,
a longer-distance higher-bandwidth backbone interconnect is needed to
interconnect clusters of Serial Bus devices in the home. This interconnect
can also be used to connect high-speed computer-peripherals to personal
computers. Direct support of Serial Bus Asynchronous/isochronous services
allows existing Serial Bus system software to be used.
Designation: 211-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: Delete some obsolete terms, add new terms, refine language in
some existing terms.
Project Purpose: Keep this standard updated.
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2003 Terms and definitions used in the context of electromagnetic wave propagation relating to the fields of
telecommunications, remote sensing, radio astronomy, optical waves, plasma waves, the ionosphere, the magnetosphere, and
magnetohydrodynamic, acoustic, and electrostatic waves are supplied.
Key Words: "electromagnetic wave propagation, terminology"
Designation: P211
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David Thiel, Phone:+61 7 3735 7192, Email:d.thiel@griffith.edu.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: This standard is devoted in providing terms for radio wave
propagation. As radio wave technology and literature evolve, new terms will
be added and obsolete terms will be deleted.
Project Purpose: This standard is published for the purpose of promoting
clarity and consistency in the use of radio wave propagation terminology .
The purpose of the revision is to add new terms, refine language, and delete
a number of obsolete terms that no longer appear in radio wave propagation
literature or usage.
Designation: 211-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 211-1977.
History: BD APP: Dec 26, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Terms and definitions used in the context of electromagnetic wave propagation relating to the fields of
telecommunications, remote sensing, radio astronomy, optical waves, plasma waves, the ionosphere, the magnetosphere, and
magnetohydrodynamic, acoustic, and electrostatic waves are supplied.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, definitions, dictionary, Radio Wave
Propagation
Designation: 211-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Radio Wave Propagation
Status: Superseded
**ANSI withdrawal 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 30, 1979
Abstract: Superseded by 211-1990. Terms and definitions used in the context of electromagnetic wave propagation relating to the
fields of telecommunications, remote sensing, radio astronomy, optical waves, plasma waves, the ionosphere, the magnetosphere,
and magnetohydrodynamic, acoustic, and electrostatic waves are supplied.
Key Words: radio, wave, propagation, definition, terms
Designation: 212
Sponsor: IEEE Consumer Electronics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Abstract: Procedures for testing television and FM broadcast receivers are included. The user is cautioned that this method might
not be appropriate for conducted emissions testing of systems or products other than televisions or FM receivers. Other more
general methods exist and it is suggested that they be used for review. These include, but are not limited to, ANSI C63.4-1981,
American National Standard Methods of Measurement of Radio Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment
in the Range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz. A method for measuring the emissions conducted by the power line from these receivers in the
frequency range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz is defined. Standard input signals, the equipment setup, and measurement techniques are
described.
Designation: 213-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard Procedure for Measuring Conducted Emissions in the Range
of 300 kHz to 25 MHz from Television and FM Broadcast Receivers to Power
Lines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE 213-1961 and incorporates (Construction drawings) IEEE
214-1961. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Jul 28, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Procedures for testing television and
FM broadcast receivers are included. The user is cautioned that this method might not be appropriate for conducted emissions
testing of systems or products other than televisions or FM receivers. Other more general methods exist and it is suggested that
they be used for review. These include, but are not limited to, ANSI C63.4-1981, American National Standard Methods of
Measurement of Radio Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic Equipment in the Range of 10 kHz to 1 GHz. A
method for measuring the emissions conducted by the power line from these receivers in the frequency range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz
is defined. Standard input signals, the equipment setup, and measurement techniques are described.
Key Words: conducted emmission, emissions, broadcast, emmission, broadcast
receivers, power lines, FM broadcast, television, TV receivers, Power
transmission lines, Power distribution lines, FM receivers, Electromagnetic
interference
Designation: 214
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard Construction Drawings of Line Impededance Network Required
for Measurement of Conducted Interference to the Power Line from FM and
Television Broadcast Receivers in the Range of 300 kHz to 25 MHz as
Specified in IEEE Std 213-1961.
Status: Superseded
**(R85) Included in std 213.
Key Words: Construction, drawings, 213
Designation: 21450-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: Information technology -- Smart transducer interface for sensors and
actuators -- Common functions, communication protocols, and Transducer
Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2011
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Kang Lee, Phone:301-975-6604, Email:kang.lee@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.0-2007. This standard provides a common basis for members of the IEEE 1451 family of standards
to be interoperable. It defines the functions that are to be performed by a transducer interface module (TIM) and the common
characteristics for all devices that implement the TIM. It specifies the formats for Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS). It
defines a set of commands to facilitate the setup and control of the TIM as well as reading and writing the data used by the
system. Application programming interfaces (APIs) are defined to facilitate communications with the TIM and with applications.
Key Words: 21450, 1451.0, actuator, application programming interface,
communication protocol, networkcapable application processor, sensor, smart
transducer, transducer electronic data sheet, transducer interface module
Designation: 21451-1-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Smart transducer
interface for sensors and actuators -- Part 1: Network Capable Application
Processor (NCAP) information model
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2010
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Craig K Harmon, Phone:319-364-0212, Email:harmon@ia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.1-1999. This standard defines an object model with a network-neutral interface for connecting
processors to communication networks, sensors, and actuators. The object model containing blocks, services, and components
specifies interactions with sensors and actuators and forms the basis for implementing application code executing in the
processor.
Key Words: 21451-1, 1451.1, actuators, communication network, object model,
sensors
Designation: 21451-2-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Smart transducer
interface for sensors and actuators -- Part 2: Transducer to microprocessor
communication protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2010
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Craig K Harmon, Phone:319-364-0212, Email:harmon@ia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.2-1997. A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is defined. A
Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS) and its data formats are described. An electrical interface, read and write logic
functions to access the TEDS and a wide variety of transducers are defined. This standard does not specify signal conditioning,
signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications.
Key Words: 21451-2, 1451, 1451.2, communication protocol, digital interface,
microprocessor, NCAP, sensor interface, smart actuator, smart sensor, smart
sensor interface, smart transducer, smart transducer interface, STIM, TEDS
Designation: 21451-4-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Smart transducer
interface for sensors and actuators -- Part 4: Mixed-mode communication
protocols and Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2010
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Craig K Harmon, Phone:319-364-0212, Email:harmon@ia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 1451.2-1997. A digital interface for connecting transducers to microprocessors is defined. A
Transducer Electronic Data Sheets (TEDS) and its data formats are described. An electrical interface, read and write logic
functions to access the TEDS and a wide variety of transducers are defined. This standard does not specify signal conditioning,
signal conversion, or how the TEDS data is used in applications.
Key Words: 21451-2, 1451, 1451.2, communication protocol, digital interface,
microprocessor, NCAP, sensor interface, smart actuator, smart sensor, smart
sensor interface, smart transducer, smart transducer interface, STIM, TEDS
Designation: P21451-7
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEEE/ISO/IEC Draft Standard for Information Technology - Smart
Transducer Interface for Sensors and Actuators - Transducers to Radio
Frequency Identification (RFID) Systems Communication Protocols and
Transducer Electronic Data Sheet Formats
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines data formats to facilitate communications
between Radio Frequency IDentification (RFID) systems and smart RFID tags
with integral transducers (sensors and actuators). The standard defines new
Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats based on the IEEE 1451
family of standards. This standard also defines a command structure and
specifies the communication methods with which the command structure is
designed to be compatible.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for
interfacing transducers and RFID tags, and for reporting transducer data
within the RFID infrastructure. This standard will reduce the cost and time
required to integrate transducer and RFID systems, as well as providing a
means for device and equipment interoperability.
Abstract: This part of ISO/IEC/IEEE 21451 defines communication methods and data formats for transducers (sensors and actuators)
communicating with RFID tags. This part of ISO/IEC/IEEE 21451 also defines Transducer Electronic Data Sheet (TEDS) formats based
on the ISO/IEC/IEEE 21451 family of standards and protocols for accessing TEDS and transducer data. It adopts necessary
interfaces and protocols to facilitate the use of technically differentiated, existing technology solutions. It doesn’t specify
transducer design or signal conditioning. There is currently no openly defined independent interface standard between
transducers and RFID tags. Each vendor builds its own interface. Without such standard, transducer interfacing and integration to
RFID tags and systems are time-consuming and all vendors’ duplicated efforts are economically unproductive. The purpose of this
part of ISO/IEC/IEEE 21451 is to provide interfaces and methods for interfacing transducers to RFID tags and reporting transducer
data within the RFID infrastructure. It also provides means for device and equipment interoperability.
Designation: 216-1960
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: IEEE Standards on Solid-State Devices: Definitions of Semiconductor
Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1959
Abstract: No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991.
Key Words: definitions, demiconductor, solid-state devices
Designation: 218-1956
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: IEEE Standard Methods of Testing Transistors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Key Words: transistor, testing, methods
Designation: 219
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P2200
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Storage Systems
Title: Standard Protocol for Stream Management in Media Client Devices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: David Koren, Phone:+97297645000, Email:david.koren@sandisk.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard will define reference architectures and interfaces
for intelligently routing and replicating content over heterogeneous
networks to portable devices with local storage, without disrupting content
providers' direct relationship with end users.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to enable the delivery of richer media content
to portable devices, in a way which is not limited by cost and bandwidth.
Designation: 2200
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Baseline Operating Systems Security (TM) (BOSS TM)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jack Cole, Phone:410 278 9276, Email:jack.cole@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2003
Project Scope: This standard identifies reasonable security requirements for
general-purpose, commercial-off-the-shelf operating systems, expressed in
terms of the International Organization for Standardization Common Criteria
framework.
Project Purpose: Many security features of information technology depend on
operating systems currently designed without consistent baseline security
requirements. This standard provides such requirements, permitting essential
security and enhanced interoperability for general-purpose, commercial-of-
the-shelf operating systems, benefiting both producers and consumers by
enabling mass-produced technology that is resilient in the face of world-
class threats.
Designation: 223
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 224
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 22A-1962
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1977
Title: IEEE Guide for the Application of Interrupter Switches to Switch
Capacitance Loads
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1963
Abstract: 8/90: In process of being rewritten as C37.36
Key Words: 22A
Designation: P2301
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: Guide for Cloud Portability and Interoperability Profiles (CPIP)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Stephen L Diamond, Phone:650-570-6060, Email:s.diamond@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This guide advises cloud computing ecosystem participants (cloud
vendors, service providers, and users) of standards-based choices in areas
such as application interfaces, portability interfaces, management
interfaces, interoperability interfaces, file formats, and operation
conventions. This guide groups these choices into multiple logical profiles,
which are organized to address different cloud personalities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to assist cloud computing vendors
and users in developing, building, and using standards-based cloud computing
products and services, which should lead to increased portability,
commonality, and interoperability. Cloud Computing systems contain many
disparate elements. For each element there are often multiple options, each
with different externally visible interfaces, file formats, and operational
conventions. In many cases these visible interfaces, formats, and
conventions have different semantics. This guide enumerates options, grouped
in a logical fashion called "profiles," for such definitions of interfaces,
formats, and conventions, from a variety of sources. In this way, cloud
ecosystem participants will tend towards more portability, commonality, and
interoperability, growing the cloud computing adoption rate overall.
Designation: P2302
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: Standard for Intercloud Interoperability and Federation (SIIF)
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Stephen L Diamond, Phone:650-570-6060, Email:s.diamond@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines topology, functions, and governance for
cloud-to-cloud interoperability and federation. Topological elements include
clouds, roots, exchanges (which mediate governance between clouds), and
gateways (which mediate data exchange between clouds). Functional elements
include name spaces, presence, messaging, resource ontologies (including
standardized units of measurement), and trust infrastructure. Governance
elements include registration, geo-independence, trust anchor, and
potentially compliance and audit. The standard does not address intra-cloud
(within cloud) operation, as this is cloud implementation-specific, nor does
it address proprietary hybrid-cloud implementations.
Project Purpose: This standard creates an economy amongst cloud providers that
is transparent to users and applications, which provides for a dynamic
infrastructure that can support evolving business models. In addition to the
technical issues, appropriate infrastructure for economic audit and
settlement must exist.
Designation: 23026-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 23026:2006, Software Engineering---Recommended Practice for the
Internet---Web Site Engineering, Web Site Management, and Web Site Life
Cycle
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2006
**This standard is an adoption of IEEE Std 2001-2002. ISO/IEC
23026:2006(E) will replace (be sold instead of) IEEE Std 2001-2002.
ISO/IEC 23026:2006(E) does not supersede IEEE Std 2001-2002. IEEE Std
2001-2002 is archived in SOL.
Project Scope: This document defines recommended practices for World Wide Web
page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments, based on World Wide
Web Consortium (W3C®) and related industry guidelines. This recommended
practice does not address stylistic considerations or human-factors
considerations in Web page design beyond limitations that reflect good
engineering practice. Annex B contains topics which are not sufficiently
mature or where there are not specific recommendations for inclusion in the
current issue of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is intended to provide guidance to
Web page developers in Intranet (organizational internal), and Extranet
(amongst a limited domain of organizational participants) Web environments
on recommended practices for Web page engineering. The objective is to
improve the productivity of Intranet/Extranet Web operations in terms of
locating relevant information, and efficient development and maintenance
practices. The 2002 revision of this recommended practice addresses items
identified in Annex A of IEEE Std 2001-1999 [B14] which can be well-defined
and to respond to emerging technology and changes in practice that have
resulted in new material or changes to approved recommendations. Conformance
to this recommended practice in developing and publishing a Web site
provides a basis for a well-engineered Web site.
Abstract: This document defines recommended practices for World Wide Web page engineering for Intranet and Extranet environments,
based on World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) and related industry guidelines. This recommended practice does not address stylistic
considerations or human-factors considerations in Web page design beyond limitations that reflect good engineering practice.
Annex B contains topics which are not sufficiently mature or where there are not specific recommendations for inclusion in the
current issue of this recommended practice.
Key Words: Extranet, Internet, Intranet, Web page, Web site, Web site
engineering Web site life cycle, Web site management, well-engineered Web
page, World Wide Web
Designation: 238
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 24-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Performance Characteristics and Dimensions for Outdoor
Apparatus Bushings
Status: Superseded
**Same as C57.19.01
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 1983
Key Words: bushings, apparatus, outdoor
Designation: 2407
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Standards Activities Board
Title: Standard for an Architecture Framework and Reference Model for
Personalized Health Informatics
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jose C Lacal, Phone:+1 954 723-6456, Email:ejl038@email.mot.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jul 28, 2006
Project Scope: This standard will provide an Architecture Framework and
Reference Model for Personalized Health Informatics (PHI). Included are high
level descriptions of necessary functions, services, interfaces, protocols,
and tools. This project will develop standards to facilitate a world of
consumer-mandated demand for data to be posted to the consumer’s own health-
related record.
Project Purpose: These standards will facilitate the development and usage of a
comprehensive set of Internet-based tools that place the individual (and
his/her dependents) at the center of an encompassing architecture of
services that promote and enhance health. This standard is geared towards
optimizing an individual's health, mostly outside of the scope of a
healthcare provider. This standard is not about personal health records
(that is being addressed already by many other organizations). This proposal
is to create a "family health dashboard" where all relevant information
(nutrition, environmental issues, published research, etc.) are brought
together in an easy-to-use tool to enhance a family's health.
Designation: 241-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial
Buildings
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 1991
**IEEE Gray Book. Revision of IEEE Std 241-1983.
Technical Contact: Tom Sparling, Phone:206-321-6548
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 17, 1991
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. A guide and general reference on electrical design for
commercial buildings is provided. It covers load characteristics; voltage considerations; power sources and distribution systems;
power distribution apparatus; controllers; services, vaults, and electrical equipment rooms; wiring systems; systems protection
and coordination; lighting; electric space conditioning; transportation; communication systems planning; facility automation;
expansion, modernization, and rehabilitation; special requirements by occupancy; and electrical energy management. Although
directed to the power oriented engineer with limited commercial building experience, it can be an aid to all engineers
responsible for the electrical design of commercial buildings. This recommended practice is not intended to be a complete
handbook; however, it can direct the engineer to texts, periodicals, and references for commercial buildings and act as a guide
through the myriad of codes, standards, and practices published by the IEEE, other professional associations, and governmental
bodies.
Key Words: commercial, buildings, electric power, load, characteristics, gray
book, Wiring, Wire communication, Space heating/cooling, Power supplies,
Power distribution, Power cables, Load characteristics, Lighting, Industrial
power system planning, Industrial power system control, Elevators, Electric
power systems, Commercial buildings
Designation: 241
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Commercial Buildings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: R Gerald Irvine, Phone:845-357-6156, Email:r.g.irvine@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The IEEE Std 241, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical
systems in Commercial Buildings,known as the 'Gray Book', is for designers
working on the complexity of integrated systems within commercial buildings.
It includes power, telecommunication, HVAC, lighting, and transportation
practices in addition to electrical power and distribution.
Project Purpose: The revision to the Gray Book is to replace obsolete
information and include new practices due to advances in technology, lessons
learned, new materials and equipment, and improve commercial buildings
fire resistance, security, and the safety of employees, particularly
since September 11, 2001.
Designation: 241
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Systems in Commercial Buildings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: R Gerald Irvine, Phone:845-357-6156, Email:r.g.irvine@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004
Project Scope: The Gray Book is intended to cover the design of commercial
buildings systems for power sources and distribution, lighting,
telecommunications, automation, electrical space conditioning and auxiliary
heating, energy management, special considerations for specific building
types, and reconstruction and modernization.
Project Purpose: The Gray Book is intended to be a resource for the design
professional. The book will explain and illustrate recommended practices for
design and calculations, provide guidance on navigating design issues, and
direct users to other publications and electronic resources, including those
of the IEEE, other organizations and government agencies, where needed.
Designation: 241-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial
Buildings (IEEE Gray Book)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 1983
Key Words: electric, power, systems, commercial, buildings
Designation: 241
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Power Systems in Commercial
Buildings
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Recommended engineering principles and practices for electrical
power systems in commercial buildings.
Project Purpose: Ballot to reaffirm existing standards. Discussions in Denver
indicated that there are no serious issues that would likely hinder a
reaffirmation vote.
Designation: 242-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial
and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Buff Book)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2001
**Supersedes 242-1986 (R1991).
Technical Contact: Carey J Cook, Phone:773 338-1000 x2502, Email:ccook@sandc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1993, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: The proper selection, application, and coordination of the
components which constitute system protection for industrial plants and
commerical buildings.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 242-1986 is being reviewed and revised to bring it up
to date with respect to present protection considerations and practices. A
new chapter on the effects of harmonics on protective devices is being
added. The chapter covering fuses is being divided into two separate
chapters; one for low-voltage fuses and one for medium- and high-voltage
fuse.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. System protection and coordination serve to minimize damage
to a system and its components, thereby limiting the extent and duration of any service interruption occurring on any portion of
the system. The IEEE Buff Book deals with the proper selection, application, and coordination of the components that constitute
system protection for industrial plants and commercial buildings. The IEEE Buff Book presents complete information on
protection and coordination principles designed to protect industrial and commercial power systems against any abnormalities that
could reasonably be expected to occur during the course of system operation. The information is arranged in a convenient step-by-
step format for easy comprehension. It is a valuable sourcebook for use at the system design stage, as well as in the
modification of existing operations for better system protection. The IEEE Buff Book supports the goal of system protection by
efficiently isolating and removing problems. In achieving this goal, certain design features must be utilized. One of the main
design features involves the rapid isolation of the affected portion of the system, while maintaining normal operation elsewhere.
Another design feature reduces the short-circuit current to minimize damage to the system, its components, and the utilization
equipment it supplies. Yet another design feature provides alternate circuits, automatic throwovers, and automatic reclosing
devices. These design features for system protection are the focus of the IEEE Buff Book. The errata sheet is available on-line:
http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/errata/242-2001_errata.pdf
Key Words: bus protection, cable protection, calibration, conductor protection,
coordinating time intervals,current transformers, current-limiting
fuses,fuse coordination, fuse selectivity, generator grounding, generator
protection,high-voltage fuses
Designation: 242-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Protection
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial
and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Buff Book. Revision of IEEE Std 242-1975. Superseded by 242-2001.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Abstract: Superseded Standard. This publication presents a step-by-step, simplified, yet comprehensive, form the principles of
system protection and the proper application and coordination of those components that may be required to protect industrial and
commercial power systems again.
Key Words: "This publication presents a step-by-step, simplified, yet
comprehensive, form the principles of system protection and the proper
application and coordination of those components that may be required to
protect industrial and commercial power systems again"
Designation: 24748
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Systems and software engineering -- Guide for life cycle management
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the life cycle management
of systems and software based on ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207. This
guide: - addresses systems concepts and life cycle concepts, models,
stages, processes, process application, key points of view, adaptation and
use in various domains - establishes a common framework for describing
life cycles, including their individual stages, for the management of
projects to provide or acquire either products or services - defines
the concept and terminology of a life cycle - supports the use of the
life cycle processes within an organization or a project. Organizations and
projects can use these life cycle concepts when acquiring and supplying
either products or services - provides guidance on adapting a life
cycle model and the content associated with a life cycle or a part of a life
cycle - describes the relationship between life cycles and their use in
ISO/IEC 15288 (systems aspects) and ISO/IEC 12207 (software aspects) -
shows the relationships of life cycle concepts to the hardware, human,
services, process, procedure, facility and naturally occurring entity
aspects of projects - describes how its concepts relate to detailed
process standards, for example, in the areas of measurement, project
management and risk management - complements domain-specific
application guidance in Technical Reports ISO/IEC TR 15271 (Information
technology—Guide for ISO/IEC 12207) and ISO/IEC TR 19760 (Systems
engineering—Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 15288).
Project Purpose: [None. ISO/IEC standards do not have a statement of purpose.]
Designation: 24748
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Systems and software engineering -- Guide for life cycle management
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the life cycle management
of systems and software based on ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207. This
guide addresses systems concepts and life cycle concepts, models, stages,
processes, process application, key points of view, tailoring and use in
various domains.
Project Purpose: First, this Technical Report establishes a common framework
for describing life cycles, including their individual stages, for the
management of projects to provide or acquire products or services. It
defines the concept and terminology of a life cycle. As a result, this
Technical Report supports the use of the life cycle processes within an
organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use these life
cycle concepts when acquiring and supplying products or services.
Also, this Technical Report provides guidance on adapting a life cycle model
and the content associated with a life cycle or a part of a life cycle. It
describes the relationship between life cycles and their use in ISO/IEC
15288 (systems aspects) and ISO/IEC 12207 (software aspects). This
Technical Report further shows the relationships of life cycle concepts to
the hardware, human, process, procedure, facility and naturally occurring
entity aspects of projects. It also describes how its concepts relate to
detailed process standards, for example, in the areas of measurement,
project management and risk management.
Designation: 24748-1-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide--Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 Systems and Software
Engineering--Life Cycle Management--Part 1: Guide for Life Cycle Management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 03, 2011
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the life cycle management
of systems and software based on ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207. This
Technical Report: - addresses systems concepts and life cycle concepts,
models, stages, processes, process application, key points of view,
adaptation and use in various domains; - establishes a common framework for
describing life cycles, including their individual stages, for the
management of projects to provide or acquire either products or services;
defines the concept and terminology of a life cycle; - supports the use of
the life cycle processes within an organization or a project. Organizations
and projects can use these life cycle concepts when acquiring and supplying
either products or services; - provides guidance on adapting a life cycle
model and the content associated with a life cycle or a part of a life
cycle; - describes the relationship between life cycles and their use in
ISO/IEC 15288 (systems aspects) and ISO/IEC 12207 (software aspects); -
shows the relationships of life cycle concepts to the hardware, human,
services, process, procedure, facility and naturally occurring entity
aspects of projects; - describes how its concepts relate to detailed
process standards, for example, in the areas of measurement, project
management and risk management; - complements domain-specific application
guidance in ISO/IEC TR 19760 and ISO/IEC TR 15271. NOTE When published,
ISO/IEC TR 24748-2 and ISO/IEC 24748-3 will cancel and replace ISO/IEC TR
19760 and ISO/IEC TR 15271, respectively.
Abstract: This guide adopts ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010, which provides information on life cycle concepts and descriptions of the
purposes and outcomes of representative life cycle stages. It also illustrates the use of a life cycle model for systems in the
context of ISO/IEC 15288 and provides a corresponding illustration of the use of a life cycle model for software in the context
of ISO/IEC 12207. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 additionally provides detailed discussion and advice on adapting a life cycle model for
use in a specific project and organizational environment. It further provides guidance on life cycle model use by domains,
disciplines and specialties. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 gives a detailed comparison between prior and current versions of
ISO/IEC 12207 and ISO/IEC 15288, as well as advice on transitioning from prior to current versions and on using their application
guides. The discussion and advice are intended to provide a reference model for life cycle models, facilitate use of the updated
ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207, and provide a framework for the development of updated application guides for those
International Standards. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 is a result of the alignment stage of the harmonization of ISO/IEC 12207 and
ISO/IEC 15288.
Key Words: computers, computer software, data processing, IEEE 24748-1, life
cycle processes, software engineering, systems engineering, life cycle
management, life cycle models, life cycle stages
Designation: 24748-1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Adoption of ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 -- Systems and
Software Engineering -- Life Cycle Management -- Part 1: Guide for Life
Cycle Management
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the life cycle management
of systems and software based on ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207. This
guide: - addresses systems concepts and life cycle concepts, models,
stages, processes, process application, key points of view, adaptation and
use in various domains - establishes a common framework for describing life
cycles, including their individual stages, for the management of projects
to provide or acquire either products or services - defines the concept and
terminology of a life cycle - supports the use of the life cycle processes
within an organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use
these life cycle concepts when acquiring and supplying either products or
services - provides guidance on adapting a life cycle model and the content
associated with a life cycle or a part of a life cycle - describes the
relationship between life cycles and their use in ISO/IEC 15288 (systems
aspects) and ISO/IEC 12207 (software aspects) - shows the relationships of
life cycle concepts to the hardware, human, services, process, procedure,
facility and naturally occurring entity aspects of projects - describes how
its concepts relate to detailed process standards, for example, in the areas
of measurement, project management and risk management - complements
domain-specific application guidance in Technical Reports ISO/IEC TR 19760
(Systems engineering -- Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 15288) and
ISO/IEC TR 15271 (Information technology -- Guide for ISO/IEC 12207) and
their replacements (ISO/IEC TR 24748-2 and ISO/IEC 24748- 3, respectively).
Project Purpose: The ISO/IEC format does not provide for a statement of
purpose.
Abstract: ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 provides information on life cycle concepts and descriptions of the purposes and outcomes of
representative life cycle stages. It also illustrates the use of a life cycle model for systems in the context of ISO/IEC 15288
and provides a corresponding illustration of the use of a life cycle model for software in the context of ISO/IEC 12207. ISO/IEC
TR 24748-1:2010 additionally provides detailed discussion and advice on adapting a life cycle model for use in a specific project
and organizational environment. It further provides guidance on life cycle model use by domains, disciplines and specialties.
ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 gives a detailed comparison between prior and current versions of ISO/IEC 12207 and ISO/IEC 15288, as
well as advice on transitioning from prior to current versions and on using their application guides. The discussion and advice
are intended to provide a reference model for life cycle models, facilitate use of the updated ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207,
and provide a framework for the development of updated application guides for those International Standards. ISO/IEC TR 24748-
1:2010 is a result of the alignment stage of the harmonization of ISO/IEC 12207 and ISO/IEC 15288.
Key Words: decision gate, life cycle, life cycle model, milestone, phase,
process, software engineering, stage, systems engineering
Designation: P24748-2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide: Adoption of ISO/IEC 24748-2, Systems and software engineering --
Life Cycle Management -- Part 2: Guide for the application of ISO/IEC 15288
(System Life Cycle Processes)
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the the application of
ISO/IEC 15288:2008. This guide addresses terminology, as well as system,
organization, project, life cycle process, and training concepts,
principally through reference to TR 24748-1 and ISO/IEC 15288. It then gives
guidance on applying ISO/IEC 15288 from the aspects of planning, application
in organizations and on projects, as well as application of ISO/IEC 15288
processes in a life cycle model. This Technical Report is intentionally
aligned, both with TR 24748-1 and TR-24748-3 (Guide for application of
ISO/IEC 12207) in its terminology, structure and content.
Project Purpose: The ISO/IEC format does not provide for a statement of
purpose.
Designation: P24748-3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide: Adoption of ISO/IEC 24748-3, Systems and Software Engineering--
Life Cycle Management--Part 3: Guide for the Application of ISO/IEC 12207
(Software Life Cycle Processes)
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: This Technical Report is a guide for the life cycle management
of software based on ISO/IEC 12207:2008. Reference to ISO/IEC 12207:2008 is
made in this Technical Report by simply referring to the International
Standard. This guide addresses software system concepts and life cycle
concepts, models, stages, processes, process application, key points of
view, adaptation and use in various domains. The intention is that this
guide be used in conjunction with ISO/IEC TR 24748-1, Systems and software
engineering – Life cycle management – Part 1: Guide for life cycle
management. This Technical Report establishes a common framework for
describing software life cycles, including their individual stages, for the
management of projects to provide or acquire software products. It defines
the concept and terminology of a software life cycle. As a result, this
Technical Report supports the use of the software life cycle processes
within an organization or a project. Organizations and projects can use
these life cycle concepts when acquiring and supplying software products.
In addition, this Technical Report provides guidance on adapting a software
life cycle model and the content associated with a life cycle or a part of a
life cycle. It describes the relationship between life cycles and their use
in ISO/IEC 12207. It also describes how the life cycle concepts relate to
detailed process standards, for example, in the areas of measurement,
project management and risk management.
Project Purpose: The ISO/IEC format does not provide for a statement of
purpose.
Designation: P24748-4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for adoption of ISO/IEC 24748-4, Systems and software
engineering -- Life cycle management -- Part 4: Systems engineering
management plan
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This International Standard - specifies the required contents
of the systems engineering management plan - provides guidelines for the
format of the systems engineering management plan - identifies the required
processes and guidelines to be implemented for the development of a systems
engineering management plan, - describes additional guidance for applying
these and other related processes described in ISO/IEC 15288:2008,
Project Purpose: ISO/IEC standards generally do not include a distinct
statement of purpose.
Abstract: This guide adopts ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010, which provides information on life cycle concepts and descriptions of the
purposes and outcomes of representative life cycle stages. It also illustrates the use of a life cycle model for systems in the
context of ISO/IEC 15288 and provides a corresponding illustration of the use of a life cycle model for software in the context
of ISO/IEC 12207. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 additionally provides detailed discussion and advice on adapting a life cycle model for
use in a specific project and organizational environment. It further provides guidance on life cycle model use by domains,
disciplines and specialties. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 gives a detailed comparison between prior and current versions of
ISO/IEC 12207 and ISO/IEC 15288, as well as advice on transitioning from prior to current versions and on using their application
guides. The discussion and advice are intended to provide a reference model for life cycle models, facilitate use of the updated
ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207, and provide a framework for the development of updated application guides for those
International Standards. ISO/IEC TR 24748-1:2010 is a result of the alignment stage of the harmonization of ISO/IEC 12207 and
ISO/IEC 15288.
Key Words: computers, computer software, data processing, IEEE 24748-1, life
cycle processes, software engineering, systems engineering, life cycle
management, life cycle models, life cycle stages
Designation: 24765-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Systems and software engineering -- Vocabulary
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 15, 2010
**Supersedes IEEE Std 610.12-1990.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010
Project Scope: in its area of specialization. This International Standard
provides a common vocabulary applicable to all systems and software
engineering work falling within the scope of ISO JTC 1/SC 7. The scope of
each concept defined has been chosen to provide a definition that is
suitable for general application. In those circumstances where a restricted
application is concerned, a more specific definition might be needed. Terms
have been excluded if they were * considered to be parochial to one group
or organization; * company proprietary or trademarked; * multi-word terms
whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words;
* terms whose meaning in the information technology (IT) field could be
directly inferred from their common English meaning.
Project Purpose: document will not contain a purpose statement
Abstract: ISO/IEC/IEEE 24765:2010 provides a common vocabulary applicable to all systems and software engineering work. It was
prepared to collect and standardize terminology. ISO/IEC/IEEE 24765:2010 is intended to serve as a useful reference for those in
the information technology field, and to encourage the use of systems and software engineering standards prepared by ISO and
liaison organizations IEEE Computer Society and Project Management Institute. ISO/IEC/IEEE 24765:2010 includes references to the
active source standards for each definition so that the use of the term can be further explored.
Key Words: computer, dictionary, information technology, software engineering,
systems engineering, terminology, vocabulary
Designation: 24765
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Systems and Software Engineering - Vocabulary
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: Consistent with ISO vocabulary standards, each technical
committee is responsible for standard terminology in its area of
specialization. ISO/IEC 24765 provides a common vocabulary applicable to all
systems and software engineering work falling within the scope of ISO
JTC1/SC7.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this vocabulary is to serve as a useful
reference for those in the Information Technology field, and to encourage
the use of systems and software engineering standards prepared by ISO/IEC
and liaison organizations IEEE and PMI (Project Management Institute). The
goal is to provide definitions that are rigorous, uncomplicated, and which
can be understood by all concerned.
Designation: P25010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard--- Adoption of ISO/IEC 25010-2010 Systems and Software
Engineering--Systems and Software Quality Requirements and Evaluation
(SQuaRE)--System and Software Quality Models
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This International Standard defines: a) A quality in use model
composed of five characteristics (some of which are further subdivided into
subcharacteristics) that relate to the outcome of interaction when a product
is used in a particular context of use. This system model is applicable to
the complete human-computer system, including both computer systems in use
and software products in use. b) A product quality model composed of eight
characteristics (which are further subdivided into subcharacteristics) that
relate to static properties of software and dynamic properties of the
computer system. The model is applicable to both computer systems and
software products. The characteristics defined by both models are relevant
to all software products and computer systems. The characteristics and
subcharacteristics provide consistent terminology for specifying, measuring
and evaluating system and software product quality. They also provide a set
of quality characteristics against which stated quality requirements can be
compared for completeness. NOTE Although the scope of the product quality
model is intended to be software and computer systems, many of the
characteristics are also relevant to wider systems and services. ISO/IEC
25012 contains a model for data quality that is complementary to this model.
The scope of the models excludes purely functional properties (see C.6), but
it does include functional suitability (see 4.2.1). The scope of
application of the quality models includes supporting specification and
evaluation of software and software-intensive computer systems from
different perspectives by those associated with their acquisition,
requirements, development, use, evaluation, support, maintenance, quality
assurance and control, and audit. The models can, for example, be used by
developers, acquirers, quality assurance and control staff and independent
evaluators, particularly those responsible for specifying and evaluating
software product quality. Activities during product development that can
benefit from the use of the quality models include: * identifying software
and system requirements; * validating the comprehensiveness of a
requirements definition; * identifying software and system design
objectives; * identifying software and system testing objectives; *
identifying quality control criteria as part of quality assurance; *
identifying acceptance criteria for a software product and/or software-
intensive computer system; * establishing measures of quality
characteristics in support of these activities.
Project Purpose: [ISO/IEC standards generally do not have an explicit sub-
clause stating purpose. This one is not an exception.]
Designation: 25051
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Software engineering --- Software product Quality Requirements and
Evaluation (SQuaRE) -- Requirements for quality of Commercial Off-The-Shelf
(COTS) software product and instructions for testing
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James W Moore, Phone:703-983-7396, Email:james.w.moore@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: The Scope clause of the international standard to be adopted is
long. The portion that corresponds to an IEEE scope is as follows:
This International Standard establishes: a) Quality requirements for
COTS software products; b) Requirements for test documentation for
the testing of COTS software products, including test requirements, test
cases, and test reporting; c) Instructions for conformity evaluation
of COTS software products. NOTE The collection of documents for test
is called “test documentation”. It includes also recommendations for
safety or business critical COTS software products.
Project Purpose: The international standard being adopted has no distinct
purpose clause. The portion of its Scope clause that best matches an IEEE
purpose is as follows: The intended users of this
International Standard include: a) suppliers when: 1)
specifying requirements for a COTS software product; 2) advertising
performance claims for their product (ISO 9127); 3) assessing their
own software products against the claimed performance; 4) issuing
declarations of conformity (ISO/IEC 17050); 5) applying for
certificates or marks of conformity (ISO/IEC Guide 23); b)
certification bodies that may wish to establish a third-party certification
scheme (international, regional or national) (ISO/IEC Guide 28); c)
testing laboratories which will have to follow the instructions for testing
when testing for a certificate or a mark of conformity (ISO/IEC 17025);
d) accreditation bodies for accrediting registration or certification bodies
and testing laboratories; e) potential acquirers who may: 1)
compare the requirements for the intended work task with the information in
product descriptions of existing software products; 2) look for
certified COTS software product; 3) check if the requirements are
otherwise met; f) end users who may profit from better software
products; g) organizations: 1) establishing management and
engineering environments based on the quality requirements and methods of
this international standard; and 2) managing and improving their
quality processes and personnel; h) regulatory authorities who may
require or recommend the requirements of this International Standard for
COTS software products used in safety or business-critical applications.
Designation: 251-1984
Sponsor: Industrial Drives
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Direct-Current Tachometer Generators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
Technical Contact: Walter A Maslowski, Phone:(414) 242-8266, Email:wamaslowski@meql.ra.rockwell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 1983
Key Words: test, procedures, tachometer, generators
Designation: 252-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having
Liquid in the Magnetic Gap
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 252-1977.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Project Scope: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally
applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics
of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap.
Project Purpose: Std 252-1977 has out of date references. The purpose of this
project is to update the references and make any other revisions that might
be necessary.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to
determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap are given. Constants in
several equations and forms apply to three-phase motors only and require modification for application to motors having another
number of phases. It is not intended that the procedure cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature. The procedure
shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all the tests described herein in any given transaction.
Key Words: liquid , magnetic gap, polyphase induction, induction motor, test
procedures, three phase motor
Designation: 252
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in
the Magnetic Gap
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally
applicable and acceptable tests to determine the performance characteristics
of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to revise the standard because it is at the end
of its 5 year period of validity. The IEEE Test Procedure for Polyphase
Induction Motors Having Liquid in the Gap has out of date references. The
purpose of this project is to update the references and make any other
revisions that might be necessary.
Designation: 252-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors Having Liquid in the
Magnetic Gap
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976
Abstract: Superseded by 252-1995. Instructions for conducting and reporting the more generally applicable and acceptable tests to
determine the performance characteristics of polyphase induction motors having liquid in the magnetic gap are given. Constants in
several equations and forms apply to three-phase motors only and require modification for application to motors having another
number of phases. It is not intended that the procedure cover all possible tests or tests of a research nature. The procedure
shall not be interpreted as requiring the making of any or all of the tests described herein in any given transaction.
Key Words: polyphase, induction, motors, magnetic, liquid
Designation: 255-1963
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Semiconductor Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Abstract: No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
Key Words: semiconductor devices, symbols, letter symbols
Designation: 257-1964
Title: Recommended Practices for Burst Measurements in the Time Domain
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 258-1965
Title: Test Procedure for Close-Talking Pressure-Type Microphones
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 259-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for
Dry-Type Specialty and General-Purpose Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Robert Simpson, Phone:770-962-6192, Email:rlsseeco@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: To establish a uniform method for preparing samples, conducting
tests, and analyzing results for establishing a comparative thermal life of
insulation systems intended for use in dry-type transformers described in
NEMA St 1-1988 and NEMA st 20-1992.
Project Purpose: To revise the title of this standard to match the scope as
stated above. It is also the intent of the WG to make revisions based on
recommendations and comments received during balloting so that it will be
acceptable as the basis for an international standard.
Abstract: A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems for dry-type specialty and general-
purpose transformers can be compared is established. Covered are insulation systems intended for use in the types of transformers
described in NEMA ST 1-1988 and NEMA ST 20-1992.
Key Words: aging,evaluation,dry-type,insulation system,thermal,transformers
Designation: 259-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for
Specialty Transformers
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 259-1974.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems for dry-type specialty and general-
purpose transformers can be compared is established. These insulation systems are intended for use in the types of transformers
described in NEMA ST 1-1988 and NEMA ST 20-1992.
Key Words: dry type , specialty , transformers, insulation system, temperature
aging, test specimens, insulation
Designation: 259-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulation for
Specialty Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 22, 1972, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: Superseded by 259-1994. A uniform method by which the thermal endurance of electrical insulation systems for dry-type
specialty and general-purpose transformers can be compared is established. These insulation systems are intended for use in the
types of transformers described in NEMA ST 1-1988 and NEMA ST 20-1992.
Key Words: insulation, specialty, transformers, evaluation, test
Designation: 260-1978
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Units,
Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units)
Status: Superseded
**revised as IEEE 260.1
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by 260.1-1993 (redesignation). No Abstract.
Key Words: letter, symbols, units, measurement
Designation: 260.1-2004
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI Customary
Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 24, 2004
Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 22, 2004
Project Scope: The standard covers letter symbols for units of measurement. The
symbols given are intended for all applications, including use in text and
equations, in graphs and diagrams, and on panels, labels, and nameplates.
Project Purpose: The existing standard on unit symbols will be updated to
conform to recent international recommendations, and the section on limited-
character sets will be revised to include recommendations that are
applicable for email.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 260.1-1993, Letter symbols for units of measurement are covered in this standard.
Key Words: letter symbols, limited typography, metric, quantities, SI, units of
measurement
Designation: 260.1-1993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: American National Standard Letter Symbols for Units of Measurement (SI
Units, Customary Inch-Pound Units, and Certain Other Units)
Status: Superseded
**Revision and redesignation of IEEE 260-1978. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as
overage. Superseded by 260.1-2004.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by 260.1-2004. General principles of letter symbol standardization are discussed. Symbols are given for
general use and for use with limited character sets. The symbols given are intended for all applications, including use in text
and equations; in graphs and diagrams; and on panels, labels, and nameplates.
Key Words: abbreviations, letter symbols, measurement, SI, units
Designation: 260.2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: Standard Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and
Electrical Engineering (Revision of IEEE Std 280-1985)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision and redesignation of IEEE Std 280-1985.
Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Project Scope: Revision of Standard 280. No change in the scope of the present
standard, which is explicit in the title.
Project Purpose: Revision of Std 280.
Designation: 260.3-1993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: American National Standard Mathematical Signs and Symbols for Use in
Physical Sciences and Technology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 02, 1993
**Revision of ANSI Y10.20-1975. Revision formally known as PY10.20 and
P1324.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Signs and symbols used in writing mathematical text are defined. Special symbols peculiar to certain branches of
mathematics, such as non-Euclidean Geometries, Abstract Algebras, Topology, and Mathematics of Finance, which are not ordinarily
applied to the physical sciences and engineering, are omitted.
Key Words: letter symbol, mathematical sign, symbols, operation symbol,
quantity symbol, unit symbol, physical sciences, Y10.20, P1324, Mathematical
symbol, Mathematical notation
Designation: 260.4-1996
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: American National Standard Letter Symbols and Abbreviations for
Quantities Used in Acoustics
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision and redesignation of ANSI/ASME Y10.11-1984.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
Project Scope: To establish a standard set of letter symbols for quantities
used in the science and technology of acoustics: also to establish standard
abbreviations for a number of acoustical levels and related measures that
are in common use. The science and technology of acoustics include sound,
ultrasound, and infrasound in all media: gases, especially air; liquids,
especially water; and solids are examples of media with which acoustics is
concerned. There are many specialties in acoustics, a few of which are:
speech, hearing, music, noise control, vibration, shock, and sonar.
Project Purpose: To clarify the technical literature of acoustics by providing
a standard set of letter symbols for use in mathematical formulations, and a
standard set of abbreviations for use in text, especially in tabulations and
on graphs; also to encourage the treatment of levels according to the
standard rules for all quantities and units; and also to clarify the basic
differences among quantity symbols, unit symbols, and abbreviations. This
project is a revision of ANSI/IEEE Y10.11(1984).
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. Letter symbols for physical quantities used in the science and technology of acoustics are covered.
Abbreviations for a number of acoustical levels and related measures that are in common use are also given. The symbols given in
this standard are intended for all applications.
Key Words: abbreviations, acoustical levels, acoustics, infrasound, letter
symbols, physical quantities, sound, sound levels, symbols, ultrasound,
units, vibration
Designation: 2600-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy Device and System
Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 30, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 2008
Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (all aspects of
security including but not limited to authentication, authorization,
privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and information
security) for manufacturers, users, and others on the selection,
installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices (HCDs) and
systems; including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices (MFDs). This
standard identifies security exposures for these HCDs and systems, and
instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security
capabilities to include in their devices and systems, and instructs users on
appropriate ways to use these security capabilities.
Project Purpose: In today’s information technology (IT) environment,
significant time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and
servers. However, today’s HCDs (printers, copiers, MFDs, etc.) are connected
to the same local area networks (LANs) and contain many of the same
communications, processing and storage components, and are subject to many
of the same security problems as workstations and servers. At this time,
there are no standards to guide manufacturers or users of HCDs in the secure
installation, configuration, or usage of these devices and systems.
Abstract: This standard defines security requirements (all aspects of security including but not limited to authentication,
authorization, privacy, integrity, device management, physical security, and information security) for manufacturers, users, and
others on the selection, installation, configuration, and usage of hardcopy devices (HCDs) and systems, including printers,
copiers, and multifunction devices (MFDs), and the computer systems that support these devices. This standard identifies security
exposures for these HCDs and systems, and instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security capabilities to
include in their devices and systems, and instructs users on appropriate ways to use these security capabilities.
Key Words: 2600-2008, all-in-one, copier, facsimile, fax, hardcopy device, HCD,
information security, MFD, MFP, multifunction device, multifunction product,
printer, scanner
Designation: 2600
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy System and Device Security
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (including all
aspects of security including but not limited to authentication,
authorization, privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and
information security) for manufacturers, users and others on the selection,
installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices and systems
including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices and the computer
systems that support these devices. This standard identifies security
exposures for these hardcopy devices and systems and instructs manufacturers
and software developers on appropriate security capabilities to include in
their devices and systems and instructs users on appropriate ways to use
these security capabilities.
Project Purpose: In today's Information Technology environment, significant
time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers.
However, today's hardcopy devices (printers, copiers, multifunction devices,
etc.) are connected to the same local area networks and contain
communications, processing and storage components just as subject to
security problems as workstations and servers. At this time, there are no
standards to guide manufacturers or users of hardcopy devices or the
computer systems that support them in the secure installation, configuration
or usage of these devices and systems.
Designation: 2600
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for Information Technology: Hardcopy Device and System Security
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines security requirements (all aspects of
security including but not limited to authentication, authorization,
privacy, integrity, device management, physical security and information
security) for manufacturers, users and others on the selection,
installation, configuration and usage of hardcopy devices and systems;
including printers, copiers, and multifunction devices. This standard
identifies security exposures for these hardcopy devices and systems and
instructs manufacturers and software developers on appropriate security
capabilities to include in their devices and systems and instructs users on
appropriate ways to use these security capabilities.
Project Purpose: In today's Information Technology environment, significant
time and effort are being spent on security for workstations and servers.
However, today's hardcopy devices (printers, copiers, multifunction devices,
etc.) are connected to the same local area networks and contain many of the
same communications, processing and storage components, and are subject to
many of the same security problems as workstations and servers. At this
time, there are no standards to guide manufacturers or users of hardcopy
devices in the secure installation, configuration, or usage of these devices
and systems. The purpose of this document is to serve as such a standard
and its goals are: 1) To provide guidance in the secure architecture,
design, and out-of-box configuration of hardcopy devices for manufacturers;
2) To provide guidance in the secure installation, configuration, and use of
hardcopy devices for end users and their supporting organizations; and, 3)
To act as the basis for Common Criteria [ISO/IEC 15408] evaluation of
hardcopy devices (see the Protection Profiles in annexes A through D).
Designation: 2600.1-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: IEEE Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment A
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2009
**The PDF version is part of the GetIEEE 2600 Program and is available for
free download at: http://standards.ieee.org/getieee/2600/.
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009
Project Scope: This standard is for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices
in a restrictive commercial information processing environment in which a
relatively high level of document security, operational accountability, and
information assurance are required. The typical information processed in
this environment is trade secret, mission critical, or subject to legal
and regulatory considerations, such as for privacy or governance. This
environment is not intended to support life-critical or national security
applications. This environment will be known as “Operational Environment A.”
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create a security
Protection Profile (PP) for Hardcopy Devices in Operational Environment A
as defined in IEEE Std 2600-2008.
Abstract: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a restrictive commercial information processing environment in
which a relatively high level of document security, operational accountability, and information assurance, are required. Typical
information processed in this environment is trade secret, mission-critical, or subject to legal and regulatory considerations
such as for privacy or governance. This environment is not intended to support life-critical or national security applications.
This environment will be known as “Operational Environment A.” The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and
download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 2600.1-2009, all-in-one, Common Criteria, copier, disk overwrite,
document, document server, document storage and retrieval, facsimile, fax,
hardcopy, ISO/IEC 15408, multifunction device (MFD), multifunction product
(MFP), network, network interface, nonvolatile storage, office, paper,
printer, Protection Profile, residual data, scanner, security target, shared
communications medium, temporary data
Designation: P2600.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in Std. 2600-2008
Operational Environment A
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This standard is for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices
in a restrictive commercial information processing environment in which a
relatively high level of document security, operational accountability, and
information assurance are required. The typical information processed in
this environment is trade secret, mission critical, or subject to legal and
regulatory considerations, such as for privacy or governance. This
environment is not intended to support life-critical or national security
applications. This environment is defined in IEEE Std 2600-2008 and will be
known as “Operational Environment A.”
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create a security
Protection Profile (PP) for Hardcopy Devices in Operational Environment A
as defined in IEEE Std. 2600-2008.
Designation: 2600.2-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: IEEE Standard Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in IEEE Std 2600-
2008 Operational Environment B
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 2010
**New Standard
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard is for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices
in a commercial information processing environment in which a moderate level
of document security, network security, and security assurance are required.
Typically, the day-to-day proprietary and nonproprietary information needed
to operate an enterprise will be handled by this environment. This
environment will be known as “Operational Environment B.”
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create a security
Protection Profile (PP) for Hardcopy Devices in Operational Environment B as
defined in IEEE Std 2600TM-2008.
Abstract: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a commercial information processing environment in which a
moderate level of document security, network security, and security assurance, are required. Typically, the day-to-day
proprietary and non-proprietary information needed to operate an enterprise will be handled by this environment. This environment
will be known as Operational Environment B. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual
PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 2600.2-2009, all-in-one, Common Criteria, copier, disk overwrite,
document, document server, document storage and retrieval, facsimile, fax,
hardcopy, ISO/IEC 15408, multifunction device (MFD), multifunction product
(MFP), network, network interface, nonvolatile storage, office, paper,
printer, Protection Profile, residual data, scanner, security target, shared
communications medium, temporary data
Designation: 2600.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment B
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a
commercial information processing environment in which a moderate level of
document security, network security, and security assurance, are required.
Typically, the day-to-day proprietary and non-proprietary information needed
to operate an enterprise will be handled by this environment. This
environment will be known as "Operational Environment B."
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection
profiles for hardcopy devices in Operational Environment B as defined in
P2600.
Designation: 2600.3-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: IEEE Standard Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in IEEE Std 2600-
2008 Operational Environment C
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010
**New standard
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 21, 2010
Project Scope: This standard is for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices
in a public-facing environment in which document security is not guaranteed,
but access control and usage accounting are important to the operator of the
environment. A retail copy center, public library, Internet café, and hotel
business center are typical applications of this environment. This
environment will be known as “Operational Environment C.”
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create a security
Protection Profile (PP) for Hardcopy Devices in Operational Environment C as
defined in IEEE Std 2600TM-2008.
Abstract: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a public-facing environment in which document security is not
guaranteed, but access control and usage accounting are important to the operator of the environment. A retail copy center,
public library, Internet café, and hotel business center are typical applications of this environment. This environment will be
known as “Operational Environment C.”
Key Words: 2600.3, all-in-one, Common Criteria, copier, disk overwrite,
document, document server, document storage and retrieval, facsimile, fax,
hardcopy, ISO/IEC 15408, multifunction device MFD, MFP, network, network
interface, nonvolatile storage
Designation: 2600.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment C
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a
public-facing environment in which document security is not guaranteed, but
access control and usage accounting are important to the operator of the
environment. A retail copy center, public library, Internet café, and hotel
business center are typical applications of this environment. This
environment will be known as "Operational Environment C."
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection
profiles for hardcopy devices in Operational Environment C as defined in
P2600.
Designation: 2600.4-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: IEEE Standard Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in IEEE Std
2600(TM)-2008 Operational Environment D
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 05, 2010
**New Standard
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010
Project Scope: This standard is for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices
in a small, private information processing environment in which most
elements of security are provided by the physical environment, but basic
network security is needed to protect the device and its network from misuse
from outside of the environment. Small offices and home offices are typical
applications of this environment. This environment will be known as
“Operational Environment D.”
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create a security
Protection Profile (PP) for Hardcopy Devices in Operational Environment D as
defined in IEEE Std 2600TM-2008.
Abstract: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a small, private information processing environment in which
most elements of security are provided by the physical environment, but basic network security is needed to protect the device
and its network from misuse from outside of the environment. Small offices and home offices are typical applications of this
environment. This environment will be known as “Operational Environment D.
Key Words: 2600.4-2010, all-in-one, Common Criteria, copier, disk overwrite,
document, document server, document storage and retrieval, facsimile, fax,
hardcopy, ISO/IEC 15408, multifunction device (MFD), multifunction product
(MFP), network, network interface, nonvolatile storage, office, paper,
printer, Protection Profile, residual data, scanner, security target, shared
communications medium, temporary data
Designation: 2600.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Information Assurance
Title: Standard for a Protection Profile in Operational Environment D
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: F Donald Wright, Phone:859-825-4808, Email:don@lexmark.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: Standard for a Protection Profile for Hardcopy Devices in a
small, private information processing environment in which most elements of
security are provided by the physical environment, but basic network
security is needed to protect the device and its network from misuse from
outside of the environment. Small offices and home offices are typical
applications of this environment. This environment will be known as
"Operational Environment D."
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to create security protection
profiles for hardcopy devices in Operational Environment D as defined in
P2600.
Designation: 261-1965
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: Thermoelectric Devices/Letter Symbols
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**See C37.34e
Key Words: letter, symbols, thermoelectric, devices
Designation: 263-1965
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
Title: Standard for Measurement of Radio Noise Generated by Motor Vehicles and
Affecting Mobile Communications Receivers in the Frequency Range 25-1000
megahertz
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 264
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Incorporated into IEEE 111. ANSI withdrawn 3/1/91
Designation: 265-1966
Title: Recommended Practices for Burst Measurements in the Frequency Domain
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P26511
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Software and systems engineering -- Requirements
for managers of user documentation
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This clause presents the scope, purpose, organization, and
candidate uses of this International Standard. This International Standard
supports the requirements of software users for consistent, complete,
accurate, and usable documentation. It specifies procedures for managing
user documentation throughout the software life cycle. It also includes
requirements for key documents produced for user documentation management,
including documentation plans and documentation management plans. It
applies to people or organizations producing suites of documentation, to
those undertaking a single documentation project, and for documentation
produced internally as well as to documentation contracted to outside
service organizations. Beyond the development and production of a user
manual, help system, or set of documentation for a single software product,
it applies to a broader range of documentation management situations,
including user documentation for those who install, implement, administer,
and operate software for end users. Frequently user documentation managers
are responsible for the development and reuse of information (content
management) for: * multiple updates of user documentation as the software
version is updated; * multiple reuses or adaptations of information to
support related software products; * multiple translated or localized
versions of user documentation; * a portfolio of unrelated documentation
projects being managed concurrently within an organization. This
International Standard is not intended to advocate the use of either printed
or electronic (on-screen) media for documentation, or of any particular
information management, content management, documentation testing or project
management tools or protocols. The requirements are media-independent, as
far as possible.
Project Purpose: will not contain a purpose statement
Abstract: This standard specifies procedures for managing user documentation throughout the software life cycle. It applies to
people or organizations producing suites of documentation, to those undertaking a single documentation project, and to
documentation produced internally, as well as to documentation contracted to outside service organizations. It provides an
overview of the software documentation and information management processes, and also presents aspects of portfolio planning and
content management that user documentation managers apply. It covers management activities in starting a project, including
setting up procedures and specifications, establishing infrastructure, and building a team. It includes examples of roles needed
on a user documentation team. It addresses measurements and estimates needed for management control, and the use of supporting
processes such as change management, schedule and cost control, resource management, and quality management and process
improvement. It includes requirements for key documents produced for user documentation management, including documentation plans
and documentation management plans. The standard is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce or manage
documentation, and applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of its guidance is applicable to user
documentation for systems including hardware as well as software.
Key Words: software user documentation, information management, documentation
management, documentation management plan
Designation: 26512-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Systems and software engineering -- Requirements for acquirers and
suppliers of user documentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 2011
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This International Standard supports the interest of software
users in having consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. It
addresses both available approaches to standardization: a) process
standards, which specify the way that documentation products are to be
acquired and supplied; and b) documentation product standards, which specify
the characteristics and functional requirements of the documentation. As
defined in ISO/IEC 12207:2008 (IEEE Std 12207-2008) and ISO/IEC 15288:2008
(IEEE Std 15288-2008), the acquisition and supply activities comprise the
agreement processes of the software life cycle. Acquisition and supply of
user documentation and user documentation services are specializations of
those processes. User documentation services can be acquired and supplied
for any part of the software documentation management or information
management process, such as: * documentation or information management;
* information design and development; * documentation editing and review
coordination; * documentation testing, particularly usability testing; *
documentation production and packaging; * documentation distribution and
delivery; * advice on the selection and implementation of documentation
tools and supporting systems; * documentation process improvement. This
International Standard provides an overview of the software user
documentation and information management processes which may require
acquisition and supply of software user documentation products and services.
It applies the Agreement processes (acquisition and supply) to software user
documentation, and addresses the preparation of requirements for software
user documentation. These requirements are central to the user documentation
specification and Statement of Work discussed in this International
Standard. This International Standard also addresses requirements for
primary document outputs of the acquisition and supply process: the Request
for Proposal and the Proposal for user documentation products and services.
This International Standard is intended for use in acquiring or supplying
either printed or electronic (on-screen) documentation. It is independent
of documentation development or management tools or methodologies. This
International Standard might be helpful for acquiring and supplying the
following types of documentation, although it does not cover all aspects of
them: * documentation of products other than software; * multimedia
systems using animation, video, and sound; * computer-based training (CBT)
packages and specialized course materials intended primarily for use in
formal training programs; * maintenance documentation describing the
internal operation of systems software; * documentation incorporated into
the user interface. This International Standard is applicable to
acquirers and suppliers of user documentation, including a variety of
specialists: * business analysts who identify the tasks that the intended
users will perform with the software; * managers of the software
development process or the documentation process; * managers of the
acquisition process, and those who authorize and approve acquisitions; *
managers and authors involved in proposal preparation. It can also be
consulted by those with other roles and interests in the documentation
process: * information designers and architects who plan the structure,
format, and content requirements of documentation products in a
documentation set or web-accessible suite; * experienced authors and
editors who develop the written content for user documentation; * graphic
designers with expertise in electronic media; * user interface designers
and ergonomics experts working together to design the presentation of the
documentation on the screen; * usability testers, documentation reviewers,
subject matter experts; * developers of tools for creating on-screen
documentation.
Abstract: ISO/IEC/IEEE 26512:2011 was developed to assist users of ISO/IEC 15288:2008 (IEEE Std 15288-2008) or ISO/IEC 12207:2008
(IEEE Std 12207-2008) to acquire or supply software user documentation as part of the software life cycle processes. It defines
the documentation process from the acquirer's standpoint and the supplier's standpoint. ISO/IEC/IEEE 26512:2011 covers the
requirements for information items used in the acquisition of user documentation products: the Acquisition Plan, Document
Specification, Statement of Work, Request for Proposals, and the proposal. It provides an overview of the software user
documentation and information management processes which may require acquisition and supply of software user documentation
products and services. It addresses the preparation of requirements for software user documentation. These requirements are
central to the user documentation specification and Statement of Work. It includes requirements for primary document outputs of
the acquisition and supply process: the Request for Proposal and the Proposal for user documentation products and services. It
also discusses the use of a Documentation Management Plan and a Document Plan as they arise in the acquisition and supply
processes. ISO/IEC/IEEE 26512:2011 is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce documentation, and applies to
both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of its guidance is applicable to user documentation for systems
including hardware as well as software.
Key Words: acquisition, information management, proposal, software user
documentation, statement of work, supply
Designation: 26512
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and Software Engineering -- Requirements
for Acquirers and Suppliers of User Documentation
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: It describes the acquisition and supply processes as applicable
to user documentation, including how to establish what information users
need, how to determine the way in which that information should be presented
to the users, and how to specify the required information and its delivery.
It is not limited to the initial selection activities in the
acquisition/supply processes, but includes activities throughout the
information management and documentation processes. It applies to printed
user manuals, online help, tutorials, and user reference documentation. This
International Standard is intended for use in all types of organizations
where a dedicated documentation department is not present or present
resources are insufficient to meet client demands, and may be used as a
basis for local standards and procedures.
Project Purpose: Document will not contain a purpose statement as it is being
developed in ISO format for joint adoption. The following information
appears in the Introduction: This International Standard was developed to
assist users of ISO/IEC/IEEE 15288:2008, Systems engineering - System life
cycle processes, or ISO/IEC/IEEE 12207:2008, Information technology -
Software life cycle processes, to acquire or supply software user
documentation as part of the software life cycle processes. It defines the
documentation process from the acquirer's standpoint and the supplier's
standpoint.
Abstract: This standard was developed to assist users of IEEE/ISO/IEC 15288:2008, Systems engineering –System life cycle processes,
or IEEE/ISO/IEC 12207:2008, Information technology – Software life cycle processes, to acquire or supply software user
documentation as part of the software life cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the acquirer’s standpoint
and the supplier’s standpoint. This standard covers the requirements for information items used in the acquisition of user
documentation products: the Acquisition Plan, Document Specification, Statement of Work, Request for Proposals, and the proposal.
It provides an overview of the software user documentation and information management processes which may require acquisition and
supply of software user documentation products and services. It addresses the preparation of requirements for software user
documentation. These requirements are central to the user documentation specification and Statement of Work. It includes
requirements for primary document outputs of the acquisition and supply process: the Request for Proposal and the Proposal for
user documentation products and services. It also discusses the use of a Documentation Management Plan and a Document Plan as
they arise in the acquisition and supply processes. The standard is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce
documentation, and applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of its guidance is applicable to user
documentation for systems including hardware as well as software.
Key Words: software user documentation, information management, acquisition,
supply, proposal, statement of work
Designation: 26512
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software and Systems Engineering -- Requirements for
Acquirers and Suppliers of User Documentation
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This clause presents the scope, purpose, organization, and
candidate uses of this International Standard. This International Standard
supports the interest of software users in having consistent, complete,
accurate, and usable documentation. It addresses both available approaches
to standardization: a) process standards, which specify the way that
documentation products are to be acquired and supplied; and b) documentation
product standards, which specify the characteristics and functional
requirements of the documentation. As defined in ISO/IEC/IEEE 12207:2008
and 15288:2008, the acquisition and supply activities comprise the agreement
processes of the software life cycle. Acquisition and supply of user
documentation and user documentation services are specializations of those
processes. User documentation services may be acquired and supplied for any
part of the software documentation management or information management
process, such as *documentation or information management; *information
design and development; *documentation editing and review coordination;
*documentation testing, particularly usability testing; *documentation
production and packaging; *documentation distribution and delivery;
*advice on the selection and implementation of documentation tools and
supporting systems *documentation process improvement. Clause 5 provides
an overview of the software user documentation and information management
processes which may require acquisition and supply of software user
documentation products and services. Clause 6 applies the Agreement
processes (acquisition and supply) to software user documentation. Clause 7
addresses the preparation of requirements for software user documentation.
These requirements are central to the user documentation specification and
Statement of Work discussed in clauses 8 and 9. Clauses 10 and 11 address
requirements for primary document outputs of the acquisition and supply
process: the Request for Proposal and the Proposal for user documentation
products and services. This International Standard is intended for use in
acquiring or supplying either printed or electronic (on-screen)
documentation. It is independent of documentation development or management
tools or methodologies. This International Standard may be helpful for
acquiring and supplying the following types of documentation, although it
does not cover all aspects of them: *documentation of products other than
software; *multimedia systems using animation, video, and sound;
*computer-based training (CBT) packages and specialized course materials
intended primarily for use in formal training programs; *maintenance
documentation describing the internal operation of systems software;
*documentation incorporated into the user interface. This International
Standard is applicable to acquirers and suppliers of user documentation,
including a variety of specialists: *business analysts who identify the
tasks that the intended users will perform with the software; *managers of
the software development process or the documentation process; *managers of
the acquisition process, and those who authorize and approve acquisitions
*managers and authors involved in proposal preparation The standard may
also be consulted by those with other roles and interests in the
documentation process: *information designers and architects who plan the
structure, format, and content requirements of documentation products in a
documentation set or web-accessible suite; *experienced authors and editors
who develop the written content for user documentation; *graphic designers
with expertise in electronic media; *user interface designers and
ergonomics experts working together to design the presentation of the
documentation on the screen. *usability testers, documentation reviewers,
subject matter experts; *developers of tools for creating on-screen
documentation.
Project Purpose: Document will not contain a purpose statement as it is being
developed in ISO format for joint adoption. The following information
appears in the Introduction: This International Standard was developed to
assist users of ISO/IEC/IEEE 15288:2008, Systems engineering - System life
cycle processes, or ISO/IEC/IEEE 12207:2008, Information technology -
Software life cycle processes, to acquire or supply software user
documentation as part of the software life cycle processes. It defines the
documentation process from the acquirer's standpoint and the supplier's
standpoint.
Designation: 26513-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Adoption of ISO/IEC 26513:2009 Systems and Software
Engineering--Requirements for Testers and Reviewers of Documentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 27, 2011
**New Standard
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This International Standard supports the interest of software
users in receiving consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation.
This International Standard defines the process in which user documentation
products are tested. This International Standard is intended neither to
encourage nor discourage the use of either printed or electronic (on-screen)
media for documentation, or of any particular documentation testing or
management tools or methodologies. This International Standard specifies
processes for use in testing and reviewing of user documentation (Clause 5).
It is not limited to the test and review phase of the life cycle, but
includes activities throughout the Information Management and Documentation
Management processes. This International Standard provides the minimum
requirements for the testing and reviewing of user documentation (Clause 6),
including both printed and on-screen documents used in the work environment
by the users of systems software. It applies to printed user manuals, online
help, tutorials, and user reference documentation. The order of clauses
in this International Standard does not imply that the software user
documentation should be tested in this order. In each clause, the
requirements are media-independent, as far as possible. The informative
checklists found in Annexes A and B may be used at each phase of the
documentation process to verify that the appropriate steps have been carried
out, and that the finished product has acceptable quality. This
International Standard can be helpful for testing and reviewing the
following types of documentation: * documentation of products other than
software, for example, hardware or devices; * multimedia systems using
animation, video, and sound; * computer-based training (CBT) packages and
specialized course materials intended primarily for use in formal training
programs; * documentation produced for installers, computer operators, or
system administrators who are not end users; * maintenance documentation
describing the internal operation of systems software. This International
Standard is applicable to testers, reviewers, and other related roles,
including a variety of specialists: * usability testers, documentation
reviewers, and subject-matter experts; * information designers and
architects who plan the structure and format of products in a documentation
set; * usability specialists and business analysts who identify the tasks
the intended users will perform with the software. The International
Standard can also be consulted by those with other roles and interests in
the documentation process. Managers of the software development process
or the documentation process should consider the testing of documentation as
part of their planning and management activities. Project managers, in
particular, have an important role in planning the testing and reviewing of
documentation. Testing of the documentation is likely to highlight any
defects or nonconformances in tools that are used to create or display on-
screen documentation. Similarly, usability testing of the documentation is
likely to highlight defects or nonconformances with the presentation or
layout of documentation and associated graphics and other media. As a
result, there are a number of roles that should be involved in the testing
of documentation because their work affects the content, display or
presentation of documentation for the user, for example, developers of tools
for creating on-screen documentation, graphic designers producing material
displayed as part of the documentation, and human-factors experts who
identify principles for making documentation more accessible and easily
used, also user interface designers and ergonomics experts working together
to design the presentation of the documentation on-screen. In some
organizations these roles may have different titles, or an individual may
perform more than one of these roles. There are other roles that need to
understand the test processes for the documentation, for example authors
should understand the test processed for the documentation that they have
produced and acquirers of documentation prepared by another department or
organization might want to know what testing has been performed and the
processes followed for the documentation that they are acquiring from a
supplier. This International Standard is intended for use in all types of
organizations, whether or not a dedicated documentation department is
present. In all cases, it may be used as a basis for local standards and
procedures. Readers are assumed to have experience or general knowledge of
testing or reviewing processes. This International Standard deals with
the evaluation of documentation only, and not with the evaluation of the
software it supports. Documentation is also included in evaluation of the
software product, as in the ISO/IEC 25000 series of standards. In
particular, ISO/IEC 25051:2006 Software engineering -- Software product
Quality Requirements and Evaluation (SQuaRE) -- Requirements for quality of
Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) software product and instructions for
testing. The works listed in the Bibliography provide additional guidance
on the processes of managing, preparing, and testing user documentation.
Abstract: This standard provides requirements for the test and review of software user documentation as part of the life cycle
processes. It defines the documentation process from the viewpoint of the documentation tester and reviewer. It specifies process
for use in testing and reviewing of user documentation, and provides the minimum requirements for these activities. It is
relevant to roles involved in testing and development of software and user documentation, including project managers, usability
experts and information developers, in addition to testers and reviewers. It applies to both printed documentation and on-screen
documentation, and is applicable to user documentation for systems including hardware.
Key Words: 26513, documentation review, editing, information management,
software user documentation, usability testing
Designation: P26513
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard Adoption of ISO/IEC 26513:2009 – Systems and
Software Engineering – Requirements for Testers and Reviewers of User
Documentation
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This International Standard defines the process in which user
documentation products are tested. It is not limited to the test and review
phase of the life cycle, but includes activities throughout the Information
Management and Documentation Management processes. This International
Standard is intended for use in all types of organizations, whether or not a
dedicated documentation department is present. It applies to printed user
manuals, online help, tutorials, and user reference documentation. This
International Standard deals with the evaluation of documentation only, and
not with the evaluation of the software it supports.
Project Purpose: This International Standard provides the minimum requirements
for the testing and reviewing of user documentation, including both printed
and on-screen documents used in the work environment by the users of systems
software. This International Standard defines the Documentation Management
and Validation processes of ISO/IEC/IEEE 12207:2008 from the tester's
standpoint.
Abstract: This standard provides requirements for the test and review of software user documentation as part of the life cycle
processes. It defines the documentation process from the viewpoint of the documentation tester and reviewer. It specifies process
for use in testing and reviewing of user documentation, and provides the minimum requirements for these activities. It is
relevant to roles involved in testing and development of software and user documentation, including project managers, usability
experts and information developers, in addition to testers and reviewers. It applies to both printed documentation and on-screen
documentation, and is applicable to user documentation for systems including hardware.
Key Words: software user documentation, usability testing, documentation
review, editing, information management
Designation: 26514-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Adoption of ISO/IEC 26514:2008 Systems and Software
Engineering--Requirements for Designers and Developers of User Documentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 27, 2011
**New Standard
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This clause presents the scope, purpose, organization, and
candidate uses of this International Standard. This International
Standard supports the interest of software users in consistent, complete,
accurate, and usable documentation. It includes both approaches to
standardization: a) process standards, which specify the way in which
documentation products are to be developed; and b) documentation product
standards, which specify the characteristics and functional requirements of
the documentation. The first part of this International Standard covers
the user documentation process for designers and developers of
documentation. It describes how to establish what information users need,
how to determine the way in which that information should be presented to
the users, and how to prepare the information and make it available. It is
not limited to the design and development phase of the life cycle, but
includes activities throughout the information management and documentation
processes. The second part of this International Standard provides
minimum requirements for the structure, information content, and format of
user documentation, including both printed and on-screen documents used in
the work environment by users of systems containing software. It applies to
printed user manuals, online help, tutorials, and user reference
documentation. This International Standard neither encourages nor
discourages the use of either printed or electronic (onscreen) media for
documentation, or of particular documentation development or management
tools or methodologies. This International Standard may be helpful for
developing the following types of documentation, although it does not cover
all aspects of them: - documentation of products other than software; -
multimedia systems using animation, video, and sound; - computer-based
training (CBT) packages and specialized course materials intended primarily
for use in formal training programs; - documentation produced for
installers, computer operators, or system administrators who are not end
users; - maintenance documentation describing the internal operation of
systems software; - documentation incorporated into the user interface
itself. This International Standard is applicable to documentation
designers and developers, including a variety of specialists:
information designers and architects who plan the structure and format of
documentation products in a documentation set; usability specialists and
business analysts who identify the tasks that the intended users will
perform with the software; those who develop and edit the written
content for user documentation; graphic designers with expertise in
electronic media; user interface designers and ergonomics experts working
together to design the presentation of the documentation on the screen.
This International Standard may also be consulted by those with other roles
and interests in the documentation process: managers of the software
development process or the documentation process; acquirers of
documentation prepared by suppliers; usability testers, documentation
reviewers, subject-matter experts; developers of tools for creating on-
screen documentation; human-factors experts who identify principles for
making documentation more accessible and easily used. This International
Standard is intended for use in all types of organizations, whether or not a
dedicated documentation department is present, and may be used as a basis
for local standards and procedures. Readers are assumed to have
experience or knowledge of software development or documentation development
processes. Users of this International Standard should adopt a style
manual for use within their own organizations to complement the guidance
provided in the annexes to this International Standard, or adopt an
industry-recognized style guide. Annex A provides guidance for the content
of a style guide, and Annexes B and C provide guidance on style. The
order of clauses in this International Standard does not imply that the
documentation should be developed in this order or presented to the user in
this order. In each clause, the requirements are media-independent, as
far as possible. Requirements specific to either print or electronic media
are identified as such, particularly in Clause 12. Annex D provides guidance
for the design of printed documentation. The checklists in Annex E may be
used at each phase of the documentation process to check that the
appropriate steps have been carried out and that the finished documentation
satisfies quality criteria. The checklists in Annexes F and G may be used
to track conformance with the requirements of this International Standard
for documentation processes and products. The bibliography lists works
that provide guidance on the processes of managing, preparing, and testing
user documentation.
Abstract: This standard provides requirements for the design and development of software user documentation as part of the life
cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the viewpoint of the documentation developer. It also covers the
documentation product. It specifies the structure, content, and format for user documentation, and also provides informative
guidance for user documentation style. It is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce documentation, and
applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of this standard is also applicable to user documentation
for systems including hardware.
Key Words: 26514, information design, information development, procedures,
software user documentation, user manual
Designation: 26514
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard Adoption of ISO/IEC 26514:2008 – Systems and
Software Engineering – Requirements for Designers and Developers of User
Documentation
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This International Standard supports the interest of software
users in consistent, complete, accurate, and usable documentation. The first
part of this International Standard covers the user documentation process
for designers and developers of documentation. It describes how to establish
what information users need, how to determine the way in which that
information should be presented to the users, and how to prepare the
information and make it available. It is not limited to the design and
development phase of the life cycle, but includes activities throughout the
information management and documentation processes. The second part of this
International Standard provides minimum requirements for the structure,
information content, and format of user documentation, including both
printed and on-screen documents used in the work environment by users of
systems containing software. It applies to printed user manuals, online
help, tutorials, and user reference documentation.
Project Purpose: This International Standard was developed to assist users of
IEEE/ISO/IEC 15288:2008, Systems and software engineering -- System life
cycle processes, or IEEE/ISO/IEC 12207:2008, Systems and software
engineering -- Software life cycle processes, to design and develop
documentation as part of the software life cycle processes. It defines the
documentation process from the documentation developer's standpoint. In
addition to defining a standard process, this International Standard also
covers the documentation product. This International Standard specifies the
structure, content, and format for documentation, and also provides
informative guidance for user documentation style.
Abstract: This standard provides requirements for the design and development of software user documentation as part of the life
cycle processes. It defines the documentation process from the viewpoint of the documentation developer. It also covers the
documentation product. It specifies the structure, content, and format for user documentation, and also provides informative
guidance for user documentation style. It is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce documentation, and
applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of this standard is also applicable to user documentation
for systems including hardware.
Key Words: software user documentation, information design, information
development, procedures, user manual
Designation: P26515
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Software and systems engineering -- Developing
user documentation in an agile environment
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Annette D Reilly, Phone:301-214-3338, Email:annette.d.reilly@lmco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This clause presents the scope, purpose, organisation, and
candidate uses of this International Standard. This International Standard
will support the interest of technical authors and associated roles
responsible for producing user documentation for software and systems
developed within an agile environment. This standard takes a process
standard approach to specify the way in which user documentation can be
developed in agile development projects. This standard provides
requirements on information management and documentation processes
appropriate for software projects that are using agile development methods.
The first part of this International Standard in Clause 5 covers the
differences between agile development methodologies and traditional
development methodologies. The second part of this International Standard
in Clause 6 describes how the information development lead or project
manager may plan and manage the user documentation development team in an
agile environment. The third part of this International Standard in Clause
7 covers the relationship between the user documentation process and life
cycle documentation process in agile development. This International
Standard is intended neither to encourage nor to discourage the use of any
particular agile development tools or methods. This Internal Standard
provides guidance on processes appropriate for developers of user
documentation in software and systems projects that are using agile
development methodologies. It will not be limited to the development phase
of the life cycle of user documentation, but includes activities throughout
the user documentation life cycle. This International Standard is intended
for use in all organisations that are using agile development, or are
considering implementing their projects using these techniques. It is
assumed that readers have experience or general knowledge of traditional
user documentation processes.
Project Purpose: document will not contain a purpose statement
Abstract: This standard specifies procedures for managing user documentation throughout the software life cycle. It applies to
people or organizations producing suites of documentation, to those undertaking a single documentation project, and to
documentation produced internally, as well as to documentation contracted to outside service organizations. It provides an
overview of the software documentation and information management processes, and also presents aspects of portfolio planning and
content management that user documentation managers apply. It covers management activities in starting a project, including
setting up procedures and specifications, establishing infrastructure, and building a team. It includes examples of roles needed
on a user documentation team. It addresses measurements and estimates needed for management control, and the use of supporting
processes such as change management, schedule and cost control, resource management, and quality management and process
improvement. It includes requirements for key documents produced for user documentation management, including documentation plans
and documentation management plans. The standard is independent of the software tools that may be used to produce or manage
documentation, and applies to both printed documentation and on-screen documentation. Much of its guidance is applicable to user
documentation for systems including hardware as well as software
Key Words: software user documentation, information management, documentation
management, documentation management plan
Designation: 266-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electronics
Power Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Key Words: insulation, evaluation, elrctronics, transformers, test
Designation: 267-1966
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for the Preparation and Use of
Symbols
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Trial-Use
Abstract: Guidelines to be used in developing and applying those symbols that are employed in the electrical and electronics fields
are provided. These include abbreviations, functional designations, graphic symbols, letter combinations, mathematical symbols,
reference designations, symbols for quantities, and symbols for units. The guidelines should be useful to any committee engaged
in developing standards publications in the areas mentioned.
Key Words: preparation, use, symbols
Designation: 267
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Title: Recommended Practice for the Preparation and Use of Symbols
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: Guidelines to be used in developing and applying symbols used in
the electrical and electronics fields.
Project Purpose: To clarify distinctions between abbreviations, various
designations and various symbols as used in the electrical and electronics
fields. This is to be an updating of the existing Std 267-1966, primarily
to reflect changes in the IEEE Committee structure, the reference documents,
and IEC terminology.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 267-1966.
Designation: 26702-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 26702:2007, Systems engineering -- Application and management of
the systems engineering process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 2007
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 2005
Project Scope: This standard defines the interdisciplinary tasks that are
required throughout a system’s life cycle to transform stakeholder needs,
requirements, and constraints into a system solution. This standard is
intended to guide the development of systems for commercial, government,
military, and space applications. The information applies to a project
within an enterprise that is responsible for developing a product design and
establishing the life cycle infrastructure needed to provide for life cycle
sustainment. This standard specifies the requirements for the systems
engineering process (SEP) and its application throughout the product life
cycle. It does not attempt to define the implementation of each system life
cycle process, but addresses the issues associated with defining and
establishing supportive life cycle processes early and continuously
throughout product development. In addition, the standard does not address
the many cultural or quality variables that should be considered for
successful product development. The standard focuses on the engineering
activities necessary to guide product development while ensuring that the
product is properly designed to make it affordable to produce, own, operate,
maintain, and eventually to dispose of, without undue risk to health or
the environment. The requirements of this standard are applicable to new
products as well as incremental enhancements to existing products. It
applies to one-of-a-kind products, such as a satellite, as well as products
that are massproduced for the consumer marketplace. The requirements of
this standard should be selectively applied for each specific system-
development project. The role of systems engineering within the enterprise
environment is described in Annex A. The content of this standard
describes an integrated approach to product development, which represents
the total technical effort for the following: a) Understanding the
environments and the related conditions in which the product may be utilized
and for which the product should be designed to accommodate b)
Defining product requirements in terms of functional and performance
requirements, quality factors, usability, producibility, supportability,
safety, and environmental impacts c) Defining the life cycle processes
for manufacturing, test, distribution, support, training, and disposal,
which are necessary to provide life cycle support for products
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide a standard for
managing a system from initial concept through development, operations,
and disposal. The inclusion of computers and associated software in today’s
products has made the need to engineer each of those products as a total
system more acute. The human, physical, and software components should
all be addressed to optimize overall system performance. This standard,
IEEE Std 1220-2005, may be used in conjunction with ISO/IEC 15288:2002 [B3].
1 This standard generally prescribes more detailed systems engineering
process and management requirements that complete or complement the
process activities described in ISO/IEC 15288:2002. However, ISO/IEC
15288:2002 provides additional process definition and guidance that supports
life cycle model definition and application of the systems engineering
process across a system’s life cycle.
Abstract: The interdisciplinary tasks, which are required throughout a system's life cycle to transform customer needs,
requirements, and constraints into a system solution, are defined. In addition, the requirements for the systems engineering
process and its application throughout the product life cycle are specified. The focus of this standard is on engineering
activities necessary to guide product development while ensuring that the product is properly designed to make it affordable to
produce, own, operate, maintain, and eventually to dispose of, without undue risk to health or the environment.
Key Words: acquire, analysis, architecture, building block, design,
development, component, hardware, interface, life cycle processes,
software, supplier, synthesis, system, system life cycle, systems
engineering, technical management, validation, verification
Designation: 268-1992
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: American National Standard for Metric Practice
Status: Superseded
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 268-1982. Redesignated as SI 10-1997
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 15, 1992
Abstract: Guidance for the application of the modernized metric system in the United States is given. Known as the International
System of Units (SI), the system is intended as a basis for worldwide standardization of measurement units. Information is
included on SI, a limited list of non-SI units recognized for use with SI units, and a list of conversion factors from non-SI to
SI units, together with general guidance on proper style and usage.
Key Words: conversion, factors, rounding, SI, Metric system, Metric practice,
International System of Units, Conversion factors
Designation: 268-1982
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: Metric Practice, American National Standard
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1982
Key Words: metric, practice
Designation: 268A-1987
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: International System of Units Conversion Factors Card
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**A wallet-size Card. Sold in packs of 10.
Abstract: .
Designation: 269-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog
and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 26, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 269-2002
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Oct 21, 2010
Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques for objective measurement
of electroacoustic characteristics of analog and digital telephones,
handsets and headsets. Application is in the frequency range from 100 Hz to
8500 Hz. Although not specifically within the scope of this standard, the
methods described are generally applicable to a wide variety of other
communications equipment, including cordless, wireless and mobile
communications devices. Digital devices that have audio characteristics of
a digital telephone can be tested as a digital telephone, even if they do
not have a dialpad or other similar telephone functions. USB headsets are
one example of devices in this class. Telephones with speakerphone features
are covered by IEEE Std 1329(TM). Due to the various characteristics of
these devices and the environments in which they operate, not all of the
test procedures in this standard are applicable to all types of telephones,
handsets or headsets. Application of the test procedures to atypical
telephones should be determined on an individual basis.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical methods
for making laboratory measurements of the transmission characteristics of
analog and digital telephones, handsets, and headsets so that their
performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis.
Abstract: Practical methods for making laboratory measurements of electroacoustic characteristics of analog and digital telephones,
handsets and headsets. The methods may also be applicable to a wide variety of other communications equipment, including
cordless, wireless and mobile communications devices. Measurement results may be used to evaluate these devices on a standardized
basis. Application is in the frequency range from 100 Hz to 8500 Hz. This edition incorporates IEEE Std 269a-2007. Other
substantive changes have been made since the 2002 edition.
Key Words: analog telephones, digital telephones, electroacoustic measurements
on telephones, handsets, headsets, IEEE 269, telephony, voice transmission
performance
Designation: 269-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog
and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 269-1992 and 1206-1994. Superseded by 269-2010.
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2003
Project Scope: Define objective test methods for determining the transmission
characteristics of analog and digital telephone sets, handsets and headsets.
Project Purpose: To provide practical methods for making laboratory
measurements of the transmission characteristics of analog and digital
telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a standardized
basis. Revision is necessary to cover applications to types of telephone
sets not in common use and to measurements not required at the 1992
pulbication of the current standard. It also incorporates the content of
IEEE 1206-1994 relative to handsets and headsets.
Abstract: Practical methods for making laboratory measurements of electroacoustic characteristics of analog and digital telephones,
handsets, and headsets are provided in this revised standard. The methods may also be applicable to a wide variety of other
communications equipment, including cordless, wireless, and mobile communications devices. Measurement results may be used to
evaluate these devices on a standardized basis. Application is in the frequency range 100–8500 Hz. Revised by amendment IEEE
Std 269a-2007.
Key Words: analog telephones, digital telephones, electroacoustic measurements
on telephones, handsets, headsets, telephony, voice transmission performance
Designation: 269-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog
and Digital Telephone Sets
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 269-1983. Superseded by 269-2002.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 269-2002. Practical methods for measuring the transmission characteristics of both digital and
conventional to wire analog telephone sets by means of objective measurements on a test connection are described. The test
results thus obtained may be used as a means of evaluating or specifying the transmission performance of a telephone set on a
standardized basis. The measurements are applicable to telephone sets incorporating carbon or linear transmitters. Measurements
are over the frequency range most useful for speech: 100-5000 Hz. The test methods are not intended to be applicable to special
devices, such as noise-exclusion transmitters, distant-talking transmitters, insert-type receivers, or noise-exclusion receivers
equipped with large ear pads. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication
online.
Key Words: performance, analog, telephone, sets, digital, voice, transmission,
Voice transmission performance, Telephony
Designation: 269-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring Transmission Performance of Telephone
Sets
Status: Superseded
**ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 01, 1984
Designation: 269
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and
Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This standard provides the techniques for objective measurement
of electroacoustic characteristics of analog and digital telephones,
handsets and headsets. Application is in the frequency range from 100 to
8,500 Hz. Although not specifically within the scope of this
standard, the methods described are generally applicable to a wide variety
of other communications equipment, including cordless, wireless and mobile
communications devices. Telephones with handsfree or loudspeaking
features are covered by IEEE Standard 1329-1999, Method for Measuring
Transmission Performance of Handsfree Telephone Sets. Due to the
various characteristics of these devices and the environments in which they
operate, not all of the test procedures in this standard are applicable to
all types of telephones, handsets or headsets. Application of the test
procedures to atypical telephones should be determined on an individual
basis.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide practical methods
for making laboratory measurements of the transmission characteristics of
analog and digital telephones, handsets and headsets so that their
performance may be evaluated on a standardized basis.
Designation: P269a
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog and
Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets - Amendment 1
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: The scope includes a few technical corrections and additions,
scattered throughout the document, and replacement of Annex M.
Designation: 269a-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Transmission Performance of Analog
and Digital Telephone Sets, Handsets, and Headsets Amendment 1
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 269-2010.
Technical Contact: John Bareham, Phone:734-665-4224, Email:jbareham@mich.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this project is objective test methods for
determining the transmission characteristics of analog and digital telephone
sets, handsets and headsets. (Original scope -- not changed)
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide practical methods for making
laboratory measurements of the transmission characteristics of analog and
digital telephone sets so that their performance may be evaluated on a
standardized basis. Revision is necessary to cover application to types of
telephone sets not in common use and to measurements not required at the
1992 publication of the current standard. It also incorporates the content
of IEEE 1206-1994 relative to handsets and headsets. (Original purpose --
not changed.)
Abstract: The scope of this project is objective test methods for determining the transmission characteristics of analog and digital
telephone sets, handsets and headsets.
Key Words: analog telephones, digital telephones, electroacoustic measurements
on telephones, handsets, headsets, telephony, voice transmission
performance
Designation: 270-2006
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Selected Quantities, Units, and Related
Terms, with Special Attention to the International System of Units (SI)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2006
Technical Contact: Theodore Wildi, Phone:418-527-8285, Email:wildi@wildi-theo.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2006
Project Scope: This standard includes definitions for physical quantities and
units commonly used in applied science and technology, and related terms
that concern systems of measurement. Particular emphasis is placed on the
International System of Units (SI).
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 270-1966 attempted to cover not only quantities and
units, but also the much broader area implied in its title, “General
(Fundamental and Derived) Electrical and Electronics Terms.” This scope
proved to be far too broad, and the standard could not be maintained. The
purpose of this revision is to present authoritative definitions of physical
quantities and units and other terms relating to measurement systems, with
particular emphasis on the vocabulary used in IEEE/ASTM SI 10.
Abstract: Revision of Std. 270-1966 The definitions for physical quantities and units commonly used in applied science and
technology, and for related terms that concern systems of measurement, are included in this standard. Particular emphasis is
placed on the International System of Units (Le Système International d’Unités, SI).
Key Words: International System of Units, measurement, metric, quantities, SI,
units
Designation: 270
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 271-1966
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1977
Title: Technical Report on Switching Surge Testing of Extra-High-Voltage
Switches
Status: Superseded
**TU. Being revised as C37.34e
Abstract: Redesignated as IEEE C37.34e. The technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation of a gas-
insulated substation (GIS) are covered; its intent is advisory. This guide discusses parameters to be supplied by the purchaser
and technical requirements for the design, fabrication, testing, and installation to be furnished by the manufacturer.
Environmental conditions, general and specific equipment requirements, and a proposal data sheet form are included to aid the
user.
Key Words: C37.34e, extra high voltage, air switches, switching impulse , wave
shape, switches, high voltage
Designation: 272-1970
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1976
Title: IEEE Standard for Computer-Type (Square-Loop) Pulse Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 11, 1969
Abstract: This standard pertains to computer-type pulse transformers. These pulse transformers are characterized by their use of a
square loop core material as defined below with normal operation into the saturation flux density regions and with typical
operation using a specifically defined current input pulse. These transformers exploit the memory characteristic of square-loop
core material that makes the output pulse dependent upon the immediate history of the core flux. This type of transformer is
used in shift registers, memory across switches, memory readout circuits, transformer logic matrices, and other storage-type
devices. It is not the purpose of this standard to include large-scale memories. Wherever numerical requirements are indicated,
they may be considered as recommended values. Appendix I contains a core analysis, transformer equivalent circuit, and
definitions of associated terms. Appendix II contains definitions pertaining mainly to characteristic testing of computer-type
pulse transformers.
Key Words: cmputer, pulse, transformers, square, loop
Designation: 274-1966
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms for Integrated Electronics
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Abstract: No abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991.
Key Words: definitions, terms, electronics, inteegrated, dictionary
Designation: 275
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for
Alternating-Current Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-insulated
Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 11, 2005
Project Scope: This standard outlines a test procedure for comparing two or
more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated
temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric
machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils and rated 6900 V and
below. It is the intent of this procedure to evaluate insulation systems
for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It does not cover such
special requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or
that are subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dusts, or to submersion in
liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate
systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service
experience and interpretation of the results.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to classify insulation
systems for the machinery within the scope of this standard in accordance
with their temperature limits by test, rather than by chemical composition.
Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classifcation
of new insulation systems before they are service proven. Service-proven
systems shall also be tested according to this test procedure.
Abstract: A test procedure for comparing two or more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature
is described. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for ac electric machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils
and rated 6900 V and below. This procedure is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with
air cooling. It does not cover such special requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or that are subjected
to strong chemicals, to metal dust, or to submersion in liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate
systems in comparison with known systems having a proven record of service experience and interpretation of the results.
Designation: 275-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems
for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-Insulated Stator Coils,
Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Mar 30, 1982
Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulation, systems, electric
Designation: 275-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems
for Alternating-Current Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated
Stator Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 275-1981. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A test procedure for comparing two or
more insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated temperature is described. The procedure is limited to
insulation systems for ac electric machines using form-wound preinsulated stator coils and rated 6900 V and below. This procedure
is intended to evaluate insulation systems for use in usual service conditions with air cooling. It does not cover such special
requirements as machines that are enclosed in gas atmospheres, or that are subjected to strong chemicals, to metal dust, or to
submersion in liquids, etc. The procedure includes instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems
having a proven record of service experience and interpretation of the results. You will receive an email from Customer Service
with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: electric, machinery, ac, form, wound, preinsulated, stator, coils,
insulation, systems, Insulation systems, Form-wound preinsulated stator
Designation: 277-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 12, 2007
Technical Contact: Jean Paul Morel, Phone:610-837-3338, Email:jmorel@essroc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: May 17, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 11, 2007
Project Scope: This document has been developed as a recommended practice for
electrical distribution systems in cement plants with the objective of
satisfactory equipment utilization, reliability, performance, safety, and
low maintenance—all at a reasonable cost.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
guidance in established practices, for the design, application,
installation, and protection of electrical distribution systems. It is hoped
that this recommended practice will be used to augment some of the
principles outlined, as they apply particularly to cement plants.
Abstract: This document has been developed as a recommended practice for electrical distribution systems in cement plants with the
objective of satisfactory equipment utilization, reliability, performance, safety, and low maintenance—all at a reasonable cost.
Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 277-1994
Key Words: alternate power source, power distribution, primary distribution
voltage, quarry distribution, secondary unit substation, surge arresters
Designation: 277-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 277-1983. Dec2005: Withdrawn by ANSI As overage.
Superseded by 277-2007.
Technical Contact: Michael W Jasberg, Phone:(714) 466-5900
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: Electrical distribution systems in cement plants that would result in satisfactory equipment utilization, reliability,
performance, safety, and low maintenance-all at a reasonable cost are recommended in this IEEE standard. Power distribution for a
new plant and for a plant extension are covered, as is distribution in quarries. Remarks: Superseded by IEEE Std 277-2007
Key Words: alternate power , power source, power distribution, primary
distribution, distribution voltage, quarry distribution, secondary unit,
unit substation, surge arresters, cement plant, secondary-unit substation,
primary distribution voltage, alternate power source
Designation: 277
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mark A Huber, Phone:+1 518 756 5109, Email:mark.huber@lafarge-na.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: The basic content of the 277-1994 Standard is very sound and
complete. The scope of this revision project includes several wording
changes, initiated by technological advances in the past few years. In
addition to changes in references to other standards, there are several
grammatical and punctuation revisions needed. Some tables and figures will
also be updated to reflect contemporary cost estimates, etc.
Project Purpose: The standard is being revised so that the end users will have
an up-to-date tool to help them evaluate power distribution systems. The
committee considered a simple reaffirmation, but determined that the
standard was outdated enough to merit a revision.
Designation: 277-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Power Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
Technical Contact: Michael W Jasberg, Phone:(714) 466-5900
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1984
Designation: 278
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 279-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978
Title: IEEE Standard: Criteria for Protection Systems for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1984. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1971, ANSI APP: Apr 05, 1972
Abstract: These criteria established minimum requirements for the safety-related functional performance and reliability of
protection systems for stationary land-based nuclear reactors producing steam for electric power generation. Fulfillment of these
requirements does not necessarily fully establish the adequacy of protective system functional performance and reliability. On
the other hand, omission of any of these requirements will, in most instances, be an indication of system inadequacy. For
purposes of these criteria, the nuclear power generating station protection system encompasses all electric and mechanical
devices and circuitry (from sensors to actuation device input terminals) involved in generating those signals associated with the
protective function. These signals include those that actuate reactor trip and that, in the event of a serious reactor accident,
actuate engineered safeguards such as containment isolation, core spray, safety injection, pressure reduction, and air cleaning.
Designation: 280-1982
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science
and Electrical Engineering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 280-1968 and ANSI Y10.5-1968.
Technical Contact: Bruce Barrow, Phone:301-493-4374, Email:b.barrow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2003 Letter symbols used to represent physical quantities in the field of electrical science and electrical
engineering are defined. The symbols are independent of the units employed or special values assigned. Also included are selected
symbols for mathematics and for physical constants.
Key Words: letter, symbols, quantities, science, Electrical engineering
Designation: 281-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Service Conditions for Power System Communication
Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 281-1968.
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1983, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985
Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: IEEE Std 281-1984 Revision of IEEE Std 281-1968 IEEE Standard
Service Conditions for Power System Communication Equipment
Designation: 282
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 284-1968
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: IEEE Standards Report on State-of-the-Art of Measuring Field Strength,
Continuous Wave, Sinusoidal
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Abstract: This document is a Report on the state-of-the-art of measuring field strength of radio-frequency electromagnetic waves,
with respect to available and desireable accuracies, general principles of measurement techniques and calibration methods, and
references to pertinent literature.
Key Words: field, strength, continuous, wave, sinusoidal
Designation: 285
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 286-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power Factor Tip-Up of
Electric Machinery Stator Coil Insulation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2000
Technical Contact: Franklin T Emery, Phone:256-845-9601x6007, Email:franklin.emery@siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: Update the withdrawn standard to reflectg new test methods and
add necessary theory of test. Update and improve terminology.
Project Purpose: Improve the theory of test and expand area of test coverage,
update terminology. Intended users: equipment manufacturers, utilities,
machine designers, specification authors. Benefits: Better explanation of
test procedure and testing.
Abstract: The power factor tip-up testing of stator coils and bars for use in large electric machineryis covered in this recommended
practice.
Key Words: "cell capacitance, electric generators, power factor, stator bar,
stator winding, tan delta"
Designation: 286
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power-Factor Tip-Up of Rotating
Machinery Stator Coil Insulation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of IEEE Std 286-1975.
Technical Contact: RAY SCHULTZ
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1982
Designation: 286-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Power-Factor Tip-Up of
Rotating Machinery Stator Coil Insulation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95.
Technical Contact: RAY SCHULTZ
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 19, 1974, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 1984
Key Words: power factor, tip-up, rotatting, insulation, coil
Designation: 287-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard for Precision Coaxial Connectors (DC to 110 GHz)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2007
**Revision of IEEE Std 287-1968
Technical Contact: Harmon Banning, Phone:302-738-6608, Email:hbanning@wlgore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify coaxial connectors for
precision electrical measurements to 110 GHz. The frequency range of the
standard is increased from 65 GHz to 110 GHz since in the market exists a
1 mm connector with a rated upper minimum operating frequency of 110 GHz.
The members of the subcommittee felt, in view of this, the scope of the
project should be changed to incorporate this advantage.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to present minimum performance
requirements for those precision connectors whose upper frequency limits
range from 18 GHz to 110 GHz for five line sizes of the pin and socket
type, which include 3.5 mm, 2.92 mm, 2.4 mm, 1.85 mm, and 1.0 mm connectors.
It also incorporates relevant information on the 14 mm and 7 mm connector
types, includes the Type N (7 mm) connector, and introduces the
performance requirements needed to standardize pin and socket type
connectors. A novel feature in this standard is the use of slotless
socket contacts for some pin and socket type connectors to maintain the
concept of test port/device under test (DUT) independence. The standard
presents updated test methods to utilize automatic vector network
analyzers (VNAs) along with current state-of-the-art concepts in
connector technology, and displays specification values from individual
connector types in a connector summary table. A very important utility of
this standard is that it serves as a user’s guide. One unique feature of
this standard is that it embodies the general requirements, definitions,
measuring methods, and other pertinent information into one document for
all eight standard connector types while making use of the “detail
specifications” information from each connector type for standardization
into Annex C through Annex J, which are listed as follows: Annex C
Detail specifications for precision coaxial 14 mm connectors (DC to 8.5 GHz)
Annex D Detail specifications for precision coaxial 7 mm connectors (DC to
18 GHz) Annex E Detail specifications for precision coaxial Type N
connectors (DC to 18 GHz) Annex F Detail specifications for precision
coaxial 3.5 mm connectors (DC to 33 GHz) Annex G Detail specifications
for precision coaxial 2.92 mm connectors (DC to 40 GHz) Annex H Detail
specifications for precision coaxial 2.4 mm connectors (DC to 50 GHz)
Annex I Detail specifications for precision coaxial 1.85 mm connectors (DC
to 65 GHz) Annex J Detail specifications for precision coaxial 1 mm
connectors (DC to 110
Abstract: This standard presents the combined efforts of IEEE Subcommittee P287 that reflect the knowledge and experience of leading
specialists in the development and measurement of precision coaxial connectors from dc to 110 GHz. It presents minimum
performance requirements to standardize both hermaphroditic and pin- and socket-type connectors. It provides recommended
electrical and mechanical test procedures for general and laboratory precision connectors. A bibliography provides a list of
pertinent references for measurement techniques used in determining electrical, mechanical, and dimensional parameters for
coaxial connectors. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 287-1968
Key Words: general precision connector (GPC), laboratory precision connector
(LPC), minimum performance requirement, pin and socket connector,
precision coaxial connector
Designation: 287
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: Standard for Precision Coaxial Connectors (DC-110 GHz)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of IEEE Std 287-1968.
Technical Contact: Harmon Banning, Phone:302-738-6608, Email:hbanning@wlgore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 10, 1987
Project Scope: Coaxial connectors for precision electrical measurements above
18 GHz.
Project Purpose: This document will include definitions, requirements,
mechanical and electrical specifications and recommended test methods.
Key Words: precision coaxial, connectors
Designation: P287
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC5 - Connectors in Measurements
Title: Standard for Precision Coaxial Connectors (DC to 110 GHz)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Harmon Banning, Phone:302-738-6608, Email:hbanning@wlgore.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify coaxial connectors for
precision electrical measurements to 110 GHz . Current state-of-the-art
coaxial connectors are covered by the standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to present minimum performance
requirements for those precision connectors whose upper frequency limits
range from 18 GHz to 110 GHz. It introduces the performance requirements
needed to standardize precision pin and socket type connectors. The standard
presents updated test methods to utilize automatic vector network analyzers
(VNAs) along with current state-of-the-art concepts in connector technology,
and displays specification values from individual connector types in a
connector summary table. A very important utility of this standard is that
it serves as a user's guide. One unique feature of this standard is that it
embodies the general requirements, definitions, measuring methods, and other
pertinent information into one document for all eight standard connector
types while making use of the "detail specifications" information from each
connector type for standardization into separate Annexes.
Designation: 287-1968
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: Precision Coaxial Connectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 289
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 290-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986
Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Couplings; Part I - General, Rating,
Performance Characteristics; Part II - Test Procedures
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI extension to 6/95.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Nov 29, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. The more generally applicable characteristics and conducting and
reporting of the tests for determining them are covered. Service conditions, rating, temperature and temperature rise, torque
characteristics, speed, losses, and markings are discussed. Methods for electrical measurements, preliminary tests, performance
determination, temperature tests, high- potential tests, and miscellaneous tests are given.
Key Words: test, electric, couplings
Designation: 291
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength of
Sinusoidal Continuous Waves, 30 Hz to 30 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Typographical corrections, clarifications as required, addition
of some material on near-field measurements, addition of material on probes
for measuring field strength.
Project Purpose: This standard is being used extensively in industry. This
project will keep it available, improve it, and make needed additions, which
are minor in scale but very useful.
Designation: 291-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Standards Report on Measuring Field Strength in Radio Wave
Propagation
Status: Superseded
**incl 302&284 in rev .
Abstract: Two standard methods for field-strength measurement are described. The standard-antenna method consists of measuring the
received power or open-circuit voltage developed in a standard receiving antenna by the field to be measured and computing the
field strength from the measured voltage and the dimensions and form of the standard antenna. The standard-field method consists
of comparing voltages produced in an antenna by the field to be measured and by a standard field, the magnitude of which is
computed from the dimensions of the transmitting antenna, its current distribution, the distance of separation, and effect of the
ground. The measurement procedures are outlined, including calibration of commercial field strength and extension of the methods
to microwave frequencies. Methods for measuring power radiated from an antenna under several different conditions are briefly
presented, and the important considerations for securing useful and accurate measurements are described.
Key Words: electromagnetic, fields, measuring
Designation: 291-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength of
Sinusoidal Continuous Waves, 30 Hz to 30 GHz
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 291-1969, revision and redesignation of IEEE Stds
284-1968 and 302-1969. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Apr 02, 1991, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
Abstract: (Revision of IEEE Std 291-1969, Revision and Redesignation of IEEE Std 284-1968 and IEEE Std 302-1969) Withdrawn
Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Not available to Resellers. Abstract: Two standard
methods for field-strength measurement are described. The standard-antenna method consists of measuring the received power or
open-circuit voltage developed in a standard receiving antenna by the field to be measured and computing the field strength from
the measured voltage and the dimensions and form of the standard antenna. The standard-field method consists of comparing
voltages produced in an antenna by the field to be measured and by a standard field, the magnitude of which is computed from the
dimensions of the transmitting antenna, its current distribution, the distance of separation, and effect of the ground. The
measurement procedures are outlined, including calibration of commercial field strength and extension of the methods to microwave
frequencies. Methods for measuring power radiated from an antenna under several different conditions are briefly presented, and
the important considerations for securing useful and accurate measurements are described. You will receive an email from
Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: field strength, receiving antenna, Transmitting antenna
Designation: P29148
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Draft Standard for software and systems engineering -- Life
cycle processes -- Requirements engineering
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: 1 Scope 1.1 Purpose This International Standard provides: -
normative processes and exemplary guidance on implementing the requirements-
related processes described in ISO/IEC 12207: 2008 and ISO/IEC 15288: 2008,
and - normative specification of the contents of the information items
produced through the implementation of these processes. 1.2 Field of
application This International Standard is applicable to - those who use
or plan to use ISO/IEC 15288 and ISO/IEC 12207 on projects dealing with man-
made systems, software-intensive systems, software and hardware products,
and services related to those systems and products, regardless of project
scope, product(s), methodology, size or complexity, - anyone performing
requirements engineering activities to aid in ensuring that their
application of the requirements engineering processes conforms to ISO/IEC
15288:2008 and/or ISO/IEC 12207:2008, - those who use or plan to use
ISO/IEC 15289:xxxx on projects dealing with man-made systems,
softwareintensive systems, software and hardware products, and services
related to those systems and products, regardless of project scope,
product(s), methodology, size or complexity, and - anyone performing
requirements engineering activities to aid in ensuring that the information
items developed during the application of requirements engineering
processes, conforms to ISO/IEC 15289:xxxx.
Project Purpose: ISO/IEC standards do not have a distinct purpose statement.
Abstract: This International Standard provides: - normative processes and exemplary guidance on implementing the requirements-
related processes described in ISO/IEC 12207: 2008 and ISO/IEC 15288: 2008, and - normative specification of the contents of the
information items produced through the implementation of these processes.
Key Words: ISO/IEC 12207, 15288, 15289
Designation: 292-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Specification Format for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained
Rate Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: This specification defines the requirements for a single-degree-of-freedom spring-restrained rate gyro for [aircraft,
missile, spacecraft], applications. The rate gyro shall be capable of providing [(dc, ac) voltage outputs proportional to regular
rat
Designation: 293-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate
Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: Recommended rate gyro test procedures derived from those currently in use, including test conditions to be considered, are
compiled. In some cases alternate methods for measuring a performance characteristic have been included. This standard is
intended to be a guide in the preparation of Section 4 of a specification that follows the format of IEEE Std 292, Specification
Format for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Spring-Restrained Rate Gyros.
Key Words: gyros, restrained, rate, degree, freedom, Testing, Gyroscopes
Designation: 294
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 295-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Electronics Power Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 02, 1994
Abstract: Application guidance and test procedures are given for power transformers and inductors that are used in electronic
equipment and supplied by power lines or generators of essentially sine-wave or polyphase voltage. Provision is made for relating
the characteristics of transformers to the associated rectifiers and circuits. This standard includes, but is not limited to, the
following transformers and inductors: rectifier supply transformers for either high- or low-voltage supplies, filament and
cathode heater transformers, transformers for alternating-current resonant charging circuits, inductors used in rectifier
filters, and autotransformers with fixed taps.
Key Words: electronics, power, transformers
Designation: 296-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms, Letter Symbols, and Color Code for
Hall Effect Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Abstract: This standard is withdrawn.
Key Words: hall effect, letter, symbols, terms, color
Designation: 297
Title: Recommended Practice for Speech Quality Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 299-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic
Shielding Enclosures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007
**Supersedes 299-1997.
Technical Contact: Dale Svetanoff, Phone:319-295-4928, Email:dgsvetan@rockwellcollins.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides uniform measurement procedures for
determining the effectiveness of electromagnetic (EM) shielding
enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable down to 50 Hz
and up to 100 GHz). The owner of the shielding enclosure shall provide
the frequencies at which the shield will be tested, and the shielding
effectiveness (SE) limits for pass/fail. This standard suggests a range of
test frequencies that would provide very high confidence in the
effectiveness of the shield. This standard dose not define SE limits for
pass or fail.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following:
a) A standard procedure for the measurement of the effectiveness of shielded
enclosures, in a broad range of radio frequencies (RFs), including a
minimum set of recommended frequencies b) Identical procedures applicable
to frequencies other than the standard set c) An optional measurement
technique to detect the nonlinear behavior of high-permeability
ferromagnetic enclosures (see Annex C)
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 299-1997 Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the
effectiveness of electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz,
respectively) for enclosures having all dimension equal to or greater than 2.0 m. The types of enclosures covered include, but
are not limited to, single-shield or double-shield structures of various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or
integral with a building; and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal
foil, or shielding fabrics.
Key Words: electromagnetic shielding, screened rooms, shielded enclosures,
shielded rooms, shielding, shielding effectiveness
Designation: 299-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic
Shielding Enclosures
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 299-2006.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 1999
Project Scope: This project will add cost effective test methods by minimizing
the number of measurements, provide test procedures in the frequency range
20 to 300 MHz, and establish the size of the shielded enclosure for which
the standard applies.
Project Purpose: Presently, there is a need to reduce the number of
measurements needed to show the shielding effectiveness. The standard also
does not cover the frequency range between 20 and 300 MHz which is needed to
present the shielding effectiveness in the frequency range for which the
most common shielded rooms self resonate. In addition, there is a need to
modify certain procedures presently in the standard. Finally, there is no
stated minimum size of the shielded room for which the standard c an be
applied. All of these items need to be addressed in the revision of this
standard.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 299-2006 Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the ef-
fectiveness of electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz,
respectively) for enclosures having no dimension less than 2.0 m. The types of enclosures covered include, but are not limited
to, single-shield or double-shield structures of various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with a
building; and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal foil, or
shielding fabrics.
Key Words: "electromagnetic shielding, screened rooms, shielded enclosures,
shielded rooms, shielding, shielding effectiveness"
Designation: 299-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Measuring the Effectiveness of Electromagnetic
Shielding Enclosures
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 299-1969.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1991
Abstract: Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of electromagnetic shielding
enclosures at frequencies from 9 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz, respectively) for enclosures having no dimension
less than 2.0 m. The types of enclosures covered include, but are not limited to, single-shield or double-shield structures of
various construction, such as bolted demountable, welded, or integral with a building; and made of materials such as steel plate,
copper or aluminum sheet, screening, hardware cloth, metal foil, or shielding fabrics.
Key Words: double-shield, electromagnetic , shielding enclosures, room-sized
enclosure, screened rooms, shielded room, Single shield enclosures,
Shielding effectiveness, Electromagnetic shielding encl, Double shield
enclosures
Designation: 299-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Shielding Effectiveness of
High-Performance Shielding Enclosures
Status: Superseded
**Trial Use. Update draft for LB Replace MIL STD 285
Abstract: Uniform measurement procedures and techniques are provided for determining the effectiveness of room-sized, high-
performance electromagnetic shielding enclosures at frequencies from 14 kHz to 18 GHz (extendable to 50 Hz and 100 GHz,
respectively). The types of enclosures covered include single-shield or double-shield structures of various constructions such as
bolted demountable, welded, or integral with building, and made of materials such as steel plate, copper or aluminum sheet,
screening hardware cloth, or metal foil. The intent is to reflect current practice and to provide a common reference for
suppliers and users on the performance of shielding enclosures.
Key Words: shielding, enclosures, effectiveness, performance, measurement
Designation: P299.1
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard method for measuring the Shielding Effectiveness of enclosures
and boxes having all dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Maria Sabrina Sarto, Phone:39-06-44585-542, Email:mariasabrina.sarto@uniroma1.it
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This project will develop an IEEE standard defining shielding
effectiveness test procedures for small enclosures and boxes having linear
dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m, in the radio-frequency frequency range.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a standard test
procedure for the measurement of the effectiveness of shielded enclosures
and boxes having all dimensions between 0.1 m and 2 m in the radio-frequency
range.
Designation: 3-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice in the Selection of Reference Ambient
Conditions for Test Measurements of Electrical Apparatus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991.
Designation: 30
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 300-1988
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle
Detectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1988
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 300-1982.
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1989
Abstract: This standard applies to semiconductor radiation detectors that are used for the detection and high-resolution
spectroscopy of charged particles. The measurement techniques described were selected to be readily available to all
manufacturers and users of charged-particle detectors. Some superior techniques are not included because the methods are too
complex or require equipment (such as particle accelerators)which may not be readily available. Test procedures for the
associated ampli ers and preampli ers are described in ANSI/IEEE Std 301-1988 [2 ].1
Key Words: IEEE Std 300-1988 Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 300-1982 IEEE Standard
Test Procedures for Semiconductor Charged-Particle Detectors
Designation: P3000
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Engineering of Industrial and Commercial
Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the fundamentals of the
planning, design, analysis, construction, installation, start-up, operation
and maintenance of electrical systems in industrial and commercial
facilities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
guidance and fundamental principles for the engineering of industrial and
commercial power systems. It is likely to be of greatest value to the
power-oriented engineer with limited experience with such systems as well as
a primer for the younger engineer entering the work force with power system
responsibilities. It can also be an aid to students and all engineers
responsible for the electrical design of industrial and commercial power
systems.
Designation: P3001.1
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Planning of Industrial and Commercial Power
Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the planning of electrical
systems in industrial and commercial facilities. It is likely to be of
greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited experience with
such systems. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for the
electrical design of industrial and commercial power systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3001.11
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Application of controllers and automation to
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application
of controllers and automation to industrial and commercial power systems.
It is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with
limited experience with this equipment. It can also be an aid to all
engineers responsible for the electrical design of industrial and commercial
power systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3001.2
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Evaluating the Electrical Service Requirements
of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Peter E Sutherland, Phone:518-374-4699 X13, Email:peter.sutherland@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the evaluation of the
electrical service requirements of industrial and commercial power systems.
It describes various ways to take power from the serving utility (e.g.,
radial, loop). It then covers the specific requirements for service
entrance equipment, as well as service equipment rooms, vaults and pads, and
other ways of connecting to the utility's service point. Special
application requirements are also discussed.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3001.5
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Application of Power Distribution Apparatus in
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application
of power distribution apparatus used in industrial and commercial power
systems. It is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented
engineer with limited experience with this equipment. It can also be an aid
to all engineers responsible for the electrical design of industrial and
commercial power systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3001.8
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for the Instrumentation and Metering of
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Peter E Sutherland, Phone:518-374-4699 X13, Email:peter.sutherland@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the instrumentation and
metering of industrial and commercial power systems. It describes the
importance of metering to achieve a successful energy management process, as
well as considerations that must be made when applying the latest metering
technology.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3001.9
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Lighting of Industrial and Commercial
Facilities
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Peter E Sutherland, Phone:518-374-4699 X13, Email:peter.sutherland@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the lighting of industrial and
commercial facilities. It covers various factors and considerations that
relate to lighting, and it describes application techniques and controls
that save energy and costs.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
facilities engineers with a reference source detailing the fundamentals of
lighting and lighting systems used in industrial and commercial power
systems.
Designation: P3002.2
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Load-Flow Studies of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to conduct load-flow
studies of industrial and commercial power systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3002.3
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Short-Circuit Studies of Industrial
and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to conduct short-circuit
studies of industrial and commercial power systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3002.7
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Motor-Starting Studies in Industrial
and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Farrokh Shokooh, Phone:714 462 0100, Email:oti@etap.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to conduct motor-
starting studies for industrial and commercial power systems. The basic
concepts involved in such studies are described first. This is followed by
a discussion of how to assemble the required data needed for the analysis,
how to recognize potential problems associated with the starting of motors,
and how to implement corrective measures.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3002.8
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Harmonic-Analysis Studies of
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Farrokh Shokooh, Phone:714 462 0100, Email:oti@etap.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to conduct harmonic
analysis studies of industrial and commercial power systems. The basic
concepts involved in such studies are described first. This is followed by
a discussion of how to determine the need for a harmonic analysis study, how
to assemble the required data, how to recognize potential problems, and how
to implement corrective measures.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3002.9
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Conducting Switching-Transient Studies of
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Farrokh Shokooh, Phone:714 462 0100, Email:oti@etap.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to conduct switching-
transient studies of industrial and commercial power systems. The basic
concepts involved in such studies are described first. This is followed by
a discussion of how to assemble the required data needed for the analysis,
how to recognize potential problems associated with the switching
transients, both overvoltage and overcurrent, and how to implement
corrective measures to minimize the effects of switching transients.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3003.1
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the System Grounding of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-787-0202, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the system grounding of
industrial and commercial power systems. The basic reasons for grounding or
not grounding the electrical system and the various types of system
grounding, as well as the practices commonly used to ground electrical
systems are discussed.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3003.2
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Equipment Grounding and Bonding in Industrial
and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Douglas S Dorr, Phone:407-787-0202, Email:d.dorr@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the grounding and bonding of
equipment in industrial and commercial power systems. The interconnection
and grounding of the non-electrical metallic elements of a system is covered
first. This is followed by a discussion of the objectives of equipment
grounding, including minimizing electric shock hazard to personnel,
providing adequate current carrying capability for ground faults, and
ensuring the timely operation of overcurrent protection.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3004.1
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for the Application of Instrument
Transformers in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Rasheek Rifaat, Phone:+1 403 258 6680, Email:rasheek.rifaat@jacobs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application
of instrument transformers used in industrial and commercial power systems.
The application of current transformers is covered first, followed by the
application of voltage (potential) transformers.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Abstract: This recommended practice covers the selection and application of instrument transformers used in industrial and
commercial power systems. The application of current transformers is covered first, followed by the application of voltage
(potential) transformers.
Designation: P3004.10
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Generator Protection in Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Rasheek Rifaat, Phone:+1 403 258 6680, Email:rasheek.rifaat@jacobs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the protection of generators
used in industrial and commercial power systems. It covers the performance
of generators under short-circuit conditions, describes protective devices
applicable to generators, and recommends tripping and other protection
schemes for single isolated, multiple isolated, and large industrial
generators.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3004.11
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Bus and Switchgear Protection in Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Rasheek Rifaat, Phone:+1 403 258 6680, Email:rasheek.rifaat@jacobs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the protection of bus and
switchgear used in industrial and commercial power systems. It provides
fault protection and isolation strategies for the substation bus and
switchgear, including the bus, circuit breakers, fuses, disconnecting
devices, transformers, and the structures on which they are mounted.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3004.13
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Overcurrent Coordination in Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Rasheek Rifaat, Phone:+1 403 258 6680, Email:rasheek.rifaat@jacobs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This recommended practice presents the proper coordination of
those components that may be required to protect industrial and commercial
power systems against abnormalities that could reasonably be expected to
occur in the course of system operation. The principles presented are
applicable to both new electrical system design and to the changing,
upgrading, or expansion of an existing electrical distribution system, plant
or commercial business. This document addresses the characteristics,
ratings, and settings of overcurrent protective devices that minimize
equipment damage and interrupt short circuits as rapidly as possible.
Project Purpose: IEEE's Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE's Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE's Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3004.3
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Low-Voltage Fuses in
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application
of low-voltage fuses used in industrial and commercial power systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3004.5
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers
in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application
of low-voltage circuit breakers used in industrial and commercial power
systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3004.8
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Motor Protection in Industrial and Commercial
Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Rasheek Rifaat, Phone:+1 403 258 6680, Email:rasheek.rifaat@jacobs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the protection of motors used
in industrial and commercial power systems. It is likely to be of greatest
value to the power-oriented engineer with limited experience in the area of
protection and control. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible
for the electrical design of industrial and commercial power systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE's Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE's Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE's Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3005.3
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Stored-Energy Systems for
use in Emergency and Stand-By Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: J Weber, Phone:973-744-7266, Email:jweber@asco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the selection and application
of stored-energy systems for industrial and commercial power systems. It
describes how to best determine the needs for an emergency or standby power
system. This is followed by a discussion of two major types stored energy
systems, stationary batteries and mechanical (flywheel).
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3005.4
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Improving the Reliability of Emergency and
Stand-By Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: J Weber, Phone:973-744-7266, Email:jweber@asco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to improve the
reliability of emergency and stand-by power systems. Some of the factors
examined include the specific application of the emergency or standby
equipment, environmental concerns, specification and acceptance testing of
the equipment, and the operations and maintenance of the equipment.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3005.7
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application of Metering for Energy
Management of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: J Weber, Phone:973-744-7266, Email:jweber@asco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the application of metering for
the energy-management of industrial and commercial power systems. Topics
covered include why to engage in metering for energy management, types of
meters and their application, metering location versus requirements, and
metering techniques and practical examples.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3006.7
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Reliability of "24 x 7"
Continuous Power Systems in Industrial and Commercial Facilities
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert Arno, Phone:315-339-7076, Email:barno@eypmcf.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to determine the
reliability of “7 x 24” continuous power systems in industrial and
commercial facilities. The method of reliability analysis by probability
methods is described first. This is followed by a discussion of how to
evaluate the results and how to implement changes to ensure that the
expected degree of reliability is achieved.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3006.8
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Analyzing Reliability Data for Equipment Used
in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert Arno, Phone:315-339-7076, Email:barno@eypmcf.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended describes how to analyze reliability data for
equipment used in industrial and commercial power systems. Equipment
reliability data collected over the years is presented. This is followed by
a discussion key equipment reliability metrics such as failure rate,
downtime to repair in hours per failure, and probability of starting
(operating)
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: P3006.9
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Collecting Data for Use in Reliability,
Availability, and Maintainability Assessments of Industrial and Commercial
Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert Arno, Phone:315-339-7076, Email:barno@eypmcf.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes how to collect, organize,
and present data for use in reliability, availability, and maintainability
assessments of industrial and commercial power systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant attrition
due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in updating
each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing content
will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical topics that
will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and elimination of
duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be included in the
document]
Designation: 3007.1-2010
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Operation and Management of Industrial
and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 19, 2011
Technical Contact: Dennis Neitzel, Phone:214-331-7315, Email:dennis.neitzel@avotraining.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the operation and management of
industrial and commercial power systems. It covers the fundamental elements
of system operation including, but not limited to, proper documentation,
system management, control responsibilities, and clearing procedures.
Abstract: Recommended practices for the numerous personnel who are responsible for safely operating and managing industrial and
commercial electric power facilities are provided. In this recommended practice, plant engineers are provided with a reference
source for the fundamentals of safe and reliable operation and management of industrial and commercial electric power
distribution systems.
Key Words: clearing procedures, coordination, documentation, electrical
hazards, electrical maintenance, electrical safety program, grounding,
inspection, maintenance, management, operating diagrams, operation,
protective devices, record keeping, safety, single-line diagram, system
control, testing
Designation: 3007.2-2010
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Maintenance of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 27, 2010
Technical Contact: Dennis Neitzel, Phone:214-331-7315, Email:dennis.neitzel@avotraining.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers the maintenance of industrial
and commercial power systems. It covers the fundamentals of electrical
equipment maintenance, how to develop successful maintenance strategies, and
the common testing methods used as part of an electrical equipment
maintenance program.
Abstract: This recommended practice covers the maintenance of industrial and commercial power systems. It covers the fundamentals of
electrical equipment maintenance, how to develop successful maintenance strategies, and the common testing methods used as part
of an electrical equipment maintenance program.
Key Words: failure effect; failure mode; failure modes and effects analysis;
failure modes, effects, and criticality analysis; hidden/latent failure;
maintenance; predictive maintenance; preventive maintenance; probability;
reliability; reliability-centered maintenance; safety-related work practices
Designation: P3007.3
Sponsor: Technical Books Coordinating Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Electrical Safety in Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Dennis Neitzel, Phone:214-331-7315, Email:dennis.neitzel@avotraining.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice covers all aspects of electrical
safety in industrial and commercial power systems. It provides personnel
with guidelines for understanding the fundamental concepts of the hazards of
electricity along with safety-related activities associated with the
operation and maintenance of in-plant electrical power distribution systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE’s Industrial Applications Society has determined a need
for reorganizing the IEEE’s Color Books Series, 13 books that currently
cover various topics that fall under the purview of the Industrial and
Commercial Power Industry. This comprehensive initiative, driven by the
volunteer leadership of I&CPS, acknowledges that the continued and long-term
maintenance of IEEE’s Color Books has been affected by significant
attrition due to declining volunteer resources, the complexity involved in
updating each book, and content duplication among the books. The existing
content will be integrated into a newly proposed structure by technical
topics that will allow for easy updating, more streamlined content, and
elimination of duplicative material. [Note: This purpose will not be
included in the document]
Abstract: This recommended practice covers all aspects of electrical safety in industrial and commercial power systems. It provides
personnel with guidelines for understanding the fundamental concepts of the hazards of electricity along with safety-related
activities associated with the operation and maintenance of in-plant electrical power distribution systems.
Key Words: electrical hazards, electrical safety program, electrical safety-
related maintenance, fire protection, grounding, personal protective
equipment, safe electrical work practices, safety single-line diagram
Designation: 301-1988
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers used with
Detectors of Ionizing Radiation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 10, 1989
**Revision of IEEE Std 301-1976. ERRATA dated: 18 June 1993, amended 12
August 1993 included.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1989
Abstract: Procedures are given for testing amplifier and preamplifier systems with linear pulse-shaping networks for use with
semiconductor, scintillation, and proportional detectors in the spectroscopy of ionizing radiation. The object is to provide a
common language and methodology for users and manufacturers of pulse-amplifier systems. The emphasis in the methods of
measurement is to enhance sensitivity and improve accuracy by working around the limitations of the test instruments,
particularly oscilloscopes that have only a visual display for readout. A technique is used where possible, thereby reducing
basic errors to the inaccuracy of precision resistors.
Key Words: amplifiers, preamplifiers, detectors , ionizing radiation, Testing,
Semiconductor detectors, Scintillation detectors, Pulse amplifiers,
Proportional counters
Designation: 301-1976
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers for Semi-
Conductor Radiation Detectors for Ionizing Radiation
Status: Superseded
**Revision published 5/10/89 (IEEE Std 301-1988).
Abstract: Superseded by 301-1988. These procedures apply to amplifiers and preamplifiers for semiconductor detectors for ionizing
radiation.
Key Words: amplifiers, preamplifiers, radiation detectors, ionizing ratiation,
semiconductor
Designation: 301
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: ERRATA - IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Amplifiers and Preamplifiers
used with Detectors of Ionizing Radiation Dated: 18 June 1993, amended 12
August 1993.
Status: Superseded
Designation: 302-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Standard Methods for Measuring Electromagnetic Field Strength for
Frequencies Below 1000 MHz in Radio Wave Propagation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No abstract
Key Words: electromagnetic, field, strength, radio wave, propagation
Designation: 303-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Rotating Electrical
Machines in Class I, Division 2 and Zone 2 Locations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: This recommended practice is limited to auxiliary devices
associated with rotating electrical machines operating in Division 2 or Zone
2 areas, classified as Class I under the practice of ANSI/NFPA 70 or Zone 2
areas classified under the practice of IEC/CENELEC EN60079-10:1996.
Project Purpose: The following information is intended to bring together a
brief description of basic electrical practices in regard to the application
and installation of auxiliary devices to rotating electrical machines
operating in Division 2 or Zone 2 locations using ANSI/NFPA 70, CEC C22.1-02
(2002), or Zone 2 locations using IEC/CENELEC EN60079-14:1997.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 303-1991 This recommended practice applies to the application and installation procedures of
auxiliary devices in or on electric rotating machines that are employed in hazardous locations classified as Class I, Division 2
or Class I Zone 2 under commonly used worldwide regulations. These regulations are: the National Electrical Code (United States);
the Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1 (Canada); and combined practices of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), the
European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC), and Standards Australia / Standards New Zealand (AS/NZS).
Included is a list of source documents, definitions and nomenclature. Devices include terminal housings, heaters, surge
protection, power factor correction capacitors, shaft grounding, and enclosures. Special marking requirements are also discussed.
Key Words: auxiliary devices, Class 1 Division 2, Class 1 Zone 2,
arcing/sparking component, rotating electrical machine
Designation: 303-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxilary Devices for Motors in Class I,
Groups A,B,C, and D, Division 2 Locations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 303-1984. Superseded by 303-2004.
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Abstract: Superseded **Revision of IEEE Std 303-1984. Superseded by 303-2004 (SH/SS95243). Installation procedures and wiring
methods and materials are recommended. Termination housings, motor surge protection, and power-factor- correction capacitors are
discussed. The aim is to promote consistent application of the devices covered.
Key Words: auxiliary, devices, motors, wiring, methods, surge, protection,
Motor surge protection
Designation: 303-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class 1 -
Groups A, B, C, and D, Division 2 Locations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 1984
Designation: 303
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class I, Group
A, B, C, and D, Division 2 Locations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: John Travis Griffith, Phone:281-373-5969, Email:t.griffith@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: This update of IEEE-303 is to; incorporate recent changes in US
electrical code relating to Class I Division 2 changes; incorporate Canadian
electrical code requirements for Division 2 areas; and investigate the
possibility to expand practices to Zone 2 classified areas. From the 1991
(reaffirmed) document: "This recommended practice is limited to auxiliary
devices associated with motors operating in Division 2 areas, classified as
Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D locations. This recommended practice is not
an attempt to rewrite or otherwise supersede application sections of
ANSI./NFPA 70-1990, or any other codes or ordinances. Rather, it is
intended to serve as a supplement to existing codes that in this area are
not sufficiently specific to serve as a guide to good engineering practice.
The guidance contained herein, therefore, is in addition to the ANSI/NFPA
70-1990 requirements for wiring systems for hazardous (classified)
locations."
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to keep the standard up to date
with US practices, and coordinate Canadian requirements to yield a North
American document. From the 1991 (reaffirmed) document: "The following
information is intended to bring together a brief description of basic
electrical practices in regard to the application and installation of
auxiliary devices to motors operating in Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D,
Division 2 locations. It should be understood that this information is only
a guide to promote consistent application of such devices and must be used
with sound engineering judgement."
Designation: 304
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Standard for Evaluation and Classification of Insulation Systems for
Direct-Current Machines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 23, 1993
Project Scope: IEC Part 2-1, Thermal Evaluation of Wire-Wound Windings, was
recently updated by USNC IEC SC2J. Some of the update would be of value for
Std 304-1977. Std 304-1977 will therefore be revised to include applicable
value features of the IEC standard.
Project Purpose: Update to conform and be compatible with IEC standards.
Designation: 304-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Evaluation and Classification of Insulation
Systems for Direct-Current Machines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 301-1969. See Stds 117; 275 . 16-Jan-04:
Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Roy L Balke, Phone:(814) 866-6683
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn standard. Insulation systems for direct-current machines are classified in accordance with their limiting
temperatures as determined by test rather than by chemical composition. The intention is to classify according to the recognized
A, B, F, and H categories by determining thermal capability in accordance with machine temperature-rise standards. This test
procedure has been prepared to indicate accepted tests. It is applicable to insulation systems for use in usual service
conditions. This standard does not cover special requirements such as for machines in gas atmospheres being subjected to strong
chemicals, metal dusts, or submersion in liquids.
Key Words: insulation, dc, evaluation, classification, test
Designation: 306-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Charging Inductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg.
Abstract: This document pertains to the methods of measurement of the electrical characteristics of charging inductors used in radar
transmitters, linear particle accelerators, and similar equipment. The most extensive application of charging inductors is in the
resonance-charging circuits of pulse-forming networks in line type pulse modulators, where inductors, having a high quality
factor, efficiently charge the netwrok capacitance to essentially twice the direct-voltage supply.
Key Words: inductors, charging, test, procedure
Designation: 307-1969
Sponsor: Space Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms For Solar Cells
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: 308-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2002
**Supersedes 308-1991.
Technical Contact: James E Stoner, Phone:704-382-4760, Email:j.e.stoner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: This standard applies to the Class 1E portions of the following
systems and equipment in single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generating
stations: -- Alternating current power systems -- Direct current power
systems -- Instrumentation and control (I&C) power systems These systems
include the items listed in Table 1. This standard does not apply to the
preferred power supply; the unit generators and their buses; generator
breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the
station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission
network (see Figure 1).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: --
The principal design criteria and the design features of the Class 1E power
systems that enable the systems to meet their functional requirements under
the conditions produced by the applicable design basis events. -- The
requirements for tests and surveillance of the Class 1E power systems. --
The criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations. --
The requirements for documentation of the Class 1E power systems.
Abstract: Class 1E portions of ac and dc power systems and instrumentation and control power systems in single-unit and multiunit
nuclear power generating stations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit generator(s) and their buses;
generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission
lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to provide criteria for the determination of Class 1E power system design
features, criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations, and the requirements for their testing and
surveillance.
Key Words: "Class 1E power systems, nuclear power station design, nuclear
safety"
Designation: 308
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Herbert A Robinson, Phone:201/316-7563, Email:hrobin3@entergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Project Scope: This standard applies to the Class 1E portions of the following
systems and equipment in single unit and multi-unit nuclear generations: 1.
Alternating current power systems 2. Direct current power systems 3.
Instrumentation and control power systems
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: 1.
The principal design criteria and the design features of the Class 1E power
systems that enable the systems to meet their functional requirements under
the conditions produced by the applicable design basis events. 2. The
requirements for tests and surveillance of the Class 1E power systems. 3.
The criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations. The
purpose of this revision to the standard is: 1. Incorporate information on
degraded grid. 2. Consider additional criteria on the required level of
detail in documentation. 3. Investigate whether additional guidance on GDC-
17, as it applies to single failure criteria, is necessary. 4. Address
comments received from previous reviews of the standard since the last
revision was published. 5. General update to correct references and
typographical errors, and review the impact of later revisions of other
standards.
Designation: P308
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This standard applies to the Class 1E portions of the following
systems and equipment in single unit and multiunit nuclear power generating
stations: ---Alternating current power systems ---Direct current power
systems ---Instrumentation and control (I&C) power systems This standard
does not apply to the preferred power supply; the unit generators and their
buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers;
connections to the station switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and
the transmission network.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the following: -
--The principal design criteria and the design features of the Class 1E
power systems that enable the systems to meet their functional requirements
under the conditions produced by the applicable design basis events. ---The
requirements for tests and surveillance of the Class 1E power systems. ---
The criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations. ---
The requirements for documentation of the Class 1E power systems.
Designation: 308-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 308-1980. Superseded by 308-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by 308-2001. Class 1E portions of ac and dc power systems and instrumentation and control power systems in
single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit
generator(s) and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station
switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to provide criteria for the determination
of Class 1E power system design features, criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations, and the requirements
for their testing and surveillance. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this
publication online.
Key Words: systems, nuclear, safety, station, design, Nuclear safety, Nuclear
power station design, Class 1E power systems
Designation: 308-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Class 1E Power Systems for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1982
Abstract: Superseded by 308-1991. Class 1E portions of AC and DC power systems and instrumentation and control power systems in
single-unit and multiunit nuclear power generating stations are covered. Not included are the preferred power supply; unit
generator(s) and their buses; generator breaker; step-up, auxiliary, and start-up transformers; connections to the station
switchyard; switchyard; transmission lines; and the transmission network. The intent is to provide criteria for the determination
of Class 1E power system design features, criteria for sharing Class 1E power systems in multiunit stations, and the requirements
for their testing and surveillance.
Key Words: 1E, AC, DC, control power system, nuclear power generating station
Designation: 309-1970
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Geiger-Müller Counters
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: May 28, 1969, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Abstract: Test conditions are discussed, covering radiation background, ambient temperature, radiation sources, and Geiger-Mueller
(G-M) counter test circuits. G-M counter parameters are defined, and methods for measuring them are presented. Requirements for
the test equipment used for the measurements are set forth.
Key Words: geiger, mueller, counters, radiation, nuclear
Designation: 309/N42.3-1999
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Bases for Geiger-Mueller Counters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 1999
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999
Project Scope: Presents test procedures and standard bases for Geiger-Mueller
counters so that test results will have the same meaning to all
manufacturersd and users. The inclusion of standard bases provides guidance
and uniformity.
Project Purpose: This is to be a revision of ANSI N42.3/IEEE 309 and will
include within it also the material now in ANSI N42.5 on standard bases.
The inclusion of the N42.5 material is the reason for including "Standard
Bases" in that revised title. Upon issuance of this revised N42.5 should be
withdrawn and that is the intent. The stnadard is nearly 30 years old and
is in need of updating. Geiger-Mueller counters continue to be produced and
used in quanityt.
Designation: 31
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 310-1969
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1975
Title: IEEE Standard for Reference-Standard Electrical Resistors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: ANSI APP: May 09, 1975
Abstract: This standard applies to precision electrical resistors exhibiting a high degree of stability and intended for use as
reference standards in accurate direct-current resistance measurements.
Key Words: reference, standard, electrical, resistors
Designation: 311-1970
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: IEEE Standard Specification of General-Purpose Laboratory Cathode-Ray
Oscilloscopes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Abstract: This standard applies primarily to general-purpose laboratory cathode-ray oscilloscopes; it does not necessarily apply to
specific kinds of oscilloscopes, such as those employing sampling techniques, nor to storage oscilloscopes, spectrum analyzers,
television monitors, or other instruments using cathode-ray tube displays. Information for cathode-ray oscilloscopes designed or
modified for specific applications and/or environments may require modification of certain listed information or the addition of
more information.
Key Words: oscilloscopes, laboratory, general, purpose, cathode-ray
Designation: 312-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Communication Switching
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Dec 19, 1979
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. Preferred voltage ratings above 230 kV nominal for alternating-current
(AC) systems and equipment are provided, along with definitions of various types of system voltages.
Key Words: communication, switching, terms, definitions, glossary
Designation: 314-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standards Report on State of the Art of Measuring Unbalanced
Transmission-Line Impedance
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1970
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No abstract.
Key Words: transmission, unbalanced transmission-line impedence
Designation: 315-1975
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams (Including
Reference Designation Letters)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1975
**Revision of IEEE Std 315-1971, ANSI Y32.1-1972 and CSA Z99-1972. (aka ANSI
Y32.2-1975 and CSA Z99-1975).
History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Oct 31, 1975
Abstract: A list of graphic symbols and class designation letters for use on electrical and electronics diagrams is provided. All of
the symbols are designed so that their connection points fall on a modular grid, to help those who use a grid basis for the
preparation of diagrams. A substantial effort has been made to make this standard compatible with approved International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Recommendations (IEC Publication 117, in various parts).
Key Words: graphic, symbols, diagrams, electrical, electronics, Y32.1, Y32.2,
Z99
Designation: 315A-1986
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: Supplement to Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronics Diagrams
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 12, 1986
**Supplement to IEEE Std 315-1975 and ANSI Y32.2-1975.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985
Abstract: Symbols approved by the International Electrotechnical Commission since 1975, or for which there is now a greater need in
the US arising from international commerce, are provided. Besides the addition of new symbols, some updating of the information
in IEEE Std 315-1975 has been undertaken.
Key Words: 315A, graphic symbols, electrical, electronic, diagrams, Y32.1,
Y32.2, Z99
Designation: 316-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Direct Current Instrument Shunts
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Incorporated into IEEE 120 .
History: BD APP: Apr 16, 1968
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard applies to shunts for use in direct current circuits to extend the range of instruments
or other measuring devices.
Key Words: dc, instrument, shunts
Designation: 317-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment
Structures for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 317-1976.
Technical Contact: John D MacDonald, Phone:716-681-1973x211, Email:j.d.macdonald@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1989
Abstract: IEEE Std 317-1983 has been reaffirmed in 2003. This is also a revision of IEEE Std 317-1976. equirements for the design,
construction, qualification, testing, and installation of electric penetration assemblies in nuclear containment structures for
stationary nuclear power generating stations are presented. Quality control and quality assurance requirements, and requirements
for purchaser's specification are included. The requirements for external circuits that connect to penetration assemblies and for
operation, maintenance, or periodic testing after installation are not covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service
with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: penetration, containment, structures, generating, Power generation
testing, Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: P317
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Electric Penetration Assemblies in Containment Structures
for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John D MacDonald, Phone:716-681-1973x211, Email:j.d.macdonald@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This Standard prescribes the requirements for the design,
construction, qualification, test and installation of electric penetration
assemblies in nuclear containment structures for stationary nuclear power
generating stations. The requirements for external circuits which connect
to penetration assemblies are beyond the scope of this standard. This
standard does not include requirements for operation, maintenance, or
periodic testing after installation.
Project Purpose: This Standard presents criteria to facilitate the
determination of the features of design, construction, test, qualification
and installation relative to the electric penetration assemblies of primary
containment of the nuclear facilities.
Designation: 319-1971
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1978
Title: IEEE Standard on Magnetostrictive Materials: Piezomagnetic Nomenclature
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1970
Abstract: No abstract
Key Words: piezomagnetic, nomenclature, terms, definitions, glossary
Designation: 319-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Title: IEEE Standard on Magnetostrictive Materials: Piezomagnetic Nomenclature
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 10/25/96.
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Piezomagnetic and magnetostrictive
effects are discussed, and the piezomagnetic relations, symbols, and units are presented. The intent is to make possible the
comparison of the relative merits of magnetostrictive, electromagnetic, piezoelectric, and electrostrictive transducers on a
simple and straightforward basis. The standard applies generally to magnetostrictive materials, except for some uncommon cases.
Key Words: electromagnetic, electrostrictive, magnetostrictive, nonmenclature,
piezoelectric, transducers, Symbols, Piezomagnetic materials/device,
Measurement units
Designation: 32-1972
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral
Grounding Devices
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Dec2002: Sponsor change from PE/SPD to PE/TR. Being revised by PC57.32.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1972, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Project Scope: To review and update requirements and tests for equipment used
for neutral grounding devices, and the terminology presently used.
Abstract: ANSI/IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaffirmed 1990) IEEE Standard Requirements, Terminology, and Test Procedure for Neutral Grounding
Devices.
Key Words: "IEEE Std 32-1972 (Reaff 1990) IEEE Standard Requirements,
Terminology, and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices. This
standard applies to devices - other than surge arresters - used for the
purpose of controlling the ground current or the pote"
Designation: 323-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 23, 2004
**Supersedes 323-1983 (R1996).
Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Feb 03, 2004
Project Scope: This standard describes the basic requirements for qualifying
Class 1E equipment and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power
generating stations. The principles, methods and procedures described are
intended to be used for qualifying equipment, maintaining and extending
qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the equipment is
modified. Meeting the qualification requirements demonstrates and documents
the ability of equipment to perform safety function(s) under applicable
service conditions including design basis events, thereby minimizing the
risk of common-cause equipment failure. This standard does not provide
environmental stress levels and performance requirements.
Abstract: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating
stations are described in this standard. The principles, methods, and procedures described are intended to be used for qualifying
equipment, maintaining and extending qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the equipment is modified. The
qualification requirements in this standard, when met, demonstrate and document the ability of equipment to perform safety
function(s) under applicable service conditions including design basis events, reducing the risk of common-cause equipment
failure.
Key Words: "age conditioning, aging, condition monitoring, design basis events,
equipment qualification, harsh environment, margin, mild environment,
qualification method, qualified life, radiation, safety related function,
significant aging mechanism, test plan"
Designation: P323
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations and Nuclear Facilities
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: This standard describes the basic requirements for qualifying
safety related, Class 1E, and/or important to safety electrical equipment
and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations and
nuclear facilities. The principles, methods and procedures described are
intended to be used for qualifying equipment, maintaining and extending
qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the equipment is
modified. Meeting the qualification requirements demonstrates and documents
the ability of equipment to perform safety function(s) under applicable
service conditions including design basis events, thereby minimizing the
risk of common-cause equipment failure.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define the methods for
equipment qualification for safety related, Class 1E, and/or important to
safety electrical equipment and interfaces in nuclear power generating
stations and nuclear facilities.
Abstract: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating
stations are described. The principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These qualification requirements,
when met, will confirm the adequacy of the equipment design under normal, abnormal, design-basis-event, post-design-basis-event,
and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment,
extending qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified.
Key Words: IEEE 323
Designation: 323-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 323-2003.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1991
Abstract: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power generating
stations are described. The principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These qualification requirements,
when met, will confirm the adequacy of the equipment design under normal, abnormal, design-basis-event, post-design-basis-event,
and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment,
extending qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified.
Key Words: class 1E, qualifing, equipment, generating, Nuclear power generation
protection
Designation: 325-1996
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 325-1986.
History: BD APP: Oct 18, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: Same as for 325-1986. Following is the abstract for 325-1986:
The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E equipment with interfaces
that are to be used in nuclear power generating stations are described. The
principles, procedures, and methods of qualification are covered. These
qualification requirements, when met, will confirm the adequacy of the
equipment design under normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design
basis event, and in-service test conditions for the performance of safety
functions. The methods are to be used for qualifying equipment, extending
qualification, and updating qualification if the equipment is modified.
Project Purpose: To revise Std 325 to bring it current with today's practice
and technology.
Abstract: Terminology and standard test procedures are established for germanium gamma-ray detectors that are used for the detection
and high-resolution spectrometry of gamma rays, X rays, and charged particles that produce hole-electron pairs in the crystal
lattice so that these items have the same meaning to both manufacturers and users.
Key Words: gamma rays, germanium radiation detectors, X rays
Designation: P325
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors Used in
Analog and Digital Signal Processing Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to update 325-1996 for modern
electronics and add new source-detection geometries.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to update the standard to
include the impact of improved technology in the electronic signal process
and procedures in the use of germanium detectors in new applications. The
new technology of Digital Signal Processor (DSP) provides different test
methods and electronic signals requiring the changing of test methods and
results. The different geometries described in the testing are needed to
better describe the functioning of the detector to meet the needs of a more
diverse group of users than covered in the original standard.
Designation: 325-1986
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Germanium Gamma-Ray Detectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 325-1971.
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 13, 1986
Abstract: Terminology and standard test procedures for germanium radiation detectors that are used for the detection and high-
resolution spectrometry of gamma rays, X rays, and charged particles that produce hole-electron pairs in the crystal lattice are
established so they have the same meaning to both manufacturers and users.
Key Words: germanium, gamma, ray, detectors, test
Designation: 327
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 328
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 332
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 333-1980
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Installation of Packaging Machinery and
Associated Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90. ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard covers the application of electrical equipment and wiring furnished as part of a
packaging machine and associated equipment commencing at the place of connection of the power supply. It shall apply to
electrical equipment for use on circuits which operate from a supply voltage of 600 V or less. It shall not be considered
adequate for machines intended for use in locations designated as hazardous by ANSI/NFPA 70-1978, National Electrical Code.
Key Words: electrical installations, packaging machinery, equipment, wiring
Designation: P3333
Sponsor: IEEE-SA Board of Governors/Corporate Advisory Group
Title: Standard for the Quality Assessment of Three Dimensional (3D) Displays,
3D Contents and 3D Devices based on Human Factors
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Sanghoon Lee, Phone:82-2-2123-2767, Email:slee@yonsei.ac.kr
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard establishes methods of quality assessment of 3D
displays, 3D contents, and 3D devices based on human factors such as
photosensitive seizures, motion sickness, and visual fatigue. This standard
also identifies and quantifies the following causes of human factors:
viewers' characteristics, such as age, gender, posture, and risk level;
visual contents, such as disparity, camera setting, flicker, frame rate,
contrast, luminance, color, and object velocity; visual environment
characteristics, such as light transfer, viewing distance, intensity of
illuminance, and viewing freedom; display characteristics, such as display
size, color, resolution, refresh rate, and crosstalk; devices, such as 3D
glasses and 3D cameras.
Project Purpose: This document will not include a Purpose clause.
Designation: 334-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2007
Technical Contact: Bill Newell, Phone:203-562-5811, Email:wgnewell@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 08, 2006, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of
continuous duty Class 1E motors, located in mild and harsh environments in
nuclear power generating stations in order to demonstrate their ability to
perform their intended safety functions under all required conditions. This
standard does not apply to motors used in valve actuators (see IEEE Std
382™-1996 [B2]1).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide direction for the
implementation of the requirements of IEEE Std 323™-20032 as they apply to
the specific features of continuous duty safety-related electric motor
qualification. This standard also provides guidance for qualification of
refurbished motors and insulation systems for motor rewinds.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 334-1994 : It is required that Class 1E motors, with their interfaces, meet or exceed the specified
performance requirements throughout their service life. This is accomplished through a program that includes but is not limited
to, design, qualification, production quality control, shipping, storage, installation, operation, maintenance, periodic testing,
and surveillance. This document addresses the qualification portion of the program. This document discusses the requirement for
maintenance, repair, and surveillance of motors to maintain qualification of motors throughout their installed life but does not
provide detailed guidance as to how these programmatic items must be implemented and maintained. The qualification requirements
of this standard, when met, demonstrate and document the ability of the motor and/or insulation system to perform its safety
function(s) under specified service conditions.
Key Words: age conditioning, age sensitive, aging, condition monitoring, design
basis event, formette, harsh environment, insulation, insulation system,
interfaces, margin, mild environment, motor, motor qualification, motorette,
qualification, qualified life, radiation, safety-related function,
significant aging mechanism, test plan, test sequence, type testing
Designation: 334-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 28, 1994, ANSI APP: Sep 02, 1994
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 334-2006 Methods and requirements for qualifying continuous duty Class 1E motors for use in
nuclear power generating stations are provided. The methods are used for qualifying motors, extending the qualification, and
updating the qualification if the motor's design or specified service conditions are modified. The requirements include the
principles, procedures, and methods of qualification as they relate to continuous duty Class 1E polyphase squirrel cage ac
motors. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: Class 1E motors, harsh environment, mild environment, qualification,
seismic, Nuclear power generating station
Designation: 334-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: IEEE Standard for Type Tests of Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1976
Abstract: Superseded. Methods and requirements for qualifying continuous duty Class 1E motors for use in nuclear power generating
stations are provided. The methods are used for qualifying motors, extending the qualification, and updating the qualification if
the motor’s design or specified service conditions are modified. The requirements include the principles, procedures, and methods
of qualification as they relate to continuous duty Class 1E polyphase squirrel cage AC motors.
Key Words: nuclear, class 1E, motors, continuous duty, test
Designation: 334
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class 1E Motors
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bill Newell, Phone:203-562-5811, Email:wgnewell@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: The standard establishes criteria for qualification of
continuous duty Class 1E Electric Motors, located in mild and harsh
environments,in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate
their ability to perform their intended safety functions under all required
conditions. This standard does not apply to motors used in valve actuators.
Project Purpose: This revision would update the document to the latest
revisions of the referenced standards (specifically, IEEE Std 323-2004) and
aligns it with the material in these revisions. It adds guidance for
qualification of refurbished motors and insulation systems for motor
rewinds.
Designation: 335
Sponsor: IEEE Industrial Electronics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 336-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Inspection, and Testing for
Class 1E Power, Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 336-2005
Technical Contact: Ted Riccio, Phone:361-972-6080, Email:texasriccios@awesomenet.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides considerations for the pre-
installation, installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power,
instrumentation, and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility
while in the process of installing, inspecting, and testing during new
construction, modification, and maintenance. This recommended practice does
not apply to periodic testing.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to identify the
activities, instructions, and attributes that should be considered in the
process of installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction,
modification, and maintenance for Class 1E power, instrumentation, and
control equipment at nuclear facilities.
Abstract: Considerations for the pre-installation, installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power, instrumentation, and
control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility while in the process of installing, inspecting, and testing during new
construction, modification, or maintenance are provided. This recommended practice does not apply to periodic testing. For
purposes of this standard, in addition to a nuclear power plant, a nuclear facility is defined as a facility related to the
nuclear fuel cycle from fuel processing to reprocessing and waste facilities.
Key Words: Class 1E, configuration management, constructability reviews,
functional testing, inspection procedures, multi-unit, nuclear facilities,
plant design bases, pre-installation, post-installation inspection, post-
maintenance test, post-modification test, test plans, test procedures
Designation: 336-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Guide for Installation, Inspection, and Testing for Class 1E Power,
Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 336-1985 (R1991). Superseded by 336-2010.
Technical Contact: George Ballassi, Phone:860-433-3389, Email:gballass@ebmail.gdeb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2006
Project Scope: This guide provides considerations for the pre-installation,
installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power, instrumentation,
and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility while in the process
of installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction,
modification, and maintenance. This guidance is applicable to initial
construction, modification (backfit), and maintenance activities. This guide
does not apply to periodic testing.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to identify the activities,
instructions, and attributes that may be considered in the process of
installing, inspecting, and testing during new construction, modification,
and maintenance for Class 1E power, instrumentation, and control equipment
at nuclear power stations.Changes to this guide are intended to ⎯
Review and consider “lessons learned” from industry (in particular, for
post-modification and postmaintenance testing). ⎯ Provide a more
comprehensive, organized “user-friendly” format. ⎯ Review and
consider any other related user feedback.
Abstract: This guide provides considerations for the pre-installation, installation, inspection, and testing of Class 1E power,
instrumentation, and control equipment and systems of a nuclear facility. This guidance is applicable to initial construction,
modification (backfit), and maintenance activities. This guide does not apply to periodic testing.
Key Words: Class 1E, configuration management, constructability reviews,
functional testing, inspection procedures,, multi-unit, nuclear facilities,
plant design bases, pre-construction inspection, pre-construction testing,
pre-installation inspection, pre-installation testing, post-installation
inspection, pos-maintenance testing, post-modification testing, test plans,
test procedures
Designation: 336-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard Installation, Inspection and Testing Requirements for
Power, Instrumentation, and Control Equipment at Nuclear Facilities
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 336-1980.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 336-2005 Requirements for installation, inspection, and testing of power, instrumentation, and
control equipment and systems during the construction phase of a nuclear facility are set forth. These requirements also cover
modifications and those operating phase activities that are comparable in nature and extent to related initial construction
activities of the facility. The intent is to establish requirements for safety systems equipment. However, this standard may also
be applied to nonsafety systems equipment.
Key Words: installation, inspection, instrumentation, control, nuclear, Nuclear
power generation protection
Designation: 337-1972
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear,
Single-Axis, Pendulous, Analog Torque Balance Accelerometer
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1971, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Key Words: accelerometer, single-axis, analog, torque, balance, Acceleration
measurement
Designation: 338-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007
**Supersedes 338-1987 (R2000).
Technical Contact: George Ballassi, Phone:860-433-3389, Email:gballass@ebmail.gdeb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: May 24, 2007
Project Scope: The standard provides criteria for the performance of periodic
testing of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of
periodic testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration
verification, and time response measurements, as required, to verify that
the safety system performs its defined safety function. Post-maintenance
and post-modification testing are not covered by this document. This
standard amplifies the periodic testing requirements of other nuclear
safety-related IEEE standards.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the user not only in
designing a periodic test capability but also in defining and optimizing
the primary elements of an effective periodic test program (including
planning, performance/acceptance criteria, procedures, test intervals, and
documentation).
Abstract: The standard provides criteria for the performance of periodic testing of nuclear power generating station safety systems.
The scope of periodic testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification, and time response measurements,
as required, to verify that the safety system performs its defined safety function. Post-maintenance and post-modification
testing are not covered by this document. This standard amplifies the periodic testing requirements of other nuclear safety-
related IEEE standards. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 338-1987
Key Words: firmware, IED, Intelligent Electronic Device, microprocessor,
revisions, software
Designation: P338
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance
Testing of Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: The standard provides criteria for the performance of periodic
testing of nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of
periodic testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration
verification, and time response measurements, as required, to verify that
the safety system performs its defined safety function. Post-maintenance
and post-modification testing are not covered by this document. This
standard amplifies the periodic testing requirements of other nuclear
safety-related IEEE standards.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the user not only in
designing a periodic test capability but also in defining and optimizing
the primary elements of an effective periodic test program (including
planning, performance/acceptance criteria, procedures, test intervals, and
documentation).
Abstract: The standard provides criteria for the performance of periodic surveillance testing of nuclear power generating station
safety systems. The scope of periodic surveillance testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification, and
time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs its defined safety function. Post maintenance
and post-modification testing are not covered by this document. This standard amplifies the periodic surveillance testing
requirements of other nuclear safety-related IEEE standards.
Key Words: functional tests, periodic testing, risk-informed testing,
surveillance testing
Designation: 338-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1988
Abstract: Design and operational criteria are provided for the performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program
of nuclear power generating station safety systems. Such testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration
verification, and time-response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety system performs to meet its defined safety
function. The system status, associated system documentation, test intervals, and test procedures during operation are also
addressed.
Key Words: surveillance, testing, safety, periodic, Power generation testing,
Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: 338
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for the Periodic Surveillance Testing of Nuclear Power
Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Brij M Bharteey, Phone:518-382-0056, Email:spectrum@spectrumtechnologies.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: This standard provides design and operational criteria for
performance of periodic testing as part of the surveillance program of
nuclear power generating station safety systems. The scope of periodic
testing consists of functional tests and checks, calibration verification
and time response measurements, as required, to verify that the safety
system performs to meet its defined safety function. The system status,
associated system documentation, test intervals, and test procedures during
operation are also addressed. Maintenance is not covered by this document.
This standard amplifies the periodic surveillance testing requirements of
IEEE Std 603 and 308.
Project Purpose: Incorporate user experience; address methods to optimize the
surveillance test frequency; provie guidelines for prioritizing surveillance
using risk based importance ranking.
Designation: 339
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 34
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 340
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 341
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 342
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 342a
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 343
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 344-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E
Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: James Parello, Phone:724-722-5545, Email:parellj@westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2005
Project Scope: This document describes recommended practices for establishing
seismic qualification procedures that will yield quantitative data to
demonstrate that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance
requirements during and/or following one safe shutdown earthquake (SSE)
event preceded by a number of operating basis earthquake (OBE) events. The
test, analysis, or experienced-based evaluation methods described herein may
be used to yield data to demonstrate Class 1E equipment performance claims
or to evaluate and verify performance of devices and assemblies as part of
an overall qualification effort.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to provide recommended
practices and documentation requirements for seismic qualification of Class
1E equipment to verify the equipment’s ability to perform its safety
function during and/or after the specified seismic motions.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 344-1987 Recommended practices are provided for establishing procedures that will yield data to
demonstrate that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and/or following one safe shutdown
earthquake event preceded by a number of operating basis earthquake events. This recommended practice may be used to establish
tests, analyses, or experienced based evaluations that will yield data to demonstrate Class 1E equipment performance claims or to
evaluate and verify performance of devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification effort. Common methods currently in
use for seismic qualification by test are presented. Two approaches to seismic analysis are described, one based on dynamic
analysis and the other on static coefficient analysis. Two approaches to experienced-based seismic evaluation are described, one
based on earthquake experience and the other based on test experience.
Key Words: Class 1E, earthquake, earthquake experience, equipment
qualification, inclusion rules,nuclear, operating basis earthquake,
prohibited features, qualification methods, required response spectrum,
response spectra, safe shutdown earthquake, safety function, seismic,
seismic analysis, test response spectrum, test experience, type testing
Designation: P344
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Equipment for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This document describes recommended practices for establishing
seismic qualification procedures that will yield quantitative data to
demonstrate that the equipment can meet its performance requirements during
and/or following one safe shutdown earthquake (SSE) event preceded by a
number of operating basis earthquake (OBE) events. The test, analysis, or
experienced-based evaluation methods described herein may be used to yield
data to demonstrate equipment performance claims or to evaluate and verify
performance of devices and assemblies as part of an overall qualification
effort.
Project Purpose: This document provides recommended practices and documentation
requirements for seismic qualification of equipment to verify the
equipment’s ability to perform its safety function during and/or after the
specified seismic motions.
Designation: 344-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E
Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 344-1975. June2004: Withdrawn by ANSI as
overage.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1988
Abstract: Superseded by 344-2004 (SH/SS95327). Recommended practices for establishing procedures that will yield data that verify
that the Class 1E equipment can meet its performance requirements during and following one safe shutdown earthquake preceded by a
number of operating-basis earthquakes are provided. This recommended practice may be used to establish tests or analyses that
will yield data to substantiate performance claims or to evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies
as part of an overall qualification effort. Two approaches to seismic analysis are described, one based on dynamic analysis and
the other on static coefficient analysis. Common methods currently in use for seismic qualification by test are presented.
Key Words: seismic, qualification, class 1E, nuclear, equipment, Seismic
factors, Power generation testing, Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: 344
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Seismic Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James Parello, Phone:724-722-5545, Email:parellj@westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this project will be to review and evaluate the
recommendations prepared by the ASME-QME/IEEE-NPEC special working group on
standardization of experience based seismic qualification and incorporating
into the standard their recommendations as deemed appropriate by the
committee. The scope given in section 1.1 of IEEE-344 will be revised to
reflect the changes made to the standard related to experience data. With
changes to the experience data section (Section 9.0) it is anticipated that
the scope will state the following in the revised standard with the words in
italics being new. Scope. This document provides standard methods that
will yield data, which verify that the Class 1E equipment can meet its
performance requirements during and following one safe shutdown earthquake
(SSE) preceded by a number of operating basis earthquakes (OBE). This
standard may be used to establish tests or analyses that will yield data to
evaluate and verify performance of representative devices and assemblies as
part of an overall qualification effort. It also provides an option for
using experienced based seismic qualification processes.
Project Purpose: Revision to the standard will be developed by the committee
pertaining to procedures, practices, guidance, and criteria for the use of
experience data benefiting the users (those responsible for seismic
qualification). A purpose will be added to the standard (currently IEEE-344
does not have one). The purpose is anticipated to state the following:
Purpose. Seismic qualification methods are given that may be used to
establish tests or analyses that will yield data to evaluate and verify
performance of representative devices and assemblies as part of an overall
qualification effort. Also, experience based seismic qualification
procedures, methodology, guidance, and criteria are included as an option
for use in a qualification program.
Designation: 346-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Power and Energy Society
Title: Std. Defins. in Power Operations Terminology Incl. terms for
Reporting&Analyzing Outages of Electrical Transmission and Distribution
Facilities and Interruptions to Customer Svce. Facilitiesandard Definitions
in Power Operations Terminology Inc;luding Terms for Reporting and Analyzing
Outages of Electrical Transmission
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**SS by Std. 858 and 859
Designation: 347-1972
Title: Standard Method of Measuring Recorded Flux of Magnetic Sound Records at
Medium Wavelengths
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 348
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 352-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Guide for General Principles of Reliability Analysis of Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**ERRATA dated: 4 APR 94 included.
Technical Contact: James Liming, Phone:714-962-8289, Email:jl307@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1985
Abstract: The basic principles that are needed to conduct a reliability analysis of safety systems are provided for designers and
operators of nuclear power plant safety systems and the concerned regulatory groups. By applying the principles given, systems
may be analyzed, results may be compared with reliability objectives, and the basis for decisions may be suitably documented. The
quantitative principles are applicable to the analysis of the effects of component failures on safety system reliability.
Although they have their greatest value during the design phase, the principles are applicable during any phase of the systemÕs
lifetime. They may also be applied during the preoperational phase or at any time during the normal lifetime of a system. You
will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: reliability, nuclear, safety, analysis, generating
Designation: 352
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: ERRATA - IEEE Guide for General Principles of Reliability Analysis of
Nuclear Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 353
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 354
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 355
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 356-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: IEEE Guide for Measurements of Electromagnetic Properties of Earth Media
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 356-2001
Technical Contact: David Thiel, Phone:+61 7 3735 7192, Email:d.thiel@griffith.edu.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to cover measurements of the
electrical properties of naturally occurring solids. Not covered are methods
that rely on mapping earth structure anomalies unless directly related to
electrical properties. There is limited coverage of numerical methods for
forward/inverse modeling.
Project Purpose: This document is needed for ground plane assessment for
locating antennas; formation mapping to obtain geological information;
assessment of ore-grade quality, moisture content, salinity; propagation
prediction and studies; aquifer studies for water search, nuclear waste
disposal, dam location; ground-penetrating radar research; prospecting.
Abstract: Measurements of the electrical properties of naturally occurring solids are covered in the scope of this project. Not
covered are methods that rely on mapping earth structure anomalies unless directly related to electrical properties. Coverage of
numerical methods for forward/inverse modeling is limited.
Key Words: conductivity, earth materials, electromagnetic measurement
techniques, IEEE 356, permittivity, resistivity
Designation: 356
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: Recommended Practice for Radio Methods of Measurement of Earth
Macroscopic Electromagnetic Properties
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Hagn, Phone:703-941-7663, Email:ghagn@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Designation: 356-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Title: IEEE Guide for Measurements of Electromagnetic Properties of Earth Media
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David Thiel, Phone:+61 7 3735 7192, Email:d.thiel@griffith.edu.au
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 02, 2002
Project Scope: The purpose of this guide is to describe the measurement
principles of the electrical properties of naturally occurring solid
materials, although it will also serve as a guide for the measurement of any
solid material.
Project Purpose: Document needed for ground plane assessment for locating
antennas; formation mapping to obtain geological information; assessment of
ore-grade quality, moisture content, salinity; propagation prediction and
studies; aquifer studies for water search, nuclear waste disposal, dam
location; ground-penetrating radar research; prospectin.
Abstract: " The electromagnetic properties of the earth play an important role in the design and implementationof radio
communications systems, geophysical prospecting instruments, and subsurface mapping techniques.Measurement techniques include dc
resistivity, surface impedance, propagation studies, wave tilt methods,probe impedance methods, mutual impedance methods,
transient methods, time domain reflectometry, groundprobing radar, laboratory-based techniques, and free-space reflection
measurements. The separation distancebetween the probes and the wavelength of the radiation both affect the volume of earth
material measured.This guide provides a summary of current measurement techniques and, where appropriate, inversion methodsfor
determining the conductivity and the relative permittivity of the volume under investigation."
Key Words: "dc resistivity, earth permittivity measurements, electromagnetic
geophysics, ground conductivity measurements, ice, inversion, radio
communications, radio reflection, surface impedance, time domain
reflectometry"
Designation: 356-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society/Propagation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Guide for Radio Methods for Measuring Earth Conductivity
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: May 24, 1973
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. This guide is the result of a survey of radio techniques employed for
measuring the conductivity of the earth. Results are applicable to the design of communication channels that are influenced by
the electrical characteristics of the earth. Emphasized are those techniques used at frequencies where the loss tangent is large.
The techniques are classed broadly into those that make use of drill holes into the earth and those that do not. Also, a
distinction is made between active and passive methods. Comments and critiques on the various techniques are included.
Theoretical and practical details underlying some of the methods are given in the appendixes.
Key Words: radio, earth, conductivity, measuring, methods
Designation: 358
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 360
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Title: Standard Radar Cross-Section Test -
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**See P1502
Technical Contact: Eric K Walton, Phone:614-292-5051, Email:walton.1@osu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1985
Project Scope: This project will write a standard practices guide for the
measurement of radar cross section. This guide will discuss RCS measurement
practices as they relate to indoor and outdoor measurements in an
established range. It will not discuss measurement of foliage, natural
events, etc. It will also not discuss near field measurement and other
specialty measurements.
Project Purpose: This standard will be used by government, industrial, and
academic organizations that measure radar cross sections of targets.
Currently, there are no written standards on this type of measurement. Many
mistakes are being made that are critical to the performance of contracts
and studies. Conclusions are being reached with data that is incorrectly
measured, misunderstood or processed incorrectly. Additionally, perfectly
good measurement practices are being rejected because of the lack of
understanding of uses and procedures. This standard seeks to instill an
understanding of RCS measurements, how they should be done, and how to
manipulate measured results for accurate data collection and processing.
Key Words: radar, cross, section
Designation: 361
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 362
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 363
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Robert J Davidson Jr, Phone:631-271-6200x22367, Email:robert.j.davidson.jr@us.ul.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 364
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 365
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 366
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 367-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station
Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Jointly sponsored with COM/T&A. Revision of IEEE Std 367-1987.
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1996, ANSI APP: Feb 06, 1997
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for the calculation
of power station GPR and LI voltages, as well as guidance for their
appropriate reduction from worst-case values for use in metallic
telecommunication protection design. Information is also included for the
determination of the following: a) The fault current and the earth return
current. (The probability, waveform, and duration of these currents and
the impedance to remote earthing points used in these GPR and LI
calculations as well as the effective X / R ratio are
discussed.) b) The zone of inßuence (ZOI) of the power station GPR. c)
The calculation of the inducing currents, the mutual impedance between power
and metallic telecommunication facilities, and shield factors. d) The
channel time requirements for metallic telecommunication facilities where
noninterruptible channels are required for protective relaying.
Project Purpose: To review and update existing standard 367-1987 as required.
Abstract: Guidance for the calculation of power station ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinal induction (LI) voltages is
provided, as well as guidance for their appropriate reduction from worst-case values, for use in metallic telecommunication
protection design.
Key Words: electric power stations, ground potential rise, induced voltage,
longitudinal induction voltages, power faults, power stations,
telecommunication protection design, telecommunications
Designation: P367
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station Ground
Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: This std provides quidance for the calculation of power station
ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinal induction (LI) voltages and
guidance for their appropriate reduction from worst-case values for use in
metallic telecommunication protection design. Information is also included
for the determination of: 1. The fault current and earth return current
levels; their probability, wave-form, and duration; and the impedance to
remote earthing points used in these GPR and LI calculations as well as the
effective X/R ratio. 2. The zone of influence of the power station GPR. 3.
The calculation of th inducing currents, the mutual impedance between power
and metallic telecommunciation facilities, and shield factors. 4. The
channel time requirements for metallic telecommunication facilities where
non-interruptible channels are required for protective relaying.
Project Purpose: To review and update existing standard 367-1987 as required.
Designation: 367-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Electric Power Station
Ground Potential Rise and Induced Voltage from a Power Fault
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 367-1979.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 1988
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 367-1996. Guidance is provided for the calculation of interfering voltages and their appropriate
reduction from worst-case values for use in wire-line telecommunication protection design. Information is also included for the
determination of the fault current and earth-return current levels; their probability, waveform, and duration; and the impedance
to remote earthing points used in these ground potential rise (GPR) and longitudinally induced voltage calculations. The zone of
influence of the power station GPR; the calculation of the inducing currents; the mutual impedance between power and wire-line
telecommunication facilities and shield factors; and the channel time requirements for wire-line telecommunication facilities
where noninterruptible channels are required for protective relaying and other purposes are covered.
Key Words: ground, potential, induced, fault, rise, Wire communication, Voltage
measurement, Power system faults
Designation: 368-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Electrical Noise and
Harmonic Filter Performance of High-Voltage Direct-Current Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawal 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1977
Key Words: noise, harmonic, dc, performance, filter
Designation: 369
Sponsor: IEEE Antennas and Propagation Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 37
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 370
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 376-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Impulse Strength and Impulse
Bandwidth
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Dec 30, 1977
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. The use of the impulse generator for calibration purposes in
electromagnetic compatibility measurements is addressed. In particular, basic information relating to the use of this device is
provided, and interpretation of measurements made using instruments based on it is considered. Two methods of measurement of
spectrum amplitude and impulse bandwidth are described in detail. The first method uses a video pulse technique. The second uses
a substitution method in which the reference is a pulse- modulated sine-wave generator whose parameters are measured. Both
techniques are capable of about equal accuracy.
Key Words: strength, bandwith, Impulse measurements, Electromagnetic
compatibility
Designation: 377-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Measurement of Spurious Emission from
Land-Mobile Communication Transmitters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Stephen Berger, Phone:512-864-3365, Email:stephen.berger@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Controlled test conditions, test apparatus, test methods and data presentation, all of which form the basis for
establishing the energy levels of spurious emissions of mobile communication transmitters designed to generate FM signals in the
frequency range of 25 to 1000 MHz are covered. The purpose is to enable design and system engineers engaged in a variety of
development projects to achieve uniform results in recognizing sources and nature of RF spurious emissions emanating from
vehicular communications transmitters. Procedures for measuring both broadband and narrowband spectra are provided for both
conducted and radiated emissions. Specified limits are not included. However, reference values that are not limited by the state
of the art are provided. Transmitter test conditions, apparatus and method are based on standard instrumentation and measuring
techniques and do not require any special apparatus other than necessary terminal simulators. The procedures do not cover the
associated antenna and transmission lines.
Key Words: spurious, emissions, communication, Land mobile radio transmitters,
Land mobile radio interference
Designation: P378
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC4 - High Frequency Measurement
Title: Recommended Practice for Scattering Parameter Measurements and
Uncertainty Analysis Using Network Analyzers
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Yeon-Song Lee, Phone:408-778-2000, Email:brian.lee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: Vector Network Analyzers (VNAs) are used to measure reflection
and transmission coefficients of multi-port networks at radio, microwave and
millimeter-wave frequencies from a few kHz to 110 GHz and beyond. This
standard provides a common base for analysis of measurements made on vector
network analyzers. A description of terminology is included so that a common
language can be used to understand the measurement instruments and
parameters, the methods of measurement, and the uncertainty associated with
a measurement. Because of the complexities of the measurement parameters,
instruments and uncertainties, this standard does not cover all of the
possible techniques and analysis methods.
Project Purpose: Provide definitions of terms commonly used by users and
manufacturers of vector network analyzers. Define and describe
measurement techniques, measurement errors, and the use of standards to
quantify the effects of these errors. Assist users to specify, and
manufacturers to meaningfully describe essential performance parameters.
Assist users to verify the specified performance parameters with proven test
methods and well defined standards. Provide users with examples to
evaluate and express the uncertainty of measurements made using VNAs.
Designation: 378
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Scattering Coefficient Measurement
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of IEEE Stds 314-1971 and 378-1986.
Technical Contact: William Oldfield, Phone:(408) 778-2000
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Project Scope: One-port and two-port impedance standards and measurement
techniques in the frequency range 100 kHz to 110 GHz. Limited to linear
passive devices. Techniques to include at least bridges, slotted lines,
reflectometers, network analyzers, six-ports, resonance techniques, time and
pulse domain, and vector meters. Standards to include requirements for
national standards, transfer standards, and calibration standards.
Project Purpose: Standards 314 and 387 are obsolete and limited in scope and
frequency range. Agreement is needed on methods of determination, use, and
uncertainty statement of transmission line standards and measurement
techniques. Agreement is needed on the derivation, use and uncertainties in
high frequency resistance, capacitance, inductance, and impedance standards
and measurement techniques. Requirements on NIST need definition.
Key Words: scattering, coefficient, measurement
Designation: 378-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC4 - High Frequency Measurement
Title: IEEE Standard on Network Analyzers (100 kHz to 18 GHz)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1984
Abstract: One-port and two-port impedance standards and measurement techniques in the frequency range 100 kHz to 110 GHz. Limited
to linear passive devices. Techniques to include at least bridges, slotted lines, reflectometers, network analyzers, six-ports,
resonance techniques, time and pulse domain, and vector meters. Standards to include requirements for national standards,
transfer standards, and calibration standards.
Key Words: network, analyzers
Designation: 379-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2001
**Supersedes 379-1994.
Technical Contact: David J Zaprazny, Phone:570-542-1837, Email:djzaprazny@pplweb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: This document covers the application of the single-failure
criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of
nuclear power generating station safety systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to interpret and provide
guidance in the application of the single-failure criterion, discuss
failures, and present an acceptable method of single-failure analysis. It is
not the function of this standard to identify where the single-failure
criterion is to be applied or to force compliance on any system; however, in
those cases where the single-failure criterion has been invoked, this
standard establishes the requirements for its application. This standard
shall be used to establish conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std.
603-1981 and the single-failure criterion as stated in that standard.
NOTE--The single-failure criterion is also applied to designated safety
functions in other standards, e.g., IEEE Std 308-1992, ANSI/ANS 51.1-1983,
and ANSI/ANS 52.1-1983. Application of the single-failure criterion to the
aggregate of all plant structures, systems, and components is specified in
3.2.1 of ANSI/ANS 51.1-1983, ANSI/ANS 52.1-1983, and IAEA Safety Series No.
50-P-1 (1990).
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. The application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentaion, and control
portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems is covered. Conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991
and the single-failure criterion as stated in that document is established. Interpretation and guidance in the application of the
single-failure criterion, a discussion of the failures, and an acceptable method of single-failure analysis are presented.
Key Words: "actuator, cascaded failure, common-cause failure, design basis
event, detectable failure, effects analysis, safety system, single-failure
criterion, system actuation, system logic"
Designation: P379
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This document covers the application of the single-failure
criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and control portions of
nuclear power generating station safety systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to interpret and provide
guidance in the application of single-failure criterion, discuss the
failures, and present an acceptable method of single-failure analysis.
Designation: 379-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 379-1988. Superseded by 379-2000.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Abstract: The application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentaion, and control portions of nuclear
power generating station safety systems is covered. Conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and the single-failure
criterion as stated in that document is established. Interpretation and guidance in the application of the single-failure
criterion, a discussion of the failures, and an acceptable method of single-failure analysis are presented.
Key Words: generating station, safety systems, single failure, criterion,
single-failure criterion, Nuclear power generating station
Designation: 379-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Application of the Single-Failure Criterion to Nuclear
Power Generating Station Safety Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 16, 1988
Abstract: Superseded by 379-1994. The application of the single-failure criterion to the electrical power, instrumentation, and
control portions of nuclear power generating station safety systems is covered. Conformance with the requirements of IEEE Std
603-1991 and the single-failure criterion as stated in that document is established. Interpretation and guidance in the
application of the single-failure criterion, a discussion of the failures, and an acceptable method of single-failure analysis
are presented.
Key Words: failure, criterion, nuclear, single, reliability
Designation: 38
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 380
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 381
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Modules for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: G. J Toman, Phone:(215) 654-1620
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 1984
Designation: 381-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Type Tests of Class 1E Modules Used in
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/20/91.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 1980
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. The basic requirements of a type test program with the objective of
verifying that a module used as a Class 1E equipment in a nuclear power generating station meets or exceeds its design
specifications are described. This standard is limited to Class 1E modules from and including the sensor through the logic
circuitry of the final actuation devices. Except for those that are part of a module, switchgear, cables, connections, motors,
valve actuators, station batteries, and penetrations are not included and are covered by other IEEE documents.
Key Words: type, tests, clas 1E, nuclear, modules
Designation: 382-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Safety-Related Actuators for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007
Technical Contact: William F. Sadowski, Phone:256-716-4154, Email:bill.sadowski@wylelabs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 2007
Project Scope: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of safety-
related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power Generating
Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their intended
safety functions.
Project Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for qualification of
safety-related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power
Generating Stations in order to demonstrate their ability to perform their
intended safety functions.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 382-1996 Direction for the implementation of the requirements of IEEE Std 323TM-2003 as they apply
to the specific features of safety-related actuator qualification are provided. This standard establishes criteria for
qualification of safety-related actuators, and actuator components, in Nuclear Power Generating Stations in order to demonstrate
their ability to perform their intended safety functions under all required conditions.
Key Words: actuator components, AOV, HOV, MOV, nuclear power generating
stations, safety-related actuators, SOV
Designation: 382-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power-Operated Valve
Assemblies With Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 382-1985.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996
Project Scope: This standard describes the qualification of all types of power-
driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related
functions in nuclear power generating stations. This standard may also be
used to separately qualify actuator components.
Project Purpose: This standard establishes the minimum requirements for, and
guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-
driven valve actuators with safety-related functions.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 382-2006 The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper
actuators, for safety-related functions in nuclear power generating stations, is described. This standard may also be used to
separately qualify actuator components. The minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for
qualification of power-driven valve actuators with safety-related functions are provided.
Key Words: class 1E safety equipment, nuclear power plants, qualification
Designation: 382-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power Operated Valve
Assemblies with Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power Plants
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 382-1980.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 1986
Abstract: The qualification of all types of power-driven valve actuators, including damper actuators, for safety-related functions
in nuclear power generating stations, is described. This standard may also be used to separately qualify actuator components. The
minimum requirements for, and guidance regarding, the methods and procedures for qualification of power-driven valve actuators
with safety-related functions are provided.
Key Words: qualification, valves, safety, nuclear, actuators
Designation: 382
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Safety-Related Power-
Operated Valve Assemblies for Nuclear Power Plants
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: P G McQuillan, Phone:434-528-4400x9714, Email:pmcquillan@flowserve.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard describes the qualification of all types of
actuators, including damper actuators, for Safety-Related Power-Operated
Valve Assemblies for nuclear power plants. This standard may also be used
to separately qualify actuator components.
Project Purpose: The standard establishes the minimum requirements for
qualification of safety-related power driven valve actuators.
Designation: 383-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices
for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 2004
**Supersedes 383-1974 (R1992).
Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2004
Project Scope: This standard provides general requirements, direction, and
methods for qualifying Class 1E electric cables,field splices, factory
splices, and factory rework for service in nuclear power generating
stations. Categories of cables covered are those used for power, control,
and instrumentation services, including signal and communication cables.
Field cables, wires, and splices are within the scope of this standard.
Cables, wires, and splices within or integral to other devices (e.g.,
instruments, panels, motors, etc.) should be qualified using the
requirements in the applicable device standard or IEEE Std 323TM-1983, as
appropriate. However, this standard's requirements may be applied to the
wire and cable within these devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific direction
for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-1983 as it pertains to the
qualification of electrical cables and field splices.
Abstract: This standard provides general requirements, direction, and methods for qualifying Class1E electric cables, field splices,
factory splices, and factory rework for service in nuclear power generating stations. Categories of cables covered are those used
for power, control, and instrumentation services, including signal and communication cables. Field cables, wires, and splices are
within the scope of this standard. Cables, wires, and splices within or integral to other devices(e.g., instruments, panels,
motors, etc.) should be qualified using the requirements in the applicable device standard or IEEE Std 323TM-1983, as
appropriate. However, this standard's requirements may be applied to the wire and cable within these devices.
Key Words: class 1E electric cables, factory rework, factory splices, field
splices, qualified life, rep-resentative cable, representative splices
Designation: P383
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualifying Electric Cables and Splices for Nuclear
Facilities
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: John L White Jr., Phone:254-897-6674, Email:j.l.white@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard provides general requirements and methods for
qualifying electric cables and splices for nuclear facilities. Cable, wire,
and splices within or integral to other devices (e.g., instruments, panels,
motors, etc.) should be qualified using the requirements in the applicable
device standard or IEEE Std 323. However, this standard's requirements may
be applied to the cable, wire and splices within these devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide standard
methodology for the implementation of IEEE Std 323 as it pertains to the
qualification of electrical cables and splices.
Designation: 383-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Type Test of Class 1E Electric Cables, Field Splices,
and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 383-2003.
History: BD APP: Feb 28, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1975
Abstract: Superseded by 383-2003. Directions for establishing type tests that may be used in qualifying Class 1E electric cables,
field splices, and other connections for service in nuclear power generating stations are provided. Though intended primarily for
cable for field installation, this guide may also be used for the qualification of internal wiring of manufactured devices. It
does not cover cables for service within the reactor vessel.
Key Words: type, class 1E, nuclear, cables, splices
Designation: 384-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and
Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 384-1992
Technical Contact: Paul L. Yanosy, Phone:412-374-6402, Email:paul.l.yanosy@us.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 2009
Project Scope: This standard describes the independence requirements of the
circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems. It
sets forth criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical
separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are
redundant, but does not address the determination of what is to be
considered redundant.
Project Purpose: This standard establishes the criteria for implementation of
the independence requirements of IEEE Std 308™ 1 and IEEE Std 603™.
Abstract: The independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems are described.
Criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that
are redundant are set forth. The determination of what is to be considered redundant is not addressed.
Key Words: 384-2008, associated circuit, barrier, Class 1E, independence,
isolation, isolation device, raceway, separation
Designation: 384-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and
Circuits
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 384-1981. Superseded by 384-2008.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 31, 1992
Project Scope: This standard describes the independence requirements of the
circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems. It
sets forth criteria for the independence that can be acheived by physical
separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that are
redundant, but does not address the determination of what is to be
considered redundant.
Project Purpose: This standard establishes the criteria for implementation of
the independence requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 and IEEE Std 308-1991.
Abstract: The independence requirements of the circuits and equipment comprising or associated with Class 1E systems are described.
Criteria for the independence that can be achieved by physical separation and electrical isolation of circuits and equipment that
are redundant are set forth. The determination of what is to be considered redundant is not addressed.
Key Words: associated, circuit, barrier, Class 1E, independance, isolation
device, device, raceway, separation
Designation: 384-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Independence of Class 1E Equipment and
Circuits
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1983
Key Words: independence, nuclear, class 1E, circuits, equipment
Designation: 385
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 386-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power
Distribution Systems above 600 V
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 01, 2007
Technical Contact: Frank Stepniak, Phone:973-919-4552, Email:fstepniak62@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 26, 2007
Project Scope: This standard establishes definitions, service conditions,
ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests for loadbreak and
deadbreak separable insulated connector systems rated above 600 V, 600 A or
less, for use on power distribution systems.
Project Purpose: Revision to the standard are needed to provide the user with
stacking dimensions of assembled 200 A and 600 A medium voltage insulated
deadbreak connectors. New test procedures will improve reliability and
provide repeatable results for both user and manufacturer evaluations.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 386-2000 Definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests
are established for loadbreak and deadbreak separable insulated connector systems rated above 600 V and, 600 A or less, for use
on power distribution systems.
Key Words: deadbreak connector, elbow connector, loadbreak connector, power
distribution systems, separable conductor, separable insulated connector
systems
Designation: 386-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power
Distribution Systems above 600 V
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 386-1985.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 1995
Abstract: Definitions, service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests are established for load-break
and dead-break separable insulated connector systems rated 601 V and above, 600A or less, for use on power distribution systems.
You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: dead break, connector, elbow connector, load break, power
distribution, separable conductor, separable insulated, connector systems
Designation: 386-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Systems for Power
Distribution Systems Above 600 V
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1985
Abstract: Service conditions, ratings, interchangeable construction features, and tests for load-break and dead-break separable
insulated connector systems rated 601 V and above, 600 A or less, for use on power distribution systems, are established.
Included are: corona voltage-level tests, dielectric tests, short-time current test, switching test, fault-closure test, current-
cycling tests, accelerated sealing-life test, cable pull-out test, operating-force test, operating-eye test, test-point cap test,
test-point tests, and shielding test.
Key Words: separable, insulated, connectors, distribution, power, dead-break
connector, elbow connector, load-break connector, separable conductor,
connector systems
Designation: 387-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby
Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 387-1984.
Technical Contact: Paul R Johnson, Phone:802-451-3178, Email:pjohnso@entergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Project Scope: Criteria for the application and testing of D/G units as Class
1E standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. The criteria for the application and testing of diesel-generator units as Class 1E standby
power supplies in nuclear power generating stations is described.
Key Words: aging classification, auxiliary equipment, capability, controls,
design criteria, design features, load profile, modifications, operation,
periodic testing, engine, generator, pre-operational test, production
testing, protection, rating, records, reliability program, seismic
qualification, site testing, test parameters, type testing
Designation: P387
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby Power
Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Paul R Johnson, Phone:802-451-3178, Email:pjohnso@entergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: Criteria for the application and testing of D/G units as Class
1E standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide the principal
design criteria, the design features, testing, and qualification
requirements for individual diesel-generator units that enable them to meet
their functional requirements as part of the standby power supply under the
conditions produced by the design basis events cataloged in the Plant Safety
Analysis.
Designation: 387-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Diesel-Generator Units Applied as Standby
Power Supplies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1984
Abstract: The criteria for the application and testing of diesel-generator units as Class 1E standby power supplies in nuclear power
generating stations is described.
Key Words: diesel-generator units Class 1E standby power supplies nuclear power
generating stations
Designation: 388-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Transformers and Inductors in Electronic Power
Conversion Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 09, 1992
Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1992
Project Scope: This standard pertains to transformers and inductors of both the
saturating and nonsaturating type that are used in electronic power
conversion equipment. Power conversion equipment includes items known as
inverters, converters, power conditioners, switching power supplies,
switched mode power supplies, and the like. These items are mostly devices
used to change dc power from one voltage to another, to change dc power to
ac, and to change ac power of one frequency to another frequency. This
equipment is best described as utilizing transistors, silicon controlled
rectifiers (SCRs), or other similar devices that switch power on and off at
a high rate in order to achieve the power conversion or regulation desired.
Therefore, this standard covers the various transformers and inductors that
are used in any of tyhe above mentioned equipment or devices, except for
transformers operated directly from the mains.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Transformers and inductors of both the saturating and nonsaturating type are covered. The power
transfer capability of the transformers and inductors covered ranges from less than 1 W to the multikilowatt level. The purpose
is to provide a common basis between the engineers designing power conversion circuits and the engineers designing the
transformers and inductors used in those circuits. Apparatus used in equipment for high-voltage power conversion for distribution
by electric utilities is not covered.
Key Words: inductors, electronic, power, equipment, transformer, inductor,
Converter
Designation: 388
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Transformers and Inductors in Electronic Power Conversion
Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Matthew Wilkowski, Phone:908-575-7550, Email:wilkowski@enpirion.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 389-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronics Transformers and
Inductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 1997
**Revision of IEEE Std 389-1990.
Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This recommended practice presents a number of tests for use in
determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of
electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily
for transformers and inductors used in all types of electronic applications,
but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent-
power rating used in the electric power utility industry. Some of the tests
described are intended for qualifying a product for a specific application,
while others are test practices used widely for manufacturing and customer
acceptance testing. Section 3 is intended to serve as a guide for
particular application categories. The tests described in this recommended
practice include those most commonly used in the electronic transformer
industry: electric strength, resistance, power loss, inductance, impedance,
balance, ratio of transformation, and many others used less frequently.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice has been prepared to serve as a
guide in the design, testing, and specifying of electronic transformers and
inductors. The publication contains many tests and experimental methods for
evaluating almost every aspect of electronic transformers performance,
including a number of tests for determining transformer environmental
charactreristics such as audible-niose generation. The tests and
specifications included are aimed primarily at the testing and evaluation of
transformers of relatively low apparent-power rating, such as those used in
communications, instrumentation, control, small appliance, and computer
applications. However, most of these tests are perfectly applicable to
transformers of any rating.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. A number of tests are presented for use in determining the significant parameters and
performance characteristics of electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily for transformers and
inductors used in all types of electronics applications, but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent-
power rating used in the electric power utility industry.
Key Words: common-mode rejection tests, corona tests, current transformer
tests, electronic inductors, electronic power transformers, inductance
measurements, inrush-current evaluation, insulation tests, large rectifiers,
noise tests, product rating, pulse transformers, quality factor, resistance
tests, self-resonance, temperature rise tests, terminated impedance
measurements, transformer capacitance, voltage-time shielding
Designation: 389-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronic Transformers and
Inductors
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 389-1979.
History: BD APP: May 03, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1990
Abstract: A number of tests are presented for use in determining the significant parameters and performance characteristics of
electronics transformers and inductors. These tests are designed primarily for transformers and inductors used in all types of
electronics applications, but they may apply to the other types of transformers of large apparent-power rating used in the
electric power utility industry. Some of the tests are intended for qualifying a product for a specific application, while others
are test practices used widely for manufacturing and customer acceptance testing. A guide for particular application categories
is included.
Key Words: common mode, rejection tests, corona tests, current transformer ,
electronic inductors, power transformers, inductance , inrush current,
insulation tests, large rectifiers, noise tests, product rating, pulse
transformers, quality factors, resistance tests, self resonance, temperature
rise, terminated rise test, voltage time, time shielding, Voltage-time
shielding, Transformer capacitance, Temperature rise tests, Self-resonance,
Quality factor, Inductance measurements, Electronic power transformers,
Current transformer tests, Common-mode rejection tests
Designation: 389-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronics Transformers and
Inductors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 09, 1978
Abstract: Superseded This document presents a number of tests for use in determining the significant parameters and performance
characteristics of electronic transformers and inductors. These tests are primarily desinged for transformers and inductors used
in all types of electronic applications, but they are also applicable to many other types of transformers, except transformers of
large apparant-power rating used in the electric power industry. Many of the tests described are applicable as means of
specifying the required testing of transformers for specific applications.
Key Words: testing, electronics, transformers, inductors
Designation: 39
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 390-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Pulse Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 1987
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 390-1975 and IEEE Std 391-1976. Transferred
from Magnetics Society to Power Electronics Society.
Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Pulse transformers for use in electronic equipment are considered. This standard applies to the
following transformer types: power output (drivers), impedance matching, interstage coupling, current sensing, and blocking-
oscillator transformers. For these transformers, the peak power transmitted ranges from a few milliwatts to many kilowatts, and
the peak voltage transmitted ranges from a few volts to many kilovolts. Symbols, performance tests, equivalent circuits,
preferred test methods, marking, and service conditions are covered.
Key Words: pulse, transformers
Designation: 390
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Pulse Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles J Elliott, Phone:631-432-2337, Email:cjelliott@on.aibn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard pertains to pulse transformers for use in
electronic equipment. For the various types of these transformers, the peak
power transmitted ranges from a few milliwatts to kilowatts; and the peak
voltage transmitted ranges from a few volts to many kolovolts. These
transformers are required to transmit unipolar or bipolar pulses of voltage
or current within specified tolerances of amplitude and time when operated
between specified impedances. They are typically used as coupling devices
in electronic circuits. In blocking oscillators, they are connected to
provide positive feedback in the circuit. In radar or similar use, they are
used to couple the modulator to a magnetron, a klystron, a traveling-wave
tube or a cross-field amplifier load.
Project Purpose: Update the pulse transformer standard by updating
applications, definitions and test methods.
Designation: 391-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: Hi-Power (>300W, peak) Pulse Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn 3/9/89. Replaced by IEEE Std 390.
Key Words: transformer, pulse
Designation: 392-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Achieving High Reliability in Electronics
Transformers and Inductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI (R85). ANSI withdrawn 6/29/92.
History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1977
Key Words: reliability, electronice, transformers, inductors
Designation: 393-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Test Procedures for Magnetic Cores
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1992
**Revision of IEEE Std 393-1977. Transferred from Magnetics Society to
Power Electronics Society.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Project Scope: This standard specifies applicable tests to describe the
significant properties of magnetic cores used in electronic applications.
It is primarily concerned with magnetic cores of the type used in
electronics transformers, magnetic amplifiers, inductors, and related
devices. However, many of the tests specified herein are general in scope
and adaptable to magnetic cores used in many other applications. Standards
covered by this publication include tests for specifying or measuring, or
both, permeability, core loss, apparent core, induction, hysteresis, thermal
characteristics, and other properties of all commonly used typoes of
magnetic cores.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. This standard specifies applicable tests to describe the significant properties of magnetic
cores used in electronic applications. It is primarily concerned with magnetic cores of the type used in electronics
transformers, magnetic amplifiers, inductors, and related devices. However, many of the tests specified herein are general in
scope and adaptable to magnetic cores used in many other applications. Standards covered by this publication include tests for
specifying or measuring, or both, permeability, core loss, apparent core, induction, hysteresis, thermal characteristics, and
other properties of all commonly used typoes of magnetic cores.
Key Words: Author: IEEE
Designation: 393-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: IEEE Test Procedures for Magnetic Cores
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by 393-1991. This publication specifies applicable tests to describe the significant properties of magnetic
cores used in electronic applications. This publication is primarily concerned with magnetic cores of the type used in
electronics transformers, magnetic amplifiers, inductors, and related devices. However, many of the test specified herein are
general in scope and adaptable to magnetic cores used in many other applications. Standards covered by this publication include
test for specifying or measuring, or both, permeability, core loss, apparant core loss, induction, hysteresis, thermal
characteristics, and other properties of all commonly used types of magnetic cores.
Key Words: test, procedures, magnetic, cores
Designation: 394
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 395
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 396
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 397
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 398-1972
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Photomultipliers for Scintillation
Counting and Glossary for Scintillation Counting Field
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 1972
**aka ANSI N42.9-1972.
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1972, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1972
Abstract: Tests for measuring the pulse-height, spurious-pulse, and pulse-timing characteristics of photomultipliers used in
scintillation and Cerenkov counters are presented. Five different measurement techniques are described. They are rise-time
measurements, fall-time measurements, photocathode transit-time difference measurements, and transit-time spread measurements.
Key Words: photo, multipliers, scintillation, counting, test
Designation: 399-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Analysis (Brown Book)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1998
Technical Contact: L. Guy Jackson, Phone:251-626-6890, Email:gjackson@powerplot.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: Analytical Principle and Recommended Techniques most often
employed in the Design, Operation and Trouble-Shooting of Electric Power
Systems for Industrial Facilities and Commerical Buildings. Covers Basic
Principles and Specific Techniques for Short-Circuit, Load Flow, Transient
Stability, Coordination and other Types of Analysis.
Project Purpose: Basic Tutorial Guide and Reference Source on Power System
Analysis for Electrical Engineers who Design and Operate Industrial Plant
and Commercial Building Power Systems.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. Today’s intensely competitive business environment forces
plant and building management to be very aware of the total owning cost of power distribution systems. Furthermore, these
managers demand assurance of maximum return on capital investments in the power system. Power system studies are used to ensure
that this maximum return is achieved, and the IEEE Brown Book is a valuable source of information about the purposes of, and
techniques involved in, power system studies. The IEEE Brown Book ties together the essential fundamentals of power system
studies; the most common studies for design or operation of a power system; and basic computational methods, including key
information on the various types of computer systems and their requirements. By combining field experience in power system
engineering with computer systems, engineers can perform detailed studies on both existing and proposed power systems. The
planning, design, and operation of industrial and commercial power systems require several studies to assist in the evaluation of
initial and future system performance, system reliability, safety, and the ability to grow with production and/or operating
requirements. The power system analyses discussed in the IEEE Brown Book can help answer many questions about an existing system,
such as the impact of expansion, the stability of the system, and the load distribution of the system. Chapters are devoted to
different types of studies, and also include guidance on the preparation for these studies. Some of the studies discussed are:
load flow studies, short-circuit studies, stability studies, motor starting studies, harmonic analysis studies, switching
transient studies, reliability studies, cable ampacity studies, ground mat studies, coordination studies, and dc auxiliary power
system analyses. As a result of focusing on computer studies, the IEEE Brown Book, in conjunction with other IEEE Color
Key Words: cable ampacity,dc power system studies,ground mat studies,harmonic
analysis,load flow studies,motor-starting studies,power system
analysis,power system modeling, power system studies,protective coordination
studies,reliability studies,short-circuit studies
Designation: 399
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Analysis
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gene A Poletto, Phone:630-842-2304, Email:gpoletto@worldnet.att.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice, commonly known as the IEEE Brown
Book, is published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,
Inc. (IEEE) as a reference source to give plant engineers a better
understanding of the purpose for and techniques involved in power system
studies. The IEEE Brown Book can also be a helpful reference source for
system and data acquisition for engineering consultants performing necessary
studies prior to designing a new system or expanding an existing power
system. This Recommended Practice will help ensure high standards of power
system reliability and maximize the utilization of capital investment. The
IEEE Brown Book emphasizes up-to-date techniques in system studies that are
Most applicable to industrial and commercial power systems. It complements
the other IEEE Color Books, and is intended to be used in conjunction with,
not as a replacement for, the many excellent texts available in this field.
Project Purpose: While the 1997 edition had many changes; this edition will
concentrate on updating and improving the presentation of those chapters.
Also, two chapters are outdated, due to computer technology enhancements,
and need a complete rewrite.
Designation: 399-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System
Analysis
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Brown Book. Revision of IEEE Std 399-1980. Superseded by 399-1997
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Superseded by 399-1997. This recommended practice is a reference source for engineers involved in industrial and
commercial power systems analysis. It contains a thorough analysis of the power system data required, and the techniques most
commonly used in computer-aided analysis, in order to perform specific power system studies of the following: short-circuit, load
flow, motorstarting, cable ampacity, stability, harmonic analysis, switching transient, reliability, ground mat, protective
coordination, DC auxiliary power system, and power system modeling.
Key Words: brown book, industrial power, commercial power, power systems,
analysis theory, Power system studies, Power system stability, Power system
analysis theory, Power cables, Load flow analysis, harmonics, Grounding
Designation: 399-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Power System Analysis (IEEE Brown Book)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1982
Abstract: Superseded by 399-1990. This recommended practice is a reference source for engineers involved in industrial and
commercial power systems analysis. It contains a thorough analysis of the power system data required, and the techniques most
commonly used in computer-aided analysis, in order to perform specific power system studies of the following: short-circuit, load
flow, motorstarting, cable ampacity, stability, harmonic analysis, switching transient, reliability, ground mat, protective
coordination, DC auxiliary power system, and power system modeling.
Key Words: power, system, analysis, brown
Designation: 4-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard Techniques for High-Voltage Testing
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 12, 1995
**Revision of IEEE Std 4-1978.
Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Project Scope: Defines test procedures, equipment requirements and analysis
aids for testing hardware and apparatus used for electric power
distribution, by all electric utilities.
Project Purpose: To define terms of general applicability; to present general
requirements regarding test objects and test procedure.
Abstract: This standard establishes standard methods to measure high-voltage and basic testing techniques, so far as they are
generally applicable, to all types of apparatus for alternating voltages, direct voltages, lightning impulse voltags, switching
impulse voltages, and impulse currents. This revision implements many new procedures to improve accuracy, provide greater
flexibility, and address practical problems associated with high-voltage measurements.
Key Words: high-voltage testing, testing
Designation: 4
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard for High Voltage Test Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001
Project Scope: The proposed revision will update the current standard, add
several new techniques and methods and align more completely with IEC sister
standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to make high voltage
measurements more consistent. The revision will continue this evolution.
Designation: 4
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard for High Voltage Test Techniques
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: The proposal is to add an appendix to the existing standard.
The appendix will contain information on Atmospheric Correction factors used
in high voltage tests according to the scope of the Standard. The proposed
appendix contains information taken exactly from the previous version of
this Standard.
Project Purpose: The Switchgear and Transformer committees of PES still use
this older version of correction factors and are asking for it to be added
back to the Standard. Currently certain apparatus committees with Standards
that refer to IEEE-4 1978, cannot be updated to reference IEEE-4 1995
because the old atmospheric correction factors, that they use daily, had
been eliminated from the newer version.
Designation: P4
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard for High-Voltage Testing Techniques
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This standard is applicable to - Dielectric tests with
direct voltages - Dielectric tests with alternating voltages -
Dielectric tests with impulse voltages - Tests with impulse currents
- Tests with combinations of the above - Capacitance and dielectric
loss measurements This standard is applicable only to tests on
equipment with a rated voltage above 1000 V. Procedures are given for
applying correction factors to convert test data to standard atmospheric
conditions. This standard also specifies procedures for testing
equipment when external insulation of the test object is to be subjected to
dry, wet, or contaminated conditions.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to - Define terms of
general applicability - Present general requirements regarding test
equipment and procedures - Describe methods for evaluation of test
results
Designation: 4-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard Techniques for High Voltage Testing
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jan 01, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1982
Abstract: Standard methods of measurement of high voltage and basic techniques for dielectrics, so far as they are generally
applicable to all types of apparatus, for alternating voltages, direct voltages, lightning impulse voltages, switching impulse
voltages, and impulse currents are established. General definitions and test requirements are provided, and test procedures and
measuring devices are described. A measuring devices application guide and recommendations for voltage measurements by means of
sphere gaps are included. The contents are based on and adhere very closely to IEC high- voltage test techniques documents.
Key Words: high, voltage, testing, techniques
Designation: 400-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Field Testing and Evaluation of the Insulation of Shielded
Power Cable Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 2002
**Supersedes 400-1991.
Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 2002
Project Scope: This Guide lists the various field test methods that are
presently available or under development to perform field tests on
insulated, shielded power cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV. A
summary of advantages and disadvantages of the methods will be included.
Users should avail themselves of th technical papers that are included as
References and in the Bibliography before deciding whether to perform a test
and which test to utilize. In making such decisions, consideration should
be given to the performance of the entire cable system, including joints,
terminations, and associated equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to replace the present IEEE
400 with a Guide presenting an overview of the various tests presently
available for evaluating the insulation of cable systems in the field. This
will be the umbrella document for a series of Guides that cover each
individual test method. These test methods that have been sufficiently
developed to become approved Guides will become subdocuments. The content
of the present IEEE 400 will be revised and will become the first
subdocument.
Abstract: Scope: This Guide lists the various field test methods that are presently available or under development to perform field
tests on insulated, shielded power cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV. A summary of advantages and disadvantages of the
methods will be included. Users should avail themselves of th technical papers that are included as References and in the
Bibliography before deciding whether to perform a test and which test to utilize. In making such decisions, consideration should
be given to the performance of the entire cable system, including joints, terminations, and associated equipment.
Key Words: "alternating-polarity dc-biased ac voltage, dissipation factor
testing, field test, high-voltage dc testing"
Designation: P400
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Field Testing and Evaluation of the Insulation of
Shielded Power Cable Systems Rated 5kV and Above
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This guide lists the various field test methods that are
currently available or under development. The guide covers shielded,
insulated power cable systems rated 5 kV and above. The guide describes the
tests and gives advantages and disadvantages, suggested applications, and
typical results. Complete guides covering some of the test methods listed
are available in the form of IEEE 400 “point” documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide an overview of the
various test methods available for evaluating the insulation of shielded
cable systems in the field, and to assist cable owners in selecting one or
more appropriate tests for a specific application.
Abstract: This guide lists the various field test methods that are currently available or under development. The guide covers
shielded, insulated power cable systems rated 5 kV and above. The guide describes the tests and gives advantages and
disadvantages, suggested applications, and typical results. Complete guides covering some of the test methods listed are
available in the form of IEEE 400 “point” documents.
Designation: 400-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems
in the Field
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 400-1980. Superseded by 400-2001 and 400.1-2007.
History: BD APP: Feb 28, 1991, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by 400-2001. Not available to resellers. Procedures and recommended test voltage values for acceptance and
maintenance high-direct-voltage testing of shielded power cable systems are set forth. They apply to all types of shielded,
insulated power cable. The aim is to provide uniform test procedures and guidelines for evaluation of the test results. This
guide is not intended to apply to unshielded power cables, communication cables, control cables, high-frequency cables, or other
special-purpose cables, nor does it purport to require that testing be performed, either at the time of installation or
maintenance.
Key Words: cable installation, cable maintenance, cable tests, insulated cable,
test procedures, Shielded power cable systems, High direct voltage tests
Designation: 400-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987
Title: IEEE Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems
in the Field
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Sep 08, 1988
Abstract: Superseded by 400-1991. This guide lists the various field test methods that are currently available or under development
with guidance on how to perform each test. The guide covers shielded, insulated power cable systems rated 5 kV through 500 kV
unless these voltages are modified by the specific “point” document.
Key Words: dc, tests, field, cable, high voltage
Designation: 400.1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Laminated Dielectric, Shielded Power
Cable Systems Rated 5 kV and Above with High Direct Current Voltage
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 21, 2007
Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007
Project Scope: This guide presents the recommended practices and procedures for
direct voltage acceptance and maintenance testing of shielded, laminated
dielectric insulated power cable systems rated 5 kV and above. It applies
to all types of laminated power cable systems such as paper-insulated lead
covered, pipe-type, and pressurized cables that are intended for the
transmission or distribution of electric power. The tabulated test levels
assume that the cable systems have an effectively grounded neutral system or
a grounded metallic shield.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide uniform practices and
procedures for performing direct voltage acceptance and maintenance tests
on shielded, laminated power cable systems in the field and to provide
guidelines for evaluation of the test results.
Abstract: The recommended practices and procedures for acceptance and maintenance testing of shielded, laminated dielectric
insulated power cable systems 5 kV and above are presented.
Key Words: cable, cable installation, cable maintenance, cable tests, field
test procedures, high direct voltage tests, insulated cable, power cable
systems, shielded power cable systems
Designation: 400.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Shielded Power Cable
Systems in the Field
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Thue, Phone:202-244-3240, Email:wthue@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: Provide uniform procedures for performing high-direct-voltage
acceptance test and maintenance tests on shield power cable systems in the
field. Provide guidelines for evaluation of the test results.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise the content of the
present IEEE 400 document to bring it up to date with current industry
practices.
Designation: 400.2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems Using Very
Low Frequency (VLF)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Hans R Gnerlich, Phone:610-865-3432, Email:hgnerlich@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and
diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in the field on
service-aged shielded medium voltage cables with extruded and laminated
dielectric insulation. VLF test methods utilize ac signals at frequencies
less than 1 Hz. The most commonly used, commerically available, VLF test
frequency is 0.1 Hz. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a
similar manner to individual cables. Charts are included as an aid in
identifying the effectiveness of the VLF test for various cable insulation
problems.
Project Purpose: The introduction of cables with extruded dielectric insulation
has imposed new standards and restrictions on field testing of shielded
medium voltage systems. DC testing of shielded medium voltage cable systems
frequently causes service-aged cables with solid dielectric insulation to
fail after they are returned to service. This guide is intended to provide
troubleshooting and testing personnel with information to test shielded
medium voltage cable systems using very low frequency techniques.
Abstract: This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in
the field on shielded power cable systems. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a similar manner to individual cables.
Tables are included as an aid to identifying the effectiveness of the VLF test for various cable system insulation problems.
Key Words: cable fault locating, cable system testing, cable testing,
dielectric spectroscopy, grounding, hipot testing, partial discharge
testing, proof testing, safety, tan delta testing, very low frequency (VLF
testing
Designation: P400.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Field Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems Using Very Low
Frequency (VLF)
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009
Project Scope: This guide describes very low frequency (VLF) withstand and
other diagnostic tests and the measurements that are performed in the field
on service-aged shielded medium voltage cables with extruded and laminated
dielectric insulation. VLF test methods utilize ac signals at frequencies
less than 1 Hz. The most commonly used, commerically available, VLF test
frequency is 0.1 Hz. Whenever possible, cable systems are treated in a
similar manner to individual cables. Tables are included of the recommended
test voltage levels for installation, acceptance and maintenance tests.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide troubleshooting and testing
personnel with information to test shielded medium voltage cable systems
using very low frequency techniques.
Designation: 400.3-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Partial Discharge Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems
in a Field Environment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 05, 2007
Technical Contact: Matthew S Mashikian, Phone:860-427-7621, Email:m.s.mashikian@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007
Project Scope: This guide covers the diagnostic testing of new or service-aged
installed shielded power cable systems, which include cable, joints, and
terminations, using PD detection, measurement, and location. Partial
discharge testing, which is a useful indicator of insulation degradation,
may be carried out on-line or by means of an external voltage source. This
guide does not include the testing of compressed gas insulated systems or
continuous on-line monitoring at normal service voltage.
Project Purpose: This guide describes diagnostic methods capable of detecting
and locating partial discharges from defects and damage in installed
shielded power cable systems. The results of PD tests are used to assess the
condition of cables and accessories.
Abstract: This guide covers the diagnostic testing of new or service-aged installed shielded power cable systems, which include
cable, joints, and terminations, using partial discharge (PD) detection, measurement, and location. Partial discharge testing,
which is a useful indicator of insulation degradation, may be carried out on-line or off-line by means of an external voltage
source. This guide does not include the testing of compressed gas insulated systems or continuous on-line monitoring at normal
service voltage.
Key Words: cable system testing, cable testing, diagnostic testing, off-line
partial discharge testing, on-line partial discharge testing, partial
discharge testing
Designation: P400.4
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Field-Testing of Shielded Power Cable Systems Rated 5kV and
Above with Damped Alternating Current Voltage (DAC)
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This guide presents the practices and procedures for testing and
diagnosis of shielded power cable systems rated 5kV and above using damped
alternating current voltages (DAC) . It applies to all types of power cable
systems that are intended for the transmission or distribution of electric
power. The tabulated test levels assume that the cable systems have an
effectively grounded neutral system or a grounded metallic shield.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide uniform practices and
procedures for performing damped alternating current voltages (DAC) off-line
tests on installed shielded power cable systems in the field and to provide
guidelines for evaluation of the test results.
Designation: 401
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 402-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Guide for Measuring Resistivity of Cable-Insulation Materials at
High Direct Voltages
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 06, 1973
Abstract: 1/92 memo from S. Vogel - Reaff in progress. Submittal expected June 1992
Key Words: resistivity, cable, insulation, direct, voltages
Designation: 403
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 404-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable
Joints Rated 2 500v to 500 000v
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007
**Supersedes 404-2000.
Technical Contact: Glenn J Luzzi, Phone:973-371-1771x407, Email:g.luzzi@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: May 24, 2007
Project Scope: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test
requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric
shielded cables rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V.
In addition, it defines test requirements for cable jacket and cable shield
restoration devices. This standard also defines a variety of common joint
constructions. Joints that connect more than two cables or connect cables
with two different conductor sizes are not covered by this standard.
However, manufacturers and users are encouraged to use appropriate parts of
this standard to evaluate these joints.
Project Purpose: The original standard provided manufacturers and users with a
consistent set of guidelines for cable joints. This revision is needed to
insure cable joint designs are consistent and appropriate for the latest
industry-accepted cable designs and also to add qualification guidelines not
fully addressed in the current standard. Purpose from Previous PAR - To
provide a standard for the qualification and production testing of high
voltage joints. This standard will specify uniform testing procedures,
levels and requirements that can be used by both manufacturers and users to
design and specify underground cable joints which will perform safely and
reliably in service. The latest proposed revision of the standard would
provide harmonization to appropriate international standards and also extend
requirements to those voltage classes not presently covered by any
standards.
Abstract: Supersedes 404-2000. This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with
extruded and laminated dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 to 500 000V. In addition, it defines
test requirements for cable jacket and cable shield restoration devices. It also defines a variety of common joint constructions.
This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to evaluate the
ability of underground power cable joints, and associated cable shield and cable jacket restoration components, to perform
reliably in service.
Key Words: cable joints, dielectric integrity tests, extruded dielectric cable,
impulse withstand voltage (BIL), laminated dielectric cable, sheath/shield
sectionalizers, transition joints, withstand voltage
Designation: P404
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints
Rated 2.5 kV to 500kV
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test
requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated dielectric
shielded cables rated in preferred voltage steps from 2.5 kV to 500kV. In
addition, it defines test requirements for cable jacket and cable shield
restoration devices. This standard also defines a variety of common joint
constructions. Joints that connect more than two cables or connect cables
with two different conductor sizes are not covered by this standard.
However, manufacturers and users are encouraged to use appropriate parts of
this standard to evaluate these joints.
Project Purpose: This standard provides manufacturers and users with a
consistent set of qualification test requirements for all cable joints. It
also provides production test requirements for many cable joints used on
extruded dielectric cables. Material properties and sampling rates are
included for joint designs not easily production tested in their final form.
The latest proposed revision of the standard would provide closer
harmonization to international standards for those cable joints used on
extruded dielectric cables rated 69kV and above. It will provide more
applicable testing protocols to insure appropriate joint operation in the
field for extruded dielectric cable joints in a joint-series. A joint-
series being a family of joints designed and manufactured to cover a wide
range of cable including various conductor sizes and materials as well as
various extruded insulation thicknesses and materials. It will change the
format of the design test sequence tables to provide a more clear and
concise format to eliminate interpretation errors.
Designation: 404-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric Shielded Cable Joints
Rated 2500-500 000V
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 404-1993.
Technical Contact: Glenn J Luzzi, Phone:973-371-1771x407, Email:g.luzzi@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 25, 1998, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: Revision of IEEE 404-1993 to incorporate: 1) general comments
resulting from the 1997 reaffirmation balloting attempt; 2) address "usual
service conditions" for qualification purposes; 3) provide consistency with
international standards IEC 60502-4 and IEC 60840 where appropriate; 4)
expand extruded dielectric cable joints requirements to 500kV; and 5) modify
the title appropriately.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for the qualification and production
testing of high voltage joints. This standard will specify uniform testing
procedures, levels and requirements that can be used by both manufacturers
and users to design and specify underground cable joints which will perform
safely and reliably in service. The latest proposed revision of the
standard would provide harmonization to appropriate international standards
and also extend requirements to those voltage classes not presently covered
by any standards.
Abstract: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated
dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint
constructions. This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to
evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service.
Key Words: "cable joints, dielectric integrity tests, extruded dielectric
cable, impulse withstandvoltage (BIL), laminated dielectric cable,
sheath/shield sectionalizers, transition joints, withstandvoltage"
Designation: 404-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Cable Joints for Use With Extruded Dielectric Cable
Rated 5000-138 000 V and Cable Joints for Use With Laminated Dielectric
Cable Rated 2500-500 000 V
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 404-1986. Superseded by 404-2000.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 04, 1994
Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY 404-2000 / NOT AVAILABLE TO RESELLERS. Errata sheet is available online:
http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/errata/404-1993_errata.pdf This standard establishes electrical ratings and test
requirements for cable joints for use with extruded dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 5000--138 000
V and cable joints for use with laminated dielectric cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500--500 000 V. It also
defines a variety of common joint constructions. This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used
by manufacturers and users to evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service. You will
receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: cable joints, BIL, transition joints, withstand voltage,
Sheath/shield sectionalizers, Laminated dielectric cable, Impulse withstand
voltage , Extruded dielectric cable, Dielectric integrity tests
Designation: 404-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Cable Joints for Use with Extruded Dielectric Cable
Rated 5000 V through 46 000 V and Cable Joints for Use with Laminated
Dielectric Cable Rated 2500 V Through 500 000 V
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1985
Abstract: This standard establishes electrical ratings and test requirements of cable joints used with extruded and laminated
dielectric shielded cable rated in preferred voltage steps from 2500 V to 500 000 V. It also defines a variety of common joint
constructions. This standard is designed to provide uniform testing procedures that can be used by manufacturers and users to
evaluate the ability of underground power cable joints to perform reliably in service.
Key Words: power, cable, joints
Designation: 405
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 407
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 409
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 415-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Planning of Preoperational Testing Programs for Class 1E
Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 415-1976.
History: BD APP: May 02, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985
Abstract: Directions for establishing an acceptable pre-operational testing program for Class 1E power systems in nuclear power
generating stations are provided. The pre-operational tests are performed after the appropriate construction tests have been
completed. Their purpose is to verify that the Class 1E power systems perform their required function as designed. The power
systems are considered to include the ac and dc power supplies, but do not include the equipment that utilizes the power.
Key Words: preoperational, test, 1E, power, systems
Designation: 416-1984
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard ATLAS Test Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1985
Designation: 420-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control
Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 08, 2002
**Revision project for IEEE Std 420-1982. Supersedes 420-1982.
Technical Contact: Paul L. Yanosy, Phone:412-374-6402, Email:paul.l.yanosy@us.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1995, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Project Scope: This standard applies to the design and qualification of Class
1E control boards, panels, and racks. It does not apply to individual
components, modules, and external field-run cables except as they may affect
the design and qualification of Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the design
requirements for Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks and to establish
the methods to verify that these requirements have been satisfied.
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. This standard specifies the design requirements for new and/or modified Class 1E control boards, panels,
and racks and establishes the methods to verify that these requirements have been satisfied. Methods for meeting the separation
criteria contained in ANSI/IEEE Std 384-1992 are addressed. Qualification is also included to address the overall requirements of
ANSI/IEEE Std 323-1983 and ANSI/IEEE Std 344-1987.
Key Words: "cabling, control boards, independence, isolation, nuclear, panels,
qualification, racks, safety, separation, wiring"
Designation: P420
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control Boards,
Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This standard applies to the design and qualification of Class
1E control boards, panels, and racks. It does not apply to: individual
components, modules, and external field run cables except as they may affect
the design and qualification of Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify the design and
qualification requirements for Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks
and to establish the methods to verify that these requirements have been
satisfied.
Designation: 420-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control
Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 420-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Abstract: Design requirements that are unique to Class 1E control boards, panels, and racks are specified. Standards for
qualification tests to verify that these design requirements have been satisfied are provided. This standard is not intended to
define the selection, design, or qualification of piping, modules, or other equipment mounted on the Class 1E control boards,
panels, or racks. It is concerned, however, with the effect such mounted equipment has on the design and qualifications.
Qualification and testing of individual Class 1E control board components and modules and external field-run cables are not
covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: qualifications, 1E, control, panels, racks
Designation: 42010-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 42010:2007, Systems and Software Engineering---Recommended
practice for architectural description of software-intensive systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 2007
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses the architectural
description of software-intensive systems. A software-intensive system
is any system where software contributes essential influences to the design,
construction, deployment, and evolution of the system as a whole. The
scope of this recommended practice encompasses those products of system
development that capture architectural information. This includes
architectural descriptions that are used for the following: a) Expression
of the system and its evolution b) Communication among the system
stakeholders c) Evaluation and comparison of architectures in a
consistent manner d) Planning, managing, and executing the activities of
system development e) Expression of the persistent characteristics and
supporting principles of a system to guide acceptable change f)
Verification of a system implementation’s compliance with an architectural
description g) Recording contributions to the body of knowledge of
software-intensive systems architecture
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to facilitate the
expression and communication of architectures and thereby lay a
foundation for quality and cost gains through standardization of elements
and practices for architectural description. Despite significant
efforts to improve engineering practices and technologies, software-
intensive systems continue to present formidable risks and difficulties
in their design, construction, deployment, and evolution. Recent attempts
to address these difficulties have focused on the earliest period of design
decision-making and evaluation, increasingly referred to as the
architectural level of system development. The phrases archi-tectural
level and architecture are widely, if imprecisely, used. Their use
reflects acceptance of an architectural metaphor in the analysis and
development of software-intensive systems. A key premise of this metaphor
is that important decisions may be made early in system development in a
manner similar to the early decision-making found in the development of
civil architecture projects. Many innovations are resulting from this
attention to the architectural level, among them architectural
description languages and associated tools and environments; architectural
frameworks, models, and patterns; and techniques for architectural
analysis, evaluation, and architecture-based reuse. While these efforts
differ considerably in important aspects, sufficient commonality exists to
warrant the development of a recommended practice to codify their common
elements. These innovations are occurring, and maturing, rapidly within
many research and application communities, and they reflect differing
interests, influences, insights, and intentions. There is a general
consensus on the importance of the architectural level of systems
development , and that that level consists of early decisionmaking
about overall design structure, goals, requirements, and development
strategies. However, there has not yet emerged any reliable consensus on
a precise definition of a system’s architecture , i.e., how it should
be described, what uses such a description may serve, or where and when it
should be defined. The boundaries and relationships between architectural
trends and practices, and other practices; and between architectural
technology and other technology, are not yet widely recognized. In such
situations, progress often depends on mediating influences. Potential
adopters of architectural practices and technology need a frame of
reference within which to address implementation and adoption decisions.
Technology developers need a frame of reference within which to communicate
the motivating concepts of their technology, and to accumulate and
appreciate feedback from early adoption. To these ends, this recommended
practice is intended to reflect generally accepted trends in practices for
architectural description and to provide a technical framework for further
evolution in this area. Furthermore, it establishes a conceptual
framework of concepts and terms of reference within which future
developments in system architectural technology can be deployed. This
recommended practice codifies those elements on which there is consensus;
specifically the use of multiple views, reusable specifications for
models within views, and the relation of architecture to system context.
Abstract: This recommended practice addresses the activities of the creation, analysis, and sustainment of architectures of
software-intensive systems, and the recording of such architectures in terms of architectural descriptions. A conceptual
framework for architectural description is established. The content of an architectural description is defined. Annexes provide
the rationale for key concepts and terminology, the relationships to other standards, and examples of usage.
Key Words: architectural description, architecture, software-intensive system,
stakeholder concerns, system stakeholder, view, viewpoint
Designation: P42010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC/IEEE Draft Standard for Systems and Software Engineering --
Architectural Description
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard F Hilliard, Phone:978-857-5037, Email:r.hilliard@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this standard encompasses those products of system
and software development that capture architectural information, referred to
as "architectural descriptions". This includes architectural
descriptions that are used for the following: a) Expression of the
system or software and its evolution b) Communication among the
stakeholders c) Evaluation and comparison of architectures in a
consistent manner d) Planning, managing, and executing the activities of
development e) Expression of the persistent characteristics and
supporting principles of a system or software to guide acceptable change
f) Verification of an implementation's compliance with an architectural
description g) Recording contributions to the body of knowledge of
systems and software architecture
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to facilitate the expression,
communication and review of architectures and thereby lay a foundation for
quality and cost gains through standardization of elements of and practices
for architectural description.
Abstract: This International Standard addresses the creation, analysis and sustainment of architectures of systems through the use
of architecture descriptions. A conceptual model of architecture description is established. The required contents of an
architecture description are specified. Architecture viewpoints, architecture frameworks and architecture description languages
are introduced for codifying conventions and common practices of architecture description. The required content of architecture
viewpoints, architecture frameworks and architecture description languages is specified. Annexes provide the motivation and
background for key concepts and terminology and examples of applying this International Standard.
Key Words: architecting, architecture description, architecture view,
architecture viewpoint, architecture model, architecture framework,
architecture description language, architecture decision, architecture
rationale, system concern, correspondence, correspondence rule
Designation: 421.1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous
Machines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Alexander Murdoch, Phone:518-385-9384, Email:alexander.murdoch@ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: This standard defines elements and commonly used components in
excitation control systems and contains definitions for excitation systems
as applied to synchronous machines. These definitions should be useful in
the following areas: -- Writing excitation systems specifications --
Evaluating excitation system performance -- Specifying methods for
excitation system tests -- Preparing related excitation system standards
-- Serving as an educational means for those becoming acquainted with
excitation systems -- Modeling excitation systems
Project Purpose: This standard provides a common base for terminology in common
usage related to excitation control systems. The definitions given in this
standard are an adjunct to IEEE Std 100 dictionary in describing terms
specifically related to excitation systems. With the advent of new
excitation systems and changes in common terminology and usage there are
revisions required to keep this standard relevant.
Abstract: Defines elements and commonly used components in excitation control systems and contains definitions for excitation
systems as applied to synchronous machines.
Key Words: definitions of excitation controls, excitation block diagrams,
excitation control systems, excitation systems terminology, synchronous
generator controls
Designation: 421.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Project Scope: This standard defines elements and commonly used components in
excitation control systems and contains definitions for excitation systems
as applied to synchronous machines. The primary purpose is to provide a
vocabulary for (1) Writing excitation systems specifications (2) Evaluating
excitation system performance (3) Specifying methods for excitation system
tests (4) Preparing excitation system standards (5) Serving as an
educational means for those becoming acquainted with excitation systems.
Project Purpose: This effort is to review and revise the existing standard (Std
421.1-1986) which is one of five of the 421 series standards for excitation
systems for synchronous machines.
Designation: 421.1-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous
Machines
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 421-1972. Superseded by 421.1-2007.
History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 21, 1985
Abstract: Elements and commonly used components in excitation control systems and for excitation systems as applied to synchronous
machines are defined. The primary purpose of the standard is to provide a vocabulary for writing excitation systems
specifications, evaluating excitation system performance, specifying methods for excitation system tests, and preparing
excitation system standards. It is also intended to serve as an educational aid for those becoming acquainted with excitation
systems.
Key Words: excitation system, synchronous machines
Designation: 421.2-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic
Performance of Excitation Control Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 07, 1990
**This is a revision of IEEE 421A-1978.
Technical Contact: Jay C Agee, Phone:303-445-2309, Email:jagee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Project Scope: This guide includes criteria, definitions, and test objectives
for evaluating the dynamic performance of excitation control systems as
applied by electric utilities. The term “excitation control system” (see Fig
1) is used to distinguish the combined performance of the synchronous
machine, power system, and excitation system from that of the excitation
system alone (see IEEE Std 100-1988, IEEE Standard Dictionary of Electrical
and Electronics Terms (ANSI) [1]1 and IEEE Std 421.1-1986, IEEE Standard
Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines (ANSI) [2]).
The primary purpose of this guide is to provide a basis for evaluating
closed-loop performance of excitation control systems for both large and
small signal disturbances; confirming the adequacy of mathematical models
of excitation control systems for use in analytical studies of power
systems; identifying objectives for tests of excitation control systems
and their components; and preparing excitation system specifications and
additional standards. Portions of this guide will also serve as
educational material for people who are becoming acquainted with
excitation control systems. Traditionally, large signal performance (see
2.1) has been more closely associated with equipment specification and
acceptance testing, while small signal performance (see 2.2) has been more
closely associated with stability and model studies. Matching actual
disturbance data with model simulations requires that both large and small
signal performance criteria be considered during design specification and
acceptance testing.
Abstract: This standard presents dynamic performance criteria, definitions, and test objectives for excitation control systems as
applied by electric utilities. It should be specifically noted that the term excitation control system refers to the entire
control system including the synchronous machine and power system as well as the excitation system.
Key Words: Small signal disturbances, Large signal disturbances, Excitation
system specification, Excitation control systems, Closed loop performance
Designation: 421.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic
Performance of Excitation Control Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Jay C Agee, Phone:303-445-2309, Email:jagee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996
Project Scope: The working group plans to update the standard in the following
areas: references, update all sections, add a subsection on excitation
limiters, add new, modern test methods, reduce the size of Appendix B,
update all figures and check definitions with new Std 421.1, add testing and
explanation of PF/Var Regulators and Controllers.
Project Purpose: This project is being done to reflect changes in excitation
systems (to digital controllers) and testing methods that have occurred in
the past 5 years.
Designation: P421.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic
Performance of Excitation Control Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Jay C Agee, Phone:303-445-2309, Email:jagee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: This guide includes criteria, definitions, and test procedures
for evaluating the dynamic performance of excitation control systems for
synchronous machines as applied by electric utilities.
Project Purpose: To provide a basis for evaluating the closed-loop performance
of excitation control systems (including the effects of both the synchronous
machine and its excitation system) for both large and small signal
disturbance; thus confirming the adequacy of mathematical models of
excitation systems for use in analytical studies of electric power systems.
Designation: 421.3-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for High-Potential Test Requirements for Excitation
Systems for Synchronous Machines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision project for Std 421B-1979.
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: This standard applies to high-potential testing of complete
excitation systems and their components for synchronous machines. The
components of the excitation system are described in IEEE Std 421-1972,
Criteria and Definitions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines.
Also included are auxiliary devices that are exposed to excitation system
stresses. Examples of such auxiliary devices are temperature indicators,
transducers, meters, etc. This standard does not cover the synchronous-
machine field winding or field circuit breaker and discharge resistor.
Project Purpose: This effort is to review the existing standard (IEEE Std 421B-
1979) which is one of 5 standards in the 421 series on Excitation Systems
for Synchronous Machines.
Abstract: High-potential test voltages for excitation systems used with synchronous machines are established. Test voltages are
established based on whether equipment is connected to the exciter power circuit or is electrically isolated from the exciter
power circuit.
Key Words: "dielectric testing,excitation systems,test voltages"
Designation: P421.3
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard for High-Potential Test Requirements for Excitation Systems for
Synchronous Machines
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard C Schaefer, Phone:618-654-2341x757, Email:richschaefer@basler.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This standard applies to high-potential testing of complete
excitation systems and their components for synchronous machines. Also
included are auxiliary devices that are exposed to excitation system
stresses. Examples of such auxiliary devices are temperature indicators,
transducers, meters, etc. This standard does not cover the synchronous-
machine field winding or field circuit breaker and discharge resistor.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide requirements and
specific directions for the high-potential testing of complete excitation
systems and their components using the most recent information manufacturers
have made available.
Designation: 421.4-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 2004
**Supersedes 421.4-1990.
Technical Contact: Richard C Schaefer, Phone:618-654-2341x757, Email:richschaefer@basler.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 20, 1996, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 2004
Project Scope: Application information is being provided to help specify
excitation systems. Scope includes review of this document and
revisions/additions based on updated information and equipment.
Project Purpose: The application information is being incorporated to give the
user the guidelines and background data required to specify excitation
systems. Updates based on modern equipment will be provided. The benefit it
properly specified equipment that meets user needs.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 421.4-1990 This guide is intended to provide to the specification writer the information to prepare
a specification for the purchase of an excitation system. This guide is presented in narrative form with descriptions of
functions typical of excitation systems. Narrative is provided describing types of excitation systems and information required
for sizing the excitation system.
Key Words: communications, compound exciters, digital, excitation guide,
exciter types, potential,integral, derivative (PID), potential source
exciters, power system stabilizers, redundant controllers, rotating exciters
Designation: P421.4
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard C Schaefer, Phone:618-654-2341x757, Email:richschaefer@basler.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This guide provides the necessary material to the specification
writer in order to prepare the specification for the procurement of an
excitation system for a synchronous machine. The information presented in
this guide is given in narrative form with the descriptions and functions of
particular features that should be examined in preparing the specifications.
This guide also identifies the most modernized industry functions as it
pertains to preparing specifications for the procurement.
Project Purpose: The specific intent of this guide is to provide the user with
guidelines and background data required to specify excitation systems. This
guide will illustrate properly specified equipment used in specifying
excitation systems. The benefit is to properly specify equipment that meets
end user needs.
Designation: 421.4-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 421.4-2004.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Replaced by 421.1-2004 (SH/SS95244) Abstract: IEEE Std 421.4-1990, IEEE Guide for the Preparation of Excitation System
specifications, is intended to be a narrative description of items and functions that should be considered in the preparation of
excitation system specifications. This guide applies to excitation systems for synchronous machines rated at 5000 kVA or larger.
Key Words: 421.4, exciter, machine regulators, Synchronous machine regulators,
Excitation system specification, Excitation control systems
Designation: 421.5-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Excitation System Models for Power System
Stability Studies
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2006
Technical Contact: Les Hajagos, Phone:905-272-2191, Email:les@kestrelpower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Oct 25, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: When the behavior of synchronous machines is to be simulated
accurately in power system stability studies,it is essential that the
excitation systems of the synchronous machines be modeled in sufficient
detail (see Byerly and Kimbark [B7]1). The desired models must be suitable
for representing the actual excitation equipment performance for large,
severe disturbances as well as for small perturbations. A 1968 IEEE
Committee Report (see [B18]) provided initial excitation system reference
models. It established a common nomenclature, presented mathematical models
for excitation systems then in common use, and defined parameters for those
models. A 1981 report (see IEEE Committee Report [B20]) extended that work.
It provided models for newer types of excitation equipment not covered
previously as well as improved models for older equipment. This document,
based heavily on the 1981 report, is intended to again update the models,
provide models for additional control features, and formalize those models
in a recommended practice. To some extent, the model structures presented in
this document are intended to facilitate the use of field test data as a
means of obtaining model parameters. The models are, however, reduced order
models, and they do not represent all of the control loops on any particular
system. In some cases, the model used may represent a substantial reduction,
resulting in large differences between the structure of the model and the
physical system. The excitation system models themselves do not allow for
regulator modulation as a function of system frequency, an inherent
characteristic of some older excitation systems. The models are valid for
frequency deviations of +/-5% from rated frequency and oscillation
frequencies up to about 3 Hz. These models would not normally be adequate
for use in studies of subsynchronous resonance or other shaft torsional
interaction problems. Delayed protective and control functions that may come
into play in long-term dynamic performance studies are not represented. See
additional information in Annex F. Where possible, the supplied models are
referenced to commercial equipment and vendor names shown in Annex I. This
information is given for the convenience of users of this recommended
practice and does not constitute an endorsement by the IEEE of these
products. The models thus referenced may be appropriate for equivalent
excitation systems supplied by other manufacturers. A sample set of data
(not necessarily typical) for each of the models, for at least one
particular application, is provided in Annex H. A suffix "A" is used for
the designation of models introduced or modified in IEEE Std 421.5-1992, and
a suffix "B" is used for models introduced or modified in this latest
recommended practice,IEEE Std 421.5-2005. Modeling work outside of the IEEE
is documented in IEC 60034-16:1991 [B17]. Additional background is found in
IEEE Committee Report [B19].
Project Purpose: Many of those who perform power system simulations require the
complete and accurate representation of the particular excitation systems
which are being applied. This document will provide standardized models such
that a free and understandable exchange of data can occur and model
programmers can include all excitation systems within the standardized
models.
Abstract: Excitation system models suitable for use in large-scale system stability studies are presented. Important limiters and
supplementary controls are also included. The model structures presented are intended to facilitate the use of field test data as
a means of obtaining model parameters. The models are, however, reduced order models and do not represent all of the control
loops on any particular system. The models are valid for frequency deviations of +/-5% from rated frequency and oscillation
frequencies up to 3 Hz. These models would not normally be adequate for use in studies of subsynchronous resonance or other shaft
torsional interaction problems. Delayed protective and control features that may come into play in long term dynamic performance
studies are not represented. A sample set of data for each of the models, for at least one particular application, is provided.
Key Words: excitation limiters, excitation systems, power system stability
Designation: 421.5-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Excitation System Models for Power System
Stability Studies
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 421.5-2005 br> Excitation system models suitable for use in large scale system stability studies
are presented. With these models, most of the excitation systems currently in widespread use on large, system-connected
synchronous machines in North America can be represented. They include updates of models published in the IEEE Transactions on
Power Apparatus and Systems in 1981 as well as models for additional control features such as discontinuous excitation controls.
br>
Key Words: excitation systems, power system stability
Designation: 421A-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Identification, Testing, and Evaluation of the Dynamic
Performance of Excitation Control Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 421.2-1990
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1981
Abstract: Superseded by 421.2-1990. This guide includes criteria, definitions, and test procedures for evaluating the dynamic
performance of excitation control systems as applied by electric utilities. Primary purposes are to provide a basis for
evaluating closed-loop performance of excitation control systems (including both the synchronous machine and its excitation
system) for both large and small signal distutbances; confirming the adequacy of mathematical models of excitation systems for
use in analytical studies of power systems; specifying methods for performing test of excitation control systems and their
components; and preparing excitation system specifications and additional standards. Portions of this guide will also serve as an
educational means for people becoming acquainted with excitation control systems.
Key Words: 421.2
Designation: 421B-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1984
Title: IEEE Standard for High-Potential-Test Requirements for Excitation
Systems for Synchronous Machines
Status: Superseded
**Being revised as 421.3
History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1981
Abstract: Superseded; revised as 421.3-1997. This standard applies to high-potential testing of complete excitation systems and
their components of synchronous machines. The components of the excitation system are described in IEEE Std 421-1972, Criteria
and Defintions for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines. Also included are auxiliary devices that are exposed to
excitation system stresses. Examples of such auxiliary devices are temperature indicators, transducers, meters, etc.
Key Words: 421B
Designation: P422
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Design of Cable and Raceway Systems in Electric
Generating Stations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This Guide includes cable and raceway systems for fossil fuel
electric generating stations and the portions of nuclear generating stations
that are not “nuclear safety related”.
Project Purpose: The guide presents methods for the design of cable and raceway
systems including selection of equipment and materials and the configuration
of raceway and cable .
Abstract: This Guide includes cable and raceway systems for fossil fuel electric generating stations and the portions of nuclear
generating stations that are not “nuclear safety related”.
Designation: 422-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 17, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Steve LaPidus, Phone:(201) 886-7821
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985
Abstract: This guide applies to both nuclear and non-nuclear electric power generating stations -- except for the special
requirements of wire and cable installations in Class 1E systems of nuclear stations -- for which the user should refer to
ANSI/IEEE Std 690-1984.
Key Words: Cable, systems, design, installation, pgs
Designation: 425
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 426
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 427
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 428
Title: Standard Definitions and Requirements for Thyristor AC Power Controllers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 10, 1987
Designation: 428-1981
Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Requirements for Thyristor AC Power
Controllers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983
Abstract: These recommendations apply to thyristor ac power controllers that are low voltage, power elctronic, industrial class
equipment for the control or switching of ac power. Switching, multicycle control and phase control are included. Cycloconverters
are excluded. Examples of application include, but are not limited to, industrial oven controls, static motor starters, static
relays, etc.
Designation: 429
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems
for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils
for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This recommended practice outlines a test procedure for
comparing two or more sealed insulation systems in accordance with their
expected life at rated temperature. The procedure is limited to insulation
systems for ac electrical machines using form-wound preinsulated stator
coils rated 6900 V and below. The intent of this test procedure is to
evaluate insulation systems for use with air cooling under severe
environmental conditions, where the insulation is exposed to conducting
contaminants. This procedure does not cover special requirements, such as
those for machines enclosed in gas atmospheres or machines subjected to
strong chemicals or submersion in liquid, etc. The procedure includes
instructions for testing candidate systems in comparison with known systems
having a proven record of service experience and interpreting the results of
these tests.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to classify sealed insulation
systems for the machinery used in severe environmental conditions (and
falling within the scope of this recommended practice) in accordance with
their temperature capabilities by test, rather than by chemical composition.
Data from such tests may be used to establish the temperature classification
of new insulation systems before they are service-proven. In order to
provide data from which a base of reference for temperature classification
can be established, service-proven sealed systems should also be tested
according to this test procedure.
Designation: 429-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Sealed Insulation
Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-Wound Preinsulated Stator
Coils for Machines Rated 6900 V and Below
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 429-1972. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 17, 1995
Abstract: A test procedure for comparing two or more sealed insulation systems in accordance with their expected life at rated
temperature is outlined. The procedure is limited to insulation systems for alternating-current (ac) electrical machines using
form-wound preinsulated stator coils rated 6900 V and below.
Key Words: insulation system, stator coils, thermal evaluation, ac electric
machinery
Designation: 429
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 43-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating
Machinery
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2000
Technical Contact: Vicki Warren, Phone:931-670-7829, Email:vtwarren@msn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 06, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 2000
Project Scope: Revise and update the Recommended Practice to reflect the
characteristics of newer insulating materials and resistance measurement
methods. The revision will address problems that have been encountered in
recent years with the application of Polarization Indexes on extremely high
resistance insulation systems.
Project Purpose: The project will provide an up-to-date Recommended Practice
for meausrement of electrical insulation resistance for windings used in
rotating machinery rated 1hp, 1KW or greater.
Abstract: This document describes the recommended procedure for measuring insulation resis-tance of armature and field windings in
rotating machines rated 1 hp, 750 W or greater. It applies to synchronous machines, induction machines, dc machines, and
synchronous condensers. Con-tained within this document is the general theory of insulation resistance (IR) and polarization
index (P.I.), as well as factors affecting the results, test procedures, methods of interpretation, test limita-tions, and
recommended minimum values.
Key Words: "absorption current,conductoin current,discharge current,geometric
capacitive current,insulation resistance,polarization index, surface leakage
current"
Designation: P43
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Electric
Machinery
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This document describes a recommended procedure for measuring
insulation resistance of armature and field windings in rotating machines
rated 1 hp, 750 W or greater. It applies to synchronous machines, induction
machines, dc machines, and synchronous condensers. It does not apply to
fractional-horsepower machines. The document also describes typical
insulation resistance characteristics of rotating machine windings and how
these characteristics indicate winding condition. It recommends minimum
acceptable values of insulation resistance for ac and dc rotating machine
windings.
Project Purpose: a) Define insulation resistance and polarization index testing
of the winding of a rotating machine. b) Review the factors that
affect or change insulation resistance characteristics. c) Recommend
uniform test conditions. d) Recommend uniform methods for measuring
insulation resistance with precautions to avoid erroneous results.
e) Provide a basis for interpreting insulation resistance test results to
estimate winding suitability for service or for an overvoltage
test. In particular, this standard describes typical insulation problems
detected by the insulation resistance test. f) Present recommended
minimum acceptable insulation resistance values and polarization indices
for various types of rotating machines.
Designation: 43-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating
Machinery
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 43-1961. Was ANSI C50.22. Superseded by 43-2000.
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by 43-2000. Insulation resistance characteristics of rotating-machine windings and the manner in which these
characteristics may serve to indicate the condition of the winding are described. The recommended procedure for the measurement
of insulation resistance of windings of rotating machines rated 1 hp, 1 kW or greater is presented. The recommended minimum value
of insulation resistance of alternating-current and direct-current rotating-machine windings is given. Synchronous machines,
induction machines, direct-current machines, and synchronous converters are covered, as well as armature windings and field
windings. Fractional-horsepower machines are not included.
Key Words: insulation, resistance, rotating, motors, generators, Rotating-
machine insulation testing
Designation: 43
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating
Machinery
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ian Culbert, Phone:416-620-5600, Email:iculbert@irispower.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: This document describes a recommended procedure for measuring
insulation resistance of armature and field windings in rotating machines
rated 1 hp, 750 W or greater. It applies to synchronous machines, induction
machines, dc machines, and synchronous condensers. It does not apply to
fractional-horsepower machines. The document also describes typical
insulation resistance characteristics of rotating machine windings and how
these characteristics indicate winding condition. It recommends minimum
acceptable values of insulation resistance for ac and dc rotating machine
windings.
Project Purpose: a) Define insulation resistance and polarization index testing
of the winding of a rotating machine. b) Review the factors that
affect or change insulation resistance characteristics. c) Recommend
uniform test conditions. d) Recommend uniform methods for measuring
insulation resistance with precautions to avoid erroneous
results. e) Provide a basis for interpreting insulation resistance
test results to estimate winding suitability for service or for
an overvoltage test. In particular, this standard describes typical
insulation problems detected by the insulation resistance test.
f) Present recommended minimum acceptable insulation resistance values and
polarization indices for various types of rotating machines.
Designation: P430
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from Overhead
Power Lines and Substations
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This standard establishes uniform procedures for the measurement
of radio noise generated by corona from overhead power lines. Measurement
procedures in this standard are also valid for other power-line noise
sources such as gaps and harmonics; however, most of the precautionary
information, analysis, and data plotting techniques were written and
developed primarily for corona discharges. The procedures are not valid for
measuring transient radio noise sources that occur during breaker or
disconnect switching operations. The procedure applies in the frequency
range of 0.010-1000 MHz; however, the emphasis is on the standard amplitude-
modulation broadcasting (0.535-1.605 MHz) and television broadcasting (54-72
MHz, 76-88 MHz, 174-216 MHz, and 470-906 MHz) bands. The procedures
described for measurements in and near substations are suggested procedures
at this time until further information is obtained. This standard is
applicable to both ac and dc transmission lines and substations.
Project Purpose: Document will not contain a purpose
Designation: 430
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from Overhead
Power Lines and Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas J McDermott, Phone:(914) 681-6454
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: 430-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for the Measurement of Radio Noise from
Overhead Power Lines and Substations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 17 January 1997.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Uniform procedures are established for the measurement of radio noise generated by corona from overhead power lines with
meters that conform to ANSI C63.2-1980. The measurement procedures are also valid for other power-line noise sources such as gaps
and harmonics; however, most of the precautionary information, analys is, and data plotting techniques were written and developed
primarily for corona discharges. The procedures are not valid for measuring transient radio noise sources that occur during
breaker or disconnect switching operations. Procedures are suggested for measurements in and near substations. This standard is
applicable to both AC and DC transmission lines and substations. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL
needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: radio, noise, overhead, lines, Substation measurements, Power
transmission electromagnetic, Power system measurements, Electromagnetic
interference
Designation: 431
Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 432-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Rotating Electrical Machinery
(5 hp to less than 10 000 hp)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 04, 1975, ANSI APP: Nov 28, 1977
Key Words: insulation, maintenance, rotating, electrical, machinery
Designation: 432-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance for Rotating Electric Machinery (5
hp to less than 10 000 hp)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 432-1976. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Roy L Balke, Phone:(814) 866-6683
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: **Revision of IEEE Std 432-1976. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. Information necessary to permit an effective
evaluation of the insulation systems of medium and small rotating electrical machines is presented. The guide is intended to
apply in general to industrial air- cooled machines rated from 5 hp to 10 000 hp. However, the procedures may be found useful for
other types of machines.
Key Words: Rotating machine insulation, Power system maintenance, Industrial
power system maintenance
Designation: 433-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing™ of AC Electric
Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 24, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 433-1974
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 21, 2010
Project Scope: This document describes very low frequency (VLF) testing of ac
electric machines. It covers acceptance testing of new machines in the
factory or on-site after erection. Also covered is the routine maintenance
testing of machines that have been in service. In order to facilitate
communication and comparison among investigators, this document recommends
that the VLF used be 0.1 Hz ± 10%.
Project Purpose: The purposes of this recommended practice are as follows:
a) To provide a uniform procedure for testing the stator (armature)
insulation of ac electric machines with VLF voltage, in order to obtain
consistent results b) To recommend constants for relating VLF tests to
power-frequency and direct-voltage tests to obtain equally effective test
levels c) To describe VLF test equipment and wave shape d) To define
terms that have specific meaning in VLF testing
Abstract: This recommended practice describes very low frequency withstand and diagnostic tests that are performed on the stator
windings of ac electric machines.
Key Words: 433-2009, ac electric machines, ac electric machine testing,
diagnostic test, high-potential (hipotential) test, over potential test,
proof testing, safety, very low frequency testing, VLF testing, withstand
test
Designation: 433
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of AC Electric Machinery
with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Howard Sedding, Phone:416-207-6000 Et 6172, Email:howard.sedding@kinectrics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This document describes very low frequency (VLF) testing of ac
electric machines. It covers acceptance testing of new machines in the
factory or on-site after erection. Also covered is the routine maintenance
testing of machines that have been in service. In order to facilitate
communication and comparison among investigators, this document recommends
that the very low frequency used be 0.1 Hz.
Project Purpose: The purposes of this recommended practice are: (1) To provide
a uniform procedure for testing the stator (armature) insulation of ac
electric machines with VLF voltage, in order to obtain consistent results.
(2)To recommend constants for relating VLF tests to power-frequency and
direct-voltage tests to obtain equally effective test levels. (3)To
describe VLF-test equipment and wave shape. (4)To define terms which have
specific meaning in VLF testing.
Designation: 433-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating
Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn. 8-Dec-09: Revision 433-2009.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. Abstract: Terms that have a specific meaning in VLF testing are
defined, and VLF test equipment and wave shape are described. A uniform procedure for testing the armature insulation of large AC
machines with VLF voltage is provided. Constants for relating VLF tests to power-frequency and direct-voltage tests to obtain
equally effective test levels are recommended.
Key Words: testing, machinery, voltage, frequency, Rotating machine insulation
testing, AC machines
Designation: 434-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC
Electric Machines Rated 2300 V and Above
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Lori Rux, Phone:503-808-4221, Email:lori.rux@usace.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007
Project Scope: This guide describes a procedure that may be used to evaluate
and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac
electric machines. The tests outlined herein are applicable to the
groundwall insulation systems applied to form-wound, pre-insulated armature
(stator) winding coils and/or bars of generators, motors, and synchronous
condensers rated 2300 V or higher. The basic component of these insulation
systems is usually mica combined with reinforcing, bonding, and impregnating
materials. This guide is based on the experience of the industry with mica-
based systems; any evaluation of other insulation systems should, however,
consider the requirements of this guide. This document is not intended for
use as a manufacturer’s quality assurance test plan. Nor should it be used
for specifying or procuring armature winding coils/bars.
Project Purpose: During operation, an insulation system is subjected to
electrical, thermal, mechanical, and environmental stresses that act and
interact to cause irreversible changes in the properties of the insulation.
The applied stresses initiate aging mechanisms that eventually lead to
failure. The purpose of this guide is to provide winding manufacturers a
means of evaluation in which an insulation system is exposed to influencing
factors that simulate or are characteristic of actual service conditions.
This guide establishes the basis for evaluating the aging of the electrical
insulation system as a result of these influences.
Abstract: This guide describes a procedure that may be used to evaluate and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in
large ac electric machines. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 434-1991
Key Words: ac, accelerated aging, armature winding, electric machine,
electrical insulation, electromechanical, functional evaluation, stator
winding, thermal endurance, thermal expansion, thermomechanical, voltage
endurance
Designation: 434-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Large
High-Voltage Machines
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: May 24, 1973, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Classification test methods that may be used to compare insulation systems in use, or proposed for use, in large high-
voltage rotating machines are described. Thermal aging, voltage endurance, thermomechanical forces, and electromechanical forces
are addressed.
Key Words: evaluation, high voltage, machines, Rotating machine insulation
testing, Insulation life
Designation: 434
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Functional Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric
Machines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Lori Rux, Phone:503-808-4221, Email:lori.rux@usace.army.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2002
Project Scope: This guide describes a procedure which may be used to evaluate
and compare insulation systems used, or proposed for use, in large ac
electric machines. The tests outlined herein are applicable to the
groundwall insulation systems applied to form-wound, insulated stator
(armature) winding coils and/or bars of generators, motors, and synchronous
condensers rated 6000 V or higher. The basic ingredient of these insulation
systems is usually mica combined with reinforcing, bonding, and impregnating
materials. This guide is based on the experience of the industry with
micaceous systems; any evaluation of nonmicaceous systems should, however,
consider the requirements of this guide. This document is not intended for
use as a manufacturer's Quality Assurance Test Plan. Nor should it be used
for specifying or procuring armature winding coils/bars.
Project Purpose: During operation, an insulation system is subjected to
electrical, thermal, mechanical, and environmental stresses which may act
and interact to cause irreversible changes in the properties of the
insulation. The applied stresses initiate aging mechanisms that eventually
lead to failure. The purpose of this guide is to provide a means of
evaluation in which an insulation system is exposed to influencing factors
that simulate or are characteristic of actual service conditions. This
guide establishes the basis for evaluating the aging of the electrical
insulation system as a result of these influences. This standard is being
revised because the working group feels that more definitions are need to be
added to the document to further clarify the information presented in the
standard. Also, more specific test detail will be added to the document.
Designation: 435
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 436-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Making Corona (Partial Discharge) Measurements on
Electronics Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 1991
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Feb 11, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1991
Project Scope: This guide covers the detection of corona (partial discharge)
and the measurement of its magnitude in electronics transformers. Test
conditions, test apparatus, and test requirements are included.
Project Purpose: Corona (partial discharge) is an ionization phenomenon that
can cause deterioration in certain insulation systems. Its presence in
electronic equipment can be harmful through its manifestation as circuit
noise, spurious voltage or current pulses, or other undesirable effects that
lead to circuit malfunctions. Transformers and inductors used in electronic
circuits at high voltages can be locations where this harmful phenomenon
originates. Even in instances where discharges are not of concern in
circuit performance, they be of concern because of their adverse effect on
component life. It is, therefore, essential that the insulation system be
free of corona discharges at operating voltage stresses. The magnitude or
intensity of these discharges is usually of such a low level that very
sensitive electronic measuring apparatus and techniques are required to
detect them. This guide presents a uniform procedure for making corona
(partial discharge) measurements by electrical means on electronics
transformers. Methods of applying voltage stress, the use of sine-wave
voltage to simulate dc and ac combinations, the types and limitations of
voltage stresses encountered, and the acceptable limits of discharge pulse
energy are included. Recommended test conditions and the need for
negotiation of special tests are discussed.
Abstract: A uniform procedure for making corona (partial discharge) measurements by electrical means on electronic transformers is
presented. Methods of applying voltage stress, the use of a sine-wave voltage to simulated dc and ac combinations, the types and
limitations of voltage stresses encountered, and the acceptable limits of discharge pulse energy are included. Recommended test
conditions and the need for negotiation of special tests are discussed. Test apparatus and calibration are described. The aim is
to establish a common ground of understanding between transformer and systems design engineers and transformer manufacturers in
the development of service and performance requirements.
Key Words: corona, partial discharge, insulation breakdown, Transformer
insulation
Designation: 436-1977
Sponsor: Electronic Transformers
Title: IEEE Guide for Making Corona (Partial Discharge) Measurements on
Electronics Transformers
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976
Abstract: Superseded. This guide covers the detection of corona and the measurement of corona magnitude in electronics tranformers.
Test conditions, terminology, test apparatus, calibration, and test requirements are included.
Key Words: corona measurements, electronics transformers, corona, terminology,
partial discharge
Designation: 438
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 442-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Guide for Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Abstract: A method for measurement of soil thermal resistivity that is based on the theory that the rate of temperature rise of a
line heat source is dependent upon the thermal constants of the medium in which it is placed is given. This information will
enable the user to properly install and load underground cables. The aim is to provide sufficient information to enable the user
to select useful commercial test equipment, or to manufacture equipment that is not readily available on the market, and to make
meaningful resistivity measurements with this equipment, in the field or on soil samples in the laboratory. Designs for both
laboratory and field thermal needles are described.
Key Words: soil, resistivity, Soil measurements, Power transmission lines,
Power cable thermal factors, Power cable installation
Designation: P442
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurement
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This guide covers the measurement of soil thermal resistivity. A
thorough knowledge of the thermal properties of a soft soil will enable the
user to properly install and load underground cables. The method used is
based on the theory that the rate of temperature rise of a line heat source
is dependent upon the thermal constants of the medium in which it is placed.
The designs for both laboratory and field thermal needles are also described
in this guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide sufficient information
to enable the user to select useful commercial test equipment, or to
manufacture equipment which is not readily available on the market, and to
make meaningful resistivity measurements with this equipment. Measurements
may be made in the field or in the laboratory on soil samples or both.
If the native soil is to be tamped back into the trench at the same density
at which it was removed, it may be desirable to make in-situ resistivity
measurements along the route of the cable. If the native soil is to be
placed in the trench at a density different than undisturbed soil in the
same vicinity, laboratory measurements are required on soil samples
recompacted to the desired density. In order to draw meaningful
comparisons on selected foreign backfill materials, thermal resistivity
measurements should be made in the laboratory on soils which are compacted
so as to provide maximum dry densities.
Designation: 444
Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter
Title: Standard Practices and Requirements for Thyristor Converters for Motor
Drives; Part 1 - Converters DC Motor Armature Supplies
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:stevenson-ac@salem.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1987
Designation: 444-1973
Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for Thyristor Converters for
Motor Drives Part 1- Converters for DC Motor Armature Supplies
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:stevenson-ac@salem.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1971, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. This standard applies to all types of line-commutated semiconductor
power converters employing monocrystalline semiconductor thyristors or diodes, as used in industrial motor-drive applications
requiring adjustable direct voltage for dc motor armature or field, or adjustable voltage and frequency in the case of ac motor
drives (cycloconverter). It covers thyristor converter circuits, general requirements, test procedures, general recommendations
for loading and operating converter units, and thyristor converter transformers. Although written primarily around the
requirements of motor drives needing sufficient power to utilize multiphase power converters, this standard is applicable with
reasonable interpretation to all line-commutated power converters used in industrial motor-drive applications.
Key Words: requirements, thyristor, converters, motor drives, DC motor drives
Designation: 446-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for
Industrial and Commercial Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 03, 1996
**Revision of Std 446-1987.
Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1996
Project Scope: As presently stated in IEEE Std 446-1987.
Project Purpose: To update IEEE Std 446-1987 by incorporating references to
current codes and standards and by including new technology and practices.
Abstract: This Recommended Practice addresses the uses, power sources, design, and maintenance of emergency and standby power
systems. Chapter 3 is a general discussion of needs for and the configuration of emergency and standby systems. Chapter 9 lists
the power needs for specific industries. Chapters 4 and 5 deal with the selection of power sources. Chapter 6 provides
recommendations for protecting both power sources and switching equipment during fault conditions. Chapter 7 provides
recommendations for design of system grounding, and Chapter 10 provides recommendations for designing to reliability objectives.
Chapter 8 provides recommended maintenance practices.
Key Words: batteries, emergency generators, emergency power, emergency systems,
system design, engine generators, standby power, standby system, stored
energy, transfer switch, uninterruptible , power supplies, UPS, UPS
batteries, Orange Book
Designation: 446
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power systems for
Industrial and Commercial Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James M Daley, Phone:610 866 3673, Email:jmdaley@rcn.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002
Project Scope: As presently stated in 446-87. This standard presents
recommended engineering principles, practices and guidelines for the
selection, design, installation, application, operation and maintenance of
emergency and standby power systems. This information is primarily presented
from a user's viewpoint; however, managing the effects of power system
disturbances requires close cooperation between users, electric utilities
and equipment manufacturers. This standard addresses the following
questions: Is an emergency or standby power system (or both) needed, and
what will it accomplish?; What types of systems are available, and which
can best meet users' needs?; How should the most suitable system be
designed and applied to the existing power system?; What are the maintenance
and operating requirements for maintaining system reliability?; Where can
additional information be obtained?; What are the design considerations for
maintaining system reliability? The following industries and fields are
considered specialized and beyond the scope of inclusion and direct address
buy this standard: transport, government, military and utility.
Project Purpose: To update 446-87 by including new technology and practices.
Significant advances in equipment and applications have occurred over the
recent past. Their collective impact on the design options available to a
user should be made visible so that the designer can implement an
appropriate design for the application. This revision to the standard
incorporates appropriate advances.
Designation: 446
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for
Industrial and Commercial Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Charles D Hughes, Phone:803-208-2953, Email:cdhughes@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: This standard presents recommended engineering principles,
practices, and guidelines for the selection, design, installation,
application, operation, and maintenance of emergency and standby power
systems. This information is primarily presented from a user's viewpoint;
however, managing the effects of power system disturbances requires close
cooperation between users, electric utilities, and equipment manufacturers.
Project Purpose: To update Std 446-1995 by incorporating references to current
codes and standards, and by including new technology and practices.
Designation: 446-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for
Industrial and Commerical Applications
Status: Superseded
**(IEEE Orange Book) Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 446-1980.
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: Recommended engineering principles, practices, and guidelines for the selection and application of emergency and standby
power systems are presented. Industrial and commercial users' needs are outlined and discussed, and the material is primarily
presented from a user's viewpoint. General requirements, protection, grounding, applications by specific industry, and
maintenance guidelines are included.
Key Words: emergency, standby, power, system, orange book
Designation: 447
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 448
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 449-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 10, 1999
**Revision of IEEE Std 449-1990.
Technical Contact: David N Ratliff, Phone:517-546-6330, Email:marelco@htonline.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 24, 1999
Project Scope: This standard pertains to ferroresonant voltage regulators which
operate at relatively constant frequencies and provide substantially
constant output voltages in spite of relatively large changes of input
voltage, and to controlled ferroresonant regulators which maintain
substantially constant output voltage regardless of variations, within
limits, of input voltage, temperature, frequency and output load. Guides to
application and test procedures are included. Provision is made for
relating the rectifiers and circuits. Definitions pertaining to
ferroresonance and ferroresonant regulators which have not been found
elsewhere are included with an appropriate discussion. This standard
includes, but is not limited to, the following types of ferroresonant
regulators 1) Series ferroresonant regulators 2) Series-parallel
ferroresonant regulars(electrically connected) 3) Ferroresonant transformer
regulars(magnetically connected) 4) Controlled ferroresonant regulators
Project Purpose: Add new voltage regulator topologies to ferroresonant voltage
regulator scheme. New Topology improves overload, stability, size and
efficiency over current technology.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Ferroresonant transformers used as regulators in electronic power supplies and in other
equipment are covered. Guides to application and test procedures are included.
Key Words: "controlled ferroresonant regulators,ferroresonant transformer
regulators,series feroresonant regulators,series-parallel ferroresonant
regulators"
Designation: 449-1984
Sponsor: Electronic Transformers
Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators
Status: Superseded
Abstract: This standard pertains to ferroresonant transformers used as regulators in electronic power supplies and in other
equipment. Guides to application and test procedures are included.
Key Words: standard, ferroresonant, voltage, regulators
Designation: 449-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power Electronics Society/Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Ferroresonant Voltage Regulators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 449-1984.
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990
Abstract: Requirements are provided for ferroresonant voltage regulators that operate at relatively constant frequencies and provide
substantially constant output voltages in spite of relatively large changes of input voltage. Requirements for controlled
ferroresonant regulators that maintain substantially constant output voltages regardless of variations, within limits, of input
voltage, temperature, frequency, and output load are also included. The requirements cover definitions, symbols, and circuit
schematics; service conditions; ratings; nameplate and other markings; testing; application; and maintenance. Provision is made
for relating the characteristics of ferroresonant regulators to associated rectifiers and circuits.
Key Words: regulators
Designation: 45-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 09, 2002
**Supersedes 45-1998.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice will serve as a guide for the
selection and installation of electrical equipment for lighting, signaling,
communications, power and propulsion in marine applications.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this standard is to provide a consensus of
recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical engineering
as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment.
Abstract: Recommendations for the design, selection, and installation of equipment on merchant vessels with electrical apparatus for
lighting, signaling, communication, power, and propulsion are provided.
Key Words: "marine electrical engineering, marine vessels, shipboard systems,
ships"
Designation: 45
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: These recommendations establish the minimally acceptable
guidelines for the design, selection, and installation of systems and
equipment aboard marine vessels applying electrical apparatus for power,
propulsion, steering, automation, navigation, lighting, and communications.
These recommendations describe present-day acceptable electrical engineering
methods and practices. It is recognized that changes and
improvements in shipboard requirements may develop that are not specifically
covered herein; such changes, if incorporated in the design, should be equal
to the safety and reliability levels established herein and generally in
accord with the intent of these standards. In developing
these recommendations, consideration was given to the electrical and
engineering requirements promulgated by various regulatory agencies,
classification societies, and by the International Maritime Organization.s
International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (IMO SOLAS), as
amended. This recommended practice was developed by a
voluntary consensus body to provide assistance and guidance to regulatory
agencies governing electrical engineering requirements.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
consensus of recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical
engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and
equipment.
Designation: P45
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Ships
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: These recommendations establish the minimally acceptable
guidelines for the design, selection, and installation of systems and
equipment aboard marine vessels applying electrical apparatus for power,
propulsion, steering, navigation, lighting, and communications. These
recommendations describe present-day acceptable electrical engineering
methods and practices. It is recognized that changes and improvements in
shipboard requirements may develop that are not specifically covered herein;
such changes, if incorporated in the design, should be equal to the safety
and reliability levels established herein and generally in accord with the
intent of these recommendations. In developing these recommendations,
consideration was given to the electrical and engineering requirements
promulgated by various regulatory agencies, classification societies, and by
the International Maritime Organization’s International Convention for the
Safety of Life at Sea (IMO SOLAS), as amended. This recommended
practice is supplemented by the eight documents in the IEEE 45.1 through
IEEE 45.8 series.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
consensus of recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical
engineering as applied specifically to systems and components for ships and
other marine applications, such as offshore platforms, that generate,
control and distribute electric power and provide propulsion, steering and
other critical ship control functions based on electric power source.
Designation: 45-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Installations on Shipboard
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 45-1983. Superseded by 45-2002.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Provide marine recommendations intended for selection and
installation of equipment on vessels with electric apparatus.
Project Purpose: Recommendations to define present-day engineering practices
with reference to safety of personnel and of the ship itself. Attention is
directed to other standards and requlations for electric installations on
shipboard such as those promulgated by Government Regulartory Agencies and
Intergovernmental Maritime Organizations.
Abstract: Recommendations for the selection and installation of equipment on merchant vessels with electric apparatus for lighting,
signaling, communication, power, and propulsion are provided. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL
needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: "marine electrical engineering, marine vessels, shipboard systems,
ships"
Designation: 45-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 1989
Designation: 45
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: These recommendations establish the minimally acceptable
guidelines for the design, selection, and installation of systems and
equipment aboard marine vessels applying electrical apparatus for power,
propulsion, steering, automation, navigation, lighting, and communications.
These recommendations describe present-day acceptable electrical engineering
methods and practices. It is recognized that changes and
improvements in shipboard requirements may develop that are not specifically
covered herein; such changes, if incorporated in the design, should be equal
to the safety and reliability levels established herein and generally in
accord with the intent of these standards. In developing these
recommendations, consideration was given to the electrical and engineering
requirements promulgated by various regulatory agencies, classification
societies, and by the International Maritime Organization.s International
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (IMO SOLAS), as amended.
This recommended practice was developed by a voluntary consensus body to
provide assistance and guidance to regulatory agencies governing electrical
engineering requirements.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to provide a
consensus of recommended practices in the unique field of marine electrical
engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and
equipment.
Designation: P45.1
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Design
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: The design recommendations for AC power systems, DC power
systems, emergency power systems, shore power, power quality and harmonics,
electric propulsion and maneuvering systems, motors and drives, thrusters,
steering systems on shipboards are established by this document. These
recommendations reflect the present-day technologies, engineering methods,
and engineering practices. This document is intended to be used in
conjunction with IEEE 45.
Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in
IEEE Std 45, P45.1 provides a consensus of recommended practices for design
in marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard
systems, and equipment.
Designation: P45.2
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard -
Controls and Automation
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: The recommendations for controls, control applications, control
apparatus, and automation on shipboards are established by this document.
These recommendations reflect the present-day technologies, engineering
methods, and engineering practices. This document is
intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45.
Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in
IEEE Std 45, P45.2 provides a consensus of recommended practices for control
applications and automation in marine electrical engineering as applied
specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment.
Designation: P45.3
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Systems
Integration
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This document provides recommendations on integration of
electric systems at the total ship level. The systems integration includes
system engineering, design and integration of the entire electrical system,
fully integrated into a ship, from concept design through production.
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45.
Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in
IEEE Std 45, P45.3 provides a consensus of recommended practices for systems
integration in marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to
ships, shipboard systems, and equipment.
Designation: P45.4
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Marine
Sectors and Mission Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice identifies the various marine segments
and ships covered by IEEE 45 and other standards such as IEEE 1713. It
provides grouping of ships and their predominant mission systems for
classification and used by other parts of IEEE 45 and other standards.
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45.
Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in
IEEE Std 45, P45.4 provides a consensus of recommended practices for marine
sectors and mission systems in marine electrical engineering as applied
specifically to ships, shipboard systems, and equipment.
Designation: P45.5
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - Safety
Considerations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: The recommendations for the design for safety on shipboards are
established by this document. These recommendations reflect the present-day
technologies, engineering methods, and engineering practices.
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45.
Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in
IEEE Std 45, P45.5 provides a consensus of recommended practices for safety
in marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships, shipboard
systems, and equipment.
Designation: P45.6
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard -
Electrical Testing
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Mohammed Islam, Phone:504-739-4253, Email:moni.islam@L-3com.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: The recommendations for system testing on shipboards are
established by this document. These recommendations reflect the present-day
technologies, engineering methods, and engineering practices.
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45.
Project Purpose: An extension of the baseline technology and methods covered in
IEEE Std 45, P45.6 provides a consensus of recommended practices for system
testing in marine electrical engineering as applied specifically to ships,
shipboard systems, and equipment.
Designation: P45.7
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard - AC
Switchboards
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Dwight Alexander, Phone:408-594-1051, Email:dwight.alexander@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: Design, installation and testing recommendations for generator
control panels and switchboards on ship are established by this document.
These recommendations reflect the present-day technologies, engineering
methods, and engineering practices. This document is intended to be used in
conjunction with IEEE 45 - Recommended Practice for Electric Installations
on Shipboard.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to supplement
the design, installation and testing recommendations in IEEE Std 45. This
recommended practice provides new technologies and design practices for
generator control panels and switchboards to aid marine electrical engineers
in the design, application and installation of this equipment on ships and
other marine installations.
Designation: 45.7
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard -
Switchboards
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: Design, installation and testing recommendations for generator
control panels and switchboards on ship are established by this document.
These recommendations reflect the present-day technologies, engineering
methods, and engineering practices. This document is intended
to be used in conjunction with IEEE 45 - Recommended Practice for Electric
Installations on Shipboard.
Project Purpose: The main purpose of this recommended practice is to supplement
the design, installation and testing recommendations in IEEE Std 45. This
recommended practice provides new technologies and design practices for
generator control panels and switchboards to aid marine electrical engineers
in the design, application and installation of this equipment on ships and
other marine installations.
Designation: P45.8
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard- Cable
Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: The scope of this document is to provide recommendations for
selection, application, and installation of electrical power,
instrumentation, control, data, and specialty marine cable systems on
shipboard. These recommendations include the present day technologies,
engineering methods, and engineering practices.
Project Purpose: This subsection of IEEE-45 is intended to provide a concensus
of recommended practices for the selection, application, and installation of
electrical power, instrumentation, contol, data, and specialty marine cable
systems on shipboard.
Designation: 450-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2011
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010
Project Scope: This document provides recommended maintenance, test schedules,
and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance
of permanently-installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used in standby
service. It also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be
replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to standby service
stationary applications where a battery charger normally maintains the
battery fully charged and provides the dc loads. The maintenance and
testing programs described in this recommended practice represent "the best
program" based on the information available at the time this document was
developed. The user should evaluate these practices against their operating
experience, operating conditions, manufacturer's recommendations, resources,
and needs in developing a maintenance program for a given application. These
maintenance and testing recommendations were developed without consideration
of economics, availability of testing equipment and personnel, or relative
importance of the application. Development of a maintenance and testing
program for a specific application requires consideration of all issues, not
just the technical issues considered in this document.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide the
user with information and recommendations concerning the maintenance,
testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid batteries used in stationary
applications.
Abstract: Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently
installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby service are provided. This recommended practice also provides
guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to standby service stationary
applications where a charger maintains the battery fully charged and supplies the dc loads.
Key Words: acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery
maintenance, battery replacement criteria, battery service test, battery
terminal voltage, connection resistance measurements, electrolyte level,
equalize charge, float voltage, IEEE 450, modified performance test,
performance test, service test, specific gravity, standby power
applications, state of charge, test-discharge rate, vented lead-acid battery
Designation: 450-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing , and Replacement of
Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB. Supersedes 450-1995.
Superseded by 450-2010.
Technical Contact: Tim Bolgeo, Phone:423-751-8399, Email:rtbolgeo@tva.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: General revision of contents of the standard with no change in
the existing scope of the standard.
Project Purpose: General revision to standard to incorporate lessons learned
from the industry, incorporate recent developments from the industry, and
explanation of new testing recommendations from the 1995 version of the
standard.
Abstract: Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently
installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications are provided. This recommended practice also
provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to full-float
stationary applications where a charger maintains the battery fully charged and supplies the dc loads.
Key Words: acceptance test, battery capacity, battery installation, battery
maintenance, battery replacement criteria, battery service test, battery
terminal voltage, connection resistance measurements, electrolyte level,
equalize charge, float voltage
Designation: 450-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 450-1987. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to
PE/SB. Superseded by 450-2002.
History: BD APP: Jan 24, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995
Abstract: Superseded by 450-2002. Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and
performance of permanently installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications are provided. This
recommended practice also provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is
applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable
equipment, may have other appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. You will receive an email
from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: acceptance test, capacity, maintenance, replacement, battery service
test, battery terminal voltage, connection resistance, electrolyte level,
equalize charge, float voltage, modified performance, performance test,
specific gravity, standby power applic, state of charge, test discharge
rate, vented lead-acid batteries, standby power applications, modified
performance test, connection resistance readings, battery terminal voltage,
battery replacement criteria, Battery installation
Designation: 450-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance,Testing, and Replacement of
Large Lead Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: Maintenance, test schedules, and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance of permanently
installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for standby power applications are provided. This recommended practice also
provides guidance to determine when batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to all stationary
applications. However, specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, may have other
appropriate practices and are beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
Key Words: maintenance, lead, storage, batteries, stations
Designation: 450
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of
Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Mark S. Clark, Phone:361-972-8234, Email:sclark@stpegs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This document provides recommended maintenance, test schedules,
and testing procedures that can be used to optimize the life and performance
of permanently-installed, vented lead-acid storage batteries used for
standby power applications. It also provides guidance to determine when
batteries should be replaced. This recommended practice is applicable to
full-float stationary applications where a battery charger normally
maintains the battery fully charged and provides the dc loads. However,
specific applications, such as emergency lighting units and semi-portable
equipment, may have other appropriate practices that are beyond the scope of
this recommended practice. Sizing, installation, qualification, other
battery types, and application are also beyond the scope of this recommended
practice. The maintenance and testing programs described in this recommended
practice represent the best program based on the information available at
the time this document was developed. The user should evaluate these
practices against their operating experience, operating conditions,
manufacturers recommendations, resources, and needs in developing a
maintenance program for a given application. These maintenance and testing
recommendations were developed without consideration of economics,
availability of testing equipment and personnel, or relative importance of
the application. Development of a maintenance and testing program for a
specific application requires consideration of all issues, not just the
technical issues considered in this document. This recommended practice
does not include any other component of the dc system, or inspection and
testing of the dc system, even though the battery is part of that system.
Pre-operational and periodic dc system tests of chargers and other dc
components may require that the battery be connected to the system. Details
for these tests depend on the requirements of the dc system and are beyond
the scope of this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide the
user with information and recommendations concerning the maintenance,
testing, and replacement of vented lead-acid batteries used in stationary
applications. Incorporate errata sheet.
Designation: 451
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 452
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 454-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Recommended Practice for the Detection and Measurement of Partial
Discharges (Corona) During Dielectric Tests
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 455-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Measuring Longitudinal Balance of
Telephone Equipment Operating in the Voice Band
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 455-1976.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1985
Abstract: The basic requirements for a test circuit that can be used to measure longitudinal balance are defined. Resistive elements
are specified because they are generally considered easy to duplicate and balance. Standard test conditions and procedures are
established.
Key Words: measuring, longitudinal, balance, telephone, equipment,
Communication system testing
Designation: 456
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 457-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Nonlinear, Active, and
Nonreciprocal Waveguide Components
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Abstract: No Abstract
Key Words: terms, non-linear, active, waveguide, measurements
Designation: 458
Sponsor: SASB/SCC10-SCC10 - Terms and Definitions
Title: Electrical & Electronics Engineering Abbreviations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Feb 28, 1971
Key Words: electrical, electronic, engineering, abbreviations
Designation: 46
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: 460-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Measuring Transducer for Converting AC
Electrical Quantities into DC Electrical Quantities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 07, 1987
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard applies to measuring transducers used for converting AC electrical quantities such as
current, voltage, power (active or reactive), power factor, phase angle or frequency to direct current or voltage. Within the
effective range, a change of output is a function of the corresponding change of input that produces it. An auxiliary supply may
be needed to power active circuitry.
Key Words: electrical, transducers, converting, ac, dc
Designation: 463-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line
Working Zones
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 28, 2007
Technical Contact: Kenneth P White, Phone:716-278-6414, Email:kpwhite@olin.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Jun 13, 2007
Project Scope: This standard covers means of improved safeguarding of personnel
while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell
line working zones. Included are related requirements for equipment and
electrical conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells
covered include, but are not limited to, the direct current (dc) cells used
in the production of aluminum, cadmium, sodium chlorate, chlorine, copper,
fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium and zinc. This standard
does not cover the following: a) Any electrical equipment that is neither
part of the electrolytic process equipment nor installed or used in the
cell line working zone b) Electroplating and anodizing facilities c)
AC cells or furnaces d) Electrothermal process furnaces e) Arc
furnaces f) Melting or heat treating facilities g) Cells for hydrogen
production h) Cells used as a source of electric energy
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide methods for
practical improved safeguarding of personnel operating or maintaining
equipment in electrolytic cell line working zones from electrical hazards.
The cell line working zone is defined in Clause 5.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 463-1993 : Means for improved safeguarding of personnel while operating or maintaining equipment
located in electrolytic cell line working zones are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical
conductor installations. The general types of electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the direct current
cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, sodium chlorate, chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium,
sodium, and zinc.
Key Words: cell line working zone, electrical conductor installations,
electrical safety, electrolytic cell line
Designation: 463-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line
Working Zones
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988
Abstract: Means of safeguarding personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones
are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of
electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the dc cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorate,
chlorine, copper, ßuorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc.
Key Words: electrical, safety, electrolytic, cell, zones
Designation: 463-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrical Safety Practices in Electrolytic Cell Line
Working Zones
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 463-1977.
Technical Contact: Clay L Pittman, Phone:423 984 2322
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Means of safeguarding personnel while operating or maintaining equipment located in electrolytic cell line working zones
are provided. Included are related requirements for equipment and electrical conductor installations. The general types of
electrolytic cells covered include, but are not limited to, the dc cells used in the production of aluminum, cadmium, chlorate,
chlorine, copper, fluorine, hydrogen peroxide, magnesium, sodium, and zinc.
Key Words: electrical safety, Electrolytic cell line, Electrical conductor
installation, Cell line working zone
Designation: 464-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Grounded 830 V Three-Phase Electrical
System for Oil Field Service
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
Technical Contact: Clark R Lockerd, Phone:713 840 4234
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983
Key Words: grounded, 830V, oil, field, service
Designation: 466
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 467-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Quality Assurance Program Requirements for the Design and
Manufacture of Class 1E Instrumentation and Electric Equipment for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979
Designation: 469-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voice-Frequency Electrical-Noise Tests of
Distribution Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 469-1977.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1988
Abstract: Instruction for the testing of distribution transformers as sources of voice-frequency noise for communication circuits is
provided. The tests measure the degree to which a transformer may contribute to electrical noise in communication circuits that
are physically paralleling the power-supply circuits feeding the transformer. They provide a standard method for use by the
transformer manufacturer, user, and others in the industry for the purpose of better evaluating the design choices that are
available and moving toward industry objectives with regard to levels of harmonic exciting current.
Key Words: electrical, noise, distribution, transformers, Wire communication,
Power transformer testing, Electromagnetic interference
Designation: 47
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 470-1972
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: IEEE Standard Application Guide for Bolometric Power Meters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 22, 1972
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. This standard applies to bolometric power meters as complete instruments
and to their constituent parts: bolometric detectors, bolometer units, and bolometer elements. Bolometer power measurement
instrumentation is generally used to measure, below 100 mW and above 10 MHz, the average power of electromagnetic waves
propogating in a single mode in waveguide or coaxial transmission lines. The power range can be extended by the use of
attenuators or directional couplers, or both.
Key Words: application, guife, bolometric, power, meters
Designation: 473
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for an Electromagnetic Site Survey (10 kHz to 10
GHz)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Elya Joffe, Phone:972-976-57065, Email:eb.joffe@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001
Project Scope: The Standard requires revision, in several areas: a)
Revision/extension of the standard from 10 GHz to 40 GHz; b) Updating the
Standard to incorporate references to modern test and measurement equipment;
c) Modifying the Standard to include time domain characteristics of time-
variable waveforms.
Project Purpose: This standard which has served a very useful purpose is now
dated and in need of revision. The purpose of this revision is to make the
standard reflective of current test instrumentation, measurement techniques
and measurement environments.
Designation: 473-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for an Electromagnetic Site Survey (10 kHz to
10 GHz)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Guidelines for the systematic, documented investigation of the
amplitudes of RF electromagnetic fields found at one or more locations with respect to frequency, time, and position are
provided. Periodic and random radiated electric and magnetic fields and conducted interference within the frequency range of 10
kHz to 10 GHz are considered. Although several aspects of radio-emission investigation are not addressed directly, including
signal identification and discrimination; field emissions from regularly occurring, low-frequency, pulsed sources; and test
enclosure fields, much information pertinent to these areas is provided.
Key Words: electromagnetic, site, survey
Designation: 474
Title: Standard Specifications and Test Methods for Fixed and Variable
Attenuators, DC-40 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 1989
Designation: 474-1973
Sponsor: IEEE
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1982
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications and Test Methods for FIxed and Variable
Attenuators, DC-40 GHz
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/8/93.
Technical Contact: Bruno O Weinschel, Phone:301-948-8342
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1972
Abstract: 7/90: rev in progress - expect to complete early 1991.
Key Words: test, methods, fixed, variable, attenuators
Designation: 475-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field Disturbance Sensors 300
MHz to 40 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 31, 2000
Technical Contact: Edward F Hare, Phone:860 594 0318, Email:ehare@arrl.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2001
Project Scope: This standard sets forth a test procedure for measurement of
radio frequency (RF) emissions from intrusion-alarm field disturbance
sensors in the frequency range 300 MHz to 40 GHz.
Project Purpose: This project is being proposed in order to update the existing
standard to the current state of the art.
Abstract: A test procedure for field-disturbance sensors to measure radiated field strength of the fundamental frequency, including
second and third harmonics, and of any nonharmonic spurious emission within the frequency range from 0.3 GHz to 40.0 GHz is
defined. Power line measurement of electromagnetic emission within the frequency range from 30 MHz to 300 MHz is specified. The
intent is to assist manufacturers, standards laboratories, and test engineers in determining compliance with established
technical specifications. Perimeter protection systems that employ a balanced transmission line around the property being
protected are not covered.
Key Words: "field disturbance sensors, field strength measurements, measurement
instrumentation,spurious emissions, test sites, test reports"
Designation: 475
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard Measurement Procedure for Field Disturbance Sensors, 300 MHz to
40 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Hugh W Denny, Phone:404-633-9363, Email:hugh.denny@gtri.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001
Project Scope: This standard sets forth a test procedure for measurement of
radio frequency (RF) emissions from miscrowave type intrusion-alarm field
disturbance sensors in the frequency range of 300 MHz to 40 GHz {See
additional comment at item 16}
Project Purpose: This project is being proposed in order to update the existing
standard to the current state-of-the-art. {See additional comment at item
16}
Designation: 475
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Standard Measurement Procedure for Field-Disturbance Sensors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David L Traver, Phone:719-538-4624, Email:davidtraver@adelphia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 18, 1992
Designation: 475-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Measurement Procedure for Field-Disturbance Sensors (rf
Intrusion Alarms)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 475-2000.
History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 20, 1983
Key Words: field, disturbance, sensors, intrusion, alarm, Site security
monitoring
Designation: 477
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 479
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 48-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating-
Current Cable Terminations Used on Shielded Cables Having Laminated
Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV or Extruded Insulation Rated 2.5 kV
through 500 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 21, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 48-1996
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009
Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations
used on alternating-current shielded cables having laminated insulation from
2.5 kV through 765 kV and extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV,
except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386™-
2006 [B18].1 Cable terminations and component parts shall be capable of
withstanding the tests specified in this standard.
Abstract: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current shielded cables having
laminated insulation from 2.5 kV through 765 kV and extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV, except separable insulated
connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386. Cable terminations and component parts shall be capable of withstanding the tests
specified in this standard.
Key Words: 48-2009, accelerated contamination testing, correction factors,
dielectric field tests, environmental exposure, nonstandard service
conditions, rating, solar radiation, standard service conditions, test
requirements, ultraviolet light
Designation: 48-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating-Current
Cable Terminations 2.5 kV Through 765 kV
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 48-1990. Superseded by 48-2009.
History: BD APP: May 02, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 23, 1996
Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminators
used on alternating-current cables having laminated or extruded insulation
rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV, except separable insulated connectors, which
are covered by IEEE Std. 386-1995, IEEE Standard for Separable Insulated
Connectors System for Power Distribution Systems above 600 V.
Project Purpose: This standard shall provide standard test procedures and
requirements for high voltage alternating current cable terminations.
Abstract: All indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating-current cables having laminated or extruded insulation rated
2.5 kV through 765 kV are covered, except for separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std 386-1995.
Key Words: alternating currents, cable terminations, accelerated ,
contamination test, correction factors, dielectric field , environmental,
exposure, nonstandard, service conditions, rating, solar radiation, test
requirements, ultraviolet light
Designation: 48-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage
Alternating-Current Cable Terminations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 48-1975.
History: BD APP: Jan 25, 1990, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1990
Abstract: This standard applies to all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on ac cables having laminated or extruded
insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV except separable insulated connectors.
Key Words: high-voltage, cable terminators, alternating currents
Designation: 48-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage
Alternating-Current Cable Terminations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of 48-1962. Superseded by 48-1990
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1974
Abstract: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations used on alternating current cables having laminated or
extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV, except seperable insulated connectors which are covered by [1]. Cable
terminations and component parts shall be capable of withstanding the test specified in this standard.
Designation: 48
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating Current Cable
Terminations Used on Shielded Cables Having Laminated Insulation Rated 2.5
kV through 765 kV or Extruded Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Jim Braun, Phone:763-323-2802, Email:jimbr@connexusenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations
used on alternating-current shielded cables having laminated insulation
rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV and extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500
kV, except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std.
386-1995, IEEE Standard for Separable insulated Conductor Systems for Power
Distribution Systems Above 600 V.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to make minor revisions and up-date the
document. In addition, IEEE 48 (Termination Standard) will be coordinated
with IEEE 404-2000 (IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric
Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2500 to 500 000 V) to accommodate the testing of
both cable accessories simultaneously.
Designation: 48
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for Alternating Current Cable
Terminations Used on Shielded Cables Having Laminated Insulation Rated 2.5
kV through 765 kV or Extruded Insulation Rated 2.5 kV through 500 kV
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: This standard covers all indoor and outdoor cable terminations
used on alternating-current shielded cables having laminated insulation
rated 2.5 kV through 765 kV and extruded insulation rated 2.5 kV through 500
kV, except separable insulated connectors, which are covered by IEEE Std.
386-1995, IEEE Standard for Separable insulated Conductor Systems for Power
Distribution Systems Above 600 V. Cable terminations and component
parts shall be capable of withstanding the tests specified in this standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to make minor revisions and up-date the
document. In addition, IEEE 48 (Termination Standard) will be coordinated
with IEEE 404-2000 (IEEE Standard for Extruded and Laminated Dielectric
Shielded Cable Joints Rated 2500 to 500 000 V) to accommodate the testing of
both cable accessories simultaneously. The purpose clause will not be
contained in the draft standard.
Designation: 481
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 482
Sponsor: IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society/Standards Development Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Testing of Cable, Cable Assemblies and
Connector Shielding Properties in the Frequency Range from DC to 40 GHz
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lothar O Hoeft, Phone:505-298-2065, Email:bud.hoeft@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Project Scope: This recommended practice will cover the measurement of
shielding properties of coaxial and multi-conductor cables, connectors, and
cable assemblies. The frequency range will be DC to 40 GHz.
Project Purpose: Provide recommendations in selecting among the various
existing and potential alternative test methods and procedures.
Key Words: cable, shield, transfer, impedance
Designation: 483
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 484-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of
Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2003
**Supersedes 484-1996. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: John K Coyle, Phone:610-765-5691, Email:john.coyle@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2003
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides recommended design practices
and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation,
instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid
batteries. Required safety practices are also included. This recommended
practice applies to all stationary applications. However, specific
applications, such as emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment,
and alternate energy applications, may have other appropriate practices and
are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The portions of this
recommended practice that specifically relate to personnel safety are
mandatory instructions and are designated by the word shall; all other
portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word should.
Sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, charging equipment, dry charged
cells, and consideration of other types of batteries are beyond the scope of
this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: As part of its 5-year life cycle, the Recommended Practice
should be updated to be consistent with similar Recommended Practices.
Recent industry practices and developments are to be incorporated.
Abstract: This standard provides general requirements, direction, and methods for qualifying Class1E electric cables, field splices,
factory splices, and factory rework for service in nuclear power generating stations. Categories of cables covered are those used
for power, control, and instrumentation services, including signal and communication cables. Field cables, wires, and splices are
within the scope of this standard. Cables, wires, and splices within or integral to other devices (e.g., instruments, panels,
motors, etc.) should be qualified using the requirements in the applicable device standard or IEEE Std 323TM-1983, as
appropriate. However, this standard's requirements may be applied to the wire and cable within these devices.
Key Words: "alarms, assembly, data collection, float operation, flooded cells,
freshening charge, installation design criteria, installation procedures,
instrumentation, internal ohmic measurements, mounting, precautions,"
Designation: 484-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of
Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 484-1987. Superseded by 484-2002. Sep-02: Sponsor
changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
History: BD APP: Apr 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996
Project Scope: Expand the scope of the present standard from Generating
Stations and Substations to all Stationary applications.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides recommended design
practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation,
instrumentation, preassembly, assembly and charging of vented lead-acid
batteries.
Abstract: Superseded by 484-2002. Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation,
instrumentation, preassembly, assembly, and charging of vented lead-acid batteries are provided. Required safety practices are
also included. These recommended practices are applicable to all stationary applications. However, specific applications, such as
emergency lighting units and semiportable equipment, and alternate energy applications, may have other appropriate practices and
are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access
this publication online.
Key Words: alarms, assembly, data collection, float operation, flooded cells,
freshening charge, installation design, instrumentation, internal ohmic,
ohmic measurements, mounting, precautions, protective equipment, resistance
readings, seismic
Designation: 484-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of
Large Lead Storage Batteries for Generating Stations and Substations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 484-1981 and includes Supplement IEEE Std 484a-1984.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987
Abstract: Recommended design practices and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, instrumentation, preassembly,
assembly, and charging of large lead storage batteries are provided. Required safety practices are also included. This standard
applies particularly to installations at generating stations, including nuclear, and large substations. Portions of this
recommended practice that speci fically relate to personnel and nuclear plant safety are mandatory and are designated by the word
shall; all other portions are recommended practices and are designated by the word should.
Key Words: installation, lead, storage, batteries
Designation: 485-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary
Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 15, 2011
Technical Contact: Robert J Fletcher, Phone:847-838-6475, Email:r.j.fletcher@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2010
Project Scope: Methods for defining the direct current (dc) load and for sizing
a lead-acid battery to supply that load for stationary battery applications
in full float operations are described. Some factors relating to cell
selection are provided for consideration. Installation, maintenance,
qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other
than lead acid are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. The design
of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also beyond the
scope of this recommended practice.
Abstract: Methods for defining the direct current (dc) load and for sizing a lead-acid battery to supply that load for stationary
battery applications in full-float operations are described in this recommended practice. Some factors relating to cell selection
are provided for consideration. Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types
other than lead-acid are beyond the scope of this recommended practice. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery
charger(s) are also beyond the scope of this recommended practice.
Key Words: battery duty cycle, cell selection, direct current (dc) load, IEEE
485, full-float operation, lead-acid batteries, rated capacity, sizing,
stationary applications, valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) cell, vented
battery
Designation: 485-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary
Applications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 485-1983. Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to
PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Robert J Fletcher, Phone:847-838-6475, Email:r.j.fletcher@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: Expand the scope of the present standard from generating
stations to all stationary applications, except for UPS applications which
are covered by Std 1184.
Project Purpose: This document describes methods for sizing lead-acid batteries
for stationary applications. The batteries for these applications are
maintained in a fully charged condition known as full float operation.
Abstract: Methods for defining the dc load and for sizing a lead-acid battery to supply that load for stationary battery
applications in full float operations are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration.
Installation, maintenance, qualification, testing procedures, and consideration of battery types other than lead-acid are beyond
the scope of this recommended practice. Design of the dc system and sizing of the battery charger(s) are also beyond the scope of
this recommended practice. http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/485-1997.html
Key Words: battery duty cycle, cell selection, dc load, full float operation,
lead acid batteries, rated capacity, sizing, stationary applications, valve
regulated lead acid (VRLA) cell, vented battery
Designation: 485-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Large Lead Storage Batteries for
Generating Stations and Substations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1984
Abstract: Methods for defining the dc load in a generating station or a substation and for sizing a lead storage battery to supply
that load are described. Some factors relating to cell selection are provided for consideration. This standard is based on
commonly accepted methods used to define the load and to ensure adequate battery capacity and is applicable to all installations
and battery sizes. The installations considered are designed for full-float operation with a battery charger serving to maintain
the battery in a charged condition as well as to supply the normal dc load.
Key Words: sizing, large, lead, storage, batteries, Substations
Designation: 487-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication
Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 08, 2007
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Oct 04, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice presents engineering design practices
for special high-voltage protection systems intended to protect wire-line
telecommunication facilities serving electric supply locations. The
following topics are included in this document: a) A description of the
electric supply locations environment, i.e., ground potential rise (GPR),
induced voltages, lightning, and switching transients; b)A discussion of
special high-voltage protection devices; c)Definitions of service types and
service performance objectives for electric supply locations
telecommunication services; d)Special protection theory and philosophy;
e)Special protection system design guidelines; f)Personnel safety
considerations; g)Grounding; h)Cables with metallic members. Other
telecommunication alternatives such as radio and optica fiber systems are
excluded from this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice presents workable methods for the
protection of wire-line telecommunication facilities serving electric supply
locations. In general, special protective measures, handling procedures, and
administrative procedures are necessary to provide for personnel safety,
protection against damage to telecommunication facilities and terminal
equipment, and reliability of service. Disturbances may arise from a number
of causes,including the following: a)Ground (earth)potential rise;
b)Longitudinal induction into the serving telecommunication facilities;
c)Electrical contact between power and telecommunication conductors;
d)Lightning surges and switching transients induced into the
telecommunication system. Divided and differing opinions exist between and
within the various administrations and users regarding the merits of any one
protection method, voltage limits, and equipment design characteristics.
This standard is not intended to supplant specific or general instructions
contained in the practices of any utility, or in any agreement between a
telecommunication and a power utility. Readers of this standard should
evaluate all alternative procedures, methods, voltage limits, and equipment
characteristics for their own use. Different administrations and users will
use either peak or rms for specifying voltage levels. In the case of leased
facilities, mutually agreeable methods for the design and installation of
protective equipment that may be owned by either party are recommended.
Abstract: Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering electric supply locations are presented. This
document covers: the electric supply location environment; protection apparatus; service types, reliability, service performance
objective classifications, and transmission considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations;
installation and inspection; and safety. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 487-2000
Key Words: electric supply locations, high-voltage tower, power stations,
protection, wire-line communication
Designation: 487-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication
Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations
Status: Superseded
**Project to revise IEEE Std 487-1992. Supersedes 487-1992.
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2001
Project Scope: This project will provide recommended engineering design
practices for special high-voltage protection systems intended to protect
wire-line telecommunication facilities servind electric supply locations
such as power stations and power line supporting structures.
Project Purpose: To review and update existing standard 487-1992.
Abstract: Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering electric supply locations are presented. This
document covers: the electric supply location environment; protection apparatus; services types, reliability, service performance
objective classifications, and transmis-sion considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations;
installation and inspection; and safety. Remarks: Revised by IEEE Std 287-2007
Key Words: "electric supply locations, high-voltage tower, power stations,
protection, wire-linecommunication"
Designation: 487-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication
Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 487-1980. Superseded by 487-2000.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1992
Abstract: Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering power stations are presented. This document
covers: the electric power station environment; protection apparatus; service types, reliability, service performance objective
classifications, and transmission considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection configurations; installation and
inspection; and safety. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: wire, line, communication, protection
Designation: 487-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Guide for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication Facilities
Serving Electric Power Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 07, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1981
Abstract: Superseded by 487-1992. Workable methods for protecting wire-line communication circuits entering power stations are
presented. This document covers: the electric power station environment; protection apparatus; services types, reliability,
service performance objective classifications, and transmission considerations; protection theory and philosophy; protection
configurations; installation and inspection; and safety.
Key Words: protection, wire, line, communications
Designation: P487a
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Recommended Practice for the Protection of Wire-Line Communication
Facilities Serving Electric Supply Locations Amendment 1 - Requirements and
Conditions for Placing the Wire-Line-Fiber Cable Junction (CFJ) Inside the
Zone of Influence
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: This amendment specifies the necessary requirements and
conditions for placing the CFJ (wire-line–fiber cable junction), inside the
Zone of Influence
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to provide information on the
necessary requirements and conditions for placing the CFJ, inside the Zone
of Influence
Designation: 487a
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Supplement to IEEE Recommended Practice for Protction of Wire-Line
Communication Facilities Serving Electric Power Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Daniel C Jendek, Phone:416/592-8423
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 02, 1993
Designation: 488.1-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: (Replaced)IEEE Standard For Higher Performance Protocol for the Standard
Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 12, 2003
**Supersedes 488.1-1987 (R1994).
Technical Contact: Robert W Canik, Phone:(512)-683-8519, Email:robert.canik@ni.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003
Project Scope: This standard will build on the interface functions defined in
IEEE Std. 488.1-1987 to define a set of interface functions that will enable
higher transfer rates between devices adhering to this specification while
still maintaining the ability for these devices to communicate with existing
IEEE Std. 488.1 devices. Topics within the scope of this standard include:
Extensions to the interface functions defined in IEEE Std. 488.1; Definition
of new interface functions; Possible extensions to the remote message codes
defined in IEEE Std. 488.1; Guidelines for calculating delays required to
implement the new protocol at different distances.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to develop an extension of the IEEE Std. 488.1
that provides a means for achieving significantly higher data transfer rates
(3-10 MB/sec) than the current standard while maintaining compatibility with
existing devices.
Abstract: Replaced by 60488.1: 2004 (SH/SS95302) Supersedes 488.1-1987 This standard applies to interface systems used to
interconnect both programmable and nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary
to assemble instrumentation systems. It applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the a)
Data exchanged among the interconnected apparatus is digital (as distinct from analog); b) Number of devices that may be
interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15; c) Total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables does
not exceed 20 m; d) Data rate among devices does not exceed 8 000 000 B/s. The basic functional specifications of this standard
may be used in digital interface applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or
combinations of these. Different electrical and mechanical specifications may be required (for example, symmetrical circuit
configurations, high threshold logic, special connectors, or cable configurations) for these extended applications.
Key Words: "GPIB, HPIB, HS488, non-interlocked handshake, three-wire handshake,
SCPI"
Designation: 488.1-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 488-1978. Now sold together with Std 488.2-1992.
Superseded by 488.1-2003.
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988
Abstract: Superseded by 488.1-2003. Interface systems used to interconnect both programmable and nonprogrammable electronic
measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation systems are considered. The
standard applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the: data exchanged among the
interconnected apparatus is digital, the number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous bus does not exceed 15,
total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables do not exceed 20 m, and the data rate across the interface on any
signal line does not exceed 1 Mb/s. The basic functional specifications of this standard may also be used in digital interface
applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these.
Key Words: 488.1, programmable, system data, digital interface,
instrumentation, Measurement system
Designation: 488.2-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols, and Common Commands for Use
With IEEE Std 488.1-1987, IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable
Instrumentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Project Scope: This standard specifies a set of codes and formats to be used by
devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus. This standard also defines
communication protocols necessary to effect application independent device-
dependent message exchanges and further defines common commands and
characteristics useful in instrument system applications. This standard is
intended to apply directly to small-scale to medium-scale instrument
systems. It applies to systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus,
and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard
may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system
environment. As well aas defining a variety of device-dependent messages,
this standard extends and further interprets certain interface functions
contained in IEEE Std 488.1 while remaining compatible with that standard.
Abstract: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines
communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-dependent message exchanges, and further
defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to apply to small-scale to
medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation
controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1
subsets, standard message-handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous program and response-message syntactic
structures, common commands useful in a wide range of instrument system applications, standard status reporting structures, and
system configuration and synchronization protocols are covered. IEEE Std 488.2-1992 , 488.2 ,
Key Words: controller, device, System interface, System bus, 488.1, 60488-2,
Designation: 488.2-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Title: IEEE Standard Codes, Formats, Protocols, and Common Commands for use
with ANSI/IEEE Std 488.1-1987 IEEE Standard Digital Interface for
Programmable Instrumentation
Status: Superseded
**formerly IEEE 728.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 1988
Abstract: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines
communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-dependent message exchanges, and further
defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to apply to small-scale to
medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices outside the scope of the
instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1 subsets, standard message-handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous
program and response-message syntactic structures, common commands useful in a wide range of instrument system applications,
standard status reporting structures, and system configuration and synchronization protocols are covered.
Key Words: 488.2
Designation: 489
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 49
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 491
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 492-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011
Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 19, 1999
History: BD APP: Jan 28, 1999, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999
Project Scope: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation,
loading and maintenance of Hydro-Generators and generator/motors having
salient pole rotors and conventional cooling systems.
Project Purpose: Various areas of the withdrawn standard will be updated and
revised to current practice.
Abstract: " General recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of synchronoushydro-generators and generator/motors
are covered. This guide does not apply to synchronousmachines having cylindrical rotors. In this guide, the term hydro-generator
is used to describe asynchronous machine coupled to a hydraulic turbine or pump-turbine. This guide is not intended toapply in
any way to the prime mover. "
Key Words: "generator,generator/motor,horizontal hydro-generator,hydro-
generator,loading,maintenance,operation,pumped-storage system,synchronous
hydro-generator,vertical hydro-generator"
Designation: 492
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 05, 1981
Designation: 492-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986
Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Hydro-Generators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Aug 05, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 1989
Abstract: General recommendations are provided for the operation, loading, and maintenance of hydro-generators and generator/motors
(pump/turbines), having salient pole rotors and conventional cooling systems (as distinct from conductor cooling systems). The
term hydro-generator refers to a generator driven by a hydraulic turbine or waterwheel. Types of units and bases of rating are
included. Generators with cylindrical rotors are not covered.
Key Words: guide, operation, maintenance, hydro, generators
Designation: 493-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 25, 2007
Technical Contact: Don O Koval, Phone:780-464-0968, Email:donkoval@shaw.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Feb 12, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: The objective of this book is to present the fundamentals of
reliability analysis applied to the planning and design of industrial and
commercial electric power distribution systems. The intended audience for
this material is primarily consulting engineers and plant electrical
engineers and technicians. The design of reliable industrial and
commercial power distribution systems is important because of the high
cost associated with power outages. It is necessary to consider the cost
of power outages when making design decisions for new power distribution
systems as well as to have the ability to make quantitative “cost-versus-
reliability” trade-off studies. The lack of credible data concerning
equipment reliability and the cost of power outages has hindered
engineers in making such studies. This revision of IEEE Std 493™ overcomes
these obstacles. The authors of this book have attempted to provide
sufficient information so that reliability analyses can be performed on
industrial and commercial power systems without requiring cross-
references to other texts. Included are the following: — Basic concepts
of reliability analysis by probability methods — Fundamentals of power
system reliability evaluation — Economic evaluation of reliability —
Recent cost of power outage data —New extensive mechanical and electrical
equipment reliability data—Complete U.S. Army Corp of Engineers Power
Reliability Enhancement Program (PREP)database — Examples of reliability
analysis of various industrial distribution system operating
configurations — 7× 24 continuous power — Voltage sag analysis —
Emergency and standby power — Evaluating and improving the reliability of
existing electrical system — Preventative maintenance — Reliability
and maintainability verification — Standard data collection techniques
Project Purpose: The Gold Book is the only standard dedicated solely to the
reliability analysis of industrial and commercial power systems. The
present comprehensive equipment reliability surveyed data in the Gold Book
will be updated by the Power Reliability Enhancement Program (PREP)
sponsored database and will be the only database available publicly in the
world for reliability analysis of industrial and commercial power systems.
Each chapter in this standard will be updated to reflect current practices
necessary for reliable operation of today's computer environments and
mission critical facilities including voltage sag analysis based on
equipment susceptibility characteristics and utility network feeder voltage
sag characteristics.
Abstract: The objective of this book is to present the fundamentals of reliability analysis applied to the planning and design of
industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems. The intended audience for this material is primarily consulting
engineers and plant electrical engineers and technicians. The design of reliable industrial and commercial power distribution
systems is important because of the high cost associated with power outages. It is necessary to consider the cost of power
outages when making design decisions for new power distribution systems as well as to have the ability to make quantitative
“cost-versus-reliability” trade-off studies. The lack of credible data concerning equipment reliability and the cost of power
outages has hindered engineers in making such studies. This edition of the IEEE Std 493 overcomes these obstacles. Remarks:
Revision of IEEE Std 493-1997
Key Words: designing reliable industrial and commercial power systems,
equipment reliability data, industrial and commercial power systems
reliability analysis, reliability analysis, Gold Book
Designation: 493-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems (Gold Book)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: Present the fundamentals of reliability analysis (i.e.,
probability methods, cost of interruptions, emergency and standby power,
testing to demonstrate the reliability of emergency and standby power,
electrical preventive maintenance, equipment reliability data, methods of
evaluating and improving the reliability of existing plant facilities and
the methodologies for assessing the frequency of interruptions to industrial
and commercial power systems caused by voltage sags) that should be used in
planning and designing reliable industrial and commercial power systems.
Project Purpose: The degradation of industrial and commercial power system
reliability caused by voltage sags and the testing methodologies required to
demonstrate the reliability of emergency and standby power systems are not
currently covered by recommended practices. The emergency and standby power
chapter in IEEE Std 493-1990 requires an update to reflect current
practices. An update of the existing chapter references in this standard is
required to reflect new knowledge pertaining to the planning and design of
reliable industrial and commercial power systems.
Abstract: This IEEE Standars product is part of the Color Books family. The design of reliable industrial and commercial power
distribution systems is important because of the high cost associated with power outages and their significant impact on society.
It is necessary to consider the cost of power outages when making decisions for new power distribution systems. It is also
necessary to have the ability to make quantitative “cost-versus-reliability” trade-off studies. The IEEE Gold Book provides
credible data concerning equipment reliability and the cost of power outages so that these trade-off studies can be conducted.
The purpose of the IEEE Gold Book is to provide sufficient information so that reliability analysis can be performed on power
systems without requiring cross-references to other texts. Information included in the book is the result of extensive surveys of
reliability of electrical equipment in industrial plants and the costs of power outages for both industrial plants and commercial
buildings. The reliability surveys provide historical experience to those who are not able to collect their own data. The IEEE
Gold Book covers many aspects of reliability analysis. The basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods,
fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, the economic evaluation of reliability, and cost of power outage data are
included in the book. Reliability data, as well as electrical preventive maintenance for different types of equipment, are
provided. Some concepts of emergency and standby power, such as reliability compliance testing, are also included in the IEEE
Gold Book. The book also focuses on the improvement and evaluation of reliability in existing facilities. Voltage sags, and a
methodology for estimating the frequency of these sags, are also discussed. You will receive an email from Customer Service with
the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: The fundamentals of reliability analysis to the planning and design
of industrial and commercial electric ower distribution systems are
presented
Designation: 493-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Gold Book. Revision of std 493-1980.
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Abstract: The fundamentals of reliability analysis as it applies to the planning and design of industrial and commercial electric
power distribution systems are presented. Included are basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods,
fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, economic evaluation of reliability, cost of power outage data, equipment
reliability data, examples of reliability analysis. Emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, and
evaluating and improving reliability of the existing plant are also addressed. The presentation is self-contained and should
enable trade-off studies during the design of industrial and commercial power systems design, installation, and maintenance
practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power-related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive
electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented.
Key Words: designing reliable, industrial power, commercial power, industrial
analysis, commercial analysis, reliability analysis, Equipment reliability
data
Designation: 493-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Gold Book)
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1982
Abstract: Superseded. The fundamentals of reliability analysis as it applies to the planning and design of industrial and commercial
electric power distribution systems are presented. Included are basic concepts of reliability analysis by probability methods,
fundamentals of power system reliability evaluation, economic evaluation of reliability, cost of power outage data, equipment
reliability data, examples of reliability analysis. Emergency and standby power, electrical preventive maintenance, and
evaluating and improving reliability of the existing plant are also addressed. The presentation is self-contained and should
enable trade-off studies during the design of industrial and commercial power systems design, installation, and maintenance
practices for electrical power and grounding (including both power-related and signal-related noise control) of sensitive
electronic processing equipment used in commercial and industrial applications are presented.
Key Words: design, reliable, industrial, commercial, power
Designation: 494
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Method for Identification of Documents Related to Class 1E
Equipment and Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 18, 1980
Project Scope: To establish criteria for uniform identification of documents
significant to design, construction, testing, operation and maintenance of
Class 1E equipment and systems for nuclear power generating stations.
Designation: 494-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Identification of Documents Related to Class 1E
Equipment and Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 28 April 97. aka ANSI N41.28-1976.
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974, ANSI APP: Oct 15, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1997. Criteria for the uniform identification of documents significant to
design, construction, testing, operation, and maintenance of Class 1E equipment and systems for nuclear power generating stations
are established. Recommendations for identification of specific parts of these documents are included. Criteria are also
established for identification on documents of redundant portions of Class 1E equipment and systems.
Key Words: 1E, nuclear power, uniform identification, 1E equipment
Designation: 495-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Faulted Circuit Indicators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 28, 2007
Technical Contact: David Donovan, Phone:781-910-7724, Email:dave.donovan@joslynhv.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 16, 2000, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 2008
Project Scope: This test code establishes definitions, service conditions, test
procedures, and test conditions for FCIs for use on power distribution
systems.
Project Purpose: FCIs are commonly used by electric utilities to aid in service
restoration. The purpose of this guide is to identify the various tests and
test conditions that FCIs must meet to validate their performance.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 495-1986. Definitions, service conditions, test procedures, and test conditions for faulted circuit
indicators for use on power distribution systems are established in this test code.
Key Words: cable fault locator, fault indicators, faulted circuit indicator,
FCI
Designation: 495-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Faulted Circuit Indicators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Service conditions, test procedures, and conditions for faulted circuit indicators for use on power distribution systems
are established. Both design and production tests are covered.
Key Words: guide, testing, faulted, circuit, indicators, Power distribution
faults
Designation: 497-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 10, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 497-2002
Technical Contact: Daryl Harmon, Phone:860-731-6174, Email:daryl.l.harmon@us.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This standard contains the functional and design criteria for
accident monitoring instrumentation for nuclear power generating stations.
This standard is intended for new plant designs and for operating nuclear
power generating stations desiring to perform design modifications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish selection,
design, performance, qualification and display criteria for accident
monitoring instrumentation. It provides guidance on the use of portable
instrumentation and examples of accident monitoring display configurations.
Abstract: Criteria are established in this standard for variable selection, performance, design, and qualification of accident
monitoring instrumentation, and include requirements for display alternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation,
documentation of design bases, and use of portable instrumentation.
Key Words: accident monitoring, display criteria, selection criteria, type
variables
Designation: 497
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Peter M Kelly, Phone:516/420-3200, Email:pkelly54@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 11, 1987
Designation: 497-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Glenn Lang, Phone:724-733-6403, Email:langge@westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: May 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 07, 2003
Project Scope: The criteria contain the functional and design requirements for
accident monitoring instrumentation for nuclear power generating stations.
This standard is intended for new plant designs. The guidance provided in
this standard may also prove useful for operating nuclear power stations
desiring to perform design modifications or design basis evaluations. This
standard contains guidance for the selection of variables and establishes
design and performance requirements. Guidance on the use of portable
instrumentation and defining various display alternatives for accident
monitoring instrumentation is also included.
Project Purpose: The purpose of IEEE Std 497 -2002 is to direct the user in
selecting and categorizing post accident monitoring variables; establishing
design requirements; and establishing performance requirements. It provides
guidance on the use of portable instrumentation and various display
alternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation.
Abstract: Criteria for variable selection, performance, design, and qualification of accidentmonitoring instrumentation are
established in this standard. Included requirements for displayalternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation,
documentation of design bases, and use ofportable instrumentation.
Key Words: accident monitoring, display criteria, selection criteria, type
variables
Designation: 497-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/17/93.
History: BD APP: Mar 05, 1981, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 1983
Abstract: Criteria for variable selection, performance, design, and qualification of accident monitoring instrumentation are
established in this standard. Included requirements for display alternatives for accident monitoring instrumentation,
documentation of design bases, and use of portable instrumentation.
Key Words: post, accident, monitoring, instrumentation, nuclear
Designation: 497-2002/Cor 1-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Accident Monitoring Instrumentation for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations - Corrigendum 1: Incorporation of User
Feedback through 2005
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Daryl Harmon, Phone:860-731-6174, Email:daryl.l.harmon@us.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of Corrigendum 1 is the resolution of a small set of
feedback issues identified by end users during application of the standard
. Corrigendum 1 will also incorporate Errata issued since the release of the
standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of Corrigendum 1 is to correct a small set of
technical issues identified through user feedback in order to make the
standard more useable.
Abstract: This corrigendum incorporates user feedback by providing editorial and minor technical corrections to IEEE Std 497-2002.
The corrigendum also incorporates published errata into the document. The stakeholders for the project are 1) organizations
designing new nuclear power generating stations, 2) owners of operating nuclear power generating stations, and 3) regulatory
agencies.
Key Words: accident monitoring, display criteria, selection criteria, type
variables
Designation: 498-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring
and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Abstract: This standard sets forth the requirements for a calibration program to control and verify the accuracy of measuring and
test equipment used to ensure that important parts of a nuclear facility are in conformance with prescribed technical
requirements and that data provided by testing, inspection, or maintenance are valid. These requirements also cover modifications
and those activities occuring during the operating phase that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities occuring
during the initial construction of the facility.
Key Words: measuring, test, equipment, nuclear, facilities
Designation: 498-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for the Calibration and Control of Measuring
and Test Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of Std 498-1985
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 1991
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1995. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The standard sets forth the
requirements for a calibration program to control and verify the accuracy of measuring and test equipment used to ensure that
safety systems of a nuclear facility are in conformance with prescribed technical requirements and that data provided by testing,
inspection, or maintenance are valid. These requirements also cover modifications and those activities occurring during the
operating phase that are comparable in nature and extent to related activities occurring during the initial construction of the
facility.
Key Words: calibration, records, traceability, measuring, test equipment,
nuclear
Designation: 499-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related
Electrical Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 03, 1997
**Revision of IEEE Std 499-1989.
Technical Contact: James L Schaadt, Phone:610-866-4400, Email:jachaadt@fast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998
Project Scope: This recommended practice applies to all electric drives
including motors, control, and control wiring associated with machinery
or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants. The
recommendations made here are intended as a guide and may be supplemented
where special needs exist. They are not intended to apply to power
distribution circuits. These recommendations apply to electrical
equipment having a supply voltage of 13 800 V or less. Voltages higher
than this are not covered by this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to define and
recommend practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment
for installation in the cement industry in order to promote the following:
— Safety to personnel and equipment — Maximum reliability with minimum
loss of production — Reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment
— Clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and
chance of error in specification — Overall economy
Abstract: All electric drives, including motors and control wiring associated with machinery or equipment commonly used in the
manufacturing areas of cement plants are covered. Recommendations are not intended to apply to power distribution circuits. These
recommendations apply to electrical equipment having a supply voltage of 13 800 V or less.
Key Words: cement plant, electrical drives, practices
Designation: 499
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related
Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Reinhold A Errath, Phone:41-56-486-8624, Email:reinhold.errath@ch.abb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: The basic content of 499-1997 standard is very sound and
complete. The scope of the revision includes changes initiated by
technological advances in the past few years.
Project Purpose: The standard is being revised so that the end users will have
an up-to-date tool to help them evaulated electric drives and related
equipment.
Designation: P499
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: Recommended Practices for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related
Electrical Equipment
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: James L Schaadt, Phone:610-866-4400, Email:jachaadt@fast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practices document applies to all electric
drives including motors, control, and control wiring associated with
machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement
plants. The recommendations made here are intended as a guide and may
be supplemented where special needs exist. They are not intended to
apply to power distribution circuits. These recommendations apply to
electrical equipment having a supply voltage of 13 800 V or less. Voltages
higher than this are not covered by this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practices document is to
define and recommend practice for electric drives and related
electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry in order to
promote the following: — Safety to personnel and equipment —
Maximum reliability with minimum loss of production — Reduced
maintenance and increased life of equipment — Clarification of needs
and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in
specification — Overall economy
Designation: 499-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related
Electrical Equipment
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Apr 14, 1989, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 1989
Abstract: A recommended practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry is set
forth. The recommendations apply to all electric drives and include motors, controls, and control wiring associated with
machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants, but they do not apply to power distribution
circuits. The intent is to promote safety for personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production,
reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and
chance of error in specification, and overall economy.
Key Words: electric drives, cement plant, Motor drives, Generators, Cement
industry
Designation: 499-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: Recommended Practices for Cement Plant Electric Drives and Related
Electric Equipment
Status: Superseded
**ANSI Apvd 9/4/84
Abstract: A recommended practice for electric drives and related electrical equipment for installation in the cement industry is set
forth. The recommendations apply to all electric drives and include motors, controls, and control wiring associated with
machinery or equipment commonly used in the manufacturing areas of cement plants, but they do not apply to power distribution
circuits. The intent is to promote safety for personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production,
reduced maintenance and increased life of equipment, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and
chance of error in specification, and overall economy.
Key Words: cement, plant, electric, drives
Designation: 4a-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: Standard for IEEE Amendment to High Voltage Test Techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 21, 2001
Technical Contact: William E. Larzelere, Phone:518-523-9795, Email:evergreen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 16, 2000, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: The proposal is to add an Appendix to the existing standard.
The appendix will contain information on Atmospheric Correction factors used
in high voltage tests according to the scope of the Standard. The proposed
appendix contains information taken exactly from the previous version of
this Standard.
Project Purpose: The Switchgear and Transformer committees of PES still use
this older version of correction factors and are asking for it to be added
back to the Standard. Currently certain apparatus committees with Standards
that refer to IEEE-4 1978, cannot be updated to reference IEEE-4 1995
because the old atmospheric correction factors, that they use daily, have
been eliminated from the newer version.
Abstract: his amendment sets forth a number of clarifications and corrections to IEEE Standard Techniques for High-Voltage Testing.
Key Words: "atmospheric correction factors, high-voltage testing, testing"
Designation: 500
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Guide to the Collection and Presentation of Electrical, Electronic,
Sensing Component and Mechanical Equipment Reliability Data for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Project to revise IEEE Std 500-1984.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Fragola, Phone:516-764-5218, Email:fragola@prodigy.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Project Scope: Develop a statement to be added to the current published version
of IEEE Std 500-1984 to indicate that the users of the document should be
cautioned that the data included in the document is over ten years old and
therefore might be in some cases obsolete or outdated.
Project Purpose: To provide a caution to users of information contained in the
standard that some of the data might be obsolete or outdated.
Designation: 500-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide To The Collection And Presentation Of Electrical, Electronic,
Sensing Component, And Mechanical Equipment Reliability Data for Nuclear-
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: A method of collecting and presenting reliability data for use in nuclear power generating station reliability
calculations is established. It applies to reliability data for electric, electronic, sensing component, and mechanical
equipment. The objectives of the calculations are: (1) to determine system adequacy; (2) to evaluate system design alternatives;
(3) to evaluate, or contribute to, the development of system test intervals, maintenance programs, or operating procedures, or
all three; and (4) to contribute to probabilistic risk-assessment studies.
Key Words: reliability, data, pumps, drivers, valves
Designation: 500 P&V-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Reliability Data for Pumps and Drivers, Valve Actuators,
and Valves Excerpted from ANSI/IEEE Std 500-1984
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Aris S Candris, Phone:(412) 374-5509
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 1984
Abstract: A method of collecting and presenting reliability data for use in nuclear power generating station reliability
calculations is established. It applies to reliability data for electrical, electronic, sensing component, and mechanical
equipment. The objectives of the calculations are: (1) to determine system adequacy; (2) to evaluate system design alternatives;
(3) to evaluate, or contribute to, the development of system test intervals, maintenance programs, or operating procedures, or
all three; and (4) to contribute to probabilistic risk-assessment studies.
Designation: 5001-1999-1999
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE-ISTO Nexus 5001(TM) Forum, IEEE-ISTO 5001-1999 Global Embedded
Processor Debug Interface Standard
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 1999
Designation: 502-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide for Protection, Interlocking, and Control of Fossil-Fueled
Unit-Connected Steam Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 1985
Project Scope: This guide presents information regarding the essential
subsystems that make up a fossil-feuled unit-connected boiler-turbine-
generator (BTG) station and describes typical interlocking, control, and
protection for operating them in a coordinated order to ensure proper start-
up and safe shutdown. The primary purpose of this guide is to provide a
basis for (1) Qualitative evaluating of overall design of a unit-connected
fossil fuel plant (2) Writing general operating guides of an educational
nature, thereby serving to aid in acquainting personnel with boiler-turbine-
generator systems. Every new fossil plant will have its own special
operating sequence due to the type of equipment installed and its operating
company's practices. However, this guide purports to include in one
document a description of various cycles in a power plant, their sequence of
operation, and protection procedures. The information contained in this
guide should be coordinated with manufacturers' recommendations to establish
individual plant designs.
Abstract: Information regarding the essential subsystems that make up a fossil-fueled unit-connected boiler-turbine-generator (BTG)
station is presented. Typical interlocking, control, and protection for operating the subsystems in a coordinated order to ensure
proper startup and safe shutdown are described. The primary purpose is to provide a basis for qualitative evaluation of overall
design of a unit-connected fossil-fuel plant, and for writing general operating guides of an educational nature to aid in
acquainting personnel with boiler-turbine-generator systems.
Key Words: protection, interlocking, fossil fuel, unit connected, stations,
Power generation
Designation: 503-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Measurement and Characterization of Diode-Type Camera
Tubes
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 03, 1977
Key Words: measurement, diode, type, camera, tubes
Designation: 505
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard Nomenclature for Generating Station Electric Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 1982
Designation: 505-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard Nomenclature for Generating Station Electric Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1976, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Electric power systems in stationary generating stations that provide electric power to the power system are covered.
Nomenclature is included for the following interrelated systems: generating unit power system, generating unit auxiliaries power
system, station auxiliaries power system, generating unit dc auxiliaries power system, and station dc auxiliaries power system.
Nomenclature for instrumentation, controls, or auxiliaries is not included.
Key Words: nomenclature, generating, electric, power, systems
Designation: 51
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 510-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Safety in High-Voltage and High-Power
Testing
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Abstract: Jan 2005: Administratively withdrawn. Safety practices for those who are involved with making measurements on high-
voltage sources or with high-power sources of various types, including power-system lines, 60-Hz test transformers, direct-
voltage supplies, lightning-impulse generators, and switching-impulse generators are recommended. Electrical hazards involved in
temporary measurements, as opposed to metering, relaying, or routine line work, are considered. Safety is considered in
connection with testing in laboratories, in the field, in substations, and on lines, and with the test equipment utilized. Cable-
fault location, large-capacitance-load testing, high-current testing, and direct connection to power lines are treated
separately.
Key Words: voltage, high, Power cable testing, Electric variables measurement
Designation: 511
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard on Video Signal Transmission Measurement of Linear Waveform
Distortion
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of the original STD 511 is for the rapid
interpretation of linear (amplitude independent) distortions caused by non
ideal (imperfect frequency response and group delay) transmission of
primarily, but not limited to, analog composite NTSC (system M) video
signals. The results are useful to qualify signals to established proof-of-
performance limits and are useful to indicate problems during operational
and maintenance tests. Even with the more frequent conversion to digital
component form, these measurements may, at least in part, be still valid
when the video components are represented as digital data. In particular
some of the digital/analog conversion and digital signal processing
anomalies manifest themselves as the same linear distortions targeted by
this measurement standard. Therefore, the scope of the proposed project is
to ammend STD 511's scope and related language within the document to more
clearly and specifically cover the affects of analog/digital
composite/component video processing on these linear measurements and to
include component as well as composite NTSC video.
Project Purpose: Although many video signals today are represented as component
digital data from content to final production, distribution is still largely
analog composite NTSC. NTSC is not expected to be completely replaced as a
video distribution format for at least the next 15 years and will likely
exist as an interface format for some time after that. The standard has
served well in the largely analog video content of the past but with the
many current and future conversions from compressed, component digital video
to composite analog NTSC form, certain minor revisions are necessary to
avoid ambiguities in test signal definition and interpretation of results
caused by the constraints and non-linear effects of the component digital
signal formats and composite conversion. The purpose is to revise and
update the STD 511 linear waveform distortion measurement standard in use
today to test conformance of composite NTSC and component linear-signal
distortion to established performance limits. As an example, the committee
may find it desirable to add a reference to international recommendation
ITU-R BT.1204 with regard to the addition of dither for measuring linear
distortions on analog/digital video processing.
Designation: 511-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standard on Video Signal Transmission Measurement of Linear
Waveform Distortion
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 15, 1980
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard describes methods for measuring the linear waveform distortions of TV video signals,
that is, distortions which are caused by amplitude-independent (linear) transmission characteristics of television equipment and
facilities. The primary application of this standard is for routine operational and maintenance tests, where rapid interpretation
of test results is desirable. The techniques described here may also be applicable to laboratory measurements, and detailed
mainteance procedures.
Key Words: video, signal, transmission, waveform, distortion
Designation: 512
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn by IEEE. Same as ANSI Z244.
Designation: 513
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Seismic Guide for Power Transformers and Reactors
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Samuel K Oklu, Phone:213-481-4823
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1973
Key Words: seismic, guide, power, transformers, reactors
Designation: 515-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of
Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2004
**Supersedes 515-1997.
Technical Contact: David O Brown, Phone:918-641-7221, Email:dbrown@ionet.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 21, 2000, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2004
Project Scope: The scope includes specific test requirements for qualifying
electrical resistance heating cables and heating devices for use in
industrial applications, as well as a basis for electrical and thermal
design. Applications include unclassified, and both North American Division
and Zone classified areas.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide industry with the
basic mechanical and electrical requirements for a reliable heating system
and to also provide information and requirements for design, installation
and maintenance. The standard is being revised for closer harmonization to
IEC standards and updated per the 5-year review cycle.
Abstract: Supersedes 515-1997 SUMMARY This standard provides requirements for the testing, design, installation, and maintenance
of electrical resistance heat tracing in general industries as applied to pipelines, vessels, pre-traced and thermally insulated
instrument tubing and piping, and mechanical equipment. The electrical resistance heat tracing is in the form of series heating
cables, parallel heating cables, and surface heating devices. In this standard the terms hazardous (classified) locations and
potentially flammable atmospheres refer to the same conditions.
Key Words: "constant wattage heaters,electrical design,heating cable,heat
loss,heat tracing,parallel heating cables,pipelines,series heating cables,
self-regulating heating cables,surface heating devices,thermal design,vessel
heater"
Designation: P515
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of
Electrical Resistance Trace Heating for Industrial Applications
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard H Hulett, Phone:916-939-0394, Email:rhulett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for the testing, design,
installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance trace heating in
general industries as applied to pipelines, vessels, pre-traced and
thermally insulated instrument tubing and piping, and mechanical equipment.
The electrical resistance trace heating is in the form of series trace
heaters, parallel trace heaters, and surface heating units. In this standard
the terms hazardous (classified) locations and potentially flammable
atmospheres refer to the same conditions. The requirements also include test
criteria to determine the suitability of these heating devices utilized in
industrial applications as applied in unclassified (ordinary) and hazardous
(classified) locations.
Project Purpose: The provisions of this standard should ensure that process,
fluid, or material temperatures are maintained and provide electrical,
thermal, and mechanical durability to the trace heating system, such that in
normal use its performance is reliable and poses no danger to the user or
surroundings. This standard is to serve as a complementary document to the
current version of those national and international standards addressing
electrical resistance trace heating .
Designation: 515-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation and Maintenance of
Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 515-1989. Superseded by 515-2004.
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: Provide specific test requirements for qualifying electrical
resistance heating cable for industrial applications, and provide a basis
for electrical and thermal design. Applications include unclassified, Class
I, Class II and Division I and Division 2 areas.
Project Purpose: 1. Revise standard per five year review cycle and 2. Revise
style to conform to new style manual and international requirements with the
intent of submitting as an international standard.
Abstract: The specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for industrial service are provided, as
well as the basis for electrical and thermal design. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and installation and
maintenance requirements are detailed. Heating cable and surface heating device application recommendations and requirements are
made for ordinary (unclassified) and hazardous (classified) potentially flammable atmospheres and locations.
Key Words: electrical design, heat tracing, pipelines, series heating cables,
surface heating devices, thermal design
Designation: 515-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and
Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial
Applications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 515-1983.
History: BD APP: Aug 30, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1990
Abstract: Superseded by 515-1997, 515-2004. The specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for
industrial service are provided, as well as the basis for electrical and thermal design. Heating device characteristics are
addressed, and installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Heating cable and surface heating device application
recommendations and requirements are made for ordinary (unclassified) and hazardous (classified) potentially flammable
atmospheres and locations.
Key Words: electrical resistance, heat tracing, industrial , maintenance,
Process heating, Cables
Designation: 515-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing
Status: Superseded
Key Words: electrical, resistance, heat, tracing
Designation: 515
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of
Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial Applications
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: The scope includes specific test requirements for qualifying
electrical resistance heating cables and heating devices for use in
industrial applications, as well as a basis for electrical and thermal
design. Applications include unclassified, and both North American Division
and Zone classified areas.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide industry with the
basic mechanical and electrical performance requirements for a reliable
heating system. This standard also provides information and requirements for
design, installation, and maintenance.
Designation: 515
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and
Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Industrial
Applications
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for the testing, design,
installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance trace heating in
general industries as applied to pipelines, vessels, pre-traced and
thermally insulated instrument tubing and piping, and mechanical equipment.
The electrical resistance trace heating is in the form of series trace
heaters, parallel trace heaters, and surface heating devices. In this
standard the terms hazardous (classified) locations and potentially
flammable atmospheres refer to the same conditions. The requirements also
include test criteria to determine the suitability of these heating devices
utilized in industrial applications as applied in unclassified (ordinary)
and hazardous (classified) locations.
Project Purpose: The provisions of this standard should ensure that process,
fluid, or material temperatures are maintained and provide electrical,
thermal, and mechanical durability to the trace heating system, such that in
normal use its performance is reliable and poses no danger to the user or
surroundings. This standard is to serve as a complementary document to the
current version of those national and international standards addressing
electrical resistance heat tracing .
Abstract: Specific testing requirements for qua 30 lifying electrical resistance heating cables and heating devices for use in
industrial applications, as well as a basis for electrical and thermal design, are included. Applications include unclassified,
and explosive atmospheres using both Divisions and Zone methods of classification.
Key Words: constant wattage heating cables, electrical design, heating cable,
heat loss, heat tracing, parallel heating cables, pipelines, series heating
cables, self-regulating heating cables, surface heating devices, thermal
design, trace heating, trace heater, vessel heater
Designation: 515.1-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of
Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Wayne Williams, Phone:650-474-7964, Email:wwilliams@tycothermal.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides test criteria to determine the
suitability of heating devices and fittings that are used for commercial
applications. The standard also includes detailed recommendations for the
design,installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing
in these applications. Commercial applications include installations both
inside and outside commercial business buildings, such as office buildings,
hospitals, and airports. Typical applications include freeze protection of
water pipes; temperature maintenance of hot water piping and other lines and
tubing; protection of sprinkler systems; roof, gutter, and pavement deicing;
and other applications as shown in Table 1 in 4.1. Commercial applications
involving hazardous (classified) locations shall also meet the relevant
hazardous location requirements in IEEE Std 515 as well as any other
applicable codes and standards.
Project Purpose: The provisions of this standard should ensure that adequate
material temperatures are maintained and that electrical, thermal,
mechanical, and water-exclusion durability are provided to the heat tracing
system. In addition, it should provide that under normal use, the products
will exhibit long-term performance reliability without damage to the user or
surroundings. This standard is a supplement to those provisions outlined in
National Electrical Code® (NEC®) (NFPA 70), Articles 426 and 427.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 515.1-1995 Specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heat tracing for
commercial service. A basis for electrical and thermal design is included. Heating device characteristics are addressed, and
installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements for unclassified heating device
applications are provided.
Key Words: deicing, design, electrical resistance, floor warming, freeze
protection, frost heave, heat tracing, heater, heating cable, heating
device, installation, maintenance, snow melting, testing
Designation: P515.1
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation, and Maintenance of
Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial Applications
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007
Project Scope: This standard provides test criteria to determine the
suitability of heating devices and fittings that are used for commercial
applications. The standard also includes detailed recommendations for the
design,installation, and maintenance of electrical resistance heat tracing
in these applications. Commercial applications include installations both
inside and outside commercial business buildings, such as office buildings,
hospitals, and airports. Typical applications include freeze protection of
water pipes; temperature maintenance of hot water piping and other lines and
tubing; protection of sprinkler systems; roof, gutter, and pavement deicing;
and other applications as shown in Table 1 in 4.1. Commercial applications
involving hazardous (classified) locations shall also meet the relevant
hazardous location requirements in IEEE Std 515 as well as any other
applicable codes and standards.
Project Purpose: The provisions of this standard should ensure that adequate
material temperatures are maintained and that electrical, thermal,
mechanical, and water-exclusion durability are provided to the heat tracing
system. In addition, it should provide that under normal use, the products
will exhibit long-term performance reliability without damage to the user or
surroundings. This standard is a supplement to those provisions outlined in
National Electrical Code® (NEC®) (NFPA 70), Articles 426 and 427.
Designation: 515.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Testing, Design, Installation, and
Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Heat Tracing for Commercial
Applications
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 515.1-2005 Specific test requirements for qualifying electrical resistance heating cables for
commercial service and a basis for electrical and thermal design are provided. Heater characteristics are addressed and
installation and maintenance requirements are detailed. Recommendations and requirements for unclassified heating cable
applications are provided.
Key Words: design, electrical resistance, heater, heating cable, heat tracing,
installation, maintenance, testing
Designation: 516-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 24, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 516-2003
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 2009
Project Scope: This guide provides the general recommendations for performing
maintenance work on energized power lines. It is not intended to include
all of the proven practical methods and procedures; however, these selected
comprehensive recommendations are based on sound engineering principles,
engineering safety considerations, and field experience by many utilities.
Included are technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory
testing of tools and equipment, in-service inspection, maintenance and care
of tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized
lines for persons working in vicinity of energized lines.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to a) Present, in one guide,
sufficient details of some of the methods and equipment presently in use to
enable the performance of energized line maintenance with maximum safety.
b) Direct attention to appropriate standards and other documents for the
acquisition of knowledge on the inspection, care, and use of required tools
and equipment. c) Provide guidance for establishing an appropriate work
area, taking into consideration safety and the physical effects of the work
area on personnel. It is not intended that this guide should replace
present proven utility practices or imply that these recommendations are
superior to existing practices and, therefore, should be universally adopted
as utility standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is
presented specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those electric
utilities and agencies that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and
procedures for maintenance of energized power lines.
Abstract: This guide provides the general recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines. It is not
intended to include all of the proven practical methods and procedures, however, these selected comprehensive recommendations are
based on sound engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, and field experience by many utilities. Included are
technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, in-service inspection, maintenance
and care of tools and equipment, and work methods of the maintenance of energized lines for persons working in vicinity of power
lines.
Key Words: 516-2009, energized, equipment, maintenance, power lines, tools
Designation: 516-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 516-1995. Superseded by 516-2009.
Technical Contact: Charles W Grose, Phone:727-773-9076, Email:cwgrose@covad.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Jan 29, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 22, 2003
Project Scope: This document provides general recommendations for performing
maintenance work on energized power lines.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to present details of some of the
methods presently in use to enable the safe performance of energized line
maintenance. It will provide guidance for establishing a safe work area,
taking into consideration the physical effects on personnel.
Abstract: General recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines are provided. Technical explanations as
required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work
methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines are included
Key Words: "energized, equipment, maintenance, power lines, tools"
Designation: 516-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 516-1987. Superseded by 516-2003.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: Superseded by 516-2003. General recommendations for performing maintenance work on energized power lines are pro-vided.
Technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of
tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized lines and for persons working in the vicinity of energized
lines are included.
Key Words: energized, equipment, maintenance, power lines, tools
Designation: 516
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Charles W Grose, Phone:727-773-9076, Email:cwgrose@covad.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This guide provides the general recommendations for performing
maintenance work on energized power lines. It is not intended to include
all of the proven practical methods and procedures, however, these selected
comprehensive recommendations are based on sound engineering principles,
engineering safety considerations, and field experience by many utilities.
Included are technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory
testing of tools and equipment, in-service inspection, maintenance and care
of tools and equipment, and work methods of the maintenance of energized
lines for persons working in vicinity of power lines.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to a) Present, in one guide,
sufficient details of some the methods and equipment presently in use to
enable the performance of safe, energized line maintenance. b)Direct
attention to appropriate standards and other documents for the acquisition
of knowledge on the inspection, care, and use of required tools and
equipment. c) Provide guidance for establishing a safe work area, taking
into consideration the physical effects of the work area on personnel. It
is not intended that this guide should replace present proven utility
practices or imply that these recommendations are superior to existing
practices and, therefore, should be universally adopted as utility
standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is presented
specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those electric utilities
and agencies that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and
procedures for maintenance of energized power lines.
Designation: 516
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Charles W Grose, Phone:727-773-9076, Email:cwgrose@covad.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This guide provides the general recommendations for performing
maintenance work on energized power lines. It is not intended to include
all of the proven practical methods and procedures, however, these selected
comprehensive recommendations are based on sound engineering principles,
engineering safety considerations, and field experience by many utilities.
Included are technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory
testing of tools and equipment, in-service inspection, maintenance and care
of tools and equipment, and work methods of the maintenance of energized
lines for persons working in vicinity of power lines.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to a) Present, in one guide,
sufficient details of some the methods and equipment presently in use to
enable the performance of energized line maintenance with maximum safety.
b)Direct attention to appropriate standards and other documents for the
acquisition of knowledge on the inspection, care, and use of required tools
and equipment. c) Provide guidance for establishing an appropriate work
area, taking into consideration safety and the physical effects of the work
area on personnel. It is not intended that this guide should replace
present proven utility practices or imply that these recommendations are
superior to existing practices and, therefore, should be universally adopted
as utility standards. This compilation of many accepted practices is
presented specifically in the form of a guide to be used by those electric
utilities and agencies that are seeking guidance in establishing methods and
procedures for maintenance of energized power lines.
Designation: 516-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power-Lines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 18, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. General recommendations for performing
maintenance work on energized power lines are provided. Technical explanations as required to cover certain laboratory testing of
tools and equipment, field maintenance and care of tools and equipment, and work methods for the maintenance of energized lines
and for persons working in the vicinity of energized lines are included.
Key Words: maintenance, methods, energized, power, lines
Designation: 517-1974
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-
Degree-of-Freedom Rate-Integrating Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 17, 1974
**IEEE Std 529-1980 is a supplement to this std.
Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1973, ANSI APP: May 30, 1983
Abstract: Correction Sheet to IEEE Std 517-1974. A specification format guide for the preparation of a rate-integrating gyro
specification that provides a common meeting ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users is presented. A
compilation of recommended procedures for testing a rate-integrating gyro is given.
Key Words: single, degree, freedom, intergrating, gyros, Gyroscopes
Designation: 518
Title: Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize
Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 1991
Designation: 518-1982
Sponsor: Industrial Automation & Control
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Guide for the Installation of Electrical Equipment to Minimize
Electrical Noise Inputs to Controllers from External Sources
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 518-1977.
Technical Contact: Steven A Larson, Phone:865-574-3201, Email:s.larson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 1990
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn 2002. Techniques for the installation and operation of industrial controllers, so as to
minimize the disturbing effects of electrical noise on these controllers, are addressed. The identification of noise in control
circuits and the classification of noise are discussed. A systems approach to noise reduction is presented. Installation
recommendations and wiring practices are covered.
Key Words: electrical, equipment, minimize, noise, inputs, Wiring,
Electromagnetic interference, Control systems
Designation: 519-1992
Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in
Electrical Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1993
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: This guide applies to all types of static power converters used in industrial and commercial power systems. The problems
involved in the harmonic control and reactive compensation of such converters are addressed, and an application guide is
provided. Limits of disturbances to the ac power distribution system that affect other equipment and communications are
recommended. This guide is not intended to cover the effect of radio frequency interference.
Key Words: Reactive power compensation, Harmonics, Harmonic control
Designation: 519
Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter
Title: Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in
Electrical Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: S Mark Halpin, Phone:334-844-1824, Email:halpin@eng.auburn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will establish limits for the steady state and
transient harmonic content of a) current drawn from a utility by a user, b)
voltage supplied to a user by a utility, c) voltage on the user's busses, d)
current drawn by individual items of equipment on a stand-alone basis, e)
limits for voltage notching and ringing on user and utility busses. It will
recommend a) methods for calculating harmonic spectra of common loads. It
will provide a) application advice for the use of passive and active
harmonic filters. It will provide information on: harmonic analysis
methods, the effects of harmonics on equipment, system response
characteristics, and on definitions and letter symbols.
Project Purpose: The work is being done because of deficiencies in the existing
standard, especially in relation to limits to notches and converters with
pulse numbers greater than 6.
Designation: P519
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electric
Power Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: S Mark Halpin, Phone:334-844-1824, Email:halpin@eng.auburn.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This recommended practice establishes goals for the design of
electrical systems that include both linear and nonlinear loads. The voltage
and current waveforms that may exist throughout the system are summarized
and waveform distortion goals for the system designer are established. The
interface between sources and loads is described as the point of common
coupling; and observance of the design goals will minimize interference
between electrical equipment. This recommended practice addresses steady-
state limitation. Transient conditions exceeding these limitations may be
encountered. This document sets the quality of power that is to be provided
at the point of common coupling and is not intended for application to
individual pieces of electrical equipment. This document does not cover the
effects of radio-frequency interference; however, it does include
electromagnetic interference with communication systems.
Project Purpose: This revision includes the significant experience gained in
the last 15 years with regard to power system harmoncs, their effects on
power equipment, and how they should be limited. In addition, this document
contains certain material dedicated to the harmonization of IEEE and other
international standards where possible.
Designation: 519-1981
Sponsor: Industrial Power Converter
Title: IEEE Guide for Harmonic Control and Reactive Compensation of Static
Power Convertors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Abstract: This guide applies to all types of static power converters used in industrial and commercial power systems. The problems
involved in the harmonic control and reactive compensation of such converters are addressed, and an application guide is
provided. Limits of disturbances to the AC power distribution system that affect other equipment and communications are
recommended. This guide is not intended to cover the effect of radio frequency interference.
Designation: P519.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2009
Project Scope: IEEE Standard 519, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements
for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, provides procedures for
controlling harmonics on the power system along with recommended limits for
customer harmonic injection and overall power system harmonic levels. This
document provides example applications of the procedures and limits in IEEE
519.
Project Purpose: This guide provides examples and suggestions for developing
and implementing harmonic limits throughout the electric power system. This
assists utilities and building owners.
Designation: 519.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality
Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mark F McGranaghan, Phone:865-218-8029, Email:m.mcgranaghan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Project Scope: The lastest revision of IEEE Std 519 addresses the need for
harmonic control on the power system. Important sources of harmonics are
described along with methods to analyze system response characteristics.
Harmonic limits are proposed for both the electricity supplier and the
electricity customer. The limits for the comsumer are in the form of
harmonic current generation limits at the point of common coupling. The
electricity supplier limits are in the form of voltage distortion limits.
This document will use the proposed limits in IEEE 519 as a starting point
and describe methodologies for implementing these limits. Specifically, the
document will accomplish the following objectives: 1. Identify methods for
measuring harmonic generation by specific nonlinear loads. Provide typical
harmonic characteristics and important factors affecting the harmonic
generation. 2. Provide methods for evaluating harmonic levels at the point
of common coupling (PCC). The concepts of the PPC, direction of harmonic
current flow, the maximum demand load current, the short circuit ration
(SCR), and the total demand distortion (TDD) will all be described and
defined. Measurement procedures for evaluating both the harmonic currents
and voltage distortion at the PCC will be described in particular.
Statistical procedures for evaluating these harmonic levels will be
presented. 3. Provide methods for evaluating expected harmonic levels at
new customers. Methods to estimate harmonic currents for combinations of
loads will be presented and procedures for evaluating these currents with
respect to the harmonic limits will be described. 4. Describe methods for
harmonic control at individual customers and on the overall system. Filter
design procedures for individual customers, taking into account concerns for
interaction with the power system, will be presented. Alternative methods
for controlling harmonics in a customer facility will also by described.
Filter design for harmonic voltage control on the overall power system will
also be described. 5. Describe methods for ongoing harmonic performance
monitoring and evaluations. This will include statistical procedures for
characterizing harmonic levels and the role of simulations in assessing
system performance. 6. Provide example of IEEE-519 application for a range
of different customer types and system characteristics.
Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for implementation of harmonic limits for
individual customers and for the overall power system.
Designation: 519.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality
Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Mark F McGranaghan, Phone:865-218-8029, Email:m.mcgranaghan@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: IEEE Standard 519-1992, IEEE Recommended Practices and
Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems, provides
procedures for controlling harmonics on the power system along with
recommended limits for customer harmonic injection and overall power system
harmonic levels. This document provides example applications of the
procedures and limits in IEEE 519-1992.
Project Purpose: This guide will provide examples and suggestions for
developing and implementing harmonic limits throughout the electric power
system. This assists utilities and building owners.
Designation: 519a
Sponsor: SASB/SCC22-SCC22 - Power Quality
Title: Guide for Applying Harmonic Limits on Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Project Scope: The lastest revision of IEEE Std 519 addresses the need for
harmonic control on the power system. Important sources of harmonics are
described along with methods to analyze system response characteristics.
Harmonic limits are proposed for both the electricity supplier and the
electricity customer. The limits for the comsumer are in the form of
harmonic current generation limits at the point of common coupling. The
electricity supplier limits are in the form of voltage distortion limits.
This document will use the proposed limits in IEEE 519 as a starting point
and describe methodologies for implementing these limits. Specifically, the
document will accomplish the following objectives: 1. Identify methods for
measuring harmonic generation by specific nonlinear loads. Provide typical
harmonic characteristics and important factors affecting the harmonic
generation. 2. Provide methods for evaluating harmonic levels at the point
of common coupling (PCC). The concepts of the PPC, direction of harmonic
current flow, the maximum demand load current, the short circuit ration
(SCR), and the total demand distortion (TDD) will all be described and
defined. Measurement procedures for evaluating both the harmonic currents
and voltage distortion at the PCC will be described in particular.
Statistical procedures for evaluating these harmonic levels will be
presented. 3. Provide methods for evaluating expected harmonic levels at
new customers. Methods to estimate harmonic currents for combinations of
loads will be presented and procedures for evaluating these currents with
respect to the harmonic limits will be described. 4. Describe methods for
harmonic control at individual customers and on the overall system. Filter
design procedures for individual customers, taking into account concerns for
interaction with the power system, will be presented. Alternative methods
for controlling harmonics in a customer facility will also by described.
Filter design for harmonic voltage control on the overall power system will
also be described. 5. Describe methods for ongoing harmonic performance
monitoring and evaluations. This will include statistical procedures for
characterizing harmonic levels and the role of simulations in assessing
system performance. 6. Provide example of IEEE-519 application for a range
of different customer types and system characteristics.
Project Purpose: Provide guidelines for implementation of harmonic limits for
individual customers and for the overall power system.
Designation: 52
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 521-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 08, 2003
**Supersedes 521-1984 (R1989).
Technical Contact: Joseph Bruder, Phone:770-528-7745, Email:joe.bruder@gtri.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Nov 09, 2009
Project Scope: Radar systems operate in frequency bands that since World War II
have been identified by letter designations. To recognize and preserve
accepted usage, the proposed revision would re-affirm the letter
designations for radar, revising the current standard to update it regarding
current International Telecommunication Union (ITU) radar band allocations
and comments. No change in scope from the current standard is anticipated.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to reaffirm the use of
letter band designations for radar-frequency bands, and to update and
correct the notes referring to the letter band designations in this
standard. Because of recent changes in the ITU regulations, some of the
notes need to be updated, and changed to correctly reflect the current
frequency allocations. No change in purpose from the current standard is
anticipated.
Abstract: The Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands was first issued in 1976 and was written to remove the
confusion that developed from the misapplication to radar of letter band designations of other microwave frequency users. This
standard relates the letter terms in common usage to the frequency ranges that they represent. The 1984 revision defined the
application V and W to a portion of the millimeter wave region while retaining the previous letter designators for frequencies.
The current (2002) revision keeps the same letter band designations, includes a change in the definition of millimeter wave
frequencies to conform to the ITU designation, and revises the notes to Table 1. Table 1 has been modified for international
applications by including Regions 1 and 3 in addition to Region 2.
Key Words: "frequency, letter band, radar"
Designation: 521-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989
Title: IEEE Standard Letter Designations for Radar-Frequency Bands
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 521-1976. Superseded by 521-2002.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1985
Key Words: "Since World War II, radar systems engineers have used letter
designations as a short notation for describing the frequency band of
operation. This usage has continued throughout the years and is now an
accepted practice of radar engineers. Radar-frequency"
Designation: 522-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn Insulation of Form-Wound Stator Coils for
Alternating-Current Electric Machines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 09, 2004
**Supersedes 522-1992 (R1998).
Technical Contact: Charles A Wilson, Phone:+1-512-869-8451, Email:229@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: The purpose of this guide is to make suggestions on testing the
dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each
other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine the acceptability of
the coils. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie
within the range of 200 kW to 100 MW. Test voltage levels described herein
do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal
voltage surges, as contrasted to surges associated with normal operation.
These suggestions apply to: (1) Individual stator coils after manufacture
(2) Coils in completely wound stators of original manufacture (3) Coils
and windings for rewinds of used machinery (4) Windings of machines in
service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive-
maintenance testing) The repetitive voltage surges (spikes) associated with
Variable Frequency Drives (VFD's) are also not addressed here.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this publication is to: (1) Define surge /
impulse testing as applied to the windings of an electric machine; (2)
Review the service conditions which affect or change voltage levels in a
coil; (3) Recommend devices suitable for measuring surges, with precautions
to avoid erroneous results; (4) Describe various points at which surge
testing should be performed; (5) Present suggested surge test levels for
various types of electric machines.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 522-1992 Suggestions are made for testing the dielectric strength of the insulation separating the
various turns from each other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine their acceptability. Typical ratings of machines
employing such coils normally lie within the range of 200 kW to 100 mW (270 hp to 135 000 hp). The test levels described do not
evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal voltage surges, only surges associated with normal operation.
The suggestions apply to: (1) individual stator coils after manufacture; (2) coils in completely wound stators; (3) coils and
windings for rewinds of used machinery; and (4) windings of machines in service to determine their suitability for further
service (preventive-maintenance testing). Coil service conditions, test devices, and test sequence are discussed.
Key Words: ac machines, impulses, surges, testing turn insulation, transients
Designation: 522-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn-to-Turn Insulation on Form-Wound Stator
Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machines
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 522-1977. Superseded by 522-2004.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Abstract: (Revision of IEEE Std 522-1977) and Superseded by 522-2004 (SH95212/SS95212) Suggestions are made for testing the
dielectric strength of the insulation separating the various turns from each other within multiturn form-wound coils to determine
their acceptability. Typical ratings of machines employing such coils normally lie within the range of 200 kW to 100 MW. The test
voltage levels described do not evaluate the ability of the turn insulation to withstand abnormal voltage surges, as contrasted
to surges associated with normal operation. The suggestions apply to: (1) individual stator coils after manufacture; (2) coils in
completely wound stators of original manufacture; (3) coils and windings for rewinds of used machinery; and (4) windings of
machines in service to determine their suitability for further service (preventive-maintenance testing). Coil service conditions,
test devices, and test sequence are discussed. High-frequency test levels for new coils during winding, and for applying surge
tests to complete windings, are given.
Key Words: ac machines, rotating machine, insulation testing, Power system
transients
Designation: 522-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1981
Title: IEEE Guide for Testing Turn-to-Turn Insulation on Form-Wound Stator
Coils for Alternating-Current Rotating Electric Machines - For Trial Use
Status: Superseded
**Correlate w/792
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976
Key Words: testing, turn, insulation, electric, machines
Designation: 523
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Control of Transformer Sound See
Status: Superseded
**See C57.112
Key Words: control, transformer, sound
Designation: 524-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 2004
**Supersedes 524-1992 (R1997) and 524a-1993 (R1998).
Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:fferracane@ameren.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Oct 17, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of
methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the
stringing and grounding of overhead transmission line conductors, overhead
groundwires and fiber optic cables. The guide also includes a comprehensive
list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for
stringing terms commonly employed. This guide does not address special
conductors such as those used for river and canyon crossing. These
conductors may be custom designed and may often require special
considerations. Installation of overhead conductors for distributions
circuits generally involves similar conditions; however, the specific
recommendations of this guide have not been developed to include all
situations encountered at distribution voltages.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document
sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to
outline the basic considerations necessary for maintaining safe and adequate
control and grounding of conductors during stringing operations. References
are given for those desiring more detailed information. Because the
terminology used for many hardware items and for many stringing terms varies
from place to place, a list of definitions is included to provide
correlation and clarification of the terms most commonly employed.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 524-1992. SUMMARY: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of methods,
equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the stringing of overhead transmission line conductors and overhead
groundwires. The guide also includes a comprehensive list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for
stringing terms commonly employed. This guide does not address special conductors such as those used for river and canyon
crossing. These conductors may be custom designed and often may require special considerations.
Key Words: "overhead transmission line conductors, overhead groundwires"
Designation: P524
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of
methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the
stringing and grounding of overhead transmission line conductors, overhead
groundwires and fiber optic cables. The guide also includes a comprehensive
list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for
stringing terms commonly employed. This guide does not address special
conductors such as those used for river and canyon crossing. These
conductors may be custom designed and may often require special
considerations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document
sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to
outline the basic considerations necessary for maintaining safe and adequate
control and grounding of conductors during stringing operations. References
are given for those desiring more detailed information. Because the
terminology used for many hardware items and for many stringing terms varies
from place to place, a list of definitions is included to provide
correlation and clarification of the terms most commonly employed.
Abstract: Project scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of methods, equipment, and tools that have
been found to be practical for the stringing and grounding of overhead transmission line conductors, overhead groundwires and
fiber optic cables. The guide also includes a comprehensive list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for
stringing terms commonly employed. This guide does not address special conductors such as those used for river and canyon
crossing. These conductors may be custom designed and may often require special considerations. Installation of overhead
conductors for distributions circuits generally involves similar conditions; however, the specific recommendations of this guide
have not been developed to include all situations encountered at distribution voltages. Project purpose: The purpose of this
guide is to present in one document sufficient details of present day methods, materials, and equipment to outline the basic
considerations necessary for maintaining safe and adequate control and grounding of conductors during stringing operations.
References are given for those desiring more detailed information. Because the terminology used for many hardware items and for
many stringing terms varies from place to place, a list of definitions is included to provide correlation and clarification of
the terms most commonly employed.
Key Words: IEEE 524
Designation: 524-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 524-1980. Superseded by 524-2003.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1993
Project Scope: This guide provides general recommendations for the selection of
methods, equipment and tools that have been found practical for the
stringing of overhead groundwires. The guide also includes a comprehensive
list of definitions for equipment and tools used in stringing and for
stringing terms commonly employed.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 524-1980, and superseded by SH/SS17467 then SH/SS95170. General recommendations for the selection of
methods, equipment, and tools that have been found to be practical for the stringing of overhead transmission line conductors and
overhead groundwires are provided. The aim is to present in one document sufficient details of present day methods, materials,
and equipment to outline the basic considerations necessary to maintain safe and adequate control of conductors during stringing
operations.
Key Words: guide, overhead, conductors, Terminology, Power transmission lines,
Power cable installation, Grounding
Designation: 524-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Key Words: installation, transmission, line, conductors
Designation: 524a-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Guide to Grounding During the Installation of Overhead Transmission
Line Conductors
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE Std 524-1992. Superseded by 524-2003.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Superseded by SH/SS95170 The design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations are
considered, with the objective of minimizing failures and their consequences. The purpose is to give direction to the substation
engineer in established practices for the application and installation of metallic cables in electric power transmission and
distribution substations. This guide emphasizes reliable electrical service during the design life of the substation. It does not
apply to wire and cable systems in generating stations. IEEE Std 524-1993 , 524a , 524 ,
Key Words: conductor stringing, grounding equipment, grounding practices,
overhead transmision, line conductors, protective grounding
Designation: 525-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in
Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 02, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 525-1992/IncorporatesIEEE Std 525-2007/Cor1:2008
Technical Contact: Hanna E Abdallah, Phone:602-371-6524, Email:hannaessa.abdallah@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 19, 2007
Project Scope: This document is a guide for the design, installation, and
protection of insulated wire and cable systems in substations with the
objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences. This guide is
not an industry standard or a compliance standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance to the
substation engineer in established practices for the application and
installation of metallic and optical cables in electric power transmission
and distribution substations with the objective of minimizing premature
cable failures and their consequences. This guide emphasizes reliable
electrical service and safety during the design life of the substation.
Regarding cable performance, no single cable characteristic should be
emphasized to the serious detriment of others. In addition to good
installation, design, and construction practices, a balance of cable
characteristics is necessary to provide a reliable cable system. Solutions
presented in this guide may not represent the only acceptable practices for
resolving problems. This guide should not be referred to or used as an
industry standard. It is being presented to aid in the development of wire
and cable system installations and is not a compliance standard.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 525-1992. The design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations with the
objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences are covered in this guide.
Key Words: 525-2007, acceptance testing, cable, cable installation, cable
selection, communication cable, electrical segregation, fiber-optic
cable, handling, power cable, pulling tension, raceway, recommended
maintenance, routing, separation of redundant cable, service conditions,
substation, transient protection
Designation: P525
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in Substations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Debra Longtin, Phone:262-549-9526, Email:dlongtin@atcllc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This document is a guide for the design, installation, and
protection of insulated wire and cable systems in substations with the
objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences. High voltage
(greater than 35 kV) cable systems are not covered in this guide.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide guidance to the
substation engineer in established practices for the application and
installation of metallic and optical cables in electric power transmission
and distribution substations with the objective of minimizing premature
cable failures and their consequences. This guide emphasizes reliable
electrical service and safety during the design life of the substation.
Regarding cable performance, no single cable characteristic should be
emphasized to the serious detriment of others. In addition to good
installation, design, and construction practices, a balance of cable
characteristics is necessary to provide a reliable cable system. Solutions
presented in this guide may not represent the only acceptable practices for
resolving problems. This guide should not be referred to or used as an
industry standard or compliance standard. It is being presented to aid in
the development of wire and cable system installations.
Designation: 525-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in
Substations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 525-1987.
Technical Contact: Alan E Kollar, Phone:330-384-5552, Email:kollara@firstenergycorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 525-2007. Guidance for the design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in
substations with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences is provided. The design of wire and cable
systems in gen
Key Words: cable, installation, testing, fire protection, raceway, substations,
wire cable shield
Designation: 525-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in
Substations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1988
Abstract: Superseded by 525-1992. Guidance for the design, installation, and protection of wire and cable systems in substations
with the objective of minimizing cable failures and their consequences is provided. The design of wire and cable systems in
generating stations is not covered.
Key Words: design, installation, cable, systems, substations
Designation: 525-2007/Cor 1-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems in
Substations - Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 02, 2008
Technical Contact: Hanna E Abdallah, Phone:602-371-6524, Email:hannaessa.abdallah@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 2008
Project Scope: Correcting the axis labels of a figure J1 located in annex J.
Project Purpose: to correct a technical error.
Designation: 526
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 528-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Sensor Terminology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 2001
**Supersedes 528-1994.
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Aug 07, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 02, 2002
Project Scope: To review all of the definitions included in the standard and to
revise them as required. New terminology will be added to bring the
document up to date with current technology.
Project Purpose: This revision is part of the 5 year review cycle for IEEE
Standards. Since the last publication of this standard, three major
revisions of, or new, inertial sensor standards have been published by the
IEEE AESS Gyro and Accelerometer panel. In addition, sigificant advances
have been made in related technology for which new standards are being
developed.
Abstract: Terms and definitions relating to inertial sensors are presented in this standard. Usage asunderstood by the inertial
sensor community is given preference over general technical usage of theterms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and
its definition in this standard is usefulness asrelated to inertial sensor technology.
Key Words: "inertial sensor technology, inertial sensor terminology"
Designation: 528-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard for Inertial Sensor Terminology
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 528-1984. Superseded by 528-2001.
History: BD APP: May 04, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1994
Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY IEEE STD 528-2001. Terms and definitions relating to inertial sensors are presented. Usage as understood
by the inertial sensor community is given preference over general technical usage of the terms herein. The criterion for
inclusion of a term and its definition in this document is usefulness as related to inertial sensor technology. You will receive
an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: Inertial sensor terminology, Inertial sensor technology
Designation: 528-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Inertial Sensor Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1985
Abstract: Withdrawn Status. Terms and definitions relating to inertial sensors are presented. Usage as understood by the inertial
sensor community is given preference over general technical usage of the terms herein. The criterion for inclusion of a term and
its definition in this document is usefulness as related to inertial sensor technology.
Key Words: inertial, sensor, terminology
Designation: 529-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: Supplement for Strapdown Applications to IEEE Standard Specification
Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-Degree-of-Freedom Rate-
Integrating Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 29, 1981
**Supplement to IEEE Std 517-1974.
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1979, ANSI APP: May 05, 1983
Abstract: A specification format guide for the preparation of a rate-integrating gyroscope specification is presented. Recommended
procedures for testing a rate-integrating gyroscope are compiled. This standard, when combined with IEEE Std 517-1974 (R1980),
defines the requirements and test procedures in terms of characteristics unique to the gyroscope or those applications in which
the dynamic angular inputs are significantly greater than the limitations identified in IEEE Std 517.
Key Words: strapdown, single degree, rate integrating , integrating gyro,
Testing, Gyroscopes
Designation: 530-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Linear,
Single-Axis, Digital, Torque-Balance Accelerometer
Status: Superseded
**Under revision with Std 337; combined revisions will be designated IEEE
1293. Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998.
History: BD APP: Mar 09, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 15, 1980
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 1293-1998. A guide for the preparation of a digital accelerometer specification and test procedure is
provided. It is intended to provide common terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. The accelerometer considered
utilizes a linear, single-axis, nongyroscopic accelerometer sensor with a permanent magnet torquer. The torquing electronics are
considered part of the accelerometer. General design, performance, environmental, and reliability requirements are covered.
Information on classification of tests, acceptance tests, qualification tests, reliability tests, standard test conditions, test
equipment, test methods, and data submittal is given.
Key Words: linear, single axis, digital, torque, accelerometer, Torque
measurement, Acceleration measurement
Designation: 532-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Power, Instrumentation,
and Control Cables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 07, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 532-1993
Technical Contact: Paul Caronia, Phone:732-271-7954, Email:caronipj@dow.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2008
Project Scope: This guide covers the selection and testing of jackets and other
protective coverings for power, instrumentation, and control cables. It
is written for those individuals responsible for optimizing cable
designs. The purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of the role
of jackets so that the subject can be approached in an orderly and
organized manner. An effort has been made to avoid the highly technical
language and theory commonly used by electrical engineers and chemists to
discuss the more detailed application of jackets.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide cable users guidance
in the selection of jackets and protective covers to optimize cable
design. A secondary purpose is to present a reasonably complete picture of
the types and functions of jackets so that the user can approach the
subject in an orderly and logical manner.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 532-1993. This guide covers properties of commonly used jackets as well as selection and testing of
jackets. It is written for those responsible for optimizing cable designs. The purpose is to present a reasonably complete
picture of the role of jackets so that the subject can be approached in an orderly and organized manner. An effort has been made
to avoid the highly technical language and theory commonly used by electrical engineers and chemists to discuss the more detailed
application of jackets.
Key Words: 532-2007, cables, jackets, testing
Designation: 532
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Underground Cables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: Revise the guide which covers the use of jackets and other
protective coverings for power cables in underground installations.
Project Purpose: Provide cable users guidance in the selection of jackets and
protective covers for the purpose of optimizing underground cable
installations. A secondary purpose is to present a reasonably complete
picture of the types and rules of jackets so that the user can approach the
subject in an orderly and logical manner.
Designation: 532-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Underground Cables
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 532-1982. Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 532-2007. This guide covers properties of commonly used jackets as well as selection and testing of
jackets. It is written for those responsible for optimizing cable designs. The purpose is to present a reasonably complete
picture of the role of jackets so that the subject can be approached in an orderly and organized manner. An effort has been made
to avoid the highly technical language and theory commonly used by electrical engineers and chemists to discuss the more detailed
application of jackets.
Key Words: cables, jackets, testing, underground cable
Designation: 532-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Selecting and Testing Jackets for Cables
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1980, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Key Words: selecting, testing, jackets, cables
Designation: 534
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 535-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead Storage Batteries for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007
**Sep-02: Sponsor changed from SCC29 to PE/SB.
Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 2007
Project Scope: This standard describes qualification methods for Class 1E
vented lead acid batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating
stations outside primary containment. Qualification required by IEEE Std
308™-20011 or IEEE Std 765™-2002 can be demonstrated by using the procedures
in this standard in accordance with IEEE Std 323™-2003. Battery sizing,
maintenance, capacity testing, installation, charging equipment, and
consideration of other type batteries are beyond the scope of this standard.
Project Purpose: The revision will address issues raised on the testing
process, provide clarified guidance on battery qualification and revise
references from the 1986 issue of the standard.
Abstract: Qualification methods for Class 1E vented lead acid batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations
outside primary containment are described in this standard. Remarks: Revision of EEE 535-1986
Key Words: battery, battery aging, battery qualification, battery qualification
methods, battery seismic testing, Class 1E battery, qualification, vented
lead acid battery
Designation: P535
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Vented Lead Acid Storage
Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard describes qualification methods for Class 1E
vented lead acid batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating
stations outside primary containment. Qualification required by IEEE Std
308(TM) or IEEE Std 765(TM)can be demonstrated by using the procedures in
this standard in accordance with IEEE Std 323(TM). Application of batteries
in Nuclear Power Generating Stations can be divided into two sections; duty
cycles equal to or less than 8 hours and duty cycles greater than 8 hours.
This standard provides a process to demonstrate qualification for both
applications. This standard is based on the user demonstrating the
predominant failure mechanism is positive plate grid corrosion. The
following technologies have been demonstrated to meet this criteria for full
float service: a)Pasted plate lead-calcium b)Pasted plate lead-antimony
c)Tubular plate low antimony lead-selenium alloy To apply this standard to
vented lead-acid technologies other than those listed above, the user is
required to demonstrate the following for full float service: a)The
predominant failure mechanism is positive plate grid corrosion b)The
accelerated aging factors in Table 1 are applicable to the battery being
tested. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, installation,
charging equipment, and consideration of other type batteries are beyond the
scope of this standard.
Project Purpose: This document will not contain a purpose clause.
Designation: 535-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead Storage Batteries for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 535-1979.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986
Abstract: Qualification methods for Class 1E lead storage batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating stations
outside of primary containment are described. Principles and methods of qualification, qualification information, qualification
by type testing, type tests and analysis procedures, and documentation are covered. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity
testing, installation, charging equipment, and other types of batteries that are beyond the scope of this standard are not
considered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: qualifications, 1E, lead, storage, batteries, Nuclear power
generation protection
Designation: 535
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Vented Lead Storage Batteries for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: This standard describes qualification methods for Class 1E
vented lead acid batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating
stations outside primary containment in a mild environment. Qualification
required by IEEE Std 308™ or IEEE Std 765™ can be demonstrated by using the
procedures in this standard in accordance with IEEE Std 323™.
Application of batteries in Nuclear Power Generating Stations can be divided
into two sections; duty cycles equal to or less than 8 hours and duty cycles
greater than 8 hours. This standard provides a process to demonstrate
qualification for both applications. Battery sizing,
maintenance, capacity testing, installation, charging equipment, and
consideration of other type batteries are beyond the scope of this standard.
Project Purpose: The revision will address issues raised on the qualification
process for the new passive Nuclear Steam Supply Systems which have duty
cycles of 24-72 hours which are much longer than the duty cycles used as the
basis for the initial IEEE 535 standard.
Designation: 535
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Vented Lead Storage Batteries for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert R Beavers, Phone:815-416-3812, Email:robert.beavers@exeloncorp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard describes qualification methods for Class 1E
vented lead acid batteries and racks to be used in nuclear power generating
stations outside primary containment. Qualification required by IEEE Std
308(TM) or IEEE Std 765(TM) can be demonstrated by using the procedures in
this standard in accordance with IEEE Std 323(TM). Application of batteries
in Nuclear Power Generating Stations can be divided into two sections; duty
cycles equal to or less than 8 hours and duty cycles greater than 8 hours.
This standard provides a process to demonstrate qualification for both
applications. Battery sizing, maintenance, capacity testing, installation,
charging equipment, and consideration of other type batteries are beyond the
scope of this standard.
Project Purpose: This document will not contain a purpose clause.
Designation: 539-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects
of Overhead Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 16, 2005
**Revision project for IEEE Std 539-1990.
Technical Contact: Dave Phillips, Phone:619-553-3057, Email:dave.phillips@navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jul 25, 2005
Project Scope: The document defines terms related to the areas of corona and
the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to
define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead
power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used in electric and
magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals
and noise, audible noise, coupled voltages and currents, shock and
perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and
measuring devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to achieve uniformity in the
use of terms relating to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic
environment of power lines. The standard defines the most widely used terms
specific to or associated with overhead power line corona and fields.
Abstract: The scope of this standard is to define the most widely used tems specific to or associated with overhead power-line
corona and field effects.
Key Words: audible noise, corona, electric field, electric field meter, fair
weather, field effects, foul weather, freezing rain, magnetic field,
perturbed field, radio noise, rain, snow, Trichel streamers, uniform field,
wet snow,
Designation: 539-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects
of Overhead Power Lines
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 539-1979. (IEEE Std 539A-1981 was included in
revision.)
History: BD APP: Nov 14, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by 549-2005 (SH/SS95331). This standard defines terms related to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic
environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead
power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used in electric and magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation,
electromagnetic signals and noise, audible noise, coupled voltages and current, shock and perception, weather and related
statistical terms, and measurements and measuring devices.
Key Words: audible noise, electric field, magnetic field, radio noise,
Electromagnetic interference
Designation: 539-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Overhead-Power-Line
Corona and Radio Noise
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by IEEE 539-1990
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 539-1990. IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Corona and Field Effects of Overhead Power
Lines, defines terms related to the areas of corona and the electromagnetic environment of overhead power lines. Its scope is to
define the most widely used terms specific to or associated with overhead power-line corona and fields. This includes terms used
in electric and magnetic fields, ions, radio frequency propagation, electromagnetic signals and noise, audible noise, coupled
voltages and current, shock and perception, weather and related statistical terms, and measurements and measuring devices.
Key Words: overhead, power, lines, radio, noise
Designation: 539A-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Supplement to 539
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Key Words: 539A
Designation: 54-1955
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Title: IEEE Standard, Test Code, and Recommended Practice for Induction and
Dielectric Heating Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 541
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 544-1975
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Electrothermic Power Meters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: May 30, 1974
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. This standard applies to electrothermic power meters as complete
instruments and to their constituent parts: electrothermic elements, electrothermic units, and electrothermic power indicators.
Electrothermic power measurement instrumentation is generally used to measure (below 3 W and above 2 MHz) the average power of an
electromagnetic wave propagating in a single mode in waveguide or coaxial transmission lines. The power range can be extended by
the use of attenuators or directional couplers, or both.
Key Words: standard, electrothermic, power, meters
Designation: 545
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Partial Discharge Corona Tst/Xfrmrs Trial Use
Status: Superseded
**Approved as IEEE Std C57.113.
Key Words: partial, discharge, corona, test, transformers
Designation: 548-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria and Guidelines for the Laboratory Measurement and
Reporting of Fly Ash Resistivity
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997.
Technical Contact: Marco W Migliaro, Phone:732-236-0316, Email:m.migliaro@ieee-isto.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985
Abstract: Uniform criteria and guidelines for laboratory measurement and reporting of fly ash resistivity data obtained in the
laboratory are presented. Fly ashes produced from the burning of any rank of coal are covered. Methods for ashing core bore
samples of coal that have not been burned previously in a full-scale boiler are considered.
Key Words: Resistivity measurement, Power generation, Air Pollution
Designation: 55-1953
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Temperature Correlation in the Connection of Insulated
Wire and Cables to Electronic Equipment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Abstract: No abstract Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
Key Words: temperature correlation, insulated wire, electronic equipment
Designation: 551-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Calculating AC Short-Circuit Currents in
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 17, 2006
Technical Contact: Jason M MacDowell, Phone:(86 10) 65611166x576, Email:jason.macdowell@ps.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: May 09, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 02, 2006
Project Scope: Electric power systems in industrial plants and commercial and
institutional buildings are designed to serve loads in a safe and
reliable manner. One of the major considerations in the design of a power
system is adequate control of short circuits or faults as they are
commonly called. Uncontrolled short-circuits can cause service outage with
accompanying production downtime and associated inconvenience, interruption
of essential facilities or vital services, extensive equipment damage,
personnel injury or fatality, and possible fire damage. Short-circuits
are caused by faults in the insulation of a circuit, and in many cases an
arc ensues at the point of the fault. Such an arc may be destructive and
may constitute a fire hazard. Prolonged duration of arcs, in addition to
the heat released, may result in transient overvoltages that may endanger
the insulation of equipment in other parts of the system. Clearly, the
fault must be quickly removed from the power system, and this is the job of
the circuit protective devices—the circuit breakers and fusible switches.
A short-circuit current generates heat that is proportional to the square of
the current magnitude, I2R. The large amount of heat generated by a
short-circuit current may damage the insulation of rotating machinery and
apparatus that is connected into the faulted system, including cables,
transformers, switches, and circuit breakers. The most immediate danger
involved in the heat generated by short-circuit currents is permanent
destruction of insulation. This may be followed by actual fusion of the
conducting circuit, with resultant additional arcing faults. The heat
that is generated by high short-circuit currents tends not only to impair
insulating materials to the point of permanent destruction, but also
exerts harmful effects upon the contact members in interrupting devices.
The small area common between two contact members that are in engagement
depends mainly upon the hardness of the contact material and upon the
amount of pressure by which they are kept in engagement. Owing to the
concentration of the flow of current at the points of contact engagement,
the temperatures of these points reached at the times of peak current are
very high. As a result of these high spot temperatures, the material of
which the contact members are made may soften. If, however, the contact
material is caused to melt by excessive I2R losses, there is an imminent
danger of welding the contacts together rendering it impossible to
separate the contact members when the switch or circuit breaker is called
upon to open the circuit. Since it requires very little time to establish
thermal equilibrium at the small points of contact engagement, the
temperature at these points depends more upon the peak current than upon
the rms current. If the peak current is sufficient to cause the contact
material to melt, resolidification may occur immediately upon decrease of
the current from its peak value. Other important effects of short-circuit
currents are the strong electromagnetic forces of attraction and
repulsion to which the conductors are subjected when short-circuit currents
are present. These forces are proportional to the square of the current and
may subject any rotating machinery, transmission, and switching equipment
to severe mechanical stresses and strains. The strong electromagnetic
forces that high short-circuit currents exert upon equipment can cause
deformation in rotational machines, transformer windings, and equipment
bus bars, which may fail at a future time. Deformation in breakers and
switches will cause alignment and interruption difficulties. Modern
interconnected systems involve the operation in parallel of large numbers of
synchronous machines, and the stability of such an interconnected system may
be greatly impaired if a short-circuit in any part of the system is
allowed to prevail. The stability of a system requires short fault
clearing times and can be more limiting than the longer time
considerations imposed by thermal or mechanical effects on the equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide information that will facilitate the
proper design of electric power circuits such that the equipment is
adequately rated and/or protected with respect to short circuit or fault
currents, since uncontrolled short circuits can cause a service outage.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides short-circuit current information including calculated short-circuit current duties for
the application in industrial plants and commercial buildings, at all power system voltages, of power system equipment that
senses, carries, or interrupts short-circuit currents. Equipment coverage includes, but should not be limited to, protective
device sensors such as series trips and relays, passive equipment that may carry short circuit current such as bus, cable,
reactors, and transformers as well as interrupters such as circuit breakers and fuses.
Key Words: available fault current, circuit breaker, circuit breaker
applications, fuse, power system voltage, reactors, short-circuit
applications guides, short-circuit duties, violet book, arc flash
Designation: 551
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for Calculating Short Circuit Currents in
Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: L. Guy Jackson, Phone:251-626-6890, Email:gjackson@powerplot.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1981
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides short-circuit current
information including calculated short-circuit current duties for the
application in industrial plants and commercial buildings, at all power
system voltages or power system equipment that senses, carries, or
interrupts short circuit currents.
Project Purpose: To provide adequate control of short-circuits or faults, as
uncontrolled short-circuits can cause service outage with accompanying
production downtime and associated inconvenience, interruption of essential
facilities or vital services, extensive equipment damage, personnel injury
or fatality and possible fire damage.
Designation: 56
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for Insulation Maintenance of Electric Machines Rated 1 MVA and
Higher
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Douglas Conley, Phone:+1 704 551 5568, Email:douglas.conley@siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This insulation maintenance guide is applicable to rotating
electric machines rated from 1 MVA and higher. The procedures detailed
herein may also be useful for insulation maintenance of other types of
machines.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present information necessary
to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of rotating
electrical machines. Such an evaluation can serve as a guide to the degree
of maintenance or replacement which might be deemed necessary, and also
offer some indication of the future service reliability of the equipment
under consideration.
Abstract: Information necessary to permit an effective evaluation of the insulation systems of alternating-current rotating
electrical machines rated at 10,000 kVA or more, and operating at voltages of 6000 V and above is presented. The significance of
maintenance, severe conditions reducing insulation life, and insulation systems in general use are discussed. Visual inspection
methods, cleaning procedures, and maintenance tests are described.
Designation: 56-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Insulation Maintenance of Large Alternating-Current
Rotating Machinery (10,000 kVA and Larger)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 56-1958. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Key Words: insulation, maintenance, rotating, AC, motors, Rotating-machine
insulation testing, Rotating-machine insulation, Power system maintenance,
AC machines
Designation: 562
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 563-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide on Conductor Self-Damping Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 03, 1977, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Methods for measuring the inherent vibration damping characteristics of overhead conductors are
presented. The intent is to obtain information in a compatible and consistent form that will provide a reliable basis for
studying the vibration and damping of conductors in the future, and for comparing data of various investigators. The methods and
procedures recommended are not intended for quality-control test purposes.
Key Words: Power system measurements, Power cable mechanical factors
Designation: 564
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 566-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice For the Design of Display and Control Facilities
for Central Control Rooms of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn by Stds Board 3/22/84
Designation: 567-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Criteria for the Design of the Control Room
Complex for a Nuclear Power Generating Station
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 17, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**issued for trial use 10/80
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979
Abstract: This standard addresses the central control room of nuclear power generating station and the overall complex in which this
room is housed. It is not intended to cover special or normally unattended control rooms, such as those provided for radioactive
waste handling or for emergency shutdown operations.
Key Words: design, control, room, complex, NPGS
Designation: 567
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Criteria for the Design of the Control Room
Complex for a Nuclear Power Generating Station
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 57-1959
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Thermal Stability of Enameled Wire in Air
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 570
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: System Voltage Nomenclature Table
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Not pub. Incorporated in 141;100;C84
Key Words: system, voltage, nomenclature, table
Designation: 571
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 572-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 06, 2007
Technical Contact: William L Hadovski, Phone:860-731-6942, Email:william.l.hadovski@us.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Oct 30, 2003, BD APP: Dec 06, 2006, ANSI APP: Jun 11, 2007
Project Scope: This standard provides basic requirements, direction, and
methods for qualifying Class lE Connection Assemblies for service in
nuclear power generating stations. These include connectors, terminations,
and environmental seals in combination with related cables or wires as
assemblies. Qualification of cable with connectors to this standard does not
replace qualification to IEEE Std 383TM -2003.1 This standard does not apply
to containment electric penetrations, fire stops, in-line splices, or
components for service within the reactor vessel. The qualification
requirements in this standard, when met, demonstrate and document the
ability of the equipment to perform safety function(s) under applicable
service conditions (including design basis events) reducing the risks of
common cause-equipment failures. This standard does not provide
environmental stress levels and performance requirements. NOTE--Other IEEE
standards that present qualification methods for specific equipment,
specific environments, or specific parts of qualification program may be
used to supplement this standard, as applicable. Annex A of IEEE Std 323TM-
2003 lists other standards related to equipment qualification.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific direction
for the implementation of IEEE Std 323-2003 on qualification as it pertains
to qualification of connectors, terminations, and environmental seals
(related to cables as assemblies).
Abstract: The basic requirements for qualifying Class 1E Connection Assemblies and interfaces that are to be used in nuclear power
generating stations are described in this standard. The principles, methods, and procedures described are intended to be used
for qualifying Connection Assemblies, maintaining and extending qualification, and updating qualification, as required, if the
Connection Assembly is modified. The qualification requirements in this standard, when met, demonstrate and document the ability
of the Connection Assembly to perform safety function(s) under applicable service conditions including design basis events,
reducing the risk of commoncause Connection Assembly failure.
Key Words: age, age conditioning, aging, baseline parameter, cable, cable
assembly, condition monitoring, Connection Assemblies, connector, equipment
qualification, generic qualification, harsh environment, interface, margin,
mild environment, nuclear, qualification methods, qualified life,
radiation, safety-related function, significant aging mechanism,
termination, test plan, test sequence, type testing
Designation: 572-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Connection Assemblies for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1985
Abstract: General requirements, direction, and methods for qualifying Class 1E connection assemblies for service in nuclear power
generating stations are provided. Connectors, terminations, and environmental seals in combination with related cables or wires
as assemblies are covered. Emphasis is placed on multipin, quick, disconnect-type connection assemblies primarily utilized for
instrumentation, control, and power. This standard does not apply to containment electric penetrations, fire stops, in-line
splices, or components for service within the reactor vessel. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL
needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: NPGS, Seals, Power cable connecting, Connectors
Designation: 573
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P575
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for Bonding Sheaths and Shields of Single-Conductor Power Cables
Rated 5 - 500 kV
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Michael D Buckweitz, Phone:212-460-3236, Email:m.buckweitz@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This guide describes the most common special sheath-bonding
systems now in use on high-voltage, single-conductor, shielded power cables
and methods of calculating sheath voltages and currents, particularly as
applied to three-phase systems operating at 60 kV and above, with the cable
neutral grounded directly or as part of a special bonding system as
described in the standard. Although the guide text on induced
voltages and currents in metallic sheaths is written primarily around high-
voltage cables operating at 60 kV and above, the fundamental principles in
this document apply equally to single-conductor medium-voltage shielded
power cables when installed and operated as outlined in the guide.
The user is cautioned to make sure that the installation/operating design
does not contravene any local or national regulations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to provide the cable engineer
with general and specific recommendations for consideration when designing
new power cable circuits in order to reduce operational losses and/or to
increase the current carrying capacity, as well as determining sheath
voltages of cables on electric transmission systems.
Designation: 575-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Sheath-Bonding Methods for Single-
Conductor Cables and the Calculation of Induced Voltages and Currents in
Cable Sheaths
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by StdB 10/25/96. Questions should be directed
to Mike Buckweitz, mbuckweitz@generalcable.com
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 07, 1986
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. The most common sheath-bonding systems now in use, and the methods of
calculating sheath voltages and currents, are described. The concern is particularly with three-phase systems operating at 60 kV
and above, with the neutral grounded directly or through an impedance. Bonding methods and sheath voltage limiters are covered.
Effects on parallel telephone and control cables are considered.
Key Words: sheath, bonding, methods, cables, Wire communication cables, Power
cable protective coverin, Electromagnetic interference, , Control cables
Designation: 576-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Termination, and Testing of
Insulated Power Cable as Used in Industrial and Commercial Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 30, 2001
**Supersedes 576-1989.
Technical Contact: H.R Stewart, Phone:281-444-8117, Email:hrsc@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995, BD APP: Sep 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2001
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a guide for installation,
splicing, terminating and field proof testing of cable systems as used in
industrial and commercial applications. It is not intended to be a design
document. Although many of the problems of installation can be avoided by
designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended
practice.
Project Purpose: To revise and update the existing standard 576. To expand the
use of this standared for all industrial and commercial applications. The
installation practices recommended for the petrochemical industry can also
be applied to other industrial and commercial applications.
Abstract: A guide for installing, splicing, terminating, and field proof testing of cable systems inindustrial and commercial
applications is provided. It is not intended to be a design document, although many of the problems of installation can be
avoided by designing cable layouts within the installation limits of this recommended practice.
Key Words: "jamming, minimum bending radius, pulling lubricants, pulling
tensions, sidewall pressure, splicing"
Designation: P576
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Recommended Practice for Installation, Termination, and Testing of
Insulated Power Cable as Used in Industrial and Commercial Applications
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Wayne Madden, Phone:281-821-5500, Email:madden@okonite.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a guide for installation,
splicing, terminating and field proof testing of cable systems as used in
industrial and commercial applications. It is not intended to be a design
document. Although many of the problems of installation can be avoided by
designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended
practice.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to recommend practices for all
industrial and commercial applications. The installation practices
recommended for the petrochemical industry can also be applied to other
industrial and commercial applications.
Designation: 576-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice Installation, Termination, and Testing of
Insulated Power Cable as Used in the Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 576-2000.
History: BD APP: Jan 24, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1989
Abstract: Superseded by 576-2000. A guide to installation, splicing, termination, and field-proof testing of cable systems is
provided. The aim is to avoid premature cable failure due to improper installation and mechanical damage during installation, and
to provide a reference that can be specified for cable installations. This standard is not intended to be a design document; many
of the problems of installation can be avoided by designing cable layouts with the installation limits of this recommended
practice.
Key Words: voltage, insulated, cable, test
Designation: 577-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and
Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 30, 2004
Technical Contact: G.W Hannaman, Phone:858-826-4964, Email:hannamang@ds-s.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2004
Project Scope: This standard sets forth the minimum acceptable requirements for
the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems when used
to address the reliability considerations discussed in the standards listed
in Clause 2. The methods of this standard may also be applied to
other systems, including the interactions, if any, between safety-related
and non-safety-related systems. The requirements should be applied during
the phases of design, fabrication, testing, maintenance, and repair of
systems and components in nuclear facilities. The timing of the analysis
depends upon the purpose for which the analysis is performed. This standard
applies to the facility owner and other organizations responsible for the
activities previously stated.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum
acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for
safety-related systems found in nuclear facilities, but not to define the
need for an analysis. The need for reliability analysis has been
identified in other standards that expand the requirements (e.g., IEEE
Std 379™ -2000, 1 which describes the application of the single-failure
criterion). IEEE Std 352™ -1987 provides guidance in the application
and use of reliability techniques referred to in this standard.
Abstract: This standard sets forth the minimum acceptable requisites for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related
systems of nuclear facilities when used to address the reliability requirements identified in regulations and other standards.
The requirement that a reliability analysis be performed does not originate with this standard. However, when reliability
analysis is used to demonstrate compliance with reliability requirements, this standard describes an acceptable response to the
requirements. REMARKS: IEEE Std 577-2004 is a revision of IEEE Std 577-1976. KEYWORDS: nuclear facilities, reliability
analysis, safety systems
Key Words: nuclear facilities, reliability analysis, safety systems
Designation: P577
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Draft Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design
and Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: James Liming, Phone:714-962-8289, Email:jl307@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008
Project Scope: This standard sets forth the minimum acceptable requirements for
the performance of reliability analyses for safety systems when used to
address the reliability considerations discussed in industry standards and
guidelines. The methods of this standard may also be applied to other
systems, including the interactions, if any, between safety and non-safety
systems. The requirements should be applied during the phases of design,
fabrication, testing, maintenance, and repair of systems and components in
nuclear power generating stations. The timing of the analysis depends upon
the purpose for which the analysis is performed. This standard applies to
the facility owner and other organizations responsible for the activities
previously stated.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum
acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for
safety systems found in nuclear facilities, but not to define the need for
an analysis. The need for reliability analysis has been identified in other
standards (e.g., IEEE Std 379, which describes the application of the
single-failure criterion). IEEE Std 352 provides guidance in the
application and use of reliability techniques referred to in this standard.
Abstract: This standard sets forth the minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety
systems when used to address the reliability considerations discussed in industry standards and guidelines. The requirement that
a reliability analysis be performed does not originate with this standard. However, when reliability analysis is used to
demonstrate compliance with reliability requirements, this standard describes an acceptable response to the requirements.
Key Words: nuclear facilities, reliability analysis, safety systems
Designation: 577-1976
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and
Operation of Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 577-2004.
History: BD APP: Jun 03, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 28, 1977
Abstract: Uniform minimum acceptable requirements for the performance of reliability analyses for safety-related systems found in
nuclear power generating stations are provided. The requirements can be applied during design, fabrication, testing, maintenance,
and repair of systems and components in nuclear power plants. The timing of the analysis depends upon the purpose for which it is
performed.
Key Words: reliability, protection
Designation: 58-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1983
Title: IEEE Standard Induction Motor Letter Symbols
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: M. Harry Hesse
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1976, ANSI APP: Sep 25, 1986
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991.
Key Words: symbols, letter, motor, induction
Designation: 580
Sponsor: IEEE Circuits and Systems Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 581-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions, Symbols, and Characterization of Metal-
Nitrite-Oxide Field-Effect Transistors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976
Abstract: no abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991.
Key Words: metal, nitrite-oxide, field-effect, transistors
Designation: 583-1982
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface System
(CAMAC) (Computer Automated Measurement and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982
**Revision of IEEE Std 583-1975.
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: This standard is intended to serve as a basis for a range of modular instrumentation capable of interfacing transducers
and other devices to digital controllers for data and control. It consists of mechanical standards and signal standards that are
sufficient to ensure physical and operational compatibility between units regardless of source. The standard fully specifies a
data bus (Dataway) by means of which instruments and other functional modules can communicate with each other, with peripherals,
with computers, and with other external controllers.
Key Words: CAMAC
Designation: 583a
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Supplement to Standard Modular Instrumentation and Digital Interface
System (CAMAC)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: Standard currently specifies fuses in power supply. This
supplement proposal permits circuit breakers optionally.
Designation: 585
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 586-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Lasers and Electro-Optics Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Laser-Maser Terms
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976
Abstract: no abstract. Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990.
Key Words: laser-maser, definitions
Designation: 587
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Surge Protective Devices/Low Voltage
Title: See C62.41
Status: Superseded
Designation: 589
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 59
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 590-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Cable Plowing Guide
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Stds Bd 17 January 1997.
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. This guide is intended to promote improved communication between
manufacturers and users in clarifying terminology and identifying user objectives. It attempts to provide the user with a means
for determining whether plowing is a feasible method for a specific application, what plow type is best suited for the intended
application or types of applications, and those techniques and practices most likely to maximize performance.
Key Words: plowing, guide, Power cable installation
Designation: 592-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable
Joints and Separable Connectors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2008
**Revision of 592-1990.
Technical Contact: Michael Malia, Phone:908-813-2036, Email:michael_malia@tnb.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005, BD APP: Dec 05, 2007, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 2008
Project Scope: This standard covers design tests for shield resistance and a
simulated fault-current initiation for exposed semiconducting shields used
on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors
rated 15 kV through 35 kV.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 592-1990. Design test for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed
semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35
kV is provided in this standard.
Key Words: 592-2007, fault-current initiation, shield resistance
Designation: 592-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on Premolded High
Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1976
Abstract: Superseded. IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable Joints and Separable Insulated
Connectors, provides design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed semiconducting
shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35 kV.
Key Words: semiconducting, shields, HVgh, cable, joints
Designation: 592-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard for Exposed Semiconducting Shields on High-Voltage Cable
Joints and Separable Insulated Connectors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of Std 592-1977.
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: This standard provides design tests for shield resistance and a simulated fault-current initiation for exposed
semiconducting shields used on cable accessories, specifically joints and separable insulated connectors rated 15 kV through 35
kV.
Key Words: shield resistance, Fault current initiation
Designation: 595-1982
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Serial Highway Interface System (CAMAC) (Computer
Automated Measurement and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: A serial highway (SH) system using byte-organized messages and configured as a unidirectional loop, to which are connected
a system controller and up to sixty-two CAMAC crate assemblies, is defined. In the primary application, the controlled devices
are CAMAC crate assemblies with serial crate controllers that conform to a defined message structure. In other applications, some
or all of the controlled devices connected to the SH can be equipment that conforms to a subset of the full specification and is
not necessarily constructed in CAMAC format or controlled by CAMAC commands.
Key Words: serial, highway, interface, system, CAMAC
Designation: 596-1982
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Parallel Highway Interface System (CAMAC) (Computer
Automated Measurement and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982
**Revision of IEEE Std 596-1976.
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: The CAMAC parallel highway interface system for interconnecting up to seven CAMAC crates (or other devices) and a system
controller is defined. In particular, the signals, timing, and logical organization of the connections from crate controllers and
parallel highway drivers to the parallel highway through a standard connector are defined. The internal structures of crate
controllers and parallel highway drivers, and the physical construction of the parallel highway system, are defined only as they
affect compatibility between parts of the system.
Key Words: parallel, highway, interface, system, CAMAC
Designation: 597
Sponsor: Industrial Drives
Title: Standard Practices & Requirements for General Purpose Thyristor DC
Drives
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:stevenson-ac@salem.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991
Designation: 597-1983
Sponsor: Industrial Drives
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Practices and Requirements for General Purpose Thyristor
DC Drives
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: A. C Stevenson, Phone:540-387-8471, Email:stevenson-ac@salem.ge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: May 01, 1984
Abstract: Line-commutated semiconductor power converters for general-purpose industrial dc motor drives powered from three-phase or
single-phase ac supplies are considered. The objectives are to provide a common vocabulary, common methods of test and
specification, and a recommended code of practice. Service conditions, operating characteristics, circuits, ratings, and
regulators are covered.
Key Words: general, purpose, Thyristor motor drives, DC motor drives
Designation: 598
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 599-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Power Systems Data Transmission and Related
Channel Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 03, 1986
Abstract: no abstract
Key Words: power, system, data, transmission
Designation: 60
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 600
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Requirements for Organizations That Conduct Qualification
Testing of Safety Systems Equipment for Use in Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nissen M Burstein, Phone:434-832-2501, Email:nissen.burstein@framatome-anp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985
Designation: 600-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard Requirements for Organizations that Conduct
Qualification Testing of Safety Systems Equipment for Use in Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982
Key Words: qualification, testing, safety, equipment, NPGS
Designation: P60079-30-1
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Explosive Atmospheres - Part 30-1: Electrical resistance
trace heating - General and testing requirements for Industrial Applications
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This part of IEC 60079 specifies general and testing
requirements for electrical resistance trace heaters for application in
explosive gas atmospheres. The standard covers trace heaters that may
comprise either factory- or field- (work-site) assembled units, and which
may be series heating cables, parallel heating cables or heating pads and
heating panels that have been assembled and/or terminated in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions. This standard also includes requirements
for termination assemblies and control methods used with trace heating. The
hazardous areas referred to by this standard are those defined in IEC 60079-
10. Where a requirement of this standard conflicts with a requirement of
IEC 60079-0, the requirement of this standard shall take precedence.
Project Purpose: Since this standard is being revised jointly with IEC, this
standard will not have a purpose clause.
Designation: P60079-30-2
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Standard for Explosive atmospheres - Part 30-2: Electrical resistance
trace heating - Application guide for design, installation and maintenance
for Industrial Applications
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This part of IEC 60079 provides guidance for the application of
electrical resistance trace heating systems in areas where explosive gas
atmospheres may be present, with the exception of those classified as zone
0. It provides recommendations for the design, installation, maintenance
and repair of trace heating equipment and associated control and monitoring
equipment. It does not cover devices that operate by induction heating, skin
effect heating or direct pipeline heating, nor those intended for stress
relieving. This part supplements the requirements specified in IEC 60079-
30-1.
Project Purpose: Since this standard is being revised jointly with IEC, this
standard will not have a purpose clause.
Designation: 60092-510
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: Electrical Installations in Ships - Part 510: High Voltage Shore
Connection Systems (HVSC)
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard describes high-voltage shore connection (HVSC)
systems, on board the ship and on shore, to supply the ship with electrical
power from shore during the port lay period. This standard is applicable
to the design, installation and testing of HVSC systems and plants and
addresses: - high-voltage shore distribution system, - shore-to-ship
connection, - transformers/reactors, - semiconductor / rotating
convertors, - ship distribution system, and - control, monitoring,
interlocking and power management system. This standard does not apply to
the electrical power supply during docking periods e.g. dry docking and
other out of service maintenance and repair.
Project Purpose: IEC standards do not contain a purpose clause.
Designation: 601
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 602-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2007
Technical Contact: Hugh O Nash, Phone:615-329-4460, Email:hnash@nlbengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Mar 26, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 25, 2007
Project Scope: IEEE Std 602, commonly known as the IEEE White Book™, is
published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
to provide a recommended practice for the design and operation of
electric systems in health care facilities. It has been prepared on a
voluntary basis by design engineers and health care end users as well as
electrical and medical manufacturers functioning as the White Book
Working Group within the Power Systems Design Subcommittee of the Power
Systems Engineering Subcommittee. This recommended practice will probably
be of greatest value to the power oriented engineer with limited health
care experience. It can also be an aid to all engineers responsible for
the electrical design of health care facilities. However, it is not intended
as a replacement for the many excellent engineering texts and handbooks
commonly in use, nor is it detailed enough to be a design manual. It
should be considered a guide and a general reference on electrical design
for health care facilities.
Project Purpose: Update existing text which serves as a reference book for
electrical design engineers, contractors, hospital operating personnel,
hospital architects, and hospital equipment manufacturers and service
providers.
Abstract: A recommended practice for the design and operation of electric systems in health care facilities is provided. The term
health care facility as used here encompasses buildings or parts of buildings that contain hospitals, nursing homes, residential
custodial care facilities, clinics, ambulatory health care centers, and medical and dental offices. Buildings or parts of
buildings within an industrial or commercial complex, used as medical facilities, logically fall within the scope of this
recommended practice. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 602-1996
Key Words: anesthesizing, clinical, critical branch, emergency system,
equipment system, essential electrical system, examination, fire alarm,
ground-fault circuitinterrupter, ground-fault protection, grounding, life
safety branch, medical, nurse call, patient care, recovery, safety,
standby generator, surgical, transfer switch, treatment, wet location
Designation: 602-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities
Status: Superseded
**IEEE White Book.
Technical Contact: Hugh O Nash, Phone:615-329-4460, Email:hnash@nlbengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1996
Abstract: A recommended practice for the design and operation of electric systems in health care facilities is provided. The term
health care facility as used here encompasses buildings or parts of buildings that contain hospitals, nursing homes, residential
custodial care facilities, clinics, ambulatory health care centers, and medical and dental offices. Buildings or parts of
buildings within an industrial or commercial complex, used as medical facilities, logically fall within the scope of this
recommended practice. Remarks: Superseded by IEEE Std 602-2007
Key Words: anaesthetizing, clinical, critical branch, emergency system,
equipment system, essential electrical system, examination, fire alarm,
ground fault circuit interrupter, ground fault protection, grounding, life
safety branch, medical, nurse call, patient care, recovery, safety, standby
generator, surgical , transfer switch, treatment, wet location
Designation: 602-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities
Status: Superseded
**IEEE White Book
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985
Abstract: These recommended practices will aid electrical systems designers in achieving safety of life and preservation of property
through operational considerations to reduce electrical failures; to allow maintenance with a minimum need for specialized
services; to present design considerations that recognize the flexibility of electrical systems in terms of layout and placement
while fulfilling the requirements for proper electrical installation; and to promote coordination of design with professional
associates.
Key Words: electric, systems, health, care, facilities
Designation: 603-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 05, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 603-1998
Technical Contact: Royce Beacom, Phone:3013495476, Email:goldenpanther76@gmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 2010
Project Scope: The criteria contained in this standard establish minimum
functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and
control portions of safety systems for nuclear power generating stations. To
satisfy the criteria in this standard, interface requirements may be imposed
on the other portions of the safety system as shown in Figure 1. Safety
system functional and design criteria are also contained in other standards.
Abstract: Minimum functional and design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating
station safety systems are established in this standard. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the
public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote appropriate
practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety
systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post accident monitoring display
instrumentation, preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety.
Key Words: 603-2009, actuated equipment, associated circuits, Class 1E, design,
failure, maintenance bypass, operating bypass, safety function, sense and
command features, sensor
Designation: 603-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 603-2009.
History: BD APP: Jul 01, 1998
Project Scope: The criteria contained in this standard establish minimum
functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and
control portions of safety systems for nuclear power generating stations.
(No change from existing revision).
Project Purpose: The safety system criteria established herein are to be
applied to those systems required to protect the public health and safety by
functioning to prevent or mitigate the consequences of design basis events.
(No change from existing revision). The standard will be revised to clarify
the application to computer based safety systems and to advanced nuclear
power generating station designs. Clarification will also be considered in
the use of the term "Class 1E" and in the treatment of EMI/RFI.
Consideration will be given to IEEE documents issued or revised since
issuance of Standard 603-1991.
Abstract: Minimum functional and design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power generating
station safety systems are established in this standard. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the
public health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe
practices for design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety
systems, many of the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post accident monitoring display
instrumentation, preventative interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety.
Key Words: "actuated equipment,associated circuits,Class 1E,design,failure
maintenance bypass,operating bypass,safety function,sense and command
features,sensor"
Designation: 603-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991
Abstract: Establishes minimum functional design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power
generating station safety systems. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and
safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and
evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the
principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post-accident monitoring display instrumentation,
preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety.
Key Words: Sensor, Sense and command features, Safety function, Protection,
Operating bypass, Maintenance bypass, Failures, Design, Class 1E, Associated
circuits, Actuated equipment
Designation: 603-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1980, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1985
Abstract: Superseded. Establishes minimum functional design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of
nuclear power generating station safety systems. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public
health and safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for
design and evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of
the principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post-accident monitoring display instrumentation,
preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety.
Key Words: criteria, safety, systems, nuclear, power
Designation: 603
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael H Miller, Phone:864-885-4411, Email:mhmiller@duke-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This project reviews the existing standard for areas to be
revised as contained in the forward and through user feedback. This project
will also review other (IEC, etc.) standards organizations for harmonization
with associated international standards. The scope from the 1995 project is
as follows: The criteria contained in this standard establish minimum
functional and design requirements for the power, instrumentation, and
control portions of safety systems for nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: (The standard will not include a Purpose Clause) This project
revises the existing document to: 1) Reflect current industry practices, 2)
Align the document for compatibility with related IEEE Standards, 3) Review
associated international standards for harmonization opportunities, 4)
Review forward of 1998 version for items requiring potential additions or
revisions.
Abstract: Establishes minimum functional design criteria for the power, instrumentation, and control portions of nuclear power
generating station safety systems. The criteria are to be applied to those systems required to protect the public health and
safety by functioning to mitigate the consequences of design basis events. The intent is to promote safe practices for design and
evaluation of safety system performance and reliability. Although the standard is limited to safety systems, many of the
principles may have applicability to equipment provided for safe shutdown, post- accident monitoring display instrumentation,
preventive interlock features, or any other systems, structures, or equipment related to safety.
Key Words: Sensor , Sense and command features , Safety function , Protection ,
Operating bypass , Maintenance bypass , Failures , Design , Class 1E ,
Associated circuits , Actuated equipment , IEEE 603
Designation: 60488-1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Title: IEC 60488-1 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 488.1(TM)-2003): Higher Performance Protocol
for the Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation - Part
1: General
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 22, 2004
Abstract: Superedes IEEE Std 488.1-2003 This standard applies to interface systems used to interconnect both programmable and
nonprogrammable electronic measuring apparatus with other apparatus and accessories necessary to assemble instrumentation
systems. It applies to the interface of instrumentation systems, or portions of them, in which the a) Data exchanged among the
interconnected apparatus is digital (as distinct from analog) b) Number of devices that may be interconnected by one contiguous
bus does not exceed 15 c) Total transmission path lengths over the interconnecting cables does not exceed 20 m d) Data rate among
devices does not exceed 8 000 000 B/s The basic functional specifications of this standard may be used in digital interface
applications that require longer distances, more devices, increased noise immunity, or combinations of these. Different
electrical and mechanical specifications may be required (for example, symmetrical circuit configurations, high threshold logic,
special connectors, or cable configurations) for these extended applications.
Key Words: GPIB, HPIB, HS488, non-interlocked handshake, three-wire handshake
Designation: 60488-2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Title: IEC 60488-2 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 488.2(TM)-1992): Standard Digital Interface
for Programmable Instrumentation - Part 2: Codes, formats, protocols and
common commands
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2004
**International Standard IEC 60488-2 First edition 2004-05 IEEE 488.2
IEC/IEEE dual logo document
Project Scope: This standard specifies a set of codes and formats to be used by
devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus. This standard also defines
communication protocols necessary to effect application independent device-
dependent message exchanges and further defines common commands and
characteristics useful in instrument system applications. This standard is
intended to apply directly to small-scale to medium-scale instrument
systems. It applies to systems comprised mainly of measurement, stimulus,
and interconnect devices with an instrumentation controller. The standard
may also apply to certain devices outside the scope of the instrument system
environment. As well aas defining a variety of device-dependent messages,
this standard extends and further interprets certain interface functions
contained in IEEE Std 488.1 while remaining compatible with that standard.
Project Purpose: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via
the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also defines communication
protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-
dependent message exchanges, and further defines common commands and
characteristics useful in instrument system applications. It is intended to
apply to small-scale to medium-scale instrument systems comprised mainly of
measurement, stimulus, and interconnect devices with an instrumentation
controller. The standard may also apply to certain devices outside the scope
of the instrument system environment. IEEE 488.1 subsets, standard message-
handling protocols including error handling, unambiguous program and
response-message syntactic structures, common commands useful in a wide
range of instrument system applications, standard status reporting
structures, and system configuration and synchronization protocols are
covered.
Abstract: A set of codes and formats to be used by devices connected via the IEEE 488.1 bus is specified. This standard also
defines communication protocols that are necessary to effect application-independent and device-dependent message exchanges, and
further defines common commands and characteristics useful in instrument system applications.
Key Words: IEEE Std 60488.3-1992 , 60488.3 , 488.2 codes, communication
protocols, commands, deminitions, instrument system applications
Designation: 605-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Bus Design in Air Insulated Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 605-1998 / Incorporates IEEE Std 605a-2010
Technical Contact: Hanna E Abdallah, Phone:602-371-6524, Email:hannaessa.abdallah@aps.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: The information in this design guide is applicable to both rigid
bus and strain bus designs for outdoor and indoor,air-insulated, alternating
current substations. Ampacity, radio influence, vibration, and
electromechanical forces resulting from gravity, wind, fault current, and
thermal expansion are considered. Design criteria for conductor and
insulator strength calculations are included. This guide does not
consider the following: a) The electrical criteria for the selection of
insulators (see IEEE Std 1313.2-1999TM [B22]) b) The seismic forces to
which the substation may be subjected (see IEEE Std 693TM-2005 and IEEE Std
1527TM-2006) c) The design of mounting structures d) Design considerations
for contaminated environments (see IEEE Std 1313.2-1999 [B22]) e)
Installation methods f) Design of direct current buses
Project Purpose: Substation rigid and strain bus structure design involves
electrical, mechanical, and structural considerations. It is the purpose of
this guide to integrate these considerations into one document. Special
considerations are given to fault current force calculations. The factors
considered include the decrement of the fault current, the flexibility of
supports, and the natural frequency of the bus. These factors are mentioned
in ANSI C37.32-1996 but are not taken into consideration in the equations
presented in that standard, including intended users and benefits to users.
Abstract: A proper design of the substation bus ensures a safe and reliable operation of the substation and the power system. Two
different types of buses are used in substations, the rigid bus and the strain (cable). This guide provides information on the
different bus arrangements used in substations stating the advantages and disadvantages of each. Also it provides information as
related to each bus type and construction. Once the bus type is selected, this guide provides the calculation tools for each bus
type. Based on these calculations, the engineer can specify the bus size, forces acting on the bus structure, number of mounting
structures required, and hardware requirements.
Key Words: ampacity, bus support, corona, electromagnetic, finite-element,
forces, ice, mounting structure, rigid bus structures, short circuit,
strain-bus structures, substation design, wind
Designation: 605-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: (Superseded) IEEE Guide for the Design of Substation Rigid-Bus
Structures
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 605-2008.
Technical Contact: Aung Thaik, Phone:610-395-4445
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Aug 07, 1998
Project Scope: Design criteria and analysis of rigid bus structures for outdoor
and indoor, air insulated, alternating current substations for determination
of ampacity, radio influence, vibration, forces due to gravity and wind and
short circuit current, thermal expansion, and the effects of same.
Project Purpose: Expand and improve on the guidance given in the withdrawn
standard.
Abstract: Rigid-bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air insulated, and alternating current substations are covered. Portions of
this guide are also applicable to strain bus structures or direct current substations, or both. Ampacity, radio influence,
vibration, and forces due to gravity, wind, fault cur-rent, and thermal expansion are considered. Design criteria for conductor
and insulator strength calculations are included.
Key Words: "ampacity,bus support,mounting structure,rigid-bus
structures,strain-bus structure"
Designation: 605-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Lenard N Ferguson, Phone:704-382-6570
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1984, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985
Abstract: Rigid-bus structures for outdoor and indoor, air-insulated, and alternating-current substations are covered. Portions of
this guide are also applicable to strain-bus structures or direct-current substations, or both. Ampacity, radio influence,
vibration, and forces due to gravity, wind, fault current, and thermal expansion are considered. Design criteria for conductor
and insulator strength calculations are included.
Key Words: design, substations, rigid, bus, structure
Designation: 605-1998/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Draft Guide for the Design of Substation Rigid-Bus Structures-
--Corrigendum 1: Bus Design in Air Insulated Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kenneth D White, Phone:770-619-0427, Email:kenneth.white@gatrans.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this corrigendum is to correct formulas in the
existing standard 605.
Project Purpose: To provide correct formulas in the existing standard.
Designation: 605a-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Bus Design in Air-Insulated Substations—Amendment 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 14, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 605-1998 / Incorporates IEEE Std 605a-2010
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: Three Annexes will be updated and corrected and main body of the
guide will be corrected.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to incorporate all the
technical corrections and changes to improve the document after RevCom has
approved it. This will provide a correct and more valuable guide to the
substation engineer.
Abstract: A proper design of the substation bus ensures a safe and reliable operation of the substation and the power system. Two
different types of buses are used in substations, the rigid bus and the strain (cable). This guide provides information on the
different bus arrangements used in substations stating the advantages and disadvantages of each. Also it provides information as
related to each bus type and construction. Once the bus type is selected, this guide provides the calculation tools for each bus
type. Based on these calculations, the engineer can specify the bus size, forces acting on the bus structure, number of mounting
structures required, and hardware requirements.
Key Words: 605a-2010, ampacity, bus support, corona, electromagnetic, finite-
element, forces, ice, mounting structure, rigid bus structures, short
circuit, strain-bus structures, substation design, wind
Designation: 606
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Measurement of Colorimetry and Transfer Characteristics (Gamma) in TV
Camera Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: LJ Thorpe
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982
Key Words: measurement, colorimetry, transfer, characteristics, tv
Designation: 610
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard Dictionary of Computing Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Anne Keller Geraci, Phone:716 393-6936, Email:a.geraci@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will consolidate all the definitions from the
existing P610 glossaries into a single full-use standard dictionary,
arranged in pure-alphabetical order.
Project Purpose: To establish a single, consolidated dictionary of terminology
related to computers and computing. By combining all the glossaries into
one dictionary, we can provide a valuable lexicographic resource to all IEEE
members and working groups.
Designation: 610-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Computer Dictionary: Compilation of IEEE Standard Computer
Glossaries
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Compilation of IEEE Stds 1084, 610.2, 610.3, 610.4, 610.5 and 610.12.
Publication type: Collection
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This dictionary is a compilation of
IEEE standard glossaries covering the fields of mathematics of computing, computer applications, modeling and simulation, image
processing and pattern recognition, data management, and software engineering. Every effort has been made to include all terms
within the designated subject areas. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization;
company-proprietary or trademarked; multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words;
or terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning.
Key Words: terminology, computer, applications, glossary, definitions,
dictionary, 610
Designation: 610.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Glossary of Mathematics of Computing Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Project to revise Std 1084.
Technical Contact: Hugh L Porteous, Phone:+44 114 253 3292
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: To define terms which are in general use in mathematics of
computing.
Project Purpose: To define mathematics of computing terminology.
Designation: 610.10-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Hardware Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 06, 1996
Abstract: Withdrawn Terms pertaining to computer hardware are defined. Terms falling under the categories of computer architecture,
computer storage, general hardware concepts, peripherals, and processors and components are included.
Key Words: glossary, hardware, technology, computer, terminology, definition
Designation: 610.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Glossary of Theory of Computation Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: To define terms which apply to Theory of Computation
Project Purpose: To define theory of computation terms.
Key Words: glossary, theory, computation, terminology, dictionary
Designation: 610.12
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard Glossary for Software Engineering Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This project is being withdrawn and replaced with P729
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: To define terms used in software engineering.
Project Purpose: To provide basis for effective communication among software
engineers.
Designation: 610.12-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology
Status: Superseded
**Revision and Redesignation of IEEE Std 729-1983. Superseded by 24765-
2010.
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Jan 31, 2003
Project Scope: This glossary defines terms in the field of Software
Engineering. Topics covered include addressing; assembling, compiling,
linking, loading; computer performance evaluation; configuration
management; data types; errors, faults, and failures; evaluation
techniques; instruction types; language types; libraries; microprogramming;
operating systems; quality attributes; software documentation; software
and system testing; software architecture; software development process;
software development techniques; and software tools. Every effort has been
made to include all terms that meet these criteria. Terms were excluded if
they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization; company
proprietary or trademarked; multi-word terms whose meaning could be
inferred from the definitions of the component words; or terms whose
meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their
standard English meaning. This glossary is an update and expansion of
IEEE Std 729-1983, IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering
Terminology (ANSI) L3I.l It increases the number of terms from
approximately 500 to 1300, and updates or refines the definitions of many
terms included in the initial glossary. A few terms that were included in
the initial glossary have been moved to other glossaries in the 610
series. Some definitions have been recast in a system, rather than
software, context. Every effort has been made to preserve the fine work
that went into the initial glossary.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. This standard identifies terms currently in use
in the field of Software Engineering. Standard definitions for those terms are established.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Software engineering, Definitions
Designation: 610.12 (H)-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology (HyperCard
Stack)
Status: Superseded
**This is an electronic version of Std 610.12-1990
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1991
Abstract: This standard identifies terms currently in use in the field of Software Engineering. Standard definitions for those terms
are established.
Key Words: Software, glossary, terminology, definitions, dictionary
Designation: 610.13-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Languages
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1993
Abstract: This glossary defines terms that pertain to computer languages. It includes types of computer languages, such as page
description languages, and names of computer languages. The languages included are those that are standard languages, languages
of historical significance, and those in wide usage at the time this standard was developed.
Key Words: glossary, programming, dictionary, Computer terminology, Computer
languages, Computer glossary
Designation: 610.2-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Applications Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: May 18, 1987
Abstract: Terms currently in use in the computer field are identified, and standard definitions are established for them. Topics
covered include automated language processing, automatic indexing, business data processing, character recognition, computer-
aided design and manufacturing, computer- assisted instruction, control systems, critical path method, library automation,
medical applications, micrographics, office automation, operations research, personal computing, scientific and engineering
applications, telecommunications applications, and word processing. The terms included in this glossary are intended for users of
computer systems. Terms were excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization; company-proprietary
or trademarked; multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words; or terms whose
meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, applications, computer
Designation: 610.3-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Modeling and Simulation Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jan 01, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 19, 1989
Abstract: Terms currently in use in the computer field are identified, and standard definitions are established for them. Terms were
excluded if they were considered to be parochial to one group or organization, company-proprietary or trademarked, multiword
terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words, or terms whose meaning in the computer field
could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning.
Key Words: glossary, modeling, simulation, terminology, dictionary
Designation: 610.4-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Image Processing and Pattern Recognition
Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
Abstract: This glossary identifies terms currently in use in the field of image processing and pattern recognition. Standard
definitions for those terms are established.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Pattern recognition, Image
processing
Designation: 610.5-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Data Management Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Identifies terms in use in the field of
data management. Standard definitions for those terms are established.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, definitions, Data management
Designation: 610.6-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Graphics Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Terms in the field of computer graphics
are defined. Topics covered include general computer graphics concepts, computer graphics hardware and hardware concepts,
primitives and attributes, input devices, image concepts and techniques, display techniques, visual effects, windows and
viewports, CRT terminology, and three-dimensional technology. Terms considered to be parochial to one group or organisation,
company proprietary or trademarked, multiword terms whose meaning could be inferred from the definitions of the component words,
and terms whose meaning in the computer field could be directly inferred from their standard English meaning are excluded.
Key Words: glossary, terminology, dictionary, Definitions, Computer graphics
Designation: 610.7-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Computer Networking Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 20, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 1995
Abstract: Terms that pertain to data communications and networking, from the following areas, are defined: data transmission,
general communications, general networks, local area networks, network communications security, network errors, networking
hardware, network management, network nodes, network signaling, open system architecture, packet, protocols, standards and
standards organizations, telephony. The glossary is primarily a compilation of terms defined in individual IEEE standards, but
also includes a number of common terms.
Key Words: glossary, computer, networking, terminology
Designation: 610.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Glossary of Artificial Intelligence and Robotics Applications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: To define terms which apply to artifical intelligence and
robotics applications.
Project Purpose: To define artifical intelligence and robotics terms.
Key Words: glossary, artificial, intelligence, terminology, dictionary
Designation: 610.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Glossary of Computer Security & Privacy Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Project Scope: To define terms which apply to computer security and privacy
applications.
Project Purpose: To define computer security and privacy terms.
Key Words: glossary, security, privacy, terminology, dictionary
Designation: P61014
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Title: Standard for Programmes for Reliability Growth
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Milena Krasich, Phone:508-435-7925, Email:milena_krasich@raytheon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This International Standard specifies requirements and gives
guidelines for the exposure and removal of weaknesses in hardware and
software items for the purpose of reliability growth. It applies when the
product specification calls for a reliability growth programme of equipment
(electronic, electromechanical and mechanical hardware as well as software)
or when it is known that the design is unlikely to meet the requirements
without improvement. A statement of the basic concepts is followed by
descriptions of the management, planning, testing (laboratory or field),
failure analysis and corrective techniques required. Mathematical modelling,
to estimate the level of reliability achieved, is outlined briefly.
Project Purpose: The document is being jointly developed with IEC and will not
contain a purpose clause.
Designation: 61523-3-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEC 61523-3 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 1497(TM)-2001): Delay and Power Calculation
Standards - Part 3: Standard Delay Format (SDF) for the Electronic Design
Process
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The Standard Delay Format (SDF) is defined in this standard. SDF is a textual file format for representing the delay and
timing information of electronic systems. While both human and machine readable, in its most common usage it will be machine
written and machine read in support of timing analysis and verification tools, and of other tools requiring delay and timing
information. The primary audience for this standard is the implementers of tools supporting the format, but anyone with a need to
understand the format’s contents will find it useful.
Key Words: computer, computer languages, delay, delay backannotation, digital
systems, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design, SDF, timing, timing
analysis, timing backannotation, timing verification
Designation: 61588-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEC 61588 Ed.2 (IEEE Std 1588-2008): Precision Clock Synchronization
Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2009
**Revision of IEC 61588:2004
Project Scope: This standard defines a protocol enabling precise
synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems implemented
with technologies such as network communication, local computing, and
distributed objects. The protocol is applicable to systems communicating
by local area networks supporting multicast messaging including, but not
limited to, Ethernet. The protocol enables heterogeneous systems that
include clocks of various inherent precision, resolution, and stability
to synchronize to a grandmaster clock. The protocol supports system-wide
synchronization accuracy in the sub-microsecond range with minimal
network and local clock computing resources. The default behavior of the
protocol allows simple systems to be installed and operated without
requiring the administrative attention of users. The standard includes
mappings to User Datagram Protocol (UDP)/Internet Protocol (IP), DeviceNet,
and a layer-2 Ethernet implementation. It includes formal mechanisms for
message extensions, higher sampling rates, correction for asymmetry, a
clock type to reduce error accumulation in large topologies, and
specifications on how to incorporate the resulting additional data into
the synchronization protocol. The standard permits synchronization
accuracies better than 1 ns. The protocol has features to address
applications where redundancy and security are a requirement. The
standard defines conformance and management capability. There is
provision to support unicast as well as multicast messaging. The standard
includes an annex on recommended practices. Annexes defining
communication-medium-specific implementation details for additional
network implementations are expected to be provided in future versions of
this standard.
Project Purpose: Measurement and control applications are increasingly
employing distributed system technologies such as network communication,
local computing, and distributed objects. Many of these applications will be
enhanced by having an accurate system-wide sense of time achieved by having
local clocks in each sensor, actuator, or other system device. Without a
standardized protocol for synchronizing these clocks, it is unlikely that
the benefits will be realized in the multivendor system component market.
Existing protocols for clock synchronization are not optimum for these
applications. For example, the Network Time Protocol (NTP) targets large
distributed computing systems with millisecond synchronization requirements.
The protocol in this standard specifically addresses the needs of
measurement and control and operational systems in the fields of test and
measurement, industrial automation, military systems, manufacturing
systems, power utility systems, and certain telecommunications applications.
These applications need: ⎯ Spatially localized systems with options
for larger systems ⎯ Microsecond to sub-microsecond accuracy
⎯ Administration-free operation ⎯ Applicability for both
high-end devices and low-cost, low-end devices ⎯ Provisions for the
management of redundant and fault-tolerant systems Several different
application areas such as industrial automation, telecommunication,
semiconductor manufacturing, military systems, and utility power
generation have emerged that require the standard to be revised.
Abstract: A protocol is provided in this standard that enables precise synchronization of clocks in measurement and control systems
implemented with technologies such as network communication, local computing, and distributed objects. The protocol is applicable
to systems communicating via packet networks. Heterogeneous systems are enabled that include clocks of various inherent
precision, resolution, and stability to synchronize. System-wide synchronization accuracy and precision in the sub-microsecond
range are supported with minimal network and local clock computing resources. Simple systems are installed and operated without
requiring the management attention of users because the default behavior of the protocol allows for it.
Key Words: boundary clock, clock, distributed system, master clock, measurement
and control system, real-time clock, synchronized clock, transparent clock
Designation: 61588-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC9 - Sensor Technology
Title: IEC/IEEE Precision clock sychronization protocol for networked
measurement and control systems
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: IEC 61588: 2004 Dual-logo document. Will replace IEEE Std 1588-2002. A protocol to synchronize independent clocks running
on separate nodes of a distributed measurement and control system to a high degree of accuracy and precision is specified. The
protocol is independent of the networking technology, and the system topology is self-configuring.
Key Words: clocks, distributed system, master clock, measurement and control
systems, real-time clock, synchronized clocks
Designation: 61691-1-1-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEC 61691-1-1 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 1076(TM)-2002): Behavioural Languages -
Part 1-1: VHDL Language Reference Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: IEC 61691-1-1: 2004 Dual-logo document. Will replace IEEE Std 1076-2002. VHSIC Hardware Description Language (VHDL) is
defined. VHDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems. Because it is both
machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of hardware designs; the
communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. Its primary audiences are
the implementors of tools supporting the language and the advanced users of the language.
Key Words: computer languages, electronic systems, hardware, hardware design,
VHDL
Designation: 61691-4-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEC 61691-4 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 1364(TM)-2001): Behavioural Languages - Part
4: Verilog(C) Hardware Description Language
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: IEC 61691-4: 2004 Dual-logo document. Will replace IEEE Std 1364-2001. The Verilog ®Hardware Description Language (HDL)is
defined in this standard. Verilog HDL is a formal notation intended for use in all phases of the creation of electronic systems.
Because it is both machine readable and human readable, it supports the development, verification, synthesis, and testing of
hardware designs; the communication of hardware design data; and the maintenance, modification, and procurement of hardware. The
primary audiences for this standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language.
You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: computer, computer languages, digital systems, electronic systems,
hardware, hardware description languages, hardware design, HDL, PLI,
programming language interface, Verilog HDL, Verilog PLI, Verilog
Designation: 61691-5-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEC 61691-5 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 1076.4(TM)-2000): Behavioural Languages -
Part 5: Standard VITAL ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit)
Modeling Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 15, 2004
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: IEC 61691-5: 2004 Dual-logo document. Will replace IEEE Std 1076.4-2000. The VITAL (VHDL Initiative Towards ASIC
Libraries) ASIC Modeling Speci cation is de ned in this standard.This modeling speci cation de nes a methodology which promotes
the development of highly accurate, ef cient simulation models for ASIC (Application-Speci c Integrated Circuit)components in
VHDL.
Key Words: ASIC, computer, computer languages, constraints, delay calculation,
HDL, modeling, SDF, timing, Verilog, VHDL
Designation: 61691-6-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Behavioural languages - Part 6: VHDL Analog and Mixed-Signal Extensions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2009
**New standard
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Alain Vachoux, Phone:+41-21-693-6953, Email:alain.vachoux@epfl.ch
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Abstract: This standard defines the IEEE 1076.1 language, a hardware description language for the description and the simulation of
analog, digital, and mixed-signal systems. The language, also informally known as VHDL-AMS, is built on IEEE Std 1076™-2002
(VHDL) and extends it with additions and changes to provide capabilities of writing and simulating analog and mixed-signal
models.
Key Words: 61691-6:2009, 1076.1-2007, analog design, computer, computer
languages, hardware design, mixed-signal design, VHDL
Designation: 61691-7-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: Behavioural languages - Part 7: SystemC Language Reference Manual
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 2009
**New standard
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Victor Berman, Phone:978-390-7704, Email:vhberman@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This standard defines SystemC as an ANSI standard C++ class
library for system and hardware design.
Project Purpose: The general purpose of SystemC is to provide a C++-based
standard for designers and architects who need to address complex systems
that are a hybrid between hardware and software. The specific purpose of
this standard is to provide a precise and complete definition of the SystemC
class library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with
reference to this standard alone. This standard is not intended to serve as
a users’ guide or to provide an introduction to SystemC, but does contain
useful information for end users.
Abstract: SystemC is defined in this standard. SystemC is an ANSI standard C++ class library for system and hardware design for use
by designers and architects who need to address complex systems that are a hybrid between hardware and software. This standard
provides a precise and complete definition of the SystemC class library so that a SystemC implementation can be developed with
reference to this standard alone. The primary audiences for this standard are the implementers of the SystemC class library, the
implementors of tools supporting the class library, and users of the class library.
Key Words: 61691-7:2009, 1666-2005, C++, computer languages, digital systems,
discrete event simulation, electronic design automation, electronic systems,
electronic system level, embedded software, fixed-point, hardware
description language, hardware design, hardware verification, SystemC,
system modeling, system-on-chip, transaction level
Designation: 618-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standard Measurement of Luminance Signal-to-Noise Ratio in Video
Magnetic-Tape Recording Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985
Key Words: luminance, signal, noise, ratio, video
Designation: 619
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Measurement of Moire in Video Magnetic Tape Recording Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982
Project Scope: Scope and Purpose: The proposed standard specifies test
equipment characteristics and test methods for measurement of spurious
frequency components (moire), as well as the particular method to be used in
each of several categories of applications for evaluation of analog video
magnetic tape recorders.
Key Words: measurement, moire, video, tape, recording
Designation: 62-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for Diagnostic Field Testing of Electric Power Apparatus -
Part 1: Oil Filled Power Transformers, Regulators, and Reactors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 62-1978.
Technical Contact: Jane Ann Verner, Phone:202-872-2812, Email:javerner@pepco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2005 Diagnostic tests and measurements that are performed in the field on oil-immersed power transformers and
regulators are described. Whenever possible, shunt reactors are treated in a similar manner to transformers. Tests are presented
systematically in categories depending on the subsystem of the unit being examined. A diagnostic chart is included as an aid to
identify the various subsystems. Additional information is provided regarding specialized test and measuring techniques.
Key Words: oil filled transformer, regulators, reactors, diagnostic evaluation,
off-line testing, field testing, windings, bushings, insulating fluids,
tapchangers, core, tanks, safety, diagnostic field, power apparatus,
diagnostic evaluation, Oil filled transformers
Designation: 62-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Title: IEEE Guide for Field Testing Power Apparatus Insulation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Abstract: Diagnostic tests and measurements that are performed in the field on oil-immersed power transformers and regulators are
described. Whenever possible, shunt reactors are treated in a similar manner to transformers. Tests are presented systematically
in categories depending on the subsystem of the unit being examined. A diagnostic chart is included as an aid to identify the
various subsystems. Additional information is provided regarding specialized test and measuring techniques.
Key Words: insulation, apparatus, testing, field, power
Designation: 62.2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Guide for Diagnostic Field Testing of Electric Power Apparatus -
Electrical Machinery
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
**This project is jointly sponsored by PE/EM and PE/I&M
Technical Contact: Thomas R Wait, Phone:415-973-3864, Email:trw1@pge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This is a guide for determining applicable tests and inspection
techniques for various types of large rotating electric machines. It
provides short discussions relating to the capabilities and limitations of
each test, typical test procedures and in some cases, how to interpret the
expected range of results. This is to be a companion document to P62 Part
1-1995.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to assist maintenance personnel in
determining what diagnostic tests should be planned for their rotating
electrical machines, what should be expected of the tests and in general,
how to perform the tests. This guide brings together all commonly performed
appropriate tests for electrical machines in one document and references
other individual standards so more detailed information may be attained.
Abstract: This is a guide for determining applicable tests and inspection techniques for various types of large rotating electric
machines. It provides short discussions relating to the capabilities and limitations of each test, typical test procedures and in
some cases, how to interpret the expected range of results. This is to be a companion document to P62 Part 1-1995.
Key Words: brushless machine, commutator, damper winding, partial discharge,
stator core, stator winding, thermocouple
Designation: 620-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Guide for the Presentation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel
Cage Induction Machines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of Std 620-1987.
Technical Contact: Nirmal K Ghai, Phone:512-258-4710, Email:nghai@austin.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 20, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: Squirrel Cage Induction Motors, 250 HP and above and designed
for specified load an application conditions will be covered.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to define thermal limit curves and to establish
a standard procedure for the construction and presentation of these curves.
The working group will also attempt to harmonize this standard with
ANSI/IEEE 37.96. This guide will replace the ANSI/IEEE Std. 620 (Trial Use
Guide).
Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to define thermal limit curves and to establish a standard procedure for the construction
and presentation of these curves. The working group will also attempt to harmonize this standard with ANSI/IEEE 37.96.
Key Words: machine thermal , thermal protection, rotor cage windings, stator
coils, windings, thermal limit curves, three phase , squirrel cage,
induction machines
Designation: 620
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Guide for the Presentation of Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel Cage
Induction Machines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: Determine if the Standard Needs Revision - Squirrel Cage
Induction motors, 250 HP and above and designed for specified load and
application conditions will be covered.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to revise the standard because it is at the end
of its 5 year period of validity. The purpose is to define thermal limit
curves and to establish a standard procedure for the construction and
presentation of these curves. The Working Group will also attempt to
harmonize this standard with ANSI/IEEE 37.96. This guide will replace the
ANSI/IEEE Std. 620 (trial use guide).
Designation: 620-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Guide for Construction and Interpretation of Thermal Limit Curves
for Squirrel-Cage Motors Over 500 hp
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Mar 13, 1989
Abstract: Thermal limit curves for induction machines are defined. A procedure is established for the presentation of these curves,
and guidance for the interpretation and use of these curves for machine thermal protection is provided.
Key Words: thermal, limit, curves, squirrel-cage, motors
Designation: 62032-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: IEC 62032 Ed.1 (IEEE Std C57.135(TM)-2001): Guide for the Application,
Specification and Testing of Phase-Shifting Transformers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Theory, application of phase-shifting transformers, and the difference of specification and testing to standard system
transformers are described. Various types of phase-shifting transformers and how to select the optimal design to achieve required
control of power flow are covered. An understanding of the terminology, types, construction, and testing specifical to
phaseshifting transformers is provided.
Key Words: advance phase angle, dual-core design, main transformer, power
transfer, phaseshifting transformer, retard phase angle, series transformer,
single-core design, special tests You will receive an email from Customer
Service with the URL needed to access
Designation: 62050-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEC 62050 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1076.6(TM)-2004): IEEE Standard for VHDL
Register Transfer Level (RTL) Synthesis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1076.6-2004 / Dual logo standard This document specifies a standard for use of very high-speed
integrated circuit hardware description language (VHDL) to model synthesizable register-transfer level digital logic. A standard
syntax and semantics for VHDL register-transfer level synthesis is defined. The subset of the VHDL language, which is
synthesizable, is described, and nonsynthesizable VHDL constructs are identified that should be ignored or flagged as errors.
Key Words: hardware description language, logic synthesis, register transfer
level (RTL), very high speed integrated circuit hardware description
language (VHDL)
Designation: 621
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 62142-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEC 62142 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1364.1(TM)-2002): Standard for Verilog(R)
Register Transfer Level Synthesis
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1364.1-2002/ Dual logo standard To develop a standard syntax and semantics for Verilog RTL synthesis.
This standard shall define the subset of IEEE 1364 (Verilog HDL) which is suitable for RTL synthesis and shall define the
semantics of that subset for the synthesis domain. This standard shall be based on the current existing standard IEEE 1364.
Key Words: hardware description language, HDL, RTL, synthesis, Verilog®
Designation: 622-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric
Heat Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 622-1979. Dec2005: Withdrawn by ANSI As overage.
17-Jan-2006: Transfer of ownership from PE/ED&PG to PE/NPE.
Technical Contact: Randy C Jamison, Phone:603-773-7810, Email:randy_jamison@fpl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 23, 1987
Abstract: Recommended practices for designing, installing, and maintaining electric heat tracing systems are provided. These
electric heat tracing systems are applied, both for critical process temperature control and for process temperature control, on
mechanical piping systems that carry borated water, caustic soda, and other solutions. Electric heat tracing systems are also
applied on water piping systems to prevent them from freezing in cold weather. The recommendations include identification of
requirements, heater design considerations, power systems design considerations, temperature control considerations, alarm
considerations, finished drawings and documents, installation of materials, startup testing, temperature tests, and maintenance
of electric pipe heating systems. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication
online.
Key Words: heat, tracing, systems, stations, Process heating, Power generation
maintenance, Nuclear power generation, Cables
Designation: 622
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electrical Heat
Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to provide recommended
practices for designing and installing electric heat tracing systems in
nuclear power generating stations. This scope continues to be current and
pertinent.
Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the
revision work on the document in 1987. It is proposed to make revisions to
the standard to reflect current practices in the industry.
Designation: P622
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Heat
Tracing Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Randy C Jamison, Phone:603-773-7810, Email:randy_jamison@fpl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This standard provides recommended practices for designing and
installing electric heat tracing systems in nuclear power generating
stations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide recommendations that
may be used in the design, installation, and maintenance of electric heat
tracing systems as applied to mechanical piping systems in nuclear power
generating stations.
Designation: 62243-2005
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEC 62243 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1232(TM)-2002): Standard for Artificial
Intelligence Exchange and Service Tie to All Test Environments (AI- ESTATE)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1232-2002 / Dual logo standard AI-ESTATE is a set of specifications for data interchange and for
standard services for the test and diagnostic environment. The purpose of AI-ESTATE is to standardize interfaces between
functional elements of an intelligent diagnostic reasoner and representations of diagnostic knowledge and data for use by such
diagnostic reasoners. Formal information models are defined to form the basis for a format to facilitate exchange of persistent
diagnostic information between two reasoners, and also to provide a formal typing system for diagnostic services. This standard
then defines the services to manipulate diagnostic information and to control a diagnostic reasoner.
Key Words: AI-ESTATE, diagnosis, diagnostic interference, diagnostic model,
diagnostic services, dynamic content, fault tree, knowledge exchange, system
test
Designation: 62265-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEC 62265 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1603(TM)-2003): Standard for an Advanced
Library Format (ALF) Describing Integrated Circuit (IC) Technology, Cells,
and Blocks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 1603-2003 / Dual logo standard ALF is a modeling language for library elements used in IC technology.
ALF enables description of electrical, functional, and physical models in a formal language suitable for electronic design
automation (EDA) application tools targeted for design and analysis of an IC. This standard provides rules that describe ALF and
how tool developers, integrators, library creators, and library users should use it.
Key Words: behavioral, block, cell, derate, EDA, electrical, format,
functional, gate-level, integratedcircuit, language, layout, library,
modeling, physical, power, RTL, signal integrity, technology, timing
Designation: 62271-111-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: IEC 62271-111 Ed.1 (IEEE Std C37.60-2003-Compilation): High Voltage
Switchgear and Controlgear — Part 111: Overhead, Pad-Mounted, Dry Vault, and
Submersible Automatic Circuit Reclosers and Fault Interrupters for
alternating current systems up to 38 kV
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 12, 2006
**This document is an IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Document. It is a compendium of
IEEE Std C37.60-2003 and IEEE Std C37.60-2003/Cor 1-2004.
Technical Contact: David Stone, Phone:414-339-2875, Email:dtstone@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: This Standard applies to all overhead, pad mounted, dry vault
and submersible single or multi-pole alternating current automatic circuit
reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V and
up to 38 kV. The following is also included in section 1: In order to
simplify this standard where possible, the term recloser/FI (reclosers/FIs)
has been substituted for automatic circuit recloser or fault interrupter or
both. NOTE--When reclosers are applied in substation, special
considerations may apply.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise existing standard
including, but not limited to: a) general update to bring the standard in
line with current technology; b) update information on BIL, altitude
correction, temperature rise; c) add information on other
interrupting/insulating media (e.g. SF6); d) add transient recovery voltage
requirements; e) add voltage ratings common to systems outside of North
America
Abstract: This Standard applies to all overhead, pad mounted, dry vault and submersible single or multi-pole alternating current
automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for rated maximum voltages above 1000 V and up to 38 kV. The following is also
included in section 1: In order to simplify this standard where possible, the term recloser/FI (reclosers/FIs) has been
substituted for automatic circuit recloser or fault interrupter or both. NOTE--When reclosers are applied in substation, special
considerations may apply.
Key Words: dry vault, fault interrupter, overhead, pad-mounted, recloser,
submersible, standard operating duty, switchgear
Designation: P62271-37-082
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Standard for High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 37-082:
Standard practice for the measurement of sound pressure levels on
alternating current circuit-breakers
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Leslie T Falkingham, Phone:44-1788-542-121, Email:leslie.falkingham@areva-td.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard provides methods for the measurement of sound
pressure level produced by outdoor alternating current circuit-breakers in a
free-field environment. These methods may also be used indoors or in
restricted field, provided that precautions are observed in the measurement
and interpretation of the results.
Project Purpose: As this standard is being developed jointly with IEC, the
document will not contain a purpose clause.
Designation: 622A-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric
Pipe Heating Control and Alarm Systems for Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1984
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. Recommended practices for designing and installing electric pipe
heating control and alarm systems, as applied to mechanical piping systems that require heat, are provided. The recommendations
include selection of control and alarm systems, accuracy considerations, local control usage, centralized control usage,
qualification criteria of controls and alarms, and calibration and testing of controls and alarms. The intent is to ensure design
consistency and reliable operation of electric pipe heating control and alarm systems, which in turn will ensure that piping
system fluids will be available for use not only during station operation but also during normal shutdown.
Key Words: electric, heating control, alarm systems, power generating,
generating stations, Process heating, Nuclear power generation, Cables
Designation: 622B-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing and Startup Procedures for
Electric Heat Tracing Systems for Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Chet Sandberg, Phone:650-474-7870, Email:chetsandberg@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: May 10, 1989
Abstract: Recommendations that may be used to ensure that an electric heat tracing system is installed correctly, is properly tested
and commissioned, and is functioning correctly are provided. The recommendations cover the sequence for testing materials and
components of the electric heat tracing system, installation, preoperational testing of the system, verification of system
performance, and the necessary records to be filed. Although this standard is written for power generating stations, the
techniques presented can be used on electric heat tracing systems in any application.
Key Words: testing and startup, 622B, electric heat, heat tracing, tracing
systems, power generating, generating stations, Process heating, Power
generation, Nuclear power generation, Cables
Designation: 623-1976
Sponsor: IEEE
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Graphic Symbols for Grid and Mapping Diagrams Used in Cable
Television Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**(AKA ANSI Y32.21-1976 and NCTA 006-0975)
History: ANSI APP: Jan 16, 1989
Abstract: A list of graphic symbols for the designation of electrical, electronic, and pole line devices for layout drawings of
cable television (CATV) systems is provided. This standard does not use reference designation and class designation letters.
Key Words: graphic, symbols, grid, mapping, diagrams, Cable TV
Designation: 624
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 625-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety
in the Cement Industry
Status: Superseded
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 625-1979. Superseded by 625-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1990, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by 625-2001. Practices for improving electrical maintenance and safety in the cement industry are defined and
recommended. These practices apply to all electrical equipment commonly used in cement plants, such as substations, power
transformers, motor controls, generators, distribution systems, instruments, and storage batteries. The purpose is to promote
safety to personnel and equipment, maximum reliability with minimum loss of production, reduced maintenance and increased
equipment life, clarification of needs and conditions to reduce special engineering and chance of error in specification, and
overall economy.
Key Words: bank connections, bus voltage, capacitor units, delta connected,
banks protection, y-banks, relaying methods, Protection of banks, Equipment
considerations, Delta-connected banks
Designation: 625-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety
in the Cement Industry
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978
Abstract: Superseded by 625-1990. Assists in the effective application of relays and other devices for the protection of shunt
capacitors used in substations. It covers the protective considerations, along with recommended and alternate methods of
protection for the most commonly used capacitor bank configurations. Capacitor bank design trade-offs are also discussed. This
guide covers protection of filter tanks and very large EHV capacitor banks, but does not include a discussion of pole-mounted
capacitor banks on distribution circuits or application of capacitors connected to rotating apparatus.
Key Words: improved, electrical, maintenance, safety
Designation: 625-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Cement Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice to Improve Electrical Maintenance and Safety
in the Cement Industry
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supersedes 625-1990.
Technical Contact: Satish H Sheth, Phone:831-458-5708
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: May 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: These recommendations apply to all electrical equipment such as
substations, power transformers, motor controls, generators, distribution
systems, instruments and storage batteries commonly used in cement plants.
They will provide sound, basic guidelines in improving maintenance and
safety in the industry.
Project Purpose: To serve as a guide to poant engineers, electrical
supervisors, instrument engineers and designing consultants in improving
electrical maintenance and safety in cement plants.
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 These recommended practices are intended as a reference document for use
bymembers of cement industry electrical maintenance departments. The procedures necessary for anefficient maintenance operation
are summarized, and detailed information on maintenanceprocedures for many of the electrical devices more commonly found in the
cement industry isprovided.
Key Words: "cement, control devices, electrostatic precipitator, equipment
records, generators, grounding, instruments, lighting, maintenance, medium-
voltage controllers, medium-voltage switchgear, motor control centers,
motors, oil circuit breakers"
Designation: 62525-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE StandardTest Interface Language (STIL) for DigitalTest Vector Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007
**Replaces IEEE Std 1450-1999 (STD/STDPD94734)
Project Scope: This standard defines a test description language that: a)
Facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test vector data from
CAE environments to automated test equipment (ATE) environments; b)
Specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the
application of digital test vectors to a device under test (DUT); c)
Supports the volume of test vector data generated from structured tests such
as scan/automatic test pattern generation (ATPG), integral test
techniques such as built-in self test (BIST), and functional test
specifications for IC designs and their assemblies, in a format optimized
for application in ATE environments. In setting the scope for any
standard, some issues are defined to not be pertinent to the initial
project. The following is a partial list of issues that were dropped from
the scope of this initial project: — Levels: A key aspect of a digital
test program is the ability to establish voltage and current parameters
(levels) for signals under test. Level handling is not explicitly defined in
the current standard, as this information is both compact (not presenting
a transportation issue) and commonly established independently of digital
test data, requiring different support mechanisms outside the current scope
of this standard. Termination values may affect levels. —
Diagnostic/fault-tracing information: The goal of this standard is to
optimally present data that needs to be moved onto ATE. While diagnostic
data, fault identification data, and macro/design element correspondence
data can fall into this category (and is often fairly large), this standard
is also focused on integrated circuit and assemblies test, and most
debug/failure analysis occurs separately from the ATE for these
structures. Note that return of failure information (for off-ATE analysis)
is also not part of the standard as currently defined. — Datalogging
mechanisms, formatting, and control usually are not defined as part of this
current standard. — Parametric tests are not defined as an integral
part of this standard, except for optional pattern labels that identify
potential locations for parametric tests, such as IDDQ tests or alternating
current (AC) timing tests. — Program flow: Test sequencing and
ordering are not defined as part of the current standard except as
necessary to define collections of digital patterns meant to execute as a
unit. — Binning constructs are not part of the current standard. —
Analog or mixed-signal test: While this is an area of concern for many
participants, at this point transfer of analog test data does not
contribute to the same transportation issue seen with digital data. —
Algorithmic pattern constructs (such as sequences commonly used for memory
test) are not currently defined as part of the standard. — Parallel
test/multisite test constructs are not an integral part of the current
environment. — User input and user control/options are not part of the
current standard. — Characterization tools, such as shmoo plots, are not
defined as part of the current standard.
Project Purpose: This standard addresses a need in the integrated circuit (IC)1
test industry to define a standard mechanism for transferring the large
volumes of digital test data from the generation environment through to
test. The environment today contains unique output formats of existing
CAE tools, individual test environments of IC manufacturers, and
proprietary IC ATE input interfaces. As each of these three arenas solves
individual problems, together they have created a morass of interfaces,
translators, and software environments that provide no opportunity to
leverage common goals and result in much wasted efforts re-engineering
solutions. As device density increases, the magnitude of test data
threatens to shift the test bottleneck from the generation process to the
processes necessary solely to maintain and transport this data. These two
factors threaten to eliminate any productive work performed in this area
unless a viable standard is defined. With a common standard for CAE and
IC ATE environments, the generation, movement, and processing of this
test data is greatly facilitated. This standard also allows for immediate
access to test equipment supporting this standard, which benefits both
ATE and IC vendors reviewing this equipment. This standard also serves as
a catalyst for the development of a set of standard third party interface
tools to both test and design aspects of IC device generation.
Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment.
A test description language is defined that: (a) facilitates the transfer of digital test vector data from CAE to ATE
environments; (b) specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient to define the application of digital test
vectors to a DUT; and (c) supports the volume of test vector data generated from structured tests.
Key Words: automatic test pattern generator (ATPG), built-in self-test (BIST),
computer-aided engineering (CAE), cyclize, device under test (DUT),
digital test vectors, event, functional vectors, pattern, scan vectors,
signal, structural vectors, timed event, waveform, waveshape
Designation: 62525-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEC 62525 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1450(TM)-1999): Standard Test Interface
Language (STIL) for Digital Test Vector Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Project Scope: This standard defines a test description language
that:a)Facilitates the transfer of large volumes of digital test vector data
from CAE environments to auto-mated test equipment (ATE)
environments;b)Specifies pattern, format, and timing information sufficient
to define the application of digital testvectors to a device under test
(DUT);c)Supports the volume of test vector data generated from structured
tests such as scan/automatic testpattern generation (ATPG), integral test
techniques such as built-in self test (BIST), and functionaltest
specifications for IC designs and their assemblies, in a format optimized
for application in ATE environments.
Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test gen-eration tools and test equipment. A
test description language is defined that: (a) facilitates the trans-fer of digital test vector data from CAE to ATE
environments; (b) specifies pattern, format, andtiming information sufficient to define the application of digital test vectors
to a DUT; and (c) sup-ports the volume of test vector data generated from structured tests.
Key Words: automatic test pattern generator (ATPG), built-in self-test (BIST),
computer-aided en-gineering (CAE), cyclize, device under test (DUT), digital
test vectors, event, functional vectors, pat-tern, scan vectors, signal,
structural vectors, timed event, waveform, waveshape
Designation: 62526-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEC 62526 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1450.1(TM)-2005): Standard for Extensions to
Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for Semiconductor Design
Environments
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007
**Replaces IEEE Std 1450.1-2005 (STD/STDPD95344)
Project Scope: Structures are defined in STIL to support usage as semiconductor
simulation stimulus, including (1) mapping signal names to equivalent
design references, (2) interface between scan and built-in self test
(BIST) and the logic simulation, (3) data types to represent unresolved
states in a pattern, (4) parallel or asynchronous pattern execution on
different design blocks, and (5) expression-based conditional execution
of pattern constructs. Structures are defined in STIL to support the
definition of test patterns for sub-blocks of a design4 (i.e., embedded
cores) such that these tests can be incorporated into a complete higher
level device test. Structures are defined in STIL to relate fail
information from device testing environments back to original stimulus
and design data elements. 4 Syntax in this document that is used in
the definition of patterns for sub-blocks is summarized in Annex O.
Project Purpose: The STIL language definition is enhanced to support the usage
of STIL in the design environment, which includes extending the execution
concept to support STIL as a stimulus language, to allow STIL to be used
as an intermediate form of data, and to allow STIL to capture design
information needed to port simulation data to device test environments.
In addition, define extensions to support the definition of subelement tests
and to define the mechanisms to integrate those tests into a complete
device test. This effort is to be performed in conjunction with IEEE Std
1500TM-2005 [B6] and IEEE P1450.6 [B5], which are defining standards for the
definition and integration of embedded cores. Finally, define the
constructs necessary to correlate test failure information back to the
design environment, to allow debug and diagnosis operations to be
performed based on failure information in STIL format.
Abstract: Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) provides an interface between digital test generation tools and test equipment.
Extensions to the test interface language (contained in this standard) are defined that (1) facilitate the use of the language
in the design environment and (2) facilitate the use of the language for large designs encompassing subdesigns with reusable
patterns.
Key Words: advanced scan architecture, core, environment, fail feedback,
lockstep, parallel patterns, parameterized data, pattern tiling, pragma,
signal variable, system on chip (SoC), test protocol
Designation: 62527-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEC 62527 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1450.2(TM)-2002): Standard for Extensions to
Standard Test Interface Language (STIL) for DC Level Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007
**Replaces IEEE Std 1450.2-2002 (STD/STDPD95069)
Abstract: This standard extends IEEE Std 1450-1999 (STIL) to support the definition of DC levels. STIL language constructs are
defined to specify the DC conditions necessary to execute digital vectors on automated test equipment (ATE). STIL language
extensions include structures for: (a) specifying the DC conditions for a device under test; (b) specifying DC conditions either
globally, by pattern burst, by pattern, or by vector; (c) specifying alternate DC levels; and (d) selecting DC levels and
alternate levels within a period, much the same as timed format events.
Key Words: : automated test equipment (ATE), comparator, DC levels, device
power supply (DPS), device under test (DUT), driver, driver termination,
dynamic load, functional test, parametric measurement unit (PMU), power
sequence, slew rate, voltage clamp
Designation: 62528-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEC 62528 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1500(TM)-2005): Standard Testability Method
for Embedded Core-based Integrated Circuits
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007
**Replacement of IEEE Std 1500-2005 (STD/STDPD95335)
Project Scope: IEEE Std 1500 has developed a standard design-for-testability
method for integrated circuits (ICs) containing embedded nonmergeable
cores. This method is independent of the underlying functionality of the IC
or its individual embedded cores. The method creates the necessary
requirements for the test of such ICs, while allowing for ease of
interoperability of cores that may have originated from different sources.
Project Purpose: The aim of IEEE Std 1500 is to provide a consistent scalable
solution to the test reuse challenges specific to the reuse of
nonmergeable cores, while preserving the IP aspects that are often
associated with these cores. This objective is achieved through provision
of a core-centric methodology that enables successful integration of
cores into SoCs. IEEE Std 1500 provides a bridge between core providers
and core users and also facilitates the automation of test data transfer
and reuse between these two entities via the use of the IEEE P1450.6 CTL.
This automation relies on information requirements (the information
model) placed on the core provider to ensure that the core can be
successfully integrated by the core user. The result is shorter time to
market for core providers and core users. The data transfer and reuse
from the core provider to the core user are based on the premise that the
core test data are left unchanged, while the test protocol is adapted
from the IEEE 1500 hardware interface to the SoC.
Abstract: This standard defines a mechanism for the test of core designs within a system on chip (SoC). This mechanism
constitutes a hardware architecture and leverages the core test language (CTL) to facilitate communication between core
designers and core integrators. Keywords: core test, embedded core test, IP test, test reuse
Key Words: core test, embedded core test, IP test, test reuse
Designation: 62529-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEC 62529 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1641(TM)-2004): Standard for Signal and Test
Definition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007
**Replaces IEEE Std 1641-2004 (STD/STDPD95282)
Technical Contact: Ashley M B Hulme, Phone:+44-1202-872503, Email:ashley.hulme@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This standard provides the means to define and describe signals
used in testing. It also provides a set of common basic signals,
mathematically underpinned so that signals can be combined to form complex
signals usable across all test platforms. The provision of language
elements supports test signal descriptions for interoperability. 1
The numbers in brackets correspond to the numbers of the bibliography in
Annex L. This standard is divided into seven clauses: — Clause 1
provides an introduction to this standard. — Clause 2 provides
definitions of terms and lists abbreviations. — Clause 3 describes the
structure of the STD standard. — Clause 4 specifies the signal modeling
language (SML). — Clause 5 specifies the STD basic signal components
(BSCs). — Clause 6 defines the test signal frameworks (TSFs). — Clause
7 describes the test procedure language (TPL) layer. This standard also
contains the following annexes: a) Annex A provides the Signals Modeling
Language that is used to construct the BSCs and the TSFs. b) Annex B
provides BSC descriptions. c) Annex C provides dynamic signal model
description, states, and state transitions. d) Annex D provides the
interface definition language (IDL) description for the BSCs. e) Annex E
provides a TSF. This framework provides a formal description of signals
similar to the signals defined in IEEE Std 716-1995. It also serves to
illustrate how complex test signal models can be built up from BSCs.
f) Annex F provides the IDL description for the TSF provided in Annex E.
g) Annex G defines the requirements for a carrier language. h) Annex H
provides the formal TPL description. i) Annex I provides the extensible
markup language (XML) description mapping signal models into XML
descriptions. j) Annex J provides XML description mapping the TSF
provided in Annex E into XML descriptions. k) Annex K provides a
description of how ATLAS nouns and noun modifiers are supported by STD.
l) Annex L provides a bibliography of related documents.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a common signal
reference for use throughout the life cycle of a unit under test (UUT) or
test system. Such a reference will in turn facilitate information transfer,
test reuse, and broader application of test information—accessible
through commercially available development tools.
Abstract: This standard provides the means to define and describe signals used in testing. It also provides a set of common basic
signals, mathematically underpinned so that signals can be combined to form complex signals usable across all test platforms.
Key Words: ATE, ATLAS, automatic test equipment, signal definitions, test
definitions, test requirements, test signals, unit under test, UUT
Designation: 62530-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEC 62530 Ed. 1 (IEEE Std 1800(TM)-2005): Standard for SystemVerilog -
Unified Hardware Design, Specification, and Verification Language
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007
**Replaces IEEE Std 1800-2005 (STD95376)
Technical Contact: Johny Srouji, Phone:512-838-0252, Email:srouji@us.ibm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This standard specifies extensions for a higher level of
abstraction for modeling and verification with the Verilog® hardware
description language (HDL). These additions extend Verilog into the systems
space and the verification space. SystemVerilog is built on top of IEEE
Std 1364™1 for the Verilog HDL. This standard includes design
specification methods, embedded assertions language, testbench language
including coverage and assertions application programming interface (API),
and a direct programming interface (DPI). Throughout this standard,
the following terms apply: — Verilog refers to IEEE Std 1364 for the
Verilog HDL. — Verilog-2001 refers to IEEE Std 1364-2001 [B4]2 for the
Verilog HDL. — Verilog-1995 refers to IEEE Std 1364-1995 [B3] for the
Verilog HDL. — SystemVerilog refers to the extensions to the Verilog
standard (IEEE Std 1364) as defined in this standard.
SystemVerilog adds extended and new constructs to Verilog, including the
following: — Extensions to data types for better encapsulation and
compactness of code and for tighter specification — C data types: int,
typedef, struct, union, enum — Other data types: bounded queues, logic
(0, 1, X, Z) and bit (0, 1), tagged unions for safety — Dynamic data
types: string, classes, dynamic queues, dynamic arrays, associative arrays
including automatic memory management freeing users from deallocation issues
— Dynamic casting and bit-stream casting — Automatic/static specification
on a per-variable-instance basis — Extended operators for concise
description — Wild equality and inequality — Built-in methods to
extend the language — Operator overloading — Streaming operators —
Set membership — Extended procedural statements — Pattern matching on
selection statements for use with tagged unions — Enhanced loop
statements plus the foreach statement — C-like jump statements: return,
break, continue — final blocks that execute at the end of simulation
(inverse of initial) — Extended event control and sequence events —
Enhanced process control — Extensions to always blocks to include
synthesis consistent simulation semantics — Extensions to fork…join to
model pipelines and for enhanced process control — Fine-grain process
control — Enhanced tasks and functions — C-like void functions —
Pass by reference — Default arguments — Argument binding by name —
Optional arguments — Import/export functions for DPI — Classes:
object-oriented mechanism that provides abstraction, encapsulation, and safe
pointer capabilities — Automated testbench support with random
constraints — Interprocess communication synchronization — Semaphores
— Mailboxes — Event extensions, event variables, and event sequencing
— Clarification and extension of the scheduling semantics — Cycle-based
functionality: clocking blocks and cycle-based attributes that help reduce
development, ease maintainability, and promote reusability — Cycle-
based signal drives and samples — Synchronous samples
Project Purpose: SystemVerilog is built on top of IEEE Std 1364. SystemVerilog
improves the productivity, readability, and reusability of Verilog-based
code. The language enhancements in SystemVerilog provide more concise
hardware descriptions, while still providing an easy route with existing
tools into current hardware implementation flows. The enhancements also
provide extensive support for directed and constrainedrandom testbench
development, coverage-driven verification, and assertion-based verification.
1Information on references can be found in Clause 2. 2The numbers in
brackets correspond to the numbers in the bibliography in Annex K. —
Race-free program context — Assertion mechanism for verifying design
intent and functional coverage intent — Property and sequence
declarations — Assertions and coverage statements with action blocks —
Extended hierarchy support — Packages for declaration encapsulation with
import for controlled access — Compilation-unit scope nested modules and
extern modules for separate compilation support — Extension of port
declarations to support interfaces, events, and variables — $root to
provide unambiguous access using hierarchical references — Interfaces to
encapsulate communication and facilitate communication-oriented design —
Functional coverage — DPI for clean, efficient interoperation with other
languages (C provided) — Assertion API — Coverage API — Data read
API — Verilog procedural interface (VPI) extensions for SystemVerilog
constructs — Concurrent assertion formal semantics
Abstract: This standard provides a set of extensions to the IEEE 1364™ Verilog® hardware description language (HDL) to aid in the
creation and verification of abstract architectural level models. It also includes design specification methods, embedded
assertions language, testbench language including coverage and an assertions application programming interface (API), and a
direct programming interface (DPI). This standard enables a productivity boost in design and validation and covers design,
simulation, validation, and formal assertion-based verification flows.
Key Words: assertions, design automation, design verification, hardware
description language, HDL, PLI, programming language interface,
SystemVerilog, Verilog, Verilog programming interface, VPI
Designation: 62531-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Design Automation
Title: IEC 62531 Ed. 1 (2007-11) (IEEE Std 1850-2005): Standard for Property
Specification Language (PSL)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 09, 2007
**Replaces IEEE Std 1850-2005 (STD/STDPD95377)
Technical Contact: Harry Foster, Phone:650-625-9830 x239, Email:harry@jasper-da.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This standard defines the property specification language (PSL),
which formally describes electronic system behavior. This standard
specifies the syntax and semantics for PSL and also clarifies how PSL
interfaces with various standard electronic system design languages.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a well-defined
language for formal specification of electronic system behavior, one that
is compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including
IEEE Std 1076™ (VHDL), IEEE Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEE P1800™1
(SystemVerilog®), and IEEE P1666™ (SystemC), to facilitate a common
specification and verification flow for multi-language and mixedlanguage
designs.
Abstract: The IEEE Property Specification Language (PSL) is defined in this standard. PSL is a formal notation for specification of
electronic system behavior, compatible with multiple electronic system design languages, including IEEE Std 1076™ (VHDL®), IEEE
Std 1364™ (Verilog®), IEEE P1666™ (SystemC®), and IEEE P1800™ (SystemVerilog®), thereby enabling a common specification and
verification flow for multi-language and mixed-language designs. PSL captures design intent in a form suitable for simulation,
formal verification, formal analysis, and hybrid verification tools. PSL enhances communication among architects, designers, and
verification engineers to increase productivity throughout the design and verification process. The primary audiences for this
standard are the implementors of tools supporting the language and advanced users of the language.
Key Words: ABV, assertion, assertion-based verification, assumption, cover,
model checking, property, PSL, specification, temporal logic, verification
Designation: 62539-2007
Sponsor: Standards Committee
Title: IEC 62539 Ed.1 (IEEE Std 930 (TM)-2004): Guide for the Statistical
Analysis of Electrical Insulation Breakdown Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 31, 2007
Project Scope: Electrical insulation systems and materials may be tested using
constant stress tests in which times to breakdown are measured for a
number of test specimens, and progressive stress tests in which breakdown
voltages may be measured. In either case, it will be found that a different
result is obtained for each specimen and that, for given test conditions,
the data obtained may be represented by a statistical distribution. This
guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze such data.
The purpose of this guide is to define statistical methods to analyze times
to breakdown and breakdown voltage data obtained from electrical testing
of solid insulating materials, for purposes including characterization of
the system, comparison with another insulator system, and prediction of the
probability of breakdown at given times or voltages. Methods are given
for analyzing complete data sets and also censored data sets in which not
all the specimens broke down. The guide includes methods, with examples,
for determining whether the data is a good fit to the distribution,
graphical and computer-based techniques for estimating the most likely
parameters of the distribution, computer-based techniques for estimating
statistical confidence intervals, and techniques for comparing data sets
and some case studies. The methods of analysis are fully described for the
Weibull distribution. Some methods are also presented for the Gumbel and
lognormal distributions. All the examples of computer-based techniques
used in this guide may be downloaded from the following web site “http://
grouper.ieee.org/groups/930/IEEEGuide.xls.” Methods to ascertain the short
time withstand voltage or operating voltage of an insulation system are
not presented in this guide. Mathematical techniques contained in this
guide may not apply directly to the estimation of equipment life.
Abstract: Abstract: This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze times to break down and breakdown voltage
data obtained from electrical testing of solid insulating materials, for purposes including characterization of the system,
comparison with another insulator system, and prediction of the probability of breakdown at given times or voltages. Remarks:
IEC/IEEE Dual Logo Standard / Replaces IEEE Std 930-2004
Key Words: breakdown voltage and time, Gumbel, Lognormal distributions,
statistical methods, statistical confidence limits, Weibull
Designation: 62582-1-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control
important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods -
Part 1: General
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This International Standard contains requirements for
application of the IEC/IEEE 62582-series of methods for condition monitoring
in electrical equipment important to safety of nuclear power plants. It also
includes requirements which are common to all methods. The IEC/IEEE
62582-series of standards specify condition monitoring methods in sufficient
detail to enhance the accuracy and repeatability, and provide standard
formats for reporting the results. The methods specified are applicable to
electrical equipment containing organic or polymeric materials. Some methods
are especially designed for the measurement of condition of a limited range
of equipment whilst others can be applied to all types of equipment for
which the organic parts are accessible. Although the scope of the
standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582-series is limited to application of
instrumentation and control systems important to safety, the condition
monitoring methods may be applicable also to other components which include
organic or polymeric materials. Standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582-series
are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of ageing in
initial qualification and after installation. For technical background of
condition monitoring methods, reference is made to other IEC standards, e.g.
IEC 60544-5. Information on the role of condition monitoring in
qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEEE Std 323.
General information on management of ageing can be found in IEC 62342 and
IEEE 1205. NOTE - The procedures defined in the IEC/IEEE 62582-series
are intended for detailed condition monitoring. A simplified version of the
procedures may be appropriate for preliminary assessment of the need for
detailed measurements.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Designation: 62582-1-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEC/IEEE International Draft - Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation
and control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring
methods - Part 1: General
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This International Standard contains requirements for
application of the 62582-series of methods for condition monitoring in
electrical equipment important to safety of nuclear power plants. It also
includes requirements which are common to all methods. The 62582-series
of standards specify condition monitoring methods in sufficient detail to
enhance the accuracy and repeatability, and provide standard formats for
reporting the results. The methods specified are applicable to electrical
equipment containing organic or polymeric materials. Some methods are
especially designed for the measurement of condition of a limited range of
equipment whilst others can be applied to all types of equipment for which
organic parts are accessible. Although the scope of the standards in the
62582-series is limited to application of instrumentation and control
systems important to safety, the condition monitoring methods may be
applicable also to other components which include organic or polymeric
materials. Standards in the 62582-series are measurement standards,
primarily for use in the management of ageing in initial qualification and
after installation. For technical background of condition monitoring
methods, reference is made to other IEC standards, e.g. IEC 60544-5.
Information on the role of condition monitoring in qualification of
equipment important to safety is found in IEC 60780 and IEEE 323. General
information on management of ageing can be found in IEC 62342 and IEEE 1205.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Abstract: This International Standard contains requirements for application of the IEC/IEEE 62582- series of methods for condition
monitoring in electrical equipment important to safety of nuclear power plants. It also includes requirements which are common to
all methods.
Key Words: condition indicator, condition monitoring, equipment qualification,
qualified condition, qualified life, service life
Designation: 62582-1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety -
Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 1: General
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: This International Standard contains background and guidelines
for application of the 62582-series of methods for condition monitoring of
electrical equipment important to safety of nuclear power plants. It also
includes some elements which are common to all methods.
The 62582-series of standards specify condition monitoring methods in
details needed to ensure accuracy and repeatability, and provide standard
formats for reporting the results. The methods specified are applicable to
electrical equipment containing organic or polymeric materials. Some methods
are especially designed for measurement of conditions of a limited range of
equipment whilst others can be applied to all types of equipment for which
the organic parts are accessible. Although the scope of
the standards in the 62582-series is limited to application of
instrumentation and control systems important to safety, the condition
monitoring methods may be applicable also to other components which include
organic or polymeric materials.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Designation: 62582-2-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control
important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods -
Part 2: Indenter modulus
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This International Standard contains methods for condition
monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control
systems using the indenter modulus technique in the detail necessary to
produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements
for the selection of samples, the measurement system and measurement
conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the
IEC/IEEE 62582-series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the
management of ageing in initial qualification and after installation.
IEC/IEEE 62582-1 General includes requirements for the application of the
IEC/IEEE 62582-series and some elements which are common to all methods.
Information on the role of condition monitoring in qualification of
equipment important to safety is found in IEEE Std 323. This standard is
intended for application to non-energised equipment.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Designation: 62582-2
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety -
Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 2: Indenter modulus
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition
monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control
systems using the indenter modulus technique in the detail necessary to
produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements
for the selection and pre-conditioning of samples, the measurement system,
test and procedures, and data reporting.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Designation: 62582-2
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEC/IEEE Draft International Standard - Nuclear power plants -
Instrumentation and control important to safety - Electrical equipment
condition monitoring methods - Part 2: Indenter modulus
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This International Standard contains methods for condition
monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control
systems using the indenter modulus technique in the detail necessary to
produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements
for the selection of samples, the measurement system and measurement
conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the
62582-series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management
of ageing in initial qualification and after installation. 62582-1 General
includes background and guidelines for application of the 62582-series and
some elements which are common to all methods. Information on the role of
condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is
found in IEC 60780 and IEEE 323. This standard has only been investigated
for use on non-energised equipment.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Abstract: This International Standard contains methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in
instrumentation and control systems using the indenter modulus technique in the detail necessary to produce accurate and
reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for the selection of samples, the measurement system and measurement
conditions, and the reporting of the measurement results.
Key Words: indenter modulus
Designation: P62582-3
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE/IEC Draft Standard for Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and
control important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring
methods - Part 3: Elongation at break
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition
monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control
systems using tensile elongation techniques in the detail necessary to
produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements
for sample preparation, the measurement system and conditions, and the
reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582-
series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of
ageing in initial qualification and after installation. IEC/IEEE 62582-1
General includes requirements for the application of the IEC/IEEE 62582
series and some elements which are common to all methods. Information on the
role of condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to
safety is found in IEEE Std. 323.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Abstract: This International Standard contains methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in
instrumentation and control systems using tensile elongation techniques in the detail necessary to produce accurate and
reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for selection of samples, the measurement system and conditions, and the
reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582-series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the
management of ageing in initial qualification and after installation. IEC/IEEE 62582-1 General includes requirements for the
application of the IEC/IEEE 62582 series and some elements which are common to all methods. Information on the role of condition
monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEEE Std 323. This standard is intended for application
to non-energised equipment.
Designation: P62582-3
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety -
Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods - Part 3: Elongation at
break
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: This part of IEC 62582 specifies condition monitoring by
elongation at break measurements in such details that are necessary for
accurate and reproducible measurement results. It includes the requirements
on the measurement system, the measurement procedure, measurement
conditions, collection and preparation including pre-conditioning of the
specimen, and the presentation and reporting of the measurement results.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Designation: 62582-4-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control
important to safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods Part
4: Oxidation induction techniques
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: James F Gleason, Phone:256-881-9868, Email:jim@glseq.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition
monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control
systems using oxidation induction techniques in the detail necessary to
produce accurate and reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements
for sample preparation, the measurement system and conditions, and the
reporting of the measurement results. Standards in the IEC/IEEE 62582-
series are measurement standards, primarily for use in the management of
ageing in initial qualification and after installation. IEC/IEEE 62582-1
General includes requirements for application of the IEC/IEEE 62582-series
and some elements which are common to all methods. Information on the role
of condition monitoring in qualification of equipment important to safety is
found in IEEE Std 323.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Designation: 62582-4
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Nuclear Power Plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety -
Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods Part 4: Oxidation
induction techniques
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition
monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in I & C systems using
oxidation induction techniques in the detail necessary for reproducible
measurements. It includes the requirements for sample preparation, the
measurement system and test conditions, and the reporting of the measurement
results.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Designation: 62582-4
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEC/IEEE Nuclear power plants - Instrumentation and control important to
safety - Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods Part 4: Oxidation
induction techniques
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition
monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in instrumentation and control
systems using oxidation induction techniques in sufficient detail to allow
reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for sample
preparation, the measurement system and conditions, and the reporting of the
measurement results. Standards in the 62582-series are measurement
standards, primarily for use in the management of ageing in initial
qualification and after installation. 62582-1 General includes background
and guidelines for application of the 62582-series and some elements which
are common to all methods. Information on the role of condition monitoring
in qualification of equipment important to safety is found in IEC 60780 and
IEEE 323.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Abstract: This part of IEC/IEEE 62582 specifies methods for condition monitoring of organic and polymeric materials in
instrumentation and control systems using oxidation induction techniques in the detail necessary to produce accurate and
reproducible measurements. It includes the requirements for sample preparation, the measurement system and conditions, and the
reporting of the measurement results.
Designation: P62582-5
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Nuclear Power Plants - Instrumentation and control important to safety -
Electrical equipment condition monitoring methods Part 5: Optical time
domain reflectometry
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2009
Project Scope: This part of IEC 62582 specifies condition monitoring by optical
time domain reflectometry (OTDR) measurements in detail that is necessary
for accurate and reproducible measurement results. It includes the
requirements on the measurement system, measurement conditions, preparation
including pre-conditioning of the specimen to be measured, the measurement
procedure, and the presentation and reporting of the measurement results.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Designation: 62624-2009
Title: Test methods for measurement of electrical properties of carbon
nanotubes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 04, 2009
Publication type: Standards Press
Project Scope: This standard provides methods for the electrical
characterization of carbon nanotubes(CNTs). The methods will be independent
of processing routes used to fabricate the CNTs.
Project Purpose: There is currently no defined standard for the electrical
characterization of CNTs and the means of reporting performance and other
data. Without openly defined standard test methods, the acceptance and
diffusion of CNT technology will be severely impeded. This standard is
intended to provide and suggest procedures for characterization and
reporting of data. These methods will enable the creation of a suggested
reporting standard that will be used by research through manufacturing as
the technology is developed. Moreover, the standards will recommend the
necessary tools and procedures for validation.
Abstract: Adoption of IEEE Std 1650-2005. Recommended methods and standardized reporting practices for electrical characterization
of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) are covered. Due to the nature of CNTs, significant measurement errors can be introduced if the
electrical characterization design-of-experiment is not properly addressed. The most common sources of measurement error,
particularly for highimpedance electrical measurements commonly required for CNTs, are described. Recommended practices in order
to minimize and/or characterize the effect of measurement artifacts and other sources of error encountered while measuring CNTs
are given.
Key Words: carbon nanotube, electrical characterization, high-impedance
measurement,nanotechnology
Designation: P62646
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Nuclear Power Plants - Control rooms - Computer based
procedures
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This standard establishes the requirements and recommendations
for designing, developing, validating, maintaining and implementing all
types of procedures that a utility may decide to computerize. Plant
operating procedures specifically refers to procedures that are used to
monitor and control the plant from designated contol locations such as the
main control room or supplementary control points. To the extent that other
plant procedures, e.g. maintenance, are similar to plant operating
procedures, the guidance provided in this standard may be applied at the
discretion of the user. As a first step, this standard provides guidance
for making a utility policy about which procedures to computerize and to
what extent. Procedures which will then be computerized are designated as
computer based procedures (CBP). As CBP are basically operating procedures,
there are many common points between paper based procedures and CBP.
Therefore this standard focuses only on what is specific to CBP.
Project Purpose: This document is being jointly developed between IEC and IEEE;
therefore, there is no purpose statement.
Designation: P62659
Sponsor: IEEE Nanotechnology Council/Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Large Scale Manufacturing of Nanoelectronics
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: To fully benefit from the cost, performance, and flexibility of
new electronics products manufactured on a large-scale, an industry
accustomed to the purchase, use, and engineering of continuum materials must
grow to embrace appropriate new practices at the nano-scale. The standard
fits in the overall strategy of IEC/TC 113 and IEEE NTC to develop standards
for nanomanufacturing within the electro technical industry. It defines
standardized processes to incorporate nanomaterials into products with new
properties and performance enabled by those nanomaterials. This requires
that these processes are compatible to other processes currently used in
large scale electronics manufacturing. The standard provides a common
reference for specifying and purchasing the nanomaterial, then using it in a
large-scale manufacturing setting to create the devices to be measured
accordingly.
Project Purpose: [Since this document is being developed jointly with IEC,
there will be no purpose clause (in accordance with IEC style).]
Designation: 627-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Equipment Used in Nuclear Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 04, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 627-1980
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Sep 13, 2010
Project Scope: This standard provides the basic principles for qualification of
equipment used in nuclear facilities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles
and guidance to demonstrate the qualification of equipment. Qualification is
intended to confirm the adequacy of the equipment design to perform its
required function or functions over the expected range of normal, abnormal,
design basis event, post design basis event, and in-service test
conditions.The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles and
guidance to demonstrate the qualification of equipment. Qualification is
intended to confirm the adequacy of the equipment design to perform its
required function or functions over the expected range of normal, abnormal,
design basis event, post design basis event, and in-service test conditions.
Abstract: Guidance on basic qualification principles and appropriate methods of demonstrating the qualification of equipment used in
nuclear facilities is provided in this standard. The principles, methods, and procedures described are intended to be used for
qualifying equipment.
Key Words: 627, equipment qualification, margin, qualification documentation,
qualification program, safety, safety related, service condition,
significant aging mechanisms
Designation: 627
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Design Qualification of Safety-Related Equipment Used in
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007
Project Scope: This standard provides the basic principles for design
qualification of safety-related equipment used in nuclear power generating
systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles
and guidance to demonstrate the design qualification of safety-related
equipment. Design qualification is intended to confirm the adequacy of the
equipment design to perform its safety functions over the expected range of
normal, abnormal, design basis event, post design basis event, and in-
service test conditions.
Designation: 627-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard for Design Qualification of Safety Systems Equipment Used
in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 20, 1979, ANSI APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: This standard provides the basic principles for design
qualification of safety systems equipment used in nuclear power generating
stations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide basic principles
and guidance to demonstrate the design qualification of safety systems
equipment. Design qualification is intended to confirm the adequacy of the
equipment design to perform its safety functions over the expected range of
normal, abnormal, design-basis event, post design-basis event, and in-
service test conditions.
Abstract: Basic principles for design qualification of safety systems equipment used in nuclear power generating stations are
provided. Specification criteria, the development of a qualification program, and documentation are addressed. All types of
safety systems equipment--mechanical and instrumentation as well as electrical--are covered. Principles and procedures for
preparing specific safety systems equipment standards are established. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the
URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: design, qualification, safety, related, equipment, Power generation
testing, Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: P62704-1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Standard for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption
Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz -
6 GHz. Part 1: General Requirements for using the Finite Difference Time
Domain (FDTD) Method for SAR Calculations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard describes the concepts, anatomical models for
compliance assessments, techniques, validation procedures, uncertainties and
limitations of the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used
for determining the spatial peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in
standardized human anatomical models exposed to wireless communication
devices. Recommendations for standardized anatomical models and general
benchmark data for these models are provided. Specific SAR limit values
(basic restrictions) are not included since these are found in other
documents, e.g., IEEE C95.1 and IEEE C95.1a.
Designation: P62704-2
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Standard for Determining the Peak Spatial Average Specific Absorption
Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz -
6 GHz. Part 2: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time Domain
(FDTD) Modeling of Vehicle Mounted Antenna Configurations
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard describes the concepts, techniques, vehicle
models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of the finite-
difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining the
spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human anatomical
models exposed to vehicle mounted antennas. Recommended vehicle models and
general benchmark data for these models are provided. Antenna locations,
operating configurations, exposure conditions and positions of persons
exposed to the vehicle mounted antennas are defined. Intended users of this
practice are (but are not be limited to) wireless communication devices
manufacturers, service providers for wireless communication that are
required to certify that their products comply with the applicable SAR
limits and government agencies. Specific SAR limit values (basic
restrictions) are not included since these are found in other documents,
e.g., IEEE C95.1-2005 and IEEE C95.1a-2010.
Project Purpose: Document will not contain a purpose clause.
Designation: P62704-3
Sponsor: SASB/SCC39-
Title: Standard for Determining the Peak Spatial-Average Specific Absorption
Rate (SAR) in the Human Body from Wireless Communications Devices, 30 MHz -
6 GHz. Part 3: Specific Requirements for Finite Difference Time Domain
(FDTD) Modeling of Mobile Phones/Personal Wireless Devices
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Wolfgang Kainz, Phone:+1 301 827 4972, Email:wolfgang.kainz@fda.hhs.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to describe the concepts,
techniques, models, validation procedures, uncertainties and limitations of
the finite-difference time-domain technique (FDTD) when used for determining
the spatial-peak specific absorption rate (SAR) in standardized human
anatomical models. These models are exposed to personal wireless devices,
e.g. mobile phones. It recommends and provides guidance on modeling of
personal wireless devices and provides benchmark data for simulation of such
models. It defines model contents and provides guidance on meshing and test
positions at the anatomical models. This document does not recommend
specific SAR values since these are found in other documents, e.g., IEEE
C95.1 and IEEE C95.1a.
Project Purpose: This standard will not contain a purpose clause
Designation: 628-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and Qualification
of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 23, 2001
**Supersedes 628-1987 (R1992).
Technical Contact: John P Carter, Phone:617-589-1518, Email:jack.carter@shawgrp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jan 05, 2001, ANSI APP: May 23, 2001
Project Scope: This standard contains the requirements for the design,
installation and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits
external to electric equipment and components for nuclear pwoer generating
stations. Since aging and radiation have no known detrimental effects upon
metallic raceway systems, and since non-metallic raceway systems are limited
to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental conditions
are not considered in this document. The embedments or structural members
to which a support is attached are beyond the scope of this document.
Project Purpose: It is the intention of the working group to address at least
the following areas in this proposed revision of IEEE 628: expand upon the
requirements for use of non-metallic raceways in embedded applications,
allow use of experience data as a means of qualifying the raceway system,
evaluate impact of later revisions of standards referenced in IEEE 628:
incorporate when/if possible. The purpose of the standard will remain as is
in IEEE 628-1987 which is to provide criteria for the minimum requirements
in the selection, design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems
for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations. It also
prescribes methods for the structural qualification of raceway systems for
Class 1E circuits.
Abstract: Criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection design,installation,and qualification of raceway systems for Class
1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations is provided. I talso prescribes methods for the structural qualifocation of
raceway systems for Class 1E circuits.
Key Words: "cable tray, conduit, design-by-rule, duct line, raceways, seismic"
Designation: P628
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Draft Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and
Qualification of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Dale T Goodney, Phone:315-349-7956, Email:d.t.goodney@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This standard contains the requirements for the design,
installation and qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits
external to electric equipment and components for nuclear power generating
stations. Because aging and radiation have no known detrimental effects upon
metallic raceway systems, and because non-metallic raceway systems are
limited to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental
conditions are not considered in this standard. The embedments or structural
members to which a support is attached are beyond the scope of this
standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide criteria for the
minimum requirements in the selection design, installation, and
qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits for nuclear power
generating stations. It also prescribes methods for the structural
qualification of raceway systems for Class 1E circuits. (unchanged from IEEE
628-2001)
Abstract: Criteria for the minimum requirements 1 in the selection design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems for
Class 1 E circuits for nuclear power generating stations is provided. It also prescribes methods for the structural qualification
of raceway systems for Class 1 E circuits.
Key Words: cable tray, conduit, design-by-rule, duct line, raceways, seismic
Designation: 628-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Design, Installation, and Qualification
of Raceway Systems for Class 1E Circuits for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 628-2001.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Aug 12, 1986
Abstract: Criteria for the minimum requirements in the selection, design, installation, and qualification of raceway systems for
Class 1E circuits for nuclear power generating stations are provided. Methods for the structural qualification of such raceway
systems are prescribed. Since aging and radiation have no known detrimental effect upon metallic raceway systems, and since
nonmetallic raceway systems are limited to underground or embedded applications, these two environmental conditions are not
considered, nor are the embedments or structural members to which a support is attached. You will receive an email from Customer
Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: raceway, systems, class, 1E, circuits, Wiring, Power cables, Nuclear
power generation protection
Designation: 629
Title: Semiconductor Power Rectifiers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ben C Johnson, Phone:830-620-4454, Email:ben.johnson@thermon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1975
Key Words: semiconductor, power, rectifiers
Designation: 630
Sponsor: Industrial Drives
Title: DC Motor Protection in Drive Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Sheppard
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1975
Key Words: dc, motor, protection, drive, systems
Designation: 632
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Switchgear Insulating Materials & System
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1976
Key Words: switchgear, insulating, materials, and, system
Designation: 634-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Cable-Penetration Fire Stop Qualification Test
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Richard R Licht, Phone:612-733-7079
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides direction for establishing a type test
for qualifying the fire performance of penetration fire stops when mounted
in fire resistive wall and floor assemblies. Update the standard with
addition of positive pressure testing, method for criteria, and add appendix
for usage of test.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish a type test to
assure that penetration fire stop assemblies meet the requirements to obtain
a fire rating by passing a standardized fire test under laboratory
conditions. The requirements include the principles and procedures for
testing.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 634-1978 This standard is applicable to fire stops of various materials and construction.
Cablepenetration fire stops are intended for use in fire-resistive barriers. Tests conducted in conformance with this standard
will record the performance of fire stops during the test exposure. The resistance of a fire stop to an external force imposed by
a hose stream or water spray will also be considered in this standard. The intent of this standard is to develop data to assist
in determining the suitability of a fire stop for use where fire resistance is required.
Key Words: cable-penetration, fire-resistant, fire-resistive barrier, fire
stop, fire test, fire test facilities, fire test procedure, F-rating,
penetration seal, thermocouple, time-temperature curve, Trating
Designation: 634-1978
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Cable Penetration Fire Stop Qualification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawal date 4/9/90.
History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1977
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. This standard provides direction for establishing type tests for
qualifying the performance of cable penetration fire stops when mounted in rated fire barriers.
Key Words: cable, penetration, fire, stop, qualification
Designation: 635-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2004
**Supersedes 635-1989 (R1994).
Technical Contact: Kenneth E Bow, Phone:+1 989 695 4659, Email:kblecnslt@consultant.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: This project will revise the existing standard 635, "Guide for
Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables". The references
will be updated and the text will be revised to increase readability.
Tables will be updated to match current requirements.
Project Purpose: The 635 guide was developed to help cable users and engineers
understand the benefits and deficiencies of aluminum sheaths for power
cables. The need for this information continues. As a result the guide
will be revised to reflect the latest requirements and references thereby
allowing the guide to continue to be a useful tool for the power delivery
industry.
Abstract: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 15, 2004 **Supersedes 635-1989 (R1994). Project scope: This project
will revise the existing standard 635, Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables. The references will
be updated and the text will be revised to increase readability. Tables will be updated to match current requirements. Project
purpose: The 635 guide was developed to help cable users and engineers understand the benefits and deficiencies of aluminum
sheaths for power cables. The need for this information continues. As a result the guide will be revised to reflect the latest
requirements and references thereby allowing the guide to continue to be a useful tool for the power delivery industry.
Abstract: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables
Key Words: "aluminum sheath, high-voltage power cable, low-voltage power cable,
medium-voltage power cable, metal clad cables"
Designation: 635-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 635-1980. Superseded by 635-2003.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: Superseded by 635-2003. This standard outlines requirements and establishes design guidelines for the selection of
aluminum sheaths for extra-high, high, medium-, and low-voltage cables. It establishes basic installation parameters for
aluminum-sheathed cables. It also provides references to industry standards and codes incorporating design and installation
requirements of aluminum-sheathed cables.
Key Words: power cables, design, Smooth aluminum sheath, Corrugated aluminum
sheath
Designation: 635-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Selection and Design of Aluminum Sheaths for Power Cables
Status: Superseded
Abstract: This guide covers power cables incorporating aluminum sheaths, except those of the SF rigid bus type.
Key Words: aluminum, sheaths, for, cables
Designation: 636
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 637-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for the Reclamation of Insulating Oil and Criteria for Its
Use
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: James A Thompson, Phone:605-534-3571, Email:jathompson@trservice.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 11, 1982, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Project Scope: The scope of this guide covers mineral insulating oil commonly
defined as transformer oil; definition and description of reclaiming
procedures; the test methods used to evaluate the progress and end point of
the reclamation process, and what criteria recommended for the use of
reclaimed oils are considered suitable. This guide does not cover the use of
oil in new apparatus under warranty.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Detailed procedures are provided for reclaiming used mineral insulating oils (transformer oils)
by chemical and mechanical means to make them suitable for reuse as insulating fluids. Reclamation procedures are described, as
are the test methods used to evaluate the progress and end point of the reclamation process and the essential properties required
for reuse in each class of equipment. Suitable criteria for the use of reclaimed oils are identified. The use of oil in new
apparatus under warranty is not covered.
Key Words: reclamation, insulating, criteria, use, Oil insulation
Designation: 638-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 1992
**One page errata is included.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements to demonstrate the adequacy
of new Class IE transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear
power generating station as defined in IEEE Std 323-1983 [16]1, to perform
their required safety functions under postulated service conditions. This
standard applies to single and three phase transformers rated 601 V to 15
000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled
rating).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific
qualification procedures for Class lE transformers to demonstrate their
capability to meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983 [16]. The
transformer must perform its intended function under all specified service
conditions.
Abstract: Procedures for demonstrating the adequacy of new Class 1E transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear power
generating station, to perform their required safety functions under postulated service conditions are presented. Single- and
three-phase transformers rated 601 V to 15,000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled rating) are
covered. Because of the conservative approach used in the development of this standard for new transformers, the end-point
criteria cannot be used for in-service transformers.
Key Words: type, tests, NPGS, Seismic qualification, Design qualification,
Class 1E transformers
Designation: P638
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Craig A Swinderman, Email:craig.swinderman@meppi.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements to demonstrate the adequacy
of new Class 1E transformers, located in a mild environment of a nuclear
power generating station as defined in IEEE Std 323-1983, to perform their
required safety functions under postulated service conditions. This
standard applies to single and three phase transformers rated 601 V to 15
000 V for the highest voltage winding and up to 2500 kVA (self-cooled
rating).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific
qualification procedures for Class 1E transformers to demonstrate their
capability to meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983. The transformer
must perform its intended function under all specified service
conditions.
Designation: 638-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: ERRATA - IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Transformers for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 639
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: Hybrid Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Bruce Thackwray, Phone:815-344-2900, Email:bruce@lenco-elect.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1976
Key Words: hybrid, transformers
Designation: 640-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Station Noise Control
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg
Technical Contact: W.W Avril
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983
Key Words: guide, power, station, noise, control
Designation: 641-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions and Characterization of Metal Nitride Oxide
Semiconductor Arrays
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 19, 1988
Abstract: This standard has ten sections: an introduction to the MNOS device and memory array; symbols and definitions; references
that contain added detail on specific concepts; MNOS arrays and functional operations; MNOS array retention; MNOS array endurance
property; reliability considerations for MNOS arrays; the testing methodology necessary to establish the unique properties of the
MNOS array for both the consumer and the producer; radiation effects on MNOS arrays; and nonvolatile memory technology, called
floating-gate.
Key Words: metal, nitrite, oxide, semiconductor, arrays
Designation: 643-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Line Carrier Applications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Roger E Ray, Phone:954-344-9822x208, Email:roger.ray@pulsartech.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2005
Project Scope: The purpose of this guide will be to provide application
information to users of carrier equipment as applied on power transmission
lines. Information related to the expanding usage of carriers on
distribution lines below 69 kV will not be covered. Detailed equipment
design information wioll be avoided as this is primarily the concern of
equipment manufacturers. Material on power line carrier channel
characteristics will be presented along with discussions on intrabundle
conductor systems and insulated shield wire systems. Procedures will be
provided for the calculation of channel performance. Data for the
calculations will be drawn from various sections of the guide. The coupling
components considered will be line traps, coupling capacitors, line tuners,
coaxial cables, hybrids, and filters. Frequency selection practices and
future trends will also be discussed. An effort will be made to coordinate
this Guide with the CIGRE Guide and IEC Standards.
Project Purpose: This Guide was published in 1980 and is in need of revision
and addition of new material. The primary users of this Guide will be
utility engineers and manufacturers who apply p9ower line carrier equipment
to the power system.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 643-1980 The purpose of this guide is to provide application information to users of carrier
equipment as applied on power transmission lines. Since the major applications of the power-line carrier (PLC) is for protective
relaying, special consideration for these applications has been included. Information related to the expanding usage of carriers
on distribution lines below 69 kV is not specifically covered. Detailed equipment design information is avoided as this is
primarily the concern of equipment manufacturers.
Key Words: carrier equipment, intrabundle conductor systems, insulated shield-
wire systems, power-line carrier, power transmission lines
Designation: 643-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Power-Line Carrier Applications
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 1982
Abstract: Scope: The purpose of this guide is to provide application information to users of carrier equipment as applied on
powertransmission lines. Information related to the expanding usage of carriers on distribution lines is not specifically
covered. Detailed equipment design information is avoided as this is primarily the concern of equipment manufacturers.
Key Words: guide, power, line, carrier, applications, Power distribution
communication, Couplers
Designation: 644-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and
Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of Std 644-1987.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. Revision of IEEE Std 644-1987. Uniform procedures for the measurement of power frequency electric and
magnetic fields from alternating current 9ac) overhead power lines and for the calibration of the meters used in these
measurements are established. The procedures apply to the measurement of electric and magnetic fields close to ground level. The
procedures can also be tentatively applied (with limitations, as specified in the standard) to electric fields near an energized
conductor or structure.
Key Words: ac power lines, electric field, magnetic field, measurement
Designation: 644-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and
Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: Uniform procedures for the measurement of power frequency electric and magnetic fields from alternating current (AC)
overhead power lines and for the calibration of the meters used in these measurements are established. The procedures apply to
the measurement of electric and magnetic fields close to ground level. The procedures can also be tentatively applied (with
limitations, as specified in the standard) to electric fields near an energized conductor or structure.
Key Words: electric, magnetic, fields, ac, power
Designation: 645-1977
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Test Procedures for High-Purity Germanium Detectors for Ionizing
Radiation (Supplement to ASNI/IEEE Std 325-1971)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 646
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 647-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-
Axis Laser Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 2006
Technical Contact: Cleon Barker, Phone:505-585-7470, Email:csbarker@tularosa.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Mar 30, 2006, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 2006
Project Scope: This standard defines the specification and test requirements
for a single-axis laser gyro for use as a sensor in attitude control
systems, angular displacement measuring systems, or angular rate measuring
systems, including the electronics necessary to operate the gyro and to
condition the output signals.
Project Purpose: This standard provided a common meeting ground of terminology
and practice for manufacturers and users. The user is cautioned not to
overspecify—only those parameters that are required to guarantee proper
instrument performance in the specific application should be controlled. In
general, the specification should contain only those requirements that can
be verified by test or inspection. Part II of this standard can also be used
as a guide in the preparation of a separate laser gyro test specification.
In general, the intent is for the specification writer to ensure consistency
and traceability between Part II test procedures and Part I requirements for
performance, mechanical, electrical, environmental, and quality assurance.
Abstract: IEEE Std 647-1995 Specification and test requirements for a single-axis ring laser gyro (RLG) for use as a sensor in
attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems are defined. A standard
specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis RLG is provided. A compilation of recommended procedures for
testing an RLG, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided.
Key Words: dithered gyro, gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial
sensor, optical gyro, resonant cavity, ring laser gyro, RLG, Sagnac
effect, Sagnac gyro
Designation: 647-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-
Axis Laser Gyros
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 647-1981.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 647-2006 Abstract: The specification and test requirements for a single-axis laser gyro for use as
a sensor in attitude control systems, angular displacement measuring systems, and angular rate measuring systems is defined. A
standard specification format guide for the preparation of a single-axis laser gyro is provided. A complication of recommended
procedures for testing a laser gyro, derived from those presently used in the industry, is also provided.
Key Words: gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, laser gyro,
optical gyro, ring laser gyro , RLG, sagnac effect
Designation: 647-1981
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-
Axis Laser Gyros
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**A 1995 revision is now available.
History: BD APP: May 21, 1981
Key Words: specification, single, axis, laser, gyros
Designation: 649-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert L Francis, Phone:256-716-4315, Email:robert.francis@wylelabs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007
Project Scope: This standard describes the basic principles, requirements, and
methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh and
mild environment applications in nuclear power generating stations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to: Define specific
qualification requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their
components in accordance with the more general qualification requirements of
IEEE Std 323(TM)- 20031, 2 and IEEE Std 344(TM)-2004. Provide guidance in
establishing a qualification program for demonstrating the adequacy of Class
1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications.
Abstract: The basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both harsh and mild
environment applications in nuclear power generating stations are described. In addition to defining specific qualification
requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their components in accordance with the more general qualification
requirements of IEEE Std 323(TM)-2003, this standard is intended to provide guidance in establishing a qualification
program for demonstrating the adequacy of Class 1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications.
Key Words: aging, analysis, class 1E, environmental qualification, harsh
environment, mcc, mild environment, motor control center, operating
experience, operational aging, qualification, qualified life, seismic, test
Designation: 649-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 649-1980. Draft 8, dated 26 APR 91, was approved.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2004 The basic principles, requirements, and methods for qualifying Class 1E motor control centers for both
harsh- and mild-environment applications in nuclear power generating stations are described. In addition to defining specific
qualification requirements for Class 1E motor control centers and their components in accordance with the more general
qualification requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, this standard is intended to provide guidance in establishing a qualification
program for demonstrating the adequacy of Class 1E motor control centers in nuclear power generating station applications. You
will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: class, 1E, motors, nuclear, generating, stations, Power generation
testing, Nuclear power generation protection, Motor drives
Designation: 649-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualilfying Class 1E Motor Control Centers for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Apr 21, 1983
Key Words: qualifying, motor, control, centers, NPGS
Designation: 650-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and
Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2006
Technical Contact: Dennis E Dellinger, Phone:614-846-7500, Email:dennis.dellinger@ameteksci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 24, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery
chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations outside containment in
nuclear power generating stations. The application of this equipment in the
plant’s electrical system is not within the scope of this standard as other
industry standards, such as IEEE Std 308TM-2001 [B3],1 IEEE Std 603TM-1998
[B6] and IEEE Std 946TM-2004 [B8], exist for this purpose. In addition,
industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as ANSI/NEMA PE 5-
2003 [B1] and IEEE Std 944TM-1986 [B7]. Performance requirements are not
specified in this standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific procedures
to meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323TM-2003.2 For the purpose of this
standard, battery chargers, inverters, and the associated ancillary
equipment must perform their safety function under specified service and
environmental conditions. The demonstration that an installed battery
charger or inverter will meet its design specification requires many steps
in a program of design, fabrication, quality assurance, qualification,
transportation, storage, installation, maintenance, periodic testing, and
surveillance. This standard treats only the qualification area of this
program. The result of the qualification program may provide a basis for
determination of long-term maintenance requirements. Qualification may be
accomplished in several ways: type testing, operating experience, or
analysis. These methods may be used individually or in combination. The
qualification methods in this standard employ a combination of type testing
and analysis. Operating experience is of limited use as a sole means of
qualification. Operating experience is, however, of great use as a
supplement to testing, as the experience may provide an insight into the
change in behavior of materials and components through time under actual
service and maintenance conditions. Qualification by analysis shall include
a justification of the methods, theories, and assumptions used. In general,
battery chargers and inverters are too complex to be qualified by analysis
alone, although analysis is effective in the extrapolation of test data and
the determination of the effects of minor design changes to equipment
previously tested.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 650-1990 Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations
outside containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. These methods may also be used to qualify similar
electronic equipment for use in applications outside containment, where specific standards for such equipment are not available.
The qualification methods set forth employ a combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of
methods, theories, and assumptions used. These procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-2003.
Key Words: battery charger, inverter, qualification
Designation: 650-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and
Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 650-1979.
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 09, 1991
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery
chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment
outside containment in nuclear power generating stations. The application
of this equipment in the plant's electrical system is not within the scope
of this standard as other industry standards, such as IEEE Std 308-1980,
IEEE Std 603-1980, and IEEE Std 946-1985, exist for this purpose. In
addition, industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as
ANSI/NEMA PE 5-1985. Performance requirements are not specified in this
standard.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 650-2006. Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations
in a mild environment outside containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. The qualification methods set forth
employ a combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and assumptions
used. These procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations.
Key Words: battery charger, inverter, qualification
Designation: 650-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and
Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 15, 1979, ANSI APP: Apr 23, 1981
Abstract: Superseded by 650-1990. Methods for qualifying static battery chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild
environment outside containment in nuclear power generating stations are described. The qualification methods set forth employ a
combination of type testing and analysis, the latter including a justification of methods, theories, and assumptions used. These
procedures meet the requirements of IEEE Std 323-1983, IEEE Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations.
Key Words: 1E, battery, chargers, inverters, NPGS
Designation: 650
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static Battery Chargers and
Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Dennis E Dellinger, Phone:614-846-7500, Email:dennis.dellinger@ameteksci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for qualifying static battery
chargers and inverters for Class 1E installations in a mild environment
outside containment in nuclear generating stations. The application of the
equipment in the plant's electrical system is not within the scope of this
standard as other industry standards, such as IEEE Std. 308-1980 [9], IEEE
std. 603-1980 [18], and IEEE Std 946-1985 [19], exist for this purpose. In
addition, industry standards exist for equipment performance, such as
ANSI/NEMA PE 5-1985 [3]. Performance requirements are not specified in this
standard.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide specific procedures
to meet the requirements of IEEE 323-1983 [10]. For the purpose of this
standard, battery chargers and inverters must perform their safety function
under specified service conditions. The demonstration that an installed
battery charger or inverter will meet its design specification requires many
steps in a program of design, fabrication, quality assurance, qualification,
transportation, storage, installation, maintenance, periodic testing, and
surveillance. This standard only treats the qualification area of this
program, The result of the qualification program may provide a basis for
determination of long-term maintenance requirements. Qualification may be
accomplished in several ways: type testing, operating experience, or
analysis. These methods may be used individually or in combination. The
qualification methods in this standard employ a combination of type testing
and analysis. Operating experience is of limited use as a sole means of
qualification. Operating experience is, however, of great use as a
supplement to testing, as the experience may provide an insight into the
change in behavior of materials and components through time under actual
service and maintenance conditions. Qualification by analysis shall include
a justification of the methods, theories, and assumptions used. In general,
battery chargers and inverters are too complex to be qualified by analysis
alone, although analysis is effective in the extrapolation of test data and
the determination of the effects of minor design changes to equipment
previously tested. "Additional statements may be added to cover the
explanations of modernizing the standard to incorporate currently available
equipment designs and procedures."
Designation: 652
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 653
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 654
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 655
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for the Design of Overhead Power Lines With Respect to Corona
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Gela, Phone:413/499-5710, Email:ggela@eprisolutions.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: The scope of this guide includes interference in the AM
broadcast radio frequency sspectrum (0.535-1.65 MHz) and VHF television
reception (54-216 MHz). Many of the corona-generated interference studies
in the past years pertained to frequencies below 30 MHz. The scope includes
description of corona in power facilities, characterization of corona
effects, summary of corona effects measurements, environmental impact of
corona, suggested design limits, and corona effects prediction methods.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide a comprehensive summary of
the effects of corona in consideration of the design of overhead AC power
lines. Good engineering design, construction and operating practices for
high voltage power lines and an understanding of the effects of corona can
lead to minimization of these effects. This guide will be a particularly
uselful tool and reference for new utility engineers and those who have been
recently re-assigned to work on overhead AC power lines.
Key Words: design, overhead, power, lines, corona
Designation: 656-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Audible Noise from Overhead
Transmission Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 28, 1992
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: Uniform procedures are established for manual and automatic measurement of audible noise from overhead transmission lines.
Their purpose is to allow valid evaluation and comparison of the audible noise performance of various overhead lines. Definitions
are provided, and instruments are specified. Measurement procedure are set forth, and precautions are given. Supporting data that
should accompany the measurement data are specified, and methods for presenting the latter are described.
Key Words: Overhead transmission lines, Audible noise
Designation: 656-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for the Measurement of Audible Noise from Overhead
Transmission Lines
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 1985
Abstract: Uniform procedures are established for manual and automatic measurement of audible noise from overhead transmission lines.
Their purpose is to allow valid evaluation and comparison of the audible noise performance of various overhead lines. Definitions
are provided, and instruments are specified. Measurement procedures are set forth, and precautions are given. Supporting data
that should accompany the measurement data are specified, and methods for presenting the latter are described.
Key Words: audible, noise, overhead, transmission, lines
Designation: 657
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P65700-19-03
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Standard for Bushings for DC application
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This International Standard applies to outdoor and indoor
bushings of any voltage used on d.c. systems, of capacitance graded or gas
insulated types for use as components of oil-filled converter transformers
and smoothing reactors, as well as air to air d.c. bushings. This standard
does not apply to the following: - cable terminations (potheads); -
bushings for instrument transformers; - bushings for test power supplies;
- bushings applied with gaseous insulation(other than air at atmospheric
pressure) external to the bushing; - bushings for industrial application;
- bushings for traction application; - bushings for distribution class
transformers; This standard makes reference to IEC 60137 for general terms
and conditions and defines the special terms used, operating conditions,
ratings, test procedures as well as general mechanical and electrical
requirements for bushings for d.c application.
Project Purpose: As this document is being developed jointly with IEC SC36A,
this document will not contain a purpose clause.
Designation: 658
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 659
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 66
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 660-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard for Semiconductor Memory Test Pattern Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Rochit Rajsuman, Phone:408-727-2222, Email:r.rajsuman@advantest-ard.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1986
Designation: 661-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Method for Determining Objective Loudness Ratings of
Telephone Connections
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 29, 1979
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978, ANSI APP: Feb 15, 1983
Project Scope: The procedures given in this standard may be used for
determining the loudness rating of partial and complete telephone
connections. For complete telephone connections, comprising overall and
sidetone transmission paths, the procedures involve measurement of acoustic
input and output pressures. For partial telephone connectiond comprising
transmitting, receiving, or connection paths, the procedures involve
measurement of acoustics pressures and electric voltages.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe a practical and
reproducible method of determining the loudness ratings of telephone
connections. Loudness rating may be measured directly using appropriate
test instruments and facilities, as specified in this standard, or may be
computed using amplitude-frequency characteristics of the connection
measured in accordance with IEEE Std 269-1971.
Abstract: To describe a practical and reproducible method of determining the loudness ratings of telephone connections. Loudness
ratings may be measured directly using appropriate test instruments and facilities, as specified in this standard, or may be
computed using the amplitude-frequency characteristic of the connection measured in accordance with IEEE Std 269-1971. .
Key Words: objective, loudness, telephone, connections
Designation: 662
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to present a common language and
terminology to be used in specifying semiconductor memory devices and to
publish a recommended data sheet format, using these, to improve
communication between vendor and user. The scope of this project is to
revise and update IEEE Std 662-1992 to reflect current practice and
terminology for SC Memory in the industry.
Project Purpose: To provide the SC memory industry, both manufacturers and
users with a common language to be used to describe the devices' performance
and characteristics.
Designation: 662-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1982
Key Words: semiconductor, memory, terminology
Designation: 662-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Terminology for Semiconductor Memory
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 662-1980.
Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992
Abstract: Guidelines under which data sheets for new semiconductor memories are to be generated are provided. Adherence to these
guidelines is intended to produce data sheets that are concise and that consistently define the operation and characteristics of
semiconductor memory devices. Terminology relevant to product description, product specification, and user information is
covered. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: terminology, Semiconductor memory devices
Designation: 664-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Laboratory Measurement of the Power Dissipation
Characteristics of Aeolian Vibration Dampers for Single Conductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 12, 1993
**Revision of IEEE Std 664-1980.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. The current methodologies, including apparatus, procedures, and measurement accuracies, for
determining the dynamic characteristics of vibration dampers and damping systems are described. Some basic guidance is provided
regarding a given method's strengths and weaknesses. The methodologies and procedures described are applicable to indoor testing
only.
Key Words: aeolian, decay method, forced response method, inverse standing wave
radio, ISWR, overhead conductors, power dissipation , power method,
vibration dampers
Designation: 664-1980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide on the Measurement for the Performance of Aeolian Vibration
Dampers for Single Conductors
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Aug 27, 1982
Abstract: Superseded by 664-1993. The current methodologies, including apparatus, procedures, and measurement accuracies, for
determining the dynamic characteristics of vibration dampers and damping systems are described. Some basic guidance is provided
regarding a given method’s strengths and weaknesses. The methodologies and procedures described are applicable to indoor testing
only.
Key Words: Aeolian, vibration, dampers, single, conductors
Designation: 665-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 665-1987. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Grounding practices that have generally been accepted by the electric utility industry as contributing to effective
grounding systems for personnel safety and equipment protection in generating stations are identified. A guide for the design of
generating station grounding systems and for grounding practices applied to generating station indoor and outdoor structures and
equipment, including the interconnection of the station and substation grounding systems, is provided.
Key Words: electric utilities, generating stations, grounding system,
substation grounding
Designation: 665-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Generating Station Grounding
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Coord 628
Technical Contact: Steve A Nikolakakos, Phone:609-720-20948
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1986
Abstract: Grounding practices that have generally been accepted by the electric utility industry as contributing to effective
grounding systems for personnel safety and equipment protection in generating stations are identiÞed. A guide for the design of
generating station grounding systems and for grounding practices applied to generating station indoor and outdoor structures and
equipment, including the interconnection of the station and substation grounding systems, is provided.
Key Words: generating, station, grounding
Designation: 666-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 04, 2007
Technical Contact: Thomas R Sims, Phone:(205)-257-5298, Email:trsims@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Nov 02, 2006
Project Scope: While this design guide applies to all types of power generating
stations, it is particularly applicable to stations in which the electric
power service system is required to perform continuously. When electric
power for auxiliary loads is supplied from the power grid, the service
system begins at the point where the tap from the power grid terminates,
either at a station service bus or at the terminals of the transformer that
supplies the bus. When service to auxiliary loads is from independent
generators or electric storage batteries that are not normally operated as
power supplies to the power grid, the station service system includes the
generators and storage batteries. The service system includes all of the
electric power using devices it serves, such as motors, resistance heaters,
rectifiers, etc. This guide contains a listing of typical power plant
auxiliary loads and criteria for their power service and examples of single-
line diagrams for a typical plant. It also includes tables of typical power
service parameters to illustrate the range of typical values for each
parameter, and it identifies the approximate effect of theminimum and
maximum value of each parameter on the load. Each clause, as appropriate,
has a bibliography of U.S. industry codes and standards and other reference
documents that provide detailed guidance in the design and specification of
station service system components.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to update the guide in
general, including: 1. General update of references and correction of typo
errors, and review the impact of the latest revisions of other standards on
this document; 2. Evaluate and consider expanding the level of details in
the guide; 3. Address comments received since the guide was published in
1991; 4. Add clarifying text where indentified to be needed; 5. Expand
information in sections where more state of the art data is available.
Abstract: This guide applies to station service systems that supply electric power to auxiliary loads for electric power generating
stations. The discussions and recommendations in this guide provide the practices, criteria, and range of system parameters that
relate to the service system requirements and assist in the application of existing engineering documents. This guide is not a
handbook of design data; however, it explains what is good power service systems for generating stations. Remarks: Revision of
IEEE Std 666-1991
Key Words: auxiliary systems, cable, motor, relay, short circuit, transformer,
voltage
Designation: 666-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Design Guide for Electric Power Service Systems for Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James E Stoner, Phone:704-382-4760, Email:j.e.stoner@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Abstract: Superseded by 666-2007. This guide applies to station service systems that supply electric power to auxiliary loads for
electric power generating stations. The discussions and recommendations contained herein provide the practices, criteria, and
range of system parameters that relate to the service system requirements and assist in the application of existing engineering
documents. This guide is not a handbook of design data; however, it explains what is good practice for the many different types
of electric power service systems for generating stations.
Key Words: cable, motor, relay, transformer, voltage, Short circuit, Auxiliary
systems
Designation: 6665-2010
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: This is a test: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of
Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low IEEE Recommended
Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High
Voltage at Very Low Frequency
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: This is a test: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Voltage at Very
Low IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Voltage at Very Low Frequency.
Key Words: IEEE, Recommended, Practice, for Insulation, Machinery, Large AC
Rotating Machinery, High, Voltage at Very Low Frequency
Designation: 66660-2010
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standards Reference InfoBase on Standards Reference InfoBase on
Standards Reference InfoBase on CD-Rom
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 03, 2010
Abstract: Access interpretations and downloadable documents. Get connected to the IEEE 802® drafts service and much more.
Key Words: standards, historical, standards, interpretations, downloadable,
documents
Designation: 667
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 668-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Heating Applications to Melting
Furnaces and Forehearths in the Glass Industry
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986
Abstract: The provisions of this recommended practice apply to (a) All electrical equipment and wiring between the point of
connection in the power supply substation and the connection to the furnace or forehearth electrodes for the purpose of heating
the glass by the passing of electric current through it. (2) All electrical equipment and wiring that is connected directly to
resistance heating devices that supply energy to the furnace of forehearth. (3) All sensors and devices used to measure, alarm,
or regulate energy, mass flow, and temperature. (4) The adequate electrical insulation from ground of the refractories containg
the molten glass. (5) The adequate electrical grounding og equipment and services. (6) All equipment and procedures pertaining to
safeguarding personnel.
Designation: 669
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Title: Contour Characterization/Electronic Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Bruce Thackwray, Phone:815-344-2900, Email:bruce@lenco-elect.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1977
Key Words: contour, characterizatio, electronic, transformers
Designation: 67-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Geoffrey S Klempner, Phone:416-592-5651, Email:geoff.klempner@nuclearsafetysolutions.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Nov 29, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 17, 2006
Project Scope: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation,
loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous generators, termed
turbine generators, having cylindrical rotors. It does not apply to
generators having salient pole rotors. The generators covered by this guide
are to have rated outputs of 10 MVA and above. Cylindrical-rotor, two-pole
and four-pole generators below this rating are generally covered by NEMA MG
1.1 This guide is not intended to supplant specific or general instructions
contained in the manufacturer's instruction book or in any contractual
agreement between a manufacturer and a purchaser of a given machine.
Because of the rapid development in generator design and because of the
ingenuity of individual generator designers, many variations are
incorporated in existing machines. Therefore, it is not possible in this
guide to assign specific values or fixed methods. The most that this guide
can accomplish is to offer accepted and tried values and methods and give
warning where hazards might be encountered. The user should keep in mind
that this guide is written to cover the turbine generator. This guide is not
intended to apply in any manner to the prime mover.
Project Purpose: This standard is for the use of the users (power utilites) and
manufacturers of turbine generators. The reason for the revision is that it
has been ten years since it was previously revised and it needs updating due
to the changes in the operating regimes of utilities today. The standard
needs to include such things as two-shifting operation information and to
consider the advances in machine designs.
Abstract: This guide covers general recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven synchronous
generators that have cylindrical rotors.
Key Words: cylindrical rotors, operation and maintenance of turbine generators,
reactive capability, rotor windings, stator windings, turbine-driven
synchronous generators
Designation: 67-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 67-1972.
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 67-2006 General recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of turbine-driven
synchronous generators having cylindrical rotors are provided. The manufacturer's and user's responsibility is discussed, and the
classification of generators and the basis on which they are rated are covered. Mechanical considerations are also addressed.
Key Words: cylindrical rotors, operation, Maintenance, turbine generators,
turbine driven, synchronous , reactive capability, rotor windings, stator
windings, Turbine-driven synchronous generator
Designation: 67-1972
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1980
Title: IEEE Guide for Operation and Maintenance of Turbine Generators
Status: Superseded
**ANSI(R81).
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1971, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 1972
Abstract: Superseded by 67-1990. This standard covers general recommendations for the operation, loading, and maintenance of
turbine-driven synchronous generators that have cylindrical rotors.
Key Words: turbiine, generators, operation, maintenance
Designation: 671-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for
Nongyroscopic Inertial Angular Sensors: Jerk, Acceleration, Velocity, and
Displacement
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: A guide is presented for the preparation of a specification and test procedure for an inertial angular sensor that
provides a common meeting ground of terminolgy and practice for manufacturers and users of an array of sensors that have been
developed to meet needs not easily met by traditional spinning-rotor gyroscopes. A test procedure for verifying that the
specifications have been met is given. The standard is not intended to compete with existing standards for specific devices with
highly specific models and error sources, such as spring-restrained rate gyros, but to provide a uniform guide for those inertial
angular sensors that have not been covered elsewhere.
Key Words: gyroscope, angular, sensors, Mechanical variables measurement,
Inertial navigation
Designation: 671-1985/Cor 1-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for
Nongyroscopic Inertial Angular Sensors: Jerk, Acceleration, Velocity, and
Displacement Corrigendum 1: 4.7.2.6 Short-Term Stability and Annex A Sensor
Dynamic Block Diagrams
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 10, 2010
**Corrigendum to IEEE Std 671-1985 (Reaff 2008)
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010
Abstract: IEEE Std 671-1985 provides specifications and test requirements for a non-gyroscopic inertial angular sensor that may
measure angular jerk, acceleration, rate, or displacement with or without response down to zero frequency. A standard
specification format is provided. A compilation of recommended test procedures, derived from those presently used in the
industry, is also provided. Informative annexes cover design features and theoretical principles of operation. This
corrigendum makes changes to 4.7.2.6 to delete a sentence that does not belong there, to add a subclause that was inadvertently
left out, and to renumber the existing subclauses. Changes are also being made to fix the block diagrams in Annex A, to correct a
misspelling of inertia, and to add a missing symbol.
Key Words: angular acceleration, angular displacement, angular jerk, angular
rate, gyro, gyroscope, inertial instrument, inertial sensor, non-gyroscopic
inertial angular sensor
Designation: 674
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 675-1982
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Multiple Controllers in a CAMAC Crate (Computer Automated
Measurement and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: A method for incorporating more than one source of control into a CAMAC crate is defined. The aim is to provide for the
use of auxiliary controllers in order to extend the capabilities and fields of application of the CAMAC modular instrumentation
and interface system of ANSI/IEEE Std 583-1982.
Key Words: multiple, controllers, CAMAC, crate
Designation: 676-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Alarm Monitoring and Reporting Systems for Fossil-Fueled
Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: H Jimenez
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986
Abstract: This guide provides guidelines for the organization of fossil-fuled power generating plant alarm and monitoring
information into types and catagories, taking into consideration information usefulness and limitations. This guide further
serves to establish guidelines for correlating type and category of alarm and monitoring information with the appropriate
information display devices.
Key Words: alarm, monitoring, reporting, systems, PGS
Designation: 677
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Relaying
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 678
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 679
Title: Safe Headway Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1977
Designation: 680-1978
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Standard Techniques for Determination of Germanium Semiconductor
Detector Gamma-Ray Efficiency Using a Standard Marinelli (Re-entrant) Beaker
Geometry
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 683-1976
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Block Transfers in CAMAC Systems (Computer
Automated Measurement and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 1976
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 09, 1976, ANSI APP: Nov 09, 1977
Abstract: The recommended block-transfer algorithms are discussed, and those given in the basic CAMAC specification are described.
These algorithms are well established and are supported by existing hardware. Some new algorithms are then discussed.
Compatibility, hardware design, and software considerations are addressed.
Key Words: block, transfers, CAMAC, systems
Designation: 685
Sponsor: Mining Industry
Title: Underground Mining Power Distribution Centers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Lloyd A. 'Pete Morley, Phone:205-348-0672, Email:l.morley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1977
Designation: 686-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 21, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 686-1997
Technical Contact: Joseph Bruder, Phone:770-528-7745, Email:joe.bruder@gtri.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 2008
Project Scope: This standard is devoted to providing radar definitions. The
standard includes terms formerly found in IEEE Std 172-1971, with the
exception of a few terms that are common in both fields, and new and
updated terms. IEEE Std 172-1983 was withdrawn in 1983. As radar technology
and literature evolve, new terms will be added and obsolete terms
deleted.
Project Purpose: This standard is published for the purpose of promoting
clarity and consistency in the use of radar terminology. The definitions
represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts. The purpose of the
revision is to add new terms, revise others, and delete a number of obsolete
terms that no longer appear in radar literature or usage.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 686-1997. This standard is devoted to providing radar definitions. The standard includes terms
formerly found in IEEE std 172-1971, IEEE Standard Definitions of Navigation Aid Terms, with the exception of a few terms that
are common in both fields, and new and updated terms. IEEE std 172-1983 was withdrawn in 1983. As radar technology and
literature evolve, new terms will be added and obsolete terms deleted.
Key Words: 686-1008, radar, terminology
Designation: 686-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 686-2008.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998
Project Scope: The present standard defines some 430 radar terms (many of which
are brief definitions, cross-references, or identification as acronyms). Of
these, some 230 will remain unchanged, 140 will be modified to some degree,
60 will be deleted. 50 new terms will be defined.
Project Purpose: Revisions, additions, and deletions as necessary to reflect
radar literature and usage as it has developed since the last revisions.
Abstract: Definitions for the purpose of promoting clarity and consistency in the use of radar termi- nology are provided. The
definitions represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts.
Key Words: "radar, terminology"
Designation: 686-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions
Status: Superseded
Key Words: standard, radar, definitions
Designation: 686-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Radar Systems Panel
Title: IEEE Standard Radar Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by StB 10/25/96
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1990
Abstract: Definitions for the purpose of promoting clarity and consistency in the use of radar terminology are provided. The
definitions represent the consensus of a panel of radar experts.
Key Words: Terminology, Radar
Designation: 69
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 690-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class
1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 18, 2005
Technical Contact: Malcolm V Thaden, Phone:910-681-3694, Email:m.v.thaden@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides direction for the design and installation
of safety related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits,
in nuclear power generating stations. Also provided is guidance for the
design and installation of those non-safety related cable systems that may
effect the function of safety related systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to identify existing standards
and to establish requirements pertaining to safety related cable systems in
nuclear power generating stations. Solutions are recommended for areas of
concern such as fire protection, raceways, separation, cable performance
requirements, and installation acceptance testing and documentation. The
purpose of the proposed revision is to update references and requirements.
Abstract: Direction for the design and installation of safety related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in
nuclear power generating stations is provided. Guidance for the design and installation of those nonsafety related cable systems
that may affect the function of safety related systems is also provided.
Key Words: circuit, electrical cable system, nuclear power generating station
Designation: 690
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class 1E
Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Steve LaPidus, Phone:(201) 886-7821
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Designation: 690-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard for the Design and Installation of Cable Systems for Class
1E Circuits in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1983, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Direction for the design and installation of safety-related electrical cable systems, including associated circuits, in
nuclear power generating stations is provided. Existing standards are identified and guidance is provided for the design and
installation of those non-safety-related cable systems that may affect the function of safety-related systems. Solutions are
recommended for areas of concern such as fire protection, raceways, separation, cable performance requirements, and installation
acceptance testing and documentation.
Key Words: design, cable, systems, 1E, circuits
Designation: 691-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design and Testing
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 2001
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 2000, ANSI APP: Mar 04, 2008
Project Scope: This guide will have chapters dealing with structural loadings,
subsurface investigations and the design of spread footing type foundations,
drilled shafts, piles, anchors and load tests.
Project Purpose: There is currently no comprehensive guide available for the
design of transmission line structure foundations.
Abstract: The design of foundations for conventional transmission line structures, which include lattice towers, single or multiple
shaft poles, H-frame structures, and anchors for guyed structures is presented in this guide. Reaffirmed September 2007
Key Words: nchor,foundation,guyed structure,H-frame structure,lattice
tower,multiple shaft pole,single shaft pole,transmission line structure ,
691
Designation: 691
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design and Testing
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Project Scope: The guide will have chapters dealing with structural loads,
subsurface investigations, and the design of spread footing type
foundations, drilled shafts, piles, anchors and load tests.
Project Purpose: There is a need for a comprehensive design guide for
foundations for transmission line structures.
Designation: 691-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Guide for Transmission Structure Foundation Design
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Request for extension denied at 6/91 Stds Bd mtg. Upgrade from Trial Use
expected in 1992.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991
Key Words: transmission, structure, foundation, design
Designation: 692-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 12, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 692-1997
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010
Project Scope: The standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and
maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power generating
stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed
systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for physical
protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment
for security-related detection, assessment, surveillance, access control,
communication, and data acquisition.
Project Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for the design of an
integrated security system for nuclear power generating stations. These
criteria assist in the selection and application of equipment to detect,
monitor, display, and record security conditions and events.
Abstract: The standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power
generating stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems, and components used by the
security force for physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment for security-related
detection, assessment, surveillance, access control, communication, and data acquisition.
Key Words: 692-2010, access control, central alarm station (CAS), cyber
security, duress alarms, integrated security system, intrusion detection,
line supervision, perimeter intrusion alarm, portal security lighting,
remote video surveillance, secondary alarm station (SAS), security lighting,
security systems, threat assessment, uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
system, voice communications
Designation: 692
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: Original Scope: The standard provides criteria for the design,
testing, and maintenance of security system equipment for nuclear power
generating stations. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily
installed systems, subsystems, and components used by the security force for
physical protection of the station against security threats. It includes
equipment for security-related detection, surveillance, access control,
communication, and data acquisition. Scope of revised standard: The
standard provides criteria for the design, testing, and maintenance of
security system equipment for nuclear power generating stations. Such
equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed systems, subsystems,
and components used by the security force for physical protection of the
station against security threats. It includes equipment for security-related
detection, assessment, surveillance, access control, communication, and data
acquisition. {change is in italics.}
Project Purpose: Original Purpose: This standard establishes criteria for the
design of an integrated security system for nuclear power generating
stations. The criteria assists in the selection and application of equipment
to detect, monitor, display, and record security conditions and events. The
security system defined here is not intended to be a safety system as
defined by IEEE Std. 603-1991. Purpose of proposed revision: The revised
standard will address the following actions (which result from prior
commitments made during the previous revision activity and more recent user
feedback): a. Resolve comments from the Illuminating Engineering Society of
North America related to security lighting approaches and requirements, b.
Consider any relevant technological developments in the security area since
the previous revision, c. Expand the definitions to include terms
descriptive of design features discussed in the standard (for example:
seismic magnetic buried lines), d. Improve the consistency of the way in
which design basis and its associated documentation are addressed, e.
Reevaluate where current prescriptive requirements can possibly be replaced
with performance requirements, f. Maintain flexibility and consistency with
any current industry and NRC initiatives to revise 10 CFR Part 73, g.
Consider the addition of appropriate quality assurance guidance where
relevant, and h. Review and incorporate any other user feedback on IEEE
Std. 692,] i. Address security related assesment requirements.
Designation: 692-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 692-1986. Superseded by 692-2010.
Technical Contact: David A. Horvath, Phone:734-930-7500, Email:dah@adventengineering.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: This standard includes criteria for design, testing and
maintenance of security system equipment for Nuclear Power Generating
Station. Such equipment includes permanently or temporarily installed
systems, subsystems and components used by the security force for physical
protection of the station against security threats. It includes equipment
for security related detection, surveillance, access control, communication
and data acquisition.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to establish criteria for the
design of an integrated security system for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations. The criteria assists in the selection and application of
equipment to detect, monitor, display and record security conditions and
events.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 22, 2005 Criteria are provided for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power
generating stations. Requirements are included for the overall system, interfaces, subsystems, and individual electrical and
electronic equipment. This standard addresses equipment for security-related detection, surveillance, access control,
communication, and data acquisition.
Key Words: access control, alert, central alarm station, duress alarms,
integrated security system, intrusion detection, line supervision, perimeter
intrusion alarm, portal security lighting, remote video surveillance,
secondary alarm station, security lighting, security systems,
uninterruptible power supply system, UPS, voice communications
Designation: 692-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Security Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE 692-1997 Criteria are provided for the design of an integrated security system for nuclear power
generating stations. Requirements are included for the overall system, interfaces, subsystems, and individual electrical and
electronic equipment. This standard addresses equipment for securityrelated detection, surveillance, access control,
communication, and data acquisition.
Key Words: criteria, security, systems, NPGS, Nuclear power generation
protection
Designation: 693-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Rulon R Fronk, Phone:562-865-2926, Email:rulonray@verizon.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: The Recommended Practice contains recommendations for the
seismic design of substation buildings, structures, and equipment.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is for new substations and planned
additions or improvements to existing substations. It is not intended that
existing substations must be retrofitted to these recommended practices.
For instruction on how to include this recommended practice in
specifications, refer to 5.2. IEEE Std 693 is designed as an integrated set
of requirements for the seismic qualification of electrical power equipment.
Users should use IEEE Std 693 as a whole. Do not modify or remove any
requirement,except as allowed herein.
Abstract: Seismic design recommendations for substations, including qualification of each equipment type, are discussed. Design
recommendations consist of seismic criteria, qualification methods and levels, structural capacities, performance requirements
for equipment operation, installation methods, and documentation
Key Words: anchorage, conductor, electrical equipment, damping, dynamic
analysis, loads, required response spectrum, projected performance, seismic
qualification, shake table, sine-beat, static coefficient analysis, support
structure, suspended equipment, time history.
Designation: P693
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Recommended Practice for Seismic Design of Substations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Eric Fujisaki, Phone:510 874-4032, Email:emf1@pge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2010
Project Scope: The recommended practice contains recommendations for the
seismic qualification of substation equipment and the design of substation
buildings and structures.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is for new substations and planned
additions or improvements to existing substations. It is not intended that
existing substations must be retrofitted to these recommended practices.
Instructions on how to include this recommended practice in specifications
are provided. IEEE Std 693 is designed as an integrated set of requirements
for the seismic qualification of electrical power equipment. Users should
use IEEE Std 693 without modifification or removal of any requirement,
except as allowed herein.
Designation: 693-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Design of Substations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1997, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: The recommended practices contain recommendations for the
seismic design of substation building, structures and equipment.
Project Purpose: To provide a recommended practice that will provide the
requirements necessary to seismically qualify electric station power
facilities and to bring the existing recommended practices into conformance
with the lastest technology and practice.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 693-2005 Recommendations for seismic design of substations, including qualification of each
equipmenttype, are discussed. Design recommendations consist of seismic criteria, qualification methods and levels,structural
capacities, performance requirements for equipment operation, installation methods, anddocumentation.
Key Words: Author: Unknown
Designation: 693-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practices for Seismic Design of Substations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
Abstract: Guidelines and criteria for the design of substations that can withstand the effects of earthquakes are provided. These
recommendations comprise an up-to-date summary of aseismic design practices that will be useful to substation engineers for
effective aseismic design of substations and related facilities. Seismic criteria and performance requirements are set forth,
qualification methods are discussed, and design and construction practices are presented.
Key Words: design, substations, Seismic factors
Designation: 694-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Assembly Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Geoff Baldwin, Phone:408-285-2544
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 01, 1985
Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Withdrawn standard
Key Words: Author: Technical Committee on Microcomputers and
Microprocessors of the IEEE Computer Society
Designation: 695-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Universal Format for Object Modules
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Thomas Pittman, Phone:408-455-0422
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The format of linkable, relocatable,
and absolute object modules is specified. MUFOM, the Microprocessor Universal Format for Object Modules, is designed to apply to
a variety of target machines. It permits the linking and relocating functions to be isolated from the specification of target
architecture, so that a user may employ a single program for these functions across all CPUs. It applies to binary computers of
arbitrary word size and architecture. Two levels of compliance are specified, minimum and full. The minimum compliance level
affords sufficient flexibility to link separately compiled modules, to relocate addresses in simple ways, and to load the
resulting absolute object modules with a minimal loader. The full compliance level affords all of the functionality of the
minimum level and adds to it arbitrary address-expression handling, type checking capability, librarian control commands, and
other useful functions for full generality.
Key Words: microprocessor, universal, object, format, modules, Microcomputer
software
Designation: 696-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard 696 Interface Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Sep 08, 1983
Abstract: This standard applies to interface systems for computer system components interconnected by way of a 100-line parallel
backplane commonly known as the S-100 bus. It applies to microprocessor computer systems, or portions of them, where: (1) Data
exchanged among the interconnected devices is digital. (2) A maximum of 22 devices are interconnected. (3) The total transmission
path length among interconnected devices is less than or equal to 25 in (63.5 cm). (4) The maximum switching rate of any signal
on the bus is less than or equal to 6 MHz Withdrawn standard
Key Words: backplane, bus, s100, interface, devices
Designation: 697
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 698
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 699
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Power Switchgear
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 7-4.3.2-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 02, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 7-4.3.2-2003
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 2011
Project Scope: This standard serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603-2009,
IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations, to address the use of computers as part of safety systems in
nuclear power generating stations. The criteria contained herein, in
conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-2009, establish minimum functional
and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system.
Abstract: Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603-2009 are specified.
Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and
interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-2009, establish minimum functional and
design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system.
Key Words: commercial grade item, diversity, safety systems, software, software
tools, software verification and validation
Designation: 7-4.3.2-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 7-4.3.2-1993. Superseded by 7-4.3.2-2010.
Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Jan 29, 2004
Project Scope: The original scope will be clarified as follows: The standard
serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603 for computers used as components
of safety systems in nuclear power generating stations. Note: The existing
scope unnecessarily includes a definition of computers.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish minimum functional and design
requirements for computers used as components of safety systems. The purpose
of this revision is to improve the usability of this standard and to address
industry comments. The proposed project will clarify existing commercial
grade item dedication requirements and guidelines; make the existing
verification and validation requirements consistent with the requirements in
IEEE Std 1012; add requirements for self-diagnostic and fault detection;
and, overall, improve the usability of this standard and its consistency
with IEEE Std 603.
Abstract: Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603-1998 are specified.
Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and
interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, establish minimum functional and
design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system.
Key Words: commercial grade item, diversity, safety systems, software, software
tools, software verification and validation
Designation: 7-4.3.2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Was ANSI C68.1. Revision of ANSI/IEEE-ANS-7-4.3.2-1982. Superseded by 7-
4.3.2-2003.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Additional computer specific requirements to supplement the criteria and requirements of IEEE Std 603-1991 are specified.
Within the context of this standard, the term computer is a system that includes computer hardware, software, firmware, and
interfaces. The criteria contained herein, in conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1991, establish minimum functional and
design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system.
Key Words: commercial grade , diversity, safety systems, software tools
Designation: 7-4.3.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Charles Roslund, Phone:412-374-6613, Email:rosluncj@notes.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This standard serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998,
IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations, to address the use of computers as part of safety systems in
nuclear power generating stations. The criteria contained herein, in
conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, establish minimum functional
and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish minimum functional and design
requirements for computers used as components of safety systems.
Designation: 7-4.3.2
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard Criteria for Digital Computers in Safety Systems of Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Warren Odess-Gillett, Phone:412-374-3341, Email:warren.r.odess_gillett@us.westinghouse.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This standard serves to amplify criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998,
IEEE Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations, to address the use of computers as part of safety systems in
nuclear power generating stations. The criteria contained herein, in
conjunction with criteria in IEEE Std 603-1998, establish minimum functional
and design requirements for computers used as components of a safety system.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to establish minimum functional and design
requirements for computers used as components of safety systems. **This
stated purpose will not be included in the standard.
Designation: 7-4.3.2-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: American National Standard Application Criteria for Programmable Digital
Computer Systems in Safety Systems of Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: May 21, 1981, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 1982
Key Words: *7432
Designation: 70
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 700
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 703
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 70E-2009
Title: NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2009 Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2009
Publication type: Standards Press
Project Scope: Now NFPA 70E--the Standard developed for OSHA--is revised to
address safety gaps and increase electrical worker protection, while helping
companies comply with OSHA 1910 Subpart S and OSHA 1926 Subpart K. Major
changes recognize new hazards and address safety gaps. Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) protects personnel and can significantly reduce
the risk of injury in an arc flash. To help electrical engineers calculate
incident energy--the vital first step in determining the correct type of PPE
for a given task--revised Annex D consolidates all equations, adds new
tables, and offers more options to detailed calculations.
Abstract: Now NFPA 70E--the Standard developed for OSHA--is revised to address safety gaps and increase electrical worker
protection, while helping companies comply with OSHA 1910 Subpart S and OSHA 1926 Subpart K. Major changes recognize new hazards
and address safety gaps. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) protects personnel and can significantly reduce the risk of
injury in an arc flash. To help electrical engineers calculate incident energy--the vital first step in determining the correct
type of PPE for a given task--revised Annex D consolidates all equations, adds new tables, and offers more options to detailed
calculations.
Key Words: NFPA 70E , NEC, NESC
Designation: 71
Sponsor: IEEE Magnetics Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 716-1995
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Test Language for All Systems - Common/Abbreviated Test
Language for All Systems (C/ATLAS)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 716-1989.
Technical Contact: Ion A Neag, Phone:703-264-1080, Email:ion@tyx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1995
Abstract: A high order language for testing is defined. This language is designed to describe tests in terms that are independent
of any specific test system, and has been constrained to ensure that it can be implemented on automatic test equipement.
Key Words: abbreviated, C/ATLAS, common, test language, unit under test, UUT
Designation: 716
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Narayanan Ramachandran, Phone:301-263-2746, Email:narayan23@hotmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: A test oriented language independent of test equipment,
providing a standard abbreviated english language used in the preparation
and documentation of test procedures that can be implemented with automatic
and semi-automatic equipment. Final published standard shall be available
in both print and electronic format.
Project Purpose: To determine a high order language used for the writing of
test programs for units undef test (UUT) so that ese programs can operate on
various makes and models of automatic test equipment
Abstract: A high order language for testing is defined. This language is designed to describe tests in terms that are independent
of any specific test system, and has been constrained to ensure that it can be implemented on automatic test equipement.
Designation: 716-1989
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard C/ATLAS Test Language
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 08, 1989
Abstract: Superseded by 716-1995. Common ATLAS (C/ATLAS), a high-order language for testing is defined. C/ATLAS is designed to
describe tests in terms that are independent of any specific test system. It has been constrained to ensure that it can be
implemented on automatic test equipment.
Key Words: C/ATLAS, test, language, C
Designation: 716.1
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Guide for User's Guide for the IEEE Std. For Signal Definition & Test
Description (P716)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Keith Ellis, Phone:0114401438821555, Email:keith.ellis@eads-ts.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002
Project Scope: This Guide may tutor the intended user of the IEEE Std. For
Signal Definition & Test Description (P716).
Project Purpose: To provide examples of usage, notes and explanatory material
describing the application of the IEEE Std. For Signal Definition & Test
Description (P716).
Designation: 716a
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems (ATLAS)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Narayanan Ramachandran, Phone:301-263-2746, Email:narayan23@hotmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: To provide supplementary capability to a test-oriented language
independent of test equipment. Provide a standard abbreviated English
language used in the preparation and documentation of test procedures that
can be implemented with automatic and semi-automatic equipment. Final
published supplement shall be available in both print and electronic format.
Project Purpose: To define and add supplementary capabilities to a high order
language used for the writing of test programs for Units Under Test (UUT) so
that these programs can operate on various makes and models of Automatic
Test Equipment (ATE) and take into account emerging test technologies.
Designation: 72
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 725
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 726-1982
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Real-Time BASIC for CAMAC (Computer Automated Measurement
and Control)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 26, 1982
**Rev of Std 726-1979.
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1981
Abstract: This standard defines ANSI Standard Real-Time BASIC, in which the declarations and real-time statements are defined for
use with CAMAC hardware. It covers real-time capabilities, declarations, parallel activities, CAMAC input and output, the CAMAC Q
and X signals, CAMAC LAM handling, message passing, shared data, and bit manipulation. The aim is to achieve maximum
compatibility between different implementations of ANSI BASIC for use with CAMAC.
Key Words: real, time, BASIC, CAMAC, Computer languages
Designation: 727
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 728-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: Code&Format Conventions for 488
Status: Superseded
**Upon revision became IEEE 488.2
Key Words: code, format, conventions, 488
Designation: 728
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society/TC8 - Automated Test Systems and Instrumentation
Title: Code&Format Conventions for 488
Status: Superseded
**Revised and redesignated IEEE Std 488.2.
Designation: 729
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Engineering - Fundamental Terms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Leonard L Tripp, Phone:206-662-4437, Email:l.tripp@computer.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: To define the fundamental terms relating to software engineering
concepts, as they apply in all areas, for the preparation of and use of
software engineering standards, and for mutual understanding in global
communications.
Project Purpose: To clarify and standardize terms as they apply to the field of
software engineering to provide a basis for clear and concise communication
about the software engineering body of knowledge as defined in the IEEE
collection of software engineering standards.
Designation: 729-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology
Status: Superseded
**Redesignated to IEEE Std 610.12-1990.
History: BD APP: Sep 23, 1982, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1983
Designation: 73
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 730-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 23, 2002
**Supersedes 730-1998.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Robert W Shillato, Phone:530-672-9438
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Sep 12, 2002, ANSI APP: Jan 27, 2003
Project Scope: This standard establishes a required minimum contents for
Software Quality Assurance plans. It is directed toward the development and
maintenance of software. The orientation is toward delineating all of the
planned and systematic actions on a particular project that would provide
adequate confidence that the software product conforms to established
technical requirements. This standard has been harmonized with the
requirements for software quality assurance plans as defined in 730 and the
content of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information
Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes.
Project Purpose: To perform the required five-year revision of Std 730. This
standard also will be harmonized with the requirements for software quality
assurance plans as specified in IEEE/EIA 12207.1. This will help users to
produce results consistent with the international standard for software life
cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. To clarify inconsistencies in existing
document and bring it into compatibility with IEEE Std 828 and maintain
compatibility with IEEE/EIA 12207.0.
Abstract: The standard specifies the format and content of software quality assurance plans. It meets the IEEE/EIA 12207.1
requirements for such plans.
Key Words: "assurance,quality,software quality"
Designation: P730
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Quality Assurance
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard establishes the requirements for planning and
executing Software Quality Assurance activities in support of a software
project. It is directed toward the development and maintenance of software.
The focus is toward the systematic process activities on a particular
project that would provide adequate confidence that the software product
conforms to established technical requirements. The standard also provides a
means of satisfying the requirements of an organization's Quality Manual for
a software project. It has been harmonized with the requirements of the
Quality Assurance process of IEEE 12207:2008 and the documentation content
requirements of ISO/IEC 15289:2006.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum
acceptable requirements for Software Quality Assurance activities in support
of a software project. In considering adoption of this standard, regulatory
bodies should be aware that specific application of this standard may
already be covered by one or more IEEE or ANSI standards documents relating
to quality assurance, definitions, or other matters. It is not the purpose
of this document to supersede, revise, or amend existing standards directed
to specific industries or applications.
Designation: 730-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 730-2002.
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This standard establishes a required minimum contents for
Software Quality Assurance plans. It is directed toward the development and
maintenance of critical software, that is, where the failure could cause
large financial or social losses. The orientation is toward delineating all
of the planned and systematic actions on a particular project that would
provide adequate confidence that the software product conforms to
established technical requirements. This standard correlates the content of
software quality assurance plans as defined in 730 and the content of such
plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the software life cycle process
objectives for software quality assurance among the IEEE software
engineering standards and with related international standards. This will
help users to produce results consistent with the international standard for
software life cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. To clarify inconsistencies in
existing document and bring it intyo compatibility with IEEE Std 828 and
IEEE/EIA 12207.0.
Abstract: Uniform, minimum acceptable requirements for preparation and content of Software QualityAssurance Plans (SQAPs) are
provided. This standard applies to the development and maintenance of critical software. For non-critical software, or for
software already developed, a subset of the requirements of this standard may be applied.
Key Words: "critical design review,preliminary design review,software
configuration management plan,software design description,software quality
assurance plan,software requirements review,software requirements
specification,software verification and validation plan"
Designation: 730-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans
Status: Superseded
**Formerly 730.1.
History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 1990
Abstract: Superseded Uniform minimum acceptable requirements for the preparation and content of Software Quality Assurance Plans
(SQAPs) are provided. The standard also provides a standard against which such plans can be compared and assessed. It applies to
the development and maintenance of critical software. For noncritical software, or for software already developed, a subset of
the requirements of this standard may be applied.
Key Words: assurance plans, Software quality
Designation: 730-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Software Quality Assurance Plans
Status: Superseded
**See 730.1
Key Words: software, quality, assurance, plans
Designation: 730
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Quality Assurance Planning
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Scott P Duncan, Phone:(706) 561-8739, Email:scott.duncan@gmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007
Project Scope: This standard establishes the requirements for planning Software
Quality Assurance activities in support of a software project. It is
directed toward the development and maintenance of software. The
orientation is toward planning the systematic actions on a particular
project that would provide adequate confidence that the software product
conforms to established technical requirements. The standard also provides
a means of satisfying the planning requirements of an organization's Quality
Manual for a software project. It has been harmonized with the requirements
of the Quality Assurance process of IEEE/EIA 12207.0 and the documentation
content requirements of ISO/IEC 15289.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide uniform, minimum
acceptable requirements for Software Quality Assurance activities in support
of a software project. In considering adoption of this standard, regulatory
bodies should be aware that specific application of this standard may
already be covered by one or more IEEE or ANSI standards documents relating
to quality assurance, definitions, or other matters. It is not the purpose
of this document to supersede, revise, or amend existing standards directed
to specific industries or applications.
Designation: 730.1-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Software Quality Assurance Planning
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1996
Abstract: This standard applies to the definition and application of function numbers for devices used in electrical substations and
generating plants and in installations of power utilization and conversion apparatus.
Key Words: software life cycle, software metrics, software quality, assurance
plans
Designation: 737
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Weathering of Polymetric Cables Accessories
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1978
Key Words: weathering, polymetric, cables, accessories
Designation: 738-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature of Bare Overhead
Conductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 30, 2007
Technical Contact: Jerry L Reding, Phone:360.907.4168, Email:JLR.Eng.LLC@q.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Nov 16, 2006, ANSI APP: Jul 11, 2007
Project Scope: The purpose of this standard is to present a method of
calculating the current-temperature relationship of bare overhead
conductors. Conductor surface temperatures are a function of the following:
a) Conductor material properties b) Conductor diameter c) Conductor
surface conditions d) Ambient weather conditions e) Conductor electrical
current The first two of these properties are specific chemical and
physical properties. The third may vary with time and be dependent upon
ambient atmospheric conditions other than weather. The fourth, weather,
varies greatly with the hour and season. The fifth, conductor electrical
current, may be constant or may vary with power system loading, generation
dispatch, and other factors. The equations relating electrical current to
conductor temperature may be used in either of the following two ways: --
To calculate the conductor temperature when the electrical current is known
-- To calculate the current that yields a given maximum allowable conductor
temperature For the purposes of this standard, either the electrical
current is assumed constant for all time or it is assumed to undergo a step
change from an initial current to a final current. The ambient weather
conditions are assumed to be constant with time in both the steady-state and
transient calculation methods described in this standard. This standard
includes mathematical methods and indicates sources of the values to be used
in the calculation of conductor temperatures and conductor thermal ratings.
However, because there is a great diversity of weather conditions and
operating circumstances for which conductor temperatures and/or thermal
ratings must be calculated, the standard does not undertake to list actual
temperature-current relationships for specific conductors or weather
conditions. Each user must make their own assessment of which weather data
and conductor characteristics best pertain to their area or particular
transmission line. The calculation methods in this standard are also valid
for the calculation of conductor temperature under fault conditions.
Abstract: weather conditions, is presented. Along with a mathematical method, sources of the values to be used in the calculation
are indicated. This standard does not undertake to list actual temperature-ampacity relationships for a large number of
conductors, but rather provides a standard method of doing such calculations.
Key Words: bare overhead lines, current-temperature relationship
Designation: P738
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature Relationship of Bare
Overhead Conductors
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Thomas J Alderton, Phone:850-863-8969, Email:talderton@cox.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: The standard describes a numerical method by which the core and
surface temperatures of a bare stranded overhead conductor are related to
the steady or time-varying electrical current and weather conditions. The
method may also be used to determine the conductor current which corresponds
to conductor temperature limits. The standard does not recommend suitable
weather conditions or conductor parameters for use in line rating
calculations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide a well-documented
method by which the temperatures, steady-state, transient, and real-time
thermal ratings of overhead power line conductors can be calculated given
suitable weather, conductor parameters, and (for ratings) maximum conductor
temperatures.
Designation: 738-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Calculating the Current-Temperature of Bare Overhead
Conductors
Status: Superseded
**Mar04-Withdrawn by ANSI as overage.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 738-1993 A simplified method of calculating the currenttemperature relationship of bare
overhead lines, given the weather conditions, is presented. Along with a mathematical method, sources of the values to be used in
the calculation are indicated. This standard does not undertake to list actual temperatureampacity relationships for a
large number of conductors in a large number of conditions.
Key Words: bare overhead lines, current temperature, relationship
Designation: 738-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard for Calculation of Bare Overhead Conductor Temperature and
Ampacity Under Steady-State Conditions
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Key Words: calculation, bare, overhead, conductor, temperature
Designation: 739-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Energy Management in Industrial and
Commercial Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 18, 1996
**The Bronze Book.
Technical Contact: Carl E Becker, Phone:843-232-0408, Email:beckercarl@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: This standard is needed to set engineering recommendations for
including energy management in the electrical design, operation and
maintenance of a facility. An up-to-date methodology to chose the proper
equipment and evaluate its worth is needed. In addition, the latest
technologies of metering, lighting, powering and generating equipment need
to be mentioned.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to update the present Bronze
Book to include the lastest technologies and expand its scope. The present
standard is primarily directed at industrial facilities. The proposed
revision will include commercial buildings and an expanded coverage of
energy controllers, monitoring and controlling equipment, and
cogeneration/peak shaving.
Abstract: This recommended practice serves as an engineering guide for use in electrical design for energy conservation. It provides
a standard design practice to assist engineers in evaluating electrical options from an energy standpoint. It establishes
engineering techniques and procedures to allow efficiency optimization in the design and operation of an electrical system
considering all aspects (safety, costs, environment, those occupying the facility, management needs, etc.).
Key Words: break even analysis, congeneration, demand control, electrical
energy, electric rate structure, energy audit, energy balance, energy
conservation program, energy monitoring, energy rate method, energy savings,
heating, ventilating, HVAC, levelized cost analysis, life cycle costing,
metering, power bill, process energy, process modification, product energy
rate, space conditioning, utility rate structure, LLC, Bronze Book
Designation: 739
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems
Title: Recommended Practice for Energy Management in Industrial and Commercial
Facilities
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James A Ruggieri, Phone:703-250-3671, Email:forensic@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001
Project Scope: This Standard on "Energy Management in Industrial and Commercial
Facilities" provides information on the equipment, processes and analysis
techniques to assist a planner/designer in reducing energy cost in
industrial and commercial facilities. The standard is designed to guide an
engineer or designer in the process of determining means to reduce energy
costs, to evaluate alternatives and to effect a means of energy cost
reduction.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to bring the existing standard
to the current level of technology and equipment availability and
performance. In addition, this revision process is intended to improve the
means of conveying the available information and to add information and
material that has been given to the Energy Systems Committee since the last
edition of the standard. The purpose is not to set minimum standards for
energy usage
Designation: 739-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Energy Conservation and Cost-Effective
Planning in Industrial Facilities
Status: Superseded
**IEEE Bronze Book
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1985
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 739-1995 This recommended practice serves as an engineering guide for use in electrical design
for energy conservation. It provides a standard design practice to assist engineers in evaluating electrical options from an
energy standpoint. It establishes engineering techniques and procedures to allow efficiency optimization in the design and
operation of an electrical system considering all aspects (safety, costs, environment, those occupying the facility, management
needs, etc.).
Designation: 74-1958
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1974
Title: IEEE Standard Test Code for Industrial Control (600 Volts or Less)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 741-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and
Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 01, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 741-1997
Technical Contact: Harvey C Leake, Phone:623-393-6986, Email:hleake@apsc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 24, 2008
Project Scope: This standard provides the principal design criteria, design
features, and testing requirements for the protection of Class 1E power
systems and equipment supplied from those systems. It identifies special
protection features that are needed where the requirements of nuclear power
generating stations necessitate supplementing accepted industry
practices.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 741-1997. This standard prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power
systems and equipment. It describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage,
or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes testing and
surveillance requirements. It does not include plant physical design requirements to protect against events such as pipe whip,
fire, dropped load, etc.
Key Words: 741-2007, Class 1E, Power Systems, Electrical Equipment, Protection,
Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Designation: 741-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and
Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 741-1990.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Oct 22, 2002
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 741-2007. This standard prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E
power systems and equipment. It describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical
damage, or failures that can occur within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes
testing and surveillance requirements. It does not include plant physical design requirements to protect against events such as
pipe whip, fire, dropped load, etc.
Key Words: design requirements, nuclear power generating stations,
surveillance, valve actuator motor
Designation: 741-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and
Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Draft 6 was approved.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment are prescribed. The purpose of
and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage or failures that can occur within a time period that
is shorter than that required for operator action are described. Both design and documentation requirements are included.
Key Words: Valve actuator motor, Surveillance, Nuclear power generating
station, Design requirements
Designation: 741-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Criteria for the Protection of Class 1E Power Systems and
Equipment in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985
Abstract: This document prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It
describes the purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur
within a time period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes both design and documentation
requirements. It does not include plant physical design requirements to protect against events such as pipe ehip, fire, dropped
load, etc.
Key Words: protection, 1E, power, systems, equipment
Designation: 743-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Methods and Equipment for Measuring the Transmission
Characteristics of Analog Voice Frequency Circuits
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Aug 11, 1992, ANSI APP: Apr 12, 1985
Abstract: Prescribes criteria that establish protection requirements for Class 1E power systems and equipment. It describes the
purpose of and the means for obtaining protection from electrical and mechanical damage, or failures that can occur within a time
period that is shorter than that required for operator action. It includes both design and documentation requirements. It does
not include physical plant design requirements to protect against certain events. .
Key Words: characteristics, analog, voice, frequency, circuits
Designation: 743-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Access & Optical Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Equipment Requirements and Measurement Techniques for
Analog Transmission Parameters for Telecommunications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of Std 743-1984.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: Telecommunications transmission measuring equipment for
measuring the analog transmission characteristics of networks and circuits,
including digitally encoded analog signals, analog components of digital
services, e.g. ISDN, HDSL, etc., and other complex signals.
Project Purpose: To update Std 743-1984 to reflect new measurement technology,
and to provide measurements: 1) for new telecom services which did not exist
earlier, 2) using new measuring techniques that will more accurately measure
impairments to data services, 3) for reducing labor and testing time, and 4)
specifications that will assure equipment interworking. In addition,
obsolete measuring methods will be removed.
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn Performance requirements for test equipment that measures the analog transmission parameters
of subscriber loops, message trunks, PBX trunks, and ties lines are specified. Requirements for these measurements with DS1 bit
stream access are also provided. The measurement of loss, noise, and impulse noise on non-loaded cable pairs used for digital
subscriber lines is addressed.
Key Words: active speech level, ADSL, amplitude jitter, digital bit stream,
digital subscriber, dropouts, echo canceller, suppressor disabling, echo
path loss, envelope delay , frequency shift, gain hits, HDSL, impulse noise,
intermodulation , distoration, ISDN, loss, network impulse, noise, phase
hits, phase jitter, return loss, round trip delay, signal to total,
distortion ratio, timing offset, 23 tone
Designation: 746
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard for Performance Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM
Television Video Circuits
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James R Redford, Phone:212-664-5222, Email:rick.redford@juno.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 08, 2000
Project Scope: This standard describes methods for measuring the performance of
uniformly coded analog-to-digital (A/D) converters and digital-to-analog
(D/A) converters for pulse code modulation (PCM) television video signals.
This project will review and up-date the current scope of the IEEE Std. 746-
1984 to ensure a complete performance characterization of the converters.
Certain minor revisions are also necessary to avoid ambiguities in test
signal definition and interpretation of results caused by the constraints
and non-linear effects of the component digital signal formats and composite
conversion. In addition, this document will incorporate information about
changes made to other related standards such as the IEEE Stds. 511 and 206.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to revise and update the
expired Std 746-1984 document. This standard is still in use today to test
conformance of composite NTSC and component analog signal distortions to
established performance limits of A/D and D/A Converters for PCM Television
Video Circuits. Although many video signals today are represented as
component digital data from content to final production, distribution is
still largely analog composite NTSC. NTSC is not expected to be completely
replaced as a video distribution format for at least the next 15 years and
will likely exist as an interface format for some time after that. The
standard has served well in the largely analog video content of the past.
However, with the many current and future conversions from compressed,
component digital video to composite analog NTSC form, certain minor
revisions are necessary to avoid ambiguities in test signal definition and
interpretation of results caused by the constraints and non-linear effects
of the component digital signal formats and composite conversion.
Designation: 746-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Performance Measurements of A/D and D/A Converters for
PCM Television Video Circuits
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1985
Abstract: This standard describes methods for measuring ther performance of uniformly coded alnalog-to-digital (A/D) coverters and
digital-to-analog (D/A) converters for pulse code modulation (PSM) television video signals. Excluded are A/D and D/A converters
that employ nonlinear processes for bit reduction television circuits, as for example, sub-Nyquist encoding, differential PCM,
transform coders, etc. This standard is intended primarily for CCIR System M, 525-line/60-field television circuits. The
performance to be measured should be relevant to the subjective quality of the television picture. Measurements not related to
the quality of the video signal are excluded from this standard. Where possible, television type test signals are used to
accomodate clamping circuits in the converters.
Key Words: a/d, d/a, converters, video, circuits
Designation: 748-1979
Sponsor: IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society
Title: IEEE Standard for Spectrum Analyzers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 06, 1990. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Standard administratively withdrawn 12/6/90.
History: BD APP: Jun 16, 1978
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. This standard applies to frequenct scanning spectrum analyzers.
Key Words: standard, spectrum, analyzers
Designation: 749-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard Periodic Testing of Diesel-Generator Units Applied as
Standby Power Supplies in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 18, 1981, ANSI APP: Apr 02, 1984
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. This standard applies to the periodic testing of diesel-generator units
applied as standby power supplies in nuclear power generating stations.
Key Words: diesel, generator, standby, power, supplies
Designation: 75
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Instrumentation and Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: P751
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Design of Wood Transmission Structures
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Keith E Lindsey, Phone:626-969-3471x125, Email:keith.lindsey@lindsey-usa.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This design guide covers the structural design and application
of wood transmission structures. It includes definitions, applications of
loads, structure applications, characteristics of natural wood and laminated
members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood members,
connections, non-wood members, erection, framing and quality assurance.
Project Purpose: To provide Transmission Line Designers with a standard guide
in the design of wood structures.
Designation: 751
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Wood Transmission Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision project of Std 751-1991.
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Project Scope: "Design Guide Standard" covering the structural design and
application of wood transmission structures. Guide to Cover: definitions,
application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood
and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood
members, connections, non-wood members, erection and framing, quality
assurance.
Project Purpose: 5-Year Review of Standard - Upgrade to Guide from Trial Use.
Designation: 751
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Wood Transmission Structures
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: Design guide standard covering the structural design and
application of wood transmission structures. Guide to cover: definitions,
application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood
and laminated wood members, design stresses, fabrication of laminated wood
members, connections, non-wood members, erection and framing, and quality
assurance.
Project Purpose: 5 year review of existing standard and upgrade to Guide from
Trial Use Guide.
Designation: 751-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Design Guide for Wood Transmission Structures
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990
Abstract: Discusses the structural design and application of wood transmission structures. The guide includes definitions,
application of loads, structure application, characteristics of natural wood and laminated wood members, design stresses,
fabrication of laminated wood members, connections, nonwood members, erection and framing, and quality assurance.
Key Words: wood, transmission, structures, Overhead lines
Designation: 752-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard for Functional Requirements for Methods and Equipment for
Measuring the Performance of Tone Address Signal Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986
Abstract: Methods that can be used to measure the performance of tone-address signaling systems used with voice frequency
telecommunications equipment are established. Functional requirements for test equipment needed to make the measurements are also
established. The intent is to ensure uniform and meaningful equipment specifications, performance characteristics, and test
results limited to the parameters of tone signaling systems that affect address signal performance.
Key Words: tone, address, signal, systems, Communication systems operation,
Communication system performance
Designation: 753-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Functional Methods and Equipment for Measuring the
Performance of Dial-Pulse (DP) Address Signaling Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/31/94.
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1983, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1984
Abstract: 9/90: Revision in progress.
Key Words: dial, pulse, address, signaling, systems
Designation: 754-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Floating-Point Arithmetic
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 754-1985
Technical Contact: George Daniel Zuras, Phone:408-225-7321, Email:ieee2007@nonabelian.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies formats and methods for floating-point
arithmetic in computer systems — standard and extended functions with
single, double, extended, and extendable precision — and recommends formats
for data interchange. Exception conditions are defined and standard handling
of these conditions is specified.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a method for computation with floating-
point numbers that will yield the same result whether the processing is done
in hardware, software, or a combination of the two. The results of the
computation will be identical, independent of implementation, given the same
input data. Errors, and error conditions, in the mathematical processing
will be reported in a consistent manner regardless of implementation.
Abstract: This standard specifies formats and methods for floating-point arithmetic in computer systems: standard and extended
functions with single, double, extended, and extendable precision, and recommends formats for data interchange. Exception
conditions are defined and standard handling of these conditions is specified.
Key Words: 754-2008, arithmetic, binary, computer, decimal, exponent, floating-
point, format, interchange, NaN, number, rounding, significand, subnormal
Designation: 754-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 754-2008.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Project Scope: Develop formats and specifications for signle and duble
precision floating point arithmetic which maintains maximum validity of
results within available word length.
Abstract: A family of commercially feasible ways for new systems to perform binary floating-point arithmetic is defined. This
standard specifies basic and extended floating-point number formats; add, subtract, multiply, divide, square root, remainder, and
compare operations; conversions between integer and floating-point formats; conversions between different floating-point formats;
conversions between basic-format floating-point numbers and decimal strings; and floating-point exceptions and their handling,
including nonnumbers.
Key Words: binary, Floating-point arithmetic
Designation: 754
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: George Daniel Zuras, Phone:408-225-7321, Email:ieee2007@nonabelian.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies formats and methods for floating-point
arithmetic in computer systems: standard and extended functions with single,
double, extended, and extendable precision, and recommends formats for data
interchange. Exception conditions are defined and standard handling of these
conditions is specified.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a method for computation with floating-
point numbers that will yield the same result whether the processing is done
in hardware, software or a combination of the two. The results of the
computation will be identical, independent of implementation, given the same
input data. Errors, and error conditions, in the mathematical processing
will be reported in a consistent manner regardless of implementation.
Designation: 755-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Extending High Level Language Implementations for
Microprocessors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Technical Contact: Clyde R Camp, Phone:972-727-3945, Email:c.camp@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991
Key Words: extending, high-level, language, implementations, microprocessors
Designation: 758-1979
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Subroutines for Computer Automated Measurement and Control
(CAMAC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 28, 1979
Technical Contact: Ronald M Keyser, Phone:865-483-2146, Email:ron.keyser@ortec-online.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Dec 21, 1990
Abstract: A set of standard subroutines that provide access to CAMAC facilities in a variety of computer programming languages is
described. The subroutines are specifically intended to be suitable for use with FORTRAN, although they are not restricted to
that language. The subroutines have been grouped into three subsets in order to provide different standard levels of
implementation. The lowest level requires only two subroutines, but, nevertheless, gives access to most of the facilities that
can be found in CAMAC. In higher levels of implementation, subroutines are added that permit procedures to be written in more
mnemonic terminology, provide better handling of LAMs, permit procedures to be independent of the type of CAMAC highway used, and
provide efficient block-transfer capability.
Key Words: subroutines, CAMAC
Designation: 759-1984
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedures for Semiconductor X-Ray Energy
Spectrometers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 18, 2007. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Feb 27, 1991
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn January 2007 Test procedures for X-ray spectrometers consisting of a semiconductor radiation
detector assembly and signal processing electronics interfaced to a pulse-height analyzer/computer are presented. Energy
resolution, spectral distortion, pulse-height linearity, counting rate effects, overload effects, pulse-height stability, and
efficiency are covered. Test procedures for pulse-height analyzers and computers are not covered.
Key Words: semiconductor, Energy, Spectrometers, dectectors, X-ray spectroscopy
Designation: 76
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Transformers
Title: Transformer Askarel in Equipment, Guide for Acceptance and Maintenance
of (SH10769)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 762-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Use in Reporting Electric Generating Unit
Reliability, Availability, and Productivity
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Andrew Ford, Phone:610-666-8964, Email:ford@pjm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2006
Project Scope: This document standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting
electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity
performance measures while recognizing the power industry’s needs, including
marketplace competition. This standard also includes equations for
equivalent demand forced outage rate (EFORd), newly identified outage
states, discussion of commercial availability, energy weighted equations for
group performance indexes, definitions of outside management control (OMC),
pooling methodologies, and time-based calculations for group performance
indexes.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry
in reporting and evaluating electric generating unit reliability,
availability, and productivity. It was originally developed to overcome
difficulties in the interpretation of electric generating unit performance
data from various systems and to facilitate comparisons among different
systems. The standard also makes possible the exchange of meaningful data
among systems in North America and throughout the world.
Abstract: This standard provides a methodology for the interpretation of electric generating unit performance data from various
systems and to facilitate comparisons among different systems. It also standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting
electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity performance measures. This standard is intended to aid the
electric power industry in reporting and evaluating electric generating unit reliability, availability, and productivity while
recognizing the power industry’s needs, including marketplace competition. Included are equations for equivalent demand forced
outage rate (EFORd), newly identified outage states, discussion of commercial availability, energy weighted equations for group
performance indexes, definitions of outside management control (OMC), pooling methodologies, and time-based calculations for
group performance indexes. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 762-1987
Key Words: available state, EFORd, equivalent demand forced outage rate, forced
outage, maintenance outage, OMC, outside management control, planned outage,
pooling methodology, transition between active states, unavailable state,
weighted factor
Designation: 762-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions for Use in Reporting Electric Generating Unit
Reliability, Availability, and Productivity
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE TU Std 762-1980.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Abstract: Purpose: This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and evaluating electric generating
unit reliability, availability, and productivity. It was developed to overcome present difficulties in the interpretation of
electric generating unit performance data from various systems and to facilitate comparisons among different systems. The
standard should also make possible the future exchange o meaningful data among systems in North America and throughout the world.
Scope: This document standardizes terminology and indexes for reporting electric generating unit reliability, availability, and
productivity performance measures. A generating unit includes all equipment up to the high-voltage terminal of the generator
step-up transformer. Reliability in this standard encompasses measures of the ability of generating units to perform their
intended function. Availability measures are concerned with the fraction of time a unit is capable of providing service, and
account for outage frequency and duration. Productivity measures are concerned with the total power produced by a plant with
respect to its potential power production. Therefore, productivity measures consider magnitude of outage as well as frequency and
duration of outage. NOTE — This standard was developed for application at the unit level; the definitions are applicable below
the unit level in most cases. There are some exceptions, however, such as the definition of in service, which applies only at the
unit level. Because of these exceptions, care should be taken when using this standard below the unit level.
Key Words: 762_19871.front
Designation: 763
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 765-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations (NPGS)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2006
Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard describes the design criteria of the PPS and its
interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system,
and AAC source. Figure 1 is a typical interface diagram of the PPS with
related power systems.
Project Purpose: This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power
generating stations (NPGSs) and guidance in the areas of AAC power source
interfaces with the PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control
circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 765-2002 The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class
1E power system, switchyard, transmission system, and AAC source is described
Key Words: AAC, alternate ac source, Class 1E, NPGS, nuclear power generating
station, PPS, preferred power supply, switchyard, transmission system
Designation: P765
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations (NPGS)
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008
Project Scope: This standard describes the design criteria of the PPS and its
interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard, transmission system,
and AAC source. Figure 1 is a typical interface diagram of the PPS with
related power systems.
Project Purpose: This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power
generating stations (NPGSs) and guidance in the areas of AAC power source
interfaces with the PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control
circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations.
Designation: 765-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 765-1995.
Technical Contact: George Attarian, Phone:919-362-2130, Email:george.attarian@pgnmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Feb 07, 2002, ANSI APP: Jun 20, 2002
Project Scope: This standard describes the design criteria of the preferred
power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the class 1E power system,
switchyard, transmission system and the alternate ac (AAC) source. This
revision adds an annex which identifies the type of interface requirements
needed to ensure offsite power reliability from an Independent System
Operator. The scope fo the standard remains unchanged.
Project Purpose: This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power
plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with the
PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control circuits, and
expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. The purpose of this standard
remains unchanged. This standard is being revised and an annex provided to
define the attributes of the PPS that are required to ensure PPS reliability
when offsite power is supplied by an entity other than the nuclear utility,
such as an ISO. It is intended to provide utilities with the necessary
guidance and structure to ensure PPS reliability in a deregulated
environment and ensure the nuclear plant(s) licensing reqiurements and
design criteria are not compromised.
Abstract: Revised by IEEE Std 765-2006 The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E
power system, switchyard, transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS
requirements for nuclear power plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of
the PPS power and control circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations.
Key Words: "AAC, alternate ac source, PPS, preferred power supply, switchyard,
transmission system"
Designation: 765-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply (PPS) for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 765-1983. Superseded by 765-2002.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard,
transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power
plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control
circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed
to access this publication online.
Key Words: alternate ac source, PPS, switchyard, transmission system, preferred
power supply
Designation: 765-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1989
Title: IEEE Standard for Preferred Power Supply for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1984
Abstract: The design criteria of the preferred power supply (PPS) and its interfaces with the Class 1E power system, switchyard,
transmission system, and alternate ac (AAC) source are described. This standard provides PPS requirements for nuclear power
plants and guidance in the areas of AAC power source interfaces with PPS, physical independence of the PPS power and control
circuits, and expanded PPS criteria for multi-unit stations.
Designation: 770X3.160-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Title: IEEE/ANSI Standard for the Programming Language Extended Pascal
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1989, ANSI APP: Apr 10, 1990
Abstract: The standard provides an unambiguous and machine-independent definition of the computer programming language Extended
Pascal by specifying requirements for a processor and for a conforming program. Its purpose is to facilitate portability of
Extended Pascal programs for use on a wide variety of data processing systems. Two levels of compliance are defined for both
processors and programs.
Key Words: Pascal, extended Pascal, portability, data processing systems,
programming
Designation: 770X3.97-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Standard Pascal Computer Programming Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Superceded by 770X3.160-1989 and ISO/IEC 7185: 1990.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Dec 16, 1982
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 18, 1992. This standard specifies the semantics and syntax of the computer
programming language Pascal by specifying requirements for a processor and for a conforming program.
Key Words: Pascal, programming language, syntax, semantics, programming
Designation: 771-1998
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of the ATLAS Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Ion A Neag, Phone:703-264-1080, Email:ion@tyx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: This guide is being updated to align with the current ATLAS
standards, IEEE std 716-1995 and ARINC specification 626-3. Material which
depends on the withdrawn IEEE Std 416-1984 is being removed.
Project Purpose: The ATLAS standards IEEE Std 716-1995 and ARINC specification
626-3 were published in 1995. The guide requires to be updated to align
with the current standards and to give guidance to their user communities.
This PAR replaces the earlier time expired PAR for the project.
Abstract: You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online. Guidance in the
use of ATLAS test languages is provided. ATLAS may be used to de- scribe test requirements independent of any specific test
equipment, and examples of best practice in the use of ATLAS are given.
Key Words: 771 FM
Designation: 771-1989
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Guide to the Use of the ATLAS Specification
Status: Superseded
**Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96
History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: Superseded. This guide has been written as an applications manual for engineers and authors who will be writing test
procedures in ATLAS (Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems). It is not intended to be a substitute for an instruction manual
in the ATLAS language, but, rather, a practical extension to such a manual. The purpose is to provide principles of good practice
in the use of ATLAS for the writing of test procedures.
Key Words: atlas
Designation: 771-1984
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: ATLAS;Guide to the Use of
Status: Superseded
Designation: 772
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: Electrical Perf Composite Insulators
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979
Designation: 773
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: Health&Envir Assmnt/Dielectric Fluids
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979
Designation: 774
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: Guide to Assess the Fire Hazards of Insulating Liquids Used in Electric
Transformers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1979
Designation: 775-1993
Sponsor: Radiation Effects
Title: IEEE Guide for Designing Multistress Aging Tests of Electrical
Insulation in a Radiation Environment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Guidelines for evaluating electrical
insulation materials that are subjected to more than onesignificant aging stress are provided. The focus is on materials or
equipment intended for use in nuclearfacilities, such as power stations, where thermal, moisture, and radiation stresses
frequently are ofimportance. Factors to consider in accelerated aging programs are identified. Only the design of tests
isaddressed. Specific procedures are not prescribed.
Key Words: "electrical insulation,multistress aging,single stress aging"
Designation: 776-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply
and Communication Lines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of Std 776-1987.
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993
Project Scope: This recommended practice addresses the inductive environment
that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line
telecommunications systems and the interfering effect that may be produced
thereby; guidance is offered for the control or modification of the
environment and the susceptibility of the affected systems in order to
maintain an acceptable level of interference. To aid the user of this
recommended practice in calculating induction between power and
telecommunication lines, the concept of an interface is developed. This
recommended practice permits either party, without need to involve the
other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire.
This recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits.
Abstract: The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the
interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the
other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to
railway signal circuits.
Key Words: Inductive coordination, Electric supply, Communication lines
Designation: 776-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Guide for Inductive Coordination of Electric Supply and
Communication Lines
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 18, 1987
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 776-1992. The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line
telecommunications systems and the interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either
party, without need to involve the other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This
recommended practice does not apply to railway signal circuits.
Key Words: inductive environment, interference, electric power systems, wire-
line telecommunications systems, induction
Designation: 786-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Xfrmr Failure Rprtng & Rlblty Anlysis
Status: Superseded
**C57 LB (C57.117) .
Designation: 788
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 789-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Performance Requirements for Communications and Control
Cables for Application in High Voltage Environments
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: May 10, 1989
Abstract: The inductive environment that exists in the vicinity of electric power and wire-line telecommunications systems and the
interfering effects that may be produced are addressed. An interface that permits either party, without need to involve the
other, to verify the induction at the interface by use of a probe wire is presented. This recommended practice does not apply to
railway signal circuits.
Key Words: high voltage , control cables, environments, Inductive coordination,
Electric supply, Communication lines
Designation: 79
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 790-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics and Frequency Control Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Guide for Medical Ultrasound Field Parameter Measurements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Aug 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard describes procedures for
measuring ultrasound field parameters such as pressure, power, and intensity. It is intended for use by persons involved in
measurement of acoustic fields produced by medical ultrasound instruments.
Key Words: ultrasound, field parameter, medical, Thermal techniques, Radiation
force, Optics, Hydrophone, Acoustic field measurement
Designation: 791
Sponsor: Mining Industry
Title: Recommended Electrical Practice for Underground Gassy Mines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ben C Johnson, Phone:830-620-4454, Email:ben.johnson@thermon.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 1979
Project Scope: Included should be all electrical use, be it ac or dc
distribution or utilization. Surface or ground.
Project Purpose: To establish electrical safety standards applicable only to
underground gassy mines (e.g., coal, trona, etc.).
Designation: 792-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of the Impulse Voltage
Capability of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-
Wound Stator Coils
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Approved for trial-use 10 Sept 87. Approved for full use 14 JUN 95.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: A test procedure for the evaluation of the impulse voltage capability of insulation systems of form-wound ac rotating
electrical machinery is outlined. The procedure is primarily directed toward providing a qualification test for the turn
insulation in regard to its ability to withstand impulses that might be impressed on the terminals of a machine and that result
from switching surges, lightning, or other disturbances. The standard also presents information on the ability of the ground
insulation to withstand impulses. The procedure provides a basis for the accumulation, analysis, and reporting of information
concerning impulse-voltage withstand strength of ground and turn insulation, both new and aged. The use of multifactor aging
tests, combining thermal and electrical aging in order to address the withstand capability of micaceous insulation, is
recommended.
Key Words: impulse voltage, insulation systems, AC electric, form wound, stator
coils
Designation: 795
Sponsor: Mining Industry
Title: Surface Mines
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1979
Designation: 796-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Standard Microcomputer System Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrew 7/28/2000. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: Richard Boberg, Email:rich@boberg.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Feb 17, 1984
Abstract: A general-purpose microcomputer system bus is defined, and the device-independent electrical and functional interface
requirements that a module shall meet in order to interconnect and communicate unambiguously by way of the system are specified.
Signal definitions and timing and electrical specifications are covered in detail for users who evaluate or design products that
will be compatible with the IEEE Std 796 system bus structure. Only with the interface characteristics of microcomputer devices
are covered; design specifications, performance requirements, and safety requirements of modules are omitted. The use of the
standard will enable independently manufactured devices to be connected into a single functional system, permit products with a
wide range of capabilities to be introduced to the system simultaneously, and result in a system with a minimum of restrictions
on the performance characteristics of devices connected to the system. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the
URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: system, bus, multibus, Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses
Designation: 797
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 799-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Handling and Disposal of Transformer Grade Insulating
Liquids Containing PCBs
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Henry A Pearce, Phone:(412) 376-3182
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Nov 17, 1986
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The procedures for handling askarels
and mineral insulating oil that contain PCBs are described in detail. Analytical procedures for the detection and measurement of
the PCBs in electrical insulating liquids are provided. Regulations covering the identification and the disposal of electrical
insulating liquids containing PCBs in the US and its territories are included. Handling of spills and leaks, labeling and record
keeping, transportation, storage for disposal, and personnel protection are included.
Key Words: insulating liquids, PCB, transformer grade, Polychlorinated
biphenyls
Designation: 80-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 04, 2000
**This guide supersedes 80-1986 (R1991).
Technical Contact: David Lane Garrett, Phone:205-257-6352, Email:dlgarret@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jul 18, 2000
Project Scope: This guide is primarily concerned with outdoor ac substations,
either conventional or gas-insulated. Distribution, transmission, and
generating plant substations are included. With proper caution, the methods
described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such substations,
or to substations that are wholly indoors.1 No attempt is made to cover the
grounding problems peculiar to dc substations. A quantitative analysis of
the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this guide.
Project Purpose: The intent of this guide is to provide guidance and
information pertinent to safe grounding practices in ac substation design.
The specific purposes of this guide are to a) Establish, as a basis for
design, the safe limits of potential differences that can exist in a
substation under fault conditions between points that can be contacted by
the human body. b) Review substation grounding practices with special
reference to safety, and develop criteria for a safe design. c) Provide a
procedure for the design of practical grounding systems, based on these
criteria. d) Develop analytical methods as an aid in the understanding and
solution of typical gradient problems. The concept and use of safety
criteria are described in Clause 1 through Clause 8, practical aspects of
designing a grounding system are covered in Clause 9 through Clause 13, and
procedures and evaluation techniques for the grounding system assessment (in
terms of safety criteria) are described in Clause 14 through Clause 20.
Supporting material is organized in Annex A through Annex G. This guide is
primarily concerned with safe grounding practices for power frequencies in
the range of 50-60 Hz. The problems peculiar to dc substations and the
effects of lightning surges are beyond the scope of this guide. A grounding
system designed as described herein will, nonetheless, provide some degree
of protection against steep wave front surges entering the substation and
passing to earth through its ground electrodes.2 Other references should be
consulted for more information about these subjects.
Abstract: " Outdoor ac substations, either conventional or gas-insulated, are covered in this guide.Distribution, transmission, and
generating plant substations are also included. With proper caution,the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor
portions of such substations, or to sub-stations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems
peculiar todc substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope ofthis guide. "
Key Words: "ground grids, grounding, substation design, substation grounding"
Designation: P80
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Richard P Keil, Phone:937-416-3324, Email:rpkeil@cai-engr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This guide is primarily concerned with outdoor AC substations,
either conventional or gas-insulated. These include distribution,
transmission, and generating plant substations. With proper caution, the
methods described herein are also applicable to indoor portions of such
substations, or to substations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made
to cover the grounding problems peculiar to DC substations. A quantitative
analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this
guide.
Project Purpose: The intent of this guide is to provide guidance and
information pertinent to safe grounding practices in AC substation design.
The specific purposes of this guide are: a) To establish, as a basis for
design, the safe limits of potential differences that can exist in a
substation under fault conditions between points that can be contacted by
the human body; b) To review substation grounding practices with special
reference to safety, and develop criteria for a safe design; c) To provide a
procedure for the design of practical grounding systems, based on these
criteria; d) To develop analytical methods as an aid in the understanding a
ns solution of typical gradient problems; e) To provide benchmark cases
using various commercial software programs. This guide is primarily
concerned with safe grounding practices for power frequencies in the range
of 50-60 Hz. The problems peculiar to DC substations and the effects of
lightning surges are beyond the scope of this guide.
Designation: 80-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 80-1976. This guide was superseded by 80-2000.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Abstract: Outdoor AC substations, either conventional or gas-insulated, are covered in this guide. Distribution, transmission, and
generating plant substations are also included. With proper caution, the methods described herein are also applicable to indoor
portions of such substations, or to substations that are wholly indoors. No attempt is made to cover the grounding problems
peculiar to dc substations. A quantitative analysis of the effects of lightning surges is also beyond the scope of this guide.
Designation: P80000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: Standard for Quantities and Units
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Ambler E Thompson, Phone:301-975-2333, Email:ambler@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: The standard provides names, symbols, and definitions for
quantities and units used in engineering and science. Where appropriate,
conversion factors are given.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to assist users of ISO/IEC
80000 Quantities and units to standardize quantity names, units and letter
symbols for the physical quantities needed in the fields of engineering and
science.
Designation: 80000-3
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: Standard for Quantities and Units -- Part 3: Space and Time
Status: Superseded
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007
Project Scope: The standard will give names, symbols, and definitions for
quantities and units of space and time. Where appropriate, conversion
factors will be given.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to assist users of ISO/IEC
80000-3 Quantities and units, Part 3: Space and Time, to standardize
quantity names, units and letter symbols for the physical quantities needed
in the field of space and time.
Designation: 80000-4
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Title: Standard for Quantities and Units -- Part 4: Mechanics
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007
Project Scope: The standard will give names, symbols, and definitions for
quantities and units of mechanics. Where appropriate, conversion factors
will be given.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to assist users of ISO/IEC
80000-4 Quantities and units, Part 4: Mechanics, to standardize quantity
names, units and letter symbols for the physical quantities needed in the
field of space and time.
Designation: P80005-1
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE/ISO/IEC Draft Standard for Cold Ironing - Part 1: High Voltage
Shore Connection (HVSC) Systems- General Requirements
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Kevin L Peterson, Phone:562-497-2999, Email:kevin.peterson@p2seng.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This international standard (standard) describes HVSC systems,
on board the ship and on shore, to supply the ship with electrical power
from shore. This standard is applicable to the design, installation and
testing of HVSC systems and addresses: * HV shore distribution system, *
shore-to-ship connection and interface equipment, * transformers/reactors,
* semiconductor / rotating convertors, * ship distribution system, and *
control, monitoring, interlocking and power management system. This
standard does not apply to the electrical power supply during docking
periods, e.g. dry docking and other out of service maintenance and repair.
NOTE 1 Additional and/or alternative requirements may be imposed by the
National Administration or Authorities within whose jurisdiction the ship is
intended to operate and/or by the Owners or Authorities responsible for a
shore supply or distribution system. NOTE 2 It is expected that HVSC
systems will have practicable applications for ships requiring 1 MW or more
or ships with HV main supply. NOTE 3 Low-voltage shore connection systems
are not covered by this standard.
Project Purpose: This document is being developed jointly with IEC and will not
have a purpose clause.
Abstract: This international standard (standard) describes HVSC systems, on board the ship and on shore, to supply the ship with
electrical power from shore. This standard is applicable to the design, installation and testing of HVSC systems and addresses: *
HV shore distribution system, * shore-to-ship connection and interface equipment, * transformers/reactors, * semiconductor /
rotating convertors, * ship distribution system, and * control, monitoring, interlocking and power management system. This
standard does not apply to the electrical power supply during docking periods, e.g. dry docking and other out of service
maintenance and repair. NOTE 1 Additional and/or alternative requirements may be imposed by the National Administration or
Authorities within whose jurisdiction the ship is intended to operate and/or by the Owners or Authorities responsible for a shore
supply or distribution system. NOTE 2 It is expected that HVSC systems will have practicable applications for ships requiring 1
MW or more or ships with HV main supply. NOTE 3 Low-voltage shore connection systems are not covered by this standard.
Designation: 802-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and
Architecture
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 07, 2002
**Supersedes 802-1990.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: This document serves as the foundation for the family of IEEE
802®1 Standards published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs) and
Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs). It contains descriptions of the networks
considered as well as a reference model (RM) for protocol standards.
Compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards is defined, and a standard
for the identification of public, private, and standard protocols is
included.
Project Purpose: Revision of existing IEEE 802-1990 standard to reflect the
current IEEE 802 architecture and its suite of standards.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: IEEE Std 802-2001 ® , IEEE Standards for Local
and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture, provides an overview to the family of IEEE 802 ® Standards. It defines
compliance with the family of IEEE 802 ® Standards; it describes the relationship of the IEEE 802 ® Standards to the Open Systems
Interconnection Basic Reference Model [ISO/IEC 7498-1:1994] and explains the relationship of these standards to the higher layer
protocols; it provides a standard for the structure of LAN MAC addresses; and it provides a standard for identification of
public, private, and standard protocols. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual
PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: "IEEE 802 standards compliance, Local Area Networks (LANs), LAN/MAN
architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs)"
Designation: P802
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and
Architecture
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This standard contains descriptions of the IEEE 802 Standards
published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks
(MANs), and Personal Area Networks (PANs)networks considered as well as a
reference model (RM) for protocol standards. Compliance with the family of
IEEE 802 Standards is defined, and a standard for the identification of
public, private, and standard protocols is included.
Project Purpose: This standard serves as the foundation for the family of IEEE
802 Standards published by IEEE for Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan
Area Networks (MANs), and Personal Area Networks (PANs).
Designation: 802-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Standard: Overview and
Architecture
Status: Superseded
**Formerly 802.1A. Superseded by 802-2001.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Nov 20, 1990
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802-2001 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This document provides
an overview to the family of IEEE 802 Standards, defines compliance with the family of IEEE 802 Standards, describes the
relationship of the IEEE 802 Standards to the Open Systems Interconnections Basic Reference Model [ISO 7498:1984] and explains
the relationship of these standards to the higher layer protocols, and provides a standard for identification of public, private,
and standard protocols.
Key Words: LAN, overview, architecture, interconnection, component,
Metropolitan area networks, Local area networks
Designation: 802.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local Area Networks: Architecture & Overview
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Redesignated 802-1990
Technical Contact: William P Lidinsky, Phone:(630) 840-8067, Email:lidinskyw@acm.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1986
Key Words: local, architecture, overview, lan, networks
Designation: 802.10-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN Security
(SILS) Currently Contains Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2)
Status: Superseded
**Contains: IEEE Std 802.10b-1992, Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2)
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993
Abstract: IEEE standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN security (SILS).
Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, security, LAN MAN, security association,
interoperable, secure data exchange, Metropolitan area networks, Local area
networks
Designation: 802.10-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To refine the Security Assoc. Identifier (SAID) field of the
current Standard to support Multicast Key Center (MKC) identification.
Neither the SDE PDU format, nor the elements of procedure are changed by
this refinement. Additionally, this revision will incorporate supplements
802.10e, 802.10f, 802.10g, and 802.10h.
Project Purpose: To allow independent Multicast Key Centers to assign unique
SAID's. The current Standard only permits a global MKC, or necessitates
out-of-band coordination among all MKC's to prevent re-use of the same SAID
- both alternatives create an intractable implementation problem.
Abstract: Withdrawn -- please refer to WE94694. This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. IEEE 802.10
provides specifications for an interoperable data link layer security protocol and associated security services. The Secure Data
Exchange (SDE) protocol is supported by an application layer Key Management Protocol (KMP) that establishes security associations
for SDE and other security protocols. A security label option is specified that enables rule-based access control to be
implemented using the SDE protocol. A method to allow interoperability with type-en-coded Medium Access Control (MAC) clients is
also provided, as well as a set of managed object classes to be used in the management of the SDE sublayer and its protocol
exchanges.
Key Words: "decipherment,encipherment,local area networks,security,metropolitan
area networks,secure data exchange,security,security association"
Designation: 802.10a-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS): The Model
(Clause 1)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 21, 1999
Project Scope: The SILs model describes the architectural framework that 802.10
is using to provide security in IEEE 802 LANs and MANs and delineates the
scope of each of the other two standards and relationships between them.
The two protocol standards described in the Model are Secure Data Exchange
(SDE) and Key Management (KMP). The model also describes how SDE and KMP
work in end stations and bridges, as well as how they are used to protect
management traffic.
Project Purpose: The Model addresses issues that apply to all of SILs. It
enables implementers and users of SILS to understand how the SILS protocols
operate together and how each protoc9ol individually operates in an OSI
environment, as well as an IEEE 802 environment. The Model also describes
implementations of SILS protocols in end stations, as well as transparent
implementations in IEEE 802 bridges.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. An architectural description of the functions and location of SILS
components is provid-ed. The SILS components and their relationships to applications, communications protocols, sys-tem
management, and security management are described.
Key Words: Interoperable LAN
Designation: 802.10b-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Interoperable LAN/MAN Security
(SILS) - Part B: Secure Data Exchange (SDE) (Clause 2)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.10-1998
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 22, 1993
Abstract: A security protocol that can be used to protect IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LANs) and Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs)
is described. This Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) Layer 2 security protocol can be used to provide the security services of
confidentiality and connectionless integrity. In conjunction with key management or system management, the security services of
data origin authentication and access control may also be provided.
Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, LAN, security, MAN, secure data exchange
Designation: 802.10c-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to
Standard for Interoperable LAN/MAN Security (SILS)--Key Management (Clause
3)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Jan 21, 1998
Project Scope: To define a standard for services, protocols, data formats, and
interfaces that will allow secure IEEE 802 LAN products to interoperate.
IEEE 802.10 has specified three areas for standardization: Secure Data
Exchange, Key Management, and Security Management, and the objects necessary
to manage each protocol. The goals of each of these areas of SILS are to
be as independent as possible of any particular encryption algorithm, such
as DES or RSA, and of the transmission media. The work in each area is
based on the OSI Seven Layer model (IS 7498) and on the OSI Security
Architecture (IS 7498/2). The Key Management Standard specifies a Layer 7
protocol that will provide secure automated management of the cryptographic
keys to be used by the Secure Data Exchange at Layer 2 or by Security
Management at Layer 7. The standard will draw on work already done for Key
Management by other standards groups. The ANSI X9.E9 group has written a
Key Management standard for use by the Banking Community. ECMA TC32/TG9 has
proposed a framework for secure applications, and the Secure Data Network
System (SDNS) project has developed a key management standard for use with
public key algorithms. The 802.10 Key Management standard will consider
each of these standards to determine if the standard or some form of the
standard is appropriate for use with LANs. The appendices to the SILS Key
Management standard will provide explanatory information for the standard.
The Rationale for Security Services Appendix will explain why the services
that Key Management provides are appropriate for the management of
cryptographic keys on LANs and how those services address the threats posed
to the security of automated key distribution on LANs. The Examples of
Algorithms Appendix will give an example of the use of Key Management
withparticular algorithms. The Philosophy of Key Management Appendix will
provide guidelines on the manual aspects of key management such as the
secure distribution of Initialization Keys.
Project Purpose: The purpose is threefold. First, the standard must specify
the minimally acceptable security services to be supported primarily by
encryption for IEEE 802 LANs. Second, the standard must define logical and
physical mechanisms for achieving these services; this includes the managed
objects required to support the processing to provide the services. Finally
and most important, the standard must maximize interoperability of products
in an open systems interconnection architecture.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This IEEE Standards product is part of
the 802 family on LAN/MAN. A cryptographic key management model and a key management OSI Basic Reference Model Application Layer
protocol are specified.
Key Words: "association control service element - ACSE -,asymmetric
cryptographic algorithm,center-based key distribution,certificate-based key
distribution,cryptographic keying material,key management model,key
management protocol - KMP -,manual key distribution,symmetric cryptographic
algorithm"
Designation: 802.10d
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Interoperable LAN Security (SILS) Part D - Security
Management
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Kenneth G Alonge, Phone:703-750-4000 X122, Email:alonge_ken@geologics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 31, 1990
Project Scope: To define a standard for services, protocols, data formats, and
interfaces that will allow secure IEEE 802 LAN products to interoperate.
IEEE 802.10 has specified three areas for standardization: Secure Data
Exchange, Key Management, and Security Management, and the objects necessary
to manage each protocol. The goals of each of these areas of SILS are to
be as independent as possible of any particular encryption algorithm, such
as DES or RSA, and of the transmission media. The work in each area is
based on the OSI Seven Layer model (IS 7498) and on the OSI Security
Architecture (IS 7498/2). The Security Management Standard will specify a
Layer 7 set of services, and if necessary a protocol, that will provide
secure management of the objects associated with the Secure Data Exchange
protocol, the Key Management protocol, and the Security Management protocol.
The standard will use any work in progress on Security Management. If, at
any time, a Security Management standard is developed by ISO, that standard
will be closely evaluated for use on LANs and comments will be submitted to
change the ISO standard rather than continuing the definition of security
management within 802.10. The approaches to be evaluated by 802.10 for
security management are the use of ISO, CMIP, Common Management Information
Protocol (DIS 9596/2), and the use of IEEE 802.1, Systems Management. The
use of the Secure Data Exchange to provide confidentiality and integrity for
CMIP or 802.1 will be explored. Also, 802.10 will investigate the
definition of a separate protocol that does not depend on the security
services of the Secure Data Exchange, but provides all the security services
required for secure management at Layer 7. The goals of the 802.10 Security
Management definition are to assure first that 802.10 objects can be managed
securely and second that the security management protocol could be used by
other protocols to manage their objects securely.
Project Purpose: The purpose is threefold. First, the standard must specify
the minimally acceptable security services to be supported primarily by
encryption for IEEE 802 LANs. Second, the standard must define logical and
physical mechanisms for achieving these services; this includes the managed
objects required to support the processing to provide the services. Finally
and most important, the standard must maximize interoperability of products
in an open systems interconnection architecture. Modern LANs provide users
connectivity to network resources. Distributed applications and shared
resources allow users easy access to the network data. The intended result
is that data is readily available to all users. However, as use of LAN
resources increases in commercial and military environments, the data
security threat increases. Manufacturing design data, financial analysis
data, and health data cannot be protected from modification, disclosure, or
unauthorized access without LAN security. The communciation required
between these systems cannot be achieved without interoperability of the
security mechanisms protecting these systems. To assure secure
interoperability, the SILS Security Management standard must consider the
issues of cryptography and of IEEE 802 LAN compatibility. The cryptography
issue is to define Security Management to be as independent of any
particular algorithm as possible. The issue of IEEE 802 LAN compatibility
is that the security mechanisms of Security Management should not require
changes to the existing IEEE 802 LAN standards. This should not become an
issue as Security Management could be defined either as a Layer 7 set of
service or as a Layer 7 protocol or could use the existing 802.1 System
Management protocol, so it would not affect the existing 802 protocol.
Designation: 802.10e-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to IEEE Std 802.10b: Secure Data Exchange (SDE) Sublayer
Management (Subclause 2.8)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.10-1998
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 20, 1994
Abstract: A method to allow Ethernet V2.0 Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Units (PDUs) to be protected with the Secure
Data Exchange (SDE) protocol is provided.
Key Words: decipherment, encipherment, LAN, security, MAN, secure data
exchange, security association
Designation: 802.10f-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-IEEE Standards: Recommended
Practice for SDE on Ethernet V2.0 in IEEE 802 LANs (Annex 2H)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.10-1998
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: A set of managed object classes to be used in the management of the Secure Data Exchange (SDE) sublayer and its protocol
exchanges is specified.
Key Words: managed objects, secure data exchange, information
Designation: 802.10g-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.10 Supplement: IEEE Standard
Secure Data Exchange (SDE) - Security Label (Annexes 2I, 2J, and 2K)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.10-1998
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Key Words: access control, local area network, metropolitan area network,
security-data exchange, security labels
Designation: 802.10h-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Secure Data Exchange (SDE) - Protocol Implementation
Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Annex 2L)
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.10-1998
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: This document will provide the PICS Proforma for the Secure Data
Exchange Protocol.
Project Purpose: This document defines the minimum conformance requirements for
the Secure Data Exchange Protocol. The Supplement will be used by vendors
to test for conformance.
Abstract: The secure data exchange (SDE) protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma is provided. The SDE PICS
proforma defines the information to be supplied by protocol implementors claiming conformance with IEEE Std 802.10, Clause 2,
Secure Data Exchange (SDE).
Key Words: proforma, protocol implementation, conformance statement, secure
data exchange, security association, security protocol, security services
Designation: 802.11-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2007
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Nov 30, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define one medium access
control (MAC) and several physical layer (PHY) specifications for wireless
connectivity for fixed, portable, and moving stations (STAs) within a local
area.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide wireless
connectivity to automatic machinery, equipment, or STAs that require rapid
deployment, which may be portable or hand-held, or which may be mounted on
moving vehicles within a local area. This standard also offers regulatory
bodies a means of standardizing access to one or more frequency bands for
the purpose of local area communication. Specifically, this standard --
Describes the functions and services required by an IEEE 802.11(TM)-
compliant device to operate within ad hoc and infrastructure networks as
well as the aspects of STA mobility (transition) within those networks. --
Defines the MAC procedures to support the asynchronous MAC service data unit
(MSDU) delivery services. -- Defines several PHY signaling techniques and
interface functions that are controlled by the IEEE 802.11 MAC. -- Permits
the operation of an IEEE 802.11-conformant device within a wireless local
area network (WLAN) that may coexist with multiple overlapping IEEE 802.11
WLANs. -- Describes the requirements and procedures to provide data
confidentiality of user information being transferred over the wireless
medium (WM) and authentication of IEEE 802.11-conformant devices. --
Defines mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power
control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory requirements for
operation in the 5 GHz band. The regulations and conformance tests are
listed in Clause 2 -- Defines the MAC procedures to support local area
network (LAN) applications with quality of service (QoS) requirements,
including the transport of voice, audio, and video.
Abstract: This revision specifies technical corrections and clarifications to IEEE Std 802.11 for wireless local area networks
(WLANS) as well as enhancements to the existing medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) functions. It also
incorporates Amendments 1 through 8 including a corrigendum. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view
and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 2.4 GHz, 4.9 GHz, 5 GHz, advanced encryption standard, AES, carrier
sense multiple access/collision avoidance, CCMP, Counter mode with
Cipher-block chaining Message authentication code Protocol,
confidentiality, CSMA/CA, DFS, dynamic frequency selection, international
roaming, LAN, local area network, MAC, medium access controller, PHY,
physical layer, QoS, quality of service, radio frequency, RF, temporal
key integrity protocol, TKIP, TPC, transmit power control, wireless LAN,
WLAN, Wi-Fi, WiFi
Designation: P802.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Bruce Kraemer, Phone:321-751-3988, Email:bkraemer@marvell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define one medium access
control (MAC) and several physical layer (PHY) specifications for wireless
connectivity for fixed, portable, and moving stations (STAs) within a local
area.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide wireless
connectivity for fixed, portable, and moving stations within a local area.
This standard also offers regulatory bodies a means of standardizing access
to one or more frequency bands for the purpose of local area communication.
Abstract: This revision specifies technical corrections and clarifications to IEEE Std 802.11 for wireless local area networks
(WLANS) as well as enhancements to the existing medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) functions. It also
incorporates Amendments 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7
Key Words: 2.4 GHz, 3650 MHz, 4.9 GHz, 5 GHz, 5.9 GHz, advanced encryption
standard, AES, carrier sense multiple access/collision avoidance, CCMP,
channel switching, Counter mode with Cipher-block chaining MAC,
confidentiality, CSMA/CA, DFS, direct link, dynamic frequency selection,
high throughput, international roaming, LAN, local area network, MAC,
measurement, medium access control, medium access controller, Message
authentication code Protocol, MIMO, MIMO-OFDM, multiple input multiple
output, network management, off-channel direct link, PHY, physical layer,
power saving, QoS, quality of service, PHY, physical layer, radio, radio
frequency, RF, radio resource, temporal key integrity protocol, TKIP, TPC,
transmit power control, tunneled direct link setup, wireless access in
vehicular environments, wireless LAN, wireless local area network, WLAN
Designation: 802.11-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area networks - Specific
requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications
Status: Superseded
**802.11, 2003 Edition
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1999, ANSI APP: Jul 15, 1999
Project Scope: To rectify a number of errors in the current standard and to
accommodate input from the JTC1 review to result in a single JTC1/IEEE
standard.
Project Purpose: To correct errorsfound in reviewing interpretation requests to
the current standard and from JTC1 review.
Abstract: The scope of this standard is to develop a medium access control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specification for wireless
connectivity for fixed, portable, and moving stations within a local area.
Key Words: "The scope of this standard is to develop a medium access control
(MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specifica-tionfor wireless connectivity for
fixed, portable, and moving stations within a local area."
Designation: 802.11-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical
Layer (PHY) specifications
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997
Project Scope: To develop a Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer
(PHY) specification for wireless connectivity for fixed, portable and moving
stations within a local area.
Project Purpose: To provide wireless connectivity to automatic machinery,
equipment or stations that require rapid deployment, which may be portable,
or hand-held or which may be mounted on moving vehicles within a local area.
To offer a standard for use by regulatory bodies to standardize access to
one or more radio frequency bands for the purpose of local area
communication.
Abstract: SUPERSEDED BY ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999 The medium access control and physical characteristics for wireless local area
networks are specified in this standard, part of a series of standards for local and metropolitan area networks. The medium
access control unit in this standard is designed to support physical layer units as they may be adopted dependent on the
availability of spectrum. This standard contains three physical layer units: two radio units, both operating in the 2400-2500 MHz
band, and one baseband infrared unit. One radio unit employs the frequency-hopping spread spectrum technique, and the other
employs the direct sequence spread spectrum technique.
Key Words: infrared, LAN, local area network, wireless, radio frequency, ad hoc
network
Designation: 802.11.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for the Evaluation of 802.11 Wireless Performance
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to provide a set of performance
metrics, measurement methodologies, and test conditions to enable measuring
and predicting the performance of 802.11 WLAN devices and networks at the
component and application level.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to enable testing, comparison,
and deployment planning of 802.11 WLAN devices based on a common and
accepted set of performance metrics, measurement methodologies and test
conditions.
Abstract: Draft Version D1.01. Recommended practices for evaluating and measuring the performance of IEEE Std 802.11 Wireless Local
Area Network (WLAN) devices and networks at the component and application level are described. A set of performance metrics,
measurement methodologies and test conditions are provided that enable such measurements to be made and permit prediction of the
performance of installed WLAN devices and networks.
Key Words: P802.11.2, Wireless Performance Prediction, metric, test
methodology, performance measurement
Designation: 802.11a-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between
Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless Medium Access
Control (MAC) and physical layer (PHY) specifications: High Speed Physical
Layer in the 5 GHz band
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000
Project Scope: To develop a Higher Speed PHY for use in fixed, moving or
portable Wireless Local Area Networks. The PHY will be used in conjunction
with the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC). The 802.11 MAC will be
reviewed to assure its capability to operate at the speeds targeted.
Project Purpose: To create a higher speed wireless access technology suitable
for data, voice and image information services.
Abstract: Superseded by ISO/IEC 8802-11: 2005 (SH/SS95357) IEEE Std 802.11a-1999 [ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 1:2000(E)] (Supplement
to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition) Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications:
High-speed Physical Layer in the 5 GHz Band
Key Words: "5 GHz, high speed, local area network (LAN), orthogonal frequency
division multiplexing (OFDM), radio frequency, unlicensed national
information infrastructure (U-NII), wireless"
Designation: P802.11aa
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Amendment: MAC enhancements for
robust audio video streaming
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Bruce Kraemer, Phone:321-751-3988, Email:bkraemer@marvell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This amendment specifies enhancements to the 802.11 MAC (Medium
Access Control)for robust audio video streaming, while maintaining co-
existence with other types of traffic. The MAC enhancements specified in
this amendment enable: • Graceful degradation of audio video streams
when there is insufficient channel capacity, by enabling packet discarding
without any requirement for deep packet inspection, • Increased
robustness in overlapping BSS environments, without the requirement for a
centralised management entity, • Intra-Access Category prioritization of
transport streams by modifying EDCA timing and parameter selection without
any requirement for deep packet inspection, • Improved link reliability
and low jitter characteristics for multicast/broadcast audio video streams,
• Interworking with relevant 802.1AVB mechanisms (802.1Qat, 802.1Qav,
802.1AS)
Project Purpose: This amendment specifies a standard for robust audio video
stream transport over 802.11 for consumer/enterprise applications.
Designation: P802.11ac
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Amendment: Enhancements for Very
High Throughput for operation in bands below 6GHz
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Bruce Kraemer, Phone:321-751-3988, Email:bkraemer@marvell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: This amendment defines standardized modifications to both the
802.11 physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer
(MAC) that enable modes of operation capable of supporting: o A maximum
multi-station (STA) throughput (measured at the MAC data service access
point), of at least 1 Gbps and a maximum single link throughput (measured at
the MAC data service access point), of at least 500 Mbps. o Below 6 GHz
carrier frequency operation excluding 2.4 GHz operation while ensuring
backward compatibility and coexistence with legacy IEEE802.11 devices in the
5 GHz unlicensed band.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the amendment is to improve the 802.11 wireless
local area network (LAN) user experience by providing significantly higher
basic service set (BSS) throughput for existing WLAN application areas and
to enable new market segments for operation below 6 GHz including
distribution of multiple multimedia/data streams.
Designation: P802.11ad
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Amendment: Enhancements for Very
High Throughput in the 60 GHz Band
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Bruce Kraemer, Phone:321-751-3988, Email:bkraemer@marvell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This amendment defines standardized modifications to both the
802.11 physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer
(MAC) to enable operation in the 60 GHz frequency band (typically 57-66 GHz)
capable of very high throughput. The MAC and PHY specified in this
amendment: • Enables a maximum throughput of at least 1 Gbps, as
measured at the MAC data service access point (SAP) • Enables fast
session transfer between PHYs • Maintains the 802.11 user
experience • Provides mechanisms that enable coexistence with
other systems in the band including IEEE 802.15.3c systems
Project Purpose: The purpose of the amendment is to improve the 802.11 user
experience by providing significantly higher throughput for local area
networking
Designation: P802.11ae
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications; Amendment: Prioritization of management
frames
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This amendment defines mechanisms for prioritizing IEEE 802.11
management frames using existing mechanisms for medium access.
Project Purpose: This amendment enables improved performance of IEEE 802.11
networks and the applications that use these networks, by providing
mechanisms to prioritize IEEE 802.11 management frames using existing
mechanisms for medium access.
Designation: P802.11af
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications; Amendment: TV White Spaces Operation
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: An amendment that defines modifications to both the 802.11
physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC), to
meet the legal requirements for channel access and coexistence in the TV
White Space.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to allow 802.11 wireless
networks to be used in the TV white space.
Designation: P802.11ah
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Amendment- Sub 1 GHz License-Exempt
Operation
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This amendment defines an Orthogonal Frequency Division
Multiplexing (OFDM) Physical layer (PHY) operating in the license-exempt
bands below 1 GHz, e.g., 868-868.6 MHz (Europe), 950 MHz -958 MHz (Japan),
314-316 MHz, 430-434 MHz, 470-510 MHz, and 779-787 MHz (China), 917 - 923.5
MHz (Korea) and 902-928 MHz (USA), and enhancements to the IEEE 802.11
Medium Access Control (MAC) to support this PHY, and provides mechanisms
that enable coexistence with other systems in the bands including IEEE
802.15.4 and IEEE P802.15.4g. The data rates defined in this amendment
optimize the rate vs range performance of the specific channelization in a
given band. This amendment also adds support for: -transmission range up
to 1 km -data rates > 100 kbit/s while maintaining the IEEE 802.11
WLAN user experience for fixed, outdoor, point to multi point applications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment defines operation of license-
exempt IEEE 802.11 wireless networks in frequency bands below 1 GHz
excluding the TV White Space bands.
Designation: P802.11ai
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Amendment- Fast Initial Link Setup
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Bruce Kraemer, Phone:321-751-3988, Email:bkraemer@marvell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This amendment defines modifications to the IEEE 802.11 Medium
Access Control Layer (MAC) to enable a fast initial link set-up of IEEE
802.11 stations (STAs).
Project Purpose: This amendment defines mechanisms that provide IEEE 802.11
networks with fast initial link set-up methods which do not degrade the
security offered by Robust Security Network Association(RSNA)already defined
in IEEE 802.11.
Designation: 802.11b-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks -
Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer (PHY)
Extension in the 2.4 GHz band
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Feb 11, 2000
Project Scope: The project will evaluate the possibility orf taking advantage
of the provisions for rate expansion that are in place on the current
standard PHYs. The 802.11 MAC defines a mechanism for operation of
stastions supporting different data rates in the same area. The current
802.11 standard already defines the basic rages of 1Mbit/s and 2 Mbit/s for
both Frequency Hopping *FH) and Direct Sequence (DS) PHYs. The two rates
are supported by having same header for both rates with length and rate
information passed in the header at the lowest ("basic") rate; then the body
of the packet is transmitted at the rate chosen and with the corresponding
modulation method. The header structure of the two PHYs already supports
passing rate information up to 4.5 Mbit/s (in 0.5 Mbit/s increments) for FH
and up to 25.5 Mbit/s (in 0.1 Mbit/s increments) for DS. The proposed PAR
targets further developing the provisions for enhanced data rate capability
of 802.11 networks. The 802.11 MAC incorporates already the interpretation
of this information and the computation of expected packet duration even if
the specific station does not support the rate at which the packet was sent.
The 802.11 MAC is compatible and will accommodate the higher PHY rates.
Project Purpose: To extend the performance and the range of applications of the
802.11 compatible networks in the 2.4 GHz band by increasing the data rate
achieveable by such devices. This technology will be beneficial for
improved access to fixed network LAN and internetwork infrastructure
(including access to other wireless LANs) via a network of access points, as
well as creation of high performance ad-hoc networks. The purpose of
802.11a is also for higher data rates, however, that project is for
operation in the 5 GHz band, whereas this project is for operation in the
2.4 GHz band.
Abstract: Superseded by ISO/IEC 8802-11: 2005 (SH/SS95357) Changes and additions are provided for IEEE Std 802.11b-1999 to support
the higherrate Physical Layer for operation in the 2.4 GHz band.
Key Words: "LAN, Local Area Network, Wireless, Radio Frequency"
Designation: 802.11b/Cor 1-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Corrigenda to IEEE 802.11b-1999, Information Technology -
Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and
Metropolitan Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Higher Speed
Physical Layer (PHY) Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Vic Hayes, Phone:+31-30-60-97-528
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Oct 10, 2001, ANSI APP: Jan 30, 2002
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to correct deficiencies in the MIB
definition of 802.11b.
Project Purpose: As the MIB is currently defined in 802.11b, it is not possible
to compile an interoperable MIB. This project will correct the deficiencies
in the MIB.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: Changes and additions are provided for IEEE
Std 802.11b-1999 to support the higher rate Physical Layer for operation in the 2.4 GHz band. Reaffirmed 2003
Designation: 802.11c-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local area networks - Media access
control (MAC) bridges - Supplement for support by IEEE 802.11
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated into 802.1D, 1998 Edition. Superseded by 802.1D-2004.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 Support of the Internal Sublayer
Service by specific MAC Procedures to cover bridge operation with IEEE
802.11 MACs. This supplement to IS 10038 (802.1D) will be developed by the
802.11 Working Group in cooperation with the 802.1 Working Group.
Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.11 specific information to the IS
10038 (802.1D) standard.
Designation: 802.11d-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area
networks-- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless Medium Access Control
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 3: Specification for
operation in additional regulatory domains
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: This supplement will define the physical layer requirements
(channelization, hopping patterns, new values for current MIB attributes,
and other requirements to extend the operation of 802.11 WLANs to new
regulatory domains (countries).
Project Purpose: The current 802.11 standard defines operation in only a few
regulatory domains (countries). This supplement will add the requirements
and definitions necessary to allow 802.11 WLAN equipment to operate in
markets not served by the current standard.
Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 ¤ for Wireless Local Area Networks providing specifications for
conformant operation beyond the original six regulatory domains of that standard. These extensions provide a mechanism for an
IEEE Std 802.11 access point to deliver the required radio transmitter parameters to an IEEE Std 802.11 mobile station, which
allows that station to configure its radio to operate within the applicable regulations of a geographic or political subdivision.
This mechanism is applicable to all IEEE Std 802.11 PHY types. A secondary benefit of the mechanism described in this amendment
is the ability for an IEEE Std 802.11 mobile station to roam between regulatory domains.
Key Words: "international roaming, local area network (LAN), mobility, radio,
roam, roaming, wireless, wireless network"
Designation: 802.11e-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Amendment: Medium Access Method
(MAC) Quality of Service Enhancements
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 2006
Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to improve and
manage Quality of Service, and provide classes of service. Consider
efficiency enhancements in the areas of the Distributed Coordination
Function (DCF) and Point Coordination Function (PCF).
Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to expand support for LAN
applications with Quality of Service requirements. Provide improvements in
the capabilities and efficiency of the protocol. These enhancements, in
combination with recent improvements in PHY capabilities from 802.11a and
802.11b, will increase overall system performance, and expand the
application space for 802.11. Example applications include transport of
voice, audio and video over 802.11 wireless networks, video conferencing,
and media stream distribution.
Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition (Reaff 2003) as amended by IEEE Std 802.11a-1999, IEEE Std 802.11b-1999, IEEE
Std 802.11b-1999/Cor 1-2001, IEEE Std 802.11d-2001, IEEE Std 802.11g-2003, IEEE Std 802.11h-2003, IEEE Std 802.11i-2004, and IEEE
Std 802.11j-2004 This amendment defines the medium access control (MAC) procedures to support local area network (LAN)
applications with quality of service (QoS) requirements. The procedures include the transport of voice, audio, and video over
IEEE 802.11 wireless LANs (WLANs).
Key Words: BA, block acknowledgement, carrier sense multiple access/collision
avoidance, CSMA/ CA, priority, polling, power save, QoS, quality of service,
traffic stream Reference Standards: ISO/IEC 15802-3, Information
Technology--Telecommunications and infor
Designation: 802.11e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to Standard [for] Information Technology - Telecommunications
and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area
networks - Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access
Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Medium Access Method
(MAC) Enhancements
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Vic Hayes, Phone:+31-30-60-97-528
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to improve and
manage Quality of Service, provide classes of service, and enhanced security
and authentication mechanisms. Consider efficiency enhancements in the
areas of the Distributed Coordination Function (DCF) and Point Coordination
Function (PCF).
Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to expand support for LAN
applications with Quality of Service requirements. Provide improvements in
security, and in the capabilities and efficiency of the protocol. These
enhancements, in combination with recent improvements in PHY capabilities
from 802.11a and 802.11b, will increase overall system performance, and
expand the application space for 802.11. Example applications include
transport of voice, audio and video over 802.11 wireless networks, video
conferencing, media stream distribution, enhaced security applications, and
mobile and nomadic access applications.
Designation: 802.11F-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Recommended Practice for Multi-Vendor Access Point
Interoperability Via an Inter-Access Point Protocol Across Distribution
Systems Supporting IEEE 802.11 Operation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003
Project Scope: To develop recommended practices for an Inter-Access Point
Protocol (IAPP) which provides the necessary capabilities to achieve multi-
vendor Access Point interoperability across a Distribution System supporting
IEEE P802.11 Wireless LAN Links. This IAPP will be developed for the
following environment(s): (1) A Distribution System consisting of IEEE 802
LAN components supporting an IETF IP environment. (2) Others as deemed
appropriate. This Recommended Practice Document shall support the IEEE
P802.11 standard revision(s).
Project Purpose: IEEE P802.11 specifies the MAC and PHY layers of a Wireless
LAN system and includes the basic architecture of such systems, including
the concepts of Access Points and Distribution Systems. Implementation of
these concepts where purposely not defined by P802.11 because there are many
ways to create a Wireless LAN system. Additionally many of the possible
implementation approaches involve concepts from higher network layers.
While this leaves great flexibility in Distributions System and Access Point
functional design, the associated cost is that physical Access Point devices
from different vendors are unlikely to inter-operate across a Distribution
System due to the different approaches taken to Distribution System design.
As P802.11 based systems have grown in popularity, this limitation has
become an impediment to WLAN market growth. At the same time it has become
clear that there are a small number of Distribution System environments that
comprise the bulk of the commercial WLAN system installations. This project
proposes to specify the necessary information that needs to be exchanged
between Access Points to support the P802.11 DS functions. The information
exchanges required will be specified for, one or more distribution Systems;
in a manner sufficient to enable the implementation of Distribution Systems
containing Access Points from different vendors which adhere to the
recommended practices.
Abstract: Recommended practices for implementation of an Inter-Access Point Protocol (IAPP) on a Distribution System (DS) supporting
ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999 and IEEE 802.11™ wireless local access network (WLAN) links are described. The recommended DS utilizes an
IAP that provides the necessary capabilities to achiee multi-vendor Access Point (AP) interoperability within the DS. This IAPP
is described for a DS consisting of IEEE 802® LAN components utilizing an Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Internet
Protocol (IP) environment. Throughout this recommended practice, the terms ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999, IEEE 802.11, and IEEE Std
802.11-1999 are used interchangeably to refer to the same document, ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999, and its amendements and supplements
published at the time this recommended practice was adopted.
Key Words: IAPP,Inter-Access Point Protocol,Internet Protocol,IP,IEEE
802.11,IEEE Std802.11-1999,ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999
Designation: 802.11g-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Further Higher Data Rate Extension
in the 2.4 GHz Band
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003
Project Scope: To develop a higher speed(s) PHY extension to 802.11b.
Project Purpose: To develop a new PHY extension to enhance the performance and
the possible applications of the 802.11b compatible networks by increasing
the data rate achievable by such devices. This technology will be beneficial
for improved access to fixed network LAN and inter-network infrastructure
(including access to other wireless LANs) via a network of access points, as
well as creation of higher performance ad hoc networks.
Abstract: Changes and additions to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition, as amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-
1999/Cor 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001, are provided in this standard to support the further higher data rate extension for operation
in the 2.4 GHz band.
Key Words: "LAN, local area network, radio frequency, wireless"
Designation: 802.11h-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard [for] Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Networks -
Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications - Spectrum and Transmit Power
Management Extensions in the 5 GHz Band in Europe
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) standard and
802.11a High Speed Physical Layer (PHY) in the 5GHz Band supplement to the
standard; to add indoor and outdoor channel selection for 5GHz license
exempt bands in Europe; and to enhance channel energy measurement and
reporting mechanisms to improve spectrum and transmit power management (per
CEPT and subsequent EU committee or body ruling incorporating CEPT
Recommendation ERC 99/23).
Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC and 802.11a PHY with network
management and control extensions for spectrum and transmit power management
in 5GHz license exempt bands, enabling regulatory acceptance of 802.11 5GHz
products. Provide improvements in channel energy measurement and reporting,
channel coverage in many regulatory domains, and provide Dynamic Channel
Selection and Transmit Power Control mechanisms.
Abstract: Replaced by ISO/IEC 8802-11: 2005/Amd. 5: 2006 (E) This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE 802.11 for wireless
local area networks (WLANs) providing mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) that may
be used to satisfy regulatory requirements for operation in the 5GHz band in Europe.
Key Words: "dynamic frequency selection (DFS), local area network
(LAN),transmit power control (TPC)"
Designation: 802.11i-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for information technology-Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-
Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Amendment 6: Medium Access Control
(MAC) Security Enhancements
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 30, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 14, 2005
Project Scope: Enhance the 802.11 Medium Access Control (MAC) to enhance
security and authentication mechanisms.
Project Purpose: To enhance the current 802.11 MAC to provide improvements in
security.
Abstract: This amendment defines security mechanisms for IEEE 802.11. It includes a definition of WEP for backward compatibility
with the original standard, IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition. It defines TKIP and CCMP, which provide more robust data protection
mechanisms than WEP affords. This amendment introduces the concept of a security association into IEEE 802.11, and defines
security association management protocols called the 4-Way Handshake and the Group Key Handshake. Finally, it specifies how IEEE
802.1X may be utilized by IEEE 802.11 LANs to effect authentication.
Key Words: "AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP, confidentiality, countermeasures,
data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE
802.1X, key management, key mixing, Michael, RC4, replay protection, robust
security network"
Designation: 802.11j-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements--Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications--Amendment 7:4.9 GHz-5 GHz Operation in
Japan
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to enhance the 802.11 standard and
amendments, to add channel selection for 4.9 GHz and 5 GHz in Japan to
additionally conform to the Japanese rules for radio operation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to obtain Japanese
regulatory approval by enhancing the current 802.11 MAC and 802.11a PHY to
additionally operate in newly available Japanese 4.9 GHz and 5 GHz bands.
Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11® for Wireless Local Area Networks providing mechanisms for
operation in the 4.9 GHz and 5 GHz bands in Japan. This amendment is based on IEEE Std 802.11™, 1999 Edition (Reaff 2003), as
amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a™-1999, 802.11b™-1999, 802.11b-1999/Cor 1-2001, 802.11d™-2001, 802.11g™-2003, 802.11h™-2003, and
802.11i™-2004.
Designation: 802.11k-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks
-- Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control
(MAC)and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 1: Radio Resource
Measurement of Wireless LANs
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2008
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11™-2007
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: May 09, 2008
Abstract: Draft Version D13.0. This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 for Wireless Local Area Networks providing
mechanisms for Radio Resource Measurement. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual
PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.11k-2008, local area network (LAN), measurement, network
management, radio, radio resource
Designation: 802.11k
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology-
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and
Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Radio Resource
Measurement of Wireless LANs
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This project will define Radio Resource Measurement enhancements
to provide interfaces to higher layers for radio and network measurements.
Project Purpose: The original standard has a basic set of radio resource
measurements for internal use only. These measurements and others are
required to provide services; such as roaming, coexistence, and others; to
external entities. It is necessary to provide these measurements and other
information in order to manage these services from an external source.
Designation: 802.11ma
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific
requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment x : Technical corrections
and clarifications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to maintenance changes
(editorial and technical corrections) to 802.11-1999, 2003 edition
(incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999 corrigendum 1-2001,
and 802.11d-2001).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate accumulated
maintenance changes (editorial and technical corrections) into 802.11-1999,
2003 edition (incorporating 802.11a-1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999
corrigendum 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001).
Designation: P802.11mb
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area networks - Specific
requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment: Accumulated maintenance
changes
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007
Project Scope: This amendment incorporates changes accumulated due to responses
to interpretation requests, development of other amendments, and development
of minor changes to functionality.
Project Purpose: This amendment collects the latest information learned from
use of the base standard and the development of other amendments,
disseminating it in a compact and organized format.
Designation: 802.11n-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Telecommunications and
Information Ixchange between Systems -- Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
-- Specific Requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control
(MAC)and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 5: Enhancements for
Higher Throughput
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11™-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k™-2008,
IEEE Std 802.11r™-2008, IEEE Std 802.11y™-2008, and IEEE Std 802.11w™-2009
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Mar 01, 2010
Abstract: This amendment defines modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers (PHY) and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer
(MAC) so that modes of operation can be enabled that are capable of much higher throughputs, with a maximum throughput of at
least 100Mb/s, as measured at the MAC data service access point (SAP). The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to
view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for
details.
Key Words: 802.11-2007. 802.11w-2009, high throughput, MAC, medium access
control, MIMO, MIMO-OFDM, “multiple input,multiple output,” PHY, physical
layer, radio, wireless local area network, WLAN
Designation: 802.11n
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology-
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and
Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Enhancements
for Higher Throughput
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to define an amendment that shall
define standardized modifications to both the 802.11 physical layers (PHY)
and the 802.11 Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) so that modes of operation
can be enabled that are capable of much higher throughputs, with a maximum
throughput of at least 100Mbps, as measured at the MAC data service access
point (SAP).
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to improve the 802.11 wireless
local area network (LAN) user experience by providing significantly higher
throughput for current applications and to enable new applications and
market segments.
Designation: 802.11p-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 6: Wireless Access in
Vehicular Environments
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k-2008,
IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, IEEE Std 802.11y-2008, IEEE Std 802.11n-2009, and
IEEE Std 802.11w-2009
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 2011
Project Purpose: Insert a new list item after the first dashed list item: --
Describes the functions and services that allow an IEEE 802.11(TM)-compliant
device to communicate directly with another such device outside of an
independent or infrastructure network.
Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 for wireless local area networks (WLANs) providing wireless
communications while in a vehicular environment. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download
individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 5.9 GHz, wireless access in vehicular environments
Designation: 802.11p
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Amendment to Standard [for] Information
Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local
and Metropolitan networks-Specific requirements-Part II: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications-Amendment 6:
Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of the proposed project is to create an amendment of
IEEE 802.11 to support communication between vehicles and the roadside and
between vehicles while operating at speeds up to a minimum of 200 km/h for
communication ranges up to 1000 meters. The amendment will support
communications in the 5 GHz bands; specifically 5.850-5.925 GHz band within
North America with the aim to enhance the mobility and safety of all forms
of surface transportation, including rail and marine. Amendments to the PHY
and MAC will be limited to those required to support communications under
these operating environments within the 5 GHz bands.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to amend the existing
IEEE 802.11 standard to make it suitable for interoperable communications to
and between vehicles. The primary reasons for this amendment include the
unique transport environments, and the very short latencies required (some
applications must complete multiple data exchanges within 4 to 50ms).
Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11™ for Wireless Local Area Networks providing wireless
communications while in a vehicular environment.
Key Words: P802.11p, 802.11, 5.9 GHz, wireless access in vehicular
environments.
Designation: 802.11r-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 2: Fast Basic Service Set
(BSS) Transition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 15, 2008
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11™-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k™-2008
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: May 09, 2008
Abstract: Draft Version D9.0 This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 for Wireless Local Area Networks providing
mechanisms for Fast BSS Transition. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of
select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.11r-2008, LAN, local area network, wireless LAN, WLAN
Designation: 802.11r
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [for] Information Technology-
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-Local and
metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN
Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Fast
BSS-Transition
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project are enhancements to the 802.11 Medium
Access Control (MAC) layer to minimize or eliminate the amount of time data
connectivity between the Station (STA) and the Distribution System (DS) is
absent during a Basic Service Set (BSS) transition, limited to the state
necessary for the operation of the MAC. This Project Authorization Request
(PAR) will apply only to the STA<->Access Point (AP) state within
the same Extended Service Set (ESS), and will not apply to the Independent
Basic Service Set (IBSS) case. Security must not be decreased as a result of
the enhancement. Timing criteria and timing conditions will be defined by
the Task Group. (See also section 19)
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to improve BSS transitions
within 802.11 ESSs and to support real time constraints imposed by
applications such as Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP).
Designation: P802.11s
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-
Specific requirements-Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications-Amendment 10: Mesh Networking
Status: Revision of Amendment
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007
Project Scope: This amendment describes an IEEE 802.11 Mesh network with an
IEEE 802.11 Wireless Distribution System (WDS) using the IEEE 802.11
MAC/PHY layers that supports both broadcast/multicast and unicast
delivery over self-configuring multi-hop topologies.
Project Purpose: The IEEE 802.11 standard provides a four-address frame
format for exchanging data packets between stations for the purpose of
creating a Wireless Distribution System (WDS), but does not define how
to configure or use a WDS. The purpose of this amendment is to provide a
protocol for auto-configuring paths between stations over self-
configuring multi-hop topologies in a WDS to support both
broadcast/multicast and unicast traffic in a Mesh using the four-address
frame format or an extension.
Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007. This amendment describes protocols for IEEE 802.11 stations to form self-configuring
multi-hop topology networks that supports both broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery.
Key Words: P802.11s, 802.11, Wireless LAN, Medium Access Control, Mesh, Multi-
hop
Designation: 802.11s
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to STANDARD [FOR] Information Technology -
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and
Metropolitan networks - Specific requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: IEEE 802.11
ESS Mesh Networking
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an IEEE 802.11 Extended
Service Set (ESS) Mesh* with an IEEE 802.11 Wireless Distribution System
(WDS) using the IEEE 802.11 MAC/PHY layers that supports both
broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery over self-configuring multi-hop
topologies.
Project Purpose: The IEEE 802.11-1999 (2003 edition) standard provides a four-
address frame format for exchanging data packets between Access Points (APs)
for the purpose of creating a Wireless Distribution System (WDS), but does
not define how to configure or use a WDS. The purpose of the project is to
provide a protocol for auto-configuring paths between APs over self-
configuring multi-hop topologies in a WDS to support both
broadcast/multicast and unicast traffic in an ESS Mesh using the four-
address frame format or an extension.
Designation: 802.11s
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific
requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment: ESS Mesh Networking
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to develop an IEEE 802.11 Extended
Service Set (ESS) Mesh with an IEEE 802.11 Wireless Distribution System
(WDS) using the IEEE 802.11 MAC/PHY layers that supports both
broadcast/multicast and unicast delivery over self-configuring multi-hop
topologies.
Project Purpose: The IEEE 802.11-1999 (2003 edition) standard provides a four-
address frame format for exchanging data packets between Access Points (APs)
for the purpose of creating a Wireless Distribution System (WDS), but does
not define how to configure or use a WDS. The purpose of the project is to
provide a protocol for auto-configuring paths between APs over self-
configuring multi-hop topologies in a WDS to support both
broadcast/multicast and unicast traffic in an ESS Mesh using the four-
address frame format or an extension.
Designation: 802.11u-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology-Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems-Local and Metropolitan networks-
specific requirements-Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Amendment 9: Interworking with External
Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 25, 2011
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k-2008,
IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, IEEE Std 802.11y-2008, IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, IEEE
Std 802.11n-2009, IEEE Std 802.11p-2010, IEEE Std 802.11z-2010, and IEEE Std
802.11v-2011
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011
Abstract: This amendment specifies enhancements to the IEEE 802.11 medium access control (MAC) that support wireless local area
network (WLAN) interworking with external networks. It enables higher layer functionalities to provide overall end-to-end
solutions. The main goals of this amendment are aiding network discovery and selection, enabling information transfer from
external networks, enabling emergency services, and interfacing subscription service provider networks (SSPNs) to IEEE 802.11
networks that support interworking with external networks.
Key Words: E911, emergency alert system, emergency services, generic
advertisement service, interface, interworking, interworking with external
networks, media-independent handover, MIH, network advertisement, network
discovery, network selection, QoS mapping, SSP, SSPN, subscriber service
provider, wireless LAN
Designation: 802.11v-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment 8: IEEE 802.11 Wireless
Network Management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 09, 2011
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11(TM)-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k(TM)-
2008, IEEE Std 802.11r(TM)-2008, IEEE Std 802.11y(TM)-2008, IEEE Std
802.11w(TM)-2009, IEEE Std 802.11n(TM)-2009, IEEE Std 802.11p(TM)-2010, and
IEEE Std 802.11z(TM)-2010
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Purpose: Insert the following dash list item at the end of the list of
items in 1.2: -- Defines mechanisms and services for Wireless Network
Management of STAs that include BSS transition management, channel usage and
coexistence, collocated interference reporting, diagnostic, multicast
diagnostic and event reporting, flexible multicast, efficient beacon
mechanisms, proxy ARP advertisement, location, timing measurement, directed
multicast, extended sleep modes, traffic filtering, and management
notification.
Abstract: This amendment provides Wireless Network Management enhancements to the IEEE 802.11 MAC, and PHY, extending radio
measurements to effect a complete and coherent upper layer interface for managing IEEE 802.11 devices in wireless networks.
Key Words: Radio Resource Management, Wireless Network Management
Designation: 802.11w-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements. Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 4: Protected Management
Frames
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11™-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k™-2008,
IEEE Std 802.11r™-2008, and IEEE Std 802.11y™-2008
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 22, 2010
Abstract: This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE Std 802.11 for wireless local area networks (WLANs) providing mechanisms
for protecting management frames. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of
select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.11-2007, 802.11w-2009, local area network (LAN)
Designation: 802.11y-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -- Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems -- Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
-- Specific Requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 3: 3650-3700 MHz Operation
in USA
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 03, 2008
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k-2008 and
IEEE Std 802.11r-2008
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 06, 2009
Abstract: Draft Version 10.0. Draft Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007. This document defines enhancements to the 802.11 PHY and MAC
to support operation in the 3650–3700 MHz band in the United States of America. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public
access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.11y-2008, 3650 MHz, wireless local area network, WLAN
Designation: 802.11z-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications Amendment 7: Extensions to Direct-Link
Setup (DLS)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 14, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.11-2007 as amended by IEEE Std 802.11k-2008,
IEEE Std 802.11r-2008, IEEE Std 802.11y-2008, IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, IEEE
Std 802.11n-2009, and IEEE Std 802.11p-2010
Technical Contact: Stuart J Kerry, Phone:408-348-3171, Email:stuart@ok-brit.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: Jun 01, 2011
Abstract: This amendment provides direct-link setup enhancements to the IEEE 802.11 MAC and PHY, extending direct-link setup to be
independent of the access point (AP), and adding power save capabilities. The direct-link setup is made independent of the AP by
tunneling the protocol messages inside data frames. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual
PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: channel switching, direct link, off-channel direct link, power
saving, tunneled directlink setup
Designation: 802.12-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Std 802.12-1990, IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan
Networks: Demand Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and Repeater
Specification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Mar 14, 1996
Abstract: The media access control characteristics for the Demand Priority access method are specified. The layer management,
physical layers, and media that support this access method are also specified. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are
aligned to the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and ISO/IEC 8802 models. Specifications for 100 Mb/s
operation over 100 = balanced cable (twisted-pair) category 3 through 5, 150 = shielded balanced cable, and fibre optic media are
included.
Key Words: balanced cable, data processing, LAN, MAN, twisted pair, star
topology, models, repeater, 100 Mb/s operation, media access control, local
area network, fibre optic, demand-priority access method, Network
interconnection, Mode of data transmission
Designation: 802.12a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 12: Demand-Priority Access Method, Physical Layer and
Repeater Specifications: Supplement for Operation at Greater than 100 Mb/s
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Patricia Thaler, Phone:1 916 570 2707, Email:pthaler@broadcom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: Specify physical layers for operation at speeds higher than 100
Mbps. Define MAC and RMAC parameter values for such operation. define an
optional burst mode capability which allows an end node to send multiple
packets per grant up to a defined time limit. Define any needed network
management extensions for higher speed and burst mode operation. The speed
will not exceed 4 Gb/s.
Project Purpose: To provide a higher speed backbone for 100 Mbps and slower
networks and to provide a higher speed LAN to support end node performance
increases.
Designation: 802.12b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems--Local and Metropolitan area networks--LAN/MAN -
Type specific requirements--Supplement to Part 12: Demand-Priority Access
Method, Physical Layer and Repeater Specification: Two-Pair Balanced Cable
Physical Medium Dependent (2-TP PMD), Medium Dependent Interface (MDI), and
Link Specifications for 100 Mb/s Operation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Patricia Thaler, Phone:1 916 570 2707, Email:pthaler@broadcom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1996
Project Scope: To define a PMD, MDI, and link specifications for 100 Mb/s
operation over 2-p[airs of a category 5 cable.
Project Purpose: To provide a 2-pair category 5 physical layer supporting the
Demand Priority MAC and Media Independent Interface (MDI).
Designation: 802.12c-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to Information Technology--Local and metropolitan area
networks--Specific requirements--Part 12: Demad-priority access method,
physical layer and repeater specifications: Full-Duplex Operation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Mar 25, 1998
Project Scope: To enhance the Demand Priority MAC to provide full duplex
operation when connecting two nodes (the term nodes includes
bridges/switches). Define an optional burst mode capability which allows an
end node to send multiple packets per grant up to a defined time limit.
This will include definition of configuration field bits in the training
packet to indicate availability of full duplex mode and burst mode and
definition of related network management objects. Full duplex mode will be
compatible with the existing and future simplex physical layers.
Project Purpose: To support full duplex data transmission between switches,
between an end node and a switch, and between a pair of end nodes. Full
duplex data transmission provides for more efficient operation, especially
in cases where the data exchange is symmetrical. Also, to support burst
mode which improves efficiency for half duplex operation.
Abstract: ADMINISTRATIVELY WITHDRAWN 14 JANUARY 2001 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. You will
receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: "burst mode,demand-priority access method,direct connect,flow
control,full duplex,local area networks,MAC Control,management,media access
control,repeater"
Designation: 802.12d-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan area networks--Demand Priority Access Method,
Physical Layer and Repeater Specifications: Redundant Links
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to IEEE Std 802.12-1995. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-
2001.
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Aug 20, 1997
Project Scope: Provide a supplement to the 802.12 standard that defines the
implementation and use of redundant repeater uplinks for fault recovery.
This will include definition of network management objects related to
controlling redundant links, topoloty rules for redundant links, and standby
operation mode including the procedure for transition from standby to active
link operation. The provision of a redundant uplink will be optional.
Implementation and use of redundant links for end nodes may also be defined.
This work will be applicable independent of data rate.
Project Purpose: To enhance usability of 802.12 Demand Priority LANs in
situations that require high reliability.
Abstract: Revisions to the IEEE 802.12 Demand Priority Access Method allowing optional implementation of redundant links to
facilitate automatic recovery of network connectivity in case of link or repeater failure anywhere in the network path are
specified. Rules for connecting redundant links within a network are defined.
Key Words: demand priority access method, fault tolerance, network
interconnection, media access control, local area network, LAN, MAN,
redundant link, repeater
Designation: 802.12e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 1D Telecommunications and information exchange between
systems - Local area networks - Media access control (MAC) bridges -
Supplement for support by IEEE 802.12
Status: Superseded
**Formerly P802.1q.
Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 Support of the Internal Sublayer
Service by Specific MAC Procedures to cover bridge operation with IEEE
802.12 MACs. This supplement to 802.1D will be developed by the 802.12 WG
in cooperation with the 802.1 WG. Therefore, the project has an 802.12
number.
Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.12 specific information to the
802.1D standard.
Designation: 802.14
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Networks: Broadband Cable Access
Method and Physical Layer Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Russell, Phone:706-645-3925, Email:rrussell@knology.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: To provide for digital communication services over a branching
bus system constructed from fiber and/or coaxial cable, as used in the cable
TV distribution networks. The traffic types will be constant bit rate(CBR),
variable bit rate(VBR); connection-oriented(CO) and connectionless(CL) data.
Sources both in the headend and within the network will be provided for;
transmission may be one-to-one, one-to-many, many-to-one, and many-to-many.
By specifying a MAC and PHY(s), the standard will be architecturally
consistent with 802 compatibles LANs. Compatibility with emerging
technologies such as video compression and ATM will also be maintained
insofar as consistent with efficiency and good economics. Coexistence with
existing analog video transmission and with forthcoming digitally-encoded
television signals will be maintained. It is expected that the standard will
allow for flexibility in the assignment of frequencies for transmission to
and from the headend. Both symmetric and asymmetric data flows will by
provided for, with data rates consistent with the capabilities of the media;
distances to approximately 160 kilometers round trip will be accommodate.
Project Purpose: The standard will provide a protocol to support expanded
communication services over existing and evolving cable TV distribution
networks. The need for such a standard, as evidenced by the 5 criteria, is
discussed in the appended material.
Designation: 802.14a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for a High Capacity PHYsical Layer for IEEE 802.14 Upstream
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert B Russell, Phone:706-645-3925, Email:chairman@walkingdog.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: TransportConsider all known High Capacity Physical candidates
for possible adaptation to IEEE 802.14 upstream transport. Develop a single
HC PHY via following criteria. Technical feasibility, improved channel
availability under actual operating conditions, expansion of operational
envelope under which channel availability goals are met, price/performance
trade analysis, ease of implementation, potential for enhancement of service
provider's revenue generation and lower operating costs, minimal impact upon
existing 802.14 standard.
Project Purpose: Perform analyses and write technical reports in support of HC
PHY. Develop draft for HC PHY characterized by providing a higher degree of
flexibility in the choices available for modulation and coding. The HC PHY
should provide HFC system designers with an enhanced toolbox which can be
used to cope optimally with upstream channel characteristics, reduce
transmission overhead, and thus maximize throughput in upstream direction.
The HC PHY should provide the following enhancements. provide modulation
and coding options for maximization of delivered capacity, achieve higher
robustness against narrowband interference and burst noise, maximization of
channel utilization, minimize latency.
Designation: 802.15.1-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - telecommunications and
information exchange Systems between systems - Local and metropolitan area
networks-Specific requirements - Part 15.1a: Wireless Medium Access Control
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications for Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPAN)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 14, 2005
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 31, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to incorporating the
changes between 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth specification 1.1) and Bluetooth
Specification 1.2 into 802-15-1-2002. The scope of the original project was:
To define PHY and MAC specifications for wireless connectivity with fixed,
portable and moving devices within or entering a Personal Operating Space
(POS). A goal of the WPAN Group will be to achieve a level of
interoperability which could allow the transfer of data between a WPAN
device and an 802.11 device. A Personal Operating Space (POS) is the space
about a person or object that typically extends up to 10 meters in all
directions and envelops the person whether stationary or in motion. The
proposed WPAN Standard will be developed to ensure coexistence with all
802.11 Networks.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to incorporate editorial
changes, the errata from 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth spec 1.1), the functional
changes between 802-15-1-2002 (Bluetooth1.1) and Bluetooth specification 1.2
into 802-15-1-2002. Specifically these include: Format (new volume
structure, cleaner formatting); Fixes (Errata from the SIG and IEEE applied,
Language cleanup (nomenclature + IEEE)); Features (Architectural Overview,
Faster Connections, Adaptive Frequency Hopping for improved coexistence,
Extended SCO, Scatternet / Scattermode / Absence Masks, Anonymity Mode,
L2CAP Flow & Error Control, LMP Improvements / HCI Improvements); Full
Backward Compatibility with 802-15-1-2002 ( Bluetooth Specificaton 1.1)
Abstract: Methods for communicating devices in a Personal Area Network. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view
and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: WPAN, Personal Area Network, Bluetooth, ISM, Communications protocol
Designation: 802.15.1-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between
Systems - LAN/MAN - Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access
Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Wireless Personal
Area Networks (WPANs)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Frank Heile, Phone:408-984-2805 X.2219
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Apr 15, 2002, ANSI APP: Jul 26, 2002
Project Scope: To define PHY and MAC specifications for wireless connectivity
with fixed, portable and moving devices within or entering a Personal
Operating Space (POS).
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for low complexity, low power
consumption wireless connectivity to support interoperability among devices
within or entering the POS. This includes devices that are carried, worn,
or located near the body. The proposed project will address Quality of
Service to support a variety of traffic classes.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: The lower transport layers [(Logical Link
Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP), Link Manager Protocol (LMP), baseband, and radio] of the Bluetooth™ wireless technology
are defined. Bluetooth is an industry specification for short-range radio frequency (RF)-based connectivity for portable personal
devices. The IEEE 802.15.1 Task Group has reviewed and provided a standard adaptation of the Bluetooth specifications (version
1.1) medium access control (MAC) (L2CAP, LMP, and baseband) and physical layer (PHY) (radio). Also specified is a clause on
service access points (SAPs), which includes a logical link control (LLC)-MAC interface for the ISO/IEC 8802-2 LLC. A normative
annex is included that provides a Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma, and an informative high-level
behavioral ITU-T Z.100 specification and description language (SDL) model for an integrated Bluetooth MAC sublayer are also
specified.
Key Words: "ad hoc network, Bluetooth, Bluetooth wireless technology, circuit
switching, FH-CDMA, frequency-hopping code division multiple access, mobile,
mobility, nomadic, packet switching, piconet, radio, radio frequency,
scatternet, short-range"
Designation: 802.15.2-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Information Technology -
Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and
Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements - Part 15.2: Coexistence
of Wireless Personal Area Networks with Other Wireless Devices Operating in
Unlicensed Frequency Bands
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 28, 2003
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 03, 2009
Project Scope: To develop a Recommended Practice for an IEEE 802.15 Wireless
Personal Area network that coexists with other selected wireless devices
operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest modifications to other
IEEE 802.15 standard(s) to enhance coexistence with other selected wireless
devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest recommended
practices for IEEE 802.11 devices to facilitate coexistence with IEEE 802.15
devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands.
Project Purpose: Usage models exist that presume coexistence of IEEE 802.15
devices with other wireless devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands.
The purpose of this project is to facilitate coexistence of IEEE 802.15 WPAN
devices with selected other wireless devices operating in unlicensed
frequency bands. The intended users of this recommended practice include
IEEE 802 Wireless LAN developers as well as designers and consumers of
wireless products being developed to operate in unlicensed frequency bands.
Abstract: This recommended practice addresses the issue of coexistence of wireless local area networks and wireless personal area
networks. These wireless networks often operate in the same unlicensed band. This recommended practice describes coexistence
mechanisms that can be used to facilitate coexistence of wireless local area networks (i.e., IEEE Std 802.11b™-1999) and wireless
personal area networks (i.e., IEEE Std 802.15.1™-2002). The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download
individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: "coexistence, collaborative, collocated, interference, mechanisms,
non-collaborative,WLAN, WPAN"
Designation: 802.15.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Telecommunications and Information Exchange
Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Recommended
Practice for Wireless Personal Area Networks Operating in Unlicensed
Frequency Bands
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: To develop a recommended practice for an IEEE 802.15 Wireless
Personal Area Network that coexists with other selected wireless devices
operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest modifications to other
IEEE 802.15 standard(s) to enhance coexistence with other selected wireless
devices operating in unlicensed frequency bands. To suggest recommended
practices for IEEE 802.11 devices to facilitate coexistence with IEEE 802.15
devices oeprating in unlicensed frequency bands.
Project Purpose: Usage models exist that presume coexistence of IEEE 802.15
devices with other wireless devices oeprating in unlicensed frequency bands.
The purpose of this project is to facilitate coexistence of IEEE 802.15 WPAN
devices with selected other wireless devices operating in unlicensed
frequency bands. The intended users of this recommended practice include
IEEE 802 Wireless LAN developers as well as designers and consumers of
wireless products being developed to operate in unlicensed frequency bands.
Designation: 802.15.3-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPAN)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 29, 2003
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Oct 20, 2003
Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for high
data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices
within or entering a Personal Operating Space (POS). A goal of the WPAN-HR
(High Rate) Task Group will be to achieve a level of interoperability or
coexistence with other 802.15 Task Groups. It is also the intent of this
project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in
conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups such as 802.15.2.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for low complexity, low cost, low power
consumption (comparable to the goals of 802.15.1) and high data rate
wireless connectivity among devices within or entering the Personal
Operating Space (POS). The data rate will be high enough, 20 Mbps or more,
to satisfy a set of consumer multimedia industry needs for WPAN
communications. The project will also address the Quality of Service
capabilities required to support multimedia data types.
Abstract: The protocol and compatible interconnection of data and multimedia communication equipment via 2.4 GHz radio transmissions
in a Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN) using low power and multiple modulation formats to support scalable data rates is
defined in this standard. The Medium Access Control (MAC)sublayer protocol supports both isochronous and asynchronous data
types. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no
charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: "ad hoc network,mobility,PAN,Personal Area Network,radio
frequency,Wireless,WPAN,UWB,ultra-wideband,signals,low-rate,OFDM,Orthogonal
Frequency Division Multiplexing"
Designation: 802.15.3a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part
15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY)
Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer Extension for the High Rate
Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004
Project Scope: From: This project will define an alternative PHY clause for
a higher data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3. To: This project
will define an alternative PHY clause, in the frequency range of up to
24GHz, for a higher data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3.
Project Purpose: The intent of this project is to provide a standard for a low
complexity, low cost, low power consumption alternate PHY for 802.15.3
(comparable to the goals for 802.15.3). The data rate will be high enough,
110 Mb/s or more (see 18a), to satisfy an evolutionary set of consumer
multi-media industry needs for WPAN communications. The project will address
the requirements to support multimedia data types in multiple compliant
co-located systems and also coexistence (18b).
Key Words: "PAN,Personal Area Network,radio frequency,Wireless,WPAN,UWB,ultra-
wideband,signals,low-rate,OFDM,Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing"
Designation: 802.15.3a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part
15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY)
Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer Extension for the High Rate
Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This project will define an alternative PHY clause for a higher
data rate amendment to standard 802.15.3.
Project Purpose: The intent of this project is to provide a standard for a low
complexity, low cost, low power consumption alternate PHY for 802.15.3
(comparable to the goals for 802.15.3). The data rate will be high enough,
110 Mb/s or more (see 18a), to satisfy an evolutionary set of consumer
multi-media industry needs for WPAN communications. The project will address
the requirements to support multimedia data types in multiple compliant co-
located systems and also coexistence (18b).
Designation: 802.15.3b-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: Standard for IEEE Amendment to Standard for Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Specific Requirements - Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPAN): Amendment to MAC Sublayer
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 05, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: This amendment contains changes to the IEEE Std 802.15.3
required to improve implementation and interoperability. This will include
minor optimizations while preserving backward compatibility. In addition,
this amendment will correct errors, clarify ambiguities, and add editorial
clarifications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to improve the ability of
IEEE Std 802.15.3 to support emerging wireless multimedia applications;
e.g., multimedia streaming, time synchronization, low latency data transfer,
and peripheral connectivity.
Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 802.15.3-2003 The protocol and compatible interconnection of data and multimedia communication
equipment via 2.4 GHz radio transmissions in a Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN) using low power and multiple modulation
formats to support scalable data rates is defined in this standard. The Medium Access Control (MAC) sublayer protocol supports
both isochronous and asynchronous data types. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download
individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: channel time reuse, handover, implied acknowledgment, multicast,
wireless personal area network, WPAN
Designation: 802.15.3c-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 15.3: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for High Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs) Amendment 2: Millimeter-wave-based Alternative Physical
Layer Extension
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 12, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.15.3-2003
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2005, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Mar 01, 2010
Abstract: This amendment defines and alternative physical layer (PHY) for IEEE Std 802.15.3-2003. Three PHY modes have been defined
that enable data rates in excess of 5 Gb/s using the 60 GHz band. A beam forming protocol has been defined to improve the range
of communicating devices. Aggregation and block acknowledgment have been defined to improve the medium access control (MAC)
efficiency at the high data rates provided for by the PHY.
Key Words: 802.15.3-2009, 802.15.3c-2009, 60 GHz, aggregation, beam forming,
block acknowledgment, millimeter wave, uncompressed video, wireless personal
area network, WPAN
Designation: 802.15.4-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 07, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to produce specific enhancements
and corrections to IEEE Std 802.15.4, all of which will be backwards
compatible with IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. These enhancements and corrections
include resolving ambiguities, reducing unnecessary complexity, increasing
flexibility in security key usage, considerations for newly available
frequency allocations, and others. IEEE Std 802.15.4 defines the physical
layer (PHY) and medium access control (MAC) sublayer specifications for
low-data-rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable, and moving devices
with no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically
operating in the personal operating space (POS) of 10 m. It is foreseen
that, depending on the application, a longer range at a lower data rate may
be an acceptable tradeoff. It is the intent of this revision to work toward
a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with
Coexistence Task Groups, such as IEEE 802.15.2 and IEEE 802.11/ETSI-
BRAN/MMAC 5GSG.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this revision is to extend the market
applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4 and to remove ambiguities in the
standard. Implementations of the 2003 edition of this standard have revealed
potential areas of improvements. Additional frequency bands are being made
available in various countries that are attractive for this application
space.
Abstract: IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003 defined the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low-
data-rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network
(WPAN). This revision extends the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4, removes ambiguities in the standard, and makes
improvements revealed by implementations of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view
and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN,
personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless
personal area network, WPAN
Designation: P802.15.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Part 15.4: Low Rate
Wireless Personal Area Networks (LR-WPANs)
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines the physical layer (PHY) and medium access
control (MAC) sublayer specifications for low-data-rate wireless
connectivity with fixed, portable, and moving devices with no battery or
very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the
personal operating space (POS) of 10 m. Physical layers (PHYs) are defined
for - devices operating in the license free 868-868.6 MHz, 902-928 MHz and
2400-2483.5 MHz bands, - devices with precision ranging, extended range,
and enhanced robustness and mobility, - devices operating according to the
Chinese regulations, Radio Management of P. R. of China doc.
#6326360786867187500 or current document, for one or more of the 314-316
MHz, 430-434 MHz, and 779-787 MHz frequency bands, and - devices operating
in the 950-956 MHz allocation in Japan and coexisting with passive tag
systems in the band.
Project Purpose: The standard provides for ultra low complexity, ultra low
cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity
among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate is high enough (250 kb/s) to
satisfy a set of simple applications, but is also scaleable down to the
needs of sensor and automation needs (20 kb/s or below) for wireless
communications. In addition, one of the alternate PHYs provides precision
ranging capability that is accurate to one meter. Multiple PHYs are defined
to support a variety of frequency bands including - 868-868.6 MHz, - 802-
928 MHz, - 2400-2483.5 MHz, - 314-316 MHz, 430-434 MHz, and 779-787 MHz
band for LR-WPAN systems in China, and - 950-956 MHz in Japan.
Abstract: IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003 defined the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low-data-
rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network (WPAN).
This revision extends the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4, removes ambiguities in the standard, and makes improvements
revealed by implementations of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003.
Key Words: ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN,
personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless
personal area network, WPAN
Designation: P802.15.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part
15.4: Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs)
Status: Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This Standard defines the physical layer (PHY) and medium access
control (MAC) sublayer specifications for low-data-rate wireless
connectivity with fixed, portable, and moving devices with no battery or
very limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the
personal operating space (POS) of 10 m. Physical layers (PHYs) are
defined for - devices operating in the license free 868-868.6 MHz, 902-928
MHz and 2400-2483.5 MHz bands, - devices with precision ranging, extended
range, and enhanced robustness and mobility, - devices operating according
to the Chinese regulations, Radio Management of P. R. of China doc.
#6326360786867187500 or current document, for one or more of the 314-316
MHz, 430-434 MHz, and 779-787 MHz frequency bands, and - devices operating
in the 950 MHz -956 MHz allocation in Japan and coexisting with passive tag
systems in the band.
Project Purpose: The standard provides for ultra low complexity, ultra low
cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity
among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate is high enough (250 kb/s) to
satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but is also
scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (20 kb/s or
below) for wireless communications. In addition, one of the alternate PHYs
provides precision ranging capability that is accurate to one meter or
better with improved the communication range, robustness and mobility.
Multiple PHYs are defined to support a variety of frequency bands including
- 868-868.6 MHz, - 802-928 MHz, - 2400-2483.5 MHz, - 314-316 MHz, 430-434
MHz, and 779-787 MHz band for LR-WPAN systems in China, and - 950 MHz-956
MHz in Japan.
Abstract: IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003 defined the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low-data-
rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network (WPAN).
This revision extends the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4, removes ambiguities in the standard, and makes improvements
revealed by implementations of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003.
Key Words: ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN,
personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless, wireless
personal area network, WPAN
Designation: 802.15.4-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between
Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium Access
Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless
Personal Area Networks (WPAN)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: May 12, 2003
Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for low
data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices with
no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically
operating in the Personal Operating Space (POS) of 10 meters (See 16a). It
is foreseen that depending on the application that a longer range at a lower
data rate may be an acceptable trade-off (See 16b). It is the intent of this
project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in
conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as 802.15.2.and 802.11/ETSI-
BRAN/MMAC 5GSG.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for ultra low complexity, ultra low
cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity
among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate will be high enough (maximum of
250kbs) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but
scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (20kbps or below)
for wireless communications.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.15.4-2006 IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003 defined the protocol and compatible interconnection for data
communication devices using low- data-rate, low-power, and low-complexity short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a
wireless personal area network (WPAN). This revision extends the market applicability of IEEE Std 802.15.4, removes ambiguities
in the standard, and makes improvements revealed by implementations of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2003.
Key Words: "ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility,
personal area network (PAN), radio frequency (RF), short range, wireless,
wireless personal area network (WPAN)"
Designation: 802.15.4
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for STANDARD FOR Telecommunications and Information Exchange
Between Systems - LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Part 15: Wireless Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate
Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPAN)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This project will define the PHY and MAC specifications for low
data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices with
no battery or very limited battery consumption requirements typically
operating in the Personal Operating Space (POS) of 10 meters (See 16a). It
is foreseen that depending on the application that a longer range at a lower
data rate may be an acceptable trade-off (See 16b). It is the intent of
this project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless
devices in conjunction with Coexistence Task Groups, such as 802.15.2 and
802.11/ETSI-BRAN/MMAC 5GSG.
Project Purpose: To provide a standard for ultra low complexity, ultra low
cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity
among inexpensive devices. The raw data rate will be high enough (maximum
of 200kbs) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but
scaleable down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (10kbps or below)
for wireless communications. The project may also address the location
tracking capabilities required to support uses of smart tags and badges.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Project scope: This project will define the PHY and
MAC specifications for low data rate wireless connectivity with fixed, portable and moving devices with no battery or very
limited battery consumption requirements typically operating in the Personal Operating Space (POS) of 10 meters (See 16a). It is
foreseen that depending on the application that a longer range at a lower data rate may be an acceptable trade-off (See 16b). It
is the intent of this project to work toward a level of coexistence with other wireless devices in conjunction with Coexistence
Task Groups, such as 802.15.2 and 802.11/ETSI-BRAN/MMAC 5GSG. Project purpose: To provide a standard for ultra low
complexity, ultra low cost, ultra low power consumption and low data rate wireless connectivity among inexpensive devices. The
raw data rate will be high enough (maximum of 200kbs) to satisfy a set of simple needs such as interactive toys, but scaleable
down to the needs of sensor and automation needs (10kbps or below) for wireless communications. The project may also address the
location tracking capabilities required to support uses of smart tags and badges.
Key Words: IEEE 802.15 , IEEE 802.15.4 , IEEE P802.15 , IEEE P802.15.4
Designation: P802.15.4-2006/Cor 1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs) - Corrigendum 1
Status: Corrigenda of Standard
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE Std
802.15.4. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in that
standard. It does not contain new material.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors,
inconsistencies, and ambiguities in IEEE Std 802.15.4.
Designation: 802.15.4a-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs): Amendment 1: Add Alternate PHYs
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 2007
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007
Project Scope: Insert the following new paragraph at the end of 1.2: In
addition, alternative physical layers (PHYs) for data communication devices
with precision ranging, extended range, and enhanced robustness and
mobility are specified.
Project Purpose: Insert the following new paragraph at the end of 1.3: This
standard also provides an international standard for an ultra-low
complexity, ultra-low cost, ultra-low power consumption alternate PHY for
IEEE Std 802.15.4™ (comparable to the goals for IEEE Std 802.15.4- 2003).
To satisfy an evolutionary set of industrial and consumer requirements for
wireless personal area network (WPAN) communications, the precision
ranging capability will be accurate to one meter or better,and the
communication range, robustness, and mobility improved over IEEE Std
802.15.4-2003. The requirements to support coexisting networks of
sensors, controllers, and logistic and peripheral devices in multiple
compliant co-located systems are addressed.
Abstract: This standard defines the protocol and compatible interconnection for data communication devices using low data rate, low
power and low complexity, short-range radio frequency (RF) transmissions in a wireless personal area network (WPAN). Remarks:
Amendment of IEEE Std 802.15.4-2006. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of
select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN, mobility, PAN,
personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range, wireless,
wireless personal area network, WPAN
Designation: 802.15.4c-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and IEEE Standard for
Information technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between
systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part
15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY)
Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs)
Amendment 2: Alternative Physical Layer Extension to support one or more of
the Chinese 314-316 MHz, 430-434 MHz, and 779-787 MHz bands
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.15.4-2006
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 22, 2007, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Jul 29, 2009
Abstract: This amendment defines alternate PHY and modifications to the MAC needed to support the PHY that complies with the
applicable Chinese regulations, Radio Management of P. R. of China doc. # 6326360786867187500 or current document, for one or
more of the 314–316 MHz, 430–434 MHz, and 779–787 MHz frequency bands. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to
view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for
details.
Key Words: 802.15.4c-2009, ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN,
mobility, PAN, personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range,
wireless, wireless personal area network, WPAN
Designation: 802.15.4d-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs)Amendment 3: Alternative Physical Layer Extensionto support
the Japanese 950 MHz bands
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 17, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.15.4™-2006
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Jul 29, 2009
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.15.4-2006 is limited to defining a new PHY and such changes to the MAC as are necessary to
support a new frequency allocation (950 MHz) in Japan. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download
individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.15.4d-2009, ad hoc network, low data rate, low power, LR-WPAN,
mobility, PAN, personal area network, radio frequency, RF, short range,
wireless, wireless personal area network, WPAN
Designation: P802.15.4e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Part 15.4: Low
Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (LR-WPANs) Amendment to the MAC sub-
layer
Status: Revision of Amendment
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: The intention of this amendment is to enhance and add
functionality to the 802.15.4 MAC to a) better support the industrial
markets and b) permit compatibility with modifications being proposed within
the Chinese WPAN. Specifically, the MAC enhancements are limited to: *
TDMA: to provide a)determinism, b)enhanced utilization of bandwidth *
Channel Hopping: to provide additional robustness in high interfering
environments and enhance coexistence with other wireless networks * GTS: to
increase its flexibility such as a) supporting peer to peer, b)the length of
the slot, and c) number of slots * CSMA: to improve throughput and reduce
energy consumption * Security: to add support for additional options such
as asymmetrical keys * Low latency: to reduce end to end delivery time such
as needed for control applications
Project Purpose: This functionality facilitates Industrial applications (such
as addressed by HART 7 and the ISA100 proposed standards), and those
enhancements defined by the proposed Chinese WPAN standard that aren't
included in TG4c. This amendment addresses coexistence with wireless
protocols such as 802.11, 802.15.1, 802.15.3, and 802.15.4.
Designation: 802.15.4e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs) - Amendment: Amendment to the MAC sub-layer
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: The intention of this amendment is to enhance and add
functionality to the 802.15.4-2006 MAC to a) better support the industrial
markets and b) permit compatibility with modifications being proposed within
the Chinese WPAN. Specifically, the MAC enhancements are limited
to: • TDMA: to provide a)determinism, b)enhanced utilization of bandwidth
• Channel Hopping: to provide additional robustness in high interfering
environments and enhance coexistence with other wireless networks • GTS:
to increase its flexibility such as a) supporting peer to peer, b)the length
of the slot, and c) number of slots • CSMA: to improve throughput and
reduce energy consumption • Security: to add support for additional
options such as asymmetrical keys • Low latency: to reduce end to end
delivery time such as needed for control applications
Project Purpose: This functionality facilitates Industrial applications (such
as addressed by HART 7 and the ISA100 proposed standards), and those
enhancements defined by the proposed Chinese WPAN standard that aren't
included in TG4c. This amendment addresses coexistence with wireless
protocols such as 802.11, 802.15.1, 802.15.3, and 802.15.4.
Designation: P802.15.4f
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Part 15.4: Low
Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (LR-WPANs) Amendment: Active Radio
Frequency Identification (RFID) System Physical Layer (PHY)
Status: Revision of Amendment
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This amendment defines a Physical Layer (PHY), and those Medium
Access Control Layer (MAC) modifications required to support it, for Active
Radio Frequency Indentification (RFID) readers and tags. It allows for
efficient communications with active RFID tags and sensor applications in an
autonomous manner in a promiscuous network, using very low energy
consumption (low duty cycle), and low PHY transmitter power. The PHY
parameters are flexible and configurable to provide optimized use in a
variety of active RFID tag operations including simplex and duplex
transmission (reader-to-tag and tag-to-readers), multicast (reader to a
select group of tags), uni-cast as in reader to a single tag, tag-to-tag
communication, and multi-hop capability. The PHY specification supports a
large tag population (hundreds of thousands) which may consist of a number
of densely populated (closely situated or packed) tags within a single
reader field and supports basic applications such as read and write with
authentication and an accurate location determination capability. The
communication reliability of the system is very high for applications such
as active tag inventory counting or auditing. The active RFID device
frequency band(s) used are available world-wide, with or without licensing,
and the active RFID PHY is capable of avoiding, or operating in the presence
of interference from other devices operating within the Active RFID's
frequency band of operation. Where unlicensed bands are utilized, this
amendment also addresses coexistence with other 802 wireless standards
operating in the same bands.
Project Purpose: This amendment provides for low cost, ultra low energy
consumption, flexible and highly reliable communication means and air
interface protocol for Active RFID and sensor applications. The air
interface supports a wide range of needs for active RFID systems and enable
improved performance and flexibility for mass deployments of active RFID
systems around the world.
Designation: 802.15.4f
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs) - Amendment: Active Radio Frequency Identification (RFID)
System Physical Layer (PHY)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This amendment defines a Physical Layer (PHY), and those
Medium Access Control Layer (MAC) modifications required to support it, for
Active Radio Frequency Indentification (RFID) readers and tags. It allows
for efficient communications with active RFID tags and sensor applications
in an autonomous manner in a promiscuous network, using very low energy
consumption (low duty cycle), and low PHY transmitter power. The PHY
parameters are flexible and configurable to provide optimized use in a
variety of active RFID tag operations including simplex and duplex
transmission (reader-to-tag and tag-to-readers), multicast (reader to a
select group of tags), uni-cast as in reader to a single tag, tag-to-tag
communication, and multi-hop capability. The PHY specification supports a
large tag population (hundreds of thousands) which may consist of a number
of densely populated (closely situated or packed) tags within a single
reader field and supports basic applications such as read and write with
authentication and an accurate location determination capability. The
communication reliability of the system is very high for applications such
as active tag inventory counting or auditing. The active RFID device
frequency band(s) used are available world-wide, with or without licensing,
and the active RFID PHY is capable of avoiding, or operating in the presence
of interference from other devices operating within the Active RFID’s
frequency band of operation. Where unlicensed bands are utilized, this
amendment also addresses coexistence with other 802 wireless standards
operating in the same bands.
Project Purpose: This amendment provides for low cost, ultra low energy
consumption, flexible and highly reliable communication means and air
interface protocol for Active RFID and sensor applications. The air
interface supports a wide range of needs for active RFID systems and enable
improved performance and flexibility for mass deployments of active RFID
systems around the world.
Designation: P802.15.4g
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Part 15.4: Low
Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (LR-WPANs) Amendment: Physical Layer
(PHY) Specifications for Low Data Rate Wireless Smart Metering Utility
Networks
Status: Revision of Amendment
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: (See explanatory notes in Secton 8.1) This Standard defines an
amendment to IEEE 802.15.4. It addresses principally outdoor Low Data Rate
Wireless Smart Metering Utility Network requirements. It defines an
alternate PHY and only those MAC modifications needed to support its
implementation. Specifically, the amendment supports all of the following:
* Operation in any of the regionally available license exempt frequency
bands, such as 700MHz to 1GHz, and the 2.4 GHz band. * Data rate of at
least 40 kbits per second but not more than 1000 kbits per second * .
Achieve the optimal energy efficient link margin given the environmental
conditions encountered in Smart Metering deployments. * Principally outdoor
communications * PHY frame sizes up to a minimum of 1500 octets *
Simultaneous operation for at least 3 co-located orthogonal networks *
Connectivity to at least one thousand direct neighbors characteristic of
dense urban deployment Provides mechanisms that enable coexistence with
other systems in the same band(s) including IEEE 802.11, 802.15 and 802.16
systems.
Project Purpose: To provide a global standard that facilitates very large scale
process control applications such as the utility smart-grid network. This
amendment supports large, geographically diverse networks with minimal
infrastructure. Smart Metering Utility Networks can potentially contain
millions of fixed endpoints. The communication range, robustness, and
coexistence characteristics required for this class of application have not
been met with existing 802 standards (See explanatory notes in Section 8.1).
Designation: 802.15.4g
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs) - Amendment: Physical Layer(PHY) Specifications for Low
Data Rate Wireless Smart Metering Utility Networks
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: (See explanatory notes in Secton 8.1)
This Standard defines an amendment to IEEE 802.15.4. It addresses
principally outdoor Low Data Rate Wireless Smart Metering Utility Network
requirements. It defines an alternate PHY and only those MAC modifications
needed to support its implementation. Specifically, the amendment
supports all of the following: • Operation in any of the regionally
available license exempt frequency bands, such as 700MHz to 1GHz, and the
2.4 GHz band. • Data rate of at least 40 kbits per second but not more
than 1000 kbits per second • . Achieve the optimal energy efficient link
margin given the environmental conditions encountered in Smart Metering
deployments. • Principally outdoor communications • PHY frame sizes
up to a minimum of 1500 octets • Simultaneous operation for at least 3
co-located orthogonal networks • Connectivity to at least one thousand
direct neighbors characteristic of dense urban deployment Provides
mechanisms that enable coexistence with other systems in the same band(s)
including IEEE 802.11, 802.15 and 802.16 systems.
Project Purpose: To provide a global standard that facilitates very large scale
process control applications such as the utility smart-grid network. This
amendment supports large, geographically diverse networks with minimal
infrastructure. Smart Metering Utility Networks can potentially contain
millions of fixed endpoints. The communication range, robustness, and
coexistence characteristics required for this class of application have not
been met with existing 802 standards (See explanatory notes in Section 8.1).
Designation: P802.15.4j
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 15.4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs) Amendment: Alternative Physical Layer Extension to support
Medical Body Area Network (MBAN) services operating in the 2360-2400 MHz
band
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This amendment defines a physical layer for IEEE 802.15.4 in the
2360 to 2400 MHz band which complies with Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) MBAN rules. This amendment defines modifications to the MAC needed to
support this new physical layer.
Project Purpose: This amendment describes support for Medical Body Area
Networks (MBAN) operating in the band from 2360 to 2400 MHz. The FCC rules
define the use of the MBAN band. This amendment allows 15.4 and MAC
amendments to be used in the MBAN band.
Designation: P802.15.4k
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 15.4:
Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications
for Low Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) Amendment - Physical
Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low Energy, Critical Infrastructure
Monitoring Networks (LECIM)
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard is an amendment to IEEE 802.15.4. It addresses
principally those applications such as critical infrastructure monitoring.
It defines an alternate PHY and only those MAC modifications needed to
support its implementation. The amendment supports: ' *Operation in any of
the regionally available licensed, license exempt, and special purpose
frequency bands ' *Simultaneous operation for at least 8 co-located
orthogonal networks ' *Application data rate of less than 40 kbits per
second ' *Propagation path loss of at least 120 dB ' *>1000 endpoints
per mains powered infrastructure ' *Asymmetric application data flow '
*Extreme difference in capabilities and performance between endpoint devices
and coordinating devices (collectors) ' -coordinator may support all
standardized modulations (MCS) and data rates ' -coordinator may be
required to support antenna diversity or antenna beam steering ' -end point
must be able to conserve energy ' *Reliable operation in dramatically
changing environments (no control over environment) This amendment also
provides mechanisms that enable coexistence with other systems in the same
band(s) including IEEE 802.11, 802.15 and 802.16 systems. (See explanatory
notes in Section 8.1)
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to facilitate point to multi-
thousands of points communications for critical infrastructure monitoring
devices. The amendment addresses the application's user needs of minimal
network infrastructure, and enables the collection of scheduled and event
data from a large number of non-mains powered end points that are widely
dispersed, or are in challenging propagation environments. To facilitate low
energy operation necessary for multi-year battery life, the amendment
minimizes network maintenance traffic and device wake durations. In
addition, the amendment addresses the changing propagation and interference
environments.
Designation: 802.15.5-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Information technology--
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems-- Local and
metropolitan area networks-- Specific requirements Part 15.5: Mesh Topology
Capability in Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2009
**New standard
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Jul 28, 2009
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to provide a recommended practice
to provide the architectural framework enabling WPAN devices to promote
interoperable, stable, and scaleable wireless mesh topologies and, if
needed, to provide the amendment text to the current WPAN standards that is
required to implement this recommended practice.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to facilitate wireless mesh
topologies optimized for IEEE 802.15 WPANs. Mesh Topology provides
the following features to WPANs: - Extension of network coverage without
increasing the transmit power or the receiver sensitivity - Enhanced
reliability via route redundancy - Easier network configuration -
Better device battery life
Abstract: The scope is to provide a recommended practice to provide the architectural framework enabling WPAN devices to promote
interoperable, stable, and scaleable wireless mesh topologies and, if needed, to provide the amendment text to the current WPAN
standards that is required to implement this recommended practice. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view
and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.15.5-2009, address assignment, block addressing, broadcast,
carrier sense multiple access/collision avoidance, high-rate WPAN mesh, HR-
WPAN mesh, multicast, low-rate WPAN mesh, LR-WPAN mesh, mesh, mesh
coordinator, server routing, wakeup interval, multiple hop, multi-hop,
local link state, logical tree, portable, portability, power saving,
reliable broadcast, sensor network, traceroute, unicast, wireless PAN, WPAN
Designation: P802.15.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 15.6: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical
Layer (PHY) Specifications for Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs)used
in or around a body.
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This ia a standard for short range, wireless communication in
the vicinity of, or inside, a human body (but not limited to humans). It can
use existing ISM bands as well as frequency bands approved by national
medical and/or regulatory authorities. Support for Quality of Service (QoS),
extremely low power, and data rates up to 10 Mbps is required while
simultaneously complying with strict non-interference guidelines where
needed. This standard considers effects on portable antennas due to the
presence of a person (varying with male, female, skinny, heavy, etc.),
radiation pattern shaping to minimize SAR* into the body, and changes in
characteristics as a result of the user motions. *SAR (Specific
Absorption Rate) measured in (W/kg) = (J/kg/s). SAR is regulated, with
limits for local exposure (Head) of: in US: 1.6 W/kg in 1 gram and in EU: 2
W/kg in 10 gram. This limits the transmit (TX) power in US < 1.6 mW and
in EU < 20 mW.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to provide an international standard for a
short range (ie about human body range), low power and highly reliable
wireless communication for use in close proximity to, or inside, a human
body. Data rates, typically up to 10Mbps, can be offered to satisfy an
evolutionary set of entertainment and healthcare services. Current Personal
Area Networks (PANs) do not meet the medical (proximity to human tissue) and
relevant communication regulations for some application environments. They
also do not support the combination of reliability (QoS), low power, data
rate and noninterference required to broadly address the breadth of body
area network applications.
Designation: P802.15.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Short-Range Wireless Optical Communication Using
Visible Light
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines a PHY and MAC layer for short-range
optical wireless communications using visible light in optically transparent
media. The visible light spectrum extends from 380 to 780 nm in wavelength.
The standard is capable of delivering data rates sufficient to support audio
and video multimedia services and also considers mobility of the visible
link, compatibility with visible-light infrastructures, impairments due to
noise and interference from sources like ambient light and a MAC layer that
accommodates visible links. The standard adheres to applicable eye safety
regulations
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a global standard
for short-range optical wireless communication using visible light. The
standard provides (i) access to several hundred THz of unlicensed spectrum;
(ii) immunity to electromagnetic interference and noninterference with Radio
Frequency (RF) systems; (iii) additional security by allowing the user to
see the communication channel; and (iv) communication augmenting and
complementing existing services (such as illumination, display, indication,
decoration, etc.) from visible-light infrastructures.
Abstract: This standard defines a PHY and MAC layer for short-range optical wireless communications using visible light in optically
transparent media. The visible light spectrum extends from 380 to 780 nm in wavelength. The standard is capable of delivering
data rates sufficient to support audio and video multimedia services and also considers mobility of the visible link,
compatibility with visible-light infrastructures, impairments due to noise and interference from sources like ambient light and a
MAC layer that accommodates visible links. The standard adheres to applicable eye safety regulations
Designation: P802.15.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements--Part 15.7: Standard for Short-Range Wireless Optical
Communication using Visible Light
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert F Heile, Phone:781-929-4832, Email:bheile@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This standard defines a PHY and MAC layer for short-range
optical wireless communications using visible light in optically transparent
media. The visible light spectrum extends from 380 to 780 nm in wavelength.
The standard is capable of delivering data rates sufficient to support audio
and video multimedia services and also considers mobility of the visible
link, compatibility with visible-light infrastructures, impairments due to
noise and interference from sources like ambient light and a MAC layer that
accommodates visible links. The standard will adhere to any applicable eye
safety regulations
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a global standard
for short-range optical wireless communication using visible light. The
standard will provide (i) access to several hundred THz of unlicensed
spectrum; (ii) immunity to electromagnetic interference and noninterference
with Radio Frequency (RF) systems; (iii) additional security by allowing the
user to see the communication channel; and (iv) communication augmenting and
complementing existing services (such as illumination, display, indication,
decoration, etc.) from visible-light infrastructures.
Abstract: This standard defines a PHY and MAC layer for short-range optical wireless communications using visible light in optically
transparent media. The visible light spectrum extends from 380 to 780 nm in wavelength. The standard is capable of delivering
data rates sufficient to support audio and video multimedia services and also considers mobility of the visible link,
compatibility with visible-light infrastructures, impairments due to noise and interference from sources like ambient light and a
MAC layer that accommodates visible links. The standard will adhere to any applicable eye safety regulations
Designation: 802.16-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks Part 16: Air
Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 29, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 802.16-2004
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 2009
Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium
access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of combined fixed and
mobile point-to-multipoint broadband wireless access (BWA) systems providing
multiple services. The MAC is structured to support multiple PHY
specifications, each suited to a particular operational environment.
Project Purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of
innovative, cost-effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband
wireless access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by
providing alternatives to wireline broadband access, encourages consistent
worldwide spectrum allocation, and accelerates the commercialization of
broadband wireless access systems.
Abstract: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of
combined fixed and mobile point-to-multipoint broadband wireless access (BWA) systems providing multiple services. The MAC is
structured to support multiple physical layer (PHY) specifications, each suited to a particular operational environment. The
standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless
access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to wireline broadband access, encourages
consistent worldwide spectrum allocations and accelerates the commercialization of broadband wireless access systems. The
standard is a revision of IEEE Std 802.16-2004, and consolidates material from IEEE 802.16eTM-2005, IEEE 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005,
IEEE 802.16fTM-2005 and IEEE 802.16gTM-2007, along with additional maintenance items and enhancements to the management
information base specifications. This revision supersedes and makes obsolete IEEE Std 802.16-2004 and all of its subsequent
amendments and corrigenda. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select
standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.16-2009, broadband wireless access (BWA), cellular layer, fixed
broadband wireless access, MAN, management information base (MIB),
microwave, mobile broadband wireless access, OFDM, OFDMA, radio, standard,
wireless access systems (WAS), WirelessMAN®, wireless metropolitan area
network, WiMAX, 4G
Designation: 802.16
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems
- LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless
Access Systems
Status: Changed Designation
**Changed Designation to P802.16.1
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems
operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems
operating between 10 and 66 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum.
Designation: P802.16
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium
access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of combined fixed and
mobile point-to-multipoint broadband wireless access (BWA) systems providing
multiple services. The MAC is structured to support the WirelessMAN-SC,
WirelessMAN-OFDM, and WirelessMAN-OFDMA PHY specifications, each suited to a
particular operational environment.
Project Purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of
innovative, cost-effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless
access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing
alternatives to wireline broadband access, encourages consistent worldwide
spectrum allocation, and accelerates the commercialization of broadband
wireless access systems.
Designation: 802.16-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 802.16-2001. This is standard 802.16-2004.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Jan 05, 2005
Project Scope: This revised standard specifies the air interface, including the
medium access control layer and multiple physical layer specifications, of
fixed broadband wireless access systems supporting multiple services. It
consolidates IEEE Standards 802.16, 802.16a, and 802.16c, retaining all
modes and major features without adding modes. Content is added or revised
to improve performance, ease deployment, or replace incorrect, ambiguous, or
incomplete material, including system profiles.
Project Purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of
innovative, cost-effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless
access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by providing
alternatives to wireline broadband access, ecnourages consistent worldwide
spectrum allocations, and accelerates the commercialization of broadband
wireless access systems.
Abstract: It consolidates IEEE Standards 802.16 , 802.16a , and 802.16c , retaining all modes and major features without adding
modes. Content is added or revised to improve performance, ease deployment, or replace incorrect, ambiguous, or incomplete
material, including system profiles. Project purpose: This standard enables rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products, facilitates competition in broadband access by
providing alternatives to wire line broadband access, encourages consistent worldwide spectrum allocations, and accelerates the
commercialization of broadband wireless access systems.
Key Words: fixed broadband wirelss access network, metropolitan area network,
microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN standards
Designation: 802.16-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16-2004.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: May 24, 2002
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems
operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems
operating between 10 and 66 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum.
Abstract: Conformance to IEEE Std 802.16-2001 as amended by IEEE Std 802.16a ™ -2003 and IEEE Std 802.16c ™ -2002) Abstract: This
standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC 9646-1:1994 and 9646-2:1995 and ITU-T
X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10–66 GHz)
air interface specified in IEEE 802.16.
Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network,
microwave, millimeter wave, WirelessMAN standards"
Designation: 802.16
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems
- LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless
Access Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems
operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems
operating between 10 and 66 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum.
Designation: 802.16 Edition
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems
- LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless
Access Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 802.16-2001/Conformance01-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 1: Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma for 10-66 GHz
WirelessMAN-SC Air Interface
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 24, 2003
Project Scope: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance
Statement (PICS) Proforma, per ISO/IEC Standard 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-T
X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber
stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified
in IEEE Std 802.16.
Project Purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within
the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16.
It is to be completed by the supplier of a product claiming to implement the
protocol. It indicates which capabilities and options have been implemented
and what limitations might prevent interworking. It allows a customer of the
product to evaluate its conformance and to determine whether the product
meets the customer's requirements.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Project scope: This standard represents the
Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma, per ISO/IEC Standard 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-T X.296, for
conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface
specified in IEEE Std 802.16 . Project purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within the
WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16. It is to be completed by the supplier of a product
claiming to implement the protocol. It indicates which capabilities and options have been implemented and what limitations might
prevent interworking. It allows a customer of the product to evaluate its conformance and to determine whether the product meets
the customer's requirements.
Key Words: "broadband wireless access (BWA), compliance test, fixed broadband
wireless access networks, local multipoint distribution service (LMDS),
metropolitan area network, microwaves, millimeter waves, point-to-
multipoint, wireless access systems (WAS), WirelessMAN standards"
Designation: 802.16-2004/Cor 1-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Corrigendum to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan
Area Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16-2009.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2006
Project Scope: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE
Standard 802.16-2004. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities
in that standard. It does not contain new material.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to correct errors,
inconsistencies, and ambiguities in IEEE Standard 802.16-2004.
Abstract: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE Std 802.16-2004. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and
ambiguities in that standard. It does not contain new material.
Key Words: fixed broadband wireless access networks, mobile broadband wireless
access network, metropolitan area network, microwave, millimeter wave,
WirelessMAN™ standards, IEEE 802 Drafts, IEEE P802 Drafts
Designation: 802.16-2004/Cor 2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems Corrigendum
2
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This corrigendum contains substantive corrections to IEEE Std
802.16. It corrects errors, inconsistencies, and ambiguities in that
standard. It does not contain material that introduces enhancements or new
features.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is only to correct errors,
inconsistencies, and ambiguities in IEEE Std 802.16-2004 as amended by IEEE
Std 802.16e-2005, IEEE Std 802.16-2004/Cor1-2005 and IEEE Std 802.16f-2005.
Designation: 802.16.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems
- LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless
Access Systems
Status: Superseded
**Changed designation to 802.16
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. It applies to systems
operating in the vicinity of 30 GHz but is broadly applicable to systems
oeprating between 10 and 66 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum.
Designation: 802.16.1b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems
- LAN/MAN Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless
Access Systems including License-Exempt Frequencies
Status: Superseded
**Changed designation to P802.16b
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies the medium access control layer and
physical layers of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. Physical layers are specified
for both licensed and license-exempt bands. This Amendment expands the
scope of the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands
(thereby defining the Wireless High-Speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area
Network [WirelessHUMANTM] Standard). It specifies the physical layer and
medium access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed
broadband wireless metropolitan area network systems, including point-to-
multipoint. The standard enables access to data, video, and voice services
with quality of service in unlicensed (i.e., license-exempt) bands
designated for public network access. It will focus on the 5-6 GHz range and
may be applied to unlicensed bands between 2 and 11 GHz. It will address
strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed applications. The project
will utilize or modify applicable elements from the following: · MAC: IEEE
802.16 · PHY: IEEE 802.11a; ETSI BRAN HIPERLAN/2
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum. This Amendment enhances the original
project by extending it to license-exempt bands. It will identify techniques
to tolerate interference in the unlicensed bands and facilitate strategies
for coexistence with other unlicensed band systems such as 802.11 and
802.15. It will encourage consistent worldwide spectrum allocation and
accelerate the commercialization of unlicensed broadband wireless access
spectrum. Utilization of unlicensed frequencies will address a market that
includes residences, small office-home office (SOHO), telecommuters, and
small and medium enterprises (SME).
Designation: 802.16.2-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: This project revises IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001. In particular, it
specifies extensions and modifications addressing two distinct topics. The
first is coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems
in the frequency range 10-66 GHz. The second is coexistence among fixed
broadband wireless access systems operating in licensed bands within the
frequency range 2-11 GHz. Updates to the existing content will also be
considered.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Revision is to provide additional
coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment
groups, and system integrators. The specifications will facilitate the
deployment and operation of fixed broadband wireless access systems while
minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 802.16.2-2001 Abstract: This recommended practice provides recommendations for the design and
coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access systems in order to control interference and facilitate coexistence. It
analyzes appropriate coexistence scenarios and provides guidance for system design, deployment, coordination, and frequency
usage. It generally addresses licensed spectrum between 2 GHz and 66 GHz, with a detailed emphasis on 3.5 GHz, 10.5 GHz, and 23.5
– 43.5 GHz.
Key Words: coexistence , fixed broadband wireless access (FBWA) , interference
, local multipoint distribution service (LMDS) , millimeter waves ,
multichannel multipoint distribution service (MMDS) , microwaves ,
multipoint (MP) , point-to-multipoint (PMP) , radio
Designation: 802.16.2-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -
Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16.2-2004.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001, BD APP: Jul 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 2001
Project Scope: This project covers development of a Recommended Practice for
the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless access
(BWA)systems operating from 10-66 GHz (with a focus on 23.5-43.5 GHz)in
order to minimize interference so as to maximize system performance and/or
service quality. This practice will provide for coexistence using frequency
and spatial separation and will cover three areas. First,it will recommend
limits of in-band and out-of-band emissions from BWA transmitters through
parameters including radiated power,spectral masks and antenna patterns.
Second,it will recommend receiver tolerance parameters, including noise
floor degradation performance, for interference received from other BWA
systems. Third,it will provide coordination parameters,including separation
distances,and power flux density limits,to enable successful deployment of
BWA systems with tolerable interference. The scope includes interference
between systems deployed across geographic boundaries in the same frequency
band and systems deployed in the same geographic area in different frequency
bands (including different systems deployed by a single license-holder in
sub-bands of the licensees authorized bandwidth). The scope does not cover
coexistence issues due to intrasystem frequency re-use within the operator
's licensed band,and it does not consider the impact of interference created
by BWA systems on non-BWA terrestrial and satellite systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
coexistence guidelines to license holders,service providers,deployment
groups,and system integrators.The equipment parameters contained within this
practice will benefit equipment and component vendors and industry
associations by providing design targets. The benefits of this practice will
include: · Coexistence of different systems with higher assurance that
system performance objectives will be met. · Minimal need for case-by-case
interference studies and coordination between operators to resolve
interference issues. · Preservation of a favorable electromagnetic
environment for deployment and operation of BWA systems, including future
systems compliant to IEEE 802.16 interoperability standards. · Improved
spectrum utilization. · Cost-effective system deployment.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.16.2-2004 Abstract:This IEEE recommended practice provides guidelines for minimizing
interference in fixed broadband wireless access (BWA)systems operating in the frequency range 10 to 66 GHz, with particular focus
on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. It analyzes coexistence scenarios and provides guidance for system
design,deployment,coordination,and frequency usage.
Key Words: "coexistence, fixed broadband wireless access (BWA), interference,
local multipoint distribution service (LMDS), millimeter wave, multipoint,
point-to-multipoint, radio, wireless metropolitan area network (WirelessMAN)
standard"
Designation: 802.16.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN
Specific Requirements - Coexistence of Broadband Wireless Access Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: This project covers development of a Recommended practice for
the design and coordinated deployment of broadband wireless access (BWA)
systems to minimize interference so as to maximize system performance and/or
service quality. This practice will provide for coexistence using frequency
and spatial separation and will cover three areas. First, it will recommend
limits of in-band and out-of-band emissions from BWA transmitters through
parameters including radiated power, spectral masks and antenna patterns.
Second, it will recommend receiver tolerance parameters, including noise
floor degradation and blocking performance, for intereference received from
other BWA systems as well as from other terrestrial and satellite systems.
Third, it will provide coordination parameters, including band plans,
separation distances, and power flux density limits, to enable successful
deployment of BWA systems with tolerable interference. The scope includes
interference between systems deployed across geographic boundaries in the
same frequency band and systems deployed in the same geographic area in
different frequency bands (including different systems, deployed by a single
license-holder in sub-bands of the licensees authorized bandwidth). The
scope does not cover coexistence issues due to intra-system frequency re-use
wihin the operator's licensed band, and it does not consider the impact of
interference created by BWA systems on non-BWA terrestrial and satellite
systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this recommended practice is to provide
coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment
groups, and system integrators. The equipment parameters contained wihtin
this practice will benefit equipment and component vendors and industry
associations by providing design targets. The benefits of this practice
will include: Coexistence of different systems with higher assurance that
system performance objectives will be met; Minimal need for case-by-case
interference studies and coordination between operators to resolve
interference issues; Preservation of a favorable electromagnetic environment
for deployment and operation of BWA systems, including future systems
compliant to the 802.16 interoperability standard; Optimization of coverage
and spectrum utilization; Cost-effective system deployment.
Designation: 802.16.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -
Amendment to Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband
Wireless Access Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 17, 2001
Project Scope: This project will develop extensions and modifications to IEEE
802.16.2-2001 addressing two distinct topics. The first topic is the
coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems in the
frequency range 10-66 GHz, with a focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. Two
types of point-to-point systems will be considered: those used by fixed BWA
operators and those used as individually assigned links, commonly licensed
on a "first-come, first-served" basis. The second topic is coexistence among
fixed BWA systems operating in licensed bands within the frequency range 2-
11 GHz. Clarifications and updates to the existing standard will also be
considered.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to provide additional
coexistence guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment
groups, and system integrators, covering coexistence with point-to-point
systems (primarily from 23.5 - 43.5 GHz) and coexistence among licensed
fixed BWA systems operating in the 2-11 GHz frequency range. The equipment
parameter values contained within this amended practice will benefit license
holders, equipment and component vendors, and industry associations by
facilitating the deployment and operation of fixed BWA systems while
minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination. A further purpose is to
encourage voluntary procedures that facilitate a simpler licensing process
for systems operating below 11 GHz, particularly in the 2.5 GHz MMDS/ITFS
bands in the USA.
Abstract: Abstract :This standard provides recommendations for the design and coordinated deployment of fixed broadband wireless
access systems in order to control interference and facilitate coexistence. It analyzes appropriate coexistence scenarios and
provides guidance for system design,deploy- ment,coordination,and frequency usage.It generally addresses licensed spectrum
between 2 and 66 GHz,with a detailed emphasis on 3.5 GHz,10.5 GHz,and 23.5-43.5 GHz.
Key Words: IEEE Std 802.16.2a-2003 , 802.16.2a , P802.16.2a , Coexistence ,
fixed broadband wireless access (BWA) , interference , local multipoint
distribution service (LMDS) , multichannel multipoint distribution service
(MMDS) , millimeter waves , microwaves ,
Designation: 802.16.2a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -
Amendment to Recommended Practice for Coexistence of Fixed Broadband
Wireless Access Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 15, 2002
Project Scope: This project specifies extensions and modifications to IEEE
Standard 802.16.2-2001 addressing two distinct topics. The first is
coexistence between multipoint systems and point-to-point systems in the
frequency range 10-66 GHz, with a focus on the range 23.5 to 43.5 GHz. The
second topic is coexistence among fixed BWA systems operating in licensed
bands within the frequency range 2-11 GHz. Clarifications and updates to the
existing standard will also be considered.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to provide coexistence
guidelines to license holders, service providers, deployment groups, and
system integrators, covering coexistence with point-to-point systems
(primarily from 23.5-43.5 GHz) and coexistence among licensed fixed BWA
systems operating in the 2-11 GHz frequency range. The specifications will
facilitate the deployment and operation of fixed BWA systems while
minimizing the need for case-by-case coordination.
Designation: 802.16.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - LAN/MAN
Specific Requirements - Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems in Licensed Bands from 2 to 11 GHz
Status: Changed Designation
**Changed designation to P802.16a
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems (e.g. those supporting data
rates of DS1/E1 or greater). The specification enables access to data,
video, and voice services with a specified quality of service in licensed
bands designated for public network access. It applies to systems operating
between 2 and 11 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access
products. To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing
wireless alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate
coexistence studies, encourage worldwide allocation, and accelerate the
commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of
frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a market that includes residences,
Small Office/Home Office (SOHO), telecommuters, and Small and Medium
Enterprises (SME).
Designation: 802.16/Conformance02-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 2: Test
Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC Air
Interface
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 26, 2009. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 26-Jan-2009.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 10, 2003
Project Scope: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test
Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC Standards 9646-1, and 9646-2 (1995) and ITU-T
Standards X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations
and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air
interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16.
Project Purpose: This document describes the structure of the suite of tests
and the test purposes for WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified
in IEEE Std 802.16. It therefore provides the second of three specifications
(per ISO/IEC 9646-1 and 9646-2) required to support conformance and
interoperability testing of devices built to the specifications in IEEE
802.16.
Abstract: (Conformance to IEEE Std 802.16-2001 as amended by IEEE Std 802.16a ™ -2003 and IEEE Std 802.16c ™ -2002) Abstract: This
standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC 9646-1:1994 and 9646-2:1995 and ITU-T
X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10–66 GHz)
air interface specified in IEEE 802.16.
Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access networks, metropolitan area
network, microwaves, millimeter waves, WirelessMAN™ standards"
Designation: 802.16/Conformance02-200x
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 2: Test Suite
Structure and Test Purposes (TSS&TP) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC Air
Interface
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This standard represents the Test Suite Structure and Test
Purposes (TSS&TP), per ISO/IEC Standards 9646-1, and 9646-2 (1995) and ITU-T
Standards X.290 and X.291, for conformance specification of base stations
and subscriber stations based upon the WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air
interface specified in IEEE Std 802.16.
Project Purpose: This document describes the structure of the suite of tests
and the test purposes for WirelessMAN-SC (10-66 GHz) air interface specified
in IEEE Std 802.16. It therefore provides the second of three specifications
(per ISO/IEC 9646-1 and 9646-2) required to support conformance and
interoperability testing of devices built to the specifications in IEEE
802.16.
Designation: 802.16/Conformance03-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE Standard 802.16 - Part 3: Radio
Conformance Tests (RCT) for 10-66 GHz WirelessMAN-SC(TM) Air Interface
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: May 12, 2004, ANSI APP: Aug 05, 2004
Project Scope: This standard represents the Radio Conformance Test (RCT)
specification for base stations and subscriber stations based upon the
WirelessMAN-SC (TM) (10-66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE Standard
802.16.
Project Purpose: These radio conformance test specifications form the basis of
conformance and interoperability testing at the radio interface.
Abstract: This standard represents the Radio Conformance Tests (RCT) specification for base stations and subscriber stations based
upon the WirelessMAN-SC™ (10–66 GHz) air interface specified in IEEE 802.16.
Key Words: "compliance, fixed broadband wireless access network, microwaves,
millimeter waves, radio conformance test, WirelessMAN™ standards, wireless
metropolitan area network"
Designation: 802.16/Conformance04-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE 802.16 - Part 4: Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma for Frequencies below
11 GHz
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 15, 2007
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Jan 08, 2007
Project Scope: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance
Statement (PICS) Proforma, per ISO/IEC Standard 9646-7 (1995) and ITU-T
X.296, for conformance specification of base stations and subscriber
stations based upon the air interface specified in IEEE P802.16-REVd for
frequencies below 11 GHz.
Project Purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within
the air interface specified for frequencies below 11 GHz in IEEE P802.16-
REVd. It is to be completed by the supplier of a product claiming to
implement the protocol. It indicates which capabilities and options have
been implemented. It allows a user of the product to evaluate its
conformance and to determine whether the product meets the user's
requirements.
Abstract: Conformance to IEEE Std 802.16-2004 This amendment updates and expands IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to allow for mobile
subscriber stations. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select
standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: broadband wireless access (BWA), compliance test, fixed broadband
wireless access networks, metropolitan area network, microwaves, point-to-
multipoint, wireless access systems WAS), WirelessMAN® standards
Designation: 802.16a-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems - Medium Access Control Modifications and Additional Physical Layer
Specifications for 2-11 GHz
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16-2004.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Jan 29, 2003, ANSI APP: May 27, 2003
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and medium access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint (and, in license-exempt bands, optional mesh topology) broadband
wireless access systems (e.g., those supporting data rates of DS1/E1 or
greater). The specification enables access to data, video, and voice
services with a specified quality of service in licensed bands designated
for public network access and license-exempt bands. It applies to systems
operating between 2 and 11 GHz, where such services are permitted. This
Amendment expands the scope of the IEEE Standard 802.16 by extending it to
bands between 2-11 GHz, whereas the scope of the original project was
limited to 10-66 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing wireless
alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence
studies, provide mechanisms for coexistence with other license-exempt band
systems such as 802.11 and 802.15, encourage consistent worldwide
allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of broadband wireless
access spectrum. Utilization of frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a
market that includes residences, Small Office-Home Office (SOHO),
telecommuters and Small and Medium Enterprises (SME).
Abstract: Supeseded by IEEE Std 802.16-2004 (Amendment to IEEE Std 802.16 ™ -2001) Abstract: This document amends IEEE Std 802.16-
2001 by enhancing the medium access control layer and providing additional physical layer specifications in support of broadband
wireless access at frequencies from 2-11 GHz. The resulting standard specifies the air interface of fixed (stationary) broadband
wireless access systems providing multiple services. The medium access control layer is capable of supporting multiple physical
layer specifications optimized for the frequency bands of application. The standard includes particular physical layer
specifications applicable to systems operating between 2 and 66 GHz. It supports point-to-multipoint and optional mesh
topologies.
Key Words: "broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network,
microwave, WirelessMAN standards"
Designation: 802.16a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to Standard Air
Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Media Access Control
Modifications and Additional Physical Layer for 2-11 GHz
Status: Superseded
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical layer and media access
control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems (e.g., those supporting data
rates of DS1/E1 or greater). The specification enables access to data,
video, and voice services with a specified quality of service in licensed
bands designated for public network access. It applies to systems operating
between 2 and 11 GHz.
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective and interoperable multi-vendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing wireless
alternatives to wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence
studies, encourage consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the
commercialization of broadband wireless access spectrum. Utilization of
frequencies from 2 to 11 GHz will address a market that includes residences,
Small Office-Home Office (SOHO), telecommuters and Small and Medium
Enterprises (SME).
Designation: 802.16b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to
Standard Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Media
Access Control Modifications and Additional Physical Layer for License-
Exempt Frequencies
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: This standard specifies the medium access control layer and
physical layers of the air interface of interoperable fixed point-to-
multipoint broadband wireless access systems. The specification enables
transport of data, video, and voice services. Physical layers are specified
for both licensed and license-exempt bands. This Amendment expands the
scope of the original project by extending it to license-exempt bands
(thereby defining the Wireless High-Speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area
Network [WirelessHUMAN™] Standard). It specifies the physical layer and
medium access control layer of the air interface of interoperable fixed
broadband wireless metropolitan area network systems, including point-to-
multipoint. The standard enables access to data, video, and voice services
with quality of service in unlicensed (i.e., license-exempt) bands
designated for public network access. It will focus on the 5-6 GHz range and
may be applied to unlicensed bands between 2 and 11 GHz. It will address
strategies for coexistence with other unlicensed applications. The project
will utilize or modify applicable elements from the following: · MAC: IEEE
802.16 · PHY: IEEE 802.11a; ETSI BRAN HIPERLAN/2
Project Purpose: To enable rapid worldwide deployment of innovative, cost-
effective, and interoperable multivendor broadband wireless access products.
To facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access. To facilitate coexistence studies, encourage
consistent worldwide allocation, and accelerate the commercialization of
broadband wireless access spectrum. This Amendment enhances the original
project by extending it to license-exempt bands. It will identify techniques
to tolerate interference in the unlicensed bands and facilitate strategies
for coexistence with other unlicensed band systems such as 802.11 and
802.15. It will encourage consistent worldwide spectrum allocation and
accelerate the commercialization of unlicensed broadband wireless access
spectrum. Utilization of unlicensed frequencies will address a market that
includes residences, small office-home office (SOHO), telecommuters, and
small and medium enterprises (SME).
Designation: 802.16c-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment 1:
Detailed System Profiles for 10-66 GHz
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16-2004.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 09, 2002, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 2003
Project Scope: s Amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std
802.16-2001, which concerns system profiles that list sets of features
and functions to be used in typical implementation cases. Errors and
inconsistencies in IEEE Std 802.16-2001 will also be corrected. The
scope is limited to 10-66 GHz
Project Purpose: To aid the deployment of interoperable systems by defining and
naming a set of system profiles to which manufacturers can test
compliance, and by correcting errors and inconsistencies.
Abstract: This amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.16-2001, which concerns system profiles that list sets of
features and functions to be used in typical implementation cases. Errors and inconsistencies in IEEE Std 802.16-2001 are also
corrected. The scope is limited to 10–66 GHz.
Key Words: "fixed broadband wireless access networks, metropolitan area
network, millimeter waves, microwaves, WirelessMAN standards"
Designation: 802.16d
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area
networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access
Systems - Detailed System Profiles for 2-11 GHz
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This Amendment updates and expands Clause 12 of IEEE Std 802.16,
which concerns system profiles that list sets of features and functions to
be used in typical implementation cases. Errors and inconsistencies in IEEE
Std 802.16 will also be corrected. The scope is limited to 2-11 GHz.
Project Purpose: This standard aids the deployment of interoperable systems by
defining and naming a set of system profiles to which manufacturers can test
compliance. It also corrects errors and inconsistencies.
Designation: 802.16e-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment
for Physical and Medium Access Control Layers for Combined Fixed and Mobile
Operation in Licensed Bands
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16-2009.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006
Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to
support subscriber stations moving at vehicular speeds and thereby specifies
a system for combined fixed and mobile broadband wireless access. Functions
to support higher layer handoff between base stations or sectors are
specified. Operation is limited to licensed bands suitable for fixed/mobile
use below 6 GHz. Fixed 802.16-2004 subscriber capabilities shall not be
compromised. In addition to mobility enhancements, this document contains
substantive corrections to IEEE 802.16-2004 regarding fixed operation.
Project Purpose: This standard will increase the market for broadband wireless
access solutions by taking advantage of the inherent mobility of wireless
media. It will fill the gap between very high data rate wireless local area
networks and very high mobility cellular systems. It will support fixed and
mobile services for both enterprise and consumer markets.
Abstract: This amendment updates and expands IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to allow for mobile subscriber stations.
Key Words: fixed broadband wireless access network, metropolitan area network,
microwave, mobile broadband wireless access network, WirelessMAN standards
Designation: 802.16e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Amendment to IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless
Access Systems - Amendment for Physical and Medium Access Control Layers for
Combined Fixed and Mobile Operation in Licensed Bands
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16/802.16a
to support subscriber stations moving at vehicular speeds and thereby
specifies a system for combined fixed and mobile broadband wireless access.
Functions to support higher layer handoff between base stations or sectors
are specified. Operation is limited to licensed bands suitable for mobility
between 2 and 6 GHz. Fixed 802.16a subscriber capabilities shall not be
compromised (See Item #18).
Project Purpose: This standard will increase the market for broadband wireless
access solutions by taking advantage of the inherent mobility of wireless
media. It will fill the gap between very high data rate wireless local area
networks and very high mobility cellular systems. It will support fixed and
mobile services for both enterprise and consumer markets.
Designation: 802.16f-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment 1:
Management Information Base
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16-2009.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2006
Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16-2004 to
define a management information base(MIB) for the MAC and PHY and associated
management procedures.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a definition of
managed objects to enable standards-based management of IEEE 802.16 device.
Abstract: This document amends IEEE Std 802.16-2004 by defining a management information base (MIB) for the MAC and PHY and
associated management procedures.
Key Words: fixed broadband wireless access network, management information base
(MIB), metropolitan area network(MAN), microwave, millimeter wave,
WirelessMAN® standards
Designation: 802.16g-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Amendment
3: Management Plane Procedures and Services
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.16-2009.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 12, 2004, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 2008
Project Scope: This document provides enhancements to the MAC and PHY
management entities of IEEE Standard 802.16-2004, as amended by P802.16e, to
create standardized procedures and interfaces for the management of
conformant 802.16 devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide conformant 802.16
equipment with procedures and services to enable interoperable and efficient
management of network resources, mobility, and spectrum, and to
standardize management plane behavior in 802.16 fixed and mobile devices.
Abstract: This standard defines management procedures as enhancements to the IEEE 802.16 air interface standard for fixed and mobile
broadband wireless systems. It specifies the management functions, interfaces, and protocol procedures.
Key Words: broadband wireless access, BWA, cellular layer, fixed broadband
wireless access, MAN, management information base, MIB, microwave, mobile
broadband wireless access, OFDM, OFDMA, radio, standard, WAS, wireless
access systems, wireless metropolitan area network, WirelessMAN®
Designation: 802.16h-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks Part 16: Air
Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems Amendment 2: Improved
Coexistence Mechanisms for License-Exempt Operation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 30, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.16-2009
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: Mar 25, 2011
Abstract: This amendment specifies improved mechanisms, as policies and medium access control enhancements, to enable coexistence
among license-exempt systems based on IEEE Std 802.16 and to facilitate the coexistence of such systems with primary users.
The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: broadband wireless access, BWA, coexistence, Coexistence Control
Channel, coexistence mechanism, Coexistence Protocol, Coexistence Signaling,
contention-based protocol, license-exempt, OFDMA, radio, standard, WAS,
wireless access systems, WirelessMAN(R), WirelessMAN-CX, WirelessMAN-UCP,
wireless metropolitan area network
Designation: 802.16i
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 16: Air
Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Mobile Management
Information Base Amendment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This document provides mobility enhancements to IEEE Std 802.16
MIB for the MAC, PHY and associated management procedures. The project will
use protocol-neutral methodologies for network management to develop
resource models and related solution sets for the management of devices in a
multi-vendor 802.16 mobile network.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a definition of
managed objects to enable the standards-based management of 802.16 devices.
Abstract: Draft D5
Designation: 802.16j-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks Part 16: Air
Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems Amendment 1: Multihop Relay
Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 12, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.16-2009
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: May 13, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 2009
Abstract: This document specifies OFDMA physical layer and medium access control layer enhancements to IEEE Std. 802.16 for licensed
bands to enable the operation of relay stations. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download
individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.16j-2009, broadband wireless access (BWA), MAN, microwave,
mobile, multihop relay, OFDM, OFDMA, radio, standard, wireless access
systems (WAS), WirelessMAN®, wireless metropolitan area network
Designation: 802.16k-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access
Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 2: Bridging of IEEE 802.16
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 14, 2007
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to amending 802.1D to
support Bridging of the IEEE 802.16 MAC. This involves: (a) Adding one
subclause to Clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping
between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.16 MAC service; (b) minor
changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the
additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma
in Annex A.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard
in recognition of the 802.16 Media Access Control (MAC).
Abstract: This document amends IEEE Std 802.1D, as previously amended by IEEE Std 802.17a-2004, to support the bridging of the IEEE
802.16 medium access control
Key Words: local area networks, LANs, MAC Bridges, transparent bridging, VLANs,
wireless metropolitan area networks, WMAN
Designation: 802.16m-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Approved Draft Amendment Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems -
Advanced Air Interface
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 06, 2011
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.16-2009
Technical Contact: Roger B Marks, Phone:1-303-725-4626, Email:r.b.marks@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Abstract: This amendment specifies the WirelessMAN-Advanced Air Interface, an enhanced air interface designated as "IMT-Advanced" by
the International Telecommunication Union--Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R). The amendment is based on the WirelessMAN-OFDMA
specification and provides continuing support for legacy subscriber stations.
Key Words: IEEE 802.16m, IMT-Advanced radio interface, WirelessMAN-Advanced Air
Interface, wireless metropolitan area networks
Designation: P802.16n
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks Part 16: Air
Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems Amendment: Higher
Reliability Networks
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: This amendment specifies protocol enhancements to the IEEE
802.16 medium access control layer (MAC) for enabling increased robustness
and alternate radio path establishment in degraded network conditions.
Limited orthogonal frequency-division multiple access physical layer (OFDMA
PHY) extensions are included for enabling operation with radio path
redundancy and direct communication between subscriber stations. Also mobile
base stations and mobile relay stations are supported.
Project Purpose: This amendment addresses higher reliability requirements that
are not supported by IEEE Std. 802.16 presently.
Designation: P802.16p
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Amendment to Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part
16: Air Interface for Broadband Wireless Access Systems - Enhancements to
Support Machine-to-Machine Applications
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This amendment specifies IEEE Std 802.16 medium access control
(MAC) enhancements and minimal orthogonal frequency division multiple access
(OFDMA) physical layer (PHY) modifications in licensed bands to support
lower power consumption at the device, support by the base station of
significantly larger numbers of devices, efficient support for small burst
transmissions, and improved device authentication.
Project Purpose: This amendment decribes enhancements to enable a range of
Machine-to-Machine applications in which the device communications require
wide area wireless coverage in licensed bands, and are automated rather than
human-initiated or human-controlled for purposes such as observation and
control.
Designation: 802.17-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method
and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines a resilient packet ring access protocol
for use in local, metropolitan, and wide area networks, along with
appropriate physical layer specifications for transfer of data packets at
rates scalable to multiple gigabits per second.
Project Purpose: The standard defines a very high-speed network protocol that
is optimized for packet transmission in resilient ring topologies needing
service quality differentiation, efficient use of bandwidth, fair use of
bandwidth, ease of use, and robustness.
Abstract: This draft standard defines the medium access control characteristics, physical layer interface methods and layer
management parameters for the resilient packet ring (RPR) access method for ring topologies. A set of protocols for detecting and
initializing the shared ring configuration, recovering from failures, and regulating fair access to the shared medium are also
described. Specifications are provided for interface to a number of physical layers, supporting data rates up to 10 Gb/s. System
considerations and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided in this standard.
Key Words: fairness, layer management, metropolitan area network (MAN), medium
access control, physical layer, protection switching, resilient packet ring
(RPR), ring topology, topology detection
Designation: 802.17-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method
and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2000, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 06, 2005
Project Scope: Define a Resilient Packet Ring Access Protocol for use in Local,
Metropolitan, and Wide Area Networks, along with appropriate Physical
Layer specifications for transfer of data packets at rates scalable to
multiple gigabits per second.
Project Purpose: The standard will define a very high-speed network protocol
that is optimized for packet transmission in resilient ring topologies.
Current standards are either optimized for TDM transport, or optimized for
mesh topologies. There is no high-speed (greater than 1 billion bits per
second) networking standard in existence, which is optimized for packet
transmission in ring topologies.
Abstract: This standard defines the medium access control characteristics, physical layer interface methods and layer management
parameters for the resilient packet ring (RPR) access method for ring topologies. A set of protocols for detecting and
initializing the shared ring configuration, recovering from failures, and regulating fair access to the shared medium are also
described. Specifications are provided for interface to a number of physical layers, supporting data rates up to 10 Gb/s. System
considerations and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided in this standard. The "IEEE Get
Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: fairness, layer management, metropolitan area network (MAN), medium
access control, physical layer, protection switching, resilient packet
ring (RPR), ring topology, topology detection
Designation: 802.17a-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access
Control (MAC) Bridges - Amendment 1: Bridging of IEEE Std 802.17
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 29, 2004
**Amends IEEE Std 802.1D-2004
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 24, 2004, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 02, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is limited to amending 802.1D:2004 to
support Bridging of 802.17 MACs. This involves: Adding one subclause to
clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping between the
Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.17 MAC service; Minor changes
elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate support of the additional
MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma in Annex
A.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard
recognition of the 802.17 Media Access Control (MAC).
Abstract: Amendment #1 to IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 The scope of this project is limited to amending 802.1D-2004 to support Bridging
of IEEE Std 802.17 MACs. This involves: Adding one subclause to clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service interface mapping
between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.17 MAC service; Minor changes elsewhere in the document as needed to
accommodate support of the additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and the PICS Proforma in Annex A. Related
Products: IEEE Std 802.17-2004, IEEE 802.1D-2004. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download
individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: bridging, IEEE 802.1D, IEEE 802.17, internal sublayer service, media
access control bridges, resilient packet ring (RPR)
Designation: 802.17a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Common
Specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002
Project Scope: Amend 802.1D:1998 to support Bridging of 802.17 MACs. This
involves: Adding one subclause to clause 6 of 802.1D describing the service
interface mapping between the Internal Sublayer Service and the 802.17 MAC
service; Minor changes elsewhere in the document as needed to accommodate
support of the additional MAC, including priority mapping in Clause 7 and
the PICS Proforma in Annex A.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to amend the 802.1D transparent bridge standard
recognition of the 802.17 Media Access Control (MAC).
Designation: 802.17b-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 17: Resilient Packet Ring (RPR) Access Method
and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment 1 - Spatially Aware Sublayer
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 23, 2007
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 02, 2006, BD APP: Mar 08, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2007
Project Scope: This standard defines a resilient packet ring access protocol
for use in local, metropolitan, and wide area networks, along with
appropriate physical layer specifications for transfer of data packets
at rates scalable to multiple gigabits per second.
Project Purpose: 802.17-2004 provides spatial reuse for ring-local unicast
transmissions. This limits spatial reuse to host stations (e.g. routers)
attached to the ring and precludes other devices that(eg. bridges). The
amendment will extend the class of frame types and device types that can
achieve spatial reuse to significantly improve bandwidth efficiency on
Resilient Packet Rings.
Abstract: This amendment enables a Service Provider to use the architecture and protocols of IEEE Std 802.17-2004 to offer
improvements in bandwidth utilization, by means of spatial reuse, for applications of RPR that involve bridging clients.
Remarks: Amendment of IEEE Std 802.17-2004. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download
individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: bridging, fairness, layer management, medium access control,
metropolitan area network (MAN), physical layer, protection switching,
resilient packet ring (RPR), ring topology, spatial reuse, topology
detection
Designation: 802.17b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific
requirements - Resilient Packet Ring Access Method & Physical Layer
Specifications - Amendment 1 - Spatially Aware Sublayer
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This project amends 802.17-2004 adding one or more new clauses
defining optional extensions to support increased spatial reuse on the
media. 802.17-2004 allows spatial reuse for ring local unicast
transmissions, this amendment adds support for spatial reuse of other frame
transmissions (e.g. remote bridging as seen in 802.1 D/Q). Changes to
existing clauses of 802.17-2004 are permitted if required to support the new
clauses.
Project Purpose: 802.17-2004 provides spatial reuse for ring-local unicast
transmissions. This limits spatial reuse to host stations (e.g. routers)
attached to the ring and precludes other devices that(eg. bridges). The
amendment will extend the class of frame types and device types that can
achieve spatial reuse to significantly improve bandwidth efficiency on
Resilient Packet Rings.
Designation: 802.17c-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 17: Resilient packet ring (RPR) access method and
physical layer specifications Amendment 2: Protected inter-ring connection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.17-2004 as amended by IEEE Std 802.17b-2007
Technical Contact: Michael Takefman, Phone:613-254-3399, Email:tak@cisco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2010
Abstract: A service provider’s use of the architecture and protocols of IEEE 802.17 to support ring interconnection through dual
station homing, providing 50 ms protection, loop prevention, and load balancing of traffic between rings, is added by this
amendment.
Key Words: bridging, fairness, layer management, medium access control,
metropolitan area network (MAN), physical layer, protection switching,
resilient packet ring (RPR), ring topology, spatial reuse, topology
detection
Designation: 802.19
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan networks -
Specific requirements - Part 19: Methods for assessing coexistence of
wireless networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen Shellhammer, Phone:858-658-1874, Email:shellhammer@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice describes methods for assessing
coexistence of wireless networks. The document defines recommended
coexistence metrics and methods of computing these coexistence metrics. The
focus of the document is on IEEE 802 wireless networks, though the methods
developed here may be applicable in other standards development
organizations and development communities.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this document is to recommend methods to
evaluate the coexistence of wireless networks.
Designation: P802.19.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 19: TV White Space Coexistence Methods
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: The standard specifies radio technology independent methods for
coexistence among dissimilar or independently operated TV Band Device (TVBD)
networks and dissimilar TV Band Devices.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to enable the family of IEEE
802 Wireless Standards to most effectively use TV White Space by providing
standard coexistence methods among dissimilar or independently operated TVBD
networks and dissimilar TVBDs. This standard addresses coexistence for IEEE
802 networks and devices and will also be useful for non IEEE 802 networks
and TVBDs.
Designation: 802.1aa
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Port Based Network
Access Control - Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the
802.1X:2001 Port based Network Access Control standard.
Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the
802.1X:2001 Port based Network Access Control standard.
Designation: 802.1AB-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-- Station and
Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 17, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 802.1AB-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define a protocol and
management elements, suitable for advertising information to stations
attached to the same IEEE 802 LAN, for the purpose of populating physical
topology and device discovery management information databases. The protocol
facilitates the identification ofstations connected by IEEE 802 LANs/MANs,
their points of interconnection, and access points for management protocols.
This standard defines a protocol that a) Advertises connectivity and
management information about the local station to adjacent stations on the
same IEEE 802 LAN. b) Receives network management information from
adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. c) Operates with all IEEE 802
access protocols and network media. d) Establishes a network management
information schema and object definitions that are suitable for storing
connection information about adjacent stations. e) Provides compatibility
with the IETF PTOPO MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B14]).
Project Purpose: An IETF MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B14]), as well as a number of
vendor specific MIBs, have been created to describe a network’s physical
topology and associated systems within that topology. This standard
specifies the necessary protocol and management elements to a) Facilitate
multi-vendor inter-operability and the use of standard management tools to
discover and make available physical topology information for network
management. b) Make it possible for network management to discover
certain configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions that can result in
impaired communication at higher layers. c) Provide information to assist
network management in making resource changes and/or reconfigurations that
correct configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions identified in b)
above.
Abstract: A protocol and a set of managed objects that can be used for discovering the physical topology from adjacent stations in
IEEE 802® LANs are defined in this standard. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual
PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.1AB-2009, link layer discovery protocol, management information
base, topology discovery, topology information
Designation: 802.1AB-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Station and
Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.1AB-2009.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002, BD APP: Mar 20, 2005, ANSI APP: Jun 28, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define a protocol and
management elements, suitable for advertising information to stations
attached to the same IEEE 802 LAN, for the purpose of populating physical
topology and device discovery management information databases. The protocol
facilitates the identification of stations connected by IEEE 802 LANs/MANs,
their points of interconnection, and access points for management protocols.
This standard defines a protocol that: a) Advertises connectivity and
management information about the local station to adjacent stations on the
same IEEE 802 LAN. b) Receives network management information from
adjacent stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. c) Operates with all IEEE 802
access protocols and network media. d) Establishes a network management
information schema and object definitions that are suitable for storing
connection information about adjacent stations. e) Provides compatibility
with the IETF PTOPO MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]
Project Purpose: An IETF Standard MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]), as well as a
number of vendor specific MIBs, have been created to describe a network's
physical topology and associated systems within that topology. However,
there is no standard protocol for populating these MIBs or communicating
this information among stations on the IEEE 802 LAN. This standard
specifies the necessary protocol and management elements to: a)
Facilitate multi-vendor inter-operability and the use of standard management
tools to discover and make available physical topology information for
network management. b) Make it possible for network management to
discover certain configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions that can
result in impaired communication at higher layers. c) Provide information
to assist network management in making resource changes and/or
reconfigurations that correct configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions
identified in b) above.
Abstract: This document defines a protocol and a set of managed objects that can be used for discovering the physical topology from
adjacent stations in 802 LANs.
Key Words: link layer discovery protocol, management information base, topology
discovery, topology information
Designation: 802.1AB
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Station and Media
Access Control Connectivity Discovery
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define a protocol and
management elements, suitable for advertising information to stations
attached to the same IEEE 802 LAN, for the purpose of populating physical
topology and device discovery management information databases. The protocol
facilitates the identification of stations connected by IEEE 802 LANs/MANs,
their points of interconnection, and access points for management protocols.
This standard defines a protocol that: a) Advertises connectivity and
management information about the local station to adjacent stations on the
same IEEE 802 LAN. b) Receives network management information from adjacent
stations on the same IEEE 802 LAN. c) Operates with all IEEE 802 access
protocols and network media. d) Establishes a network management information
schema and object definitions that are suitable for storing connection
information about adjacent stations. e) Provides compatibility with the IETF
PTOPO MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]
Project Purpose: An IETF Standard MIB (IETF RFC 2922 [B15]), as well as a
number of vendor specific MIBs, have been created to describe a network's
physical topology and associated systems within that topology. However,
there is no standard protocol for populating these MIBs or communicating
this information among stations on the IEEE 802 LAN. This standard specifies
the necessary protocol and management elements to: a) Facilitate multi-
vendor inter-operability and the use of standard management tools to
discover and make available physical topology information for network
management. b) Make it possible for network management to discover certain
configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions that can result in impaired
communication at higher layers. c) Provide information to assist network
management in making resource changes and/or reconfigurations that correct
configuration inconsistencies or malfunctions identified in b) above.
Designation: P802.1AC
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Media Access Control (MAC) Service Definition
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to define the Medium Access
Control Service found in Local and Metropolitan Area Networks, and the
Internal Sublayer Service and Extended Internal Sublayer Service provided
within MAC Bridges, in abstract terms of: a) their semantics, primitive
actions and events; and b) the parameters of, interrelationship between, and
valid sequences of, these actions and events.
Project Purpose: The MAC service was originally defined within an ISO/IEC
standard (ISO/IEC 15802-1), and the Internal Sublayer Services are defined
within IEEE 802.1D and IEEE 802.1Q. The purpose of this standard is to
revise the documentation of these existing services within a single, common
service definition standard. It is not the purpose of this project to make
technical changes to these services.
Designation: 802.1AC
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Media Access Control (MAC) Service Definition
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 12, 2002
Project Scope: To define the Medium Access Control Service found in Local and
Metropolitan Area Networks, and the Internal Sublayer Service and Extended
Internal Sublayer Service provided within MAC Bridges, in abstract terms of:
a) their semantics, primitive actions and events; and b) the parameters of,
interrelationship between, and valid sequences of, these actions and events.
Project Purpose: The MAC service was originally defined within an ISO/IEC
standard (ISO/IEC 15802-1), and the Internal Sublayer Services are defined
within IEEE 802.1D and IEEE 802.1Q. The purpose of this standard is to
revise the documentation of these existing services within a single, common
service definition standard. It is not the purpose of this project to make
technical changes to these services.
Designation: 802.1ad-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks---Amendment 4: Provider Bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 26, 2006
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to develop an architecture and
bridge (-1-) protocols, compatible and interoperable with existing Bridged
Local Area Network protocols and equipment, to: (a) provide separate
instances of the MAC service (-3-) to multiple independent users of a
Bridged Local Area Network (-1-, -2-) in a manner that does not require
cooperation among the users, and requires a minimum of cooperation between
the users and the provider of the MAC service, and to define basic
management of users' MAC services. References: -1- IEEE Std. 802.1D, -2-
IEEE Std. 802.1Q, -3- IEEE Std. 802, -4- IEEE P802.1S.
Project Purpose: This standard will enable a Service Provider to offer the
equivalent of separate LAN Segments, Bridged or Virtual Bridged LANs, to a
number of users, over the Provider's bridged network. This Standard will
enable the use of the architecture and protocols of IEEE Std 802.1Q, and
provide for interoperability and consistent management.
Abstract: This amendment enables a service provider to use the architecture and protocols of IEEE Std 802.1Q to offer the equivalent
of separate LANs, Bridged Local Area Networks, or Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks to a number of customers, while requiring
no cooperation between the customers, and minimal cooperation between each customer and the service provider. The "IEEE
Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC
Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP),
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
(virtual LANs)
Designation: 802.1AE-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access
Control (MAC) Security
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2006
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2003, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this standard is to specify provision of
connectionless user data confidentiality, frame data integrity, and data
origin authenticity by media access independent protocols and entities that
operate transparently to MAC Clients.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate secure communication over
publicly accessible LAN/MAN media for which security has not already been
defined, and allow the use of IEEE Std 802.1X, already widespread and
supported by multiple vendors, in additional applications.
Abstract: This standard specifies how all or part of a network can be secured transparently to peer protocol entities that use the
MAC Service provided by IEEE 802® LANs to communicate. MAC security (MACsec) provides connectionless user data confidentiality,
frame data integrity, and data origin authenticity. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual
PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details. The "IEEE Get
Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: authorized port, data origin authenticity,
integrity/confidentiality, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MAC
security and tack, MAC Service, MANs, metropolitan area networks, MSAP,
port-based network access control, secure association, security, service
access point, transparent bridging
Designation: P802.1AEbn
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media
Access Control (MAC) Security Amendment 1: Galois Counter Mode-Advanced
Encryption Standard-256 (GCM-AES-256) Cipher Suite
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard specifies the optional use of the GCM-AES-256
Cipher Suite in addition to the existing Default Cipher Suite, GCM-AES-128.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies the optional use of AES-256 for MAC
Security using GCM (Galois Counter Mode) and will update the 802.1AE-2006
references to support that specification.
Abstract: This amendment specifies the GCM-AES-256 Cipher Suite as an option in addition to the existing mandatory to implement
Default Cipher Suite, GCM-AES-128.
Key Words: authorized port, confidentiality, data origin authenticity,
integrity, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MAC security, MAC
Service, MANs, metropolitan area networks, port based network access
control, secure association, security, transparent bridging
Designation: 802.1af
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Port-Based Network
Access Control - Amendment 1: Authenticated Key Agreement for Media Access
Control (MAC) Security
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004
Project Scope: This standard extends 802.1X to establish security associations
for 802.1ae MAC Security, and provide media access method independent
association discovery. This standard facilitates the use of additional
industry standard authentication, authorization, and key management
protocols.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate secure communication over
publicly accessible LAN/MAN media for which security has not otherwise been
defined, and allow the use of IEEE Std 802.1X, already widespread and
supported by multiple vendors, in additional applications.
Abstract: Draft Version D1.7. LAN service access points (ports) to secure communication between authenticated and authorized
devices. This standard specifies a common architecture, functional elements, and protocols that support mutual authentication
between the clients of ports attached to the same LAN and secure communication between the ports, including the media access
method independent protocols that are used to discover and establish the security associations used by IEEE Std 802.1AE MAC
Security.
Key Words: P802.1af, Wireless LAN, local area networks, LANs, metropolitan area
networks, MANs
Designation: 802.1ag-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment 5: Connectivity Fault Management
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 17, 2007
**Amendment to Std 802.1Q -2005 as amended by IEEE Std 802.1ad-2005 and IEEE
Std 802.1ak-2007
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed
objects to support transport fault management. These allow discovery and
verification of the path, through bridges and LANs, taken for frames
addressed to and from specified network users, detection, and isolation of a
connectivity fault to a specific bridge or LAN.
Project Purpose: Bridges are increasingly used in networks operated by multiple
independent organizations, each with restricted management access to each
other’s equipment. This standard will provide capabilities for detecting,
verifying and isolating connectivity failures in such networks.
Abstract: Amendment to Std 802.1Q -2005 as amended by IEEE Std 802.1ad-2005 and IEEE Std 802.1ak-2007. : This amendment specifies
protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support connectivity fault management. These allow discovery and verification of
the path. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no
charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: fault management, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, MANs,
metropolitan area networks, OAM, transparent bridging, VLANs
Designation: 802.1ah-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Virtual
Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment 7: Provider Backbone Bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 14, 2008
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: Insert the following text and bullets immediately after bullet
z: To allow scaling of Provider Networks to at least 224 Service
Virtual LANs, this standard further specifies the operation of Provider
Backbone Bridges (PBBs) by means of an architecture and bridge protocols
compatible and interoperable with Provider Bridged Network protocols and
equipment, allowing interconnection of multiple Provider Bridged
Networks. To this end, it aa) Introduces Backbone Edge Bridges that,
by exchanging backbone frames that encapsulate the addresses, VLAN tags,
and data of customer frames, support the virtual, media independent,
equivalent of a number of independent instances of the service provided by
media dependent frame transmission procedures. ab) Extends the
parameters of the Internal Sublayer Service (ISS) and Enhanced Internal
Sublayer Service (EISS) to include a connection identifier, capable of
referencing the backbone addresses and other parameters, used to convey
customer frames from one Backbone Edge Bridge (BEB) to all, or one of,
the other BEBs supporting a particular backbone service instance. ac)
Specifies the format of the Backbone Service Instance tag (I-TAG) that
encapsulates the customer addresses, and introduces a Backbone Service
Instance Identifier (I-SID) that allows each BEB to support a number of
backbone service instances and permits the unambiguous identification of up
to 224 backbone service instances within a single Provider Backbone
Bridged Network (PBBN). ad) Provides a model of Backbone Edge Bridge
operation in terms of VLAN-aware bridge components that allows the use of
Provider Bridges as Backbone Core Bridges, with PBBN traffic carried as
frames containing I-TAGs on particular Backbone VLANs (B-VLANs) potentially
coexisting with PBN traffic carried as frames without I-TAGs on other
Backbone VLANs. ae) Specifies the interfaces that a Provider Backbone
Bridged Network can provide to transport service frames. These comprise a
Port-based service interface that assigns all received untagged and
priority-tagged frames to a single S-VLAN transported over a single backbone
service instance, an S-tagged service interface capable of mapping
individual S-VLANs to different backbone service instances, and an I-
tagged service interface capable of mapping frames from one set of backbone
service instances to another. af) Describes the use of redundant
bridges and access LANs to protect backbone service access against failure
of any of those systems or components. ag) Specifies the management
of Backbone Edge Bridges in terms of the model of operation [item ad)
above], making use of defined management objects for the individual VLAN-
aware bridge components, and adding managed objects to facilitate service
creation. ah) Describes the use of connectivity fault management
(CFM) to detect and isolate faults in the connectivity provided to
individual S-VLANs across the PBBN, in the connectivity provided to the
group of S-VLANs supported by a single backbone service instance (identified
by an I-SID), and in the connectivity provided to individual B-VLANs
within the backbone itself. ai) Specifies extensions to the Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) to allow network administrators to protect
against loops through peered PBBNs without requiring coupling of spanning
trees that operate independently for each PBBN.
Abstract: Draft Version D4.2. This amendment defines an architecture and bridge protocols for interconnection of multiple Provider
Bridged Networks, allowing a Provider to support up to 224 service instances. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public
access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.1ah-2008, Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area
networks, MAC Bridges, MANs, metropolitan area networks, MRP, MSTP, Multiple
Registration Protocol, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol, Multiple VLAN
Registration Protocol, MVRP, Provider Bridged Local Area Networks, Virtual
Bridged Local Area Networks, virtual LANs
Designation: 802.1aj-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment 11: Two-Port Media Access Control (Mac) Relay
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q™-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 17, 2010
Project Scope: Insert the following text at the end of this subclause:
Additionally, this standard specifies the function of a Two-Port MAC Relay
(TPMR), along with protocols and procedures that support its operation. A
TPMR is a type of bridge that has only two externally accessible Ports, and
supports a subset of the functionality of a MAC Bridge. A TPMR is
transparent to all frame-based media independent protocols, except those
explicitly addressed to it and those that are destined for reserved MAC
addresses that the relay function of the TPMR is defined not to forward. It
is remotely manageable through at least one of its external MACs, and
signals a failure of either MAC’s LAN through the other MAC. A TPMR should
only be attached to point-to-point LANs. The conformance requirements for a
TPMR are stated in 5.15 and 5.16.
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q defines the architecture, procedures and protocols associated with relay devices that
are able to interconnect two LANs. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of
select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.1aj-2009, 802.1Q-2005, MAC Relay, network interface device,
Provider Bridged Networks, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, Virtual
LANs, VLANs
Designation: 802.1ak-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment 07: Multiple Registration Protocol
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 2007
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 28, 2007
Project Scope: In addition, this standard specifies protocols, procedures, and
managed objects to support the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP). MRP
allows participants in an MRP Application to register attributes with other
participants in a Bridged Local Area Network. Two applications are
defined—one to register VLANs [Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol (MVRP)]
and one to register MAC addresses [Multiple MAC Registration Protocol
(MMRP)]. MVRP will furthermore provide for the rapid healing of network
failures without interrupting services to unaffected VLANs. To this end, it
specifies the following: a) MRP and the operation of the MRP protocol
entities.1, 2 b) The generic frame formats used in MRP protocol
exchanges. c) The Multiple MAC Registration Protocol (MMRP) application
of MRP, and the frame formats that it uses. d) The Multiple VLAN
Registration Protocol (MVRP) application of MRP, and the frame formats that
it uses.
Project Purpose: The use of bridges by Ethernet Service Providers has greatly
increased the number of VLANs and Group MAC Addresses in Provider Bridged
Networks. The time and bandwidth required by the existing GVRP and GMRP
protocols to register this information has become a dominant factor in the
fault recovery time of a Provider Bridged Network. In a large network,
localized topology changes can affect the service over a much larger portion
of the network. This standard replaces GARP with MRP, greatly improving
both situations.
Abstract: Draft Version 2.0. This corrigndum to IEEE Std 802.1ak corrects errors in the MRP protocol specification. The
"IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges,
metropolitan area networks, MRP, MMRP, MVRP, Virtual Bridged Local Area
Networks, virtual LANs
Designation: 802.1ap-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -- Virtual
Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment 8: Management Information Base (MIB)
Definitions for VLAN Bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 09, 2009
**Amendment to 802.1Q-2005.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Dec 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 2009
Abstract: This amendment includes management information base (MIB) definitions in IEEE Std 802.1Q. The "IEEE Get Program"
grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.1ap-2008, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges, Management
Information Base, MANs, metropolitan area networks, MIB, Simple Network
Management Protocol, SMIv2, SNMP, Structure of Management Information
version 2, transparent bridging, VLANs
Designation: P802.1aq
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged Local
Area Networks - Amendment 8: Shortest Path Bridging
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard specifies shortest path bridging of unicast and
multicast frames, including protocols to calculate multiple active
topologies that can share learnt station location information, and support
of a VLAN by multiple, per topology, VLAN identifiers (VIDs).
Project Purpose: This amendment will augment the existing, successful, multi-
vendor interoperable bridging specifications to allow use of shortest path
communication within administratively defined network regions, while
retaining concurrent support for all existing capabilities and
configurations.
Designation: 802.1AR-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Secure Device
Identity
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 22, 2009
**New standard
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 26, 2010
Project Scope: This standard specifies unique per-device identifiers (DevID)
and the management and cryptographic binding of a device to its identifiers,
the relationship between an initially installed identity and subsequent
locally significant identities, and interfaces and methods for use of DevIDs
with existing and new provisioning and authentication protocols.
Project Purpose: This standard defines a standard identifier for IEEE 802
devices that is cryptographically bound to that device, and defines a
standard mechanism to authenticate a device’s identity. A verifiable unique
device identity allows establishment of the trustworthiness of devices. This
facilitates secure device provisioning.
Abstract: A secure device identifier (DevID) is cryptographically bound to a device and supports authentication of the device’s
identity. Locally significant identities can be securely associated with an initial manufacturer-provisioned DevID and used in
provisioning and authentication protocols to allow a network administrator to establish the trustworthiness of a device and
select appropriate policies for transmission and reception of data and control protocols to and from the device. The
"IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.1AR-2009, access control, authentication, authorization,
certificate, LANs, local area networks, MAC security, MANs, metropolitan
area networks, PKI, port-based network access control, secure association,
secure device identifier, security, X.509
Designation: 802.1AR
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Secure Device
Identity
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: This standard specifies unique per-device identifiers (DevID)
and the management and cryptographic binding of a device to its identifiers,
the relationship between an initially installed identity and subsequent
locally significant identities, and interfaces and methods for use of DevIDs
with existing and new provisioning and authentication protocols.
Project Purpose: There is presently no standard identifier for IEEE 802 devices
that is cryptographically bound to that device, nor is there a standard
mechanism to authenticate a device’s identity. A verifiable unique device
identity allows establishment of the trustworthiness of devices. This
facilitates secure device provisioning.
Designation: 802.1AS-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Timing and
Synchronization for Time-Sensitive Applications in Bridged Local Area
Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 30, 2011
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 25, 2006, BD APP: Feb 10, 2011
Project Scope: This standard specifies the protocol and procedures used to
ensure that the synchronization requirements are met for time-sensitive
applications, such as audio and video, across bridged and virtual bridged
local area networks consisting of local area network (LAN) media where the
transmission delays are fixed and symmetrical; for example, IEEE 802.3 full-
duplex links. This includes the maintenance of synchronized time during
normal operation and following addition, removal, or failure of network
components and network reconfiguration. It specifies the use of IEEE 1588
specifications where applicable in the context of IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 and
IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005.1 Synchronization to an externally provided timing
signal (e.g., a recognized timing standard such as UTC or TAI) is not part
of this standard but is not precluded.
Project Purpose: This standard enables stations attached to bridged LANs to
meet the respective jitter, wander, and time synchronization requirements
for time-sensitive applications. This includes applications that involve
multiple streams delivered to multiple endpoints. To facilitate the
widespread use of bridged LANs for these applications, synchronization
information is one of the components needed at each network element where
time-sensitive application data are mapped or demapped or a time-sensitive
function is performed. This standard leverages the work of the IEEE 1588
Working Group by developing the additional specifications needed to address
these requirements.
Abstract: This standard defines a protocol and procedures for the transport of timing over bridged and virtual bridged local area
networks. It includes the transport of synchronized time, the selection of the timing source (i.e., best master), and the
indication of the occurrence and magnitude of timing impairments (i.e., phase and frequency discontinuities).
Key Words: best master, frequency offset, grandmaster, IEEE 802.1AS, phase
offset, synchronization, syntonization, time-aware system
Designation: 802.1AX-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Link Aggregation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 03, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Apr 07, 2009
Project Scope: Link Aggregation allows one or more links to be aggregated
together to form a Link Aggregation Group, such that a MAC Client can
treat the Link Aggregation Group as if it were a single link. To this end,
it specifies the establishment of data terminal equipment (DTE) to DTE
logical links, consisting of N parallel instances of full duplex point-
to-point links operating at the same data rate. This standard defines the
MAC independent Link Aggregation capability, and general information
relevant to specific MAC types that support Link Aggregation.
Project Purpose: Link Aggregation allows the establishment of full duplex
point-to-point links that have a higher aggregate bandwidth than the
individual links that form the aggregation. This allows improved utilization
of available links in bridged LAN environments, along with improved
resilience in the face of failure of individual links.
Abstract: Link Aggregation allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a Link Aggregation Group, such that a Media
Access Control (MAC) Client can treat the Link Aggregation Group as if it were a single link. To this end, it specifies the
establishment of data terminal equipment (DTE) to DTE logical links, consisting of N parallel instances of full duplex point-to-
point links operating at the same data rate. This standard defines the MAC independent Link Aggregation capability, and general
information relevant to specific MAC types that support link aggregation. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to
view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for
details.
Key Words: 802.1AX-2008, Aggregated Link, Aggregator, Link Aggregation, Link
Aggregation Group, local area network, management
Designation: P802.1AXbk
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Link Aggregation
Amendment: Protocol Addressing
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This standard specifies changes to the addressing used by the
link aggregation control and marker protocols.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to change the constraints on
the addresses used by the protocols defined in the 802.1AX standard in order
to allow an aggregated link to span Two-Port Media Access Control (MAC)
Relays and to span Provider Bridged Networks.
Designation: 802.1B-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Network: LAN/MAN Management
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 15802-2. 16-Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information between stations attached to ISO/IEC
standard local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that permit
the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed. In addition, an architecture for station discovery and the dynamic
control of event forwarding is defined. Services and protocols that support station discovery and the dynamic control of event
forwarding are defined.
Key Words: local area network, management, Metropolitan area networks
Designation: P802.1BA
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Audio
Video Bridging (AVB) Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: This standard defines profiles that select features, options,
configurations, defaults, protocols and procedures of bridges, stations and
LANs that are necessary to build networks that are capable of transporting
time sensitive audio and/or video data streams.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify defaults and
profiles that manufacturers of LAN equipment can use to develop AVB-
compatible LAN components, and to enable a person not skilled in networking
to build a network, using those components, that does not require
configuration to provide working Audio and/or Video services.
Abstract: This standard defines profiles that select features, options, configurations, defaults, protocols and procedures of
bridges, stations and LANs that are necessary to build networks that are capable of transporting time sensitive audio and/or
video data streams.
Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC
Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
(virtual LANs), time sensitive data streams, audio video bridging, AVB.
Designation: 802.1D-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks: Media Access
Control (MAC) Bridges
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 09, 2004
**Supersedes 802.1D-1998, 802.1t-12001, 802.1w-2001, and 802.11c-1998.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 2004
Project Scope: Revision of the standard to: Change the title of the standard
to its original form, prior to the publication of the 1998 edition as an
ISO/IEC standard; incorporate technical and editorial corrections, including
those currently documented under P802.1y; incorporate existing published
amendments (802.1t, 802.1w); remove the Spanning Tree protocol defined in
Clause 8 and attendant textual corrections.
Project Purpose: Maintenance and removal of material that is now redundant.
Abstract: "IEEE Std 802.1D-2004, IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges"
Key Words: "active topology, filtering, GARP, GMRP, LANs, local area networds,
MAC Bridges, MAC Service, MANS, metropolitan area networks, multicast
registration, transparent bridging, quality of service, RSTP, spanning tree"
Designation: 802.1D-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Network MAC (Media Access Control) Bridges
Status: Superseded
**Revision of 802.1D-1990 edition (aka ISO/IEC 10038). 802.1D incorporates
P802.1p and P802.12e. It also incorporates and supersedes published
standards 802.1j and 802.6k. Superseded by 802.1D-2004.
History: BD APP: Jun 30, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 04, 1999
Project Scope: IEEE Std 802.1D specifies the operation of MAC Bridges, which
interconnect IEEE 802 Standard Local Area Networks (LANS).
Project Purpose: To implement correction, of both editorial and minor technical
nature, to IEEE Std 802.1D.
Abstract: The concept of Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging, introduced in the 1993 edition of this standard, has been expanded to
define additional capabilities in Bridged LANs aimed at providing for expedited traffic capabilities, to support the transmission
of time-critical information in a LAN environment; and providing filtering services that support the dynamic use of Group MAC
Addresses in a LAN environment.
Key Words: LAN, media access control bridges, MAC Bridge management
Designation: 802.1D-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Access Control
(MAC) Bridges
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 10038. Superseded by 802.1D-1998.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 18, 1990
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1D-1998 An architecture for the interconnection of IEEE 802® Local Area Networks (LANs) below
the MAC Service boundary is defined. MAC Bridges, as specified by this standard, allow communications between end stations
attached to separate LANs, each with its own separate MAC, to be transparent to logical link control (LLC) and network layer
protocols, just as if the stations were attached to the same LAN.
Key Words: LAN, MAC, sublayer, interconnection, bridging
Designation: 802.1E-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: Standard for Local Area Network: System Load Protocol
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 15802-4. Draft 7, dated 25 Mar 90, was approved. 16-
Jan-04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Services and protocol elements that
permit the downloading of memory images to data processing equipment attached to IEEE 802 Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
are defined. The protocol makes use of the group addressing capabilities inherent in LAN/MAN technologies to permit simultaneous
loading of the same memory image to multiple destination systems. The standard includes the specification of managed objects that
permit the operation of the load protocol to be remotely managed.
Key Words: LAN, load, protocol, local, networks
Designation: 802.1F-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Common
Definitions and Procedures for IEEE 802 Management Information
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn 9-January-2010.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Nov 09, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1994
Abstract: Management information and procedures applicable across the entire family of IEEE 802 LAN/MAN standards within the
architectural framework for LAN/MAN Management specified in IEEE Std 802-1990 are identified. Common management information, such
as attributes to represent MAC address and managed objects to represent configurable gauges, are specified. The need of
developers of LAN/MAN management specifications for common procedures to develop, describe, and register management information
is addressed.
Key Words: LAN, MAN, management, Metropolitan area networks, Local area
networks
Designation: 802.1G
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Common
specifications - Part 5: Remote Media
Status: Changed Designation
**See 15802-5:1998
Designation: 802.1H
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Recommended Practice for Media
Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet in Local Area Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice specifies extensions to the behavior
of MAC Bridges to facilitate interoperability in bridged networks containing
a mixture of IEEE 802.3 LANs and other types of LANs. To avoid future
incompatibilities, this Technical Report provides guidelines for the
identification of protocols operating over IEEE 802 MACs, with particular
emphasis on protocols that use the Ethernet Type field.
Project Purpose: This Recommended Practice provides guidelines for protocol
identification and translation rules for bridges to support interoperability
between IEEE 802.2 and Ethernet Type – based protocols.
Designation: 802.1H-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Recommended Practice for
Media Access Control (MAC) Bridging of Ethernet Version 2.0 in 802 Local
Area Networks
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**This is now available as ISO/IEC Technical Report 11802-5: 1997.
Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 02, 1996
Project Scope: For the purpose of facilitating the interoperability of ISO/IEC
10038 MAC Bridges and end stations in bridged LANs comprising CSMA/CD
networks containing a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet end stations
and other types of LANs, this Technical Report specifies extensions to the
behavior of MAC Bridges. To this end this Technical Report a) Extends the
Bridge service interface model to support multiple MAC services on a single
LAN and to add a Bridge-Tunnel service interface. b) Defines the Selective
Translation Algorithm used by a Bridge to convert between Ethernet and ISO/
IEC 8802 frame formats. c) Defines the protocols used by a Bridge to convey
Ethernet frames across ISO/IEC 8802 LANs, the Bridge-Tunnel Encapsulation
Protocol, and the RFC1042 Encapsulation Protocol. Additionally, for the
purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities, this Technical Report provides
guidelines for the development of nonstandard ISO/IEC 8802 protocols, with
particular emphasis on conversion of existing Ethernet protocols and the
behavior to be expected from a Bridge.
Project Purpose: The following are the express goals of this Technical Report:
a) Preservation of full interoperability between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs. b)
Enhancement of interoperability between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs and nonstandard
LANs (i.e., Ethernet). c) Encouragement of vendors to migrate to ISO/IEC
8802-based protocols. d) Preservation of existing interoperability
mechanisms between ISO/IEC 8802 LANs and nonstandard LANs. e) Engendering
the design of new ISO/IEC 8802 protocols, and the migration of existing
Ethernet protocols, in a fashion that is compatible with Bridges and ISO/IEC
8802 end stations. The following is not a goal of this Technical Report:
Providing communication between two end stations, with the same physical LAN
protocol, which are otherwise not capable of communicating when attached to
a single LAN.
Abstract: Extensions to the behavior of ISO/IEC 10038 (IEEE 802.1D) media access control (MAC) Bridges, in order to facilitate
interoperability in bridged local area networks (LANs) comprising CSMA/CD networks interconnected with other types of LAN using
MAC Bridges, where the CSMA/CD networks contain a mixture of ISO/IEC 8802-3 and Ethernet V2.0 end stations, are specified.
Additionally, guidelines are provided for the development of nonstandard 802 protocols, with particular emphasis on conversion of
existing Ethernet protocols and the behavior to be expected from a Bridge, for the purpose of avoiding future incompatibilities.
Key Words: carrier sense, multiple access, CSMA/CD, data processing, ethernet,
fibre distributed data interface, FDDI, information exchange, LAN protocol,
LAN, MAN, MAC bridges, interconnection, network interconnect, translation
table, selective translation table
Designation: 802.1i-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Network MAC Bridges - Fibre
Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) Supplement
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 10038. Supplement to 802.1D-1990. Superseded by
802.1D-1998.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1992
Abstract: This standard is a supplement to IEEE Std 802.1D-1990. The scope and field of application of IEEE Std 802.1D-1990 are
extended to transparent bridging between Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) local area networks (LANs) and between FDDI LANs
and IEEE 802 LANs.
Key Words: FDDI
Designation: 802.1j-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to Information technology-Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems- Local area networks-Media access control (MAC)
bridges: Managed objects for MAC bridges
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1D-1990 [ISO/IEC 10038-1993].On 6/98 Rev agenda
to be incorporated into 802.1D Superseded by 802.1D-1998
History: BD APP: Oct 17, 1996, ANSI APP: Mar 12, 1997
Project Scope: The encoding in ISO GDMO* format of the managed objects and
operations specified for MAC Bridges in IEEE Std 802.1D *Guidelines
Document for Managed Objects
Project Purpose: To facilitate management of IEEE Std 802.1D MAC Bridges using
OSI Management Protocols.
Abstract: Managed object classes and their components that permit remote management of ISO/IEC 10038-conformant MAC bridges by means
of suitable management protocols, including the services and protocols defined in ISO/IEC 15802-2: 1995, LAN/MAN Management; and
those defined in ISO/IEC 9595: 1991, CMIS; and ISO/IEC 9596-1: 1991, CMIP; are defined. The managed object definitions are
documented in the notation defined in ISO/IEC 10165-4: 1992, GDMO.
Key Words: 802.1D, MAC, data processing, layer managed objects, layer
management, LAN, local area networks, managed objects, metropolitan area
networks, MAN, network interconnection
Designation: 802.1k-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to LAN/MAN Management:
Discovery and Dynamic Control of Event Forwarding (Clause 11)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 15802-2. Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1B-1992. 16-Jan-
04: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1b-1995 Services and protocol elements that permit the exchange of management information
between stations attached to IEEE 802 local and metropolitan area networks are defined. The standard includes the specification
of managed objects that permit the operation of the protocol elements to be remotely managed.
Key Words: LAN, Management, MAN, dynamic control
Designation: 802.1m-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1998
Title: Standard for System Load Protocol Supplement: Managed Object Definitions
and Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 2004. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 15802-4. Supplement to 802.1E. 16-Jan-04:
Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Sep 29, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Defines managed object classes for the System Load Protocol, compatible with the IEEE 802.1B and ISO/IEC CMIP protocols
and defines a PICS Proforma for the System Load Protocol. These items are specified in the form of changes to the base text of
IEEE Std 802.1E-1990.
Designation: 802.1p
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks—Supplement to Media
Access Control (MAC) Bridges: Traffic Class Expediting and Dynamic
Multicast Filtering
Status: Superseded
**On 6/98 RevCom approved incorporation into 802.1D
Project Scope: Specifications of mechanisms in MAC bridges to expedite delivery
of time critical traffic and to limit the extent of high bandwidth multicast
traffic within a Bridged Local Area Network. Specification of mechanisms
to classify traffic as supporting time critical services or requiring
multicast filtering on the basis of MAC frame information. Specification of
optional protocol mechanism in MAC bridges to support dynamic registration
for time critical delivery or filtering services by end stations.
Specification of optional protocols between MAC Bridges to convey
registration information in a Bridged Local Area Network.
Project Purpose: To improve support of time critical and multicast intensive
applications, including "multi-media" interactive applicatios, across
bridged LANs. To reduce the degree to which the level of multicast traffic
and the loading levels selected for timely information delivery limit the
number of attached stations and the throughput of Bridged Local Area
Networks. To facilitate Bridged Local Area Network support of the
"hierarchical multicast" capabilities developed for internets, in a way that
is compatible with their emerging network layer protocols.
Key Words: local area networks, media access control bridges, traffic class
expediting, multicast address filtering, MAC Bridge management, traffic
class, 802
Designation: 802.1Q-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Approved Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---
Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges and Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Draft Version D.01/ (Incorporates IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005, IEEE Std 802.1ad-
2005, IEEE Std 802.1ak-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ag-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ah-2008,
IEEE Std 802-1Q-2005/Cor-1-2008, IEEE Std 802.1ap-2008, IEEE Std 802.1Qaw-
2009, IEEE Std 802.1Qay-2009, IEEE Std 802.1aj-2009, and IEEE Std 802.1Qav-
2009
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: May 16, 2011
Project Scope: This standard specifies Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges that
interconnect individual Local Area Networks (LANs), each supporting the IEEE
802 MAC service using a different or identical media access control method,
to provide Bridged Local Area Networks and Virtual LANs (VLANs).
Project Purpose: MAC Bridges, as specified by this standard, allow the
compatible interconnection of information technology equipment attached to
separate individual LANs.
Abstract: This standard specifies how the MAC Service is supported by Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, the principles of
operation of those networks, and the operation of VLAN-aware Bridges, including management, protocols, and algorithms. The
amendments that were specified in IEEE Std 802.1AD enable a service provider to use the architecture and protocols defined in
this standard to offer the equivalent of separate LANs, Bridged Local Area Networks, or Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks to a
number of customers, while requiring no cooperation between the customers, and minimal cooperation between each customer and the
service provider.
Key Words: P802.1Q, Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs),
MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
(MSTP), Rapid
Designation: 802.1Q-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Mar 28, 2006
Project Scope: For the purpose of compatible interconnection of information
technology equipment using the IEEE 802 MAC Service supported by
interconnected IEEE 802 standard LANs using different or identical media
access control methods, this standard specifies the operation of MAC Bridges
that support Virtual LANs (VLANs). To this end it a) Positions the support
of VLANs within an architectural description of the MAC Sublayer; b)
Defines the principles of operation of the VLAN-aware Bridge in terms of the
support and preservation of the MAC Service, and the maintenance of Quality
of Service; c) Specifies an Enhanced Internal Sublayer Service provided to
the Media Access Independent functions that provide frame relay in a VLAN-
aware Bridge; d) Establishes the principles and a model of Virtual Bridged
Local Area Network operation; e) Identifies the functions to be performed
by VLAN-aware Bridges, and provides an architectural model of the operation
of a Bridge in terms of Processes and Entities that provide those functions;
f) Specifies a frame format that allows a VLAN Identifier (VID) and priority
information to be carried by VLAN tagged user data frames; g) Specifies the
rules that govern the addition or removal of VLAN tags to and from user data
frames; h) Specifies the rules that govern the ability to carry user data
in either Canonical format or Noncanonical format in VLAN-tagged frames; i)
Establishes the requirements for automatic configuration of VLAN topology;
j) Establishes the requirements for VLAN-aware Bridge Management in a
Virtual Bridged Local Area Network, identifying managed objects and
defining management operations; k) Defines the operation of the Multiple
Spanning Tree algorithm and protocol (MSTP); l) Describes the protocols and
procedures necessary to support interoperation between MST and SST Bridges
in the same Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks; m) Specifies the
requirements to be satisfied by equipment claiming conformance to this
standard.
Project Purpose: The standard provides common interoperable solutions to the
establishment of Virtual LAN Bridged infrastructures. Revision is needed in
order to deal with editorial and technical corrections, to remove obsolete
material, and also to reflect changes necessary as a result of enhancements
to IEEE Std 802.1D - Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks:
Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges, upon which IEEE Std 802.1Q depends.
Abstract: This standard specifies how the MAC Service is supported by Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, the principles of
operation of those networks, and the operation of VLAN-aware Bridges, including management, protocols, and algorithms.
The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, locat area networks (LANs), MAC
Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP),
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
(virtual LANs)
Designation: 802.1Q-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks
Status: Superseded
**BSR-9 originally submitted 16-Dec-2003. ANSI error. Resubmiitted on 10
March 2004.
History: BD APP: Dec 08, 1998, ANSI APP: May 12, 1999
Project Scope: To develop an architecture and bridge (1) protocols for the
logical partitioning of a Bridged Local Area Network (1-2-3) that provides
separate instances of the MAC service (4) to administratively defined groups
of users, independent of physical location. The architecture and protocols
will be compatible and interoperable with existing Bridged Local Area
Network equipment and will support a range of implementations.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide an architecture, protocols, and
mappings for bridges to provide that interoperability and consistent
management.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This standard defines an architecture for Virtual
Bridged LANs, the services provided in Virtual Bridged LANs, and the protocols and algorithms involved in the provision of those
services.
Key Words: local area networks, media access control bridges, virtual LAN, MAC
Bridge management
Designation: 802.1Q,2003 Edition-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 2003
**Number changed to P802.12e at 9/19/96 StdsBd mtg.
Publication type: Special Publication
Project Scope: To add a subclause under 2.5 of 802.1D (Support of the Internal
Sublayer Service by Specific MAC Procedures) to cover bridge operation with
IEEE 802.12 MACs.
Project Purpose: To provide the required 802.12 specific information to the
802.1D standard.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 Family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: This standard defines an architecture for
Virtual Bridged LANs, the services provided in Virtual Bridged LANs, and the protocols and algorithms involved in the provision
of those services. Incorporates the base standard IEEE Std 802.1Q-1998 and its amendments; IEEE Std 802.1u-2001, 802.1v-2001 and
802.1s-2002
Key Words: local area networks , MAC Bridge management , media access control
bridges , virtual LANs , IEEE 802.1 , IEEE 802.1u , IEEE 802.1v , IEEE
802.1s , IEEE 802.1Q
Designation: 802.1Q-2005/Cor 1-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment 07: Multiple Registration Protocol -
Corrigendum 1: Corrections to the Multiple Registration Protocol
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 15, 2008
**Corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Jul 06, 2009
Project Scope: This corrigendum defines corrections to the Multiple
Registration Protocol (MRP) protocol data unit (PDU) format.
Project Purpose: The existing PDU format defined in IEEE Std 802.1ak is
incorrect, and in its current form, cannot be interpreted by the protocol
state machines. The changes defined in this corrigendum make corrections to
the PDU format that allow the state machines to interpret the PDUs
correctly.
Abstract: This corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005 corrects errors in the MRP protocol specification.
Key Words: 802.1Q-2005, Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area networks,
metropolitan area networks, MAC Bridges, MRP, MMRP, virtual LANs, Virtual
Bridged Local Area Networks
Designation: 802.1Qat-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment 14: Stream Reservation Protocol (SRP)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010, ANSI APP: May 05, 2011
Project Scope: Insert the following text and bullets (renumbered appropriately)
immediately after the existing text of this clause: To enable the end-to-
end management of resource reservation for QoS guaranteed streams, this
standard further specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects, usable
by existing higher layer mechanisms, that allow network resources to be
reserved for specific traffic streams traversing a bridged local area
network. To this end it a) Specifies the use of Dynamic Reservation
Entries (8.8.7) in the filtering database to control the forwarding of
frames associated with a particular Stream. b) Specifies a Stream
Reservation Protocol (SRP). SRP facilitates the registration, de-
registration and maintenance of stream reservation information in relevant
bridges to establish end-to-end stream paths.
Abstract: This amendment specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects, usable by existing higher layer mechanisms, that
allow network resources to be reserved for specific traffic streams traversing a bridged local area network. The PDF of this IEEE
802 standard is available at no cost, compliments of the IEEE 802 group. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for
details.
Key Words: Audio/Video Bridging, Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area
networks, MAC Bridges, MRP, Multiple Registration Protocol, resource
reservation, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, virtual LANs
Designation: 802.1Qau-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-- Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment 13: Congestion Notification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 23, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 03, 2010
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed
objects to support congestion notification. These allow a Virtual Bridged
Local Area Network or a portion thereof, with a limited bandwidth-delay
product, to transfer long-lived data flows with a significantly reduced
chance of frame loss compared to a network without congestion notification.
To this end, it aa) Defines a means for VLAN-aware Bridges that support
congestion notification to form Congestion Managed Domains within a Virtual
Bridged LAN. ab) Defines a means for detecting congested queues in end
stations and VLAN-aware Bridges, for signaling such congestion to the end
stations sourcing the frames causing the congestion, and for those end
stations to control the rate of transmission of those frames.
Abstract: This amendment specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects that support congestion management of long-lived data
flows within network domains of limited bandwidth-delay product. This is achieved by enabling bridges to signal congestion to end
stations capable of transmission rate limiting to avoid frame loss. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view
and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.1Qau-2010, congestion, congestion notification, LANs, local area
networks, MAC Bridges,transparent bridging, VLANs
Designation: 802.1Qav-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks-- Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment 12: Forwarding and Queuing Enhancements for
Time-Sensitive Streams
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 05, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: Jun 23, 2010
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q defines enhancements to the forwarding and queueing functions of a VLAN Bridge to
support the transmission of time sensitive data streams. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and
download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.1Qav-2009, 802.1Q-2005, Bridged Local Area Networks, local area
networks (LANs), MAC Bridges, metropolitan area networks, time-sensitive
data streams, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (virtual LANs)
Designation: 802.1Qav
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment: Forwarding and Queuing Enhancements for
Time-Sensitive Streams
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This standard allows bridges to provide guarantees for time-
sensitive (i.e. bounded latency and delivery variation), loss-sensitive
real-time audio video (AV) data transmission (AV traffic). It specifies per
priority ingress metering, priority regeneration, and timing-aware queue
draining algorithms. This standard uses the timing derived from IEEE
802.1AS. Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) tag encoded priority values are
allocated, in aggregate, to segregate frames among controlled and non-
controlled queues, allowing simultaneous support of both AV traffic and
other bridged traffic over and between wired and wireless Local Area
Networks (LANs).
Project Purpose: Bridges are increasingly used to interconnect devices that
support audio and video streaming application. This standard will specify
enhancements to bridge relay function to provide performance guarantees to
allow for time-sensitive traffic in a local area network and harmonize delay
jitter and packet loss for wired (e.g., IEEE 802.3 - "Standard for
Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between
Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part
3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access
Method and Physical Layer Specifications"), wireless (e.g., IEEE Std 802.11
- "Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan networks - Specific
requirements - Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) specifications"), and mixed wired/wireless L2 networks.
Designation: 802.1Qaw-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks-- Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment 9: Management of Data Driven and Data
Dependent Connectivity Faults
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 25, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q™-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009
Project Scope: Insert the following at end of subclause 1.1, relettering the
bullet points so that they follow in order from those in the existing text.
This standard specifies connectivity fault management protocols, procedures,
and managed objects that provide confirmation of successful transmission of
frames conveying specified data. This capability supports diagnosis of
faults sensitive to, or caused by, particular data patterns, and their
isolation to part of the transmission path. Connectivity verification can be
carried out from any single point with bridged connectivity to maintenance
points on the path, can isolate failures to communicate in a specific
direction, and can be carried out while service is being provided to other
users of the data path. To this end it a) Defines the extensions to
connectivity fault management capabilities defined by Clause 18 through
Clause 22 to facilitate diagnosis and isolation of faults sensitive to, or
caused by, particular data patterns in frames transmitted by a service user;
b) Describes the protocols and procedures for data driven and data dependent
connectivity fault management (DDCFM).
Abstract: This amendment extends the connectivity fault management capabilities introduced in IEEE Std 802.1ag-2007 to include tools
to facilitate diagnosis and isolation of faults sensitive to, or caused by, particular data patterns in frames transmitted by a
service user. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no
charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.1Qaw-2009, fault management, LANs, local area networks, MAC
Bridges, MANs, metropolitan area networks, OAM, transparent bridging, VLANS
Designation: 802.1Qay-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks-- Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment 10: Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic
Engineering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 05, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q™-2005
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 07, 2007, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Nov 10, 2009
Project Scope: Insert the following text and bullets immediately after bullet z
re-lettering as needed: This standard specifies protocols, procedures,
and managed objects to allow support of provisioning systems that explicitly
select traffic engineered paths within Provider Backbone Bridged Networks by
allowing a network operator to disable unknown destination address
forwarding, source address learning and spanning tree protocols for
administratively selected VLAN Identifiers, while allowing other network
control protocols to dynamically determine active topologies for other
services. These interoperable capabilities are supported by management of
individual bridges by SNMP using an SMIv2 MIB, by extensions to the other
control protocols specified in this standard, by the use of CFM with the
addresses and VLAN Identifiers that specify traffic engineered connections,
and by 1:1 path protection switching capable of load sharing. To this end,
it: a) Enables construction of active topologies by an external agent
that is responsible for setting up Ethernet Switched Paths (ESPs) by
splitting the B-VID space between distributed spanning tree protocols and
provisioned control. b) Supports discard of frames with unknown
destination addresses for B-VIDs under provisioned control. c) Supports
the operation of Continuity Check, Loopback, and Linktrace protocols on
provisioned traffic engineered paths. d) Supports 1:1 protection
switching capable of load sharing for Traffic Engineered service instances.
e) Provides required extension to SNMP management by SMIv2 MIB modules.
This standard does not specify operation of Ethernet Switched Paths (ESPs)
through multiple Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic Engineered (PBB-TE)
Regions. All the Backbone Edge Bridges specified for use in a PBB-TE Region
are IB-BEBs.
Abstract: This amendment specifies changes to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005, as amended by IEEE Std 802.1ad-2005, IEEE Std 802.1ag-2007,
IEEE Std 802.1ak-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ah-2008, and IEEE Std 802.1ap-2008, that support provisioning systems that explicitly
select traffic engineered paths within Provider Backbone Bridged Networks. Changes are applied to the base text of IEEE Std
802.1Q-2005 as amended by IEEE Std 802.1ad-2005, IEEE Std 802.1ak-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ag-2007, IEEE Std 802.1ah-2008, and IEEE
Std 802.1ap-2008. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards
at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.1Qay-2009, Bridged Local Area Networks, Connectivity Fault
Management, LANs, local area networks, metropolitan area networks, MAC
Bridges, MANs, Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP), Multiple Spanning Tree
Protocol (MSTP), Multiple VLAN Registration Protocol (MVRP), Provider
Backbone Bridge, Provider Bridged Local Area Networks, Traffic Engineering,
virtual LANs, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
Designation: P802.1Qaz
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual
Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment XX: Enhanced Transmission Selection
for Bandwidth Sharing Between Traffic Classes
Status: Revision of Amendment
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures and managed
objects for enhancement of transmission selection to support allocation of
bandwidth amongst traffic classes. When the offered load in a traffic class
doesn't use its allocated bandwidth, enhanced transmission selection will
allow other traffic classes to use the available bandwidth. The bandwidth-
allocation priorities will share bandwidth between bursty traffic loads
while coexisting with the strict priority mechanisms already defined in Std
802.1Q, carrying traffic requiring minimum latency. It includes definition
of a control protocol that controls the application of Enhanced Transmission
Selection and Priority-based Flow Control.
Project Purpose: Networks prioritize traffic to provide different service
characteristics to traffic classes. It is desirable to be able to share
bandwidth between priorities carrying bursty high offered loads rather than
servicing them with strict priority while allowing strict priority for time-
sensitive and management traffic requiring minimum latency. Also, when
traffic at a priority level doesn't use its allocation, it is desirable to
allow other priorities to use that bandwidth. For example, IEEE P802.1Qau
will specify congestion management. Congestion managed traffic classes can
share a network with traditional best effort LAN classes. Enhanced
transmission selection provides uniform management for the sharing of
bandwidth between congestion managed classes and traditional classes on a
single bridged network. Priorities using enhanced transmission selection
will coexist with priorities using 802.1Qav queuing for time-sensitive
streams. A control protocol provides a mechanism for exchanging
configuration of Enhanced Transmission Selection, Priority-based Flow
Control and other data center bridging technology parameters across the link
providing a means of establishing a consistent configuration across the
link.
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q defines enhancements to transmission selection to support allocation of bandwidth
amongst traffic classes, plus a protocol for controlling the application of Data Center Bridging features.
Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC
Bridges, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (virtual LANs), Data Center
Bridging, Enhanced Transmission Selection
Designation: 802.1Qaz
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment: Enhanced Transmission Selection for
Bandwidth Sharing Between Traffic Classes
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies enhancement of transmission selection to
support allocation of bandwidth amongst traffic classes. When the offered
load in a traffic class doesn’t use its allocated bandwidth, enhanced
transmission selection will allow other traffic classes to use the available
bandwidth. The bandwidth-allocation priorities will share bandwidth between
bursty traffic loads while coexisting with the strict priority mechanisms
already defined in Std 802.1Q, carrying traffic requiring minimum latency.
It will include managed objects to support bandwidth allocation.
Project Purpose: Networks prioritize traffic to provide different service
characteristics to traffic classes. It is desirable to be able to share
bandwidth between priorities carrying bursty high offered loads rather than
servicing them with strict priority while allowing strict priority for time-
sensitive and management traffic requiring minimum latency. Also, when
traffic at a priority level doesn’t use its allocation, it is desirable to
allow other priorities to use that bandwidth. For example, IEEE P802.1Qau
will specify congestion management. Congestion managed traffic classes can
share a network with traditional best effort LAN classes. Enhanced
transmission selection will provide uniform management for the sharing of
bandwidth between congestion managed classes and traditional classes on a
single bridged network. Priorities using enhanced transmission selection
will coexist with priorities using 802.1Qav queuing for time-sensitive
streams.
Designation: P802.1Qbb
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Virtual
Bridged Local Area Networks - Amendment: Priority-based Flow Control
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures and managed
objects that enable flow control per traffic class on IEEE 802 full-duplex
links. Data Center Bridging networks (bridges and end nodes) are
characterized by limited bandwidth-delay product and limited hop-count.
Traffic class is identified by the VLAN tag priority values. Priority-based
flow control is intended to eliminate frame loss due to congestion. This is
achieved by a mechanism similar to the IEEE 802.3x PAUSE, but operating on
individual priorities. This mechanism, in conjunction with other Data Center
Bridging technologies, enables support for higher layer protocols that are
highly loss sensitive while not affecting the operation of traditional LAN
protocols utilizing other priorities. In addition, PFC complements
Congestion Notification in Data Center Bridging networks. Operation of
priority-based flow control is limited to a domain controlled by a Data
Center Bridging control protocol that controls the application of Priority-
based Flow Control, Enhanced Transmission Selection, and Congestion
Notification.
Project Purpose: Data Center Bridging networks employ higher layer protocols
that depend on the delivery of data frames without frame loss due to
congestion. These protocols were designed for an underlying transport that
approaches lossless behavior and therefore do not include appropriate
response to frame loss due to congestion (e.g. back-off, slow restart,
etc.). This amendment enables multiple data center networks, including those
serving loss sensitive protocols (e.g. inter-processor communitcation,
storage, etc.), to be converged onto an IEEE 802 network.
Abstract: This amendment specifies protocols, procedures and managed objects that enable flow control per traffic class on IEEE
802 point-to-point full duplex links. This is achieved by a mechanism similar to the IEEE 802.3 Annex 31B PAUSE, but operating
on individual priorities.
Key Words: 802.1, local area networks, LANs, transparent bridging, MAC Bridges,
VLANs, priority, flow control.
Designation: P802.1Qbc
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks — Virtual
Bridged Local Area Network — Amendment: Provider Bridging - Remote Customer
Service Interfaces
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard allows a service-tagged (S-tagged) service
interface connecting two independently administered Provider Bridged
Networks to be used to handle traffic (identified by a single service
virtual local area network (S-VLAN) identifier) for a given customer port
attached to one provider backbone network (PBN) as if the customer were
directly attached to the other PBN using a Port-based or customer tagged (C-
tagged) service interface.
Project Purpose: Metro Ethernet service providers need to provide service to
customer locations not directly accessible to their network. Such "out-of-
footprint" access may be obtained via other (access) service providers;
however, the primary service provider has an interest in minimizing the
amount of provisioning required of an access provider. This standard meets
this need by specifying Provider Bridging technology that allows the primary
service provider to treat customers connected via an access network as if
they were directly connected to the primary service provider's network.
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std. 802.1Q specifies the use of S-VLANs to provide customer service interfaces in one Provider
Bridged Network for customer interface LANs attached to another Provider Bridged Network.
Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area networks, metropolitan
area networks, MAC Bridges, MANs, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks,
Provider Bridged Local Area Networks, Provider Bridge, Provider Edge Bridge,
Remote Customer Service Interface, RCSI
Designation: P802.1Qbe
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -- Virtual
Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment: Multiple I-SID Registration Protocol
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed
objects to support topology change signaling to alter the binding (held in
an I-Component) of Customer addresses to Backbone addresses on a per-
Backbone Service Instance Identifier (I-SID) basis. This is accomplished by
extending the use of the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP).
Project Purpose: MIRP provides the capabilities necessary when topology changes
occur in networks attached to a Provider Backbone Bridged Network. A
Backbone Edge Bridge (BEB) signals to other potentially affected BEBs the
need to alter certain learned associations between Customer MAC Addresses
and Backbone MAC Addresses. An access cloud that has an Itagged connection
to a Backbone network signals both its requirements for specific services,
and topology change events in those services.
Abstract: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed objects to support topology change signaling to alter the
binding (held in an I-Component) of Customer addresses to Backbone addresses on a per-I-SID basis. This is accomplished by
extending the use of the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP).
Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, LANs, local area networks, MAC Bridges,
metropolitan area networks, MRP, MIRP, MMRP, MVRP, Provider Backbone
Bridges, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks, virtual LANs.
Designation: P802.1Qbf
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual
Bridged Local Area Networks Amendment: Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic
Engineering (PBB-TE) Infrastructure Segment Protection
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Sep 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard specifies procedures and managed objects to
provide 1:1 (M:1 if practical) protection switching, without modifying data
or control frames and using connectivity fault management (CFM), for a group
of Traffic Engineered Service Instances (TESIs) that traverses a sequence of
local area networks (LANs) and intervening bridges. Operator requests and
operational modes consistent with those supported by PBB-TE TESI Protection
are specified.
Project Purpose: This standard allows service providers to: • Address the
relatively high failure rate of particular links or bridges within a
network. • Address the likelihood of concurrent failures occurring in
different segments of a network. • Allow maintenance activities to be
performed independently in different segments of the network. • Allow
maintenance activities to be performed in one segment of a network without
disabling protection in another segment. • Localize changes in traffic
distribution due to failure or maintenance actions.
Abstract: This standard defines profiles that select features, options, configurations, defaults, protocols and procedures of
bridges, stations and LANs that are necessary to build networks that are capable of transporting time sensitive audio and/or
video data streams.
Key Words: Bridged Local Area Networks, local area networks (LANs), MAC
Bridges, metropolitan area networks, Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
(virtual LANs), time sensitive data streams, audio video bridging, AVB.
Designation: P802.1Qbg
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment: Edge Virtual Bridging
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures, and managed
objects that: - Provide for the discovery, configuration, and control of a
pair of direct-attached limited-function Service VLAN (S-VLAN) components to
extend the services of a customer bridge to remote ports and enable
coexistence of multiple services on station-resident ports.(e.g. port
aggregation services, embedded bridging) - Provide for discovery,
configuration, and control of a Reflective Relay Service for a bridge port
when it is connected to a Port Aggregation Service. - Define the
requirements for, and operation of, a Port Aggregation Service required to
allow the loop free operation of the Reflective Relay Service. - Provide
for discovery of, and coordinated configuration of, station-embedded Port
Aggregators and station embedded Customer VLAN (C-VLAN) Components.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to allow multiple virtual
stations to share a common bridge port to obtain the services of bridge
relay. The standard enables coordinated configuration and management of
bridge services for virtual stations.
Designation: P802.1Qbh
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks---Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment: Bridge Port Extension
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This amendment specifies protocols, procedures, and managed
objects to support Port Extension. A Port Extender attaches to a MAC port
of an 802.1Q bridge and provides additional MAC ports that are logically
ports of the 802.1Q bridge to which it is attached (i.e. the "Controlling
Bridge"). The protocols, procedures, and managed objects specified in this
amendment are expected to specify new behavior in bridges that support port
extension as well as the behavior of Port Extenders themselves. In
addition, the protocols, procedures, and managed objects specified in this
amendment support the cascading of Port Extenders. To the extent
technically reasonable, all frame filtering and relay functions remain in
the Controlling Bridge. Use of a Service Virtual LAN Tag (S-TAG) for
Multichannel capability as being defined in Edge Virtual Bridging is
envisaged to achieve this objective. A new on-the-wire indication (e.g. a
new tag) is envisioned to support remote replication for purposes including
frame flooding and group address support.
Project Purpose: The purposes of this project include: - To reduce the
management cost of networks comprising large number of bridges (such as
those commonly found in a data center environments) through significant
reduction in both the number of devices to be managed and the management
traffic required. - To decrease total cost of ownership by reducing
initial capital expenditure along with management and operational costs.
Designation: P802.1Qbp
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks -Virtual Bridged Local
Area Networks Amendment: Equal Cost Multiple Paths (ECMP)
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This standard specifies protocols, procedures and managed
objects to support utilizing multiple possible next hop choices for frames
within a single service in Shortest Path Bridging MAC Mode (SPBM) networks.
This is accomplished by applying one of a set of standard functions per
frame at ingress and using the result as an input to all subsequent choices
among multiple next hops as the frame transits the SPBM network. These
functions are selected to ensure that frames belonging to the same data flow
take the same path. Frames belonging to other flows can take other paths.
It is anticipated that a new Tag will be defined possibly including a Time
to Live (TTL) field. The standard defines Connectivity Fault Management
(CFM) enhancements that can be used to proactively monitor and diagnose the
paths that data takes through the network.
Project Purpose: This standard provides the additional capability to use many
more equal cost paths than 802.1aq's current Equal Cost Tree (ECT) mechanism
due to improved scaling properties with respect to network diameter. This
standard would be used in conjunction with an 802.1aq based control plane
and would use specific Base Virtual Local Area Network identifiers (B-VIDs)
and new ECT-ALGORITHMs as defined by 802.1aq. This standard may include
multipath function information and may use time to live (TTL) loop
mitigation. Corresponding new EtherTypes would be used to identify the new
Tag formats. It is expected that both the current 802.1aq ECT and ECMP
would be used at the same time in the same network (for different
traffic/service categories) but differentiated by B-VID. This standard
enhances Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) to monitor and diagnose the
richer connectivity provided.
Designation: 802.1r
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to ISO/IEC 15802-3 (802.1D): Information Technology -
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and
metropolitan area networks - Common specifications - Part 3: Media Access
Control (MAC) Bridges - GARP Proprietary Attribute Registration Protocol
(GPRP)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William P Lidinsky, Phone:(630) 840-8067, Email:lidinskyw@acm.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: Definition of a new GARP Application, making use of and
extending the existing specififcation of GARP contained in 802.1D, that will
allow vendor-defined attribute values to be registered and distributed among
GARP-aware Bridges in a Bridged LAN.
Project Purpose: This supplement to Std 802.1D defines an additional GARP
Application aimed at allowing vendor-specific attribute values to be
distributed via GARP in a standard and interoperable manner, and allowing
vendor-specific attribute values that may have a wider application within
other vendor's equipment to be made available for more general use.
Designation: 802.1s-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Amendment to
802.1Q Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Multiple Spanning Trees
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: To develop an architecture and protocols for the use of multiple
instances of the Spanning Tree Protocol (-1-) within a network employing
VLANs (-2-). The architecture and protocols will be compatible and
interoperable with existing Virtual Bridged Local Area Network equipment and
will support a range of implemenntations.
Project Purpose: 802.1Q Virtual LANs provides the equivalent of separate LANs
over a single bridged LAN, using a single instance of the Spanning Tree
Protocol. Despite multiple independent implementations employing multiple
instances of the Spanning Tree Protocol, there is currently no
interoperability between different vendors, nor a coherent management
framework for different techniques. This standard will provide an
architecture, protocols, and mappings for bridges to provide that
interoperability and consistent management.
Abstract: Superseded by 802.1D
Key Words: "local area networks, media access control (MAC) bridges, MAC bridge
management,multiple spanning tree, virtual LANs"
Designation: 802.1t-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Common specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges -
Amendment 1: Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.1D-2004.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: Maintenance - Technical and editorial corrections to the 802-1D-
1998 standard.
Project Purpose: Maintenance - Technical and editorial corrections to the 802-
1D-1998 standard.
Abstract: Superseded by 802.1D-2004. This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition is intended to documentmaintenance items
identified in the text of IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 15802-3:1998). The document identifies any proposed changes to
the text that have arisen as aconsequence of maintenance activity. These are documented in the usual form for Amendments toIEEE
802â standards; i.e., as an explicit set of editing instructions that, if correctly applied to thetext of ISO/IEC 15802-3:1998,
will create a corrected document.
Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, MAC bridges, media
access control (MAC) bridges, multicast address filtering, traffic class
expediting"
Designation: 802.1u-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks - Corrigendum 1:
Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: Manintenance - anticipated technical and editorial corrections
to the 802.1Q-1998 standard.
Project Purpose: Anticipated technical and editorial corrections to the 802.1Q
standard.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This amendment to IEEE 802.1Q,1998 Edition is intended
to document maintenance items identified in the text of IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998 Edition.IEEE Std 802.1u-2001 identifies any proposed
changes to IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998 Edition that have arisen as a consequence of maintenance activity.The changes are documented in
the usual form for an amendment to IEEE 802 standards;i.e.,as an explicit set of editing instructions that,if correctly applied
to the text of IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998 Edition,will create a corrected document.
Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge managment, media access control
bridges, virtual LANS"
Designation: 802.1v-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks: VLAN Classification by Protocol and Port: Amendment to
802.1Q
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001, ANSI APP: Aug 02, 2001
Project Scope: IEEE 802.1Q specifies a single PVID variable (Port VLAN
Identifier) for each port of a switch. The configurable value of this
single PVID variable specifies the VLAN into which frames untagged at
ingress to the port are to be classified. The project will develop a
supplement to 802.1Q to specify optional additional classification rules per
port based on the protocol (as designated in the frame by 802 family
portocols identifiers) in the received untagged frame. The project will
consider compatibility and interoperability with existing 802.1Q bridges.
Project Purpose: Classifying multiple protocols into a single VLAN often
imposes VLAN boundaries that are inappropriate for some of the protocols,
requiring th presence of a non-standard entity to relay between VLANs the
frames bearing the protocols for which the VLAN boundaries are
inappropriate. The non-standard relay makes the boundaries of the VLANs
transparent to the relayed protocols, depriving those protocols of the
benefits of the VLANs. The proposed supplement will benefit users of multi-
protocol LANs by permitting them to specify VLAN structures suitable for
each protocol present in a LAN, and removing the need for a non-standard
relay function between VLANs.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998 Edition describes
enhancements to allow for classification of incoming packets by methods other than source port.Specifically,it defines rules for
classification based on data-link layer protocol identification.The document identifies proposed changes to the text of IEEE Std
802.1Q,1998 Edition that have arisen as a consequence of this activity.These are documented in the usual form for amendments to
IEEE 802 standards;i.e.,as an explicit set of editing instructions that,if correctly applied to the text of IEEE Std 802.1Q,1998
Edition,will create a corrected document.
Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, media access control
bridges, virtual LANS"
Designation: 802.1w-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Common Specifications - Part 3: Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges:
Amendment 2 - Rapid Reconfiguration
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.1D-2004.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Specificatoin of enhancements to the auto-configuring mechanisms
and management controls in 802.1D-1998 that constrain user data frames to
all or part of a loop free topology. Where redundant alternate bridges
and/or connecting LANs are available, these enhancements will provide faster
reconfiguration and restoration of the MAC service if LAN component failure
occurs.
Project Purpose: LAN based applications, including new voice and multi-media
solutions, are increasingly mission critical and require much improved
network availability and scalability. An availability strategy that
includes redundant bridges and LAN media, together with rapid failure
detection and reconfiguration, allows the use of currently available cost
effective LAN components. Techniques that are broadly compatible with
802.1D-1998, but not interoperable, are now emerging from multiple vendors.
The proposed project will provide users with interoperable solutions.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1D-2004 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This amendment to
IEEE Std 802.1D, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 15802-3: 1998) and IEEE Std 802.1t-2001 defines the changes necessary to the operation of
a MAC Bridge in order to provide rapid Spanning Tree reconfiguration capability.
Key Words: "local area networks, MAC Bridge management, MAC Bridges, media
access control (MAC) bridges, Rapid Spanning Tree Algorithm and Protocol
(RSTP)"
Designation: 802.1X-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Port-Based
Network Access Control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 05, 2010
**Revision of IEEE Std 802.1X-2004
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 27, 2008, BD APP: Feb 02, 2010
Project Scope: For the purpose of providing compatible authentication,
authorization, and cryptographic key agreement mechanisms to support secure
communication between devices connected by IEEE 802® Local Area Networks
(LANs), this standard a) Specifies a general method for provision of
port-based network access control. b) Specifies protocols that establish
secure associations for IEEE Std 802.1AE™ MAC Security. c) Facilitates
the use of industry standard authentication and authorization protocols.
Project Purpose: IEEE 802 LANs are deployed in networks that convey or provide
access to critical data, that support mission critical applications, or that
charge for service. Protocols that configure, manage, and regulate access to
these networks and network-based services and applications typically run
over the networks themselves. Port-based network access control regulates
access to the network, guarding against transmission and reception by
unidentified or unauthorized parties, and consequent network disruption,
theft of service, or data loss.
Abstract: Port-based network access control allows a network administrator to restrict the use of IEEE 802 LAN service access points
(ports) to secure communication between authenticated and authorized devices. This standard specifies a common architecture,
functional elements, and protocols that support mutual authentication between the clients of ports attached to the same LAN and
that secure communication between the ports, including the media access method independent protocols that are used to discover
and establish the security associations used by IEEE 802.1AE MAC Security. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access
to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for
details.
Key Words: 802.1X-2010, access control, authentication, authorization,
controlled port, key agreement, LANs, local area networks, MAC security, MAC
Service, MANs, metropolitan area networks, port-based network access
control, secure association, security, service access point, uncontrolled
port
Designation: 802.1X-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Port-Based
Network Access Control
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 802.1X-2001. Superseded by 802.1X-2010.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 10, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is the use of the physical access
characteristics of IEEE 802 LANs in order to provide a means of
authenticating and authorizing devices attached to a LAN port. The reason
for revising the standard is to reflect editorial and technical corrections,
and to better facilitate its use in 802.11 Wireless LANs.
Project Purpose: The standard provides common interoperable solutions using
standards based authentication and authorization infrastructures already
supporting schemes such as dial up access. Revision is needed in order to
deal with editorial and technical corrections, and also to reflect changes
necessary in the light of deployment in 802.11-based infrastructures.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 802.1X-2001 Port-based network access control makes use of the physical access characteristics of
IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LAN) infrastructures in order to provide a means of authenticating and authorizing devices
attached to a LAN port that has point-to-point connection characteristics, and of preventing access to that port in cases in
which the authentication and authorization process fails.
Key Words: authentication, authorization, controlled port, local area networks,
metropolitan area networks, port access control, uncontrolled port
Designation: 802.1X-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Port Based Network Access Control
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.1X-2004.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Specification of: (a) mechanisms to allow network access
decisions, made using existing standard higher layer authentication and
authorization protocols, to be enforced at individual ports of a networked
system; (b) encoding of those protocols over 802 LANs where no suitable
encoding is yet defined. The project will not define or require systems
that are enforcing network access decisions to: (c) process or interpret
authentication information; (d) modify user data frames to secure
conversations; (e) filter user data frames based on layer 2 or higher layer
adressing or protocol information. The access control mechanism will be
usable on LAN ports of all types of systems attached to a LAN, including
bridges, routers, servers and other end stations.
Project Purpose: There is no standard mechanism that allows a network
administrator to control access to and from a LAN segment based on the
authenticated state of a port user. Simple network connectivity affords
anonymous access to enterprise data and the global Internet. As 802 LANs
are deployed in more accessible areas, there is an increasing need to
authenticate and authorize basic network access. The proposed project will
provide common interoperable solutions using standards based authentication
and authorization infrastructures already supporting schemes such as dial up
access.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Port-based network access control makes use of the
physical access characteristics of IEEE 802 Local Area Networks (LAN) infrastructures in order to provide a means of
authenticating and authorizing devices attached to a LAN port that has point-to-point connection characteristics, and of
preventing access to that port in cases in which the authentication and authorization process fails.
Key Words: "authentication, authorization, controlled Port, Local Area
Networks, Port Access Control, uncontrolled Port"
Designation: 802.1y
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Media Access Control
(MAC) Bridges - Amendment 3: Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the
802.1D:1998 MAC Bridge standard and its amendments (802.1t, 802.1w).
Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the
802.1D:1998 MAC Bridge standard and its amendments (802.1t, 802.1w).
Designation: 802.1z
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks - Amendment 4: Technical and Editorial Corrections
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections tot he
802.1Q:1998 Virtual Bridged LAN standard and its amendments (802.1u,
802.1v).
Project Purpose: Maintenance: Technical and editorial corrections to the
802.1Q:1998 Virtual Bridged LAN standard and its amendments (802.1u,
802.1v).
Designation: 802.2-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 2: Logical Link Control
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as
defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It describes the functions, features, protocol, and services of
the logical link control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO 8802 Local Area
Network Protocol. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC
sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication
systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are two types of operation for data communication between service access
points. In one type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link
connection. In the other, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing
PDUs.
Key Words: logical, link, control, local, area, Protocols, Local area networks
Designation: 802.20-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 20: Air
Interface for Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems Supporting Vehicular
Mobility -- Physical and Media Access Control Layer Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 29, 2008
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Arnold M Greenspan, Phone:561-638-7328, Email:amgrrg@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 11, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2008, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 2008
Project Scope: This standard specifies the physical and medium access control
layers of an air interface for interoperable mobile broadband wireless
access systems, operating in licensed bands below 3.5 GHz. The system is
optimized for IP-data transport, with peak data rates per user in excess of
1 Mbps.
Abstract: These technical requirements of this standard form a compatibility standard for mobile broadband wireless access systems.
The requirements standard ensures that a compliant Access Terminal (AT) or User Terminal (UT) can obtain service through any
Access Network Node (AN) or Base Station (BS) conforming to properly selected modes of this standard, consistent with equipment
and operator requirements, thus providing a framework for the rapid development of cost-effective, interoperable multivendor
mobile broadband wireless access systems. This compatibility standard is targeted for use in a wide variety of licensed frequency
bands and regulatory environments. This specification standard includes provisions provides for future service additions and
expansion of system standardized extension capabilities. The architecture defined by this specification standard permits such
expansion without the loss of backward compatibility to older access terminals or user terminals. The "IEEE Get Program"
grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.20-2008, access node, access terminal, base station, broadband,
LAN, local area networks, MAN, metropolitan area networks, user terminal,
vehicular mobility, wireless access
Designation: 802.20.2-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance to IEEE 802.20 Systems--Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2010
**New standard
Technical Contact: Mark Klerer, Phone:908-997-2069, Email:m.klerer@flarion.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Oct 06, 2010
Project Scope: This standard represents the PICS Proforma, per ISO/IEC 9646-7
and ITU-T X.296, for the conformance specification of base stations or
access nodes, and access terminals or user terminals, based upon the air
interface specified in IEEE Std 802.20.
Project Purpose: This document describes the capabilities and options within
the air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.20. It is to be completed by the
supplier of a product claiming to implement one or more of the protocol
modes. It indicates which capabilities and options have been implemented.
It allows a user of the product to evaluate its conformance and to determine
whether the product meets the user's requirements.
Abstract: This standard represents the Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement Proforma, per ISO/IEC 9646-7 and ITU-T X.296,
for conformance specification of access nodes and access terminals based on the air interface specified in IEEE Std 802.20.
Key Words: 802.20.2-2010, PICS, Protocol, Implementation, Conformance,
Statement, Proforma,
Designation: 802.20.3-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Minimum Performance Characteristics of IEEE 802.20
Terminals and Base Stations/Access Nodes
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 22, 2010
**New standard
Technical Contact: Mark Klerer, Phone:908-997-2069, Email:m.klerer@flarion.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008, BD APP: Mar 25, 2010, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 2010
Project Scope: This standard details definitions, method of measurements and
minimum performance characteristics for IEEE 802.20 MBWA terminals and base
stations (BSs)/access nodes (ANs). The test methods are specified in this
document; however, methods other than those specified may suffice for the
same purpose.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to specify minimum performance
characteristics for IEEE 802.20 implementations. Service providers deploying
equipment meeting this specification can expect to meet a particular service
level with user terminals that also comply with this specification.
Abstract: This standard specifies minimum performance parameters and the associated test methodologies for implementation of IEEE
802.20 compliant systems.
Key Words: 802.20.2-2010, LAN, MAN, mobile, wireless
Designation: 802.20a-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Part 20: Air
Interface for Mobile Broadband Wireless Access Systems Supporting Vehicular
Mobility--Physical and Media Access Control Layer Specification Amendment 1:
Management Information Base Enhancements and Corrigenda Items
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 08, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.20-2008
Technical Contact: Mark Klerer, Phone:908-997-2069, Email:m.klerer@flarion.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008, BD APP: Dec 08, 2010, ANSI APP: May 05, 2011
Abstract: This amendment enhances IEEE 802.20 Management Information Base (MIB) clauses to include additional information and MIB
documentation (i.e., a discussion of security impacts, and cross references to the text for appropriate parameters within the
MIB, itself) to conform with the applicable parts of the IETF's 2008 guidelines for MIBs. The amendment also corrects any errors,
inconsistencies, and ambiguities associated with the MIB clause of IEEE Std 802.20-2008.
Key Words: 802.20, Management Information Base, MIB
Designation: 802.20b-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks--Virtual Bridged
Local Area Networks Amendment 15: Bridging of IEEE 802.20
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 19, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.1Q-2005
Technical Contact: Mark Klerer, Phone:908-997-2069, Email:m.klerer@flarion.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Nov 08, 2010
Abstract: This amendment specifies the mechanism for the support of bridging of IEEE 802.20 networks.
Key Words: 802.20, bridging
Designation: 802.21-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks - Media
Independent Handover Services
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 21, 2009
**New Standard
Technical Contact: Ajay Rajkumar, Phone:973-386-6249, Email:ajayrajkumar@lucent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Nov 10, 2008, ANSI APP: Apr 17, 2009
Project Scope: This standard defines extensible IEEE 802® media access
independent mechanisms that enable the optimization of handover between
heterogeneous IEEE 802 networks and facilitates handover between IEEE 802
networks and cellular networks.
Project Purpose: The purpose is to improve the user experience of mobile
devices by facilitating handover between IEEE 802 networks whether or not
they are of different media types, including both wired and wireless, where
handover is not otherwise defined; and to make it possible for mobile
devices to perform seamless handover where the network environment supports
it. These mechanisms are also usable for handovers between IEEE 802 networks
and non IEEE 802 networks.
Abstract: This standard specifies IEEE 802® media access-independent mechanisms that optimize handovers between heterogeneous IEEE
802 systems and between IEEE 802 systems and cellular systems. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and
download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.21-2008, management, media independent handover, mobile node,
mobility, seamless, point of attachment, point of service
Designation: P802.21a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Media Independent
Handover Services - Amendment for Security Extensions to Media Independent
Handover Services and Protocol
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Vivek G Gupta, Phone:4088-765-7766, Email:vivekggupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 2008
Project Scope: This standard defines mechanisms (i) to reduce the latency
during authentication and key establishment for handovers between
heterogeneous access networks that support IEEE 802.21 (ii) to provide
data integrity, replay protection, confidentiality and data origin
authentication to IEEE 802.21 MIH (Media-Independent Handover) protocol
exchanges and enable authorization for MIH services.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to improve the user experience
of mobile devices by minimizing the delay during handover between
heterogeneous access networks through optimization of network access
authentication and key establishment. Security-related message exchanges
during handover can increase the latency significantly and in many cases
service continuity cannot be met without such optimization. Additionally,
this standard will secure MIH protocol exchanges and enable authorization of
MIH services. Without such security in place, MIH protocol entities and MIH
services are vulnerable to various security attacks.
Designation: P802.21b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Media Independent Handover Services - Amendment: Handovers
with Downlink Only Technologies
Status: Amendment
Technical Contact: Vivek G Gupta, Phone:4088-765-7766, Email:vivekggupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009
Project Scope: This amendment defines mechanisms that enable the optimization
of handovers between IEEE 802.21 supported technologies and downlink-only
(DO) technologies
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to improve user experience by
developing mechanisms that facilitate handovers between IEEE 802.21
supported technologies and DO technologies.
Designation: P802.21c
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks -- Part 21: Media
Independent Handover Services Amendment:Optimized Single Radio Handovers
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This amendment defines enhancements to enable optimized single
radio handovers between heterogeneous IEEE 802 wireless technologies and
extend these mechanisms for single radio handovers between IEEE 802 wireless
technologies and cellular technologies. These enhancements are based on
media access independent mechanisms.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to enhance the user
experience by enabling optimized single radio handover solutions between
heterogeneous networks. This standard defines mechanisms to reduce latency
and enable service continuity during handover.
Designation: P802.22
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Wireless Regional Area Networks
(WRAN) - Specific requirements - Part 22: Cognitive Wireless RAN Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Policies and
procedures for operation in the TV Bands
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009
Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the
cognitive medium access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of
point-to-multipoint wireless regional area networks comprised of a
professional fixed base station with fixed and portable user terminals
operating in the VHF/UHF TV broadcast bands between 54 MHz and 862 MHz.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to enable deployment of
interoperable 802 multivendor wireless regional area network products, to
facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access and extending the deployability of such systems
into diverse geographic areas, including sparsely populated rural areas,
while preventing harmful interference to incumbent licensed services in the
TV broadcast bands.
Abstract: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium access control layer(MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of the
fixed and portable point-to-multipoint wireless regional area networks operating in spectrum allocated to the Television
Broadcasting Service in the frequency range 54 MHz to 862 MHz.
Key Words: broadband wireless access network, fixed and portable user
terminals, regional area network, cognitive radio, radio spectrum sensing,
WRAN standards
Designation: 802.22
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology -Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Wireless Regional Area Networks (WRAN) - Specific
requirements - Part 22: Cognitive Wireless RAN Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Policies and procedures for
operation in the TV Bands
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: This standard specifies the air interface, including the medium
access control layer (MAC) and physical layer (PHY), of fixed point-to-
multipoint wireless regional area networks operating in the VHF/UHF TV
broadcast bands between 54 MHz and 862 MHz.
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to enable deployment of
interoperable 802 multivendor wireless regional area network products, to
facilitate competition in broadband access by providing alternatives to
wireline broadband access and extending the deployability of such systems
into diverse geographic areas, including sparsely populated rural areas,
while preventing harmful interference to incumbent licensed services in the
TV broadcast bands.
Designation: 802.22.1-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 22.1: Standard to Enhance Harmful Interference
Protection for Low-Power Licensed Devices Operating in TV Broadcast Bands
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 01, 2010
Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This standard specifies methods to provide enhanced protection
to protected devices such as those used in the production and transmission
of broadcast programs [e.g., devices licensed as secondary under Title 47 of
the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) in the USA and equivalent devices in
other regulatory domains] from harmful interference caused by license-exempt
devices (e.g., IEEE P802.22) that also are intended to operate in the TV
Broadcast Bands.
Project Purpose: This standard provides a standard and efficient method for
license-exempt devices to provide enhanced protection to low-powered
licensed devices that are entitled to protection from harmful interference,
and that share the same spectrum. This standard may be applicable in global
regulatory environments.
Abstract: This standard defines the protocol and data formats for communication devices forming a beaconing network that are used to
protect low-power, licensed devices operating in television broadcast bands from harmful interference generated by license-exempt
devices, such as Wireless Regional Area Networks (WRAN), intended to operate in the same bands. The devices being protected are
devices licensed as secondary under Title 47, Part 74, Subpart H in the USA and equivalent devices in other regulatory domains.
The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: ad hoc network, beacons, TV white space, Wireless Regional Area
Networks, WRAN
Designation: P802.22.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Wireless Regional Area Networks
(WRAN) - Specific requirements - Part 22.2: Recommended Practice for the
Installation and Deployment of IEEE 802.22 Systems
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Carl R Stevenson, Phone:610-841-6180, Email:wk3c@wk3c.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This document recommends best engineering practices for the
installation and deployment of IEEE 802.22 systems to help assure that such
systems are correctly installed and deployed.
Project Purpose: This document provides detailed technical guidance to
installers, deployers, and operators of IEEE 802.22 compliant systems to
help assure that such systems are correctly installed and deployed.
Designation: P802.23
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks- Emergency Services
for Internet Protocol (IP) Based Citizen to Authority Communications
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This standard defines a media independent framework within IEEE
802 to provide consistent access and data that facilitate compliance to
applicable civil authority requirements for communications systems that
include IEEE 802 networks. This includes a data link layer interface for a
consistent view of IEEE 802 networks by IP (Internet Protocol) based
citizen-to-authority emergency services capabilities from the Internet
Engineering Task Force (IETF) Emergency Context Resolution with Internet
Technologies (ECRIT). This standard specifies a layer 2 entity and
associated behaviors with a uniform structure of management information for
transferring data required by an emergency services request.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to support compliance to civil
authority requirements complementary to IETF ECRIT specifications for
citizen to authority emergency services functionality. This standard
intends to encompass voice, data and multi-media requests across IEEE 802
using a new Layer 2 entity and associated behaviors and provide a uniform
Structure of Management Information (SMI) for transferring required data for
emergency services requests. (Note: The purpose as stated here will not be
included in the standard.)
Designation: 802.2a-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Standard for Flow Control Techniques for Bridged Local Area Networks
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Provide updates to the existing 802.2 Standard.
Designation: 802.2b-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Standard for Acknowledged Connectionless-Mode Service and Protocol (Type
3 Operation)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2.
Designation: 802.2c-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Part 2: Logical link control--Supplement 3: Conformance requirements
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Draft is sold as ISO/IEC 8802-2:1994/Amd. 3. Administratively withdrawn
on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998
Project Scope: Provides a means, for the implementor of the standard, to
indicate the options supported and the choices made in the implementation of
the standard, so that an appropriate set of tests can be employed by testing
centers in the conformance testing process.
Project Purpose: Provide the required Portocol Implementation Conformance
Statement(PICS) Proforma for LLC Type 1 Operation, LLC Type 2 Operation and
LLC Type 3 Operation.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This standard is part of a family of standards for local
area networks (LANs) and metro-politan area networks (MANs) that deals with the physical and data link layers as defined by the
ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. The functions, features, protocol, and services of the Logical Link
Control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO/IEC 8802 LAN protocol, are
described. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the medium access
control (MAC) sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data
communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are three types of operation for data communication between
service access points. In the first type of oper-ation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of
a data link connection. In the second type of operation, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any
exchange of information-bearing PDUs. In the third type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the
establishment of a data link connection, but sta-tions are permitted to both send data and request the return of data
simultaneously.
Designation: 802.2d-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area
Networks - Part 2: Logical Link Control
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Supplement to 802.2. Administratively
withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2.
Designation: 802.2e-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area
Networks - Part 2: Logical Link Control - Bit Referencing
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-2.
Designation: 802.2f-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Managed objects definition for logical link control (LLC)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998
Project Scope: Define LLC Management Objects for Type 1, Type 2, and Type 3
Operations, including their attributes, actions, and event notifications.
Project Purpose: Provide updates to the existing IEEE 802.2 Standard to reflect
the management aspect of the LLC Types of Operations.
Designation: 802.2g
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.2, Information Processing Systems - Local Area
Networks: Logical Link Control (LLC) Type 4 High Speed, High Performance
Operation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: David E Carlson, Phone:732-264-2581, Email:dcarlson@netlabs.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: For use in emerging high performance LANs and MANs.
Project Purpose: To provide an LLC protocol, for use in bridged and single
segment LANs and MANs, that supports high-speed implementations, efficient
high performance operations, error detection across bridged LANs/MANs, and
the ability for multiple connections between the same pair of LSAPs. This
protocol would be capable of coexisting with LLC Type 1, 2 and 3 operations.
Protocol features used to accomplish support of high speed implementations
might include features such as fixed header sizes, limited options, and the
decoupling of the transmitter and receiver functions. Protocol features
used to accomplish support of efficient, high performance operations, might
include features such as rate control, lightweight connection control,
selective retransmission, multi-peer connections, and stream-oriented
service.
Designation: 802.2h-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Optional toleration of duplicate information transfer format protocol
data units (IPDUs)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to 802.2. Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: David Carlson, Phone:703 537 4800, Email:dcarlson@mcs.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998
Project Scope: Provide a procedural option in Type 2 operation that will allow
a receiver to tolerate the receipt of an already correctly received I PDU by
discarding it instead of initiating a Frame Reject (FRMR) exception
condition that would require the reset of the logical link control
procedure.
Project Purpose: Improve the overall throughput capability in those situations
where the receiver is capable of making an acceptable judgement regarding
the acceptableness of the I PDUs received, even when some of those frames
are duplicates of frames already properly and correctly received.
Designation: 802.3-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 26, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2005 including all approved amendments
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 22, 2007, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 12, 2009
Project Scope: This standard defines Ethernet local area, access and
metropolitan area networks. Ethernet is specified at selected speeds of
operation; and uses a common media access control (MAC) specification and
management information base (MIB). The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half
duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media
Independent Interfaces (MIIs) provide an architectural and optional
implementation interface to selected Physical Layer entities (PHY). The
Physical Layer encodes frames for transmission and decodes received frames
with the modulation specified for the speed of operation, transmission
medium and supported link length. Other specified capabilities include:
control and management protocols, and the provision of power over selected
twisted pair PHY types.
Abstract: Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb/s to 10 Gb/s using a common
media access control (MAC) specification and management information base (MIB). The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed
specific Media Independent Interfaces (MIIs) allow use of selected Physical Layer devices (PHY) for operation over coaxial,
twisted pair or fiber optic cables. System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters
which are defined for operational speeds up to 1000 Mb/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds.
The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.3-2008, 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet;
attachment unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE
Power via the MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet
passive optical network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII;
information exchange; local area network; management; medium dependent
interface; media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY;
physical coding sublayer; Physical Layer; physical medium attachment;
PMA; Power over Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG; Backplane Ethernet
Designation: P802.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Ethernet
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard defines Ethernet local area, access and
metropolitan area networks. Ethernet is specified at selected speeds of
operation; and uses a common media access control (MAC) specification and
management information base (MIB). The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol specifies shared medium (half
duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media
Independent Interfaces (MIIs) provide an architectural and optional
implementation interface to selected Physical Layer entities (PHY). The
Physical Layer encodes frames for transmission and decodes received frames
with the modulation specified for the speed of operation, transmission
medium and supported link length. Other specified capabilities include:
control and management protocols, and the provision of power over selected
twisted pair PHY types.
Designation: 802.3-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Formerly known as 802.3-REVam. Superseded by 802.3-2008.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006
Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating
approved amendments and corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications
submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process.
This project will not add any significant new functionality.
Project Purpose: This project is expected to merge at least four amendments
into the base standard. It also adds maintenance changes submitted through
the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process (www.ieee802.org/3/maint) to fix errors
and ambiguities in the published standard. This will provide a single base
document for ongoing work and satisfy IEEE-SA SB requirements.
Abstract: Corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 This corrigendum clarifies and corrects isolation text including harmonization for both
powered and unpowered Medium Dependent Interfaces.
Key Words: 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment
unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the
MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical
network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; Link
Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent interface;
media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding
sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over
Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG
Designation: 802.3-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for IT - Telecommunications and Information Exchange
Between Systems - LAN/MAN - Specific Requirements - Part 3: CSMA/CD Access
Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Maintenance Revision #6
Status: Superseded
**Full revision PAR had been numbered as P802.3ag. However, this standard
is 802.3-2002. It supersedes all previous 802.3 base documents and
amendments through 802.3ad.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:540-227-0059, Email:thompson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000, BD APP: Jan 14, 2002, ANSI APP: May 13, 2002
Project Scope: Maintenance changes and current 802.3 Standard
Project Purpose: Define parameters for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer
specifications. Add accumulated maintenance changes and provide general
review of current 802.3 Standard (1998 Edition and 802.3ab, 802.3ac 802.3ad)
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: The media access control characteristics
for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method for shared medium local area networks are
described. The control characteristics for full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for
MAU types 1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater
link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; Media Independent Interface (MII) and PHY types
100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2 at 100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX,
1000BASE-LX, and 1000BASE-CX, which operate at 1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet) as well as PHY type 1000BASE-T. Repeater
specifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the Physical Layer for 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL,
100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System considerations for multisegment networks at each speed and
management information base (MIB) specifications and additions to support Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks (VLANs) as
specified in IEEE P802.1Q are also provided. Also specified is an optional Link Aggregation sublayer which multiple physical
links to be aggregated together to form a single logical link.
Key Words: Aggregated Link; Aggregator; Auto Negotiation; Category 5; copper;
data processing; Ethernet; gigabit; information interchange, Link
Aggregation; local area networks, management; MASTER-SLAVE; medium dependent
interface
Designation: 802.3-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Incoporating IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, IEEE Std 802.3ac-1998, IEEE Std
802.3ab-1999, and IEEE Std 802.3ad-2000. Superseded by 802.3-2002
(802.3ag).
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Superseded **Incoporating IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, IEEE Std 802.3ac-1998, IEEE Std 802.3ab-1999, and IEEE Std
802.3ad-2000. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag). See produict number: http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore/Product.aspx
product_no=WE94892
Key Words: "data processing, Ethernet, information interchange, link
aggregation, local area networks"
Designation: 802.3-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local Area Networks: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) - (ETHERNET)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 21, 1984
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 The media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method for shared medium local area networks are described. The control characteristics for
full duplex dedicated channel use are also described. Specifications are provided for MAU types 1BASE5 at 1 Mb/s; Attachment Unit
Interface (AUI) and MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 10BASE-
FB, and 10BASE-FP at 10 Mb/s; Media Independent Interface (MII) and PHY types 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-FX, and 100BASE-T2
at 100 Mb/s; and the Gigabit MII (GMII) and 1000BASE-X PHY types, 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, and 1000BASE-CX, which operate at
1000 Mb/s (Gigabit Ethernet). Repeater specifications are provided at each speed. Full duplex specifications are provided at the
Physical Layer for 10BASE-T, 10BASE-FL, 100BASETX, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T2, and Gigabit Ethernet. System considerations for
multisegment networks at each speed and management information base (MIB) specifications are also provided.
Key Words: LAN, CSMA/CD, ethernet, local, networks
Designation: 802.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement for 802.3 - (First Maintenance Ballot)
Status: Superseded
Designation: 802.3
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD)
Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications, Information
technology—Telecommunications and information exchange between systems—Local
and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-
Status: Superseded
**Incorporating ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition, IEEE 802.3r-1996, 802.3u-
1995, 802.3x&y-1997, 802.3z-1998, and 802.3aa-1998. Superseded by 802.3-
2002 (802.3ag).
Designation: 802.3-2002-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange
Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**This standards supersedes 802.3ag. Superseded by 802.3-2005.
History: BD APP: Jan 14, 2002
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating approved amendments and
corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process. The
project will not add any significant new functionality.
Key Words: Aggregated Link; Aggregator; Auto Negotiation; Category 5; copper;
data processing; Ethernet; gigabit; information interchange, Link
Aggregation; local area networks, management; MASTER-SLAVE; medium dependent
interface; mode of data transmission; mode
Designation: 802.3-2005/Cor 1-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications -
Corrigendum 1
Status: Superseded
**Corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.3-2005. Superseded by 802.3-2008.
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Sep 28, 2006
Project Scope: This corriegendum clarifies and corrects isolation text
including harmonization for both powered and unpowered Medium Dependent
Interfaces
Project Purpose: The current text is technically not implementable for powered
interfaces, and implementers must now make common sense deviations from the
specifications of 802.3 to build power sourcing equipment.
Abstract: This corrigendum clarifies and corrects isolation text including harmonization for both powered and unpowered Medium
Dependent Interfaces
Key Words: DTE, Power via the MDI, POE, Power over Ethernet, isolation
Designation: 802.3-2005/Cor 2-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications -
Corrigendum 2: IEEE Std 802.3an-2006 10GBASE-T Correction
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.3-2008.
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007, BD APP: Jun 07, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 12, 2007
Project Scope: This corrigendum will correct Equation 55-55
Project Purpose: Somehow during the draft development, a Log10 term in the
equation was missed. No one in the ballot group commented on it. The change
does not qualify as an errata and therefore is being done as a corrigendum.
Designation: 802.3-2008/Cor 1-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Corrigendum 1: Timing Considerations for PAUSE Operation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 01, 2010
**Corrigendum to IEEE Std 802.3-2008
Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Dec 09, 2009, ANSI APP: May 17, 2010
Project Scope: The scope is to correct the PAUSE reaction delay value so that
it is sufficient for all IEEE Std 802.3 'Physical Layer entity (PHY) types.
Project Purpose: The PAUSE reaction delay value specified is not sufficient for
all PHYs.
Abstract: The correction to the PAUSE reaction timing delay for the 10GBASE-T port type is addressed in this corrigendum to IEEE Std
802.3-2008.
Key Words: 802.3(TM)-2008/Cor 1-2009, 802.3, 802.3bb, 802.3-2008/Cor-1, PAUSE
Designation: 802.3-REVam-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks
-- specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Renamed to 802.3-2005.
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Jun 09, 2005, ANSI APP: Feb 21, 2006
Project Scope: This project is a revision of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 integrating
approved amendments and corrigenda plus corrections and clarifications
submitted as maintenance changes through the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process.
The project will not add any significant new functionality.
Project Purpose: This project is expected to merge at least four amendments
into the base standard. It also adds maintenance changes submitted through
the IEEE 802.3 maintenance process (www.ieee802.org/3/maint) to fix errors
and ambiguities in the published standard. This will provide a single base
document for ongoing work and satisfy IEEE-SA SB requirements.
Abstract: Ethernet local area network operation is specified for selected speeds of operation from 1 Mb/s to 10 Gb/s using a common
media access control (MAC) specification, management information base (MIB), and capability for Link Aggregation of multiple
physical links into a single logical link. The Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) MAC protocol
specifies shared medium (half duplex) operation, as well as full duplex operation. Speed specific Media Independent Interfaces
(MIIs) allow use of selected physical layer (PHY) interfaces for operation over coxial, twisted pair or fiber optic cables.
System considerations for multisegment shared access networks describe the use of Repeaters which are defined for operational
speeds up to 1000 Mb/s. Local Area Network (LAN) operation is supported at all speeds. Other specified capabilities include:
various PHY types for access networks, PHYs suitable for metropolitian area network applications, and the provision of power over
selected twisted pair PHY types.
Key Words: 10BASE; 100BASE; 1000BASE; 10GBASE; 10 Gigabit Ethernet; attachment
unit interface; AUI; Auto Negotiation; data processing; DTE Power via the
MDI; EPON; Ethernet; Ethernet in the First Mile; Ethernet passive optical
network; Fast Ethernet; Gigabit Ethernet; GMII; information exchange; Link
Aggregation; local area network; management; medium dependent interface;
media independent interface; MDI; MIB; MII; XGMII; PHY; physical coding
sublayer; physical layer; physical medium attachment; PMA; Power over
Ethernet; repeater; type field; VLAN TAG
Designation: 802.3.1-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Approved Draft Standard for Management Information Base (MIB)
Definitions for Ethernet
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011
Project Scope: This standard contains the Management Information Base (MIB)
module specifications for IEEE Std 802.3, also known as Ethernet. It
includes the Structure of Management Information Version 2 (SMIv2) MIB
module specifications formerly produced and published by the Internet
Engineering Task Force (IETF), and the Guidelines for the Definition of
Managed Objects (GDMO) MIB modules formerly specified within IEEE Std 802.3,
as well as extensions resulting from recent amendments to IEEE Std 802.3.
The SMIv2 MIB modules are intended for use with the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP), commonly used to manage Ethernet.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to publish the SMIv2 and GDMO
MIB module specifications in a single document that is separate from IEEE
Std 802.3, and that can be published in a machine-readable format. Future
amendments and revisions to IEEE Std 802.3.1 will be performed to update the
MIB specifications as required to track future amendments and revisions to
IEEE Std 802.3.
Abstract: This standard contains the Management Information Base (MIB) module specifications for IEEE Std 802.3, also known as
Ethernet. It includes the Structure of Management Information Version 2 (SMIv2) MIB module specifications formerly produced and
published by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), and the Guidelines for the Definition of Managed Objects (GDMO) MIB
modules formerly specified within IEEE Std 802.3, as well as extensions resulting from amendments to IEEE Std 802.3. The SMIv2
MIB modules are intended for use with the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), commonly used to manage Ethernet.
Key Words: MIB, SNMP, SMIv2, GDMO, Ethernet, network management, 802.3,
Designation: 802.3a-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Section 10, Medium Attachment Unit and Baseband Medium Specification,
Type 10BASE2
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: local, area, networks, CSMA/CD, sec 10
Designation: 802.3aa-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Maintenance Revision #5 (100 BASE-T), Standard for Information
Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications - Maintenance Revision #5 (100 BASE-T)
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 802.3u-1995. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Limited to updating 802.3u to correct possible inaccuracies.
Project Purpose: To correct and update Std. 802.3u using a group of revisions
known as Group #1.
Designation: 802.3ab-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD)
Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Physical Layer Parameters
and Specifications for 1000 Mb/s Operation over 4 pair of Category 5
Balanced Copper Cabling, Type 1000BASE-T
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated in 802.3,2000 Edition. The front matter of this standard
includes a dedication to the memory of Valerie Zelenty. Superseded by 802.3-
2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 20, 2000
Project Scope: Define physical layer characteristics and specifications for
1000 Mb/s operation on 4 pair of 100 ohm Category 5 balanced copper cabling
as defined by EIA/TIA-568-A, Annex E or its equivalent as built from
material specified by ISO/IEC 11801:1995.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to
provide 1000 Mb/s operation over installed Category 5 generic facilities
balanced copper cabling.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 Family on LAN/MAN. Abstract: Type
1000BASE-T PCS, type 1000BASE-T PMA sublayer, and type 1000BASE-T Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) are defined. This supplement
provides fully functional, electrical and mechanical specifications for the type 1000BASE-T PCS, PMA, and MDI. This supplement
also specifies the baseband medium used with 1000BASE-T.
Key Words: "Auto-Negotiation,Category 5,copper,Ethernet,gigabit,MASTER-
SLAVE,medium dependent interface,physical coding sublayer,Physical
Layer,physical medium attachment"
Designation: 802.3ac-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision
detection (CSMA/CD) frame extensions for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
(VLAN) tagging on 802.3 networks
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002
(802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Specifications of 802.3 frame when carrying Virtual Bridged
Local Area network (VLAN) tag information. Necessary adjustments to 802.3
Media Access Control (MAC) parameters e.g. maxFrameSize to accommodate
Virtual Bridged Local Area Network tagged framesual Bridged Local Area
Network (VLAN) tag information. Necessary adjustments to IEEE Std 802.3
clause 30 management attribute definitions to accommodate Virtual Bridged
Local Area Network tagged frames.
Project Purpose: To adjust the 802.3 frame format to align IEEE Std 802.3 with
IEEE 802.1Q.
Abstract: Information technology - telecommunications and information exchange between systems - local and metropolitan area
networks - specific requirements. Supplement to Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method
and physical layer specifications. Frame extensions for Virtual Bridged Local Area Network (VLAN) tagging on 802.3 networks
Key Words: "data processing,Ethernet,information interchange,local area
networks,local area networks,management,models,mode of data
transmission,network interconnection,repeater,type field"
Designation: 802.3ad-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications-Aggregation of
Multiple Link Segments
Status: Superseded
**Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002
(802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: Specify a DTE to Dte logical link which consists of n parallel
instances of an 802.3 point-to-point link segment. The logical link will
support existing 802.3 MAC Clients. Define the necessary management objects
and protocols to support link aggregation, including identification,
addition and deletion of link segments to and from the logical link.
Project Purpose: To increase link availability and bandwidth between DETs by
specifying the necessary mechanisms for parallel link segment aggregation.
Abstract: Incorporated in IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition. Superseded by 802.3-2002
Key Words: "Aggregated Link, Aggregator, Link Aggregation Group, Physical
Layer"
Designation: 802.3ae-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Local & Metropolitan Area
Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Media Access
Control (MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, and Management Parameters for 10
Gb/s Operation
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 2002
Project Scope: Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal
augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics and management
parameters for transfer of LLC and Ethernet format frames at 10 Gb/s using
full duplex operation as defined in the 802.3 standard. In addition to the
traditional LAN space, add parameters and mechanisms that enable deployment
of Ethernet over the Wide Area Network operating at a data rate compatible
with OC-192c and SDH VC-4-64c payload rate.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to
an operating speed of 10 Gb/s and to expand the Ethernet application space
to include Wide Area Network links in order to provide a significant
increase in bandwidth while maintaining maximum compatibility with the
installed base of 802.3 interfaces, previous investment in research and
development, and principles of network operation and management.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of its
operation, physical layer characteristics and management parameters for transfer of LLC and Ethernet format frames at 10 Gb/s
using full duplex operation as defined in the 802.3 standard. In addition to the traditional LAN space, add parameters and
mechanisms that enable deployment of Ethernet over the Wide Area Network operating at a data rate compatible with OC-192c and SDH
VC-4-64c payload rate.
Key Words: "10 Gigabit Ethernet, fiber, LAN PHY, WAN PHY, XAUI, XGMII, XSBI"
Designation: 802.3af-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications - Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power Via Media Dependent
Interface (MDI)
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003
Project Scope: Define methodology for the provision of power via balanced
cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment with 802.3 interfaces. The
amount of power will be limited by cabling physics and regulatory
considerations. Compatibility with existing equipment will be considered.
Project Purpose: To provide power for a new class of devices with 802.3
interfaces enabled by progress in silicon technology. These devices are
characterized by low power requirements and LAN connectivity.
Abstract: This amendment is based on the current edition of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 plus changes incorporated by IEEE Std 802.3ae-2002.
Abstract: Support for optionally powering a 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX or 1000BASE-T DTE device via the Power Interface (PI) using
physical layers defined in Clauses 14, 25, and 40. The Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE) is located at an end point or midspan,
separate from and between the MDIs, and provides power to the Powered Device (PD) over the Link Section. The PSE detection
protocol distinguishes a compatible PD from non-compatible devices and precludes the application of power and possible damage to
non-compatible devices. The PSE monitors the Maintain Power Signature (MPS)and removes power when it is no longer requested or
required. Optional management function requirements are specified. Four interpretations are available for IEEE STD 802.3af-2003:
http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/802.3af-2003.html
Key Words: "802.3af, Link Section, midspan, MPS, PD, PI, POE, power, Power over
Ethernet, PSE"
Designation: 802.3ah-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access With
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications Amendment: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers,
and Management Parameters for Subscriber Access Networks
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001, BD APP: Jun 24, 2004, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 2005
Project Scope: Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal
augmentation of the MAC operation, physical layer specifications, and
management parameters for the transfer of 802.3 format frames in subscriber
access networks at operating speeds within the scope of the current IEEE Std
802.3 and approved new projects.
Project Purpose: To expand the application of Ethernet to include subscriber
access networks in order to provide a significant increase in performance
while minimizing equipment, operation, and maintenance costs.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 Define 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of the MAC
operation, physical layer specifications, and management parameters for the transfer of 802.3 format frames in subscriber access
networks at operating speeds within the scope of the current IEEE Std 802.3 and approved new projects.
Key Words: "Ethernet in the First Mile, EFM, Ethernet Passive Optical Network,
EPON, Ethernet over DSL, Multi-point MAC Control,"
Designation: 802.3aj-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications -
Maintenance 7
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Sep 11, 2003, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2003
Project Scope: IEEE Std 802.3, which addresses the CSMA/CD access method and
physical layer specifications will be enhanced through necessary amendments
and corrigenda.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 802.3 will be kept current and reflective of current
implementation and application requirements, in accordance with the IEEE
802.3 Working Group maintenance process, defined at
http://www.ieee802.org/3/maint/index.htm.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 IEEE Std 802.3, which addresses the CSMA/CD access method and physical layer
specifications will be enhanced through necessary amendments and corrigenda.
Key Words: "802.3aj, 1000BASE-T, auto-negotiation, NEXT page"
Designation: 802.3aj
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology -- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks
-- Specific requirements -- Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer
specifications Maintenance Revision #7
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 13, 2002
Project Scope: Maintenance changes.
Project Purpose: Add accumulated maintenance changes.
Abstract: Project scope: Define methodology for the provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment
with 802.3 interfaces. The amount of power will be limited by cabling physics and regulatory considerations. Compatibility with
existing equipment will be considered. Project purpose: To provide power for a new class of devices with 802.3 interfaces
enabled by progress in silicon technology. These devices are characterized by low power requirements and LAN connectivity.
Key Words: IEEE802.3 , IEEE802.3a , IEEE802.3aj , IEEE 802.3 , IEEE 802.3a ,
IEEE 802.3aj
Designation: 802.3ak-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Amendment: Physical Layer and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation,
Type 10GBASE-CX4
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Feb 09, 2004, ANSI APP: May 12, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and
appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3 as amended by IEEE Std 802.3ae-
2002 (and any other approved amendment or corrigendum) to add a copper
Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) option for 10 Gb/s operation, building upon
the existing 10GBASE-X Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and 10 Gigabit
Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) specifications.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a lower-cost option
for interconnection of closely located equipment (within ~15m of cable),
typically within a stack or between equipment racks within a room.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2005 The scope of this project is to specify additions to and appropriate modifications of
IEEE Std 802.3 as amended by IEEE Std 802.3ae- 2002 (and any other approved amendment or corrigendum) to add a copper Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) option for 10 Gb/s operation, building upon the existing 10GBASE-X Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and 10
Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) specifications.
Key Words: "802.3ak, 10GBASE-CX4,10 Gigabit Ethernet, cable assembly, physical
medium dependent (PMD) sublayer, XAUI"
Designation: 802.3an-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems – LAN/MAN - Specific Requirements Part 3: CSMA/CD
Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment: Physical Layer
and Management Parameters for 10 Gb/s Operation, Type 10GBASE-T
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.3-2008.
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2004, BD APP: Jun 08, 2006, ANSI APP: Oct 24, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify a Physical Layer (PHY)
for operation at 10 Gb/s on standards based structured copper cabling, using
the existing Media Access Controller, and with extensions to the appropriate
physical layer management parameters, of IEEE Std 802.3.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide a lower-cost,
twisted pair copper cabling option for 10Gb/s interconnection of equipment
up to 100 m.
Abstract: This standard specifies IEEE 802 media access-independent mechanisms that optimize handovers between heterogeneous IEEE
802 systems and between IEEE 802 systems and cellular systems.
Key Words: 802.3an, 10GBASE-T, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, Auto-Negotiation, Physical
Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer,
structured cabling, XAUI, XGMII
Designation: 802.3ap-2007
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications - Amendment: Ethernet Operation Over Electrical Backplanes
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.3-2008.
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and
appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3 to specify operation at 1000
Mb/s and 10 Gb/s across an electrical backplane leveraging the existing
MAC.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide standards based
Ethernet interconnection of server and telecommunication blades over a
modular platform backplane. Industry trends for LAN, SAN and other
applications are migrating to backplane interconnects, and this project
will optimize Ethernet operation for backplanes.
Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 (as amended by IEEE Std 802.3an-2006, IEEE Std 802.3aq-2006, 802.3as-2006, and then there
is IEEE Std 802.3-2005/Cor1-2006. This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 includes the new Clause 69 through Clause 74. Clause 69
provides an overview of Ethernet operation over electrical backplanes. Clause 70 through Clause 72 define three new PMDs
developed for operation over electrical backplanes. 1000BASE-KX specifies 1 Gb/s serial operation, 10GBASE-KX4 specifies 10 Gb/s
4- lane operation, and 10GBASE-KR specifies 10 Gb/s serial operation. Clause 73 specifies an Auto- Negotiation function for use
over electrical backplanes. Finally, Clause 74 specifies an optional forward error correction (FEC) sublayer for 10GBASE-R PHYs
for improved link performance.
Key Words: 1000BASE-KX, 10GBASE-KX4, 10GBASE-KR, 10GBASE-R, 10 Gigabit
Ethernet, 802.3ap, Auto-Negotiation, Backplane Ethernet, backplane, forward
error correction (FEC), Gigabit Ethernet, physical medium dependent sublayer
(PMD)
Designation: 802.3aq-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.3-2008.
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 13, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify additions to and
appropriate modifications of IEEE Std 802.3-2002 as amended to add a
Physical Layer (PHY) for operation at 10 Gb/s on standards based structured
fiber cabling, using the existing MAC and with extensions to the appropriate
physical layer management parameters of IEEE Std 802.3.
Project Purpose: This project will define a lower-cost, 10Gb/s serial PHY that
supports a link distance of at least 220m over installed FDDI-grade
multimode fiber. The specification should enable migration to smaller form
factor pluggable modules.
Abstract: Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 specifies a new PMD, 10GBASE-LRM, for serial, 10
Gb/s operation over up to 220 m of 62.5 µm and 50 µm multimode fiber, including installed, FDDI grade multimode fiber
Key Words: 802.3aq, 10GBASE-LRM, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, multimode fiber, physical
medium dependent (PMD) sublayer
Designation: 802.3ar
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information technology -- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks
-- specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications Amendment: Enhancements for congestion management
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to specify IEEE 802.3 Media Access
Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of MAC operation and
management parameters of IEEE Std 802.3 to provide rate control and support
of IEEE 802 congestion management.
Project Purpose: This project will enable accelerated deployment of Ethernet
into emerging limited-topology applications that require improved delay,
delay variation and frame loss characteristics.
Designation: 802.3as-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks-
- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.3-2008.
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Sep 15, 2006, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 2007
Project Scope: Specify the IEEE 802.3 frame format when optional envelope
information is present while preserving the original MAC service data unit.
Also, specify related adjustments to IEEE 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC)
parameters and management attribute definitions.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the size of the IEEE
802.3 frame format to accommodate IEEE 802.1ad Provider Bridging, IEEE
802.1AE MACSec and other applications requiring envelope information.
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2005 extends the IEEE 802.3 basic frame format with the addition of an envelope frame to
accommodate additional prefixes and suffixes required by higher layer encapsulation protocols such as those defined by IEEE 802.1
(e.g., Provider Bridges, MAC Security), ITU-T or IETF (e.g., MPLS).
Key Words: 802.3as, basic frame, envelope frame, frame expansion, frame format
extension, frame size, Q-tagged frame
Designation: 802.3at-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Amendment 3: Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power via the Media Dependent
Interface (MDI) Enhancements.
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 2009
**Amendment of IEEE Std 802.3(TM)-2008
Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Mar 01, 2010
Abstract: A protocol and a set of managed objects that can be used for discovering the physical topology from adjacent stations in
IEEE 802 LANs are defined in this standard. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual
PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.3-2008, 802.3at-2009, LAN/MAN
Designation: 802.3at
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information technologyTelecommunications and information
exchange between systemsLocal and metropolitan area networksSpecific
requirementsPart 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications Amendment: DTE
Power via the MDI Enhancements
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 2005
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to augment the capabilities of the
IEEE Std 802.3 standard with higher power levels and improved power
management information. The project will augment the methodology for the
provision of power via balanced cabling to connected Data Terminal Equipment
with 802.3 interfaces. Optional augmented power limit will be made
available for certain structured cabling systems. Compatibility with
existing equipment will be maintained.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the proposed project is to include higher power
applications while providing enhanced power management information to reduce
total system cost.
Designation: 802.3av-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Amendment 1: Physical Layer Specifications and Management Parameters for 10
Gb/s Passive Optical Networks
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3(TM)-2008
Technical Contact: Robert M Grow, Phone:858-679-2077, Email:bob.grow@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: May 24, 2010
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 extends Ethernet Passive Optical Networks (EPONs) operation to 10 Gb/s providing
both symmetric, 10 Gb/s downstream and upstream, and asymmetric, 10 Gb/s downstream and 1 Gb/s upstream, data rates. It specifies
the 10 Gb/s EPON Reconciliation Sublayer, 10GBASE-PR symmetric and 10/1GBASE-PRX Physical Coding Sublayers (PCSs) and Physical
Media Attachments (PMAs), and Physical Medium Dependent sublayers (PMDs) that support both symmetric and asymmetric data rates
while maintaining complete backward compatibility with already deployed 1 Gb/s. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public
access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.3-2008, 802.3av-2009, 10 Gb/s Ethernet Passive Optical Networks
(10G-EPON), forward error correction (FEC), Multi-Point MAC Control (MPMC),
Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Media Attachment (PMA), Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD), PON, Point to Multipoint (P2MP), Reconciliation
Sublayer (RS)
Designation: 802.3az-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Amendment 5: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, and
Management Parameters for Energy-Efficient Ethernet
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 27, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008
Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2007, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 specifies changes to several existing physical layers to enable energy-efficient
operation of Ethernet. Changes to 10BASE-T include a reduction in transmit voltage requirements. Changes to 100BASE-TX, 1000BASE-
T, 10GBASE-T, 1000BASE-KX, 10GBASE-KX4 and 10GBASE-KR include the definition of a Low Power Idle (LPI) mode and mechanisms to
communicate and manage the entry and exit into and out of LPI and the operation of this mode. New Link Layer Discovery Protocol
(LLDP) TLVs are defined for negotiating system level energy-efficiency parameters. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to
view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for
details.
Key Words: 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, 1000BASE-KX, 1000BASE-T, 10GBASE-KR,
10GBASEKX4, 10GBASE-T, Backplane Ethernet, Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE),
IEEE 802.3az, LLDP, Low Power Idle Mode (LPI), TLV
Designation: 802.3b-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3: Broadband Medium Attachment Unit and Broadband
Medium Specifications, Type 10BROAD36 (Section 11)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: Section 11, local, area, networks, LAN
Designation: 802.3ba-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology—Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems—Local and metropolitan area
networks—Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications Amendment 4: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical
Layers, and Management Parameters for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s Operation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 22, 2010
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008
Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007, BD APP: Jun 17, 2010, ANSI APP: May 05, 2011
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 includes changes to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 and adds Clause 80 through Clause 88, Annex
83A through Annex 83C, Annex 85A, and Annex 86A. This amendment includes IEEE 802.3 Media Access Control (MAC) parameters,
Physical Layer specifications, and management parameters for the transfer of IEEE 802.3 format frames at 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s.
The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.3ba, 802.3, 40 Gb/s Ethernet, 40GBASE-CR4, 40GBASE-KR4, 40GBASE-
LR4, 40GBASE-R, 40GBASE-SR4, 100 Gb/s Ethernet, 100GBASE-CR10, 100GBASE-ER4,
100GBASE-LR4, 100GBASE-R, 100GBASE-SR10, AN, Auto-Negotiation, Backplane,
BP, CAUI, CGMII, CPPI, FEC, MMF, SMF, Optical Transport Network, OTN, XLAUI,
XLGMII, XLPPI
Designation: 802.3bc-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology-- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems-- Local and metropolitan area networks-
- Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Amendment 2: Ethernet Organizationally Specific Type, Length, Value (TLVs)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 28, 2009
**Amendment to IEEE Std 802.3(TM)-2008
Technical Contact: David J Law, Phone:+44-131-665-7264, Email:david_law@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2010
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2008 transfers the IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLVs, specified in IEEE Std
802.1AB(TM)-2009, Station and Media Access Control Connectivity Discovery, to IEEE Std 802.3. The "IEEE Get Program"
grants public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: 802.3bc-2009, Ethernet, LLDP, type, length, value (TLVs)
Designation: P802.3bd
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Amendment: MAC
Control Frame for Priority-based Flow Control
Status: Amendment
History: PAR APP: May 11, 2009
Project Scope: This standard defines a MAC Control Frame to support 802.1Qbb
Priority-based Flow Control. Data Center Bridging networks (bridges and end
nodes) are characterized by limited bandwidth-delay product and limited hop-
count. Traffic class is identified by the VLAN tag priority values.
Priority-based flow control is intended to eliminate frame loss due to
congestion. This is achieved by a mechanism similar to the IEEE 802.3x
PAUSE, but operating on individual priorities. This mechanism, in
conjunction with other Data Center Bridging technologies, enables support
for higher layer protocols that are highly loss sensitive while not
affecting the operation of traditional LAN protocols utilizing other
priorities. In addition, PFC complements Congestion Notification in Data
Center Bridging networks. Operation of priority-based flow control is
limited to a domain controlled by a Data Center Bridging control protocol
that controls the application of Priority-based Flow Control, Enhanced
Transmission Selection, and Congestion Notification.
Project Purpose: Data Center Bridging networks employ higher layer protocols
that depend on the delivery of data frames without frame loss due to
congestion. These protocols were designed for an underlying transport that
approaches lossless behavior and therefore do not include appropriate
response to frame loss due to congestion (e.g. back-off, slow restart,
etc.). This amendment adds the frame format to support 802.1Qbb Priority-
based Flow Control.
Abstract: This standard defines a MAC Control Frame to support 802.1Q Priority-based Flow Control
Key Words: Ethernet; Data Center Bridging; MAC Control; Priority-based Flow
Control; pause
Designation: 802.3bf-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Approved Draft Standard for Information technology--
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and
metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer SpecificationsAmendment: Media Access Control (MAC) service
interface and management parameters to support time synchronization
protocols
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 2009, BD APP: May 16, 2011
Project Scope: Amend IEEE Std 802.3-2008 to extend the Media Access Control
service interface and add management parameters to provide support for the
IEEE 802.1AS time synchronization protocol.
Project Purpose: Provide an accurate indication of the transmission and
reception initiation times of certain packets as required to support IEEE
P802.1AS.
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3 defines the Time Synchronization Service Interface (TSSI) to indicate when the Start
Frame Delimiter (SFD) crosses the generic Medium Independent Interface (xMII), together with management objects indicating
transmit and receive data delay between the Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) and xMII for the given Physical Layer devices (PHY).
Both features are required to support time synchronization protocols, e.g., IEEE P802.1AS or IEEE Std 1588.
Key Words: 802.3bf, 802.1AS, time synchronization protocol
Designation: 802.3bg-2011
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Information technology--Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems--Local and metropolitan area networks--
Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Amendment 6: Physical Layer and Management Parameters for Serial 40 Gb/s
Ethernet Operation Over Single Mode Fiber
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 2011
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010, BD APP: Mar 31, 2011
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to add a single-mode fiber Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) option for serial 40 Gb/s operation by specifying
additions to, and appropriate modifications of, IEEE Std 802.3-2008 as
amended by the IEEE P802.3ba project (and any other approved amendment or
corrigendum).
Project Purpose: This project will define a 40 Gb/s serial PMD that supports a
link distance of at least 2km over single-mode fiber that is optically
compatible with existing carrier 40Gb/s client interfaces (OTU3/STM-256/OC-
768/40G Packet over SONET (POS)), which will enable interconnection between
equipment in carrier networks or as uplink interconnections from
enterprises, data centers, or other network operators into carrier networks.
Abstract: This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3™-2008 specifies a new Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, 40GBASE-FR, for serial
40Gb/s operation over up to 2 km of single-mode fiber.
Key Words: 40 Gb/s Ethernet, 40GBASE-FR, IEEE 802.3bg, Optical Transport
Network, OTN,Physical Medium Dependent sublayer, PMD sublayer, single-mode
fiber, SMF
Designation: 802.3c-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Repeater Unit for 10 Mb/s Baseband Networks
(Sections 9.1 - 9.8)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1986
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: repeater, unit, section 12, LAN
Designation: 802.3d-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Medium Attachment Unit and Baseband Medium
Specification for a Vendor Independent Fiber Optic Inter Repeater Link
(Section 9.9)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 09, 1989
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: fiber optic, repeater, link, local, area
Designation: 802.3e-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Physical Signaling, Medium Attachment, and
Baseband Medium Specifications, Type 1BASE5 STARLAN (Section 12)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Dec 15, 1989
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: physical, signal, medium, attachment, baseband
Designation: 802.3F
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Physical Signaling Medium Attachment & Baseband Medium
Specification/Type 1BASE5 Multi-point Extension
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Suppl to 802.3 .
Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:540-227-0059, Email:thompson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1987
Designation: 802.3h-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management (Section 5)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 11, 1991
Abstract: This Local Area Network (LAN) standard defines the Layer Management specification for networks based on the CSMA/CD access
method. It provides the formal description of the relationship between the CSMA/CD Layer Entities and the Layer Management
facilities.
Key Words: LAN, layer, management, local, networks
Designation: 802.3i-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - System Considerations for Multisegment 10 M/S
Baseband Networks (Section 13) and Twisted-Pair Medium Attachmen Unit and
Baseband Med Spec, Type 10BASE-T (Section 14)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1991
Abstract: This Local Area Network standard specifies the Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and one specific unshielded
twisted-pair medium for use with the MAU. This MAU is specified for use in a 10 Mb/s baseband CSMA/CD LAN. Guidelines for its
application in a repeatered multisegment hetergeneous CSMA/CD network are included.
Key Words: LAN, medium, twisted pair, baseband, 10baset
Designation: 802.3j-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Fiber Optic Active and Passive Star-Based
Segments, Type 10BASE-F (Sections 15-18)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 This amendment to IEEE Std 802.3-2002, as amended by IEEE Std 802.3ae-2002 10Gb/s
Ethernet and IEEE Std 802.3af-2003 DTE Power via MDI, contains a set of maintenance requests approved for ballot at the November
2002 IEEE 802.3 closing plenary as part of project IEEE P802.3aj Maintenance 7.
Key Words: conformance requirements, fiber optic, star-based segments, type
10BASE-F, LAN, MAN
Designation: 802.3k-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management for 10 Mb/s Baseband Repeaters
(Section 19)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 The supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1992 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1992 Edition] defines a
set of mechanisms that enable management of ISO/IEC 8802-3 10 Mb/s baseband repeater units. The managed objects are defined in
accordance with IEEE 802.1 and ISO/IEC standards for network management.
Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, CSMA/CD, LAN, collision, detection,
layer, management, local, area, networks, hub, repeater
Designation: 802.3l-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU)
Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma (Section
14.10)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1992 defines conformance requirements for Type 10BASE-T Medium Attachment Unit (MAU)
implementations for local and metropolitan area networks.
Key Words: local, area, networks, metropolitan, carrier sense multiple access,
CSMA/CD, collision, detection, MAU
Designation: 802.3m-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Second Maintenance Ballot)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 08, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3n-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Third Maintenance Ballot)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3p-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Layer Management for 10 Mb/s Baseband Medium
Attachment Units (MAUs) (Section 20) Published with 802.3q-1993.
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3q-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Guidelines for the Development of Managed Objects
(GDMO) (ISO 10164-4) Format for Layer Managed Objects (Clause 5)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Jan 04, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Key Words: carrier sense multiple access, collision, detection, CSMA/CD, LAN,
DTES, layer management, objects, managed, objects, medium, attachment,
units, MAU
Designation: 802.3r-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications - Type 10BASE5
Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement
(PICS) Proforma (Subclause 8.8)
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3:1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition].
Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jul 29, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-1998 A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma for Type 10BASE5 Medium
Attachment Unit (MAU) (clause 8) is provided. The PICS proforma is used to evaluate the conformance of a particular
implementation of the standard.
Key Words: dynamic conformance testing, medium attachment unit, MAU, PICS
proforma, protocol implementation conformance, static conformance review,
Type 10BASE5
Designation: 802.3s-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - (Fourth Maintenance Ballot)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Sep 21, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3t-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Informative Annex for Support of 120 Ohm Cables in 10BASE-T Simplex Link
Segment
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3u-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Supplement - Media Access Control
(MAC) Parameters, Physical Layer, Medium Attachment Units and Repeater for
100Mb/s Operation, Type 100BASE-T (Clauses 21-30)
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE Std 802-3. Superseded by 802.3aa-1998.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 04, 1996
Project Scope: 1. The CSMA/CD access method of IEEE 802.3 will be retained
without change. Therefore, the only change to Clause 4 Media access Control
and Clause 6 PLS Service Specifications will be to add a subclause 4.4.2.3
containing the parameterized values for 100 Mb/s operation of the MAC.
Management definitions will be provided that build upon the existing set
with minimal changes. 2. The link segment phyical layer specification and
the multiport repeater specification will be optimized for operation over
100 meter TP links supporting one or more of the horizontal wiring schemes
specified in EIA/TIA-568:1991 and TSB-36. The architecture will be
sufficiently open that other physical later specifications may be added as
future projects. A media independent interface (MII) will be defined which
will allow operation of multiple physical later implementations under the
MAC. 3. It is recognized that there may be some minor editorial changes
required for editorial alignment. For example: "The PLS is found in
chapter7" would require correction.l
Project Purpose: This standard will provide a higher speed capability for 802.3
LANs at 100 Mb/s, made possible by recent developments in high spped
signaling, particularly on unshielded twisted pair and advances in silicon
technology. It will afford significant performance improvements with minimal
vendor and customer investments by leveraging the infrastructure of 802.3
research, development and market deployment. The design focus for Higher
Speed CSMA/CD is better performance for existing applications that are
characterized by bursty traffic. This standard is also expected to support
emerging applications in the market.
Abstract: Superseded by 802.3aa-1998. The ISO/IEC CSMA/CD Media Access Control (MAC) is coupled with a family of new Physical Layer
specifications to achieve 100 Mb/s operation. Known collectively as 100BASE-T, this family of Physical Layer specifications
includes 100BASE-T4, which uses four pairs of ISO/IEC 11801: 1995 Category 3, 4, or 5 balanced cable; 100BASE-TX, which uses two
pairs of Category 5 balanced cable or 150 ohm shielded balanced cable; and 100BASE-FX, which uses two multi-mode fibers. The two
100BASE-X specifications (100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX) reused portions of the 100 Mb/s physical signaling specifications originally
developed for Fibre Distributed Data Interface (FDDI).
Key Words: fast ethernet, 100BASE-FX, 100BASE-T, 100BASE-T4, 100BASE-TX,
100BASE-X, Auto-Negotiation, management, MII, repeater
Designation: 802.3v-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Informative Annex for Support of 150 Ohm Cables in
10BASE-T Link Segment
Status: Superseded
**Available as ISO/IEC 8802-3. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-3.
Designation: 802.3w
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to 802.3 - Standard for Enhanced Media Access Control
Algorithm
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Geoffrey O Thompson, Phone:540-227-0059, Email:thompson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: To develop a normative supplement to the IEEE 802.3 standard.
This supplement will specify an optional enhancement to the MAC algorithm
that improves performance, and is fully compatible and interoperable with
the existing MAC.
Project Purpose: The supplement will provide a formal state machine
specification of the enhancement to the MAC algorithm, with appropriate
descriptive text.
Designation: 802.3x-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Specification
for 802.3 Full Duplex Operation
Status: Superseded
**Published with IEEE Std 802.3y-1997. Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996
[ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition]. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 1997
Project Scope: To define the specification for bi-directional, simultaneous
transmission and reception of IEEE 802.3 frames over media capable of
supporting simultaneous bi-directional signaling (twisted pair and/or
fiber). Flow control mechanisms will be addressed as relevant.
Project Purpose: This standard will provide a higher performance option to the
existing standard that allows performance to be optimized for IEEE 802.3
LANs (currently 10 and 100 Mb/s). This performance enhancement is made
possible by the separate transmit and receive channels of twosted pair
and/or fiber technologies. This standard will allow significant performance
improvement and will provide a basis for interoperation of products referred
to as 802.3 Full Duplex.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.3-2002 Necessary changes and additions are made to provide for an additional, full duplex mode
of operation on a speed-independent basis. Changes are made to the MAC and selected Physical Layer implementations (10BASE-T,
10BASE-FL, 100BASE-T) to support full duplex. A mechanism for pause-based flow control is also added.p> Abstract 802.3y:
Changes and additions to the 100BASE-T portion of IEEE Std 802.3 are provided to specify an additional 100 Mb/s transceiver type
100BASE-T, which can support full duplex operation over two pairs of Category 3 or better cabling.
Key Words: 100BASE-T2, Category 3, flow control, full duplex, MAC Control,
management, Media Independent Interface, MII, pause, repeater
Designation: 802.3y-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Physical Layer
Specification for 100 Mb/s Operation on Two Pairs of Category 3 or Better
Balanced Twisted Pair Cable (100BASE-T2)
Status: Superseded
**Published with IEEE Std 802.3x-1997. Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996
[ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition]. Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 05, 1997
Project Scope: A physical layer will be defined for 100BASE-T networks
operating over cabling plants where two pairs of ISO/IEC 11801 Category 3 or
better balanced twisted pair cabling are available. The standard will
additionally be compatible with all other currently planned work.
Project Purpose: This standard will allow 100 Mb/s operation on the majority of
balanced cable (e.g. twisted pair) plants in use today, including virtually
all of the cabling specified in the 10BASE-T standard. It will increase the
availability of the 100 Mb/s speed to 802.3 LANs where only two pairs of
Category 3 or better balanced cabling are available. This is a significant
share of the current 10BASE-T user base.
Abstract: Changes and additions to the 100BASE-T portion of IEEE Std 802.3 are provided to specify an additional 100 Mb/s
transceiver type 100BASE-T, which can support full duplex operation over two pairs of Category 3 or better cabling.
Key Words: 100BASE-T2, Category 3, flow control, full duplex, MAC Control,
management, Media Independent Interface, MII, pause, repeater
Designation: 802.3z-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Media Access Control Parameters, Physical Layers, Repeater and
Management Parameters for 1,000 Mb/s Operation, Supplement to Information
Technology - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications -
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.3-2002 (802.3ag).
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: Define Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD) Media Access Control (MAC) parameters and minimal augmentation of
its operation, physical layer characteristics, repeater functions and
management parameters for transfer of 802.3 and Ethernet format frames at
1,000 Mb/s.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to extend the 802.3 protocol to
an operating speed of 1,000 Mb/s in order to provide a significant increase
in bandwidth while maintaining maximum compatibility with the installed base
of CSMA/CD nodes, previous investment in research and development, and
principles of network operation and management.
Designation: 802.4-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: Standard for Token-Passing Bus Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-4.
History: BD APP: Feb 27, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This local area network (LAN) standard
deals with all elements of the token-passing bus access method and its associated physical signaling and media technologies. To
facilitate interconnection of stations by way of a LAN using the token-passing bus access method, this standard specifies the
characteristics of the transmission medium; the signaling method used; the frame formats transmitted; the actions of a station
upon receipt of a frame; the services provided at the conceptual interface between the Medium Access Control (MAC) sublayer and
the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer; and the actions, entities and values used by management. There are four medium
characteristics and signaling methods: 5 and 10 Mb/s phase-coherent FSK; 1, 5, and 10 Mb/s broadband; 10 and 20 Mb/s fiberoptic;
and 1 Mb/s phase-continuous FSK.
Key Words: LAN, token-passing, bus, Protocols, Local area networks
Designation: 802.4a-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local Area Network: Fiber Optic Token Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-4.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986
Abstract: Add additional physical layer and media specifications utilizing fiber optic media to IEEE Std 802.4.
Key Words: fiber, optic, token, bus
Designation: 802.4b-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local Area and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.4 Supplement:
Enhancements for Physical Layer Diversity (Redundant Media Control Unit)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to 802.4-1990.
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1992, ANSI APP: Feb 23, 1993
Abstract: This supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990[ANSI/IEEE 802.4-1990] provides a recommendation for employing diversity in the
Physical Layer of token- passing bus systems conforming to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990 for local and metropolitan area networks.
Key Words: physical, local, area, metropolitan, diversity, redundant, media,
control, token-passing, bus, access, method
Designation: 802.4C
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Thru air media supplement to 802.4-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Extensions to the IEEE 802.5 Token-Passing Ring standard
are defined. These extensions implement a Dual Ring local area network (LAN) topology that provides full interoperability between
stations conforming to IEEE Std 802.5, including coexistence on the same ring, and recovery from all single media failures with
full capability restored. The Dual Ring Topology and operation described are intended for applications that require very high
availability and recovery from media and station failures.
Key Words: lan, air, media, local, networks
Designation: 802.4D
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Broadband Media Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, broadband, media, conformance, test
Designation: 802.4E
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: MAC Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, MAC, conformance, test, networks
Designation: 802.4F
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Phase Coherent FSK Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, phase, coherent, FSK, conformance
Designation: 802.4G
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Fiber Optic Media Conformance Test Supplement to 802.4-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Paul S Eastman, Phone:602 861 3652, Email:paul@rfnetworks.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Key Words: fiber, optic, media, conformance, lan
Designation: 802.4h-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--Alternative Use of
BNC Connectors and Manchester-Encoded Signaling Methods for Single-Channel
Bus Physical Layer Entities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 24, 1998
Project Scope: To allow the alternative use of BNC-connectors and Manchester
Encoded Signaling methods for Single Channel Bus Physical Layer Entities.
Project Purpose: The changes will allow alternative specifications requested by
users of the standard and are designed to enhance ease of installation,
reliabiity and maintainability.
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This supplement to ISO/IEC
8802-4:1990 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.4-1990] provides the functional, electrical, and mechanical characteristics of single-channel
differential and Manchester-data-encoded bus Physical Layer Entities (PLEs).
Key Words: BNC connectors, differential Manchester encoding, eye pattern, local
area network, MAC-Symbol encoding, Manchester-encoded signaling, Physical
Layer Entity, single-channel bus, token-passing bus access method
Designation: 802.5
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Part 5:
Token ring access method and physical layer specifications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998
Project Scope: To create a single ISO/IEC Token Ring standard, by performing a
technical merge and clarification of ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998 and its amendments.
The scope does not include the development of new technical capabilities,
but does provide for clarification and correction of existing functions and
features.
Project Purpose: To provide a single cohesive document describing the various
capabilities and options for Token Ring as defined within the family of IEEE
802.5 standards. Various sections of the standard were written at different
times, based on slightly different models. Therefore, the revision is
required to rewrite the standard bringing all sections together under the
same global view.
Designation: 802.5-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks: Token Ring Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5.
History: BD APP: Jun 02, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1990
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.5-1997 This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5 : 1998, is part of a
family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open
Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment
by means of a LAN using the token-passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and priority
stacks, is defined. The medium access control (MAC) protocol is defined. The finite state machine and state tables are
supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and decoding,
symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and the services
provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and associated
parameters. The 4 and 16 Mbit/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium interface
connector (MIC), is also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light industrial. The
use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in the development
of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the standard.
Key Words: LAN, Medium Access Control Protocol, MAC Protocol, compatible
interconnection
Designation: 802.5-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local Area Networks: Token Ring Bus Access Method and Physical Layer
Specification
Status: Superseded
Key Words: lan, token-ring, physical, layer, bus
Designation: 802.5-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical
Layer Specifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2004
Project Scope: This project will consider updates, corrections to errors and
improved clarification to the Std 802.5-1995.
Project Purpose: During development of P802.5r, a number of areas in Std 802.5-
1995 were found in need of revision.
Designation: 802.5a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: LAN: Station Management Supplement to 802.5-1985
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This supplement is section 6 of 8802-5:1992.
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Key Words: LAN, station, management, local, area
Designation: 802.5b-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Recommended
Practice for Use of Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (UTP) for Token Ring Data
Transmission at 4 Mbit/s
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1991
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Key Words: token, ring, configuration, lan, local
Designation: 802.5b-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Use of Unshielded Twisted Pair Cable (UTP) for
Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s - 1993 Edition
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Was ISO/IEC TR 10738.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 12, 1991
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Key Words: token, ring, access, method, data, transmission, networks,
unshielded, twisted, pair, cable
Designation: 802.5c-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to
Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications: Recommended
Practice for Dual Ring Operation with Wrapback Reconfiguration
Status: Superseded
**Supplement to IEEE 802.5-1989.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Oct 03, 1991
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Extensions to the IEEE 802.5 Token-Passing Ring standard
are defined. These extensions implement a Dual Ring local area network (LAN) topology that provides full interoperability between
stations conforming to IEEE Std 802.5, including coexistence on the same ring, and recovery from all single media failures with
full capability restored. The Dual Ring Topology and operation described are intended for applications that require very high
availability and recovery from media and station failures.
Key Words: token, ring, configuration, LAN, local
Designation: 802.5d-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Interconnected Token Ring LANs
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Key Words: interconnected, token ring, LAN, local
Designation: 802.5e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Token Ring Station Management Entity Specifications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Supplement to 802.5
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, token ring, station, management, entity
Designation: 802.5f
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: 16 Mbit /s Token Ring Operations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Supplement to 802.5
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, token ring, 16 mbit/s, local, networks
Designation: 802.5g-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Local Area Networks: Token Ring Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications--Conformance Testing
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-5. Supplement to 802.5 (Appendix C for 802.5A)
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Project Scope: and Purpose- Provide a set of specifications as the basis for
Conformance (to the Standard) testing of IEEE 802.5.
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Key Words: LAN, conformance, testing, local, networks
Designation: 802.5h
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Operation of Logical Link Control III on Token Rings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Supplement to 802.5
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, token ring, logical, link, control
Designation: 802.5i
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Token Ring - Early Token Release
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, token ring, early, release, networks
Designation: 802.5j-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Trial Use Standard for Information Processing Systems-Local Area
Networks-Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Spec.-Fiber
Optic Media Station Attachment
Status: Superseded
**Available as ISO/IEC TR 11802-4.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 802.1b-1995 The functional, electrical, optical, and mechanical characteristics of a fibre optic
interface for connecting a 4- or 16-Mbit/s token ring station to the trunk coupling unit of a token ring are specified. This
technical report is based upon a fibre optic transmitter, a channel of multimode graded-index fibres, and a direct-detection
photodiode receiver; and includes signaling provisions for bypass of the station from the ring and self-test capabilities.
Key Words: Trunk coupling unit, Token ring, Optical transmitter (OTX), Optical
receiver (ORX), Local area network (LAN), Fibre optic station attachment,
Fibre optic medium interface (FOMI), Fibre optic interface (FOI)
Designation: 802.5j-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Fibre Optic
Media
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**Will be published with IEEE Std 802.5r-1996 as 8802-5 : 1998 Amd 1.
Supersedes 802.5j-1993.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 15, 1998
Project Scope: To upgrade from Trial Use to Full Use, the standard which adds
to the token ring standard the means for fiber optic media station
attachment to the token ring network. This effort will consider comments
from users of the trial use standard to include specifications for both
fiber for the lobe and trunk in the supplement.
Project Purpose: This project will update the existing Token Ring Trial Use
Fiber Standard to Full Use Supplement to 802.5-1995. The current trial use
Fiber standard is being used by a number of companies and significant
interest is present to spend the effort to make a full use supplemental
standard to 802.5.
Designation: 802.5k
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Token Ring Media Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Aug 28, 1987
Key Words: lan, token ring, media, local, networks
Designation: 802.5l
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Maintenance of Token Ring Standard
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Designation: 802.5m-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Token Ring LAN Access Method: Specification and PICS
Proforma for Source Routing Transparent Bridge Operation (SRT)
Status: Superseded
**Available in ISO/IEC 10038. This work will be incorporated into 802.1D.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1993
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Designation: 802.5n
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Operation of 4 and 16 M/bits Token Ring Local Area Networks
on Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) Media
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Donnan, Phone:919 728 6177, Email:donnan@coastalnet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 1991
Project Scope: Extend the IEEE 802.5-1989 Standard to include operation of
Token Ring at 4 and 16 Mbit/s over UTP media. Maintain interoperability
with stations that comply to that specification when they are attached to
UTP>
Project Purpose: To specify the operation of Token Ring over UTP media. The
objectives of this specification are to achieve the following: 1. Ensure
compatability with existing shielded twisted pair (STP) station attachment
implementations. 2. Allow interoperability of UTP and STP on the same ring.
3. Maintain compatability with the Recommended Practice for use of UTP for
Token Ring Data Transmission at 4 Mbit/s (802.5B) where advantageous. 4.
Support of lobes consistent with TR 41.8.1 recommendations both at 4 and 16
Mbit/s for the set of active and/or passive TCU devices. 5. Support at
least 72 lobe-attached stations. 6. All valid UTP cabling and TCU
configurations will allow attachment of any UTP station at any Token Ring
UTP interface.
Designation: 802.5p-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Standard for Information Processing Systems--Local Area Networks--Part
2: Logical Link Control--Annex X: End system Route Determination
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-2. Revision and redesignation of 802.2-1989.
Incorporated into 802.2, 1994 edition.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-5.
Designation: 802.5q
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information processing systems-Local Area Networks-Part 5:
Token Ring Access Method and Physical Layer Specification-Media Access
Control Revision
Status: Superseded
**802.5q was incorrectly numbered as if it were a supplement, but in fact,
it is a revision of 802.5.
Project Scope: Revise the existing media access control(MAC) sections of the
token ring standard to provide improved clarity and specificity. In
addition the joining ring and beacon test capabilities shall be included and
the 16-bit addressing removed from the standard. This change will align the
standard with current implementations.
Project Purpose: In the process of the development of conformance test
documents it has become apparent that greater clarity and specificity in the
standard is required for the writing of test specifications for the token
ring. In addition certain improvements which have been implemented in token
ring have been demonstratred as being most desirable for enhanced operation
and therefore should be included.
Designation: 802.5r-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: Token ring access method and physical layer specifications Dedicated
Token Ring Operation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**Will be published with IEEE Std 802.5j-1996 as 8802-5 : 1998 Amd 1.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997
Project Scope: Define dedicated attachment of existing token ring stations. In
addition, expand the station's capability to simultaneously transmit and
receive independent data streams for all frames. define station
concentrator functions in sufficient detail to produce an interface between
station and concentrator that assures interworking.
Project Purpose: As presently defined, each token ring station shares the
ring's total available bandwidth. This dedicated attachment extension to
802.5-1995 will provide a significant increase in available bandwidth to
each station. Additionally, it will decouple the operating speed of the
concentrator from its attaching stations.
Designation: 802.5t-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications 100
Mbit/s Dedicated Token Ring Operation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Jan 13, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 2000
Project Scope: Generate a standard for 100 Mbit/s 802.5 Token Ring LANs based
on the present 802.5 Token Ring MAC. It will support 2-pair Category 5 (100
ohm) and STP (150 ohm) cabling as specified in IS-11801 (and EIA/TIA 568A).
The standard will consist of specifications for both stations and ports.
MAC frame format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5, modified only
to meet the specifications for the Tc PHY. The frame format between MAC and
LLC is being preserved
Project Purpose: To provide a cost effective solution for current IEEE 802.5
Token Ring users by specifically developing a standard for a High Speed
Token Ring LAN based on the present IEEE 802.5 MAC, for incorporation into
present 802.5 Token Ring environments with minimal increase in LAN
complexity.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This supplement specifies the changes required to
ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5, 1998 Edition, (Base standard) and ANSI/IEEE 802.5r, 1998 Edition, and ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5j, 1998 Edition,
(Amendment 1 standard) to support 100 Mbit/s Dedicated Token Ring (DTR) operation. The Base standard, together with the Amendment
1 standard, specifies shared and dedicated (point-to-point) Token Ring operation at both 4 Mbit/s and 16 Mbit/s using either the
TKP Access Protocol or the TXI Access Protocol. This supplement extends Token Ring operation to 100 Mbit/s for the DTR C-Port and
Station using the TXI Access Protocol. Extensions to the medium access control (MAC) have been made to accommodate the
requirements for high media rates (100 Mbit/s and above).
Key Words: "data processing interconnection, dedicated token ring, fill duplex
operation, local area network (LAN), medium access control (MAC), 100 Mbit/s
operation, token ring"
Designation: 802.5u
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and information
exchange between systems - Local and Metropolitan area networks Part 5:
Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications Optical fiber
Physical Layer Specification for 100 Mbit/s Token Ring operation
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997
Project Scope: Provide the appropriate extensions to the standard for 100
Mbit/s 802.5 Token now being written to include support for multi-mode
Optical Fibre as specified in IS-11801 (and EIA/TIA 568A). The standard
will consist of specifications for both stations and ports. MAC frame
format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5, modified only to meet
the specifications for the Fx, Fibre PHY. The frame format between MAC and
LLC is being preserved).
Project Purpose: To provide a cost effective fibre optic solution for current
IEEE 802.5 Token Ring users by specifically developing a standard for a High
Speed Token Ring LAN based on the present IEEE 802.5 MAC for incorporation
into present 802.5 Token Ring environments with minimal increase in LAN
complexity.
Designation: 802.5v-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical layer specifications Gigabit
Token Ring Operation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: May 04, 2001, ANSI APP: Sep 10, 2001
Project Scope: Define IEEE 802.5 Token Ring (MAC) parameters and minimal
augmentation of its operation, physical layer characteristics, and
management parameters for transfer of 802.5 format frames at 1,000 Mb/s or
faster. The standard will consist of specifications for both stations and
ports. MAC frame format will be based on that defined for IEEE 802.5. The
frame format between MAC and LLC is being preserved
Project Purpose: To extend the IEEE 802.5 protocol to an operating speed of
1,000 Mbit/s or faster, to provide a significant increase in bandwidth while
maintaining maximum compatibility with the installed base of Token Ring
nodes, previous investment in research and development, and principles of
network operation and management.
Abstract: This amendment specifies the changes required to IEEE 802.5, 1999 Edition (ISO/IEC8802-5:1998 base standard), IEEE Stds
802.5r and 802.5j, 1998 Edition (ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998/Amd. 1:1998), and IEEE Std 802.5t-1999, to support 1000 Mbit/s Dedicated
Token Ring (DTR) operation. The base standard together with Amendment 1 specifies shared and dedicated (point-to-point) Token
Ring operation at both 4 and 16 Mbit/s using either the TKP Access Protocol or theTXI Access Protocol. IEEE Std 802.5t-2000
extends Token Ring operation to 100 Mbit/s for the DTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. This standard extends
Token Ring opera-tion to 1000 Mbit/s for the DTR C-Port and Station using the TXI Access Protocol. Extensions to the Media Access
Control have been made to accommodate the requirements for the 1000 Mbit/s media rate.
Key Words: "Token Ring operation, TKP Access Protocol, TXI Access Protocol, DTR
C-Port and Station"
Designation: 802.5w-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Corrigenda to Standard for Information Technology -
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and
metropolitan area networks - Part 5: Token Ring access method and physical
layer specifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 26, 2008. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: Correct errors in 802.5-1998 and its amendments.
Project Purpose: Correct errors in 802.5-1998 and its amendments.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This corrigendum to Local and Metropolitan Area Network
standards, IEEE Std 802.5, 1998 Edition and IEEE Stds 802.5r and 802.5j, 1998 Edition, is part of a family of local area net-work
(LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic
Reference Model. Errors that have been identified in the two standards are corrected. The "IEEE Get Program" grants
public access to view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit
http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: "data processing interconnection, dedicated token ring, fibre optic
media, full duplex operation, insertion key, LAN, MAC, token ring"
Designation: 802.5x
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks: Source Routing -
Supplement to IEEE Std 802.1Q
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: Extend 802.1Q to specify support for the source route bridging
method.
Project Purpose: To enable source routing users to take advantage of virtual
bridged LANs, while retaining the capabilities of source routing.
Designation: 802.5z
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to - Information Technology Telecommunications and
Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks
- Specific Requirements - Part 5: Token Ring Access Method and Physical
Layer Specifications - Aggregation of Multiple Link Segments
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert D Love, Phone:919-848-6773, Email:rdlove@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999
Project Scope: Specify a DTE to DTE logical link which consists of n parallel
instances of an 802.5 point-to-point link segment. The logical link will
support existing 802.5 MAC Clients.
Project Purpose: To increase link availability and bandwidth between DTEs by
specifying the necessary mechanisms for parallel link segment aggregation.
Designation: 802.6-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB)
Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6. Draft 15, dated 1 Oct 90, was approved.
History: BD APP: Dec 06, 1990, ANSI APP: May 30, 1991
Project Scope: The Standard will define a Dual Bus subnetwork incorporating a
shared Medium physical layer of two unidirectioonal buses, a non-isochronous
media access control sublayer based on Distributed Queueing and an
isochronous media access control sublayer based on centralized time slot
allocation. The standard will allow for bridges to interconnect two or more
Dual Bus subnetworks to form a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN). The Dual Bus
subnetwork and MAN shall be capable both of operating in the public
telecommunications network environment and of incorporation in the public
network structure, and shall meet the operations, administration,
maintenance and performance requirements of this environment for criteria
such as reliability, availablity and security. The Dual Bus subnetworks and
MAN shall operate at selected rates exceeding 1 Mbps and consistent with
public network rates. The Dual Bus subnetworks and MAN shall be capable of
operating over areas in excess of 50 kilometers in diameter. The
performance and efficiency shall be essentially independent of subnetwork
size and rate.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to enable public network
providers to offer Metropolitan Area Network service. The services to be
provided include telephony, high speed and high quality isochronous service,
ISDN access and high speed and high quality packet service such as LAN
interconnection, host interconnection, and workstation connection across a
metropolitan area. The standard will use the installed and planned base
of publioc digital transmission equipment. This will include media such as
optical fibre accessed through standard physical interfaces including CCITT
G.703.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard is part of a family of
standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that deal with the Physical and Data Link Layers
as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It defines a high-speed shared medium access protocol for use
over a dual, counterflowing, unidirectional bus subnetwork. The Physical Layer and Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer are
required to support a Logical Link Control (LLC) Sublayer by means of a connectionless Medium Access Control (MAC) Sublayer
service in a manner consistent with other IEEE 902 networks. Additional DQDB Layer functions are specified as a framework for
other services. These additional functions will support Isochronous Service Users and Connection-Oriented Data Service users, but
their implementation is not required for conformance.
Key Words: LAN, metro, area, networks
Designation: 802.6a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Multiple Port Bridging for Metropolitan Area Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 1988
Key Words: lan, multiple, port, bridging, metropolitan
Designation: 802.6b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Premises Extension of DS3-Based 802.6 MAN
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Project Scope: The standard will define a Physical Layer Convergence Procedure
(PLCP) which will allow the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer protocol
as defined by 802.6 to be mapped into a premises extension of 802.6
subnetworks based upon the DS3 PLCP. Media and connectors will be included.
Commonality with other premises extensions will be an objective. Equivalent
international rates may also be addressed.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to enable a Metropolitan Area
Network service to be provided over premises extensions to public or private
DS3 based transmission systems. The interface to the public network is the
electrical DSX3; an economical extension for premises use is needed.
Designation: 802.6c-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Physical
Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) for DS1-Based Systems (Clause 12)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Sold together with 802.6h-1993.
History: BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994
Abstract: A Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) in which the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer is mapped into a public
network standard DS1 transmission system is provided. The relationship of DS1 to the PLCP and the DS1 PLCP frame format are
covered.
Designation: 802.6d-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: Standard for SONET (SDH) Based Physical Layer Convergence Procedures for
802.6 MAN
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6.
History: BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-6.
Designation: 802.6e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Eraser Node for DQDB Metropolitan Area Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Project Scope: The standard will define the operations of an eraser node for
the 802.6 Distributed Queue Dual Bus. Actions to be taken by the eraser
node in making slots available for reuse will be specified, based on the use
of the PSR (Previous Slot Received) bit in the header. Existing nodes will
continue to run normally.
Project Purpose: Additions of slot recycling to the 802.6 standard family will
permit total throughput to be raised substantially. In case of random
traffic the improvement approaches a factor to two as eraser nodes are
added; if there are localized communities of interest on the network, the
improvement will be greater still.
Designation: 802.6f-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Info technology-Telecomm and information exchange between systems-
Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-Part 6:
Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer
specifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in ISO/IEC 8802-6.
History: BD APP: Jul 12, 1993, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1994
Abstract: Abstract not available. See ISO/IEC 8802-6.
Designation: 802.6g
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Layer Management for the 802.6 Metropolitan Area Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Project Scope: This standard will provide layer management facilities for the
802.6 MAC and Physical layer. The base 802.6 standard will be covered and
additional physical layer convergence procedures may also be included. It
will include appropriate GDMO as described in IS 10165-4.
Project Purpose: To provide for control of DQDB network, including the settings
of optional parameters, the collection of statistics, and fault recovery
actions. The requirements of P802.1B (Overview, Interworking, and Network
Management) and P802.1F(Guidelines for the Development of Layer Management
Standards), where applicable, will be followed.
Designation: 802.6h-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Isochronous
Service on a Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a Metropolitan
Area Network (MAN)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Sold together 802.6c-1993.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: Enhancements to the Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) subnetwork of a MAN standard are defined that support applications
requiring periodic, recurring bandwidth. The use of Pre-Arbitrated functions to support a variety of isochronous service rates is
addressed, although the use of Queued Arbitrated functions will be standardized at a future date. Procedures for establishing,
maintaining, and releasing an isochronous connection are not addressed.
Designation: 802.6i
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Remote LAN Bridging Using the 802.6 MAN
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 1990
Designation: 802.6j-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to 802.6: Connection-
Oriented Service on a Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a
Metropolitan Area Network(MAN)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Enhanced Queued Arbitrated (QA) Functions, which can
support applications requiring bandwidth guarantees and delay limits on a DQDB subnetwork, are specified. Connection-Oriented
Convergence Functions (COCFs) using the enhanced QA Functions, which are necessary to support connection-oriented service, are
also specified.
Key Words: COCF, Distributed Queue, DQDB, Queued Arbitrated, QA, Variable Bit
Rate, VBR, connection-oriented service, Guaranteed Bandwidth (GBW)
Designation: 802.6k-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standards for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Supplement to
Media Access Control (MAC) Bridges IEEE Standard 802.6 Distributed Queue
Dual Bus (DQDB) Subnetwork of a MAN
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 802.1D-1998
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1993
Abstract: This supplement to IEEE Std 802.1 specifies modifications and additions to IEEE 802.1d to extend its scope and field of
application to transparent bridging between 802.6 Subnetworks of Metropolitan Area Networks and between 802.6 and FDDI and IEEE
802 Local Area Networks.
Key Words: distributed, queue, dual , bus, media, access, control, bridges,
local, networks, metropolitan
Designation: 802.6l
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Point-to-Point Interface for IEEE 802.6 Subnetwork of a
Metropolitan Area Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Project Scope: This document provides specifications for a point-to-point
extension to the 802.6 MAN, supporting the same services that are supported
on a mulitpoint 802.6 network.
Project Purpose: This standard will enable users to have a lower cost
connection of a single terminal to a metropolitan area network.
Designation: 802.6m
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for a Subnetwork of a Metropolitan Area Network
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James F Mollenauer, Phone:(617) 244-0077, Email:jmollenauer@technicalstrategy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Project Scope: Revisions and corrections to the 802.6 Standard document and
removal of 16 bit address obtion.
Project Purpose: To provide clarifications, corrections, and revisions and to
support additional services whose characterization has evolved since the
drafting of the standard.
Designation: 802.7-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: Local Area Networks: IEEE Recommended Practice: Broadband Local Area
Networks
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Oct 19, 1989, ANSI APP: Mar 09, 1990
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn. This standard specifies the design, installation, and test parameters for broadband cable
medium. The medium supports the communication of IEEE 802.3b, IEEE 802.4, video, and narrowband radio frequency (RF) modem
devices. The broadband bus topology consists of amplifiers, coaxial cable, and directional couplers that create a full duplex
directional medium. Inbound signals flow from user outlet transmitters to a central headend location. The headend processes the
signals and then transmits the signals via an outbound path to all user outlets.
Key Words: LAN, Local area networks, Broadband communication
Designation: 802.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practice for Fiber Optic Local and Metropolitan Area
Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. Paul Benson, Jr, Phone:770 798 2883, Email:jpbenson@lucent.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This project will provide a common set of recommendations to
physically configure, loss budget, and test fiber optic implementations of
IEEE 802 local and metropolitan area networks. It applies to IEEE 802
implementations that incorporate led optical sources. Physical
configurations will be related to standardized cable distribution systems.
The loss budget design process will apply to all approved 802 multimode
fiber PMD sublayers. Test methods will ensure complicance to 802 fiber
optic path loss requirements and check installation integrity.
Project Purpose: To provide users and implementors of 802 local and
metropolitan area networks with a common set of practices for multimode
fiber optic media.
Designation: 802.9
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Integrated Services
LAN Interface at the MAC and PHY Layers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: Modify the Clause 1 of IEEE Std 802.9-1994 to reflect the
addition of technologies developed as supplements. Specifically, label the
three basic ISLAN technologies that have been standardized.
Project Purpose: Improve the overall readability in order to understand the
distinction in the IEEE Std. 802.9-1994 (ISLAN-T and ISLAN 20-T) and IEEE
802.9a (ISLAN 16-T) supplemental standard 1995, and other subsequent
supplemental standards.
Abstract: A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately
administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x, and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer
and the PHY Layer is specified.
Designation: 802.9-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: IEEE Standard for Integrated
Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical
(PHY) Layers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 15, 1995
Abstract: A unified access method that offers integrated services (IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately
administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x, and ISDN) is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer
and the PHY Layer is specified.
Key Words: LAN, IVD, voice, interface, access unit (AU), data link layer,
hybrid multiplexer , HMUX, integrated services , digital network , (ISDN),
terminal equipment, (ISTE), local area network, logical link control,
managed object, management info base, medium access control, sublayer,
metropolitan area network, physical (PHY) layer, physical signaling, private
switching network, protocol data unit , service access point, time division
multiplexer (TDM, protocol data unit (PDU), private switching network,
physical medium dependent, metropolitan area network (MAN, medium access
control (MAC) su, management information base (M, layer management entity,
integrated services terminal e, integrated services digital ne, hybrid
multiplexer (HMUX), Local area network (LAN)
Designation: 802.9a-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard
Specification of ISLAN 16-T (Supplement to 802.9-1994.)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Oct 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: The architecture, frame structure, service specifications, Physical (PHY) Layer, management, and signalling of the
ISLAN16-T interface are defined. The relationship of the ISLAN16-T network to the ISO/IEC 8802-3 network is also defined.
Key Words: 10 base T, CSMA, data link layer, GDMO, hybrid multiplexer, HMUX,
integrated services, ISDN, isochronous services, LAN, terminal adapter ,
UTP, wide area network, WAN, signaling, premise based , ISLAN
Designation: 802.9b
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement for Functional Specification for AU to AU Interworking IEEE-
802.9
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: George Fargo, Phone:972-855-8768, Email:gfargo@intecom.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 1993
Project Scope: This standard will specify procedures for P, C, B and D channel
services for interworking between IEEE 802.9 Access Units. This standard
will specify the Access Unit Architectural Model and Recommended procedures
to enable the provisioning to support P, C, B and D Channel Services for
interworking across an Access Unit which serves one 802.9 subnetwork, for
the purpose of connecting to integrated services workstations connected to
another 802.9 subnetwork, served by the latter IEEE 802.9 Access Unit. As
part of this work topic, the minumum/optical MIB elements for the Access
Unit required to effect AU to AU interworking will be specified. With the
access unit's dual role as both an agent to a LAN manager and an agent to
the WAN manager, the necessary procedures to coordinate the AU will also be
specified in the course of this work.
Project Purpose: Since the application users will find it necessary to
construct a network consisting of multiple IEEE 802.9 subnetworks (each
consisting of an access unit with its subtending integrated services
workstations), it is important that an architectural model and a common set
of procedures be defined to facilitate open systems interworking rather than
allow proprietary (incompatible) hub designs to evolve.
Key Words: AU to AU
Designation: 802.9c-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard
Managed Object Conformance Statement (MOCS) Proforma
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Aug 14, 1996
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. The Managed Object Conformance Statement (MOCS) proforma for IEEE Std
802.9-1994 is provided. The MOCS specified in this supplement pertains to ISLAN4-T, which uses 4.096Mbit/s Physical Layer
transport and ISLAN20-T, which uses 20.48 Mbit/s Physical Layer transport. Standardization of ISLAN16-T (IEEE Std 802.9a-1995)
and ISLANAU-AU, which specifies the AU-to-AU interworking (IEEEP802.9b) is in progress at this time; therefore, the specification
of MOCS for ISLAN16-T and ISLANAU-AU is not included in this supplement.
Key Words: hybrid multiplexer, HMUX, implementation under test, intregrated
service, IUT, IS, ISDN, LAN, MAN, system parameters, system under test, SUT,
physical signalling (PS) sublayer, protocol data units, protocol
capabilities, physical medium dependent (PMD)
Designation: 802.9d-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: 802.9 Supplement: IEEE Standard
Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) Proforma
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to 802.9-1994.
History: BD APP: Nov 09, 1995, ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn
Key Words: hybrid multiplexer, HMUX sublayer, implementation , IUT, integrated
services, digital network, ISDN, LAN, MAC, PMD, physical medium , physical
signalling, PS, protocol capability, protocol data units, PICS, conformance
, proforma, system parameters, system under test, SUT
Designation: 802.9e
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Supplement to IEEE 802.9:Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the
Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers: Asynchronous Transfer
Mode (ATM) Cell Bearer Mode
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Generate a standard which allows for a mode supporting the
transport of ATM cells in the isochronous information stream of an IEEE
802.9 interface.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate the use of the IEEE 802.9 ISLAN
as a medium for the delivery of ATM structured information to the desktop.
Designation: 802.9f
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Supplement to
Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at the Medium Access Control (MAC)
and Physical (PHY) Layers: Remote Terminal Line Power for Integrated
Services Terminal Equipment (ISTE)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dhadesugoor R Vaman, Phone:936-857-3923, Email:vaman@sbcglobal.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 1995
Project Scope: Generate a standard which will allow power to be provided to
IEEE 802.9 OSTEs for basic communications services over the same twisted
pair cabling that provides the physical layer connectivity for theIEEE 802.9
ISTE.
Project Purpose: This standard will facilitate the utilization of the IEEE
ISLAN Standard ISTEs in creating an integrated desktop environment in which
the ISTE functions as a primary means of communications for voice as well as
video and packetized data. This standard will allow a means of providing
power to the ISTE in the event of a general power failure so that the ISTE
may still be used for emergency functions as a minimum.
Designation: 802a-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and
Architecture - Amendment 1: Ethertypes for Prototype and Vendor-Specific
Protocol Development
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 18, 2003
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 14, 2002, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 2003
Project Scope: Provision of a small number of Ethernet type values for
prototype and experimental use. Provision of a mechanism for vendor
assignment of protocol identifiers for use with proprietary protocols.
Project Purpose: The existing Ethernet Type number space is a finite resource.
In order to develop protocols that will use an Ethernet Type value as a
protocol identifier, it is necessary for vendors to apply for type values
from this limited number space, both for development purposes and for
assignment to the final protocol. This can lead to wastage of the number
space for no useful purpose. This amendment to IEEE Standard 802 will allow
prototype and experimental protocols to be developed without consuming type
values, and will also provide a means whereby protocol developers can assign
permanent protocol identifier values without consuming type values.
Abstract: IEEE Std 802-2001, IEEE Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture, provides an overview to the
family of IEEE 802 Standards. This amendment to IEEE Std 802 identifies a set of Ethertypes that may be used for prototype and
vendor specific use, and defines how the ethertypes should be used. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to view
and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for details.
Key Words: Ethertype protocol development, Local Area Networks (LANs), LAN/MAN
architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs),
protocol identifier, protocol type
Designation: 802b-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and
Architecture - Amendment 2: Registration of Object Identifiers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 21, 2004
Technical Contact: Tony A Jeffree, Phone:+44-161-973-4278, Email:tony@jeffree.co.uk
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 13, 2003, BD APP: Mar 25, 2004, ANSI APP: Jul 08, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this amendment is to define an Object Identifier
hierarchy used within IEEE 802 for uniform allocation of Object Identifiers
used in 802 standards.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this amendment is to establish a consistent
practice within IEEE 802 for the development and allocation of object
identifiers. Consistency of Object Identifier allocation will facilitate
implementation and operation of IEEE 802 compliant equipment.
Abstract: IEEE Std 802b-2004 amends IEEE Std 802-2001 (Amendment to IEEE Std 802 ® -2001, as amended by IEEE Std 802a ™ -2003).
Abstract: IEEE Std 802-2001, IEEE Local and Metropolitan Area Networks: Overview and Architecture, provides an overview to the
family of IEEE 802 standards. This amendment to IEEE Std 802-2001 specifies an Object Identifier hierarchy used within IEEE 802
for uniform allocation of Object Identifiers used in IEEE 802 standards. The "IEEE Get Program" grants public access to
view and download individual PDFs of select standards at no charge. Visit http://standards.ieee.org/about/get/index.html for
details.
Key Words: Local Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs),
LAN/MAN architecture, LAN/MAN reference model, Object Identifiers
Designation: 803-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Power Plants and
Related Facilities - Principles and Definitions
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jun 30, 1984
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This recommended practice provides unique identification principles and
definitions that, when used with related recommended practices concerning component function identifiers, implementation
instructions, and system descriptions, provides a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear
and fossil-fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of
power plant projects are not included. The standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry
Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language that will permit a user to correlate a system,
structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A
significant feature of the concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not
the hardware itself.
Key Words: power plants, unique , Power system identification, Nuclear power
generation
Designation: 803.1-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Power Plants and
Related Facilities--Component Function Identifiers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**Revision and redesignation of IEEE Std 803A-1983.
Technical Contact: Lewis T Gordon, Phone:(615) 576-5312
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992, ANSI APP: Sep 22, 1992
Abstract: Administratively Withdrawn February 2006. This recommended practice provides component function identifiers that, when
used with related recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, implementation instructions,
and system descriptions, provides a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-
fueled power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plant
projects are not included. This recommended practice is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry
Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication that will permit a user to
correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or
general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at
the component level and not the hardware itself.
Key Words: unique, identification, EIIS, power plants, Component function
identifier
Designation: 803A-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Unique Identification in Power Plants
and Related Facilities - Component Function Identifiers
Status: Superseded
**revised at 803.1
History: BD APP: Dec 09, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 17, 1984
Abstract: This recommeded practice provides a single source of component function identifiers which, along with related recommended
practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, implementation instructions, and system descriptions,
makes up a concept, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and
components of nuclear and fossil fueld power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and realted facilities. Hydro
and other types of power plant projects are not included in this issue.
Key Words: 803A
Designation: 803A
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Status: Superseded
**see 803.1
Designation: 804-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Implementation of Unique Identification
System in Power Plants and Related Facilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 01, 1984
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of implementation instructions that, when used with related
recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and system
descriptions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power
plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plants are not
included. The standard is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification Systems (EIIS),
the purpose of which is to present a common language of communication which will permit a user to correlate a system, structure,
or component with that of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant
feature of this concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the
hardware itself.
Key Words: EIIS, unique, identification, power plant, Power system
identification, Power generation, Nuclear power generation
Designation: 804A
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: EIIS/Hydro Plants
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986
Designation: 805-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for System Identification in Nuclear Power
Plants and Related Facilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Lewis T Gordon, Phone:(615) 576-5312
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1984
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of nuclear power plant system descriptions that, along with related
recommended practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and
implementation instructions, provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of light water nuclear
power plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. The system descriptions concentrate on system
function and include such internal details as are necessary to clearly support the system function description. They are not
intended to serve as design input. Fossil, hydro, and other types of power plants are not included. This standard is part of a
series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification System (EIIS), the purpose of which is to present a
common language of communication that will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that of another
organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this concept is that
the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
Key Words: power plants, Power system identification, Nuclear power generation
Designation: 806-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for System Identification in Fossil-Fueled
Power Plants and Related Facilities
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of fossil-fuled power plant system descriptions which, along with
related recommended practices concerning unique identification pronciples and definitions, component function identifiers, and
implementation instructions, makes up a concept for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of fossil-fuled
power-plant projects (electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Nuclear, hydro, and other types of power plants
are not included in this recommended practice.
Designation: P807
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Draft Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in
Hydroelectric Facilities
Status: Modified New Project
History: PAR APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a unique identification
system for hydro facilities that segregates and incorporates plant, unit,
system, and component identifiers as a minimum.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice can be used as a unique
identification system to delineate failure reporting, maintenance
management, and design. The unique identification system is structured to
allow expansion of the identifiers in a standard format to the level of
detail that may be required.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a unique identification system for hydroelectric facilities that segregates and
incorporates plant, unit, system, and component identifiers as a minimum.
Key Words: device, component, identification, tagging, coding, reporting
Designation: 807
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: EIIS/Hydro Plants
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J.L Parris, Phone:615-584-0067
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1984
Designation: 807
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for Unique Identification in Hydroelectric
Facilities
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Oct 31, 2002
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides a unique identification
system for hydro facilities that segregates and incorporates plant, unit,
system, and component identifiers as a minimum.
Project Purpose: At present there is no standard practice for hydro facility
identification. This recommended practice can be used as a unique
identification system to delineate failure reporting, maintenance
management, and design. The unique identification system is structured to
allow expansion of the identifiers in a standard format to the level of
detail that may be required.
Designation: 81-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth
Surface Potentials of a Ground System Part 1: Normal Measurements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 11, 1983
**This is part 1 of the standard; part 2 is 81.2; ANSI withdrawn 2/13/95.
Revision of IEEE STd 81-1962. Oct2003: Ownership transfer from PE/PSIM to
PE/SUB.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984
Abstract: The present state of the technique of measuring ground resistance and impedance, earth resistivity, and potential
gradients from currents in the earth, and the prediction of the magnitude of ground resistance and potential gradients from
scale-model tests are described and discussed. Factors influencing the choice of instruments and the techniques for various types
of measurements are covered. These include the purpose of the measurement, the accuracy required, the type of instruments
available, possible sources of error, and the nature of the ground or grounding system under test. The intent is to assist the
engineer or technician in obtaining and interpreting accurate, reliable data. The test procedures described promote the safety of
personnel and property and prevent interference with the operation of neighboring facilities.
Key Words: resistivity, earth, ground, impedance, potentials
Designation: P81
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth
Surface Potentials of a Grounding System
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 2010
Project Scope: The test methods and techniques used to measure the electrical
characteristics of the grounding system include the following topics: a)
Establishing safe testing conditions. b) Measuring earth resistivity.
c) Measuring the power system frequency resistance or impedance of the
ground system to remote earth. d) Measuring the transient (surge)
impedance of the ground system to remote earth. e) Measuring step and
touch voltages. f) Verifying the integrity of the grounding system.
g) Reviewing common methods and procedures for performing ground testing.
h) Reviewing instrumentation characteristics and limitations. i)
Reviewing various factors that can distort test measurements.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present practical
instrumentation methods that may be used for measuring soil resistivity; the
impedance to remote earth; step and touch potentials; and current
distributions in ground grids associated with electric utility facilities.
These grids typically consist of interconnected grounding systems ranging in
complexity from a few ground rods to large grids with many ground rods or
wells, buried conductors and external ground connections. External ground
connections may include overhead, shield, ground and neutral wires;
underground cable sheaths and neutrals; counterpoises, grid tie conductors,
metallic pipes and other connections that provide additional paths to remote
earth. This guide is intended to assist the engineer or technician in
obtaining and interpreting accurate, reliable data. The factors that
influence the choice of instruments are discussed along with a presentation
of field techniques for various types of measurements. These factors
include the purpose of the measurement, the accuracy required, the types of
instruments available, possible sources of error, and the nature of the
ground or grounding system under test. It also describes test procedures
that promote the safety of personnel and property, and seeks to minimize
operating interferences with neighboring facilities.
Designation: 81
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth
Surface Potentials of a Grounding System
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Donald N Laird, Phone:626-302-8616, Email:donald.laird@sce.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 04, 2005
Project Scope: This project will provide a single document with practical
solutions for various testing methods and interpretation of results for
measurements used in the design of new and evaluation of existing grounding
systems.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 81-1983 Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground
Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System Part 1: Normal
Measurements and IEEE 81.2 - 1991 Guide for Measurement of Impedance and
Safety Characteristics of Large, Extended or Interconnected Grounding
Systems have not been reviewed/revised for more than 14 years. The purpose
of the new standard is to combine both documents and update content for new
technologies and testing methods.
Designation: 81.2-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Measurement of Impedance and Safety Characteristics of
Large, Extended or Interconnected Grounding Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 25, 1992
**This is part 2 of the standard; part 1 is std. 81-1983. Oct2003: Ownership
transfer from PE/PSIM to PE/SUB.
Technical Contact: Dennis F DeCosta, Phone:517-788-3051, Email:dfdecosta@cai-engr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 05, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 15, 1992
Abstract: Practical instrumentation methods are presented for measuring the ac characteristics of large,extended or interconnected
grounding systems. Measurements of impedance to remote earth, step and touch potentials, and current distributions are covered
for grounding systems ranging in complexity from small grids (less than 900 m 2), with only a few connected overhead or direct
burial bare concentric (2) neutrals, to large grids (greater than 20 000 m 2), with many connected neutrals, overhead ground
wires (sky wires), counterpoises, grid tie conductors, cable shields, and metallic pipes. This standard addresses measurement
safety; earth-return mutual errors; low-current measurements; power-system staged faults; communication and control cable
transfer impedance; current distribution (current splits) in the grounding system; step, touch, mesh, and profile measurements;
the foot-equivalent electrode earth resistance; and instrumentation characteristics and limitations.
Key Words: grounding, systems, impedance, safety
Designation: 810-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Standard for Hydraulic Turbine and Generator Integrally Forged
Shaft Couplings and Shaft Runout Tolerances
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Randall C Groves, Phone:+1 509 336 2413, Email:r.groves@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994
Project Scope: This standard applies to the dimensions of integrally forged
shaft couplings and to the shaft runout tolerances. Shafts and couplings
included in this standard are used for both horizontal and vertical
connections between generators and turbines in hydroelectric installations.
This standard does not include data on fabricated shafts, shaft stresses,
and bolt tensioning. Industry experience suggests that the torque capacity
of shafts having diameters greater than 72 inches is usually better provided
by fabricated rather than forged shafts.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a single source of implementation instructions that, when used with related recommended
practices concerning unique identification principles and definitions, component function identifiers, and system descriptions,
provide a basis for uniquely identifying systems, structures, and components of nuclear and fossil-fueled power plant projects
(electric power generating stations) and related facilities. Hydro and other types of power plants are not included. The standard
is part of a series of recommended practices, entitled the Energy Industry Identification Systems (EIIS), the purpose of which is
to present a common language of communication which will permit a user to correlate a system, structure, or component with that
of another organization for the purposes of reporting, comparison, or general communication. A significant feature of this
concept is that the unique identification code identifies the function at the component level and not the hardware itself.
Key Words: hydraulic turbine, generator, forged shaft , shaft couplings, shaft
runout, runout tolerances, Hydroelectric power generation
Designation: P810
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard for Hydraulic Turbine and Generator Shaft Couplings and Shaft
Runout Tolerances
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Lucas Kunz, Phone:+1 717 792 7683, Email:lucas.kunz@vs-hydro.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 17, 2011
Project Scope: This standard applies to the dimensions for all types of shaft
couplings and shaft runout tolerances for hydraulic turbines and generators.
Shafts and couplings included in this standard are used for both horizontal
and vertical connections between generators and turbines in hydroelectric
installations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide dimensions and
tolerances for all types of shafts and couplings to ensure correct
installation in hydroelectric applications.
Designation: 810
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Standard for Hydraulic Turbine and Generator Integrally Forged Shaft
Couplings and Shaft Runout Tolerances
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Lucas Kunz, Phone:+1 717 792 7683, Email:lucas.kunz@vs-hydro.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 07, 2007
Project Scope: This standard applies to the dimensions of integrally forged
shaft couplings and to the shaft runout tolerances. Shafts and couplings
included in this standard are used for both horizontal and vertical
connections between generators and turbines in hydroelectric
installations.
Project Purpose: This standard details dimensions of integrally flanged shafts
and couplings, such as are used for the connection between the generator
and turbine in hydroelectric installations.
Designation: 811
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 812
Title: Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 812-1984
History: PAR APP: Mar 12, 1987
Designation: 812-1984
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Fiber Optics
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Sponsor was formerly the Communications Society.
Technical Contact: Gedi P Kurpis, Phone:(905) 270-5955
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Jul 30, 1985
Abstract: No Abstract
Designation: 813-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Two-Degree-of-
Freedom Dynamically Tuned Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 05, 1989
**Errata sheet (of page 16) is available.
Technical Contact: Michael E Ash, Phone:617-258-2884, Email:mash@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1988, ANSI APP: May 04, 1989
Abstract: A format guide for the preparation of a two-degree-of-freedom dynamically tuned gyro (DTG) specification is given that
provides a common ground of terminology and practice for manufacturers and users. A compilation of recommended procedures for
testing a DTG is also given. The requirements and test procedures are defined in terms unique to the DTG. They cover applications
of the gyro as an angular motion sensor in navigation and control systems. They apply to two modes of use: (1) as a strap-down
sensor in operating environments typical of aircraft and missile applications, and (2) as a sensor in gimballed platform
applications in which the dynamic angular inputs to which the gyro is subjected are benign relative to the accuracy required. In
the case of the strap-down DTG, the characteristics of the external capture loops are considered to the extent necessary to
define the gyro performance.
Key Words: two degree , degree of freedom, tuned gyros, Testing, Gyroscopes
Designation: 814
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 816-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Guide for Determining the Smoke Generation of Solid Materials Ued
for Insulations and Coverings of Electric Wire and Cable
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984
Abstract: These methods of test cover two laboratory procedures for measuring smoke generated by solid materials considered for use
as insulations and coverings of electric wire and cable. The test methods are only applicable to evaluations of single materials
as standard size molded samples.
Designation: 817-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Flame-Retardant Coatings Applied to
Insulated Cables in Cable Trays
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A test protocol and the performance
criteria to determine the flame propagation tendency of flame-retardant coated cables in a vertical cable tray are covered. This
standard applies to single and multiconductor cables. The test consists of exposing coated and uncoated cable samples to a
theoretical 20 kW (70 000 Btu/hr) flame ignition source for a 20 min duration. The test facility, test sample requirements, test
procedure, and evaluation of results are covered.
Key Words: cable flame testing, cable tray, flame test facility, flame testing,
flame retardant, cable coating, insulated cable
Designation: 818
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Switchgear
Title: Format/Overcrnt Prtect Device TC Curves
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: L. V McCall, Phone:(905) 842-2192, Email:rlmccall55@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1980
Designation: 82-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated
Conductors
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 03, 2003
Technical Contact: Vern L Buchholz, Phone:604-298-2279, Email:vern.buchholz@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Dec 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 31, 2003
Project Scope: This test procedure applies to both switching impulse and
lightning impulse tests on cables or cable systems incorporating laminated
or extruded insulations. The term laminated cable, as used in this
procedure, includes: high-pressure pipe cable, low-pressure gas-filled
cable, self-contained liquid-filled cable, solid-paper cable, and other
taped cable designs. A cable system is a cable with one or more accessories
attached. This test procedure is not intended to replace any existing or
future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators,
impulse testing, or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such
standards by indicating specific procedures for a specific type of cable
system or cable system component. This test procedure does not apply to
cables or cable systems that utilize gas or gas spacers as the sole
insulating medium. This test procedure applies to individual cable
accessories only when referenced by the specific accessory standard.
Project Purpose: This test procedure is intended as a guide for impulse testing
of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed
(cable systems). It can be used as a design or qualification test for cables
or cable systems. The purpose of this revision is to change to metric
measurements. We will also clarify and update the test and reporting
procedures based on lab research and user experience since the previous
publication.
Abstract: A test procedure for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed (cable
systems) is provided in this standard. This procedure can be used as a design or qualification test for cables or for cable
systems. This test procedure is not intended to replace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories,
impulse generators, impulse testing, or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by providing specific
procedures for impulse testing on specific type of cables, accessories, or cable systems.
Key Words: "BIL testing, cable, cable systems, impulse testing, insulated
conductors"
Designation: 82-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated
Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994
Abstract: A test procedure for impulse testing of insulated conductors (cables) and cables with accessories installed (cable
systems) is provided. This procedure can be used as a design or qualification test for cables or for cable systems. This test
procedure is not intended to replace any existing or future standards covering cable or cable accessories, impulse generators,
impulse testing or voltage measurements. It is intended to supplement such standards by indicating specific procedures for a
specific type of cable system or cable system component.
Key Words: cable, cable systems, impulse voltage, insulated conductors
Designation: 82-1963
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1971
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 05, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Key Words: conductors, insulated, impulse, test, voltage
Designation: 820-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard Telephone Loop Performance Characteristics
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Percy E Pool, Phone:972-418-0341, Email:pepool@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2004, BD APP: Sep 22, 2005, ANSI APP: Dec 29, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers the general parameters and characteristics
associated with telephone loops from the subscriber signaling and analog
voice frequency interface to the local Class 5 switch interface. It includes
only those business and residential lines in the North American public
switched network where no special performance requirements are involved.
This standard provides common denominators for subscriber line performance,
independent of facility types, construction processes or equipment, and
circuit provisioning methods.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to describe quantitatively the
performance characteristics of telephone loops and indicate current
acceptable performance criteria.
Abstract: Common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or
equipment, and circuit provisioning methods are provided in this standard.
Key Words: performance characteristics, performance classifications, telephone
loop
Designation: 820-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard Telephone Loop Performance Characteristics
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 04, 1984
Abstract: This standard covers the general parameters and characteristics associated with telephone loops from the subscriber
signaling and analog voice frequency interface to the local Class 5 switch interface. It includes only those business and
residential lines in the North American public switched network where no special performance requirements are involved. This
standard provides common denominators for subscriber line performance, independent of facility types, construction processes or
equipment, and circuit provisioning methods.
Key Words: telephone loop, loop performance, signaling
Designation: 821
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: RecPrac for Content of Operation & Maintenance Manuals for Class lE
Equipment used in NPGS
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: Stephen E Grier, Phone:937-331-4507, Email:stevegrier@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1987
Designation: 822
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recording Strctrd Narrtvs in PGS
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: A.J McElroy
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980
Designation: 823-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society/Transmission Systems
Title: IEEE Standard Methodologies for Specifying Voicegrade Channel
Transmission Parameters and Evaluating Connection Transmission Performance
for Speech Telephony
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 13, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 13, 1994. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. This standard provides network planners
with the methodology and models for calculating the transmission performance of connections made up of one channel or of two or
more tandem channels. The performance parameters covered include connection loss, idle-circuit and quantisation noise, and talker
echo path loss and delay. The methodology is given for determining the speech transmission performance and grade of service of a
complete voice connection including the terminals (telephone sets), and evaluating the relative performance of alternative speech
connections.
Key Words: transmission, voicegrade communications channels, voice connection,
transmission
Designation: 824-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2011
Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitor Banks in Power Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Supersedes 824-1994.
Technical Contact: Gerald E Lee, Phone:360-619-6697, Email:grblee@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1999, BD APP: Nov 15, 2004, ANSI APP: Feb 07, 2005
Project Scope: The scope is a standard for series capacitor banks that are
connected in series with the utility transmission system. The banks include
capacitors and all the accessory equipment necessary to form a complete
equipment. The scope is the same as the existing standard, however it is
requested that the word "bank" be included in the title to clarify that the
standard includes all of the associated equipment.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the revision is to include additional
approaches for capacitor unit fusing and references to new IEEE and IEC
standards for related equipment. An additional purpose is to increase the
precision and clarity of the wording to make it more consistent with actual
industry practice.
Abstract: This standard represents a significant update to IEEE 824-1994. Series capacitor bank component and bank duty cycle
ratings, equipment insulation levels, protective functions, component testing, instruction books, nameplates, and safety are
covered in this standard.
Key Words: bypass gap, capacitor bank, capacitor segment, discharge reactor,
metal-oxide varistor, protective level, reactive compensation, series
capacitor, series compensation, SSR, trigger circuit, triggered gap,
varistor
Designation: 824-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitors in Power Systems
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 824-1985. Superseded by 824-2004.
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1994, ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1994
Abstract: Capacitors and assemblies of capacitors, insulation means, switching, protective equipment, and control accessories that
form a complete bank for inserting in series with a transmission line are applied. Included are requirements for safety rating,
and protective device levels. Functional requirements for alarm devices, maintenance, design and production tests, and a guide
for operation are included. Functional requirements for protective devices are addressed, including varistors and bypass gaps.
Key Words: bypass gap, series capacitor, trigger circuit, capacitors, Self-
triggered gap, Force-triggered gap
Designation: 824-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Series Capacitors in Power Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1984
Abstract: Capacitors and assemblies of capacitors, insulation means, switching, protective equipment, and control accessories that
form a complete bank for inserting in series with a transmission line are applied. Included are requirements for safety, rating,
and protective device levels. Functional requirements for alarm devices, maintenance, design and production tests, and a guide
for operation are included. Functional requirements for protective devices are addressed, including varistors and bypass gaps.
Designation: 825
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 827
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 828-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 12, 2005
Technical Contact: John Scott, Phone:925-423-7655, Email:scott7@llnl.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Aug 14, 2003, BD APP: Feb 14, 2005, ANSI APP: May 31, 2005
Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum required contents of a
Software Configuration Management (SCM) Plan (also referred to as “the
Plan”). This standard applies to the entire life cycle of critical software;
e.g., where failure would impact safety or cause large financial or social
losses. It also applies to noncritical software and to software already
developed. The application of this standard is not restricted to any form,
class, or type of software.
Project Purpose: The SCM Plan documents what SCM activities are to be done, how
they are to be done, who is responsible for doing specific activities, when
they are to happen, and what resources are required. It can address SCM
activities over any portion of a software product’s life cycle. This
standard is consistent with the IEEE Software Engineering Body of Knowledge
(SWEBOK) project Stoneman release on the topic of configuration management
and with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0™.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 828-1998 The minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management (SCM) Plan are
established via this standard. This standard applies to the entire life cycle of critical software (e.g., where failure would
impact safety or cause large financial or social losses). It also applies to noncritical software and to software already
developed. The application of this standard is not restricted to any form, class, or type of software.
Key Words: configuration control, configuration control board, configuration
identification, configuration item, configuration review, configuration
status accounting, release management, software configuration management,
software configuration management plan
Designation: P828
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Draft Standard for Software and Software Systems Configuration
Management
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Charlene Walrad, Phone:650-593-1833, Email:cwalrad@daven.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 02, 2011
Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum required processes for
Software and Software Systems Configuration Management (SSCM). The
application of this standard is not restricted to any form, class, or type
of software or software within systems.
Project Purpose: This standard describes SSCM processes to be established, how
they are to be accomplished, who is responsible for doing specific
activities, when they are to happen, and what resources are required. It can
address SSCM activities over any portion of a software product's life cycle.
This standard is consistent with the IEEE Software Engineering Body of
Knowledge (SWEBOK) on the topic of configuration management and with
IEEE/EIA Std 12207:2008 Systems and software engineering - Software life
cycle processes.(TM) and IEEE/EIA Std 15288: 2008 Systems and software
engineering - System life cycle processes.
Abstract: This standard establishes the minimum 1 required processes for Software and Systems Configuration Management (SSCM). The
application of this standard applies to any form, class, or type of software or system. (It does not address the hardware
components of systems.) This revision of the standard expands the previous version to explain the processes involved in SSCM,
including identifying and acquiring configuration items, controlling changes, reporting the status of configuration items, as
well as software builds and release engineering. Its predecessor defined only the contents of a software configuration management
plan. This standard addresses what SSCM activities are to be done, when they are to happen in the lifecycle, and what planning
and resources are required. It also describes the content areas for an SSCM Plan. The standard supports IEEE/EIA Std 12207 and
IEEE/EIA Std 15288 and adheres to the terminology in ISO/IEC/IEEE Std 24765 and the information requirements of IEEE Std 15289.
Key Words: change control, configuration accounting, configuration audit,
configuration item, release engineering, software builds, software
configuration management, system configuration management
Designation: 828-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: This standard establishes a required format and set of minimum
contents for Software Configuration Management plans. It identifies
requirements for configuration identification, configuration control,
configuration status accounting and reporting, and configuration audits and
reviews. It applies to entire life cycle of critical software. It also
applies to non critical software and to software already developed. The
application of the standard is not restricted to any form, class or type of
software. In addition, it will establish a correlation between the content
of software configuration management plans as defined in 828 and the content
of such plans as defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology -
Software Life Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which
will correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and
trace content between subject documentation.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards.
Abstract: Superseded by 828-2005 (SH/SS95326) The minimum required contents of a Software Configuration Management Plan (SCMP)
areestablished, and the specific activities to be addressed and their requirements for any portion of a software product's life
cycle are defined.
Key Words: "configuration control board, configuration items,software
configuration management,software configuration management activities"
Designation: 828-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 28, 1990, ANSI APP: Feb 25, 1991
Abstract: Superseded. This standard establishes the minimum required contents of a software configuration management plan and
defines the specific activities to be addressed and their requirements for any portion of a software products life cycle.
Key Words: control board, activities, Configuration items, Configuration
control board
Designation: 828-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 23, 1983, ANSI APP: Dec 17, 1984
Key Words: software, configuration, management, plans
Designation: 828
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Configuration Management
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Charlene Walrad, Phone:650-593-1833, Email:cwalrad@daven.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 2008
Project Scope: This standard establishes the minimum required process
considerations for the Software Configuration Management (SCM)function. The
application of this standard is not restricted to any form, class, or type
of software. This revision effort moves the existing standard for a plan to
a standard for software engineering processses for the SCM function.
Project Purpose: The SCM standard defines what SCM activities are to be done,
how they are to be done, who is responsible for doing specific activities,
when they are to happen, and what resources are required. It can address SCM
activities over any portion of a software product’s life cycle. This
standard is consistent with the IEEE Software Engineering Body of Knowledge
(SWEBOK) project Stoneman release on the topic of configuration management
and with IEEE/EIA Std 12207.0™.
Designation: 829-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software and System Test Documentation
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 18, 2008
**Revision of IEEE Std 829-1998
Technical Contact: Claire Lohr, Phone:703-391-9007, Email:lohrsys@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005, BD APP: Mar 27, 2008, ANSI APP: Aug 13, 2008
Project Scope: This standard applies to all software-based systems. It applies
to systems and software being developed, acquired, operated, maintained,
and/or reused [e.g., legacy, modified, Commercial-Off-the-Shelf (COTS),
Government-Off-the-Shelf (GOTS), or Non-Developmental Items (NDIs)]. When
conducting the test process, it is important to examine the software in its
interactions with the other parts of the system. This standard identifies
the system considerations that test processes and tasks address in
determining system and software correctness and other attributes (e.g.,
completeness, accuracy, consistency, and testability), and the applicable
resultant test documentation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to: - Establish a common
framework for test processes, activities, and tasks in support of all
software life cycle processes, including acquisition, supply,
development, operation, and maintenance processes - Define the test
tasks, required inputs, and required outputs - Identify the recommended
minimum test tasks corresponding to integrity levels for a four-level
integrity scheme (see the used example in 4.1) - Define the use and
contents of the Master Test Plan and the Level Test Plan(s) (e.g., for
component, integration, system, and acceptance test) - Define the use and
contents of related test documentation (Test Design, Test Case, Test
Procedure, Anomaly Report, Test Log, Level Test Report, Interim Test Report,
and Master Test Report)
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 828-1998. Test processes determine whether the development products of a given activity conform to
the requirements of that activity and whether the system and/or software satisfies its intended use and user needs. Testing
process tasks are specified for different integrity levels. These process tasks determine the appropriate breadth and depth of
test documentation. The documentation elements for each type of test documentation can then be selected. The scope of testing
encompasses software-based systems, computer software, hardware and their interfaces. This standard applies to software-based
systems being developed, maintained, or reused (legacy, COTS, Non-Developmental Items). The term software also includes
firmware, microcode and documentation. Test processes can include inspection, analysis, demonstration, verification and
validation of software and software-based system products.
Key Words: 829-2008, integrity level, life cycle, test documentation, testing
Designation: 829-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Test Documentation
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 829-2008.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: The standard covers the development and use of software test
documentaiton. It defines the format, contents and use of such
documentation. (1983) The standard describes a set of basic test documents
which are associated with the dynamic aspects of testing (that is, the
execution of procedures and code). The standard defines the purpose,
outline and contest of each basic document. The standard does not call for
specific testing methodologies, approaches, techniques, facilities, or
tools, and does not specirfy the documentation of their use. (1997) In
addition a correlation between the content of software test documentation as
defined in 829 and the content of such documentation as defined in IEEE
12207.1, will be added as an annex which will correlate the assumptions
relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject.
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards. This will help users to
produce results consistent with the international standard for software life
cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207. The current capability of 829 may be used
to meet requirements in the following clauses of ISO 9001: 4.10, Inspection
and testing; and 4.12, Inspection and testing status.
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 829-2008. A set of basic software test documents is described. This standard speciÞes the form and
content of individual test documents. It does not specify the required set of test documents.
Key Words: "test case specificaiton,test design specification,test incident
report,test item transmittal report,test log,test plan,test procedure
specification,test summary report"
Designation: 829-1983
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Test Documentation
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1982, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
Abstract: A set of basic test documents that are associated with the dynamic aspects of software testing (that is, the execution of
procedures and code) is described. The purpose, outline, and content of each basic document are defined. Although the documents
described in the standard focus on dynamic testing, several of them may be applicable to other testing activities. Documentation
on electronic media as well as paper is covered. The standard does not call for specific testing methodologies, approaches,
techniques, facilities, or tools, and does not specify the documentation of their use. It also does not imply or impose specific
methodologies for documentation control, configuration management, or quality assurance.
Key Words: documentation, Software testing
Designation: 829
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Software Test Documentation
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Claire Lohr, Phone:703-391-9007, Email:lohrsys@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: (1983) The standard describes a set of basic test documents
which are associated with the dynamic aspects of testing (that is, the
execution of procedures and code). The standard defines the purpose,
outline and content of each basic document. The standard does not call for
specific testing methodologies, approaches, techniques, facilities, or
tools, and does not specify the documentation of their use. (Scope addition
- 1997) In addition a correlation between the content of software test
documentation as defined in 829 and the content of such documentation as
defined in IEEE 12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life
Cycle Processes - Life Cycle Data will be added an annex which will
correlate the assumptions relating to content of the two documents and
trace content between subject. (Scope change - 1998) Change format
compliance from normative to informative status. ]
Project Purpose: To make it easier to use with related standards by bringing it
into compatibility with the international standard for software life cycle
processes IEEE/EIA 12207.0. Also, bring it into full consistency with the
related IEEE Std 1008 and Std 1012. To harmonize the documentation content
with state of the art testing methodologies and tools.
Designation: 83
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Recommended Practice for Test Procedure for Radial Power Factor Test on
Insulating Tapes in Laminar Insulated Power Cables
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James A Moran, Phone:518/371-4796, Email:jamjor@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 27, 1991
Project Scope: Provide a test method for determining radial power factor to any
form of laminar insulation.
Project Purpose: Provide a recommended practice to test various laminar
insulated power cables.
Designation: 83-1963
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: Test Procedure for Radial Power Factor Tests on Insulating Tapes in
Paper-Insulated Power Cable
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Nov 20, 1963, ANSI APP: Sep 06, 1991
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. This method of test covers the procedure for determining the radial
power factor of insulating tapes in power cable.
Key Words: power, factor, radial, cables, testing, paper insulated, insulating
tapes, factor tests
Designation: 830-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 20, 1998
History: BD APP: Jun 25, 1998
Project Scope: The general area of requirements for software systems as
specified by either potential customers/users or designers/producers and
constituting the substance of an agreement between them. To establish a
correlation between the content of software requirements specifications as
defined in 830 and the content of such documentation as defined in IEEE
12207.1, Guide for Information Technology - Software Life Cycle Processes -
Life Cycle Data by adding an annex which will correlate the assumptions
relating to content of the two documents and trace content between subject
documentation
Project Purpose: To achieve harmonization of the content definition for
software life cycle process results among the IEEE software engineering
standards and with related international standards. This will help users to
produce results consistent with the international standard for software life
cycle processes, ISO/IEC 12207.
Abstract: The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS
outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be
applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products. Guidelines for compliance with IEEE/ EIA12207.1-
1997 are also provided.
Key Words: "contract,customer,prototyping,software requirements
specification,supplier,system requirements specifications"
Designation: 830
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Software Requirments Specifications
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Edward R Byrne, Phone:410-778-2768, Email:flatland@compuserve.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1999
Project Scope: This standard describes the content and qualities of a good
software requirements specification (SRS), incuding the functionality,
external interfaces, performance, other attributes and design constraints.
It presents several sample SRS outlines. It will be turned from a
Recommended Practice (should) to a full Standard (shall).
Project Purpose: This project has three goals: (1) Upgrade the current
Recommended Practice to a full Standard; (2) Ensure consistency with
IEEE/EIA Std 12207. This is currently incorporated as Annex B (1998
supplement to IEEE 830); the intent is to move appropriate portions of this
annex into the body of the Standard; (3) Ensure that the Standard can be
used for real time programming.
Abstract: The variety of software products in the market today coupled with rising costs associated with software development have
created a strong need for quality software requirements specifications. The best way for today's software engineers to develop
quality software efficiently and to avoid costly errors is to adhere to the indstry recognized standard for writing SRS, IEEE Std
830. IEEE std 830 covers the provisions of a good software requirement specification, while addressing the role of SRS in
software developmnet. If you're developing software or need to select in-house and commercial software for your business, order
IEEE Std 830 today!
Designation: 830-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Software Requirements Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 830-1984.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS
outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be
applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products.
Key Words: contract, customer, prototyping, supplier, System requirements
specifications
Designation: 830-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Software Requirements Specifications
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Sep 30, 1983, ANSI APP: Jul 20, 1984
Abstract: The content and qualities of a good software requirements specification (SRS) are described and several sample SRS
outlines are presented. This recommended practice is aimed at specifying requirements of software to be developed but also can be
applied to assist in the selection of in-house and commercial software products.
Key Words: software, requirements, specifications
Designation: 831
Sponsor: IEEE Reliability Society/IEEE Reliability
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 832
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Partial Disch/Instru Xfrmrs(Corona)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Anthony J Jonnatti, Phone:727-785-2788, Email:premo2@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1980
Designation: 833-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: Recommended Practice for the Protection of Electric Equipment in Nuclear
Power Generating Stations from Water Hazards
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 19, 2006
Technical Contact: Robert J Fletcher, Phone:847-838-6475, Email:r.j.fletcher@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 1998, BD APP: Dec 07, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006
Project Scope: This document presents recommended practices for providing the
electric systems and equipment in nuclear power plants with protection from
water hazards.
Project Purpose: This document recommends methods and design features that, if
implemented, would provide water-hazard protection to class 1E and non-class
systems and equipment from direct sources of water (for example, water spray
from decontamination activities) and indirect sources of water (for example,
water running along cables and raceways). It is not the purpose of this
recommended practice to classify water-hazard protection features as nuclear
safety related or non-nuclear safety related. This determination is
application specific and is made by the user utilizing the specific nuclear
generating station design basis and guidance from other standards.
Abstract: Guidance regarding protection of electrical equipment from sources of water directed onto or around electrical equipment
are provided.
Key Words: jet impingement, line break, spray, water, water hazards
Designation: 833-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Protection of Electric Equipment in
Nuclear Power Generating Stations from Water Hazards
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989
Abstract: Superseded. This document recommends methods and design features that, if implemented, would provide water-hazard
protection to class 1E and non-class 1E systems and equipment from direct sources of water (for example, water spray from
decontamination activities) and indirect sources of water (for example, water running along cables and raceways). It is not the
purpose of this recommended practice to classify water-hazard protection features as nuclear safety related or non-nuclear safety
related. This determination is application specific and is made by the user utilizing the specific nuclear generating station
design basis and guidance from other standards.
Key Words: electric equipment, water hazards, generating stations, Water,
Seals, Nuclear power generation protection, Electrical equipment enclosure
Designation: 835-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Tables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1994
**Revision and redesignation of S-135-1 and S-135-2 and IPCEA Publication P-
46-426.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 24, 1995
Abstract: Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables
rated through 500 kV are provided.
Key Words: ampacity, cable, dielectric, extruded, laminar, power, black book,
IPCEA, S-135
Designation: 835 Disk-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Standard Power Cable Ampacity Table (Electronic)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 1995
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Over 3000 ampacity tables for extruded dielectric power cables rated through 138 kV and laminar dielectric power cables
rated through 500 kV are provided.
Designation: 836-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear
Accelerometers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 17, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 836-2001
Technical Contact: Robert Martinez, Phone:+1 617 258 2564, Email:rmartinez@draper.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 2003, BD APP: Jun 17, 2009, ANSI APP: Oct 08, 2009
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the conduct and analysis of
precision tests that are to be performed on linear accelerometers using
centrifuge techniques. The term “precision,” in this context, refers to
tests that are conducted to evaluate accelerometer parameters, as opposed to
tests conducted to establish environmental survivability only. Evaluation
may take the form of determining the coefficients of the accelerometer’s
model equation, except for bias and scale factor, which are most accurately
determined by static multiposition tests. Alternatively, evaluation may
establish only that the accelerometer output complies with specific error
limit criteria.
Project Purpose: The principal error sources encountered during precision
centrifuge testing of linear accelerometers are described, along with the
test practices and data reduction techniques that have been found most
efficient in minimizing or compensating for them.
Abstract: This recommended practice describes the conduct and analysis of precision tests that are to be performed on linear
accelerometers using centrifuge techniques. The term “precision,” in this context, refers to tests that are conducted to evaluate
accelerometer parameters, as opposed to those conducted to establish environmental survivability only. Evaluation may take the
form of determining the coefficients of the accelerometer’s model equation, except for bias and scale factor, which are most
accurately determined by static multi-position tests. Alternatively, evaluation may only establish that the accelerometer output
complies with specific error limit criteria.
Key Words: 836-2009, accelerometer, accelerometer test, centrifuge, linear
accelerometer
Designation: 836-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear
Accelerometers
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 836-1991 (R1997). Superseded by 836-2009.
Technical Contact: Sid Bennett, Phone:312-266-7979, Email:s.bennett@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 09, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001, ANSI APP: Oct 25, 2001
Project Scope: Generate errata and/or revisions to the existing Std. 836-1991.
Project Purpose: To incorporate changes, corrections and additions found since
publication of the original document.
Abstract: This recommended practice provides a guide to the conduct and analysis of precision centrifuge tests of linear
accelerometers, covering each phase of the tests, beginning with the planning. Possible error sources and typical methods of data
analysis are addressed. The intent is to provide those involved in centrifuge testing with a detailed understanding of the
various factors affecting the accuracy of measurement, both those associated with the centrifuge and those in the data collection
process. Model equations are discussed, both for the centrifuge and for a typical linear accelerometer, each with the complexity
needed to accommodate the various identified characteristics and error sources in each. An iterative matrix equation solution is
presented for deriving the various model equation coefficients for the accelerometer under test from the centrifuge test data.
Key Words: "accelerometer, accelerometer test, centrifuge, linear
accelerometer"
Designation: 836-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society/Gyro Accelerometer Panel
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Precision Centrifuge Testing of Linear
Accelerometers
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 836-2001.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 06, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by 836-2001. A guide to the conduct and analysis of precision centrifuge tests of linear accelerometers is
provided, covering each phase of the tests beginning with the planning. Possible error sources and typical methods of data
analysis are addressed. The intent is to provide those involved in centrifuge testing with a detailed understanding of the
various factors affecting accuracy of measurement, both those associated with the centrifuge and those in the data collection
process. Model equations are discussed, both for the centrifuge and for a typical linear accelerometer, each with the complexity
needed to accommodate the various identified characteristics and error sources in each. A new iterative matrix equation solution
for deriving from the centrifuge test data the various model equation coefficeints for the accelerometer under test is presented.
You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: centrifuge, accelerometer test, Linear accelerometer
Designation: 837-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation
Grounding
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 09, 2003
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 01, 2001, BD APP: Nov 11, 2002, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 2003
Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to make appropriate changes in the
areas of corrosion test, pass/fail criteria based on the resistance
measurements and electromagnetic force test.
Project Purpose: Users of the standards have experienced several difficulties
in corrosion using nitric acid. Also, pass/fail criteria is found to be
confusing the not practical in many situations. This revision would address
these difficulties and appropriate changes will be made.
Abstract: Direction and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substation grounding are provided in this standard.
This standard particularly addresses the connection used within the grid system, the connection used to join ground leads to the
grid system, and the connection used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures.
Key Words: "conductor,conductor combination,connection,connection thermal
capacity,controlconductor,current loop cycle,equalizer,grid system,permanent
connection"
Designation: 837
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Electrical Power
Substation Grounding
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 22, 1994
Designation: P837
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation
Grounding
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Dave Kelley, Phone:480-963-1084, Email:dekelley@cox.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 12, 2008
Project Scope: This standard provides direction and methods for qualifying
permanent connections used for substation grounding. It particularly
addresses the connection used within the grid system, the connection used to
join ground leads to the grid system, and the connection used to join the
ground leads to equipment and structures.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to give assurance to the user
that a connection meeting the requirements of this standard will perform in
a satisfactory manner over the lifetime of the installation, provided that
the proper connection is selected for the application and that the
connection is installed correctly. Grounding connections that meet the test
criteria stated in this standard for a particular conductor size range and
material should satisfy all of the criteria for connections as outlined in
IEEE Std 80-2000.
Designation: 837-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation
Grounding
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 837-1984. Superseded by 837-2002.
Technical Contact: Gary R Engmann, Phone:913-710-2183, Email:g.engmann@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jan 03, 1989, ANSI APP: Jun 21, 1989
Abstract: Directions and methods for qualifying permanent connections used for substation grounding are provided. Particular
attention is given to the connectors used within the grid system, connectors used to join ground leads to the grid system, and
connectors used to join the ground leads to equipment and structures. The purpose is to give assurance to the user that
connectors meeting the requirements of this standard will perform in a satisfactory manner over the lifetime of the installation
provided, that the proper connectors are selected for the application and that they are installed correctly. Parameters for
testing grounding connections on aluminum, copper, steel, copper-clad steel, galvanized steel, stainless steel, and stainless-
clad steel are addressed. Performance criteria are established, test procedures are provided, and mechanical, current--
temperature cycling, freeze--thaw, corrosion, and fault-current tests are specified.
Key Words: permanent connection, substation grounding, Power distribution
testing, Connectors
Designation: 837-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connectors Used in Substation
Grounding
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 837a
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation
Grounding - Amendment: Standard For Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in
Substation Grounding - Amendment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Shashikant G Patel, Phone:404 675-1886, Email:patel@ee.gatech.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: The scope of this revision is to add specific Electromagnetic
Force (EMF) testing circteria for grounding connectors that are used for
connecting the ground grid to equipment and strucutres.
Project Purpose: Currently there are not specific EMF testing criteria for
grounding connectors that are used for connection to equipment and
strucutres. There are many methods of connecting ground risers to
structures and equipment. These methods and associated connectors need to
be qualified with a test plan that best simulates the field conditions
including the rigors of EMF that would result during asymmetrical fault
conditions.
Designation: 838
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: Performing Overload Heat Runs
Status: Superseded
**now C57.119
Technical Contact: Robert L Grubb, Phone:262-549-9699
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 839-1986
Sponsor: Industrial Drives
Title: IEEE Guide on Procedures for Testing Single-Phase and Polyphase
Induction Motors for Use in Hermetic Compressors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 02, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Lloyd B Wilson, Phone:256-734-1260, Email:lloyd.b.wilson@motes.wci.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 13, 1986
Abstract: This guide specifiers test procedures to determine the efficiency and other performance characteristics of hermetic
motors. Hermetic motors are elctric motors designed to operate as integral parts of compressor units in refrigerators, air
conditioners, and heat-pump systems. Such motors are normally manufactured for sale as component parts (that is, rotors and
stators) intended for assembly by the compressor manufacturer. For this reason, the procedures set forth here are designed to
determine characteristics of a given rotor and stator under a standardized set of ambient conditions. Because of the wide
variety of environmental conditions possible within a compressor, no attempt is made to simulate such operation. This guide
deals with both single-phase and polyphase hermetic induction motors. Where test equipment or methods are critical to the
accurate determination of motor performance, one or more suggested approaches are described.
Designation: 84
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 840
Sponsor: IEEE Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology
Title: Discrete Passive Components Terms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: J. W Balde, Phone:(908) 788-5190, Email:balde@idconsulting.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1980
Designation: 841-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry--Premium-Efficiency,
Severe-Duty, Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction
Motors--Up to and Including 370 kW (500 hp)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 17, 2009
**Revision of IEEE Std 841-2001
Technical Contact: David C Rains, Phone:281 799 0700, Email:dcrains@wegelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: May 10, 2005, BD APP: Mar 19, 2009, ANSI APP: Sep 01, 2009
Project Scope: This standard applies to premium-efficiency totally enclosed
fan-cooled (TEFC), horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage
polyphase induction motors, up to and including 370 kW (500 hp), and 4000 V
nominal, in National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) frame sizes
143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe-duty applications
(commonly referred to as premium-efficiency severe-duty motors). Excluded
from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve bearings and
additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to define a specification that
deals with mechanical and electrical performance, electrical insulation
systems, corrosion protection, and electrical and mechanical testing for
severe-duty TEFC squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and
including 370 kW (500 hp), for petroleum and chemical industry application.
Many of the specified materials and components in this standard stem from
experience with severely corrosive atmospheres and the necessity for safe,
quiet, reliable, premium efficiency motors.
Abstract: This standard applies to premium efficiency totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC), horizontal and vertical, single-speed,
squirrel cage polyphase induction motors, up to and including 370 kW (500 hp), and 4000 volts in National Electrical
Manufacturers Association (NEMA) frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty applications
(commonly referred to as premium efficiency severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve
bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors.
Key Words: 841-2009, NEMA frame motors; polyphase induction motor, severe duty
motors, squirrel cage motors, totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC) motors
Designation: 841-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry - Severe Duty Totally
Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors - Up to and
Including 370 kW (500 hp)
Status: Superseded
**Supersedes 841-1994. Superseded by 841-2009.
Technical Contact: David C Rains, Phone:281 799 0700, Email:dcrains@wegelectric.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Mar 17, 2001
Project Scope: Update IEEE 841-1994 based upon industry and manufacturer's
experience since 1994. Maintain current scope of standard in include low
and medium voltage TEFC motors with random - and form-wound coils in frame
sizes 143T and larger.
Project Purpose: The revised standard will provide a specification that deals
with mechanical and electrical design, electrical insulation systems,
corrosion protection and electrical and mechanical testing for severe duty
TEFC squirrel-cage, polyphase induction motors for petroleum and chemical
industry applications. These applications require attention to the severely
corrosive atmosphere and to the need for safe, quiet, reliable, energy-
efficient motors.
Abstract: This standard applies to high-efficiency TEFC, horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction
motors up to and including 500 hp, in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty
applications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve
bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors.
Key Words: "NEMA frame motors, polyphase induction motors, severe duty motors,
squirrel cage motors, totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC) motors"
Designation: 841-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry - Severe Duty Totally
Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors - Up to and
Including 500 hp
Status: Superseded
**Revision of Std 841-1986. Superseded by 841-2001.
Technical Contact: Richard L Doughty, Phone:302-453-8542, Email:r.l.doughty@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 25, 1994
Abstract: This standard applies to high-efficiency TEFC, horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction
motors up to and including 500 hp, in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty
applications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Exluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve
bearings and additional specific features required for explosion-proof motors. You will receive an email from Customer Service
with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: NEMA frame motors, severe duty motors, squirrel cage motors, totally
enclosed fan, TEFC, Totally enclosed fan-cooled , Polyphase induction motors
Designation: 841-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Chemical Industry Severe Duty Squirrel-
Cage Induction Motors-600 V and Below
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard L Doughty, Phone:302-453-8542, Email:r.l.doughty@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 28, 1986
Abstract: This standard applies to high-efÞciency TEFC, horizontal and vertical, single-speed, squirrel cage polyphase induction
motors, up to and including 500 hp, in NEMA frame sizes 143T and larger, for petroleum, chemical, and other severe duty
applications (commonly referred to as severe duty motors). Excluded from the scope of this standard are motors with sleeve
bearings and additional speciÞc features required for explosion-proof motors.
Designation: 844-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin
Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 16, 2000
**Supersedes 844-1991.
Technical Contact: Carlos Leal, Phone:(512) 396-5801
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 21, 2000, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to update the standard as it
relates to present codes and industry practices. In addition, this project
will devellp guidelines with respect to the installation, testing, operation
and maintenance of the conductors and terminations for all heating methods
described in IEEE 844.
Project Purpose: In accordance with IEEE requirements the 844 Recommended
Practice is up for review. The publication in its present form does not
address specific design, installation, testing, operation and maintenance
guidelines with respect to conductors and terminations. Where applicable to
IEEE 844, new industry practices will be reviewed and adopted.
Abstract: Recommended practices are provided for the design, installation, testing, operation, and maintenance of impedance,
induction, and skin-effect heating systems. Thermal insulation and control and monitoring are addressed. General considerations
for heating systems are discussed, covering selection criteria, design guidelines and considerations, power systems, receiving
and storage, installation, testing, operations, and maintenance. These aspects are then discussed for each of the above types of
systems, along with special considerations particular to each. These rec- ommended practices are intended to apply to the use of
these heating systems in general industry.
Key Words: "heating systems, impedance heating, induction heating, process
heating, skin-effect heating, thermal insulation"
Designation: 844-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin
Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 844-1985. Superseded by 844-2000.
Technical Contact: C. James Erickson, Phone:302-737-5547, Email:cjerickson@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by 844-2000. Recommended practices are provided for the design, installation, testing, operation and
maintenance of impedance, induction, and skin-effect heating systems. Thermal insulation and control and monitoring are
addressed. General considerations for heating systems are discussed, covering selection criteria, design guidelines and
considerations, power systems, receiving and storage, installation, testing, operations, and maintenance. These aspects are then
discussed for each of the above types of systems, along with special considerations particular to each. These recommended
practices are intended to apply to the use of these heating systems in general industry.
Key Words: heating systems, impedance heating, induction heating, process
heating, thermal insulation, Skin-effect testing
Designation: 844-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Petroleum & Chemical Industry
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Impedance, Induction, and Skin
Effect Heating of Pipelines and Vessels
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Designation: 845-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2005
Title: IEEE Guide for the Evaluation of Human-System Performance in Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Robert Waters, Phone:941-697-9435, Email:watersworks@comcast.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Jun 26, 1999, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1999
Project Scope: This document provides guidance for evaluting human-system
performance related to systems, equipment, and facilities in nuclear power
generating stations. It summarizes specific evaluation techniques and
presents rationale for their applications within the integrated systems
approach to plant design, operations, and maintenance described in IEEE Std
1023.
Project Purpose: The reasons for modifying IEEE Std 845 are: *Coordinate it
with IEEE Std 1023 so that they better complement each other and reduce
areas of redundancy. *Make its guidance more consistent with the integrated
systems approach described in IEEE Std 1023. *Improve the consideration of
all related factors, such as procedures, training, human-human interactions,
etc., in the evaluation of human-system performance.
Abstract: " Guidance for evaluating human-system performance related to systems, equipment, andfacilities in nuclear power
generating stations is provided. Specific evaluation techniques andrationale for their application within the integrated systems
approach to plant design, operations,and maintenance described in IEEE Std 1023-1988 are summarized. "
Key Words: "design,human-system performance,integrated
systems,maintenance,nuclear power generating stations,and operation"
Designation: 845-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Guide to Evaluation Man-Machine Performance in Nuclear Power
Generating Station Control Rooms and Other Peripheries
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1988, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1988
Abstract: Superseded. This guide provides a basis for the systematic evaluation of man- machine performance in nuclear power
generating station control rooms and other peripheries, as such performance relates to nuclear plant safety. Basic information is
supplied as to the available human factors techniques and their applicability to the various human-related issues confronting the
commercial nuclear industry today. A brief review is provided of selected, commonly used techniques, along with guidance as to
their use and where further related information can be obtained.
Key Words: man machine, control rooms, peripheries, generating stations,
Nuclear power generation, Human factors
Designation: 846
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 847
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society/Audio and Visual Techniques
Title: Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Digital Television
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 19, 1996
Project Scope: This project will update a withdrawn standard, with a slight
revision of the title in that the word "digital" has been moved to just
prior to the word "television", for consistency with the proposed standard
on analog television. The terms will include some terms in general use at
the present time as well as terms that are expected to come into use by
broadcasters and others involved in the production, distribution, and
display of broadcast-quality digital television, including high definition
television (HDTV).
Project Purpose: This standard is intended to be used as a general reference
for engineers and other technical personnel involved in the evolving new
field of digital television, including digital high definition television.
Designation: 847-1982
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Digital Terms Relating to Television
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**ANSI withdrawn 3/8/93.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1982
Designation: 848-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2003
Title: IEEE Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating
of Fire-Protected Cables
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Aug 05, 1996, ANSI APP: Jan 06, 1997
Project Scope: This standard provides a detailed test procedure for determining
the ampacity or derating factor in the following installation
configurations: 1) Block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops. 2)
Conduits covered with a protective material. 3) Tray covered with a
protective material. 4) Cable directly covered or coated with a fire-
retardant material. 5) Free-air drops enclosed with a protective material.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a test procedure
for use in establishing the ampacity or ampacity derating factor for cables
installed in fire protected conduits, trays, or free-air drops, cable
penetration fire stops, or electrical separation wrap systems.
Abstract: A detailed test procedure is provided for determining the ampacity or derating factor in the following cable installation
configurations: block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops; conduits covered with a protective material; tray covered
with a protective material; cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material; and free-air drops enclosed with a
protective material.
Key Words: ampacity derating factor, cable penetration fire stops, electrical
separation wrap systems, fire-protected cable systems, fire protected
conduits
Designation: P848
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating Factor
for Fire-Protected Cable Systems
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: Ajit K Gwal, Phone:202-694-7123, Email:ajitg@dnfsb.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This standard provides a test procedure for determining the
ampacity derating factor in the following cable installation configurations:
-- Block-out or sleeve type cable penetration fire stops -- Conduits
covered with a protective material -- Tray covered with a protective
material -- Cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material
-- Free-air drops enclosed with a protective material The standard is
applicable to cables installed and sized to IEEE Std 835 for conduits and
free-air drops, and NEMA WC51/ICEA P-54-440 for cable tray. IEEE Std 835
does provide ampacities for cables in a tray with a fixed spacing and may be
used for cable penetration fire stop configurations only. This standard
does not endorse the use of or provide application guidance for the
installation of cable penetration fire stops and fire-protective materials.
Cable designs are available that can withstand and remain functional during
direct exposure to a fire. The user should refer to IEEE Std 634 for the
qualification requirements of cable penetration fire stops.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a test procedure
for use in establishing the ampacity derating factor for cables installed in
fire-protected conduits, trays, free-air drops, cable penetration fire
stops, or electrical separation wrap systems.
Designation: 848
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Standard Procedure for the Determination of the Ampacity Derating Factor
for Fire-Protected Cable Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Ajit K Gwal, Phone:202-694-7123, Email:ajitg@dnfsb.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 2006
Project Scope: This standard provides a test procedure for determining the
ampacity derating factor in the following cable installation
configurations:<br> — Block-out or sleeve type cable penetration
fire stops<br> — Conduits covered with a protective material
<br> — Tray covered with a protective material <br> —
Cable directly covered or coated with a fire-retardant material<br>
— Free-air drops enclosed with a protective material <br> The
standard is applicable to cables installed and sized to IEEE Std 835-1994
for conduits and free-air drops, and NEMA WC51-1991/ICEA P-54-440 for cable
tray. IEEE Std 835-1994 does provide ampacities for cables in a tray with a
fixed spacing and may be used for cable penetration fire stop configurations
only. <br> This standard does not endorse the use of or
provide application guidance for the installation of cable penetration fire
stops and fire-protective materials. Cable designs are available that can
withstand and remain functional during direct exposure to a fire. The user
should refer to IEEE Std 634-2004 for the qualification requirements of
cable penetration fire stops.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to provide a test procedure
for use in establishing the ampacity derating factor for cables installed in
fire-protected conduits, trays, free-air drops, cable penetration fire
stops, or electrical separation wrap systems.
Designation: 849
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Handler-Tester Interface Signals
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ron Leckie, Phone:408-437-9700
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1985
Key Words: handler, tester, interface, signals
Designation: 85
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Test Procedure for Airborne Noise Measurements on Rotating Electric
Machinery
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: R. G Bartheld, Phone:404-998-3872
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 1979
Designation: 85-1973
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1986
Title: IEEE Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electric
Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Aug 05, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Rev of IEEE Std 85-1965.
Technical Contact: R. G Bartheld, Phone:404-998-3872
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1972
Abstract: Approved methods for conducting tests and reporting results to effect the uniform determination of rotating-electric-
machine sound under steady- state conditions with an accuracy of ý 3 dB are defined. Three acoustical environments are
considered: free field, reverberant field, and semireverberant field. Installation and operation of the machine is discussed. The
test procedure assumes the presence of pure tones or the predominance of discrete frequencies in the sound spectrum.
Key Words: airborne, sound, measurement, rotating, motors
Designation: 850
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 851
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Application of Flame Retardant Coatings and Tapes
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Resauli, Phone:630-469-3428
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981
Project Scope: Scope and Purpose: To cover state of the art technology on flame
retardant coatings, and tapes used by industry to control cable fires. To
include characteristics of suitable coatings and tapes plus selection and
application information including effect on ampacity and degree of fire
protection available.
Project Purpose: No guidance currently exists regarding the proper application
of flame retardant and arc resistant blankets, coatings and tapes to
electrical cable systems. Without identification of the key parameters
which should be addressed, users risk personal injury and economic loss from
cable fires and faults.
Designation: 852
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 853
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: Recommended Practice for Voltage Endurance Testing of Enameled Wire
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alan H Cookson, Phone:(412) 256-2160
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: Scope includes endurance measurement of circular cross-section
enameled wire under center-grounded alternating voltage, 50 Hz or higher, in
circulating air at room temperature.
Project Purpose: To specify a method of measuring voltage endurance of enameled
round wire, and to indicate the manner of analysis and interpretation of the
data.
Designation: 853-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Voltage-Endurance Testing of Enameled Wire
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Sep 14, 1984
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. The scope of this recommended practice covers the application of center
grounded applied coltage but not voltage wave shapes in which either the positive or negative peak voltage is at ground
potential.
Designation: 854-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for Radix-Independent Floating-Point Arithmetic
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 754-2008.
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 10, 1987
Abstract: A family of commercially feasible ways for new systems to perform floating-point arithmetic is defined. This standard
specifies constraints on parameters defining values of basic and extended floating-point numbers; add, subtract, multiply,
divide, square root, remainder, and compare operations; conversions between integers and floating-point numbers; conversions
between different floating-point precisions; conversion between basic precision floating-point numbers and decimal strings; and
floating-point exceptions and their handling, including nonnumbers. It is intended that an implementation of a floating-point
system conforming to this standard can be realized entirely in software, entirely in hardware, or in any combination of software
and hardware. Retrofitting issues are not considered.
Key Words: radix, independent, Floating-point arithmetic
Designation: 855
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Microprocessor Operating System Interfaces (MOSI)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:jdm@cs.wvu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 16, 1993
Project Scope: Define modifications to IEEE Std 855-1990 to remove Appendix I
"PL/M Language Binding" and appropriate other references to the PL/M
language.
Project Purpose: IEEE Std 855-1990 has been approved by JTC1 as a Draft
International Standard (DIS); DIS balloting comments have identified as
problematic the detailed non-normative reference in Appendix I to the
proprietary PL/M language. There is no compelling reason to retain Appendix
I, and it would be undesirable to have divergent IEEE And ISO/IEC standards.
Abstract: This guide provides a basis for the systematic evaluation of man-machine performance in nuclear power generating station
control rooms and other peripheries, as such performance relates to nuclear plant safety. Basic information is supplied as to the
available human factors techniques and their applicability to the various human-related issues confronting the commercial nuclear
industry today. A brief review is provided of selected, commonly used techniques, along with guidance as to their use and where
further related information can be obtained.
Designation: 855-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Microprocessor Operating Systems Interfaces (MOSI)
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:jdm@cs.wvu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985
Key Words: operating, suystem, interface, mosi, tu
Designation: 855-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Microprocessor Operating System Interfaces (MOSI)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: James D Mooney, Phone:304-293-3607x3504, Email:jdm@cs.wvu.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: May 31, 1990, ANSI APP: Nov 06, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Apr 28, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Describes the IEEE Std 855-1990, IEEE
standard for microprocessor operating system interfaces (MOSI), which defines an interface between application programs and their
operating environments. It is designed to be compatible with most operating systems in common use in microcomputer environments,
within the scope of services that the various operating systems provide. It can be used to access the services of a variety of
operating systems in both small-scale and large-scale environments.
Key Words: interface, microprocessor, operating system, MOSI, Operating
environment
Designation: 856
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 857-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for HVDC Thyristor Valves
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Chuan Hsier T Wu, Phone:213-367-0650, Email:chuan-hsier.wu@ladwp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
Abstract: Information and recommendations for the type testing of thyristor valves for high-voltage directcurrent (HVDC) power
transmission systems are provided. These tests cover only the principal tests on the valves and do not include tests of auxiliary
equipment associated with the valves.
Key Words: Thyristor-levels, Multiple-valve unit (MVU), HVDC thyristor valves,
HVDC power transmission system
Designation: 857-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Test Procedures for High-Voltage Direct-
Current Thyristor Valves
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 09, 2010. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 857-1990. Administratively withdrawn on 9-January-
2010.
Technical Contact: Chuan Hsier T Wu, Phone:213-367-0650, Email:chuan-hsier.wu@ladwp.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1997
Project Scope: Test procedures for thyristor valves used in the transmission of
high voltage DC power.
Project Purpose: Revise the existing recommended practice to provide
information and recommendations that are current with anticipated
technological advances.
Abstract: Information and recommendations for the type testing of thyristor valves for high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) power
transmission systems are provided. These tests cover only the principal tests on the valves and do not include tests of auxiliary
equipment associated with the values.
Key Words: HVDC thyristor valves, HVDC power transmission systems, multiple-
valve unit, MVU, thyristor levels
Designation: 858-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power and Energy Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: May 03, 1985
Abstract: Terms in the field of power operations are defined.
Key Words: 858-1987, terminology, Power operations
Designation: 858-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Power and Energy Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions in Power Operations Terminology
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of Std 858-1987.
History: BD APP: Mar 18, 1993, ANSI APP: Sep 16, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Terms in the field of power operations
are defined.
Key Words: terminology, Power operations
Designation: 859-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Analysis, Computing, and Economics Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Terms for Reporting and Analyzing Outage Occurrences and
Outage States of Electrical Transmission Facilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Replaced Std. 346
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Abstract: Reaffirmed 2008. This standard is intended to aid the electric power industry in reporting and analyzing outage
occurrences of transmission facilities. Use of systematic, precise definitions, which is essential for meaningful exchange of
data, is promoted. The outage definitions and indices are intended for use in system planning models, operations and maintenance
planning, and system design. The definitions and indices may not be sufficiently detailed to cover the information required for
equipment design.
Key Words: outage occurrences, outage states, electrical transmission, Power
transmission reliability
Designation: 86-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice: Definitions of Basic Per-Unit Quantities for
AC Rotating Machines
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Bal K Gupta, Phone:416-621-6035, Email:bal.gupta@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1989
Abstract: no abstract
Key Words: basic, per-unit, quantities, rotating, AC
Designation: 87
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 88
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 8802-11-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:2005, Information Technology -- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks
-- Specific requirements -- Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: 8802-11-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11: 1999 [IEEE Std 802.11-1999(R2003)] Information
technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--
Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 11:
Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY)
specifications
Status: Superseded
Abstract: Remarks: Includes IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition; IEEE Std 802.11a.-1999; IEEE Std 802.11b.-1999; IEEE Std 802.11b.-
1999/Cor 1-2001; and IEEE Std 802.11d.-2001 The medium access control (MAC) and physical characteristics for wireless local area
networks (LANs) are specified in this standard, which is part of a series of standards for local and metropolitan area networks.
The medium access control unit in this standard is designed to support physical layer units as they may be adopted dependent on
the availability of spectrum. This standard contains five physical layer units: four radio units, operating in the 2400-2500 MHz
band and in the bands comprising 5.15-5.25 GHz, 5.25-5.35 GHz, and 5.725-5.825 GHz, and one baseband infrared (IR) unit. One
radio unit employs the frequency-hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) technique, two employ the direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS)
technique, and another employs the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) technique.
Key Words: ad hoc network, infrared, LAN, local area network, mobility, radio
frequency, wireless
Designation: 8802-11/Amd 1-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/Amd 1: 2000 (E), Information Technology--
Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems--Local and
Metropolitan Area Networks--Part II: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications--Amendment 1: High-Speed
Physical Layer in the 5 GHz Band
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. Changes and additions to IEEE 802.11a-1999 (ISO/IEC
8802-11:1999(E)) are provided to support the new high-rate physical layer (PHY) for operation in the 5 GHz band. Reaffirmed
2003 Interpretations are available at http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/interp/802.11a-1999.html
Designation: 8802-11:2005/AMD4-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:2005/AMD4 [IEEE Std 802.11g-2003] Information
technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--
Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 11:
Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (Mac) and Physical Layer (PHY)
Specifications--Amendment 4: Further Higher Data Rate Extension in the 2.4
GHz Band
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2006
Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 802.11g-2003 Changes and additions to IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition, as amended by IEEE Stds 802.11a-
1999, 802.11b-1999, 802.11b-1999/Cor 1-2001, and 802.11d-2001, are provided to support the further higher data rate extension for
operation in the 2.4 GHz band.
Key Words: LAN, local area network, radio frequency, wireless
Designation: 8802-11:2005/AMD5-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:1999/AMD5 (E) [IEEE Std 802.11h-2003] Information
technology--Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--
Local and metropolitan area networks--Specific requirements--Part 11:
Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (Mac) and Physical Layer (PHY)
Specifications--Amendment 5: Spectrum and Transmit Power Management
Extensions in the 5 GHz band in Europe
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 15, 2006
Project Scope: Defines mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and
transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy regulatory
requirements for operation in the 5 GHz band in Europe. The regulations
and conformance tests are listed in Clause 2.
Abstract: Replaces IEEE Std 802.11h-2003 This amendment specifies the extensions to IEEE 802.11 for wireless local area networks
(WLANs) providing mechanisms for dynamic frequency selection (DFS) and transmit power control (TPC) that may be used to satisfy
regulatory requirements for operation in the 5GHz band in Europe.
Key Words: dynamic frequency selection (DFS), local area network (LAN),
transmit power control (TPC)
Designation: 8802-11:2005/AMD6-2006
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-11:2005/AMD6, Information technology - Telecommunications
and information exchange between systems- Local and metropolitan area
networks- Specific requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control
(MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications - Amendment 6: Medium Access
Control(MAC) Security Enhancements
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jan 31, 2007
Abstract: Security mechanisms for IEEE 802.11 are defined in this amendment, which includes a definition of WEP for backward
compatibility with the original standard, IEEE Std 802.11, 1999 Edition. This amendment defines TKIP and CCMP, which provide
more robust data protection mechanisms than WEP affords. It introduces the concept of a security association into IEEE 802.11
and defines security association management protocols called the 4-Way Handshake and the Group Key Handshake. Also, it
specifies how IEEE 802.1X may be utilized by IEEE 802.11 LANs to effect authentication.
Key Words: AES, authentication, CCM, CCMP, confidentiality, countermeasures,
data authenticity, EAPOL-Key, 4-Way Handshake, Group Key Handshake, IEEE
802.1X, key management, key mixing, Michael, RC4, replay protection,
robust security network, RSN, security, security association, TKIP, WEP
Designation: 8802-12-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Part 12: Demand-priority access method, physical layer and repeater
specifications, ISO/IEC 8802-12: 1998, Information technology--
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems--Local and
metropolitan area networks --Specific requirements--
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 30, 1998
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: Access control characteristics for the demand-priority access method are specified. The layer management, physical layers,
and media that support this access method are also specified. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO
Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model and ISO/IEC 8802 models. Specifications for 100 Mb/s operation over 100 W
balanced cable (twisted-pair) Categories 3 through 5, 150 W shielded balanced cable, and fibre-optic media are included. Optional
implementation of redundant links to facilitate automatic recovery of network connectivity in case of link or repeater failure
anywhere in the network path is specified. Rules for connecting redundant links within a network are defined.
Key Words: 802-12: 2008
Designation: 8802-15-14-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange
between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific
requirements -- Part 15-4: Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and
Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area
Networks (WPANs)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Craig K Harmon, Phone:319-364-0212, Email:harmon@ia.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Designation: 8802-2-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange
between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks -- Specific
requirements -- Part 2: Logical Link Control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 07, 1998
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This standard is part of a family of standards for local
area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that deals with the physical and data link layers as defined by the
ISO Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. The functions, features, protocol, and services of the Logical Link
Control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO/IEC 8802 LAN protocol, are
described. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the medium access
control (MAC) sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data
communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are three types of operation for data communication between
service access points. In the first type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of
a data link connection. In the second type of operation, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any
exchange of information-bearing PDUs. In the third type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the
establishment of a data link connection, but stations are permitted to both send data and request the return of data
simultaneously.
Key Words: local area networks, protocols; logical link control
Designation: 8802-2-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Information Processing Systems -- Local Area Networks -- Part 2: Logic
link control
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1989
History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989
Project Scope: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN)
standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the
ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It describes the
functions, features, protocol, and services of the logical link control
(LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of
the ISO 8802 Local Area Network Protocol. The services required of, or by,
the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC
sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The
protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined
using bit-oriented procedures, as are two types of operation for data
communication between service access points. In one type of operation, PDUs
are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data
link connection. In the other, a data link connection is established between
two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs.
Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as
defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. It describes the functions, features, protocol, and services of
the logical link control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of the ISO 8802 Local Area
Network Protocol. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical interfaces with the network layer, the MAC
sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data unit (PDU) structure for data communication
systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are two types of operation for data communication between service access
points. In one type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link
connection. In the other, a data link connection is established between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing
PDUs.
Designation: 8802-2-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-2:1994: Information Technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements - Part 2: Logical link control
Status: Superseded
**Incorporating IEEE Stds 802.2-1989, 802.2a-1993, 802.2b-1993, 802.2d-1993,
802.2e-1993, and 802.5p-1993.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LANs) and metropolitan area network (MANs) that deals with the
physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open Systems Interconnection Reference Model. The functions, features,
protocol, and services of the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer, which constitutes the top sublayer in the data link layer of
the ISO/IEC 8802 Local Area Network Protocol, are described. The services required of, or by, the LLC sublayer at the logical
interfaces with the network layer, the MAC sublayer, and the LLC sublayer management function are specified. The protocol data
unit (PDU) structure for data communication systems is defined using bit-oriented procedures, as are three types of operation for
data communication between service access points. In the first type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between LLCs without the
need for the establishment of a data link connection. In the second type of operation, a data link connection is established
between two LLCs prior to any exchange of information-bearing PDUs. In the third type of operation, PDUs are exchanged between
LLCs without the need for the establishment of a data link connection, but stations are permitted to both send data and request
the return of data simultaneously.
Key Words: Local area networks, protocols, logical link control, LAN
Designation: 8802-2,Amd.3-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-4, Amd 3 IEEE [P802.2C]Information technology -
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and
metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements - Part 2: Logical link
control AMENDMENT 3: Conformance requirements
Status: Superseded
**Amendment to 8802-2:1994 (Draft 802.2c)
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: Conformance requirements for ISO/IEC 8802-2: 1994[ANSI/IEEE Std 802.2, 1994] are provided.
Key Words: logical link control, protocols, local area networks, LAN
Designation: 8802-3-2000
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:2000 (IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition) Information
Technology--Local and Metropolitan Area Networks--Part 3: Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 22, 2000
**This version is superseded by 802.3-2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 8802-3-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:1996: Information technology - Local and Metropolitan
Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detection(CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 802.3a-1988, 802.3b-1985, 802.3c-1985, 802.3d-1987,
802.3e-1987, 802.3h-1990, 802.3i-1990, 802.3j-1993, 802.3k-1992, 802.3l-
1992, 802.3m-1995, 802.3n-1995, 802.3p-1993, 802.3q-1993, 802.3s-1995,
802.3t-1995 and 802.3v-1995.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-3: 1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 802.3, 1996 Edition], specifies the
media access control characteristics for the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) access method. It
also specifies the media, Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) and physical layer repeater unit for 10 Mb/s baseband and broadband
systems, and it provides a 1Mb/s baseband implementation. Specifications for MAU types 10BASE5, 10BASE2, FOIRL (fiber optic
inter-repeater link), 10BROAD36, 1BASE5, 10BASE-T, and 10BASE-F are included. System considerations for multisegment 10Mb/s
baseband networks are provided. Layer and sublayer interface specifications are aligned to the ISO/IEC Open Systems
Interconnection Basic Reference Model and 8802 models. The 8802-3 internal model is defined and used.
Key Words: attachment unit interface (AUI), data processing, ethernet,
information interchange, local area networks, LAN, management, mode of data
transmission, network interconnection, models, repeater
Designation: 8802-3-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-3:1993: Information technology - Local and metropolitan
area networks - Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision
detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications
Status: Superseded
**Contains IEEE Stds 802.3-1988, 802.3c-1985, 802.3d-1987, 802.3b-1985,
802.3i-1990 and corrections resulting from Maintenance Ballot #1.
Publication type: International Publication
Designation: 8802-3-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Information Processing System - Local Area Network - Part 3 : Carrier
Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD)
Status: Superseded
Publication type: Special Publication
Key Words: data, processing, information, interchange, local, area, networks,
mode, data, transmission, network, interconnection, models
Designation: 8802-3-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Information Processing System - Local Area Network - Part 3 : Carrier
Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and
Physical Layer Specifications
Status: Superseded
**Approved by ISO/IEC/ANSI. Supersedes 8802-3 : 1989.
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990
Designation: 8802-3-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Information Processing Systems - Local Area Networks - Part 3: Carrier
sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and
physical layer specifications
Status: Superseded
**This publication is a revision of 802.3 (ISO apprvd 1988).
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1989
Designation: 8802-4-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-4:1990: Information processing systems - Local area
networks - Part 4:Token-passing bus access method and physical layer
specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 17, 1990
**Revision of IEEE Std 802.4-1985.
Publication type: International Publication
History: BD APP: Feb 27, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 19, 1990
Abstract: This standard is part of a family of local area network (LAN) and metropolitan area network (MAN) standards dealing with
the physical and data link layers as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems
Interconnection Reference Model. The following are specified in this standard: the electrical and/or optical and physical
characteristics of the transmission medium; the electrical or optical signaling method used; the frame formats transmitted; the
actions of a station upon receipt of a frame; the services provided at the conceptual interface between the medium access control
(MAC) sublayer and the Logical Link Control (LLC) sublayer above it; and the actions, entities, and values used to manage the MAC
sublayer and physical layer entity.
Key Words: LAN
Designation: 8802-5-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998, Information Technology -- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems -- Local and metropolitan area networks
-- Specific requirements -- Part 5: Token ring access method and physical
layer specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 01, 1998
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard,
ISO/IEC 8802-5 : 1998, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data link layers
as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. Its purpose is to provide compatible
interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a LAN using the token-passing ring access method. The frame format,
including delimiters, addressing, and priority stacks, is defined. The medium access control (MAC) protocol is defined. The
finite state machine and state tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY)
functions of symbol encoding and decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to
the station management (SMT) and the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in
terms of service primitives and associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mbit/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to
the medium, including the medium interface connector (MIC), is also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended
to be commercial and light industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded,
has not been considered in the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is
provided as an annex to the standard.
Key Words: 802 family, LAN, MAN, medium access control, Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statement, PHY
Designation: 8802-5-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1992: Information technology- Local and metropolitan area
networks - Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer
specifications
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 802.5-1989. Revision to harmonize IEEE & ISO
versions.
Publication type: International Publication
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1992
Key Words: data, processing, interconnection, local, area, network, medium,
access, control
Designation: 8802-5 Amd 1-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1998, Amd.1 (ANSI/IEEE Std 802.5 and 802.5j, 1998
Edition) Information Technology-Telecommunications and information exchange
between systems-Local and metropolitan area networks-Specific requirements-
Part 5: Token ring access method and physical layer specification-Amendment
1: Dedicated token ring operation and fiber optic media
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 1998
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. This amendment to Local and Metropolitan Area Network
standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5 : 1998, is part of a family of local area network (LAN) standards dealing with the physical and data
link layers as defined by the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection Basic Reference Model. The requirements for dedicated token
ring (DTR) operation are specified, including the changes and additions to the Medium Access Control (MAC) layer to provide for
an additional full-duplex mode of operation (switching), and for interconnection of shared LAN segments to switch ports. Also
specified are the characteristics of a fibre optic interface for connecting a 4 Mbit/s or 16 Mbit/s token ring station to the
trunk coupling unit (TCU) of a token ring, including station, port, and channel requirements. Fibre optic trunk signaling
recommendations are also made.
Designation: 8802-6-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-6:1994: Information technology- Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements - Part 6: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access
method and physical layer specifications
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 1994
**Incorporating IEEE Stds 802.6-1990, 802.6d-1993 and 802.6f-1993.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This standard is part of a family of standards for local area networks (LANs) and metropolitan area networks (MANs) that
deals with the Physical and Data Link Layers as defined by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Open Systems
Interconnection Reference Model. A high-speed shared medium access protocol for use over a dual, counterflowing, unidirectional
bus subnetwork is defined. The Physical Layer and Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) Layer are required to support a Logical Link
Control (LLC) Sublayer by means of a connectionless Media Access Control (MAC) Sublayer service in a manner consistent with other
IEEE 802 networks. Additional DQDB Layer functions are specified as a framework for other services. These additional functions
will support Isochronous Service Users and Connection-Oriented Data Service Users, but their implementation is not required for
conformance.
Designation: 8802-6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Distributed Queue Dual Bus (DQDB) access method and physical layer
specifications (with Amendments 1, 2, and 3)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: International Publication
Designation: 8802-9-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-9:1996 Information technology - Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks
- Specific requirements - Part 9: Integrated Services (IS) LAN Interface at
the Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) Layers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 07, 1997
**This edition contains editorial changes to IEEE Std 802.9-1994, which
occurred during ISO/IEC approval.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the 802 family on LAN/MAN. A unified access method that offers integrated services
(IS) to the desktop for a variety of publicly and privately administered backbone networks (e.g., ANSI FDDI, IEEE 802.x and ISDN)
is defined. In addition, the interface at the MAC sublayer and the PHY Layer is specified.
Key Words: access unit (AU), data link layer, hybrid multiplexer (HMUX),
integrated services digital network, ISDN, intergrated services terminal
equipment, ISTE, layer management entity, LAN, logical link control, managed
object, management information base (MIB), MAC, medium access control, MAN,
physical medium dependent, physical signalling, private switching network,
protocol data unit (PDU), service access point, time division multiplexer
(TDM)
Designation: 8802.2-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: Information processing systems - Local area networks - Part 2: Logical
link control
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Aug 17, 1989
Designation: 8802.5-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/LAN/MAN Standards Committee
Title: ISO/IEC 8802-5:1995 : Information Technology Processing Systems -
Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and
metropolitan area networks - Specifc requirements, Part 5:Token ring access
method and physical Layer Specification
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 29, 1995
**Revision of 8802-5:1992 and incorporates TR 10738:1992.
Publication type: International Publication
History: BD APP: Jun 14, 1995, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1995
Abstract: This Local and Metropolitan Area Network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-5: 1995, is part of a family of local area network (LAN)
standards dealing with the physical and data link layers as defined by the ISO Open System Interconnection Reference Model. Its
purpose is to provide compatible interconnection of data processing equipment by means of a local area network using the token-
passing ring access method. The frame format, including delimiters, addressing, and frame check sequence, are defined, as are
medium access control (MAC) frames, timers, and priority stacks. The MAC protocol is defined. The finite-state machine and state
tables are supplemented with a prose description of the algorithms. The physical layer (PHY) functions of symbol encoding and
decoding, symbol time, and latency buffering are defined. The services provided by the MAC to the station management (SMT) and
the services provided by the PHY to SMT and the MAC are described. These services are defined in terms of service primitives and
associated parameters. The 4 and 16 Mb/s, shielded twisted pair attachment of the station to the medium, including the medium
interface connector (MIC) are also defined. The applications environment for the LAN is intended to be commercial and light
industrial. The use of token ring LANs in home and heavy industrial environments, while not precluded, has not been considered in
the development of the standard. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) proforma is provided as an annex to the
standard.
Designation: 89
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 896
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard For Futurebus+(R) - Logical and Physical Layers
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joseph D George, Phone:208-523-4565, Email:joeg@clearcore.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 1995
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard which will add new features
to Futurebus. A new bus management protocol/Control and Status Register
Interface will be developed. A new method of handling interrupts will be
developed. A new high speed protocol will be developed to replace packet
mode. A new protocol for the efficient transfer of ATM cells and other
packet switched formats will be added. New mechanical form factors will be
added. The standard wil be a stand alone document containing all the
information necessary to develop Futurebus systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this standard is to increase the performance
and decrease the cost of systems based on Futurebus. Currently specified
form factors and protocol are limiting market acceptance.
Designation: 896.1-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Backplane Bus Specifications for Multiprocessor
Architectures: Futurebus
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Mar 03, 1988
Abstract: Superseded. The standard specifies the functional, electrical, and mechanical requirements for a set of signal lines that
constitute a backplane bus, and for the interfacing of boards connected to that bus. The bus provides the means for the transfer
of binary digital information between boards over a single backplane. The number of physical modules is restricted to 24 due to
electrical and mechanical constraints, even though slot addressing allows up to 31 modules. The modules may contain any
combination of one or more processors and immediate peripherals such as memory, peripheral, and communication controllers.
Key Words: Futurebus, backplane bus specifications
Designation: 896.1-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R) -- Logical Protocol Specification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Sold as ISO/IEC 10857 with 896.1a.
Technical Contact: Paul L Borrill, Phone:(415) 336-9187or9053, Email:paul.borrill@eng.sun.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Apr 28, 1992
Abstract: IEEE Std 896.1-1991 provides a set of tools with which to implement a Futurebus+architecture with performance and cost
scalability over time, for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. Although this specification
is principally intended for 64-bit address and data operation, a fully compatible 32-bit subset is provided, along with
compatible extensions to support 128- and 256-bit data highways. Allocation of bus bandwidth to competing modules is provided by
either a fast centralized arbiter, or a fully distributed, one or two pass, parallel contention arbiter. Bus allocation rules are
provided to suit the needs of both real-time (priority based) and fairness (equal opportunity access based) configurations.
Transmission of data over the multiplexed address/data highway is governed by one of two intercompatible transmission methods:
(1) a technology-independent, compelled-protocol, supporting broadcast, broadcall, and transfer intervention (the minimum
requirement for all Futurebus+systems), and (2) a configurable transfer-rate, source-synchronized protocol supporting only block
transfers and source-synchronized broadcast for systems requiring the highest possible performance.
Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus+, logical protocol, multiprocessor
systems
Designation: 896.10-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Futurebus+(R) Spaceborne Systems - Profile S
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Sep 19, 1997
Project Scope: Profile S of the IEEE 896.X series will address the subset of
896.1 to be adopted as well as electrical, mechanical packaging,
environmental, and other considerations Current backplane protocol standards
do not address the unique requirements associated with spaceborne processing
systems. This standard will establish and specify the requirements (bus,
mechanical and electrical) to support implementation of spaceborne
Futurebus+ based processing systems.required for spaceflight. This profile
will leverage heavily the work ongoing in the 896.5 Military Profile, the
896.9 Fault Tolerance Working Group, and the 896.8 Desktop Profile.
Project Purpose: Current backplane protocol standards do not address the unique
requirements associated with spaceborne processing systems. This standard
will establish and specify the requirements (bus, mechanical and electrical)
to support implementation of spaceborne Futurebus+ based processing systems.
Abstract: In the Futurebus+® series of standards, tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed are provided.
This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single-
and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to the ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 (ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1,
1994 Edition) Futurebus+(R) Logical Layer Specification, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for a spaceborne
profile. It is to this profile that products will claim conformance. Other specifications may be required in conjunction with
this standard.
Key Words: bus architecture, futurebus +, spaceborne computers, spaceborne
modules, spaceborne systems
Designation: 896.11
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for IEEE 1355 Links on Futurebus+(R) Backplane Connector
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Colin Whitby-Strevens, Phone:408-974-6239, Email:colinws@apple.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 17, 1994
Project Scope: This standard will define the allocation of I/O pins on the FB+
E connector for links conforming to the standard currently under development
within IEEE P1355 (Heterogeneous InterConnect), and, by reference to P1355,
the electrical and logical properties of the links, thus defining a 'P1355
enhanced slot'. This standard will also define the pins to be used on the
FB+ connector for P1355 links for interfacing to routing boards, thus
defining a 'routing board slot'. The standard will define the connectivity
of P1355 enhanced slots and routing boards slots (where provided). With
this exception, the architecture of P1355 links on the back panel and the
architecture of P1355 links on routing boards will be left open.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the standard is to provide point-to-point
bandwidth for interworking FB+ cards from different originators by using
P1355 lins in addition to the bandwidth available from the standard FB+
interface. Up to 16 data links per P1355 enhanced slot are envisaged,
supporting a bidirectional bandwidth between each card and the backplane in
excess of 1 Gbytes/sec. Up to 60 links are envisaged for the routing board
slot, supporting a bandwidth in excess of 3 Gigabytes/sec. A major goal of
the standard is to leave open the richest possible range of link topologies
of P1355 routing board architectures and link backplane architectures (and
in particular not preventing fixed topologies or active backplane
topologies), whilst satisfying the constraints which will allow the
interworking of application boards. The standard will not affect the use of
standard FB+ interfaces, except for routing boards slots.
Designation: 896.12
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Fault Tolerance Classification of Computer-Based Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard J Sergo, Phone:215-830-1900
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 13, 1994
Project Scope: 1. Establish the baseline definition, criteria and metrics for
fault tolerance and system integrity for computer-based systems. 2.
Establish a standard methodology for enhancing and extending the established
baseline definitions, criteria and metrics for computer-based systems.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide a uniform
classification structure for the application, specification, evaluation and
selection of fault tolerant computer-based systems.
Designation: 896.1a-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Errata, Correction and Clarification of IEEE 896.1-1991,
Futurebus+(R) Logical Layer
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Samuel H Duncan, Phone:508-568-5104, Email:duncan@poboxa.enet.dec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Designation: 896.2-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Backplane Bus Specification for Multiprocessor
Architectures: Futurebus+(R)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Joseph D George, Phone:208-523-4565, Email:joeg@clearcore.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: Jun 04, 1992
Abstract: Futurebus+ standards provide systems developers a set of tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be
developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of
single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to IEEE Std. 896.1-1991, builds on the
logical layer by adding requirements for physical layer instantiation. Material in this document includes specifications for node
management, live insertion, and profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that
may be required in conjunction with this standard are the following: IEEE Std 896.1-1991; P896.3, Futurebus+ Recommended
Practices; P1212.x, Control and Status Register Architectures; IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, Electrical Characteristics of Backplane
Transceiver Logic (BTL) Interface Circuits; and IEEE Std 1301.x, Metric Equipment Practices for Microcomputers.
Key Words: Futurebus+, Physical layer, Node management, Multiprocessor systems,
Live insertion, Bus architecture, Application environment profiles
Designation: 896.2a-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R) -- Physical Layer and Profile
Specification: Errata, Corrections, and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Supplement to IEEE Std 896.2-1991.
Technical Contact: Samuel H Duncan, Phone:508-568-5104, Email:duncan@poboxa.enet.dec.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1994
Abstract: This supplement contains errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.2a-1991. Futurebus+ standards provide
systems developers a set of tools with which high-performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a
wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor
systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857: 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], builds on the logical
layer by adding requirements for physical layer instantiation. Material in this document includes specifications for node
management, live insertion, and profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that
may be required in conjunction with this standard are the following: IEEE Std 896.3-1993; IEEE Std 1212-1991; IEEE Std 1194.1-
1991; and the IEEE 1301 series of standards.
Key Words: application , environment profiles, bus architecture, futurebus,
live insertion, mulitprocessor, node management, physical layer
Designation: 896.3-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Futurebus+(R)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Michael Humphrey, Phone:602-951-8866
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Oct 13, 1993, ANSI APP: Apr 13, 1994
Abstract: The system layer issues associated with bus-based computer systems are described. It is intended to be a tool for
Futurebus+ board and system designers. As such, the intent of this recommended practice is to characterize a variety of systems
topics as they relate to Futurebus+. When used in conjunction with other IEEE standards, the details to develop modular, open-
architecture-based systems fulfilling user needs across a wide computing spectrum are available. The specifications that may be
required in conjunction with this recommended practice are: ISO/IEC 10857:1994, IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE
Std 896.5-1993, IEEE Std 1149.1-1990, IEEE Std 1156.1-1993, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1212.1-1993, IEEE
Std 1301.1-1991, and IEEE P1394/D6.8, March 1994. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access
this publication online.
Key Words: backplane bus, bus architecture, futurebus+, Shared memory systems,
Multiprocessor systems
Designation: 896.3a
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Recommended Practices for the Electrical Environment Within Backplane
Tranceiver Logic (BTL) Futurebus+(R) Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: William A Schneider, Phone:800-808-4932, Email:schneiderb@erols.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 17, 1993
Project Scope: To define reommended practices that ensure an electrical system
environment that conforms to the Futurebus+ family of profiles utilizing
Backplance Transceiver Logic (IEEE 1194.1). To include, but not limited to,
profiles A, B, F, T, and Mil 12-SU.
Project Purpose: To address system level issues relating to the implementation
of electrical parameters defined with the Futurebus+ family of
specifications including: Termination Power Systems, Crosstalk, Ground
Bounce and DC Power Distribution. In addition, specific test methods and
procedures will be defined to assist the integrator in achieving overall
system conformance.
Designation: 896.4-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance Test Requirements for Futurebus+(R)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Stephen J Cecil, Phone:812/854-2409, Email:sjc303@crinc-ns.nwscc.sea06.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Sep 15, 1993, ANSI APP: Feb 24, 1994
Abstract: A suite of abstract test cases for verifying the conformance of products based on the Futurebus+ family of standards and a
means of selecting the exact set of test cases necessary for testing any given product are provided. The test suite is abstract
in that it was not created with a specific test environment in mind. It can be effectively used in conjunction with logic
simulators during product development as well as with physical testers after prototype or production units are available. This
standard is intended for use by Futurebus+ product suppliers and users and by independent test labs. Consistent use of this
standard should promote comparability and, therefore, mutual recognition of test results produced by different testers.
Key Words: AEP, block copy, interactive BICS, Implementation under test (IUT),
BIXIT proforma, BICS proforma, Application environment profile
Designation: 896.4a-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Conformance Test Requirements for Futurebus+(R) -
Errata, Corrections and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**This product contains 3 discs. Supplement to IEEE Std 896.4-1993.
Technical Contact: Stephen J Cecil, Phone:812/854-2409, Email:sjc303@crinc-ns.nwscc.sea06.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1995, ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Project Scope: Correction and clarification of errors and ambiguities in the
hardcopy publication of IEEE Std 896.4-1993 and its accompanying diskettes.
This effort will be limited to the scope of IEEE Std 896.4-1993, covering
test requirements for clauses 3 through 9 of the ISO/IEC 10857:1994 and
clauses 3 and 4 of IEEE Std 896.2-1991 and its errata supplement IEEE Std
896.2a-1993.
Project Purpose: Members of the development community have asked for
clarification and have identified errors in the published standard and its
accompanying diskettes. The purpose of this project is to ensure
consistency of implementations.
Abstract: Errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE Std 896.4-1993, as well as a new diskette version of the conformance test
suite to replace the original test suite distributed with the 1993 publication of the standard, are provided. IEEE Std 896.4-
1993 defines a suite of tests that govern the testing of the requirements of Futurebus+® as defined originally in IEEE Std
896.1-1991 and IEEE Std 896.2-1991. This supplement also updates IEEE Std 896.4-1993 so that the requirements of ISO/IEC 10857:
1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition] and IEEE Std 896.2a-1994 are tested. You will receive an email from Customer Service
with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: appplication environment profile, AEP, BICS proforma, BIXIT
proforma, block copy, implementation under test, IUT, interactive BICS
Designation: 896.5-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R), Profile M (Military)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available as ISO/IEC 14536.
Technical Contact: Ralph Lachenmaier, Phone:215-441-1634, Email:lachenmaier@nade.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 17, 1993, ANSI APP: Nov 24, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Futurebus+ standards provide systems
developers with a set of tools with which high performance bus-based systems may be developed. This architecture provides a wide
range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor
systems. This document, a companion standard to IEEE Std 896.1-1991, builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three
military profiles. It is to these profiles that products will claim conformance.Other specifications that may be required in
conjunction with this standard are IEEE Std 896.1-1991, IEEE Std 896.2- 1991, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std
1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4-1993, IEEE Std 1212-1991, IEEE Std 1194-1, 1991, IEEE P1394, IEEE Std 1301-1991, and IEEE Std
1301.1-1991.
Key Words: Software debug, Serial Bus, Open architecture, Node management,
Multiprocessor systems, Military profiles, Live insertion, Futurebus+, Fault
logging, Error logging, Bus architecture
Designation: 896.5a-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Futurebus+(R), Profile M (Military): Errata,
Corrections, and Clarifications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available as ISO/IEC 14536. Supplement to IEEE Std 896.5-1993.
Technical Contact: Jeffrey G Lear, Phone:317/322-2811, Email:learj@po2.nawc-ad-indy.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. The supplement contains errata, corrections, and clarifications to IEEE
Std 896.5-1993. Futurebus+ standards provide system developers with a set of tools with which high performance bus-based systems
may be developed. This architecture provides a wide range of performance scalability over both cost and time for multiple
generations of single- and multiple-bus multiprocessor systems. This document, a companion standard to ISO/IEC 10857 : 1994
[ANSI/IEEE Std 896.1, 1994 Edition], builds on the logical layer by adding requirements for three military profiles. It is to
these profiles that products will claim conformance. Other specifications that may be required in conjunction with this standard
are IEEE Std 896.2-1991, IEEE Std 896.2a-1994, IEEE Std 896.3-1993, IEEE Std 896.4-1993, IEEE Std1101.3-1993, IEEE Std 1101.4-
1993, IEEE Std 1194.1-1991, IEEE P1394, the IEEE 1301 series of standards, and ISO/IEC 13213 : 1994 [ANSI/IEEE Std 1212, 1994
Edition].
Key Words: Software debug, Serial Bus, Open architecture, Node management,
Multiprocessor systems, Military profiles, Live insertion, Futurebus+*,
Fault logging, Error logging, Bus architecture
Designation: 896.6
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Futurebus+(R) Telecommunications Systems, Profile T
(Telecommunications)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert Widlicka, Phone:614-860-2382, Email:r.widlicka@att.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Project Scope: Modules, subsystems and systems that comply with the Telecom
Profile are intended for use by telecommunications applications as well as
applications with similiar needs. Telecommunications systems are
characterized by their high availability, maintainability and fault
tolerance. Such systems must operate continuously, have a long lifetime,
and be easily upgradable. The Telecom Profile is to be consistent with
world wide telecommunications standards such as International Telephone and
Telegraph Consutative Committee (CCITT), European Telecommunications
Standards Institute (ETSI), and Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS).
Project Purpose: There are currently no existing open computer backplane buses
targeted specifically for telecommunications applications. The existence of
a quality standard in this area will reduce the time and cost of systems
creation and configuration. This will facilitate significant reductions in
time to market for new products and services utilizing computer technology.
Because of these features, this profile will be a significant benefit to
users and providers of telecommunications equipment and services and to
their customers.
Designation: 896.7
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for an Interconnect Between Futurebus+(R) Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 26, 1991
Designation: 896.8
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: PAR WITHDRAWN 3/17/94- Standard for Small Computer Expandibility Module
for Futurebus+ Systems, Profile D (Desktop)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 17, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Kyle M Black, Phone:916-785-4552
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 896.9-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard for Fault Tolerant Extensions to the Futurebus+(R)
Architecture
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 01, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Wayne P Fischer, Phone:775-832-0447, Email:tahoewayne@nvbell.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1994, ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1995
Abstract: This standard is one in a family of Futurebus+TM standards. The Futurebus+ standards provide a set of tools with which to
implement a bus architecture with performance and cost scalability over time for multiple generations of single- and multiple-bus
multiprocessor systems. This standard provides fault tolerant extensions to Futurebus+ standards. As such, this standard provides
the logical layer requirements for the transmission of data in a fault tolerant environment. When used in conjunction with other
IEEE standards, the details to develop modular, open-architecture-based systems fulfilling user needs across a wide computing
spectrum are available.
Key Words: bus architecture, computers, data transmission, fault tolerance,
Futurebus+, Multiprocessor systems
Designation: 90
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 900
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 90003-2008
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide--Adoption of ISO/IEC 90003:2004 Software Engineering--
Guidelines for the Application of ISO 9001:2000 to Computer Software
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 14, 2008
**This is an adoption of ISO/IEC 90003:2004
Technical Contact: Scott P Duncan, Phone:(706) 561-8739, Email:scott.duncan@gmail.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Nov 18, 2004, BD APP: Sep 26, 2008, ANSI APP: Mar 05, 2009
Project Scope: This International Standard provides guidance for organizations
in the application of ISO 9001:2000 to the acquisition, supply, development,
operation and maintenance of computer software and related support services.
It does not add to or otherwise change the requirements of ISO 9001:2000.
Annex A (informative) provides a table pointing to additional guidance in
the implementation of ISO 9001:2000 available in ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 7 and
ISO/TC 176 standards. The guidelines provided in this International
Standard are not intended to be used as assessment criteria in quality
management system registration/certification.
Abstract: This standard provides guidance to users of IEEE standards as to how to meet the quality management expectations of ISO
9001:2000 clauses and sub-clauses in a software development context by adopting ISO/IEC 90003 (the software development guidance
document for ISO 9001) and adding an informative annex to cross-reference IEEE S2ESC standards to relevant ISO 9001 material.
This standard is identical to ISO/IEC 90003 but contains an additional informative annex, Annex C, cross-referencing material in
ISO 9001 with material in S2ESC standards that could be helpful in meeting the intent of ISO 9001, as well as a second additional
annex, Annex D, which is a bibliography of the specific IEEE standards referenced.
Key Words: 90003-2008, adoption, ISO/IEC, quality management, software
development
Designation: 902-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: IEEE Guide for Maintenance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems (Yellow Book)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1998
Technical Contact: Michael J Foley, Phone:303-797-7125, Email:m.foley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 1998, BD APP: Oct 30, 1998
Project Scope: The document will cover the maintenance, operation and safety of
low and medium voltage electric power systems serving industrial and
commercial facilities.
Project Purpose: To provide guidelines for the numerous personnel responsible
for operating industrial and commercial electric power facilities.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the Color Books family. The IEEE Yellow Book provides plant engineers with a
reference source for the fundamentals of safe and reliable maintenance and operation of industrial and commercial power systems,
regardless of system size or complexity. The most effective utilization of the information contained in this guide would be its
inclusion in a long-term maintenance and operation strategy that is tailored to the individual needs of each power system. This
strategy would ensure long-term reliability and would include a procedure for auditing performance. To ensure the safety,
reliability, maintenance, and operation of systems, the IEEE Yellow Book establishes specific procedures. Information is provided
to offer guidance for the establishment of administrative and control procedures, as well as the organizational capabilities
necessary to ensure reliable system operation. The level of performance reliability is stressed and several maintenance
strategies are reviewed, including record-keeping, testing and inspection methods, and auditing maintenance and operation
performance. Several chapters in the book are entirely devoted to safety issues, such as the review of safety equipment and
recommendations for the management of unusual or hazardous activities.
Key Words: electrical hazards, electrical maintenance, operation protective
devices, record keeping, fire protection, grounding, infrared
Designation: 902
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Guide for Maintenance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Dennis Neitzel, Phone:214-331-7315, Email:dennis.neitzel@avotraining.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 27, 2001
Project Scope: The scope of the project is to provide plant engineers with a
reference source for the fundamentals of safe and reliable maintenance and
operations of industrial and commercial electric power distribution systems.
These fundamentals, which are independent of size or complexity, include:
system design, reliability, documentation, inspection/testing methods,
auditing performance, safety procedures.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the project is to provide guidelines for
personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of industrial and
commercial power systems. The first edition of the guide references U.S.
based practices. The WG and the Safety, Operations and Maintenance
Subcommittee have committed to expand the practices in its' first revision
so that it may have international applicability.
Designation: 902
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Power Systems Engineering
Title: Guide for Maintencance, Operation, and Safety of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems (Yellow Book)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Yellow Book
Technical Contact: Erling C Hesla, Phone:425-347-1927, Email:e.hesla@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 28, 1981
Designation: 903
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society/Energy Systems
Title: Energy Monitoring & Control Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Fragola, Phone:516-764-5218, Email:fragola@prodigy.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1984
Designation: 905
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society
Title: Rail Transit Intra System EML
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Designation: 91-1984
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 13, 1984
**This standard is published with 91A.
History: BD APP: Sep 17, 1981, ANSI APP: Oct 26, 1982
Abstract: Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logic functions are
presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, and examples of their applications are
provided. The symbols are presented in the context of electrical applications, but most may also be applied to nonelectrical
systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). The supplement provided additional internationally approved graphic
symbols and made corrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984.
Key Words: symbols, graphic, logic, functions
Designation: 915
Title: Electrical and Electronic Diagrams
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**Revision of Y14.15-1966
Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 917
Title: Graphic Symbols for Use on Equipment
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Conrad R Muller
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 91a/91-1991
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Graphic Symbols for Logic Functions (Includes IEEE Std 91a-1991
Supplement, and IEEE Std 91-1984)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 31, 1991
History: BD APP: Jun 27, 1991
Abstract: An international language by which it is possible to determine the functional behavior of a logic or circuit diagram with
minimal reference to supporting documentation is defined; as such, it is designed to allow a single concept to be expressed in
one of several different ways, according to the demands of a particular situation. Consequently, this standard does not attempt,
nor intend, to establish single correct symbols for particular devices. The symbols for representing logic functions or devices
enable users to understand the logic characteristics of these functions or devices without specific knowledge of their internal
characteristics. Definitions and an explanation of symbol construction are provided. Information is presented on: qualifying
symbols associated with inputs, outputs, and other connections; dependency notation; combinational and sequential elements; and
symbols for highly complex functions. The symbols and representation techniques are compatible with IEC Pub. 617, Part
12.Supplement Abstract: Graphic symbols for representing logic functions or physical devices capable of carrying out logic
functions are presented. Descriptions of logic functions, the graphic representation of these functions, and examples of their
applications are given. The symbols are presented in the center of electrical applications, but most may also be applied to
nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). This supplement provides additional internationally
approved graphic symbols and makes corrections as needed to IEEE Std 91-1984.
Key Words: graphic, symbols, logic, functions
Designation: 92
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 925
Sponsor: IEEE Industry Applications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 926
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: PV Energy Performance Ratings
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981
Designation: 927
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: PV Energy Performance Calculations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard DeBlasio, Phone:303-275-4333, Email:dick_deblasio@nrel.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981
Designation: 928
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: Recommended Practice for Recommended Criteria for Terrestrial
Photovoltaic Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Stephen M Chalmers, Phone:602-955-7124, Email:chalmers@powermark.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 21, 2000
Project Scope: This recommended criteria for performance criteria applies to
all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems (The scope is similar to the
existing IEEE 928 recommended practice.)
Project Purpose: To bring the criteria up to date and in line with changes that
have occurred over the past 15 years in the national and international
industry
Designation: 928-1986
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: Recommended Criteria for Terrestrial Photovoltaic Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 25, 2005. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Jan2005: Administratively withdrawn.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Project Scope: This standard for performance criteria applies to all
terrestrial photovoltaic power systems (flat plate and concentrators)
regardless of size or application. Its principal purpose is to present an
overall framework into which all other terrestrial solar photovoltaic power
system performance ancillary standards can be developed.
Abstract: Jan 2005: Administratively withdrawn. General performance criteria for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) systems are
established, and an overall framework for all detailed terrestrial photovoltaic power system performance standards is provided.
Criteria for subsystem performance and standard test methods to be used for performance measurements are recommended. System
installation, operation, and maintenance are covered. Since thermal conditioning elements may be part of the system design, some
consideration is given to the thermal subsystem. The criteria apply to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems.
Key Words: array, terrestrial, Photovoltaic power systems
Designation: 929-1988
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Residential and
Intermediate Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
**This recommended practice was superseded by 929-2000.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Dec 18, 1991
Abstract: Superseded by 929-2000. Recommendations and requirements that ensure operation of the terrestrial photovoltaic (PV)
system that is compatible with the electric utility are provided. Factors relating to personnel safety, equipment protection, and
power quality are addressed. The standard applies to utility-interconnected residential and interm ediate-size PV power systems
capable of two-way energy flow with the utility. It addresses the interface between the PV system and the utility, and provides
technical recommendations for the characteristics of the interface. Power quality, equipment protection, and safety of personnel
are covered.
Key Words: PV, photovoltaic systems, photovoltaie, Power system protection,
Photovoltaic power systems, Occupational health and safety
Designation: 929-2000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Utility Interface of Photovoltaic (PV)
Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
**This recommended practice supersedes 929-1988 (R1991).
History: BD APP: Jan 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Jun 07, 2000
Project Scope: This recommended practice describes the interface, functions,
and requirements necessary in the interconnection of a PV power system with
an electric utility. It also describes the acceptable and safe practices
for accomplishing those functions and meeting the requirements.
Project Purpose: Provide recommendations and requirements that apply to the
interconnection of a Photovoltaic system with an electric utility.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006.
Key Words: "islanding,nonislanding inverter,photovoltaic,utility connection"
Designation: 930-2004
Sponsor: Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: (Replaced) IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical
Insulation Breakdown Data
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 01, 2005
Technical Contact: Gian Carlo Montanari, Phone:+390512093481, Email:giancarlo.montanari@mail.ing.unibo.it
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Feb 21, 2001, BD APP: Sep 23, 2004, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 2005
Project Scope: To prepare a guide describing statistical methods to analyze
breakdown test data (at constant or increasing voltage) for purposes
including characterization of an insulation system, comparison with other
systems and prediction of the probability of breakdown at given times or
voltages. The statistical methods included in the guide are based on
Weibull, lognormal and Gumbel distributions.
Project Purpose: To provide statistical tools for the processing of life or
breakdown voltage tests.
Abstract: This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze times to breakdown and breakdown voltage data obtained
from electrical testing of solid insulating materials, for purposes including characterization of the system, comparison with
another insulator system, and prediction of the probability of breakdown at given times or voltages.
Key Words: breakdown voltage and time, GUmbel, Lognormal distributions,
statistical methods, Weibull
Designation: 930-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Guide for the Statistical Analysis of Electrical Insulation Voltage
Endurance Data
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: Replaced by 930-2004 (SH/SS95269) This guide describes, with examples, statistical methods to analyze the data for time-
to-failure from constant-stress voltage endurance tests or breakdown voltage from progressive-stress tests on specimens or
systems of electrical insulation. Methods to compare test data are also given. The methods are principally applied to data from
tests on solid insulation, but may also apply to the analyses of data from tests on gas, liquid, and composite systems. The
statistical methods discussed here do not take into consideration the physical mechanism of voltage aging. The methods assume
that the only aging stress is alternating voltage of constant frequency. The methods may not apply if there is more than one
aging stress. Methods to ascertain the short time withstand voltage or operating voltage of an insulation system are not
presented in this guide. The mathematical techniques contained in this guide may not directly apply to the estimation of
equipment life.
Key Words: statistical analysis, electrical , insulation, voltage, endurance
data
Designation: 931
Sponsor: IEEE Electron Devices Society
Title: X-ray Lithgrphy Sys Full-Field Exposure
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1981
Designation: 933-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for the Definition of Reliability Program Plans for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: James Liming, Phone:714-962-8289, Email:jl307@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for the definition of a
reliability program at nuclear power generating stations. The document
emphasizes reliability programs during the operating phase of such stations;
however, the general approach applies to all phases of the nuclear power
generating station life cycle (e.g., design, construction, start-up,
operating, and decommissioning).
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to describe a basic framework
(i.e., the program elements, guidelines on implementation, element
interaction, and their scope of application) directed at improving nuclear
power generating station performance through the effective implementation of
reliability programs. It is oriented toward station availability,
encompassing balance-of-plant and safety-related equipment. Effective
implementation of these guidelines should also improve plant safety by
reducing challenges to safety systems in addition to enhancing reliable
operation of the components of those safety systems.
Abstract: Guidelines for the definition of a reliability program at nuclear power generating stations are developed. Reliability
programs during the operating phase of such stations are emphasized; however, the general approach applies to all phases of the
nuclear power generating station life cycle (e.g., design, construction, start-up, operating, and decommissioning).
Key Words: Author: IEEE
Designation: P933
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for the Definition of Reliability Program Plans for
Nuclear Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities
Status: Modified Revision Project
History: PAR APP: Mar 25, 2010
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for the definition of a
reliability program at nuclear generating stations and other nuclear
facilities. The document emphasizes reliability programs during the
operating phase of such facilities; however, the general approach applies to
all phases (e.g., design, construction, start-up, operating, and
decommissioning) of the facility.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to describe a basic framework
(i.e., the program elements, guidelines on implementation, element
interaction, and their scope of application) directed at improving nuclear
generating station and other nuclear facility performance through the
effective implementation of reliability programs. It is oriented toward
facility availability, encompassing balance-of-plant and safety equipment.
Effective implementation of these guidelines should also improve facility
safety by reducing challenges to safety systems in addition to enhancing
reliable operation of the components of those safety systems.
Abstract: This document provides guidelines for the definition of a reliability program at nuclear generating stations and other
nuclear facilities. The document emphasizes reliability programs during the operating phase of such facilities; however, the
general approach applies to all phases (e.g., design, construction, start-up, operating, and decommissioning) of the facility.
Key Words: problem analysis, reliability analysis, reliability program plan
Designation: 933
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Title: IEEE Guide for the Definition of Reliability Program Plans for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: James Liming, Phone:714-962-8289, Email:jl307@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008
Project Scope: This document provides guidelines for the definition of a
reliability program at nuclear power generating stations. The document
emphasizes reliability programs during the operating phase of such stations;
however, the general approach applies to all phases (e.g., design,
construction, start-up, operating, and decommissioning) of the nuclear power
generating station.
Project Purpose: Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to describe a basic
framework (i.e., the program elements, guidelines on implementation, element
interaction, and their scope of application) directed at improving nuclear
facility performance through the effective implementation of reliability
programs. It is oriented toward facility availability, encompassing
balance-of-plant and safety equipment. Effective implementation of these
guidelines should also improve facility safety by reducing challenges to
safety systems in addition to enhancing reliable operation of the components
of those safety systems.
Designation: 934-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Nuclear Power Engineering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Standard Requirements for Replacement Parts for Class 1E Equipment
in Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 18, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 10, 1987
Abstract: Basic requirements for the selection and utilization of replacement parts for Class 1E equipment in nuclear power
generating stations, in both the construction and operation phases, are set forth. Selection, categories, and replacement of
parts are covered. The requirements are intended to ensure that replacement parts selected and utilized for Class 1E equipment in
nuclear power generating stations will not degrade the safety of the stations. They apply to parts which could result in the
failure of the Class 1E equipment to perform its intended function or in degradation of the plant safety systems or the Class 1E
equipment.
Key Words: replacement parts, class 1E, Nuclear power generation protection
Designation: 935-1989
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Guide on Terminology for Tools and Equipment to Be Used in Live
Line Working
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Oct 20, 1988, ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1989
Abstract: Terminology for tools and equipment used in live line working is given to permit identification of the tools and equipment
and to standardize their names. Detailed definitions are not given for all the terms used in live line working, only the
necessary details, without indications of their components and their methods of use are provided. The following are covered:
insulating sticks; universal to ol fittings; insulating covers and similar assemblies; bypassing equipment; small individual hand
tools; personal equipment; equipment for positioning a worker; handling and anchoring equipment; measuring and testing equipment
and hydraulic and miscellaneous equipment. Reaffirmed 2001 You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed
to access this publication online.
Key Words: live line, tools, equipment, terminology, Power transmission
maintenance, Power distribution maintenance, Power cables, Electric shock
Designation: 935
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide on Terminology for Tools and Equipment to be Used in Live-Line
Working
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Orville J Plum, Phone:408-282-7120, Email:ojp2@pge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This Guide applies to terminology for tools and equipment used
in live line working.
Project Purpose: To standardize the terms in IEEE/ESMOL documents for tools and
equipment used in live line working without indicating their components or
method of use.
Designation: 936-1987
Sponsor: IEEE
Title: IEEE Guide for Self-Commutated Converters
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 03, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Allan Ludbrook, Phone:905-628-0024, Email:a.ludbrook@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 13, 1986, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1986
Abstract: This guide applies to self-commutated electronic power converters; that is, converters in which commutation is
accomplished by components within the converter. In converters using switching devices that have turn-off capability, such as
transistors or gate turn-off thyristors, interruption of the current results in a voltage that commutates the current to another
branch. In converters using circuit-commutated thyristors, the commutating voltages required to transfer current from one branch
to another are normally supplied by capacitors. The type of power conversion may be dc to ac, dc to dc, ac to dc, or ac to ac.
Designation: 937-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid
Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 13, 2007
Technical Contact: Jay L Chamberlin, Phone:505-296-3135, Email:jaynpatc@aol.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 08, 2004, BD APP: Mar 22, 2007, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 2007
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides design considerations and
procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and
maintenance of lead-acid secondary batteries for photovoltaic (PV) power
systems. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also
included. While this document gives general recommended practices,
battery manufacturers may provide specific instructions for battery
installation and maintenance.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist lead-acid battery
users to properly store, install, and maintain lead-acid batteries used in
PV systems.
Abstract: Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid
secondary batteries for photovoltaic power systems are provided. Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also
included. Even though general recommended practices are covered, battery manufacturers may provide specific instructions for
battery installation and maintenance. Remarks: Revision of IEEE Std 937-2000
Key Words: battery, battery installation, battery maintenance, photovoltaic
power system
Designation: 937-2000
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid
Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 30, 2000, ANSI APP: Oct 30, 2000
Project Scope: This Recommended Practice provides design considerations and
procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and
maintaining of lead-acid storage batteries for photovoltaic power systems.
Safety precautions and instrumentation considerations are also included.
While this document gives general recommended practices, battery
manufacturers may provide specific instructions for battery installation and
maintenance.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice is meant to assist lead-acid battery
users to property store, install, and maintain lead-acid batteries used in
residential, commercial, and industrial photovoltaic systems.
Abstract: Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid
storage batteries for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Safety precautions and instrumentation
considerations are included. This standard applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or
application, that contain storage subsystems. The installations addressed apply to the operation of an ac, ac/dc, or dc system
with the battery, PV generating subsystem, and load all connected in parallel.
Key Words: "battery installation, battery maintenance, photovoltaic power
system, sizing lead-acid battery"
Designation: 937-1987
Sponsor: SASB/SCC21-SCC21 - Fuel Cells, Photovoltaics, Dispersed Generation, and Energy Storage
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid
Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems
Status: Superseded
**Superseded by 937-2000.
History: BD APP: Jun 19, 1986, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1987
Abstract: Design considerations and procedures for storage, location, mounting, ventilation, assembly, and maintenance of lead-acid
storage batteries for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) power systems are provided. Safety precautions and instrumentation
considerations are included. This standard applies to all terrestrial photovoltaic power systems, regardless of size or
application, that contain storage subsystems. The installations addressed apply to the operation of an ac, ac/dc, or dc system
with the battery, PV generating subsystem, and load all connected in parallel. You will receive an email from Customer Service
with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: lead acid, batteries, PV systems, Power generation maintenance,
Photovoltaic power systems
Designation: 94-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power and Energy Society
Title: IEEE Recommended Definitions of Terms for Automatic Generation Control
on Electric Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of IEEE Std 94-1970.
History: BD APP: Sep 26, 1991, ANSI APP: May 13, 1992
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 17, 1997. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The need for standard terminology in
the field of automatic generation control (AGC) became apparent when it was noted that authors of technical papers covering this
technology frequently used different terms to convey identical meanings. This inconsistency of terms and requests for
standardization from operating organizations of interconnected power systems in both the United States and Canada led to the
original development of these definitions. This publication is the second revision of these terms. It illustrates the continuing
need to standardize commonly used terminology unique to AGC. In addition, term definitions are intended principally as
references, not as tutorial substitutes for training in this control field. The definitions provide simplified, unambiguous
meanings for individuals having a basic understanding of AGC technology.
Key Words: terminology, definitions, control, electric, power, systems,
automatic, Power generation control, Electric power systems
Designation: 94-1970
Sponsor: IEEE Power and Energy Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Terms for Automatic Generation Control on
Electric Power Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 10, 1988. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 942
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Test Technology
Title: Digital Semiconductor/Program Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: J. Reese Brown, Phone:760-434-7224, Email:rbrown@cts.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Key Words: digital, semiconductor, program, language
Designation: 943-1986
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Guide for Aging Mechanisms and Diagnostic Procedures in Evaluating
Electrical Insulation Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
History: BD APP: Jun 13, 1985, ANSI APP: Nov 15, 1985
Abstract: Background information necessary for proper construction of aging mechanisms and selection of diagnostic procedures when
designing tests for functional evaluation of insulation systems for electrical equipment is presented. Aging mechanisms of
insulation systems and methods for ascertaining correlation of aging during testing and aging during actual service are
described. Diagnostic techniques for use in functional tests are also listed. The intent is primarily to aid committees in
standardizing tests within the scope of their responsibilities. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL
needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: mechanisms, diagnotic procedures, insulation systems, Insulation
testing, Insulation life
Designation: 944
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible
Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Radhakrishna V Rebbapragada, Phone:510-874-2220, Email:rvr6@pge.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2001
Project Scope: The original scope of the standard was to define the application
and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply
(UPS) system used for service in power generating stations. It is to cover
application requirements, such as load information and service conditions,
performance requirements and design, routine testing requirements for
inverters with or without rectifier/charger, and transfer switches only.
This scope continues to be current and pertinent.
Project Purpose: The standard has not been revised since completion of the work
on the document in 1985. It is proposed to make revisions to the
recommended practice to reflect new developments and options in UPS
equipment.
Designation: 944
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of Uninterruptible
Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Sam P Martinovich, Phone:(212) 839-2950
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1990
Abstract: The application and performance requirements for a low-voltage uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service
in power generating stations are defined. Service conditions and requirements for design application, procurement documents, and
testing are covered. The recommendations apply only to semiconductor ac-to-ac converter systems (static) with dc electric energy
storage capability. Equipment or component design requirements, safety-related design criteria, or requirements for equipment
qualification and preoperational/surveillance testing are not addressed.
Designation: 944-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1996
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Application and Testing of
Uninterruptible Power Supplies for Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: Robert E Howell, Phone:704-849-9285, Email:rhowell4@carolina.rr.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 09, 1986
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 06, 2006. The application and performance requirements for a low-voltage
uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system used for service in power generating stations are defined. Service conditions and
requirements for design application, procurement documents, and testing are covered. The recommendations apply only to
semiconductor ac-to-ac converter systems (static) with dc electric energy storage capability. Equipment or component design
requirements, safety-related design criteria, or requirements for equipment qualification and preoperational/surveillance testing
are not addressed.
Key Words: UPS, Uninterruptible power systems, Power generation testing
Designation: 945-1984
Sponsor: SASB/SCC14-
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Preferred Metric Units for Use in
Electrical and Electronics Science and Technology
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Mar 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Mar 05, 2009
Abstract: Recommendations are made to aid in the selection of metric units, so as to promote uniformity in the use of metric units
and to limit the number of different metric units that will be used in electrical and electronics science and technology. The
recommendations can cover units for space and time, periodic and related phenomena, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism,
light and related electromagnetic radiations, and acoustics. This document does not cover how metric units are to be used nor
does it offer guidance concerning correct metric practice.
Key Words: metric, metric units, electronics science, Measurement units
Designation: 946-2004
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Stationary Batteries Committee
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems
for Generating Systems
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 08, 2005
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999, BD APP: Dec 08, 2004
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides guidance for the design of
the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and non-nuclear power generating
stations. The components of the dc auxiliary power system addressed by this
recommended practice include lead-acid storage batteries, static battery
chargers, and distribution equipment. Guidance for selecting the quantity
and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections,
instrumentation, control, and protection is also provided. The ac power
supply to the battery chargers; the loads served by the dc systems, except
as they influence the dc system design; and dedicated engine starting
(cranking) battery systems are beyond the scope of this recommended
practice.
Project Purpose: This standard is widely recognized as being a very useful
standard and it needst o be revised in order to continue its functional life
as an active standard. State-of-the-art information will be incorporated.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 946-1992 Guidance for the design of the DC auxiliary power systems for nuclear and non-nuclear power
generating stations is provided by this recommended practice. The components of the DC auxiliary power system addressed by this
recommended practice include lead-acid storage batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment. Guidance for
selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection
is also provided. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: battery, battery charger, cross-tie, dc, duty cycle, generating
station, ground detection, instrumentation, nuclear, short circuit
Designation: 946-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems
for Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 946-1985.
Technical Contact: Joseph R Jancauskas, Phone:937-549-2641X5735, Email:joseph.jancauskas@dplinc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 03, 1992, ANSI APP: May 14, 1993
Abstract: Superseded by 946-2004 (SH/SS95307). Guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and large
fossil-fueled power generating stations is provided. The components of the dc auxiliary power system, including lead storage
batteries, static battery chargers, and distribution equipment, are addressed. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of
equipment, the equipment ratings, interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided.
Key Words: dc auxiliary power systems, Nuclear generating stations, Fossil-
fueled generating stations
Designation: 946-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of Safety-Related DC Auxiliary
Power Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Bob G Treece, Phone:312-269-2150
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Jul 31, 1985
Abstract: Guidance for the design of the dc auxiliary power systems for nuclear and large fossil-fueled power generating stations is
provided. The components of the dc auxiliary power system, including lead storage batteries, static battery chargers, and
distribution equipment, are addressed. Guidance for selecting the quantity and types of equipment, the equipment ratings,
interconnections, instrumentation, control and protection is also provided.
Designation: 948
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: Measurement of Color Noise in Video Magnetic Tape Recording Systems
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Alan Godber, Phone:(732) 846-4476, Email:agodber@earthlink.net
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 28, 1982
Project Scope: Determine the physical characteristics of those random
disturbances in chrominance components which are perceived as "noise" in
color portions of the decoded television signal from a video magnetic tape
recorder.
Project Purpose: Develop standard measurement methods for quantifying color
noise in a way that enables correlation of measurement data with picture
impairment arising from various elements in video magnetic recording
systems.
Designation: 949-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Media-Independent Information Transfer
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 21, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Trial-Use
Technical Contact: Clyde R Camp, Phone:972-727-3945, Email:c.camp@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985
Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to define a format for the transmission of files and their attributes between computer
systems, independent of the medium of transmission. It is intended that any information medium capable of representing a
consecutive sequence of 8-bit bytes should be adaptable to the format specified in this standard. The format is designed to
facilitate the human interface to file selection from transmissions by foreign systems.
Key Words: media, independent, information, transfer
Designation: 95-2002
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of AC Electric
Machinery (2300 V and Above) With High Direct Voltage
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 12, 2002
**Supersedes 95-1977 (R1991).
Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jun 14, 2001, BD APP: Mar 21, 2002, ANSI APP: Aug 01, 2002
Project Scope: This project will present uniform methods for testing insulation
with direct voltages. It applies to AC electric machines. It covers
acceptance testing of new equipment in the factory or in the field after
erection and routine maintenance testing of machines that have been in
service.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to bring IEEE Std 95 up to the
state of the art since it has been in use for more than five years.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. This recommended practice provides information on the use of high direct voltage for proof
tests and for periodic diagnostic tests on the groundwall insulation of stator (armature)windings in ac electric machines.
Key Words: "electric machine windings, electrical insulation, high direct
voltage"
Designation: 95-1977
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating
Machinery with High Direct Voltage
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 95-1962. Superseded by 95-2002.
History: BD APP: Sep 05, 1974, ANSI APP: Apr 20, 1992
Abstract: Superseded by 95-2002. Recommendations are made to aid in the selection of metric units, so as to promote uniformity in
the use of metric units and to limit the number of different metric units that will be used in electrical and electronics science
and technology. The recommendations can cover units for space and time, periodic and related phenomena, mechanics, heat,
electricity and magnetism, light and related electromagnetic radiations, and acoustics. This document does not cover how metric
units are to be used nor does it offer guidance concerning correct metric practice. You will receive an email from Customer
Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: installation, large, rotating, testing, AC, high direct, AC
rotating, insulation testing
Designation: 95
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Title: Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating
Machinery (2300 V and Above) With High Direct Voltage
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Nils E Nilsson, Phone:330-384-5624, Email:nilssonn@cboss.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This project will present uniform methods for testing insulation
with direct voltages higher than 5000 V. It applies to large AC rotating
machines rated at 10,000 kVA or greater and rated at 6000 V or higher. It
covers acceptance testing of new equipment in the factory or in the field
after erection, and routine maintenance testing of machines that have been
in service. The current standard (whether active or withdrawn) will be
brought up to date.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this project is to provide uniform procedures
for performing high direct voltage acceptance test and routine maintenance
tests on the main ground insulation of windings of large AC machines, to
provide uniform procedures for analyzing the variations in measured current
so that any possible relationship of the condition of the insulation can be
more effectively studied, and to define terms which have a specific meaning.
Designation: 951-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2009
Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Metal Transmission Structures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 28, 1997
**Revision of IEEE Std 951-1988.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1996, ANSI APP: May 15, 1997
Project Scope: This guide presents various approaches of good practice which
will improve the ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed
steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures. This guide covers
construction aspects after foundation installation and up to the conductor
stringing operation.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present in one document design
and construction considerations for material delivery, assembly and erection
of structures and the installation of insulators and hardware.
Abstract: Various good practices that will enable users to improve their ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed
steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures are presented. Construction considerations after foundation installation,
and up to the conductor stringing operation, are also covered. The guide focuses on the design and construction considerations
for material delivery, assembly and erection of metal transmission structures, and the installation of insulators and hardware.
This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of
transmission structures.
Key Words: guyed structures, helicopters, lattice structures, metal
transmission structures, tubular steel structures
Designation: 951-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide to the Assembly and Erection of Metal Transmission Structures
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1989
Abstract: Various good practices that will enable users to improve their ability to assemble and erect self-supporting and guyed
steel or aluminum lattice and tubular steel structures are presented. Construction considerations after foundation installation,
and up to the conductor stringing operation, are also covered. The guide focuses on the design and construction considerations
for material delivery, assembly and erection of metal transmission structures, and the installation of insulators and hardware.
This guide is intended to be used as a reference source for parties involved in the ownership, design, and construction of
transmission structures.
Key Words: Power transmission lines
Designation: 952-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Aerospace and Electronic Systems Society
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2008
Title: IEEE Standard Specification Format Guide and Test Procedure for Single-
Axis Interferometric Fiber Optic Gyros
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Randall K Curey, Phone:818-712-7131, Email:randall.curey@ngc.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 27, 1998
Abstract: This document describes equipment inspection and radio frequency (rf) electromagnetic field measurement procedures for
evaluation of rf industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment installed in the user's facility. The term, “ISM equipment,”
as used here, includes equipment that generates rf energy for purposes other than radio communications, to cause physical,
chemical, or biological changes; for example, industrial heaters (dielectric and induction), medical diathermy, ultrasonic
equipment, rf plasma devices, and rf stabilized welders. These procedures are designed to help ensure that the equipment does not
interfere with radio communications, navigation, and other essential radio services.
Key Words: "fiber gyro,fiber optic gyro,gyro,gyroscope,IFOG,inertial
instrument,inertial sensor,inerferometric fiber optic gyro,optical
gyro,Sagnac effect, Sagnac gyro"
Designation: 953
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Surge Protective Devices
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 954
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transformers
Title: HiTemp Hydrocrbn Lqd
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: John Sheppard
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982
Designation: 955
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Electric Machinery
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 956
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Achieving Electromagnetic Compatibility
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Gordon Allen, Phone:(416) 259-7886
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 28, 1982
Designation: 957-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 20, 2005
Technical Contact: Rajeswari Sundararajan, Phone:765-494-6912, Email:rsundara@purdue.edu
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998, BD APP: Apr 25, 2005, ANSI APP: Aug 03, 2005
Project Scope: Simplify document, reduce ambiguities, review White Papers to
add new material, emerging industry practices, eliminate outdated material,
add non-ceramic insulators.
Project Purpose: General Revision.
Abstract: Procedures for cleaning contaminated electrical insulators (excluding nuclear, toxic, and hazardous chemical contaminants)
of all types, using various equipment and techniques, are provided.
Key Words: cleaning, electrical insulators
Designation: 957-1995
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 957-1987. Superseded by 957-2005.
History: BD APP: Mar 16, 1995, ANSI APP: Oct 12, 1995
Abstract: Superseded by 957-2005 Procedures for cleaning contaminated electrical insulators (excluding nuclear, toxic, and
hazardous chemical contaminants) of all types, using various equipment and techniques, are provided.
Key Words: cleaning, electrical , insulators
Designation: 957-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Cleaning Insulators
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 11, 1987, ANSI APP: Feb 01, 1988
Abstract: Superseded. Information on the equipment needed and the methods that can be used to clean contaminated electrical
insulators are presented. The intent is to document the state of the art for cleaning insulators (excluding nuclear contaminants)
of all types. Energized and de-energized systems are considered. The standard does not prescribe specific procedures, but rather
reflects the experience of many individuals who have safely cleaned contaminated insulators.
Key Words: insulators, cleaning, insulators, cleaning
Designation: 958
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Application of AC Adjustable Speed Drives for Electric Power
Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 01, 1989
Project Scope: This guide applies to dc link type, ac adjustable speed drives
for use in electric power generation plants. The guide does not address
other drives systems such as dc, wound rotor slip energy recovery systems or
cycloconverters. The guide is intended to cover the application of drive
systems designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries medium
voltage systems (nominally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). The guide
includes drive system terminology, drive classifications, typical
applications and their unique characteristics and design considerations,
protection, packaging, interfaces and interactions.
Project Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for
electric generating station applications.
Designation: 958
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Guide for Application of AC Adjustable-Speed Drives on 2,400 to 13,800
Volt Auxiliary Systems in Electric Power Generating Stations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 18, 1999
Project Scope: This Guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems
designed for connection to power plant electrical auxiliaries medium voltage
systems (normally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). It includes drives
system terminology, drive classifications, typical applications and their
unique characteristics and design considerations, protection, packaging-
interfaces and interactions.
Project Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection and applications for
electric generating station applications.
Designation: 958-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of AC Adjustable-Speed Drives on 2400 to
13,800 Volt Auxiliary Systems in Electric Power Generating Stations
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 13, 2011. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn on 1/13/2011.
Technical Contact: Thomas A Higgins, Phone:205-992-7162, Email:tahiggin@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 15, 2003, BD APP: Jun 12, 2003, ANSI APP: Sep 17, 2003
Project Scope: Original Scope: The guide is intended to cover the application
of drive systems designed for connection to power plant electrical
auxiliaries systems (normally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). It includes
drives system terminilogy, drive classifications, typical applications and
their unique charasteristics and design considerations, protection,
packaging - interfaces and interactions. Revised Scope: This guide applies
to DC link type, AC adjustable-speed drives (ASDs) as illustrated in Figure
1-1 and does not address other drive systems such as cycloconverters. The
guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems for use in
electric power generation stations designed for connection to electric
service rated between 2400 volts and 13,800 volts. The guide includes ASD
terminology, theory of operation, and a discussion of the factors that can
influence equipment selection. It also defines drive system classifications
and addresses typical applications. Drive system design considerations, and
the interactions between the ASD and the supply system and the driven load
are also discussed. Finally, guidance on ASD specifications and
installation are provided.
Project Purpose: Original Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive selection
and applications for electric generating station applications. Revised
Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide a fundamental
understanding of the operation, selection, and application of ASDs for use
in electric power generation plant motor-driven systems connected to
electric service rated at 2400 volts to 13,800 volts.
Abstract: Project scope: Original Scope: The guide is intended to cover the application of drive systems designed for connection to
power plant electrical auxiliaries systems (normally rated between 2300V and 13,800V). It includes drives system terminilogy,
drive classifications, typical applications and their unique charasteristics and design considerations, protection, packaging -
interfaces and interactions. Revised Scope: This guide applies to DC link type, AC adjustable-speed drives (ASDs) as illustrated
in Figure 1-1 and does not address other drive systems such as cycloconverters. The guide is intended to cover the application of
drive systems for use in electric power generation stations designed for connection to electric service rated between 2400 volts
and 13,800 volts. The guide includes ASD terminology, theory of operation, and a discussion of the factors that can influence
equipment selection. It also defines drive system classifications and addresses typical applications. Drive system design
considerations, and the interactions between the ASD and the supply system and the driven load are also discussed. Finally,
guidance on ASD specifications and installation are provided. Project purpose: Original Purpose: To provide guidelines on drive
selection and applications for electric generating station applications. Revised Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide
a fundamental understanding of the operation, selection, and application of ASDs for use in electric power generation plant
motor-driven systems connected to electric service rated at 2400 volts to 13,800 volts.
Key Words: adjustable-speed drive (ASD) systems
Designation: 959-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: IEEE Standard Specifications for an I/O Expansion Bus: SBX Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-2001.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Dec 01, 1988
Abstract: An I/O expansion bus for microcomputers that is independent of processor or board type is specified. Each expansion
interface supports up to 16 8-bit I/O ports directly. Enhanced addressing capability is available using slave processors or FIFO
devices. In addition, each expansion interface may optionally support a DMA channel capable of data rates up to 2 16-bit
Mwords/sec. These features are supported for both 8- and 16-bit data paths. The specification has been prepared for those users
who intend to design or evaluate products that will be compatible with the bus. For this purpose, functional, electrical, and
mechanical specification is covered in detail. The intent of the specification is to guarantee compatibility between baseboards
and expansion modules while not restricting the actual designs any more than necessary.
Key Words: i/o, extension, bus, sbx
Designation: 96-1969
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE General Principles for Rating Electric Apparatus for Short-Term,
Intermittent, or Varying Duty
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of AIEE No 1A-1941.
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. Abstract: General principles for rating electric apparatus for short-
time, intermittent, or varying duty are established. Four methods of rating are presented: continuous rating, continuous plus
short-time overload or nominal rating, short-time rating, and periodic rating. The factors to be considered in selecting the
method of rating for any particular case are indicated.
Key Words: rating, apparatus, electric
Designation: 96
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Title: General Principles for Rating Electric Apparatus for Short-Term,
Intermittent, or Varying Duty
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1998. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 960-1989
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1999
Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control
System and IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines
Status: Superseded
**Shipped with 1177. Not sold individually. (Revision of std 960-1986)
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Aug 10, 1989, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990
Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing
equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the
specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data
or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors.
Key Words: specifications, compatability, modular electronic units, modules,
mechanical, signal, protocol, electrical
Designation: 960-1986
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: Standard for FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control
System
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system, which, while allowing
equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory parts of the
specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or transfer data
or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors.
Designation: 960/1177-1993
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control
System and IEEE FASTBUS Standard Routines
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 26, 1994
**Revision of IEEE Stds 960-1989 and 1177-1989. Individual stds are not
available separately.
Technical Contact: Louis Costrell, Phone:301-975-5608, Email:louis.costrell@nist.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Dec 02, 1993, ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1994
Abstract: 960-1993 Abstract: Mechanical, signal, electrical, and protocol specifications are given for a modular data bus system,
which, while allowing equipment designers a wide choice of solutions, ensure compatibility of all designs that obey the mandatory
parts of the specification. This standard applies to systems consisting of modular electronic instrument units that process or
transfer data or signals, normally in association with computers or other automatic data processors. 1177-1993 Abstract:
Standard software routines for use with the system in IEEE Std 960-1993 are defined.
Key Words: FASTBUS
Designation: 960/1177-1989
Sponsor: Nuclear and Plasma Sciences Society/Nuclear Instruments and Detectors
Title: IEEE Standard FASTBUS Modular High-Speed Data Acquisition and Control
System
Status: Superseded
**Shipped with 1177-1989. (Not sold individually)
History: BD APP: Oct 11, 1989, ANSI APP: Feb 26, 1990
Designation: 961-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for an 8-Bit Microcomputer Bus System: STD Bus
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Includes ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for Mechanical Core
Specifications for Microcomputers. administratively withdrawn on 15-Jan-
2001.
Technical Contact: David B Gustavson, Phone:650-961-0305, Email:dbg@scizzl.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 10, 1987, ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1988
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 15, 2001. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. An 8-bit microcomputer bus system
derived from the industry bus known as the STD bus is described. The STD bus is a modular packaging and interconnect scheme for
8-bit microprocessor card systems. The bus size and bus organization were selected to serve the interface between any 8-bit
microprocessor and a variety of memory and I/O functions. Logical, timing, electrical, and mechanical specifications are
provided. The body of the standard provides a core specification for the device-independent parameters. Appendixes provide
device-dependent parameters for various processors. This document also contains ANSI/IEEE Std 1101-1987, IEEE Standard for
Mechanical Core Specifications for Microcomputers.
Key Words: eight, bit, bus, system, std bus, Multimicroprocessing,
Microcomputer interfaces, Data buses
Designation: 97
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Title: Standard for Specifying Service Conditions in Electrical Standards
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard F Weddleton, Phone:407-281-2420, Email:dick_weddleton@swpc.siemens.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1985
Project Scope: This is a revision of IEEE Std 97-1969 to update the standard
and to include data on service conditions being left out of a revision of
IEEE Std 1.
Designation: 97-1969
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Specifying Service Conditions in
Electrical Standards
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 01, 1970
Abstract: no abstract Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 18, 1993.
Key Words: service, conditions, electric, standards
Designation: 970
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Advanced Backplane Bus VERSA Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Key Words: advanced, backplane, bus, VERSA bus
Designation: P971
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Installation and Removal of Power Cables Installed in Duct
Systems
Status: Modified New Project
Technical Contact: Donald Johnsen, Phone:+1 708 280 7655, Email:djohnsen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: May 19, 2008
Project Scope: This guide is to provide a basic text for the installation of
power cable(s) in duct systems in private or public rights of way. The guide
contains historical, existing and new methods, equipment and tools to assist
in understanding installation of practices. This guide is not all inclusive,
for equipment and tools continue to change and improve through time. The
guide also presents work practices and awareness of both personnel and
handling of equipment. This guide has these further benefits: Properly
installed cable(s) and appropriate accessory operation, will reduce failure
problems. In addition to presenting cable installation procedures and
techniques, this guide includes pre-construction inspection and planning
suggestions and cable removal procedures and techniques.
Project Purpose: There is currently no guide or standard that covers historical
as well as current practices of cable installation and removal. Newer
technologies are available now that is not available to utilities and
construction companies in an organized manner. Purpose clause will
not be included in the document.
Designation: 971
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Distribution Cable Installation Methods Duct System
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Fred Kimsey
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 971
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: Guide for the Installation and Removal of Power Cables Installed in Duct
Systems
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Donald Johnsen, Phone:+1 708 280 7655, Email:djohnsen@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This project will provide a guide for the installation of power
cables in duct systems. The guide will cover past and present installation
practices and review available equipment and tools. This guide will cover
pre-construction planning and cable removal techniques.
Project Purpose: There is currently no guide or standard that covers historical
as well as current practices of cable installation and removal. Newer
technologies are available now that is not available to utilities and
construction companies in an organized manner.
Designation: 972-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Insulated Conductors
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Connections of Insulated Aluminum Conductors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 6/91 Stds Bd mtg.
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985
Designation: 973-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Title: IEEE Standard Definitions of Switching System Performance in a
Telecommunications Environment
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990, ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
Abstract: This standard provides definitions of switching system performance in a telecommunications environment. It includes
parameters in seven categories: (1) customer access; (2) network reliability; (3) billing; (4) transmission; (5) operating
company; (6) customer signaling; (7) network service; The dimensions and critical aspects of each parameter are presented without
numerical values. The definitions will facilitate a description of switching requirements for different networks and
applications. Each application may be characterized by its own set of parameters and values. This standard provides definitions
that will promote a consistent interpretation of performance by users, service providers, manufacturers, and designers
Key Words: parameters, switching systems, telecommunications, maintenance,
customer service, operations
Designation: 974
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Power System Communications
Title: Audio Channels Used for Pwr Sys Telecont
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 975
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: CATV Terminology
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 976
Sponsor: IEEE Broadcast Technology Society
Title: TV Special Effect Terms
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**.
Technical Contact: R.C Thomas
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1982
Designation: 977-2010
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide to Installation of Foundations for Transmission Line
Structures
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 15, 2011
**Revision of IEEE Std 977-1991
Technical Contact: Frank Ferracane, Phone:217 362 6322, Email:fferracane@ameren.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 21, 2002, BD APP: Sep 30, 2010
Project Scope: This guide presents various approaches to good practice that
could improve the installation of transmission line structure foundations.
This guide covers only the construction aspects of the installation of the
foundations.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this guide is to present, in one document, the
construction considerations necessary for the installation of transmission
line structure foundations.
Abstract: Various approaches to good construction practices that could improve the installation of transmission line structure
foundations are presented. Spread foundations, drilled shaft foundations, pile foundations, and anchors are treated. This guide
is intended to be used as a reference source for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission
structures.
Key Words: anchor, foundation, pile, transmission line structure
Designation: 977-1991
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1997
Title: IEEE Guide to Installation of Foundations for Transmission Line
Structures
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1991, ANSI APP: Aug 09, 1991
Abstract: Various approaches to good construction practices that could improve the installation of transmission line structure
foundations are presented. Spread foundations, drilled shaft foundations, pile foundations, and anchors are treated. This guide
is intended to be used as a reference source for those involved in the ownership, design, and construction of transmission
structures.
Key Words: anchor, foundation, pile
Designation: 978-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1990
Title: IEEE Guide for In-Service Maintenance and Electrical Testing of Live-
Line Tools
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 06, 2000. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1983, ANSI APP: May 21, 1991
Abstract: Administratively withdrawn Recommendations for in-service inspection, maintenance, and electrical testing of live-line
tools are provided. Both job-site and shop or laboratory procedures are covered. Only the electrical aspects are discussed,
namely, ac, dc, high-potential test, and watts-loss procedures. All electrical values, unless otherwise stated, are 50 Hz--60 Hz
rms values. Not all of the proven practical methods and procedures are included. However, the choice of methods is based on sound
engineering principles, engineering safety considerations, decades of testing, and the field experiences of many utilities.
Key Words: Power transmission maintenance, Power distribution maintenance,
Power cables, Electric shock
Designation: 979-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2004
Title: IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**Revision of IEEE Std 979-1984.
Technical Contact: A.J Bolger, Phone:(604) 528-2879
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Oct 17, 1994, ANSI APP: Apr 18, 1995
Abstract: Guidance is provided to substation engineers in determining the design, equipment, and practices deemed necessary for the
fire protection of substations. A list of publications that can be used to acquire more detailed information for specific
substations or substation components is presented.
Key Words: substation design, fire, Substations, Safety, Fire protection
Designation: 979
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Substation Fire Protection
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Don Delcourt, Phone:604-528-3080, Email:don.delcourt@bchydro.bc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2000
Project Scope: The scope of this document is to outline the Fire Protection
practices for electric power substations 1kVAC, or greater, and at 1.5 kV
DC, or greater.
Project Purpose: This project will revise and update the existing guide for
Substation Fire Protection. In addition, new sections covering fire hazard
assessment and Pre-fire planning for substation will be added. The project
will provide guidance to Substation design engineers, and operators, on
design, fire hazard assessment and pre-fire planning aspects of Substations.
Designation: P979
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Draft Guide for Substation Fire Protection
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Don Delcourt, Phone:604-528-3080, Email:don.delcourt@bchydro.bc.ca
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The 1994 guide was developed to identify substation fire
protection practices that generally have been accepted by industry. The
revision will include changes in industry practices for substation fire
protection. New Sections on fire hazard assessment and pre-fire planning
will be added.
Project Purpose: The purpose of the 1994 document is to give design guidance,
fire hazard assessment, and pre-fire planning in the area of fire protection
to substation engineers. Existing fire protection standards, guides, etc.,
that may aid in the design of specific substations or substation components,
are listed in the annex. The revision will update that guidance.
Abstract: Guidance is provided to substation engineers in determining the design, equipment, and practices deemed necessary for the
fire protection of substations.
Key Words: fire, fire protection, risk, hazard, safety, substation design,
substations
Designation: 979-1984
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1988
Title: IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: R.W Wray
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 22, 1984, ANSI APP: Jan 23, 1989
Abstract: Substation fire-protection practices that generally have been accepted by the electric utility industry and existing
fire- protection standards and guides that may aid in the design of components are identified. The purpose is to give design
guidance to the substation engineer in the area of fire protection. The following are covered: control and relay buildings;
transformers; separation and location of oil-filled equipment; cable installation; fire detection systems; fire extinguishing
systems; substation components; indoor substations; and fire fighting
Key Words: fire-protection practices, electric utility industry and existing
fire- protection standards , design of components
Designation: 98-2002
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2007
Title: IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal
Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 27, 2002
**Supersedes 98-1984 (R1993).
Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:410-245-8473, Email:papayne@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2000, BD APP: May 13, 2002, ANSI APP: Mar 20, 2008
Project Scope: Update reference standards, technical review for consistency
with IEEE 1 (work in progress), change "temperature class" to "temperature
index", change "systems tests" to "materials test", and revise in accordance
with IEEE Style.
Project Purpose: To maintain technical consistency with reference standards and
insulation material standards development.
Abstract: Reaffirmed September 2007. Principles for the development of test procedures to evaluate the thermal endurance of solid
electrical insulating materials in air are given in this standard.
Key Words: "diagnostic test, relative temperature index, temerature idndex,
thermal capability, thermal endurance"
Designation: 98-1984
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1993
Title: IEEE Standard for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the Thermal
Evaluation of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 98-1972. Superseded by 98-2002.
History: BD APP: Jun 10, 1982, ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1985
Abstract: Principles are given for the development of test procedures to evaluate the thermal endurance of solid electrical
insulating materials and simple combinations of such materials. The results of accelerated thermal endurance tests, which are
conducted according to prescribed procedures, may be used to establish temperature indexes for insulating materials. The test
procedures apply to materials before they are fabricated into insulating structures identified with specific parts of electric
equipment. Tests for specific insulating materials are not covered. The procedures may or may not apply to the aging
characteristics of dielectric fluids or of porous materials impregnated with dielectric fluids. You will receive an email from
Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulating, materials, Insulation thermal
factors, Insulation testing
Designation: 980-1994
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2001
Title: IEEE Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
History: BD APP: Sep 22, 1994, ANSI APP: Mar 21, 1995
Project Scope: This guide discusses the significance of oil-spillage
regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations;
identifies the sources of oil spills; discusses typical designs and methods
for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills; and provides
guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and
Countermeasure (SPCC) plan. This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl
(PCB) handling and disposal considerations. It is not the intent of this
guide to interpret the applicability of the governmental regulations or the
oil-containment systems presented. Such interpretation is left to each
individual user. The guide is intended to identify concerns, offer
solutions, and let users make their own evaluations. This guide applies
only to insulating oil containing less than 50 ppm of PCB, which is
considered to be non-PCB oil. Non-PCB oils have a PCB content that has been
designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) as nonhazardous
to the public, and they are not deemed to be toxic substances. While the
effectiveness of the containment methods described in this guide is
generally not affected by the PCB content of the oil, the regulations
governing cleanup and handling of oil spills containing PCB are much more
restrictive.
Project Purpose: Containment and control of oil spills at electric supply
substations is a concern for most electric utilities. The environmental
impact of oil spills and their cleanup is governed by several federal,
state, and local regulations, necessitating increased attention in
substations to the need for secondary oil containment, and an SPCC plan.
Beyond the threat to the environment, cleanup costs associated with oil
spills continue to escalate, and the adverse community response to any spill
is becoming increasingly unacceptable. This guide identifies the applicable
governmental regulations, the sources of oil spills, and the typical methods
used to contain and control them. It discusses the need for an SPCC plan and
provides the typical plan requirements. It documents survey-reported
considerations for oil-spill containment, control, and cleanup; the methods
used; and their effectiveness. In June 1992 an IEEE questionnaire was sent
to 190 utilities in the U.S. and Canada, surveying their experiences. Of
these utilities, 59 responded. Where relevant, the survey results are
referenced in the body of this guide.
Abstract: The significance of oil-spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations are discussed; the
sources of oil spills are identified; typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills are
discussed; and guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) plan are provided.
This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations.
Key Words: collecting pit, oil-containment methods, oil-containment system, oil
discharge, oil spill, primary oil containment, retention pit, secondary oil
containment, spill prevention control, countermeasures plan, SPCC
Designation: P980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
Status: Modified Revision Project
Technical Contact: James Sosinski, Phone:517-788-2054, Email:jhs@cpet.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Project Scope: This guide discusses the significance of oil spillage in
electric supply substations; identifies the sources of oil spills; discusses
typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of
oil spills; and provides guidelines for preparation of a typical spill
prevention, control and mitigation plan. This guide applies only to non-
polychlorinated biphenyl (non-PCB) insulating oil. It is not the intent of
this guide to interpret governmental regulations or the applicability of the
oil-containment systems presented with respect to compliance to those
regulations. Interpretation is left to each individual user.
Project Purpose: Containment, control and mitigation of oil spills are a
concern for owners and operators of electric supply substations. The
environmental impact of oil spills and their mitigation is regulated by
governmental agencies, necessitating increased attention in substations to
the need for secondary oil containment. Beyond the threat to the
environment, mitigation costs associated with oil spills continue to
escalate, and the adverse community response to any spill is becoming
increasingly unacceptable. This guide identifies some governmental
regulations, sources of oil spills, and typical methods and plans to
contain, control and mitigate them. (Definition: "Oil" includes mineral oil
and alternative insulating fluids)
Designation: 980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Anne-Marie Sahazizian, Phone:416-345-6657, Email:am.sahazizian@hydroone.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 16, 1998
Project Scope: Revision of 980-1994 for compatibility with the latest
governmental requirements, and to incorporate technological developments.
Project Purpose: To keep IEEE 980 compatible with the latest governmental
requirements, and to keep the document current with technological
developments.
Designation: 980-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Richard Cottrell, Phone:517-788-0817, Email:rgcottrell@cmsenergy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 12, 1985, ANSI APP: Jun 05, 1986
Abstract: The significance of oil-spillage regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations are discussed; the
sources of oil spills are identified; typical designs and methods for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills are
discussed; and guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) plan are provided.
This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal considerations.
Key Words: oil spillage, regulation, substations, spill control, non-PCB oil
Designation: 980
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: David L Harris, Phone:414-547-0121, Email:david.harris@waukeshaelectric.spx.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 06, 2006
Project Scope: This guide discusses the significance of oil spillage
regulations and their applicability to electric supply substations;
identifies the sources of oil spills; discusses typical designs and methods
for dealing with oil containment and control of oil spills and provides
guidelines for preparation of a typical Spill Prevention Control and
Countermeasure (SPCC) plan. This guide applies only to insulating oil
containing less than 50 ppm of PCBs, which is considered to be non-PCB oil.
This guide excludes polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) handling and disposal
considerations. It is not the intent of this guide to
interpret the applicability of governmental regulations or the oil
containment systems presented. Such interpretation is left to each
individual user. The guide is intended to identify concerns, offer
solutions and let users make their own evaluations.
Project Purpose: Containment and control of oil spills at electric supply
substations is a concern for most electric utilities. The environmental
impact of oil spills and their cleanup is governed by several federal, state
and local regulations necessitating increased attention on substations to
the need for secondary oil containment and a SPCC plan. Beyond the threat
to the environment, cleanup costs associated with oil spills continue to
escalate and the adverse community response to any spill is becoming
increasingly unacceptable. This guide identifies the
applicable governmental regulations, the sources of oil spills and the
typical methods used to contain and control them. It discusses the need for
a SPCC plan and provides the typical plan requirements.
Designation: 981
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Instrument System Protocol for Use with IEEE Std 888
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Eric Sacher, Phone:520-282-6831, Email:esacher@serendipsys.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982
Designation: 982.1-2005
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of
Dependability
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 08, 2006
Technical Contact: Allen P Nikora, Phone:818-393-1104, Email:allen.p.nikora@jpl.nasa.gov
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995, BD APP: Nov 08, 2005, ANSI APP: Apr 21, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies and classifies measures of the software
aspects of dependability. It is an expansion of the scope of the existing
standard; the revision includes the following aspects of dependability:
reliability, availability, and maintainability of software. The
applicability of this standard is any software system; in particular, it
applies to mission critical systems, where high reliability, availability,
and maintainability are of utmost importance. These systems include, but are
not limited to, systems for military combat, space missions, air traffic
control, network operations, stock exchanges, automatic teller machines, and
airline reservation systems.
Project Purpose: This standard provides measures that are applicable for
continual self-assessment and improvement of the software aspects of
dependability.
Abstract: A Standard Dictionary of Measures of the Software Aspects of Dependability for assessing and predicting the reliability,
maintainability, and availability of any software system; in particular, it applies to mission critical software systems.
Key Words: availability, dependability, maintainability, and reliability
Designation: 982.1-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to Produce Reliable Software
Status: Superseded
History: BD APP: Jun 09, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 10, 1989
Abstract: Superseded by IEEE Std 982.1-2005 A set of measures indicative of software reliability that can be applied to the
software product as well as to the development and support processes is provided. The measures can be applied early in the
development process to indicate the reliability of the delivered product. The aim is to provide a common set of definitions that
allows a meaningful exchange of data and evaluations to occur, and that serves as the foundation on which researchers and
practitioners can build consistent methods. The standard is designed to assist management in directing product development and
support toward specific reliability goals.
Key Words: dictionary, measures, produce, relaible, software
Designation: 982.2
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: Guide for the Use of Standard Dictionary of Measures of Software Aspects
of Dependability
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Norman Schneidewind, Phone:831-656-2719, Email:nschneid@nps.navy.mil
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 12, 1995
Project Scope: Provide the conceptual insights, implementation considerations
and assessment suggestions for the application of IEEE Std 982.1. The scope
of this Guide will be expanded to match the expanded scope of the 982.1
Revision.
Project Purpose: IEEE STd 982.2 is 10 years old and much additional information
on the topic has been developed since that time. This project will update
the standard in order to include such information and to expand the scope of
the guide. Specifically, the following topics will be included in the
project: Update the Guide to correspond to changes made in IEEE 982.1.
Designation: 982.2-1988
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for the Use of IEEE Standard Dictionary of Measures to
Produce Reliable Software
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 10, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Sep 27, 1988, ANSI APP: Aug 10, 1989
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on Software Engineering. This guide provides the underlying concepts and
motivation for establishing a measurement process for reliable software, utilizing IEEE Std 982.1-1988, IEEE Standard Dictionary
of Measures to Produce Reliable Software. It contains information necessary for application of measures to a project. It includes
guidance for the following: applying product and process measures throughout the software life cycle, providing the means for
continual self-assessment and reliability improvement; optimizing the development of reliable software, beginning at the early
development stages with respect to constraints such as cost and schedule; maximizing the reliability of software in its actual
use environment during the operation and maintenance phases; and developing the means to manage reliability in the same manner
that cost and schedule are managed. The guide is intended for design, development, evaluation (e.g., auditing or procuring
agency), and maintenance personnel; software quality and software reliability personnel; and operations and acquisition support
managers. It is organized to provide input to the planning process for reliability management.
Key Words: dictionary, measures, produce, reliable, Software metrics, Software
development management
Designation: 983-1986
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Title: IEEE Guide for Software Quality Assurance Planning
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Mar 19, 1992. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Being revised under PAR 730.2
History: BD APP: Sep 19, 1985, ANSI APP: Feb 20, 1986
Abstract: The purpose of this guide is to explain and clarify the contents of each section of a Software Quality Assurance Plan
(SQAP) that satisfies the requirements of ANSI/IEEE Std 730-1984.
Key Words: software, quality, assurance, planning
Designation: 984
Sponsor: IEEE Communications Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 985
Sponsor: IEEE Vehicular Technology Society
Title: Rail Transit Intra-System EMC
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982
Designation: 986
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Performance and Testing Specification of HVDC System
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 14, 1994. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Clifford C Diemond, Phone:503-222-2109
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
Designation: 987-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Insulators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 02, 2010. This historical
standard is available for sale in electronic format (PDF) through the IEEE
Online Store at www.shop.ieee.org. You may also order by calling +1 800 678
IEEE (in the US) or +1 732 981 0060 (outside of the US).
Technical Contact: John Kuffel, Phone:416-207-6539, Email:john.kuffel@kinectrics.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 26, 1997, BD APP: Dec 06, 2001, ANSI APP: Apr 30, 2002
Project Scope: This guide is based on utility field experiences, results of
Research Lab tests, and manufacturers' recommendations. the guide deals
with composite insulators, which include a core, weathersheds and metal end
fittings. The core consists of resin and axially aligned glass fibers. The
weathersheds are of polymeric materials.
Project Purpose: The revision is being done in view of technical advances and
service experience in the area of composite insulators.
Abstract: A guide to the application of composite insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines is provided. It is
based on utility field experience, results of research aboratory tests, and manufacturers ’recommendations. The guide deals with
composite insulators, which include a core, weathersheds, and metal end fittings. The core consists of resin and axially-aligned
glass fibres. The weathersheds are of polymeric materials.
Key Words: "composite insulators, non-ceramic insulators, polymer insulators"
Designation: 987-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Guide for Application of Composite Insulators
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Sep 15, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985
Abstract: A guide to the application of composite insulators to overhead transmission and distribution lines is provided. It is
based on utility field experience, results of research laboratory tests, and manufacturers recommendations. The guide deals with
composite insulators, which include a core, weathersheds, and metal end fittings. The core consists of resin and axially-aligned
glass fibres. The weathersheds are of polymeric materials.
Designation: 988
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Energy Development & Power Generation
Title: Control & Data Networks
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: N.R Pillai
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1982
Designation: 989
Sponsor: IEEE Microwave Theory and Techniques Society
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 99-2007
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the
Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electrical Equipment
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 27, 2008
Technical Contact: Paulette Payne Powell, Phone:410-245-8473, Email:papayne@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 30, 2006, BD APP: Sep 27, 2007, ANSI APP: Apr 01, 2008
Project Scope: This recommended practice provides criteria for the preparation
of test procedures for accelerated thermal aging of insulation systems
and for the specification of tests based on conditions of use. The objective
of these test procedures is to provide for the functional evaluation, by
test, of insulation systems for electrical equipment. The evaluation of
insulating materials and simple combinations thereof is provided for by a
separate material test guide, IEEE Std 98™-2002.1 For a detailed
discussion of the principles on which this recommended practice and IEEE Std
98-2002 are based, see IEEE Std 1™-2000. Tests based on IEEE Std 98-2002
may be considered as preliminary tests for insulation system evaluation,
but should not be used as accepted tests for the classification of systems.
Project Purpose: This recommended practice provides a general form for the
preparation of test procedures and suggests the points to be considered
by technical committees in the preparation of specific instructions for the
thermal evaluation of insulation systems for equipment.
Abstract: Revision of IEEE Std 99-1980. A general form is provided for the preparation of test procedures. Points to be considered
by technical committees in the preparation of specific instructions for the thermal evaluation of insulation systems for electric
equipment are suggested. The test procedures involve accelerated thermal aging of insulation systems and specify tests that the
committees deem pertinent, based on conditions of use. The objective of the procedures is to provide for the functional
evaluation, by test, of insulation systems for electric equipment.
Key Words: Std 99-2007, diagnostic factor, EIS (electrical insulation system),
insulation system, test procedures, test specimen, thermal aging, thermal
endurance, thermal evaluation
Designation: 99-1980
Sponsor: SASB/SCC04-SCC04 - Electrical Insulation
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2000
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for the Preparation of Test Procedures for the
Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for Electric Equipment
Status: Superseded
**Revision of IEEE Std 99-1980.
History: BD APP: Dec 14, 1978, ANSI APP: Apr 29, 1983
Abstract: Points to be considered by technical committees in the preparation of specific instructions for the thermal evaluation of
insulation systems for electric equipment are suggested. The test procedures involve accelerated thermal aging of insulation
systems and specify tests that the committees deem pertinent, based on conditions of use. The objective of the procedures is to
provide for the functional evaluation, by test, of insulation systems for electric equipment.
Key Words: thermal, evaluation, insulating, equipment
Designation: 990-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Software & Systems Engineering Standards Committee
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Ada As a Program Design Language
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Dec 09, 1997. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Dec 11, 1986, ANSI APP: Oct 01, 1987
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard -- Recommendations reflecting the state of the art and alternate approaches to good practice for
establishing characteristics of program design languages (PDLs) based on the syntax and semantics of the Ada programming language
are provided. Capabilities for general methodology support, specific design support, and product and management information
support, as well as the relationship of the PDL to Ada, are covered. The use of an Ada PDL is not covered.
Key Words: ADA, program, design, language
Designation: 991-1986
Sponsor: IEEE-SASB Coordinating Committees
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1994
Title: IEEE Standard for Logic Circuit Diagrams
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 27, 1986
History: BD APP: Mar 21, 1985, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985
Abstract: This standard provides guidelines for preparation of diagrams depicting logic functions. It includes deÞnitions,
requirements for assignment of logic levels, application of logic symbols, presentation techniques, and labeling requirements
with typical examples. The techniques are presented in the context of electrical/electronic systems, but also may be applied to
nonelectrical systems (for example, pneumatic, hydraulic, or mechanical). You will receive an email from Customer Service with
the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: diagrams, Logic functions, Logic circuits
Designation: 992
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 993
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL)
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Michael Blair, Phone:44-1383-822131, Email:michael.blair@gecm.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Designation: 993-1997
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Feb 07, 2003. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
History: BD APP: Mar 20, 1997, ANSI APP: Dec 04, 1997
Project Scope: This project will develop a standard to define a high order
language used to describe the capabilities, configuration and control of
test equipment. This standard is intended to apply principally to ATE
system applications using Atlas test programs but it may also apply to ATE
system applications using non-atlas test programs.
Project Purpose: The trial-use standard has been implemented by vendors.
Further development was required to widen its use in the ATE community to
generate a full-use standard. This PAR replaces the earler time-expired PAR
for this project.
Abstract: A language useful for describing Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) instrumentation and configurations, as well as Interface
Test Adapters (ITA), is defined. Principally intended for testing environments using the ATLAS test language, TEDL can also be
used to describe instrumentation in non-ATLAS environments.
Key Words: adaptation model, ATE, Automatic Test Equipment, ATLAS,
configuration model, device model, TEDL, Test Equipment Description Language
Designation: 993-1990
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Title: IEEE Trial-Use Standard for Test Equipment Description Language (TEDL)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Administratively withdrawn by Std Bd 10/25/96
Publication type: Trial-Use
History: BD APP: Feb 15, 1990
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Oct 25, 1996. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. A language useful for describing
Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) instrumentation and configurations, as well as Interface Test Adapters (ITA), is defined.
Principally intended for testing environments using the ATLAS test language, TEDL can also be used to describe instrumentation in
non-ATLAS environments.
Key Words: Trial-use standard, Test equipment description lan, TEDL, Resource
description, Models, Formal syntax, Elements, ATLAS, ARINC
Designation: 994
Sponsor: SASB/SCC20-SCC20 - Test and Diagnosis for Electronic Systems
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
Designation: 9945-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: Information technology Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Base
Specifications, Issue 7
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 15, 2009
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Andrew Josey, Phone:44 118 9508311 x2250, Email:ajosey@opengroup.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: IEEE Std 1003.1-2008 defines a standard operating system
interface and environment, including a command interpreter (or ‘‘shell’’),
and common utility programs to support applications portability at the
source code level. It is intended to be used by both application developers
and system implementors.
Abstract: Revision and Adoption of IEEE Std 1003.1-2008, this standard defines a standard operating system interface and
environment, including a command interpreter (or ‘‘shell’’), and common utility programs to support applications portability at
the source code level. It is intended to be used by both application developers and system implementers.
Key Words: 1003.1-2008, application program interface (API), argument,
asynchronous, basic regular expression (BRE), batch job, batch system,
built-in utility, byte, child, command language interpreter, CPU, extended
regular expression (ERE), FIFO, file access control mechanism, input/output
(I/O), job control, network, portable operating system interface (POSIX),
parent, shell, stream, string, synchronous, system, thread, X/Open
System Interface (XSI)
Designation: 9945-1-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:2003 (E) Information Technology -- Portable Operating
System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 1 Base Definitions
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003
**This is sold only as a set with 9945-2, 9945-3, and 9945-4
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 9945-1-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996 [ANSI/IEEE Std 1003.1, 1996 Edition] Information
technology - Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))-Part 1: System
Application Program Interface (API) [C Language]
Status: Superseded
**Incorporating IEEE Stds 1003.1-1990, 1003.1b-1993, 1003.1c-1995 and
1003.1i-1995.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It defines
the applications interface to basic system services for input/output, file system access, and process management. It also defines
a format for data interchange. When options specified in the Realtime Extension are included, the standard also defines
interfaces appropriate for realtime applications. When options specified in the Threads Extension are included, the standard also
defines interfaces appropriate for multithreaded applications. This standard is stated in terms of its C language binding. You
will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: API, application , portability, C language, data processing,
information, interchange, open systems, operating systems, POSIX,
programming, realtime, system configuration, computer interface, threads
Designation: 9945-1-1990
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1995
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990: Information technology - Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) - Part 1: System Application Program Interface (API) [C
Language]
Status: Superseded
**Also known as IEEE Std 1003.1-1990.
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 9945-2-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-2:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating
System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 2: System Interfaces
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003
**This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-3, and 9945-4
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 9945-2-1993
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993: Information technology--Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 2: Shell and Utilities
Status: Superseded
**Incorporates IEEE Stds 1003.2-1992 and 1003.2a-1992.
Publication type: International Publication
Abstract: This standard is part of the POSIX® series of standards for applications and user interfaces to open systems. It
defines the applications interface to a shell command language and a set of utility programs for complex manipulation. When the
User Portability Utilities Option is included, the standard also defines a common environment for general-purpose time-sharing
users on character-oriented display terminals. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access
this publication online.
Key Words: API, data processing, open systems, operating systems, portable
application, POSIX, shell , utilities, user portability
Designation: 9945-3-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-3:2003(E) Information Technology--Portable Operating System
Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 3: Shell and Utilities
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003
**This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-2, and 9945-4
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 9945-4-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945-4:2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable Operating
System Interface (POSIX(R)) -- Part 4: Rationale
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 02, 2003
**This is sold only as a set with 9945-1, 9945-2, and 9945-3
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 9945:2002/Cor 1-2003
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Portable Applications
Title: ISO/IEC 9945:2002/Cor 1: 2003 (E) Information Technology--Portable
Operating System Interface (POSIX(R))-- Technical Corrigendum 1
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: 995-1987
Sponsor: Industrial Drives
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Efficiency Determination of Alternating-
Current Adjustable Speed Drives: Part I - Load Commutated Inverter
Synchronous Motor Drives
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: May 05, 1995. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: Walter A Maslowski, Phone:(414) 242-8266, Email:wamaslowski@meql.ra.rockwell.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Mar 12, 1987, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1987
Abstract: This recommended practice proposes a method for determining the efficiency of large, adjustable-speed AC motor-drive
systems consisting of a load commutated inverter and a synchronous machine, in which a DC-linked converter is connected between
the line and the load. This recommended practice is directed primarily to high-capacity systems (exceeding 1000 hp) and drive
systems, which normally include equipments such as transformers, reactors, thyristor power converters, and synchronous machines.
The method recommends that the existing test standards for the system equipments be used as reference, supplemented by test and
calculations include herein to account for operating characteristics of the adjustable-speed drive systems.
Key Words: 995.1
Designation: 995.2
Sponsor: Industrial Drives
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Efficiency Determination of AC Adjustable
Speed Drives Part II - Self Commutated Inverter Induction Motors Drives
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Richard G Hoft, Phone:314/882-3491
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 28, 1986
Key Words: 995.2
Designation: 996
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: A Standard for an Extended Personal Computer Backplane Bus
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Scott Hopkinson, Phone:(714) 641-2743, Email:scott@corollary.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 28, 1986
Project Scope: To derive a set of specifications for 8, 16 and 32 bit backplane
standard from IBM and other personal computer manufacturers.
Project Purpose: To codify the current 8 bit and 16 bit bus structures for
personal computers and extend the structures to 32 bits wide.
Key Words: extended, personal, computer, backplane, bus
Designation: 996.1
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Microprocessor Standards Committee
Title: Standard for Compact Embedded-PC Modules
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Rick Lehrbaum, Phone:408/522-4823, Email:rickl@ampro.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 17, 1992
Project Scope: Define a reduced form-factor implementation of the IEEE P996
draft standard.
Project Purpose: Devices designed in accordance with draft standard P996 are
too big for many embedded computer applications. This project will define a
consistent version of reduced-size P996.
Designation: 997-1985
Sponsor: IEEE Computer Society/Oceanic Engineering & Technology
Title: IEEE Standard Serial ASCII Instrumentation Loop (SAIL) Shipboard Data
Communication
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jun 27, 1991. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Withdrawn at 6/91 StdsBd mtg
Technical Contact: J Syck, Phone:203-444-5999
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Dec 13, 1984, ANSI APP: Apr 25, 1985
Abstract: Distributed multi-computer master stations and distributed remote terminal units (RTUs) are introduced. Submaster RTUs
used in an automated distribution system with downstream feeder RTUs is defined. Local area networks with master stations are
discussed. Intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) with respect to their interface to RTUs and master stations are defined. New
surge withstand capability (SWC) standards and their applicability to SCADA is shown. An example channel loading calculation is
provided.
Designation: 998-1996
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2002
Title: IEEE Guide for Direct Lightning Stroke Shielding of Substations
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Gary R Engmann, Phone:913-710-2183, Email:g.engmann@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Apr 19, 1996, ANSI APP: Sep 11, 1996
Project Scope: The scope of this guide is the identiÞcation and discussion of
design procedures to provide direct stroke shielding of outdoor
distribution, transmission, and generating plant substations. All known
methods of shielding from direct strokes were investigated during the
preparation of this guide, and information is provided on two methods found
to be widely used: a) The classical empirical method b) The
electrogeometric model A third approach, which involves the use of active
lightning terminals, is brießy reviewed in clause 6. This guide does not
purport to include all shielding methods that may have been developed. The
guide also does not address protection from surges entering a substation
over power or communication lines or the personnel safety issues. Users
of this guide should thoroughly acquaint themselves with all factors that
relate to the design of a particular installation and use good
engineering judgment in the application of the methods given here,
particularly with respect to the importance and value of the equipment
being protected.
Project Purpose: The intent of this guide is to provide design information for
the methods historically and typically applied by substation designers to
minimize direct lightning strokes to equipment and buswork within
substations. The general nature of lightning is discussed in clause 2 and
the problems associated with providing protection from direct strikes are
described in clause 3. The methods reviewed in this guide for designing a
system of protection are explained in clauses 4 and 5, and sample
calculations are given in annex B to illustrate use of the methods. Clause 7
contains an extensive bibliography for further study of the subject.
Abstract: Design information for the methods historically and typically applied by substation designers to minimize direct lightning
strokes to equipment and buswork within substations is provided. Two approaches, the classical empirical method and the
electrogeometric model, are presented in detail. A third approach involving the use of active lightning terminals is also briefly
reviewed.
Key Words: direct stroke shielding, lightning stroke protection, substations
Designation: P998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: Guide for Direct Lightning Stroke Shielding of Substations
Status: Revision Project
Technical Contact: Robert S Nowell, Phone:404 506 2735, Email:rsnowell@southernco.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 05, 2007
Project Scope: This guide identifies and discusses design procedures to provide
direct stroke shielding of outdoor distribution, transmission, and
generating plant substations. Known methods of shielding from direct strokes
were investigated during the preparation of this guide, and information is
provided on two methods found to be widely used: a) The classical
empirical method b) The electrogeometric model A third approach,
which involves the use of non-conventional lightning terminals and related
design methods is also reviewed. This guide does not purport to
include all shielding methods that may have been developed. The guide also
does not address protection from surges entering a substation over power or
communication lines or the personnel safety issues. Users of this
guide should thoroughly acquaint themselves with all factors that relate to
the design of a particular installation and use good engineering judgment in
the application of the methods given here, particularly with respect to the
importance and value of the equipment being protected.
Project Purpose: This guide is intended to provide design information for the
methods historically and typically applied by substation designers to
minimize direct lightning strokes to equipment and buswork within
substations. The general nature of lightning is discussed, and the problems
associated with providing shielding from direct strikes are described. The
methods reviewed in this guide for designing a system of shielding are
explained, and sample calculations are given to illustrate use of the
methods. An extensive bibliography for further study is included.
Designation: 999-1992
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Substations
Title: IEEE Recommended Practice for Master/Remote Supervisory Control and Data
Acquisition (SCADA) Communications
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Jan 16, 1999. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Technical Contact: James S Oswald, Phone:(215) 674-2000, Email:joswald@kemaconsulting.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: BD APP: Jun 18, 1992, ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1993
Abstract: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. The use of serial digital transmission by surpervisory control and
data acquisition (SCADA) systems having geographically dispersed terminals is addressed. These types of systems typically utilize
dedicated communication channnels, such as private microwave channels or leased telephone lines, which are limited to data rates
of less than 10 000 bits/s. Wideband local networks used for high-speed data acquisition and control functions are excluded. This
standard covers the communication channels, channel interfaces, message format, information field usage, and communication
management. A standard message protocol is defined to the octet level, rather than to the bit level; most details at the bit
level are left to the manufacturers of SCADA equipment to define and implement.
Key Words: Serial data transmission, SCADA systems, SCADA equipment,
Communications
Designation: C12.1-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard Code for Electricity Metering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 31, 1989
**Revision of ANSI C12.1-1982.
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 10, 1988
Abstract: Acceptable performance criteria for new types of AC watthour meters, demand meters, demand registers, pulse devices,
instrument transformers, and auxiliary devices are established. Acceptable in-service performance levels for meters and devices
used in revenue metering are stated. Information on recommended measurement standards, installation requirements, test methods,
and test schedules is included. Some of the provisions outlined in this standard apply to direct current watthour meters.
Acceptable in-service performance levels for these meters are provided.
Key Words: electricity metering, Wattmeters
Designation: C12.10-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Electromechanical Watthour Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 01, 1988
**Revision of ANSI C12.10-1978.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 02, 1987
Abstract: Class designations, voltage and frequency ratings, test-current values, internal wiring arrangements, pertinent
dimensions, rotor markings, register requirements, and other general specifications are covered for both detachable and bottom-
connected electromechanical watthour meters. Combination devices utilizing the essential elements of watthour meters are also
covered insofar as their application is practicable. The terminal arrangements and mounting dimensions covered by this standard
are essentially those adopted by the watthour meter industry from 1928 to 1936. You will receive an email from Customer Service
with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: electromechanical, watthour meters
Designation: C12.11-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Instrument Transformers for Revenue
Metering, 10 kV BIL Through 350 kV BIL (0.6 kV NSV through 69 kV NSV)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 1988
**Available in 1993 C12 Collection only. Revision of ANSI C12.11-1987.
Publication type: Special Publication
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 13, 1987
Abstract: The general requirements, metering accuracy, thermal ratings, and dimensions are established for current and inductively
coupled voltage transformers for revenue metering. Both indoor and outdoor types are covered. You will receive an email from
Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: revenue metering, instrument , transformers, BIL, Voltage
transformers, Power system measurements, Energy measurement, Current
transformers
Designation: C12.13-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Electronic Time-of-Use Registers for
Electricity Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 20, 1991
**Revision of ANSI C12.13-1985. Available in 1993 C12 Collection only.
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 24, 1991
Abstract: Electronic time-of-use registers for use in conjunction with electricity meters are covered. The following features are
included: numbers and format of displays; voltage, frequency, and temperature ratings; demand intervals; multiplying constants;
timing systems; other general requirements; and communication requirements. Test procedures and performance requirements are
given. Specifications for the watthour meter are not covered.
Key Words: electronic, time of use, registers, electricity meters, Wattmeters,
Time measurement, Testing
Designation: C12.13-1985
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: Time-of-Use Registers for Electromechanical Watthour Meters, American
National Standard
Status: Superseded
Abstract: Revision ballot in progress 1/91 - not an IEEE Std (Sue).
Designation: C12.14-1982
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1987
Title: American National Standard for Magnetic Tape Pulse Recorders for
Electricity Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 30, 1982
**Available in 1993 C12 Collection only.
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 05, 1981
Abstract: Minimum requirements for magnetic tape pulse recorders for electricity meters are recommended. The voltage, frequency
ratings, recording format, enclosure requirements, and other general specifications are covered. The intent is to ensure recorder
reliability to the extent that such a quality can be demonstrated by laboratory testing. You will receive an email from Customer
Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: magnetic tape pulse, pulse recorders, electricity meters, Watthour
meters, Magnetic tape recording
Designation: C12.15-1990
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Solid-State Demand Registers for
Electromechanical Watthour Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 13, 1990
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jul 24, 1990
Designation: C12.16-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Solid-State Electricity Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 19, 1991
**Available in 1993 C12 Collection only.
Technical Contact: George E Page, Phone:404-362-5815
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Mar 29, 1991
Abstract: Acceptable performance criteria for solid-state electricity meters are established. Detachable socket, type S, and bottom-
connected, type A, as well as any other arrangement agreed upon between the manufacturer and the user are included. Class
designations, voltage and frequency ratings, test current values, service connection arrangements, pertinent dimensions, form
designations, and environmental tests are covered.
Key Words: solid state, electricity, metering, Watthour meters
Designation: C12.17-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Cartridge-Type Solid-State Pulse
Recorders for Electricity Metering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 17, 1991
**Available in 1993 C12 Collection only.
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Mar 19, 1991
Abstract: Minimum requirements for cartridge-type solid-state pulse recorders for electricity metering are recommended. Voltage and
frequency ratings, performance requirements, enclosure requirements, and other general specifications for such recorders are
covered. The intent is to assure recorder reliability to the extent that such a quality can be demonstrated by laboratory
testing.
Key Words: cartridge, pulse recorders, electric metering, recorders, Watthour
meters, Recording
Designation: C12.4-1984
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Mechanical Demand Registers
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 14, 1984
**Revision of ANSI C12.4-1978.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 12, 1984
Abstract: The voltage and frequency rating, full-scale values, scale classes, demand intervals, multiplying constants, timing
mechanism, and other general features of mechanical demand registers required for use on watthour meters are covered. Single-
pointer-form, cumulative-form, and multiple-pointer-form registers are included. Although mechanical demand registers are
designed for use as accessories in watthour meters, items relating to watthour meters are not covered. You will receive an email
from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: mechanical, demand registers, Watthour meters
Designation: C12.6-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1992
Title: American National Standard for Marking and Arrangement of Terminals for
Phase-Shifting Devices Used in Metering
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Oct 30, 1987
**Revision of ANSI C12.6-1978.
Technical Contact: Raymond S Turgel, Phone:301-299-4049, Email:r.s.turgel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Sep 19, 1986
Abstract: Phase-shifting devices designed to provide the proper lagged voltages required for kVAR and kVA measurement are covered.
Terminal marking for universal devices, as well as devices for specific types of services, is considered. The number of terminals
and the provision of diagrams of internal connections are specified. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the
URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: marking, phase shifting, metering, Wattmeters, Watthour meters,
Phase shifters
Designation: C12.7-1993
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard Requirements for Watthour Meter Sockets
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1994
**Revision of ANSI C12.7-1987. No longer available through the IEEE
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The general requirements and pertinent dimensions applicable to watthour meter sockets rated up to and including 600 V,
and up to and including 320 A continuous duty per socket opening, are covered. Electrical ratings, performance requirements, and
construction requirements are specified.
Key Words: conduit connection, knockout, ringless socket, socket jaw, Watthour
meter socket, Socket ceiling ring, Single-stator watthour meter, Multistator
Designation: C12.7-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard Requirements for Watthour Meter Sockets
Status: Superseded
**Available in C12 Collection -1993.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 08, 1993
Designation: C12.8-1981
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 1991
Title: American National Standard for Test Blocks and Cabinets for Installation
of Self-Contained A-Base Watthour Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 31, 1981
**Available in 1993 C12 Collection only.
Abstract: The dimensions and functions of test blocks and cabinets used with self-contained A-base watthour meters are covered.
Standard ratings are defined, and general requirements are addressed. You will receive an email from Customer Service with the
URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: self contained, A base, watthour meters, test blocks
Designation: C12.9-1993
Title: American National Standard for Test Switches for Transformer-Rated
Meters
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 10, 1994
**Revision of ANSI C12.9-1987. No longer available through the IEEE.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: The dimensions and functions of meter test switches used with transformer-rated watthour meters in conjunction with
instrument transformers are covered.
Key Words: current switch, meter test switch, test jack, test plug, voltage
switch, Transformer-rated meter
Designation: C12.9-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Electricity Metering
Title: American National Standard for Test Switches for Transformer-Rated
Meters
Status: Superseded
**Available in C12 Collection-1993 only.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 09, 1993
Abstract: The general requirements and pertinent dimensions applicable to watthour meter sockets rated up to and including 600 V,
and up to and including 320 A continuous duty per socket opening, are covered. Electrical ratings, performance requirements, and
construction requirements are specified.
Key Words: test switches, transformer rated, meters
Designation: C135.1-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Steel Bolts and Nuts for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: This standard covers requirements for the carriage bolts,
machine bolts, double-arming bolts, double end bolts and nuts used in
overhead line construction.
Project Purpose: A need exists for a stamdard indicating the basic dimensional
and performance requirements for the above bolts and nuts used on overhead
lines.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. The requirements for inch-based carriage
bolts, machine bolts, double-arming bolts, and double-end bolts and nuts, commonly used in overhead line construction and where
the applied load is primarily a tensile load, are covered.
Key Words: "double-arming bolts,double-end bolts,double-end nuts, inch-based
carriage bolts,machine bolts"
Designation: C135.1
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Steel Bolts and Nuts for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Jun 09, 2005
Project Scope: This standard covers the requirements for inch-based carriage
bolts machine bolts, double-arming bolts, and double-end bolts and nuts
commonly used in overhead line construction. Metric bolts and nuts are not
covered by this standard.
Project Purpose: The proposed revision of this standard will provide shear
strength data for the hardware covered by this standard to allow the
design engineer to properly design connections in overhead transmission
and distribution structures considering both the tensile stength of the
hardware, as currently listed, and the shear strength data being proposed.
Designation: C135.11
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Guy Attachments, Wrap and Wire Hooks,
Guy Strain Plates and Pole Eye Plates
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional, strength, and testing
requirements for zinc coated ferrous guy attachments, wrap and formed guy
hooks, guy strain plates and pole eye plates used in overhead line
construction.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed for the material to meet the basic
dimensional, strength, and testing rquirements.
Designation: C135.11
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-coated Ferrous Guy Attachments, Wrap and Formed Guy
Hooks, Guy Strain Plates, and Pole Eye Plates for Overhead Line Construction
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 15, 2006
Project Scope: This standard specifies the dimensional, strength, and testing
requirements for zinc-coated, ferrous guy attachments, wrap and formed guy
hooks, guy strain plates and pole eye plates used in overhead line
construction.
Project Purpose: This standard specifies the material and basic dimensional,
strength, and testing requirements for essential hardware used in the
construction of overhead power lines.
Designation: C135.14
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Staples with Rolled or Slash Points for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance
requirements for rolled or slash point ferrous, copper coated and aluminum
coated staples used in overhead line construction.
Project Purpose: A standard is needed for the staples used in constructing
overhead lines.
Designation: C135.2-1999
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Threaded Zinc-Coated Ferrous Strand-Eye Anchor Rods
and Nuts for Overhead Line Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 30, 1999
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1999, ANSI APP: Jan 13, 2000
Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance
requirements for threaded zinx-coated ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and
nuts commonly used for overhead line construction.
Project Purpose: A need exists for a standard for the anchor rods and nuts used
in guying overhead lines.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. Requirements for threaded zinc-coated
ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and nuts commonly used in overhead line construction are covered in this standard.
Key Words: "anchor rods,anchor rod threads,bend test,nuts,nut threads,strand-
eye,tensile load test,zinc-coated"
Designation: C135.2-1987
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: American National Standard For Threaded Zinc-coated Ferrous Strand-eye
Anchor Rods And Nuts For Overhead Line Construction
Status: Superseded
Abstract: Requirements for threaded zinc-coated ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and nuts commonly used in overhead line construction
are covered in this standard.
Key Words: threaded zinc coated, strand- eye anchor rods and nuts, overhead
line construction
Designation: C135.20-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2010
Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Insulator Clevises for Overhead
Line Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: May 20, 1998
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998
Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and performance
requirements for zinc-coated ferrous insulator clevises used for overhead
line construction.
Project Purpose: There is a need for a standard for the clevises for spool-type
insulators commonly used for supporting or dead-ending conductors for
overhead line construction.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. Zinc-coated ferrous clevises for spool-type
insulators commonly used for supporting or dead-ending conductors in line construction are covered. The specifications for spool-
type insulators used with these clevises are covered in ANSI C29.3-1986.
Key Words: clevis pin, dead-end loading, side loading, spool-type insulators,
swinging insulator clevises, zinc-coated ferrous clevises
Designation: C135.3-2001
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Ferrous Lag Screws for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Nov 06, 2001
Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997, BD APP: Jun 14, 2001
Project Scope: This proposed standard shall cover the basic dimensional and
performance requirements for zinc-coated ferrous lag screws.
Project Purpose: A standard is required for the fetter drive and gimlet point
type lag screws used for pole line construction.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. Abstract: Zinc-coated steel lag screws of
the fetter drive, gimlet point, and twist drive types commonly used in overhead line construction are covered in this standard.
Key Words: "Cold bend test, fetter drive, gimlet point, lag screws, twist
drive, zinc-coated."
Designation: C135.30
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Ground Rod Electrode, Clamp & Coupling Specification
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
**This is a revision of ANSI C135.30-1988.
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Nov 07, 2008
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for materials, test,
performance, and manufacture of ground rod electrodes, and threaded and
threadless ground rod couplings and clamps commonly used in overhead line
construction. It applies to ground rod electrodes and ground rod couplings
of copper or steel alloyed materials. Specifically included are ground rod
electrodes of copper-coated steel, hot-dip galvanized steel and solid
stainless steel for grounding applications.
Project Purpose: This standard revises and expands requirements previously
described in ANSI C135.30-1988, "ANSI American National Standard for Zinc-
Coated Ferrous Ground Rods for Overhead or Underground Line Construction."
The ANSI standard covered only zinc-coated (galvanized) ferrous ground
rods. The information has been updated to reflect current nationally
accepted requirements in compliance with the 2007 publication of the NESC.
It is intended that ground rod electrodes and ground rod couplings
conforming to this standard will also conform to the requirements of the
NESC (ANSI/IEEE C2-2007, National Electrical Safety Code) and the NEC
(ANSI/NFPA 70-2005, National Electrical Code, thus becoming truly a
national standard.
Designation: C135.30
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Ground Rod Electrode, Clamp & Coupling Specification
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 07, 2005
Project Scope: This standard provides requirements for materials, test,
performance, and manufacture of ground rod electrodes, and threaded &
threadless ground rod couplings. It applies to ground rod electrodes
and ground rod couplings of copper or steel alloyed materials.
Specifically included are ground rod electrodes of copper-coated steel,
hot-dip galvanized steel and solid stainless steel for grounding
applications.
Project Purpose: This standard revises and expands requirements previously
described in ANSI C135.30-1988, "ANSI American National Standard for
Zinc-Coated Ferrous Ground Rods for Overhead or Underground Line
Construction." The ANSI standard covered only zinc-coated (galvanized)
ferrous ground rods. In addition, this new standard incorporates
requirements from ANSI Approved/NEMA Standard GR-1-2001, "Grounding Rod
Electrodes and Grounding Rod Electrode Couplings." The information has
been updated to reflect current nationally accepted requirements in
compliance with the 2002 publication of the NESC. It is intended that
ground rod electrodes and ground rod couplings conforming to this
standard will also conform to the requirements of the NESC (ANSI/IEEE C2-
2002, National Electrical Safety Code) and the NEC (ANSI/NFPA 70-2005,
National Electrical Code, thus becoming truly a national standard.
Designation: C135.61-1997
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for the Testing of Overhead Transmission and Distribution
Line Hardware
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Feb 16, 1998
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Sep 16, 1997, ANSI APP: Apr 26, 2007
Project Scope: This standard will cover the testing and acceptance requirements
for overhead transmission and distribution line hardware.
Project Purpose: A standard is needed for the testing and acceptance
requirements for overhead line construction.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. Requirements for mechanically testing load-
rated line hardware for use on transmission and distribution facilities are described. Items specifically addressed in this
standard include clevis and eye fittings, Y-clevis fittings, socket fittings, ball fittings, chain links, shackles, triangular
and rectangular yoke plates, suspension clamps, and strain clamps. This standard is intended to cover routine acceptance testing.
It is not intended for initial design tests.
Key Words: "acceptance testing, load-rated line hardware"
Designation: C135.62-2009
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: IEEE Standard for Zinc-Coated Forged Anchor Shackles
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Dec 11, 2009
**New standard
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: PAR APP: Jan 30, 2009, BD APP: Sep 11, 2009, ANSI APP: Jan 22, 2010
Project Scope: Dimensions and strength requirements for anchor shackles used in
overhead transmission and distribution line hardware are covered in this
standard.
Abstract: Dimensions and strength requirements for anchor shackles used in overhead transmission and distribution line hardware are
covered in this standard.
Key Words: C135.62-2009, anchor, shackle
Designation: C135.62
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Forged Anchor Shackles
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Dec 10, 1996
Project Scope: This standard covers the dimensional, strength, and testing
requirements for zinc-coated forged anchor shackles used in overhead line
construction.
Project Purpose: This standard is needed for the material to meet the basic
dimensional, strength, and testing requirements.
Designation: C135.62
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Forged Anchor Shackles
Status: Superseded
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Feb 27, 2007
Project Scope: This standard covers the dimensional, strength, and testing
requirements for zinc coated forged anchor shackles used in overhead line
construction.
Project Purpose: This standard is required to properly specify the
manufacturing requirement of anchor shackles. This hardware is commonly
used in the industry and this standard will provide an industry wide
manufacturing standard.
Designation: C135.63-1998
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Reaffirmation Status and Year: 2006
Title: IEEE Standard for Shoulder Live Line Extension Links for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jun 18, 1998
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: BD APP: Mar 19, 1998, ANSI APP: Feb 05, 1999
Project Scope: This standard will cover the dimensional and strength
requirements for shoulder live line extension links used for overhead line
construction.
Project Purpose: A need exists for a standard for the shoulder extension links
used for overhead live line work.
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C135 family on Pole Line Hardware. Dimensions and strength requirements for
shoulder live line extension links used in overhead transmission and distribution hardware are covered.
Key Words: "ball,socket,eye,clevis,oval eye fitting"
Designation: PC135.64
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide for Slip and Pull-Out Strength Testing of Bolted Dead End Strain
Clamps
Status: New Standard Project
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 19, 2009
Project Scope: This Guide defines testing procedures for the slip and pull-out
strength testing of bolted dead end strain clamps for use on transmission
and distribution lines. This Guide covers initial certification testing. For
routine acceptance testing, refer to IEEE Std C135.61-2007.
Project Purpose: The purpose of this Guide is to provide a repeatable and
standardized methodology for performing mechanical slip and pull-out
strength testing for a bolted dead end clamp and a conductor combination. A
bolted dead end clamp and a conductor combination tested in accordance with
this Guide should give reasonable assurance to the user that the clamp and
conductor combination will perform in a satisfactory manner, provided they
have been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Designation: C135.64
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Guide For Design Testing of Bolted Deadend Strain Clamps
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Robert C Peters, Phone:610-775-2003, Email:rcpenginrg@cs.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Sep 23, 2004
Project Scope: The scope of this project is to devise a guide to the acceptable
testing practices and requirements for bolted clamping devices used for
dead-ending electrical wire conductors onto a supporting structure. The
guide will be limited to procedures to test and classify the capability of
the deadending clamp. As these devices are not individually tested,
production samples of the Device, as designed, are submitted to testing
laboratories to prove that the design meets the use criteria. The Guide
would direct this testing process.
Project Purpose: There are no North American standards which apply to bolted
deadending devices for wire used in the utility industry. A guide to the
design testing of such devices brings needed uniformity to the capability of
such devices.
Designation: C135.7
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Zinc-Coated Spool Type Secondary Racks for Overhead Line
Construction
Status: Withdrawn PAR. Standards project no longer endorsed by the IEEE.
Technical Contact: Ronald J Oedemann, Phone:610-941-1783, Email:ronald.oedemann@peco-energy.com
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-service@ieee.org.
History: PAR APP: Mar 20, 1997
Project Scope: This standard will cover the basic dimensional and performance
requirements for the zinc-coated spool type secondary racks commonly used
for overhead line construction.
Project Purpose: There is a need for a standard for the pole-mounted secondary
racks used to support wire for overhead lines.
Designation: PC135.80
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Fasteners for Overhead Line Construction
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This standard covers the requirements of inch-based: 1. zinc-
coated ferrous carriage bolts, machine bolts, double-arming bolts, double-
end bolts, washerhead bolts, eye bolts, eyenuts and washer nuts, 2. zinc-
coated ferrous lag screws of the fetter drive, gimlet point, and twist drive
type, 3. washers, 4. staples, commonly used in overhead line
construction. Metric bolts, nuts and lag screws are not covered by this
standard.
Project Purpose: This combined standard will provide a one source standard for
fasteners commonly used in overhead distribution and transmission lines. It
will replace several active and archived standards that are currently in use
to specify these fasteners.
Designation: PC135.90
Sponsor: IEEE Power & Energy Society/Transmission and Distribution
Title: Standard for Pole Line Hardware for Overhead Line Construction
Status: New Standard Project
History: PAR APP: Feb 05, 2010
Project Scope: This standard covers the requirements of inch-based hardware
commonly used in wood pole overhead line construction. Metric hardware is
not covered by this standard.
Project Purpose: This standard will combine several existing IEEE, ANSI and
NEMA standards which are either currrent or archived. These standards
provide the user and manufacturer with established manufacturing
specifications. The current use of several standards requires work on each
standard on a five year cycle which has resulted in some of these standards
being archive. The combine standard will prove for a timely review process
for the standards and will provide the industry with a current standard for
widely used pole line hardware.
Designation: C136.1-1991
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Filament Lamps - Guide
for Selection
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 16, 1991
Abstract: This is a guide for the proper selection of filament lamps for use in roadway lighting equipment covered by the following
American National Standards: C136.4 thru C136.7 and C136.11.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.1-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Filament Lamps - Guide
for Selection
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002
History: ANSI APP: Sep 27, 1996
Key Words: filament, lamps
Designation: C136.10-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Locking-type
Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacles-Physical and Electrical
Interchangeability and Testing
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1988
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting
Designation: C136.10-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Locking-Type
Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacle Physical and Electrical
Interchangeability and Testing
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.10-1988.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Equipment that may be physically and
electrically interchanged to operate within established values is covered in this standard, such as locking-type photocontrol
devices, locking-type mating receptacles, and shorting and nonshorting caps.
Key Words: lighting equipment, locking type, photocontrol, mating receptacle,
roadway lighting, lighting equipment
Designation: C136.11-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Multiple
Sockets (Available in the C136-1994 Collection only.)
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only. Revised by C136 08/31/94.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 03, 1988
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting
Designation: C136.11-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Multiple
Sockets
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.11-1985. The 1985 version is available in the C136-1994 Collection
only.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Medium and mogul multiple sockets as used in
luminaires designed and intended for use in lighting roadways and other areas open to general use by the pubic are covered. This
standard provides interchangeability of lamps, minimum safety standards for operating personnel, and minimum performance
criteria.
Key Words: lamps, luminaries, medium sockets, multiple sockets, mogul sockets,
roadway lighting equipment
Designation: C136.12-1985
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Mercury
Lamps - Guide for Selection
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Mar 08, 1985
Key Words: C136, lamps, lighting, mercury lamps, roadway equipment, roadway
lighting equ
Designation: C136.12-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Mercury
Lamps--Guide for Selection
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.12-1985.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Methods for selecting mercury lamps that are
recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment are given. Appropriate circuits and ballasts are also included.
Key Words: mercury lamps, roadway lighting, roadway equipment
Designation: C136.13-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for
Wood Poles
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Metal pipe, tubing, and structural brackets
for wood poles designed to support luminaires of generally spherical, ellipsoidal, or rectangular shapes used in roadway lighting
are covered.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.13-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Metal Brackets for
Wood Poles
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of
C136.13-1987
History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997
Designation: C136.14-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed
side-mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge
lamps
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 29, 1988
Abstract: This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that permit the interchange of enclosed
side-mounted luminaires for horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.14
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed
side-mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-burning high-intensity-discharge
lamps
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Key Words: luminaires, side, horizontal, discharge
Designation: C136.15-1986
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-intensity-
Discharge and Low-Pressure-Sodium Lamps in Luminaires - Field Identification
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 19, 1986
Abstract: This standard is intended to provide a simple, uniform method for identifying the type and wattage rating of a high-
intensity-discharge or low-pressure-sodium lamp installed in a luminaire.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.15-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--High-
Intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure-Sodium Lamps in Luminaires--Field
Identification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.15-1986.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. A simple, uniform method for identifying the
type and wattage rating of a high-intensity-discharge or a low-pressure sodium lamp installed in a luminaire is provided.
Key Words: lamp field identification, roadway lighting equipment
Designation: C136.16-1990
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Enclosed Post Top-Mounted
Luminaires
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 06, 1989
Abstract: This standard covers dimensional, maintenance, and light distribution features that will permit interchange of post top-
mounted luminaires whose center of mass is approximately over the mounting tenon.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.16-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Enclosed
Post Top-Mounted Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of
ANSI C136.16-1990.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Abstract: Dimensional, maintenance, and
light distribution features that will permit interchange of post top-mounted luminaires whose center of mass is approximately
over the mounting tenon are covered.
Key Words: "post top-mounted luminaires,roadway lighting equipment"
Designation: C136.17-1985
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting- Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for
Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps - Mechanical
Interchangeability of Refractors
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: May 25, 1985
Abstract: This standard covers the dimensional features and the material of refractors as described in ANSI C136.14-1980.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.17-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Enclosed
Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High-Intensity-Discharge
Lamps--Mechanical Interchangeability of Refractors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 30, 1997
Abstract: The dimensional features and the material of refractors as described in ANSI C136.14-1988, American National Standard for
Roadway Lighting Equipment—Enclosed Side-Mounted Luminaires for Horizontal-Burning High- Intensity Discharge Lamps, are covered.
Key Words: mechanical interchangeability, side-mounted luminaires, refractors
Designation: C136.18-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Mast Luminaires for
Horizontal-or Vertical-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Physical,operational,maintenance,and light-
distribution features that permit use of high-mast luminaires in roadway applications when so specified are covered.It is not
intended that compliance with this standard will permit interchangeability with existing roadway equipment without thorough
engineering review and evaluation.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.18-1999
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Mast Side-Mounted Luminaires
for Horizontal-or Vertical-Burning High-Intensity Discharge Lamps
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: " Physical, operational, maintenance, and light-distribution features that permit use ofhigh-mast luminaires in roadway
applications when so specified are covered. It is not intended thatcompliance with this standard will permit interchangeability
with existing roadway equipment with-out thorough engineering review and evaluation. "
Key Words: High-Mast Luminaires, horizontal, veritical, discharge, Discharge
Lamps
Designation: C136.19-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - High-Pressure Sodium Lamps - Guide
for Selection
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986
Abstract: This guide covers the selection of high-pressure sodium lamps recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.19-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - High-
Pressure Sodium Lamps - Guide for Selection
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 01, 1997
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. The selection of high-pressure sodium lamps
recommended for use in roadway lighting equipment is covered.
Key Words: lamps, luminaires, medium base, mogul base
Designation: C136.2-1985
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting - Luminaires - Voltage
Classification
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Aug 30, 1985
Abstract: This standard covers three voltage classifications for luminaires used for roadway lighting.
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting
Designation: C136.2-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaires
Voltage Classification
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.2-1985.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Jul 16, 1996
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Three voltage classifications for luminaires
used in roadway lighting are covered. General testing methods for determining the dielectric withstand and the transient voltage
withstand are given. This standard applies to luminaire electrical insulation between ungrounded current-carrying members and
noncurrent-carrying members that may be grounded by design or accident.
Key Words: lighting equipment, luminaires, withstand voltage testing
Designation: C136.20-1990
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic
(FPR) Lighting Poles
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Nov 13, 1989
Abstract: This standard applies to fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) roadway lighting poles. It includes nomenclature, dimensional
data, performance criteria, and some interchangeability features for standard poles s well as those poles that must meet
breakaway requirements as described in Std Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic
Signals, AASHTO LTS-1-1975.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.20-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic
(FPR) Lighting Poles
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Key Words: fiber, reinforced, plastic, poles
Designation: C136.21-1987
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Vertical Tenons Used with Post-Top-
Mounted Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Dec 23, 1986
Abstract: This standard covers the attachment features of vertical tenons on pole tops or brackets used in roadway lighting that
permit the interchangeability of post-top-mounted luminaires.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.21
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting - Vertical Tenons Used with Post-Top-
Mounted Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Key Words: Lighting - Vertical Tenons, tenons, luminaire
Designation: C136.22-1988
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Internal Labeling of
Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 25, 1988
Abstract: This standard covers internal luminaire identification labels for all styles of luminaires used in roadway lighting.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.22
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: ANSI Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Internal Labeling of
Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Key Words: luminaires,labeling,internal labeling
Designation: C136.23-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting-Enclosed Architectural
Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Jan 24, 1997
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Physical, operating, maintenance, and light
distribution features that permit use of architectural luminaires in roadway applications when so specified are covered. Specific
features for horizontal, pendant, and vertical architectural luminaires, together with various types of lamps to meet the
individual needs of special architectural roadway lighting applications, are included.
Key Words: architectural luminaires, lighting, luminaires, roadway lighting
equipment
Designation: C136.24-1994
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Non-locking Type Photocontrols for Roadway Lighting
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.25
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: HID Starter Receptacle for Roadway Lighting
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.26
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Guide for Photocontrols and Luminaires for Roadway Lighting Trouble-
Shooting
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.27-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment-Tunnel
Lighting Luminaires
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: Apr 08, 1996
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Luminaires used for illuminating roadway
tunnels are covered. The requirements in this standard are limited to general attributes of tunnel luminaires due to the wide
variety of designs possible.
Key Words: lamps, luminaires, roadway lighting, lighting equipment, tunnel
lighting, tunnels
Designation: C136.28
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Load Testing for Photocontrols for Roadway Lighting
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.3-1989
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire
Attachments (Available in C136-1994 Collection only.)
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 01, 1989
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, lamps , lighting equipment, luminaire,
attachements, roadway lighting eqi
Designation: C136.3-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Luminaire
Attachments (Revision of ANSI C136.3-1989)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Revision of ANSI
C136.3-1989.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 27, 1995
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Attachment features of luminaires used in
roadway lighting equipment are covered. The features covered apply to luminaries that are side- or post-top-mounted. You will
receive an email from Customer Service with the URL needed to access this publication online.
Key Words: lamps, lighting equipment, luminaire attachment, luminaries, roadway
lighting
Designation: C136.31-1999
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment-Luminaire
Vibration
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. The minimum vibration withstand capability and
vibration test methods for roadway luminaries are covered.
Designation: C136.31
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Guidelines for Pole and Luminaire Testing for Roadway LIghting
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.32-1999
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Enclosed
Setback Luminaries and Directional Floodlights for High-Intensity-Discharge
Lamps
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: BD APP: Dec 15, 1999
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Dimensional, maintenance, and electrical
features that permit the interchange of similar style enclosed luminaires having the same light distribution classification or
type for high-intensity-discharge lamps used in roadway lighting equipment are covered. Luminaires covered by this standard are
generally yoke, trunnion, or tenon mounted.
Key Words: "floodlights,high-intensity discharge lamp,luminaires,tenon
mounted,trunnion,yoke"
Designation: C136.32
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Enclosed Setback Luminaires or Directional Floodlights for HID Lamps
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Designation: C136.33-1999
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Plug-in Type
Receptacle and Plug for High-Intensity-Discharge (HID) Lamp Ignitors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: Adminstratively WIthdrawn Covers the physical features, dimensions and electrical requirements of mating receptacles for
plug-in type HID lamp ignitors used in readway luminaires. The receptacle shall provide electrical connections so that it may be
used for either 55v or 100v high pressure sodium lamp ignitors, ieth 2-wire or 3-wire, and also be used for metal halide lamps
required ignitors
Key Words: plug-in, receptacle, ignitor, HID
Designation: C136.33
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: Plug-in Type Receptacle for HID Lamp Ignitors
Status: Withdrawn Standard. No longer endorsed by the IEEE. Available for
purchase as archive document from Global Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179,
Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S. call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
Project Scope: Covers the physical features, dimensions and electrical
requirements of mating receptacles for plug-in type HID lamp ignitors used
in readway luminaires. The receptacle shall provide electrical connections
so that it may be used for either 55v or 100v high pressure sodium lamp
ignitors, ieth 2-wire or 3-wire, and also be used for metal halide lamps
required ignitors
Key Words: plug-in, receptacle, ignitor, HID
Designation: C136.4-1989
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Series
Sockets and Series-Socket Receptacles (Only available in C136-1994
Collection only.)
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: May 18, 1989
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, lighting roadways, luminaires, lighting
equipment, series sockets, sockets, socket receptacles, sockets
Designation: C136.4-1995
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Series
Sockets and Series-Socket Receptacles
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Reaffirmation of ANSI C136.4-1989.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 16, 1995
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Equipment for luminaires for lighting roadways
is covered in the following categories: series sockets having medium impact strength and intended for service at high
temperatures, series sockets having high impact strength and intended for service at limited temperatures, and series-socket
receptacles in the 5000 V classification.
Key Words: lighting roadways, luminaires, sockets, series-socket receptacles,
roadway lighting equipment
Designation: C136.5-1969
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Film Cutouts
(Available in C136-1994 Collection only.)
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only. Reaffirmed by C136 Committee on
08/08/95 and now available as SH94326.
History: ANSI APP: May 17, 1989
Key Words: C136, roadway lighting, film cutouts, lighting equipment, roadway
lighting equ, series roadway light
Designation: C136.5-1996
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Film Cutouts
(Reaffirmation of C136.5-1969)
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002. Reaffirmation of
C136.5-1969.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: BD APP: Jan 12, 1996
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Operating and dimensional features of single-
shot film cutouts used with series roadway lighting equipment and circuits are covered. The film cutouts function by dielectric
breakdown and subsequent partial fusing of components.
Key Words: film cutouts, lighnting equipment, roadway lighting, series roadway
Designation: C136.6-1990
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Metal Heads
and Reflector Assemblies - Mechanical and Optical Interchangeability
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 04, 1990
Abstract: This standard covers dimensional features of luminaires with metal heads that permit mechanical and optical
interchangeability of both head and reflector assemblies. The features covered in this standard apply to metal heads that are
slipfitter mounted. The reflector assembly is of the latched collar type and may be part of an open or enclosed optical
assembly.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.6-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment--Metal Heads
and Reflector Assemblies--Mechanical and Optical Interchangeability
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Revision of ANSI C136.6-1990.
Publication type: Special Publication
History: ANSI APP: May 20, 1997
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the C136 family on Roadway Lighting. Dimensional features of luminaires with metal
heads that permit mechanical and optical interchangeability of both head and reflector assemblies are covered. The features
covered in this standard apply to metal heads that are slipfitter mounted. The reflector assembly is of the latched collar type
and may be part of an open or enclosed optical assembly.
Key Words: lighting, luminaires
Designation: C136.9-1990
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Socket
Support Assemblies for Metal Heads - Mechanical Interchangeability
Status: Superseded
**Available in C136 Collection only.
History: ANSI APP: Oct 04, 1990
Abstract: The purpose of this standard is to permit mechanical interchangeability of the socket support assemblies.
Key Words: roadway lighting
Designation: C136.9-1997
Sponsor: Accredited Standards Committee on Roadway Lighting
Title: American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment - Socket
Support Assemblies for Metal Heads - Mechanical Interchangeability
Status: Withdrawn Standard. Withdrawn Date: Nov 20, 2002. No longer endorsed
by the IEEE. Available for purchase as archive document from Global
Engineering, Phone: 1-800-854-7179, Fax: 303-397-2740. Out side the U.S.
call 303-792-2181.
**Copyright transferred to NEMA on 20 November 2002.
History: ANSI APP: Jan 30, 1997
Key Words: socket, support, metal, head
Designation: C2-2012
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: 2012 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Technical Contact: Samantha Bradley, Phone:732-562-6024, Email:s.l.bradley@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons
from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1)
conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2) overhead and
underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work
rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply
and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the
systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and
equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of
qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions,
grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts
1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
Abstract: PRE-ORDER Now! - Available August 1st 2011. This Code covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards
arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and (2)
overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work rules for the construction, maintenance,
and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the systems and equipment
operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified
persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic
documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2012 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. Pre-order your NESC Today.
Key Words: communications industry safety, construction of communication lines,
construction of electric supply lines, electrical safety, electric supply
stations, electric utility stations, high-voltage safety, operation of
communications systems, operation of electric supply systems, power station
equipment, power station safety, public utility safety, safety work rules,
underground communication line safety, underground electric line safety
Designation: C2-2007
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: 2007 National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2006
Project Scope: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of
persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or
maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and
2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also
includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of
electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is
applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar
systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the
control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction,
definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic
documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National
Electrical Safety Code.
Key Words: communications industry safety; construction of communication lines;
construction of electric supply lines; electrical safety; electric supply
stations; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; operation of
communications systems; operation of electric supply systems; power station
equipment; power station safety; public utility safety; safety work rules;
underground communication line safety; underground electric line safety.
Designation: C2-2002
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electric Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 2001
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs. Not available to resellers or distributors.
Designation: C2-2000
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 18, 2000
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code(R) C2-1997
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1996
Publication type: Special Publication
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs. Set includes the 1997 edition of the NESC and the Fourth
Edition of the NESC Handbook.
Key Words: communication, industry safety, communication lines, electric supply
line, supply stations, utility stations, electrical safety, high voltage
safety, power station, public utility , safety work rules, underground,
electric line safety
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code(R) 1997 Edition First Errata Sheet -
dated 3 September 1996 (Includes TIA 97-1)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Sep 03, 1996
**(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/)
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code(R) 1997 Edition Second Errata Sheet - 28
February 1997
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
**(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/)
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Tentative Interim Amendment 97-1 to the 1997 National Electrical Safety
Code(R)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Mar 27, 1996
**(available on-line http://standards.ieee.org/reading/ieee/updates/nesc/)
Publication type: Special Publication
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: 1997 National Electrical Safety Code(R) on CD-Rom
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1997
**One CD-Rom and a 24 page booklet. This electronic product is built into
an information database using FolioVIEWS®, a full-text search software.
System Requirements: you must have a PC running Microsoft Windows® 3.1 (or
higher) or Windows95® with the following specifications: 486 or Pentium, 8
megabytes of RAM, VGA monitor, 10 megabytes of disk space.
Publication type: Electronic Product
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: 1997 National Electrical Safety Code(R) Diskette package
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Apr 09, 1997
**Three diskettes and a 24 page booklet. This electronic product is built
into an information database using FolioVIEWS®, a full-text search software.
System Requirements: you must have a PC running Microsoft Windows® 3.1 (or
higher) or Windows95® with the following specifications: 486 or Pentium, 8
megabytes of RAM, VGA monitor, 10 megabytes of disk space.
Publication type: Electronic Product
Designation: C2-1997
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Designation: C2-1992
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 03, 1992
Technical Contact: Sue Vogel, Phone:732-562-3817, Email:s.vogel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Designation: C2-1990
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: Tables from the National Electrical Safety Code(R) (NESC)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1989
History: ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1989
Abstract: This IEEE Standards product is part of the family on NESCs. The tables from the 1990 edition of the National Electrical
Safety Code are presented in a larger, more legible format.
Key Words: safety, electric supply stations, installation, work rules
Designation: C2-1990
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electric Safety Code
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Aug 01, 1989
Technical Contact: Sue Vogel, Phone:732-562-3817, Email:s.vogel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
History: ANSI APP: Jun 26, 1989
Abstract: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons form hazards arising from the installation, operation,
or maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electricity supply and
communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and
equipment are included. The provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar systems
and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons.
Designation: C2
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code® (NESC) The Archives: 1973 - 2000
(Single User)
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE
Abstract: Containing all editions of the National Electrical Safety Code® in effect from 1973 to 2000, NESC®: The Archives (1973-
2000) is an invaluable authoritative resource on safety requirements for power, communications, telephone, cable TV, and railroad
signal systems. Offered together for the first time on this Limited Edition user-friendly VuSpec™ CD-ROM, NESC®: The Archives
(1973-2000) embodies the expertise and hard work of the engineers who revised each edition.
Key Words: NESC
Designation: C2
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: C2-2007 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) - Mobile Device Edition
Status: Approved Publication of IEEE , Published Date: Jul 07, 2010
**iSilo Reader ™ required to view. iSilo must be installed on mobile device
in advance of purchase for proper download. Don’t have iSilo? Purchase now
www.isilo.com/download/index.htm.
Publication type: Standards Press
Technical Contact: Markus Plessel, Phone:732-562-3989, Email:m.plessel@ieee.org
**For non-technical questions, including pricing, availability and ordering,
please contact IEEE Customer Service at 1-800-678-IEEE (in the U.S.and
Canada); or 1-732-981-0060 (outside the U.S. and Canada); or send a detail
email to customer-
service@ieee.org. To purchase this standard, or for pricing and
availability go to http://shop.ieee.org/ieeestore and type in the
standard number.
Project Scope: This standard covers basic provisions for safeguarding of
persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or
maintenance of 1) conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and
2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also
includes work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of
electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The standard is
applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar
systems and equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the
control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction,
definitions, grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic
documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National
Electrical Safety Code.
Project Purpose: The NESC covers basic provisions for safeguarding of persons
from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1)
conductors and equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and
underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes work
rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply
and communication lines and equipment. The standard is applicable to the
systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and
equipment, of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of
qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions,
grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts
1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National Electrical Safety Code.
Abstract: IMPORTANT: iSilo™ Reader Required for Viewing IEEE Mobile Publications. The iSilo™ Reader is a one-time, $19.99 USD
purchase that enables IEEE Mobile Publications to be viewed on a mobile device. The iSilo™ Reader operates on the following
mobile device platforms: BlackBerry, iPhone, Windows Mobile Smartphone, Windows CE Handheld PC, Pocket PC and Palm. Before
placing your order, please ensure that you verify your mobile device model and platform by viewing iSilo™ device/platform
information at http://www.isilo.com/info/device.htm. Purchase the iSilo™ Reader - http://www.isilo.com/download/index.htm Upon
completion of your iSilo™ purchase, you can return to this screen and continue shopping. ABOUT The NESC: The NESC covers basic
provisions for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or maintenance of 1) conductors and
equipment in electric supply stations, and 2) overhead and underground electric supply and communication lines. It also includes
work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric supply and communication lines and equipment. The
standard is applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or similar systems and equipment, of an industrial
establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons. This standard consists of the introduction, definitions,
grounding rules, list of referenced and bibliographic documents, and Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the 2007 Edition of the National
Electrical Safety Code. (File Size 5gb)
Key Words: NESC, C2-2007, communications industry safety; construction of
communication lines; construction of electric supply lines; electrical
safety; electric utility stations; high-voltage safety; communications
systems; mobile
Designation: C2-1987
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Jun 23, 1986
Abstract: Basic provisions are set forth for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or
maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric-supply stations, and (2) overhead and underground, electric-supply and
communication lines. Work rules for the construction, maintenance, and operation of electric-supply and communication lines and
equipment are included. The rules and provisions are applicable to the systems and equipment operated by utilities, or to similar
systems and equipment of an industrial establishment or complex under the control of qualified persons.
Designation: C2-1984
Sponsor: National Electrical Safety Code
Title: National Electrical Safety Code
Status: Superseded
History: ANSI APP: Jul 15, 1983
Abstract: Basic provisions are set forth for safeguarding of persons from hazards arising from the installation, operation, or
maintenance of (1) conductors and equipment in electric-